This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http : //books . google . com/
r^
J^'*.
4^*.- ./
c.>.
"k .,2^
uq»i. '
'^ -5
^i( fc^
•• «►
K 'iL.:
jiM
itfte^^i^
Digitized by VjOOQIC '
n
Digitized by VjOOQIC
iH
^^^^,7^^
-f.--
1
i
(^^F^f^ y^^'
'^CO'^t^
aSt^^lic^y^^uiCe^o^
■4 _2^.xe^^/j^' /^crtP
,-^>
!
V -'iC,
Digitized by
Google
ZULTJ-KAFIE DICTIONAEY
ETYMOLOGICALLY EXPLAINED,
WITH
COPIOUS ILLUSTRATIONS AND EXAMPLES,
PRECEDED BT
AN INTRODUCTION ON THE ZULU-KAFIR LANGUAGE.
I. ' "
THE Key. J. L. DOHNE,
MISSIONARY TO THE AMERICAN BOARD C. P. M.
I CAPE TOWN:
j FEINTED AT 0. J. PIO'S MACHINE PRINTINO OFFICE, 50, St. GEORGE'S-STRELT.
! 1857.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
Digitized by VjOOQIC
TO
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR GEOEGE GREY, K.C.B,
GOVERNOR OP THE COLONY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPS, &c., &c., &c.,
THIS DICTIONARY
IS (BY PERMISSION) DEDICATED AS A TESTIMONY OP SINCERE RESPECT
AND
OF GRATITUDE FOE THE INTEREST TAKEN BY HIS EXCELLENCY IN THIS WORK,
BY HIS EXCELLENCY S
MOST OBEDIENT HUMBLE SERVANT,
J. L. DOHNE.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
Digitized by VjOOQIC
PREFACE.
A proper dictionary of the Zulu-Kafir language is greatly required.
A proper one, I say, because no other can expect to meet die wants of
those who desire to use this language for some good purpose. Why a
work of the kind has not been furnished long since, is a question usually
put by many who have 'arrived in the colony of Natal, or in South Africa,
and found that it was not so easy to make themselves understood bjr itie
natives with whom they had to work. The answer is simply found in the
very difficulty which they experienced, and to obviate which they vnshed
to possess and to consult a dictionary.
It is true that lexicography may be dealt vnth in different ways, but if
it is to be treated philosophically its task is to set forth the nature of every
single word of a language, — or, in other words, it must give the history of
every single word. This is at once very easy and most difficult. It is
very easy to show that bonakala comes from bona and kala, and it is abo
soon found that bona means, to see, to look. But to discover the origin of
bona itself is quite another problem. It has occurred that individuals,
who have hardly put their feet on the shores of this land, think themselves
able in a short time to publish a grammar or a dictionary of the native
language. But every experienced man, and particularly every Missionary
among the Elafirs, will agree with me that we have a far more difficult
task to perform than is usually admitted, or believed. It has often been
remarked reproachfully that other people, and even children, had picked
up the language soon, while Missionaries seemed to require many years
before they could master it. I forbear to say more upon these remarks than
that those who made them plainly show how little they understood the sub-
ject of which they speak ; because if they were able to understand the lan-
guflge spoken by those whom they admire, they would soon discover the
error of their judgment. Our experience has taught us othenvise ; for it
Miakes us to look upon translations and books so soon produced as unripe
fruits, which soon must fall to the ground. Many, however, seem to be
as fond of such productions as children are of dressing a fancy doll.
About twenty years have now elapsed since I commenced the com-
pilation' of a Kafir dictionary. In this pursuit I found almost insur-
mountable difficulties from the want of persons who were qualified to give
me satisfactory explanations on the language. During ten years which I
spent among the Eastern Frontier Kafirs, the Xosa, I endeavoured to make
use of all the sources that were accessible ; and although the circumstance
that one dialect is prevalent and spoken there, makes the study of the
language comparatively easy, the result of all my enquiries, vdth civilized
men as weU as with natives, was not satisfactory to me, because there
Digitized by
Google
remained on my mind some unpleasant obscurity respecting many points.
This has been experienced by all whose imperative duty it was to study
the language, and to start a literature in it ; K)r vain, indeed, is the attempt
to speak of a language being mastered while so much uncertainty and
obscurity rests on its literary productions. Until a student has analyzed
the language, and compared its single parts with all combinations in which
they occur, and has closely observed and learned from the general " usus
loquendi" that such and such is the meaning of a root, or a part of a root,
he cannot s^ that he has mastered it.
When 1 came to Natal in 1847, new difficulties presented themselves
to me, arising from the different dialects. At first I did not think so
much of them, believing the Xosa dialect to be far superior to the Zulu,
or at least to the dialects generally spoken in thq colony of Natal. But
my opinion changed when, after some time, I was called upon by the
American Mission to prepare a dictionary for the press, and I compared
the materials which I collected from the vocabularies of different Mis-
sionaries with those in my possession. In pursuing this object I after-
wards discovered that I had to unlearn many things which others and
myself had taken much trouble in learning, and that it was necessary
for me to adopt quite another course in order to work my way through
the confusion of dialects prevailing in Natal.
While spending my time upon the study of dialects, comparing Words
and searching for their root, I was called upon by the G-overnment of
Natal to compile a dictionary for publication. And then again carefully
surveying the extent of all information in my possession, the obscurity
and uncertainty formerly experienced was, in a great measure, still the
same. In one word, I felt the absence of a fixed principle upon which
I might with safety construct my work, viz., that of a rigid analysis in
order to find the primitive meaning of words. My mind had for many
years been impressed with a peculiarity of the roots whose import is
observable in all compounds. I found that it was necessary for me to
fo back to the rudiments, and form a kind of synopsis of all roots which
could imagine to exist in the language, and to define their meaning.
But I had to fight many a battle with all the objections raised in my
own mind before I could come to a conclusion ; because the undertaking
to analyze the language thoroughly seemed to involve a total overthrow
of many theories which, I knew, had already been fixed and laid down
in the literary productions of others as well as of my own. Regard,
therefore, for that which might be called old, made me hesitating for
some time. Seeing, however, no chance of obtaining the object desired,
I commenced the work, and although it has been a most laborious and
hard task, yet I am perfectly satisfied with the result, which has been
to open what are to me new views of language, and to explain what I
am quite sure to be the genuine principle on which the African languages
are constructed.
Several friends of literature, residing at Cape Town, seeing that the
plan of the Natal Government seemed to have been given up, interested
themselves in the work I was preparing, and requested of me to send
Digitized by VjOOQIC
them a specimen of it, which was complied with. But I was greatly
taken by surprise when I, some time afterwards, was informed by them,
that Sir George Grey had consented to patronise its immediate publi-
cation. When it was found desirable that I should come to Cape Town,
in order to superintend the publication, I obtained leave from the
American Board of Missionaries in Natal for that purpose.
My sincet^st thanks are due to all who have interested themselves
in the publication of this work, and specially to those who have given
me their personal aid.
In conclusion, I would present my most humble and grateful acknow-
ledgment to a kind Providence ' for the manifold mercy and ffrace from
time to time bestowed upon me during the preparation of uie present
work. I have alwavs been blessed with th6 necessary health and strength,
and have enjoyed that share of patience and perseverance without which
it was impossible for a human being to complete so laborious a task as
this has been. And may God mercifully forgive me if I have been
n^ligent in giving thanks to Him, or if I have failed to rely upon His
aid alone, in die application of the talent committed to my use. To Him
I commend this work : may He bless it and direct the use of it to the
glory and honour of His great name.
J. L. DOHNE.
Cape Town, 16th November, 1857.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
Digitized by VjOOQIC
INTEODUCTION.
L-STtlDY OF LANGUAGES.
In the study of languages in general, and of barbarian language in particular, two
objects are to be aimed at, — a philosophical and a practical. The philosophical object
is the attainment of an insight into the character of a people, by means of an accurate
acquaintance with the form into which its thoughts are moulded, — and which is invari-
ably the true expression of the national spirit. As regards savages this is in an especial
degree the fact. The investigation of the language discloses the secrets of national
character, otherwise impenetrable, and reveals the origin of customs long since forgotten.
The spirit of the nation is exhibited to our minds in the living words which have con-
veyed its ideas for ages, as clearly as its physical appearance is presented to our eyes.
Thus the national language is the only safe exponent of the national character.
The iomiediate practical object, as far as barbarous tribes are concerned, is that
a literature should be created for the propagation of Christian truth and the extension
of civilization.
Christian. Missionary enterprise has both of these objects in view, — ^but the prac-
tical end demands its direct attention more prominently than the scientific investigation :
its chief aim is a written language for the purposes of the truth. It would be un-
reasonable, therefore, to demand of Missionary Societies that they should prosecute
. the philosophic object with the same zeal as the practical ; this should be left rather
to the free choice of individuals who are led, under Providence, to devote their time
to such enquiries.
For my part, I believe that in the divine plan of the redemption of a fallen world,
one link of the chain of instrumentalities which tends to the great end, is the spread
of scientific investigation of every kind ; and that while the Christian Missionary always
devotes the first place in his zeal and labours to the Gospel, he should, in as far as in
him lies, likewise endeavour to enlarge the sphere of human knowledge by such
additions as it may be peculiarly in his power to give. The interest at present taken '
in philological studies is very great ; the enquiry which embraces all the languages of
the earth is perhaps the most important of scientific investigations ; and it is right that
the Missionary, with his opportunities, should furnish all the aid in his power in order
to render this investigation as complete as possible.
The results of modem geology have rendered plain the Mosaic account of the
creation, long a stumbling-block to the anxious enquirer after truth, and are an addi-
tional testimony to the accuracy of Holy Writ. Is it too much to indulge in the
thought that the time may soon arrive, when the development of the sciences of
ethnology and comparative philology shall dispel vague fancies entertained on slight
foundations re«»^ "'-' ; the origin of particular nations and languages, — and that the
greater knowleu^c may make dear what the less knowledge has covered with doubt P
Languages most remote from each other, nations most alien in customs, government,
and general condition, have already been shown to be in near relationship. The
marvellous geographical researches of Dr. Livingston in the interior of Africa, — the
valuable services of two German Missionaries, Dr. Kbapf, in his various works on the
languages of the Coast of Africa from Abyssinia to Mozambique, and Dr. Kollb in
bis Polygbtta Africana of the Western part of the Continent, are indications of the
Digitized by VjOOQIC
activity devoted to these subjects. In this view the study of every living language,
however isolated it may appear, is of great importance : lost affinities may be traced
from this record, which is earlier than any history can be, — and the only safe source of
history among nations so destitute of traditions as the savage tribes of Southern Africa.
It cannot be uninteresting to philologists to learn that the African languages in
general and the Kafir in particular, are largely indebted to the ancient tongues : nor
can it be unprofitable to investigate the extent of this connection,* or to ascertain the
modifications of meaning undergone by the ancient words, or of the ancient words
themselves, which are preserved in that branch of African language offered to the public
in the present work.
It is not my design, however, to enter largely into the subject of the affinity of
all the African languages. I have not had the advantage of possessing the several
works which are indispensable for such a purpose, and feel my incompetency to institute
the comprehensive examination which I should desire. But while I endeavour to
supply a practical waut by the publication of this Zulu-Kafir t)ictionary, I hope that
an experience of twenty years among different Kafir tribes, will enable me, in imparting
the observations which during that period I have made, to contribute in some degree
to a scientific understanding of the particular language of which this work treats and
to the philosophy of the African languages generally.
IL-GENEEAL CHARACTER OF THE ZULTJ-KAPIR.
Whatever may have been the origin of the word Kafir, it is sufficient for our
purpose to know that it is of Arabic extraction, and generally received in the signifi-
cation of an infidel — one who rejects the Mahommedan religion. The fact is sufficiently
established that the Arabs gave this name to the natives of Southern Africa, at a time
probably when they were connected with them both for the purposes of trade and the
extension of their religion. It would appear that the words *' anana," to purchase,
to barter, and " nana, nanela," to speak to, — both of which appear to be Arabic, —
are referable to this early connection.
The term Kafiir at present includes all the tribes to the Eastward of the Capo
Ck>lony, aking the coast as hr as Delagoa, — ^and the Kafir language denotes the
different dialects spoken by the inhabitants of this tract of country, and by those
who have emigrated from it.
Almost every one who has acquired any acquaintance with the language in its
present state, has been struck with its minute accuracy and fulness of expression,
and its copiousness of form. And if we consider that the people who speak it, are,
with slight exception, Uving in a state of barbarism, a strong impression is cxeated
that it once was the language of a race possessed of far higher cultivaticm than
the Kafirs at present, — all traces of whose existence is lost in remote antiquity. This
is certainly the case, and to this is due the completeness of its construction : — ^but it
would be wrong to look at it in this point of view oaily.
On nearer examination the language bears plainly the stamp of the preq)le who
now use it. Outwardly it presents a massiveness and bulkiness of form as well as of idea,
— it is coarse, clumsy, and unrefined as the barbarians themselves. The words ex-
pressive of their rank and elassee in society are deiived from the comparative qualities
of animals (see Inkunzi — Induna) ; the naioes of iheur progenitors, which afterwards
became national and tribal, are frequently taken from wild animals or from massive
olj^eots, Hke large herds of cattle: — ^from vblent actions s«ch as striking, strife,
battle, &c. It is bulky ako in this respect, that they usually contract Humy ideas
into one word, forming a clumsy compound, as idgonyama, gologoqa, boboka, &c.,
where a dissyllabic stem would be more impressive than the r^titioa or txanspo»ition
Digitized by VjOOQIC
of foot*, and would enstUre greater fluency. In the expression of the better leelings^
toQ« it is ni4e and clumsy ; for the savage custom of going naked has denuded the
mind* and destroyed all deoorum in the language*
Some have expected to find much poetry amcmg the Zulu-Kafirs, but there is, in
factj none< Poetical language is extremely rare, and we meet with oidy a few pieces of
piose. The Zulu nation is more fond of ukuhlabelela, i.e. 3 singing, and engages more
m ** ukuvuma amagama ezinkosi," i.e. ; singing the praises of the chiefs, than any
other Elafir tribe. But their capabilities in this respect are very limited. The highest
song of praise for their king is composed entirely of a few hyperbolical expressions
(iM u](u*kttleka, 8). Other specimens consist of the frequent repetition of one sen*
Umee^ )ike the following, which was always heard with delight by the Zulu King
Chakas—
Wa qedaqeda isizwe^
U ya kublasela pi Da ?
E, n ya kuhlasela pi ua ?
W'ahlnla amakosi,
Wa qedaqeda inzwe,
UblaselapinaP
£, £, £,
U hlasela pi na ?
le.:
Thou didst finish, finish nations,
Whither wilt thoa send to battle f
Tea, wUther wilt thou Mod to battk t
Thou didst eonqiier Kings.
Whither wilt thou send to battle f
Thou didst finish, finish nations,
Whither wOt thoa send to battle ?
Yea! Tea! Tea!
Whither wilt thoa itad to battle ?
An the others are even inferior, containing only a simple sentence re^^ding some
object, such as a cow, a dog, a dance, a girl, 8dc., wHch is repeated in a singing
voice, — or they are a mere imitation of a roaring war noise, that of wild and savage
animals, of the clashing of shields, or spears. But nothing Kke poetry or song exists
— no metre, no rhyme, nothing that interests or soothes the feelings or arrests the
l^ssions, — ^no admiration of the heavenly bodies, or taste for the beauties of creation.
We miss the cultivated mind which delights in seizing qn these subjects and embody-
ing them in suitable hinguage.
Tet this bulkiness and massiveness of form which is the truest representation of
the spirit of the people, nuqr not be improperly called the beauty of their language.
It has a peculiar flexibility in the formation of compound words, — while its tendency
to euphony in cases of inflection, avoids all discord in vowels and changes inhar-
monioni consonants into others nearly allied to them, — as may be observed in the
passive verbs, the locative case, &c. This power of farming compound words
niust in some respect excite our surprise, for the massiveness of idea thus obtained
in (Hie word must obstruct the flow of thought ; — and indeed cause a stagnation
of tiionght. Take for instance the word * opelekezelayo,' i.e. 5 * one who aocom-
P«niea another for some distance^* which is expressed in English by sevaa words : —
it ia ea^ to poneeive that the mind, after having formed this compound word, needa
resl, or some time for collecting strei^hj in ord^ to proceed with another propo-
sition. These effects are partitmlarly to be observed in the application of the
aiwUary verbs (tee under verb hereafter), and it seems to me that they are in them-
sdveatoe reason to the existence of so many words of this kind. Take the instance
a %
Digitized by VjOOQIC
under B. 2. b. * ubuso a ba bi bu sa ba nje ngobomuntu/ i.e. : * the face did not
continue in form like that of a man,' in which it is plain that the Native mind labours *
in the production of the expression. And this characteristic explains the colossal
paradigm of the Kafir verb in general, which could, however, in my opinion, be
reduced from its huge shape in the grammar to a smaller size, if properly analysed.
Close observation for many years has convinced me that the massiveness of the
language has caused some weakness in the intellect of the nation. It is a fact that
the older people possess greater mental powers than the younger generation. There
being no literature to assist in the cultivation of the mind, great mental strength
is requisite in order to preserve the language in a proper state, — but the struggle
for its preservation is no longer so energetic as to build up a dyke against the
impending decline ; and hence it is that we already observe confusion. The historical
tendency towards abbreviation general in other languages, seems, in Zulu-Kafir, to
have abated at a very early period, — from which the process of repetition and
composition in the formation of words seems to have commenced. It is on these
grounds that I believe the repetition of the substituted pronoun in a sentence, — as
ftffi yekeni ngi ze nffi ye nffi fike kule 'ndau, for which the English and other
languages employ the pronoun I only twice, — to be of later date, when the mind was,
to a certain degree, affected with weakness, and needed some mechanical link as a
guide from one word to another. That this was not the original method of forming
sentences is evident from many simple expressions which still exist, and from the
usual mode of address of the natives to the white man and foreigners, in which the
pronoun is not frequently used, and verbs are connected without it. They do this
from a desire of being more perfectly understood, — ^but as they cannot do it in
imitation of the mode of speaking adopted by others, which they do not know, it
follows that this habit of expression, though unusual, is rooted in their own language.
And this mode being the more simple, although more difficult to be understood,
bears every indication of being the primitive usage, indicating the true philosophical
construction of the language, which the savages who retain the words could not
utterly destroy bj the present bulky and massive form, which they have substituted,
in.-PEClinAK CHARACTER OF THIS LANGUAGE.
There are many words in this language which have not only a peculiar signifi-
cance, but also a peculiar historical value, bringing these nations in a nearer connexion
with those of the old world. Such have engaged my closest attention, and I have
endeavoured to mark them in the regular course of the work. It will, therefore, not
be necessary here to do more than briefly to quote the most peculiar. The nouns
implying family connexion are of a remarkable signification, such as ubaba, my
father; umame, my mother; umune, my brother; udade, joint-sister; umkwe, my
brother-in-law; umkwenyana (which see); ukugana, to marry, &c. The name
un-kulunkulu refers, originally, to the first progenitor of all mankind, and evidently
contains a portion of the history of creation, although it has met with the usual fate
which historical fragments experience, sinking, in course of time, into deeper obU-
vion, and turning at last to a mere fable. The names u-Ntulo and u-Nwaba bear
some kind of record of the faU of man, sharing, however, nearly the same fate as the
preceding word. The name um-kovu, which is a dear transposition of vuka, to rise
from sleep or from death, alludes to the resurrection of the de»d. The words i-Langa
and i-Nyanga, present a conflict between princes who have their dominion in the air.
The nouns i-Tongo and imi-Lwane, bring a host of' Hades, or of invisible ghosts, to
our presence. The words i-Hloze and isi-Tuta express a direct idea of the transmi-
gration of souls. The words in-Kosi and ukwetyama, denoting the keeping of a great
Digitized by VjOOQIC
^ -. .■ r . . ^ ^ ^
foast, — ^represent a fragment of an old idea of atonement. The words Qrniga and
Eanga, Sec., explain the system of heathenish superstition. The class ukuhlonipa-
worcb in generd shows the great sagacity of the native mind, which is illustrated by
u-Nxayibo, ^ substitute for impande, i.e. a root, signifying not only that um-Pande,
the present Zulu king, is of royal extraction, but also that he is of a separate house,
not of that which is the royal by eminence, and including at the same time a flattering
sense, as if Pande had extracted himself from that connection, and established his
house as a separate stock.
If we compare the external form of the Zulu-Kafir with other languages of West-
em or Northern Africa, or with those of other parts of the world, we £id that it is
peculiarly characterized by a set of forms, which by former writers have been called
pr^ixes, or euphonic concord. But this term does not give their proper signification,
because it expresses only the one aide of those forms, viz., as regards their use, and
thdr true nature remains unexplained. Properly speaking, they are primitive words,
pronouns, in the present state of the language, used as nominal forms compounded
with other words. The Zulu-Kafir is, therefore, to be distinguished as a pronominal
language, a name which, at once, is suj£cient to remove the erroneous idea in accord-
ance with which it has been thought to be a language quite distinct from all others.
But although the name ' prefixes' was properly significant, it does not require much
examination to find that there are more living languages which have prefixes of the
same kind, and the Zulu-Kafir is not absolutely exceptional in this respect.
As a nominal language, it is of common descent with those of the remotest
Northern tribes, from the Suaheli down the coast, to immediately south of the
Equator, — ^which have the bulk of their several languages in common. This is quite
evident from the general use of the same roots ; and though the identity may be often
obscured by a change of letters of the same or of different organs, the sign^cation is
obviously dedudble from the same sense. The languages of Western and Northern
Africa, and of other countries even, may appear to be altogether of a different con-
struction, grammatically and lexicographically, which renders it difficult to discover
their common source, and perhaps leads to the conclusion that there is no relationship
traceable between them. Yet, though there are many natural causes which may have
destroyed, or may be still obscuring the identity of languages which are of common
descent, it will be seen by the nearer demonstration which is to follow below (Chap,
vi, ix,) that the Kafir language is not isolated, or without a common bond. Although
its origin is not yet definitely decided,* and its relation is only partially known, it
will be seen from this Dictionary that its peculiar character does not constitute it a
positively distinct class.
And some agreement having already been discovered between languages entirely
disconnected, is it not reasonable to expect that, if analogy be carried a st^p frirther,
and new materials be collected in those fields which have not yet been thoroughly
searched, the affinity of the Kafir language will be discovered, and light thrown on
many other branches ? Proper attention given to such comparative research wiU won-
derfully advance philological knowledge, and impart interest and value to many of the
driest details. The discovery and demonstration that the same root is common to all
languages of one fiamily, — the tracing of this root through all the changes which it
has undergone, — the development of each particular language by careful induction
from the law of infiection or phonetic changes, — these can change the dead bones into
a Uving body, and render the study of a language truly a delight.
* This question, we hope, will be soon settled by a gentleman qnite competeat for the task.
Dr. W. Blbbk, the lenrned ethnologist, who is at present engaged in preparing an important
Work, containing a classification of the African Languages.
as
Digitized by VjOOQIC
I T^ WlkTTtAmi
xu
B J this means the Zala-Kaflr may be brought into nearer connection with other
langut^, and even its original parentage discovered* But for this purpose we hare
to sol?e a great difficulty. We must search what was the primitive language of the
Kafirs. Before doing tius^ let me speak partioukrly of the Kafir nation*
IV.-ORIGIN OF THE ZULt-KAPIE OR ZULU AKD X08A.
It is generally admitted that the several Kafir nations are, in fiu)t| so many
tribes descended from an original stock, — a separate condition having been assumed
by each according to the custom of succession to the Chieftainship^ and many think
that this rule of succession is a determmed law, whidi operates by a constant division
and subdivision or splitting up of tribes. But this law does not apply to all the
tribes, nor is it the only cause of separation, which has indeed more frec^uently taken
place by force during revolution, or by the usurpation of single individuals^— as is
more particulariy the case with the Xosa and the Zulu. The Xosa, as a distinct
tribe, cannot be traced back more than ten or twelve generations. The name appears^
on the best authority, and by tradition, to be an epithet merely, and not a national
designation, — meaning " one who sets up a kingdom for himself." When travelling
in 1853, in the southern district of Natal, between the Umtwalume and UmBumbe, I
was surprised to find that the small tribe called Amambombo, of which Umtukuteli is
Chief, spoke the Amaxosa dialect, — and putting together all the historical facts I
could trace, I was persuaded that they were a fragment of the Xosa. Report states*
" That this small tribe separated from the Amadunge before the Zulu invasion, and
. occupied the country inland between the Umgeni and the Umvoti, — that the first Chief
was Umbito, who was succeeded by his son IJmanyongo, who was slain by Chaka.
They were much dispersed and many destroyed. When the country became an English
colony, the remnants were gathered together by Umtukuteli, son of Umanyongo, who
is thepresent Chief.'*
Tnis report is in some degree deficient, because it does not state the nature of
this separation, which it was not the writer's object to elucidate. The fact of separa**
tion is, however, sufficient to infer that the Amambombo separated from the Ama«>
dunge, because thev were the remnant of a distinct tribe, who had only temporarily
dwelt topther with the Amadunge. The latter do not speak the Xosa dialect, and
hence it b clear that the two tribes are distinct. The Chief mentioned as the first, it
the one still held in remembrance by the people, although not absolutely the firtt,
whose name was Ubombo. (This name is derived from Umbombo, i.e. : an arch on
the nose, a border, stripe, or scar on the nose, — and is of great historical importance.)
The separation of this tribe from the Amadunge shows clearly that it was a wandering
tribe from the North, moving towards the South of Natal, but the time of its arrival
and settlement with the Amadunge is unknown. Probably Ubombo came as a fogitive
and with the few people who accompanied him took up his abode among tha Ama**
dunge ; after one or more generations the increasing number of the tribe made it
necessary to seek another place: this being the most usual cause of emigration
and separation among the North-Eastern tribes. The name Ubombo was probably
given to the Chief by the Amadunge, to signify his descent fVom the Zena't or
Koninukwe's, who are distinguished by a scar lengthway down the nose and by
tattooing.
There is every reason to conclude from the circumstances just detailed, that the
Amambombo are, originally, a branch of the Amaxosa, and that at some time unknown
• See Proceedings of the Comminton Appointed td inquire intd th« state of Kaflini, Jk^
Pt. 4. NataL Evidence of the Rev. L. QsotTT.
Digitized by
Google
(o UB an eruption or revoluiion took place, in oonsequenoe of which the former were
scfttered as far as the Amadunge, while the latter emigrated to their present abode, —
and this conclusion is strongly supported by the fact of the Abatembu emigration.
In 1840 a statement was made to me by two of the oldest Xosa Kafirs, to the
effect that the Tembu had come down at a later date (than the Xosa) to settle at the
Bashee Rirer.* The account of the Tembu tribe, given by the Rev. Mr. Geout in the
Natal Inquiries, is quite correct, where it is stated that formerly, before the Zulu
invasion by Chaka, they lived far inland beyond the borders of Natal. And it is
quite evident that there must have been earlier disturbances and separation in that
tribe, for the settlement of the Tembu at the Bashee was not the result of Chaka's
war upon them. Probably his was the second serious attack, the first resulting in the
emigration to the Bashee. And, it being a well-known fact that the Tembu in Natal
was among the tribes earliest in subjection to the Zulu, — ^it may be justly concluded
that they were compelled to leave their country at the same time, and probably from
the same cause as the Xosa, and that one division temporarily settled at some place
before they reached the Bashee, during which time the Xosa proceeded directly ta
their present country. At any rate there is no doubt that the Tembu followed in the
track of the Xosa, and both appear to have come from some place opposite the
Mozambique Coast.
One peculiar custom, in which the Xosa differ from the Zulu and others is cir»
cumcbion, which they have brought with them from their original abode. Other
tribes either have not the custom or do not adhere to it so rigidly as the Xosa. And
whence could they have obtained it, if not from the Arabs, the followers of Maho-
met, who held the coast as far as Delagoa, before the Portuguese took possession ?
By means of their trade and religion the Arabs obtained a footing through the
entire extent of the Eastern Coast, and likewise established their trading stations far
inhind. From the nature of their business these traders were under the necessity of
making a long stay, and as their religion allowed of polygamy, they took wives of the
native races. New families followed, and a comparative amalgamation of the Arabs with
the nat ives ensued. A consideration of all these circumstances, and a comparison of many
other customs which the Xosa observe, with Mahommedanism, leads to the conviction
that the Xosa have had more intimate connection with the Arabs than any other
Kafir tribe. They are, indeed, very probably the descendants of Arabic traders, or
of some particular Arabic trader, and native women, driven Southward by fear or
jealousy from their native country. Their ignorance of theoretic Mahommedanism is
no objection to this hypothesis, for it is more than probable that their supposed
progenitor himself was merely a nominal disciple, as whole tribes are beyond the
equator, or that, keeping silence respecting his religion for prudential reasons, he
may have contented himself with the use of this rite, which is obseWed by the Xosa
to the present day.
According to unanimous testimony, the Zulu people were originally a small
tribe, and are reported to have come down, at some remote period, from an inland
region towards the North- West. Their name signifies a vagabond, one who has no
home, thus agreeing properly with the tradition. And, forming a guess as to the
time of their arrival, beginning with the first chief known until we come to the
predecessors of Chaka's father, Usenzangakona (i.e. : one working or doing the more,
repeatedly), we arrive at the period of the separation of the Tembu and Xosa, in the
interior towards the North-East. And if we take the dialects spoken by the Zuhi,
Xosa, and Tembu, which differ very slightly, and are in point of pronunciation
exactly the same, though differing from those used by all other tribes, it appears that
these tribes were originally one, separated and broken up probably l^ internal
family causes, the Xosa always striving for the leadership over the others, the Tembu
a 4
Digitized by VjOOQIC
especially noted for the extension of polygamy, and the Zulu distinguished by a
love for a vagrant Ufe. At all events, the adventures, circumstances, general positibn*
customs, language, and particularly the names of these three nations bear a most
striking resemblwice, and are of such historical importance as to lead to this con-
clusion. It is difficult to ac(X)unt for the similarity in any other way.
Moreover, if we investigate the historical facts related by the natives in con-
nection with their different dSilects, and the statements of travellers who have spent
a long time among them, it is beyond doubt that all the nations which now occupy
Southern Africa must have, in time immemorial, come from Egypt, and are descended
from the Hamites or Cushites, and that particularly since the era of Mahomet, his
followers, the Arabs, with the sword, drove down to the coast all those who were
unwilling to receive the prophet*s religion.
The power of the Arabs was at last broken by the Portuguese, — or the great
distance and their occupation with the subjugated tribes in the North prevented
them from continuing their persecution in the South. At the same time it is not
improbable that the foremost native tribes offered some resistance to the further
intentions of the Arabs. Circumstances here seem to have undergone a change.
For the native reports or chronology reach up to the time of the conflict between the
Xosa, Tembu, and Zulu, which must have taken place shortly before the arrival of
the Portuocuese. And as nothing further was known of the Amampondo tribe than
that the Xosa, and, after them, the minor division of the Tembu, settled to the
South-West of them, we arrive at the conclusion that the Amampondo were the
foremost of the tribes from the North which effected a settlement in the South.
This conclusion is confirmed by the name, for Amampondo means, literally, the homed
tribe, which pushes on, — is foremost.
The Zulu nation, finally, was very insignificant in its origin, — its progenitor
being a fugitive who had found a reception among the people of a southern tribe,
with whom it long lived peaceably. The chiefs who are mentioned as the forefathers
of Chaka, bear this name as a mark of honor merely, not because they were, in
truth, the ancestors of the Royal Family, for it is well ascertained from other tribes
that the Zulu kings seldom died a natural death, — and it was, likewise, their rule
to kill all their male children, in order to be secure from assassination, which was to
be apprehended if these reached man*s estate. Chaka would have shared the same
fate, had he not been removed in time from his father's presence, — or, which is more
probable, had his mother, Umnandi, not availed herself of a custom which permitted
her to go on a visit to her father, Udingiswayo, chief of the great Umtetwa tribe, at
whose place she gave birth to this child, who was lefl in charge, not of Udingiswayo,
but of his induna, Umgomane, in order to be preserved as well from his grandfather's
cruelty, as from his father's.*
On the death of his father, Usenzangakona, he was sent, according to the
common report, by his grandfather to take possession of the kingdom. It is not
improbable that he met with some resistance from rivals whom he was obliged to
depose, and at once showed himself to be what his name signified, Chaka, — or in
Zulu orthography, Tjaka, — a fury, an avenger, a firebrand. (And it is very probable
• NoTB. — ^Thia stratagem, by which Umnandi saved her child, bound Chaka to her with an
affection which was never before witnessed among these savages. When she died the mde
oonqaeror was overwhelmed with grief. It is scarcely possible for history to record an instance
in which there was greater mourning and lamentation for the dead than in the obsequies celebrated
by Chaka on his mother's decease. Thousands of his people voluntarily killed themselves, and
thousands of cows were slain, with the object of causing their calves to snffer the pongs of hanger,
and at length to die of starvation, in order that the brutei ihooid also feel how great wis the
loss of a kind and beloved mother.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
XV
that his mother gave him this name with a kind of prophetic hope that he might be
an instrument of vengeance on his father's honse ana other tribes.)
His first exhibition of his ability as a warrior, after he had assumed authority over
the Zulu tribe, was that, at the request of the Umtetwa for aid against another tribe,
he led his warriors in person, conquered the enemy, took many captives, and incor-
porated these with his own nation. He proceeded in this career, — for ho^ long a
time it is difficult to say — some think for ten years, — subjugating one tribe after
another and making them his tributaries, strengthening his army and extending his
dominion over all the country now constituting the C!olony of Natal, and towards the
East as far as the vicinity of Delagoa. His ambition seemed not so much to destroy
the neighbouring tribes, as to subdue and incorporate them with his own. It was a
particular point of his policy to locate all the subjugated chiefs at his own residence,
and, having distributed their people among his own, to keep them in strict subordina-
turn and constant fear of himseU. Those of them who spoke another dialect than
the Zulu were prohibited from doing so in his presence, and addressed him by means
of an interpreter. This was continued until they were able to express themselves
properly in the Zulu language, which was on that account called the Ukuhduma^ i. e. :
the high language, while aU the inferior dialects are called the Amalala. In this
manner the great Zulu king founded and secured his dominion over many tribes.
V.-DIALECTS.
The circumstance mentioned at the dose oFthe preceding chapter is of some
importance, inasmuch as it presents some of the causes from which differences of
dialects may naturally arise. For how a deterioration of this language could have been
prevented without this restriction of Chaka's, none can say. That the true character
of the Zulu must have been destroyed, is soon comprehended, when we observe how
much confusion even now prevails in the proper use of tribal expressions.
The dialectical differences have been carefully marked in the analytical and etymo-
k^cal part throughout the whole work, and noted in many particular cases as under
oyisa, &c. (Those who possess "The Languages of Mozambique," drawn up by Dr. Wm.
Blbxk, will find it advisable to take the trouble of comparing the vocabulmes of the
dialects of that work with tbe present dictionary.) But, the nations having been cut
up into so many fragments, and mixed up in such endless ways, it is often impossible
to say to which special tribe or tribes a difference belongs. It is evident that the
Zulu dialect, by Chaka's law regarding the Ukukuluma, has retained its originality
with a precision and gravity of expression far beyond the other dialects, and this
result has followed from that measure alone. But it is equally evident that it was an
impossibility to keep it perfectly pure. The conflict of differences was too great, and
divergences or amalgamation were a necessary consequence, as can be observed from many
consonants, especially from the gutturals go, gola, gogoda, kolo, kotoza, roroda, ^,
Generally speaking, the Zulu distinguishes only two dialects, the high language^
Ukukuluma, and the low — Amalala. To the first belong the Zulu, Tembu, and Xosa,
to the second the languages of all the other tribes of Natal, the Frontier Fingoes, the
Sutos^ &c. Another specification of the dialects is the Ukukuluma, high language ;
the Ukuteta, a clear, sharp pronunciation ; the Ukutekeza, which ususdly omits the
nasal sounds, and transmutes some consonants ; the Ukutefula, which changes some
kbiab and liquids ; and the Amalala, using none except low, broad, and flat sounds.
But this classification is merely nominal, and the Zulu itself bears the stamp of tbe
Tekeza and Tefula, in many practical points, as in its sofl form ngi, — ngi ya
tanda, lurukuhla, and ^ — yisibi, &c. And in these points it again differs from the
Xosa, which has the sharp sounds ndi, ku, si, &«•
Digitized by VjOOQIC
The distkgaishing 6karact«r ot the high laiigaage is, thtft it is comparfttirely frM
from many harsh and AtX sounds, and always compounds the nasal of liauid sounds
before d, g, b, p, fto., as tanda, tenga^ hamba» mpompa, &c., In whidi pokts it
exactly agrees with the Tembu, Xosa, and othem.
The Zulu, however, sometimes differs considerably from the Xosa in respect to
idiom, rarely making use of Conjunctions, and usudly giving verb to verb in the -oou''
struction of sentences. As regards the change of consonants, the Xosa oiteo. diffsrs
from the Zuhi in the clicksi and in compound consonants, as ityala^ when the Zulu
has icala»
In comparing the copious instances given in the analytical part, it will be seen
that the dialectical differences are chiefly between letters of the same organ, the Ama«
lala preferring the flat, the high language, the sharp sounds, and often vice wrsdi
the I'ekesa always dropping m and n, Sec. There are sometimes changes between the
dentals and linguak, as indima and inlima, tima and sima, which belong to different
tribes. * Other intermediate changes are so endless that no proper limit can be given*
For instance, the Amalala will throw off a root in one word, and retain the same in
another, while the high dialect pursues just the opposite direction. Sometimes one
root appears totally different from another, which upon a nearer investigation we find
to be of the same origin, as may be observed under r, s, hi, &c. As I have already
remarked, the commixion of so many different tribes, which have continually inter-
fered with one another, fully accounts for these frequent changes. The custom of the
ukuhlonipa has also added to the confusion ; because there may be many words which,
being originally of the ukuhlouipa, afterwards became legitimate, and other legitimate
words became thereby obsolete. Intermarriage has ako been a great cause of the
differences of dialects and general confusion, because we sometimes find women speak^
ing the very opposite dialects, married to one husband, each retaining not only her own
dialect, but imparting it to her children, who, mixing with the other children of their
father, have no power to observe the distinction, and confound the one with the other.
In an historical point of view the low dialects are the oldest, and exhibit the
primitive language in its simple and clear roots. It is principally by means of them
that I found my way to the analysis and the etymology of the higher dialects. These
old or low dialects bear the most striking marks of affinity to the low languages of the
Indo-Germanic.
The following are the principal tribes, or firagments of tribes, residing in Natal,
and differing more or less among each other in respect to dialect :— «
I. 7. Amadartye, IV. VI. Amatolo,
1. Amokanya, 8. Amanyavn, 1. Amaqwabe, 1. Amabomva, Amakazc,
2. Amasome. 9*. Amalalekn, 2. vAbasembo, 2. Amanj^uswa, Ixinkambi,
10. Amakabcln. 8. XmaDcunu, 8. Amangongoma, Amanganga,
II. 4. Amadwanyana. 4. Amacadi. Amambombo,
1. Amablongwa, IIL Amatoli,
2. Amapomulo, 1. Amatjangaal, V. VII. Amaeele,
3. Abaaekuoene, 2. Amahosiana, 1. Amangwana, 1. Amahlanga, AmaDOolozi,
4. Amalanga, 3. Amapepeta. 2. Amahfabi, 2. Amadama, Amabaca,
6. Amahlala, 8. Amabele, — — Abetembu. .
6. Amandelu, 4. Amafbti.
VI -ftUMmVE UNGtIAGB.
tn order to understand a language thoroughly, it is necessary to search for those
!)arts of it which are primitive. lE^t how are these to be found P I believe that
anguage is a gift of the Creator, viz., that man was endowed with capabilities to
open his mind by utterance, not as a lifeless machine, but as a free agent, who, by
Digitized by VjOOQIC
necessity, must have been able to invent and construct language, or lie could not have
had scope for the development of his faculties* Thii was the necessary result of the
intellectual principle with Which he Was gifted. Language is therefore constructed
by and for the tlunking human mind, and the ' natural consequence is that it mlist
admit of explanation by the same intellectual principte. The expression of the human
mind shows also its reality, because it is the representation or the expression of thought
and feeling. If, then^ we wish to understand a languago we must analyze it ; but the
true key to that can only be the analysis of thought* Again, thought and feelings, it
must be admitted may differ, and require, therefore^ different words ; differences of
sounds must also be accounted for, because a sound, without a thought, can not be
accepted as a part of language. And whatet er peci^rity of sound there be, it oan
not hare any value, unless it expresses some distinct Uiought i nor can combined
sounds make language, if they are no combination of thoughts. It does not matter
how these different sounds may be expressed by diff^ent nations or tribes, or what
Jdnd of character may be used to represent them, — ^the law of thought will be the same.
Now, if we reflect upon the external differences of languages, and particularly
upon the Zulu-Kafir, it is, after all that just has been remarked, not so difficult to
show the differences of dialects; and we explain but little, if we do not explain the
thoughts of the language which we treat. The only satisfactory explanation of wordft
employed, is that which brings before our mind the distinctions which are made by
the thooghts of men. I cannot venture to say how often I was in a dilemma, whett
attempting to analyze the words of this language, to define their meaning, before I
had analyzed the thoughts expressed by the component parts. It was a desperate and
Qseless undertaking, because only so far as I could carry on the analysis of thought^
could I carry on the analysis of the language. And the system of the whole language
is satisfactory only, in as far as the analysis of thought is in a satisfactory state.
How far, or how correctly I may have succeeded in this respect, more competent
persons will be able to judge ; and in order to give them a ftur opportunity to do so,
I shall now present a specimen of mv general analysis, to show by what means I have
snooeeded in finding the primitive language. In the same way, of course, I had
analysed every single letter, and evenr compound of the alphabet. But it is not
necessary to represent the whole, as the following, which contain the essence of the
language, will be sufficient to give an idea of all t*^
Cfttf
sba
iba
oba
nha
ama
Mm
ima
umi
uma
the
ebe
ibe
obe
Qbe
ante
eme
ime
01130
umo
«bi
ebi
ibi
obi
Qbi
ami
emi
tim
omi
umi
abo
ebo
ibo
obo
ubo
Aino
emo
imo
omo
amo
aba
eba
iba
obu
ubm
ama
ema
ima
oma
vmu
aks eka ika oica nlha nna sna ina ona una
ake eke ike oke ake ane ene ine oue * ane
aki ekt iki okl iikl anl eni ini onl uni
ako eko Iko oko uko ano «no ino ono otto
aka eka ika oka uk% ana ona ina ona wm
8. 6.
ak ela t2a ola Wa naa ess »m ota Kiit
ale ele ile ole ule ase sm isa oto nae
all ell iW oil all asi esi iti GtX \m
ftlo do llo ok) ak) a86 eso Iso * oso oso
tlashiflaoltiilii aaatisaiflaMaotU
Digitized by VjOOQIC
7.
azA
eza
ua
osa
uza
aze
eze
ize
oze
ozo
azi
ezi
txi
OZl
uzi
azo
ezo
izo
ozo
uzo
azn
ezci
iza
oza
nzu
It must be remarked in the outset, that in the Zulu-Kafir, each vowel when
standing alone m^y have a distinct meaning, or may be an intelligible sound. Bat
speech, or an intelligible sound, is generally made up at the least of a vowel and a
consonant, or of vowels and consonants, because a vowel alone appears in general to
make too feeble an impression. The union of a vowel and consonant for a single
articulation is so essential, and sometimes so necessary, that the two letters w, y,
which are, originally, vowels, are converted into consonants in many cases where the
peculiar effect is brought out, when they are followed by another vowel. And it will
be seen hereafter (see pron.) that vowels which stand alone, and are intelligible sounds,
and have a meaning attached to them, are extracted from a root which has a consonant
for its stamen.
The roots of this language are in the simplest sense of the word one articulation,
which, according to the idiom, is made by an opening and dosing (or terminating)
vowel or sound, as iba, uba, izi, 8cc., of which the incipient is either dropped or
contracted, when compounded with other articulations or roots. It follows of itself
that such an articcdation must be the object of a thought, having one meaning which
it cannot surrender without being itself destroyed ; and hence it follows also, that
such meaning must be capable of recognition in all compounds, although it may have
undergone some modification in connexion with the parts with which it is compounded.
A simple articulated sound may have a cognate sound and be closely allied to
another, and be susceptible of conversion into the latter -, yet it cannot, for that reason,
lose its original import, but will easily be recognized. Such intervention or trans-
mutation may sometimes be necessary for the following reasons : — 1. For euphony, as in
the locative case and in the passive voice; — 2, From a tendency to prevent dupUcity
or ambiguousness ; — 3. For the sake of giving greater scope to general formation, and
distinction of meanings.
Articulated utterance is generally divisible into letters, syllables, and words, or
nouns ; but things denoted by name fall xmder two sections only in this language,
viz, : primitive nouns, or pronouns, and verbs. For it is very obvious in the Zulu-
Kafir that its pronouns not only stand instead of nouns, but they are in a peculiar
sense directly derived from the primitive nouns. All other classes of words, adjectives,
prepositions, &c., actually grow out of these two classes in the progress of speech.
Or, considering that there exists a different form for a primitive noun, we may say
that the verbs, pronouns, and nouns are the primitive parts of speech in the Zulu-
Kafir language. Again, considering the terminating vowel of the pronouns and nouns,
we observe in them a kind of inflection, and hence we must acknowledge the verb to
be the root or stem of all of them.
The above table shows the origin of the nouns and pronouns ; and dissecting from
them the initial vowel we get the following monosyllabic stem, a, i, u, o, e, ba, ka, la,
&c., (to which may be added ta da, pa fa va, ga ra hla, and the clicks ca qa xa).
I shall now show that this number of stems is the foundation upon which the
whole language is built, — particularly of all pronouns, prepositions, adverbs, &c., as
well as of the inflecting syllables of nouns and verbs. They are undoubtedly the
most simple, the very first and essential utterance of speech in this language, and are,
for that reason, exiensively mixed up among themselves, and compounded with one
another, or with other roots or stems,— thus furnishing the m^ns of creating variety
Digitized by VjOOQIC
of position, circumstances, and all necessary modifications and particulars. It can
even be shown that the stems hla, ta, pa, fa, ya, have grown out of sa and ba,
(compare nampa and namba, letter E, &c.), ga-ra out of ka, da out of la (see udobo,
indiroa, and inlima). ^
I would cursorily draw attention to the inflections a e i o u, whether they are
initials or. the terminating sounds of a root or stem. They are the same throughout
the whole language, and bear a most striking analogy to the inflections of the verb,
viz. : to the indicative a — the subjunctive e — ^the negative i — the older passive o — ^the
modem passive u. And looking upon them by way of comparison they exhibit a
great similarity to the endings of cases in Latin and Greek, as also the remainders of
endings in the Hebrew (see Ges. Gram. § 86 and 88).
For the present purpose it is convenient first to take the pronoun under considera-
tion. As there are different sets, it will serve our purpose best to present them in the
following table : —
PRIMITIVES.
JTOrKS.
imi-iima isi
iti
me ini
Qje aha
ili ama
mni imi
ini '^
in > izi
alii )
nba
oka •..
PEHSONAL PEON.
Dgl 8i
n (ku) ni
COMPOUNDS.
n.
imina itina
Timina (itnna)
uwena
CONTRACTED.
u,a,e.
ha, be.
(am mn m)
li
a,e.
u(wu)
i(yi)
i(yi) •
)
si
Szi
la
)
bu
«••
ka
•••
nyena ibona
ilona iwona
iwona iyona
iyoDa ^
isoDa > izona
ilwonaj
iboDa
ikona ...
I.
iti-
Otu)
ina
(ino)
ibo
(haye)
ilo iwo
iwo iyo
imi
umi
iwe
uwe
uye
iyo •)
ilo )
ibo
iko
izo
in.
miiia tina
mana
wena nina
yena bona
bona wona
wona yoDa
yona *)
sona >Eona
Iwona)
bona
kooa ,.•
The primitives which, in a grammatical point of view, I consider as simple, and
which when reduced into their real elements contain as their first member a stem con-
sisting of a single vowel, are : i-mi i-si, u-we i-ni, u-ye a-ba, i-li a-ma, u-mu i-mi,
i-ni i-si n-lu, i-zi, u-bu, u-ku ; and, considering them according to the organs we
have the labials : umu-imi-ama, ubu, and aba ; — ^the Unguals : ili-ulu, ini-unu-(ana) ;
—to dentals or sibilants : isi-iai ; — and guttural : uku. These present to our mind
the simple, primitive notions of things in a form distinct fipom the abstract ideas which
are expressed without distinction of form. But although they are forms which ob-
vionsly show a progress of distinctive expressions, we do not discover any distinction
of nomber, sing, or plur. in them. They give us the simple things as thought, and
their significations are : umu, living being ; imi, state or condition ; ama, combination ;
nbu, quality and quantity ; aba, separating, difference ; ili, kind, sort ; ulu, coUective-
ness ; ini, species, individuality ; unu, sense (ana, reciprocation) ; isi, causality, agency j
izi, instinct, feelings, perception.
It is now not cUfficult to see. that several of these ideas, or thoughts, comprise a
mmiber or a plurality of things, yet there is no such decided distinction, originally,
observable. This we can prove further from the indifferent use made of these primi-
tive words, as for instance : uto, contracted from uluto, when afterwards used in a
phiral sense inito, was taken and contracted to into, and this form stands, at the
* It if with regret that I noticed too late the omission of this pron. and its other fonns sona
ad itona in the Dictionary. They may easily be formed by taking the cognate letter i^— iao—
potting 9 instead of x, and applying the first to sing, noons only.
Digitized by
Google
predeAt time, both for the sing, and plur. in the Xoaa' dialect, whereas the Zulu and
others use iuio as a singular, quite in accordauoe with its original form (ini^, and
when a plural is required they add another primitive which expresses that arcum^
stance, viz. : izi-into, contracted izinto. This compound plural appears in the Xosa
only in the locative case ezintweni, and the nomina4;^e into, although ruling as izinto,
can by no means be proved to be a contraction from izi-into, — not a single instance^
from analogy can be brought in confirmation, but all that can be said is that the
nominative has thrown off the additional izi — : and it must be regarded as a plural
form of later ages, similar to the JSU, le or Unto, sing, nto ; and analogous to the
plural inuele (inwele), of the Xosa, and izinwele, of the Zulu, from the singular
unuele (unwele). Another instauce : inyaka, a year, one year, containing a
plurality or combination of single objects, and when a distinct or single period was
required it was to be expressed by the additional primitive umu-inya£a, contracted
umnyaka, which afterwards assumed imi as plural — ^iminyaka. Similar cases ave
ulu-Anga, i-Lwanga, u-Pahla, im-Pahla, plural izim-Pahla.
That these primitives of the first column have been used as independent words
originally can clearly be seen from their meaning which they retain although they
have lost their independence as separate words. In the present state of the language
they are employed as nominal forms, destined to add a nominal idea to any root or
stem ; in other words, to form nouns from abstract notions by the addition of their
form and meaning placed before any root or stem. They are, therefore, not merely
an agency which places an abstract word in the rank of nouns, but they modify or
classify the abstract word according to the purpose or the condition for which it is
required. It is a question whether their number has not been larger originally, because
it seems almost that the initials of many words, such as udaka, idoho, uva,ii iviti— -udu
idi, uvu ivi, &c„ are obsolete primitives.
In the arrangement of the dictionary they are called primitive nouns, because
their first membfer seems quite to have the force of an indefinite article, indicating au
object called or named ; and because they ate really the only means by which derived
nonps are in generd formed. They have usually been called prefixes ; but this term
is improper from the main reason that it entirelv overlooks the true nature of them
as nominal forms on the one hand, and negatives their first element (as article) on the
other. The strict observance of the first member must not be looked upon as an
innovation; and how important it is can be seen from the examples given above
" inyaka," of which the initial i has been thrown off by the contracted \unix — ^in
umnyaka ; the same is the case with izi-nto, in which the import of the article is
exactly like the German — ein ding, plural eini^e dinge.
The nature and value of this kind of article, as well as of the nominal forms, is
farther rerrmrkable in a state of coalescence or contraction, as in i*nyaka, u-moya,
u-boya, i-sauhla, &c., or as in all possessive cases, like — ^umnyango we*nhlu (from
wa-inhlu), uboya be'nkomo (from ba-inkomo), &c., in which, cases tlie idrst element of
the nominal form (as article) is not ordy separated and joined with the ruling pronoun
oif the genitive, but the second element also is so closely united to, or incorporated
with the following root so as to make one new stem. The same process takes place
when a demonstrative pronoun is prefixed to any nominal form, as k'ndoda (from
la*indoda) — la being a compound pronoun, representing exactly a definUe article*
* It appears from these examples that the proper orthography should be that of we'nhia,
le'udoda, always joining the stamen to the following part. But I have not yet adoptod this
principle in the arrangement of the dictionanf from fear of introducing too many new things
at once, by which the work might be renderea too difficult for the use of many who^ at present^
are accustomed to the old orthography.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
Horing thus detood the nonunal fonn«, I shall proceed to explain the personal
pronouns.
1, As regard* the forms this set of pronouns is obviously deriyed from the pri-
mitive nouns. These, derived from imi*umu-ama and ini, which sustain a close
ration to each other, have not only thrown off the first element like all the rest, li, si,
hn, &o., but also their radical consonant m<*n. Ngi-si, u-ku, and ni, are for tlxe first
and second person, and u-a-e, and the rest for the third. As the oldest form of them
all WQ may oonsider imi, because its equivalent umu contains a distant reference to
a nenn^ and is identical with umuntu. The essential part of this pronoun is a labial
whkh is to be regarded as a primeval expression containing the grand idea of all action,
vii. : to move, teuee literally : a moving, or a moving one. If we compare the root
ma, and observe attentively the imperative ima (see Ma, note, and No. 2, the eon-
tinuiBg ooi\jugation^Hni), we obtain a very distinct imperative idea = be an acting,
ipoving, — distingnished from all other agents. Thfi form n^ is derived from ngimi,
a eompound of imi, and nga a proposition denoting through, by {see Nga, 4 and 6,)
ieucB Uterally : it by me = it is I. In the Xosa it is ndi, in the Suto ki. AVhat
analogy it b^s to the ancient or Indo-European pronouns of the first person, it is
not difficult to discover.
This class of pronouns I have called substitutes, because they represent the sub-
jective nouna in every part of speech, and referring to them respectively, they may
stand in the nominative or in the objeotive case. The natural consequence of this is a
fftmmtaikal concord.
The plural si is extracted from aiti (as ngi, frtun ngimi), see tina, and derived
from the prpnitive isi, denoting degree, agency in a coUeotive sense of employing
more than one instrument, and expressing the progressive idea from ngi, I — to si,
we us, in a logical order. Comparing it with the Latin nos, German ujiSy Teutonic
Mt, &c., we must consicrcr it as a part of universal language. The Suto re is dialectic,
and corresponds to the sorond fqrm ti, similar to the German wir.
i. The second personal pronoun singular — ^U, thou, is derived from the primitive
unu, see u-We. At the firat glance, it might appear more correct to derive it also
from the grand form umu (as alluded to, see Kn, pers. pron.)> which expresses a
person^ idea. But remembering the dose connexion in which both stand to each
other, and tx)nsidering, 1, that the elements « are in both the same, and 2, that the
rdation between I and thou is, logically, a reciprocal one, it seems to • be bett^ to
abide by the first derivation because it is the only form in the language which expresses
that connexion perfectly. (Compare the root Na, and the pri. n. u-Nu.)
It is remarkable that this pronoun is only used in the nominative, and not in the
objective ease, as all the othep are. The reason for this is the same as for ake, awe,
viz.: to prevent equivocal and ambiguous forms, because it would become the
same form as the objective case of the third person referring to nouns in umu, pi.
imi. Its objective form is, therefore, ku, yow, derived from the nominative u and-
the preposition )ni, which is of a demonstrative nature «= there, hence : to, from,
Iec {see also ku, substitute.) Considering now the f^ceof this preposition kn, which
makes a dative case, this pronoun is of a most logical character, denoting the person
spoken to. And if it is true that the Latin qui-km ecmtains the most priaiitive sound
of th€^ second person^ — ^the mute guttmral k, we cannot think that ku in Kafir be
aocideBtal, but we must rank it in the universal chain t<^ther with the Goth, thuk,
Sax* thee, Ban. dig, Germ, dich, Hebrew ?[, and, as we are told, the Hmdoo dative tukp.
The second personal pronoun plural — ni, you^ is derived from the primitive iui,
corresponding to the singular from unu. It is not necessary to say more about it
u lis natiure haa already been explained under the primitivea, and under the preceding
liagubr k« the second personal pronoun. {Compare i-Ni, pri. n., and the contracted
Digitized by VjOOQIC
pronoun 4, second pers. plur.) It is used in tlie nominatdve and tbe objectiye case
like all the others.
3. The third personal pronoun singular has three forms — ^u, a, e — ^he, she, it.
The first form u is derived from the primitive umu, which is evident from its objective
case of the nominative u, — ^mu or simply m. See u, substitute pron., and Mu, pers.
pronoun. It is very similar to the Greek S ov^ Latin eunty English he. Am, the low
German hem, em ; high Germ, ihn, ihm, Hebrew K^rT«
The two other forms a — e are a particularity in the Zulu Kafir, and appear to
be of quite a different origin from the former. Of the form e it is pretty certain that
it is an old participle form from the verb ya, occurring in the tenses as an auxiliary,
as: w&e hambile, for which others have wa ye hambile, and it is used in a kind of
continuing conjugation or participle construction, 09: wa m bona e hamba, i.e. : he
saw him he walking = he saw him walking. The plural forms be and e are parallel
with it, 08 : nga bona amahashe e balekile, i.e. : I saw horses, they having run away,
= I saw horses' running away. The form a, plural ba, compounded of ba-a, and a
compoimded of a-a, usually express a subjunctive condition, which the Xosa generally
indicates by the conjunction ukuba, os: nm tyele ukuba a hambe, i.e. : tell him that
he may or must go away. The first form u is always connected with the indicative,
and the a always with a subjunctive. This subjunctive connexion is rather like an
imperative or exhortative, ana a most probably an old imperative of the verb ya.
The other substitutes — ^li, si, lu, bu, ku, &c., are easily recognized as derived
from their correspondent primitives. The pronoun u — ^nominative, aud wu— objective
case, are derived from umu, denoting special object, see u<Mu, 8, and Wu, substitute
pron. The pronoun i — nominative, and yi— objective, see under I and Ti.
COMPOUNB PRONOUN.-I.
1. The first personal pronoun singular is derived froia the primitive imi-umu,
of which umi is a mixed form, and dialectic. The plural iti-itu may have grown out
of si ; but if this is not the case, il^is surely derived from the generic name umuntu-
abantu, in proof of which I may mention the phonastic phrase: tina luntu or
tina 'bantu, i.e., we people = we. In the Suto re-ro correspond with ti-tu, and the
Kamba has tu. Some of the Amalala tribes have a mixed sound tzi-dzi, and the
Mpougwe zu, which all are regular transmutations from the dentals into sibilants.
^be form we, renders the basis to the adv. ewe, yes, literally : yes thou, the
initial e is an inteijection. See Qawe.)
2. The second person singular is derived from the primitive unu, with the
additional e, borrowed from the third person singular, see above, and contracted into
uwe (see u*We.) Some Amalala have huwe ; Suto we. The plural ini-inu, is derived
from the primitive ini, and inu is a mixed form exclusively used for a possessive case.
The Kamba has eniu.
3. The third person singular is derived from the primitive umu with the addition
of e, as in the second person. The Mpongwe, Kamba, &c., have simply ye, others
ie, and the Amalala huye.
4. The rest of the pronouns, singular and plural, are simply derived from the other
primitives with an additional inflection o, which is of a demonstrative character. Two
of them, iwo-iyo present a peculiarity which has already been explained, and can
further be seen under i-Wo and i-Xo.
POSSESSIVE PEONOra.
The first step after throwing off one element of the primitives and creating the
substitute pronoun, is the formation of another class, viz., the possessive pronouns, by '
Digitized by VjOOQIC
the addition of a new element, the prefix a, of a demonstratiye and relative natnre,
which is prefixed to the primitiYes after throwing off the first element or contracting
it, M: ami (a-imi) lU.: which me, = which (is) mine, hence mine; etu (a-itu) of u«,
ours ; enn (a-inu) of yon, yours ; alo (a-Do) of it ; aso (a-iso), &c.
Here we meet with two exceptions to the general rule. One would expect that
the possessiYC pronouns of the second and third persons singular were regular — awe
(a-uwe) and aye (a-uye) ; but instead of these there stand ako and ake, which are
compound cases similar to those of nouns, as will be explained hereafter. Ako is
compounded from the general prefix a, — ka, a specific possessive form, denoting to
come out of, to belong or pertain to, &c., see ka 10, — and u, substitute of the second*
personal pronoun; literally: what is pertaining to thee = thine; can^^e also
unyoko, thy mother. Ake is contracted m the same way from a-ka and e, substitute
of the third personal pronoun singular ; Ulerally : what pertains to him = his. The
Suto and others have the uncontracted forms agao, agae ; the Kamba agu.
However, these two pronominal forms occur in the compounds wamaioe, thy
brother, — umnoye, his brother, and are of great importance, because they give us
some insight into the primitive language — 1. We see that awe— aye were r^y the
original regular and possessive pronouns for the second and third person singular, and
a is the old or primeval form for the possessive case ; — 2. We see that umu-Ne is
a contraction from um-naye, as also that umu-uawe and umu-naye are original sen-
tences, or a periphrase of that family-connexion, in which umu stands in the full force
of a noun, lU. : a person with thee, or like thee, a person like he, = thy brother, his
brother ; — 3. We see that the possessive form ka is of later origin, and of a specific
nature ; — and 4. We see from umnawe — ^umnaye that the possessive case or (jeniti?e
of nouns (see under Nouvs) is also of later origin.
The other sets of pronouns, namely the nominal adjectives — imina, ilona, &c.,
the pronominal adjectives — mina, lona, &c., and the demonstratives — lo, lowo, leli,
hbo, &c., need no particular explanation, and have been properly analyzed in the
Dic^nary.
• 'REUTIVE PRONOUN A.
The primitive a is used as a relative pronoun. But it must be borne in mind
that the force of this form, primarily, is demonstrative (see Ai), the demonstrative
power implying the reduction of a position into the contrary, = to prove that a thing
IS the contrary = that it is not so ; and hence the negative sense of the same form.
According to this, the theory of a as relative is = that which, and = not as another.
The way in which this little particle is applied has rendered it difficult to Gram-
marians to explain it properly. The subject is, however, very simple. The simple
and the only rule for this pronoun is : to compound it with the first element of the
primitives, and, as this always consists of a vowel, to apply the rule of contraction,
as : a-umu into omu, a-imi into emi, a-ili into eli, a-ini into eni — en, a-isi into esi,
a-izi into ezi, a-ulu into olu, a-ubu into obn, a-aba into aba, a-uku into oku, a-ama
into ama.
The office of the relative pronoun in Zulu-Kafir is, that it simply relates to or
connects another word with what is called its antecedent, whether the latter be one
smgle member of a sentence, or a whole sentence, or a series of sentences. The
antecedent is to be represented by its primitive or nominal fbrm, according to the
grammatical concord, and the particle a becomes the connecting link in the manner
described above.
The rule of the relative can be applied to any part of speech. But if it appUes to
nouns it always hi^ppens that two vowds come together, which the law of the language
endeavours to prevent by its respective rules, as : izwi eli 'mtutuzelo, izwi eS 'bu-
Digitized by VjOOQIC
hlunsu, isihlo isi 'manzii &c. The original, simple eonstractioii — ^izwi eli amtutuzelo»
izwi eli ubublungu, isihlo esi amaozi — ia retained by a few tribes in Natal ; others,
however, in order to prevent the hiatus or the elision of the incipieut of the following
word, use the prefixes ng and y, as : izwi eli ngumtutuzelo, isihlo esi yisibi. The.
Xosa carries its rule noticed under the letter y, which Bee, Kouns which have a variable
nominal form throw it oflf in the relative construction, a9\ izwi elikulu ; into enkulu.
A few peculiarities are to be noticed which arise when the word to be connected
with the antecedent is a preposition, adverb or verb, &c. The same rule is applied
in all these cases with this difference only, that those nonunal forn^s, representing the
antecedent, which have i» or » in their second element drop these letters, at i umuntu
opftkati, umuntu olungile ; into erara ; into ehambayo. The Erst element only of the
nominal forms is added to those tenses of the verb which are compounded of the sub-
stitutes, and an auxiliary element, aa-. wa hamba, ya suka, la ziswa, &c., — these
become : o wa hamba (referring to umuntu), into e ya suka ; izwi e la tetwa.
There is no particular form for the objective case of the relaUve pronoun» but it
is made up by the usual construction of a verb, and the compound first element of
the nominal form, oi : indau e li yi shiyayo iqili, i.e. : the point which she it is
leaving the cunning woman ; imifazi a m bonayo, i.e. : the woman which he her
seeing »* whom he is seeing (in the last instance a is contracted from a-a the first the
relative and the second substitute for the third person singular) ; isifo o si bonayo
wena, i.e. : to sickness which (o contracted from a, relat. and u second person sing.)
you it seeing yourself, as which you are seeing yourself; abantu o ni ba bulalayo,
i.e. : people which you Uiem kill, = whom you are killing ; — intambo e si bopa
ngayo, i.e. : a thong which we bind with it ; — or o si bopa ngayo (the first and second
personal pronoun, employing either of their primitive forms), intambo e ngi bopa
ngayo ; intambo o ni (or e ni) bopa ngayo.
All predicate verbs usually take the suffix yo, which, however, is omitted when an
objective case is followed or nearer explained by its correspondent pronominal adjec-
tive, 09 : umuntu o ngi m bona yena, i.e. : a man who I him see himself, = a man
whom himself I see, = the same whom I see. {See Xo,)
N0UK8.
The Zulu-Kafir has no primitive nouns besides those already mentioned. All
others are derived from verbs, to which belong also the a4i6<^^^«
Nouns are formed by the addition of the primitive, which are prefixed to any
root or stem. They divide themselves into two dasaes— 1. Nouns which have an
unchangeable or fixed nominal form; and — 2. Nouns which have a changeable
nominal form.
The second class of nouns appears to be the oldest, because they have already
thrown off their fixed nominal forms. They are chiefly used in predication or
afi&rmatiou, helping other nouns to make out a required meaning, and thus constitute
predicates of propositions as adjectives do in other languages. They are, however, no
distinct class of words from other nouns, whi^ must be borne in mind in order to
understand their true character.
Great precision is to be observed in a number of nouns which are derived
from the passive form of verbs, «« : isipiwo, 1. e. : a gUi whidi is given, which is
received, while isipo, derived from the active, denotes a gilt of a giver. See
dingwane. The number of these nouns is not great, because the meaning of some
roots does allow only the distinction.
Another peculiarity is the combination of two nouns, of which the first is of a
possessive character. The most conspicuous I have pointed out under the letter M»
Digitized by VjOOQIC
tmA dlhei* places. I hate callfed them a Genitive constrtiction, because they form the
oiigitittl posaessiYe ettse. The nouns ate in general quite atialogdus to the pronouns
m resbect- to this (iase, — the pdrticle a being added to dily nbun and contracted with
the initial of the latter, as : a-izWe — ezwe. If, therefore, such a noun is ruled by
afiothe^ to which it is a |)redicate, &c., the substitute of the ruling noun is added to
the possessive case and contracted, as : into yezwe (from i-ezwe) ; amabele ezwe (from
a-aa#e) ; iz^i labfintu (from li a-abantu). The specific possessive or genitive case is
expkin^ under Ka, 10, ioMch see.
There is to distinction of genders exptessed by the nominal forms ; but that
is iaarked by the termination of words. The forms ka, ke, ku, kwe, are, undoubt-
edly, the primitite distinctions of gendfers. Yet, in the progress of the language, the
neeessity ftrose for effecting clearer distinctions by the additional isii, and kazi became
the principal word for the purpose. Moreover it is most probable that certain generic
tems were used for the distinction of animal gender, a few of which are still occa-
sionally in use, as : ukuba nobudoda, i. e. : to have manhood, = to be a male ; —
ukuba namasendCj i. c. : having male's genitals ; — ukuba nesibunu, i. e. : hdving
female's genitals ; — nkuba yinduna, ot iduno, which see.
Strictly speaking, there are no adjectives in the Zulu-Kafir, and the words which
a» Used as such, are either nouns or verbs. The words which usually have been
ac(;epted and treated as adjectives, belong to the second class of nouns. The way in
whidh they are used and connected ^th an antecedent, must not be confbunded with
their character ; because they are connected in the manner most suitable to the spirit
of the language, either by the relative pronoun or by the substitute, as : izwi elikulu,
ie. : a great wcnrd, of a tirord which is gteat, of izwi likulu, i.e. : to word it great ; —
itkta enkuld, i.e. : a thing which (is) great, and into inkulu, i.e. : the thing it (is)
gfeil ; — ^umtlntu omkuluj i.e. : a man whidh (is) great, and nmunttt nmkulu, i.e. : the
mte he (is) great.
Th* only pectdiarity id that Contraction prevails in the plurdl, or, it is the
dltoacter of these words to thtow dff their nominal forms either Wholly or partially, as :
attudiashe 'makdu, imif^a 'istikalu, izinto 'zinkulu. The same is the case when the
antecedent id a pronoun, t^ : tina si 'bakulu, contracted from si abakulu or si ngaba-
kiiR This is the siiine ddse of formation as has been mentioned under the primitives.
VERB.
The verb hi Zulu*Kafit presents otdy a variety of tenses and moods, indicative
and subjunctive^ of voices, active and passive, and of conjugation, affirmative and
sfigsHve.
Verbs, as well as nouns, are compound words, one part of which is the root
atld the other an Addition to it, prefixed or suffixed. The root may express
the bate or abstract idea, but the additions ejtpress certain circumstances and condi-
tions respecting it.
The verb nas llo formation of persons or ntmibers, but these are represented by
the stfbstitttte pronotms. An act can be expressed at the present, past, or future time,
OS: ngi hamba, nga hamba, ngo hamba, — as complete or incomplete — by the inflection
»ft,«*^ affirmative ot negative, the latter being already properly explained under
N|[)l, 6, b, itkich see.
The system of inflectinj? the Znki-Kiifir seems to have always been very limited.
Tikerto hi only one inflection for thfe tense, imd that is for converting the present into
the definite past, ot perfect tense ; or it may be said, that the verb has otily two tenses,
aH ibU othe* varieties of time and mood being made up by a nttmber of Auxiliary
verbs, at : b*i, ka, nga, sa, ya, aa, lehieh see. The common inflection for the present
h%
Digitized by VjOOQIC
tense is a, for the perfect iU, see Le, which make in the passiye wa, uee. An internal
change of the roots takes place in the passive voice, with the foUowing consonants : —
b, py m, mb ; — b changing into fy, m : tabata — tatyatwa ; p changing into ^', m :
bi)pa — botjwa; — m changing into »jf, a»i kumular--kunyidwa ; — mb changing into
nj, as : bamba — banjwa. These chfmges are principally caused by the inflection of
the passive for the sake of euphony.
But, although there are only two tense-inflections, a great variety of tenses is
made up by the auxiliaries, and the substitute pronouns which are added to and fused
with the roots of the former, to effect the most minute distinctions of time and mode
of action. Erom the present tense ya, a« : ngi ya hamba, — ^a past is formed by con-
tracting the substitute pronoun and the auxiliary into nga, nga hamba, thus denoting
an indefinite time during which an action has continued. A future is formed by com-
pounding the present tense with the infmitive ukuya, by throwing off the second element
ku of the sign uku, or by compounding the present tense with the simple root uya, as :
ngi-a-uya — ngoya. GThe simple substitute pronoun with the root of the verb wiUiout
an aux^iary, forms a kind of participle, as : ngi hamba, i.e. : I a walking.
Another peculiarity in the conjugation of verbs in Zulu-Kafir, is a repetition of
mixed pronouns, viz., the compound form of the indefinite past tense with the simple
substitute pronouns of the present, as : npa, ngiy effecting a conjugation of an intrinsic
character, always referring to a preceding sentence, or to a progressive series of
sentences, or to two or more sentences opposed to each other, as : nga ngi tjilo, i.e. :
I did say so (viz., that something should happen which has happened accordingly) ; —
sa lima kakulu sa si nga zuzanga ukuhla, i.e. : we ploughed or sowed veiy much and
did not obtain food notwithstanding, or, and yet we did not obtain food.
The verb is, systematically, the most difficult part of this language, and requires
not only a good d^ of study, but also of experience before a thorough acquaintance
with it is acquired. The reasons are obvious from the employm^t of so many
auxiliaries, and compounding them with the substitute pronouns, for the purpose of
creating all possible tenses. I have taken pains to set forth the intrinsic character of
these parts of the verb, separating them from the paradigm which formerly assumed a
most formidable figure. On the other hand, the great number of auxiliaries and the
varied manner of arranging them, so as to show their import in any connexion, is a
peculiar means of giving the verb a much greater variety of moods and tenses, than
can be formed in many other languages. But it is quite natural that some of these
varieties of form seem to be identical in meaning ; yet the differences, however subtile,
can clearly be distinguished, although it is sometimes impossible to represent them
clearly in other languages of less pliability and variation.
The requisite explanation of the various moods is to be found under every auxili-
ary verb. The imperative is generally the naked form of the verb ; but it contains the
root with a weak initial element, either t or « in all monosyllabic verbs, throwing this
off however in all polysyllabic ones, as ; hamba, &c., and it takes in the second person
plural a suffix of the substitute pronoun. The infinitive commences with the primitive
ukUy expressing the mere state of action without circumstance of any kind ; but it is,
in grammatical respects, a noun in the widest sense of the term on account of its
form.
Moreover, the verb possesses, besides the varieties ahready pointed out, another
pliability, analogous to the Hebrew and other languages, viz. : that it admits of in-
flections of another kind, almost parallel with the nominal forms of the nouns, and
thereby forming another branch of conjugations. These appear as derived or different
stems under the root of every verb in the dictionary. They are the following roots, —
ika, ila, ina, isa, and the repetitions ilela, and isisa, which are suffixed to any stem.
In many cases, especially when the verb is an onomatopoetic word, iza is used instead
Digitized by VjOOQIC
of is&. This fdmnation of verbs in general, is analogons to that in all languages in
the constmction of which prepositions are much used, in order to carry the sense of
other parts of speech to an almost unlimited extent. The only difference of the Zulu-
Kafir is its frequent or peculiar use to place the different parts of speech before and
after a root or stem, and carrying inflection to a very surprising degree. Taking for
instance the sentence — u ngi pelekezele — the Kafir expresses in this one verb what
the English does in five or six words : do accompany (me) for the sake of pleasure, —
a coagulation of words expressing five Kafir-ideas which can all be easily analyzed
and their etymology fixed. The bare root in the abstract is — pa, to pass ; ila, to
strain, forth, for, — heHce pela, to pass forth, to end ; — ika, to go off, — hence
pdeka, to go off an end ; — iza, to make, do, — hence pelekeza, to make go forth or
for a distance, = help to go a distance ; — ila, to strain, for, &c., — hence pelekezela,
to accompany as fSar a distance for, i.e. : pleasure's sake, for nothing at all, for a
purpose, &c.
The several additional itxems of these c()njugatious have found their explanation
in the order of the dictionary, and it remains here for me to give my reasons for the
terms I have adopted for them. As the form isa was called causative form, and ina,
the reciprocal, and this with all propriety, it was my aim to have uniformity, which
could not be obtained by styling i&a simply the ika, Ua the Ua form, &c. It is easily
perceived that these additionab are ika — ^ila, &c., and not eka — ela, which they became
only by contraction. Now, ika or eka has been styled by others an inteusitive, neuter
form, &c., and I admit that this and more than this can be predicated of ika, but I
must also remark that there is scarcely any form of all the Cerent conjugations of
which the same could not be said. But comparing all forms with each other, we must
admit that each has a specific signification and purpose ; and as the general import of
this is to determine a particultur quality of a verb, I have accordingly styled it the
quaUlaiive form. The form ila or ela had been styled the objective, or relative, but
which of aU the transitive verbs does not contain these properties ? What is a relative
form ? It does not require much investigation to be convinced that the direct import
of t^ is, a means of qualifying the meaning of any verb or stem for any purpose.
Hence I have styled it the qualifying farm, and although the term may not be found
sufficiently definite, it is the best I could find for it. Other definitions are so easily
to be understood as to need no mention here.
There is a set of verbs which, from their irregularity or rather peculiarity, are
called vowel-verbs, containing as their first or incipient element a vowel. They may
be properly divided into three classes.
nmKT. PRSS. PAST. PEBPT. PUTB. IHPESATirB.
I. nkoya ngi ya ya Dga ya ngi yile ngi ya kaya (y)iy&
If. okoza ngiyeza ngeza ngizUe ngi ya kuza (y)iza
III. ukwaka ngi yaka ng^ka ngakile ngi ya kwaka (y)aka
ttkweoza ngi yenza ngenza ngenzile ngi ya kwenza (yjenza
It has already been remarked that all primitive words have an incipient vowel, or
a vowel as their first element. The criterion of the first class is that it retains its
initial dement only in the imperative, which, on account of the accent, is pronounced
with some aspiration — yiza. It is otherwise regular in all its tenses.
The second dass retains its initial i in those tenses only which contain an auxiliary
demoit, applying the rule of contracting ngi ya-iza into ngi yeza, in all cases of dis-
agreeing vowels, the only exception being the second person of the present negative
— a kuzi, as it is essential to retain u in this case. The imperative is = that of the
first dass. The Kamba, Nika, &c., do not allow this contraction, but use this dass of
verbs in its primitive forms as, i wa, i ma = wema, ngeza, &c.
bt
Digitized by VjOOQIC
ThQ third dass oentams a eentracted vowel as iU initial eiraMnt, wkick has a
special meaniug and ibr tbat reason is carried into all tenses and meeds i the vowel of
the preceding, whether auxiliary or pronominal, being dropped. The u of the aeoiiid
element of the i^finiti?e is usually sharpened into w.
YII-ETTMOW)GY.
Considering how.little comparatively has been 'done In other languages in MMMoi
to etymology, deduction of words, the history of their origin, fee,, and how many aiffi*
culties and doubts still rest upon them : we shall find this subject much easier in the
Zulu-Kafir, because we have only to do with what the language itsdf oSSsrs, and beeidef
we have i^o occasion for speaking of a history of its etymology. It is true, one may
be misled by the first appearance of wor^s and the want of extensive investigation, as
has often been the case with* myself, when upon nearer inquiry I had to change my
opinion. The change, however, was rather such as to encourage me to prosecute the
subject to a correct conclusion, to which it seemed to me not at tdl impossiole to attain.
For I thought, for instance, why is it possible to find the root of the Latin <* scrip*
seramus," and define its meaning as well as the meaning of its various parts^ and not
be equally successful in other cases in other languages ? If we take Mrib to be its
root, and compare it with the Greek ^«pJlo, the high (German sekreikm, the low German
acAriven, we see that sc — ^ are prefixes and rik the root. But going a step (Virthef
and comparing the Latin rapio, crepo, repo, &c., with the English rap, rip, wnte, raffle,
rifle, ruffle, grab, gripe, grave, grove, rive, thrive, slip, strip, scrip, scrape, &c., is not
the root of this whole stock — rip ? and is not its meaning to drive, as " rapidus" shows f
and are not the Teutonic and tow German riben, riven, i.e. : to grate 5 driven, i.e. : te
drive, the same words? And was not the first mode of writing or graving, making
lines, strokes, scratches, &c., in the earth, in wood, upon leaves, which the Snlu^Kafi?
/oAa also denotes? And are not the Hebrew ribh and the Arabic karab, the same
word ? And what are now all other additionals of the words just marked else b«ii
remainders of other roots, according to which the primitive meaning of rip, was modi-*
fied ? And would it be impossible to split the root rip, and to find that its first
element is = re in redeo, and the second = pa, po, &c., in other compounds? What
might be the result of a rigid analysis, and an extensive comparison ?
There may be points, in respect to which analysis does not yield light enough,
and certain obscurity may for ever rest upon them, because their true meaning is lost.
But, as for the Zulu-Kafir, I am fully prepared to assert that oomparalively few w(^
have come under my notice, of which it is impossible to give a correct account respect-
ing their present signification, while no doubt, at least no considerable doubt, rests on
their primitive constituents. There is scarcely another language of which that can be
said with the same degree of certainty ; and although it is as yet little known upon
the field of philology, it is not at all unlikely to render some assistance in removing
the obscurity that still rests on the theory of languages.
However, I am aware that my work is new in every respect, as to its arrange-
ment; which differs much from that usually ft)llowed. Among the few individuals who
have had a glimpse of it, one thought that its analysis and etymology contained mudi
of an arbitrary nature; another thought that I had rather gone too far ; another calM
out : novelties, curious fancies, &c. And others, I expect, wiU admit that one may
analyze one or more families, and show their proper etymology 5 but to carry ikA
plan through so uniformly, and to analyze the thoughts of a language so minut^ as
I have endeavoured to do, they will perhaps think impossible, and consequently incor-
rect. They may think so, perhaps, because they can hardly imagine that a language
of Kafir-barbarians should possess such peculiar qualitiee as to admit of my method
Digitized by VjOOQIC
of operation. And, md«ad, whibt I oannot avmd oombating tiieie opinions and
doubts, I must oon&ss that tiionghts of tke same nature have been raiaed in my own
mind during the oompilation of the work. How often have I been obliged to retake
the ground which I had once forsaken, whm inquiring after the primary meaning, &c. P
But, let the question be onoe answered i on what principles is etymology based, and
how is the primary meaning of a word to be ascertained ? If we analyse a word*
comparing its constituent pi^ or roots with other identical radicals in single or in
compound oases, and look also to the coinmd^oe of cognate letters, and apply to these
the USU8 lbpteHdi,'---it must be possible for us to make out the predominant sense (d
the elements in question, vid thereby we miut be enabled to find out the radical
meaning, and having found it, we can also make out the primary sense. This opera-
;tion must be practicable since we have a living language before us in which the io<^
are characteristically visible. And if these principles are rqected> we have no longer
a language, but we move like irrational aninuJs, or as madmen.
I shaU now for the sake of demonstration call attention to a series of instances,
aud firsUy to some oonsistiog of two radicals, as : bdka(za), beka, bika, boko, bxika.
None will doubt for a moment that all these words are constructed on the same
radicals — ba-ika or ba-uka, — ba, to separate, ika, to set, fix, &c., UteraUf : to fix
separately ;— *none will doubt that faka, vaka and paka are cognate words, and banga,
b^ga, binga, bonga, bunga, allied to them. Now, comparing all together we find
that the predominant meaning of liiose radicals is : to view, to fa, be£)re, forward, or
bdbre the eyes ; the radical meaning — to look ; but the primary : to have a peculiar
appearance, to make, show, or give a peculiar expression. Then examining the com-
pounds, as zibekela, bekeiela, &c., we find that beka retains the same literal meaning
of fixing separately, or to fix before, upon, &o., hence to use for fixing upon in a
visible manner. Compare also isibuko, mirror, and buku. Now let us take bamba»
bemba, bimbi, bombo, bumba,* and see whether m is a mere nasal sound, or, as I
have shown, a separate root, — and we find that they are derived from amba, to
separate from, to move forth, away— ama — ^iba j and compare the same root with all
compounds which the language contains — ^hlamba, jamba, kamba, komba, lamba,
namba, pamba, qamba, tamba, &c., in order to see whether mba retains its radical or
literal metffcing in all of them or not. Again i let us take — ^banda, bende, binda,
bonda, bunda, and see whether w is a mere nasal sound or a separate root, as in anda,
i.e. : to extend. Do — bada, bede, bida, buda, — mean the same, or is there a differ-
ence to be observed I Affap : bane, baneka, bandula, banhla, bansa, bandula, panhla,
damuka, damka, and whichsoever you choose, — compare them with badula, bihla,
basa, nahla, &c., in order to see whether there is a difference between them or none,
and whether the root n is here in a contracted state, and has a meaning of its own,
or not ? It proves nothing against my argument, — if it be objected, that, for in-
stance, the 8uto ruta, which is « (the Kafir) funda, rata *= (Kafir) tanda, rcka «*
(Kafir) tenga, having no root of », yet were of the same stem, and had the same
meaning. The short-sightedness of an inexperienced person not accustomed to exteor
live investigations upon these languages, would conclude that I must come into a
dilemma on account of this objection. But those who know the tendency in the his-
torical progress of a language, to contract and to throw off here one and there another
particle, must at once conceive that such is the exact state of those Suto words,
of which the original kxm sometimes returns in the process of derivation, tu : iteka
and itengo from rdca. Yet if it be muted, that such was not the case, are we
not to admit tribal differences in the expression of the same thought. The
English sentence t to mb something with oil, we in German express by: etwas
mit ol emreiben. Let any one compare impofu, bo«yu, imhfope, Muyama,
isidaka, iMvikh-'^^iid judge whether m is arbitrary or of peculiar importance to desig-
*4
Digitized by VjOOQIC
XXX
nate colourP Let him compare all the roots which have Jiy, and judge whether it is
sharpened from ni, and denotes, to join, unite, &c., or not ? In one word : let him
take any root he chooses and compare it with every single case in which it returns, in
order to he sure whether it has the meaning assigned to it, or not ? Let him take
the root of every or any letter and go comparing through the whole letter, whether he
can not recognize its radical meaning in all compounds ?
Here I may stop, because I am fully persuaded that the correctness of the analy-
sis and etymology, as set forth in the work, is proved and fortified with such copious,
external and internal evidences, that no reasonable inquirer can ask for more, or for
better. Any unbiassed inquirer, I am sure, will do me justice and acknowledge that
I have not buUt my work on fetncies, arbitrary conclusions, or loose imaginatioD, but
on the true principles of this language. And if I have not succeeded in coming near
enough to the proper thought in every instance (which would be quite natural), it
will be observed that I have not remained far off from it. The trouble and pains it has
cost me to analyze the thoughts to that degree to which they are defined in this work
will be manifest. Many, perhaps, will look upon this as an unnecessary labour, because
they are content with understanding words in one or another of their senses. But,
how far we shall advance, or what kind of literature we shall produce with such a
partial, and insufficient knowledge, will readily be understood. No intelligent and
conscientious student can rest satisfied with such narrow views ! To those who speak
of fancies and imaginations, I would answer,* that, to trace the primitive language in
the Zulu-ICafir must require, indeed, a certain degree of imaginative power, because
our thoughts or modes of thinking • are generally too much influenced by certain fixed
habits in grammatical rules acquired from the study of other languages.
Let it not be understood, that I deprecate criticism, for every man who ventures
on a book, subjects himself to the free remarks of all who may choose to notice his
production. As soon as he appears in public with his work, it belongs not to him
alone but to the public ; and no author luis a right to complain, if it is examined in
aU its contents. He has a right to demand only that criticism should be performed
in a proper manner. Therefore I do not expect that mere assertions in respect to my
researches will be advanced instead of arguments. I have accepted and adopted
nothing without sufficient reasons, and have given my reasons and my*arguments ;
and I can demand that reason should be put against reason, argument against
argument ; thought should conflict with thought. ,
To show the necessity of ascertaining the primary sense of words in order to
define them properly, or to obtain a dear idea of tbeir meaning, and more particularly
in difficult sentences, I shall add the foUowing remarks in illustration. I received
the word " imfenya" with the meaning " wind of the afternoon." The native who
explained the word to the inquirer, had obviously referred to the fact that the imfenya
is to be observed in the afternoon as in the forenoon, and can not soon be dried up
by wind. What time it has taken, and how many questions I had to put to different
natives, in order to find out what this curious word meant, is too much to state here ;
but it was dear to me that nothing of the meaning affixed to it was to be traced.
And this was one of the first specimens which showed me the necessity of analysis,
and when I had done so I discovered its proper meaning. This is only one of many
examples of the same nature.
It was further by resorting to the primary idea of a word that I was enabled to
explain applications of words, apparently or really, diverse, and even contrary. For
instance, the word " kuleka," was accepted in the sense of — to tie fast, and also— to
worship, to salute ! These senses seemed to me so diverse that I could not under-
stand how it could be possible, and I thought that there must be two different words
in this case. As it was, I did not succeed in solving the difficulty in this way, until
Digitized by VjOOQIC
I turned to the literal and ^nttiary meaning, whicH is : to fix upon greatness, or
growth. Hence, I found out in what way the meaning — to tie fest, was to be taken,
viz., for the purpose of giving growth to young animals ; and with this the other
meanings of fluting and worshipping agreed, to fix the greatness of another, to make
him great by saluting, kc. The same was the case with beka, bala, &c., of which
generally two verbs of different meanings had been thought to exist.
In ascertaining the primary sense of words it is often necessary to consider or con-
snlfc their derivatives. The word "mata" was commonly taken for — to drink; but
comparing it with the dialectic words for "water" — amanzi, amati, with amate
(spittle), and with mita, I found that the original signification is — to moisten, and
not "to drink." And how useful and important it is always to resort to cognate words,
can be noticed ift the general arrangement of the etymology in this work. In order
to satisfy inquirers I would recommend to them to examine qinga, qunga, qila,
quia, &c.
These few examples will suffice to illustrate the utility and necessity of always
taking an extensive view of the language, as also the desu*ableness and importance
of extensive researches in cognate languages of different dialects, as all throw light on
each other. Without prosecuting tUs method I should never have found out how it
eomes that " nene" signifies right and ffreat, its radical meaning being — to speak, or
to converse with. Who that looks at the word " inhliziyo" wodd have thought that
" yo" is the simple root, and the chief idea of " heart," while " inhlizi" is only an
explanatory idea r Who would have suspected that " imbezi" contains the full idea
of " tear," and that " inye" is only an additional of a nearer signification ? The same
is applicable to all those words which I have styled " a genitive constructiou," (see
egpt&aXiy all compounds of mala.)
It will also be seen from theK few remarks, that it is not sufficient to be satisfied
with a knowledge of some appropriate sense of words without examining the visible
ciicnmstanoes of an action, or the primary sense from which that particular application
has been derived. This has been the main reason for the obscurity which has rested
oa the Zulu-Kafir. And if we rested satisfied with that state, we should never
discover the true rehition between its own words, nor could we hope to find out its
common bond or relation with other languages. We find on a nearer examination of
one w(nrd, that, while used in one sense in this dialect, it has given rise to various,
very appropriate senses in the other ; or while it was used in the primary sense in
one, it is taken in a secondary, figurative, &c., sense, in another dialect, and being
onoe established became the means of forming a series of other derivations. (Com-
pare "nanela," especially "tda.") But this is not all ; for I quite expect that all who will
take the trouble to examine the present work, will be struck with the similarity of
manner in which the genius of this language has expressed itself, and appropriated
derivative, figurative, and other senses, thereby shewing its common bond with other
langnages.
It may also be interesting to remark in respect to the simplicity of the analysis, that
the number of radical significations is small, and equally remarkable in Kafir as in other
langnages; so small, that the primary sense of all verbs may be expressed by nineteen or
twenty words. And tracing them all to their simple roots, we are struck to find that all
of them are derived horn some kind of motion, suggested to man by the nature of things,
and that, therefore, the modifications of the primary sense, may be comprehended in
tke one w(»rd to move, or to. act. The following will illustrate the remark : —
If a— (ya> wa, e, i, o, u,) to move, to act. 5, ga, to bend, iBcline.
2, ba, to ftep forth, to act on. 6, hla, to rab, crush.
S, da, to draw, adTanoe. 7, ka, to come up.
4^ fh, to blow, blast. 8» h^ to rise ap.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
nzu
10, DO, to m»9t, Qoite* 16, w«, to fklL
11, pa, to p«8i^ gife. 17, yt, to go.
12, ra, to rosb, sound. 18, la, to oome, d(>.
18. 88, to came, break. 19, ca, qt, xa, to fix on, to more on t top.
14, ta, to pooiv throw.
All theie oao be brought uito a ftqr amimar oompaM by obwifyiiii th«m iKMrding
to the orgaii9 of the leUen, wUoh will aluddate the daTtlopoieiit niHX mofO.
1. A, (e, i, 0, n,) to more, act
2. Ba, to step forth, to aepamtei— pa, to pa8B;-^Ta, to oeme (into a fftate of natvre) i«^fli^
to Uaat (nature), to <tte i^wa, to iUl away {•^nui, to laoTe (of animal life).
3. Da, to draw, extend f-Uw to poor, thfowj^k, toriae,itrainj«^ww to mee^wiite
(reciprocal motion).
4. Ga, to bend, incline;— ka, to come np (opposite idea of ga) ;— ra, to msh, break.
5. Sa, to cause, burst ;— za, to come, do, feel ;— bla, to rub, dash, happen.
It will be seen from the dictionaiv that all the senses and expressions of the
whole language are compounded from this small number of primitive ideas, which, I
have said, were suggested to man by the nature of things, sometimes, perhaps, quite
without his knowledge. In many, w in most, cases we can discover the visibie or
sensible idea which gave rise to those expressions, or what kind of notions they wen
which occupied his mind. For instance, the large animals have generally been named
from some peculiar charaeteristio in their outward appearance, oolour, ic, (m inyati,
inhlovu, &c.) ; other names fbr natural objects are taken from some striking quiuity,
or from a particular action (aee i*Za, in^Taba, &o.) ; plants, stones, %o., have received
their names from supposed qualities, or from certain superstitious powor which the
izinyanga ascribe to them ; and they are, at the same time, the true vehicles Ibr the
history of magic and enchantment. The names fbr time, seasons, periods, Su>., have
been named according to the peculiar occupation, or the acts and labours, performed
during them. In this respect the idionuttics f^ish particular elucidation, as Ibr
instance : into i ngi lahlekile, i. e. : this has lost me, = I have lost this ;*— a yi nei
vumi, i.e. : it will not listen to me, Ui, : it will not me ; — i ya ngi sinda, i.e. : ^. : ft
(is) escaping me, as it is too heavy for me, Sec. These examples show clearly that the
idea suggested to the native mind is, that the greater, heavier, and more difficult ohjeet
is always looked upon as predominating.
The principle that language is onomatopoetie in its origin is partienlariy lllustraled
by the general onomatopoetie character of words which contain dicks, expressive of a
voice, a cry, a crack, a motion, &c. We see that imftation has produeed a great
number of them, and consequently that the people who speak this language must
possess that fhoulty in no small degree. There are, in ihct, few nations who are able
to produce these articulations so generally and appropriately as the Zulu-Kafir, beoause
there is no sound imitated which has not its proper strictly logical meaning. I believe
that this part of the language is an original production of th^ savages.
Tm.-PROGRBSS OF THE lAKGTlAGE.
tn speaking of the progress of the Suln-Kafir it must always be borne in mind,
that the causes by which the progress or the developmenl of a language are influenced
depend entirely on the geographical, physical, intellectual, moral, fco., position of iht
nation. A savage or barbarian nation, like the Kafir, which has a natural aversion
against all kind of improvem^t in science, arts, and civilization in general, which has
little or no desire to apply its mind to the study of the material or spiritual world ;
which knows nothing about discoveries which interest other nations, and whack hardly
Digitized by VjOOQIC
^ows a dmbe for nevdty, iima'Vfttioa, iad faahion ef spceeh i but has only spent its
life in external warfave, and the greatest superstition, and In a social state whieh is
more like that of a brute than the condition of thinking man ; indulging in all kinds
of the grossest sensualities, and loading its mind with the greatest vices : a naticm like
thb has not the capability of producing peculiar effects of progress in its language. It
may be easily observed that the basis of this language has not been enlarged by the
inventions of many new words, although the applieation of the old may have been
ext«[ided in some respects, and contracted in others.
The basis of this language is, decidedly, not the property e( the present nation,
but has been derived from one &r superior in every respect. As long, therefore, an
no comparison can be made with that source, in order to see how much of new material
has been cons^cted upon the basis, the progress of this language in this respect
remains a mere conjecture ; and our observation can reach only the changes and modi-
fications which have been effected by the intercourse with other tribes, and by the
unrestrained amalgamation, to which the language has been exposed. These causes
show us their effect in the many dialectio differences, such as the changes of radicals
of words for others, especially— a for sk, tj, or Uk, — # for ki, — f for k, r, — v for r,
and vice mti^— *the changes^of certain consonants into clicks, wlueh can be traced to
a certain extent. The only Idud of invented words is that noticed under the term
uku-Hlonipa ; they are, however, not entirdy new words, but mere substitutes borrowed
from another stem or derivative, as ^* amakangela,'* or borrowed from other tribes, as
"toti," &c.
The tendency to abbreviation and eontraotion which modifies the orighial words
or sounds has not, I believe, made considerable progress. And if we examine more
nearly the abbreviations which are made, we find that the reason for them is not that
d eagerly seizing upon an object in order to comprehend and incorporate it with the
qualification of the mind, but a particular inclination of an irritated and impatient
mind over which the violent savage spirit predominates. This tendency of the savage
mind has, in many special instances, not only turned whole sentences — as tyola, smgati,
hkli, hlezi, hluti, ko., — to the compass of one word : but has, in general, resulted in
th^ contraction of compound consonants — as : mba, nd, nta, mp, ns, nhla, Stc. We
can make allowance for several compounds — as : sha, tja =3 isa — as belonging to the
basis of this language, although I do not take them for primitives, because the pri*
mitive language, which is generally admitted to consist in the most simple forms,
bears this characteristic in the most visible manner in the 2ulu-Kafir.
How much, fr^m the tendency to abbreviation, may have been thrown off in the
beginning of a word it is dif&cult to say. The change of the nominal forms, as I
have remarked, is all that can be given with certainty. At first sight, it might appear
as if the soHxdled vowel verbs had thrown off their first radical, but finding a great
i^freement on that point among the different tribes, we must give that vowel the pre*
rogative of being a primitive stem. As regards the terminations we can say more.
Where the case is dear I have remarked upon it, and pointed to the contraction that
had taken place. In others I have not done so ; yet, we may safely assert that dissyl*
labic words ending with w, as bamu, hlungu, &c., have generally thrown off some termi-
nation like ula, as is obvious from the existing verbal forms bamuza, hlungula.
As regards the infiuence which other nations have had on the Kafir language by
their commercial intercourse and the introduction of foreign commodities, customs, and
ideas ; we may more correctly state, that the number of words introduced is very timited.
It does not appear that the Arabs of later times, and the Portuguese, were permitted to
have mueh intercourse with the nations generally comprised under the name Zulu ;
and words ef Arabic origin belong properly to the basis of this langu^. The Xoaa
dialect contains comparatively more words of foreign origin than the 2ulu. A small
Digitized by VjOOQIC
number of words has been introduced from the intercourse with the Dutch, and these
are thoroughly Kafirized according to the sonant law of the language, as intolongo,
ikoboka, &c. Another small number has been introduced by the teaching of Mis-
sionaries.
Several new words are occasionally heard in Natal, such as : dilinga, from the
Dutch drinken, to driidc ; bilinga, from the Dutch broigen, to bring; tumenga, from
a corrupt use of the English to make, as people would say to a native in trying
to make him better understand the expression to shut, lock = make to ; and a few l
more of that description. Similar to these are among the Xosa : helpesha, or hal- j
j)al9ba, Dutch helpen, to help ; lesesha, from the Dutch lezen, to read ; inalite, from I
the Dutch naald, a needle, and severd others. These words have not been accepted
in the preset dictionary, as they are the imitation of some persons only, and are not
commonly known. But besides that, those who advocate and make it a principle that
words which have been moulded by Kafirs according to their sonant law, should be
acknowledged as legitimate, and admitted into a dictionary, may very probably not have
observed the impropriety, sarcasm, &c., connected with the use of them. A closer
observation will convince every one, that the Kafirs, haughty and contemptuous as
they are, show this to every civilized custom, as well as tb a word derived from them.
If an evil is allowed to take deeper root it is sometimes beyond the power of man to
remedy it. Therefore, I think, that a lexicographer has to exercise a proper judgment
in the admission of words ; he ought not to countenance or prcmiulgate such as are
merely a production of a few natives, or which will prove to become an evil, or have
a direct tendency to suppress the most apj^opriate words of the natives' own language.
It is quite another thing if a word is admitted which supplies the place of an idea for
which the natives have no expression of their own. But if there exist significant words,
why should I be the instrument of suppressing them by adopting others, the meaning
of which is very insufficiently understood by the natives, and which have not receiv^
the sanction of the nation P Again, if it is necessary that new words must be intro-
duced, it is our duty, not to take the first we find, but to choose those which are most
adapted for that piurpose, and which can benefit the nati?e most. And where this
necessity exists, let not the native be deprived of his right to form the word himself.
This requires that we put the word before him, explain it to him, and let him do the
rest ; or, which is still safer, that we acquaint him with the idea, and leave it to his
discretion to find a proper word for it from his own language. The Natal Kafirs, into
whose language foreign words have not much entered, have with great propriety
expressed their mind upon objects with which they were previously unacquainted.
When they first saw the hippopotamus of the interior they identified it with an ante-
lope, see u-Betyani, — the eland they called, see u-Damuku, — ^the camelopard, in-Hlula-
miti, — a wagon, i-Nqola, — a cart, in-Qqukumbane, — to exchange, tjentjisa, — isi-Kafri,
u-Totjolo, &c. What foreigner could have suggested these names to the native mind,
or who can find one of these names unphilosophical ? And would it not be imprudent
and wrong to impede the native mind by entering upon a province in which the native
alone knows best how to exercise his ability for the development of his language ?
The Xosa give us a similar instance in the words which they have derived from the
Hottentot and others.
As the subject jast mentioned has received the attention of several writers, it
seems my duty to take this opportunity of referring to them. The most recent
writing comes from the pen of the learned ethnologist. Dr. W. Bleek, who has
favoured the public with his fiist pait of " Besearches into the relation between the
Hottentots and Kafirs," published in the Cape Town Monthly Magazine, Apn], 1857,
vol. i.. No. 4. After having given a veiy interesting account of the word u*Tixo
(page 201) which is believed to have come from the Hottentots to the Kafirs, he
Digitized by VjOOQIC
I
goes on to say : '' It is interesting, &c. The most characteristic, perhaps, is the w(»rd
* money/ which the Hottentot dmnged into mart, and the Kafirs, who ha?e no r, into
imali,'* 1 regret that I cannot agree with the learned gentleman in this case, although
I do partly in his concluding explanation. " The latter is known all over Kafirland
and Zululand, and is now u^, in a rather extended sense, for all sorts of property."
Imali has tMs rather extended sense in Kafirland as well, because the Xosa c^s every-
thing saleable his imali, and tki» fact is qf great importance for the proper etymology
of ^ word. It must be obvious firom this last remark, that the author of that article
has formed his opinion more on information derived from other quarters than on per-
sonal experience. It is a pity that he did not notice this word in the Suaheli and
Nika, in which it has the same meaning as in Zulu-Kafir, viz. : property. But this is
not its primary meaning, which is " value worth," — and only identical with mmey,
which latter the barbarians never knew. It is, therefore, a great mistake to
derive the Zulu-Kafir imali through the medium of the Hottentot maH, from the
English money, since it comes from quite another quarter, because both its radical
letters and its meaning show us the way to trace it through the Suaheli to the Arabic
and the Shemitic r6D, plenus est, repletus est, from the root ji^^p, complere, Greek
/mXc^y, augere, ftdSXov, magis. It rollows then that imali can neither come from the
j Hottentot mart, nor the latter from the English money, for although the fact be true
that " when Van Riebeek founded the Colon j, a sort of broken English was spoken
j by some Hottentots," — it would still be a question, whether it is recorded that mari
• was one of those broken English words ? The Hottentots at that time used pataka,
, for money, (see Cape Monthly Magazine, January, 1857, p. 39, note,) derived from
I the Portuguese, and mari is an original Hottentot word, derived from the verb
ma (the same radical as in mala) i.e. : to ^ve, and re or ri first personal pron.
(= Kafir ndi, Zulu ngi, Suto ki), which is always suffixed to the verb, thus
' mare, give me ; — mari, noun, signifying, that which is given me, = value, worth,
j property. It might also, if the use of the Portuguese patakka were not recorded,
for curiosity's sake, be granted, that a Hottentot, when first seeing money asked
the possessor for it by saying mare, give me : yet this even could not prove that
mare was derived from money. On the contrary, if the English word money could not
be traced to its original stem, the Latin moneo, it might not be difficult to derive it
from mare or mali, since the transmutation or the dialectical change of r, /, into n, is
regularly met with.
The author of that article says further : '* Not quite so general among the Kafirs
is the word ihashe (a horse) which is only beginning to become known in the Zulu
country, instead of i'njomane. It appears that the Hottentots pronounced this word
as has, but as the « is in this language the ending of the feminine singular, so its
I form implied to them immediately the idea of a mare ; and they derived therefore from
I it, according to analogy, other forms, as hdb (masc. sing,) hdkwa (mas. plu. obj.),
ban (com. plu.), h^ (com. plu. obj.), &c., and the stem hd, to be used in compositis.
Yet the real original form must for some time at least have been the most prevailing,
as from it the Kafir ihashe (plu. ama-hashe), fem. ihashe-kazi (plu. ama-hashe-kazi),
has evidently descended." In deriving ihashe from has, the author has followed other
writers. But it must strike us as extraordinary that the Kafir should have derived
their ihashe from the feminine h^, without retaining the meaning of it for which they
then had to make their own feminine ihashekazi. This objection, which the learned
gentleman seems to have felt himself, is, indeed, so grave that it cannot be removed
by the mere supposition that " the real original form must for some time at least have
been the most prevailing" (?). Can any example be given fr'om analogy to support
this supposition P Is it probable that a nation, which possesses the means for form-
ing six distinct nouns, should mould a foreign word into its language, accepting it in
Digitized by VjOOQIC
the feminine bnlv, for some time At least } And how can it be shown that at the time
when the Xosa derived ihashe frotti h^, none of the other ttonns had yet been formed ?
Bnt if that had been the case, trho can bring proof from the Xosa to show that
they have taken their word fi-om the Hottentots f During a' time of upwards of t€n
years I never heard a Kafir even hint that derivation i on the cottrary, I have had
frequent opportunity of observing what stress they lay upon iAaske as having been
derived by them from the English name " horse." Children as well as old people
pronounce " horse" invariably haBhe, eliding r before another consonant according to
their sonant law. And the same testimony I have heard others give who had practicid
experience among the Kafir tribes. Eicperience must therefore have the preference
before theories. It is also far more probable that the Hottentots derived their h^
from their verb hi, i.e. : to come, to go, calling that animal when they first saw t/>
after its graceful walk, or after its swiftness, — quite in accordance with their ideas.
The same objections are made against the word " igusha" (see the same in the
Appendix). No remarks and explanations which I have oflen heard the Xosa give upon
this word, have referred to the animal, but to its skin only, which they then identified
with the sheep. It is of importance that the Zulu do not know this noun ; but they
together with the Xosa have their own original word — ^imvu, for sheep ; Suto nku ;
Koran, kub-kus ; Nama. gub, or gup, &o. Whether the Zulu-Kafir tm is a transmutation
of ku, or not, we leave undecided here ; but I strongly believe that the Hottentots have
derived their noun gus, &c., from a verb of which the stem is gu, and of which the
ending has been thrown off for the sake of suffixing the generic form. Whether this
verb still exists in the Hottentot language or is obsolete, I cannot say, but there is
in the Nama* the word qusha, exactly the same as the Kafir qttsha, which is a trans-
mutation of the Zulu gusha, from which the Xosa has its igusha, and its usn^ lo-
quemU is t ingubo yegtisha, i.e. : a kaross of sheepskin, (=a ingubo yencawa, i.e. :
a blanket of fine stuff, Me isi-Goau). All these incidences show the improbability
that " the Kafirs mnst have taken" their igusha from the Hottentot gus, as also the
improbability that the stem gu of the latter, could eVer be derived from the English
*'ewe." If we will go so far as to bring the English " ewe" in connexion with this case,
it would then be safn to investi^te the word *' sheep," Sat. seep ; Germ, schaf ; low
Germ, akope, and— koie, (a female sheep) "juftges mntterschaf," mi oje, **muttcr-
sohaf ;" from which oomes the English ewe (set Sax. eoWe, Dan, ooi). And separating
from them the common prefix «, and assuming that the soft guttural h has been
changed from thb hard^ y, that ^ are cognates to /: we find that the elements of
all these words are exactly the same as in gub — gup^kub.
These instances can hardly " serve to expk£i the readiness irith Irhioh the Kafirs
adopt Hottentot words," as they show only a coincidence of some words. I have met
with a very small number of words only, which are supposed by Kafits to have come
from the Hottentot, He damnca, owilika, in the appendix, 8cc$., with Which also may be
reckoned ihagn, or ihangu, although the latter admit of an analysis of hd-gu, and may
be traced to another souree than the English *' hog."
1X.-CUCKS.
It is generally soppoeed that the elkis which are forttnd in the Ruin-Kafir have
been adopted from the Hottentot language^ This may be true in schne d^ee of the
Xosa^ flince they beeame the immediate neighboors of the former. Sut that infitience
is generally supposed greater than is really tkl case, beoau^ «!tcfry Wotd which
contains a dick is not neceesarily of Hottentot descent ; and it appears to be more
certain that the Kafir Aaticn bav» In some way or other allowed themselves to be infiu-
eneed by cliduBg nations^ so as to dMOge other eharaelers for clicks.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
ncela
gcina
n^oengoe
Dqala
gqala
ngqanga
niama
giawii
ngxeka
xixm
If we search after the origin of the clicks, we find them in the physical and
intellectual condition of a people. The first source irom which the clicks have come
forth is the onomatopoetio, because almost every click contains a representation of
some sound. But if we inquire more eitensirely into the general meaning and
application of the dicks, which always signify something extreme, or the utmost
extent of an action or of feelings, we obser\re that these are the expressions of an irritated
mind, manifSssting itsdf in a hyperbolical, most sensitire, and hasty manner, and
allpwing, as it were, not silfficient time for the organ to utter the thought in the
usaal way of articulation. And hence many olieks have dso originated from giving
emphasis to certain consonants^ especially to y, k, which are suppressed in qikiza, qila,
(jpQB, xe|a, &c.
As the dicks stand instead of another consonant they are to be regarded as
nmpiy articulaticms, which divide themselves into three dasses, and have been repre-*
seated by the characters c, q, x. as the dental^ the palatal, and the lateral dass. The
way in which these artiouktions are made has as nearly as possible been described in
the dictionary, to which it may suffice to refer. It is only proper here to remark, that
eaeh general dass of clicks has three modifications, which have been rei^esented by
prefixmg the characters — n, ff, and n^, to the characters o, q^ 9, An illustration of
this contains the following table i-^
1. ccia
2. qala
8. xoh
As regards the proper analysis these modified sounds give sn immense deal of
labour, because they are so complicated, and interfere so often with each other in the
different dialects, that it is not to be wondered at that even good scholars often con-
fomid them. They require not only an extensive and dose investigation, but also a
pcfsonal experience of many years' conversation among different tribes^ Had this not
been the case with me, I confess that I could not possibly have brought them into the
state in which they now can be found. It is^ therefore, not going too far when I say,
I do not believe, that the best scholar could obtain a proper theoretical knowledge of
these sounds by listening for a fow months only to*the artioulaticu without being able
to peaotise them himsdf^ much less can he come to a proper .judgment upon them, if
he has only an opportunity to listen to diddng people of one tribe or one nation.
A general mistake has been made with the dioLS by regarding them all as of the
same naiiire ; they may belong to the Namaqua» Hottentot, &c., or to the Kafir. Clicks
arc dicks, indeed, wherever we find them> but they differ greatly in their nature. The
obsermiions, which I made during a stay of seven months among the Korana, where
I al«> had an opportunity of listening frequently to Bufthmen, are the same as which I
often made in listening to old Hottentots in the Eastern Frontier, vix. : that their
dicks differ considerably from the Kafir, and are in general of a more difficult pro--
nundation. The simple dental dick (if I may caU it simple) of the Hottentot, &c.,
is usually accompanied by a kind of diphthong = ue or ui, as in the Zulu word —
mdnctii ; and we hear sddom a simple and dear articulation as in the Zulu-Kafir
cfia, esia, Ice. I am reac^ to admit that the Hottentot^ feo.^ dicks are the oldest, and
that the Kafir are a oontradion of them, because it gives additional confirmation to
wf stiiieO[ient« And the same oontraetion prevaib in all the other dasaes of the simple
didu in Kafir. Another mistake has prevailed in respect to the compound Kafir
cKdcs^ which although they are admitteid to be oompound hare yet been taken as
Tsieties of the simple dicks, and not as a eombinaticm of souncb, trot only as another
fcni of the same sound. It is, philosophically, impossible to make a compound somid
a WMosoimd, and pfailologically wrong, beomse aadysia and etymology d^ly set forth
Digitized by VjOOQIC
XXXVIU
the value of both elements, as can be seen from every instance in the diotionarj, a« :
inco incu, cwaba, ncwaba, qanda, nqanda, &a
The same mistake has been made in regard to compound clicks by holding that
there is no difference between the compounds of the Namaqua, Hottentot, &c., and
the Kaiir. It does not require much fine or sharp hearing to discover that the nasal
and guttural clicks of the former are much broader, harsher, deeper, and more difficult
of pronunciation, than those of the latter, which, in fact, has, besides the peculiar
click in — gaxa (see x,) not a single one of the former kind. And the remark which
Professor K. Lepsius makes in his '' Linguistische Alphabet," (p. 46,) has more refer-
ence to the Namaqua than the Elafir, because in the former the guttural sound begins
after the tongue has clicked and continues with a peculiar and distinct force ; ]}ut this
is little observable in the ICafir. The difference existing between cela and ingcelo is
not very great, yet so distinct, that Professor Lepsius' judgment sounds rather hasty
when he says : " Unrichtig ist es, wenn die gutturale vor die Schnalzzeichen geschrie-
ben werden, da sie nie vorher ansgesprocheu werden konnen." Any one may see from
the form and hear from the pronunciation that ng cannot but stand before the stem
cela, from which the noun is derived, and none can pronounce the latter without pro-
nouncing ng at once with the click, or at the moment when the tongue is prepaiiog
for cliclong. Again, any one may see that ^ is no radical, nor essential part of e^
but only a connecting link between n — c, flattening, as it were, the dick a little for the
sake of bringing it into a closer, smoother connexion, or into a smooth compoimd,
with the n of the nominal form, the whole depending on the principle of euphony. This
is the sole office of g in this connexion, and therefore n, as the second element of the
nominal form, is drawn to the following click by the power of y, making thus ngc the
initial of the stem, while i remains as the nommal form. It foUows for these reasons
that neither^ alone, nor ng together, can stand after the dick c.
<rhe opinion about the number of guttural clicks, whether there were two or three,
wavered some twenty years ago : but since that time, it has been properly ascertained
that there are three of that kmd. We believe Professor Lepsius, or the writer, whom
he introduces, that he observed only two in those Zulu-Kafirs, who were for some time at
Berlin (1854), because, as I have already remarked, that the clicks interfere, &c., often
with each other in the different dialdbts, so that one uses for instance either q, c and a?,
or vice versa, and this was very probably the case with those Zulu-Kafirs, who besides,
having been merely boys, can by no means be relied upon as competent to give in-
formation in respect to their language. And further, fdl these young men and also
the female had grown up among the Dutch farmers, as servants, and had lost the origi-.
nality of their language. But the very fact that the different dialects use the above
clicks promiscuously, shows the existence of three of that class. This can be learned
to satisfaction by consulting the present dictionary, and by comparing, for instance,
cela, not = qela, and also not* = xela, and vice versa in their compounds.
X.-OETHOGRAPHY AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS.
The present work is written in the Zulu dialect as the same is spoken in the
colony of Natal. The following are the reasons for doing so : — 1. This was the
original design, which now has been carried out. 2. The Zulu, as the high language,
has ever exerdsed a controlling influence upon the low languages, as the Amalala,
which are the oldest dialects, and contain the primitive language. 3. The work if
written, for instance, in the Xosa dialect, would not possess equal value, and would be
imperfect, as it would be a perverse arrangement to make the foundation the super-
structure, and the superstructure the foundation, of the language. 4. The Xosa,
Tembu, &c., have already undergone some change by receiving a part of the so-called
Digitized by VjOOQIC
XXXIX
Fingoe dialect, which is a branch of the Amalala, and are therefore prepared for the
natural progress which the Zulu dialect will make in respect to them..
In regard to Orthography I should have wished to introduce the principles of
the lingpiistic alphabet so thoroughly explained and arranged by the eminent philolo-
gist. Professor Lepsitjs, at Berlin ; but partly time, and partly fear of making the use
of the work difficult to many who are already accustomed to the old orthography,
have not permitted me to do so. The only alteration which I have made comprises
some compound consonants which have hitherto been used diversely, as tj, ty, tsh, sb,
&c. This diversity has naturally arisen from the difference of dialects ; and as the
natives cannot be relied upon in such cases, I was obliged to depend on the analysis
of the language, which holds good in every respect. Therefore I have adopted and
introduced the compound character dj^ see baba, in order to make a proper distinction
between the flat and the sharp sound tj, because in these instances it is an intermediate
sound of j-tj ; and that this difference between j-dj really exists c^n be seen from joba,
passive jodjwa ; joja, passive jojwa; juba, jujubela, isikatjana, inkatyana, &c. We
have thus the following correspondent sounds — ^j — dj — tj — ty. If a word is looked
for and not found under one, it will be found under another, of these characters. The
other sounds, as sh, ts, have been kept distinct from the preceding, and are found at
their proper places, — ts always under *.
In other cases, especially those of the nominal forms, I should have joined their
Ji of the second element to the consonant of the following stem, a« : i-ndaba, see
in-dab^ &c., the former being the most correct way ; but remembering that many
peiiiaps may use this work, who have been accustomed to the old mode of writing, and
might find the words with great difficulty, I have made no further alteration except in
those cases where the n could not be separated from the following consonant without
doing direct injustice to the principles of the language.
On the same groimds I have used division of words, as it usually has been called,
because it was unnecessary to represent each simple particle of the language, in all
connexions. The manner in which I have made use of it, differs perhaps in the point,
or in the oases where other writers have applied an apostrophe, especially in connexion
with vowel-verbs, in order to make them more, conspicuous.. But as this is not tlic
exact office of that sign, I have applied it only to those cases where it is put in other
languages, viz. : in contraction of words by the omission of one or more letters.
Now, in n^ yeza (from ya-iza) contraction takes place into one letter without omission,
and it is sufficiently marked by the letter e ; therefore, I do not see why an apostrophe
shoidd also be put (ngi y'eza) ; but in the Past tense ng'ezwa (from nga — contracted
from gi-ia — and izwa) elision has taken place, and ought to be marked. (Generally,
the apostrophe is applied to the third class of vowel-verbs. A difference is observed
also in the application of the substitutes i — ^u, which make in the objective case yi —
wu before consonants, asi n^ ya wu tanda, ngi ya yi tanda ; but this does not take
place before vowel verbs, as-, u yebile lento, i.e. : you have stolen it the thing, — here
u yebUe is from u % ebile, the % having been compressed only, and simply joined to the
root, without any other operation. An apostrophe in such cases would be just as
insignificant and unnecessary as in the above ngi yezwa.
The words have been arranged and treated according to the stem, the
root of the verb always being put first, and then the derivations, or the different
conjugations; the derived nouns following in the order of the ^phabet. Other
words, as the correlative pronouns, have been placed according to their value, as : loko,
hi, le, leya, &c« In respect to the nominal forms of the nouns it seemed necessary to
exhibit the former clearly to the eye, by separating them from the stem by a hyphen (-).
As for the derived stems, or conjugations, I have usually given all that are in
common use ; but'this does not signify that others omitted were not in use, or could
Digitized by VjOOQIC
not be formed and used. With respect to their meanings 1 have always endeavoured
to give the principal part of these in the derivatives, as the repetition of all of them
given under the stem would have swelled the work too much, they can, however^
be derived without difficulty. The pliability of the language is so great as to admit
formation, and derivation of nouns almost from every stem ; but it was not my duty
to carry out any plan on that principle, but only to give what at present exists in the
living language. Peculiarities have been properly marked and pointed out. Of
derived nouns I have omitted many in the Appendix which have been employed in the
teaching of Missionaries. Others not found in the Appendix, or not r^erred to, are
abready inserted in the Dictionary ; and perhaps a few, of no great importance tow-
ever, may have been overlooked.
In defining the meaning of words it was often necessary to retain the literal
sense although the same was not exactly English, because by rendering every sense
in the idiomatic Euglish, the true, original Zulu-Kafir sense would have been des-
troyed.
It did not seem necessary to repeat the Infinitive of the verbs and put it forth as
a separate verbal noun. It may suffice to have remarked that the Infinite of every
stem can be used as a noun, when required. Eor similar reasons I have omitted to
give a particular conjugation for the reflexive form. Strictly speakmg such conjugation
does not exist, the reflexive zi being exactly a substitute pronoun Which is inseiied as
objective case according to the usud rule of substitutes when required*
XI.-COMPAUATIVE LAH6UJWB.
A most interesting pomt in the Zulu-Kafir is that it contains a vast degree of
identity in words and forms with other old languages. I shall, thereibre, ia con-
elusion, present a table of words running through many languages.
Aha, pri. n. — See the verb ma» ayama, nyama, i-QdmsL^ in-Goma, and compars
DOy> D^j — ^ C^es. Hebrew Lexicon.
Azi, Adi, (zwa,) to perceive. Saxoti, witan. Butch^ weeten, Gcnaaan, wisses.
English, to wit. Greek, eiBw. Hebrew, y*7^.
Baba, father. Compare the Hebrew 2Vt' Ges. Lex.
Bada, Badaza. iSfetf 12H*
Bona. See ^2-
Buzi, im. goat. Suaheli and Nika^ bust Makwa, pun. The second element nsi-^
usi, from the root uza— usa. See Hebrew, ]y, the Arabic^ &o., in Ges. Leiicas^
Paba, in. See "i^T.
Duma, v. in-DuNA. See p^.
Enza. See ntW*
Gamata and Gamanxa. English, meet together. Saxon^ metan, gemetaty s±r to
meet, mete. Low German, gemeten, measured. Duteh^ the same, and oatmoe-
ten, gemoeten. Latin, metior. Greek, f*tefa, fierpent, Hebrew, TTD> MD-
Gana, um-GANi ; and Ngena, to enter. English, to gain. Swedish^ gagna. Saxon,
gynan. Spanish, ganar. Portuguese, gaahar. Hdwrew, n3p- AraWc, kma.
Greek, ^cvi^ow. litin, gigno. German, htgaiten^ and Hebrew, yy^. Greek,
t^ipofiaiy r^ovv. German, knie, &c.
Gazi, Geza. EngHshj gush, guess. German, giessen. Batch, gisSenj gitten.
Compare Hebrew, 1W, unclean animal^ = Kafir, o negaziy i»0.: one who
is abhorred, unclean i who does evil, Amakla — gad.
Haula, Hetjla. English^ howl. German,. i«dieii. Latitf^ iMo>, Greek, ^kanf,
Spanish, aullar.
Digitized by
Google
HowB, HoYA, HoBE, i-DuBA. EngUsli, dove. Saxon, duna. Gothic, dubo.
Low German, duwe*. High German, taube. Dutch, duif. Hebrew, n^i^, YX)H'
Hlaba, to stab, kill. English, sabre. German, sabel. Dutch, sabel. German,
achlachten, to kill. Hebrew, rT2T- Arabic, sabba.
Hlakani. English, sagacious, to be wise. German and Dutch, schalk. Latin, sagax.
Greek, ay^ivooi, Hebrew, D3rT- Ch. ^3D> to be wise. Arabic, shakala.
English, shackle. Dutch, schakelen.
Hlala, to live. Hebrew, XVT]*
Hlangana. {See Gana.) English, to meet together. German, zusammen gehen.
Dutch, zamen gaan. Greek, awoj^civ Hebrew, DJ3.
Jabula, Juba. English, jubilee. Hebrew, ^^V-
Kala. English, to call, Saxon, giellan. German, gellen. Low German, kaken.
Dutch, kallen. Greek, koXew. Hebrew, KTpj Klp«
Kaliha. English, to recall, to restrain. Greek, kwXvuj, Latin, caula, see isi-Kala.
Hebrew, ^'^j. Zulu, in-Kolo, hole. Saxon, hoi. German, hohle. Dutch,
hoi. Greek, icotXos. Hebrew, ^n* Arabic, khala, Zulu, kolwa, to be suffi-
cient (finire). English, to believe. Saxon, geleaf. German, glaube. Latin,
colo. Hebrew, n^^.
Kaki. English, keen. German, kiUin. Dutch, koen. Hebrew, H^# ^WD*
Kasi, a texture. English, a case ; chest. Portuguese, oaxa. Dutch, kas, = chests
Saxon, cest. Latin, cista. Greek, r^tiy. German, kiste. Hebrew, JiDD-
Lala {see ala and hlala), to lie down. English, to lie. Saxon, ligan. German,
liegen. Dutch, leggen. Hebrew, ^b \h'
Mali, {see under Progress of the language), to rise high, property. English, more.
Saxon, more, mare. German, mehr. Hebrew, H*?D.
Make, mother = manmia. Greek, fiafijUTf. Latin mamma, breast.
Mata, moist. Latin, madeo. Greek. fuSaw, Arab, madda. Zulu, mati, manzi.
Dutch, water, German, wasser, Nika, mazi. Suaheli, maji. Hebrew, D^D-
(A word existing in all African languages.)
MuNTU — MTJNU ; MOKO. English, man. Saxon, man, mon. Gothic, mana. Ger-
man, mensch. Latin, homo, humanus. Hebrew, y^, species.
Menge, Monqo. English, marrow. Saxon, merg. German, mark. Hebrew, ii"lD-
Nana, Anana, Nanela, — nani, nene. Compare English, number. German, an-
reden. Latin, cono. Hebrew, njy, and Arab.
Nata, Neta {see mata). English, wet. Low German, nat. Dutch, nat. High
G^man, nasz, nassen, to wet. Greek, v€tos. Latin udus.
NcEDA, to help. Arabic, aid. English, aid.
NuKA, NuNGA, to smell (reach). Low German, ruken. High German, riechen.
Dutch, ruiken. Latin, fragro. Hebrew, TX)% Arabic, ariga.
NxAMA (and Kama). Compare Hebrew nOD- Arabic, khamah. Greek, Kafjmj,
Ona. English, sin. German, siinde. Dutch, zonde. Compare Hebrew njT or njli^*
Pala (and Pata). English, to pare. (The Kafir I is transmuted from r) to parry.
Latin, paro. Portuguese, parar. See im-Palo. Latin, foro. German, bohren.
English, bore. Hebrew, ^TH, TVM' Arabic, bara. Pata. English, to bear.
Saxon, bearan. German, gebaren. Latin, pario — porto.
Shtjmayela. — See Hebrew, j^Dtt^. ^Dtt^.
Soma, to bespeak. Suaheli, to read ? See the Hebrew, CMti and the Arab, &c.
Compare the Zulu zuma.
Tjata. {See Jadu), to marry. See the Hebrew \r\n.
ToLE, i. A young animal. Compare Hebrew, H^iD- Arab, tole, fcc,
Tya, to eat. Go^c, itan. Low German, eten. Dutch, eeten. High German^ essen.
Latiii, edo. Greek, c^w.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
Tysla. (See Xela,) and Tela (see Ti.) English to tell. Saxon, tellan. Low Ger-
man, yerieUen. High German, zahlen, to connt. Dutch, teUen. Sw. talla,
to speak. See the primary sense of the Zulu tela, and compare Latin, (talis)
telum, a weapon. Arab, dalla. Greek, pdKXio. Xosa, um-Tolo, a dajrt.
ZiNYO and i-Nyo. — ^Found in either of these or in a transmuted form in all African
languages. Low German, tahn. High German, zahn. Dutch, tand. Jjatin,
dens. Greek, oBov9, oBotno9, • Compare the Hebrew, ]tt^, &c.
This small number of universal words (see also the pronouns) was collected in
copying the present work. If time had allowed it, more might have been done in
this respect. It will, however, suffice to draw attention to a closer inquiry into the
different letters.
ABBREYIATIONS, &c.
Adv., adverb; alii, others; dim., diminutive; e.g., for instance; excl., exdama*
tion; inteij., interjection; nom. adj., nominal adjective; nom. fr., nominal form;
pera. pro., personal pronoun; poss. pron., possessive pronoun; pri. n., primitive
noun ; pron., pronoun ; pron. adj., pronominal adjective ; qulf. fr., qualifying form ;
quit, fr., qutJitative form ; Sis., Sisuto, or Suto ; v. i., verb intransitive ; v. t., verb
transitive ; w, s., which see.
ERRATA.
Page 6, under Ambula 1, — ingubu — read in^iibo ; page 20, i-Bata ( — top, read
tap); page 133, isi-Hlela should follow after in-Hlela ; page 356, i-Tumbu, color,
read colon.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
ABA.
[X]
ABELO.
A. This letter has in Zulu and its cog-
nate dialects the same original and full vood
aoood as in the EngUsh "father/' "far."
Primarily, it has the force of a rerh,
denoting to mo?e» to be active; and indi-
cates ft moremen^ or action.
Grammatically considered, it is a most
important agent in the formation of words.
1« It is the termination of all roots or
stems of verbs, and also the only flexible
part in them making a sabjunctive mood
e,a9i ffo^ye.
2. It changes into o when prefixed to
or preceding %, and into e when it is joined
to f, at : amadoda omzi (from a nmzi), —
lynadoda tfzwe (a izwe), — ^inpo (isipa-u).
3. It has a demonstrative and hence
locative power, and serves as a prefix — a,
to ft class of stems belonging to the divi-
sions of vowel-verbs varying or modifying
the meaning of the part to which it is
joined, e. g. : anya, omnia, eyela ; — h, to
noons, &c, as a distingnuhing sign of a
Idnd of genitive case, as: izinto zake.
(Compare E.)
4. It stands as a substitnte for the per-
apnal pron. third pers. sing, a hambe, i. e. :
ne ma^ go, and third pers. pL referring to
noons m omo, an amadoda a langile.
6. It is the only form of the vSl pron.,
at : igama olitandayo (contr. of a-alit.) or
nmonta okola (of a-nknla).
6. It is a privative and negative {see ai),
Of : a siye, L e. : not is it he Qi is not he).
In combixiation with verbs it is prefixed
and8offixed,a«: angitandi, ngingotandi,
L e. : I do not love^ — angi tandanga, L e. :
I have not loved.
ABA, pri. n. (From A, 6, 6, privative,
and iba, see aba v. ^, ba. The sense is :
distinct or separate ones.)
It is osed as the nominal form for the pi.
of personal noons which have iu the sing.
KflNi, as : omontn — abantn.
ABA, dem. pron. (From aba, pri. n.)
These rlr. to noons in aba, as : aba 'bantn,
L e.: these people, and va o, asi odade
kba, i. e.: these nsters. (This and its
correlatives abo-^abaya, aasome in Zola
the dem. letter L)
ABA, reL form. Properly a compoond
of the reL a and the nom. form aba, as :
abanto abakolo, i. e.: people who great
(contr. of a-abakolo), or abalungile, i. e. :
who good (contr. of a-abalong.) This
contracted form aba has, as a conseqoence,
the attraction of the accent from the
penoltima to the first syllable of the verb,
and this is, at the same time, the criterion
for distingnishing it from the negative, a
ba longile, i. e. : not they are good.
okw — ABA, v. t. pass, abiwa. (From A, 8,
and iba, to drive. The radical sense is i
to drive asonder, to part or separate from.)
To deal, to divide, to separate; hence,
to divide in portions, to apportion, as:
u ya z'aba izinto zake, i. e. : he divides his
goods in parcels.
Abeka, qualt. fr. To be dirisible,
separable ; to be fit for apportioning, as :
oto olwabekayo, i. e. : a distribntable thing.
— Abela, qolf. fr. 1. To divide for or
among, to distribute among, to apportion
for. &c., as I nkwabela umanto izinkomo
zake, i. e. : to divide for one his cattle; —
2. To give or bestow a part or share of, as :
ng^ m'abela ngezinkomo zami, i. e. : I
bestowed upon lam a part of my eattle ;—
3. To give in charity, to be charitable, to
give away, as : umuntu owabelayo, i. e. :
charitable person ;— 4. To impart, to com-
municate to, OS', wa ng'abela izindaba
zake, L e. ; he gave me his news;— 5. To
dispense, to administer, in justice, as : in-
kosi ya s'abela kahle icala, i. e. : the judge
dealt fairly with os in that case.
Abkiaita, recpr. fr. 1. To divide, dis-
tribute or deal among two or more; to
give reciprocally ; to communicate, Ac, to
each other, as : ba y'abelana nabo imali,
i. e.: they divided among or with each
other the money, or each one of them re-
ceived a share of the money ; — 2. To take
a division, share, &c., for themselves in
something, asi ba/nbelanalomuntu, i. c^ :
each of them will have a share or part in
that man, or all will have him.
— Abklela, freq. fr. To divide, distribute,
allot, give, &c, to, for, on account of, Ac,
repeatedly, over and over, wholly, often.
— - Abelisa, cans. fr. To cause or make
to divide, &c. ; to be the cause or means
for others to have a deal, share, Ac. ; to
cause a part to be bestowed upon some-
body, as : namhla inkosi i hi s'abelise, i. e. :
to-day the chief had a share bestowed
upon us.
— Abelisela, cans. fr. (= abolisa.) Used
seldom, and then with the reflexive Jt, as :
inkosi ya z'abelisela, i. e. : the chief let
himself have a share, or took a share for
himself.
ABAYA, dem, pron. (From aba and ya,
remote or distant.) Those there, ref. to
nouns in aha and o ; see dem. pron. aba.
is— ABELANO, n. (From abelana.) A mu-
tual division or distribution. For parti"
culars see is-Abelo.
um— ABELI, n. pi. abab. (From abela.) A
person who divides, Ac. ; a shareholder.
is— ABELO, n. pi. izab. (From abehu) 1.
The act of dividing or distributing, Ac.,
for ; a division, distribution, Ac., made for,
in reference to some object, for a certain
Digitized by
Google
AHLUKANISA,
[«]
AHLULA.
jiarpofle;— 2. The put or thing divided,
Ac, as : isabelo sami aa lemali, i. e. : my
portion of thii money, or my share, allot-
ment, &C.
[NoTB. — The use of this word forjudge
meni, is not warranted, except in a case
when the latter is identical with diyision
or distrihution.]
ulw— ABELO, n. (From ahela.) A real, or a
completed division, &c., made for a cert^
purpose. Seldom used,
ABENHLU, n. Proporly a pi. com-
posed of aha pri. n. and benhlu of ba-
inhln ; UteraUy, they (people) of the house ;
hence, domestics. As £ng. is used owenhln.
See We.
um— ABI, n. pi. ababL (From aha, ▼.) Di-
yider, one who distribntes ; an arbiter (in
the limited sense of the root.)
ABO, pri. n. (From aba-n.) BadicaUyi
separate individuals. It is a pi. used as
pers. pron, dem, those, cu : labo 'bantu
{see aba d. p.) and as pers, pron. they, as :
abo btunzondayo, L e. : they ones him
hating = they who are hating him.
is — ABO, n. (Rrom aba, v.) Properly : an
attempt, trial or efibrt to divide or separ-
ate ; hence also a mode, manner or way of
dividing, &c., asi isabo sokuzaba izinto
sake, i. e. : the way of dividing his things,
ulw — ^ABO, n. (Of aba, r.) A real or com-
pleted division. Seldom used.
is— ABONGOLO, n. pi. izab. alii Isabonkolo.
(From isi nom. fr., abo, separated, and
ingolo toward, or from the behind, or
stretched part. Allied to im-Bongob.)
The little amphibious animal coming
from the izintynngutya zamasclesele, i. e. :
ova ranarum. Porwigle, Tadpole,
is — ACI, n. See i-Ci and isi-Ci.
ukw— AHLUKA, alii Ehluka and Hlttka,
V. i. (From a, sunder, hla, shoot or rush,
and uka, go off, denoting a going off or
separating of one thing from another to
which it was united.)
To separate or part from ; to diflsent, to
differ, to be of a contrary nature.
— Ahxitilika, rccpr. fr. 1. To separate
from, to part with, to disconnect, to with-
draw from;— 2. To dissent, to differ, to
disagree, asi w'ahlukene naye ngoknti,
i. e. : he differed firom him in sayins ;—
8. To part with, to lose, as : ng'f^liULene
noto Iwami, i. e. : I have lost my property.
— — AHLtriANiflA, cans. fr. 1. To separate,
to ^Usnnite, to put turander by any means,
e. g. : kw'ahlukanisiwe Umepo nomfazi
wake, i. e. : Mepo has been divorced from
his ^e;— 2. To cause to ^ffer or dissent;
to divide, to make dividends, asi ukwahlu-
kanisa iooali, i. e. : to divide money ;»8.
To make a partition, to make two or more
of one fdiole, as : wa y*ahlnkanisa inhlu
yake^Le.: he made a partition in his house;
—4. To set apart from ; to make a space
between; to cleave, asi ku twe Utizo
wa Iw'ahlukanisa ulwanhla idubomm,
i. e. : it is said that Ood did deave the
Bed Sea.
*— Ahlvkaitisbla, qulf.fr. To separate,
divide, set apart frtmi, Ac, fbr, in favor of,
&e., as; i ze ni ng*ahlnkanisele umsebenzi,
i. e. : yon must set some work apart for me
(apart fVom others),
urn— AHLUKANI8I, n. pL abahl. (From
ahlnkanisa.) One who separates or divides;
a dissenter, schismatic.
is— AHLUKANISO, n. pL Snhl. (From
ahlnkanisa.)
1. An act of separating, &C) — 2. The
state or condition of separation or division ;
—8. That by which diflbrent parts are
separated, as a partition of bricks or planks
in a room ; a cause or reason of strife ;— 4.
A thing separated or set apart.
is— AHLUKO, n. pi. izahl. (From ahluka.)
A separate part, as a pantry or stora-room
which is within the same walls with a dwell-
ing-house; isahluko sencwadi, L o.: a
cliApter of a book.
is— AHLUKWAKA, n. (Dim. of ahluko.)
A littie or small part separated; a lesser
or smaller part.
is— AHLUKWANYANA, n. (Dim. of
ahlukwana.) A very littto or small part, =
a verse, as : isahlukwanyana 12 so s nh luko 4^
L e. : the 12th verse of the 4th chapter,
ukw— AHLULA, V. t. (From a and hla, as in
ahluka, and ula, which retains ita twofold
meaning to take off and to stretdi Ibrth.
See also hlula)
1. To separate, to divide into parts^ asi
s'ahlale isinkwa lesi, L e. : break this Qxmt
of) bread asunder;— 2. To change, as
money;— 3. To particularize^ ast Tahhile
izwi wa 11 ijoyo, i. e.: do mention cUs-
tinctly, or the particulars of the word you
were speaking; — 4. To disoem, to Judge,
as : /ahluleni lendau, 1. e. : consider this
accurately in order to form an opinion ;—
6. To adjudge, asi izlnkomo ezinge na-
kwahlulwa zi yahliwa yinkosi, L e. : oatUe
which cannot be adjudged fall to the chief;
-^. To persuade, to convince, to convict^
to overpower, at: u ya s'ahlula 'Nkon,
i. e. : Sir, yon convince us that it is so;—
7. To overcome, to conquer, to gain the
victory, asi Utjaka wa z'ahlula isizwe
zonke, 1. e. : Ohaka subdued all the tribes ;
— 8. To excel, to be superior or surpassing
in phyrical, moral, and mental power or
quality, ast nina 'belungu ni s'ahluki
ngezinto zonke, i. e. : you civilized people
surpass us in all things;— 9. To go beyond,
to be above one's power, readi, £^ as : ku
ya n'gahlula bkn, i. e. : this is above my
Digitized by
Google
ttrength ;— 10. To tormoant, to orerflow,
<M : mmftiizl ft Vahlala nmbilft^ L e. : the
water orerflows the maize.
— Ahltjlkka, qnalt. fr. 1. To be or to
come into a state of being feparated,
dirided, &c. ; to be leparable ; to admit
partiUon or separation ; to deare, to open,
as : inhln y'ablnlekile^ i. e. : the house is
open (at one place in oonsequence of the
rain) ;— 2. To be oonqnerable, to be oipa-
Ue of bdnff orercome, to be disabled, to
flul in ezedlenee, superiority, or power, (u :
Udingane Vahltdekile kwam Zwazi, L e. :
Dingaan failed in eonqneriug or fighting in
the Zwari oonntry ;— 8. To despair, to be
in a loss, to be in consternation ;---4. To
be inconeeivBble, incomprehensible, <u :
izSnto ez'ahlnlekilejo, i. e. : things which
cannot be understood.
— Ahlttlela, qulf. fr. 1. To separate,
diride, &c, for, <u : wa m'ahlnlela inkxunba
■enkabi, L e. : he cnt the ox-skin asunder
for him : — 2. To judge, to pass sentence,
to giro judgment in feror of.
— Ahlttlblaha, rccpr. fr. To dlride
among each other ; to make equal portions
for each other.
mn— AHLULI, n. pL abahL (From ahlula.)
A ^vider, judge, superior in power, con-
queror, &c ; umahluli wemali, L e. : an
exchanger of money, banker; umahluli
wezwe, L e. : a goremor, chief magis-
trate, &c
IS — Ahlulo, n. 1. An act of separating
or dividing, &c. ; — 2. The state, condition,
or means of division, persuasion, convic-
tioD, ftc ; hence conquest, superiority.
fFbr more partitmlart see aUula, t.)
Al; adv. aM Ati and Hai or Hati. A
word of negation or contradiction, denot-
ing primarily : it not that, or it being
not so.
It doubtless comes from the primitive
verb a (see A), and its negative force is
only relative, not podtive, derived from
Hie demonstrative power of A* implying
the reduction of a pontion into the con-
trary. And in oraer to complete the
meaning, the specific t has been suf-
fixed. The form, therefore, is that of a
primitive noon, and we often observe it in
compounds^ — a veir signal instance of
wliidi is nOwdi {vmeh see). The suffix t
is dropped in the tribal forms, ca, ka, qa,
in which c, k, and q, are merely occasional
or inddental supporters.
M is in this respect most remarkable,
that it affords efficient means for a negative
in the verb by both of its charaotert. See
A. 6^
AITTE, adv. = aL This word is nothing
butaeurious tautology, composed of the
Zul% ai and the Sisuto tye, Le. : no^ not.
f&w— AICA, V. t. (From a, to be active, en-
gaged, andika, to set or fix. 7^ literal
sense is : to be engaged in setting or fix-
ing ; hence, to fix firmly, to kv, to found.
Bis. aga. Kika and others, akka.)
1. Tb make a place— ukwaka umnzi ;-*
2. To set up, to construct, to buikl a place
or town;— 8. To lay the foundation, and
raise a superstructure; — 4. To dwell, to
stay, as : w'aka pinaP Le. ; where do you
have your home P
NoTB. — B'akanye (from baka and kanye,
together, in one), naba kwabani, L e. : they
dwell together with the people of whom f
s= with which or whose people do they
live together P
Waka kahle, lit, : make it well ! a kind
wish, a wish of happiness applied to a per-
son who remains, by those who depart.
— Akxla, qulf. fr. To make a place,
build, &e,, tor, as; ukwakela irinkomo,
i. e.: to dwell on aooount of cattle.
— — AxiLAKA, recpr. fr. To buUd, dwell,
&C., next or near to each other, or opposite
each other; to be nmghbouring to each
other, as t s'akdene tina, i. e. : we are
neighbours.
*-— Akisa, cans. fr. To eause or help to
buUd.
ukw— AKAMA, v. i. (From aka, to set or
. erect, and imo, to move, to heave, to open.
7^ primary sense is : to stand fixed.
AlHed is ayama.)
1. To yawn, to gape;— 2. To open the
mouth, as : w'akeme ngomlomo, Ui,i he is
open with the mouth = he gaped ;— 8. To
stand open, ast umlonio wake w'akeme
i. e. : his mouth stands open.
[KoTE.— The last sense is also used
figmratively fbr: he speaks much = a
kuluma kakulu.]
AKAanBA, cans. fr. To make to yawn ;
to open the mouth, as; w'akamise nmlomo,
i. e. : open your month.
AKE, poss. pron. (From a, prefix, ka,
belonging Isee ka, v/| and e pers. pron.
third pers. sing. The literal sense is:
what behmgs to him.) His.
nm— AEELwANE or Adelaita, n. pi. abak.
(From akelana.) Keighbour.
nm— A£I, n. pi abakL (Aom aka, v.) Builder,
is— AKO, n. pi. iaako. (From aka, v.) The
work or labour of building.
AKO, poss. pron. (From a— ka and u,
second pers. of the pers. pron. See ake.)
Thine,
ukw— ALA, V. t. pass, ukwaliwm. (From a,
6, privative, and ik, to rise, to strain.
The Uieral sense is : to reitrain.)
1. To be unwilling, immoveable^ not to
be impresnble, not to be moved to tender
feoUngs, ast s'amteteMa y'ala inkosi, L e. :
BS
Digitized by
Google
ALAHAZI.
[4]
ALUKAZAKTANA.
we interceded for him, bat the chief was
not to be mored (to oompainon) ; — 2. To
decline to do or to grant what is claimed,
asked or commanded ; not to comply, to
denj;— 8. To decline to accept what is
offered, to refuse an offer, at : w'ala noknta-
bata uknhla, i. e. : he woold not even take
food;— 4. To refhse, to resist, to reject, to
oppose.
•-^— Albka, qoalt. fr. To be redstible, nn-
acceptable, to be opposed, &c, as: nmmita
owafddle, i. e. : a person who is not res-
pected, a man of a forbidding character.
— »- Aleeisi, cans. fr. To cause or make to
refuse, restrain, Ac ; to make unacceptable,
as: Ufaku a z'alekisile, i.e.: Faku has
rendered himself unacceptable, or is him-
self the cause of being forbidden.
— . Alsla, qulf.fr. 1. To disallow, to deny,
as: wam'alelaukusebenza,i.e.: he would
not allow him to work;— 2. To refose, to
be disinclined or unwilling for, in respect
to, &c; — 8. To oppose, to resist, to re-
strain, as: uku m'alela iununtu a nga bulali,
Le.: to oppose a man in order that he
may not kiU;— 4. To prohibit, toforlud.
ukw— ALAMA or Elama, ▼. L (From a,
separate, ila, to rise, and ima, to more ot
stand. CloseUf connected with lanya,
which see.)
1. PrimaHUf : to come up or rise up in
a liring or original state. In this sense it
is applied to the time of Inrth, referring
to indiyiduals of a common stock or one
£imily, as: Umjiki u y'alanywa ngu Man,
L e. : Jiki was bom before Man (who is,
therefore, the younger of the two).
The difference between abmia and lanya,
when applied to a family of a polygamut,
is this, that the former refers to children
of different mothers, while the latter means
the line of birth of children from one
mother.
2. Applied to the appearance of locaUUes,
e.g.: iJcuy'alaroa indau, Le.: to have a
S roper sight of the place, to hare it right
efore, in its nature. Sence also, to hare
a short, transitory riew of, a glimpse ; to
see unexpectedly, as : nga y'akma intaba
enkulu, i. e. : I had a glimpse of the great
mountain.
— Alamajxa and Elahaka, recpr. fr. To
come from a common stock or family ; to
be related to each other ; to be connected
as step-brothers and sisters,
is— ALAMANE or Elakakb, n. pi izaL
(From alamana.) A relation, a relatire,
kinsman or kinswoman,
nb— ALAMANE or Elaxaitb, n. Behition,
relationship,
is— ALAMAZI or Elakact, n. pi. izaL
(From alama and azi, to know.) A person
well known; an acquaintance.
ALO, pers. pron. (From a, prefix, and
lo, see lona.) PosseasiTe case referring to
nouns in i — ill and u— ulu, as: izwi li
namanhla ab, L e. : a word has ifo power,
ukw — ^ALUKA, V. i. (From a, fW>m, ila, to
L strain, and uka, to go out. The primaty
sense if : to go out from a place in a train
or line. Sis, aloka.)
1. To go out in a train or line, as: izin-
komo z'alukile, i. e. : the cattle have gone
'out into the field (going along usually in
one line), or, they are ahready a distance
from the kraal;— 2. To march out» to pass
by, a« : ku y'alukwa futl abantu emangweni,
i. e. . people come out upon the hUl and
pass by in great number ;<»8. To run out,
to go over, as : amanzi ay'aluka embizeni,
L e. : the water comes out of the pot.
Rbkabk. — In the isi-Xosa this word is
used metaphorically for circumcision, which
custom, being regarded as a state of un-
cleanness, is performed without the places
in the field, where the circumcised men
also are kept during that time.
— Alitkela, qulf. fr. To go, march or come
out for, &Cn as : i&nkomo z'alokela kude^
L e. : the cattle have gone out some distance.
— Alitkiba, cans. fr. To bring, drive or
lead out as cattle or an army.
ukw — ALUEA, V. t. (From ala, to restrain,
II. and uka, to go out or off. The literal
sense is: to restrun g<nng out or undoing.
(^ From this sense it \& obvious that
the tranmtive power of ak prevails in this
verb, while the intranntive of uka in
aloka L MadieaUff one with eleka. See
also baceka. Closely allied to luka, which
see.J
1. To twist or bind in such a manner as
not to be undone or unravelled ;— 2. To
involve in any thing complicated. — Not in
such frequent use as the causative form.
— • Aluiama, recpr. fr. To entangle, as :
inkomo /alukene nombelebele, Le.: the
beast was so involved or twisted together
with the creeper that it could not ex&icate
itself.
•— AjLVXASJBAt cans. fr. To entangle, to
entwist
is— ALUKAZANA, dim. n. pL izaL (From
alukazi.) Something advanced in years;
not so very old, past middle age. Applied
to persons and things, as : inkomo ngi yi
zuzUe yisalukazana, i. e. : I have obtiuned
a beast and it is not so very old.
um— ALUKAZANA, dim. n. (From alukaa.)
An oliject of old age, but not so very old,
= nto olugugileyo nolndala, Le.: some*
thing worn out or old.
is-ALUKAZANYANA, dim. n. pL iza.
(From alukazana.) Something not so for
advanced in years as alukazana; more of
middle age.
Digitized by
Google
ALXTZA.
[6]
AMBAKA.
Is— ALUKAZI» n. pL ixal. (From aluka, to
go out some distance, and azi« to know, to
distanguish.) Something far gone or ad-
Tanced in year8» to be known as aged.
Applied io persons andihingi. The ending
am retains also its special sense cX female,
and the word is, on that account^ implied
to an old woman,
mn — ^ALURAZI, n. (From aloka and asi, eee
isalnkazL)
NoTB. — This word has the same meaning
as isalokazi, bat is used only as an acQectlTe
— aged, old.
nkw— ALULA orEmiA, v. t. (Prom ala —
nla, to loosen. The radical sense is : to
free from restraint. Xosa olola. Closely
allied to Inla.)
1. To stretch ont, as the limbs of
the body;— 2. To draw or poll out in
greater length, as: wa z'elnla izintambo,
i. e. : he stretched the riems; — 3. To ex-
tend, as : nkufelola hsinto, i. e. : to increase
property ;— 4. To reach, as : z^dole u yi
bambe inyoni, i. e. : stretch ont (your
hands) and catch the bird ; — 5. To make
loose or open, as : nkns'elnla isanhla, i. e. ;
to open l^e (closed) hand ;— 6. To make
straight a crooked thing; — 7. To make
efforto, to exert one's se& in nmning, to
be swift, easy, &c., = Inla.
— AiiiTLEKi. or Elttlbka, qnalt. fr. To
admit stretching, drawing; to be loose, to
be paralytic
nkw — ALUMA, (tribal) Same a«Lnma.
nkw— ALUPALA, ▼. i. (From aln, restrained,
andpala, to drire forth. The sense is the
opposite to knlapala, which see. Some
tribes drop the prefix a.)
1. To grow old. The Uteral sense is :
to reAue to grow,-— refening to the fUling
off of the flesh and the yigoroas appearance.
Umonta owalnpeleyo, L e. : a person who
has lost his flesh, become old; inkomoi
Inpele, i. e. : the beast hasg^wn old.
nkw— ALUSA, ▼. t. (From ala, restnun, and
nsa, to be viewed, behdd. Sis, Alosa.)
1. PrimtMrily: to keep under eye^ to
keep a watchfod eye over something that
requires restraint. Applied to ammal
creation; — ^2. To keep the watch over
cattle, to herd.
, QB— ALUSI, n. pU abal. (From alosa.)
Herd, shepherd.
okw— ALUZA, ▼. t. (From ala, to reftise, and
loa, to make a sound, give out a Toice.)
L To be unable to speak, as : umuntu
oyahtzayo a ka sa nandau, i. e. : a person
who cannot bring out a voioe has no more
hope of life. [Notk.— In this sense it is
used exdnsTcly of men in a dyins state,
when their Toices ftsdl them.] 2. Umuntu
otjaywayo u y'aluza, i. e. : when one re*
odres a beathog his yoioe feils bim, Tiz. :
he cries, brings sounds out which are xmin-
telligible ; — 3. In a had sense : to exasper-
ate ; to be irritable in a high degree, to be
wroth. [NoTB. — Applied to people, when
they are so angry as to be unable to bring
out a word.]
AMA, pri. n. (From a, [see Prim.] and
ima, to move, to stand.) [The signification
of tills verb comprises chiefly animal and
sfAritual life, or bodily and local move-
ments, as also a particular form, mode, or
condition in which a thing may move or
stand, d^oting, therefore, human kind,
being, or spedes, or spediying the proper
names of individuals and things.]
It is used as the nominal form for the pL
of nouns which have in sing, wiw, ini — in,
and Hi — ». Specifying :—
1. Stem or stock of a family, €U : ama
Zulu, i. e. : Zulu nation; — 2. A race or
generation, €U : amandolo, L e. : people of
olden times: — 8. Progeny, branch of a
family, — ^branch of a mountain, as : ama
Kahkunba, i. e.: Drakeberg with its
branches ;— 4. Relation of a fiimily, society,
sect, &c., as: amanina, amadoda; — 5. All
spedal and great objects of creation, as :
amazulu, heavens ; amaozi, water ; amazwe,
hmds; amatafa, flats; amatye, stones; &c
In stems of verbs or compounds it retains
all these dgnifications, espedally those of
relation, proportion, balance, similitude,
&c, e. g. : alfuna, gamata, nyama.
AMA, reL te. Properly a compound of
the reL a, and the nom. form ama, a*:
amado^ amahle, from a — amable.
AMANGA, n. pL (From ama, move-
ments, statement^ and nga = ca, k% ga,
Ac, negatives = no's.)
Literally: statements of a negative
(nature); hence, a denial; an assertion
that something stated is not true; a nega-
tion, contradiction, as : u namanga, i. e. :
you do not cqpeak the truth, or : you speak
an untruth, a fidsehood.
Commonly, it has the force of an adv.,
as : amanga, and ngamanga, i. e. : not so ;
it is not so; it is not true,— felse.
ukw— AMBA, V. t. (From ama, to move
fh>m, and iba, to separate, step forth. The
radical sense is : to move on, to advance
to. See mba. From this stem come hamba,
bamba, tamba, kc)
This word is only tribal, being used
for bamba, as: ukum'ambisa => ukum-
bambisa,
im— AMBANA, n. pL izam. (li'rom amba
and ina, dim. fr. It is a word of the Baca
tribe; the Zulu use: ama-Edila, instead
of it.)
Primarily: a section or seat pressed or
kept in rei^eot to the body, vis.: whose
bodv is not exercised or trained. It is
body is not exercised or trained.
Bs
Digitized by
Google
Ainrm.A,
[6]
AMUKA.
eidiiaiTely applied toaB young men who
hare not yet been out to war, but were
kept at home like children; henoe the
explanation: izamhana ngahanta abancane,
L e. : they are imall people,
is— AMBANI, or NE, n. pi izam. (690 im-
Ambana.)
LUeraUyi a being which does not
exerdae ita body much, does not mn mnoh
abont» hidea or corert itaelf. Ihe ant-
eater or ant*bear.
nkw — AMBATA, r. t. (From amba, loUdhtee,
and ita, to poor, pat smooth, dreia. The
prifMry sense is, to oorer the body.
Seeh%UL)
1. To cover the body with dress ; to
conceal the nakedness; to put on gar-
ments, as: nkwambata ingabo, i. e«: to
invett the body with raiment.
— — AiCBATiSA, cans, ft** To famish or pro-
vide with dothes.
nkw— AMBESA, ▼. t. (From amba and isa,
to be dear, to shine. ^. apesa.)
1. JVoptr^i to pot the body in a
bright or shining form; to put on orna-
ments ;— 2. To cover with something
ornamental, to pot on rich garment^ to
adorn.
Note.— The ama-Xosa use this word
espedally in the aense of fttmishing their
wives with a fall ornamental dress,
nkw— AMBULA, v. t. (From amba and nla,
to remove, Xosag&bala.)
1. Toanoover, to remove <» takeaway
• the cover ftom the body, €ui w'ambala
ingabo, i. e. I he oncovered his body, vit. :
by taking away the dothes;— 2. To open,
as a cover of a box or pot, Ac ;— 8. To
reveal.
AMEHLO, n. la. fiiM i-Hlo.
AMEVA, n« pi. (From ama and i-Va,
which see,) LUsralfy i sticks of feeling ;
hsnoe, prickle, thorn.
AMEVANA, dim. n. (From ameva.) A
small prickle or thorn.
AMEVANYANA, dim. n. (From ame-
vana.) A very small prickle or thorn.
AMI, poss. proa. (From a and iml, 1st
pers. of the pers. pron. See ake.) Mine,
ukw— AMEELA, v. t. (From amob^ which
ssst uid ila. It is the qolf. fr., and several
tribes oseanrakeb instead of amkehu The
Sis, and other eastern tribes have enka.)
1. To accept, to take or receive what is
offered. Shictlgf taken the sense is: to
let go off for a private state, reserve, t= to
take to or for himself, for one's own state ;
—2. To hdd, to retain, as: lomkoba sa
w'amkek kobadak, i. a. : this oostom we
received from the old people;— 8. To
welcome^ to lodge, <m: no m'amkek en-
hlwini yeno» i. e. : yoa most take him into
yoorhoose.
*-— « AmmiiTA, qoalt fr. To oome into a
state of acceptance; to become acceptable,
to be retainaUe.
•— « Aicxxuai, caos. fir. To let, cause, or
make to accept, to give^ Ac, asi ng'am-
kdise— (ell^>tic) : let me receive my wagei^
pay me.
is— AMEELISO, n. (From ankdisa.) 1.
The act at manner of paying wages, Ac.;
—2. The thing reodved, payment^ wages.
k— AMEEIiO, n. (From amkda.) 1. Ac-
ceptance, reedpt;— 2. An faistnnnent for
recdving, viz, : the hand, asi omontiiolilo-
nipa isanhla u ti isamkdo^ L e. : one who
is afiraid to ose the wcgrd isanhla (u e. :
hand) oses isamkdo.
nkw— AMEEZA, v. t. (Fromamka and iia,to
do, to make.)
PfOfsrl^i to let accept or recdvci ^> :
to be the means or canse that one recdves
something; eUsoz to order, to inteifBre
with, &Cn that on er.
is— AMPOTO, or TWE, n. pL inm. (From
a, prefix, ompi, handle, aiidoto, fired, of
ota, toflre.)
LUeraUf it woold be this: an initra-
ment of whidi the handle is thrown to the
fire.— This is the descriptioiw or technical
expression, of a small instnuBcnt, sometlung
like an adse, ov small pidc-axe^ which is
used by those who work in wood, making
pots, fbotstods, Ac. When they have done
working a piece of wood ootsidc^ and go to
work it oat indde, l>y pecking, they cannot
ose the same instroment tmless the handle
of it is shortened. Tins they most do be-
caose of having no variety of tools^ and
henoe the sayins: To make fire dT the
handle »» to imorten it. This is the
origin of the word; yet its dngle root
admits also the meaning of an instroment
fcMT working in wood. (See qopa, qopo,
and qota)
okw— AMUKA, V. t. (From ama, strength of
action or motion, and oka, to go off— away,
toplockoffl Allied toemoka. Compare
also ramoka.)
iViMar%: to do vidence to; to oot-
rage; to make a violent attack anon a
person and his property ; to seise and carry
away against the will d another, as : wa
ng*ami&a ato Iwami ngi nga m nikanga,
i. e. : he took away firom me by violence
my thing, withoot my giving him.
It is to be observed that the meaiung
from bebngs to the verb, and that the
same reqoires the person to be onited to
it, not the ihit^^ as it m^ht be expected.
(/S^alokall.)
NoTB.— When the Srd person (eis « : the
sobstitote pcoOn 8rd pers.) is to be con-
nected with this verb, the f» of the ktter
is dropped, ots ba m'amka idnto sake^
Digitized by
Google
i. e : th^ robbed him of aB his things.
The nine is sometimes the case with the
iirst or second person also, and hence we
have the proof for amkeki to be formed
of amnka.
is — AMUkU, n. (From amnko.) lAierally :
that which is caused by riolence done to,
viz, I when Tiolence is done to a liring
bdng it cries out, calls for help ; hence,
ootcry, damonr, violent cry; and %ence
the only usage of the word in connexion
with nkubamba isamuku, L e. : to stop or
restrain the outcry, viz,i by ukubamba
nmlomob i- e. : keeping the month close.
ukw — ^AMtJLA, ▼. t. CProm ama, to move
from, and ula, to stram. AUMiofamxiSait
andomola.)
1. PtoperUf : to stretch out, to expand,
as the Umbs of the bodv after sleep ; — 2.
To shake up, to shake dS^ as sleep,
sloth, &a;— To make loose, to open as
a folded hand.
— - Amtjlkka, qualt. fr. 1. To hare an
inclination to stretch out, shake off, &c.;
to be in the habit of doing so ;— 2. To be
fomtfnl, unconscious (= kohUwe.)
KoTS. — Sometimes the u of this rerb is
dropped after the analogy of amka amleka.
is — ^AMVU, n. (From ama, to move from,
and ivn, glare.)
lAUrcSiux a moving fflare. Used of
the sun only, m : ilanga fi nesamvu, i. e. :
a glaring sun.
ANA, pri. T. (From a and ina. See na.
The radical tense is : to more or press
together with or toward another object ;
to come near, to draw near, to approach,
to be of the same kind.)
Its uses are :— 1. As a suffix to verbs
forming a redproc. verb, — e. g^ abelana ;
-^2. As a suffix to nouns forming diminu*
tive nouni^— -e. g., isahlukwana.
ukw— ANAKA and ENANA, recipL v. (From
ana-ana. The literal sense isi to come
near with, near, identical wUh, denoting
an action of concord, of equal agreement.)
1. To exchange equal for equal ;-^2.
To boy or purchase with the same kind
of thing, as I lenkomo y'ananiwe ngenye
inkomo^ i. e. : this head of cattle has been
exchanged for another one like it.
Akaksla* quit fr. CS.3e naneU.) To
exchange for, &c
— — AjrjL2riBA« cans. fr. To make if> ex-
change; to try to exchiiuge; to give in
um— ANANISI, n. pL aban« (From ananisa.)
An exchanger,
ukw— ANAZELA. ^ShfAoeiela.
ukw— ANBA, V. i. (Fror n ana, loiUcft Mf, and
ida, fiir. iS^ da. T/ie prima/ry eenee is :
to inora a ee , to oome. as far as many, to
beiome many single ones.)
1* To extend, to enlarge^ to widen in
length and breadth, as limits, bounds,
fences; — 2, To increase, to become more
in number, to multiplv, asi izinkomo
s'andile, L e. : the cattle have increased ;—
8. To spread, to ro through the whole,
as I iswi lake I'andile emblal^ni wonke, Le.:
his word has pervaded the whole earth.
— — AiTDiSA, caus.fr. To make larger, more
extensive, wider; to increase more, &c.,
as : ukwandisa isibaya, i. e. : to make the
cattle fold wider,
is — ^ANDA, n. pi. izan. (From anda.) A
place made wide, made to some extent,
viz. : lapo ku bekwe amabele, i. e. : where
the com is laid up (for threshing) ; hence
also, threshing-floor.
The notion of the action is that, such a
place is commenced at the centre, and
n^nn that point it is extended to the
intended circular breadth,
is— AKDO, n. pL iza. (From anda.) An
instrument for extending or beating wider ;
hence, a hanmier. (Compare isi-Kanda.)
ukw — ^ANDULA, v. L (From anda and ula,
to stretch.)
IMerdUyi to out-stretch, out-reach,
out-strip ; henoe, to be first, or before the
event of another thing.
This form is used only as an adv., and
drops its last syllable either wholly or
partly in connexion with its predicative
verb, which always follows it in the
infinitive.
It denotes — 1. Order of time: then,
but then, as i wo yisa lento kuye w'andul'
ukubuya, i. e. i you must bring this to
him, and then (be ready to) return ;— 2.
^me : only, but* In this sense it is
generally contracted and combined with
sa. Of : u sandu kufika, L e. : he is jiut
now, hut now, not nntil now, arriving.
Note.— The inferior tribes use gandnma,
instead of andnla.
•— Andulela, qulf. fr. 1. To start a
thing first, as : w'andulela ukulima ama-
bele, L e. : he was the first who tried to
sow com ;— 2. To start first for, to begin
fijnt, = wa puma ukulimia kuqala, i. e. :
he went out to plough first before others
did ;— 8. To be first, in order of time, to
precede, as : nmfun^Usi, XTgadini, w'andu-
lehi kwa Zulu, i. e. : Mr. Gardner was the
first missionary to the Zulu.
um^-ANDULELI, n.pLaban. (Fromandn-
lela.) Predecessor,
if— ANDULELO, n. (From anduleb.)
Something that is first in order, ^ umlnla
opumileyo, i.e.: maize which has oome
out first.
It— ANBULO, n. (From anduUu) Some«
thing beionnng to a former time. Com*
pare vDr-Dmo.)
B4
Digitized by
Google
)8— AKDWAKA, dim. n. A amall hammer.
is— ANDWANYANA, dim. n. A very small
hammer.
ukw— ANEKA, v. t. (From ana, w. s.« and
ika, to pat, to lay. The lit tente ti: to
put next to each other.)
1. To spread out, to lay open, to ex-
pose, as things for drying in the air ; —
2. To spread, to unfold, to expand, aaa
mat on the ground, or a cloth on the taUe.
ukw — ^AXELA, Y. t. (From ana, w. s., and
ila, to stretch. The Hi. seme U i to stretch
equally with, toward.)
1. To suffice, to he enough, equal to the
end proposed, adequate to wants, as:
ukuhla ku y'anela, i. e. : the food is suffi-
cient ;— 2. To satisfy, to content, <u :
ahantu h'anele ukuhla, L e. : the people
have eaten all food up; — 3. To supply
one's self, to take for himself, as : w'anela
kwonke a ka si shiyelanga Into, i. e. : he
satisfied all his wants and has nothing left
to us;— 4. To possess or gun, as: anele
izinto zonke ngokutengisa, L e. : he won
all things hy trading.
— AiTBULNA, recipr. fr. To he adequate to
each or all of them.
ukw — ANEZA, ▼. t. (From ana and iza, to
come, to make.)
1. To make sufficient, to make equal or
adequate, to satisfy, &c. ;— 2. To add, to
make an addition, as: ngi nento encane
nga tenga nenkulu se nganeza, i. e. : I
have a small thing andhonght also a great
one, thus I provi&d an ad£tional one.
— — Ai^ZBLA, qulf. ft. To make an addi-
tion to, to multiply; to edargehy addi-
tion, to amplify.
— - Akmelela, freqt. fr. To supply with
more and more ; to add frequently, abun-
dantly.
— ^ Anxzisa, cans. fr. To manage so as to
be sufficient, enough, &c ; to stretch the
means according to the end proposed.
ukw— ANGA, ▼. t. (From ana and iga, tp
force, to press. The literal sense is: to
press each other, to be affectionate to each
other.)
To kiss, as : ukum'anga umtwana, i. e. :
to kiss a child;— ahantu ab'angayo, i.e.:
people who kiss each other.
nlw— ANGA, n. (From anga, ▼.) The palate.
This sig^flcation of the word has
originated in the structure of the palate^
whose arches lie next to each other. The
form ulu, that which is raised = upper,
and anga, to bend, to curve next to eadi
other, are a proper description of the same.
^ (Compare i-Lwanga.)
is — ANQCO, n. pL izan. (From ana, equal
or like, and co, sour ; the g being euphonic
in nouns of this class; see coco. The
tense is I sourish.)
This is a enphemistic name for a giri,
or unmarried female, who wishes m a
lover. A libidinous, lustfhl g^L
is— ANGCX)B£, n. pL izan. (From aigoo^
sourish, or angcu, andobe, nourishnisnt,
vegetable.)
Native com which smells soar,
am — ANEQjAf pL n. fFrom ama, relation,
movement, ana, equal, to meet, and hla,
the notion of a developing power. See
nhla.)
IMerdUjf : the relation of an equal effeet
of actions, hence i power, fbrce, stroigth,
ability, fkculty, influence, domimon, sway,
authority, compulsion, &c.
is^ANHLA, n. pL izan. {See am— Aidihu)
IMeraUjfi the agent, instrument, or
figore of power, vii, : the hand. Isanhla
emhle, L e. : a ^d hand, viz, : which gives
to those who are needy, a merdM hai^
ukw^ANHLALA or EkhiiALA, v. t. (From
ana, even, flat, and hlala, to expand.)
1. To lay or stretch out on the grouid ;
to spread open on the ground, as a mat ;
—2. To make a bed on the gAMmd,—
which, among the Eaflrs, connsts in laying
down a mat, at : a ngi nanto ng'anhlale
ngayo, L e.; I have nothing to make a
bed of.
— Akhlalbka, qualt. fr. To come into a
state or condition of being stretched on
the ground, as : w'anhlalelale e wile, L e. :
he lay stretched on the ground when
he fell,
ukw— ANHLAZA, v. t. From ana, even, flai»
hla, come down, and iza, to midie.)
Froperly : to stretch or strike down by
force, <u z ba m'anhlazile ngenduku, L e. ;
they struck him down, or on the groond,
with a stick.
This verb is ofken used as an equivalent
to enMeza, but this is evidently a mistake,
for, though rascally one, they are applied
quite distinctly,
ulw — ANHLE, n. pL ilw. (and sometimes izil.)
(Of a, local, side, ni, even, flat, and bla^
opening, or nhle, spread. See nh]ay«*«M
also puilila, and panhle.)
I/Uerdlfyi an extension toward the
outnde, or the opening, viz. : the sea.
ukw— ANHLULA, v. t. (From ana, even, Ac.,
hla, down, and uhi, to remove, take away.
The UteraC sense is: to take away the
anhla, L e. : bed made on the ground; the
opposite meaning of anhlala.)
To take up, or. away, a bedding*mat
from the ground,
ukw— ANXJL A, V. t. (From ana, flat, thin, and
ula, to stretch. The primary sense is : to
make thinner, «ir. : by stretching or ex-
panding a thing..)
To stretch inti) the breadth, to expand,
viz. I xa umnnti\ a betele uluii kutiwa
Digitized by
Google
APO.
tn
AVELA.
Iw^tniile ka sa kn be baasd, i. e. : if one
betts a wooden pin ^nto a aldn to expand
the same,) it is said, stretch the sune oat
that it become broader, or wider,
is — ^AKUSI, n. ]^ izan. (From ana, eren,
and nsi, of nsa, to bring to light. Tke
primary feme ia I an agent that finds out
easify or soon.)
A wizard, sorcerer, coi^nror.
nkw— ANTA, ▼. i. (From a, separate, and
inya. iSMnjal., to press. The primary
MMe if: to press from, or to press out.
See alio Ka.)
To press or draw ont milk from the
breast ; to sock, at : amatole anyile, i. e. :
the cahres have socked (all) the milk.
— « AmnSA, cans. fr. 1. To give snck, to
soekle, to nnrse, aei nnina wa m'anyisa
Timtwana, i« e. : the mother nnrsed her
dnld ; — 2. To make or canse to snckle, to
canse to let the milk msh out, aei inkon-
jana a y'an jisanga, L e. : the yonng calf
has not sad^ed, d«. : the milk of its
mother, or ^ : has not made (his mother)
to let the milk.
NoTB.-*Amankonyana anyisavo, i. e. :
sockling calTes = sucklings, is elliptic
instead of aman. a w'anyisayo (amasi L e. :
milk.)
— — AxnssLA, qnlf. fr. 1. Broperly :
to go to sack, to try to get milk, as . —
inl^yana i y'anyisela knnina, i. e. : the
yoong calf endeayoors to get ont some
mUk from its mother; — % To givesnck
for. Of : nnina a y'anyisek ii&onyana,
L e. : the mother lets die milk fbr her
calf := aDowB her calf to sock her.
nlw — ^AKTANI, n. (From ani— ani, herb,
shrab.)
A spedes of an aromatic shrnb; (most
probacy a tribal difference of n-L(my-
am.)
AlPA, adr. (From a, prefix dem., and
pa, denoting locality. A primitire dem*
noon. See aUo a Iiaa.)
Usoally constrncted with I dem., as :
bpa, i. e. : here, in tins place; tins place.
APO, adr. {See apa.) There.
1. It is sometimes nsed by way of
explanation, having the power of a con*
jandion, or as the Englidi parte haimny,
as: kponga fika, 1. e.: when I arrired,
or bating arri? ed.
2. It is nsed as a correhitive,— where :
kpo u sebenza, i. e* : (there) where yon
work. Sometimes hma is added to com-
plete this term, as : lapo ami kona, L e. :
where yon stand there.
8. It is nsed by way of acclamation, as :
kpoke lie.: there it is, or that is it
euctlT.
4. It is sometimes opposed to hipa, as :
k^a na hpc^ i. e. i here and there.
is-^APOMPOLO, n. pi izap. (From a, and
mpompa, tohich see, and mpompoza, popoza.)
LiteraUy : a being sponting forth vio-
lently, viz. : causing pain ; the large bhick
ant, whidi bnilds its nest like a ^obe in
the top of trees,
nkw— APUCA, ▼. t. (From a, separate, ipa, to
pnll, to drive, and nca, to snap. AlUed to
pncn and pncnka.)
1. J^vperly : to poll away in a snatch-
ing manner ; to sdze suddenly away ; to
take away violently ; — 2. To pluck or pull
away with a sudden force or twitch ;
to tear away, €Ui wa ng^apnca nmfiizi
wami, i. e. : he tore from me away my
wife. (See the observation to amuka.)
nkw— APXJEA, v. i. (From a, separate, ipa, to
drive, and nka, go off. Allied to hlepuka.)
To tear of!^ to break of^ as; intambo
y'apukile, i.e.: the string is broken off.
nkw— APULA, v. t (From apa, see apuka,
and nk, to strain. See also opola.)
1. To break a thfaig in two ;— 2. To
destroy, crush, weaken or impair ; as the
human body, or the ihculties ; — 3. To
violate, as a hiw, or contract,
is— APULO, n. pi izap. (From apula.) 1.
The act of breaking ; state or manner of
being broken;— 2. Rupture, breach,
nkw— APIJSA, V. t (From apa, to break off,
to sdze, and nsa, to burst finth (see sa),
viz. I milk, see i-^L)
IMerdliyi to break off the milk, as :
inkomo y'apudle, L e.: the cow has no
more mi&, or gives no more milk. (This
verb has exdusively reference to the state
of milking wnirr^wK when the same do not
suckle their calves more.)
is— AQIJ, or ACU, n. pi izaqu. (From a,
separate, and qu, see isi— Qu, 4, condadon.)
A parting song after a great hunting is
concluded, as : hiahelani isaqu, L e. : do
strike up the parting song,
is— ARWADI, n. (From a, vehement^ ro,
sound, and adi, known.)
laterally I a common vehement sound
or noise ; a regular Amalala word =
nmsindo.
ASO, pers. pro. (Of a, prefix, and so,
jetfsona.)
PoBsesnve case referring to nouns in isi,
as : isinkwa d nokutandwa kwaso, L e. :
brt ad posse sses its own good quality,
is— ATUTWANE, n. See m Tutwane.
AU or AwTT, the same as Han, wMck see.
nlw— AVELA, n. (HVom a, negative^ and
vek, to come forth. The literal sense it :
an nnnatural feding = a natural bad
feeling, or an original bad feeling. See
also Invda.)
Hypochondria; ill humour; suq^ndon,
as : nmnnta onolwavela, L e. : a suspicions
Digitized by
Google
AZBT.A-
[10]
AZI80.
▲WO, pen. pio. (Fro» a« inrifii»and
WO^Mtf WOIUI.)
P oM OflgiT e oiM rifemog to notins in
vmii and ama, a$ i miMiti wawo» Ao.
nkw^AYAMA « Etaxa* t« L (From a, or
aya, to let go, and ima, to stand* to fix.
Allied are^-^eytLt engama, Iec.)
1. PtofrUf : to let a bodj fltaad againit
or upon flomethingi to more £ram a
■taught or perpendUenlar pomtoi ; to lean
agttnst or npon, a» \ w'^yuule elatangeni,
L e. s be itood leaning againit the fence;
—a. To lean, to bead so as to reet» ati
w'eyaaa ngaye^ L e« : bo leaned (reeted)
atbim.
— ^ Ataxila and ETAMn«Af golf. fir. To
lean upon eometbbig with both armv^
nkwejamek nge^o{^k>*4i^. i to reft one's
self on both arms*
•^-^ ATAKI8A and ETAUflA. cans. ft. To
lean something against, ko.% to pUee a
thing oblique^ at: w'ejamise wablaknlo
enhlwini, i. e. i pot the iqwde in an obliqne
pontion against the boose,
nkw— AZl, ▼. t. oZiJ adi and atn« PassiTe,
aziwa. (Originally a noun and formed into
a Terb bj the dgn uku. From a, to be
aptive, and iri deling > senses^ feelings;
see Za. The primary sense is^ to act — ^to
reoeiTe impresMons^throiigb the medlnm
of the senses^ doioting the ac^<ni of the
human mind in its di&rent capacities or
lenities, comprising both theory and
experience.)
1. To pereeiTei^SL To know;— 8. To
nnderstend, a#: nnnmtn okw'asiyo kwonke,
L e. s a man who understands afl)— 4. To
observe, aax n nokwas^ i. e.i he has a
great mind, observes daiely}-^ To dis-
iingnish.
In the same manner as as* is joined to
uku, 80 it is combined with othor words to
which it adds the sense of ** known, acknow-
ledged, distingni^ed," &c It nsnally w^
pears in compositions of coQeotive noans,
and serves to create a dis^notion or spedfi-
eation of animal gender, vig, : the female sex,
e. g. : nm&zi, ii&omokazi, nmtikazi, Ac
— « AzABA, recipr. fir. To be known to
each other; to be acquainted with one
another, to be fiuniUar, intimate with each
other.
»— ^ A21KA, qoalt £r« To become knoim or
notorioos; to take air, u: indaba ey'flze-
kileyo, L e. i a news pnUiely known.
— — ^ AziLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To know about, in
respect to, as to, <w: a ngi m'aseli, Le.:
I know nothing in respeet to him; — 2.
Uknt'a2ela« i. e« : to know by or fbr one's
self; to know from his own, or Itom expe-
rienee; ngi ya ^ilehi lento^ i. e. : I do
Imow that for n own bmeftt;— 8. To
experience ;— -4. To gain knowledge,
, freqt fir. 1. To know all
about ; to know at all about, to know
perfectly, Ac, m : e ng'azel^wanga, L e. :
nothing at all has been known about bun,
Of\ he has not been known at all;— 2.
Ukuz'azelela, L e. : to take notice for one's
self of ; to provide^ to expect for.
— AziBA, cans. fir. 1. To make to know,
or understand, to acquaint, to instruct, to
give notice, to advertise; — 2. To try to
know, (to try) to know by recoUeetion,
to take cognizance ; to reoognise ; — 8.
Ukus'asisa, L e. : to make one's self known
SB to be ostentatious.
— AziSAir A, reepr. fr. To make known
to each otlieri to auke aoquainted with
each other.
— «— AzisiLA, qul£ fir. To s^re a knoirie^
or notice about a thinff ; to give a descrip-
tion or to describe a thing to one, at : ngi
m'aaisela ukasBa kwomhlabav i. e.: I gave
him a desoription, an ide% how it sUnds
in the world.
•"^^ AsmsA, esns. fir. 1. To know well,
right, good ; to understand wet^ perfectly,
Ac., Of : a ngi y'ansisi landau, L e. : I do
not understand that topic well enou^ ;-*
2. To g^ve a good, dear, perfoot^ Ac.
description, idea of a thing.
is— AZELO, n. pL iias. (From Asek.)
Knowledge in respect to somethbig;
theory.
is— AZI, n. pL iiud. (From Azi.) A per-
son of imdecatandingi of a great mind,- a
genius.
ukw— AZIBULA, t. t. (From a, to fo^ree, to
e£feci^ siba« to separate secretiy, and ula,
tostnin. ^TAe^rimafyiefMsif/ toefibot
a secret breaking through ; denoting the
pinfiil opening of the ¥romb when a female
brings forth h^ forst young one. See also
bula, which in the Xosa denotes, to vidate
a viigin. Sis,t itnbda.)
To give birth to the forst diild^ an
umfazi wake w'aribola ngoinfona, L c : his
wifo was delivered first of a bey, or« her
first-bom child was a boy.
Note.— This verb often drops its first
root 0, und the ocmsequeoce is that it
becomes equivocal with ukuobula, a rc^ex
verb of bula. In o^rder to keep the ynQper
distinction, attentioo must be given to the
accent which, in the last, is on fibula,
but in the first on zidida, aet umfozi
wake wa zibnla, i. e. : his wife made
mention of herself ; coa^are ike above
is— AZISELO, m Seienoe of a things ob*
jective knowledge; adeeoriptiott.
nn— AZISI, n. pL abas. (From azifla.) A
prophet.
is--AZI80, n. pL iflu. (Franadsa.) Ad<
vertissBMD^ notion prophesy.
Digitized by
Google
A20ypen.pro. (Froai^pfeib^aiidso,
««• SHU.) pQMflMiv case NinTiiif to
BoniMi in illy M : isinkoii » neiiiwe lazo.
if—AZULXJ, n. pL iMMb A ^Kaleotiaa Ibmu
Se^ ifflr-Zolu wd ift-Snlo.
B if pnmoiiDited in Znli Vy iVMnng the
lipt properly together ae in the E^lish
hoif^ beak, hut, &c It is a eognate
letter to p. f« and v^ and converted with
them in the kindred dialects, hni^ nidieallj,
U the same import. Some dialects dro^
it oecastonallj, a$ i mnknia (Znla)^ nmkoa
Qiom\ and mokna (Soto), igtiatt Quosa),
igvma (Znln).
vkn— BA, ▼. i« and auiUary* Perft he.
(From iba— nha, the radical sense of which
is: toactoBytobe at^to drive, to presi^
to separate. Bm iAm, to pMss secretly,
to separate secretly; to steid.)
I. To stsp forward, to be before or in
front, 091 yuM a haniba» i. e. : step forth
walking ss: do go in finmt, vie. : % Uttle
W17 in front;— 2. To come forward to
act freely, to be ready, of : 11 nga n ba
a bnze, L e. : yon may step forwMd and
ask ;— nga ng^ ba ngi ynme, L e< : I then
nay be read|y to agree ;*-3. Tobe present,
Of : wa ba kwomkohi, i. e;, he was present
with the chief.
Bat the more unrtkolar nse of this verb
is the amdliary, for forming certain tenses
to other Terbs (ba =3 asi and tpot for the
present and be is: h§en for the perft.
toue,) and giyisg a grsat. precairion and
nieefey to the whole. In tiiis agency it
maintainB its primary sense of: eastence,
presence, state and condition, or rather
a peculiar mode of being, setting tfxth. the
external drcomstanees oi body, mind, and
things, and has a yeiy general and almost
indranite application, Mooting the parti-
colar form, mode, quality, and di^po^on,
in whidi a thing exists at any fixed time
or place. Its particolars nrast be learned
from the grammar, and we can here only
give the most important relations.
I. In connexion with other verbs or
Tsrbal noons^ a,— >ni ba ko, i. e. : yoa (are)
praseat there;— kwo ba kona nmsindo,
i. e. : there, or it shall really be some noise
I, to take pbMse, oi 1 inblangano yo ba
ko ngosokn Iwesine, i. e. : the meeUng is
to be at the 4th day;
0, to happen to be,af : inkomo i nga
ba iyooa, L e. : the sow may likely be the
4, to be hi a state, eondltkm, Iec^ at :
a ngi banga nomsebenii, i e. : I was not in
moh a state as to work, (fr^ I was not
qnal^M to work;— ngi be ngi sd>ensa,
L e.1 I hare been so eircomstaaced as to
work;— nga ngi be ngi sebense, i. e.: I
shonld haTe w(»ked ;— ngi nga ba nkvti,
i. e. : I woold or 00^ be in a state of
mind to say, = I woold think or mean to
say ;— HDgomteto ngi be ngi ti, i. e, : as
regards the address I mnst say.
2. In connection with noons^ acQ* prep.,
Ac ; a, mmi^ form : to be, to become,
at ] ngi za ku ba ngmnnnto, L e. : I am
about to be or become a man ; a nop hi
ngamnntn (contract, a ngi In'mnntn) I am
not going to be a man;— i, compound
fono, denoting ennhasis, ati nboso aba
bi bn sa ba nje i^^obomnntn, Ut, : the foce
not it was a not bung (or non>f ace) it yet
being like that of a man, i. e. : the foce
didnotcontinneiatheform like that of a
xuuL ;— a la hi li sa ba ko (contract, a la
bi sa ba ko) izwi, L e. % there was not a
word of any kind more.
8. fVom the general inq^iort it has
eatended to the power of a conjunction,
taking the forms ukoba (InfinitiTe), nba
and bs^ dmwtA»gi that, in order that» if,
Ac, at : a m tyde ukidMi (or nba) a lete
lento, L e. : tell him that he ma^ bring the
thing ; or must bring ;— wa ngi tjaya ngi
be ngi zwe, L e«; he beat me in order that
1 should listen ; — tyela izinto lonke manje,
nma ku Tele ezinye ngasemva u be wa u sd
^ele, i e.: teu all things now, (that)
when there come others out hereafter, that
yon be (regarded as) having then told
thrai.
BA. (See ba, v. i. 1.) An exclamation
axpressiTe of open, flat, ae : izwe li ti ba 1
i. e.: the country is qute open = lies
before one.
BA, pers. pron. and substitute. (Ex-
tracted from the nom. form aha. — ) Ihey,
reforring to nouns in aba, a» : abantu ba
khleka, L e. : the people they lost the
way^ 3s: the people lost the way.
ill— -BA, n. pL ama. (From ba, to be before,
vm;. : an object of tiiooght or memory,-^
ill, nused. This name is giTcn to a place
wherea dead body has been interred and a
heap of earth or stones was raised at.
The Xoea has i-Kcwa&a» from ncwaba, to
entomb.)
A tomb; a pbuse (or monument) nused
to preserre the memory of one who is
deaflC at: n ya nyatda iHba, i. e.: you
are treading on a grave (mind J)
um— BA, n. pT. ama. (From ba, to separate,
be soA.) A species of soft tree, much the
same aa the umganu. DidUcUo i eame ae
umbo.
nku-^BABA, t. t. JPtutiu, ba4iwa. (From
L ba, repeated. It is anomatop. expressing
Digitized by
Google
BABALA.
[12]
BABAZANI.
the effect of some bitter or nniirtii%
root, grass or vegetable, as when one
smacks with his lips from a bitter taste.
It retains its original accent on both
syllables being pronoonoed rather b6 hi
as if separated. iS<Mrara.)
1. To be bitter, sharp, or luting to the
taste ;— 2. To be sharp to the te&ag; to
prick, to smart, as: nmmitn o hlala
ngobabe n badjwa, i. e. : a man who nts
on nbabe (a sort of grass) is pricked ;—
3. To itch, to feel a pecaliar nneasiness in
the skin.
*-— Babi8A» cans. fr. To make bitter ; to
caose that taste or feeling of prickings &c.
uku — BABA, Y. t., alU badjja. (From ba, to
11, press. The a of the first root is short, as
if the word was pronoonced like babba.
Radicalkf one wUA beba, biba, boba, and
bnba. AlUed to bapa, bamba.)
1. Primarily: to yield to pressure;
Jience, to catch, to ensnare, to involTe, to
entangle, asi inyoni i babile, i. e.: the
bird has got into the snare ;^2. To get
fast ; to stick fast ; to sink, at : kn badjwe
izinkomo obnkwini, i. e. : there stnoksome
cattle fast in the bog; — 8. To ensnare in
captious questions; to InTolve in contra-
dictions.
— — Babiba, cans. fr. To ensnare, invdre
or entangle; to ensnare by captions qaes*
tions; to inTolye in contradictions, Ac,
as: mnsa nknngibadjisa, 1. e.: yon must
not bring me into the mnd (from whence
I can not extract myself.)
im— BABA, n. pi. izun. fOmmatopoetio.J
Jackal; so called from the crying sound
b& hi which it makes at night time,
u — BABA, n. pL ob. (Repetition of ba, to
step fbrth, before, to yield to pressure.
Xosa, bawo.)
1 . Father ; hut particularly : my fiither ;
pL our fathers. Sometimes the pron. is
added, as : ubaba wami, i. e. : my own
father; — 2. Forefather, the first ancestor,
the progenitor of a race or family;— 8.
The appellation of an older man as a term
of reject;— '4. Sometimes also: grand-
father, or more remote ancestor; — 6. One
who exerdses paternal care oyer another,
as a benefactor, supporter, creator, &c*i —
6. A &ther-in-law.
um^BABA, n. pi. imi. (From baba XL) A
species of soft wood growing up to high
trees, but of short duration and of little use.
u— BABAKAZI, n. pi. ob. (From ubaba
and kazi, denoting degree of honor.) My
paternal uncle .
u— BABAKULU, n. pi. ob. (From ubaba
andkulu, great.) My grandfather. -
nku— BABAlZil, v. t. (From baba II., and
ila, to strain, rise or raise. The primary
sense is X to advance.)
1. To move or go fbrward; to go or
look about ; cf an indefinite sigmfUation
= hambanje ;— 2. To proceed, or to lay
hold on, to conmienoe, as: ukubabala
umsebenm, i. e. : to go to some work, to
commence it; — 8. To move to some
action, to prevail upon, to persuade, to
induce, to cause to d^ to stir up, to arouse,
excite, or provoke to good or to evil, as:
u ya ngi babala, i. e. : he begs me to give
him something.
— — Babsla, qid£ fr. (A contraction of
babalela.) 1. To go forward for some
purpose; to have a business with some-
l>ody (indefinite); — 2. To prevail upon for,
to induce to, to excite, provoke, &., as :
ngi babela ubaba, i e. : I am going to^ask
something firom my father ;«--3. To gain
an advantage over another.
im — BABALA, n. pi. isim. A collective
name for the laiger bush-antelope, and
most probably taken firom the appropriate
a^, bleat or baa of the female to wmch it
is applied for that reason. The male is
u~!Nlconka, which see,
im — BABALAEAZI, n. pi. izim. (From
imbabala and kazL) Literally: female-
imbabala; the female of the larger bush-
antelope.
um— BABALO, n. pi. inu. (From babala.)
Something to be done ; an afBiir, badness,
request, £;.
uku— BABAMA, v. i. (From baba II., and
ima, to move. Originally, very probably
only dialectic, = papama, fDAtcA M«. In the
Xosa, chiefly : to excite to anger, to irritate.)
1. To stretch out, or to open the wings
in order to fly, as birds; — 2. To hasten,
as : wa babama, i. e. : he ran forward as if
he was flying.
in) BABANI, n. (From baba I., and ani,
umjlittie.) Something; or a substance,
which is a little bitter, sharp, or pricking,
uku— BABAZA, v. t. (From baba II., and iza,
to make. The literal sense is : to make to
stick fast, entangle, to stop. BadieaiUy
one with bebeza, bibiza, and boboza.)
1. To press, stick, or bind together ; to
fasten or to fix right up ; to raise high, as
the peculiar shape in which some young
men wear the hair like a wreath or gar-
land ; — 2. To exalt, to extol in diction; to
nose the voice in wonder or praise, as:
wa zi babaza, i. e. : he speaks in praises
of himself !— 3. To astonish, to strike witii
Wonder or surprise, as : ukuyizwa lendaba
wa babaza, i. e.: when he heard that
story he was astonished.
— Babazeka, quit. fr. To be exalted* &c ;
to become astonished.
im — BABAZANI, n. pL izim. (From baba
I., And izani, li^e trickles. A dinnnative
of bazi. See badi.)
Digitized by
Google
BACELA.
CX8]
BAJA.
ZUeraUjf: a species of Utter herb haT-
ii^ little prickles, vU, : the netile.
mn— BABAZO, n. (Frombabaza.) 1. The
peculiar shape of wearing the hair, see
babasca I. ; — 2. A certain part of a song
when the males raise their voice, =
crescendo.
a^BABE, n. pL izim. (From baba I.) A
kind ci grass with broad leaves, very much
like green barley in appearance and sub-
stance, and therefore liked by cattle and '
horses when it is young. Bat when it
grows older it becomes bury on the outside,
and pridkW, and is not liked more.
uko — ^BABULA, v. t. (From baba I., and
nla, to strain.)
To bum, as : babula imbiza, L e. : bum
the pot. (This is an izwi lezifazi, i.e. :
word of the women, who use it instead of
ukutjisa.)
uku— BACA, ▼. t. (From ba, to press, to be
in fnmt, and ica, to be active upon, at a
top. The primary sense is: to press,
tluow, or put upon the surfsuse (of a thing),
to shut up. BadkaUy one with beca,
Ind, boca, and buca. XMa bnqn.)
1. To shut up, to cover^ ns u trap-door;
to cover one thhig with another; to hide
under or between something ; — 2. To dis-
appear, to come out of sight; to pass
beyond the limit of viaon, asi ubadle
esihlahleni, i. e.: he went to hide in the
bosh;— 8. To secure; to put in a secret
place, as : \mp\ i badle, L e. : the enemy
kept in a secret place, or out of view.
This verb is synonymous with catja, which
seems to be a trani^iosition of the former.
^«- Bacbka, quit. fir. 1. To be shut up;
to be in a hidden state, a state of security
or secrecy.
TUs form has an irregularity in its
vpjpaaJ^sxL which could lead to the con-
ehxsion that there must be another verb
haceka. But the following exposition
shows that its tranritive use depends on
baca, analogous to aluka II., eleka and eyeka.
2. To throw adhesive matter upon a
Burfiioe or body ; to daub ; to bemire; to
throw or put dirt on, as\ wa mbaoeka
Ddaka, L e. : he covered him with mud ;—
3. To bemire one's character; to speak
evil of, to slander ;— 4. To be in a bemired
state, daubed, ^;— 5. To be adhenve,
as I amate nesijingi si ya baceka, i. e.:
dime or paste are adhering substances.
*— * BicxLA, qulf. fr. 1. To evade or es-
cape f^om view; to slip away fbr, on
aoooont, as : isela 11 bacela abantn, i. e. a
tluef hides himself from the presence or
sight of people;— 2. To throw medicine
on the people, viz. : ukubacela abantu sig-
lufies, to shut them up, hide them, A&,
from danger. This is a practice of the
isinyanga, who bum roots into ashes,
throwing the same on the people when
they are sent to war.
— — ^AOiai, cans. fr. To cause to bide,
disappear ; to bemire, &c.
uku— BACAZELA, v. t. (From baca and
izela, frequent, form. Itadieally one with
bioizela. Xosa, xazazela.)
To dirty over or on ; to bemire. More
particularly applied to infimts when they
dirty themselves, or soil on the ground.
uku — BAD A, V. t. (From ba, to press, or
separate, and Ida, to come to, at^ to reach.
The radical sense is : to spread, or scatter.
Sadioalltf one with bida and buda.)
To seize and carry away ; to ravish, to
seize by violence,
im — BADA, n. pi. izim. (From bada.) This
is a collective name for several spedes of
crustaceous animals, including lobsters,
shrimps, and mussds, (but no crabs.)
Natives frequently confound it with im-
Baza or im-sati, and those only who have
inhabited the sea-coast can give the proper
explanation that agrees with the etymology.
um— BADA, n. pL ama. (From bada.) A
ravisher.
uku — BADAZA, v. t. (From bada, which see,
and iza, to make, or which comes to the
same, f^m ba, be in front, step fbr-
ward, and daza — radically the same as
dada — to swim, or ndiza, to fly. It is the
same as budaza of the Amalala. The
primary sense is : to rush fbrward.)
1. Literally: to make broad, of the
mind and thoughts; to brag; to boast of
foolishly ; — 2. To seize and bear away as
the thoughts; to a£feot with ecstacy or
rapture: to rap; — 8. To stmt.
in— BADAZANA, n. dim. (From badari.)
One who makes himself a little broad in
walking, who stmts,
in— BADAZI, n. pLizi. (From badaza.) A
bragger; stmtter; a broad person, =
umuntu obanzi.
i— BADI, n. pl.ama. (From bada.) Lite-
rally: a species of rusher, springer, or
leaper. A name for the so-called spring-
buck; a kind of antelope,
im— BADI, n. pL izim. <Uii bazi, and bati.
(This word is a contraction of babazi or
babadi, vig, : of baba I., to be bitter or
sharp, and izi, prickles. See its dim. baba-
zani. JCosa^ ibubazL)
The dead-nettle ; a plant of the genus
galeopsis, growing from 2 — 8 feet high,
tiie tope of which are eaten as a vegetable
in times of scardty.
um— BAIMBAI, see mbaimbai.
uku— BAJA, V. l (From ba, to st^ forth,
and ja, contracted of jiya, to bo lame.
Sadsealfy: one with beja, b^a, and boja.
aosdy allied to baba IL)
Digitized by
Google
IMeraUtfx to be lamed, erfp^ied, or
otbenffse injvfed, eo as to be fimpaired in
growing, = a (riujiwe abanye betanga
lake ae be knlile, i. e.: be ie left bdiind,
wbile othera of the same age am akead j
Wg.
oka— BAJAZA, t. t. (From ba, in front, and
iia, to ihoot or throst, and iza, to inake ;
denoting the manner of one who stands in
a river and troobles the water before him
witii his arms. MadiedUg ooinddSng with
badaEa, to make broad.)
Uknhajaa amanzi^ Le.: to pkah or
dabble in water.
im— BAJELANE, n. pL izim. (Fwm. baja.)
One who remained behind ooiers (of the
same age) in growth. Applicable to men
and beasts.
nks^BAKAZA, T. t. (From baka, fVMN^a%
one with beka, to look, and iza, to oome,
to make, to feel.) 1. JPrimarily : to make
or ffiye an awkward or anrioQS look ; — 2.
To be eonrieted by abed eonsolenee; to
be in great anxiety; to feel guilty, at:
Seek elibazwayo li bakaza, i. e. e a thief
whieh (when) tried in conrt looks aromid
from a bad conscience (=: sakaza) or, his
enxioos look shows disorder of mind.
vkm^BAKELA, v. t. (From baka, to k>6k
awkwardly, uid ila, to rise. The primary
Ufme it I to prepare for a, fight with the
h«nd. Set banM, to strike with the open
hand.)
To caff; to fight or oombti with the
hand or fist.
•— i- BakxxiAVA, reopr. fr. To eoff one
another.
iM— BAKELO, B. pi. izi. (From bakela.)
Thedonbled hand or fist
nkn — BALA, ▼. t. (From ha, to press or sepa-
rate, and ila, to raise or strain. MadieaUy
one with bele, blla, bola, and bnla. The
primary ttnteiti to set forth, to set up,
to suppose. The theory is negative^ the
practice coinciding witii Its cognate
pala.)
1. To write, to write downi— 8. To
Dnmber; toeomit( to reckon.
The original idea of writing and nun-
bering with the Kafir was that of repre-
senting things by a simple figure, and
ooinddM with those of other nations- If
a description of a thing was to be given,
a certidn shape, form, stroke, or line was
made in the sand, or in the groond. These
were the signs for both writmg and nmn-
bo^ng, every new nmnber being represent-
ed by anoUier stroke or mark. Or, if this
practice was not convenient for oonnting,
one finger of the hand was raised instead
of a stroke hi the groond. The sense of
writmg is, therefore^ primary, and that of
counting, secondary.
1L Tenaik;toSign, Mzukobalaigama,
Le.t to write a name down; to record;
to register, dse.
8. To color, as a map, or anything per-
formed in the same way as writing ; to
print.
4. To ten ; to narrate.
Bak fin composition with other words
add^ a negative sense, = nothing, come to
nothing, e. g. ququlxda, Ubala, &c,
— — Balbla, qulf. fr. To write, nmnber,
fte., for, at,<z«: wo ngi balela inewadi,
i. e. t you must write for me a letter.
— - Bauba, cans. fr. 1. To cause to writer
number, &e. ;— 2. To try to write, Ac; —
8. To give a description, to describe, to
define propeHy ;— 4. Togivean account, to
tdl, to narrate, at : wa balisa ukuhamba
kwake, L e. : he narrated about his jour-
ney.
•— «i Baubava, recp. fr. To describe to
each other or alternately, at: ba hlala be
balisene, i. e. : they sat down t^ng one
another dd stories.
i— BALA,n.pl.ama. (From bak.) A mark,
spot color, at : ibak lake li lub^ i. e. :
iSs color is A ydlow one.
fan) BALA, n. (From bak.) 1. Thefi]re
urn ) part of the emral bone called tibia, or
skin-bone, so called dther from bdng co-
vered only with skin, and hence =: a mark
or spot, or flrom the edge or stripe it pre-
sent to view ;^2. Complexion, hue, tint,
dye, at I ngi ya m'ari, umbak wake u
booavu, i. e. : I know htm, his compledon
k red;— 8. Inkomo e nombak ore nem-
bala, i. e. : the cow k so colored that one
color is more than the other.
Q— BALA, n. (From bak.) I, Proper^:
a separate pkce, or a pkce raised, or
cleared off; a spot, *a place where k nothing
to be seen; — 2. A dasert pkoe, an open,
unfaihabited country ;— 3. A spot, a blem-
kh;— -4. A trifling tale, a story, a false-
hood, ati wo bOoi ubala, 1. e.: he will
report a nothing.
Thk word k ako used as an adj. and
sometimes as an adv., denoting open,
plidn, dear, distinct, ati izwe 11 lubak,
i. e. t the country k quite open ; ukukn-
Inma ku lubak, i. e. : the speaking k dear,
pkin;— ku sobak loku, i. e. : thk k quite
evident ;—wa m bonga ku sobak, L e. : he
pndsed him openly, publicly,
im— BALA, n. (Formed from ubala.) T^m
perly : a tak, a saying or stotr ; hence
alto, a htif a truth. — Its meamng k re-
stricted to that of an adj. or lUIv.— 1.
Sxpreasing consent and empharis, at-.
imbak ku se kusasa, i. e. : really it k yet
eariy; vitD^Mk ku njalo^ i.e.: lU,: it
0s) truth it being so, es truly so it k ;>
—8. Introducing a doubtftil question, at :
Digitized by
Google
BALI.
[16]
BAKBI0A.
jiiiilMik V iU« Oft mn PtodeP L e. : U it a
net that Ptnda is dead, or ii P. really;
for certain or indeed,— dead ? It k often
constmeted with the part, nth as : nemhala
a fildle na, i. e. : do (yoa) eaj that he is
nm— BALAKl, n. pi. ama. (XUerathi • a
•pedes of little color.) A species of finch
of a mixed green color,
nkor— BALEKA, ▼. i. (Formed on nbala, a
A^ spot, or wark^hy ika, to get away—
from.)
1. ZiUralfy! to hasten away from a
plaee, to flee, «# impi ya haleka, i. e.:
the enemy fled;— 2. To leaye a place from
fear, bad conscience, &c» as t incekn yake
i balddle, L e. : his servant has mn away ;
—8. To mn away with rapidity, <w:ihashe
H bal^ile, i e. : the horse has mn oiK
— Baubceia, qulf. f r. 1. To flee before ;
to ran away from— for — because, Ac,
Of : u ngi balekela nina P i. e. : for what
reason do you mn away before meP— 2. To
toreat as an enemy, or as a bad person who
is to be (aToided) €Uji ngumuntu obale-
kehrayo, i. e. ; a person with whom no
body will ha^e anything to do.
•*— BALXKi&ii, cans. fr. 1. To cause to
flee or run awsy, ^—2. UkubaleUsa
smahashe^ i. e. : to race horses.
am— BALEEI, n. pi. aba. (From baleka.)
A fiigitire ; runner; deserter.
ute— BALELA, v. t. (Formed on ubala—
J09 baleka— by ila, to rise, shoot, agitate,
or of ba, front suHkce, and ilela, to rise
frequently, i. e. : to wave or vibrate. The
primary seme U : to agitate a spot or
place, to vibrate.)
To heat, to make hot, ae : ilanga li
bakle, L e. : the sun is {Zeroing hot^ or
bums as flre. Eu balele, i. e. : it is a
burning heat (viz, : sun.)
This verb is exdusively applied to the
•UD, whidi is its subject, or eoveraing
power, and there is no particoUr object
connected with it, as the latter already is
contained in the literal sense of agitatiiig
a spat, niz, : shooting its rays, leaving its
strdies and marks, or concentrating its
power at a spot or pUuse. And hence it
denotes also: to leave burning marks on
tlie sorfiuM of the earth, to scorch, as :
ku balele nonyaka, 1. e. : the surikoe of
the earth has been burned this year,
im— BALI, n. pL izim. (From bala, 8.)
BlosenB, bloom, flower.
Noxs.— Hie nng. hnbali is applied to
man, and most probably in the sense of
Moom, the state of manhood, beauty, or
vigor. But, in general, it means : biogra-
phy, history,
m— BALI, n. pL aba. (From baba.) Scribe,
writer, printer.
id— BALO, n. pL iiL (From bala.) A de-
scription ; scripture ; a tale ; a narrative
or story.
KoTB.— Instead of this some me um-
balisok orimbaliso.
urn— BALO,n.plimi. (From bala.) Writing.
nka— BAMBA, V. t. Pass, banjwa. (From
ba, to press, and amba, whiik see. The
Uteral sense is : to press or stop moving
on. Madically one with bemba, bimbi,
bombo, and bumba.)
1. To gripe, to gnsp, to seise, to catch
with the band ;— 2. To hdd, to take hold
of, to hold or keep fiist, as: yi bambe
inkaU i nga baleki, !. e. : hold &st the ox
that it may not run away ;-^. To appre-
hend, to take captive ^--4. To detain;—
5. To keep in remembrance^ as: bamba
lendaba, i. e. : think of this subject ;-»6.
To embraee; — ^7. To sustain, to support,
as: umbila u va si bamba, L e. : mdze is
our chief food ; — 8. To continue, to last,
to endure, a#: isitene si ya kubamba
kade,Le.: the brick shall last long.
— ^ BiXBAVA, recpr. fr. 1. To gripe, hdd,
Ac, each other in or with the arms, to
struggle ; — ^2. To strive, to contend, as :
yinkomo ba banjwene ngayo abantu, i. e. :
it is a head of cattle about which the
people strive.
i-«- Bakbxsa, quit fr. 1. To come into a
state of being caught, kc,, to be liable to
be seised, as : ngi bambekile ku bmsi, i. e. :
I was detainable at that kraal, or I allow-
ed myself to be detained at t. k.;— 2. To
take bold, Ac., as t isikonkwane a si bam-
beki, Le. : the nail does not take hold ;—
8. To stick, to adhere, <ts : udaka a In
bambeki, i. e. : the jpUwter will not stick
(to the wall) ;— 4. To be comprehensible,
as: izwi 11 ya bambeka, ie. : the word is
fit for being understood.
— ^ Bambbla, qulf. fr. To gripe, grasp,
seize, &C., after, for, about.
— «— BAXBEI.SL1, freqt. fr. 1. To hold on,
to hang on, as: ukubambelela emtini
ngesanhla, i. e. : to hanff at a tree by the
hands;— 2. To hold or keep frst to^ as:
babambeleht entanjeni bonke, i.e.: they
all put their hands to the rope (to hold);
— 8. To adhere, to cohere, to ding or
cleave to, a#: u bambelek emfiEtfini wake,
i. e. : he adheres to his wife.
— BucBXLELAKA, recpr. fr. To hold on
one another ; one holding flut at another.
— — Bambiba, cans, fr. 1. To cause to
gripe. &c ;--^2. To help, to assist, as: wo
ngi bambisa umsebenzi, L e. i you must
hdp me at the work ;— 8, To promise, to
mortgage, to pledge, <w : wa ngi bambisa
ngenkomo, L e. : he promised me (lit, :
made me take hold by) a head of cattle;
Bambisa isanhla, Le. : to shake hands.
Digitized by
Google
BAHBAZL
[16]
^
BAHUZA.
— Bakbibaka, reqnr. fr. 1. To give each
other the hand; to keep or hold one
another by the hand,— bambuana nge-
sanhla ; — 2, To help or aanst matoally ; to
rapport each ottier; — 8. To oo-operate.
— — Bahbibisa, cans. fr. To keep, hold very
fiist; to help, aasist moch.
in— BAMBA, n. pL izL (From bamba.) A
bandage or band which the women wear
aromid the waist. It is very neatly
plaited of nuh or fine bark.
[NoTB.— This word is more fiuniliar
among the Amamponda : the Zalu use isi-
fbcila.1
n — BAMBA, n. pL izim. (From bamba.)
ProperUf : a holder, ttisi^ a stage or pkt-
form erected on poles in the gardens for
watching the crops.
In—BAIO ADU, n. (From bamba, to hold,
and adn, long.) X^terally : Something
holding a long tnun; hence: izwe lesi*
bambadn, L e. : a conntry along Vhich a
line of kraals has been bnilt. Popoloos
ooontry.
nm— BAMBAMAK WABA, n. pL ama. (From
iMunba, to hold, and amtakwaba, the same
as amaqabi, leares. See also kwabalati,
qwaiba, qwaba, Ac., the radical sente of
which it : pressed dose together.)
JjUeralfyi a substance oontdning but
skinnr paits, husks or coats. This is no
specific name, but rather a general expla-
xuition of the contents of toudpUms, par-
ticularly of small Dnld plums,
isi— BAMBANI, n. pL iJTo^Vom bambana.)
IMeraUjf : something holding each other,
keying tc^ther, &^ henoe; mzwe zi
yisibambani, i. e. : tribes or people which
have settled in one country or ctistrict
dose together. A little modified it isi-
bambadu.
isi— BAMBANO, n. pi io. (From bambana.)
Any point of contention, strife, or dispute
between parties,
uku— BAMBATA, ▼. t. aUi bunbada. (From
bamba, to gripe, and ita, to touch, to be
gentle. The primafy sense is : to cover
with the hand. See also ambata.)
To tap; to pat; to beat gently with
the fiat hand,
isi— BAMBATU, n. pL in. (From bam-
bata.) Something beaten fiat; hence, a
line 43it mark of a stripe; a track of a
wagon-wheel, &c.
This word and bambani and bambadu
are synonymous.
i — BAMBAZI, n. pL ama. (From bamba,
prenmg together, holding, and izi, comers
= feet. Allied to band, and bankwa.
2^ radical sense is I to spread.)
A designation of four-footed reptiles;
particuUurly applied to a spedes of lizard
with a red breast.
id— BAMBELO, n. (From bambda.) Any-
thing taken hold of as to assist in ascend-
ing, as a railing, rope,&c
uku--BAMB£ZELA, v. t. (From bamba,
and iseh^ to come ftirther on.)
1. To stop ; to continue ; to per s er er e,
at : d sa bambezela, L e. : we are yet con-
tinuing (in a work), do not yet leave a
service or work;— 2. To stop; to inter-
rupt; to impede or prevent from moving
forward by the amplication of hands, asi
wa ji bambezda ingcwde, L e. : he stop-
ped the wagon by hol^Ung it with his
hands;— 8. ^ rein; to restndn$ to go-
vern by a bridle^ as a horse;— 4. To ti^Ee
hold of for ; to come upon fbr, to recover
property by taking that of others, = to
revenge, as: wa bambezda ngednkomo
zomune,'4. e. : he revenged (his cattle) by
taking the cattle of his brother ;— 5. Tb
detain; to keep from proceeding, asi wa
ngi bambezda se be hunlnle abanye^ i. e. :
he kept me back (by talking, &c) while
the otiiers had alre«dy gone far.
id— BAMBEZELO, n. (From bambezela.)
Stof^^Mge ; perseverance ; interruption ;
detention, ko,
id— BAMBISO, n. pi. izL (From bamUaa.)
Pledge, promise, mortgage.
id— BAMBO, n. pL izL (From bamba.) An
instrument for griping, hoUUng, &c, as a
vice, or pincers.
h—BAMbO, n. pi. idm. (From bamba.)
laterally: that which is pressed aroona
the body, which sticks together; hemee,
a rib.
u— BAMBU, n. pL izim, (From ubambo.)
A broad rib worked into a diape of a
knife, and used for wiping perspration
fhnnthefiice.
id— BAMU, n. pi. id. (From ba, to press,
and amu, moved, opened. Literally: to
press open, to burst; hence: making
a sound. See dumu, &c Compare
ihlamu.)
Properly, An instrument making a
strong report, as a bladder diarged with
air, when it is forced open. TlSs is the
original idea of the word which has been
eoi3SBrred upon all sorts of yuns, except
the cannon,
uku— BAMUZA, v. t. (From bamu, which
see, and iza, to make.)
1. Frimarily : to charge with air,
serum, Ac ; to infiate air, as into a
Uadder, = ukukulisa ngomoya, i. e. : to
make large by wind or air ; — 2. To make
bubbles;— 3. To babble, to gabble, e.g. :
umuntu okuluma a ka kulumi loto, i. e. :
a person who talks much, but talks nothing,
idly, thoughtlessly,— u bamuza, i. e.: he
(or the same) babUes; or his talk is with-
out meaning.
Digitized by
Google
BANDAKANA.
[17]
BANDO.
i— BAMUZA, iL pL ama. (From bamuza,)
A bladder containiiig air; a blister con-
taining watery matt^ or semm.
BANA. A oompoand of ba and na.
SeetkeUater.
im') BANA» Bane or Bani. (Dim. of U,
am S MJUieA see.)
A little or less bad, evil, &o„ (ref. to all
the definitions of bi), ag : inhleui imbana,
L e. : the road is less bad, or is not so bad.
This word is also used in oomponnds
with others, and adds the quality of hctd in
one at another of its senses, e. g. is Ambane,
i Nqoknmbane.
oka— BANCWANA, ▼. L (From bo, to press,
neo. touching points, and ana recpr.
fcmi.}
P r im ariUf : To join, as two bodies which
jmn together at the surface or their border,
as two pieces of wood. Senoe, to be con-
taguoos, or dose together, as when two
booses jmn, as it were, in one ; and hence
also the sense of ptMrallel, . as : imiti i
bancwene, i. e. : the two trees grow par-
alld (iqxMi one stock) together.
BAVCWAinsA, caus. fr. To join in
pairs; to pair.
0-— BANCWANA, pL n. (From bancwana.)
A j<niung ; a joined pair or couple of
things; an equal or parallel pair,
nko — BAKDA, ▼. t. (From ba, to press or
•eparate, and anda. to extend. CloseUf
aUiedarei Kanda and qanda. The radical
sense is : to spread.)
1. To separate fi^om the outside, as from
a piece of wood ; hence, to split, to cleave ;
— 2. To attend to little things, trifles, &c,
as : musa knbanda ngeze, i. e. : do not
speak, or do not m&e a noise about
nothing (= banga) ;— 8. Applied to the
. infioenoe of the atmosphere : knyabanda,
i. e. : it is cold, lit. the atmosphere perces,
or it is inerdng, or pinching.
KoTE.— The ama Xosa, and the ama
Hkla in Natal express the sense of No. 1,
by-— canda.
— — Bakdbka, quit. fir. To split off, as one
piece of wood from the other, or a smaller
from a larger <Mie.
IB— BANDA, n. pL inm. (From banda.)
An aodivity, slope or inclination between
the foot and the top of a hill. Rising
ground, ascent.
in— BANDA, n. pi. in. (From banda.) A
mark in the skin made by a wound, out
or burnt; and remaining inclined after
baring been healed (something like an
inclined plane, in mechanics) ; a scar.
oka— BANDAKANA, ▼. reopr. (From banda,
and kana, to draw together, see muter
Ka.)
To be fixed, set or joined together that
which is separate ; one thing to come into
connexion with another, cuz izinblu zi
bandakene, i. e.: the booses are dose to
each other,
uku— BANDAKANiTA, v. t. (Formed on
bandftkana by nya (which see) instead of
na, making thus of a recpr. a trans, verb.)
1. To set, fix or bring one thing in con-
nexion with another ; to put, lay, &c., two
things in each other, dose together, as :
bandakanya izinkezo, i. e. : put the two
spoons together, viz, : the one in the hollow
of the other;— 2. To take two things at
once, as\ leta imbiza a yi bandabinye
nesitya, i. e. : bring the pot together with
the dish, tix, : bring the pot and take the
dish together, or with the same hand.
— — Bandakakyisa, caus. fr. To make that
two things be set, &o., together.
urn— BANDAMO or E, n. pL iml. (From
banda, to split, make many ungle ones, and
mo^ a set or stand.)
LiteraUy : a species consisting of a set
of shanks or joints, i. e. : a ring-worm,
im — BANDE, n. pi. izim. (From banda.)
Properly I a shank; bat commonly the
shaft or part of a shank-bone. Such a
piece of bone, after its channd has been
emptied of the marrow, is sometimes used for
a flute, as : tjayaimbande yako, i. e.: sound
your shaft, or make a noise with your shaft,
isi— BANDE, n. pi. izi. (From banda.)
The shaft, stem or stock of the isiqunga
(a large kind of grass; for other smaller
kinds isi Sinde is used). *
uku — BANDEZA, y. t. aUi baneza and banaza.
(Of banda, to press against, primarily, to
cleave, and iza, to come, to make, which
denotes the sense that is primarily to press
against ; viz, : to pinch, as when a finger
is put into or between a cleft. The sense
of baneza or banaza comprises the effect or
pain by constriction or compression. 8ee
bane.)
To press hard against or upon, as : isi-
catulo m ya bandeza, i. e. : the shoe pinches
or fits very narrowly. But more common is :
— Bakdezela, qulf. fr. 1. To pinch, to
com]M'ess or squeeze between two bard
bodies, as when one's finger is pinched
between a door ; — 2. To press or squeeze
the flesh until it is pained ; — 3. To oppress
with wants, as : ukuwubandezela umzimba,
i. e. : to ^nch the body, = to pinch the
belly ;— 4. To press, to straiten, to make
narrow, as: ni mbandezeleofonaukupuma,
i. e : you must give only a narrow space
to him who will go out.
This word is sometimes synonymous
with ncindezela.
isi— BANDO, n. pL izi. (From banda.) 1.
Splitting ;— 2. A thing split ; a splinter ;
— 3. Hair-splitting, the act of making
many trifling or useless remarks.
Digitized by
Google
BANGA.
[18]
BANHLA.
um— BANDO, n. pi. imi. (From banda.)
1 A deft, aD opening made by fpIittAng,
in wood, &c., but not of rocks;— 2 The
fbaft or handle of a weapon, which is
split or cleft for tbe purpose of inserting
the piece of the weapon.
okB— BANDULA, v. t. (From banda, which
see, and nia, to stretch. The radical sense
is : to spread.)
To spread farther out ; to stretch that
wbid) has been hammered ; to hammer or
beat more ont, in the length as well as
breadth. Applying to a certain part of
smith's work,
isi— BANfi, n. pL izi. (From ba, to press
or separate ; and ine, nom. form of ina, to
be single, to be thin, not dense, of flnid,
air, and light. BadioaUjf i to spread or
scatter. See imini, kanya, &c.)
lAteraUy : an (isi, L e.) artificial (bane)
light ; any thing that gives lights as a
lamp, candle, star, &c
nm — BANE, n. pi. imu ("See isibane.) A
mass of light, viz, i lightning ; a flash of
lightning.
Oku— BANEKA, ▼. t. (From isibane, and
ika, to fix, to set. Compare aneka, to
spread.)
1. Literal^ : to set light, = to light,
to kindle ; to set fire to^ as: baneka imbane,
i. e. : to light a candle ;— 2. To give light
to;— 8. To spread over with light, to
%hten, as : izulu li ya baneka, i. e. : the
sftmosphere flashes or bursts forth in light-
ning. According to Kafir idea the at-
mosphere is personified as the cause that
lightens or kindles the lightning. Kn ya
bimeka : it lightens.
— — Bakxkiba, caus. fr. To cause to lighten,
Ac to try to light,
isi— BANEKO and Baitekiso, n. pi. izi.
(From baneka.) Something that can be
used for lighting, as a piece of wood,
paper, grass; or that gives light, as a
smHll window, &e.
uku — BANGA, v. t. (From bana, to spread,
and ga, to pass. See inyanyo, umnyan^o,
ftc The primary sense isi to spread
thoroughly. AlUed arei benga, binga,
and bonga.)
1. To cause, to make, as : musani kn-
banga amsindo, i. e. : you must not make
a noise; — 2. To operate; to act; to put
into operation ; to exert power or strength ;
to empby agency ; to use infloiaice, refer-
ing to physical means;— 3. To call for;
to seek for ; to bring on, as : ukubanga in-
dau, i. e. : to find a cause ;— 4. To excite ;
to raise, asi ukubanga umrau, i.e.: to
cause sympathy; — 5. To claim; to seek
to obtain; to have a right to, at: wa
' ban^a ubukosi, i. e. i he claimed the chief-
tainship;— 6. To attack; to dispute; to
contend, ae % abantn ba banga ukuhla
nesinkumbi, Le.; the people contended
, with the locusts about the food (in the
gardens); — 7. Toattnct; to cause to tend
to, as : ubani obanga umlilo wezuln, L e. :
who is the cause of the liKhtning (where
the same struck) ; — 8. To attach ; to make
to adhere ; to fiasten, as : (una indau yoku-
banga intambo, i. e. : look for a point to
fix the line at (viz, : to connect two points
by a line as in masonry).
— — Banqela, qulf. fr. 1. To cause, &C.,
for; — 2. To operate by physical means
upon human life or body ; to empby magic
power for, a# : wa yi bangela izulu intombi«
Le.: he conjured heaven (thunder and
lightning) upon the girl ; — 3. To cause to
produce that which did not before exist;
to bring out upon, a# : a ngi hambi nawe,
a ya ku ngi bangela icala, i. e. : I do not
go with you, because you will bring guilt
upon me.
— — Bang^laka, recpr. ir. To causey to
claim, to dispute, &c., with each oUier, as :
aoiadoda a ya hangelana ngentombi, L e. :
the men are cliuming each for himself the
right respecting the girl, = each claims
the girl as his property,
i— BANGA, n. pi ama. (From banga.)
A distance or space between two points ;
a layer; a breadth, as : kw'enziwe izinhln
Dgesihlanhla ngamabanga amatatu, Le.:
there are houses made of coarse grass-mats
with three breadths,
iri— BANGAMLOTA, n. pL izi. (From
banga, and umlota, ashes.)
LiteraUyx something that strews or
spreads ashes. A certain bush or tree
growing near the sea, having probably that
eflSsct, when touched.
i— BANOANA and Banoaittaka, n. dip.
ofibanga. Short and shortest distance or
space,
isi— BANGO, n. pi. LsL (From banga.) A
cause ; that which produces an effeci, or
which by its agency or operation produces
what did not before exist. Hence a charm ;
a magic power by which the izinyanga pre-
tend to do wonderful things,
um— BANGO, n. pi. imi. (From banga.) A
cause of strife ; dispute, contention, &c.
ukn— BANGULA, v. t (From banga, and
ula, to strain.)
ProperUfx to press, squeeze, pick, and
beat until something is brought out ; hence
to extract a thorn out of the foot in that
same way.
i— BANGULO, n. pL ama. (From bangnhu)
An instrument fbr extracting a thorn;
commonly along thorn or small pointed
piece of wood.
i— BANHLA, n. pi. ama, (From bana, to
spread, scatter; and hla, to shoot, rush, or
Digitized by
Google
BAKTONYANA.
[XO]
BAQA.
of bft, to itep fbrtbi and nbla, to ihoot
«gahift. AUisd to auuinhlA, force.)
1. lAiercUfyi the advancing or ckief
force, whieh is destined to meet the enemy ;
—2. All the men of a kraal ; — 3. A com-
paay, assembly or number of men ; a host.
u — BAN I, n. p. obtmL (From ba, separate;
and ani, a, relative, and ini, individual.)
1. Properly: (an interrogative term)
who or what single or separate individual,
oommonlyt who; — 2. A certain individual.
Of : kwa ilka ubani, i. e. : a oertain, or so-
and-so has arrived ;— 3. Ubani nobani, i. e. :
whosoever, whomsoever, asi bizani izi-
nyan;^ezlnknln ubani nobani, i. e. : call the
great doctors who or whatsoever they be.
nkv— BANJILELWA, pesuve of bambelela.
8m Bamba.
lUB — BAKJ WA, n. pL aba. (From the pasnve
of bamba.) A captive, prisoner, cri-
minal, ^bc
isi— BANKWA, n. pi izi. (From bana, to
^read, and kwa, drawn oat ; tee Ea.)
A name derignating a genus or order of
•preadlng, I. e. : creeping on or with four
legs, and drawn out, i.e.: long-tailed;
hence, reptile, particulariy the saurie,— <m,
theUnrd.
i — BANQU, n. (From bana, spread, and
qn, end, hinder part. Radically ccnncicUng
withbanxa.)
A designation for an animal oiAoted in a
paoofiar way, viz. : having at the hinder
pari of the body a stripe whidi comes from
the back, and goes down on both sidls of
the beUy, just as if it had been straddled.
i^BANQUKAZr, n. pL ama. (From
banqo, and kazi, denoting female.)
A fomale-animal, colored in the same
wmj as an ibanqn.
okm— BANSA, r. t. (From bana, spread, and
aB,tobQnt,or throw open. It coincides
radically with ibanhla, isanhla, and banzi.
Cbmpare doom, ponsa, Ac.)
1. Primaril$f: to s^ike with some-
thing broad; to prodoce a dash; hence,
to akp with the open hand, ae : ngi ya ku
k« bsAsa n nga aebanzi i^e, i. e. : I shall
givo yoQ a alap because yon do not work;
— >2. Trop, : to be kind, benevolent (lit, :
to open the hand wide), to give.
— Baitbsla* qulf. fr. To strike with the
flat band, tottap for, &c.; to be kind to,
to giTO to^ Of : ngi bansele, L e.: please
give to me somethSig.
NoTB. — ^This form is often synonymous
withbaaebu
»— BAITTONYANA and BAnwunrnri,
B. pL ob. (From bantu, pL, of umn Ntu,
liamaft being, man, and ooyana, a dim,
fdnoBd, on inyoni, l^rd.)
lAieraUffi a gsnns or order of small or
little birds hmnanely disposed, or of a
kind, benevolent^ Ac, insHnet. This
name is given to a genns of motaoilla cur-
ruca, (or pams ater.) so called from
always seeking the company of men, and
entertaining thorn with its chirpings.
(The same name is conferred upon the
ingenda, honsf -bird, from its kind dSspon-
tion to call peopl^by its chirpings, and to
bring theiB to the place where bees have
made honey.)
I— BANTTE, n. pi. ama. Znlwaed from
the Dutch baatfe, i. e.e jacket,
uku— BANXA, V. t. (From bana, spread,
and za, to top, to fbrk, divide into two.
Others use ban, but incorrectly.)
To spread on two sides; to place one
leg, or any thing, on one side, and the
otoer on &e other, of a thing | to strad-
dle, as to straddle a horse.
*— — BurxBitA, quif. fr. To straddle npon or
into I to place one thing at the point whero
another dividea into two, as to p«t two •
forks tofTstber at tbe points of thdr sides,
isi — BANXA, n. (From banza, Terb.) Used
or accustomed to straddling ; signifying a
lewd female,
nkn— BANXABANXfeLA,T.t. Arepetiti<m
of banza, giving the sense of banzela a
little more particularly, our. i to straddle
one thing, and put tbe point of the sides
of another into the first; or to put many
things together in that way.
uku— BANXAZBLA, v. t, alii bazazela.
(From banza, to straddle, and izela, to
come on.)
1. To spread tbe legs wide in stepping
forth, or in walking; to straddle forth ; —
2. To stride; to walk with long steps; —
8. To stagger; to make to stagger or
straddle, <»: i ngi bazazele irnvnla nga
■gi neta kaknlu, i. e. : the rain foil so
heavily npon me that I aeaaed to stand
firm, and I got very wet. (In this sense
it is often synonymous with bacasela.)
i— BANYANA, n. dim. (From bana.) A
very little bad, &c
i— BANZAKA, n. adj. (Dim. of bana.)
That which is little or less broad, wide,
i— BANZI, n. adj. (From bana, spread,
and zi, self,— the same as beforo any verb-
root; eee aleo bunzi, itnnzi, dn. Comi-
eidiitff foiik haxmA.)
Broad, wide; isango eHbanzi : a wide gate,
ubn— BANZI, n. A Invadth ; width,
uku— BAPA, V. t. (Dialectic. AUied to
e«pa.) See baba U.
idni— BAPATIZA, v. t. Zulniaed by Mis-
sionaries from tbe English baptize,
nkn — BAQA, v. t. (From ha, to press or in
fronts and qa (which eeej effect of com-
bostioD, =3 cradc. AUied fo base. Xosa,
baqa, to spring upon, to come npon un-
awares.)
ct
Digitized by
Google
BATA.
[20]
BAXAZELA.
1. Frimarilsft to afcrik^ ««. : toigmte
before, in front (exactly = aocendere);
2. To kindle or set on fire. Of: baqa nbaqa,
L e. : kindle the match ;— 8. To lighten,
n— BAQA» n. (pL ixim. seldom.) Some
combnstible or ignitable snbaUuice nsed for
kindling a fire, <u: iaiqunga, graas, wild
hemp, and other kinds of rush, or some
kmd of dry wood, stalks <^ maize, &c
Sence, match; and appliisble to Indfers.
isi— BABA, n. pL in. (Prom ba, front,
appearance, sorbce; and ra» to be rough,
ooBXse, bitter.)
1. A tree, the bark of which being rough
and as bitter as pepper;— 2. A coarse kind
of beads.
i— BABU,n.pLama. fSeehurti.) Aaldn,
draped Tery coarse or nigged for wearing,
uku— BASA, V. t. (RadieaUff : the mme as
baqa (which see), differing only in this
tiinfc sa denotes the cause of combustion, or
the oaase which ignites.)
To kindle, aei basa umlilo, i.e. : to
make fire.
— — Bassla, qulfl fr. 1. To kindle for; to
cause to bum for ;— 2. To kindle resent-
ment or pasnons, at : ngi ya ku mbasela,
i. e. : I shall provoke os exdto him passion-
ately ;— 8. To kindle the flame of love,
gratitude* &c.> by benevolence, a«: ngi
basele, L e. : bestow upon me some token
of love, =: give me something to raise my
gratitude; coincidi^ wUh\»saf^
I11II.-.BASA, n. This is a name for a month,
some say February. But the most authentic
statement I have been able to obtun, is
that which agrees with the literal meaning
of the word, mx. : that it dengnates that
month in which the cold season commences
and fire is to be made. This should be
March or April, or the time from the
middle of March until the middle of ApriL
i— BASO, n. pL ama. A token of k>ve ;
a kind present.
im > BASO, n. (Of basa). A firing; kind-
um jling.
i— BATA, n. pL ama. (From a verb bata,
obsolete, ba» to press, be before; and ita, to
touch. BadicaUy in amdato, to cover,
hamhatat to top, andnyato, eee nyatela,
to tread. The primary eeiue ie '. to touch
gently, to go or tread on the tip of the toes.)
A Up; the end or point or extremity of
a thing, as the tip of the toe. ffenee:
inkomo i namabata, i.e.: the beast has
extended 4oes, and consequently suffers
from the long tips, because they generally
grow crooked.
u— BATA, n. (pi. mm. seldom.) fSee
i Bata.) Tip|nng, a covering at the toes ;
hence, a web, at; izinyau za m adada d
Inbata, i. e. : the feet of ducks are webbed,
or dudn are web-footed fowls.
isi— BATA, n. pL izL {See ibata.) LUer-
ally I a maldng, or an engine for tipping,
. throwing upon the end, or an engine whose
tip is covered; hence, a trap for catching
wild aniim^*-' It iB constructed upon a
hole from three to six feet deep in the
ground, by fixhig sharpened sticks or poles
in the same, and oovering the same and
the opening of the hole with bushes and
grass, which matorials are laid up on the
prindide of a trap-door, tipping down as
soon as it is touched.
isi— BATANA. n. pi. isi. (From iUta.) A
small kind of the salamander ; so called on
account of its piurtly webbed feet. fLUer-
alUf : small webbed bdng.)
im— BATI, n. pi. izim. (SeeiheAau) Liter-
ally : a spedes of bivalve, or which opens
and shuts, designating the oyster, or mnsseL
isi— BAU, n. pi. in. (From ba, see babal.
to prick; and u denoting specificatioa of
a pasnve nature, = painftil, hard, Ac
Very likely a contraction of bavu, «A»eft
see,) The gad-fiy, or breeze.
im— BAVA, n. pL iiim. (From ba, to st^
forth, rush; andava, see avela, of a vblent
or evil nature.)
A name of the ash-coloured bnffido,
derived fh>m its fierceness, which is mudi
greater than that of the large, Uack buflblo.
uku— BAVELA, v. i. (See bava.) To be of
an evil nature; ill-natured, savage, brutish.
Of fin^nr>ftl<i which gore, push, as : inkomo-
kazl i ya ngi bavela, i. e. : the cow is rush-
ing upon me fhriously.
u— BAVU,n.pl.izim. (Seehnj^) l.IAier-
aUy ! a specimen, = sign or mark, of ill
nature ;— 2. A scar caused by an ill-natured
animaL
i— BAXA, n. pi. ama. (From tiie obsolete
V. baxa; ba, to press or make, and xa
(which see) to draw, to crook. MUed to
banxa.)
A crotch or fork; the parting of two
branches, as the crotch of a tree.
im — BAXA, n. pL izim. (See ibaxa.) 1.
Something like a croteh ; hence, crotchet ;
—2. A peculiar turn of the mind ; a whim ;
a crooked or perverse conception, opinion^
&c.
isi— BAXA, n. pL izi. (See ibaxa.) A high
Zulu name of a little boy between 2 — 6
years; denoting, most jJh>baUy, a talker
ofyibberish; one who does not yet know
to articulate properly the language, or
who uses unmeaning words,
uku— B AXAZELA, v. t. (From baxa, see ibaxa.
and izela, to frequent or repeat. Compare
banxazela.)
Properly : to gibber ; to speak inarticu-
lately or unintelligibly a language.
The given definiUons wUl be as much as
is required to distinguish between banxa-
Digitized by
Google
BATETI.
[21]
BEBEZA.
sela aod baxaEelft, in order to avoid a oon-
fbsion wbidtk eodsts among different tribes.
mn — BAXANGA, n. (UU baqanga. (fVom
baxa, and nga, to do by, to perform with.)
IMeraUjf: a mass or substance to be
taken by a forked instrument. This name
is giTm to a kind of stiff-boiled porridge
OP podding, which is eaten with some fork-
ed ineoes of wood. This fact prores the
correctness of bazanga, and baqanga to be
tribal.
xiku^BAXBLA, ▼. t. (From baxa, and ila,
to raise.)
1. To pot another thing on to the point
of a fork, = banzela, which see; — 2. To
pot or lund between the legs, where they
part from each other; to wear a bandage
between the legs, as the Basutu do;— 8.
To cover.
am— BAXELI, n. pi. aba. (Prom bazela.)
One who wears a bandage between his
Ml — BATA, n. pi. isd. (From ba, to press,
and iya, to move, to go. The radical
Miue 19 : to stop. See biya, boya, kaya.)
JProperhf : a making or structure for
stoppmg; astopping.place; but commonly
a cattle-fold; an enclosure where cattle stay.
NoTB.— Thecattle-fold is the {dace where
the Kafirs usually spend their time when
aasembled together.
BATETI. (This fomous word is a non-
Zoln, both in respect to its form and mean-
ing. It is undoobtedly the pL of the 8i-
9uto sing, moeti, i. e. : traveller, stranger,
and most probably used by them in travel-
Kng through other tribes or people, to
whom (when coming nearer) they exdidm-
ed fhmi a distance: bayeti or baeti, in
order to be permitted to pass by unmo-
lested, just as the Zulu-Kafir say : si nga-
bahambi, i. e. : we are travelers, which
term or signal implies, to be lefb unmo-
lested. The word is derived from the verb
eta, etella, * to tread,' « to travel ;' Keta,
• shoes,' mautu, * feet ;*— being of the same
stock as the Zulu-Kafir nyata, nyatda, 'to
tread forth, upon.' The Zulu-Kafir terms :
n ya si nyatela, i. e. : • you tread upon us,'
= si pansi kwezinyan zako, i. e. : < we are
imder your feet,' signify, *we are sulject
to yoo,' and tbe same appears to be the
import of bayeti. Tbe account, which the
P^ e* here give of it, is : that it is no
word of thdr hmguage, bot had been used
.by thoae northern tribes which, after being
eonqoered by Chaka, always saluted him
in this manner. And hence it had been
adopted.)
1. An exclamation of the highest re-
ipect> = royal majesty;— 2. The highest
instance of saluting the king, = Hail, the
lEfaig-^bayeti inkosL
uko— BAZA« V. t. (From ba, to separate, and
iza,tomake. Theaenteie: tooot,todup.)#
1. To work with an axe; to work in
wood ;— 2. To make chips ;— 3. To make a
sharp point, ae : baza isibonda, i. e. : sharp*
en the pole.
Bazbla, qolf. fr. To work in wood,
&c, for.
im— BAZA, n. pL izim. (From baza.) The
scale or shell of the oyster (= chips.) Mte
bati.
n — BAZANO, n. (From the nom. form
nbu, and azano, from azana t Me azi.) Mu-
tual acquaintance, as : obazano beta, i e. :
our intimacy.
i— BAZELO, n. pi. ama. (From buela.)
Chips, chippings.
im — BAZI, n., see badi.
nm— BAZI, n. pL abab. (From baza.) A
worker in wo<>i ; a carpenter.
im— BAZO, n. pi. i^m. (From baza.) FrO'
perly : that which has been sharpened ; an
edge tool; commonly apjdied to axes,
chisels, hatchets, (such as the natives
make)&e.
BE, prfk. From ba, which see.
oka— BEBA, v. t. {Onomatop, From the
same radicals as baba I. with the sole
modification of its resembling the soond or
noiseof a he-goat at the thne of copolat*
inff with the female. In this signification
it 18 allied to boba. The literal sense of
the action is, to project, to push away, to
separate from. Allied in this sense to
pepa.)
To copulate ; to tread. (Of irrational
animals.)
— Bbbana, rcpr. fr. To couple^ to copu-
late with the female.
id — BEBE, n. pi. izi. (A repetition of be,
radically the same as ba, opeo^ flat ; from
to press, to separate.)
Anything pressed, spread or flat, as a
broad leaf (Xosa ipepe, leaf of paper, &c ;)
a straw hat with broad brim, a lamp of
dough rolled flat, a hen which is trodden,
Ac. A word of very general rignification.
^1^ C BEBETA, V. t. (Amalala, see the next,)
^^^ I BEBEZA, V. t. (From beba. which see,
and iza, to make. The Uteral sense is :
to imitate the he-goat when he is in av-
iation ; or, ko tjiwo ngengwe nxa i ti bava,
L e. : it is said of the ti^ when it shows
its ill-nature. Pepeta is allied to the first
— ^pepezda, and bid>aza to the second.)
1. To flutter ; to be in agitation of
mind ; to drive into disorder or confosion ;
— 2. To manifest evil passions, = nkntjaya
umuntu noknti tula, L e. : to beat one and
say, be stjll ; or to frighten in other rough
and unbecoming ways;— 8. To flare; to
bom with an tmsteady lights asi inbane
sibebeziyLe.: the candle flares.
C3
Digitized by
Google
BEKA.
[M]
BEEISSKA.
tiku— BSCAyT. t. dm beza md benift. (From
* iba MOM n^iflili as biot, ieAio4 Me, allied
ta baza and bania. Tke radical Mme is :
to oorer. 8m alto baoa and peoa.)
1» To odor ; to dye; to paint, at: beca
ingcwele, i. e. : paint tiie wagon ;— 2. To
i— BECnS, n. pi. ama. (iS^ ubeoe.) Wild
waitar-melQD, eu, : tbe fruit.
4B— BECE, pL isim. (From beoa, to amaar.)
The i^ant or ahoot of the wild water-
nm-*B£CI» b« pL aha. A dyer ; painteri
amearer.
n — BEDU, n. (pi. iadm.) (From ubo, denot-
ing fizedna8a,.qiiality, and eda, of a border,
a Umit. CoMoiditiff with eha, membrane ;
and allied to beln, yellow.)
1. A itripe or border of yellow fkt fixed
to the perioardiom ofbeaata; — 2. A neck-
ring of blende, formerly worn,
nka— BEJA, v. t. (From ba, in front, and
Qa, to aboot. lis primaiy 9&hm ii : to
ihoot Ibrtl^ to itart. The root ja haVing
diverged frt>m ba, being the paaiire of i^
eoincides with beba, to iMrdeot» to posh;
beben, to flare^ and bedn, blende.)
1. Tb dawn, referring to tbe red eolonr
ofthehoriaon when day is starting; — 2.
To flare; to flatter, as: nmlilo obqayo,
Le.: a biasing fire; — 8. To flush; to be
in a paieion» =s nkokolama ng61aka» 1. e. :
to speak from anger.
i — BEJA, B. pLama. (From b^a or beba.)
1. A pU^e where the izibanxa (coneobines)
of the Zola king live, separated from the
isigohlo^ Le.: residence of the king;
harem; — 2. Signification of a red or finsb-
ing kind of froit or bwh.
u— BEJA, Hi pL o. (From b^) lAier-
oZ/jf: a starter; dedgnating the smaller
nmknmbe or little red bosh-bndi, iHiich
has a Mnali projeoCion or bora on the
n— BEJANI, n. pL o. (From nbiga and
ani, identical) The rhinoceros of the
interior, which, being pretrioosly unknown
to these natiTei, has been identical with
thenb^.
i— BEJU, n. pi ama. (From bcrja.) Fro-
perljf : a blind, blinde, or oorer ; oommonly,
the after dress of males, made of a piece
of skin, plaited cords, rags, &c
nkn^BEKA, ▼. t (From ba, before, in
front, and ika, to fix, set. Ac I%e pri-
mary sense it i to fix or let before the
eyeib to look to. BadioaUy ike same are
ika, of the Snaheli, Nika, and Kfrnba, and
bea of the Snto.)
1. To fix, set, pot or place in any oon-
diticQ or plao^ as x bdu unbik enhlwini,
i. e. : pat the maiae in the honae;— 2. To
kiy» pot^ or pl«Mb ««: beka kaknla ntyani.
Le.! lay the thatdungtluok;«-8. To fix
by appoMnent^ to amint; to affogn, asi
nbani wa bekwa inkosi, i e. : a certnn
was appdnted to be chief;— 4. To set;
to direst^ as in a way or road ;— 6. To set
theses on; to see; to behold; to fix the
eyes m kdldng on ; to fksten the eyea on ;
to look, as I beka kiiye^ L e. : look up to
him;— 6. To set or fix the thon^^t or
mind on; to expect; to waltk m: ft aa
b^a bona, i. e.; we still look oat for
them ^— 7. To notice; to take notiea of;
—8. To heed; to take or give heed; to
care, asi beka u nga toli icala, i. e. : look
to it tiiat yon bring no debt on yoa; — ^9.
To treat with attention ; to ipve attention
or honor, asx wo beka abantn aba kaln,
i. e. : yon most honor old people.
Beka pansi, i. e.: pnt down;— beka
inani, i. e. : fix a price ; — beka iawi— ioebo^
Le.: give advice;— beka pand ixwi, Le.;
put down the word, = despise or contemn
it;— beka amebic, L e. t see or kM)k witii
the eyes;— beka ubala, L e.: set forth,
exhiUt, present to view ;— bekakade^ L e. :
wait long, « be patient r— iaknBbeka,L e. :
to consider one's self, to be cantioaa» to be
humUe.
Bbxava, rcpr. fr. To set fiwe against
iace, to flront, to look at each other, Ac
— — Bbkbla, qulf. fr. 1. To fix, set, pot,
&c., for, about, at, on, ^, at i a ngi
bekele imali yenyanga, L e. : do fix tbe
money (wages) per BMuth;— 2. Todapodt;
—3. To caution; toadvis^oti ngi bekele
iswi, L e. : give me a word of adviee^ Ac.
— BeeeIiANA* rcpr. fr. To set^plaecor
pot, ^, with each other; to dwell opposite
ea<^ other.
— Bbuisla, freqt. fr. 1. To lav, put,
pkK!e> Ac, away, aside^ or up for; to
depont Ant, asi imali yami i bekelelwe
yonke, L e. t my money is all laid up for
some purpose;— 2. To provide, to care for,
as for a tioM of need.
— - BxKiSA, cans. fr. 1. To ^X, set, lay,
put or place in a peculiar direcUon, as; u
nga si bekisi isibsmu ku muntu, L e. t yon
must not fix tbe gun toward a man,— 2»f.
you must not place the gun in auch a posi-
tion that its month looks to a man ^-2.
To direct^ to dbreet the eye^ to loo^ to
make to look, at: A bekise iankomo
cntabeni, L e. : put the cattle so that they
look to tbe mountain ; — 3. To notify, as :
wo ngi bekisa usuku Iwonhlangano, L,e. :
you must give notice to ma about tha day
of the meeting.
— * Bbkisaita, rcpr. fr. To fix the eyes
upon each other, to flue each other on
purpoae.
— Bizi8EXA,^uH.fr. To ba in a peculiar
state or position of flxednee% Ott iaihamu
Digitized by
Google
si bakiieicUe, L e. : ih« gon is standing in
the proper position^ as when fixed in a
wolrs-trap.
■ BmrrBTHA, oani. fr. 1. To fix, let, pat,
or place in good<»^er, in a proper poeition ;
—2. To kx>k very closely, attentively ; to
search oat; to review; to scrutinise,
um — BEKA or Bbko, n. pi. imi. (From
beka.) A layer belonging to the isifa.
okn— BEKABEKA, v. i. (Repetition of
beka.) To look abont, around, on all sidei,
in order not to be seen or perceived.
im— BEKSLO, n. pL in. (From bekela.)
1. An action, state or condition of fixing,
laying, &c. ibr ; — 2. A thing laid, put, &c.
finr some purpose.
nm— BEK£LO, n. pL imi. (From bekela.)
A place for putting or laying something;
a deposit.
nka— BEKEZBLA, v. t. (From beka, and
izela» to come or make fbr, to care.)
1. To caution ; to take such steps as to
prevent evil and secure good ; — 2. To take
eare in providing for, <m : n ya bekezela
ngompongolo, i. e. : we use a cask for put-
ting under (the gutter), in order to pro-
vide ourselves with or secure (rain-water;)
3.. To cover; to secure; to protect, as:
bekesebi ngesitya esikulu izinto lezi, L e. :
■ecure th^ things by putting a large
basin over them, or by putting them under
a large barin (= dbekela.)
isi— BEKEZELO, n. pL in. (From beke-
sela.) Any thing urad fbr precaution; a
oovering.
um — BEKO, n. pL imi. (From beka.) A
mass or substance put or placed for use;
as some food which is put away; pre-
serves, &C.
i— BELANA, n. pL ama. (From ibele.)
A small udder or breast. (Ibelanyanay a
▼erv small one.)
i — BELE, n. pi ama. (From be, pressed,
and iW, strained, drawn by force, denoting
the very mode or custom of these nations
to produce the object signified.)
1. A breast; (which is usually forced
into an appearance at a very early age of
the girls); — ^2. An udder ; — 8 Native com,
vie,: the seeds of maize and Kafir corn,
being, in the vegetable kingdom, identical
with the breast in the animaL {See fur-
tier ubu Bele.)
fmi^BELE, n. pL imi. (See ibele.) 1. The
nipple of the breast;— 2. The teat of the
udder. (Umbelana, a small nipple or teat;
umbelanyana, a very small one.)
ubu— BELE, n. (From ibele.) I^jiruraiively :
a disposil^on to show kindness, compasrion,
mercy, &e.; a mildness of temper and
affections; clemency.
This word, as also mbele, i. e. ; real
rignsor tokens of kindness, Ac, bdongs to
the Frontier-Kaflr, and is bat little used
in Natal. Tet it is readily understood and
of the same import, ae : onebele or oyibele
lomhlaba, i. e. : he who is a nurse of the
country (lit, : a breast that nurses kindly.)
nm^BELBBELE, n. pi. imi. (A repetition
of bele.)
A shrubby species of Euphorbia without
thorns. It g^ws in the shape of a creeper
• winding its shoots, of a finger's thickness,
up to the trees and twisting them together
with the branches. It boMv pods of the
sise of pea-pods, but four-cornered, which,
when ripe, burst open, and send forth
their seeds, a fine hairy substance like that
of thistles. The pods have a very astrin-
gent taste and are eaten by the natives
when they are yet green. The shrub
itself contains a sharp milky sap, and ren-
ders a substantial food for cattle, who like
it most in winter. From this last-men-
tioned circumstance it may have received
its name,
uku— BELEKA, v. t. (From be, pressed,
and eleka, to put one thing upon another.)
Ukubeleka umtwana, L e. : to put or
press a child upon another ; to carry a
child on the back. (This is the only use
of the word.)
im— BELEKO, n. pi. izim. (From beleka.)
Anything that is used for carrying an
infant in, as a skin, a piece of linen, &c,
uku— BELESA, v. t. (From bele, see ibele,
beleka, and isa, to cause, to efiect by power.
Compare the last root with blasa, bnsa, &c)
1. To press upon by authority or au«
thoritatively ; to demand of right or
necessity ; to force or compel to yield, to
exact, ae : wa ngi belesa utnsebenzi, i. e. :
he legally pressed upon me the work;— 2.
To burden, to press with grievous things.
— Bblesbla, qulf. fr. To exact, to demand
authoritatively, legally from one.
uku— BELETA, v. t. (Of bele, eee ibele, and
ita, to touch. Compare aleo leta, to
bring)
1. To press upon for taking or carrying,
ms,, a child, = beleka ; — 2 To carry, to
be with child; — 8. — To bring forth, to
give birth to, ae : umfazl wake u sa qeda
ukubeleta, L e. : his wife has but recently
given birth to a child.
— *- Bkletiba, cans. fr. 1. To help or
assist in taking or carrying a child; to
assist in bringing forth a child ; — 2. To
attend a confinement ; to confine,
um— BELETISI, n. pi. aba. (From beletisa.)
A man or midwife.
im *) BELETO, n. (From beleta.) Anything
isi > fOT carrying an infiint in, c= beleko ; a
receiver,
u— BELO and Beltt, n. (From the same
stem, as ibele, which eee. The same sense.
C4
Digitized by
Google
BEMBA.
CM]
BENGA.
applied to bodily movement. Is: to be
qcdck. With this coincides radically the
Sis. pele, i. e. : quick, adv. kapele, qoickly.)
Quickness, smfbness, lui amontu ono-
beln, i. e. : a man who is swift, vis., in
mnning ; hence, a runner, racer, = onoku-
beleka. Sometimes ubeln stands instead
of uno or onobelu.
Just as in the exceptional use of the
abstract sense for the concrete, helm -has
been employed in a VoeaHve relation^ and
is, consequently, always connected with an
imperative of a verb, or with an interjec-
tion, adding the sense of: quickly, pre-
cisely, nicely, accurately, exactly, &c., <m :
hamoa belu, i. e. : go quickly ;—yenza
beln, i. e. : do just so, accurately ; — yebo
belu, i. e.: yes, predsely;-^a beln, i. e. :
not just so, not immediately, or forthwith,
not so without,
isi — BELU, n. pi. izL {See belo.) A sped-
men of swiftness, applied to a small dove
with brown wings. (Isibelwana, n. dim.
a very small dove.)
u— BELU, n. (iSeffbek).) Denoting quality
of swiftness, briskness, celerity, &c. This
word has been applied to cattle from the in-
terior, or from the Dutch farmers, on account
of its swift appearance, and wafting motion,
in opposition to the small Zulu cattle.
NoTB. — In the Xosa this word ugnifles
yellow color, and in this sense the word is
sometimes used in NataL But there is no
reason to be given for this use.
u-BELUEAZI, n. (From belu and kan,
denoting a female.)
A cow, which has a swift appearance,
the fore-body stretched on high. (Ibelu-
kazi, in the Xosa, a yellow cow.)
nku — BEMA, v. t. (From be, to press^ and
ima, to move up. The sense is to press
upward, to draw upward.)
1. To snuff, €u : ukubema ugwu, i. e :
to draw in snuff with the breath, = to
take snuff ;~2. To smoke, cu : bema igndu,
i. e. : draw with the breath from the pipe
(r»z., horn).
— — BsMiSA, cans. fr. To give snuff; to let
one smoke the horn.
i— BEMA, n. pi. ama. (From bema, verb.)
Properly X a snuff, w., that part of the
native pipe (igudu) which contains the
burning stnff for smoking the pipe ; hence,
the bowl of the pipe,
u— BEMBA, n. pi. izim. (From be, pressed,
and mba, denoting something compressed,
a body, cluster, Ac. Allied to bamba,
bombo, and bumba. See also Lembu.)
LUeraUyi something pressed densely
together ; something containing a duster.
A general name for panicles of all kinds,
as I ubemba Iwamabele^ L e. : a panide of
Kafir com.
isi— BEMBE and BncBA, n. pi. ixU {See
nbemba.)
A spedfic name of the general ubemba.
Hence, a vague term applied to manj dif-
ferent seed vessels of plants, shnibs» Ac:,
as the pod of thorn trees; to lumps or
dnsters of concrete juice exuding through
the bark of trees; to several kinds of
filaments or fibres of plants, some of which
are used for sewing the head-rin^ othen
for plaiting cords; as also to o£er fila-
ments, as the spider's web* In short, a
name for specifying all such things in
anatomy and natural history. (It is some-
times used synonymously with jsiBebe,
which see^
ukn— BEMBEZELA, v. t. (From bembe,
and ixda, to make for. The literal eense
is; to make cobwebs for.)
FiffuroHveltf : to decdve; to disappoint,
as : nga m nika umzebensi wa ngi bembe-
zeU, L e. : I gave hum some work to do^
but he deodv^ me, ots. : bynotddngany.
ukn — BEN A, v. i. (From the same radices
as bane, Imia, bona, and buna. The pri-
mary sense is I to expose to view, to thrust
forward.)
To look big, viz,t by thrusting the
breast forward; to sh>w pride; to be
proud. It coincides radically toiih qenya.
— — Bbitiba, cans. fr. To make a big;
showy, or proud appearance,
i— BEKDE, n. (pL ama., sddom.) Sadi-
oally the same as banda, to eptetd along;
to throw along; and bena, to thmst
forward.)
JPrtjperlgf : bkiod wluoh is qiread along,
i. e. : which is spilt; blood which has
become cold; that has passed from its
former state, turned.
NoTB.»-Tbis has reference exdodvdy
to the blood which is found in the inner
part of cattle after killing.
Q-.BENDE,n. <iSMibende.) Spleen,
nbu— BENDE, n. {See ibende.) The whole
mass of blood rushing out from an animal
when it is killed,
urn— BENDEKI, n. pi imi. ^From ibende,
and ini, identical ; also, uuning, any,
watery.)
Dysentery with blood, which is in a
wat^ state. A sickness am<mg cattle^ of
which they die.
nku — BEK6A, v. t. (The proper pronunda-
I. tion of this word is almost like baeoga,
both vowels quickly prononnced, and wis
shows that it is compounded of ba, to
separate, and enga, to cut in or through ;
hence, stripe. Compare the same roots in
lenga-lenga, engama, senga» &c The
radical sense is, to spread.)
1. To out meat in stnps for roasting
or diTing, as ' biltong*;— 2. To cut skins
Digitized by
Google
in long ftripf, an nkabengft intambo
jokndoDM, L e. t to cot oat a trek-tonw.
fThia it the limited we of the word.)
nkn— BENOA, t. t. (From the nme radictli
II. aa banga, wMoh tee. Compare the root
nga» and pengaUL)
1. iVtmofii^: to blench; toblandi,or
make Uank; to make roid, ae : nknbenga
iswe^ i. e.: to deprire the country of its
appear a nce, viz.: by homing the graas,
Ac.;— 2. To shift; to change the direc-
tion, <w: nmoya wa benga nmlilo n filra
emzini, L e. : the wind dianged the direc-
tion and drore the fire into the place;— 3.
To start back; to give way ; — 1. To bend;
to direct to a certain point; to make
crooked; to caose to tend, as the horns of
jGong cattle, the finishing of a basket, the
extension of a garden ;— 5. To hinder or
obstmct the sight or light, = nmnntn
ovimba ilanga, i. e. r a man who shnts the
son, vit, X hinders his light to shine ; or
he blinds the son.
*^ BsHGELA, qnlf.fr. Tomakebkmkibr; to
remore that which hinders the right; Jkence,
to ten, to gife some idea, = okntyelisa.
BENG^ ad7. (From benga.) Bknk ;
white ; gUttering. Used wi& nknti as a
Terb: into eti benge, i. e. : a thing which
is jittering to the eye.
im— BENOE, n. pi. izhn. (From benga,
blank. ) A basket; so called from its
outward'Oent shape*
«ko— BENQEZBLA, r. t. (From benga»
and iada, to make freqnently, vix.t
beoge.) TogHtter; to hinder the sight,
n— BENQU, n. pi. izim. (From braga, to
blanch.)
The rind, or rather, white rind of the
stalks of sweet-cane ; as, imfe, ibele, Ac
n — ^BENHLE, n. (From nbn, whiok see,
and enhle, abroad, open, bare.)
A species of daisy-plant with a yellow
rose. Its leaves, growing thickly together,
are rery small — from Sk6 inches long — at
the ootside white as rilk, and at the
inside a polisbed green. The natives pot
tbem ibr afew days onder a heap of ashes,
and whenthev are decayed th^beat or
rob them ontil the fibrea are fit for plait-
ing fine strings or cords; hot they are
partienkrly need fbr making a border with
fringes which the girls wear.
nkn— BEN8A or BnnsA, y. t. (From bena,
to throat forward, uid sa, to bcvst (as
banaa, with which it radically coincides),
or, which is the same, of be, pressed, ina,
even, and sa, lUeraUjf : to be pressed even
to borsting, to throst forward to borsting.
AUied to panza, vann, banii, &o. Modi-
eaUf : to spread, to scatter.)
1. JPrimariljfi to spread or scatter
wantonly; applied to the waste or im-
proper ose of food ;-^2. To eat over or
above the appetite; to eat even to borst-
ing; to stoiF; to feed glottonoosly ; to
load or overload the stomach;— 8. To have
a di^^ of any thing ; to be disgosted
with ; to dislike greatly, a# : a ka yi Ian-
deli inkori yake w'enza ngoknbensa, L e. :
he did not come after his chief (to live
with him), hot acted from disg^t; did
not like the chief any more,
nkn— 6ENXA, v. t. (The same radicals as
banxa, which see; and there is no doobt
bntbenxa, to spread, smear points, rides,
origimdly signified a Uttle more thim beca
or beza, to cover, thoogh they afterwards
became synonymoos.)
JProperly: to smear or paint on both
sides, as shoes; hot commonly as beca,
which see,
i— BENXWA, n. pi. anuu According to
the best exidanation I was enaUed to
obtain, this is a name fbr a kind of Civet
Cat, and it agrees well with the etymo-
logy of benxa. The animal lives npon the
roots of reed and other riimbs growing
near or in rivers, and makes its hole near
the banks, above or onder the water,
nkn— 6ETA« v. t. (From be, front, sorfiice,
and ita, to tooch, to strike. lie literal
sense is: to strike the top, verge or sorfi^e.
Allied to peta and pata.)
1. To beat, as nails ; to beat in or drive
a nail, as: beta isikonkwane ;— 2. To
poondr— 3. To break, to broise or pol-
verize by beating or pounding;— 4. To
beat down, as by treading— oknbeta
inhlela, i. e. : to beat a road; or by violent
rain or stormy wind.
NOTB. — In the Xosa this word is used
more extenrively, in all senses of "to
beat," for which the Zulu makes a difibr-
ence by nkotjaya.
•— — Bbtbka, qult.fr. To be fit for beating;
to drive well, as: isandoriyabeteka, ie. :
the hammer beats well.
— Bbtbla, qulf. fr. 1. To beat for, at ;
to nail at, as : nknbetela emtini, i. e. :
to nail at a tree; — 2. To drive at; to drive
npon; to fiwten; to spread; to enlarge,
as: betda isiknmba, ie.: beat up the
skin ;— 8. To fosten, to pitch, as a tent.
— «- Bbtilbla, fr^qt. fr. To beat up over
and over, on all rides ; to fasten, to spread
at, Of .* isikumba ri betelelwe, L e. : the skin
has been fiutened— obaleni— at the open
ground.
Bbtibi, cans. fr. To caose, help^ &c
to b eat» Ac.
om— BEl^ n. (From beta.) 1. LUeralfy :
a mass or substance beaten, or poored on
the sorfiice; hence: wetness, moistnre;—-
2. Rainy, foggy, or misty weather. (Co-
inci^Bng withneta.)
Digitized by
Google
BEZA.
[28]
BIBIZA.
nm— BETELEIA n- pL in>« (Fnom bete-
kU.) LUeralljf: a tabrtuioe lor fiMtening
at» vie. : a duurm, by wbioh a young man
tries to fatten or to attadi a girl to him,
in order not to be taken by another.
im — 6EU, n. pL iiim. (From ba, to itep
forth, to etarty and n, partienhyrly.)
JMmarilgf : AmaMorsidiftanoeftarted,
thrown or died fbr particular purposes;
Aenoe: seed.
isi— BEVA, n. pL isi. pSUMxUly ^ tame
OM bava, fMch %ee. Allied to beba, to
posh away.)
PrimariUf: Apt to mutter and com-
plain; easily affMsted ; ill-tempered; irri-
table ; petolant. It is applied particularly
to pencms who have to do with catUe^ as
a herd, who, as soon as one beast will go
farther than the others, cries ont and
drives it back; or a wagon-driver who
complains much of his oxen, or treats them
in a bratish manner.
isi— BEYANE, n. {A. izi. (From bera, and
ine^ even, Hke.)
jAieraUffi one who is like a bnite. Its
use is limited to mnch eating, = nnnntn
ohla kaknln kn nge ko mnkanlo, L e. : a
man who eats so much as to know no limit
when to leave off, vU. i who eats as a bmte.
im— BEXB, n. pL inm. (^SMbeca, to cover;
to smear.)
1. A kind of shmb or herb containing
many ooirse fibres, which sre prepMed fbr
plaiting long strips and ftoiish the mate-
rials for yonng boys' dresses. When
ready made it has the appearance of a
piece of gnnny-bag.
2. A matter for smearing, made of the
root of this shmK or of other plants; as
the bladdnflT for the dress of native women ;
hemce^ any kind of blacking. (Others use
imbenze instead of this woi^)
nm— BEXI, n.pl.aba. (fi^Mbed.) Asmearer,
Of t a boot-deanser ; a painter,
im— BEZA, n. (From ba, befbre, or to
press, and eza, to be self-acting. (From
a and in, wUeh eee.) This is the proper
analysis, for the word is prononnced Uke
as baesa, the contracted e =: a in poaitry
or 3x bear. The primaty aenee ie : to
pro-occnpy, to be self-possessed )
1. A quality of self-possession; henee,
calmness; applied to the mind, passions or
temper, as the explanation says : onembeza
ngnmnntn obeka kade a nga tokoteli
masinyii, i. e.: the edf-pos so m ed is the
man who is patient* and not soon disturbed
by paseion.
2. Patience ; a calm temper, whidi
bears evils without anger ;-^. Long-
Buffering.
l^OTi.— It is a striking fkctthatmanv
natives do not know this beaatiftii word,
and the rsason is becaaie theM are few to
be Ibmid among them who posaesa this
very virtae! .
Beta is also used in compounds* and
adds the senm otfinreeigU with prudenee^
e. g. hlangabesa, &o.
um— BEZA, tt. pL imi. (See imbeca.) A
preservative. (Medidne.)*
BI. (A primitive noun of the verb ba,
to separate, denoting a general disunion in
reelect to qualities or disquaKfioation.
Now med as an a^ecdve.)
1. Bad; evil; ill. A word of genertl
use Ibr expresnng whatever is injurious,
hurtful, unlawful, immoral, offsudve^^ dis-
gusting, defbctive, ftc, in men and things,
ae : umuntu omuU, i. e. : an immotal
man; into embi, i. e.: a bad thing; —
2. Wkked, eomqyt, depraved ; unbeeom-
ing, unkind;— 3. UnhealthVi dangerous
ae I iaulu li hi ngalesi'sikatt, L e. : the wea-
ther is not salubrious at this season ^-4.
Unfortunate, un&vourable;-^. Poor, mi-
serable, sterile;— 6. Ignorant, unsldlfyd;—
7. Ugly, filthy;— 8. Bough, uneven, as
roads ;— 9. Tastdess^ nauseous, bitter, &e.
isi— BI, n. pL in. (From bL) 1. Anything
that is bad, usdess, or to be thrown away,
as weeds, rubbish, trash, scraps, sweepings,
Ac. (usually used in the ph); — 2. *Any-
thingthat is in a bad state or oondi^on,
or causes an evil dfeot, ae : uku& kwake
ku yisiln, L e. : his dckness is at a bad
stage ; ioala lake li yistbi, L e. : his case
stcmds doubtfully; ukuxotwa ka yisihi,
Le.! it is unpleasant to be driven away, Ac
nbn— BI, n. All the meanings of U are ren-
dered in an abstract sense by this word,
ae : badness, illness, wickedness^ naugbti-
ness, vOeoess* Ac., Ac
im— BIBA. n. pL izim. The striped field*
mouse ; very likdy so called afttf its noise,
id— BIBA, n. 1^ id. (From bi, and ba, eee
• baba I., bitter, shsrp, Ac.)
A mixture df many bitter or pdaonous
thinfs, used as an antidote for snake-bites,
i— BIBI, n. pL ama. (Repetitkm of In.)
1. Weeds, rubbish, Ac;— 2. Weeds,
rubbish, Ac, which have been thrown
away, and are in a rotten, fbul, or de-
cayed state, Hke ashes; that which has
returned into ashes.
uku— BIBIZA. V. t. (A repetition of U, bad,
Ac. and isa, to make See ibibL Closdy
dlUed to bebeca, bobo«i and biliss.)
1. Onomatopoetie I to slobber; taken
firom infonts in teething when they let fall
the ssUva fttmi the mouth ; or when they
begin to wpnk ; \emee also, to speak care-
lessly, =t slabbering ; to let fhll the safiva
while speaking 1-^2. To discharge matter,
fbam, or blood ; to foul ; applied to wouttds»
and cohiddhig with InhUm.
Digitized by
Google
8. ZUefallyz to make HUee; to em-
bitter ; to exatpemte the peanoQ of anger
or reaentment; to increafle maUgnity; to
exaeerbate.
— BTBTngTiA, qnlf. fr. 1. To ilabber for,
in respect to, &c ; — ^2. To imlntter for, to,
as: oknbibizelaamQnta oxabene nommiyf,
L e. : to ezaqwrate a person who is quar-
relling with another, «•«.: to inflame Ins
«fil passions to a higher degree^
u — BICI, n. (From hi, prca o o d or separat-
ed, injured, and id, top^ border. Allied
to beau 4Sm dnuu)
1. Inflammation of the eyes, when the
eyelids are sore, swollen, and ii^nred, and
the water oontinoallj drops from the eyes;
—2k Ulcerous sores, either on a single
part or over the whole of a part of the
nku — BICIZA, v. t. (From bioi, tod isa, to
make. CZom^ alUed to bihisa, to driveL)
1. Oaomatepoetie : to make the sound
of drops &lling from eomething, via, : into
isnke i manai umuntu a yi hlanze bici,
bid, bici, i. e. : if anything happens to be
wet and one washes it maUng or sounding
bid ; — 2. To drip ; to ftU in drops, as a
wet garment drips, (x as rain ; — 8. later'
alljfz to make sores drip; to irritate aores
by scratching or pressing ; to increase the
nioen;— 4. To squeeze; to crush or tram^
pie apoii a thing that a fluid secretes.
isi--BIDI, n. pL &. (From hi, pr e s s ed, and
idl, floating. Allied to bada, to spread.)
1. Anything settled in water, or at the
botton of fluids; sediment;— 2. Floating
water, vie. : muddy, troubled water, as
when the rives is fUl from heavy rains.
im— BIIX), n. (From bi, bad, and ido,
end)' Literalljf : someth^ of a bad end.
TUa is a word of the ukuhkmipa, vts. : if
a girl or woman ia married to a man whose
name sounds like fine or funo (wild fruit
or vegetable) she may not pronounoe it
any more, but uaea this word instead of
thatk And doing thus she may be said to
me ukmUdot whtu seeking fbr wild fruit,
yet this verb does not belong to the lan-
guage proper, fixr which reason I have
omitted it.
nkn—B IHL A, v. t. (From bi, pressed or bad,
and ibla, to unfold, devek>p. Madioalljf
one witk bohla and faila.)
To show or have a bad iq)pearance;
prumurify, to be pressed to breaking.
BIHLL C8eebih\tL) Origimally %u(mn
denoting a sad or sorry appevance, re-
farring to the cast of the eountenanoe
when one begins to ery or to weep. Now
eommoidy uaed with the verb ukuti, ae :
nkuti bibU, L e. : to cast down the ceunte-
nanea; to lookaad or grieved; to be de-
jected.
iti^BIBlilBIHLI* n. pL iai. (Frau bihlL)
A distended body ; ai^^lied to a person <^
an ugly appearance on account of a dist^-
sionof hisbody.
uku— BIHLIKA, ▼« i. (From Inhli or bihk,
andika, to fix or set)
1. To come to a state of breaking oat,
breaking up» or dissolving by inwiffd or
outward causes; applied to sores, which
have become ripe; to solid bodies, as
bridu, which are omverted by rain into a
soft states become soft; to food, which
has been overdone by bdling; henoe aUo,
—2. To become soft ; toswell up ; to begin
to rot.
ukur— BIHLIZA. V. t (From bihli, and isa,
to make. Allied to fihliza and kihKza.)
To make to break open by the applica-
tion of force; to disaolve, &e., tu : idtene
i si bihlisile imvula, L e. : the ndn has dis*
adved the bricks,
nku — BIJA, V. t. fSadioally, the same as
b^ wkieheee.)
To start; to rouse from oonoeaknent;
to cause to fly, ae : uknb^a izinyod, L e. :
to discover bees.
BuEXA, quit. fr. To start up; to oome
iuddenly into notice.
i— BUI, n. pi. anuu (Frbm bija.) iVo-
perly; a sturt up; commonly applied to
wearing armlete made of g^rass.
uku— BIKA, V. t. fEadiealhf, the same as
beka, iohiek eee. Allied to pika.)
1. To state before, in preaence;— S. To
gifenotdce or informatioa; to inform; to
report^ oe : ukubika enkosini, i e. : to re-
port officially,
-h— - BnLBLA, qulf. fr. 1. To give notiee
or information of ; to report to, at.* se ngi
ku bikde islfo sake, L e.: I have now in-
formed you of his sieknesa ;— 2. To give
notice, Ac, for, as .* wo ngi Ukela enko-
dni, i. e. i yoo must inform the diief for
me.
-— — BixiLAVi, repr. fr. To inform, ix.,
each other.
i—BlKA, n. pi. ama. (From bika.) The
large red ant; Ut, the informing or re*
porting,
urn— BIKI, n. pi. aba. (From bika.) In«
former; reporter,
um— BIKICANE, n. pi. imL (Other tribes
use Ucane, which should be of Uca, radi*
caU0 the aame as beoa, to daub, and ane,
herb. The additional root iki woold then
modUy the sense into a herb smearing at
= an'adhenve herb, aome parts of which
adhere to when touched.)
WiM orach,
im— BIKO, n. pi. idm. (From Uka.) Ko-
tice: information; report,
nku— BIKIZA, v. t. (From bika, and in, to
make.)
Digitized by
Google
IM&rdUif : to make a report; to mike
a midden shoek, rumor, or ndae, tu: vma
ku fike imp! kn tiwe izwe lica knbikiswa,
L e. : if war oomea it is said, there will be
a rumor in the land ; or the land will be
shaken, (= zamazama.)
Bi¥TgB¥A, quit. fr. Reporting; ahak*
ing; applied to thnnder also, bennse the
esxth is shaken hjr it.
okn— BILA, v. i ([From bi, pressed, and ila,
to xise or strain. RadieaJUf one with
bak, bale, boK and bnla. The sense is;
to swelL AUied to pila, &e.)
1. To boil; to babble; to rise in bub-
bles ;— 2. To swell ; to heaTe, as of dongh ;
—3. To ferment ; to efferresoe, as beer ;—
4. To be hot or fervid ; to be in motion,
as: imbiza i ya Inla, i. e. : the pot is get-
ting hot; a Znlirism, = a case is coming on.
BiLBLA, qnlf. fr. To heat; to raise bj
intestine emotion ; topersjnre; to sweat,
at: nknfa kn yambilehi, L e.: death (as
an inward emotion) makes him sweat ; —
ohiatywa ngameva a mbilela e pntja, i. e. :
one who is pricked by thorns, him they
make hot to agitation ; snch a one sigh%
bk>ws, oomplains, Ac, from pain.
— — BiusA, cans. fr. To boil; to make boil-
ing, babbling, &c
im— BILA, n. pL inm. (From bOa, to swell
or hpave.) The rock-rabbit.
nm— BILA, n. sing. (From Ula. Xasa tim«
bona.) Maize; ao called from its filaments
when shooting.
im — BILAPO, n. pL izim. (From Irilo^
which see, and apo, driven asunder, de-
pressed. Compare hlapo, kwapa, tape, &c.)
lAUraUjf : aome sweaty pk^e or part
depressed ; hence, the grom.
im— BILATI, n. pL izim. (From bila, and
ati, strongly touched, hard treading.
Compare nyati, umhlati. galati, qati, &c)
Antebra^ical, or the fin^arm, or leg of
animals, most probably so called from its
being covered with ddn only; hence, a
bone near the foot. It is often confounded
with Inlapo, but both analysis and ety-
mology prove the contrary.
im—- BILE or Bnj, n. nng. (From bila.)
Leaven.
BILI, n. (From H, separated, and ill,
raised. XaiMa and Suaheli iH; 8is,
beli; Xosa, bini. Referring to the mode
of reckoning by raising another, i. e. :
separate finger.) Two.
isi— BILI, n. The second, as : nsnku Iwed-
Inli, i. e. t the second day.
isi— BILI, n. pi. izi. (From bila, to swelL)
1. The size which anything has grown
to; thickness; stem;— 2. A fhll grown
body, as: u nenlnli, i. e. : he has a full
grown body, or size;— 8. Any trunk, balk»
or body.
It is often used as an adverb, or in a
vocative sense, expressing approval or coq-
firmation of that which another 8ay% as :
siMli, or isibili, i. e. : that it is (viz,, what
you say there;) or: that is the whole
cause, thing, or story.
im— BILINI, n. pL izim. (From Uli and
ini, inside.) Some parts of the inade
size; hence, entrails.
um — BILINI, n. pL imi. (From imbilinL)
Properly : the drcumfisrence of the inside
nze ; the mass» the whole of the inward
size ; all the contents of th^ inward rize ;
as : isaka li nomUlini, i. e. : the sa^ is
very wide inside; umuntu u nombiHni,
L e. : one who has strength or courage.
im_BILISO, n, sing. (Ftom bilisa.) Same
as imbile.
i— BILO, n. pL ama. (From bila.) 1. A
place which is hot, and consequently per-
spires or sweats, eu., some depressed parts
of the animal body, as that between the
roots of the jaw and the neck underneath ;
—-as the groin ; — 2. Some fiit (= swollen
or raised part) accumulated at that place
under the jaw or neck, particularly found
with well-conditioned ouves.
u— BILO, n. sing. (From ibilo.) The
dew-lap ; as also the wrinkled skin round
the neck of animals.
um— 'BDJO, n. sing. (From Hla, hot.) A
name of the first river running into the
bay south-west of Durban.
i—BIMBI, n. pi. ama. (ItadicalUf one
with bemba, which see, as also, isibembe,
and im and umbombo» Ac See dmbL)
1. Properly; aometiiing round in a
duster together, as the ^Id raidm (um-
cele ;) befSre it is ripe, or when yet grow-
ing or green ; hence, green round thhiga;
—2. Immature in age; inexperienced;
raw, as: umuntu oyibimbi, i. e. : a person
who is green in judgment, not uiUedy
(= isi bmnbe.)
um— BIMBI, n. pL imi. (See iUmM.) 1.
A wrinkle; a ring or dreular course, as
signs of maturity; — 2. A drde; a combi-
nation; adique or party, as: abantn ba
nga vumi ukwahlukana b'enza umUmbi ba
pikisa omunye, L e« : if people cannot agree
to separate from each other they hold a
meeting (condsting of aged men), and
ovwrnle the other (who is required to
leave).
uku— BIKA, V. i. (Radically one with bene,
which see. To thrust forth or forward, to
expose to view.)
To look obsoendy; to present to the
view or mind things which decency forbids
to be exposed or expressed, according to
the term : idnto ezingapatwa fbti, i. e. :
things which are not to be mentioned
fredy or openly.
Digitized by
Google
BINYA.
C»]
BIYOZA.
Tbeword k exdmiTely applied to an
<^6naye onrtom which the izintomlM (gveiB)
prtustice in their dancing.
uku— BINCA or Binqa, v. t. (From bina,
wkick see, and ioa or iqa, to set on; to
border; to cover. iS^baoa.)
!• Properly to coyer obsoenitieB; to
hide that which decency forbids to ex-
pose;— 2. Convmwihfx to gird; to bind
any kind of doth or drees around the
hips; tobockleon.
im— BINCO or Binqo, n. pi. izim. (From
binca.) Anything for girding.
nko— BINDA, v. t. (See banda and bend^
the same radicals; and bina,«>and ida, to
reach, to stop.)
1. To stop indecent expressions or lan-
guage; to repress or suppress offensiye or
angry words; to stifle passions; to keep
silence;— 2. To conceal, oppress, depress,
be silent^ make not poblic what one has to
say;— 3. To choke; to soffocate, aax u
bindiwe inyama, i. e. : he was choked by
meat,
isi— BINDI, n. pL izi. (From binda.) 1.
IMeraUg : a cause or agency for stopping
or obstroeting evil motions; the liver ;—
2. A power or quality of mind to encoon-
tor difficulties without saying a word, or
withnlence or stillness, without rage or
agitation; 'hwhoe, firmness, resistance,
oouage, a#: umuntu n nesibindi, i. e.:
one who has courage, = can do things in
cold blood. {See ubende.)
okn-^BINGA, ▼. t. (See banga, benga» and
booga; rad^aOyi to spread in passing, to
publish ; and bina, — ^iga, to bend, to omit
or avoid; ihe primary eete being, to
armd oflSmnve language. In the Xoaa, to
, makeafeestorasacrS^)
(Not in use.)
■ BmasLA, sometimes used instead of the
ftUowing —
— — BnrOBLKLA, freqt. fr. To greet in
kindness and respect, viz, : by saying : si
sa kn bona {see bona). Bingelela kahle,
L e. : greet properly, express no ofEensive
word, shows that no other but the etymo-
lo|[y of bina and ga can stand the test of
in— BINGELELO, n. pi. izi. (From Un-
gdela.) Greeting, salutation.
idcn— BINQA, ▼. t. ^Sw binca.
okn — ^BINYA, v. i. (From bina, and ia = iya,
to move, to go. 2^ literal sense is : to
move^ Inna, i. e. : spreading, bending and
taming of the body, as the girls do at the
uknUtta ; Jience, to make bendiDg motions.)
To writhe; to distort; to cringe with
the body, as: umuntu otjaywayo u ya si
binya, L e. : one who receives a flogging
twists himself^ as it were, around &m-
aelf. (this word is always used with
the reflexive so, and indndea a power
or quality of resistance, viz.: not to
cry, or to use evil expressiona against
that one who beats another, = bind^ and
therefore it can also be analyzed : trim, hi,
pressed, and nya, severely, violently, =
to twist with violence.)
uku— BIPA, V. i. (From In, pressed, and
ipa, to drive, to blast, to blow. It coin-
ddes exactly with Inhli, tokieh see ; uid is
contained in the two first radicals of fipala.)
1. To put up a fiioe f»r crying;— 2. To
look dark, gloomy, &o., as: umuntu o
gugile ku tiwe u se u bifnle, i. e. : one
who is worn out (old), it is said, he has
already a clouded aspect,
u — BISI, n. sing. ^From bi, before, in
front, and isi, milk (see si).
JProperUf : milk in its first state ; henoe,
sweet milk.
i — BISI, n. pi. ama. (Little known in
Natal ; but most probably the Sis. betsi or
betse^ denoting springing ibrward; name
fat antelopes.)
T he w ild ass, or quagga.
uku— BITYA, V. t. (From hi, ibrward, before,
or pressed, and itya, to shoot, to fling.
AUied to baba II., and to bf^'a, bcrja, b^a.
Xosa, to become meagre.)
1. To make efibrts to move^ or to extri-
cate; to flounder, as: inkomo i ya bitya
odakeni, i. e. : the cow struggles in the
mire;— 2. EwphemisiicaUsf i to steal; to
take under difficulties (of being caught),
u— BITTI, n. (From bitya.) A marshy
or muddy place,
uku— BIYA, n. fBadieally the same as
baya, which see. The primary sense is:
to prevent from stepping forth, to stop, to
stuff.)
To fence; to make a fences as: Inya
utango, i. e. : to stop a fence, denoting ^
custom or manner how fencing is done,
viz, : by stuffing tboms or bashes together
in one bulk with a pitch-fork.
— BnrBi.A, qulf. fr . To defend ; to fence ;
to keep or ward off; to prevent from
entering, as z ukubiyek umzi namasimi,
i. e. : to fortify a place, or endose a
garden.
BiTSLBLA, frqt. fr. 1. To enclose a
place for, &c. ;— 2.^ To find fiiult with; to
speak about a thing or any thing that is'
not done wdl, in order to ward off fbture
trespasses; the figure is: uknlnyelda into
vake, i. e. : to make an enckmre around
histhmg.
— BiTiBA, caus. fr. To help to fences Ac
uku— BIYOZA, V. t. (From biya, to stop,
and uza, to make a noise.)
lAtwMy : to stop or defend with bowl-
ing out, de^gnating the gesticulations, as
if the performers were engaged in defend-
Digitized by
Google
BOBA.
£»]
BOBOSA.
ing UKBM ol fci againit an mtrnj, and ani-
mate tbeiDflelTtt bj making a tremendoni
nmta. (Thii appUea to Uie cuitom per-
fbnned in the hooae, the people mU fitting
in ft aemi*ciiv]e» and making movements
with tboT handa, &a The modern word
for it 18 cwaya.)
nkn— BIZA r. t (From bi, preaaed, or be
iirit, and iza, to come, to give a aound.
MadioaQjf one with baza; and allied to
beza.)
1. Tocalloot; tomakeorgireasoond;
—8. To name ; to denominate ; to give a
name;— 8. To invite, to bid ;— 4. To snm-
mons to demand, at.* ngi ya biza imali
vaioi knje, i. e. 1 1 demand m j money from
mm }— 5. To order ; to aaaemUe by order.
— BiZBSA, qnlt. fr. To be atterable ; to
be fit for ealling, as: igama lake U ya
bizeka kamnundi, ie.: his name aonnda
pleaaant.
< BuBBLA, qolf. fr. To call, name^ kc,
for, on aooonnt, oit nPakade wabizelwa
icala lake, i. e. : Pakado wai called, aom-
moned for bis crime,
hn— BIZA, n. pi. isim. (From biza, sound-
ing.) 1. Any earthen or iron pot;— 2. A
decoetion of many plants for medidne.
(Imbizana, a email pot.)
i— BIZO, n. pL ama. (From biza.) A
name; title; address.
BO, adr. (Originalhf % nom of the
rpot ba, in front, iMforei kewe^ front-part,
free.)
Denol^ conBrmaUon or aiSrmation :
oertunly ; sorely ; indeed, as: yebo, i. e. :
yes certainly, or yes yes;— ^zhortatioo,
when aiUed to an imperative, 09 : hamba
bo! Le.:golbrth = goqnidc; yenzabo!
pray do or make.
BO, n. (A primitive noon with tho
nom. ibrm im, and ftdly retained in its
oompoond bombo, wkidh tee,)
Used with nknti as a verb^ oat uknti
mboi i«o*: to fit npon. It applies to
things that have a border for covering or
fitting npon another smaller in oircnmfer-
enoe, as the cover of a box,
im— BO, D. sing. This word is said to sig-
nify an epidemic disease^ dysentery or
diurhoBa, prevailing among those tribes
which inhabit the eastern coast near
Delagoa Bey. {The radical eeme is de-
pression.)
nkn— BOBA, ▼. t (OnomUop. and radieaUy
tiie same as baba L beba and biba, ngnlQr-
ing the frequent moving or opening of the
month, to babble, ^^^scf ^0 mpompa.)
1. To talk incessantly ; to be talkative;
to talk londly; to be noisy— (the o of bo is
short here); — 2. To make a hole as by
boring ; to drive throngh (0 of bo is long
here.)
nm— BOBBt n. alng. (A oontraotion of
bok>ba.) A mass which has torued ; butter-
milk,
im— BORELA, n. nng. (From boba.) A
kind of wild spinage ; probably called so
from its breakiiig a hoU thron jb the gronod
when coming up. Its leavea are boiled
and eaten,
isi ) BOBI, n. pi. izi or ama. (From boba.)
i j A talkative and loqaacloos person, a bab-
bler,
im ) BOBO, n. pi. isim or iml (From boba.) .
nm > Any hole made through a thing, as the
hde of a chimney, the cavity or hole of a
gun, the hole of a needle, &o. (The wend
does not apply to a hole in the earth.)
isi— BOBO, n. pL izi. (From boba.) 1. The
act of breaking, vU, : by boring, or state
of being broken; agap; abreak; abreadi;
—2. The instrument for boring; a bore,
n— BOBO, n. (From boba.) Loquacity,
talkativenem.
u— BOBO, n. pi. izim. (Contracted of
nbu-obo, hence the first o a long one;
denoting a many of separated things. See
oba.)
A species of mimosa bush or riimb,
having aumy shoots at one stock, as the
sugar-cane, and full of thorns,
isi— BOBO. n. sing. A locality where the
nbobo, mimosa-shrub, grows,
nkn— BOBOKA, v. i. (From boba, 2. and
oka, to go out, through, &C., denoting the
action of breaking or boring in a com-
pleted sense. ^//teiJ^ooobokaandqpboka.)
1. To bore ; to pierce or penetrate into
a solid body, as : isibobo si bobokile, L e. :
the gap or bore is gone through, has flmsh-
ed going through ; — 2. To cut through ;
to get through by cutting, as : ni bobokile
na esigzeni, i. e. : have yon got through
the bush, eir. : by cutting your way
through ? — 8. To break or burst a hole at
a thii^r* <*^ ' iaelwa li bobokile, L e. : the
calabash has got a hole;— 4. To break
open ; to issue out matter, as a tumor;—
5. To be fit or good for boring, piercing,
Aa, as I lomnti u boboka kahle, i. e. : tlus
kind of wood is eanly to be bored through,
it is to be observed that this verb is
applied to otrjeets which render some rsdst-
ance to the action, while coboka and
qoboka are more nsed of tender things, and
are only apparently synonymous,
i— BOBONI, n. pL ama. (From bo-bo
which are onomatop, and oni, bird; see
nyom.)
LUiraUyi a species of bird wbiflfa calls
out bo ! bo ! bo ! a throstle.
uku— BOBOSA, ▼. t. (From boba, and nsa,
to burst forth» to p^orm. See boboka.)
1. To bore; to make a hole with an
instrument, as : umuti u botfosiwe, i. e. :
Digitized by
Google
the tfM htt» been bored tbroogh with a
bore;— 2 To pierce through ; to perforate ;
«->8. To bre-.k through, a*t izinkabi zi
boboefle bibaya, L e. t the oxen have
broken the kraal through with their horns.
i— BOBOSA. n. pi ama. (From boboea.)
An tnatroment for boring ; a gimleti augur,
bore, Ac.
■ka— BOBOZA, ▼. t. (From boba I. and uia,
to make a soond (the firat syllable has the
accent as in boba I.) Allied to aspompoia.)
To jabber ; to chatter.
»— BoBOZSKA, qult.fr. L To make a hollow
ffmnd or ooise, as hollow ground when
one walks over it;— 2. To shake, as hollow
groond or muddj soil.
uku— BOCA, ▼. t. alii boga. (Eadieally the
•ama as baca, beoa, A^ to press upon a
sorfiice. Allied aleo io boba, goca» Ac)
To work at a soft bodj, as on day ; to
make impressions on the same ; to dimple,
isi— BOCO, tt. pi. izL (From boea.) Any
imp re n i on upon the surface of a bo^ ; a
plaoe slightly depressed or sunk in; an
IndeDtation ; dent; gap; notch; dimple.
nkn— BOCOZA, ▼. t. (From boca and nza,
to make. Coinciding with boboea.)
1. Ommatop, To make a sound or noise,
like booo, viz,, ku nje ngomuntu ohamba
endawani etjonisayo a ti booo^ boco, i. e. :
as, for example, a man walks over a plaoe
wfak^ yields to pressure (under his feet),
and sounds booo!— 2. lAierdUjfi to de-
press; to press to a bwer position, as in
tha fsample (No. 1), the indau etjomsayo.
nkn-— BOHLA, v. i. (From bo, depression,
bde^ and ihla* to come off or down ; eeeiU
frowmmeiatiom. The literal tense it, to
become depressed.)
1. To burst a hole^ asi indau evuvu-
kHeyo i ya bohla, L e.; a swollen place
bursts open;— 2. To decrease; to abate,
snbsida, lall, lessen; applied to angry
passions, to swollen rivers, Ac
— BosLiBA, CBos. fr. 1. To oaosc to de-
crease, abate, Ac; — 2. To quell; to re-
us— BOHLA, n. i^. izim. (From bohUu)
The large wild cat with grey ^ots, a
spedes next after the tiger-cat ; ao called
from its pliability to squeeze through a
sauUl bde to take bold of its prey.
okn— BOHLA, v. L (From bo, depresnon,
hole, and ihla» to rent^ to crush, to eat;
me ite pronmoiatum. The literal seneeie,
to break a hole.)
1. To blow, throw, or eject wind from
tho stomach, as an effect of eating much;
to beldi;— 2. To heave or swell with
passiwis I to gnmt or roar, as a lion*
«a— BOHLO, n. (From bohU, to throw up.)
Indflosncj or unbeooming manners in break-
iag np winds from the stomach, Ac
nkn— BOJA« v. t. (From bo, bole, and ^a, to
shoot. RadieaUjf the same as beja and
b'ga. Allied to putja.) To iiyeot; to
syringe.
i— BOJA, n. pL ama. (From boja.) A
wet or boggy plaoe, where the water
spouts out when walked upon.
uku— BOJABOJA, v. t. (Repetition of
bqja.) To repeat injecting, when the first
action or experiment has been without
isi— BOJANA, n. pi. izi. (Diminutive of
isibojo.) A small syringe. (Isibujan-
yana, a very small one.)
1- BOJANI, n. pL ama. ^ (Dimint. of isi
bobi*) A scanty talker,
isi— BO JO, n. pi. isi. (From boja.) Any
instrument to ix^ject with, as a spout,,
syringe, Ac.
om- BOEANI and Boswavi, n. pi. imi.
(From boko and ani, that which is like.
Identical)
Eel; (identified with the elephant's,
tnmk.)
im— BOkO and BoKV, n. pL imL (From
bo, depression, and iko» drawn out, eee
ika.>
Froperhfi a shape drawn out in a de-
pressed course ; dedgnating an elephant's
trunk.
im— BOKONDWi;, n. pi. izim. (From boko,
and indwe, slightly stretched in tbe length,
t»r., ovaL See d wa. Otiiers have bokonte
and pokonte ; Xoso, bokotye, of boko and
itye, a stone)
A stone of an oval shape, more or less
drawn out, and rather flat, need as a
hand-stone for grinding, or crushing with.
oka- BOEOZA, v. See boroia.
om—BOE WANE, n. pL ama. (fi^bokani.)
A bird of the snipe Mbe; vwy probably
the scolopax glottis.
nku— BOLA, ▼. i. (From bo, pressed, and
nla, to strain, to lose. The primary eenee
iff : to lose the former state or quality ; to
dissolve. Badioalfy one with bnla, bele,
bila,Ac. Allied to ftoU.)
1. To lose its natural cdiesiTe quality ;
to rot; to potrify, ae : nmumyu n bolile,
i e. : the sour is decompoeed ;— 2. To de-
cay ; to be in a state of corruption, tu :
inyama i bdile, i. e. : the meat is spoiled.
— — BOLISI, cans. Ir. To cause to rot,
decay, corrupt, Ac; to make putrid; to
bring to corruption.
ukn— BOLEEA« v. t. (From bo, in front,
advance* and eleka, to add. The literal
eenee iff: to add to that which is in ad«
vanoe, whidi is ahready possessed. A
modification of tyeleka and sweleka.)
To lend ; to borrow,
i— BOLO and BoLWi, n. pL ama. (From
bda.) Umuntu onamanga o nga kw'enza
Digitized by
Google
BOMI.
[8S]
BONA.
a ku tjojo, i. e. : a penon who if a ISar
(= in a rotten itate), and does not per-
form (dinolves) what he layg; a rotten
fellow ; a futbleis feUow.
um— BOLOBA, n. nng. (From bola, and
aba, to aeparate.) LUeraUy: amais wluoh
has been dinoWed or tmmed from its
former state; batter-milk.
am— BOLWA, n. (Pasdre of bola.) The
same as ibolo, ^bo., bat osed as an adjective^
Mt nmanta ombolwa, L e.: a rotten
fellow,
id— BOLWANE, n. |d. izi. (From bolo,
and ane, like, identioaL) 1. A person
who is like an ibolo, whioh tee; — ^2.
Something whioh is eanlj decaying, as a
plant.
im— BOMA, n. pL izhn. {See bomi.) 1.
The dry or ripe seeds of the aloe-flower
(ihlaba);— 2. The small spedes of aloe (as
it were, the prodact of that seed),
isi — BOMA, n« pi. izi. {See bomi.) Some-
thing free from water, at: inyama epeki*
weyo i se i polile, i. e. : meat which has
heia, cooked, when it is cold; \enoe, oold
or dry meat.
im— BOMBO, n. pi. inm. {See nmbombo.)
A border, the oater edge of any thing ;
the extreme or sorroonding line, as i in-
simbi i nezimbombo zine^ L e. : the iron
has four borders. (Imbombana, a small
border, &o.)
am— BOMBO, n. pL imi. {SadieaUy one
wUk bimbi, which eee,) Arch of the nose,
in men and beast.
oka— BOMBOLOZA, ▼. t. (From bombolo,
and oza, to make. CloeeUf allied to pom-
bokna.)
1. OnomaiopoeHe t to make bombdo^
dgnifying a rolling noise in the bowels,
a bad state of the bowels before diarrhoea
commences; — 2. LUeralhf : to betroabled
with bowel-complaints, with flatnlency.
oka— BOMBULUKA, ▼. L (From bombo,
denoting the edg^ of a soond or voice,
that which eats, and nlaka, to go loose.
See bamboloza aad sombalaka.)
ProperUf : to cry harder or loader than
before ; to lift np the voice; to cry vrith
a load voice, with vehemence ; to bawL
um^BOMBULUKO, n. pL imi. {Froperly :
from, bombaloka, eee^ bambala.)
Literally I a mass which is lifting op^
rising, swelling, Ac; henee, an abscess.
It is also applied to a rising dead (ilifti
eliknpakayo), a pil}ar of a cl<Kid.
isi— BOMI, n. pi. izi., alii inboma. {See
nbomL) A small piece = a moathiol of
nice fiit meat, or nice bread ; a dainty«bit.
n— BOMI, n. sing. (From aba, whieh eee,
and omi, eee oma, e^>edally N. 4.)
1. Primarily t that which is broaght
to a flrmness; ibll qnality or perfecHon
in growth; natarity or ripeness; henee,
prime or bkxmi of life; life; state of
freshness or ffreennes8» Ac, ae: onranta
ohla abomi bake a ka pari akalk, i. e. : a
man who enjoys his lifb does not taste
death, = grows old. Bat: inyama e
nobomi,i.e.: the meat is green, has oome
to ripeness, viz, : is rotten.
2. Freckle, being kx)ked upon as a sign
of long lifb; a ripeness, dryness, or tough-
ne« c? oonstitntion.
i— BOMU, n. pL ama« (The same as bonL
Xoea, always amabomi.)
Used as an adverb^ iMoally with okwe-
nza, ae: okwenza ngamabomo, i.e.: to
do pnrposely, on pnrpoee, viz. : with flrm-
ness, firm intention,
am — BOMYANE, n. pL imL (From bomvo,
which eee, and ane, like, even.)
A reddish shmb^ osed fl>r sticks by the
native boys.
i— BOMVU, n. (From bomi, freahoess,
and iva, denoting hot; eee vata, amva,
Ac)
Any khid of red of general application ;
scarlet; crimson, Ac.
BONA, pronl. a^j. (From the prim.
noan ibo, eee abo, pri. n. and ina, even,
self, same.)
Properly: themselves; the same ones;
commonly, they; them; the same. It is
a plaral, referring to noons in aba and o,
and osed both for the Nominative and
Accasative, ae : bona bafika, i. e. : tb^
arrived;— sa biza bona, i. e«: we called
them.
In many instances of daily ose^ the nooa*
form is observed, ae : ibona abanta sa ba
bekayo* i. e. : they are the same people
which we expected;— kw'enriwe ibona, i.e. :
it has been done by themsel?es, or the
same. In the last instance, or in all
obliqae cases the simi^form ibo is pre«
fjeored by some tribes,
oka— BONA, v. t. (From bo, front, and una,
to meet, tostrike. 5rhe primary eenee ie :
to strike or meet the front; that whioh
presents itself to view, = confront iSo-
die(Uly one with bane, bena, bina, bona,
fima, fana, &c Saaheli, Nika, Ae., otia,
and in most African dialeete the same.)
1. To receive impreaBums of extamal
objects throogh the mediam of the
eye; to pereeive by the eye; to see;
to have the sight or view of ;— 2. To
look to; to observe; to notice, ae: a
si ka boni umnnto o vda ekofeni, i. e. :
we have not yet seen any person com-
ing fttmi the dead; — 3. TocUscem; to
recognize; to know; to acknowledge; to
regard, ae : ngi bone inkosi, L e. : do look
on me, = have mercy opoD me; — i. To per-
ceive; toonderstand; to comprehend, as:
Digitized by
Google
BONISISA.
[88]
BONDO.
ngi nga kn bona lokn a ku tjoyo, i. e. : I
can mrtinctly see what yon say ; — 5. To
diaoorer; to find; to fall in with, tu :
i^komo ezi lahlekile zi boniwe, i. e. : the
cattle which were lost have been fbnnd;—
6. To examine; to consider; to think of,
€u: xna si bone si ya kw'enza kanjanina,
i. e. : let ns see what or how we shall do;
— 7. To witness, to see by personal pre-
sence ;— 8. To visit ; to call at, cts : ngi za
kn kn bona, L e. : I come to see yon ; — 9.
To orerlook ; to pass by indulgently, un-
noticed, unpunished, cu : lo bonwa ngnwe
icala lomikna, i. e. : let the fault of the boy
be oreriooked by you.
The negative of bona is extensively in
oae for : to miss, viz. : to learn or discover
that something is wanting, €u : enye imali
a ngi yi boni, i. e. : one part of the money
I miss, do not find, dec.
NoTX.— There is a pecuUarity respecting
the sense of bona when it is connected
with 90,09: si sa ku bona, i. e. : we still
see, vix. : acknowledge, you. This is the
oustomary term for minting or greeting
from r^^ard.
- BovAKif rcpr. fr. To see each other, &e.
-m BoHELA, qulf. fr. 1. To see or look at,
for, on, at : wa bonela ukusina, i. e. : he
looked at the dancing ; — 2. To take care,
to take heed of, at : zi bonele u nga toll
ioala, i. e. : take heed of yourself, lest you
get into di£9culty ;— 3. To be attentive, to
call the attention of others, at : bonelani
imitebenzi wa lomxmtu, i. e. : behold ye
the work of that man.
- BoirxLAirA, rcpr. fr. To look, ice, for
each other.
. BoNZLBLA, freqt. fr. 1. To look at for
some purpose ; to aim at by looking ; — 2.
To kam from by looking, €U ; bonelela
kuye, L e. : look to him ^ow he works)
that joa may learn ;— 3. To imitate, to
catdi a knodc ;— 4. To indulge ; to forbear,
09 : u ngi bontlele lento ngi y'enzile, L e. :
you must consider me kindly in respect to
what I have done.
-^ BoviSA, cans. fir. 1. To cause or make
to see, or to look;— 2. To shew ;— 8. To
prove; to convince; — i. To point out; to
ezpkdn; show forth; disclose;— 5. To
exhibit, 09 : wa bonisa abantu izinto zake,
i. e. : he showed the people his goods ;«>6.
To oversee; to show or pcnnt out to
otbetg their duty ;— 7. To herd, a9 : bonisa
ixinkomo, i. e. : look over the cattle; shew
them where to feed.
-* BoviiAVA, ropr. fr. To shew to each
other, Ac.
- BcmsoAf cans. fr. To shew cleaify ; to
demonstrate. Applied to all the meanings
of bona, mith the additional sense of, clearly,
right, pkinly, &c., which denote degree.
uku — BONAKALA, v. i. (Prom bona, and
kala, which see.J
1. To be visible ; to be apparent, clear,
or obvious, as : ilanga li ya bonakala, i. e. :
the sun is to be seen; — 2. To have an
appearance; to appear; become or suit
well or ill, as: umkuba ^akc u bonakele,
i. e. : his custom suits well ; — 3. To be
clear by evidence; to be known as an
object of observation, at : a ku ka bona-
ksdi ukunjani kwomhlaba, i. e. : it is not
yet known how it will be respecting the
land;— 4. To be discovered; to be brought
to light, as : isela li bonakele, i. e. : a
thief has come out;— -5. To reflect, as
one's image, <ts: u ya bonakala esibu-
kweni, i. e. ; he is to be seen in the looking-
glass.
BoNAKALiSA, cans. fr. To make viriUe,
&e. ; to reveal, diseover, disclose; to make
ostontatious ; to give an appearance.
isi— BONAKALISO, n. pi. izi. (From
bonakalisa.) 1. The act of making or
giving an appearance or sight; — 2. An
evidence ; a point of attraction ; a distin-
guishing mark; — 8. A revelation.
isi— BONAKALO, n. pL izi. (From bona-
kala.) 1. The appearance or sight of any
thing;— 2. The thing that appears, as a
wonder ; — 3. A prophetic view,
uku— BONDA, V. t. (From bo, pressed, in
front, and xmda, to extend. !F%e primary
sense is : to extend the former quality or
state, to increase. Radically one with
banda, bende, binda, &c, to spread,— or,
which comes to the same thing, of bona,
to see, and ida, long, fhr, &c. ; to look
long, to look spread.)
1. To stir ; applied to preparing a mass
of beer, &c. ;— 2. To brew ; to make beer,
at : ku ya bondwa ubuty wala. i. e. : beer
is brewed ; — 3. To contrive.
— • BoimsLA, qulf. fr. To stir fbr; to
brew for, at : u ya bondelwa xmmyeni, a
lobole futi inkomo, i. e. : it is brewed fbr
the son-m-kw that he may pay cattle (for
the girl, or his wife,) repeatedly.
isi— BONDA, n. pi. izi. (From bonda.)
Literally : any thing for stirring ; usually
a piece of wood ; h^uie, a pole, a stake,
um— BONDA, n. pL imi. (From bonda.)
i. Properly : an increase, spread ; hence,
a multitude, a crowd; — 2. A number of
things collected together ; a multitude of
people— of cattle collected in a dose body ;
—3. The lower order of people,
um— BONDO, n. pi. imi. (Prom bonda.)
JMeraUy : a mass stirred ; hence, a brew,
viz. : a great portion of utywala, which is
prepared by the mother of a young wo-
man, and sent to the husband of the
latter. This mean custom is perfbrmed
for the purpose of giving eflfect to the
Digitized by
Google
BONOO.
[W]
BONTA,
hqsbABcl to rear ohildren, and conseqaently
to pay catUe repeatedly for bia wUe. (See
the verb bondeU.)
im— BONDWE, n. pL Uim. (From nm-
booda.) A kind of edible tabor, reaem-
bling amall sweet potatoes. So called from
its namber or collection at one stock.
um^BOKDWK, n. pL imi. (From umbon-
da.) A species of mangrove- wood* bat of
» short stem, rough bark, and yeUow
color. It has many stems on one stock:, —
hence its name.
Isi— BONELELO, n. (From bonelela.) 1.
The action of bonelela;— 2. The thing
itself; kenoe, indolgenoe,
nm— BOKELI, n. pL aba. (From bonela.) A
spectator.
um — BONELO, n. pi. imi. (From bonela.)
An oUect to be l(X)ked at ; a qpectade.
nku^i^BONGA, ▼. t. (From bona and gm, to
I. bend, incline. Or, from bo^ in front, and
nga, which He. Theprimarv «0M# U : to
preaent to view, or bxins to Ught the feel-
loga of the mind. RadioaU$ the same as
banga, bcmga. binga, &c)
1. To utter or eipress wishes, feelings,
or approbation in praise of persons or ac-
tions; — ^2. To extol in words or songs; to
pnuae, ox: ba ya bonga a mahloz i , Le.:
they pray the departed spirits:— 3. To
compose; to poetize, asi ukubonga anakosi,
i.e.: to make a poem on the chiefs;^-4.
To express gratitude ; to thank for fiftvours,
01: wa bonga ingubo, Le.: he thanked
for the dres^ vig, ; he uttered his feeUngs
about it.
*-*-<<* BoHOSKA, quit fr. To be praising, to
be thankful.
«— » Boir0SLA« qulf. fr. To thank in res-
pect to, for, HL
uku— BONGA, V. i. (From bo, ontmatop.,
II. and unga, to force, to strain. The o is
sounded deep as the EngUsh hal^ maw^
&o^ and it is hereby distinguished from
bonga, to praise^ with which it radically
coincides.)
Properlff ; to cry out, bo (= baw); to
bellow, as an ox or oow ; to low.
im") BONG I, n. pL iadm. and izi. (From
isi j bonga.) Some sort of a QMm who praises.
(Ironically.)
um-*-BONGI, n. pi. aba. (From bonga.)
One who pnuses; a poet
iM—BONGO, n. pi ia, (From bonga.) 1.
The act of pi^ising, thanking;— *i. A
token or sign of thanking; any song of
praise; a poem.
n— BONGO, B. sing. (From ubu, mhieh
M#, and ongo^ $ee mongo, marrow.) The
brain, in regard to its bmng connected with
the spinal-marrow, or being considered as
the principal support of all marrow. (See
ubnoopo, brain.)
nm^BONQO, n. sing. (From becga, to
beUow.) Bellowing; lowing of an ox;
noise of a g^un.
im— BONGOLO, n. pi. izim. (From bo,
front part, and ingcio. stretched or pressed
toward the hinder part )
A designation of the wikl beast er wild
aas of the interior ; a mule (identified).
nka-^BONGOZA, v. t (From bonga, to
bellow, and uaa, to make a sound.)
I. FroperUf i to bawl ; to cry out with
a loud sound; to cry lond, as a child fi^m
pain or anger ;-*-2. Metaphorie.i to im-
plore, to entreat
— — BoKQOZBLA, qulf. fr. 1. To bawl, cry
out for;*^2. To petition or implore for,
instead of, as : ukubongeU umuhtu, L e. :
to entreat on behalf of somebody,
iu— BONGOZI, n. pi. iai. (From bongoBL)
Abawler; a common erier.
isi— BONGOZa n. (From bongon.) Bawl-
ing; imploratioa.
i— BONI, n. pL ama. (Contracted from
ibo-oni, see nyoni, and radieaUgf one wUk
bana» to spread.) The laige green grass-
hopper, so called on account of its large
claws; to do wrong with. fOompare
ub-OnL)
um— BONISI. n. pL aba. (From boniaa.)
An overseer; inspector} had,
nm — BONISO, n. pi. ImL (From bonlsa.)
A showing; show; scene; vision; speci-
men; emblem; example,
ia— BONO, n. pL iaL (From bona.) 1.
A remarkable thing; a cuiiodty, as i faikabi
enkulu ende i yiaibono^ Le.: a large big
ox ii a curiosity;— 2. An umbilieal ivptora.
im— BONQA, n. pL izim. (From bo^ in
front ahow, and nqa; m« bhiqa, with
which it is radically one.) A round string
forfostening the snuff-box to tiw girdle;
an ornament dangling from the gir^
i— BONSI and Bomtu, n. pL ama. (From
ibi« pressed, in front visible; oni, see onga,
nona, (bno, denoting noarifiunent of ^pege-
tation, ^.; and ri, im isi, nalk.)
A small plant bearing a reddish oval
fruit iaauing a m'dky juice when opened.
}t haa foane likeness to the straw-berry,
but is rather a vegetable^ and property a
turnip, growing above the ground while
the iff<msi grows under ground,
im— BONYA, n. pL irim. (From bona, to
look, and ia, to move. Xi^mi%t tolook
moving, to appear moring. J M ko al ^f
eoinoidinff ^oUh binya. Or, whl^ is the
same, from bo, pressed, in front aid nya,
to sink, to dang^; and allied ia uboya,
hair ; to bonqa, which see.J
*^roperljf i a strip cut onk from a goat
akin whksh has long hair, and resemtSing
the dress ok tail% the kmg hair d^pgHng
about the hips upon which It is worn.
Digitized by
Google
«kQ— BOPA, ▼. t. Passive: botjwa. (From
bOb front, pr«tsed« and npa, to pull, to
drive. The primary sense is : to press
between; to press together; to give a
shape. Allied to bepa and bipa. Sis,:
bofa ; KcMnba owa. to bind.)
1. To bind; to tie; to fasten, as: nka-
bopa izitango, i. e. : to bind bundles of
grass; sheaves ;— 2. To inspan (fasten oxen
to the yoke) ; to pat on the drag ;~8. To
gird; to confine by a bandage, as: uka
hope isilonda ngendwang^ i.e.: to bind
up the wonnd with a piece of cloth ;— 4.
To oblige by a promise, contract, agree-
ment or other tie, a« : u si bopile ngezwi
lake, i. e. ! be has bovnd ns by his word.
— ^ BoPAKA, rcpr. ft. To Wnd, tie, or
Ihsten together, as : iiinkabi m botjwene,
L e. : the oxen are bound together.
— - BOFBLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To Wnd, Ac., for,
at, tOk &e. ;— 2. Fiffurat, to lend, = to
ot^ge with, as: wo ngl bq^la inkomo,
i. e. ! Ut, yon mnst fuUan a cow fbr me =
lend me it for use.
— — BoFBLBLA, freqt. fr. 1. To bind over
and over, <m and about; to iksten to, as :
Innkabi si boljelelwe engoweleni, 1. e. : the
oxen are bound ikst to the wagon; — ^2.
Ta prolong, stretch out by bindfaig; to
bind one tling to the other, as many
thongs.
— BoPiBA, cans. fr. To cause or try to
bind ; to assist to fksten, &o.
— — fiopiBAiTA, rcpr. fr. To assist each
other in binding, &c.
BopisiBA. cans. fr. To fasten well; to
sake tight.
nku— BOPEZELA, ▼. t. (From bopa, and
iaela, to make for some purpose.)
To bind carefoDy ; to coil and bind, as :
bopeaela intambo» I. e. : cool and bind the
xiem (thong).
— « BOFXESUEiA, freqt. fr. To bind up
•aralbny ; to bind so that it may not get
kxMS, at: into nmuntu a yi twale u yi
bopoelda, i. e. : any thing which one must
eanry he binds over and over (that it may
mt trouble him when he carries it).
iii--BOPO, B. pL isL (From bopa.) 1,
FiaateBing^bln&ig^— 8. Any thmg to bind
witii* as a string or band, usually of an
inferior substance or quality, as a band or
string of grass to bind a bimdle with,
isi— BOQO, n. See Boeo.
i— BOQO, n. pL ama. f Hie o deep as in
boDga» to low. Bmdsoalkf ooimoid^ with
beoo. SimUar io igaxa.)
A kind of spear, so called frvm having
only a short sbdl wlddi is inserted in the
handle^ and being flt lor throwhig or
aud^jt a wide gap.
v — ^DOQO, n. pL o. (From bo, pressed,
and oqo, a thick body. The first oia long.
AUied io umboxo. Ckmipare He rod oqo
in goqo, qobo, and all its derivatives.)
An esculent root or bulbous plant, some«
tknes of considerable size, eaten in times
of scarcity of food. Ko sonrimioi ka boqo,
i. e. : it being in the garden of boqo, riz. :
where this plant grows,
uku— BOROZA, V. t. (Prom bo, pressed,
thrust, and ro, sound or noise of a rent, see
roba, particolariy the harsh pronunciation
of ro. Those who find ^fficulty in pro-
nouncing ro, use bokoza.)
1. Onomaiopoetic : To make boro, i. e. :
a sound or noise made by treading upon a
dry skin, or upon iron plates, which thereby
recsiTe a dent ; or by thrusting a spear
through a dry skin, thrusting a hole^ &c. ;
—2. iUeralfy t To thrust a hole, a« when
one breaks through a wattle-house; to
beat hcdes tbroo^ as with a punch;
to make a hole in the ear ; to beat one
that it cradn.
im "( BOT JO, n. pL izim. and Imi. (From
mn^ b(^.) A beast with horns erect, esped-
ally an ox for inspanning, or binding some«
thing upon the horn^, as the natives do in
travdling.
urn— BOTJWA, n. pL aba. (From bopa.)
A captire ; one who is bound or chained,
isi— BOTO, n. pL izL (From bo, surface,
front, pressed, and ito, touched, touchable.
JStadioaUtf ooinoiding wUh bata, which see;
and buta, there bdng always many to-
gether.)
A young locust^ — nxa si nge ka bi nama-
piko^ Le.: when they have as yet no
wings. LUeraU^i the surfiu» or body
yielding to the toudi, still in its soft state ;
uncovered.
i^BOTWE, n. pL ama. {See Boto and
Buta.)
A word the meaning of which it is diffi-
cult to fix. It refers chiefly to a low part
or place of country (indau esezansi), or to
a pUee near the sea; hence it has been
ap^ied to sea-ports, and also to the plaees
or towns near or at sea ports. And, a«
there is always a ocdlection of many things
at such places, it has been used to signify
a great house of a chief's kraaL Hy
oi^on is that it was Eaflrixed from the
lingMiport, at some early date, just as
more lately ipole Natal from Port Natal,
im— BOVANE, n. pL irim. alii Boaanx.
(From bo, front, and vane^ see bava, ied-
beva and isibevane, with whi^ it is
radically one. AsforraBeiaMra,voraelons.)
The weevil ; so called on stooount of its
destructive eating (like a brute;) eating
holes = bobo.
im— BOVU, n. pi. iiim* oIm Boar. (From
bo, ftxmt, pr e ss e d, and nvu, ibrthcoming.
See also uru, roughness, row; and govane.)
BS
Digitized by
Google
In beasts, the border, coat, or lap at the
inside of the lips in the comer of the
month ; chaps. It is provided with points,
and assists in plucking rapidly, as well
as in taking, large portions of food at once,
u — BOYU, n. sing, alii BoBir. (From nbn, .
pressed, separated, and ovn, that which
comes fSorth, iisnes.)
Froperlff: excreted matter, as iirom a
tumor, boil, &c
nka— BOXA, y. t. (From bo, in front, and
nza, to set on, (= ica, iqa.) HadicaUy
one with baxa, bexe, baca, beca, boca, and
bnca, &c.)
1. Primariljf; to set or fix something in
front ; to square ; to put or place obstMles
in the way ; to block up ; to obstruct ; to
impede;— 2. To go to oppodte sides; to
be obstinate ; to take an attitude of offence
or defence, or of defiance, = wa ti a ngi
sa Tumi ku tetwe ioala lami nini makafula,
ngi ya emakonni, L e. : he said, I will no
more allow that my case shaU be investi-
gated by yon, Kafir, I go to the English
authorities; — 8. To pervert; to confound;
to mix; (in all these senses being ajq^tlied
to a peculiar turn of mind;)— 4. To mix
mortar, = xova.
— BoxAiri, rcpr. fr. To square, obstruct,
&C., each other's mind; to oppose one
another,
um — BOXI, n. pi. aba. (From boxa.) An
obstinate or quarrelsome person,
u— BOXO, n. See u-Boqo.
um — BOXO, n. (From boxa.) 1. A mix-
ture of any meat or drink;— 2. Some
square body. (Umboxwana, dim., some
squarish body, ae : isitya esimboxwana,
i. e. : a squari^ dish.)
u— BOYA, n. nng. (From 'nbn, surfece,
and oya, that which moves. See moya,
and bonya; baya, biya, and buya.)
Froperlyi a coot; a defence; hut com'
fMnly : hair of animals; fur ; wool; down ;
small feathers of birds,
uku— BOZA, V. t, (From bo, surface, or
pressed, and nza, to come, to make a skin.
Madioallif one with baza, umbeza, ebuza,
&c AJUed to bola.)
To decay; to putrify ;— applied only to
skinny parts or rinds of animal and
vegetable bodies, but without sew consti-
tuents.
i— BOZA, n. (pi. ama. seldom.) (From
boza.) 1. A species of Euphorbia growing
in small shoots high upon t^es^ and spread-
ing over them. It blossoms in winter,
aiid has a yellow flower. Its sap is used
for medicme. After a few years the bark
or rind dissolves, and the shoot dies away ;
—2. An edible belonging to the genus
solanum tuberosum, wild potatoe. So
called from losing its rind or leaf.
isi— BOZI, n. pi. izL (From boza.) Axiy
vegetable that has beoome putnd; A
wUch the skin or coat is rotten,
u— BOZOBA, n. pL o. (From baza, and
nba, to separate. BadicaUy ooinoiding
with bolobe, which see,)
The weazel ; so called because itchanges
its skin.
BU. (AIMed to fu, pu, and vn.) An
exclamation, signifying the ndse or sound
of a blow or stroke through the air, or
against a solid body, at : ya 1i bu intonq^
J. e. : the stick made bu, denoting hollow
noise; open, flat, empty, (coinciding
wUhht^)
BU, pron. and substitute. (Extracted
from the nom. form ubu.) Beferring to
nouns in ubu, «« : ubuty wala bn mnandi,
i. e. : beer it nice = it is nice,
ill— BU, n. pL ama. (From ubu, separated
part.) A border or stripe of the hair on
the poll of those young men who wear the
'* imbunga," from which it is separated,
u— BU, pri. n. (From the roots iba or uba,
to separate. See aba, &o.)
JRadically: that which is separated,
parted, divided, abstracted, fixed in front,
prominent, meeting or striking the eye,
view, face, surface, show, &c. It is used
as a nominal form, denoUng fixedness or
qnalitv, and coindding with the English
terminations "hood," "ship," «ity," and
" ness," (u I ubudoda, L e. ; manhood ;
ubukosi, ehiefUdnship; ubukulu, great-
ness, &o.
ulu— BU, n. (See ubu, separated. The
nom. form ulu, denoting strainings shoot-
ing, &c, see La, verb.)
JPrimarily: that which passes rapidly or
with apparent ease, without apparent
effort; gUbness; smoothness; slipperiness;
= ruluza, which see. Its use is limited to
a woman, who possesses the quality oi
bearing children in abundance^ great
plenty, multitude, as: ubani o nol^ =
ubani o nabantwana bdubu, Le. : which
is (that woman) who has many children,
um — BU, n. pL imi. (From bo, separated.)
A soft kind of wood, of which the isicamelo
and other things are made. U va z'ebula,
L e. : it strips or casts off its bark spon-
taneously ; hence its name,
u— BUA, n. ring. (From ubu, separated,
and a, privative, or local)
IMeralUf : a separated ride ; hence, sea-
side; coast; sea-shore. It designates in a
most philosophical manner the sepazation
(border or margin) between the land, as
ubnok (see the verb ba, to step forth,) and
the ffMfonhle, i. e. : the sea.
It is used, most logically, only in the
locative case, as : ebueni or obueni, i. e. :
at the sea-ride; and is not applied to
Digitized by
Google
BUBULELA.
C«7]
BUDA.
the borders of n bty or the banki of
rivers, which are represented by ugii,
which 9ee.
nkn— BTJBA, ▼. i. (Prom bo, front, fiice» and
be, to press, separate. The accent on « is
short, as in baba II., with which it radi-
can7C(nncide8,asal8obeba,bipa,&c The
primarffsenteUi to blast, blight^ or bleach
the appearance.)
To decease ; to perish ; to die.
Bttbela. qulf. fr. Used only in its
paanye sense, cut lomfkri wa bndjelwa
ngnmtlivana, i. e. : this woman has lost a
c^d by death,— ^. : this woman was
deceased by a child,— expressing rather
the evil which she experienced than that
which was the case with her child.
— - BuBiSA, cans. fr. To cause to perish j
to destroy; to bring to destmotion; — 2.
T6 roin, <m: ba zi bobisile izinhlu xabo,
L e. : they have destroyed or demolished
their houses;— 3. To bring to nanght;
to annihilate, as a statement or evidence.
im— BUBE, n. pL izim. (From buba.) A
lion ; so <alled both from its power to de-
stroj, as also the change of its face or
iqipearance when it sees somebody.
i;-7BUBESI, n. pi. ama. (From bube, and
isi, denoting degree, — li tjiwo ngoboya
obnknln, i, e. : it is called so from raising
its hair.) Lion.
i— BUBESIKAZI, n. pi. ama. (From
babesi and kazi, denoting female.) Lioness ;
also imbnbekazL
im — BUBO and Bubf, n. (From buba, to
bleach, bh'ght. Allied to pupu.)
1. FrimarUtfi something that has a
quality or nature like hair, or fur,— into
etambileyo, i. e. : a soft, flexible, or pliant
thing; yiddingio pressure ;—A«k», 2. A
kind of fine red grass, smaller than the
indnde, long red grass;— 3. The Zwart-
kop; mountain near Maritzburg; so
called from being often covered with snow,
isi— BUBU, n. pL izL {See Bubo.) A
Enpfaorbia shrub with thorns.
«— BUBU, n. pL izhn. (See Bubo.) A
caterpillar; (tribal).
uka— BUBULA, v. t. (From bu, exdam.
repeated, and lUa, tostram. The primary
eense ie; to bring up a noise = wino.
See rubuluza, and gubula, and kupula.)
1« To g^roan; to moan; = ukukuza
pakati, i. e. : to make a moumfhl voice
insde, to groan deeply;— 2. To sigh; to
be oppressed ;— 3. To make a buzmng
soand; tohum, as bees,
i— BUBULELA, n. pL ama. (From bu-
bnla.) A swarm of bees, when flying
throQgfa the air; or a concourse of people
making a buzzing noise.
I isi— BUBULELA, n. pL izi. (Brombubuk.)
t Something stretched or pnjeeting which
causes a noise ; hence, a rock or mountain
projecting into the sea, causing the water
to break and to make a noise. It may be
applied to a cape,
id- BUBULXmOU, n. pL izi. (Prom bubuhi,
to make a roaring noise, and ngu, near a
bend, eee gu; or right down, straight,
perpendicular. See also isi-Babulela.)
The name of the bluff at Port NataL
uku— BUBULUZA,v.t. (From bubida, foAic^
see,' and nzn, to make a noise.)
To bring up a blustering noise; to
bluster, as when scum blusters from a bottle
of beer, or fat is boiled,
uku— BUCA, V. t. fRadiedlUf the tame at:
baca, beca, bid, boca, boxa, and buqa.)
1. To mix or mingle tc^ther ; to con-
found separate things, so that they can
not be distinguished ; to blend, as : mortar,
colors, &c; — 2. To compound; to unite
in a mass, as : ukubuca utywala, L e. : to
mix malt and fluid together for beer, =
ukuhlanganisa nemitombo, L e. : to unite
the fluid together with the malt ; — 3. To
lay on (colors) ; hence, to blacken, as shoes,
to whitewash a house; — 4. To mingle or
plant between or promiscuously, particu-
larly where the first sowing has come up
scantily.
— BUOBLA, qulf, fr. To mix for. Sec., as :
bncela utywala, i. e. : mingle (or beer,
im — BUCU, n. See ubu-Cubu.
isi — BUCU, n. pi. izi. (From buca.) Any-
thing spoiled or corrupted by mixture or
by being confounded with other unclean
things, as boiled food, fiesb, &c; hence,
any thing that smells ill of corruption, as
a dead animal, or even a living one having
wounds or sores which are in a putrid
state. (Se e also pncu.)
uku — BUCUKA, V. i. (Prom bucu and uka,
to go off. DialeoHc are bucuga, bucuqa,
and bucuca. JlUed to pueuka!)
To go over into corruption ; to be in a
rotten state ; to smdl ill already, as cattle
which die of sickness, and soon turn into
a corrupt state.
uku— BUCUNQA and BrxuifraA, v. t. (Prom
bucu, corrupt, and unga, to urgOi to fierce.
Allied to pueuka, to gall.)
To rub off corrupt things or bad smells,
as : ukubucunga okubi emzimbeni, i. e. :
to rub off the dirt from the body ; (which
is done after water has been poured over,
the body and the dirt softened.)
isi— BUCWANE, n. pi izi. (From isi-Bucu,
dim.J
Something having a corrupt, vis^ dis-
proportionate or squarish body or belly, as :
isibucwane setole, i. e. : a calf whidh has
an unusually thick belly, (= boxwana.)
uku— BUDA, V. t. (EadteaUy coinciding
with bada, bidi. Allied to puta. The
]><
Digitized by
Google
BUKiu*
[S8]
BUEULA.
frimarjf Hme i$i to floAt in front or
before th« cjM.)
1. To swim in though^ m in a dream ;
to talk in sleep ;— 2. To speak like a dizzy
person; to jabber; to speak as if dreaming,
i— BUDA, n. pi. ama* (From boda.) One
who does not know wluit he speaks ; who
speaks as if dreaming ; a orasj person,
id— BUDA, n. pi. izi. (If this word is
derived from the Terb bnda, it means to
swim or drench the prominent part, vU^
the in-Bnta, to which it is closely allied,
signifies to smear or anoint.)
A soft red stone^ or odire, which is
dissolved in water and smeared on the
crest of the hair (isibnta or isifoko) of
women.
ttko--BUDABUDA,T.i. f72spe<»<Mm qfbada.)
To speak mndi as in a dream ; to speak
like a dizzy or intoticated person.
ukn^BUDAZA, ▼. t. (From boda, and iza,
to come, to make. Sm budiza end bodnza.)
To pretend to hava or recetre thoughts,
oommnnications^ &c, in sleep; to form
and rekte fietiiions tales. This word
apfdies partionlarly to the deoeitfol arts
and practices of the izinyanga, who pre-
tend to speak with the ' amahl(»B' Tdeparted
spirits) in sleep, or even with Qod, and to
receive directions or revelations respecting
their profession.
nkn— BUBIZA, v. t. (Frombuda, andiza,
to mske. Clotely aUUd to bndaza.)
To make a noise with the tongue, asi
umkovu n budiza ku nkiwe alwimi Iwake,
i. e. : an owl makes a noise, when its
tongue has been cut cff.
Isl— BUDU, n. pi. izi. (From buda.) LUer-
aUyx something which has a rushing mo-
tion ; hence^ a kind of hare.
nku— BUDUZA, v. t. (From buda, and uza.
Se6 bndasa and budiza.)
To make a rushing noise, at : umuntu a hlabe
inhln a ti budu, i. e. : if one has stabbed in
a house, he makes a noise like budu. It
is also said of gargling, to make budu budu.
— BuDirzELA, qulf. fr. To rush toward
some object with a noise, ati abantn be
ba ningi b'enza budu budu, i* e. t the people
being many, roshed on with some noise.
isi^-BUHLAKALA. n. pL izi. (From buhk.
HadiealUf one with bihii, to break open,
• and kala, straining.) Anything that suffers
from ruptnre» or that is like rupture, =
umnniu o nerik>nda emzimbeni u ti buhlu
buhlu, i. e. : one who has a sore at his
body will suffer a rupture of it ;— nezinto
ezlpekiwevo zi ya ku vntwa zi ti buhlu,
U e : and also things cooked when they
are done, will burst out (steam.)
n^BUHLUNGU, n. See Hlungu*
iikn<>-*BUKA, v. t. (From bu, face, and oka,
to set or foL The primary emm «#: to
be fixed tip<m something before or in firont
BadiceUfy ome with beka. Sis, t bulnka.)
1. To observe; to see or behold with
attention;— 8. To look upon; to view
with pleasure or satisfMUon, ott ngi ya
m buka k>mtwana, i* e. t I admire this
child ;— 8. To look at ; to reflect upon ; to
inspect;— 4. To visit from kind feelings,
at : ngi za kubuka wena, i* e. : I oome to
see you ;— 6. To visit, to look at ftxnm bad
fioelings^ aet ukubuka xxmtux nentombi»
i. e.: to look with carnal denr% at a
woman or girL
BmcANA, rqff. fr. To behold each
other, Ac
•»— BuKisA, caus. fr. To cause or make
behold, &c.
n— BUEALI, n. See Kali,
nku— BUKEZA, v. t (From an obsolete
verb buka, from bi, bail, and nka, to set^
come off. (This contraction accounts fbr the
peculiar and short accent on bu^-aiaetiy
like the English < book,'— which it retuns
in all derivatives)— and from isa, to make.
Bugesa is diaUcHo,)
Properly X to make that which came off
badly* or in a rough or nneven states v»s.,
to remake it; to turn it over. It is
exdusively applied to com which has been
ground coarsely, and Is to be done over
again.
isi— BUEO, n. pi. izL (From bukn.) An
instrument fbr looking; Aence, a looking-
glass, mirror, window, pair of spectacle^
spy-glass, &c ; used also of watef •
isi— BUKU, n. pL isl. (From bukeza, iri-U
and uku, upset, turned head over heels; n
of bn short)
1. Any piece or block of wood which is
kicked about the places and sometimes
used to sit upon, ^;— i. JPigwred. A
block*bead; a stupid person* who aUows
himself to be kicked about.
n^BUEU, n.siDg. (From buka. AUied
to izibugu, and gcuka.)
A bog, or boggy pkoe covered with
water, aex wo badja obukwinl mna a
kw'azi ukuhlamba* L e. t you will sink in
the bog. if you do not know bow to emkm.
From this instance we observe that ubuku
coincides with isibukOk as its surfoce kxtks
quite otherwise than its bottom*
isi-BCEUBUEn, n. pi. izi. (A repetition
of isi-Buku.) A short and thick, a thick-
set person, » a block; it appliea also to
animals,
uku— HUKUDA, v. t. (From bukn, npset,
turn over bead and heels, and uda, to drive,
to swim.)
To dock ; to dip, plunge, or Smntrfte in
water for a short time ami headlong*
tku— BUEULA* V. t. (From bukn, upset,
and uk* to strain, to raise.)
Digitized by
Google
bulalskI.
C»M
BUBiA.
1. LU^aUjf I To ndto or lift tip from
ibt ground and turn h«ad over hesb ; to
o76rtom ; to overthrow, at t inkomo i ya
buknlft .inkoimaia, L e.: tho cow pmhet
lier calf (heauong) away i-^S. To give np ;
to put away ( to be tired of, 09 1 ukubukola
ufliilttU i. e. t to turn away bit wifs^ = to
tonka ber.
ukv-^BUKUZA, V. t. rProm buku> upiot,
and iB^ to make* Auied to pukusa.)
1. T6 turn updde down, tut bokuza
liongwan^ L a. ; turn tbe opening of the
BBuff-bos down (for pouring out muff) ;—
2. Toupael.
— — Btkitzbka, quit. fr. To wallow, or
roU one** bodv on the ground 1 to turn
head over beeli.
nkn— BULA, v. U {JtadUtall^ the tame oi
bala, b^ bila, bola, and as indabula, kum-
boUs &0. €h9^ connected with buza,
and bulxda. Sis, bna.)
1. To beat out ; to tbraeb out, ai com
(wbioh is raised when beaten) i—B. To
mise a qoeitlon ; to try to bring out ; to
use means to bi^ig out| to try to ascer-
tain. Oft ukubula envangeni, i. e. 1 to
employ an tnyanga for bringing out (some
miaebief, &c.); to conmlt a wizard ;~3.
To have in the mind ; to mean, as : u bula
bani, i. e. : whom do you mean P
—^ BrLSKA, quit. fr. To be in a state of
being beaten, as : ngl buleklle eaweni, i. e. :
I have hurt myself in the eye (= bula-
Iddle.)
— *« BuLKLA, quit. fr. To thrash out at, as :
amabele si ya wa bulela kona, i. e. : the
tank we beat out there.
-««*- Bttusa, cans. fr. To help to beat out, &c,
KoTB.— The Xosa uses buleU also in the
ins of ffivinff thanks, = manifesting the
mind $ and buUsa for salmting, =± express-
ing the mind.
uku — BULALA, v. t. (From bula,. and ila,
to strain fbrUi. <Sif. bohiea; iSWaAefo'lma;
Aftih^ na, passitm uawa, and the Zulu-
Kafir has bulawa, analogously for its
pasnte.)
1. iVMi«f%t to thrust forth, to strain;
JUiiee, to hurt, ii\jure» damage, impair
health, att wa zi bulala ngokusebenza,
i. e. : be hurt himself by hard working j —
S. Tdslay; to put to deathi to klU; to
aitirder} to take tbe llfo; applied to
animal and vegetable life» asi intelo si
bolewe ilanga^ Le. : the plant has been
killed by the (heat oi) the sun,*— 8. To
destroy in any way, as : izltya zonke zi
bnlewe, i.e.i all the dishes have been
broken into pieces.
«^^— BuuLLAKA, rcpr.fr. To kill, murder,
JbOn one another.
-— * BvuLtsKA, quit. fr. 1. To be killing,
murdering, &o. ; to be apt to be destroyed ;
-^8. To lose life; to suffer severe1y» asi
u bulalekile, i.e. t be has received a hurt.
ton— BULALI, n. pL aba. (From bulak.)
A murderer; destroyer.
isi-^BULO, n. pi. izL (From buk.) 1. A
thrashing instrument, as a stick, flaiU &c. ;
«— 2. A ^ace for thrashing, thrashing-floor,
im— BULU, n. pi. izim. (From bula, strained,
raised. It Is connected with intulu, sala-
mander.)
A name of a most extraofdinary animal,
in shape and color like the salamander, but
as largQ as the " leguan.'' It lives near
the banks of rivers, and often goes ftr on
the land in search of milk from cows,
winding its lonf tail around thor hind
legs, and sucking the udder. Water-
clmmeleon.
Qku>-*BULUBA, v. t. (From bula and uba,
to be separated. Of the same radicals as
boloba. See also loba, to cut open.)
Fropei^ I to separate, and thus to rid
from; exdusively applied to barren oows»
e.g.t inkomo ezekiwe a ya zaya zala in-
konyana, l. e. : of a cow whldi ?ras covered,
but never produced young.
q]£IX_BULUKA, v. i. (From buk and uka,
to go out, &c. Allied to puluka.)
To go about unemployed or idle,
i— BULULU, n. pi. ama. (From bulu and
ulu, or, which is the same, from bu and
nlulu, light, empty, stupid.)
A kind of adder, generally of a yellow
color, trlanglcd In bkck, with a flat body,
from one to three feet long. It is very
slothful, and hence, most probably. Its name,
i— BULULWANB, n. pL ama. fFrom
bubu, see bubulela, andlulwane, tohichsee^
A swarm of bees when flying away,
nkn— BULUNQA, v. t. (Rfom bulu, beaten,
and nnga, to bend round. A contracted
form of bubulunga.)
1. To make a round form, as a round
bread ;— 8. To make a sharp point round.
•oi*-^ BuLUimAirA, rcpr. fr. To collect upon
one heap, as bees when swarming. {See
bubulela.)
im*) BULUNGA, n. (From bulunga.) Yinto^
isi j e nge nanhloko, i. e. : anythinff which has
no point ; something of a round form,
uku— BULUZA, V. t. (From bula, and uza,
to make, to sound. Compare bulnba and
bulikka. AlUed to bumbuluza.)
1. Onomaiop, to make a sound llkebule
or bulu, as when a bottle Is filled with fluid,
or the ktter poured out of it;— 2. Uier-
aUy : to Come eawly ; to flow abundantly ;
to overflow, as: ukubuluza abantwana
abaningi = ukuzala abantwana abanlng!,
i. e. : to bring forth many children,
i— l-UMA, n. pi. ama. (From bn, separate,
and ima, to stand, to set. AlUed to puma.)
1. River or water-flag;— 2. Grten beads.
I>4
Digitized by
Google
BUNA.
[40]
BtrNGANE.
um — ^BUMA, s. pL imL (Set i-BoimL) A
mat made of tiie ibama-rosh.
uku— BUMBA, V. t. (From ba, preated, and
mnbs, to preae together. The primary
sense is : to press a mass together, to make
thick, solid or stiff, to romid. RadiedUy
one with bomba, bemba, bimba, &c. Allied
to lamba.)
1. To work a mass of day, at t Qkn-
bamba izlmbiza, i. e.; to work in pottery;
— 2. To make, to form, a#: ukubumba
amanga, i. e. : to form lies, falsehoods; —
8. To be still; say nothing, = to hold
(the toDgne).
i — BUMBA, n. pL ama. (From bamba.)
A piece of pot^lay.
im— BUMBA, n. pi. izim. (From bomba ;
aUied to idambi.) A round black bean, as
large as a ballet. It £prow8 under groimd,
and is eaten together with maize,
im) BUMB£,n. (From bamba.) J%ifra-
m ) Uvely : a piece of, or some potH3lay, signi-
fying a person of a rough, uneonth, &c.,
diaracter or habit ; nnedacated, anleamed,
undone, ignorant, stupid, &c.
um^BUMBI, n.pLaba. (From bomba.) A
potter,
im— BUMBULU, n. pL izia. (From bumba,
and ulu, stretched.) A roundidi thing ; as
a bulb, kernel, iVuit, ball, &c
uku— BUMBULUZA, ▼. t. (From bumu,
which see, and bnluza. JRadically one with
bomboloza, allied to bubuluza, dialectic
only. Or, from bumba and uluza, to make
loose, — which all amount to the same, aoid
prove the term to be yagae.)
I. To come easily; to come or yield
abundantly, as; nxa amabele maningi a
bumbuluza, i. e. : when com is abundant it
issiudto "bumbuluza";— 2. To rush out;
to break or burst out, as when the contents
of a packet, which was bound up, rush out ;
— 3. To get children very ea^y, = bu-
luza;— 4. To throw off loosely or easily, as
a horse its rider ; to throw down;— 5. To
indulge in sensual pleasures, a«: wa hla
wa ya kulala u bumbuluzile, 1. e. : he ate
and went to lie down, having gratified his
desires.
im-BUMBWANE, n. (DiaUcHo,) See
Bung^lwane.
i "^ BUMU, n. pi. ama. or imi. (From
um ) bu, separated, and umu, standing open.)
Literally : a mass rushed or burst ou(^
an umbiliod rupture.
im *) BUMU, n. {See i-Bumu.) The act of
isi 3 bursting, or the state of bemg violently
separated; ruptxure of the umbilicus,
uku— BUNA, V. i. {Radically one with bana,
bena, bina, and bona. The primary sense
is : to look pressed, to look or appear weak ;
to vanish.)
1. To fade; to lose its freshness; to
become sapless ; to droop; to bang down;
to wither; — 2. To decay; to become poor
or miserable!
im— BUNA, n. O^rom buna.^ Sometlmig
which has lost its native vigour; henoe^
that which has become tame. It is used
as an adjective, as : inkabi imbuna (con-
tract, of 1 yimbuna) L e. : the ox is tame,
ubu— BUNCE, n. (-S^ Umbunce.) Poverty,
um— BUNCE, or Bnvoi, n. pL aba. (From
buna, and ice or ici, extreme, utmost.)
JProperly : one who has been reduced to
a very poor or miserable co nd i t i on^ or to
poor circumstances ; a pauper,
n— BUNDA, or Bukde, n. pL izim. (From
buna, and Ida, to reach. BadiceUly one
with benda, bende, bindi, and bonda; — the
sense is : to extend, to increase.)
1. JLiterally and primarilyt-^A place
prepared, or an indosure, a contrivance
for the drooping or miserable ; hence, in a
general sense, a partition or place raised of
earth or clay inside of the native-hut, in
which the goats or calves are kept ; — ^2, A
layer; stratum.
i— BUNDA, n. pi ama. (See ubunda.) A
shrub growing upon rodcs and having a
&ded or poor appearance. Its bark is, na-
turally, tough, and used for sewing baskets.
um^BUNDAN^A, n. pi. imi. (From ubunda.
JHmnt,)
An animal which is kept at the ubooda,
designating the same to be in a poor or
miserable condition.
um— BUNDANE, n. (Dialectic.) See Bon-
gane.
um — BUNDU, n. pL imi. (From ubunda.)
1. The raised border or edge of the fire-
place ;— 2. The round or drcle along' the
whidi the sticks of native-huts are ftstened.
im — ^BUNE, n. pi. izim. (From buna.)
Something fiided or withered; applied to
plants.
i— BUNGA, n. (From buna, and ga, the
sense is : thoroughly faded ; henoe, white.
SeeimpTmgB, white. BadieaUy onewUh
banga, benga, binga, and bonga.)
1. Fosse (?), or a substance of a soft or
decomposed qmility, applied to wood, e. g. :
umuti o sobolile u nga se nawo umluo^
i. e. : wood which is decayed to some
degree as to be no more of use fbr fire, or
wluch has become spongy ;-r'2. A substance
like mould, as the small down of fowls,
im— BUNGA, n. pL izim. (/S^tf i-Bud|a.)
The peculiar manner of wearing or dresong
the hair like a bishop's wig.
i— BUNQANE, n. pi. ama. (From ibungay
and ane, similar, like.)
Properly I alarva.»-In this sense the
word is tribal, but in general it denotes a
black beetle^ which comes forth from that
larva.
Digitized by
Google
BUQEKA.
[41]
BUTA.
nbt— BUNOAZA, r. t. (Oontrteted of bu-
Imiga, and iza» to oome^ to make.)
To oome around ; to collect around, or :
nkmnbangaza nmonta e fika, i. e. : to
oome arouid one when be is arriving.
— — BuiroizBLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To trouble
far aometbing, = nkuoela into koflkayo
i. e. : to beg for aometbing from bim wno
11 arriTing {viz, : by surrounding bim) ; —
2. To be troublesome to ;— 8. To surround
in a friendly manner, as dogi wben tb«r
iai— BUNGE, n. pi. izi.. {See i-Bunga.)
JJUerally: something decayed ;— applied
to a person oi a stupid or lazy chancter,
= i8iula.
i— BUNGEZI, n. (From ibunga, and in,
little priddes or down.) A substance
wbidi has got mouldy, as fbod wben being
|Nit away,
isi— BUNGU, n. pi. izi. {See i-Bunga.)
A wood*worm, or any other worm l»ed
in mouldy things,
um— BUNGU, n.pl. imi. {See i-Bunga.)
lAUraUy : a mass which, as it were, is in
a decayed or mouldy state, or which is in
a leas perfect state, e. g. : inkonyana e
zele imhlope e nge nabala, i. e. : a calf
which is bom white having not yet any
colour. Or, as young be^ in the comb.
dm— BUKQUE:A, v. i. (From bunge, and
nka, to go off; to become. Allied io
pangnka and pungula.)
To become stupid, senseless, Jtc, = ije
ngesiula, L e.: as a fbol.
im — ^BUNGULU, n. pL isdm. (From bungu,
and ulu, light, strained.) A small kind of
inflect, Jy or musquito.
i-^BUNU, pi aua. '^ Zuluized" from the
DotdKboer.
isi— BUNU, n. pi. ia. (From buna.)
Genitals of females.
uks— BUNXA, V. t. {Badically the tame ae
banza, which eee.) To straddle. {Seldom
meed.)
— — BuwXKLkf qnlf. fr. Ukuyibnnxela in-
tombi, i. e. : to have carnal oonnezion with
a gorl in a very indecent manner. (Vulgar.)
i— %UNZI, n. {Badicaify the same ae
bans, broad. Allied to punzi.) The
Ibcehead.
ite— BUQA,T.t. {SadicdUyonewiihhsiq^
dcCtbooiL 2^«r»fMafysmMeM: tomingle.)
^1. To tread under foot ; to trample
ftwn, as : utyani bu buqiwe, i. e. : the
grass has becni trampled down ;— 2. To
rake ; to level, tfiz, : as by raking the
ground is beaten down;— 3. To plant a
second time at pUioes where the fint seed
did not oome up^ = buca.
— — . BvqiKA,qult. fr. To become hard or
solid l^ trampling, as : inhleU i buqekile,
the road is qmte beaten.
uku— BUQAZA, v. t. aUi Bitquza. (From
buqa^ and iza, to make. AUied to pucula.)
1. To be engaged in trampling or
stamping with the feet, as: abantu em-
jatwini ba ya buqaza, i. e. : wben the
people are at a dance they stamp with the
feet;— 2. To hop, jump, spring, or dance,
as a dog when it springs for joy and wags
its tail ; or as the tail of a snake when cut
off; — 8. To mash or crush, &c, as food by
stamping or beating;— 4. To mangle, as
dotbes.
— .. Bt7QA£BLA, qulf. fr. To tread easily;
to go easily, as : umuntu ohambayo e nga
pete Into u buqazela, i.e. : one who walks
but does not carry anything, moves easily
(as it were, jumping) along.
ii](Q^BUSA, V. t. (From bo, before, front,
and usa, to burst, shine, light. Thepri-
fnary sense if : to let the eye be fixed upon,
to keep in sight. Allied io buka and
buta. See ubnso, face. Sis, boss; SuaheU
usso.)
1. To exercise authority; to have au-
thority as a lord ; to be a lord ; to have
dominion, as : o nga sebenzi u setyenzelwa
ngabantu u ya busa, i. e. : he who needs
not to work and for whom people work is
a lord;— 2. To make a show by giving,
reigning, governing, &c; to keep under
sight ; to rule ;— 3. To be prevwling, pros-
perouSi happy, &c., a« : u ya busa lomuntu,
i. e. : this man is well off ;— 4. To honor;
to pay respect ; to serve, as: ma ku soke
imiAinda aba nga busi inkoei, i. e. : let the
subjugated people get away who do not
obey the diief.
— BuSBLA, qnlf. fr. To govern ; to rule,
iui, for; to be happy for, a# : si ya busek
nje, i. e. : wo enjoy ourselves and need
nothing.
Bttbisa, cans. fr. To make happy, pros-
perous ; to treat well, hospitably, Ac. ; to
be hospitable ; to serve willingly, as :
abantu ba ya yi busisa inkosi, i. e. : the
people serve the king properly.
— • BusisxKA, quit. fr. To come into a
state of being made happy, &c.
um— BUSI, n. pL aba. (From busa.) A king,
governor, ruler,
lun— BUSISO, n. (From burisa.) An act
of good government; prosperity; blessing.
isi— BUSO, n. pi. izi. (From busa.) 1. The
manner of governing ;— 2. A rule of gov-
ernment,
um— BUSO, n. pi. imi. (From busa.) King-
dom; dominion; realm,
uku — ^BUTA, V, t. (From bu, before, in
ftani, and uta, to pour, to throw. The
primary sense is: to crowd. See the
allied bata, bets, and botwe.)
1. To collect together; to come together,
as : abantu ba ya buta enkooni, i. e. t the
Digitized by
Google
peopk »• githering togethv at tlw Chkf ;
—4S. To stay; to iiMkke a itay, <m: iaindnnft
be Bi bote kwomlrala namhla, Le.: the
bead-men itayed at the ifteat plaoe to-day;
— 8. To oollect a Dumber of things into
one place { to gather or bring togetiier ;—
4. To get in harrest ; to oollect by picking^
XCD, by pluoking or eropplng, at t botam
isikweba enwiuyo, Le. : pick yon op the
ears which have fallen down.
— -*- BuTAVA, rcpr. fr. To come* assemble,
stay, Ac, together. Sometimes endawinye
or endanniqye is added, 1. e. t into one place.
»— Btttbxa, qtdt* fr. To be fit for being
odlleoted, &o. .
— — BuTXLA, qolf. fr. To collect together
for, at» about, &c., a$ t ba bntela koye, i. e. :
they came collecting or crowding near,
abont him.
isi— BUTA, n.pLid. (From bnta.) Some-
thing gathered together, as a heap of com ;
particolarly applied to the little toft of
hair, which the women wear on their head.
BUTAKATAEA. ^See Takataka.
i— BUTO, n. pi. ama. (From buta.) A
soldier, viz, : one who stays for the JB^ng's
serv ice.
ntt— BUTU, n. (From bota.) A collection
of water in ttie brain of slvsep^ of which
they die.
im— BUTUMU, n. pi. i«im. (From buta
and umu, stand, set.) The gnu ; probably
BO called from their being uways together
in large numbers.
BUTUNTU. See Tuntu.
uku-^BUXELA, r. t. (From bu» pressed,
and xela, to point forth. Allied to boqehi.)
To thrust stakes into the ground,
uku— BUXUNGA, r.t. See Bueunga.
BUlLUQU and BuxuBirxi;. Onomato-
poetic, ezpressiye of the noise made by
treading mortar, but originally taken from
the noise cattle make in their kraal when
it has become a mass of mud. It is also
applied to smearing or dirtying the body
or any part of it, as the fhce with red clay,
Ac. {Tied i9ft<A ukuti buzuqu* (SadicctU^
one with buca, buqa, &o.)
nku— BUYA» t.L (Rad^fitta^ one ioiih\iiK!j9i,
biya, to stop. SuaheU uya, to go bade ;
a£».boea.)
1. To go back; to come back; to return,
viz. : /hm a ptace^ ai t u buyile Emkun-
frunhloTo, i.e.: he has returned from
Pietermaritzburg;— 2. To come again, a« :
wa bnya na ukusibona yini, i. e. s did you
come again to see us or— ?
This simple form is extensively used to
express the adverb agcdn, ae : ihashe 11
buye la bonwa* i. e. ) the horse has been
found agidn ;— loku a ku sa yi kubuya ku
ba kona, i. e. t this shall never happen to
be there again.
S. To reoottr from a fidftUog ftt| fron
exhaustion, Ac ; to revive.
— — BtTYELA* quUl fr. 1. To retttm for;
to return, go back to the same place, state
or condition iU which a thmg wis before,
at : wa buyelA ekaya, i. e. : ne tamed to
his home ;->2. Ukumboyela umuato» L e. :
to return fbr his benefit, ooftsolation* Ice.;
to comfort one about something; to tran-
quillise.
— — • BtTTELAiTA, rcpr.fr. To settle nsutuaUy,
to quiet, tranquillize one another reBgacting
a disturbance, a#: be be xabe&e kanti
ma^je se be buydene, L e» : they weda bad
friends with each other, but now they have
come back upon good terms.
•-^i^ BmnuLi, freqt.fr. 1. To return over
and over ; to return feom. one to another
place fVom whence one had started; to
return on the same day ;— 8* To retora»
go back for a thing again.
•— - Btttiba, cans. fr. 1. To return, bring,
carry or send back i to restore $^%, To
r^y; to recompense; — 8. To make or
cause to return, go back, Ac
— «• BtnnDiAirA* rcpr. fr» To appease^ tran-
quilliie each other ; to make peaoe with
eadi other.
••-*- BunsiLA, qulf. fr. To return^ rscom*
pense^ Ac, for or to.
«i-^ BunsiLAKA, rcpr. fr. To return, ^
to each other, a»: be be buyiseleiie iilnkomo
ezitunjiweyo^ i. e. i they gave back oa each
ride or to each side the cattle taken in
war.
i—BUYA, n. (From boya.) SMhtide.
im^BUYA, n. (1 cannot find out the pro-
per signification of this word. The Xosa
has imbiwa for it.)
Name of a pl^t resembling purslain.
It is eaten by the natives, And makea a
nice spinage when young.
iri--BUTA, n. pL izi. fOMMCk^ nM
isi~Bava«) A place where tha natives
bring m or put their crops of coni<-«»Tbe
idea is that before the bringing in the com
is said to be at emimangweni, i»a.i ex-
posed on the hills, but now it returns borne,
uku— BUTEKEZA, v.t. (From buya» a quit
fr., bnyeka and iia, to make.)
Literally : to make or do a thing over
again; to let go through the same proMM.
Exclusively applied to grinding com or
other substances. j^
i^BUYI, n. pi. amo. eiUi BoTt. (Irbuyi
is the rig^t etymology, it means paMOger.)
A species of fklcon.
um^BUYISBLI. n.pl.aba, (From buyMa.)
A person who makes reeooipenee^ res-
titution, &c.
isi— BUYISBLO, n. (From buyisek.) 1.
An act of restitution \**^% The thing res-
tored or rccompeneed.
Digitized by
Google
oka— BU2A« v. U (From bo, ttmt, p ro ned,
L and nsa, to CO1110, perceiTe. The tenae is
to thnut befor* or tgainit th« mind.
AUM to bin. bon, and bnla.)
1. To put before the mind; to ascertain
tiie mind; to inqnire;— 2. To ask; to
interrogate^ tu 1 lucubnia izindaba, i. e. :
to ask about news i-^S. To oatechiie ; to
pnta qoestion;— 4. To examine; to find
ont by inqmring» a* : nkaboza icala* L e. :
to investigato a case*
— Bttzaha, rcpr»fr. To inquire with each
other; to confer; to consult.
— «<— BvzKLJL, qulf. fr. To inquire, ask« &&,
Ibr, after» &c.
— «^ Btrzi8A» cans, ft* To try to inquire,
aak, &c; to make inquiry ; to pretend to
-«— BrziBiBi* cans. fr. 1. To inquire^ Ac,
earnestly* diligenUy;^2. To search out.
uka — BUZA, T. t. (From bu, excUait^ and
II* iza, to make. Uia short as in the English
Oaa3-book.")
1. LiUraihf : to make a sound or noise
like bn ; to make a bussing noise ; to hum;
—2* To swarm.
im^BUZAMO, tu (From bnsa I« and ima,
to stand; set.)
A right tributary to the Umrotl Biver,
entering into the hwt a short distance from
the sea.
im— BUZANI, n. pi. isin. (From butt II.,
and ani, ( dimmsH ve fofm,) A small
inseci or fly, which finequents sour sub*
isi--BUZfiXGANI, n. pL ki. (From buza,
and Ingani, an Infant; or of buaea and
iDgaoaai, of whidi the sense w«^ild be,^
what sort of inq^uring thing?)
A name of contempt giren to stupid or
kMnr people.
isi— BUZBNQB, n. Tbd same as busengani
a»diri-Bnnge»
i^BUZI, n. pL Ama. (From bon i.) A
large mouse,— probably 09 called from its
ahtfp instinctk
Ib-^BUZI, n. pi. Irim. (If this word comes
from baca I. tiie sense woukl be, a species
pwhing or thrusting (brth* coinciding with
the SU, betsi* we Zulu badl, ana with
pn^ and puti, which see* SuakeU and
yUra bosi, Makwa puri.) A goat,
isi— BUZI, n. |d. isi. (From eouss, whieh
see.) lAteriMyi any ikinnT part of the
natural covering of animal bodies, after it
has been cast off; as also shelly parts, as
of ring-worms when decayed.
■m— BUZI, n. pi. aba. (From buza I.) An
inquirer.
um— BUZI80, n. pi. iroi. (From butisa.)
A matter or subject of mere inquiry.
i-*BUZC^ n. pL ama. (From busa 10 A
question, query.
nm— BUZO, n. i^ imi. (From bun 1.) An
djeot in question; something put forth
as a question*
im— BWABA, n. pL isim. (From bu, de-
noting quality, and aba, to separate. Com-
monly pronounced imbaba. AUM to
imfaba, which eee,J
Some kind of eataUe of an infrrior or
not nourishing quality, as rery young
pumpkins, es^dally such as have been
killed hj frost,
i— BW£; n. pL ama. (AmahlaU diaUet.)
NoTi.— The auaheiU and 2fika hare bua
instead of our wa, to fidl, from which we
have iwa, a rock. It would, therefore^
appear that wa (ZuU) is only a renmant
of bua, vis., its passive form, and .that our
itya also is but a passtre ftra of bua, it
bdng exactly the same as ibwa B
always, in the pasuve, changes into ty,
as baba, batywa.) The same as itye,
stone, rock.
c.
This charaeter is employed to r^resent
a dass of dental-dicks. In articulating
the same, the tip of the tongue is drawn
in a pressing or sucking manner against
the upper front-teeth and the gums, and
quickly struck away so as to make a dight
noise or smadE. Its modified sounds are^
in the present stato of orthography,
distbguished by additional consonants
accordiog to their nature, a* : eels, ncela,
gdna, ngcengce.
CA, adv. (Originally a verb, coindding
with qa (and often with ga andka), the
signification of which is, to tip, top^ tap,
lap, flap, skp, snap,— a tip, top, point,
end, dbB.; and hence, the Uppennost^
utoMst, outermost, extreme, last, least
point, ate.) No; nay; trih^il, instead of
qa, watcA see*
ukn--CABA, v. t. (From ca, top» and iba, to
press or separate. .Zom cwaba.)
1. To top trees and boshes ; to take off
the tops or upper part, as the natives do
when they make their garden In a bush ;
—2. To clear a place of t»-ees and bush,
m t ukucaba emasimini, i. e* t to dear off
the trees, &c., in the . garden ;— 8. To
dear; to open or cut through a bush, as
when a road is made through it.
id— OABA, n. sing. (See the verb eaba.)
Literally : any thing of which the top has
been taken off, or of , which the upper
pdnt or side has been pressed ; henee^ any
thing pressed flat, as a lump of dough
made into a flat cake; the flat surface of a
tablet, Ach <» < umbiU yisicaba, I. e. s flat
crushed maize.
Digitized by
Google
CABU.
[44]
CAKAMISA.
This word is generally tued at an a^ec-
tire, and changes its nom. form isi,
assaming the correspondent to the nonn,
<u : nmbila nmcaba, i. e. : the maize is
flat, vit.: when it has been boiled the
natires press it flat, or cmsh it flat, npon a
stone.
From the sense of flat, another, —
tmooth, — has originated, asi indwangn
incaha, i. e. : the table-cloth is smooth
(spread smoothly). {Xoaa, incawa.)
Another nse made of this word is that
of an adverb, with nknti, oi: yi songe
ngamacopo i ze i ti caba indwangn, 1. e. :
fold the sheet by its comers that it may be
in smooth order, or that the comers lie
nicely one on the other. (Note. — It is
closely allied to capa, and often confounded
with the latter, or nsed synonymously.)
nku — CABANGA, v. t. (From ca, upper-
most, the mind, and banga, which »ee. —
Other dialects nse camanga.)
1. To employ the mind ; to occupy the
mind with some topic; to cause the mind
to think ; to form thoughts or ideas in the
mind, <ui inhliziyo yami i sa cabanga,
i. e.: my mind is still thinking;— 2. To
intend; to conclude, <u: nga cabanga
nkuya etegwini, i. e. : I thought of gmug
to the bay; — 8. To fancy ; to imagine; to
suppose;— 4. Toconnder; to reflect, as:
umuntu obayo a ka cabangl, 1. e. : one
who is stealing does not think (of the
consequences); — 5. To meditate;— 6. To
presume; to apprehend; — 7. To peroeite;
to conceive.
— Cab ANGELA, qulf. fr. To think for,
upon, about, &c
Cabakgisa, cans. fr. To cause to think,
consider, Ac.; to try to occupy the
mind, &c
u— CABANGA, n. f&« the verb.) Ima-
gination, reflection, consdentiousness, €u:
umuntu lo u nocabanga, L e.: this man
has fear (of conscience) = u novalo ; or,
a ka nacabanga, i. e. : he has no fear, == n
nesibindi. (This word is, however, only a
contraction of the Inflnt. ukucabanga.)
isi— CABANGO, n. pi. izi. (From cabanga.)
Thought, idea, reflection, meditation, Ac.
um— CABI, n. pi. aba. (From caba.) One
who clears a piece of ground for gardening,
or cuts a bush away.
nm— CABO, n. pi. imi. (From caba.) 1.
The work done in clearing a bush away ; —
2. A place where the bush has been
chopped away,
isi — CABU, n. pi. izi. (From caba, or of ca,
extremely, and ebu, which see. The sense
is one, extremely pressed. The Xosa has
isigcawu; others isiqabu.)
JMercUly : a maker of cobweb, viz. : a
s^der with hair.
ukn^CACA, v. t. (A repetition of ca, wUdk
see. The notion of this rerb rtfyn^
according to the nature of the didc, to
finer or smoother objects than qaqa does.
AUied also to gcaca. Xosa, cuca.)
To touch slightly, or in the least degree,
the skin, as in cutting a boil ; to cot or
make several cuts at such a place,
nku— CACAMBA, v. t. (From caca, whu^
see, and amba, denoting drcnmferenoe.
See amba, bamba, bembe^ bimbi, bombo^
&0. Allied to qaqamba.)
To cut or crack the capsule ; to abell,
as : amahlakuva uma a'nekiwe elangeni a
ya cacamba, i. e. : when the nuts of the
cnstor-oil tree have been exposed to the
sun they crack the capsule,
nku— CACAMEZELA, v. t. (From caeama,
which is a slight modification of cama, to
rest upon, and izela, frequent, of iza, to
make ; or, which comes to the same, from
caca, and imezela, to move upon fire*
quently. The Xosa inoocombeb, taw-
driness, is the same.)
Properly; to use or wear somef^ing
which rests or moves upon the eye-Hds;
hence, to wear some ornament, a string of
beads, Ac., over the eyes,
nm— CACAMEZELO, n. pi. imL (From
caoamezela.)
A matter wom across the eyes. (The
Xosa has isicooombela for such apparel.)
CACANI. /S^eQaqani.
nku— CAGA, v. t. (From ca, utmost, and iga,
to cut, to hew. Compare cansa and aoa.)
1. Literally : to cut in peces; to ha^ ;
to hew extremely. Sence, to be lean, as i
inhlala i si ca^^o, L e.: the fiunhie has
made our eyes to sink, = made us men*
g^e; — ^2. To be destitute of fkt ; to have a
ragged or haggard look, as: inkonyam
icagile, i. e. : the calf looks haggard,
nku— CAGATJA, t. t (From caga, to cnt
in pieces, and tja, to throw, = pa. Allied
to caija, to glean.)
To pick up (wood which is) out in pieces,
as the branches which have been cnt off;
hence, to pidc up little pieces of wood, =
nkuteza innkuni ezincanyana, L e.: to
collect little pieces of wood,
nku- CAKA, r. See this word, and all of its
derivatives, under qaka.
uku— CAEABCA, v. i. (From ca, and akama,
to move upwiird, or right up. B adi o aUy
one with cokama {See cukuca.) The Xosa
has cukuma, to move up with the extreme
point.)
To move with the uppermost point
backward and forward, as the point of a
balance, or the spring of a trap.
— Cakahisa, cans. fr. To move the up*
permost point backward and forward, as
the balance ; hence, to weigh.
Digitized by
Google
CjLMELA.
[46]
CANSA.
ki— CAKAHISO» n. pL izS. (From caka-
miM.) 1. The motion of weighing;— 2.
oka— CAKATA, t. t (From ca, ika, to fix
or tet» and ita, to touch. AlUed to gaka
and nqa» to rarroond. Others, and the
.2oMk luite zakata.)
LUerdUyi to touch with the extreme
point fllighUy: to haog looeely around:
not to lie close upon, <u : intambo i caka-
tile enkabini, i. e. : the riem lies loosely
nzoond the head of the ox, or is not tied
closely.
— — Gakatisa, caus. fr. To touch slightly or
•oftly ; to bind loosely; to put around loosely.
i — CAKAZI, n. pL ama. (From ca, to
lap, and kaxi, belonging to a female. The
Xo^a has idikazi, a fondled female.)
A lap-female, viz. : a female who, after
having been married, has lost or left her
husband, and returned to her parents.
i — CAKIDE, n. pL ama. (From caka,
extreme, set^ and ida, reached.)
LUerdUyi ananimul moving in a very
qaiek* shooting manner; denguating the
grey weazeL
i — GALA, n. pL ama. (From ca, and ila,
to rise. Ma^calUf one ici^Aqala. J^osa
ityahL)
1. Frimaril^ : any particular thing,
eanse, matter or orcumstance that rises
against or be&ls a person, or in which he
may be drawn with or against his will ;—
%, A salt or action in court; a case, as:
icala lake 11 m lahlile, L e. : he has lost his
ease ;— 3. A court of justice, as : ukuya
^q^l^n?, L e. : to go to court; (in this sense
the pL amacala is more commonly used ;)
—4. Quilt, debt, £iiult, punishment, Ac.,
a* : kwa Uwa u necala, i. e : it was said
that he is guilty; — 5. Any offence, mis-
demeanour, crime, &e, ; — 6. A certain bu-
ainess, affidr, or duty which can not be
settled hf another, cu : ngi ya hambela
icala lanu, i. e. : I am going on my business.
A kn cala loku, i. e. : it does not matter
this — ^is a contraction of a ku naeala lo., as
also; ku cala nina? what is the matter
there ? — coiUr, of ku yicala nina.
CALEEA. See Qaleka under Qala.
ukii"OAMA, T. L (From ca, and ima, to
move or stand. The sense is : to move or
stand on an extreme p<Mnt, and this is the
hasis for the whole stock, cema, cima, co-
ooma, ookama, qama, nqama, &c)
1. To stand in a crouching position ; to
■it on the calves ; to cower ;— 2. JEnphemis-
Uc : to void water» which the natives do
in that position.
— CiJaLA, qulf. fr. To lean upon; to
rest upon ; to rdy ' upon, as : ukncamela
esanhleni ngekanda, L e. : to lean upon the
lumd with the head*
uku— CAMANGA, the same as cabanga,
wHch see.
uku— CAMBUSA, v. t. (From camba, ex-
treme soft or sidnuy part» and usa, to burst,
make a hole. See bamba, bemba, qamba,
xambo, &c. Others kambusa and qambusa.)
To cut a hole in the lap of the ear. See
ia — CAMELO, n. pi. izi. (From camela.)
Anything for leaning or resting the head
or feet upon, as a foot-stool, which the
natives use as a pillow ; hence also a piUow.
uku — CAMSA and Camu&a, v. t. (From
cama, and usa^ to burst or open. Others
qamsa or qamusa and nqamuso.)
1. LUeralUf and primcmly : to perform
an operation upon an extreme point or
skin; hence, to slit up; to cut open; to
lance, as : ukucamsa iqubu, i. e. : to lance
a swelling ; — 2. To peck, to peck open.
— Oamsela, qulf. fr. 1. To slit, cut,
lance, &c for ; — 2. To peck, or strike witii
the beak for, as : inkuku i camsele amazi-
nyana, i. e. : the hen opens the shell of the
egg (as in hatehing) for the little chickens,
as also, it pecks f(X)d (as kernels) open for
them,
iffl — CAMIJ, n. pi. izi. {See cama and
camsa.) Any point which is broken through
or open ; any opening or hole, as : isioamu
senhlu, i. e. : a gap in a house admitting
light, or : isicamu sequbu, i. e. : a cut or
gash of a swelling emitting matter.
\Campare isi-Nqamu.)
uku— CANGAZA or CANaozA or Canchjza,
V. t. (From canga, the same as qanga, to
play, and iza, to make, — to make a noise.
Allied to cenga and cwenga. Compare
bengezela, bongoza, and others of-— ngoza
and nguza.)
JBroperly : to make a wedding party or
dance, with especial reference to a bride
who, by her dancing in the presence of the
assembly, tries to obtain the favour of all.
-— ^ Cangozisa, cans. fr. Exclusively vsed
in the term : ukuyicangozisa intombi, L e. :
to let the young girl (who is engaged)
perform her bridal dance.
uku — CANSA, V. t. (From cana, a recpr. fr.
of ca, to crack asunder ; to be at a spit or
stake, and isa, to burst, to thrust. Allied :
cwane, cina, cinsa, consa, centa, bansa,
banda» &c. The primary sense ist to
split. Xosa, to hit at a mark or target,
to crack it.)
Literally : to thrust at or into a spit or
stake, signifying to become, or to bis re-
duced to skin and bones; to get very
meagre ; to £^w flapped or like a lap ; to
exude, as : unina u file inkonyana iza
kucansa, i. e. : the mother being dead thus
the calf will become as a rag, loose fat and
flesh. {See caga.)
Digitized by
Google
CAPUNA.
C4«]
CASULA.
i--CANSI or Cakti, n. pi. ama. {8ee
otnaa.) A mat made of fine mtbet, and
io called from being spit or aplit throogb.
(Tbe Xo9a nmcantSi, 1. e. : after-birth, and
iiieanoa, an old torn mat, are of tbe Mme
ftock.)
lai— CANUCANU. n. pi. iri. (A repetition
of cano. See canuka.)
Sqneamiabneas of the stomach ; loathing ;
great arenion ; diiguft or nansea,
oka— CANUKA, v. L (From cann, ca, ex-
treme, and una, imell, taste, acid (see
nmnnjn and mnnn, isinongo,) and nka, to
oome np. RctdkalUf one with ounidca.
Allied to kanaka and nuka.)
1. To feel squeamish ; to feel disgust ;
to DmI inclined to romit; — 2, To suffer
f^Mn aci^ty or colic
vko— CANULA, r. t. (Prom canu, and ula,
to strain. AlHed to kanulaand anula, but
transitiTo to oanuka.)
1, To nauseate; to loathe; to eject
f^m tbe stomach, as: in jama i ja ngi
canub, t e. : tbe meat makes me Tomit ;
—2. To di^nst ; to offend.
ukQ— CANUZELA, t. t. (From canu, and
izela, to come, make for or about. Xosa
rauzela.)
Properly; to acidulate; to feel 8(jueam-
ishnen or addity coming on ; to feel
almost siokisb.
nku— CAFA, r. t. (From ca, and ipa, io
press, to give, Ac. JRadiccUly coinciding
with xapa. Allied to qapa and oaba.)
To lap, wg. : to lay over or on ; to put
upon an extreme point or opening. TO«
fbrm is not used except with ukuti, ae :
ukuti capa, i. e. : to put upon a hole or
opening (something like a door;) hence,
to shut.
— - Cjlpiba, cans, ft, Tb lay over or on; to
rub on or over, as : capisa isikumba, i. e. :
rub fat or milk on a skm (to prq«re it for
wearing.)
isi— CAPA, n. pL isd. (See the rerb.) 1.
Anything to lay over or on, particukurly,
the kind of door for shutting tbe natite
hut ;— 2. Any old basket, usmdly used for
coTering, laying on other basket, Ac
okn— -CAPAZA, r. t. (From cape, and isa,
to make.)
Literally : to make a noise like capa, as
in sputtering or squirting water from the
mouth ; alw> of voiding water. (It is
radically one with xapaza, and often
synonymous vrith the same, but with a
tribal difference.)
n— CAPENI, n. pL o. (From capa, and
ini, eoual, four.) Lizard; a tribal name
instead of imbankwa of which it is only
a modified notion.
uku— CAPUNA, V. t. (From ca, epu, a
portion or part, (see iiiepu, inhlepu, &c,)
and una, little or equal. Ot hers and the
Xosa have capula, a difibrenoe only in uh,
tp strain.)
Literally : to take just a small partxNi
from any quantity ; to measure off by
hands full, as : capuna umbiia, i. e. : take
a small part or portion of the maiae.
Senoe also, to deduct, as : capuna uaipeni
emalini yatei, i. e. : take off six-pence from
my money.
-— « Cafuxkla, qulf. fr. To take a small
pcMrtion for ; to give a small portion from
— to any one.
ukn— CA8A, v. t. aUi owasa. (From ca, and
isa, to bursty shoot, or throw. It ooimeides
radhiUly with casa, and is often con-
founded with the latter without a proper
reason. iSSMpasa.)
1. Primtmly t to make or play tbe
master; to subject; to submit; to over-
throw ; to baffle, a# : wa m casa pansi, i c :
he threw him down, tfiz, : under him ; —
2. To upthrow; to upset; to throw up, as
from the stomach.
»— * Cabaka, repr. fr. 1. To suUeet one
another; to overthrow one another;— 2.
To be ^sgusted with one aBothar;— 3.
To be at variaooei to find &ult, frU out
with one another.
— ~ Casxka, quit fr. To be subject ; to be
thrown under or down ; to be overwhelmed
as from care; to be mastered aa in a
fighting.
— CA8IKSLA, qulf. fr. 1. To be sub-
mlinve ; to submit ; to give up or yield
one's person or ofHiiion to another;— 2.
To have regard or respect for; to care
for or about what another says; to yield
without murmuring.
»— Casisi, cans. fr. To submit or reHtr an
.opinion; to give an opinion; to show
cause; to explain.
•— • Casibsla* qulfl fr. To submit an ophiion
to ; to yield up or surrender one's opinioa
to the authorify of another ; to explain to,
a* : u si caasele izwi u li shiyileyo^ L e. :
submit to us the word whidi you have left
out.
— — CisnoSA, cans. fr. To submit^ yield,
&C, in a peculiar way or degree; to explain
more closely; to explain more distinctly,
i — CASU, n. pL ama. (From casa.) Up-
set ; the throwing up of the stomach,
uku — CASUEA, V. 1. (From casn or casa,
and uka, to oome up, AlUed to canuka.
Xosa capuka.)
To be upset; to be in a bad humor or
temper; not yielding; not submissive; not
humble; to be perverse or angry.
qkn— CASULA, v. t., CSee Casdca, to whidi
it is the trandtive'by ula, to strain.)
Literally z to strain a submisdon; hnt
primarily: tofi>rce or press one so k>ng.
Digitized by
Google
CATDLO.
[47]
CEBEKAZI.
mitU his temper is sntifely upset; to
muiU one to perveneness ; to make sngry,
as; yftkm easola ngokabiza amabiso amabi,
1. e. 9 he broogljt him into a bad humor, bj
eaUhig him biul names.
iikn-^ATA, v. t. (From ca, and ita, to toncb.
Tk0 primary sense is i to tooch with the
tip «f the finger. AUied to eita, onta, and
qata. 8se tUso catia.)
1. To take np a little or a Ut ; to take
JQst wiUi the fibers* or as mnch as can be
taken between or with tlie fingers; to pick
qp }^%, To steal, bj taking np with the
fingers; ksnes, to take seeretlyj^to pick
tbepodcet.
«k«->-CATAZA, ▼. t. (From cats, and ias, to
make. AlUsd io ratjaia.)
To ponr ont a little^ or the least drop.
^— Gatajxla, qolf. fir. 1. To pour ont a little
lbr)--2. To ponr away, a«: cataiela amanzi
•mabi, i. e. : do pour away the dirty water.
«kii-*-CATJA, ▼. t. (FMhu ca, and itja, to
•boot, to thrvt, to sink; or from eata,
and ja, wMeh ses. Allied io capa, caba,
aadoaga^)
1. To betake to ; to abscond ; to with-
draw into; to creep into; to hide; to
•enoeal, a* : inkabi i cafriile eeixeni, i. e. :
tti# ox ran away into the thick bosh ;^
%, To take or seiae, to pick up, asx uku-
caija irakwebu, i. e. : to glean ears.
— «- Catjxla, qulf. fr. To abseond, hide,
^ke., for, asx wa ngi catjela, 1. e.: he
oei>eealed himself before me or from me.
iil^OATJA, n. nL isL (From catja.) lAte-
raihfi something thateonoeais itself. A
name of a saull poisonous reptile (= cadis-
worm) which betakes Itself to the excaration
of grass, and is destruotite to cattle when
tbey eat it wHh the grass. (JMakciio
wa---CATO, n. pi. imi. (From cata.) A
pieki a bit; something looked up with
the hand, or as much as one can take with
the hand; ahandfiiL
isi—CATU,n. 1^.1x1 (From cats.) LUsraUy:
a making or strooture in whioh the extremi-
ties are tudcen or oangfat; hence, a kind of
imp, to ensnare the feet of little anhnals
while they walk over it^ at: i badjiwe
csieatwini, I. e. s it has been caught in a
tm. rSSMld-Bata.)
uka— OATULA, v. t. (From oatu, and ula,
to strain.)
1. ^rimarilifi to try or exert one's self
to get upon the teet, as if they were
caught In a trap ; to tiy or begin to walk,
asalittle ehlld;— S. To tread, as it were
with the toes on the ground, stealthily ;
to stmdowly. (CoimMinff wUh nyatela.)
U— CATUIA n- 1^- ^* (Firom catula.)
asndalf Hi, I anything used |br treading
npoai shoe; hoot.
uku— CAZA, v. t. (From oa, and iaa, to make.
lUtdieaUy one wUh oeza. Coinciding with
cata and easa.)
Literally : to make fibres ; to pick ofi^
as fibres ii^om the root j to pluck off*.
-«— Cazbla. qulf. fr. 1. To pluck off; to
unravel; to separate by the fingers; to
disentangle;— 2. To oomb;— 3. To expli-
cate; to unfold.
— — i CunsA, caus. Ar. To pick off separately
as fibres; to oomb properly; to explicate
properly.
— — Cazibibji, cans. fir. 1. To pick or pluck
very fine, to the leatt fibre ; every ringle
one;— 2. To explicate; to unfbld a mean-
ing or sense to Uie utmost.
Nora.— Care is to be taken lest the
proper meaning of this verb be confounded
with casisa, &c., or with qazisisa, which
latter applies to the fiMsuUy of seeing,
i— OAZIBB, n. (From ca, and sibe tohich
is radiealfy the same as sebe, rays; see
um-Sebe. The Xosa has oandwe, i. e. t
spreading broad its point.)
The evening-star.
i-^E, n. fSadieaUy the same as ca, ci,
Ac.) An extreme or rare thing or case ;
hence, a chance, luck, Ac, as: wa tola ice,
or tola ngece, 1. e. : he picked up a chance/
r= had or met with a fbrtnne.
uku— CEBA, V. i. (Radically one with caba,
I. to lap, and cweba.)
1. To put on or lay on or over; applied
to growing, hence, to growfitt; to grow
fine ; — 2. To grow or become rich.
•»— Obbisa, caus. fir. To make fat; to
make rich.
uku--CEBA, V. t. fThe same radicals as
II. oeba I., but pronounced as if of ea eba,
like a in the English shunder, car^, &c.
It coincides with meba, to slander.)
1. Primarify : to ky upon or over ; to
burden with ; hence, to speak of a particular
or single fhidt of character ; to gossip; to
slander (hleba affects the whole diaracter),
as : mnsani kueeba umnyeni wetu, I e. :
do not burden such things upon our son-
fai-law, s= do not slander, Ac.;— 2. To
bespeak partly; to engsge a person or
thing.
— «— Cbbaka, repr. fir. 1. To expose one
another; to slander one another ; — 2. To
agree at concur fabely; to conspire
U^ether.
•»— CBBBLAKA,rcpr.fir. Toeonspire together
on both sides.
i^CEBA, n. pi. asM. (From ceba II.)
The shoulder ; literalfy : the nhee to lay
or burden upon. (The Xosm ma ixahba,
the same literal sense.)
CEBEKAZI and CABAKA2Z, adv. (Xhi-
finally a nonn 4>f ceba I. or caba, and kaxi,
denodng degree.)
Digitized by
Google
CELAKEOBE.
[48]
CBNYANL
Si^n^nff : in the finert or best order ;
in the highest degree; very ooii?eiiieiit,
easy, suitable, &c. ; used with iikut»» tu :
isiUab si ti cebdcazi, i. e. : the chidr is
very oonveiiient.
uku— CEB£ZA, ▼. t. (From ceba L and iza,
to make, to come. Clotely cUlied to ceia,
and the stem beza, to ibele, the breast.
Xosa cebesha.)
To make grow tat or fine, ezdnnvely
applied to the coming forth of the ndder
of an animal which is in calf; heuoe, to
make or beg^ to make an odder.
isi^OEBI, n. pi. isL (From ceba I.) Any
rich person or thing.
nm— CEBI, n. pL aba. (From ceba II.) A
gossip ; slanderer; conspirator, Ac
i^CEBO, n. pL ama. (From oeba II.)
1. In a good tense: a oocmsel, defioe,
plan, &c, <M : blanganisani ioebo, L e. :
hold ye a coonsel; — 2, In a had eente: a
trick, iraod, deceit stratagem, artifice, &&,
<u : wa tabata imali yake ngamaoebo, L e.:
he took his money nnder all kinds of bad
deyices.
nbu— CEBO, n. (An abstract of ioebo 2.) All
manner of fraud, decdt, putting obstacles,
obstructions, &c.
. i— CEKE, n. pi. ama. (From ce, eee ck,
and ike, put or fit upon.) LUeraUyi a
place cleared up, viz,i the open place
between the huts of a kraal; open
yard.
uktt — CELA, y. t. (From oe, and ila, to
strain. It belongs to the extensite stock
of ila, of which the radioal seme is : to
strip or split. Sit. kek.)
1. lAterdUg and primariUf x to strain
the utmost or least bit ; to strip oif a bit
or small portion ^-2. CommonUfi to beg
or ask something ; to try to get or obtain
something, a* : w'eza knoela inkomo, i. e. :
he came to beg for a cow.
Celsiu, quit. fr. To be fit for bong
begged; to yield to begging or asking;
hence aUo, to be desirable (covnoiding with
qaleka).
Cei^la, qulf . fr. To beg or ask for, in
behalf, &c
Cklisa, caus. fr. To do as if begging.
Cblisisa, caus. fr. To beg or ask very
earnestly or urgently.
i— CELA, n. pL* ama. (See the verb.
Xosa, icala. Allied to umncele and iqele.)
A stripe or side; a margin, asi ieela
lencwadi, i. e. : a margin of a book.
isi — CELA, n. pi. izL (See the verb.) A
beggar ; a petitioner.
isi— CELANEOBE, n. (From cela, and
inkobe, com, food.) The evening-star.
(The literal meaning is: a beggar for
com: but I cannot make out the signi-
fication.)
in— CELE, n. pL izin. (See um-Oele.) ▲
little berry, or the fruit of the umoele
shrub,
am — CELE, n. pL imL (From oela.) 1. A
shrub bearing small red berries very sweet
andof good flavour;— 2. A fine loi^r spBO-
men of grass generally used for thatching,
isi— CELEQU, n. pL izL AUi isi-OdnL
(From cele and gu, bent, waved. The
JSbsa umcelo.) A kind of wag*taiL
urn— CELO, n. pi. imi. (From oela.) Aflat
kind of basket; sometimes only the bottom
of a basket (radieeUfy something stripped),
in— Q£MA, n. iSSw in-Ooema.
uku— CENCEZA, v. t (From oe-ncsb otio-
matop. ngnifying a small, fine sound, and
iza, to make. See ndnoeza.)
To make a sound or ndse like that of a
small bell; to ring a small bell,
uku — CENGA, V. t. (From ce, and inga, to
bend or press. The sense is : to urge to
or with the utmost Dialectic, or witii a
slight difference from yenga. AUied to
dnga, linga, and tenga.)
I. To give or promise something with a
view to gain; to bribe, as: i&ucenga
umuntn ngemali, Le.: to purchase the
will or mind of a person; — 2. To penuade
or induce to good or evil^— 3. To prevul
upon; to gain advantage; to have effect,
power or ^uenoe.
i— CENQECENGE, n. pL ama. (A re-
petition of oeng^ pressed upon the top,
bending the top. Allied to zegaxega and
xengisa. Coinciding tcitk isilengdenge
and indengendenge. Xosa^ zengaxenga.)
The uppermost top of branches of a t^ee,
which, when a human being or even a bird
takes or lays hold on them, bend down;
hence also, something waving or waverings
as : inyoni 1 secengeoengeni, L e. : the bird
is waving upon the highest top of the tree,
u— CENGEZANA, n. pi. izin. (From oenge,
and isana, to make nearly or even so.) A
head of cattle, the tops or points of whose
horns are slightly bent back or downward,
u— CENGEZI, n. pL iun. (See i-Cenge-
oenge. Extracting the root ng^ bending,
—it is radicallg one with u-Cesu.) A
pot-sherd ; tribal^ instead of udengeiL
uku— CENTA. ▼. t. (From ce. and inta. to
take or touch even ; to pick eren,— ce, the
top. Allied to oinsa, ndnta, cata, Ac)
1. To clear away the tops or rising points
of a suHisoe, as grass or rubUsh growing
at a footpath, or clearing up a place for
building;— 2. To pare* a#: oentu uboya
besikumba, i. e. : scrape off the hair of the
skin; to peel potatoes,
i— CENTANI, n. pi. ama. (From oe, ini,
fiuid, and ani, herb. See im-Fenyani.)
JAteraUg: a herb or plant extremely juicy
or full of fluid, designating the small aloe.
Digitized by
Google
CI.
[43]
CIKICANB.
mn — CETE, n. Same a* iil-Ncete, which Me.
nkn — C£ZA« t. t. (SadicaUy one with caza.
Allied to teza, hleza, &o.)
1. lAteratty. to make splinte; to splint;
to split ; to tnibble from the lide of a piece
of wood ; — 2. To go off to the side, at :
cesa enhleleni, i. e. : go off from the midst
or great bolk of the road to the ude
(espectalljf when it is wet in the middle).
in — CEZO, n. pi. iiin, (From ceza.) A
piece of wood for splitting; splitting wood.
a — CEZU, n. pL izin. (From ceza.) A
s|dint» ^t, obip» fragment. n-Cezwane,
dim, a small split, chip, &o.
nkn — C£ZUKA, y. i. (From ceza, and nka,
to go off. Cloaebf allied to hlazoka and
hlezoka. DialectiCt qezuka.)
1. To loosen a small peoe by breaking
or otherwise ; to wane, a» : inyanga i
eecnkile, 1. e. : the moon is decreaidng ; —
3. To break oat; to tarn oat ; to evaoaate,
ae : nkooezoka enhleleni, i. e. : to tarn one
of the path. (This rerb refers to a whole
body of which a piece, like an aeate-angle,
is broken, as when the moon jast begins to
wane; while "hlezoka" denotes a whole
|neoe, as the whole edge of an axe, or
when the moon has decreased oonnderably.)
— CxzvxBLA, qulf. f^. To break oat,
torn oat, Ac for, at a side, at : wa
cezokela omanye ixihlela, i. e. ; he tamed
cot of the road or eraooated it for the
other one*
oka— CEZULA, t. t. {See oesoka, to which
it is the tnmntiTe. See hlezala and
xaaola.)
1. To break into small pieces ; to break
off a part, •• breaking bread ;— 2. To torn
away from a road.
CEZdZA. A oontraetion of con and
QSBy L e. : to go off and come ; tee ceza.
CI, adv. {The eame at ca and ce.)
Used with okoti, at; ya za ya ti d, i. e. :
the thing it became continoally or gradoally
snHdler, or to a smaller point.
i— CI, n. pL ama. {See Ca.) 1. An ex-
treme ; exaggeration, at : omonto okulama
amanga o namad, i. e. : a man who speaks
fidsehood is exaggerating. (In this instance
we oan dearly obsenre the identity of d-ca
and nga, amanga = amad) ;— 2. The
extreme or most soitable time, at : so qala
aknsebeoza nged nina ? i. e. : which is
the best time for as to begin to work P
in— CI9 n. {See Ca.) Any thing which
is employed at the atmost ; hence, utmost ;
extreme or last means, manner, way, or
iDode^ at : ba ng'azi okoba impahla ba
nga yi toli ngesid nina? i. e.: they do
not Imow that they can not get goods in
the Tcry mode, or by the very means,
(ih^ want); = they may not command
goods in any, or by any, mode they please.
oko— CIBA, ▼. t. alii Qcnuu (From d, and
Iba, to step forth, to press. Allied to dtja
and cweba. Xota tiba.)
1. To step forth for throwing ; to pre-
pare for throiring by drawing oat a weapon ;
to draw or throst a pointed object, at:
inyamazana ya hlola ngi nga ka cibi om-
konto, L e. : the game passed by befbre I
ooold pitch my spear; — 2. To ward off,
keep off, fend off anything misohieTOOs that
apin^oaches, at : nanko o za kahlaba wena
o m gdbe, i. e. : there he comes to stab
yoo, keep him of^ or prepare for that.
CIBI, adv. (From dba.) Used with
okoti, <r« : i ti dbi, L e. : pitched it, throst.
i— CIBI, n. pL ama. (From dba.) LUcT'
alUf: a pitching place; hence, a splash;
paddle,
oka— CIBIDJELA, y. t (From dbi, or
dba, and 4jda, to shoot fbrth. See bija-
bijek.)
1. To shoot or send off (an arrow) with
swiftness ; to throst forth like a shot ; — 2.
To draw or poll off qoickly, as a trigger,
om— CIBIDJELO, n. pd. imL (From dbi-
4Jela.) A bow with a string for shooting
arrows,
id — CICI, n. (A repetition o£ d; tee isicL)
Properly, acoteness.
oko— CICIMA, y. i. (From dd, and ima, to
move, to stand. See dma.)
To moye or go over the extreme pdnt
or top ; to oreHkiw, ati amand a domile
edtyeni, i. e. : the wator rons oot oyer the
(brim ci the) yesseL
oko— CIDJA, y. t. (From d, and idja.
Allied to dba, and radically the tame ati
dbidijela, the root bi exdaded.)
1. To furnish with a sharp point; aoote,
ati ci^ja ati lolo, i.e.: make a sharp
point to this stick ;— 2. To make the point
or end tMn, at : ddja omsonto^ i. e. : make
the thread thin at the end.
CIDJU, ady. (Originally a noon of
ddja. Othert cwidja. Xota cebe^'o.)
lAteraUyi at a sharp pdnt; hence,
nearly, narrowly, scarcely, atx o sindile
ddjo, L e. : he had a narrow escape, = his
life hong on a thread,
oko— CIFIZA, y. t. (From d, fi, pressed;
and iza, to make. Sadically one with
oofoza. Coinciding with fihliza.)
To erosh to atoms ; to crush that the sap
comes oot, as a worm croshed in the dost.
oko— CIKA, y. t. (From d, and ika, to pat
or fix. Allied to qika. Hence the Xota
iddko, stopper.)
To pot open, at : dka isihlahlana esi-
tyeni f^w Tgn«i a nga palali, L e. : pot a small
branch on the yessel to preyent the water
from spilling ; hence, to stop,
o— CIEICANE and CnUTJAint, n. See
Ncikicane.
Digitized by
Google
oka— CIKOZA, ▼. t. (From dki, and on,
to make, to feeL)
LUeraUjf'. to make a ft<^; appUedto
eating, to fill up the stomach; to eat very
mvch ; ^>plied to moti6n (aa in dka), to
hop or pop, Ml u ya oikoza ehasheni, L e. :
he 18 bopping on the horse, via, : ihaken
and apt to ftul down,
in— GILI, n. pL izin. (From ci, and ili,
strained, stretched. AJUed to ingila,
ginard, and nmoilo.) The tape-worm,
i — CILO, n. pL ama. (From ci» and ib,
fall, fonl. AiUed\t(y insila, dirt^ and
coinciding with amanyala.)
Extreme filthinesa, foulness; particularly
applied to nnoleanness of infimts and littie
children,
nm— CILO, n. pL imi. (See in-CiU and
ir-Cilo. JJUed to cela, to strip.)
1. A long, narrow slip of dotii or leather;
a strap for fastening; — 2. A strip of bark
peeled from a tree vul oaed as a riem ;— 3.
A short riem or thong.
vk«— CIMA, T.L {BadiedU^ onewikcvrntu
JJUed to dcima. Sis, : tima.) .
1. To move to the utmost or least pmnt;
applied to the gpradoal process of fire going
out; Amos^ to go oat; to eztingoish, aei
dma isibane, i. e. : put oat the candle ;^
8. To shot; to dose, ati oima amehk),
L e. : dose the eyes.
^— - CnotKi, quit fir. To be ia a state, or
have the qouity of going out ; estingoish-
able.
^-^ OnocLA, qolf. fr. To .extinguish* shot,
&c, for.
*— - CnoBA, cans. fr. To make to go oat;
to cause to extinguish,
i— CIMBI, n. pL ama. (From ci, and
imbi, the same radicals, an amba, bamba,
Ao. LiteralUf one with bimbi (whioh see),
for which the Xosa has urocimbi.)
A rumple or wrinkle, but dengnating a
krge cateriMllar, yellow with blade stripes,
which is fi)und upon trees* and eaten by
the natives. (The word can also denote
something walking on extreme poimts, —
see hamba, to waUc, and the Xojo verb
dmba, to go out and in, is primarily the
same, and coinddes again with rumple or
wrinkle = draw out and in.)
um— CIMBITWA, n.pl.imL (Other dialects
have cambetwa and cambatu. It may be
from cimbi, which see, and itwa, passive
form of ita, to touch, pour; or teom dma,
and bitwa, betwa, to be beaten or qread,
andbatu; see bambatn; the sense is the
same in dl, vm. : a creature rumpled and
Q»read, or walking and jerking.)
The laige green grasshopper,
uku— CIMEZA, V. t (From dma, and iza,
to make. It is a transpodtion of the ra-
dicals of cwazima, to twinkle.)
JMerall^i to make as if dodng the
eyes; to cloae and open the eyelids qaukly;
to wink.
— - OiHSZXLA, qulf. fir. To wink at, for, Ac
vkur-CINANA, Y.l aiii Xisaka. (From
d, and lna-4na, even, small; both dim n n
tive and reciproo^
To be in the smallest or narrowest space
together ; to be crowded or huddled
together; dosdy pressed together, asi
alMntu ba lala be cinene, Le«: the peo^
dept lying so narrowly together as to have
no place for taming roond.
oka— CINDEZELA, v. t. (From cina, ida,
to reach; and izela, to come to. Otben
have ndnesela. See bandezela.)
1. Primarily and radically : to extend
or strain the utmost, extreme point ;— 2.
To strain; to stretch ; to exert ; to make
efforts ; to exert one's sdf ; to strain every
nerve, &c., as : ndnesela a hie a ya kufi^
i. e. : exert younelf to eat (a little) or yoo
must die.
— «— GiHDBZELXSi* qult.fr. Tobeinastate
of extreme exertion or pressure,
uko— CINGA, V. t. (Badically pm wia
oenga. From d, and inga, to urg^ press;
or of cina, and ga, thoroughly, by force.
Coinciding with ndnza. O^ers xinga.)
1. To press or fbroe within extoeme
points; hence, to pinch; — 2. To catch
between two hard points, as : ingulnbe i
dngiwe elutangweni, i. e. : the pig is caught
between the stidn of the fence.
^-^ CiHaEKi, quit, fr. To be in a pinch,
stnut, &c. ; to stick fast between two
points; to be canght in a narrow place,
in— CINQO, n. (Fromdnga.) Pinchmg;
narrowness,
urn— OINGO, n. pL imL (From dnga.) A
narrow place where two points coma near
together ; a narrow passage entrance, Sn,;
utmost straits, distress or difficulty; ex-
tremity. (The 2[osa, umdngo^ staUc of
grass, straw, hahn; udngo, l»asa>wire ;
uoango, door, &c., beU»g aU to this
stem.)
i— CINO. See Gcino.
uku— OINSA« V. t. {Sadieally ons with cansa ;
of dna, and isa, to burst, tlurow. The sense
is I to throw through extreme points,
through an orifice. See centa and dta.)
To spout ; to sprit ; to throw oat Hquds
through a pipe,
uku^— CITA, V. t. (From d, and ita, to pour.
XadioaUy one with cata, asnt ooinctditiff
fot^cataaa.)
1. To pour cut the last; to spiQ; to
shed ; to suffinr to run out, as : amann a
dtiwe, L e. t the water has bean thrown
out; — 2. To waste; to scatter; to act
prodigally, as i musa kudta impupu, i. e. :
do not spll the flour;— 3. To destroy; to
Digitized by
Google
ODBA.
CW]
CO£OLOZA.
d^tauUihi to throw away, a«s wayi ctta
inhhi yake ngomlilo^ L e.s ha bud hit
bouae fai aihei.
•^— CiTBKA, quit. fr. To ipilli to ba
WMteftil; to be daatnietiT«^ prodiflal» &o.
m~.mm CiTiiiA, qulf . ft. TospUl, waato, deitroj,
Ae^ibr.
oka— CITACITA, r. t. (Repetition of eita.)'
To tpQl, waste, &o^ at aUplaoea, or grada-
aSji toapOlone thing after another, bj
mUeandUttle.
nkn— CTTAEALA, r. L (From eita, and ka]a»
which M0.)
To beeome spilled, wasted, Ac, thorongh-
Ij, entordy; to cometondn; to beloet;
tobebankropt.
— — « CiTAKAUBA, oans.fr. To spiU, waste,
deitr^, Ae., entirdy j to nin.
nas— CITAKALISI, n. pL aba. (From dta-
kalisa.) A destzoyer ; prodigal,
in— CITAKALO, n. (From dtaUa.) A
destroyed thing or place ; min.
i— CITE, n. pL ama. (E^m eita.) 1. A
destroyed eye; a oatanlet^-*2. A perscm
or A bust whidi has a cataract.
nm— cm, n. pi. aba. (From cita.) A
destroyer I waster,
nkn— CITJA, v.t. (From d, and it|a, to shoot,
to bom. AUiedio dba» oi^ and cita.)
LUeraOfi to bom down to the last bit
or point; to go ont entirely, oi : nmlilo u
civile, i e.: the fire is bvmt oot, and
nothing left bat ashes.
CO. OrigimMtf a noon, tmt eommonly
nsed fbr formation, being of the same im«
port as ca, ce^ d, Ac, soft^ flne^ gentie,
neat, degant, &c
nko— COBi^ T. t. (JeMUM%OM«9ilAqoha,
to bieak, and caba, ceba, cam, copa, qopa,
Ac It applies to softer ob|ecls thui qoba
and c^ and qopa.)
1. To press on softly; to press on a soft
oljeet; to break, toeromble^ tomb softly;
— >2. To catdi fleas or Hoe.
■ ■ OoHBLi, qnlt. fr« To be broken, cramb«
ling; hewee applied to bodily strength, to
exhanst; exhaustible^ (tee qobeka,) = n
dangele nnudmba.
^— ConsxLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To press iipon
the top or bead, a* : cobela iran ekandeni,
L a. : hold the shield orer or above the
bead (fbr protecting it agdnst tiie son);—
SL To pot on the nppermost parts of a
thing, oat cobela ignan, L e.: pi^ the
pipe and the head moa thesmokinff horn;
—as also, AH the bead with wild hemp
(Kf.: to press softly or gentiy npon.)
I— COBA, n. pL ama. (Bee the verM 1.
A stone that wears or crmnbles mpiiji a
■oft ssndstone wUdi the natives nse for
rabUng when they wash thefaf body;
henee, a robber; mbstoner-^S. A soft
stone for grinding eom on*
fah*«COBA,tt. (5;m the verb.) Brittleness.
isi-<X>BELO, n. pL isi. (From cobehu)
Any thing for proteeting the head against
the son or rain, asannmbrella; {JiteraUy :
a softening).
nka--COBOZA, r. t. (From ooba» and
nza, to make a noise MadioaXUf <m§ with
qoboM. .^12{i0cIfoboboaa.i)ia2M^ooft»a.)
1. Omimatop,i to make a squashing or
crashing soond, as by treading npon soft
objects, as shelly eggs^ fruit, oc; — ^2.
IMerdHUf \ to sqoash, to crash, tobeatinto
pnlp, a soft mass, (u i wa cobosa mnnenke^
L e. : he crashed a snail into atoms ; as
also: he crnshed the snaU softly or gentiy.
na— COBUSI, n. pi. ama. (From coui, and
nsi, denoting degree^ jm sa and sL) LUer*
allyi amasker in crashing or squashing;
AMce, a collectife name for saoh Mrdf as
inhabit bogi^ lifing npon amphibiions
isi— COCO, n.j^ izi. Repetition of co,
wikioh «M. 'A& Xoia nas the Torb coca,
to work neatly, finely, e^gantir. See
caea.) The head-ring whidi the men
wear. The UUrol tMamiig u i something
neatly attached on the tc^ of the head;
and its dgnificatioo ; an raiUem of rank.
nkn— COCOMA, r. i. (From co^ co^ and
mna,tomoTC JlMed fo cacsmsaola, ddma,
mdookama.)
To more on the appermost or CKtreme
top; to hop; as a frog.
nka— COFOZA, r.t. (DiaieeUo. iSstcoboza
and dfioa. See fooosa. The Xbea has
cofo, to press npon abody, as to press their
milk-sacks when they are ftall ; to press
upon a blown op belly. This is the
primary sense of the word.)
1. To press npon a body which is blown
xxp, at: wamcofozaisisa, i. a.: ha pressed
(with the hand) him on the belly |— 2. To
braise a body.
nkn— COKAMA, r. I (JMioaU^ (me wUh
)
To move or rise on the tip of the toes;
to stand on the tip of the toei^ ae: wa
cokama e beka peia kwodonga, L c : he
raised himself on the toes in looking npon
the wan.
oka— COEOLOZA, t. t. (From coka, to
rise on the top^ and nloza ss nlosa, to
make loose)
1. To rise on the toes and make bosa any
thing which is above one, as : yi cokoloze
inyoka emtini i we^ i. c : posh the snake
down from the tre^ ear. t by taking a
stidc and raidnff himself on the toei^ at
the snake is toohigh to be reached otiier-
wise ^-t. To posh away with some pointed
instiroment, as to posh a dog, which is as-
saiUng a parson, away with a stick. Hero
it eoMoidSe icM naokoloM.
B«
Digitized by
Google
COPO.
[52]
CUGUDA.
obi— COKOZA, T. t. 2Mdl^ SM Hlokoza.
nku— COLA» t. t» (From l^e stock ila, 000
cela, with the radical aeaaae, to strip, to
•jdit. AUied qola.)
To make loose little bit^ cnnnbs, &c ; to
take the least bit ; to make fine. {£990,
to take np.)
— CoLEXA, quit. fr« To be fine, as meaL
•— — CoLiSA, cans, ft. To grind to atoms ;
to grind veiy fine; to pnlverize; applied
to bU drysnbstances.
in<— COLO, n. pL izu (From cola? top-
strained or raised.)
1. A. tuft of fiathers on the head of
fowls ; the crest ;^2. A tnft of hair ;— 8.
The raised mode of wearing the hair» as
the more northern Kafir ti3i)e8ha;fe this
cnstom among the women,
om— COUBO, n. pi. imu (From co, and
nmba, see mba* It ie elosely connected
with nmbombo, arch of the nose, promi-
nence» and coinciding with komba, to
point) A white star or spot at the fore-
head of animals,
oka— CONA, r. i. (From eo^ and ina, to
Bonder, to jwesi^ to flow, and difflinati?e ;
«M na, to rain. AlUed to cana, see cansa.
2j)sa cona, to adjnre ; and qona» to press
extremely.)
To flow in the least qnantity; to trickle;
to run ont in small or single dropsy as:
amanri a ya oona kweli litye^ i. e. : the
water runs ont of that rock in small drops ;
— '2. To leak ; as a pail which has a tittle
hole;— 8. To drip or drop, as : izolu 11 ya
oona, L e. : the atmosphere fiUls in small
or single drops.
«m— CONDO, n. See Ncondo.
isi— OOKQO, n. See isi-<^go.
nka— CONSA, t. t. (From cona, and isa, to
cause; to borst. BadicaUy one with
tonsa. Xosa tontsa. Others oosa.)
To drip ; to drop ; to fiill in drops,
i— COKSI, n. pt ama. (From consa.) A
drop. (Others icosL)
nkn — COPA, t. t. (SadiealUf the same as
capa and xapa, qopa and xopa. Belonging
to the stock of ipa-npa, the sense hwng :
to scrape or rub.)
To rub the skm with something hard or
rough, as I ukucopa unyau, i. e. : to rub
the skin of the foot with an icoba.
i— COPA, n. pi. ama. {See the verb). A
scraper or rubber, «is.: a thing which is
hard or rough and useful fbr that purpose.
i— COPO, n. pi. ama. (From copa.) A
oornerof a cloth or rag; literal^, that
^ which is soon rubbed off.
in— COPO, n. pL in. (From oopa.) Scrap-
ing; rubbish or mingled mass of fleshy or
grassy substance,
ubo— COPO, n. (From copa.) LUerdlfyi
a mass for rubbuig^ ngni^ing hndxi, the
tame being used as fiit or "smetr.'' (The
Jdosa has ucobo, of coba.)
ukn— COTJA, v. t. (From co, and ^a, to
shoot, rudi. AlUed to coba, copa»^ and
cota. See capa and oatja and cata.)
To rap; to snatch up; to gripe up; ss
birds snatch up insects which fly or ^ring
away,
in— COTO, n. pi. irin. (The Xosa has the
verb cota, of co, top or tip, and ita, to
touch, literally : to touch with the tip of
the foot only, to draw the foot, as it were
scraping, along the ground, to tread
stealthily. See cata and catula. AUied
to kota and qota, uqoto.)
1. Literally and properly : a scrap ; bat
commonly the outermost or external
pericarp, skin, or shell of bulbs (= paper)
or soft leatiier, which the natives use for
putting snuff*, &c. in ; just as we use a
scrap of paper; — 2. A kind of lily witii
twenty to thirty small single bells on one
peduncle; but so called from its bulb,
which consists of many such scraps as
mentioned under No. 1.
nkn— COTOZA, t. t. (From ooto, or cota,
which see, and uza, to make a sound. See
cataza and cokama.)
To walk as if on tip-toe; to toudi with
the toee only in g(»ng; hence, to go
stealthily; to tread very slowly;
n— CU, n. pL izln. (See Ca.) Something
thrown, wrapped or twisted round; as
strings of beads, cords, strips of skin, &c^
which the natives wear, as ornaments,
from the one shoulder down under the
other arm.
i— CUBA, n. pL ama. (BadicdUy one with
ooba, caba, capa, &o. to lap.) The leaves
which enclose or surround ^e maize-ear.
(Xosa, tobacco leaves.)
isi-- CUBU, n. pi. izi. (From eu, = 00^ and
ubu, prised, separated. Others rabu.
The same as cabu radically. See caba,
ceba, ooba, &c.) 1. Lap or tip of the ear
of men; — ^2. A lap, or small soft pece of
flesh.
nbu— CUBIT, n. (See isi-Oubu.) A small
bird, as the irinceto, which has small, red,
fleshy laps or tips at the beak. (This
word is a very singular instance of the
abstract notion of ubu applied to a concrete
noun ; for both etymology and usage prore
the analysis to be correct, cw : ubucnba
obnncane, i. e. : a smaU ubucubu.)
i— CUCU, n. pL ama. (Repetition of ca.
See coco, caca and qaqa.) The lap or flap
of the ears ofcattie, which are purposely
cut so.
i-— CUGUDA, n« pL ama. A name for a
kind of Hly, having from three to mx bella
with small red stripes, on one pednnde
(see intebe) ; but I do not know whether
Digitized by
Google
CUPELA*
[68]
CWADL
ihfl word is a deeagnation of its shape, or
its quality, perhaps of both,
in— CUKU, lu SVibal, for intaka of the
CUEUCA. SeeXvikmau
uka— CfUMBACUMBA, y. t. (From co, and
mba, repeated.) LUeraUy i to press
slightly with the tip of the fingers at the
skm; to tick le.
i— CUMBUEWEEWE, n. pL ama. (From
cnmbn, a body soft to the tooeh, and
nkwekwe, drawn slightly or lightly.) A
Bott, watery plant, similar to wild hop,
climbing and spr^iding upon fences and
booses .
nka— CUNUEA, v. i. (Sadical^f one wia
cannka. Connected wUh tmraka, nana and
nanola.)
1. To be exdted, displeased, disgusted,
-or offimded by something in the appear*
ance, manner, character, nature, Ac, of a
man or a things asi wa sebenza nto Iwake
wa la bona la nsa lungile wa se e cunoka,
L e. : he worked at hii thing but seeing
that it did not turn out we^ he at once
became diigasted with it; — 2, To have or
feel a dislike or sTernon.
uku— CUNTJEALA, v. L (From cunu, and
kala, vMchsee,)
To be highly displeased, dismasted,
offended, Ao« wiUi something; to have a
great dislike or aversion,
nka— CUKULA, r,t See cunuka, to which
it is the jarandtvre.)
To disease ; to offend ; to disgust ; to
excite atersion, dislike, &c
NoCT.»-This word and cunuka some-
times coincide with canuka and canula,
yet they are not synonymous. And though
they may be confounded by inattention
they are sufficiently distinct, the one
applying to the taste offood, &e^ the other
to the m ind or moral taste.
uka— CUPA, T. t. (Sadioal^f one with capa
and copa. OotneuHn^ with bapa.^
JAteraUy : to gire^ put, or throw the
extreme or uppermost pdnt or end; henoe,
to fold, bend or lay orer or on; to wrap or
twist round ; to iuTolve ; to enfold, ae :
okncDpa inbata. La.: to fix a trap (by
laying little sticks across and along ^—2.
To snap ; to entrap or ensnare.
— - OUPAKISA, cans. fr. Tocatch in a trap;
to catch between or under any heavy
thing.
— - OuFBLA, qulf. ft. 1. To give or hold
forth the ext3«me point ; to hold it befinre
one, at I nga yi copehi induku, L e.: I
heU the sti<S: in a suq[>ended position, held
it at one of its extreme points, and tiie
other standing forth;— 2. To fix a trap
for, Of: ukucnpela izinyoni, i. e.: to pot a
trap fbr catching birds.
— — CUFIBI, cans. fir. To try, attempt, or
show a dispontion to entrap; to exhibit
the appearance of something like entrap-
pmg; to threaten,
oka— CUPULUZA, r. t. (From copa, and
ulnza, to make loose or strain.)
1. To go loose firom a trap^ as a little
peoe or some implonent belonging to it
when the trap fallsy and the pieces spring
off or fly away ;— 2. To throw or fling
away, ae : cupulnza inyoka enhleleni, L e. :
take the snake (with the pdnt of a stick)
and throw it out of the way.
uku— CUTA, T. t. (From cu, and uta, to be
touched. Madically one wUh cots, dta,
cata, Ac AlUed to cups, kuta, kota, &c.
The sense is: to scrape, to rub.)
To draw the lips into a pdnt together;
to form the same into a point (as if rub-
bing them together) ; to enfold the lips;
to close or press the lips together.
L CWA, is a contraction of en (see the
noon ucu) and of the primitire verba, to
move, converting cu into a verb, denoting
the action of an extreme point = to spi^
to throw out, the notion bdng rather
pfKive(in accordance with the form), as
if it it were the result or issue of an open-
ing, cut, breach, Ac
It is sometimes used as a verb with
okuti,as: isweliticwa, Lc: thecoontry
is open, or open to tbe view; thrown out;
bright. fSeecwsLU,)
n. CWA, is a contraction of oo^ and a, to
move(«0scwal). 0«>fiMrfop. : expresnve
of the noiie or sound heard in sfutting
through or setting a hard body. Idter*
oUm I to spi^ to throw or thrust through.
JMied to gwa, kwa, qwa, rwa, Ac
NOTB. — ^From the analysis it will be
observed that both cwa L and cwa IL
bekmg to the root ca, and that they but
very slightly differ in their meaning. Per-
hi^ it might be clearer to say, ihSk cwa L
is more the sense of ''to crack,'' L c : to
open or partially separate ; and cwa IL to
split, L c : to separate entirely. Yet they
often cdndde, just as gwa, kwa, qwa, Ac
lliey diier, however, distinctiy in their
pronounciation; cwa L being composed of
cu and a, retains more the real soimd of «,
which is dightiy oompresied and softly
sounded, and is, with the folbwing a, a
diphthong proper; whereas in cwa II.
composed of 00 and a, to is a consonant, and
cUstinctiy soonded as in the English twist.
i,ku--CWACWAZA, V. t. (Repetition of
cwa, and in, to make)
To crackle ss wood in the fire^ or meat
when roasting,
in— CWADI, n. pL izin. (From cwav open
to view, and idi, stretched, spread. MUed
to cmvOfOndcoinoidinff tp*& cote)
%s
Digitized by
Google
CWANE.
[W]
OWAYL
JPtoperi$ t any brighMiiniDg, gUttering
thing, M A white t>r gUttmng itooe seen
ftfiur off; but commonUfi s paper, lome-
thing like a paper; a hook; akSiter; anj-
thing written; a note, reeeipti dodunen^
Ao. (Inowadana* dim^ a mall paper,
Ac I— incwadanyaBBy dk»^ a Teiy small
in-€WADI, n. ▲ left tribntaiy to the
Umkomau Rirer.
nkn— CWALA, r. L (From cwa I., and ik,
L toftrain^toriMnp. AUiedtonliu j^.:
teoala^
1* lAteraUfft tothrownptothehigheit
point ; hemoe^ to grow or become fhll, m^
it riies to the brim, or nntil it cannot con-
tain more (=3 is ready to split);— 8. To
swell, M: nmfiila n owel^ i. e. t the river
isqnitefiilL
— ^ CWALI81, cau.fr. To fill I to make fnlL
nkn— CWALA, v.t. (From owa II., sm coco,
U* and ik, to strain. AHM to wahg webi,
wola, and nnwele^ the hahr.)
1. JPirimaribft to fold or wrap some-
thing which has come out of order; Uler»
nlfyi which has cracked or spUt; applied
to the hair, to carl; to torn a^ Wd
hack the hair which has got ont of order;
and the term is : nkacwida imbangaj— -2.
To make smooth, eren; to lerel; of the
hair as well as of the head-ring, isi-Coco.
-— Cwiimu, qnlt.fr. To be smooth, e?eD,
bright, as: imcatnk) si cwalekile^ L e. : the
boots are onite in order (vis. t hare ben
niody Uaokened).
— - CwiMDOiA, caoi, fr» 1. To have the
hair and the htod^ring droMed op so as to
glitter or rianoe when the son shines open
the dresnd parts;— 2. To make a bright^
shining, Ac*, appearanecb
--^ CWAUSi, eans.fr. 1. To dress the hair
and the head^ring with a kind of polish,—
ukomowalisa unnntn ;-^a. To make bright,
shining, dse.; to brighten, as shoes or other
things, with a Uaok polish ,—S. lV>p<4ish;
to brighten,
nm— CWALI, n. pL aba. (From cwak H.)
Adreswr of hair and head-rings; pdfisher.
irf— CWALO, n. pi. in. (From cwaU IL)
Anything for cariing tiie hair 1 nsnally a
thin wooden f^eee like a long thorn,
n— CWALO, n. (From cwak IL) The
act of dreanng the hair and head-xing;
hair or head^dveseing*
i— CWANE, n. pL ama. (From cwa I^
andane, eren, eqnal^ identical; and dim.
form.)
1. A person Or indiridaalwho k cracked
in hk head, » a eraay fHorsonr^S. A kid*
lamb (so called from its springing and
leaping like a crazy pcnrson)^-8. Small
frsgments of grass, which fly through the
air when the grass k burned.
n— CWANB. n. pL isin. (From ewa II.,
and ane^ e^val, identict and dim. form.
See i-Ewane.)
1. Any small partide whidi has broken,
cracked, qirang, or split from a whok
body; ib)iM,a8plinter of wood,ffrasi^&e.;
— 2« Any single or small partlue in eom-
parison with a greater aie^ at: nowane
1 wobnhlala, i. e. : one single bead of the
smallest kind.
nkn— CWAKEEA, t. i. (From i-Cwane,
I. and ika, to come np ; to go off or away, to
set or fix. Tribal caneka.)
To leap or hobble about as a crai^ man;
to have a crack in the head ; to bdbaTC as
a crack-brained person*
■*— CwAinomiA, cans. fr« To make crai^; to
pky the crasy man.
nka— CWANEKA, ▼. t. (From n-Owane,
IL and ika, to fix, to pnt» &0. AUi^d to
aneka, baneka, &c)
1. Topntsmalliaecesonasin^aspieoes
of meat for roasting; to spit;— & To fix
on a stake ; to impale ; to pnt to death by
fixing on a stakes or by stretching on the
ground and fastening hands and foet with
wooden naik (botii customs performed by
the Zulu upon their enemies.)
— - CWA2IEXISA, eaus. fr. To cause to be
put on a spit; to make meat rea4y to be
put on the i^t.
nkn— CWASA, T. k 2WJa^ for Casa.
ukn-CWAYA, t. L (From own I., and
L iya, to cease from motion. Allied to
haya.)
1. To retire from engagement or notion
in the open aur, «is.c ft^ the nkusina,
i. e.: dancing outside ^-A. To go on or
continue M«g p«g or <i«>yu^ ' w noise, in the
house at erming-time; — 8. To utter Mus-
tering words and sounds {]Mt,t cracking)
in the retired pkoe. (Thk cwaya-costom
belongs or refors to the girls.)
nku-CWAYA, ▼. t, (From cwa, IL, and
IL iya, «M cwaya L Cloeel^ eo nm e oted with
cwak IL See isi-Diya.)
I. To retire or withdraw from noting
parts in open show. Thk k the literal
sense, and the word applies to the women's
breasts. For, durinff the time the women
suckle an infant, their brearts are nnoorer-
ed, but whoi that time k over, they are
eorered with the ieidijfa, and are said to
retire from open action. jET^aci^ — 8^ To
cover the breast; but the isidiya contain-
ing fam^ work, it also means, to dresl^ to
ornament the breast, or to put an orna-
mental corering over it.
in— CWATI, n. nl. isn. (From owaya IL)
An article of dress for the breast d^
females.
In— OWATI, n. pL icu (From cwaya II.) A
breast-corering, «une as isidiya.
Digitized by
Qoogh
CWB.
[56]
CWENGA.
' um — CWATO^ n. pi. ino. (From ewaya I.)
Retrred angiiig in the hoae at etening-
tune.
am — CWAZIBE, n. "pL ImL (From cwaa,
«09 cwftZh-cWBzi, eplendid, md ibe, border,
9ee iqtUy kef, aiid nmsebe, ray. AlUed to
casibe.)
A pbmt having a ahining or silTery leaf.
Its itxyt, fike parsmpe, Ib eaten by the
natures. Silrer-plant ?
nbn— CWAZICWAZI, n. (From cwa I., and
in, little ahining particles, sparks. AlUed
to ikwezi, morning star, and incwacB.) A
mass of qmyering light ; Jlmce, brightness,
^>lendor.
lAn^-CWAZIMA, r. i. (Prom cwa I., to
throw out, crack, and zima, to be heavy;
eoineiding with dma. AlUed is parima.)
1. IMeralUft to throw ont a heavy
motion ; — 2. To have a heavy or dnll eye ;
to look heavy or dnll; be heavy with
sleepxnen, cw: inkomo a yi ka fi i sa
cwanma, i. e. : the cow is not yet dead,
bnt it looks drowsy or dnU;— 8. To wink;
to be dim.
nkn— CWAZlMULA, y. L (From cwaama,
and nk, to be stndned, opened. AJUed to
kaitimnia and hkudmnla.)
1. ProperUf : to remove the dimness or
heaviness from the eye; to be opened to
the light of the ^ye ; to be dear, bright,
shining ^-^2. To throw or send forth a
quivering light ; to be splendid ; to have
or emit brightness or splendor, a«: izin
kwezi ziya kazimnbi ebnsnkn, Le.: the
stars twinkle at n^ht; — 8. To twinkle;
to open and shut the eyes^ <m: nmtwana
u ya cwanmuk, i. e.: the child opens and
shuts his eyes by turns.
—Mi CwAznnniSA, cans, ft. Tor make a
dear, bright shfaiing appearance; to pro-
duce brightness, splendor, glory.
iii— CWAZDIULO, n. (From owBzimula.)
Brightness, splendor, glory.
uku— CWAZIZA, V. t. (Prom cwari, and
Ita, to make. Coimadhg nearljf frith
cwaliaa, we cwala n.)
To ^Nirlde, glisten, or qmver. The verb
is a dhninutive, and hence it applies to
smaller objects and to less brightness, Ac,
than ewaomuk. This proper distinctkm
is not always made howiever.
— - CWAZQSisi, cans. ft. Tomdreso as (jif)
to sparkle; to cause to make neariy gUsten.
I. CWE. Aformof cwaL,andeoMicu2Ni^
wHh ewe IL, denoting tiiin, tremulous,
afraid, drowsy, dulL It is used with ukuti.
Of : into eti ewe, i e. : athing which is duU.
n. CWB. Aformof(:waU.,andeoHicK2ifi^
wUh owe L, noting r jven, smooth, straight,
Ac Used withukiajti, as; umuti u ti ewe,
Le.: tiie piece of wood, or the tree is
■tn^phtk
id--CWE, n. pL id. (From ewe L) A
drowsy, dull, or stupid person, — o nga
kw'ad ukucwaya nokudna, Le. : who under-
stands ndther the amusement of cwaya nor
of s ina.
uku— CWEBA, V. i. (Prom ewe or cwa I.,
I. and iba, to press or separate.) JXalectio,
/SseQweba.
uku— CWEBA, V. t. (Prom ewe or cwa II.,
II. and iba, to press or separate. AUUed is :
Mweba, to congeal)
1. LiteraUy andprimariUf : to dear or
separate from any foul matter ; to settle,
as: amend a cwd)ile, i.e.: the muddy
parts have separated from the water, or
settled on the bottom (nearly coinciding
with cwenga, wMeh see) ; — 2. To become
dear, smooth, undisturbed, as; ulwanhle
In owebile, L e. : the sea is free from douds
or fog, or free from storm or wind,
i— CWEBA, n. pi ama. {See the verb.)
A month of a river which becomes dry, or
of whidi tiie sand becomes vidble, when
it is low tide. {Opposed to idzalo.)
U--CWEBE, n. (£Vom cweba.) Tdbw.
lAt, : that which has settled.
nka— CWECWA, -v. t. (From cwa I., a re-
petition. Xosa cwecula.)
1. To slice; to cut a tzun or flat piece ;
to cut into small flat peoeSy as potatoes,
meat, Ac
•^ CwxowiBA, cans, fr.- To make thin
dices ; to cut into thin slices,
u— CWECWE, n. pi izin. (Prom cwecwa.
AUied qweqwe.) A dice; a thin or flat
pie ce of any substance. {See gcwecwana.)
uku— CWELA, V. t. (Prom ewe, and ik, to
strain. AJMed ncm^tsu Closely connected
wi^ cwak I. n. Dialectic, xek. The
Xosa, cwela, to snibble, to scrape; and
cwila, to cut into thin or small pieces, or
into narrow stripes like riems; and the
Zulu, umdb,a Umg shp> strip,— bdong all
to this stock ; to strip. See cela.)
To split with a spear; to split into
(thousand) pieces ; to Idll a beast vrith a
spear. (See xda fbrther^
iii.-CWELB, n. See in-C(cwde and Nqok.
id— CWBLECWBLE, n. pi id. (Acm
cwda.) A villian; ezdudvely and spedally
those thieves and robbers who plunder the
villages, kill the cattle, the peopk, and
destroy all
xiku— CWBLBZA, T. t. (From cwele or
cwda and iza, to make.) T6 act vifldn-
oudy.
uku— CWENGA, v. t. (Prom ewe, and inga,
to urge, to strain, to separate from. AUied
engula. See also cenga. Othen use
qwengu)
1. !ro separate the dear from (the
muddy); to pour off the dear from the
sediment or kes; to decant, as t amand a
X«
Digitized by
Google
ya cweDgwa, Le.: the clem water is
poured off from the sediments ;— 2. To
strain ; to clarify ; to purify fluids*
— CwsNOEEA, quit. fr. To bo clear, pure,
&C. (This sense is opposed to— dungeka,
to be undear or muddy, especially after
rain, when the rivers are in that state;
but when the water is dear again it is
cwengile. Cweba refers more to water
that stands still.)
— — CwENOiSA and CwEKaislSi, caus. frs.
To purify thoroughly, &c.
uku— CWENSA, ▼. t. (From cw^ and insa,
to burst open, thrust, shoot.)
To carry on dull, sad or melancholic
practices ; applied to burglary, robbery,
i— CW£NSA, n. pL ama. (See the Terb.)
A burglar, robber ; a dull or mad person.
ubu— CWENSA, n. (iStfe the verb.) BurgUry;
robbery.
uku— CWID JA. See Cidja.
uku— CWILA, ▼, i. alii NcwiLA. (Prom
cwi, cwal., and ila, to strain; to slip.
Xosa, tywila.)
1. Primarily I to throw out headlong;
to pitch into a river ; to plunge into water ;
—2. To dive; to dip.
— - CwiLiSA, cans. fr. To plunge, dive,
dip, &c
i— CWmCWE, n. pi. ama. The sugar-
bird ; so called from its voice, which others
repeat and call it ingcwingcinwe.
L.
D is a dear and distinct dental sound as
in English do, did, death, &c. It is nearly
allied to T, and for that reason employed
in several dialects instead of the latter, a* :
dundubala and tuntubala.
uku— DA, V. i. or auxil. Perfl. de. (Prom
the root ida and uda, denoting to draw, to
pull, to drive, to move forward by the ap-
plication of strength or force, to advance,
to extend, to lengthen, to reach to. In
eompounds with other roots it has usually
the force of the prepositions ad, at, ex, to,
&c. Compare & I.)
It is always used in immediate con-
nexion with other verbs, and thus supplies
the place of adverbs, as :
1. TermtMiivei wa da w'emka si nga
m bonanga, i. e. : so long, until so long,
until thus far, to that length he went
away and we did not see him, = we have
not seen him for such a long time ;— yini
na u kude u nga lungi, i. e. : why do you
(remain) so long without becoming good;
2. Conclusive: a de wa fika umnyaka
omuhle, L e. : at last, at length, after such
a states finally, thus has arrived a beautiful
year.
nm— DA, n. pL imi (See the verb.) Ezten-
non; line; limit.
DABA, adv. (See udaba.) Used with
ukuti, asi si fona iokumba u ti daba
emnyango, i. e. : we look for a skin to
(spread) put it at the opening of the door.
n ^ DABA, n. pi. izin. (From da, and iba,
in ) to separate. Theprimarif sense it : to go,
brixig far about, to communicate, to spread.
AUted are aba, etaba, &c. Elamba Da?nu)
1. A subject, topic, matter, cause, affidr,
case, &C., cu : ngi biziwe ku kona udaba
ekaya, i. e. : I have been called, there is
something the matter at home ; — ^2. News,
notice, conmmnication, story, at: wa ba
nika indaba yomhlapgano, L e. : he gave
them notice about the meeting; — 8. Mes-
sage, errand, report^ as : ukuya endabeni
ysSce, L e.: to go on one's errand ^-4.
Indaba yesanhla, L e. : a ring o^ or for,
the finger, so called either from its com-
municating a sound, or from being origin-
ally put on by those who went on an
errand, or had to bring some news. (In*
datyana, a little news, &a)
uku— DABALAZA, v. t (From daba, to
spread, and laza, = lalaza, to make to lie.)
To spread asunder ; to straddle or stride,
as: dabalaza izito^ L e.: part the legs
wide. (Used of a lying position* DtO'
lectic Xamalaza.)
isi— DABANA, n. pL i^ (From daba, and
ana, ropr., and dim. form. See dwanya.)
1. A shoot or sprout of a tree^ growing
from the root or the main body of the
tree; — 2. A kind of wild banana, or wild
date.
Its Uterdl sense ist something spread
from each other^ or asunder, and this is
the signification of the Xosa isidabana, a
wild-buck skin, worn in hunting or war.
uku— DABFZA, v. i. (From da, and ben,
ioMch see.) To lie, stop, remain long at a
place, at: si ya dabcza lapa, L e.: our
patience is tried here,
uku— DABUKA, v. i. (From daba, and uka,
to come off. Allied to apuka, qabuka, &o.)
1. Literally : to go through or off Inr
pulling; to tear off or asunder; to rend,
at : ingubo i dabukile, i. e. : the coat i>
torn;— 2. To burst; to break off; to
break away ; to spring off from, €u : ama«
xdo a dabukile emtim, L e. : the bark has
separated from the tree ; — 3. To spring off
from, to descend; to orig^te, as: A
dabukile duhlangeni, i. e.: we had our
origin from a large tribe ;— 4. To have or
feel grief, sorrow, regret, repentance, an-
guish, sadness, &c, asi inhliziyo yami i
dabukile ngaye, i. e. : my heart is grieved
for him, or it bn^aks about him.
— Dabukela, qiolf. fr. To burst, break
off or fr^m, &c,, for ; to be grieved, sorry.
Digitized by
Google
Sod^tot, Off: Dgl dabnkela nkiiik kwak«,
u e. : I am iorry for his ill state of health.
— -• Dabukma, cans. fr. 1. To tear, rend,
break off, Ac, to cause to tear, rend, Ac, ;
i— 2. To cut through; to dice;— 8. To
make or canse to pass through, cw : wa ba
dabnkisa amanzi, L e. : he let them pass or
cross throogh the water;— 4. To caose
grief, sorrow, aadn e sa^ &c.
in— DABUKO.n. (From daboka.) Orig^;
descent; extraction,
am — ^DABUEO, n. pi. imi. (From dabnka.)
Ancient nsage, custom,
oka— DABULA, v. t. (See dabuka, to which
it makes a tranntiye by ula, to strain.
MUed apola, qabuk, &c)
1. To separate in any way or by any
means of drawing or pulling; to cut
through; saw through, &c., at : ukuda-
bola nmul^ i. e. : to saw a tree through,
MS., lengthwise into planks ; — 2, To press
or cross through, as : wa dabuk emasimini,
i e.: he crossed through (in) the garden;
—3. To blast, as stones oy powder ;— 4.
To originate, at: n ba dabulile alwntu
elnhlai^^eni, L e. : he efifocted the origin of
this people from a large tribe ; — 6. To
divide ; to measure off or out, as : uku-
dabula nmhlaba, i. e. : to measuro the
land out.
— Dabuiski* quit fr. To be separable;
to be fit for cutting through, blasting, Ac ;
to be divisible.
— DjLBUXiELA, qul^ fr. To separate cut,
measure oat, &o. for.
— Dabvlblava, rcpr. fr. To dinde, &c
among each other, by cutting, ice
—— Dabxtuba, cans. fr. To cause to separ-
ate, cut, pass, &c; to help to separate, &c
um— DABULI, n. pL aba. (From dabuhi.)
Originator, creator.
oka— DADA, v. L (From ida-ida, to more
forward, to spread.) To swim; to float.
— — DADI8A, cans. fr. To cause to swim,
i— DADA, n. pi. ama. (From dada.) A
duck.
u — ^DABA, n. pi. ion. (From dada, to
draw, contract.) A tlueket ; a thick bush,
€ts : inkomo i zatyiwe eludadeni, i. e. : the
oow is entangled in the thicket,
um — DADA, n. pL ImL (From dada, to
draw.) 1. A piece of skin as the Basnto-
men wear between their legs to hide the
secret parts {lit, drawers) ; — 2. Something
contracting or drawing, as : amanzi a
ngumdada, i. e. : the water contracts (the
month) = baba I., or it has a Intter, a
deadly taste.
u— DADE, n. pi. o. (From ndu-ade,
lUaralfy : extending, extended. Nika,
ade.) Sister, but properly the eldest
iBmile of a family, she being regarded as
a joint-stock frvm which many single ones
descend, or to which they belong. This is
the original idea of the word, and, accord-
ingly, she is called in general, ud<tde wetu,
i. e. : our oonunon or joint-dster. For
this reason also she is an object by which
the peoj^e swear. fSee the correspondent
nmune under N£.)
i— DAEA, n. pL ama. (From ida, drown,
and ika, out off. See dakwa. AlUed to
takataka and naka.)
1. A piece of dry mud ; a piece of black
soil, yellowish earth, &o., which bursts
when dry ; — 2. A drunkard.
in— DAKA, n. {See i-Daka.)
isi— DAKA, n. pi. izL fSee idaka and
dakwa.) 1. A place for making udaka
(mortar) ; — ^2. A place whero drunkards
are living.
u — DAKA, n. sing. (See i~Daka.) A mass
. of mad; mortar.
um — DAKA, n. pL imi. fSee i-Daka.) 1.
Bed or ye^owiah earth which the natives
occadonaUy rub or anoint their face and
body with ; — 2. Blackish or earth-like
ash-cdor; hence, inkomo emdaka, L e. :
a oow which is an ash-coloured one.
(Umdaka, brass-collar, see umnaka.)
isi— DAKADAKA, n. pL izi. (A repetition
of isidaka.) 1. A place which contains
Uack or good soil, and is for that reason
fit for making a garden, or building a
kraal thereon; — 2. A large place where
many houses have been built ; a town or
city.
I— Di
DAKANE, n. pL imL {lAt,: a mass
or substance drawn out equally.) A name
fbr a species of tree, the bark and leaf of
which are used as a purging medicine for
young cattle.
nkn— DAKEKA, v. i. (This is the quit,
form of daka» see dakwa.) To become
intoxicated.
—- — Dakisa* cans. fr. To intoxicate; to
make drunk or tipsy, as : npoko u dakisa
kakulu, i. e. : ufK^o (which see) has the
greatest intoxicating power.
nkn— DAKWA, v. t. (This is the passive
form of the active daka, which is obsolete
in Zulu, but in common use in the JCosa,
From ida, to draw, and ika, to go off, out,
or away. In this literal sense the Xosa
uses it, vit, : to draw out or away, i. e. :
to remove from one country to another,
and the same sense is retained in the same
radicals of fuduka» eduka, induku, &c
^S^.: taoa.)
To be intoxicated; to become drunk or
tipsy,
isi— DAKWA, n. pi. izL (From dakwa.)
A drunken follow; one who looks as if he
was drawn out of the mud.
uko— DALA, V. t. (From ida, and ila, to
strain, to raise* The jpnmary sense ist
Digitized by
Google
to caofls or bring oufe feog befbra my other
thing, af alao to happen kng beibre. It
is cloaely allied to andnla, to happen firat
of eqnal things or ocntemporaneooa things,
—and to indolo^ of old or former age, and
ddia. Coinaidittff mik dabola.)
1. To originate first; to bring into
existence; to create, cut nkndaU innto,
i. e. : to make things before there were any
other. In this sense the word is used in
the Xosa and Zuln proper, bnt several of
the tribes of the Natal colony subslitate
dabula, which contains materialistic ideas,
and reflects the diaracter of the people ^*
2. To hf^pen long before; to be original,
<ui kVenziwe kndala lokn, i. e. ; this has
been done originally (here kodak is con-
tracted of nkodala or ngokndala) ; — 8. To
happen in old time; to be of old, of long
before, as : ka dala lokn, i. e. : tins is of
long before or old.
i— DALA, n. {See the rerb.) Old age;
an old person. It is nsed in aj^NMition as
an adjectiye, w : nmnntn omdala, ihashe
elidala, Le.: a man who is oi cid age; a
horse whidi is of old age.
nkn— DALASA, y. t. (From dala, and isa,
to burst, to canse^ to throw.) SMom,
See the following :
— — D11.ASELA, qtdf. fr. {See also sela, to
get at, under sa I.^ 1. T6 consume, to
eanse to be eonsnmed, finished, Ac, before
the proper or natural time^ nntimdy, as :
umuntn o ka umlnla a hie fbti kn nga ka
vutwa akuhla u kn dalasela, i. e. : one who
breaks maise off and eats of it often be-
fore the fruit is ripe, consumes it untimely ;
-*2. Tb be careleai about a thing, unmind-
ful, negligent, asi o lele a nga HndL amanmi
ku fike izhiyoni zi hie zi qede u ku dalasela
ukuhla. Let he who sleeps^ while he
should watch the gardens and the Inrds
come eating up idl, does not connder tiie
food (= the negative of nakeka.)
uku— DALAZELA, t. t. (From dala, and
izek, to make bare for. CakicidhffwUh
danazela.)
1. LUerdlly: to make*bare or expose
before an older one ; in the vulgar phrase
only : u ngi dalasela nina igolo, i. e. : why
do you expose to me (your) bottom, are
you older or am I P Settee 2. To mock
people of older age, in an indecent way.
um— DALI, n. pi. aba. (From dala.) first
originator, creator; first cause.
uku<— DALULA, v. t. (From dala, untimely,
and ula, to strain, stretdi. AUied to
aluUu)
1. To disclose before the proper time ;
to expose untimely ; to make the firalts of
others public; to lay publicly open, as:
ukudalula ukweba kwomuntu, L e. : to
bring out the thieving oi somebody ;— 2.
1V>reved, teO^ cr diadaae tfaeorighiofa
things or to brhw out old things, of former
times^ as: wa^udida okwenhtidyo ydce,
L e. 1 he brottght out all things that had
kin on his heart firom old times.
nku— DAMBA, T. L (From Ida, to draw, and
imba, see the stock of mba. Badioattjf
tme wUh dumbe, <md aXUed to tamba.)
1. To draw into an abscess; hemse, to
Bmitswellmg; to subside; to draw toge-
ther ; to diminish ;— 2. Ai^lied^to temper :
to subode; to become cahn, qtdet; to
abate; to assuage.
«— . Dahbiba, cans. fr. 1. To subside^ at:
ubuhlungu bu dambisile, L e. : the pains
have a littie or to some degree, dindniahed ;
—2. Ukudambisa intukntelo^ i e. e to abate
anger; to a lky.
uku— DAMUKA or BuccA, v. L (From
ida, and muka, to go or move «way.
Allied amukm.)
To draw up or away, of fog ; to vanish,
as fog or vapours (lit, to depart firom the
place at whidi they rested).
uku— DAMULA or Damla, V. t. (See^saxm-
ka, to whidi it forms the tranritiveby uk,
to strain. Aldied to amuk, lomnH namn-
k,&c)
1V> compel to draw away; to diase
away; to drive away, asi impi ya m
hktiganyek wa yi damuk, i. e. s an enemy
kid hands on Urn, but he compeUed him to
nku— BAMUZELA or Dajcssla, ▼. t. (From
ida, to draw, and muzek, to make a wav-
ing, or IQec mu, sounffing motion. ASM
it bamu, bamusa«)
To blaze; to name forth; to kap on«
ward, as v^en the grass k burnt and the
fiunes driven by the wind,
uku— DANA, V. i. (Propetiy a rcpr. fbrm of
da, to draw ascmder, as ako, to draw
together, and, in its diminutive senses to
draw smaller, to become thinner. Seevtu
AUied to dinwa.)
1. Prqperljfi to give pain to the bo4y
and mind; to be lAicted; to bear hard
upon; to be cast dovm, asi umrimba
wake u danile, i e. : his body or flesh fidls
away, grows thinner (under affliction) :— 2.
To grieve; to aggrieve; to regret.
— — BAinsA, cans. ft. To afflict; to ag-
grieve, Ac; to make or cause gnst,
pain, &e.
uku— DAKA8A, v. t. (Ptom dana, and ias,
to cause, hwnst, throw. AlHed to daksa,
which see,)
To bo the cause of particular grief, ask
the following :—
— — Daitabsla, qulf. fr. To bring grief,
sorrow, pain, &c, upon; to expose to
grief, &c. ; to cause so much of gnef that
another k consumed of it, ov: wa ngi
Digitized by
Google
DANOADANQIZELA.
[69]
DAU.
^niMiwI a ngoknyt Irtihlak k wom m y umnri,
i. 6b : he ouMd me amch pein by (leftTing
me and) going to Eve at another kraaL
tti^DAN^I, n. (Fromdanaau) Grieroof-
nets; oppreadveneflf ; wantonne«; frirol-
itj, used with nkwenxa, at : a Iw'enm nto
Iwami ngesidanasi a li Iwo Iwako x^je, L e. :
yon treat my property grieronriy, it is not
yoor own.
ite— DANAZ£LA» ▼. t. (From dan% and
izela. See dalazela.)
LUeraUy : to make hare or 6q;KMe one'i
self 00 as to grieye another; to expose
one's self in a shamefo], wanton, or friyd-
ika— DANDA» v. t. (From ida, to draw,
and inda, eyen extent or length. Coincid-
ing wkh landa. Allied aUo to banda,
panda, tanda, &c)
1. To follow a certain point in its line f
to go along with a natoral line^ €t$ : danda
nkido, L a : go all along the ridge;~2.
To giye a straight or correot statement,
vis, : go along the natural line^ admitting
no nntmth, nor showing a bad temper^ «s I
danda d zwe^ i. e. t state now in a proper
and qniet way (the ftots), that we may
hear, = let ns now hear straight^forwara.
— « Daitdiba, cans. ir. To try or endeayonr
to follow a natoral line; to giye snoh a
proper statement as if going along a
natoral line*
isi— DANDA, n. pL isL (fi^theyerb.) A
qniet, gentle, or yery tune animal, which
has no tri<^ whateyer«
tinb-DAKDALAZA, y. t (From danda,
andlaza,tomakefarb THhal istandalsTW.)
To go a long way ronnd; to go a kmg
way on, att inyanga i dandalaiile^ L e.:
the moon is alimdy kog iq^ has luorsd far
in its orbit.
in— DANDATO, m pi. iifai. (From danda,
and ita, to throw, to dioot.) A finger-ring.
The signifieatioii is probaU^ that of draw-
ing one set npon another, aoeordhi^ to the
ni^iye enstom of wearing rings {eomt idi ng
with bandamo.)
in^DANQA, n. pi. iau (From ida, to
dimw, andinga,tobend. TheUteraiwMe
ut a piece drawn or laid aroond. JVi-
mariUft a daek band.)
1. A name for a pretty ghrdle plaited of
grasi^ and worn aroond Que arm;— »B» A
series of strings containing red beads, worn
sroond the nMk or aoroa the opper^body,
{j= a sladc rope.)
nkn— DAKGADANQAZBLA, y. t. (From
dmga, repeated, and isela,— -to make fre-
qnently danga. Some nse nknti danga^
L Owe to foil reding down, to foil to one
side, from weakness. This is the senses
wfaiofab here modified by the foeqaortatiye
iiri% and ooindides witii dengwda.)
Ts ttoye from one nde to the other as if
foUing down eyery mtnote; to reel or
nka— DANGALA, y. i. (From danga, to
slacken, and ila, to strain.)
To lose strength or anima^on ; to be-
come dnll, foeble, weak, or qnritless ; to
be or to grow heayy; to langnish, asi
itole nmzimba walo 11 dangele, i. e. : the
ealf, with regard to its body, islangmdor
weary.
^— Dakoaijba, cans. fr. To langnish ; to
debilitate ; to make hmgnid, &c.
id— DANGALA, n. (From dangahu) Lan-
goorofbody; debility; weakness,
nkn— DAKGANA, y. i (Jh^opeHsft a rcpr.
form of danga; and dimU.i to draw
strength together, to diminish strength.)
To be or become weary or tired o^ as :
ngi dangene nawe nga kn tyela foti, L e. :
I am tired of yon I told yon often, = I
am tired of telling yon man (than I haye
NoTB.— The lenn of this yerb reqnhres
always that its object be oonneeted with it
by ^e prep. na.
i— DANG tJ, n. pL ama. aiU iBAVaA. (See
danga.)
JPir^[>erfy t a place of pntrid water that
has bst all its qnalities; a pod of water,
i— DANGUBANX n. pl* anM^ (^^m
danga, and bane, see bana.) A name for
a eonyolynlai^ or eertam creeperk It signi-
fies a quality of not drying np tiioagfa the
heat of the snn may daoken it.
isi— DANYAHA, n. (From da and de.)
AHeDew
in— DAO or Dait, n. pi. izin. {See in^Dan,
the next) A rush bnlb which the natiyes
cnt into small jtfeses and wear as an orna-
ment, as well as a Und of porfome aronnd
theneek. It is an aromatic, and issi also
for eadng pains of ttie stomach.
nn— DASA, n. pL on. (From da, to limit,
bonnd ; and isa, denoting a high denee.)
JMeraU^i siq»erabandBnoe» saperinity.
This is the name for that mont& when the
maise is ripe and more food is to be had
than is wanted, as the term says: nkwesnta
bonke abantn, ba y'esota nabahmbil^o,
S. e. I when all people are sate^ and the
hungry are sate. January.
In— DAU, n. pLisin. (From da,and n. In
the broader dialects it is dao or dawo^ but
tp is not radical. From the locatiye form
endaweni we learn that the word is a con*
traction in eyery case, probably of dana or
daula, ae i imjpan from paula, gau from
ganla, Ac Or, whioh etymologically is
the same thing, it is a pasiiye of da, vis. :
dawa, or dana proper, «f: nmnda and
nmndna or nmdwa, limit ; nmkwii and
nmknba, custom; isonka mud isinkua or
Digitized by
Google
BEBE.
[60]
DELISA.
iBinkwa, bread. Analogous cases abound
in ofcber dialects, especially in the Kofoiha^
Su€iheli, and Nika, the latter have, instead
of the Zulu-Kafir bnlala, na, passiTe form
nawa; instead of lamula, amna, icc^ of
which we hare also ibwe, which see. Its
Uteral and primary eense is : to draw, or
be drawn to an object. It is radicaUy one
with umda. Kamba indu.)
1. Properly I something drawn oat or
extended, a tract, asx indan yomblaba,
i. e. : a tract of land, of indefinite extent ;
—but commonly: 2. A locality, place,
space, compass, extent of place, asi a kn
ko indan yokubeka amabele, L e. : there
is no room for laying or storing the com ;
— 3. A point, case, subject or object^ as :
a si yo indau yokuknlunywa lena, L e. : this
even is no subject for discussion ; — 1. Ex-
tension of anything, measure, as : abapu*
zayo uty wala a b'azi indau, i. e. : they who
drink intoxicating spirits do not know, ot
have no limit (in drinking), = they are
drinking to excess; — 6. Continued or pro-
tracted duration; length; extent^ asx
umuntu oyaluzayo a ka sa nandau, i. e. :
a man who can no more bring out a rdce
has not more long (to live) ; — 6. Indefinite
length or extent of time, of : a ka hlezi
indau, L e. : he does not remain as long as
he will;—?. Principle, foundatioQ, ground,
that which supports one.
nm—DAZA, n« JHaiecUc, See un-Dasa«
nku— DAZUKA, t.L (Fromida.zi, reflexive,
and uka, to go o£^ out, dec AUiid razuka.
Coinciding wUh dabalaza.)
To draw or pull asunder ; to be astride,
as the legs in standing upright,
nku— DAZULA, t. t. (See dazuka, to which
it forms the transitive by ula, to strain.)
To pull asunder ; to tear in two ; to tear
or pull, as : ukudazula ngengalo nemilenze,
i. e. : to pull one at the arm or legs.
DE. (Originally a preterite or a noun
of da.)
Used as an adjective, denoting any ex-
tension, length, 4cc., long, high, deep, as :
into endc, a long thing ; iliwn elide, a high
rock; umgodi omude, a deep hole.
Dana, 1st dim. Longish, not so long,
&o., as : intaba indana, L e. : the mountain
is not so high.
Danyana, 2d dim. A littie longish;
not very high, asi umhlaba omdanyana,
i. e. : land which is a little long only; or
not so very long.
Danyanyana, 8rd. dim. Not long at
all; of a very small length or height.
ubu—DE, n. ("See De.) Length, height,
depth, extension.
i— DEBE, n. pi. ama. (From ida, or ide,
drawn, extended; and ebe or ibe, separated,
thin, see ebn. The Uteral sense isi a
separating line. Allied to izltebe, iteibs^
intebe^ nmsebe, &c) A person whose £ms
has been marked with lines or stripes cat
lengthwise,
in— DEBE, n. pL irin. fSee i-Debe.) A
dipper cut lengthwise out of a small, oblong
calabash.— >Inde^ana, dim.
u— DEBE, n.pl.izin. (iS^i-Debe.) Allied
to isilebe and isilevu, indevu.) LUeraZly :
a raised or bulging, long separation, vts.t
lip (= poutings).
ukn—- DEDA, v. L (From ide-ida, drawn to
draw, placed to place; nearlv — to retract.
Eadktally one with dada, dida, &c.)
1. Properly \ to clumge a place;
evacuate a place, as : deda lapa, L e. : go
away here;— 2. To remove; to go ande^
Of : deda enhleleni, i. e. : go aside out of
or from the road.
— . DsDELA, qulf.fr. To evacuate for; to
make room fi>r, as-, wo ngi dedda ka
lomhlaba ngi lime kona, Le.: you most
make room for me on that piece of land
that I may plough there.
— Djcdisa, cans. fr. 1. To cause to eva«
cnate; to give way, tux dedisa, Le.:
make that you go out of the way ; — 2. To
remove ; to take^ put, &c., a thing oat of
the way.
Tiku— DELA, v.t. fBadioally one with dsU,
which see.) '
1. To stretch long, MS. : to have enoogb
of a thing; to have or possess long enoagb;
to have to satis&ction, as: oma ngi yi
delile inkabi yami ngi tenge ngayo^ i.e.:
when I have possessed my ox kmg enough
I shall sell it;-<-2. To satisQr; to give
satisfiustion, asi nknfnna into a yi dde
inhliziyo ngayo, L e. : to look for something
he may satisfy his heart with ;— 3. SfUiri*
colly: to have enough, viz,: to be tired
of a thing; to be careless or indifferent
about it ; to slight ; to disregard ; to des*
pise ; to count unworthy of oonsideratioo,
to give up, &c as: wa yi dela inkosi
yake, i e. : he deqnsed his chief, = left
him.
— Dblsea, quit fr. To become tiresome,
iktiguing, despicable, disregarded, un-
worthy of consideration; to be litUe
thought of, as : umunta odelekileyo, i. e. :
a man of a despicable character.
DsLELA, qulf. fr. or frequent 1. To
have more than enough of a thing; to
despise entirely; to give up atlengtii, at
last or entirely; — 2, To be insolent^ im-
pertinent or daring to or against ; to defy,
as : wa mdelela omdnane kanti w'ahlulwa
nguye, i. e.: he defied the inferior or
smaller one and yet (the latter) beat him.
— — DsLiSA, cans. fr. To make dei^telhl,
insolent, impertinent^ &c ; to show imper-
tinent pride^ dare; to bid defiance, Soo,
Digitized by
Google
DETU.
[61]
DIKIDIKI.
i— BELABUTONGO, n. pL anuu (From
dela, and ubotongo, sleep.) A metaphor
expremng the prowling about in the night
of a hyena or wolf; Utr, adespiflerof sleep.
in_D£L£LT, n. pi. izi. (Fwm deleU.)
A daring, impertinent or insolent fellow.
in— DEN1)E, n. pL ia. fSadioaUff one
wiik danda. AUied to ibende and nbn-
bende, as reg^ards ooloor.)
A high, thin shrob with red leayes,
nsed by the natives against plethora and
other Olnesses. It is fomid on the highlands,
mn — DEKD£, n. pL imi. fSee isi-Dende.)
A mass prepared of the indende for medical
pnrpoees.
nkn—DENOA, t. i. CRacUoaU^ one wUh
danga, to slacks and dinga, Ac.)
To become more slow; to riacken; ap-
plied to slow walking, sk>w pace.
iai— DEKGE, n. pL izL (iSiwr Denga.) One
who is slack in serrice or bnimieM; not
earnest or eager; 'not xaang his mind;
inattentiTC; £af; domb.
nbn— DENGE, n. {See Denga.) Slackness;
negligence; inattention; deafiteas^&c.
in— DENGENDENGE, n. {See Denge,
which is repeated.) Slackness; weariness;
weakness; lassitude; tu: a hambile fnti
a nendengendenge manje, L e. : he having
ttaveDed much now keeps a slack pHee, or
ibels slackness in his body,
oka— DENGEZA, v. t. (From denga or
deoge^ and iza, to make. Coinciding with
dangadangazela.)
1. To nudra slack; to remit; as to
slacken exertion or hto; — 2. To relax;
to relieve from labor ; to make less active^
as parents by keeping thmr children from
proper 9mployment.
i— . DBiraiZELA, qnlf. fr. 1. To be slack
or weak in regard to; to show a slackness,
weaknoH, or Ivdty, in regard to, aez nnina
wa m dengezela, L e. : his mother wonld
not have it that he should do his work
(otf»: from weakness toward her child);
— 2. To be weak on the feet; to reel; to
staggftr; to go tottering, as a drunken
person*
i— DJfiVU, n. pi. ama. (From idi or ide,
and eru, forced or strong air. The literal
sense ii: an organ through which air is
drawn with some force, as by snorting ;
Tefoning also to an ill nature, «M bavu, bera,
&c Mlied to kvu, gwebu, and gwevu.)
The snout or nose of an animal.
in— DEVU, n. pL izin. {See ir-Deru.) A
beard ; whiskers ; properly, the hair that
grows on the upper Hp, as the same causes
a noise when air is forced through the
nose. It is also applied to the bur that
grows on the sides of the fkce ; but that
wluch growa on the chin belongs to the
Jft-Lenu
uku — ^DIBA, T. t. (From di, drawn, depth,
and iba, to press, to separate. JUterciUf :
to draw separate, to withdraw or estrange ;
to fill or mix up with earth. MUed to
tiba, nba, dida, &c.)
[This form vxA the reepr. dibana are in
common use among the frontier tribes.]
«— DiBAiriBA, cans. fr. To fill or mix
things together which were separate or
foreign ; not belonging to the same, as :
dibamsa ubiM loin nalo Iwa IeoIo, i. e. :
pour this milk together with that of
yesterday. (Of a tribal use in Natal)
u— DIBI, n. pi. inn. (iSi^e Diba.) JVo-
perUf : an estranged person ; an extra, but
commonly a boy who carries the effects
or equipage of an older person in going to
war (or in travelling).
in— DIBILITYE, n. pi. iadn. Zuluiied of
the Dutch dnbkeHje—i. e. : a penny,
uku— DiDA, V. t. {JRadiocUUf one with dada,
deda, &o. JLlUed to bida, gida, &c.
Jjiteralkf : drawn into extent.)
1. To extract; to draw out an essence
by sohifdon — ku tjiwo ngobuty wala uma kn
nlwe amabele, ku tatwe impupu ku telwe
amanzi atjisayo, i. e. : it is said of beer,
when the com has been ground, its fer-
mentable substance is extracted by pouring
hot water on the malt ;— 2. To confound
or blend things so that they caimot be
distinguished.
^mmm DiDBKA, qult. fr. To 1)0 oonfouuded,
perplexed, disturbed, confused ; to disturb
the apprehension by indistinctness of ideas
or words, = a ngi yazi lapo nga yi beka
into yami, i. e. : I do not know, or have
so apprebenaon, where I put my goods,
nku — ^DIDAEALA, v. i. (From dida, and
kala, which see.)
1. To be distracted; to be thrown
into confusion; — 2. To turn or draw
from any otject, to divert from any
point toward another point, or toward
various oVuer objects, asi wa shiya izwi
e bona icala li ya m labia u didakele,
i. e. : he forsook the ground when ho saw
that he would lose his caae^ and turned to
quite another point
— DiDAKALiSA, cans. fr. To distract ; to
throw into c(mfusion; to confoimd; to
confoMe, a« : wa ngi tycJa indaba ngokunyo
wa ngi didakalisa, i. e. : he told me the
affair in such an opposite way as to put me
into great conibsion.
urn— DIDI, n. pi. imi. (^iSm Dida.) The rec-
tum. (The Xosa has udidi.)
i— DIKIDIKI, n. (MadicaUy one with
daka. JAteraUsfi drawn out. See also
Dida.)
(This word is used as an apposition, or
adjective, and changes its nom. form ac-
cording to its antecedent.)
Digitized by
Google
DnCA.
Ce»]
DD^aiOZANA.
1. KnmlmeA^ tui idnjau zindikiiidikL
sgAmakazft, L e. : the ftet are numb with
oold;— 2. Torpidness; torpid, aia torpid
lhnb;-~8. Applied to water of which the
cold is taken o&, bnng a atate between
coM and lokewarm, amanzi adikidiki^
nkn— DIEIZA, y. t. (From diki, and iaa» to
make. The senaeia leas foil than dikicKki,
denoting the state when a drawing is still
felt.)
1. To make spasmodic or spastic mo-
tions; to baye spasm; to snffar from
spasms; — 2. Toshnnk; toshrireL
— DuazsLA, qolf. fr. To have spasms at,
&o^ aa: inkomo nma i Innywe inban i
dikizela ku lendan, i. e. : when a beast is
pricked by a horse-fly it shrinks or shrirels
at that place*
i->DILI, n. (From idi« and ill, atrabed,
raised. JSodica^ oim w»^ dala and dela.)
LUeraUyi a matter or object high-
raised; hence, a lofty br grand oomcem,
demonstration; as a great feast, compris-
ing both a great nnmber of people, as
idso an abundance of meaK at : abantn ,
nma banuigi ba Ua ba sota ka sa sala
nknhla oknningi ku yidili, i. e.: when
tiiere are many people tog^her eating to
satisftiction, and mndi food is stiU remain-
ing, this is a great feast.
nkn— DILIKA, r. L (From dili, and ika, to
come off. Allied to bihlika, nyibOika, Ac)
1. To fkll down in a great mass ; to fiiU
in, as in tunnelling, in digging into the
earth — ^nmhlaba n ba dilikile abimtn, Le.:
a mass of earth fell down npon the peo-
ple;— 2.. To ftSX down, as a maM of bricks
in a kiln, &c. ;— 8. To iUl in and leare a
hollow, €u X nmgodi n dilikile, i. e. : the
corn-hole has ftdlen in and left a hollow
place.
nkn—DILINGA, r. t. (From di, and linga,
as the explanatory term shows,— nknyenza
into i lingane, i. e. : to make something
equal at all its sides. Dizin^ diling^,
dilingeza, and dingiliza, are diatootic, and
the whole set seems to consist of vague
or indefinite terms, most probably Zulnized
from an African-Dutch ringelen,}
To giro a body or a mass a proporUoned
size, or round shape, as to make a mass of
dough round into the shape of a loaf, or to
make the knob of the iwiso (stick) properly
round.
uku— DILIZA, ▼. t. (See Dilika, to which it
fbrms a tranaitiye by iza.)
1. To pull down; to demolish or take
in peces by separating the parts, as to
pull down a chimney and build another ;
to cause to fUl down or to cave in ;— 2. To
destroy ; to break down, as houses or dties.
in— DIMA, n« pL irin. (From lima. Dk^-
leetio,) The same as iii>-Linui» wiiek eee.
Iri— BINDI or BanDB, n. pL isL (Dinde is
dialectic of sinde, which eee; and dindi is
fromndindi, and both are a slight eonftuion
of ideas. AJUed to danda.)
LUeraUyi something which reaches
over the usual extent; overg^rowing the
usual aze ; applied to a large cluster of
grass, as also to any portion of earth cut
from the surface and filled with roots and
long mss ; ois., sod.
um— DIKDI, n. pL imi. {See isi-IHndi.) 1.
An unusual size of the maxilla supra, or
uj^per jaw-bone, uncommonly projecting ;
—^2. An unfit, worthless, usdess body or
thing, <u : ugubu In ngumdindi a lu Iji^dd,
L e. : the musical calabash is good ftr
nothing because it does not sound*
i— DINDIKAZI, n. (From dindi» and
kari, denoting female.) Eflbminaoyt wo-
manish manner ; weakness; insipimlpf (of
meat and drink.)
nkn— DINGA, v. t. (BadicaUy one with
danga, denga, Ac JjUed to shinga.)
1. To lack; not to have or possess; to
be without ; to be destitute of, as : uku-
dinga imali, i. e. : to be without money ;
2. To be needy; to be utterly wanting;
tohaTe nothing in the worid, cw: baya
cfinga nje, L e. t they have no home, no
friends, &o.;-*8. To be in want or need
of; to be nooessary, cwx si ya dinga
isinffubo^ L e. : we must needs hare
dothes;— 4. To swerve ftom place to
place ; to run far around.
NoxB.— Dinga diflSars from swela in
this, that it ¬es a state of absolute
poverty, while swela only means the same
in part, fi>r one may have, but not suffi-
cient, and hence he needs more — xl ya swela .
— DurasKA, quit. fr. 1. Tokiek; to come
into a state of need or want, Ac., ae :
ukuhk ku ya dingeka, i. e. : there is want
of fbod; there is a great demand, a desire
to purchase fbod;— 2. To be scarce^ aei
umUla u dingeka nonyaka, L e. t maize is
rare this year.
am — ^DINQANE, n. (From dinga, and ine,
even, common.) Dearth ; scarcity ; need ;
want; applied to food only. And, the
efibct of such plague produdng often
iUness, the term signifies sickness, =
umkuhlane.
nm — DDiGI, n. pi. aba. (From dinga.) A
uku— DINGILIZA, v. t. {See Dilinga.) 1.
To roll ; to drive or impel any bo^ with
a circular motion, as towhiri a top, to turn
a s^dle, &c.;— 2. To fbrmby rolHng into
round masses^ or to form into a cylindrical
body, as to roll a lump of dough between
the two hands into a smaH stripe or bar.
hi— DINGILIZANA, n. pi. ian. (From
dingiliza, and ina, dim. form.) A small
Digitized by
Google
DIYA,
Cea]
DONDA*
Hua^ £ar whlriii^ or toroiiig xcnad; a
top rer wliirling on its one poinfe.
iiH-DlNQO, XL (From dinga.) Lack;
need; want,
Ift— DJ^GWAN£,B.pl.iii. (Frm dingwa,
posBire fbim of dinga, and ine, dim, form,
Qtken have dinyne, Imtnotin the proper
•enie which xeqairee the panive.)
One who is not wanted by othen; as a
penonwho cannot ind eai^yneut or a
saailer, one whon none ^nll take into
servioeb or into his boose,
i— DINX n* pi* amiu (From idi« and ini.
JSadd c a ify like Mome at dana, dinwa, which
960, and dUied to in-or nmtini, xnsini, Ac)
1. JMrnml^t loinething sscrifioed for
tke gams; something c(mtracted or col-
lectedfor need or want. In this sense the
word isnsed in the Xoaci; — 2. A species
drawn together or contraote«l designating,
moat probably, the intini, otter, or some
aquatic bird which lives upon fish* Alto-
gether tribal
«— DIKJ^ n.pLizin» (iSlMi-Dini.) IMer-
a%: a contracted masi^ or a mass of whioh
the parts have bean drawn near to each
other; exdnsiyely i^I^ied to the projecting
09 joMiing part at the nppsr end of the en-
truce OK a native hoi^ where a mass of
graas k drawn into a small compass,
okn— DINWA, v. t. (JProperl^ a passive of
an active verb, dina which is obsolete in
the Zola-Kafir. MadiodUM one mth dana,
damwanda^^tec^todondafOc iS^i-Dim.)
1. lAUrdUff I to be drawn together,
contracted^ shrank; consomed; hence i
okodinwa ngomnntu» L e^ : to be tired of
a peiaon, tol>e dasgorted of or with lum,
not to be able to l^ with him ;— 2. To
weaiy ; to make impatient ; to hamtfs by
soy thing irksome, cui ngi diniwe ngo-
koBslinda yena^ i.e : I am>eariedby wait-
ing fi>r his arrival;— 3, To pine or wear
away, as by heavy work.
*-*— Dcenou, quit, ft. To be tiresome, or
to weary ; to be disagreeable* ae : wa
kolnma indaba edinekayo^ i. e. : he talked
CO a tiresome solgeot.
•«— DiKiSi, caos. fir. To tire; to weary;
to make weary or tired,
o— DIWO, n. pL laasL, (This word is pro-
bably of the passive of d^ which woold
be £wa, OS: isipiwo of Uie passive plwa
of the verb pa. Sec Diha. Bialeotic is dio.)
IMeraUjfi a mam drawn, designating
an earthen pot of the smaller kind, which
has not been bomed* and is, therefore,
not nsed for cooking, bat only for dishing
iq>food«
JM— DIYA, D. pL isL ' (From di, drawn, and
iya, to retire. Secetny^lL IMeraUtfi
a significatiaii of retirement.)
A covering over the breast of females.
oka*^DmYA, v, t. (From di, and iyiya.
to go a goings to go along. Compare
rayiya.)
To draw along a border or edge; ^pUed
to catting; to oat along a border or edge;
to cat roond a border or edge ; to cot in
a line or cirde ; as to cot akmg the edge
of a pattern, which is laid on a piece of
staff. '
i— IX)BO, n. pL ama, {SadieaU^ one
wUk diba and daba. ATUed to im-Bobo,
in-Qobob iri-Bobo and loba.)
JMmarily : a place for withdrawing
into, or io be taken hold of; and hence^
a grove or thickets
m— DOBO, n. pL izin. {See i-Dobo.) Some-
thing to reach and press with ; hence, a
fish-hook,
in— IX)DA« n« pL ama. (fiadiccdiy one
tot^dada, deda, dida, and odade, which
M«.) 1. A male; a married man; a
kadtand; a man;— 2. A man, per
emineniia, denoting some onoommon qoali-
fieation, as an eminent or excellent man—
a yindoda.
obn— iX)DA,.n. {See io-Doda.) Hanhood.
in— DODAKAZI, n. pL am. (From indoda,
and kazi, denoting female.) ^r<^9erlyi
a iamale offlpring of a man ; a daughter,
in- BODANA, n. pi. ama. (Dimint. of
in«Doda.) 1* A yoong man ;— 2. A son.
i— DODJANA or Bott^na, n. pL ama.
(Dim. of i~Dobo.) A small grove.
Q— DODJANA or BoTYAJfji, n. pL izin.
(Dun. of o-Dobo.) A small hook,
am— DOKODO, n. pL ama. (From doko,
rctdtcaUy one with daka, see dakwa ; and
ido, drawn, lengthened.) Aq>ot or hot
possessed only in removing from one coun-
try to anothor,— oma ko fike impi n baleke
ti hlale kowo amadokodo inoozana, i. e. :
when an enemy has come npon os that we
most take to flight, we sti^ only a little
wMle in the amad(^odo^— Aenoe, a tem-
porary hot.
i--DOLO, n. pL ama. (From ido, and
ilo, strained, stretched forth. See dala,
&c Allied tolo.) A place reaching ibrth ;
a protoberanoe, and hence, knee,
in— DOLWAK£, n. pL izin. (Dim. of
i-Dola) . The dbow.
nko— DOMULA, v. t. {Madieall^ one with
damola, which see,) To poll ap or loose
that which Ib growing ; to poll oat by the
roots,
n— DONCA, n. See Dooqa.
tii(a_DOND^ V. t. (From do, drawn, Ac,,
inda, into extent, roond. Madicali^ one
wUh danda. Allied io q<mda, zonda, &c)
1. To follow one's own will ; to be self-
willed;— 2. To be reftaotory; solkn or
perverse in opposition or dkmbedience ;
stnbbomor obstinate in non-compliance;
Digitized by
Google
DONI.
[64]
DUBEEA.
stiff-necked, = wa tyelwa a take ka lendan
a seboDze e nga Tnini, i. e. : he was tM to
get up from that place and to work, but he
refosed to do so.
nm^DONDI, n. pL aba. (From donda.) A
self-willed, refractory, stubbora, obstinate,
or stiff-necked person,
in— DONDO, n. pL izin. (From donda.
Allied umtondo, isi-Eondo, &c.) A round
brass ball at the end of any thing, and
hoUow inside, as the knob of a lock, or of
a button, which the natives sometimes
obtain from white people and wear as an
ornament,
ifli— DONDO and Dondi, n. pi. izi. (From
donda.) The same cu umdondi, and only
a little more contemptuous or soomfuL
u— DONDOLO, n. pL izin. (From dondo,
and ula, to be stndned, stretched.)
I, LiieralUf : something to lift up or raise
the stubbornness, or lazmess with ; hence,
a staff, stick, or long piece of wood carried
in the hand for support, used by nek
people, and by women in time o£ war.
(Coinciding with umnmeldo) ; — 2. ^-
niftfing : a staff of bread, or of life. {See
Londoloza.)
uku— DONDOLOZELA, v.t. (From dondolo,
and izela, to come or make use fbr.)
To make use of the udondolo % to use
a staff in walking for support ; to walk by
help of a long stick.
u— DONGA, n. pL izin. (From udo,
drawn, or pulled, and unga, to use power,
make round. JtadiccUUf one toith danga,
denga, &c. AlUed to intonga, umango,
gauge, Ac)
Property : a mass drawn up with power,
or pulled with force; but oommonUfi a
wall, the bank of a river, the side of a
ravine, a bulwark, &o.
u— DONGOYI, n. pi. o. (From udonga,
and xx^vl, to retire ; but when compounded
with the antecedent it assumes the same
sense as in boya, in opposition to udosi,
sting ; and the incipient u, originally, aig^
of a neuter noun, changes into a personal
one corresponding to the ending i.)
ZiieraUg: a bulwark for retirement;
applied exdusively to, or designating the
queen of bees ; — yinyosi enkulu e nge na-
dosi, na lapo i ngena zi ngena izinyosi zonke
i hlezi pakati kwazo, i. e. : it is the great
bee which has no sting (only hair) and
whithersoever it enters all the bees enter
also, it remaining in the midst of them,
or aJl sarroonding it.
in— DONI, n. pL izin. The fruit of the
umdoni, which eee,
um— DONI, n. pL imi. (From do, drawn,
and ini, even, equal.) A species of
mimosa, known by the Dutch name
tocUerboom,
u— DONQA, n. pi. izin. (Udo, drawn, and
nqa, with a top.) A herbaceous plant
bearing a number of capsules containing
seeds rich in oil.
tikn— DONSA, V. t. (From do, and naa, to
burst open.)
1. JPrimarilg : to pull with united force
or every power ;— 2. To pull ; to draw, at :
iankabi zi ya donsa, Le.: the oxen are
pulling; — 8. Ukudonsa amehlo, Le.: to
look with large eyes ; to make a pair of
large eyes ; to look with surprise.
— DoKBiSA, cans. fr. 1. To try to pull or
draw ; to make to pull ; 2. To pull bard.
u — DOSI, n. pi. imn. (From udo, and usi,
bursting, rushing unexpectedly. SeenjoA,)
1. A sting, as of bees and other insects
(m, something drawn unexpectedly) ;—
2. A whisker of feline animals.
i — DOTJA, n. pL ama. Zuluized of the
Dutch doos, L e. : a tinder box. (Dim.
idotjana.)
in— DOVANE, n. pL izim. (From dovu,
and ane, equal to ; eee bovane.) LUeraUg :
a species looking rather old, swollen, or
rotten, or which grows under the ground;
applied to a native bean of that kind.
mn — DOVU, n. pi. imL (From do^ drawn,
and uvu, swollen, rotten. Others duvu.
AUied bovu, nyovu, Ac) Old maize
which has been lying in the hole for a long
time, and is almost rotten.
DU. {Original^ a noun of da, to draw,
pulL Allied io tu.) An exdamation,
denoting degree, reach, temper, track,
limit, line, length, height, season, or time.
It is used with ukuti, asi inkabi i ti du,
i. e. : the ox iB good-tempered, = has no
tricks,
uku— DUBA, T. t. (From du and uba, to
press, separate. The radical sense is : to
withdraw, M9 dibaand dobo. Allied to
kuba« Nearfy coi$unding wUh xaba.)
1. Frimarilg: to hurt the temper; to
be distempered; to be disturbed ;— 2. To
be displeased or offsnded by rudeness,
incivility, or harsh language; — 3. IJo be
disafiected, estranged, ast u dubile en-
kosini yake, i. e. : he is displeased with his
chief, or, he alienated himself from his
chief;— 4. To be annoyed, a<: ngi dube
ngawe, i. e. : I am offended by you, vexed,
&e.i — 5. To make irregular; to mix or
combine things of different seasons or time ;
applied to sowing seeds, as; ukuduba
izindau e ku nga pumanga luto, L e. : to
sow out of the proper time or season at
places where nothing of the first seeds has
come up. (In this last sense of mixings
the word is generally used in the Jjosa.)
-*— DiTBEXA, qidt. fr. To become ill-tem-
pered, displeased, disaffected, annoyed, as :
wa ya knquba izinkomo a buye nti, ngi
Digitized by
Google
DUBUZA,
[65]
PULELA,
dnbekile^ i. e. : he went to drive cattle,
and has returned saying : I am annoyed by
them (because they gave him mnch trouble
in driving by running continually away).
— — DuBELA, qulf. fr. To be displeased, &o.,
for, as : u dubela nina, i. e. : for what are
yon distempered ?
m^ Djtbklasa, rcpr. fr. To be displeased,
disaflbcted one with another.
-~^ DuBiai, cans. fr. To put out of temper ;
to make displeased, to displease, &c., eu :
ka dubiswe ubani, i. e. : who has been put
out of temper, — made disaffected, offended,
&C. (The Xosa uses dukisa instead of this.)
i^DUB£, n. pL ama. (From duba.) The
zebra, or wild ass ; (lU. a species alienated
from its genus as well as from its country.)
i — DUB^ s. pL ama. (From duba.) Any
kind of small box for putting snuff in;
properfy: something separated from its
stock and drawn up, made right for that
use ; as the point of a horn cut off, and
hoUowed out for putting snufi^ or other
things of that kind, in.
i^DUBO, n. pi. ama. (From duba.) Bis-
pleasore ; disaffection ; disturbance ; aliena-
tion; offence; annoyance, &c.
o— DUBU, n.. pi. irin. (Prom duba.)
Xdteralfy : an irregular mass or substance,
miUmely, not seasonable; applied to a
yelkmish and poisonous mushroom grow-
ing npon ant-hills.
mn— DUBU, n. pi. imi. (From duba.) A
tpedmot mimosa without thorns; most
probaUy so called from its yellowish bark,
having no crusty coat, much like the
ezteroal appearance of the mushroom—
udubn.
okn— BUBULA, v. t. (From dnba, and ula,
to be strung. JtadicalUf one voitk da-
bola, which see. Compare also bula.)
1. To be discomposed in temper, to be
irritated, &c. ; or to burst out into passion ;
to smite or stxike, cu : ukuyidubula intombi,
i. e. : to smite a girl (Zuluism), viz, : if a
man wishes to enga|;e himself to a girl,
bat meets with a renisal fh)m her, or even
horn her Aither, and then' resolves in
anger to bribe or persuade the father to
consent to the engagement, and succeeds,
he is said to have smitten the girl. 2. To
smite^ strike, or force against with the fist
or hand, as: yini a m dubule 'esiswini um-
twana oa ? i. e. : why do you smite the
child on his belly ? — 3. To shoot into ears,
as : mnbila u ya dubula, L e. : the maize
now forms ears; — 4. To shoot; to go
off; to discharge, as a g^n.
aku— DUBUZA, v. t. (From duba or dubu,
and uza, to make; to feel; to come.
The sense is less full than that of dubula.)
1. To make ill-tempered, to act in ill
temper, to happen to be in ill temper, as :
ihashe 11 ya dubuza, i. e. : the horse smites
or kicks, == li ya kaba (see kaba and kabu-
zela) ;^2. To shoot or bud, == kahlek.
uku — DUD A, v. t. f Radically one with dada,
deda, dida. Allied to bukuda, bukuza,
gida, Ac.)
1. To make motions with the arms or
with the body ; to wave ; to move like a
wave ; applied to the mode of dancing the
ukuowaya; — 2. To float; to bathe in a
river, as : ukududa emfiileni, i. e. : to
move like a wave when swimming in a
river,
nkn— DUDUMA, v. t. (From duda, and
uma, or du, ancl duma, which are all the
same ; see duma, denoting a succession or
repetition of peals of thunder. AlMed to
tutumala.)
To thunder in a succession of loud
sounds, as : izulu 11 ya duduma, i. c. : the
atmosphere is moved by loud thunder,
uka— DUDUZA, v. t. (From duda, and uza,
to make a noise. IHalectic, tutuza and
dunduza.)
1. To make a waving motion with some
noise ; to hush upon the arms in a waving
manner, as : uknduduzaumtwana, i. e. : to
hush a child upon or in fhe arms ;-*2« To
fondle.
DuDVZELA, qulf^ fr. 1. To make a
hashing sound to, as : duduzela nmtwana,
1. e. : make the child quiet; — 2. To ap-
pease, to calm, to pacify, as : duduzelani
inkosi ni yi hlabile, i. e. : do ye hush the
chief- (by presents) for yoahave rebelled
against him.
iim— DUDUZI, n. pi. aba. (From duduza.)
One that hushes a child; one that
padfies.
isi— DUDUZO, n. pi. izi. (From duduza.)
Any thing for hashing or pacifying others
with.
DUKA. This verb and its derivatives
see under Eduka. {Th^ Xosa dukisa, see
under Dubisa.)
in— DUKU, n, pi. izin. (From du, drawn,
and aku, to go off or out. Badicalkf one
with daka and eduka. See tuka.)
1. A knobbed stick ;— 2. Any stick.
isi— DUKU, n. pi. izi. (&«?in-Duka.)
1. The knob of a stick ;— 2. The thick
end of a needle, or the head of a pin ;— 3.
A bud of a flower,
uku— DULELA, v. t. (Radically one with
dala, dela, dili, dolo— ris. : of dula, and
ila, to strain. Allied to anduh^ andulela,
' the three last radicals of pendnleh^ &c
Compare i-Lela.)
1. To place reasons before one; to pre-
sent or represent ; to remonstrate, as : ngi
mdulela e ngezwa, i. e. : I tell him before-
hand, and, or but^ he does not listen ;— 2.
To tell repeatedly, many times, as : nga m
Digitized by
Google
DUMA.
[66]
DUMBO.
dolela, ngam dulelaaya kutola ingozi,
nankn — ! L e. : I told bim before, and I
told him before (saying) yon will one day
meet with an accident, and here he — ! — 3.
To speak to one in a satirical manner,
scornfully (= piseka) as, I have told yon
so beforehand, &c
i— DULI, n. pi ama. (See DnleU.) ZUer-
cUUfi a place raised high; applied to a
little pile of earth or dirt j — and to a top
or summit of a single hill.
in—DULI, n. pi. izin. {See i-Duli.) The
highest and best kind of jnncos or rush
for mats, foand in rivers. (See in-Dnma.)
isi — DULI, n. pi. izi. (See i-Duli.) An
ant-hill.
in— DULO, n. See Ndolo.
uku — DUMA, V, i. (From do, height, ex-
tent, and uma, to move forth. The pri-
mary sense is: to make a sonnd some
distance off. Allied to toma.)
1. To move the air with a somid; to
sonnd; to report, as: izula li ya doma,
i. 0. : thnnder is heard in the air some dis-
tance off ;— 2. To sound abroad ; to spread
by sound pr report; to sound a fame,
as : Utjaka wa duma kwa Zulu, i.e. ; the
fame of Chaka's government of the Zulu
nation spread far abroad ;— 3. To be
famous ; — (and fix>m the sense of having
been famous or sounded in time past is
derived) 4. To have lost season or flavor ;
to have no more taste ; but this sense is
not so elegant as dumala, which see.
— DiTKEEA, quit fr. To become femons;
to obtain a great name or report, &c
— DuiCBLA, qulf. fr. 1. To sound or
make a noise for ; to be very noisy about,
as : ba dumela ubuty wala, i. e. : they made
a bud noise about the beer ; — 2. To bark
at, as a dog; to roar or bellow at, as:*
inkunzi i ya dumela inkabi e nge nacala,
i. e. : the boll is bellowing at the ox which
has done nothing to him.
DiJMiSA, chus. fr. 1. To make or cause
a noise or sound ; to become very loud or
noisy, as of loud thundering ; —2. To
honor ; to speak highly of; to speak with
much respect of, cw : wa m dumisa nm-
Inngu wake, i. e. : he spoke much in praise
of his civilized master ;— 3. To recite the
honors or praises of others, especially of
people of former ages.
in— DUMA, n. ang. (Prom duma. Allied
to ibuma ; others indumu, which is allied
to ibumu. See in-Duli.)
A smaller kind of juncus than the
ibumu. It is rough, and has edges, and
when moved by the air makes a noise.
isl— DUMA, n. pi. izi. (See the verb.)
Liierally : any thing standing high, coin-
cidiug with ingqoma; and used instead
ofizaU. Mound; duDg-bill, &o.
okn— DUMALA, v. L (From doma, aod iU,
to rise ; to strain, or from du, and mak,
which see, UadicaUy the same in fbdo-
mala.)
1. LUeraUy, to strike the mind with a
particular effect; to suspend the mind;
to perplex or puzzle the mind, as: wa
dumala ngaye, i.e.: he was puzzled by
him ; — 2. To be in an awkward pontion ;
to be in a perplexed position, as a magis-
trate or any persop who is to give judg-
ment in a case which is complicated by
the most contradictory assertions ;— 8. To
puzzle or bring to silence; applied to food,
as : uku hla kwako ku dumele a ku fudo-
mele, L e. : your food is puzzling (viz. : it
is tasteless, cold, has no flavor), it if not
warm.
Note. — Care is to be taken in order not
to confound this verb with dumela of
duma.
oku — DUMAZA, V. t. (From duma, and iza,
to make. See dumala, to which it is the
transitive or causative. JRadicall^ the
same as in fodumeza; hence, some dialects
have dumeza.)
1. To perplex or puzzle; to put to a
stand by aslung difficult questions, or by
stating things quite contrary to what
another did, as: uma ngra shumayeluyo,
wa ti omunye wa shnmayela okunye e ti u
namanga wa ngi dumftza, i.e. : when I was
declaring my case, the other made another
declaration, saying your's is not true, and
he perplexed me ; — 2, To taste j to try '
the relish of food ; to eat a little, as: inja
i ku dumazile ukuhla, i.e. : the dog has
tasted the food, = has taken great Uberty
almost to perplex one.
uku — DUMBA, V. i. (Radically one with
damba. Allied to tumba.)
1. To draw into a size; to beccnne thidc
by swelling, as: unyau lu dnmbilc, i.e.:
the foot has become thick;— 2. To swell;
to become full, as : umfula u dumbilei, Le. :
the river is much swollen,
in— DUMBA, n. pi. izin. (See the verb.)
A kind of bean or pea which the natives
cultivate; so called from its considerable
size.
i— DUMBE or Dinoi, n. pi. ama. (See
the verb dumba.) A tuber, resembling
a small turnip, which the natives grow,
most likely a species of eddoes.
isi — DUMBI, n. A place where the idnmbi
grows ; a special name given to the country
East of the Uzwati, by the Dutch called
Noodsbery.
isi— DUMBO, n. (Prom dumba.) Thick,
ness ; the thickest or greatest size or bulk
of any thing, as: nga yi tjaya inyoka
pakati kwesidnmbo, i. e. : I smote the
suake just where it is thickest.
Digitized by
Google
a— PUKBO, q. pi izlxu (From dai»bfu) A
swelluig.
i — DUMBU, n. pL ,wfatk, (From dmnba.)
A lasb ; projaerly : a long strip cat oat of
a thick sea-cow skin, which is to be pro-
pared for a sbambock or whip ; and hence
alsQ, a small strip cat oat of the thickest
part of buck-skins, ^ised for points of
lashes or whips, as known andcr the Dutch
name— voor#/a^.
Isi — PIJMBU, n. pL izi. (From damba.)
Allied to isitumbu, isitombe, &c.)
1. Thickness, = isidumbo ; — 2. A corpse
or dead body,
nkq— DUMIZELAorPiTMZELA, T.t. (From
dama, and izela, to make frequently.)
To make a noise some distance off;
applied to thunder, to people who speak
separately, or some distance away from
otbers, &0, (^be last sense is the usual in
the Xota,)
or-DUMO, n. sing. (From doma.) Thnii-
der ; fame ; reputation, &c.
ill— DUMTJ, n, pL izL ^rom,dmna.) IVo-
perlj/i the same as dumo, but used by
some tribes instead of isidunu, which see.
m — DTJMUKA or Dukka, n. pi. izi. (JRa-
^iocUUf one mth damuka; and allied to
ifl-Amuku, which see.J
A large antelope, <»lled Eland; so called
in Zulu from its peculiar way of bringing
oqt its yoice,— drawing np and then stop-
ping as if it was suffocatiiig of choking in
neighing.
nka— DUMULA, y. Dialeclie. £^ Domuk.
1 — DUNA, 0. pl4ima. (ItcidioaUy one with
dana, dinwa« &c, Alhed to ituna. Sit,
itana. Suaheti and Nika bana. Coincid'
ing wiih buna, but specially with isibunu,
genitals of females. It is a designation of
the genitals of males.)
1. A male; a prooreator; a sire; a
ruler of a large &mily ; a lord or master ;
— 2. The male generation of beasts de-
scending from the parent, the Sire,
in— DUKA, n. pi. izin. (See i-Duna.) A
signification of rank, something like lord-
lieutenant ; one who is next to the chief ;
a sire, minister, or secretary,
isi — DUN A, n. CSee i-Dnna.) Department
or class of sires; aristocracy; okiss of
noblemen.
rtui-DUNDUBALA, v. L (From dundn,
obsolete, but radioaUjf one with danda,
dindi, dondi^, and ubala, which see, 4Uied
to tantubala.)
To draw, i. e. *. to go up with the external
side or line of an open place; to go up
along the ridge of an open hiU or moun-
tain, €u : kona i dundulmla ingcwele, i. e. :
now the wagon ascends the ridge of the
bill, viz, : it has nearly reached the highest
point.
nku— DUNDULUZA, t. t. (From dundu,
drawn extent or back side, and uluza, to
be strained to oome.)
1. To come up with the back; to appear
wit]i the back, as when an apimal oomesup
in water and its back is seen first; — 2. To
lie stretched so that the hack is seen, =
umuntu o lala e n^e nangubo ka bonwe
umhlana, L e. : as a man who lies without
a cover and his back is seen,
in— DUNDUNDU, n. pL izin. (From
. danda, and its en^ng nom. form repeated.
See danda, dindi, &c)
PifimarUif : a species having, as it were,
a double back, or of which almost nothing
but the back appears ; applied to all kinds
of small animals, as weevils, ants, sooall
insects, &c.
nlfu— DUNDUZA, v, fc. (From dundc, see
dundundu, and uza, to make a noise.
Allied to dudusa.)
To bush a child on the back, as the
natives carry their infimts on the back,
and pushing or beating against tb«n with
their elbows. (This word is often used as
synonymous with doduza.)
ukn— PUISTGA, v. t. {Radical^ one with
danga, denga, dinga, donga. Opposed to
cwenga.)
To trouble ; to disturb ; to stir ; to make
muddyf <w * amanai a dungiwe, i. e. : the
water has been made muddy by stirring.
4— n- DuNasiU, qolt. fir. To become troubled,
disturbed, &c., <u: amanzi adungekileyo,
i. e. : troubled water.
i— DUNGAMUZI, n. pi. ama- (From
danga and umuzi, place, kraal, village.) A
kind of mimosa shrub or tree of a soft
woo^y substance, and the external rough
bark separated from the other surrounding
the wood. When cut off the wood turns
black. The natives believe that tho place
where it is used as firewood will be de-
stroyed ; and hence its name (lit, a place-
disturber).
I— DUNGUZA, n. ph ama. (From duoga,
and uza, to make, to feel. Allied to zun-
guza.) A place which causes trouble, viz, :
a tumor, arising from Mliousness or heat,
and causing much pmn.
isi— DUNU, n. pi. izi. (See l-Duna, He*
lated to nono.)
1. The fat pomt of the tail of fbwls;-
2. The butt-end of a musket,
i— DUSE or Dtjze, n. (From idu, limit*
reach, see da, and usa or uza, to make.)
UieralUf : a place brought withiii reach ;
hence a near place or locality ; neighbour-
hood. Used almost exclusively in a local
case, as : ku seduse or ku seduseni, i. e. : it
is in the neighbourhood, or, it is near.
The sense of time being included in the
root idu, it has this meaning also, as :
f %
Digitized by
Google
usukii Iwake la sednieni, L e. : the daj is
near at hand,
i *> DWA, n. (A passive fonn of the yerb
n j da, to be drawn, limited. Other dialects
have di; the Eamba nda, and mondo. In
the Zola-Eafir it appears only in oompo-
sition with pronouns.)
Anngle; an only one; one alone. It
is exdosively nsed in connection with pron.
after these have dropped their ending —
na, 09 : nmnntn n yedwa, or, yedwa (com-
pounded of yena-idwa) L e. : a man a he
alone ; — into— yodwa (compounded of yona-
idwa) L e. : a thing it the only one.
When it happens to be connected with
the first and second person of the pron.,
sometimes two forms of the latter are
used, cu: mina ngedwa (of ngi-a, relat.,
and idwa) or ngodwa (of ngi-a, relat., and
udwa), i. e.: myself only; and thus the
pi. sedwa and sodwa, we only;— wena
wedwa (of we-na-idwa); pi. nina (you)
nedwa (of ni-na-idwa) or nodwa (ofni-na-
udwa).
in^DWA, n. pi. izin. {See i-Dwa.) A
Crane. {Xoea, indwe.)
Isi— DWA, n. pL izi. {See i-Dwa.)
1. A g^le or bandage which females
wear above the hips (tribalj ; — 2. A kind
of gladiole. (Indwana, n. dim.)
um — DWA, n. pi. imi. The same <u nm-Da,
which see. Dwanyana, dim., the same a»
danyana, dim. of da. See also under
u-Dwane.
isi — DWABA, n. pi. izi. (From dwa, drawn,
and iba, to separate. Allied to daba.
Xoea idwaba.) Any separate piece of the
dress the native women wear upon their
hips; any rag of that kind of garment,
made of skins.
i— DWABI, n. pL ama. (See isi-Dwaba.)
Literally : a genus of plants without stalk,
but extending into separate leaves, or
broad leaves,
i ^ DWALA, n. pi. ama. (From idwa and
in > ulwa, to be stretched. Xosa ulwalwa.
Allied to iliwa, rock.) A locality or
pkoe of rock, dther bedded in the earth
or rivers, or resting on the surface of the
earth, in distinction from iliwa.
u— DWALA, n. pi. inn. (See i-Dwala.) A
rocky mass; as a rocky mountain which
has no precipice; or ae: umhlaba lapo In
dwala, i. e. : the field there is one rock,
u— DWANE, n. pi. izin. TFrom udwa,
and ine, little, small.) A single straw ; a
halm of straw or grass.— Udwanyana, dhn.
a small or very small single straw or
halm.
i — D WANI, n. (From idwa, drawn, spread,
and ani, herb. See n-Dwane.)
The little or ruminating stomach. fAl'
lied to um--Swani.)
in— DWANGU, n. pL irin. (From dwa,
drawn, spread, and ingO, forced, torn*
See Dwengula.)
1. Any single piece of stuff, linen, doth,
&o. ; any rag ;— 2. Any kind of handker^
chief or larf^er piece of linen, &c
uku— DWAKYA, v. t. (From dwa, drawn,
and inya, to press together, to suck. Allied
to gwinya and gwenya.)
To suck out juicy or ripe frmt, at i sa
dwanya amatungulu, i.e. : we have been
sucking amatun^u, viz, : we have treated
ourselves upon the same,
isi— DWAKTA, n. pi. izL (From dwanya.)
A sucker; a shoot of a plant from the
lower stem,
uku— DWANYAZA, v. t. (From dwanya,
and iza, to make, to feel. See Qunyaza.)
To make as if presdng a firmt between
the fingen ; to see whether a fruit is ripe
by pressing the same with the fingers.
uku— DWEBA, V. t. (From dwe, and iba,
to separate. Allied to rweba, nweba, &c)
1. Primarily i to draw lines or rows on
thesurfiiceof a thing; as to make rows on
a garden-bed, to plant along; — 2. To
scratch, ae: ukodweba isikumba ngoti,
i. e. : to tear the skin with a peoeof wood.
In this last sense it nearly eoineidee with
rweba, except that the latter refen spedally
to nails, daws, thorns, &o.
in— D WENDWE, n. pL izin. (From indwe
— indwe, L e. : one thing drawn by another.
See Ndwendwe.)
A row, line, file, or rank of people or
things moving one after another, as : ku
ya puma indwendwe emfhleni, i. e. : there
come people in one line out of the river,
uku— DWENGULA, v. t. (From dwe, and
inga, with application of force, and ula, to
be strained. ^2^M(2gwengu]a,peng^ula,&c)
Property : to tear off an indwangu ; to
tear off a piece from an indwangu, i. e. : «
piece of stufi^ Ac.
um— DWEZA, n. pi. imi. (From dwe, and
iza, to make.) A spedes of finch; most
probably so called from the noise it makef.
E.
E is a vowd which, in the Zulu-Kafir,
represents two sounds, that of e, as in the
English led, they (Zulu beta,) and a modi-
fied sound, as the German dy or nearly the
same as a in the English hay, or a in hat
(Zblu bema.) But ndther of the two
sounds can be regarded as elementary, and
the analysis of the whole language diows
that they are compounds, bdng, as it were^
a shade of degree in the space between
the dementary a— i, in the one case a— i
contracting into e (&), as in bema, in the
Digitized by
Google
other a— i coalesdng into e, ag in beta.
(The nune is the case with o, which $ee,)
K A pronominal form contracted of
the relatiTO a and t, and (most pro-
bably a remainder of the original verb
lA, see A, to move, to go) serving as a snb-
stitnte or a means for connecting and
referring a verb to its antecedent and
rendering that connexion a participial,
which can be dissolved by the conjunctions
and, while, nnoe, &c. It stands
(a) for the third pers. nng. referring to
personal noons in o-nmn, as : wa hamba e
voma, t e : he went Bmmng^lU. : he
went which a singing, = while singing; —
(h) for the third pers. pi. referring to noans
in ama, as : wa bona amahashe e balekilo,
i. e. : he saw horses having ran away, lit, :
whidi or the which having ran away ;-^
and to personal noxms plural of u-mu, as :
wa bona abantu ie hamba, i. e. : he saw
' people walking — lU, they which walking.
£. prep. (From the demonstrative a
and l; see "E, pron., and O, locative.)
Koting location, <u : emfnleni, i.e. : in or
at the river— of umfula; enhlwini, Le.:
in or at the house — of inhlu. The rule is
obvious of elidinff or dropping the initial
of the noun to which e is prefixed,
nku— EBA, v. t. {^onounced ukweba,
passive ukwebiwa. From a, privately, see
A, privative, &e. ; and iba, to press, to
separate. 7^ primary sense is : to take
secretly, that no one knows of. Xosa
nknba. Suaheli iba.)
To steal, as i lomuntu u y'eba (of u ya
eba) i.e. : this man is a thief.
— - £bisa« cans. fr. 1. To cause or make
to steal;—- 2. To call one a thief; to
declare one to be a thief, as: uyang'ebisa,
Le. : you put me down for a thief.
nku— EBANDA, v. t. (From eba, and nda,
see dundu, back. LUerally : to steal
away under or behind the badk.)
1. To betake one's self to the back or
behind another; to hide one's self behind,
as: u y'ebandi ngenhlahla, Le.: hides
himself behind or under a bush ; — 2. To
practise artifice for the purpose of escaping ;
to elude j to evade ; to lay a charge upon
another, as: musa 'kwebanda ngaye,
nguwe lu tatile uto lolu, L e. : you must
not try to escape by giving him the fiiult,
whilst it is yoursdf who has taken that
thing away ; — 3. Figurative : ku y 'ebanda,
i.e. : it is odd; to be cold; to shrink together,
viz, : when it is cold people hide themselves
behind boshes, under their garments, &c
is — £61, n. pL izebL (From elm.) A stealer;
a thief,
nln — EBU, n. pi. izin. (From eba. Xosa
inwebu. AUiedto ingwebu, nweba, d».,
especially in-epu.)
1. lAteraUtfi a substance which is
stretched out for hiding or covering,
designating the thin membrane coveriag
either the skin of animals or the bark of
plants; the epidermis; — 2. The net-work
of bark or plants. {See here ubulembu.)
oku — EBUEA, V. i. (From ebu, skin, and
uka, to come or go ofS, AUied to apuka,
dabuka, &c. Dialectic obuka.)
To lose the skin, asi isanhla sami n
y'ebuka, L e. : the skin of my hand goes off.
uku — EBXJLA, V. t. (From ebu, and ula, to
strain. See e-6uka. Dialeetio obula. AU
lied abela, dabula, &c)
]. To skin; to strip off the aldn or
membrane, as : ukwebula inkomo, L e. : to
skin off a head of cattle; — 2. To peel or
husk, as maize, &c ; — 3. To strip off, to
separate, as : ukwebula amaxob, L e. : to
separate or make loose the fine or inward
bfl^k from the outward or rough;— 4. To
separate fibres, as: y'ebulani imitambo,
L e. : strip off the fibrous, stringy, &o.,
parts for the use of cords.
uku— EBUTA, V. t. (From ebu, and uta, to
pour, to take off. Allied to bota.)
This verb is only a dialectic difference
firom Ebuza, which see. The same is ukwe-
bota inhlu, L e. : to make a house smaller,
—of ukubuta inhlu; Ut,: to crowd a
house together.
uku— EBUZA, V. t. (From ebu, and oza, to
make. JDialeciic, obuza.)
Literally : to make a new skin ; to cast
the skin, as : inyoka y'obuzile, L e. : the
serpent has cast its skin.
uku— ECA. See Eqa.
uku — EDUKA, V. L (From eda, to draw
privately, secretly, and uka, to come or go
off. AlUed fhduka, godoka, &c Radically
indaka.)
1. To go away, as it were, into the wide
world ; to stray away ; to miss, as : ihashe
Tedukile enhleleni, i. e. : the horse strayed
ftom the road ; — 2. To wander away ; to
get lost, <u : abantu Vedukile ekuhambeni
ngobusuku, i. e. : the people strayed as
they were travelling in the night.
— Edueisa, cans. fr. 1. To cause to
stray;— 2. To miss; to pass by, cu: ngi
yi'dukile inhlu yake, i. e. : I tried to find
his house but failed, = I missed it, passed
by it ;— 3. To err ; to backslide,
is— EDUKO, n. pLized. (From edoka.)
Straying; wandering; erring; deviation;
backsliding.
EDWA. SeeDvra.
EHE, interj. (From e and he, which
see. Coinciding wUhyeho, Sis,: eh! yes!)
Benoting or expressing consent or afl&ma-
tion in an agpreeable, acceptable manner, =
yes, it is so ; well, it is so ! right so !
uku— EHLA. Dialectic instead of hla II.
3P«
Digitized by
Google
ELEKELA.
C70]
ENA.
uka— EJATA, t, t (Vtom % privaHve, ^a,
to shoot, Jut, project, And ita, to poor,
touch, take.)
To take tipon the shotilder sothatono
part projects to the front and the other
to the hack.
oka— ELA, r. t. Passive nkweltwa. (From
a, pHvaHvet and ila ; to strain, to raise.
Sadicall^ one with ala and nla. Coinciding
with hleia, see hla II. and tela. The
primary sense is, to separate or sander the
light from the heavy.)
Tb winnow; to drive off the chaff from
grain by means of wind, as : ombila
weliwe, L e. : the maize has been win-
nowed. (The native mode is,' to take the
substance in a basket and holding the
same in a high podtion, ponr the mass
gently down duHng wbldi the chaff is
carried off by wind.)
nkn— ELAMA. This verb and Its derivatives
see under Alama. .
nka-^ELAPA, v. t. (From ela and ipa, to
give, to make, to separate. The primary
sense is, to make a solution, to dissolve,
denotinff a chemical process. See the
roots in mapo, hlapaza, tapa, &c Dialectic
elava, to turn a solntion.)
1. To apply or give medicine ;— 2. To
cnre ; to remove an evil, as : w'elatjwa wa
e nga pilanga, i. e. : he was nndcr medical
treatment and yet has not gained his
health ;— 8. To cnre ; to prepare by salt ;
as to core meat.
— — Elapeka, qnlt. fr. To be curable.
—— Elafisa, cans. fr. 1. To try the appli-
cation of medicine; to make one to take
medicine;— 2. To teach one to administer
medicine; to teach one to become a doctor,
nm— ELAPI, n. pi. abel. (From elapa.) A
physician.
nkn— ELEKA, V. t (From ela, V3hich see,
and ika or eka, to fix ; to pnt. Radically
one with alnka II. Sis. clcga.)
1. To put, place, or lay one thing upon
another, = nma n beke indwangu i nge
muki nomoya u beke uto pe2u kwayo, i. e. :
if you lay out a piece of linen, lest it should
blow away with the wind, you must put
something upon it ; — 2. To cover, asx
yeleka incanm pezu kwenhlu enetayo, i. e. :
put a mat upon the house which is leak-
ing ; — 8. To add ; to give in addition, as :
yeleka oshileni ababili, L e. : add two
shillings.
— Klb¥ht.a, qulf. fr. 1. To put, pUce,
lay, or add to, for, in behalf, as : lolu uto
wa Iwelekela oshileni ababili, i. e. : to this
thing he added two shillings more; — 2.
To aid, to help, as : wo ng'elekela ngi
nomsebenzi omikulu, i. e. : you must g^ve
me your aid, as I have a great work to do;
—8. To draw over, as pillow-cases.
— - Elbkblaxa, rcpr. fr. To put, lay, &Cn
upon each other, as : yelekelene lemiti
mibili, i. e. : these two pieces of wood lay
upon each other,
uku— ELEKAMANA and Elakaittana, v. i.
(Recpr. form of an obsolete clekama ; of
eleka and imanu, to stand next or opposite
one another; to press with the opening
each other. Dialectic, elakamana, A
which akama, which see, cont^ns the same
radicals.)
I. To lay or place two things with thor
openings upon one another, as : izimlte
zi Velakanyana, L e. : the two pots ky
with their open sides one upon the other ;
— 2. To cover one another, asi idngnbo
z^elekanyene, i. e : the two garments cover
one the other.
— El£eahisa and ^leeakyiba, cans. fr.
To put, place, Bui, two things with their
openings upon each other; as two pots
when the natives are cooking by steam ;—
2. To draw or cast one garment over
another.
is— ELEKELO, n. (From elekela.) Ad-
ditional things, — things for drawing over,
— e. g. : pillow-cases.
is— ELEKO, n. pi. izi. (Fh}m eleka.) 1.
Addition; thing added; — 2. Ck>ver or case.
ELI, rel. form. From a, relative, and
ill, nom. form, referring to nouns in i and
ill, as : illzwe elihle nelitandwayo, i. e : a
country which (is) fine and which is
loved,
is— ELO, n. pL izelo. (From cU.) A fim or
winnowing basket,
nlcu— ELULA. See Alula,
uku — EMANA, v. i. (From a, privative or
negative, and imana, see eUkamana. Com*
pare bema.)
1. Primarily : to oppose ; to refhse to
comply with ; not to comply with ; not to
be moved with, asi wa cela inkomo
b'emana abakubo, i. e. : he asked a head
of cattle, but they of his family did not
give it to him ; — 2. To withhold or reftise
a mnt ;— ^. To deny.
EMVA, prep. (From e, locative, and
imva, which see under va.) 1. After ; be-
hind in place, as: u mi emva kwake, i. e. :
he stands behind him ;— 2. Later in time,
as : u zelwe emva kwake, L e. : he has
been bom after her.
nku — ENA, V, L (From e, locative, pronounc-
ed short as in bed, see E, and ina, rcpr.
form. Jhe literal sense is; to be in each
other, or to be joined.)
To be dense; to be close upon each
other ; to be without much light ; applied
to thick bushes, of which the branches are
dose together so as to darken the space,
as : ihlati Tenile, i. e. : the forest is quite
closed up.
Digitized by
Google
uica— fiNABA^ T. t. (ftwn ena, which see,
and iba, to separate. IMeratly : to separ-
ate from each other. Naba, ntreba, enwe-
ba» neba, and onwaba, which have all the
same meabing, are dialectic)
1. To put forth shoots I to grow bng;
to extend, aai amapnzi a y'enaba, i.e.:
the oampkins are potting fbrth shoots ; —
2. To stretch; to spread, asi Injoni i
w'enabile amapiko, i. e. : the bird is extend-
ing or spreading out its wings;— 3. To
fedi comfortable, a»i mntwana wenabile,
or wonwabile, i. e. : the child has stretched,
or is stretching, out its body, = feels com-
fortable.
uku— ENAKAL A, v. i. f From ena, and kala.)
Dialectic^ but^opmy onakala, which tee,
uku — ENAMA, ▼. i. (From ena, and ima, to
move, to stand. Primarily t to be moving
dose together, denoting particularly the
motbns of head and body used in mirth,
laughing, &c)
1. To be merry, jovial, sporting, &o.; to
be inclined to laughing, derision, &c. ; — 2.
To be agreeable, pleasant, as*, w'enama
Ukushumayehi indaba, i. e. : he was quite
pleasant in relating a story.
*• Ekameka, quit. fr. To bd mirthftil,
laughable, &c.
Enambla, qulf. fV. To be merry, Ac
for, about, on account of.
— Ekahisa, cans. fr. To cause merriment,
derision, laughter, &c; to make merry,
jovial, &0.
is— ENAMI, n. pL izen. (From enama.)
A merry person,
ub— ENAIIO, n. (From enama.) Mirth ;
joviality; merriment; laughter, &0., cui
ubenamo bukulu, i.6.: the merriment is
great.
uku— ENANA. See Anana.
uku— ENCIKA, T. L {Other tribes have
enqika or nqlka, whicn is dialectic from
eqa and iqa, to set on. The root is retained
^ in kwenca, to be stayed, which contains all
the radicals of this verb, and, originally,
would be of enca, and ika, to fix, literally :
to be fixed at a point. See dka, and
Dceku.)
To recline ; to lean upon or against in a
resting posture, as: ukwendka ngenhlu,
t e. : to lie or lean against the house.
— Encikaka, rcpr. fr. To lean or lie
dose to each other; to border on, as:
Tunuzi wake u y'endkana nalowo, i. e. : his
kraal is adjacent to that one.
— « EkCikisa, cans. fr. To cause to lean
upon, to press or throng upon,
uku— ENDA, V. L (From e, locative, and
inda, to extend. The literal and primarv
eense is : to move from a place in or with
a bng train or track. Jtadically one with
onda. Allied ndwendwe.)
1. To marry away. This verb is exdu-
dvely used of females, who, when that
change takes place, hate a long frain of
young people to accompany them to the
glace to which they are to be married, as :
itombi kabani yendile, i. e. : whose girl
is married. {See the cansative.)— 2. Fi^^
atively : to delay, as : u ng'endi, i. e. : lit, :
you must not marry, = you must not
delay, or not allow yourself to be detained.
»^— Ekdbla, qulf. fr. To marry away to,
as : unobautu wendele kubani, L e. :
Nobantu is married to whom.
*'^— EimiBA, cans. fr. To bring away to a
husband ; to give in marriage ; to marry,
as : uknyendisa intombi, i. e. t to marry a
^1 or bring her away to a husband (often
with endodeni.)
— — * Enbiselaka, rcpr. fr. To intermarry,
uku— ENDAYA, v. i. (From enda, and iya,
to turn. lAteraUy : to move in Uie length
and backward, denoting an act of rubbing
with the finger upou a surface.)
Dialectic, See Enwala*
um— ENBISI, U. pi. abend. (From endiia.)
One whose duty or business it is to marry
away a female,
um— ENDO, n. ring. (From enda.) A
track ; a road or beaten path, as : inhlehi
yomendo e hanjwa ngnbimtu bonke, i. e. :
a public road which *is travelled by all
people. (The Xosa has amendu and
umonde, i. e. : steadiness, lasting strength
in travelling fkr.)
uku— ENEKA. This verb and its derivaUves,
see under Aneka.
uku— ENGAMA, r. t. (From e, locative,
inga, to pass with, by, even, and ima, to
stand. The sense tf , to be higher or more
than ; to be raised above another thing.
Dialectic, ongama, which is common to
the Xosa, Compare cenga, lengalenga, &c)
1. To be raised above another thing ; to
be higher ; to stand forth or out ; to over-
top ; to hang over, as : umuti u yengamile
inhlu, i. e. : the tree hangs over the house ;
— 2. To surpass in strength as well as length
of body, as : ngi m'engeme, i. c. : I have
had more strength than he, viz. : in put-
ting him down.
— Ekoamisa, cans. fr. To raise above
another thing ; to bend over, as : u Penca-
mise ihlahla, i. e. : bend the top of the
bush over, = bend it down that you can
reach it better,
um— ENQE, n. sing. (From the obsolete
enea, radically one with onga, from which
is derived umongo, marrow. See u-Menge.
Dialect, umenke, allied to umnenke, snail.)
Pr(M>^ifyt vegetable marrow; commonly,
a kind of native regetable smaller than
the amadumbi, and used fbr the sake of
economy.
»4
Digitized by
Google
WWALk.
[72]
ENZELELELA.
oka— ENQEZA, v. t. (From enga or enge,
to be mnch or more, im engamt, and iza,
to make. Ongeza it dialectic and more
correct at the iame time^ «00 onga* Allied
^aneza.)
L Tomakeor giyemoreof afobttance;
to gire in addition ; to give a sorplos at :
nkwengeza uknhla, i. e. : to give more
food ; — 2. To make np a' deficiency or a
difference ; — 8. To give to boot.
^— Ekobzbla, qolf. fr. To give more or
in addition to lomething already given.
— EnaBZELELA, fireqt fr. To give over
and above ; to give rqMatedly ; to give all
that there is.
NoTi.«— It will be seen from the prin-
dpal root onga, that all its derivatives
refer originally to edible matter,
uka— ENQULA, v. t. (From enga, and nla,
to be strained, removed. laterally; to
take off that which is too mnch. Dialectic,
ODgnla, which, strictly taken, means, to
take off edible matter. See gwengfola,
hlwengnla, pnngnla, &c)
1. To scam or skim, ae : nma i pekayo
inyama n w'engole amagwebn, L e. : when
the meat is boiling yon must take off the
scnm ; — 2. To take off by skimming, as :
nkwengnlanxambe, Le.: totakeoff cream.
ENHLA, prep. (From e> locative, and
inhla, eee hla.) Above ; on the side above^
as: enhla kwesibngu, i. e.: above the
crossing place.
ENHLE, adv. (From ilinhle, see nhle.)
Abroad; without; in the field, an nknya
enhle, i. e. : to go without ; e¥phemistic
for, to go somewhere.
ukn—ENHLEZA, v. t. (From ^hle, open,
and iza, to make ; or from ena, to snnder
at a place, and ihla, eee isihla, skinny
part. Allied to ihleza, a bone g^wed;
inhlonze, skin, and hlinza, to skin oft)
To separato the skin by cntting or beat-
ing so that the white bone becomes vimble ;
to make bare; to pare, aei nkwenhleza
itambo lonkonka, L e. : to pare the bone
(skin-bone) of the antebpe. (Others use
kehleza instead of this.)
ENU, per. pro. (From a, sign of gent,
and inn, of an obsolete innna = inina,
yon, 2d. pers. pi. Kambaenin.) Of yon,
hence your, as: amehb enn, L e.: your eyes,
nkn— ENWALA, v. t. (From e, locative,
inn, see nwe, finger, nnnu, &c., and ala, to
restrain, to fold. Dialectic are nwaya,
onwaya, and endaya. Compare cwala II.,
and cwaya II.)
PrimariUfi to strain with the finger
fVom a place ; hence, to mb the saHaoe of
anything with the finger; to mb, to
scratch, as : wa s'enwala isilonda, 1. e. : he
rnbbod or scratohed the sore with the
fingers.
— — EirwAUSA* oaus. fr. To rab or scratch
0% as; nkwenwalisa nkoko IwesiloDda,
i. e. : to rab off the dry crnst of a woond
or sore,
oka— EKYA, v. t (From e, loeoHve, and
inya, see nya II., to sink, to slip. See eya.
The same radical is in anya, minya,
gwenya, i^nya, nyibilika, nyan, fbot^ &.)
ProperUf : to sink or slip away, vii^
with the foot.
— - Enysla, qnlfl fr. To strain a foot by
slipping away ; to ^Uslocato or injure, as :
ng'eny^e, i. e. : I have injured my foot.
— — EmnusA, caus. fr. To cause to dislo-
cate orinjure.
uku— ENTUKA. [This verb and its deriva-
tives see under nyuka. The prefix e ex-
presses umply that the action is locative.]
uku— ENZA, V. t. Passive, ukwenziwa.
(From e, locative, na, with, and iza, .to
come, to make. TTie literal and primary
sense is : to keep one's self busy with
something. Sis, entsa. Kamba nesa.)
1. To do something; to perform; to
carry into effect; to bxing any thing to
pass; to contrive; to devise or make a
plan ; to canr out a plan, as : wa yena
into yake ya Innga, L e. : he did his work
weU; — 2. To act ; to discharge; to fulfil,
as : wo yenza indau uyibizelweyo, L e. :
you must do the duty which you have been
called for;— 3. To finish, as: ugi kwen-
zile loku ubu ngi tuma kona, L e. : I have
done that for which you sent me;— 4. To
execute; to punish; — 6. To causey as:
kwenziwe yintoni loku na ? i. e. : by what
has this been done ?— 6. To strike, as :
kuko into li yenzUeyo izulu, L e. : the
lightning must have struck something, or
somewhere;— 7. Yenza kahle, i. e. : make
slowly, = wait a little.
— EvzEKA, quit. fr. 1. To be in action or
motion; to be effective, <»: izembe li
y'eneeka, i. e. : the axe does work well ;—
2. To come to pass ; to happen ; to take
place. Of : a ka k'enzeki yini, L e. : ^
there nothing the matter with her yet P
— Ekzbia, qulf. fr. To do, perform, make,
&C., &&, for, as : wo ng'ensela loku, L e. :
you must do this fbr me.
— Enzkleia, fr8qt.fr. 1. To perfbnn
duties for another; to attend to the
duties of another; to serve one;— >2. To
bestow, to confer assistance, ikvor, Ac,
upon;-— 3. To ky out; to give in payment
for ; to mske up again.
— » ENZEI.SLSLA, angmt. fr. 1. To aooooi*
plish an end; to be surety for another;—
2. To ^ve, grant, bestow, or place for the
purpose of use ; to place to the dlspontion
of, as: ngo kwenzolelela ngeiikomo Scsla
hiko, i. e. : I shall give you a head of cattle
you may use to pay your debt with.
Digitized by
Google
— * "EsuBAf OHU. fr. 1. To caoM or make
to do, perfinni, Ac ;— 2. To do pnrpoaely,
or wiUi intent ; — 8. To dinemble or affisot ;
to be an hypoerite, at : n ▼'enziaa mnknba
qnklo, L e. : he affscts lach a costom.
•*— — Ehzisisa, earn. fr. To do eameifely, or
withnnich leaL
nbi — ENZAKALA, ▼. u (From enza» and
kala» wkiek see.)
1. JPrimarihf: to overdo; to nifibr
damage; to be a loser in person or in pro-
perty; to be spoiled;— 2. To receiTe a
hurt; to be injured, as: wa kandana
nomnti wenzakele, L e. : he ran against a
tree, and has hart himself ;— 8. To be
nnfintnnate or nnsncoessful, as: kn fe
mbantwana bami ng'enzakele namhla, i. e. :
my children bdng dead I am quite undone.
^-* EyzA¥AT.T8A, caos. fr. To damage, hurt,
injure, spoil, or do harm to a person or
I.) A
)
Act,
is— EKZAKALISO, n. pi. izim (From enza-
kalisa.) A damage^ hurt, injury, Ac, done
by one.
is— ENZAEALO, n. pL isdn. (From enia-
kak.^ A damage^ hurt^ iijtiry, Ac, suf-
fered by one.
um— ENZELELELI, n. pi. aben. (From
enaelelela.) One who enters into a surety-
ship for another,
um — ^BNZBLELI, n. pLaben. (From enie-
kla.) One who bestows fkTOrs, pririkfiges,
n^on ■ ■.
is— ENZELELO, n. pL izen. (From ense-
lela.) An action cSf ikvor, Ac.; a iavor,
grant, or bestowal.
nm — ^ENZI, n. pL aben. (From ei
doer, maker, performer, oc
is— ENZISO, n. pL izen. (From
▲ffeetation,
is — ENZO, n. pL izen, (From enza.)
deed, perftrmanoe.
id— EPIJ, n. pL in. (From e, local, and
ipa, to pun. Sadieady, in apda, Uepu,
qepu, Ac JJUed to ebu.)
lAUralbf: something that appears to
be pulled out or fbrth, agnizing a long-
hairedgoat.
akn— EPI^^ t. t. (From epa, and uza, to
make. LUeraUjf. to make a blow or
puft Except the local e, it is one with
pnza, to drink, vix, : when one has taken a
large draught he blows or breathes the
air firom the mouth or nostrils ; hence to
. tdce a draught, a mouthful, and then
leave off. JJUed to ebuza, apusa, qepuza,
fte. See mepa.)
1. To make a poll or tug : to dilate or
extend in ^me; henee, to be slow; to
make short distanoes, as: ukwepuza uku-
hamba, i. e. : to br(«k off walking, vix, :
to go a short distance and then sit down a
wlme;— 2. To be dilatory; to be late, as i
b'epuza ukufika, i. e. : they arrived kte;
—8. To tarry ; to stay; to keep back, as:
s'epuzile, ku lomzi, i. e. : we have been
staging so long at that kraal ;— 4. To last,
as: lengubo i v'epuza ukuguga, i. e. : this
dress will last long before it gets old.
«T— Epuzisa, caus. fr. To cause to be
slow, &c.
uku— EQA* ▼• t. Passive ukweqiwa. (From
e, local, and iqa, to set on« to get upon.
See qa, endka, &c)
1. To spring at ; to jump at or over, as :
ihashe Teqile elutangeni, i.e.: the horse
sprung over the fence; — 2. To leap; to
run; to skip, as: w'eqa amaqamaqetja,
i. e. : be ran niong jumping and striking
his feet together;— 8. To trespass; to
transgress, as: i^weqa izwi, Le. : to
trespass an order.
Eqbla, qulf. fr. 1. To spring forth or
before ; to jump before, in front, as : z'eqele
izinkomo, zi nga hlangaui, i. e. : run quick
in front of the cattle that they may not
come together, = kalima ;— 2. To separate
for order ; to form a rank, file, front, or
column, as : sukani ba qele, i e. : get out
of the way that they (of a dancing party)
may draw up in columns ; lU, : may jump
in front.
— Eqblaita, rcpr. fr. To jump orer one
another; — ukweqelana ekutengeni, i.e. :
to outbid or overbid each other at a sale.
«>— Eqelela, freqt. fr. To spring forth in
the way before another ; to be quick before
another ; to rush into a place before another
can get into it, as: ukweqelela ingcwele
emgwaqwini, i. e. : to push on in the road
in order to come before a wagon (which is
gdng in front).
— — Eqiba, cans. fr. 1. To cause to jump
over or to tre^MSS ,—2. To enhance ; to
raise the price ; to make dearer, as : uku-
z'eqisa izimpahla imali, i. e. : to let the
money go l^yond the goods, == to make
them dearer,
uka— ESABA, r. t. (From e, local, isa, to
cause, to burst, and iba, to separate.
Other dialects omit the e, local. In the
Xosa it is used of fleeing, to flee. Sis. :
tsaba.)
1. To flee from or before; *«k»,tofear;
to be afraid of, as: ngi ya w'esaba amansi,
i. e. : I am afraid to go through the water;
—2. To revere ; to respect; to regard.
— Es&BSKA, quit. fr. 1. To be foarful,
frightfol, dreadfbl, awfol, as: ingwe yisilo
es'esabekayo, i. e. : the tiger is a fearful
animal;— 2. To be dangerous, perilous,
exposed to loss or pain, hazardous, as:
umfola wesabekile^ i. e. : the river is in a
dangerous state (on account of much water) ;
—8. To be splendid, as: ingubo esabekayo,
i. e. : a splendid dress.
Digitized by
Google
ETYWAMA,
CW]
EYISA.
•— * EsABiBl« cauB. fr. To frighten; to
shock; to alarm ; to put into a fright or
fear ; to cause terror.
ESI, rel. form. From a, reUtiTe, and
in, nom. form, referring to nonns in isi,
cut isibaya esiknln, i. e.: a cattle fold
which is great.
nkui— ETABA, v. i. (From e, local, ita, to
ponr, touch, take, and iba, to press, separate.
The Sis, has taba. The same root is
retauied in tabata, to take up. From this
verb comes intaba, mountain.)
1. JPrimarUy : to be taken up^ as the
mind or spirits ; to exalt ; to elevate with
J07 ; — 2. To be ezdted by gladness; to be
glad, as I inhliziyo yami yatabile, i.e. :
my heart is glad.
— — £tabiba« cau8.fr. To exalt; to elevate;
to gladden.
ukn— ETAMELA. See Tamela.
ETU, per. pro. (From a, sign of Gent.,
and itu, of an obsolete ituna = itinn, we,
lstper8.pl.) Of us ; henoe,our8, as i inhlu
yetu. i. e. t our house.
uktt— ETYISA, v.t. (Froperlyi a causative
of tya, which is seldom used in ZuIm, but
of common use in the Xosa, in the sense of
to eat and to drink; ukutya, meat and
drink.)
LUlsraiUf i to bring up food hem (viz. :
the stomach) ; hence, to ruminate ; applied
to animals.
uku— ETYWAMA, v. i. (From e, loeaiive
or reloHve, ityiwa, passwe of itya, to eat ;
see etyisa ; and ima, to set, to open. See
isitya, utywala, akama, Ac)
1. Literallifi to (men or proclaim the
eating; to give order ^ut (the first
fruit) to be eaten ; — 2. Metc^horicaUjf :
to open or commenoe a new year, = uku-
nqamula umnyaka^ i. e. : to out off a new
year.
This word is exclusively applied to a
national custom, celebrating the eating of
the first fruit of the year. No individual
dare eat thereof, hewr^ the festivity has
been formally prochumed by the chief of
the tribe. Tlus act is performed with an
exhibition of savage strength, in the killing
of a bull by the mere bodily fbrceofthe
warriors* without any weapon, and drink-
ing its gall, but not touching its meat
(which is either given to the boys or
burned with fire,) — and in the crushing of
a calabash by the feet of the chief.
The bull represents the meat, and its
term is t Inkunzi yokwetywama, i. e. : the
bull for opening &e eating, &c. or inkunzi
inkosi y'etywama ngayo, i. e. : the bull by
means of which the chief proclaims the
eating of the new fruit ;-^the calabash
represents the vegetables, and its term is :
usolwa Iwokwetywama, i. e. : the calabash
for opening the eating of the new fruit
And the whole is expressed by : inkom
yety wamile, L e. : the chief has proclaimed
the eating of the new fruit of the year,
uku— EUKA, V. L (From e, local, and uka,
to go out, off. Sis. teoga.)
1. To go off from a place, viz*: down-
ward, asi weukile emfuleni, 1. e.: he
went off or down toward the river;— 2.
To journey down, as: ukweuka etegwini,
L e. : to go down to the bay.
uku — ^EULA, V. t. rFrcnn e, locdl, and ub^
to strain, remove.)
1. To bring or take down, as: I'eale
izinkomo emangweni, i. e.: bring the
cattle from the hill down;— 2. To fetch
from above, as ; Iweule uto Iwaml, i. e. :
take my goods do¥vn.
uku— EYA^ V. t. Passive ukweyiwa. (From
e, local, and iya, to retire, pass. The
literal sense is : to lower, to sink. J2adt-
call^ one tvUh enya, and nya IX. Mlied
to hiya, shiya, &c.)
1. Ukuweya nmfula, i. e. : Ut.:U} lower
the river, viz» : to think the river to be in
a low state, having little water; to have a
very k)w opinion of the river \ and hence,
to go or enter into the river and drown, or
to be overwhelmed ; — 2. To lower any-
thing in value; to bring down; to sink;
hence : to disdain ; to deem worthless; to
ffke no notice of a thing, as : u nga n^
nika kanjani lento ngi yeya nje, L e.:
how oan you offer such a thinff to me since
I deem it not worth noticing r
^— - EYEKA, quit fr. Ukumeyeka umuntu
emfuleni, i. e. : to bring or carry somebody
through the river. n!his is quite an ex-
ceptional use of the quit, form, and a pecu-
liar instance or clear evidence in favor of
the theory of the roots. It expresses the
action of the subject, and also tnat of the
oljject U ya m*eyeka— he carries him
(the other) over the river; here is he sub-
ject of the action in eya, while him or the
other (m) is represented as acting in ika,
viz. : while the one is carrying, the other
is raising or lifting himself up oy the arm
of the former, and is in suw a position
carried or drawn through the river.)
»— -• Etela, qulf.fr. 1. To become lower;
to sink down; to subside or settle by
shaking, as: i^uhla kweyele esltyeniku
twelwe, i. e. : the food settled down in the
basket while it was carried ; — 2. To sink
in ; to fall in, as : inkomo yeyele emgo-
dini, i. e. : the cow sunk (with one leg)
into a hole;— 8. To stumUe, asi weyda
etyeni, i. e. : he fell nearly over a
stone.
— Eti8A» cans. fr. 1. To try to lower, see
ike instance above— ukuweya umfula =
ukuweyisa nmfula ;— 2. To show or behave
Digitized by
Google
disdaioiiiltj, contemptnotislj, haughtily,
impodentlj, insolently, sandlj*
KoTB. — In the general course of con-
versation the forms of this verb are very
eaflily confounded with, or mistaken for,
Tikuyela, from ukuya, cu : wa yela ensimini,
K e. : he went into the gardeti, or down
into the garden. The difference between
the two is not at all considerable, and may
seem trifling, but a nearer examination
will show the real importance of the prefix
e in eya.
EZANSI, prep. (From e, local. 12a, to
come, nsi, denoting degree ; eza, the same
action as eya, to lower. DxaUcHoi en*
sann.)
1. In a lower decree; — 2. In a lower
^ace : beneath ; nether; below, (U : ezansi
kwenhlela, L e. : at the.lower side of the
road ; — 3. To the south, according to the
iittiaidon of Katal, the high land extending
to the north,
nku— EZELA, v. L (Prom e, local, and izek,
to come forth, over, &ci lUeralUfx to
come over, to lean over. Coinciding with
qrela* 9ee eya, to bwer.)
This is aUUecHc instead of ozela, which
tee,
^ EZI, reL form. From a, relative, and
izi, nom. form, referring to nouns in izi, a<:
izi^a exihle, i.e.: beautiful dishes or vessels.
nlth-~£2I, n. sing. (From a, to move, and
izi| small, little, shining particles. JUadi'
cMif in inkwezi, star. See cwazi.)
A name of the tree or froghopper,
shrill or chirpmg cicada, most frequently
foond on k»anches or leaves of trees,
inclosed in a frothy liquid from which
drops fall down, and of wnich the chrysalis
is afterwards formed.
F.
F hasi at the present stage of the Ian-
gnage, one uniform sound as m tiie English
father, face. Originally, however, it
served for two souncU, that of f and p, ^
pe and phe, as is evident from faka and
paka, fn and pa, Ac, all of the same
radical meaning. In Situto f occupies
almost in every case the place of p, ae :
Znlmhopti, Sis, bo&; Z. pek, Sie. feU;
Z, nmsi. Sit. fata. Its cognate letter v
b always clearly distinguish^ from f by a
very sdEl articidation, and its {ffimary per-
oqition.
oku— PA, V. i. (From ifa or ufa, originally
iha as the Nika has, and which m Sis. is
ahna or chua, to die.. Pu, onomahpie,,
signifying the sound or noise of a ffust.
Mist, or puff of wind (see fu), and the
verb a, d^ioting action or motion. 3^
lOeral sense is : to effect a gust or blast,
to strike or press upon, to cast. Allied
to ba and pa.)
1. JProper^i tobebUsted; to be affected
or infected by; to suffer under or from
some pernicious or destructive influence,
which checks, injures, impairs or destroys
animal or vegetable life ; hence, to die ; to
perish, asi umuntu u file, i e.: the man
has died ; — 2. To wither, as : umuti u file^
L e. : the tree is dead ;---3. To sufler ; to
undergo; tobesiok; to be in a dying state;
tosufier death; — 1. To be affected with
pain, (M : u fa kakulu uyise, i. e. : his &ther
suffers very much pain; — 5. To split;
to crack or break into pieces, as : isitya si
file, L e. : the dish is broken.
IdionuUics: 1. Izwe 11 file, Le.: lit.
the land or country is blasted or dead, =
war is broken out in the land (see imfazo) -
— 2. Inyansa i file, i. e. t the moon is dead
inyanga emem i. e. : the last month
umnyaka u file, i. e. : the year is dead
umnyaka ofileyo, i. e. : the last year.
— — I^LA, qulf. fr. 1. To die for, at, with,
by, flv : ngi fela kuwe, i. e. : I am dying at
your house. The passive of this form —
felwa, is quite idiomatic, ast wa felwa .
ngumtwana, i. e. : lit. he had a death-stroke
by his child, == he lost a child by death.
f Analogous bubek.)
2. To blow out ; to puff forth, as : uku-
fela amate, i. e. : to blow out spittle ; hence
8. To spit; to b^pit; to spit upon, as:
ukufela umuntu ebusweni, i. e. : to spit a
person in his face, (== ftateU.)
^-i- Felaka, rcpr. fr. 1. To die one for
another; 2. To spit at each other.
- F18A, cans. fr. 1* To cause or make to
suffer or to die; to make very sick;~2.
To feign, to attempt, to imitate to be suffer-
ing, as: wo zi fisa se u fikile ekaya, i. e. :
yon must do as if you were dead when you
come home; — 3. To affect or to move the
passions ; to be affected with pain ;— 4. To
affect ; to aim at ; to aspire to ; to desire ;
to endeavour diligently ; to bestow pains
upon, as : ma nn fise imali, i. e. : let me
aun at (gettui^ money i-— hence, 5. To
desire wim eagerness or inordinately; to
covet, asi nkufisa uto Iwomuntu^ i. e.: to
covet a thing of somebody.
— - F18KKA, quit fr. 1. To'bp in a state
or condition of affectation, or being affecte^
by pain; — 2. To be demrable, to become
so; to be covetous, as: uto olufisekayo,
L e. : something that is desirable.
i*-^ FiSELA, qul^ fr. 1. To cause to die for,
Ac ; — 2. To desire for or after ; to have a
desire fbr ; to pant afler.
i— FA, n. smg. (From fe.) 1. A here-
ditary disease or defect; — 2. A tubercle,
tumor of a dironic character.
Digitized by
Google
■'■"■' ■•^' '■' -
FAHLA.
[76]
FANEEA.
i— FA, n. pi. ama. (Bw the verb.) LU
teraCLy : that which is left after death, vis. :
the property of a deceased person \ inherit-
ance; heritage,
im — FA, n. sing. (See Fa.) An infiection ;
an epidemic disease,
n— FA, n. pL izim. (SeB Fa.) A breach,
crack, chink or fVactnre in a body, <»:
imbiza i no&, i. e. : the pot has a crack,
nro — ^FABA, n. pi. imi. (From fs^ and iba,
to separate. AUied to ikaba. See im-
Bwaba.)
1. A snbstanoe or bnlk which grows npon
an old stalk, or separating tnm an old
stock; as the shoots of Ki^-com, — ama-
zele a nge nakuhla, i. e. : the cane or shoots
which Imve no food ; — 2. Fruitless, barren;
i^lied to animate creation; — 3. Desti-
tate of the necessary poasesnons, viz. : land
or gronnd for raiang food, and friends for
protection,
nm— FABAKAZI, n. pL aba. (From fitba,
and kazi, denoting degree, known. See
Fokazi.)
1. A very fruitless or barren being;—
2. A Tery destitute person,
isi — ^FACA, n. pL izi. (From fa, and ica, to
tip, top, tap ; to press the uppermost point.
Allied to paceka, eee baca. MadicalUf one
mth fece, fica, foco. DicUeeHo : faxa.)
1. laterally : any split or bkst at the
top of a thing ; hewie, a chink, small fissure
or narrow chasm made by the parting of
any substance, at : imbazo i nesifkca i ya
kwapuka masinya, i. e. : the axe having a
chasm shall soon break ;— 2. A dent, mark,
or cavity made by a blow or stroke on a
body, at I ikehleli 11 neufaca, Le.: the
kettle has a dent,
isl — FACA, n. pL izL fSee the preceding.)
A curl or fringe of hair. (The Xosa hiM
faiye, and in many other cases ty where
the Zulu has c.)
FAFA. An onomatopic exclamation ex-
pressive of the soft sound or noise of a drop
falling down == fa ! It is used with uknti,
and dgnifies sprinkling, aei yi ti ia fa
ngamanzi, Le.: make fa fa, or sprinkle
softly witii water. (The Xosa ufefe^ i. e. :
goodness, tenderness, mercy, &c., are de-
rived from this compound.)
uku— FAFAZ^ V. t. (From &fa, and iza, to
make. Allied to vava, vivi, vova, &c)
To sprinkle ; to make damp, as : fafaza
' idng^ibo ezigeziweyo, i. e. : sprinkle the
things which have been washed,
uku— FAHLA, v. t. (From fa, and iUa, to
oome down, to reach, to shoot. Badicalljf
one with fehla, fihla, and fohla. Allied to
kahla, pahla, &c.)
To entwine; to wreathe^— ku ya tjiwo
ngamacanti a ya fiihlwa, L e. : it is used of
the action or the mode of mat-making.
•— — Fahlxba, cans. fr. To eaose to entwine
or wreathe; to bind; ai mats,
n— FAHLASI, n. pi o^ (From fthla and
isi, denotmg degree.)
lAteraUy : a person who, being, as it
wer^ entwined, surrounded, or beset by
others, reaches far above them ; hence: a
prominent, a tall person ; a thin and tall
person ; a giant, in regard to lenffth.
uku— FAKA, V. t. (From &, and ika, to
come np, to put. lUtdicalfy one with
feka, fika, foko, and fuka, tee fnkama.
Allied to paka. The primary tenee ie : to
strike at or up.)
1. To pocket; to put in, ae: nknfiika
entolongweni, i. e. : to imprison, to pot
into prison;— 2. To stuff in; to fill, ai:
faka esakenl, i. e.: put into a sack; — 8.
To stuff; to cram; to stock;— 4. To d^
in; to dip under or beneath, aei &ka
innkwa emhluzim, L e. : dip bread into
the soup; — 6. To put on; to dres^ at:
fJEika ingubo yako, i. e. : put on your coat ;
—6. To put on a bridle, harness, &c ; to
inspan;— 7. Inkomokazi i ya faka:— a
Kafferism, literally: the cow is stocking
(the milk), signifyUxg the swoDen state of
the cow's udder previous to calving (=to
stock a cow).
— Fakela, qulf. fr. To put in, &c for, on
account, Ac, as in falou (The elliptic
term : ngi fakele, L e. : let me staff or fill,
has reference to the pipe of tobaooo-
smokers, and comes from the Xota,)
_» Fakibi, cans. fr. To cause or make to
put in, &c; to help or assist to do so.
n— FAKAZI, n. pL of. (From fiika, and
azi, to know.) LiteraUy : one who baa
put on knowing, or whose mind is stocked
with knowing, viz., who has taken notice
of a case ; hence, a witness.
Q_FAEOLW£NI, n. pi. of. Zuluiied of
the English : half-a-crown.
im— FAMA, n. (From fa, to die, and ima, to
stand, to move. BadicalUf one with ftima.)
lAteraUy : a particular state of suffering
or aiBiction ; applied to a state of being
poor and friendless, having lost property
and friends, ae : lomuntu o yimfkma, L e. :
this person is poor and Mendless. (In the
Xota it signifies a bliud person.)
ukn— FANA, v. L (From fa, and ina, even,
like, identic. The literal tente w : to be
of one, or of an equal csst ; to strike <me
another, and properly a rq[>r. form of fiu
jRadiciUlv one with fhna. SuaheU fana.)
1. To be like; to resemble ; to be ami«
lar to, <M : n fiuia noyise^ L e. : he is like
nnto his father; — 2. to seem; to be like,
(u : n fana nknba n pmnile, i. e. : it (Hi.
he) seems as if he had gone out.
— Fakika, quit. fr. (Ohtolete.) Admit-
ting of a likeness.
Digitized by
Google
FANEKISO.
[77]
FEBK
— — Favxkisa, oauf. fr. 1. To oaiifle or
make nmilarity, likeneflB ; to akow a nmi-
larity ; — 2. To take an instance or exam-
ple;— 3. To exemplify; to show or illus-
trate kjT example, at\ ubukola bomunta
bu fanekiswa nentaba, L e. : the greatness
of a man is illustrated by a moontun ;--4.
To form ; to copy after an originaL
— — Faitbxissla, qulf. fr. To cause similar-
ity, &c.y for, after, on : no ngi fiuiekisela
'bani na ? i. e. : like whom mUl you show
me to be?
— ^ Fahela* quit fr. 1. To fit for; to suit,
at : lengubo i fanela wena, L e. : this dress
fits you; — 2. To deserve* a^i a fanela
nku^aywa, L e. : yon ought to be punish-
ed; — 8. To be fit; to become; to be
proper; to behaTO; to be due, aa : loka a
kn ikneli yena, i. e. : this does not become
him ;— 4. To be worthy ; to be deserving ;
— 5. To be the duty ; ought ; must ;— 6.
To be about; near to a number, a« : ama-
doda a fimele a yishumi, i. e. : the men are
about ten.
«— « Fahslav JL» rcpr. fr. To fit for each
other, &c
— « Favelbxa* quit. fr. To be suitable,
proper, decent* due, right, conTenient»
seemly, becoming, &c., <ui ku fanelekile
kmre ukomnika utoempofu nje, i.e. : it
is proper for yon to give him something,
he being quite poor.
— -i Fajtisa, eaus. fr. To liken ; to assimi-
late; to examine; to search after likeness
or nmilarity, a« : abelungu Veza uku&nisa
amabashe, i. e. : the abelungu came to (see
whether th^ could) find out their horses,
vU^ by tracing the likeness to theur own.
Noix. — ^The diflerence between this form
and fHn#)"«^ exists in this, that fanisa triet
to find oat a resemblance, while the other
ibows the same as ensting.
*— FAVI8A5A, rcpr. fr. To resemble, to
fiken,&c., on both ndes, aai bafiemisene
ixinto zabo, i. e. : they have examined their
goods on both sides.
— FAViaxLA, qulfl fr. To resemble, ^c,
for, for the purpose, Ac
nm — FANA, n. pL aba. (From fo, whioh see,
and ana, dimint.)
LUeralhfi a small man; henee, a bov.
(Dim, I umiknyana, a very small or little
iSV
nm— FAKEKISI, n. pL aba. (From fane-
kiaa.) One who shows a likeness ; aoopyiit
or iHnstrator.
i^— FANEKISO, n. pL in. (From fane-
lom.) 1. An act of likening; — 2. A thing
Ukeoed; something of an image or
likeness,
am — FAKEKISO, n. pL imi. (From fsne-
kin.) An object likened ; kcnce, an image,
fikeiieM^ resemblance.
in— FANOUBA, n. {d. izL (From fk, and
inguba, something wounded, tee guba.
Tribal)
LUerctUjfi a ngn or mark of bdng
mortally or infectiously wounded; hence,
mark of smnll-pox.
nm — FANISI, n. pi. aba. (From fanisa.)
Que who likens ; who is in the attitude of
resembling, &c.
nm— FANISO, n. pi. imL (From fanisa.) A
likening, assimilation.
n — ^FANTU, n. pL izim. (From ufa, which
«fe, and ntn, even shaped, poured.)
lAteraUyi a blunt or obtuse cleft or
fissure in a rock ; a longitudinal cleft
n— FASIMBA, n. sing. (From fa, and
simba, to excrete. Dicdectici fatsimbe.)
LUeraUyi a mass of excreted blast,
blaze or gas; hence, haze; thick dry air
or vapour,
ukn— FAZA, v. t. Same at Fafaza, wUeh see,
isi- FAZI, n. sing. (See um-Fazi.) 1.
CoUectweUf ', the female sex;— 2. Specie
ficaUy : a woman. (Dim, : isifazana, the
female sex, great and small together; ex-
pressive of inferiority.)
nm- FAZI, n. pL aba. (From fo, which see,
and azi, to know, acknowledged, distin-
gmshed ; the primary meaning qf which is :
to conceive, to generate, to increase; hence,
to conceive and bring forth young. Other
dialects have fadi, fatn. Sis, : mosadi and
mosari.)
Literally: a wife-man; a woAian; a
human female ; a wife.
n — FAZO, ) n. pL izim. (From fa, and
im— FAZ WE, > izo, and izwe, country, land ;
seettL Idiomatic.!.) A bla^ of the country
or land, viz, : war; desolation; destruction.
F£. An original noun of the root ifa,
and properly, a remainder of an obsolete
nomen a^jcotivum— imfe, as this is evident
from the m it retains befbre it. It is used
with nkuti, and has the primary sense of
blasting, checking, undergoing a change
by pressing, straining, breaking, &c, as:
izintambo zo ba zi ti mfe ngomso> I e. :
the riems shall be checked (viz,, made soft
fh«i bong stiff) to-morrow ; or, a blast,
sound or noise made by chewing or sucking
some substance Hke sugar-cane.
im— F£, n. pLizim. (See Ye.) Sweet cane
grown by the natives ; so (^ed from its
being chewed and sucked out, or from its
plasted or impaired seeds wldcb, though
exactly like those of Kafir-corn, are yet of
a far inferior quality.
in — FE, n. pi. izi. (From fe.) A place or
a garden where imfe grows,
isi— FEBE, n. pi. izi. (From a verb feba,
which is in common use in the Suto (not
in Zulu) denoting to commit adultery. It
bdng radically one with nm-Faba, tho
Digitized by
Google
FEKETA.
[78 3
F£ZA«
ngnificatdon would be that of barren, dei-
titnte, having neither ohildren nor huiband
nor poBseasions.)
A harbt.
nm — FECE, n. pi. Iml. (Badically one with
fiica, which tee. The primary sense is :
carity.)
A case or cocoon of a certain caterpiHar.
(The natives nse it for snofif-boxes.)
ukn— FECEZA, v. t. (From face, and iza,
to make. Idtera^: to make fece, —
onomatop. : aig^tying the whizzing sound
or noise of br^ing a juicy stalk or plant;
or, which amounts to the same, of fe, and
ceza, which see, the sense being thus, to
break the fibres. RadicaUy one toith ficiza.
1^ &bB, chasm, fissure.)
To crack, to break without an entire
severance of the parts ; to break the fibres,
as: amazele a feceziwe, i. e. : the stalks of
sweet cane have been cracked down. (Ap-
plicable to plants only.)
nku^FEHLA, v. t. (From fe, and ihla, to
come down. BadicaUy one with fahla,
fihia, and fohla. 2^ primary sense is :
to depress. AUied to pebla.)
1. To blast with cold ; to check drcula*
tion, motion, or action of life and blood ; —
2. To chill; to shrink together; to cause
a shivering or shrinking of the skin.
^— - Fehlbea, quit. fr. To suffer fk*om cold
chills ; to suffieo? from a feeling of numbness
in all the limbs of the body, as : u fbhlekile
kakulu, i.e. : he is suffering very much
from cold chills,
im— FEHLELA, n. pi. izim. (From fehla.)
Cold shrivellings ; chills,
u — FEHLO, n. sing. (From ibhla.) Ague,
as : n nofehlo, i. e. : he has ague.
i — FEKA, n. pi. ama, (From f^ and ika,
to come or get up ; properly the quit,
ibrm of fk. Literally : to die off, but the
primary sense is : to strike up, as in faka,
with which it is radically one» and with
fika, foko, fuka.)
A woman whose child has just died.
The word applies espedally to a young
mother who loses a suckling child, and,
consequently, has particularly to suffer
from the state of her breast. (Compare
feka, 7.)
uku— F£KETA» v. t. (From feka, to strike
up, to imitate, and ita, to pour, to perform ;
or, of fe, to be affected, and keta, to pick
out. The literal sense is one, to effect a
performance, to strike up a play.)
1. To play; to sport; to frolic; to spring
and run for amusement, asz abantwana
ba ya feketa panhle, i. e. : the children are
playing outside;— 2. To practice merri-
ment; to do without seriousness; not to
mean it so; — 8. To trifle; to play the
fx^ ; to treat with contempt or 80om> as;
musa nkufeketa ngamia ngi ngumtwana,
L e. : you must not play the fbol with me,
I am no child.
Fekktana, rcpr. fr. To play together,
or one with another.
— Feketisa, cans. fr. 1. To cause or
make to play, or to trifle ;--2. To imitate
a play ; to do as if playing, as : n feketisa
abantwana, i. e. : he plays as children do.
um— FELI, n. pi. aba. (From fela.) One
who dies for another, or for others ; a re-
conciler ; our Saviour,
urn— FELOKAZI, n. pi. aba. (From fela,
and kazl, pertaining to a female.) A
woman who has lost her child or her hus-
band by death; applied also to animals
that have lost their young ones,
uku— FENDA, v. t. (From ft. and inda, to
extend. Radically one with fiudo, ftmda.
Allied to penda in penduka, and pinda.
The primary sense is : to press extreme
points together.)
1. To press forward or agunst some
body ; to exert the body ; used of coition ;
<— 2. To push or bend forward into some
dhi'ection, as : ukufenda ngamadolo, L e. :
to bend forward with the &ees.
im— FENE, n. pi. izim. (I^operly i a per-
fect form of the verb fkna, which see.
The nom. form im denoting species. JSo-
dically one with umfana, a boy.)
1. A baboon. The primary sense Im-
plies a quality of pernicious, destructive
mischievous influence, see fa. The baboon
species is believed to have some magical
connexion with man, and is used for super-
stitious purposes ; — 2. A name of reproach
for misciievous b<3ys,
Im— FENKALA, n. pi. izim. (From fo, see
imfe, and inkalf^ sharp, porousness.) Lii'
erally: a sharp or porous herbage; wild
sorrel.
i— tFENYA, n. pi. ama. (From fe, pressed,
settled down, and nya II., w^ck see.
Radically one with finya and fonya. Com-
pare imfe and enya.)
Absorbent ground; porous eart|i which
easily absorbs a mass of water, and conse-
quently keeps alwavs wet or moist, as
the immediate border of a bush, where
the sun does not affect the flpronna much.
Im— FENYANI, n. pi. izim. (From fenya,
and ani, herbage, plant. See CenyanL)
lAteraUy : a spedes of amafenya, viz^
growing at such places. A collective name
for the porous herb or plant of the genus
Mentha, or nunt. The natives use it as an
aromatic for their pomatum.
i — FESE, n. alU FiSA. Znluized dther
from the Dutch fuist, or the English fist.
uku — FflZA, ▼. t. (From fe, whi^^nsee, and
iza, to make. Radically one with fbza.
Allied to fisa, see under Fa.)
Digitized by
Google
FICPJQA,
[79]
PIHLIZA.
!• To kill or beat ; applied to saooeaa in
arais, oyercoming of ojqxmtion in battle,
eu : kwa fezwa ngabani F i.e. : who (which
party) has had the conqnestP— 2. To
accomplish; to bring to pas9; to finish;
to work out, as : ngi ya sebenzda nto a
ng'azi kodwa ngo In feza inyanga yalo
ymi ? i. e. : I am working for something.
I do not know, however, whether I shall
accomplish the month for it, fviz,, baring
engaged to work a month for it.)
u— FEZELA, n. pi. of. (From feza, and
ila, to strain. MadicaUtf one with fhznla.)
Scorpion.
im--FEZI, n. pL izim. (From feza.) The
steel-colored cobra de capello.
FL (From fa. Allied to fe. SeefL^.)
A primitive nonn, denoting impairing,
injory, or defect of the eyes or sight.
Used with ukoti, cui wa ti fi amehlo
ake, i. e. : he seemed to have a defect,
dimness, weakness, or darkness of his
eyes,
urn — FI, n. pi. aba. (From fa.) A deceased
person,
nkn — FICA, v. t. (Itadioally one mi& fiica,
VfAich see, AlUed to finca.)
1. To strike at ; to hit ; to touch ; to
come in contact with, cui ngl m ficile
ekandeni e sednzc, i. e. : I hit him on the
bead, he being near; — 2. To strike the
bottom ; to press down npon ; to eome to;
to reach the bottom of a thinff, eu : mnsa
nknfica kwonke, i. e. : do not drink np all,
tU. : do not come to the bottom ;— 3. To
tap; to draw off; to press out, asi nknfica
. igula, i. e. : to pierce a small bole in the
Ixittom of a milk-calabash, in order to draw
off the weys.
— FiOBLA, qulf. ft, 1. To touch or hit for
or about ; — 2. To pierce or split through ;
applied to the eyes ; to fix tiie eyes upon,
OS', ungificela nina? i.e.: why do you
look at me with piercing eyes ?
Bka-— FIOEZA, v. t. (From fica, and iza, to
make. Literally, to perform the action
of fica. Badically one with foceza, which
see. Coinciding with cimeza.)
To wink with the eyes; to close and
open quickly^ ukuficeza ngamehlo (eyes).
FlOBZSLA, qulf. fr. LUereUUf : to repeat
tiie action of fica; to strike or knock
r^eatedly down, on the ground, of : wa m
faaunba wa m ficezela emhlabeni, L e. : he
held him and knocked him frequently on
the ground, (= fitezela).
Oku— FICINQA, ▼. t. (From fica, and inga,
to use force, Ut. : to press out by force, or
what comes to the same, of fi, and oinga,
to pinch.)
1. To press, pinch, or hold by the
ibrott ; to suffocate ;— 2. To press out ; to
squeeze, as a lemon.
isi— FIFANE, n. pL izi. (From fiA, (oJw-
lete\ denoting an injured state of the
eyes, see fifi, and ane, rqnr. and dimint.
Allied to fipa, and coinciding exaetUf with
fipala.)
A person whose eyes seem to have grown
smaller, or appear in a dying state ; hence,
a melancholy-looking person; a dark or
sullen-looking person,
u— FIFI, n. (A repetition of fi, which see,)
An organic fkult of the eyelids being too
small. Hence also, eyesore; a«: u nofifi,
1. e. : he has eyesores, or eyelids which
are too small, and become inflamed in con-
sequence of exertion.
nku^FIHLA, ▼. t. (Radically one with
tahlsL, fehla, and fohla.)
1. To suppress ; to bide ; to conceal ; to
withhold fh)m utterance, eu: wa fihla
izindaba zenhliziyo yake, i. e. : he hid the
opinion of Ms heart;— 2. To keep in; to
restrain from utterance or vent; not to
tell or reveal; — 8. To keep secret; to
retain without disclosure; to withdraw
from observation; to keep ftt>m sight; —
4. To cover; to protect; to keep in safety,
as : ngi yi fihlile into enhlwini yako, i. e. :
I have hid something in your house ; — 6.
To cover ; to make tmseen ; to retain with-
out communication or making public, as :
wo fihla ukweba kwake, i. e. : you must
not make public his thieving.
— FiHLAiTA, rcpr. fr. To suppress, hide,
conceal, &c, from, with, or among each
other.
^-^ FmxBKA, quit. fr. To come into a state
of being hidden, secret, &c. ; to be capable
of concealment, as: inkomo ya fibleka
eludadeni, i. e. : the cow came out of nght
in the thicket.
— ' FIHI.ELA, qulf. fr. To hide, conceal,
ftc, from, for^ Ac, o^ : u ya ngi fihlela
izinkumbulo zako, i. e. : yon are hiding
your thoughts flrom me.
Fihuelakjl, rcpr. fr. To hide, &c.,
ftom one another.
uku— FIHLAKALA, t. i. (From fihla, and
kala, which see,)
To be very secret; to be mysterious;
not easily to be understood ; to be not
easily revealed or explained,
isi— FIHLAEALO, n. pL izi. (From fihla-
kala.) A secret; mystery.
nkn— FIHLIZA, v. t. (From fihli, and iza,
to make ; Ut. to make fihli, signifying the
sound or noise made by cruiihing some-
thing which is wet; but the literal or
radiral sense of fi, pressed, and hli, of ihla,
to rub, to eat, — is, to press rubbing, to rub
fine, to slip. Radically one with f<^oza.)
To crush, rub or grind a substance which
ia made wet, as : uknfihliza umbila (maize),
= ukubla okunl^Ue ukugayisa kona, i. e. :
Digitized by
Google
FINGO.
[80]
FINYELKLA«
a matt of fbod which haa been vnder
grinding to make fine, ffiz. : which when
ground in a dry state woold not become
fine, hence it was made wet apd groond
over again.
— FmLiZBKA, qnlt fr. 1. To alip; to
slide; not to tread firmlj, at: nga yi
fihlizeka inyoka i'ndannye, i. e. : I sUppeid
over a snake which was wound together ;
— 2. To slide, to move oot of plaoe^ as :
imbiza i fihlizekile esekweni, i. e. : the
pot slipped away firom the tripod.
nku — FIKA, ▼. L (From the same radical
sense as fiika, fika, foko, Ac See faka.)
1. To arrive at; to come to, a«: ba
fikile knsasa, i. e. : Uiey arrived this morn-
ing, early ;— 2. To reach to, ae: a ngi fiki
kn lento, i. e. : I cannot reach to that thing.
FiKELA, qulf. fr. 1. To come to; to
reach at or to, as: a ngi fikeli kona, i. e. :
I do not reach as ftr as that;-^2. To
ovcreome ; to happen to, ae : nga fikelwa
nbntongo, i. e. : 1 was overcome by sleep.
— - FiKBLSLA, freqt fr. To arrive over anid
over; to reach to; to reach on the same
day, as: o nga snka em-Ennganhlova
Irasasa a fikelela etegwini, i. e. : he who
starts from M. Burg eariy in the morning
reaches Durban on the same day. When
a distance between two points is spoken of
it suffices to say : wo fikelela, L e. : he can
or will arrive, or do it, in one day.
— FnciSA, cans. fr. 1. To cause or make
to arrive; — 2. To bring forth; to let come,
as: u nga fikisa izinto zonke na? i.e.:
can you bring forth all things ?
nm— FIKI, n. pL aba. (From fika.) A new
comer ; a stnnger.
uku — FINCA, V. t. (From H^ and inoa, even
top or side. I^ primary sense is: to
press one side next the other. AlUed to
fica. DidUctiCf finqa.)
To contract; to draw in wrinkles or
folds together ; to gather in /bids, as :
ukufinca irinhlonze, L e. t to draw the
skin of the forehead together in folds.
— FiNCBLA, qulf. fr. To contract for,
about, &c
i— FINDO, n. pL ama. SadicaUy one
wUh fenda, which see,)
1. A knot, tied or bound together, as in
a string, or like those of a counterpane ;
hence : — 2. A blanket or counterpane which
has knots,
u— FINDO, n. pi. izim. (&tfi-Fmdo.) 1.
The back of a native house opposite to the
entrance, so called on account of the slicks
being bound closely together; — ^2. The
back-yard.
i— FINGO, n. pL ama. (From fi, and
inga, to force, urge, make high, increase.
JiadicaUy one with UoigSL, AUied to plngsu
The Xosa has the verb finga, = finyeU.)
JProperly: a collection of oombmtiUes,
particularly the tops of trees, grass, and
plants, collected at places where gwdeni
are prepared, and put up in a roundish or
elevated form ; conmumly a jnle cht heap of
rubbish, which is to be burned,
im— FINGO, n. pL izim. {See i-Flngo.)
A species of rush growing near the sea, l^
the Dutch called palmiet,
im— FINGWANE, n. pL ama. (Fromfingo^
and ane, dimint. fwm.) A smaller kind of
the imfingo, having a firuit like berries,
uku— FINIZA, T. t. (From fini, racU^Uiy
one with faoa, fene, funa, &c, alUed to
dna, and iza, to make. See qndezela and
sinikela.)
1. To distort the countenance; to draw
the upper lip toward the forehead to as to
show the gums a little; — 2. To xnakea
grim &ce i to make a grhnaoe ; to distort
the countenance^ so as to move the hair of
the head; — 8. FiffwraUveUf: to shnlHe;
to mar the truth, as: u ya zi finiza izi«
ndaba, i. e. : he distorts Uie report.
— FnfiZBLA, qulf. fr. To imike a grim
fiioe, &c., for, to ; henee, to disregard; to
disrespect^ a«: u ng^ finizela ninaP Le.:
why do you make such a face unto me?
um — FINO, n. See um-Funo.
uku— FINYA, T. t (Radically one with
fenya, which see. The primary sense is i
to press together.)
To blow the nose.
— — FnrTAKA, rcpr. fr. 1. To bedosed up;
as when the slime will not flow;— 2. To
be crowded together, as: ba finyene
enhlwini encane, i. e.; they are pressed
close together in a small house; — 3. To be
in conti^ or to be entangled in a crowd.
— — FinTAiOBA, cans. fr. 1. To dose; to
press closely together; to press hard, as:
ngo biza imali yami, a nga ngi niki, ngi yi
bizenjalo ngi m finyanise, i. e.: I shall
demand my money, and if be does not give
I shall go on demanding it and press
him hard ;— 2. To condense i to crowd or
throng together, as : abantu ba finyanidle
mihlwini yamacahi, i. e. : the people throng-
ed together in the court-house.
— — FiNTBLA, qulf. fr. 1. To draw toge-
ther; to lie as a heap together, as: wo
m bona enhlwini e finyela, i. e. : you shall
see him in the house lying as a heap toge-
ther; — 2. To draw up ; to draw in ; to
contract, as : wa finyela umlenze, i. e. :
he drew up his leg;— 3. To draw back ; to
go back ; to return, as : ngi ya finyela
ekava, i. e. : I go back home;— 4. To fold
back ; to turn up, Of I finyeU imikoQO^ i. e. :
fold back the sleeves.
— — FiSYXLXLA, freqt. fr. 1. To arrive at ;
to reach the ultimate pdnt at whidi one
directs his view, <ts: ngomto kusaaa ae «
Digitized by
Google
FIPALA.
[81]
FOCILO.
flnjdele kpo n ja nga kona» L e. : to-
moRoir moroing early you will have
already anired at the place you go to;—
2. Tbget finished; to come to the end,
oondnrion, or last part, ast umsebenzi
weto a wa yi ka finyelelwa sgezinsaku
'mbil], L e. : our work will not come to a
condiirion after two days ;~8. To await a
final dedsion or jodgment, ai: amacala
nabanto bonke ba finydela ka Somtsen.
L e.: all cases and people have to wait
tbeir final decision from Somtsen.
- FnmSA, caos. f r. To canso or make
to blow the nose; to try to blow the
i— PINTELA, n. pi. ama. (Prom finyela.)
Hncns from the nose.
Oku— PINTEZA, Y. t. (From finya, and iza,
to make.)
1. To make short ; to shorten, as : ngo-
koqinisa nknhamba wo flnyeza, i. e. : if
yon tniTel fiut yon will make short of it ;
^2. To draw to a conclusion ; to make an
•nd to, at : amabele a finyeziwe nkubulwa,
t. e. : the eom has been brought to a oon-
dusion as regards threshing ; — 3. To con-
centrate ; to bring nearer together to one
point» at I finyeza idnkomo^ i. e. : bring
the cattle nearer together.
— FnrrsssLA, qulf. tr. To make short»
Ac, fbr, to^ about; to make shorter; to
abridge.
I— FIPA, XL pi. ama. (From fi, which tte,
and flfi, and ipa, togire, to throw. Dialee'
Hem.)
1. lAUraUy : a place for casting away
a dead body, e. g. : lapo ku khlwa kona
VBuntu ofikyo, L e. : where a dead person
is pot away, = grave ;—>2. A dark place;
an obscure pkee.
iib«*FIPA,n. ^iSlM i-FSpa,) Darimess; oh-
nkn— FIPALA. r. L (From fipa, and ila, to
strain ; or, which amounts to the same, firom
fi, blast, and pala, to cast over, to pare.)
1. Frmarilyi to produce a blighted
appearance ; to overcast with a blight; to
diange the color ; to change the counten-
ance at I wa flpak ngokutukutela, Le.:
hia eoontenance changed fVom anger ;— 2.
To have a deadly color; to look as a dead
person; — 8. To be altered, ati n fipele a
ka se ngumuntu, L e. : he has so much
altered as to be no more a man ;— 4. To
obacnre; to be dark, having less light; to
be dim, at: isibuko si fipele, i. e. : the
window-glasses are dim ; — 6. To be doudy ;
to be partially dark, at : izulu li fipele,
L e. t the atoosphere has become doudy ;
— & To be less legible or vinble ; to be
indistinot, at t amagama a fipele encwadini,
i. •• : the letters are not clearly to be seen
in tlM bode ;— 7. To miss hearing or see-
ing ; to hear indistinctly, at : ngi fipde
ulnizwa Dgokubeka kuye^ L e. : I missed
hearing fi*om or by looking at him.
uku— FIPAZA, V. t. (From fipa, and iza, to
make.) To cause or make to change ; to
alter ; to eflect a change, alteration, Ac ;
to darken, to doud ; to cause to miss, &c.
nm— FIPAZU. n. pi. imL (From fipaza.) A
certain herb used for an emetic ; so odled
on account of its producing a change of
colour in the fkce.
uku— FITEZELA, v. t. (LUeraUy iht tame
at ficezela, the radical te, to touch, coin-
ciding exactly with ce,)
To press down, to keep down by lying
upon, and continue beating, cmslung,
squeezing the body with the hands.
uku— FITIZA, V. t. (From fiti, radically
one wUh futu, tee fbta, and iza, to make.
Badicalhf one with fiituza. Allied io
Tutuza and vitiza, pitiza.)
1. LiteraUy: To make or bring forth
soft threads or fiUments, applied to the
top of maize- ears, at; umbila u yafitiza,
Le. : the maize shows its fikments;— 2.
FigwraUoely I to be undear, unintelligible
in speaking, as if the tongue was split, at :
nmuntu o ti fiti, fiti, e nga pumeli indau n
fitiza, i. e. : one who speaks of this a little
and of that a little, or speaks with a defect
of his tongue without coming to a point, is
unintelligible. {Compare titiza.)
FrnzELA, qulf. it. To be undear, ub-
intdligible for, in regard to, Ac.; to be
very much so.
in— FO, n.pl. id. (From flu) Infbctionj
suffering; illness; nckness; disease; chronic
u") FO, n. (pi. izim. teldom,) (From fa.)
imj Pfcssion; pressure; breach,
um— FO, n. pL aba. (From fk. The primary
tense it : a mortal bdng; hence, a man, a
male, of which umfkzi, a fiemale.)
1. A fdlow ;— 2. A churl ;— 3. A stran-
ger. The last is the usual dgnifioation
among the tribes of Kalal.
id— FOCELA, n. pL izi. (From foce, ohto-
leie, but fuce and foco, which tee, are
racUcally the same, and ila, to strain,
stretch. See Fodlo.)
A vague term applied to any protuber-
ance or bunch. It is tribal, uid others
use infocUo or infoco instead of it.
iai— FOCILO, n. pL id. (See Fooda. It
may also be analyzed after fo, and dk), a
strip for binding, the sense bdng the same.
/Sceboca) ,, ^
LUerallyt something for binfing or
pressure, or something worked dosdy
together; hence, a girdle the women wear
around the waist, made of rush, or fine
bark, and neatly twisted. Other tribes
use inbamba instead of it.
Digitized by
Google
FOKO.
[82]
FONYOZA.
in — ^FOGO, n. pL izi. (From fo, and qoo» a
top part; lUeralUfi somethiiig pressed
into a heap. Allied to foko.)
A crest of hair; a top of hair : as the
native women wear on their heads,
nkn— FOCOZA, v. t. (Properly: a trans-
poffition of cofoza, which see, CloteUf con'
nected with foko.)
To press upon an eUistio body.
nkn^FOHLA, t. t. {RadicdUjf one wUh
fahla, fehla, and fihla. . 2^ primary
eenee it : to press down, to break throagh.
Allied to bohk, gohk, pohlo, &c.)
1. To break through by force, as : izin-
komo zi la fbhlile ut«ngo, i. e. : the cattle
have broken through the fence;— 2. To
make breaches <nr gaps, as by battering ;—
3. To roah or dash against; to attack; —
4. To make way wiUi violence, to break
in, as I inhlovn ya fohla imiti nezinto
zonke, L e. : the elephant made his way
throngh trees and all things.
-*-« FoHLELA, qulf. fr. To break throagh
for; to breiJc through with foroe; to ran
his own oourse otr way without listening to
others.
— FoHUSi, caas.fr. To cause to break
through; to help to break throagh.
iii^FOHLO, n. pL izi. (From fohhu) A
gap or breach in a fence or wall.
It is sometimes used with the verb
ukuti, and without its present nom. form
isi, ngnifying the noise or motion made by
breal^g or pushing throagh bushes, as :
ng'ezwa inyamazana ya ti fohlo fohlo!
L e. : I heard a wild buck pushing throngh
tiie bush, = a noise like gap ! gap !
uku— FOHLOZA, v. t. (Badicc^ one with
fihiisa, whiok see. From fohlo. and uza.)
1. To make a noise or motion like that
of fohlo, as : ukumfohloza nmuntu, i. e. :
to beat one that a noise be heard like
something cracking or breaking; — 2. To
thrust; to throw or smash a tbiog into
pieces, a« : wa yi fohloza into yake emhla-
beni, L e. : he dashed his utensU into pieces
on the ground ;— 3. To wander; to rove ;
to ramble where there is no road (retaining
its primary sense), a« : a ya fohloza nje,
i. e. : he rambles abont without hkving
any object in view.
ubu— FOKAZANA, n. {See um-Fokazana.)
1. Pauperism; poverty;— 2. Captivity, re-
tahiing the secondary sense of fokazi.
un— FOKAZANA. n. pL aba. (Fromfokaa,
and ana, <2miimi^.) A pauper; an inforior,
quasi infra— pauper.
um— FOKAZI, n. pL aba. (From fo, and
kazi, known. lAteraUy : a notorious man.)
L A common person ; a poor man ;— 2.
A stranger.
iii— FOKO, n. pL izi. (From fo^ and uko,
gone up, raised. AlUed io foco.)
1. A protuberance, bump, or knob in
tinware, as : isitya si ne^oko, L e. ; the
dish has a bump ; — 2. The crest of hair of
females (impolite expression.)
u— FOKOTI, n. pi. izim. (From foko, and
uti, a touch, a oommunication or string.)
1. The umbilical cord or navel-string
{tribal, see galati) ;— 2. The fontanel of an
infant. IMeralUf', a junction of two
protuberances,
uku— FOLA, V. t. {JRadicalUf one with fela,
and fola. From fo, a blast or blow« and
ula, to be strained; to strip, slip, or turn
away. Dialectio : foya, from fo, and nya,
to turn back, radically one with fuya.)
1. To escape a blow, viz, : by turning
away from or under it when it is to be
given ; — 2. To bend or bow ; to crook, as :
fola i nga ku tjayi inhlu ngokungena* i. e. :
bend (your head) lest the house hurt yoa
in going in (the entrance of native houses
being very bw.)
— FoLSLA, qulf. fr. To bend forth, to
hold forth ; to stretch forth, cu : u m folele
a ku tjaye, L e. : hold forth (your back)
that he may beat you.
— — FouaA, cans. fr. To cause or make to
bow, &c., (w : ngi ya folisa ikanda lami ngi
heme, i. e. : I bend my head in order to
take snoff.
i— FOLELA, n. pi ama. (From folela, see
fola, a woman-word.) StofT for snuffing,
uku— FONYAFONYOZA, V. t (From fonya.
radically one with fenya, and finya, and
fonyozs, which see. Dialectic, fonyofonyoza,
from fonyo repeated, and uza, to make.)
To shake and pull pell-mell; to crush
or press down in a shaking or pulling
manner, as a fierce animal wluch tears a
tlung with its mouth,
isi— FONYO, n.pL izi, (&c Fonyafonyoza.)
lAierally : a making for crushing or
pressing down ; hence : a mazzle for t^ves,
which are in the haUt of sucking their
mothers out of time.
FONYOFONYO. {Arepetitionoffonjo,
LUeraUy, muzzling-muzzlin^ ognifying
the manner of shaking or pulling when the
calf first foels or perodves the muzzle on
its nose, trying to shake the same ofL)
It is us^ with ukuti, and denotes con-
fused violence or efibrts, pell-meU, , as :
inja ya ti fonyo fonyo inyama emhlabeni,
L e. : the dog was tearing or shaking the
meat with confhsed violence on the g^und.
uku— FONYOZA, v. t. (From fonyo, and
uza, to make. See fonyafonyoza.)
1. Fignrati'oely : to put on » muzzle ; to
muzzle one; to crush or press down by
violence or force, at: wa m gdna pansi
ngezanhla wa m fonyoza, L e.: he held
him down with his hands and shook or
crushed him on the ground ;— 2. To
Digitized by
Google
FUDUKA,
[88]
FUKAMELA.
i^neeie; io pren together, an ukngeza
izuffobo n zi iboyoze, L e. : when yoa
WMD the tbingf yon mutt rub them iwith
force.
iditt— FOTJOLA, T. t (Kon-Zola. Moft pfro-
bablj Znlmsed from the Dutch Mchoffelen,
or the English shovel or shuffle.)
To work with a spade. (It ii not a
common expression; only a few of those
who have been in serrioe with drilised
people miderstand it.)
i— POTJOLO, n. pL ama. C^e Potjola.)
A spade.
PU. (See Pa. JJUed to bo. pa. to.)
An onomatopoetic, expressiDg a blast, gnsiC
or pnff of cold or warm air, a blast of heat,
or a sonnd or noise made by striking the
air with a stick, blowing an instmment,
streaming the t&p from the month. The
sense is pasnve = pressure, affliction, &c.,
and hence impression or effect on the body,
as cold and heat, and on the mind, as
exdtement, agitation, emotion, &e.
It is nsed with nkuti and denotes, — 1.
Tb whiz (as a stick or stone tbroogh the
air), cu : intonga ya tl fb, fh ! ie. : the stick
whizzed through the air;— 2. To press;
as heat : — wa &a ekaya e ti fq, fa ! i. e. :
he came home, saying Ai = hot ! hot !
iH— PU, n. pL amafd. (Prom fh.) A cloud;
so called from its appearance like a mass of
wind, or blowing, driving air.
W— FU, n. pL izi. (Prom fh. LUeraOyi
a making for pressure.) A trap for catch-
ing birds. It is constructed of a large
flat stone leaning upon three small sticl^
one of which, the layer, when touched by
a bird, causes the stone to fiill and a cer-
tain sound of fh, or a blow Is heard, from
which the name, probably, has originated.
isi— PUBA, n. pi. izL (From fu, and iba,
to separate. LUeraUyi an agency for
separating wind, air.)
1. The breast or chest;'— 2. Figura-
UoeUfi bosom, conscience. It is sometimes
used ui an dliptic sense, at : u neslfuba,
L e. : he has a sore chest, or he has a cold
on the chest ; hence aUo, asthma.
isi— PUCE. See Puqe.
Q — PUDU, n. pL hdm. (Prom fri, and udu,
drawn, degree, extend, temper. LUeralUf :
a mass bbwn into extent* AUied io futu).
A tortrtse or turtle.
«kB— FUDUKA, T. L (Prom fa^ and duka,
tee eduka, to wander awar. The tame
* radietile are in ^ttkwn, wkuM eee, Thepri'
mar$ eenteiet to be pressed to go away,
to leare a place on account of a certain
prtasore, necessity, Ac AJUedtopMkA,)
1. To remove; to change the phice of
Niide&ce; to go from one place to another.
Of: n IhdukiM nonyaka Umpande, i.e.:
Fande has removed lus rendence this year;
—9. To leave; to abandon, aei ku yimi-
nyaka 'mibili sa ftidaka en^ezi, L e. : it is
two years since we left Bushman's Biver.
— PuDUKSLA, qulf. fr. To remove, to
leave, Ac, fbr, on acooxmt, a« : be si fadu-
kele izinkomo, i. e. : wo left on account of
the cattle.
nku— PUDUMALA, v. i. (Prom fh, and
dumala, which see. The liieral eetue U :
to xise to a certain degree of heat.)
1. To be warm or hot in a moderate
degree, at: izintozohlumasekuftKlumele
nmhlaba, i. e. : things will grow when the
earth has become warm ;— 2. To be warm
in a high degree; to be pressing warm,
a» : ku fbdumele namhla si tjnluke, L e. :
it is so warm to-day that we sweat; — 3.
To be hot, ae : amanzi a ya fridumala eke«
hleleni, i. e. : the water is getting hot in
the kettle.
— * FiTDincAiiSA, cans. fr. 1. To make
warm; to cause to be warm, asi ilanga
11 ya fbdumalisa nmhlaba ehlodjeni, i. e. :
the sun makes the earth warm in summer ;
— 2. To heat, ae : fndumalisa imbiza, L e. :
make the pot hot.
nku— FUDUMEZA, v. t. (From fridumala
by iza, to make.)
To warm up; to oook up, aei ftidumeza
ukuhla, i.e.: make the food warm. (It
does not mean so much as fodumalisa,
since iza always diminishes or decreases a
sense, which ila increases.)
ukn— PUDUSA, v. t. (See Puduka, to which
it fbrms a causative by usa.)
To remove; to translocate; to trans-
plant; to take away from one place to
another, aa : ku ftidusiwe izizwe, L e. :
the tribes have been removed to another
country.
— PuDUSKLA, qulf. fr. To remove, Ac,
for, to, ae : Ufaku abantn bake wa ba fudu-
sela Emsimvubu, i. e. : Faku translocated
some people of his to the Umzimvubu
River.
nku— PUPUZELA. Dialectic, inetead of
Futazek.
ukn— PUKAMA, v.i. fj^taoifvlkxx, which $ee,
and ama, to move up. to heave. The
literal meaning is: to be or to move in a
blown-np state. Allied to akama, kama,
cama, oc)
1. To be breeding or hatching, ae: in-
kuku i frikamile, i. e. : the ben has hatched
her eggs ;— 2. To give birth, ae : nmfazi
wake wa frikama kntanffl, i.e.: his wife
bore a child the day before yesterday.
(This is rather a vulgar expresrion.)
•*— FiTKAXBiiA, qulf. fr. 1. To be breeding
upon; to brood, ae : inkuku i frdtamela
amaqanda, i. e. : the hen is sitting on the
eggs;— 2. To lay (eggs), as : mkuka i ya
fnkamela, i. e. : the hen is laying.
fti
Digitized by
Google
FUKULO.
[84]
FULGLI8A.
»— — FuxAMiBit cam. fr. To breed oat; to
hatch oat; to generate; to prodooe the
jtmng.
nm— FUEAMI, n. pi. aba. (From fakama.)
A woman who has been confined. (Vulgar.)
FUKU. (From fa, blown, and nkn, np.
Radically one wUh fiika» &c, wAutA 9ee»
AlUed to boko, pako, &c.)
An onomatopoetlc, expressire of the
flapping Boand or bristling noise of fowls
when they raise their feathers to a rough
appearance ; as also the noise of a flame,
when fire is blown.
It is used with ukati, denoting to raise
the wings ; to try to fly, a« : inkuku sa
fana ukuyibamba ya ti ftUcu lapa nalapo,
i. e. : when we were aboat to catch the
fowl it tried to escape here and there,
i— FUKU, n. pi. aoMu (From faku.) A
place where fowls fly up ; a fowl-house,
i— FUKUFUKU, n. pL ama. (Repetition
of fuku.) Things piled together, as
rubbish.
nku—FUKUFUKUZELA, v. t (From fuku,
repeated, and izela, to make frequently.)
lAterallyi to come or go after the
manner of heaving or flying up^ signifying
the raising or tottering manner of walking
wImu one carries something on his heaC
Off: lomnntu u ya fukufukuzela uem-
pahlana yake, i. e. : that man carries his
Uttle things in snch a manner (on the
head) as if he was about to fly up with
them.
uku^FUEUKA, ▼. i. (From fuku, and uka,
to go up. AlUed to puku, kukuka, kn-
puka, TUTuka, &o. The jmmary senee is :
to heaTC up, to swell up.)
1. To rise, to move or pass upward in
any way, as : inkwezane i ya fukuka em-
ftdeni, i. e. : the fog rises up from the
river ;•— 2. To swell in quantity or exten-
sion, as : amabele uma a pekwe a fukukile,
L e. : when com has been cooked it is risen
(in the pot); — 8. To increase, as: uma
imvula i teUte amanzi a ya fbkuka emfu-
leni, i. e., when rain has fallen the waters
rise in the river,
uku— FUEULA, v. t (From fuku, and uU,
to be struned. See fukuka. The Xosa
has funqula, to lift up, to heave, which is
radicalhf the same as the Zulu fuqu, a
bale, allied to fuku.)
To lift up ; to take up from the ground ;
to heave, applied to things of weight, as;
si fnkulile uto amanhla si wa nikwa ngu-
bani na ? i. e. : we have lifted up a thing,
but the strength we have been given by
whom ? m2., it has been done by uuusnid
strength, the thing was heavy,
isi— FUEULO, n. pL izi. (From fukuka)
An instrument for lifting up heavy things;
a lever.
am — FUEHJLU, n. pL inu. (From fbknla.)
A heavy thing ; a bale; a burden,
uku— FUEUMELA. See FokameU wkder
Fukama.
im— FUEUMFEZI, n. pL Jzim. (From
Aiku, = intuku, a mole, and imfea, see
feza. The Uteral sense is; a mele which
beats all.) A satirical name for a mde.
oka— FUEUZA, v. t. (From fuku, and
uza, to make, to come. See fukuka and
fukula, to which it renders a diminishing
sense.)
1. To raise or throw up the ground, as
a mole; to lift up, Of: fUca unyau Iwako
emhlabeni u wu fukoze, i. e. : put your
foot into the ground and raise it; — ^2. To
stir up, as : fokuza umlilo, 1. e. : stir ap
the fire.
— - FiTKUZSLA, qulf. fr. 1. To raise fbr,
&c. ; — 2. To dissipate ; to disperse, of fog
and clouds, as: inkwezane i ya f^ikucela,
i. e. : the fog is driving asunder,
u— FUEWE, n. pL o. (From fuku and e,
from a pasrive form of the obsolete fbka.)
A species of the tetraonid tribe— a kind of
grouse? so calledfromitsnusing the wings
but being unable to fly some distance,
uku— FULA, V. t. (Radically the same as
fola, which see. The sense is : to str^
Allied to apula, to break off, and vula» to
open, and tula.)
1. To take off or out; to break off, as
vegetables which have come to matorttj ;
— 2. To reap; to crop; to gather (tool
the gtfden, <u : kwa fulwa amazambaaa,
L e. : potatoes were taken out ;— 8. To
gather into a heap that which has been
cropped;— 4. To dear off a crop by
reaping a garden.
Note.— This word has reference to oc* *
canonal or partial reaping, not to the
entire harvest. See vuna.
— FULELA, qulf. fr. 1. To gather around ;
to make heaps, as around potatoes; — 2.
To cover ; to inter that whidi is planted ;
— 8. To cover; to gather together upon;
to fill up a hole, or to cover a large
space ;— AffttM, 4. To thatch, tu : wo fulda
inhlu ngesigqunga, L e. : you must thatch
the house with the so-called Tembaki«
grass.
— FuLBLEKA, quit. fr. 1. To be covo-
ing, as : utyani lobu bu ya fuleleka kahle,
L e. : this sort of grass thatches well ^— 2.
To be covered, or in a state of bdng
covered, sheltered, &c., asi amazinyane%
fulelekile ngamapiko, i. e. : the little
chickens are sheltered under the wings
{lU,i are heaping themselves under the
wings.)
FvLELiSA, cans. fr. 1. To cause or
help to cover ;— 2. To cover or thatch, Ac,
properly.
Digitized by
Google
FUBCA.
[86]
FUMANISA.
BID — FtlLA, n. pL imL (From the verb
Ibfau) LUeralfy: a gmt coUeetion of
water firom moootaint and billi; kene^, a
pirer. ,
Bemask. — Here we see how the gather-
ing of crope of the field, and the gathering
of rain or watery = crop, can he consis-
tently radical! j the same, and more parti-
ooknij ao since imvula is the word for
rain.
IJmAilana, n. dim. Asmallrirer; and
nmfnlanyana, 2d dim. A Terj small river;
a brook or rhmlet.
nm— FULA, n. sing, (^rom nmfola, river.)
A cntaneoos erupti<m. So called ihnn its
producing a foeling of being overflown by
water, as also from the watery disdiarge
of that eruption ; its remedy being abo
washing with cold water. (The natives
suppose it to have its oripn from a pcnson-
ous snake, which blows its polKmatthem
when'thev are bathing in the river.)
nko— FULATA, v. t. (From fhla, radical^
one with fola, to bend, and ita, to pour, to
present^ to lay open. The primaty mean-
img is : to tuni the bade to one, eoineidmg
with folehu The Xosa has alata, to pdnt
forth with the finger or with the hand,
imt^ying contempt in the same degree as
fnlata.)
To turn round with the back.
-*^ Fttlatela, qulf. fr. 1. To present or
show forth the back ; to turn the back to
one's hee; to give one the back contempt-
uously, a#: musa ukungiiulatela, L e.:
you must not (as it were) look at me with
your back ;^2. To turn round ; to move
the body round;— 8. To turn away from
one nde to the opppaite, m: ftdatela u
beke ngapa, L e. : turn your back and look
there;»4. To trim round; to rebuke for
such indecency as to give one the back, aei
wm ti kuye frJateU^ L e. : he said to him,
torn round (rebuking).
um^FULELI, n, pL aba. (From fulek.) A
tbatcber.
i— FULWA, n. pL ama. (From fuU^ eee
mn-Fula.) A harmlets snake, living chiefly
in water; KieraUy: full of water. Others
call it imvuzamana. L e. : give out or
i water.
-FULWA, n. pL irim. (See i-Fulwa.) A
certain pfaint banging to the creepers,
sprea£ng extensivdy over trees, and keep-
ing ever green. It is used as medicine for
caUle.
isi— FULWAKE, n. (Dim. of imfulwa.)
A kind of pknt, something like the im-
Iblwa.
iku-^FUMA, V. t (From fb, and uma, to
set or put in motion. The primary eenee
is : to derekp or produce air. AJUUd to
puma.)
1. To be humid ; to be damp, aez ama*
bele a fumileesiteni, L e. : the com has got
damp in the pile ;— 2. To be close or con-
fino<lu <w : izola Ufumile, i. e. : the atmos-
phere is humid.
*— FmasA, cans. fr. To make humid or
damp,
urn— FUMA, n. pLimL (Fromfbma.) Liter'
ally: a receptacle for humidity ; in other
words ^yisitek) samafhta, a vessel for pour-
ing oil or &t into, usually a small cslahash.
uku— FUMANA, v. i. (From fb, and umana,
rcpr. of uma, to move, to move against
another object. The primary eenae ie t to
strive to gain an ol^ect contended for.
Dialeciiei funyana.)
1. To come to; to meet with; to find,
a« : si yi fumene inkomo e hi lahlekile^
i. e. : we have found the cow which was
kst;— 2. To discover by the eye in seek*
ing or searching after a thing or by acci-
dence. Of : wa yi fhmana into e be yi funa»
i. e. : he found what he was seeking fbr ;—
8. To meet with; to obtain;— 4. To
reach ; to arrive at ; to extend to with the
hand akme or with an instrument in the
hand« at : a ngi yi fumani lento na
ngentonga i peiuiu, L e. : I cannot reach
that even with a stick, it is too high ;— 5.
To strike firom a distance, aez wo m so-
ndeza ngim frunane, i.'e. : do bring him
near that I may strike him ;— 6. To attain
to; to arrive at by efliort, labor, or study,
as : ngi ya tanda ukufbnda kanti a ngi ku
fhmi^ i. e. : I do like to learn yet I
cannot take hold of it;— 7. To gain, to
obtain by effort;— 8. To overcome; to
overtake^ as: a ku sa yi ku m fbmana, kude
w'emka, L e. : you shall not more find him
for it is long he left ;-9. To surpass; to
out-do ; L e. : wo funyanwa ngubani yena ?
L e. : by whom shall be be surpassed ?
This form of the verb is used idiomaUo-
ally, serving to represent adverbs whose
meanings are contained in its general
sense, as t 1. Long, a long time, u fhmana
wa sebenza, L e.: a long time he was
working ;— 2. Too hte, as : fomana u fike
e se emkile ngomso, t e. : you come too
kte, he having left this morning already ;
—8. Just, whatever, as i fumana nga
bnya ku lomango, t e. : I just returned
from that ridge (lit. : arriving I returned
from that ridge.)
— FuMAVAirA, rcpr. fr. To reach each
other ; to go in a line one after another ;
as when people go one after another in
travelling they appear to catch eadi other.
— - FUMAKISA, caus.fr. (DiaUeOei tanjtL-
nisa.) 1. To cause to find ;— 2. To find
out, to find out exactly, pr(^ly, Ac, as :
ngi m funyaniiile Emqegu, i. e. : I hava
fi)und him out at Umqegu*
fti
Digitized by
Google
FUMPUTA.
[86]
FUNDA.
*<— « Fuicl5lBAHji, rm. fir. 1. To find out
one another s— 2. ToriTaL
oka— FUHBA, t. t. (From fa, and mnba,
to make to form. lAteraUy : To put into
a pre86are, or to be preited into a fmlk.)
1. To ]^ei to lay or throw into a heap j
to collect many tMngt into a mait, (u :
bntani izibi lonko ni zi fbmbe lapa, i. e. :
gather all nibbiah and pile it np here ; —
2. Figuratively : to beat one» at it were,
into a heap^ a« : wa m snkda wa m fbmba,
L e. : he roie up aguntt him and beat him
down, = bakeU.
— FuMBBLA, quit fr. To pile } to heap
for, at, ^.
— FiniBELiNA, rcpr. fr. To gather in
heaps or magees together.
— — FxJHBiBA, cans. fr. To make piles,
heaps, &c
im — FUMBA« n. pL isim. (From fnmba.)
A pile 6r heap,
ukn— FUMBATA« y. t. (From fiimba, and
ita to poor, to form. The tense is: to
form into a heap or ball, and this is also
the literal sense of mnbata, tee ambata, to
oorer, to dose, to press narrowly together.
Qmpare bambata, Ac.)
1. To dose the hand ;->2. To make the
hand into a fist; to make a fist^fambata
^-^ FuMBATiBA, cans. fr. To do so or
imitate making a fist.
isi— FUMBATA, n. pi. izi. (From fumbata.)
A fist ; dosed hand.
i^FUMBO, n. pL ama. Same at im-
Fnmba.
in— FUMBU, n.pl.iai. (From fnmba.) A
hnmp*badr.
FUMFIJ. (A repeUtion of fn with the
remainder of its original nom. fbrm im,
as hf wkich tee,)
lAieraUyi blown with blowing; signi-
fying the nndolation or waving of plants
and grasses, caused by wind or strong air.
It is nsed with nkati, at: nmblla n se a
knlik n ti mfn mfd (or to, mfb), L e. : the
muze is ahmdy so high that its leaves are
moWng np and down,
mn— FUMFU, n. sinff. {8ee Fnmfri.) A
proper name for tmit month when the
maize is grown so high as to hava broad
kares, which in the greater part of Natal,
is between October and November. It is
the tim e befo re the shooting month,
nkn— FUBfFUTA, v. t. (From fdmfo, and
nta, to pour, to tonoh. IMeraUyi to
touch waving or wagging. Allied to
pnmpnta, to be as blind. iSSr. fonfetsa.)
1. To be conftised; to be thrown in
disorder; applied to the mind, ati wa
tyelwa nto wa siika wa inmfata, L e. : he
was told to do a thing and then he ran
this way and that way, or not knowing
what ha wm about;— 2. To be in obscu-
rity; to ba or to move in da ikmi ; to
fod abont in darkness.
— - FuKTUTBLA, qolfl fr. To fosl after
something as in the dark, at: ngi ya
fomfixtda ige, L e. : I do not know where
I eo, I feel abont •
— — FvKFUTiBA, cans. fr. To oanse or make
oonfased, dec., a« : a m ydce n sga m fbm*
fritisi, L e. : let him alone lest yon bring
him into oonfbsion.
Qkn— FUNA« v. t. (Badioal^ one wia
fima, to strike with another.)
1. JPrimariljf: to want; not to hcve;
to fon short of; not to contain, at : v fbna
'ntonina lapa ? i. e. : what do yoa want
here? — 2. To endeavoor; \o strive; to
obtain, at: ngi ya fana imali ngoknse-
benza, i. e. : I ^deavomr to gain money
by work;— 8. To view; to aim at; — 4.
To seek; to so in seardi of; to look for,
at : fona iui^mo d lahldLile, L e. : go in
search of the cattle, they have strayed;—
6. To inquire for, after; to ask- for ; to be
desirous, at : i pina inkosi abantu ba ya yi
fhna, i. e. t where is the chief, the people
want to see him.
The imperative fbna is used as an adverb,
retaining its primary sense, to foil short,
not to contun, to be without ; kemoe, it
denotes lett. It is always followed by the
subjunctive ku be ko^ at: fona ku be ko
ukuzabana, i. e. : lest there be quarrdling.
— - FxTKAHA, rcpr. fr. To want, seekt de-
sire, &0n one another.
— — FmnoLA, quit. fr. To ba sought,
wanted, &c; to be worth of seeking, at :
uto oluifonekayo, i. e. : a desirable thing.
•-^- FuNELA, qulf. fr. 1. To want» seek,
&0., for, at : indodana wa yi fonda nmfosi
uyise, i. e. : the fother endeavoured to
obtdn a wife for his son ;— 2. To provide.
at: wo ngi fnnela ukuhla, i. e. : yoa must
see to get foKxl for me.
— FuiriBA, cans. fr. To want ; to tij to
find ; to try to obtain ; hence, to offlv ; to
bring for sale, at : ngi ya fnnisa ngenUnnbi
vami, i. e. : I offer my daughter for cattle,
bring her for sale, (lii.: try to obtain
something by or with her).
— FuiOBBLA, qulf. fr. To try to find,
&c., for.
— — FvirigiSA, cans. fr. To inquire, toseek,
to search after earnestly, carafony, dSH*
gentlv.
uku— FUNAFUNA, v. 1. fBepeiUim^ qf
ftma.) To seek a little quickly,
uku— FUNDA, V. t. (From fo, and inda, to
extend. LUerdUy: to draw into aztennon,
to press into extension, applying to bodUy
and intellectnal focultdes. M adie al hf one
wUk fenda, tohieh tee, findo. AUied to
fonza. Sit, ruta.)
Digitized by
Google
FUNDEKELANA.
[87]
PUNUKU.
1« JMmarUtft to inflne; to poor into
tiio mouth, as : ngi pe aknhla ngi hie ngi
fimde emlonyeni, i. a : giro mo food that
I mt and poor into the month; — 2. To
infxise or poor into the mind) hence, to
learn ; to gain knowledge, ae : ftmda ama-
gama, i.e.: learn the alphabet; — 8. To
atod J ; to fix or set the mind npon a sob-
ject;---4. To aoqmro dciU in any tiling,
<w: ai ya fnnda kalokn knye, Le.: we
commence to know already from him ; — 6.
To attempt ; to try ; to make an e£fbrt.
•— Fu2n>T8A, cans. fr. To help or aanst to
infose; to be the means of infhnng into
the mind ; toinfimn the mind ; to teach ;
to instmct, ae : fnndisa abantwana incwadi,
L e. : teach the children the book.
— FUHDMAKA, rcpr. fir. To teach, &&,
each other.
— FimDiBELA, qnlf.fr. To teach, instmct,
Ac., for, as: n fnndisela imali, i.e.: he
teaches for money.
im — FUND A, n. pi. irim. (From the Terb.)
Any flat j^aoe or valley, or low gronnd
near or at the banks of a rirer, overaowed
when the latter is full. Literally t the
largest extennon'of a riTer. (Jmfkmdama,
dim. n. A small yailey at the hanks of
a river.)
1UB— FUKDA, n. pi. imi. fSee the verb.)
A low or mean person, or a place of a low
or mean person, such as an nmtakati, who
is driven away; henee, an ontoast; or a
vassal who has been taken captive.
The plural signifies places of such people
as have been eonqu^ed and subjusated.
They were always removed into the unme-
diate reach of the conqueror in order to be
kept in subjection. But being often per-
versa disobedient, or obstinate in that
state they are also called accordingly,^ —
refiractories, unmanageable, <w : ma ku suke
imifunda a ha nga busi inkosi, Le.: let
the places or the unmanageable people get
thexnselves away, who do not honomr the
chief (by willing snbmisnon).
im — FUNDAMA or Mb and Mu, n.pl.izim.
(From funda, and ima, to move open. See
bandamo, and duma. The Uteral eente ie :
stretching the mouth, jaws or joints wide
open, whoi swallowing down.)
Boa constrictor.
nku^FUNDEEELA, v. t. (Frmn fiinda,
and ikela, to draw out iiir, to become ex-
tenrive; ap^died to the mind, UteraUy:
to press the mind extennvely, extremely.)
To tease; to vex; to annoy; to bother;
to disturb ; to irritate ; to trouble by all
sorts <^ requests or nuisances, asi wtrngi
ftmdekda ngenkomo, i. e. : he troubled me
with begging for a head of cattle.
— FUSDXKELAITA, r<^. fr. To tCBSO, VOX,
annoy, Aou, each other.
id— FUNDEEELO, n. pL izi. (Fnom Am-
dekda.)
1. The way or manner of teasing, &c. ;
—2. The nuisance itself.
fUB— FUKDI, n. pL aba. (From frmda.) A
learner; sdiolar; student; dismple.
nm— FUNDISI, n. pL aba. (From fundisa.)
A teacher; minister; pastor,
isi— FUNDISO, n. pi. izi. (From fttndisa.)
1. The act or the way of teaching;— 2.
The lesson or doctrine to be taught,
uku— FUNGA, V. t. (From fh, and unga, to
urge, to force, oognt^ oblige. JSatSeaUy
one with fingo. Cloeehf aUied to j^ga
and qunga, which latter see,)
1. To conjure; to swear to; tooallupon;
to appeal to.
Note. — It is difficult to say what the
real import of this word is, sinoe we
know no more of the present practice than
that a name is simply called, usually the
name of a chief or luler who is dead. The
root fu, of fi^ to die, refers directly to some
being among the dead, as also the verbs
punga and qunga particularly. And the
present use of tlus word indifstes that an
oath, originally, formed a part of the
ceremony.
2. To Hud by an oath ; to make an oath,
as : iziswe ngezizwe ri fimga izinkosi zazo,
i.e.: all the tribes swear each by their
chiefs.
— — FuiraBLA, qulf. fr. To swear, &c, for,
as ; u fnngela nina kn nga ka tjiwo uknti
fhnga, L e. : for what purpose do you swear,
since none has n>quired an oath A*om you.
^— « FuKGiSA, caus.fr. 1. To cause or make
to swear; to swear;— 2. To bind by an
oath; to put under oath, as: inkosi ya
fhn^ ufiikazi, i.e.: the judge put the
witness under oath,
in— FUKOO, n. (From funga.) An otith ;
conjuration,
nm— FUNI, n. pi. alea. (From fona.) A
seeker; inquirer,
nm— FUNO, n. pi. imi. (From f^a, vis, :
fix and ioo, which other dialects ccmtrict
into fino; bat fnno is more correot, it
being derived from frma, to seek, to go in
seardi for.)
1. I^roperUf: a substance Sought for,
viz. : all sorts of fruit and vegetables thst
grow wild, after which the natives 'go
searching i—hence also, 2. All softs of fhrit.
isi— FUNUKU, n. pi. izL (From fVmu, see
funa and fima, to strike each other, and
uku, to come up. Dialectic are : frmunu
and fhnululu, the redupBcations of which—
nunu and Itdu— denote siaply a number,
multitude in growing, and all coincide with
each other. The literal sense is : things
coming up striking each 'other, or dose
together.)
Gt*
Digitized by
Google
FUQE.
[88]
iirr-jff*iVi« MliM i
FUTSKA.
▲ naiiM for a fpedes of ptradte plant,
reiemUiiig exactly the yoaxig iboota or
sprooti of gogar-cane.
uka— FUNZA, t. t. (From ftma, and isa* to
make. The UUral and primary tenae i# :
to make to leek, to make up or fill np what
if wanted. AUied closely to Arnda, to
inftue ; to panza, to beg food, and to Tanza,
to eat much.)
1. To feed, viz, : to give food into the
month; to infbse or poor in, ae: ftmza
ingane, L e. : to give a baby food ; — 2. To
nonriflb ;— 3. To give to eat, ae : fonza
izinja enyamazaneni, i.e.: let the dogs
feed on the wild bnck, viz.: letting the
dogs at the bock to catdi and to eat it.
— ^ FwzELA, qnlf. fr. 1. To contrive or
derise fbod ; to famish supplies ; to go for
food ; to collect or snpply the matter for
noniishment, aei inyoni i yafnazelaama-
zinyane ayo, i.e.: Uie bix^is collecting
insects for its young ones ; — 2. To call for
feeding; to give into the month for eaUng,
ae : inknknzana i ya fbnzela amazinyane,
i. e. : the hen calls her chickens for food,
teaches them how to ibed;— 8. I^yuraUvely,
to snggest to, €u: mnsa nknmfanzela,
ma ka zi pendtdele ngokwake, L e. : do not
give him words (as it were) into his month,
bat let him answer oat of his own.
— FuKziSA, cans. fir. To cause to feed;
to help to feed, &c.
cm— FUNZI, n. pL imi. (From fbnza.) 1.
LUeraUy : a rrady made supply, ae : um-
fhnzi wogwai, i.e. : a bndget filled or
stufibd with tobacco; — 2, kay reoeptade
filled with supplies, or bundles ready bound
up with them.
um— FUNZO, n. pi. imi. (From iVmza.) Any
mass of food or supply of food or nourish-
ment.
i— FUPI, n.p1.ama. (From iVi, pressed, and
ipi, thrown forth. MadicaUy onevnth fipa.)
Literally: a place exposed to pressure
or hurt ; henee, the tibia, referring to or
expressing more the locality than the Hmb.
im— FUPI, n. (fiifftf i-Fopi.) A sqoat fii^ure ;
short and thick; more stout than long.
Of : umuntu umftipi, i. e. t the man is
short and thick ; inkomo emfhpi, i. e. : a
squat beast. (From these instances it is
obvions that the word is used as an adjec-
tive. In the Xoea it is used also as an
adverb—kufupi, i. e. t it near.)
isi— FUQE, n. pi. izi. (From fu, and nqe,
top, bunch. 2W5a/ ; others use udrumbn.)
lAieraUyx something like a crooked
back; or a shape like it; applied to a
person grown quito crooked, either from
old ace, or other physical causes.
W— FUQE, D. pi. izL XSee iri-Fuqe,
crooked back. DialecHe face.^ A qwdes
of mimosa of a small size, baring a very
tfai^ bark swelling out in pratuberanoe^
and soft wood, which soon rots away. It
evacuates a kind of gum, whidi the natives
use for medical purposes, and as g^ua ftr
fiulening spears to the handle.
um— FUQU, n. pL imi* (See isi-Fuqe^ and
Fukuk.)
A large or heavy packet; a bale; baggage.
uku— FUSA, V. t. (From fu, and osa, to
cause to burst, to bum. I%e literal mms
ie : to cause or eflfect a Uast by fire ; to
strip a thing of its fnalmme, as if it wai
aeausativeof fula. AUied toosa, basa* Ac)
^ 1. To take off the bark of wood hj
burning ;— 2. To imbrown ; to burn brown,
ae: intongai ya fuswaemlilweni, ie. t the
stick is made brown in the fire j*^^. To
toast, as bread;— 4. To smoke, m: inyama
i ya fuswa emsini, i. e. : meat is smoked in
the smokd.
i— FUSA, D. pL ama. (From the vevb.) L
Fallow ground, or land which has besn
reaped ofl; and is lying wasto;— 2. A
penon who has lost his diildren, (lil, t who
has been stripped of his children like a tree
of ito bark.)
um— FUSA, n. (From the verb.) Brown,
04 : inkomo emftisa, L e. : a brown oow.
im— FUSAEL^ZI, n. pL izim. (Fran fbsa,
and kazi, of female.) A brown ftonk
animal ; a brown oow.
um— FUSAMVU, n. pL imi (From fbn»
and amvu ; or, which is the same, (tom fb,
and isamvu, eee amvu, heat)
A roedes of Mioooaa, the bark of which
is used agamst HUous fever to take away
the heat.
uku— FUTA, V. t (From fu, blast, blown,
and uta, to pour. Literal^ : to pour a
bktft or blow, to pour forth, toblowatrong*
AUied to vuta.)
1. To Mow ; to move the idr, a«: ku ya
fota umoya omkulu, i. e. : a strong wind
is blowing;— 2. To make a eurrent of air,
ae : imfbta i ya futa ngamanhla, i. e. ! the
bellows blow powerfully ;— 8. To blow
upon, ae: inyoka i m ftitile amato ayo^
L e. : a snake blows its poison at him ;— i.
To breathe upon for the purpose of making
warm or cool, ae: wa futa ibumba hke^
L e. : he breathed upon his potty ;— 6. To
breathe hard, quickly, or vehemently, of:
inkomo ima i ya kulaU pansi i ya ftita,
i. e. : when the cattle lie down they bbw
hard ;— 6. To puff; to blow air from the
mouth; to blow a quick blast; — 7. To
snort, ae : ibashe li yafuta, L e. : the horse
blows with its nose.
FuTiKi, quit. fir. To breathe ven-
geance ; to huff; to swell with anger, ae :
wa futeka ngokuzwa ku bulewe into yake^
L e. : he was filled with anger, hearing
that they had broken his uteiMiU
Digitized by
Google
■ fi 1^1 f'Vi%iiiii;if .
FUTUZA.
[89]
FUZULA.
— - JVTELJL, quit fr. 1. To Uow in,
Aft, wpaa, 99 1 inyoka 7» « Att«la, i. e. :
a niike blsw at lum (i^ poison);— 2.
To inflate;— 8. To twdl with air, a#:
wa Intda iiOilela, i. e.: he twdled hit
T6
to Uoir
— — FuTKUtA, eans.fr.
at, to inflate^ ^
i— FUTA. n. pt ama. {8e9 the Terh.
Kmmha nda. jSIm neta, to be wet.)
Xcfofa%: a substance poured forth; a
flowing wet; soft to the tooeh as air. ▲
desiguition of fiit, oil, bntter, ointment,
nhre^smear, grease, tallow.
FUTI, ad?. (From frita. Originally a
nomi expressiTe of attention bestowed on
bnsinesB, and of assiduity.)
1. Hard, a# : u ya sebenza fhti, i« e. :
be is wotkkig hard, rehemently, UL : out
of breath ;— 2. Much, often, frequently, m :
ngi m bonile fbti, i. e. : I have seen him
many times; — 8. Again; — 4. Also, when
fcOflfwed after— and, tui kuflkile XJmketwa
Nomapanhla fbti, i. e.: XJmketwa has ar-
r Wedan d Mapaidila also.
IB— FUTJAK^n. (Dlm.offtipL) Short;
shorter, at : iswi eliftiQane^ L e. : a short
word. (Fuljanyana, dim. Much shorter;
very short.)
in— FUTO, n. pL iiim. (From fbta.) Bel-
lows^ or rather a rery simple piece of
m ec h a nism with these natiTcs. It consists
cf two leather seeks of goat^in, 14 x 20
inches. At one comer of the bottom (^
each a horn is fintened, serving as a
tabs, and the opening is fitted up with
two sticks of equal length (resemUhig the
opening of a curpet-bag with a wire) and
a BOOse ibr hsndling them. When th^
are to be ussd the open points of bow
the horns are fixed into another tube, (a
piece of rough earthenware) which stands
Sb the fire. One man works both sadu by
pstting his thumb into the nooees^ and
taking hold of the sticks with the other
part ^ the hands, dilating and compreis-
ing the seeks while the air is profMUed
through t)ie horns and the earthem tube
upon the fire.
FUTU. (Fromfuta. /Sse budu, quick.)
An exclamation signifying the noise made
by blowing air through an openbg. Henet
it is used figuratiTelyjfor, to makeasnd*
den start, to rush. With the rerbukuti.
Of : inysmssana ya ti futu ngenhlakwomxi,
L c : the budc rushed fiirth at the upper
si de of th e kraal.
i— FUTU, n. pL ama. (From fbtu, bbwn,
swollen.) An ear of maise boiled in
w ater.
ikn— FUTUZA, t. t. (From Ibta, and uza,
to aMdu^ to come. JSadieaiUf on* wUh
fitiaa.)
lAUrcXUf : to come blowing or out of
breath; to come rapidly, Tefaemently, in
great number. Thisfiirai is seldom used,
but generally—
— - FuTTZBLA, quMl fr. To more with
animation, lively, rapidly, briskly, fUl of
spirit or Tigour, <u : yi tini impi i ftituzele
ngamanhk, L e. : command that the fivces
come up ftall of spirit and with power,
im— FUTUZA, n. pL irim. (From futuza.)
A great number of people armed, starting
and hurrying off.
nko— FUVUKA. Se9 VuTuka.
u— FUXU, Same aa Fnqu.
uku— FUYA, T. t. (From fti and uya, to
retire, turn. The lUeral eetue ie : pressed
to retire; hence, kept, held, restrained,
confined. Compare baya, biya, buya, &c)
1. jMmarily : to domesticato ; to reduce
fVom a wild to a domestic stato ; to tame^
at: a si hli ingnlobe e ftiyiwe, i. e.: we
do not eat (meat of) a pig which has been
tamed ;— 2. To accustom to man ; to make
gentle or famiHur, tu : lemvu ngi yi fhyile,
i. e. : this sheep I have tamed, (eis. : given
it to eat);— 8. To keep, to hold or keep
for IMC ; to hold in possession; — i. To
occupy ; to take possession, a« : n wu fbyile
lomhlaba, L e. : we first occupied this
country (whidi had no owner);— 6. To
grow rich, wealthy, or abundant in goods,
as : u fuyile iankomo^ t e. : he has resred
plenty cdr cattle ;— 6. To keep fbr use, for
interest, a» : Abelungu ba ya yi fbya imali,
L e. : the Abelungu give their money out
for interest.
FmnsA, cans. fr. To cause to keep,
hdd, Ae, ; to endeavour or try to keep^ Ac.
urn— FUTI, n. pL aba. (From fbya.) An
owner; occupier; proprietor; keeper or
holJCTof domestic or other animslB.
im— FUTO, n. pi. izim. (From fuya.) 1.
Property, consiiting of live-stock; — 2.
Landed property;— 8. Imfoyo yemali,
L e. : capital.
uku — ^FUZA, V. t. (Radiealfy one with ten.
The sense is: to strip. Allied to ta\a,
ftiss, ebozs, Ac)
1. To take off the cover or enclosure; to
strip ai the covering; to uncover; to
unroof, as : nkuf^iza inblu, i. e. : to strip a
house of its covering (ku shiywe upahla
hrodwa, i e.: that the frame alone
remain) ;— 2. To ky open ; to disclose to
• view; to cause to appear; to exhitntor
represent dearlv, as: lomtwana u fua
uyise, i e.: this child shows a natural
likeness or disposition, or is a living repre*
sentatiou of his Cither.
nkn— FUZULA, v. t. (From fusa, and uk,
to strain. Radieallif one with Uti^.)
1. Primarilf : to make loose or pull out
the uncovered firame-work of a native
Digitized by
Google
GA.
E90]
OABATE.
home, when the nudo Is to be remored ; —
2. To remove «a endomre; to break
throagh the same, at : nkofonda inbaya
ka nge ko iiango^ i. e. s to break through
the fence (of a cattle fold) where no gate
ia» = fbhla ;— 8. To ibrce a way throagh
where there if none, at : wa f^nla edodjeni,
1. e. : he foroed himself through the thidLet,
bj polling or breaking down all that was
inhis wi^.
0.
G is a gnttaral, and has, in Znln-Kafir,
two sounds. The first is the hard sonnd,
e. gi ; igama, goba, as in EngHsh ffo, gah ;
the second is sofiD, e. g.: gapa, or a sound
between g and Ic^ or between g and r
(soft). The dialeetio difibrences, howerer,
respecting the gutturals, partieukrlj in
Natal, render it cxtremdy difficult, if not
impossible, to assign to each sound its
proper limit, and hence only one character
represents them both. Besides, there is
no provision made yet for the proper dis-
tinction of sounds in the present atate of
orthography.
When g, in any part or stem, is pre-
ceded by the nasal «i, which is very fre-
quentlT the case, lig may be considered as
a simple or elementary sound, vis. : rather
as a guttural n, but there are sufficient
evidences from analysis for its being a con-
traction of two separate roots.
G A. (A primitive verb, hot as sudi used
now only in compounds, espedslly %ga,
denoting: 1. To use power or f&rce, to
exert power, active and speculative^ phy-
sical, mental, and moral ; to have ability,
freedom, animation; including— >2. Incli-
nation, any deviation of a body from an
upright poeition toward another body, as
also inclination or a. leaning of the mind,
will, and aflfections. These senses are tho-
roughly obvious in its use as a prep, de*
noUng: through and toward, see nga. Go
and gu are remainders of its primitive
nouns. It is allisd to kn.)
An onomatopoetic^ expressive of through,
cut ; used with the verb ukuti, as: ng^wa
inyamaxana ya ti ga ! ga I i. e. : I heard
the buck through or cutting, cutting,
(eif. : through the bush.)
um— >GA, n. pL imi. (See Ga.) A cut, gash,
or wound; the opening made by an edged
or pointed* instrument upon the surface of
a body, and distinguished by its Imigtii
from that made by perforation with a
pointy ae : inkomo i nomga i bulewe yenye,
i. e. : the cow has a gaSi in its skin, it
having been hurt by (the horn of)
another.
uku— QABA, ▼. t. (From ga, through,
toward, and iba, to separate. Madi c attg
one wUh geba, i^ba, goba, and guba. The
eenteie: tobeod. AUiedto kaba.)
To cut; to strike at^ Seidom meed;
generally —
-*— Gabbla, quit fr. 1. To cut in; to
make a gash, cut, or indsioo, ae t vkuga*
bc^ isihlangu* L e. : to make SnoisJoaa in
the shield (see gabeb);— 2. To bend; to
bend the mind to a certain olyect ; to de-
sire or prefer, tf«: a ka yi vumi into • ngi
m kokdayo a ng'azi inhliziyo yake i gabcJt
nina ? L e. i he will not have that which I
pay him, so I do not know what his heart
if hent on;— 8. To incline; to be deter-
mined ; to cause to tend, expressing dis-
pootion or purpose, at: nki^yigabela in-
komo, L e. : to be determined to hacve or
purchase a fiivorite oow.
•— GABiai« cans. fr. To cause or raise a
disposition more fovorable to one thing
than to another; to cause to yidd; to
subdue; to make submissive; to bend a
person to our will, a#: wa m gabiaa ngo-
kdcoka imali eningi, L e. : he made hhn
inclined by paying (him) a great deal of
money.
— Gabisela, qulf. fr. To cause a disposi-
tion for ; to m^e inclined or diq^oeed far ;
to oreate a desire for, ae : o nika umuntn
uto a lu hie u se u ba g aM s el a abanye,
L e. : he who gives to one something to
lite upon will surely make otheca dettroos
for something of the aame kind.
i— GABA, n. pL ama. (From gaba, g
having the peoiliar sound between g — k,
and the whole pronounced nearly as gaps.)
LUeralfy i a peculiar cut, curve, bend,
shape; hence, a bottle. (Igabana, dim.,
a small bottle or vial)
in--GABA, n. pL ixin. (See the verb.
Amedtomkshfi,)
Properig : a bow or bent ; but oonMiofii^
a brands, vir. : one of the lower branches
of a tree which hang down, or are declin-
ing or bending.
Non.— Several tribes use igabn instead
of ingaba, analagous *to igatja.
in— GABA, n. pi. in. (See the Vfrb. AUied
to inkaba. Compare ingaba.)
A branch or division of a regiment,
= ibanhla lamabnto; a small company,
u— GABA, n. pi iadn. (iSSce i-Gaba. Allied
ioikabe.)
Iir>perlg: the cut, gradual dedination
or diminution of a maise-stalk, contracted
of gabatjana ; but cowtmonlg, the stalk,
vig.: the pedide oi the flower or the
pedunde that supports the fructifleation
of the flower of maize or com.
{«— GABATB, n. pi. ama. (From gaba,
andite^ poured, soft. LiteraUgt a faece
Digitized by
Google
■epmted, bv Gotiing, from ft m^ masB.)
AhunpoTidoclofearthina fresh orioft
state, Dot dried ; a iod ; turf,
a— GABATJANA, n. nl ian. (From
gaba, and tjana,a smail shoot, gradual
aedination or diminution.)
Hvperljf: the ont^ viz,: the point or
top of a maize or oom-stalk where the ear
has been cot ofL It is a negloet of preci-
non applying it also to the pednnde,
= ngaba, which is, howerer, often the
i— GABELO, n. jO. ama. (From gabeUi,
•M gaba.) An incision ; the loops or holes
of which two rows are made in the shields,
with a stick nmning through them in order
to ffive firmness to that weapon,
nkn— GAGA, ▼. t. (From ga, and ica, to
top^ tip. Sadioallif one wUk geca and
goca. Allied to gaqa and gaza. The
word is a transposition of the roots of
caga, which eee,)
To hew or hack ; to cut with an hatchet
or pick-axe ; primarily : to hew the sorface
of the gronnd; to dig the surface irregn-
larly; to prepare rooghlj for cnltiTat^
== nknqala nknlima umhlaba kn nga ka
linywa kona, i. e. : to oommenoe to plough
the gronnd where there was not ploughed
before,
isi — GADA, n. pi iii. (From ga, cut, and
ida, extend. Badicailjf one wOh geda,
gida, goda, guda, and igade.) A cluster,
=3 dod, of native corn*stalks grown upon
an old stalk which had been out off.
i — GADE, n. pi ama. (Contracted of ga-
bade, from gaba, and ide, drawn, extended,
= ite, poured. The Xosa has igada.)
JHaleoUc and liUraUy the eame aa iga-
bate, which see,
uku — GADULA, r. t. (Prom gadu, long
cot, and ula, to strain or stretch. J2a<2>-
ca% (MM «^A gudnla. AlUed io hadu, a
train, and to radula. See alto, catula.)
1. LOeralUf: to make a long cut; to
cot on; to ride with tpeed ; to gallop, =
okukwela futi;— 2. To run with speed,
as : inkabi ya baleka yagadula i nga Tumi
ukuza ekaya, L e. : the ox ran off, nmning
with speed, or galloping, and would not
come to its home,
urn— GADULI, n. pi. aba. (From gaduU.)
One who gallops; a hard rider,
isi— GAGA, n. pi izl (J. repetition qf ga,
and radically one with guga, to grow oM.)
lAieraUy : a bend or inclination of the
chesty or imper part of the body, which
makes the lower part, or belly, disappear ;
or contracts the latter toward Uie chest, as
thia is often the case with old people.
u — GAGA, n. pi isin. {See isi-Gaga.) A
spedes oi finch, so called from its peonliar
isdiaation of tiie breast.
isl— OAGABU, n. sing. HProm gaga, see
isigaga, and idu, noting degree, tempera-
ture, &C. Radically one with gogoda, gu-
gnda, and gangata.)
1. Primarily, dryness of weather,
which affects the earth, and prevents
ploughing, ast a si sa limi Into ku sesiga*
gadwini, le.: we do not pbugh or cUg
any more, there being too great dryness in
the earth;— 8. Drought; thirst,
n— GAGANE, n. pi izin. (From gaga,
and ine, small, even.) A ^;>edes of mimosa,
80 called after its peculiar flower, like a
small bell or tassd, declining its top down-
ward, or toward the earth. It is called
isisaka, after its peculiar thorn.
i— GAGU, n. pi ama. (See isi-Gaga. lUh
dically one with igugu.)
1. Literally t a peculiar cut or bend
of mind ; hence, a bold or dashing per-
son, with spedal application to a young
man, who shows the dispoutiou of mind
of an old, experienced, courageous, fear-
less, person, asi ngumnntn o ya abanye
ba nga yi kona, i. e. : it is a person who
goes where no other ventures to go; — 2.
One apt or quick to learn something;— 8.
In am ill sense, impudent, forward, showing
great liberty of fiction or expresnon, e. g. :
umuntu o si tjaya ihlanyana e kuluma
peaulu, I e. : a person who behaves him-
self like a mad man, speaking of high
things,
ubu— GAGU, n. (See i-Gagu.^ Boldness,
daringness^ audacioosness, aptness, expert-
ness^ impudence, fictiousness.
uku— GAHLA, v. t. (From ga, to bend,
desire, and ihhi, to throw. The sense is :
to desire to throw. Radically the same as
gehU^ gohla, guhla. Allied to kahla.
Compare fiUUa, Ac)
Primarily : to rush at or upon, to come
with force upon, to attack one, to give the
first stroke, ast ba Iwa, kwa gahla ubani,
l e. : they were fighting, but who was it
that gave the first strok^
nm— GAI, n. {lAterally : a peculiar cut or
bend.) A name of the high table-land
between the Umtwalume and liafr, about
10 miles from the sea inland,
uku— GAKA, T. t. (From ga, to cut, and
ika, come off. Radically one with geka
and goka. Allied to raca.)
To cut off by surround^, applied to
the art of war. It is tribal, and has be-
ndes the same dgnification as ganga, to
fortify,
ukn— GALA, t. t. (From gt^ to bend, de-
sire, and ila, to strain. The sense is : to
bend or desire to strike. Radically one
with gele, gila, gola, gubu Allied to kala,
ra]a,&c.)
To strike off; to separate one part from
Digitized by
Google
GALWANA.
[92]
GAMATA.
•notlier, applied to grinding eorn. It if
sjnonymoin with fila, bat the proper word
i«g«jiu
-— - Galela, qnlf. fir. 1. Togrindfbr;— 2.
To itrike forth ; to strilce a blow, nknga-
Ida ng^dnka = nlnitjaya ngendnko, to
beat or ftrike with a stick.
NoTB.— This form if not need of grind-
ing com in the Xosa, bat in the other
fleofes, and espeetallj in the aenfe of poar*
ing forth, adding to, &c.
i — GALA, n. pL aoia. (See Gala. Moat
probablj a tranapoaiUon of ilanga, the
fan.) The fan. Umanta wafenudangeni
a hlonipa a ti igala, i. e. : a man of the
amalancca or ilanga (san) tribe, when he
if afraid to pronoanoe that name— ilanga
— henaee igala inf tead of it.
in— GALATI, n. pL isin. (From gala, and
iti, shoot, ftring. See bilati and fokoti.)
The navel-fltnng of an infant. TVibals
«0« fokoti.
nka--GALAZA, y. 1 (From ga, bend, ih,
to strain or rise, and iza, to make. Hi*
allied to qalaza, to make the head to rise,
to look about In the Xoea the same word
if qalofa.)
LUeralljf: to show a defire to ftrike,
or to make a bend befbre, vix, : to pretend
not to fee or not to look at bj bending the
head to the groand and patting iona the
fundament inatead of the hee,
isi— GALEIiO, n. pL izL (From galela.) A
stroke or bbw.
in— GAIiO, n. pL izin. (From gala. Hke
literal sense is: a striking forth.) The
arm firom the hand to the elbow; the
fore-arm.
a— GALO, n. pL inn. (See in-Galo. Al-
lied to akalo.)
1. Lileralfy: a striking; kenee, a limb
of the body;— 2. IndiserimmateUf, the
arm, fore-arm, and apper-arm.
NoTB.—Ugalo, being an abstract term,
is therefore osed in Ztdn coanting for the
abstract numbers of 8 and 9, asi sbiya
'ngalombili, t e. : to Icare out or omit two
fillers (limbs) out of tbe ten of both hands,
= make 8 ; and— shiya ugalo olunye, con-
tract, galolunye or galonye and galunye.
i. e. : to omit one finger oat of the ten of
both, hands, = make 9.
The instance of 9 shows a great Tariety
of contracted forms to which may be added :
^-'ngalonye, properly a compound of ingalo
inye, or 'ngalunye of ingalo olunye, or ob-
riously fVom 'nj^ombili, which is properly
izingalo ezimbili, and is often indiscrimi-
nately— ngnlobili = ngalonye. These in-
stances exhibit to us tbe primitire use or
nature of the nominal forms,
isi— GALWANA, n.plizL (Dim. of ingab.)
1. Tbe wrist ; literal^ : the dedinatioii or
diminution of the arm, or a small bend ;—
2. A band, made of strings of beads, worn
above the ankle, similar to a bracelet,
i — GAMA, n. pL ama. (From ga, to bend,
and ima, to stand. The literal sense isz
to incline to move^ to make a distinctioa,
to signify a stand or state. M adi e alty ems
with gema, g^oma, and guma.)
I. A name ; primanly : a feeling to set
apart or express an idea or character by
which a thing is distinguished, as : Ulanga*
libalele (proper name), L e. : a glaring sun ;
—2. Bepotation, iKmor, eminence, praise,
which go a great distance roand, as : tola,
a ka nalo igama, i. e. : be sUll, he has no
reputation,— si ya Tuma amagama ednkon
zetu,Le.: we nng the praises of our chiefii ;
—3. A song, poem, poetry ;— 4. A distinct
statement, declaration, assertion, a« : si 11
zwile igama leli'oala, i. e. : we have heard
the whole length of this case; — 5. Sob-
stance, essence, contents of an object
um— GAMA, n. pL imi. fSee i-Gama.) A
distance. (TJmgamana and mmganyatMt
dim. A short distance.)
uku- GAMANXA, r. t (From gama, and
nxa, at one side, or equal sides. The literal
sense is I to cut or bend right in the middle
or acroes. Dialectic : gabanxa, wUhwkiA
compare htCDJA^
To take hold of in the middle or across,
as : uma ba ya Iwa abantn a ti omunye a
m gamanxe omunye a m wise pansi, i. e. :
when people fight then one takes hold of
the other in the middle of the body, and
throws him down.
— — Gaicanxisa, cans. fir. I. To try, en*
deavour, &c, to take hold of across; to
dasp, or throw the arms across or round a
thing; — 2. To make up to the middle; to
make half-fhil, as : gamanxisa iqoma, L e. :
make the basket hdf-fiill.
am — GAMANZI, n. pL imL (From um-Nga,
mimosa, and amansi, water.) A khid of
mimosa with thorns, growing high and
having few branches ; bat called so firom
the great mass of watery flaid it contain^
for which reason it is not used fbr firewood.
It is known under the Batch name hameel
dooren,
uku— GAMATA, v. t (From |^ma, and
ita, to touch, to throw. The lUeral sense
is : to touch about or in the middle. Cm-
nected with gamanxa.)
1. To indose or encompasf fomething
with the fingers, or indose and hold it
with the hand in the middle, so that it can
bend on both sides, as: nga In gamata
uluti, i.e.: I hdd the piece of plank with
the hand in the middle ;— 2. Hence, to
weigh with scales ; to hold the balance in
the hand; to have on each dde equal
length or weight, oppodte to capel% to
Digitized by
Google
QAKDA.
CW]
OAKGA.
liold bj one end; — 8. To hdd or reach m
fSir ai a half, at : ompongolo u gamete
pakati, L e. : the cask (of floida) contama
aa much aa the middle or halfofnll;— 4.
Figwratively i to enter upon a caae or
qoeation with impartiality ; to weigh the
reaaona or arguments on both ndes of a
qneation, <u : inkoei i gamete icala, a yi 11
evpeli, L e. : the chief weighed, or ettimated
the caae on both sides, and did not treat
only one side of it ;— 5. To be of ftill stand*
ing in any office, bosiness, &c, €U : inkosl
i gamete i bnsa a yi cnpile, L e. : the chief
has for a long time been governing, and
has not commenced jnst now ; — 6. To be
of fall age, <u : inkomokazi i gamete, i. e. :
the oow is of ftill age.
— Gahatisa, cans. fr. L To indose and
bold with the fingers or in the hand ;*-2.
To regulate a thing or put it in a sti^ of
equal proportion ; to balance, <u : gama-
tisa nil lolu, L e. : put this piece of plank
as fiir as to its middle over the other ;— 8.
to make half-full, or to the middle.
i — GAMBU, n. pi. ama. (Prom ga, cut,
eorre^ and imba, to dig. Badically one
with ugumbn, tee gumba, to hollow, exca-
vate. AJUied to gomfa.)
LUeraUM : a curve, creacent» or curving
rim ; a half moon, designating a peculiar
Egolt or mark on the color of a beast, run-
ning from the back down on both sides of
the belly,
ukn— GANA, v. t, (From ga, to bend or
derire, and ina, to join, unite. Radically
one wUh gona. Allied to kana, to draw
together. It is, at the same time, a rep.
verb of the root ga, denoting inclination
or affection toward one another.)
LUeraUy and primarily : to j<mi in
ailieotion or inclination ; to wed; to marry,
aai Umapanhla n ganiwe ngunobantu,
L e. : Mapanhla (the man) has been wedded
to Nobantu (the female).
Thisrerb is exclusively applied to the
finnale, and indicates that one out of many
had her affection, and that she was at
liberty to act in this case according to her
inclination. This is the original import of
the word, which pbiinly shows that these
nations have exchanged that natural and
honorable law for their present unnatural,
disgracefbl, and brutish custom of purchas-
ing and aelling the female into marriage.
Tbs word only is retained, but its form and
8|nrit are lost !
— « Gavaka, rcpr. fr. To enter into natri-
mony with eadi other.
nkii— GANDA, v. t. (From ga» and inda, to
extend. MUed to kanda» ganda, banda,
Ac The radical sense is: to q^read.
TIm 2[osa has, instead of this verb, gan-
To use some skill in laying a floor, by
filling up or equaUsing ti^e surfkce with
earth.
— Gaitdsla, qulf. fr. To lay a floor hj
pounding and stamping it, as : ukugandela
umbala enhlwini, L e. : to pound a space in
the house even.
nku— GANDALA, v. t. (Sadically one with
gandela, from ganda. Dialectic gandaya.
See enwala, enwaya, and endaya.)
To lay a floor by pounding and stamping
the surface^ as: ukugands^ umbala, see
gandeU.
n— GANDO, n. pL izin. (From ganda.)
1. JAteralUf : a gradual extension ; henoe,
a spear squared and running gradually out
into a sharp point, like a long nail;— 8.
Something squared, like a piece of wood
which the natives use instead of a wooden
spoon.
GANDUMA, conj. (From ganda. and
nma, to move. The literal sense is: to
extend moving toward. It has the proper
form of a^erb^ but is only used for con-
necting sentences, and coincides exactly
with andula, which see,)
Then ; afterward ; and then ; and thus ;
and yet, as : qeda ukuhlaba lapa ganduma
nyakona, i.e.: first finish spitting here
and afterwards you go there; uya— is a
oontraotion of i^ya, and andul' ukuya
konais literally the same; or, ganduma n
ye kona, is elliptic for ganduma kubuya u
yekona, all having the same sense, and
coinciding also with kanti uma kona.
in---GAN^ n. pL iadn. (From gana, which
see,) Properly: a darling; a darling
child; but conmonly: an inftmt.
uba— GANE, n. (From ingane, formed by
nbu retaining even the n of its nom. fbrm,
and frequently pronounced ubungane.)
Literally : the state, condition, or time of
being r^^arded with affections or tender-
ness; Aeno0, inianor.
in— GANFEWANE, n. dug. (From in-
gane^ and ikwane, of the passive kwa of
ka, drawn toffether. extracted. It contams
the same radicals as anekwa of aneka, to
thread open.)
A sto^, fiction ; nonsense, = into e nge
luto> i. e. : that wldch is nothing, a nothing-
ness, or = indaba, = imikuba emidala,
Le.: old customs; UteraUy: an extract,
oompoeition, or story for littie infants,
in&nts* or children's stoiy. It is an ex-
pression of reproach or ridicule,
nku— GANGA, v. i. (From ga and nga, which
see. The literal sense w : to use freedom
to exoesK, to indulge in freedom to excess,
to use force above force. The same radicals
are in gaga, gagu, of which compare 2.)
1. To behave licentioualy, exceeding the
limits oi law ; to be wantoo. unrestramed,
Digitized by
Google
OANGAZANA.
[W]
GAPA.
iVivoloiif, diflobedient, oaTightj, impadent,
as : ama amtwana a y'afo n m kalime, a
bnye a ye lapo a m kalime uyaganga,
i.e.: if achUdreAises(tobehaTewell)aiid
' yoa tell him not to do so, Imt be tnnia to
the same thing, and yon most again tell
him not to do ao, then he ia impudent ; —
2. To use vehement language; to apeak
incredible, impossible things, = nmnntu n
ti wo snsa lentaba n ya ganga, i. e. : a man
that says he will remove this moontain
from its place exceeds all Hmits, or is oat of
his senses;— 3. To speak an nntrath; to
revile ; to nse opprobrious words.
I— GANGA, n. pL ama. (From the verb.)
IMeralhft that which exceeds or goes
beyond a certain limit, line, or point;
hence, the highest top or hill that shoots
or rises firom any range of monntahis or
high lands.
in— -GAKGA, n. pi. izin. (8ee i-Ganga and
mn-Ganga.) A small hill, or heap of earth
raised on the snrfhce by ants.
in — GANGA, n. pL irin. (See the rerb.)
A species of mnstela of a black and white
.color, and as large as the common weasel ;
most probably so called from its daring or
bold nature.
um— GANGA, n. pi. imi. (See i-Ganga.
See Flngo.) 1. A heap or a place where
a heap is made, e. g. : ku telwa kona ixibi,
!. e. : where all kind of rubbish is thrown
upon ; — 2. A place which is raised upon
something, as the watch-house in the native
garden is raised upon poles (= ubamba.)
i — GANGALA, n. pi. ama. (From iganga,
and ila, to strun, stretch. AlUed to
kangela.) A range of high table-land.
in— GANGALA, n. pi. izin. (^iS^e i-Gangala.)
Single places or extents of high tableland.
in—GANGANE. See Eankane.
uku— GANGATA, v. t. (Prom gancca, bent,
and ita, to touch. See namata. llie Xoea
use this word for ganda or gandala, iohich
eee,)
To touch or cleave to the upper part of
the mouth or roof (nlwanga) ; to parch
the palate or gums.
— Gangateea, quit. fr. 1. To be parched
with thirst; to be extremely d^, <u :
^m nikeni amanzi umtwana u gangatekile,
L e. : give the child some water, it bemg
parch^ with thirst ; — 2. To shrink toge-
ther as a skin. (Instead of this the Xosa
has nqanqateka, which is exchisivdy ap-
plied to a dryness of the mouth, to be
removed, however, by smoking tobacco.)
in— GANGAZANA, n. pi. isin. (From
inganga a mustela, and izana, to come next,
after eadi other, denoting generating.
See idftzana, inyamazana, Ac.)
1. The graeration^or genus of nrastela ;
—2. A sii^e species' of that genus.
Q-^OANGE, n. pi. izin. (See the verb
ganga, iganga and umganga.)
The outward fence wldoh endoaes or
surrounds a native village, in the centre of
which is ihe cattle fold enclosed by another
fence called utango. (The udongo, waD,
is sometimes synonymous with ugange.)
um— GANI, n. pi. om. From gana. The
Xosa has ukumkani which is obviondy the
same word, because the indpient part miu
is contracted of uka umkani, analogous to
ikomkulu, of ika umkulu, i. e. : the place
of the great, = chief, hence, metaphor,
kingdom ;— ukumkani signifying the high-
est person in rank, the highest chief or
king.)
1. Literally andprimarili/ : a person of
affection, who giuns others by his aflfection,
an affectionate one. Hence,
2. A name of honor given to a superior
by an inferior in a flattering or fHendly
way of address, = my lord, my dear sir,
my dear friend. It is, therefore, dmply
another name for inkosi, which see,
am— GANJA, n. sing. (From t^, bend,
strength or power, and nja, shoot or thrust
together or into. See tne roots of inja,
joja, njonja, itunja, &c.)
Litendly : a substance of power thrust
into a cavity, dedgnating a pith, as :
umganja wetambo, i. e. : the pith of a
bone, marrow. (See um-Ongo.)
i— GANU, n. pi. ama. (See um-Ganu.) The
ftnit of umganu, like a small pear,
um— GANU, n. pi. imL (Prom gana. Liter-
ally : a substimce greatly desired ; coin-
ciding with the allied word kanu in kanuka.
to dedre.)
A wild pear-tree, containing a very soft
and usefol kind of wood of which the
natives make thdr utensils, as pots tat
milking, spoons, and most other orna-
mental pots and things they offer fbr sale,
uku— GANZINGA, v. t. (From ga, inaa, to
make and inga. Liierally : to make
thoroughly dry. iSiee gangateka. IHaleeHei
gaiinga.)
To parch, as com ; to roast, as coffee.
The word is used of dry spedes only,
not ot meat, Ac., and it primarily means
to bend or spread broad and ben^ or
spread agdn, viz, : turn the spedes on the
fire and leave them in that state and then
turn them again. (See band.)
aku — GAPA, v. i. (From ga, to bend, bow,
and ipa, to give. Cht here has a peculiar
sound between g-k. Allied to gabs, kapa,
which see,)
1. To give a bend or Im^na^on to
vomit; to nrake an effort to vomit, as:
ngi pe umuti ngi gape, i. e. : give me a
dose of medicine that I may vomit ; — 2.
To retch ; to throw up.
Digitized by
Google
GAXANA*
[»»]
GCACA.
oka — QAQA* t. t. (Fcom ga, bend, and
• iqa» let on, upon. Madicail^ on0 wUh
geqa, goqa, and gu<|R. AHied to gaoa and
gaza. Sw alto baqa.)
To creep or go on hands and feet.
^-— Gaqela, qalf. fr. 1. To creep npcm. at,
at : izUwaoyazana zi ngi gfaqele, i. e. :
little insects, which bite, have crept upon
me; — 2. To lie with a female while she
ia asleep, <ui wa si gaqela isifazana, u nga
knlnmanga naso nje, i. e. : he went to lie
with the woman without having had her
permission.
i-^ATJA, n. pi. ama. (From ga and ^a,
to shoot. Cknmeded loUh ingaba.) Branch
of a tree,
in— GATJULA, n. Dialectic: instead of
qatjnla, which see,
i — QAU, n. pi. ama. (A contraction of
gabo, which some tribes use. From gaba.
lUuUoaUif one wUh igaba and ugobn.) A
green pampkin, when it is still very yonng
ftodsoft.
n — GAU, n. pi. iadn. (From gaba, con-
taraoted. Radically one wUh gebe and
gibe.)
1. A bend, curve, or inclination in a
nmge of hills or high lands; — 2. A bad or
crooked place or passage over hiUy or rocky
places, ae : kn sogaweni, L e. : it is there
very crooked or bent
uku— GAULA, V. t. (From ga, to bend, and
nla, to strain, to take oC Allied toliaxdBu
Sie, kanla. See aleo paula and zaula.)
lb cut o£f; to cut down; to hew, mi
gaola imiti, L e. t to cut down trees,
i— GAUIiO, n. pi. ama. (From gaula.) An
aie, hatchet, or any instrument for hewing.
]>-GAUSH£, n. pi. ama. (From igau,
bent^ and she, radically one wUh dje, ^e,
ahoot> hence, away. Others use iran or
ihao, instead of it, all coinciding radically.)
laterally z something; = a phioc^ for
bending away or under it, vin, : for pro-
tection; designating a shield. (The root
she ocnnoiding also with hla, we have nearly
the same sense in isihlangi:^ shield, i. e. :
a weapon of defence.)
uku — GAaA, t. t. (From ga, to bend, and
ixa, to fork, to cross. AUied to gaca and
gaqa)
1. To bind across; to chain, asi isonta
lengewele li gaziwe, i. e»! the wheel of
the wagon is chained (lit, it refers to the
hoo^ bong £utened in the chain) ;~2. To
catch with a hook, as a fish, or with a
erodk;— ^ To ensnare, to entangle^ to
involve, as : inkuku i si gaxile ngentambo,
i. e. : the fowl has entangled itself in a
string;— 4. To cross the legs, asi wahlala
wa gBxa» L e. : ha sat with the lega acron.
— — GiXUiA, rcpr. fr« To hook at each
other, to be fkstened together.
— QAXKLkt qulf. fr. 1. To hook at or
for ;— 2. To interrupt, <u : u ngi gaxela ni
ngdcupendula kwako, L e. ; why do you
interrupt me by your answering ?
-^ Gaxisa, cans. fr. To make to hook;
to entangle ; cause to interrupt.
i—GAXA, n. pL ama. (From gaza, v.
Others use igaqa, from gaqa.) A certain
spear, = iboqo.
isi— GAXA, n. pL isi. (From gaxa. Dia-
lecHe: gaqa.)
1. LUeraUy : any mau or body which
may be curved or crooked; hence, any
rough mass, lump, piece, or 'size of earth,
stone, or wood ; — 2. Anything carved^ &c.,
as a pillar, statuary, &c.
urn— GAXA, n. pi imi. (From gaxa, bent,
winding upward. The last root, xa, con-
tains a peculiar dick, a palato-guttural, a
most difficult articulation. Other dialects
have instead of this a harsh guttural
ganra.)
A large kind of antelope, so called from
its large winding horns. It is a kind next
to the African i~Kudu.
uku — GAYA« v. t. (From ga, to cut, bend,
and iya, to retire, reduoe. S,adieaU§ one
KTt^Agiya. ThBXosa has guya,to make
smooU), used of shaving the head. AlUed
to yaya.)
lAieraUy : to crush and reduoe to small
particles, to grind. The Amalala dialect
is gala, synonymous and different at the
same time.
— Gateka, quit. fr. To become fine by
friction, as meal, = umbila u gayekile,
i. e.: the maize has become fine by
i^-GAZT, n. (pi. ama. seldom.) .(From
ga, to foroe, out, and asi, that which is
coming. The lUeral sense is : that which
rushes fbrth from a cot, or gushes out by
violence, a gush. Jladically one wi&
geza, gozL Closely allied to kaza, kozi,
&c Compare aci with um-Fazi. It is
frequent in the kindred dialects. Sis.
mari.) Blood, which gushes from a vein.
in^GAZI, n. pL izio. (^00 i-Gau.) Blood,
which is oontamed in the blood-vessels
after an animal is IdUed; blood in a dead
state,
isi— GAZI,n. (&0i-Gazi.) Something that
has the appeuance of dead blood ; hence,
smut, which forms on maize and other
grain, =e isibumba.
urn— GAZI, n. (See i-Gazl.) Small red beads,
aiqilied to the color only.
ukn— GGABA. Dialectic, instead of caba
and qaba, which see,
in— GCABO. Dialectic. See Cabu.
uku— GCACA, V. t. (From gcfu to be skilled
in moving on the top, and ies, to top.
AUied to caca.)
Digitized by
Google
GOETJEZA.
C96]
OCINA.
To danoe in a gncefai manner; applied
to the dance of an intombi, who is to ba
married away. It is synonymoos with
cangoza.
iffi — OCAKI, n. pi. id. (From gca, to cot
or bend at a point, and iki, eome np, pot
np. Radic4dbf one with oeke, except the
notion of ga.)
FroperUfi a dedination of tbe rays of
the san, when they are broken by docids or
any other object they meet in the direct
line, as a tree, &c; bnt commonly: tbe
spot at which the snD shines, e. g. : indan
nmnntn n tamek kona, i.e.: a pUoe or
spot where one is basking,
in— GCANGA, n. pi. isin. (From qanga,
iohioh tee. Allied io in-Eanka.) A dog,
— ixwi elirama nabafazi, L e. : a word ex-
dnnTely or chiefly nsed by women,
isi — GCAU, n. pi. izi. (From goa, bent at
the top, and a, or bn, separate^ partieolarly.
Allied to cabn, ngan, indan, &c.)
1. A place where the grass has been
trodden down, immediately ontside of the
native kraal, where, nsoally, the cattle
stand when their fold is too mnddy. Under
the same drcnmstanoes this place is nsed
for dandng ;— 2. A kind of beads, flat and
long, and of an earthy color, denominated
aftOT the appearance of the place N. L
{Hence aleo, the name for the ingcawn,
spider, in the Xoea.)
nm— GCAZO, n. pi. imi. (From oaza, to
inck ofi^, with g enphonic) JMemlUf : a
snbstance piokM ofi^, signifying maize^ m.,
it is an ilnzo loknhlonipa, i. e. : a word of
reserve to those who do not like to call tha
name nmbila.
in—GCEBA, n. pl.idn. (From goe, bent
on the top, and iba, to separate. SadUxUly
one with gciba and gonba, as also with caba,
ceba II., coba, ionba, and iqabi, leaf, Ac)
A spedes of wild banana tree, so called
from its flower, which oontdns almost no-
thing bnt leaves. (It is sometimes ooo*
foaaded with ingcema.)
in— GCEBO, n. (From oeba I., with g
euphonic.) Riches,
in— GCEMA, n. pL ama. (From gee, bend
to tbe top, and ima, to move, stand. Con-
nected with ibnma and indnma.)
1. A kind of fine rush, mnning gra-
dually thinner toward the top like a ne^e,
and having its seed in a dnster at one side
of the halm, about one foot from the t(^
It is very flexible, and nsed for sewing or
Hnding mats ;— 2. Any small or fine piece
of wwd like a thatching-needle, or a
needle for making mats,
nkn— GCETJEZA, v. t. (From oaHa» to
withdraw, to keep, and in, to make.)
To mn or hop away; apfdied to the
hopping of a smidl bird.
GCI. An exdamation, nearly as d,
exp r e s s ive of some soimd beard wben t
bottle is filled witii water to the top and
at that moment gives a aoond Kka gd-
gwi; or when something is tied togettier
or shnt.
nkn— GCIBA. v. t. (Most probably only a
dialectic difference of dba. The Utirel
seme ie: to shnt oat or np. AJttied to
gqiba, cnpa, &c) To ward off or fend,
««0dba.
in— GGIBO, n. pL ixin. (From gciba.) A
nka— GCILAZA, v. t (From gd, utmost
pdnt where something ckMes or shnti^
ila, to strain, and in, to make. The first
two radicals are the MffM Of til gcola, and
dUiedtof^)
To make an effort to soothe or ease the
pains of the gnllet in case of inflammatioQ
of it and of the glands, ae i tatani opape
ni m gdkse, i. e. : take a foatber ttod
insert it into the gnllet in order to ean
the pain,
n— GCILAZA, n. (A eootradiion of tiie
Inflnt nkngdlan.) A disease or infiaaina*
tion of the gnllet or glands ; mmnps. The
word is ns^ only in connexion with na,
ae : n nogdlan (= ndkngdlan), L e. : he
so£fers from mnmps*
oka— GCINA, V. t. (Fromgd,totheiitmosfc»
and ina, to meet, pren together. The
eenee it : to shnt dosdy.)
1. To shnt, to dose^ lock, bolt, or bar.
Of: inhln i gdnile, i. e.: the boose is
dosed;— 2. To be shnt, fhll, Ac, eux imi-
godana yamakambe i gdnile, Le.; the
Uttle holes of the honey-comb are qoite foil
(of wax);— 8. To cement, to gloe, hold
together, stick ;— 4. To oondode, to end
or finish, aei ihmgakazi kn gdnwengalo
nknsenga, t e. t they finished ndlking with
the white and black cow;— 6. To do sone-
thing the last time, finally, a#: nga goana
nknya et^pvini inyakenye, Le.: the last
time I went to the bay is a year since;—
6. To dose np^ to drat np ; to keep^ hdd,
Cnrve, take care of, att li gdne izwi
ngMihliziyo, L e. : keep my word, s=
slrat it np, in yoor heart. (The Xoea nses
this word in the last sense only.)
— GomiEA, qnlt.fr. To be shot, doaed,
preserved, kept; to sHok fiut together* as
things glned.
— GcufBLA, qiilf. fr. To doee^ shnt^keepb
Ac, for.
in— GCINA, n. pL idn. (From the verb.)
Abnlbons pUnt, like the incoto^ need as
medicine for cattle, eqiedaUy for eahrcs,
to bind the bowds.
om— GCINA, n. pi. aba. (From tbe verb.)
A keeper, preserver, 4c» nsed of penons
and things.
Digitized by
Google
GCULA.
[97]
GEBE.
nm— GGINI, n.pLalML Same (uxaak-^dxiB,
• used of personf only,
i — QCINO, n. pi. ama. (From gcina.)
ConclosioD, end; the last or extreme.
in«-GCINO, n. pi. izin. (From gcina.)
Wax of bees.
in — GCIPO, n. pi. izin. Dialectic; see
in-Gdbo.
aka — (KX)BA, v. t. (From gco, to the ntmost,
top, and iba, to press, separate. Almost
radically one with coba, and gcaba; eee
geaba and angcobe.)
laterally z to destroy the nnpleasant
smell of the body by the application of
ointment ; hence, to smear, anoint.
in — GCOLO, n. pL izin. (From gco, and
iU, to strain; see gooba. BadicaUy one
with goula, ncola, cik, and colo.)
A small ronnd eatable, something like
potatoe, growing at moist places. The
literal tense indicates a sourish or astrin-
gent taste.
in— GCUBA, n. pL iun. (From gen, to
the utmost, and nba, separate. The- pri-
mary sense isi cormption. ^Radically
one with gcaba, gceba, g^iba, and gooba.)
Properly: something that has lost its
natural form of body by the separation of
its compactness or compound parts ; hence,
Donldy, musty, sour, foul, fetid; com-
monly : flesh of a dead animaL
i — GCUEA, D. jd. ama. (From gcu, to
the utmost, and uka, to come off, to fix.
AlUed to gquku and gxuka.)
IMeraUy : a species which is at its
ntoioet point ; extremely hasty to run off,
designating the black ant, usually found
running about open road.
i— GCUKU, n. pL ama. {See igcnka.)
Something put on in extreme haste or
anxiety, viz, : some sort pf dress made of
a rough skin, which the women put on in
time of war, very likely for the purpose of
being prepared for a hasty flight. (The
Xosa has ikaka instead of this.)
vku— GCULA, T. t. (From gcu, to the
utmost, and ula, to be strained. Radically
one with gdla, and allied to gqula and
quia.)
i. Literally and primarily : to be in
the utmost strain or strait ; to be at the
last w extreme point of animal life, as-.
inkomo a yi sa hli, i se i gcnlile, i. e. : the
oow does not eat more, and is nearly dead ;
—2. Applied to a state or condition of
mind; to stand at one place, as fastened
with nails, immovable, as : nanko umuntu
ngi m bone e goulile, i. e. : there is some-
body whom I have seen standing at one
place only; — 3. To be in a strait, to be
speediless, stmmed, stupified, apparently
dead, as\ wa tl ri naroanga si nga kwari
ukuqopa izinsuku zeto, si gouHle ke, i. e. :
he said we were wrong and did not know
how to mark our days oy notches (cut on a
stick), consequently we have been quite
speechless.
um— GCULA, n. pL imi. {Ses the verb.)
A stalk of maize which bears no com, UL :
which stands at one place, stands only
there ; a mere stalk.
um— GCULO, n. pLimi. (5!fftf um-Qcula.)
Some kind of spear ; Uterally : a mere
spear, no particular one.
Note. — This word is obTiously only
tribal, as umgcula frequently is used
instead of it.
GCUMA. iS^Gquma.
isi— GCWANGA. See Qwanga.
in— GCWELE, n. pi izin. (From the perft.
of owala II. to make smooth, beautiful.
Others in-Cwele. See Nqola.) A wagon,
carriage.
in— GCWELE, n. {See the next before.)
Smoothness, beauty, &c
It is used in apposition, and retains the
element n of its nom. form in every case,
as : into e yingcwele, i. e. x a thing which
it beauty = is beautiful ; — abantu aban*
gcwele (contract, of aba ying.), i. e. : people
who are shining, &c
Bekabk.— This word was flrst used in
the Xosa to mgnify holy, and fh>m thence
came to Natal. The fact that it is only
partly or little known to these tribes in
that signification should, however, be no
reason for rqecting it. For, its stem
cwela is in daily use among the Natal
tribes, but not in the Xosa, which uses only
its oaus. form, and there is no other word
which could be more recommended to ex-
press this meaning,
uka — GEBA, v. t. (From ga, and iba.
Badically one with gnba, gilra, goba, guba.
The sense is : to bend, decUne.)
1. To bend over, to fall over, forward or
backward from an erect position, <w : u ya
geba lomuntu u fima ukuwa, i. e, : this
man is bending over, being about to fall
down ; — 2. To decline, to settle down, to
set, to sink, as : ilanga li geba, i. e. : the
sun is setting ; — 8. To be relaxed, loose or
languid, as : ikanda lomtwana li ya geba,
i. e. : the head of the child is declining.
— ~ GsBiSA, cans. fr. 1. To cause to bend,
decline, &c, as; gebisa umtwana obele-
twayo, i. e. : let the child which is carried
on the back lean backward or over;— 2.
To relax, to skcken.
i— GEBE, n. pi. ama. (From geba. Allied
to gibe.) An artificial cavity for catching
sea-cows and other animals. After the
hollow has been dog out, sharp sticks are
iiwtened at the bottom, and the open-
ing is covered with sUcks and bushes, which
rest upon a pole that is so curved in the
Digitized by
Google
GBJA.
[98]
GENOA.
middle as to bend and brotk down when
trodden upon by an animaL From this
pole the catity baa iti name.
nkn— GEBEZA, v. t. (From geba, to cnt,
bend, and iza, to make. Sadieally the
same as gibisa, to make, to throir, and
goboia. AlUed to bebeza.)
1. To make or do as if catting ; to do as
if one was about to fling a knife or a
weapon ;— 2. To seem agitated, to tremble
with the bonds when holding someUung ;
— 8. To be in irregular motion.
— — GsBEZKLA, qnlf. ft*. 1. To do as if
throwing or flinging at, at : n ng^ gebe-
zela nina ? i. e. : wty do you as if you
would fling the knife at me ?— 2. To throw
fbrth, to scatter from trembling, as : wa
gebeeela amanzi, i. e. : he threw the water
on the ground, i|>ilt it with his trembling
hands ;~3. To be in confusion of mind,
to be mad ; because those who act as in
No. 1 and 2, appear to be out of their senses.
«ktt— GECA, Y. This word is UrtbaU Badi-
callff one with gaca, but genea, (whiok see)
is in common use. The Xosa geca means,
to sweep out or away, and in this sense the
Zulu- Kafir use geqa, toMchsee.
U'GEDA, n. (From ge, with forbe, and
Ida, extend. Madioall^ one with g^da,
gtdi, ^oda. guda.)
LUeraUy, something of great force,
or vehement ; a vehement thii^, a devilish
thing. It is chiefly an iswi leiifiizana,
1. a : women-word, used instead of igebe.
GEDB. (From geda.) An exclamation
expressive of vehemence^ whidi is com-
monly used in a ludicrous or eorsing (uku-
tukana, to curse one anothtt) sense, a«:
ukuhhingana nonina gede, t a.: when
meeting his mother he expresnd a vehe-
mence of j^ so as to utter even a curse.
KoTB.-*From the use of this word it is
obvious that it is a vocative, and originally
a noun, analogous to belu, qede^ ^
uku~-GED£ZA, v. t. (From gede, and ixa,
to make. The Xosa has kenteza.)
1. To utter vehement, severe language,
C3 kalimela umuntu, L e. : to speak hurd
words to one, to scold ; — 2. To speak or
call out very loud, = memesa.
uku— GEHLA, v. t. (From ge, with force,
and ihla, to rub. Radically one wUk
gahla, gohla, and guhla. AlUed to kehla
and kiUa in kihlisa.)
To gnash, as : amenyo, L e. : the teeth,
u— GEHLANA, n. dim. (From gehle.)
Stony ground consisting of small ugehle,
graveL
u— GEHLE, n. sinff. (From gehU.) Gravel,
gravel-stone, small flints. From the sense
of gnashing, crashing or grating.
uku^GEJA, V. t. (From ge, bend, and ija,
to shoots to throw.)
1. To strike in a bending line or direc-
tion; to strike or hit the ground, as:
Dga ftina ukaponsa inyamamna ngomkonto
nga geja, i. e. : I was throwing with the
spear at a buck but hit the ground (the
spear went to the ground) ;— 2. To torn
the ground with an axe.
i—GCJA, n. pi. ama. (From the verb.)
A pick, plough,
uku— GEKA, V. L (Ptoperfy : the quit ft.
of ga^ tocut, andika, to'gooff. Dialeotie:
gega. The Xosa has guya, to shave the
head, lUeraUy : to turn old or worn oat»
as a bald head is a sign of old age.)
To shave the head or the beard, =
pucula.
i— GELE, n. pL ama. (From ge and ile,
or rathea the qulf. fr. of ga, Me geka. For
its proper sense see isi-<)ele.) A person
who fl>rces or puts himself Ibrward, an
intruder, e. g. : umuntu oaingeoisa ends-
beni, i. e. : one who Intrudes himself upon
affiurs of others.
i— GELB, n. pL ama. {See isi-Gele.) A
spedes of wild turnip, much like the igonsi,
and called so after its peculiar shape, vi$, :
the doping or projecting turnip,
in— GELE, n. (iSir* isi--Gele.) Name of a
mountain beyond the Unximkulu.
M— GELE, n. sing. (Properly i fhim the
qulf. fr. of ga, gdk, to cut, bend fbrth, off^
&c jBa(<ica% one tcM gala, &cioAms4jm.)
Literally : a shape or flirm bent forth
or ofl^ vie. I flrom the usual or common
shape ; applied to the human head or face;
a shape of a long head, sloping in firont and
prcgeoting fkr l^ind, as of the American-
Indians,
uku— GEMA, V. L (From ga, or ge, bend,
decline, and ima, to move, stand. Liter-
ally : to bend fW>m a standing or upright
position. MadicaUy one with game, goma,
andguma. Chineidmy sometimes witkp^)
1. To make an inclination with the head
or other parts of the body, in order to
dgnify something;— 2. To nod, ast uku-
gema ngekanda, 1. e. : to indine the head
with a quick motion in any direction ibr-
ward, sideward, backward, or as in deep ;
to beckon with the head, or by a nod of
the head; — 8. To make a gasp with the
mouth, pretMiding to bite;— 4. Tto throw
forth or lift up the hand, pretendfaig to
beat or flog, and dmilar significations
(== iinganisa).
GiMBKA, qulf. fr. To loee the balance
of the head or body, as when deepfaig in
an upright, dtting podtion.
oku— GENCA, V. t. (Prom ga» or ge, eat,
bend, and inoa, with a point. Me inoe, a
knife. JHaleotio genqa; trihal geca.
The Xosa has irenqa, any instrument for
cutting, iq^ear, knife, mw, ftc)
Digitized by
Google
To oat wiih a knife, sword, &e. ; to hew
or chop, M : nkngenea irihlahla, i. e. : to
oot off small bashes or branches. (As a
knife or sword can only be nsed for catting
off small things, the word is limited
thereby, and may not be applied to trees,
&c^ to be cat dovm, or chopped down.)
— Obnobka, qnlC fe. To cat with a
knife, to receive a cat with a knife^ <i9 : a
genoeldle ngengalo, i. e. : he reeelYed a
cot at his arm.
When this form is applied to a large
tree, it means not only that it has received
a eat with a knife, &e., bat implies also
that the tree is too hard or difficult to he
out down with a knife,
in— GBNDI or Qeitdb, n. pL izin. A name
for the honey-bird, as a species of the
genns o-Ngende, which see,
i— OBNHLE, n. pL ama. A pipe or flote
made of a piece of reed from 2~S feet long ;
so called from the soand it gives Hke —
genhle.
oka — QEQA, v. t. (From ga, or ge, to oat,
and iqa, on a top, upon. EadicaUg one
with gaqa, goqa, and gaqa, and alUed to
gaca and geca, which last see particularly.)
1. To cut or carve npon ; to scrape ; to
clean by scraping, particalarly the bottom
or indde of a thing, as : nkogeqa nselwa,
I e. : to scrape oat the entrails of a cala-
bash by cutting the same loose ;-^2. To
dean out, to sweep oat the inside of a
thing, as : igala li ya geqwa, L e. : the
calabash for milk is cleimsed inside; — 3.
To renovate, to renew, to make fresh and
vigivoas^ ast nmfazi ongazali a geqwa,
L e. ^ a woman who does not get children
is invigorated by application of medicine.
-«- Qbqbla, qolf. fr. To scrape oat, &c.,
fbr, as : ngi geqela ogwai, L e. : scrape oat
some snuff for me (from the snaff-boz).
am— GETANB, n. pL imi. (From ge, with
fbroe, and tane, dinL of ita, to ^ch, to
take.) An indigent^ needy, or poor person
or thing.
This is a word of the Amahaca, and
undoabtedly only dialectic, instead of in-
Kedama, of the Zulu andXoM, which see.
It meanf the nme as ihobo, which is
tribal.
nko— QEXA, v. t. (From ge, to bend, and
izB, to the rides. SMUeall^ one with
gaxa,&e.)
To move backward and forward, to rode,
as inachair.
tka— GEXAQEXA, v. i. ^A repetition of
geza, radicalljf one with gaza. The sense
k also (he saineinzengaxengaorx^gazega,
which is a transposition of roots.)
LUeralUft to bend in some way, or to
some degree, one way or the other, to lose
the balance ; to totter.
am— GEXO, n. pL imL (From geaoL-^same
as gaza, to bind across.) A mass of strings
of large beads, or stringed beads of all sorts,
worn around the neck or across over one
shoulder and under one arm.
oka—- GEZA, v. t. (From ge, bend, and iza,
to make. JRadicaUif one with gaii, a go^*
Nika, gesa.)
lAiertHUf : to make ran down, to foree
to eome down; applied to splashing in
water : to make the water gush over one ;
to dabble, to bathe, to wash, a«: si ya
kogeza emfUeni, i. e. : we go to bathe in
the river; — ukugesa izingabo, L e.: to
vrash clothes.
In the Xosa this word is applied to a
erazy or deranged mind, or to the foffcihle
and vehement actions of a mad person only.
The sense is obvious.
-'-— Gbzbka, quit. fr. To be dean, asi
izingabo ri gezekile, i. e. t the thiogs have
been fit for washing, become dean,
i— GEZA, n. pi ama. (From geca, v.) A
person who is very dean ; a pretty person.
(In the Xosa, a mad man.)
in — GEZA, n. pi. iiin. (From geza, v.) 1.
Figuratively : fog, mist ; Ut,i Sk wash or
gush :— 2. A kind of weed,
nka — GIBA, v. t. (From ga, and iba. Ma^
dically one with gaba, geba, goba, and
guba. Allied to kipa, dba, gdba.)
1. To cut off, to separate, to bold or
keep separate from, as : nkugiba impahla
empongdweni, i. e. : to separate goods from
the boz ; — 2. To put down, to throw, as :
yi gibe inja, i. e. : keep or drive the dog
off by throwing at it.
— GiBisi,eaas.f^. To cause to separate, &c.
— *- GiBiBELA, qolfl fir. To eanee to keep
away, to cause or make to keep separate,
to ^ng, throw at, Of : yi gibisele ngamatye
inja, i.e.: throw the dog witii stones to
keep away, = stone him away,
in— GIBE, n. pL ian. (From giba.) A
bend, vie, : trijgger, = ingdbo.
um— GIBE, n. pi. imi. (From ffiba. Allied
to igebe.) Properly : a cat, bend, or de-
dination which moves ; commomUf i a long
stick used fbr a spring, or elastic power for
ensnaring or entrapping wild animals. It
is fhHn siz to nine ibet long, with one end
fiistened in the groond, and having a string
Hed at the other, the point of wfaidi is a
loop which is fastened to the trap keepmg
the stick strongly bent. At the moment
an animal enters the opening of the trap
in which the loop stands the stick drives
back, hokUng the animal boond and caught,
idea— GIDA, v. i. (From ga, and ida, to
draw, eztend. The sense t#: to draw
fordbly, with vehemenee. Sadiealfy one
with gada, geda, goda, gnda. AlUed to
kita, bida, ^da, &c)
H3
Digitized by
Google
GILO.
[100]
OOBISA.
To dance with rehement turns or oon-
tortions. This mode of dandng is per-
formed by the girls only in the open
dancing circle, at one end of which the
men are ntting toward whom the girls bend
their bodies, coming from the opponte end.
•— • GiDSLi, qnlf. fr. To tarn in dancing
Ibr, toward, in the Erection.
— -^ GiDSLANA, rcpr. fr. To turn hi dancing
toward each other, in two parties promis-
coonsly.
nkn-^IDAGIDA, T. L {A repetition of gi^A,)
To make tnms or motions like one who is
tickled ; to be ticklish, tottering; giddy,
nkn— GIDAZA, r. t. (From gida, and iza,
to make.) To tickle.
in^GIDI, n.pl.iiL (From gida. Allied to
gede.) 1. Shaking, turning, applied to an
earthquake ;»-2. A maze, a perplexed state
of tilings, uncertainty, apj&ed to a num-
ber whidi exceeds comprehension; innu-
merable things.
nkn-^GIPAMA, r. i. (From gidi, shake,
qoake, and ima, to more. Sis, titima.)
Literally : to move tremulously, viz, :
with quick motions, to make quick steps,
to run quick,
oka— GIDIZA, ▼. t. (From gida, and isa, to
make. EadicaUy one with gidaza, and
only diaUetio)
To tickle, or rather to totter, waver, be
about to M at the slightest toudi; to
make a tottering noise.
^GIDJA, n. pL ama. Diterged from
giba. AlUed to igija and igcga.) The
same at um-Gibe. TMboL
ukn— GIGITEEA, r. i. (From gi-gi, on[^'-
ndU/if onomaiop,, representing the sound of
short catches of laughing, or the weak and
piping Toioe of little chickens, and iteka,
quit. fr. of its, iti, to speak, say.)
1. LiteraUy : to utter or ejaculate short
catches of a laughing voice ;~2. To titter,
to giggle, to laugh in a silly manner ; — 8.
To make a twittering or piping noise like
little chickens.
i — GIJA, n. pL ama. (From gi, bent, and
ijja, to shoot. Diverged, however, from gida.)
A dance after the manner of gida. Whal,
uku— GIJIMA, V. i. (From gija and ima, to
move. Diverged firom gidima, and dialectic,)
To fly as a dart; to run with velocity.
isi— GIJIMI, n. pL isd. (From gijima.) A
runner, messenger,
in — GILA, n. pi. izin. (From gi, with force,
bent, and iU^ to strain, stretch. JiadictUfy
one frith gala, gele, &c.)
The st(miadi, vie, : the gizzard of fowls,
i— GILO, n. pi. ama. (ISee in-Qila. The
Xoea uses iqula, a cistern, a hollow button,
knob, kenee, Adam's-apple. Radically one
withigaitL)
Adiun*s-apple.
isi— GINDE, n. pL izL Dialeetio Onfenor)
instead of isiyince, see Inoe.
in — GINOILA,n.pl.izin. (Fromgmia-ginya,
to swallow, and gila.)
lAteraUy : the swallowing stomach, viz, ;
the first stomach or crop of fowls,
uku— GINGIZA, V. t. (From ginia— and
giza, to make with the crop. Literally :
to crop in.)
To stammer, to stop in uttering syllables
or words ; Hi, to make as if one is swal-
lowing words ; to stutter.
iikti-.GINGQA, V. t. (From gi, bent, and
ngqa, upon or around the top. 2>ialeciic,
Others gcngqa, which see,)
To roll, as; ukugingqa itye, L e. : to roll
a stone.
— — GiKOQEKA, quit. fr. To roll, to be
rolling.
— -^ GiKOQiBA, caus. fr. To cause to roll, to
letroU.
^^ GlKOQiSEKA, quit. fr. To be rolling
with some force, to some high d^^ree.
uku— GINGQIZA, v. t. (From gingqa, and
iza, to miUse.)
To turn or whirl; to keep on rolling;
to spin a top.
— GiNOQizsLA, qulf. fr.
in— GISI, and Gesi, n. pi. aman. See Ngisl
uku— GIYA« V. i. (From gi, bent, and. iya,
to turn, to reture. MadusaUy one with
gaya. Dialectic i gwiya.)
1. To rush or run with vehemence;— 2.
To leap, to spring. It is limited to the
savage amusements of dancing, denoting a
curious way of galloping or riring from
the ground with both feet» brandislung the
spears, as if stabbing, and jumping and
skipping forward, by which motion the
upper ^urt of the body bends down as if
sinking, signifying the downiUl of an
enemy killed,
um— GIYANE. See Ngiyana.
uku— GOBA« V. t. {Radically one wiih
gaba, geba, giba, and guba. AlUed to
koba (XosaJ = komba, toba, Ac)
1. To bend, bow, <ui goba umunwe,
i. e. : bend a finger ;— 2. To inflect : goba
araaddo, i. e. : to bend the knee ; — 3. To
bring near, to bend, as : umgibe u godjiwe^
i. e. : the spring is bent = tied fast.
— — GOBEEA, quit. fr. To be inflexive or
flexible, as : uti a lu gobeki, i. e. : the
stick will not bend.
GoBELA, qulf. fr. To bend or bow
for, &c
— GoBiSA, cans. fr. 1. To cause to bend
or bow; to inflect, tisi gobisa amadolo,
i.e.: do bend the knees; — 2. Ukugobisa
umagoti, i. e. : to bend, to bring under,—
viz,, to begin to have sexual intercourse
wUhthe young woman (magoti). Coiii-
cidiry with gabisa.
Digitized by
Google
QOBOZELA.
[101]
GODO.
in— GOBO, n. izin. (Prom goba.) H^o.
perUfi Mnnething bent, corred, hollow;
eommonhfi a deep round coooern like a
rough basket, made of long tMn sticks.
The natives preserve their maize in them
until they thresh it ont.
isi— GOBO, n. (Prom goba.) The wUd
asparagus, so called from iu bending stalk,
and the tassel of its flower bowing down.
um— GOBO, n. pL imi. (Prom goba.) 1.
OeneralUf: anj mass or snbstanoe, like a
thin tail, hanging or bending down from
herbeoeons plants or convolvulus ;— 2. Spe^
eialiy : a stick, having a tail wound round
its top-end. It is usuallj worn in
the shield and ngnifies something like a
rod of conjurers or diviners. fSee um-
Sila,2.)
uku— QOBODA, v. t. (Prom goba or gobo,
and uda, to draw, extend. RadicalUf one
with gabade, see gade, gubuda. Compare
boda. Xosa, qubuda.)
1. Literacy : to bend for over; to bend
the head over so as to let it rest on the
knees, as the natives sit on the ground the
arms across thdr knees and the head bent
upon the Utter ;— 2. To sit in deep thought;
to be cast down, cw : n ya goboda a ka
funi luto, i. e. : he sit4 as if does not caro
about the world,
in— GOBOIiONDO, n. JDialeciio. See
Qobolondo.
i— GOBONGO, n. pi. ama. (From gobo,
and ngo, bent, round. Properly : a word
of the Amamponda, but so nearly connected
with the Zulu Robongo, as to be used
synonymously in some cases.)
A calabash with a wide opening, used
for a musical instrument, as the ugubu of
the Zulu, whidi contains the same first
two radicals as gobo^ and the additional
ngo denotes both the eowtd and the round
shape of the instrument,
in— GOBONGO, n.pLizi. f/^fli-Gobongo.)
1. Any round thing or hollow where an
echo or sound is heard like that of the
igobongo ; — 2. Any round knob, similar to
the iH-ass knob of a door-lock ;— 3. A stick
with a large round knob.
idLu— GOBO^i, v. t. (Prom gobo, or goba,
and uza, to make, to make a noise. Modi'
eally one wUh gebeza.)
L OMomcOapoetic ', to make gobo^ gobo^
signifying the noise which a stream of
water makes in fidling over stones^ &o. ;
UteraUyi to force down, to rush with
fbrce;— 2. To run, to flow, cw : umfola u
goboza, i. e. : the river is running strong,
loud.
— — GoBOZBLA, qulfl fr. 1. To fbree down,
a»i ukumgobozek umontu* L e. : to bend
one down if he will not himself ;— 2. To
go bent» or to go and bend the head often.
i— GOBOZI, n. pL ama. (Prom goboca.)
A calabash, of which the neek has been
cut ofi', in order to be used f^ a drinking
vessel, = imgubu. Tribal iqobozi.
in— GOBOZI, n. pi. izin. (j^^om goboza.)
1. A deep basket made of the bark A
trees, and used for stndning largo quanti-
ties of beer ; a strainer ; — 2, Something
like a sack to put maize in, &c (This is
moro known among the Amabciea and
Amamponda than the Zulu,)
uku— GOBUZA, ▼. DialeoHo; eee Govuza.
uku — GOG A, n. Dialectic; see Goqa.
isi— GOCO, n. pi izL (BadicaUy one vfUk
gaca, and geca. The senee it : cut or bent
with or at the top. See isi-Boco.)
A little hole in a maize-stalk eaten
through by the isihlava.
GOCOGOCO, adv. DialecHc, and ono-
maiop, expressive of run;ed, reaembling
lumps or knobs. The Jiosa has n^^ko*
nqoko. The superior dialect has gc^oda
and gogfoza, whioh see,
i— GODA, n. pL ama. (Prom go, and uda^
to draw; Ul,: to draw with foros^ to
drawstifi*. JUidicalfyonewiihgtudiA,ged^
gida and guda. Xosa ingqja, pole or
stake.)
1. Something stifi'or erect;— 2. A thick
or stiff cord twisted of grass ; — 8. Any
thick or stiff thong or riem, asatrek-touw
(Butch); — 4. Atuftof hair— igodaledfim,
L e. : the tuft of a woman,
i— GODI, n. pi. ama. (iS^« Goda.) lAier-
ally; a place which has been drawn by
force, or which has been cut out in the
length,— descriptive of a hole or cavity
which has been made in a natural way by
rain washing it out. Such holes being
fluently lued for burying the dead in,
this word for that reason aUK> signifies—
yrave.
isi— GODI, n. pi. izi. {See i-Godi.) 1.
Any deep or hollow place in the earth or
in other bodies; a hollow;— 2. Hollow
ground, concave,
um— GODI, n. pL imi. (See isi-Godi and
i-Godi.) An artificial liole, or cavity, such
as the natives make in the earth for pre-
serviuff their com, or as the holes of wild
hog8,ic.
isi— GODJANA, n. pL izi. (Dim. of
ittgodi-ana, the final i converted into y.)
A small or little hole, as : isigocyana
samazambane, i. e. : the little holes, m. t
eyes of potatoes,
isi— GODO, n. pi. izi. (Prom go^ cut, ido,
length, extend. See igoda, igo^ Ac
Madicalfy one with isiguda, m« oZro guda.)
1. A stump of a tree, which, aftor the
top has been cut off, stiU puts forth shoots ;
—2. MgurativeUf : a head of cattle which
supplies or suppcnrts its owner in a peculiar
as
I
Digitized by
Google
GOGODA.
[102]
GOLA.
way, fadi as a good mikh oow. The
prindpal instance of thlg igore is the ox
Ibr doirry, inkaln yokLpmniaa, when it has
arriTed ii the bridegroom's place.
nku— 60D0LA, ▼. t. (From godo and ula,
to strain. Sadicaikf one icUh gadola,
vkiok see, and godnla.)
1. I*rimarilif : to feel cat, iti£^ or thick
skinned on the external part oiitte body;
—2. To get, to be cold, chilled, &e. Tribal,
nm — QODOLl, n. pL imL (From godola.)
1. A seabby person, or one who suffers
from the cold ;— 2. A scabby dog, which
has lost its hair;— 3. A mad dog. No. 8
being only the eonseqnenoe of 2.
uku— QODuKA, ▼. i. (From go, bend, da,
draw, and nka, go off. AlliA are faduka,
ednka, sndaka.)
LUeraUff : to go back toward the
place from which one proceeded ; signify-
ing to go home.
iikn--QODUSA, r. t. (From goda and usa,
to cause, to see. TrcumHve to godoka.)
To see or bring home ; to cause to go
home ; to let go home^ <w : wo za n m
goduse nmtwana, i. e. : come and bring
the child home.
•^— GoDirsEiiA, qulf. fr. To bring, &o. home
for, on account, at : wa yi godusela em-,
zini wayo^ L e. : he brought it home to its
ownjplace.
in— >GOD0SA, n. pi. izin. (From godusa.)
A betrothed girl, viz,i one who is still
very young, but according to custom stays
for a while at her future husband's place,
and then returns home again, until she is
finally married.
i— GOGO, n. pi. ama. (ItepeUUon of go,
bend, cut, &c., and radically one wUk isi-
gaga, guga, &c. AlUed to koko.)
A small kind of antelope, inhabiting
rocky places which are its safety, and
because its front feet are bent, preventing
it from running. Its name signifies a jolting.
«m— GOGO, n. pi. imi. (See i-Gogo.) Liters
aUy : a certain body or object for jolting.
An inferior expression instead of umgibe.
nkv— GOGOBEZA, ▼. t. (From gogo and
beaa, to make separate. RadioiMy one
with kokobeea. See also goba, in.)
To bend in such a way as to make jolts;
to bend to some degree so as to jolt, ae :
gogobeia lomuti, L e. : bend this (young)
tree so as to serve for an umgogo. Applied
to ensnaring wild animals.
This woi^ is sometimes chani[;ed into
gwegwebeaa, and is then synonymously
used with gwegwessela. It is obviously an
inaoouraoy of expression, and not to be
recommended.
nku-^OGODA, t. t. (From gogo, and uda,
to draw. ModwaUy ooinciding with roroda
andgogoza.)
&.
To scrape together with the hand bent,
like a spoon, at : uma utjwala bu pelile ba
ya gogoda okuseleyo embizeni, L e. : when
the beer is finished people scrape the re-
maining parts out of the pot. {See ko-
toza and kotuluza.)
uku— GOGOZA, V. t. (From gogo, and iza,
to make. LUeraUy : to make a noise like
) I go ! See roroda. Dialectic^ gogoda.
Yihalt gqoqoza.)
To rattle; to j(dt, as: ingowele i ya go-
goza, i e. : the wagon rattles (over atones)
by the oollinon with them. An inferior
mode of expression is gooogooo, vikiek eee.
nlni—^O^LA, v. t. (From go^ bent» and
uhla, to come down. The prtmary sense
is: to suppress. BacUcal^ one wUh
gehla and gahla. AlUed to &hhi, fiehhi,
&C., kohUw £c)
1. To suppress; to withhold from the
mind ; to keep silrat, as : nga m bun in-
daba a yi goblile, i. e. : I asked him finr
the news, and he withheld it ;— 2. To keep
back, to hold aside pr under the arm, as :
ba si gohla isiUangu ba za ba hlaba ngom-
konto, i. e. : thcnr took the shield under
their arms, and then stabbed with the
spear.
— GoHLEKA, quit. fr. Suppressed, with-
held, as : into egohlekileyo^ L e. : a thing
which has been kept back.
— QoHLELA, qulf. fr. To withhold or
conceal from, &c., as : wa ngi gohlela i&n-
daba zake, i. e. : he kept bacSc from me
his errand.
i— GOHLA, n. pi. ama. (See the verb.)
An ox whose one or both horns have been
bent out of the natural way.
isi— GOHLO, n. pi. izi. (From the verb.)
Literally : a making concealed ; a place of
hiding; hut fariicilarly the residence of
the Zulu-King, which is situated in a sort
of labyrinth, and hence the whole is called
isigoblo.
Rbmabx. — This word is of some his-
torical importance as it shows the state,
position, and character of the king who
receives the honor of bdng concealed as a
kind of worship,
ukn — GOEA, v. t. (From go, bent, and uka,
to come up.)
To surround. Tribal, instead of gaka.
uku— GOLA, V. t. (From go, bend, and ula,
to strain, stretch. MMcaUy one with
gA^ gele, giki, and guk. AlUed to ook,
fola, tola, Sc)
1. To snatch up from the ground, as :
ma 81 ye kugola intete, i. e. : let us go to
pickup locusts; — 2. To seize quickly, as
to bend and catch.
i — GOLA, n. pL ama. (From the verb.
JHatecUo goya.) lAtereuUfi a snateher,
descriptive of a kind of buffUo.
Digitized by
Google
GOMFA.
[108]
GONO.
i— OOIA n- pL maoL (Prom the rerb.
iSMi-Qiibiaiidiini-BoId) TeffminAlioii of
tbo r«etimi» the anok
in— GOLD, n. sing. (Ppom the yerb.)
SnatflluDg, ttie manner of snitching, as bj
a Hon ;— 2. The thing snatched.
n^-GOLO, n. pL isin. (S90 i-Golo.) The
Beetmn,— kn aogdweni, i. e. : it ^) in the
rectnm*
urn— GOLD, n. (pL imi. seldom,} (From
the verb gola.) ▲ snatching, Ws., a desire
fora»tcfaing away from others what they
posses^ » avarloe, aa : n nomgolo nbani,
L e. : a oerttin person is possessed with
avarioei— with a ooreting spirit
nlra— GOLAGOQA, ▼. t. (IW igolo» and
foqa, trAioil Mtf . AlUed U goaogmio.)
To take away by prieki^ or eleaning
oat the ear-holes, to take oat the gooofono,
L e. : ear-wax.
nkn— GOLOZA, V. S$eQ(Aon.
ioF^^OMA, n. pL inn. (Prom go, by force,
and oma, to move. Madioa^ oms toUh
igama, gema, gama. Compare qoma.)
I. XAierdUy : a movement of the forces,
a demonstration of the foroei^ =bs oknpama
kwempi, L e. : the going oat to war ;— 2.
A military ezerdse, a manonivre, «#: yi-
yani knblana ingoma yenkosi, i, e.: go
and exereiie the army of the obief. Ibis
exercise osoaUy takes pJaoe at the okwe-
tjwama {eee etjwama), and, as a special
part of it consists in the praises of the
chief which are sang, AMce— 3. Signify'
Isf : a song of war, a warlike song.
nm— GOM A, n. pi, om. and aba. (See in-
CkMDa.)
1. JLUertUUfi a person of the gieat
power, in whom the highest powers are
believed to dwell, eir., the powers of witch-
ciaft. Hence— % One who practices
witebcraft, a witch, an inyanga of first
rank. {Sigh Zmlu')
in— GOM ANE, n. pL izin. (From ingoma,
and ane, dim. and rq>r. form.)
1. An actnal movement or engagement
of the army with an enemy, ae : kwenziwe
ingomane k)ko knpamileyo am I^mde
w'en esQongwini, L e, : an engagement
todc place, when Binda's army came
ont to the Europeans;— 2. A shont of
war, war-wboop, aet nkntjaya ingomane,
L e. t to strikes sboat of war, s= nkwenza
nkntf hi^-bol ha-ho! Le.j as when they
make a noise like ha-ho I
nkn— GOMFA, v. i. (This word is a con-
traetion of goma, to stand in a bent posi-
tion, and nfo, sdlMng, dying. It is now
tribal,— others ase qomfa,— but originally
it was lioiited to No. 1. of the latter.)
To stand in soefa a bending position, so
that the head is bwer than the knees,
while the bands rest on the foet^ ae : kade
« gomfii hhda pansi, i e. : yon stand long
in that position which most hurt yoo,
therefore sit down.
nkn — GONA, v. t. (From go, bend, and una,
together, one in another. BadicdOg one
«PtM gana. The eenteis: bent to join.)
1. To sapport, to clasp onder, to take
hold of, ae : tatani amacwane ni wa gone,
1. e. : take the little kids, supporting them
with yomr arms;— 2. To bear or carry
npon the arms, €ui a ya m gona nmtwana,
i. e. ; he carries the child on his arms ; —
8. To embrace, to take, clasp or enclose in
the imns : esUongweni indoda i gona nm-
foii wayo ekmnkeni kwayo, i. e. : among
the civilized people the husband embraces
his wife in taking leave ;<— 4. To sapport
with provisions or means ef living, ae ;
laba ba sa nilile ba gonwa ngabani P L e. :
these are still living, and by whom were
th^ sopportedP
"«— UOFAKA, ropr. fr. To take eadi other
in the armSf t6 embrace, &o., one another,
i— GONGO, n. pi. ama. (From ffo, bent,
hollow, and ngo, even bent, hoDow, &o,
Origindlfyi onomatopoeHo, signifying an
ecstatic or lofty sound. SadioaUf one
foUh iganga, eee alio the verb ganga.)
A voioe or noise beard by nobody else
but the inyanga, which he pretends to hear
in sleeping and makes people believe to be
the voice of the dead,
u— GONGOLO, n. pi. izin. (Prom gongo,
radically one with ganga, iganga, and ma,
to strain, stretch. JEUtdically coinciding
wOh ieangola. See also dondolo.)
A high or long-stretched pole or tree,
in— GONGONI, n. pL izin. (A oomUnO'
Hon of goni-goni; see ingoni, neono,
nni, &0.)
A kind of very thin, stretched grass,
growing one to two feet high "witboot
leaves, but with abundant woolly and rough
points, as its seeds. It grows in clusters,
is very hard and bitter, and is bat slitfbUy
nutritious. It is known under the Aincan*
Dutch name koperdraad-gras,
i— GONGOSI, n.pLama. ^iSIwp u-Gongolo,
from which it differs only in the root usi,
denoting degree. See fahlasi, Ac.)
A particularly long-stretching, big^
brown ant.
in— GONI, n. pi. izin. (Prom gona, bent
to join. The sense is: something very
hard, or pressed together.)
The seeds of the um-Singiaane grass.
In times of great scarcity or famine these
seeds are beaten out and render some supply
of food,
in— GONO, n. pL izin. (Prom gona.) 1.
Literalfy : something for taking hold of,
a bent joint, support, w«. : the stem, stalk
or peduncle of a pumpkin or any other
H4
Digitized by
Google
GOQQNaA.
[104]
QOYANA.
. kind of fruit, as applet, &c CoimeidiMg
wUk nm-Kono, i.e.: arm;— 2. A nipple
of the human breast,
id— GONOGONO, n. pL in. C^ comhtno'
Hon of gono-gono ; see in-Oono.)
Ear-wax; ^U^aleenteu: something
rery tenacious and thin.
Q— GONOTI, n. pi. iun. (Fromgono, and
nti, stick.) 1. A thin or long rod or stick,
which bends eenly;— 2. Battan.
i— GONSI, n. pL ama. (From goni, sup-
port, and isi, denoting degree or cause.)
A wild turnip having more the shape of
radish, in distinction from bonsi. It is
liked mudi by the natiTes, and a great
support in time of scarcity,
in— GONTAMA, n. pi. isin. (Deriving this
word from go, bent^ inclined, and inyama,
meat, we obtain a good sense: a species
bent — ^living— on meat. But it is better to
derive it from gonya, which is the same
as gwinya, to swaUow, and ima, to move,
stand, adding the state, nature^ or halnt.
The sense thus obtained is: an haUtual,
natural devourer. The word affords fbrther
dear evidence for the fixedness of the
theory of the roots, which Ix^ds good in
the analyms of the language.) The lion,
in— (K)NTAMAKAZI, n. pL isin. (From
ingonyama, and kazi, denoting female.)
Lioness,
ukn— G(K)A, v. t. (From go^ bend, and iqa,
to set on. SadtclaUjf one with gaqa, geqa,
and g^qa. AlUed to gaca, &c.)
1. To sit in a bent position, to sit down
upon the hams or heels with the arms across
the knees, and lying with the head in the
arms, the fiaoe shut up ; — 2. To lay a piece
of wood square against the door inside the
house, to shut the same, to bar, = vala.
^— GoQUA, cans. fr. To cause to sit down
upon the hams ; to put into that podtion.
urn— GOQO, n. pL imi. (From goqa.) 1.
A large round pole or piece of wood simply
laid down on one side in a native house,
for the purpose of setting apart some space
where the goats or calves are kept. The
I»ece of wood serves, at the same time, to
prevent the dung from spreading about in
the house, and is some kind of h<ir ;— 2.
A Urge roller,
in — G(xy), n. iSwu-Ngoqo.
uku— GOQONGA, v. t. (From goqa, and
inga, to force with, to bend with. JSadi'
ccUUf coineiding with, or from this,
qoqongo.)
1. To roll, to mangle with a piece of
wood, or as linen is smoothed by a hand-
mangle, as : izingubo zi ya goqongwa futi,
i. e. : the wash-things are very accurately
mangled;— 2. To roll, to form by rolling
into a round body, as : wa goqonga isam-
pdkwe ngoti, i. e. : he roUed we shambok
(whip of Bhinooeros or Hippopotamus
hide) with if jueoe of wood;— 3. To nh
off, to form into round masses by robbing,
as I ba ya goqonga insila engalweni n g ssa n -
hk, i. e.: they rub thf undeanneas off
from their arm with the hand,
i— GOQONGA, n. pi. ama. (From the
verb.) Some substance whidi is tuning
'-lU, roUing — around, sudi as a trektoaw
(a twisted rope of ox-hide) or a rope.
Q— GOQONGWANE, n. (Dim. of igo-
qonga.) A smaller mass which has bam
rolled or turned round, like a rope.
NoTX.— The last two expressions are
more exclusively used by natives who have
seen sometlung of dvilized life.
..fGOSWANE, "Jn. pL ixL (From go^
^ { GOTJWANE, i bent, sq, or tjo, thrown,
ana, smaU.)
JAUraUy : something which has a little
crooked shape; designating a spedes of
mimosa bearing a small red fruity which
the natives eat.
uku— GOT JA, V. t. (From go, and tja, to
throw, toss. Diverged from goba. AJUM
to goda, g^dja, gija. JEtadieal im i-Qatja.)
1. To toss or throw with force, or so
that the tUng thrown bends, as t ukngo^
inhlu, i. e.: to throw the door of the
h>use to, = shut it closely ;— 2. To lodE,
to futen, = vala.
•-*^ GoTJSiiA, qulf. fr. 1. To ttis, throw,
or gulp in, down, at : wa wa gotjda amasi
e nga ngi shiyelanga. t e. : be tossed the
milk down into lus throat, leaving nothing
for me;— 2. To shut, to fksten, as the
house. (In the last sense and in the same
of gotja the word is used according to the
ukiSilonipa instead of vala,)
i— GOTJELO, n. pi ama. (From gotjela,
Mtf gotja.)
Properljfi a crook; but commooly a
small stick for fiisteniug the thatoh of
native houses, which is generally used
where no other substance ibr binding is
to be had, or only with difficulty is to be
obtained.
u — GOVAKA, u. (From go, indined, and
iva, mellow, soft, sponsy, and ana, dim.
form. The two first ra£(als coindde with
kova and um-Kova.)
1. The thin spongy curtain, hanging
down from the palate upon the glottis,
— uvula. (It is also called inhHziyo en-
cane, i. e. : small heart, or the small sen-
sible, feeling, exdted thing.)
2. Fiffurativelgf I violent or angry pas-
sion, as if the uvula were exdted,"*
exdtement. Used with jio, a« : ba ku-
Inma wa Iwa e nogovana ftiti, i. e. : they
spoke, but he was fighting and showing
angry passion also, or was very pasnonate,
eaoly moved to anger, vehemently exdted.
Digitized by
Google
QQADUKA.
[106]
QQILA.
QOVCT. (From go, and xxra, fordbly,
ileroo.) An exdamatton rignifying the
•oandornoiMof ATeryhard path against
the ML bdly of an animal, <w : ka tl govn
inkomo kabani? L e.: whoae animal is
recriving that Tiolent posh ?
i-QOYU, n. pL ama. (See Qom.) ▲
signification fbr a large kind of dog, taken
fhnn the fleroenesi of its snarUng or
haridng.
nkn— QOVUZA, T.t. (FromgovQ,andiia,to
make. Onomatop, to make govn. See kom.)
To stir, ae : nkngofnza nknhla, L e. t to
star fbod with some piece of wood oralarae
spoon, and then a noise like gom will be
heard.
nkn— QOTA, t. L (From go^ bent, and nja,
to retire. RaHoalUf one with gayauid
To Sit retired, or in a bent pontion; to
sit the head oorered with a blanket.
This word is ezdnsiTolj applied to a
joong woman who has jost been married,
and who^ according to custom, mnst sit In
the boose (for some time) haying her head
oofered, = cof ered with a toL
nm— GOXI, n. TVibal, and beoanse of
nkvhlonipa bj othen^ instead of the fol*
kiwing —
k— OOZI, n. (pi. irin. seldom.) ItadiedlUf
ime with gaii, which eee, JMied to knaa.)
1. 'EepeeiaUy : ache, or pains In the
head or brains, as the consequence of a fidl
or other accident, and arising chiefly from
coagnkted blood sapposed to be ccdlected
at those plages.
2. OemeraUjf : any injniy, hnrt, bmiie,
incision, fracture, ic, tlmt impairs the
sound state of the body. The utmat terme
are i nkutola in^i« L e. : to reoeive or
meet with an injury or accident, or:
nmnnto n nengoai, i. e. : the man 1ms, or
Riffers from, a hnrt.
8. JPi^raiwefy : a loss of anything
whereby the property of a person is
injured, as : wa tola ingon isinkomo si m
Uhlekele ebusuku, i. e. : he sustained a
loss by the cattle being lost that night.
Bbmaxk.— It is a Uw with thcee natiyes
never to hold any person responsible for
aningoziofNo. 8.
usi— QQABA, n. sing. (From gqa, to set
on with force, to brttk, and iba, to separate.)
A mass of com which has been ground
into a wet lump,
uku— GQABUKA, r. t (From gqa, eee
um-Oqaba, and eduka, to so off at l^isth.
Some tribes use qabuka instead of this,
and the JCiua have the contracted form
of qaboka— qanka.)
Froper^f: to expire at last; Uti to
break the thread of life, ae : u gqadnkile
psMlo^ L e. t he died kst night.
in— QQAKALA, n. stng. (From qakak,
whieh see,) Whitishness, ae : izinyau sin-
gqakala ^contract fttnn zi yingqakala),
i. e. : the feet are somewhat white (from
washing) = zi geziwe emannni, i. e. : they
have b^ washed in water,
i— GQAKI, n. pi. ama. (From qaka, tee
i-Qaka. DicUedic, gcsJd. BadiealUf
eoineiding «^A in-Qcaki.)
1. A white, or a shining place, which
appears so fh>m a distance;— 2. A white
stone shining fttmi a distance,
ukn— QQAMUKA, and Gqucka, T. L (From
gqamu, tribal est dialectic, = camu, and
nka, to g^ or come out. Badicalkf coin*
ciJAng with camuka, camusa, nqamuka, &c
See alto qama.)
To come out of an obscure into an open
phice ; to come in nght, at : nampaabentu
ba gqamuka, L e. : there the people they
are coming up.
in— GQANDA, n. pL izin. (From qanda,
which tee. AUied to kanda.)
A certain bulbous plant, which, on ac-
count of its aromatic smell, is pounded
and used as an ingredient of pomatum.
NOTB.— The conftision of so many dia-
lects is the reason that this word is used
as a deriTaUTO of nqanda, in the sense of
a spur, or pricking instrument, which,
howeyer, does not eStt in the Zulu ; or it
is used instead of i-Nqondo, spur of a
fowl, and comes short of the true definition
in every respect.
i— QQAGQA, n. pi. ama. (From qaqa,
which tee.) An ear or head of maize,
which has here and there a mngle kernel
only,
nku— QQIBA, t. t. (From gqi, on the top.
and iba, to press, separate. Badiealfy one
with gqaba, gdba, &c Compare diba,
siba,£c)
1. To dose or fill up. Off : tek umUaba
emgodini u gqibe, i. e. : pour earth in the
hole and shut or dose it ;— 2. To dose, to
bury, to inter;— 8. To dose, to end, to
terminate, at: si wu gqibile umsebenzi,
i. e. : we haye finished the work.
— Oqibkla, qulf. fr. To dose, &&, for.
urn— QQIBELO, n. pi. imi. (From gqibehi.)
A dose, end, terminaUon. Applied to the
last day of the week,
ukn— GQIBITA, y. t (From gqlba, and ita,
to pour, throw. The Xota has qita, to
spring oyer.)
To spring oyer. SVibal instead of eqa.
n— GQIKI, n. sing. (From qika.) Liters
alfy : a mass of an utmost issue, viz, :
buttermilk,
ukn— GQILA, y. t. (From gqi, extreme
point, and ik, to strain. MatUcaUjf one
ipiagqnk, qila. AlUed to gcila, geub,
and ncda.)
• I
Digitized by
Google
QQOQOZA.
C106]
GQUMANA.
1. To pull or draw at the nipplfl^ to
draw oat» to strip out or force oat the last
dr(m of milk from the breast or odder ;-^
2. To trouble with soddng when there is
no more milk« as : nmtwana a ya ni gqila
nnina a kn sa pnmi Into, L e. : the ohUd
tronUes his mother with socking, and
there comes nothing more oot of the
breast; — 8. To poll or strip off the ooTer-
ing of. the penis maris» which the nativm
wear. (A practice of women.)
181— OQILA, n. pL izi. (From the verb.)
LUmraUy \ any one stripping off the oover-
ing of the penis maris ; heno€t any lewd or
wanton female. (Care is to be taken not
to confoond this word with isir-Qila or
isi-Qili.)
in— CK^IMBAQQIMBA, n. pi. ixin. (From
gqi, radieaUjf one toiik qi, or ci» otmost,
and imba» a moTing, in a body. DiaUcUe
nximbanximba. .^aingqimba, a ronnd
line.)
An endless line, or one not to be over-
looked. A row of people walking,
in — QQINA, n. sing, (From qina.) A
honting party. Its only ose is: okomema
ingqina, L e. i to call together a hunting
party,
in— GQOBO, n. sing. (From qoba, see
i-Qobo and o-Qobo.)
The cap or point of the large stomach of
cattle,
uko— (>QOKA, T. t. (From gqo, utmost
point, head, and ika, to pot. LUeraUy :
to pot at the top, or on. SadioaUy one
udth qaka, Ac Xosa coka.)
1. To pot on the head, to dress the head,
to wear on the head, <u : ngi pe indwangu
ngi gooke, i. e. : give me a handkerchief
that I may wear on the head;— 2. To
dress showily, to make a show;— 8. To
dress completely, as: §i ya gqoka mai^e a
si sa hamhaae, L e. : we dress now entirely
and do not go naked any more;— 4. To
hoist, to set sail out, tu\ omkombu o
gqokiwengeiindwangosonke,i.e.: all the
sails of the ship were set oot.
Gqokma, caos. fr. 1. To make to
dress or wear garments^ to dress oot» to
give a dress or apparel to another ;— 2. To
make great show m dressing,
isi— GQOKO, n. pi. iii. (From gqoka.) A
hat, a cap, anything to pot on the head*
oko— GQOQA, ▼. t. (Jsed hf okohlonipa in-
stead of qikiza.
oko— OQOQOZA, ▼. t. (From gqoqo, onoma-
top, expressive of a knock, and oia, to
make. Madsoalljf one with gqagquza,
and in qoqa, qoqozela, qongqota, or gqon-
gqota.)
1. To knock at a door with a stack or
aomething else;— 2. To knock repeat-
edly.
-^*- Qqo^ozblj, qoE tt. 1. To knock
aboot, to walk with an voagqokoso and
knock the groond as if feeling for a road ;
— 2. To widk in new shoes which make a
creaking noise,
om — QQC)QOZO, n. pL imi. (Fromgqoqoza.)
A long walking-stick, = donddo.
in— GQOTOBANE, n. pi. isiu. (From
qota, qoto, and bane, separate with or
from. Dialectic gqotowane.)
Ankle, wrist-bone.
GQUKU. (MadicaU^ ime with fpxku,
IHaleetio qoko, and geokn {Xosa),
An eiclamation expressive of a blow or
dash,
oko— QQUKUZA, ▼. t. (From gqoko, and
oxa, to make. JUuUcalfy one with gxo-
kosa. Allied gqoqoia, and gqogqoxa.)
1. To give a slap, easy blow, with the
hand or another thing, in order to awaken
one ; to stir op or excite one porposel^ ;—
2. Totoochor nearly hort one accident-
allv, as: nga m gqokoxa ngomkonto^ a
ngi m hlali^, i. e. : I tooohed him only
with the spear, hot have not woonded him.
oko— GQULA, V. t. (From gqo, same as
gqob at the top, and ula, to strain. One
with quia. Allied io gcola, and gxola.)
To beat or thrust on the head so as to
drive the other back, a#: wa m gqula
ngesiduko, i. e. t he made him start back
with the knob of the stick.
— QQUiiAVA* rcpr. fr. To drive eadi other
back.
— Gquusa, cans. fr. To caose to reboond.
ifli— GQULO, n. pi. iri. (From gqula.) Any-
thing to drive back another with* as the
knob of a stick.
oko— GQUMA, v. t. (]*Vom gqo, as gqo, a
knock, beat, and nma to move^ stand.
Sadioalljf one with qoma and znma.
Dialectic gcoma and gxoma. Allied to
cama, cema, coma, &c)
To throb, beat, as the heart, or: isi-
londa si ya gqoma, i. e. : the son throbs,
or rises op.
— Gqumkka, quit. fr. To tbrost, todrive
into the groond, as : be gqomeka isibonda
sesibaya, i. e. : they thrust the stakes for
the cattle fold into the groond.
Gquhbkisa, caos. fr. To cause to
throst into ; to throst with some strength.
in— GQUMA, n. pL isL (From gqoma.)
1. Something rising or standing opward,
or standing higher than the immediate
sorfaoe; the prominent part of a range of
hills, a knoll, as : isigqoma soaoango^ L e. :
the head of the ridge ; — 2. Any {nt»minent
or conspicoous object among othm, as an
isolated mountain, a single shmb or bosh ;
—8. A heap of graai.
isi— GQUMANA, n. pL ixL (Dim. of isi-
gqoma.) A small hilk)Qk; a smallhe^H ^*
Digitized by
Google
QUBAZA.
[107]
GUBULA.
iB<*QQUMB^ n. pLiiin. (Fion gqama,
and bi, sqparated, or from gqa, and nmbi,
= mbn. See ciUo the hudo in isi-Dnmbi,
i-Qiimbi»^)
A fpedal Bobfltanoe heaped up or poured
into a heap» e. g.: uknhla okatelweyo,
1. e. : ibod poored at a heap together, or
made into a heap.
GU. {MadieaUif omwUh^ ge, gi, go.)
An exdamation or ouomatopof^ ez-
prenon of a gaah, cat» blow, hit, dip,
bend, or deep aigh of pain, tut wa ti ga
eboaweni beJie, i. e.: he made a blow or
gaah near to his &oe.
n— GU, n. aing. (See gn, exdain. AlUed
to gau. In some oompoands it takes n,
eee babalanga, hlongu, &o., bat not in
zibogo, &C.)
A bend, cat, or torn of a ri^er into the
landside.
Note. — This word is the same as in
KLgoa, D^iMffoa. See i-Tegu.
nkn— GUBA, ▼. t. (From go, and iba, to
separate. MaduxUiy om to»/A gaba, geba,
giba, and goba, and with ruba. AlUed to
kQba,Ae.)
jL PrmarUff : to scrape, sorab, rnb ; to
grind, to polverize, asi ukngoba amabele
ku se wngubo, i. e. : to gnnd com into
meal r— 2. To make smooth bj robbing,
as : ukagaba ingnbo, i. e. t to rob a skin
for a ^ment ; hence the Zolnism : 1 ku
gobile ingabo, i. e. : Ut.i the robbing has
robbed you, = the garment having not
been done weU has robbed yon;— 3. To
woond, to scratch, as : o tjaya inyamazana
eoeleni i nga fl ayi gnbile, L e. : one who
hits the game in the side, and it does not
die thereof, he has only wonnded it ;— 4*.
To perfDrm the hunting ceremonies, viz. :
by raising, swinging, torning, &&, the
sfaieldB and weapons nsed for hunting, and
singiiw at the same time, feigning to have
woan& or killed the game ;— 5. To raise,
to flap with the vdngs, to rob, or: isi-
kwenene nehobo ftiti ama i bebile i ya guba
i fmia nkobaleka, i. e. : a parrot or pigeon
when it is caught at the foot flaps with tbe
wings, trying to escape again (imitating
tiie sense of No. 4);— 6. To bespatter,
to sprinkle with large quantities of water
thrown forth with the hands, as if a bird
was fluttering in a river,
in— GUBA, n. pL isin. (From the rerb.) A
wounded wild animaL
urn — GUBA, n. pi. imi. (From the verb.
OoimeidfifBg wiih umkuba.)
A performance of hunting ceremonies.
uk»— GUBAZA, ▼. t. (From gubi^ to scrob,
and in, to make. Hadicalfy one wiih
. gebeia, goboza, and gubma. Allied to
rabota, rebeza. Ice, and qubula, qubusha,
Ac Ckfmpore also baza, in,)
1. Primarily : to stint one in his meals,
to scant in provisions, to give scant allow-
ance of provisions (lit : to make or cause
a scraping of the stomach), of : u si gubazile
namhla a si suti, L e. : you have given us
very scantily to-day and we are not satis-
fied ;— 2. To practice tbe art of hunting
by wrenching a weapon from another's
hand; — 3. To make a flapping with the
wings, (see guba 5.)
— « GuBA2£KA, qolt. (t, To be pnched for
want of food ; to drive hard for a living,
in— GUBO, n. pL izin. (From guba, see 1,
2. Sis, kubo and kobo. Kamba ungua.)
* 1. LiUraUy : that which is robbed for
a special purpose or use ; hence, a smooth,
soft skin for a garment; — 2. A kind, or
any kind, of clothes or garment, dress,
coat, blanket, cover, &c
um— GUBO, n. sing. (From guba.) A
ground mass or substance, meal, flour,
isi— GUBU, n. pL iii. (From guba, LUer'
aUy : a certain thing scraped out, descrip-
tive of a calabash used as a water vesseL
u — GUBU, n. pi. iziu. (From guba, see
isigubu^) 1. A dry calabash prepared for
a musical instrument, connected to a bow
with one strings which is beaten and
resounds in tbe calabash like a noise of
gubu, gubu !— 2. The name of the musical
instrament above described.
ii](a-^UBU])A, V. t. (From ugabu, and
uda, to draw, to play. JRadica^^ one with
goboda, which see,)
1. Literally I to play the calabash ; — 2.
jFiffurativelif i to he canning, crafty in
playing tricks, vix, : to say one thing and
to mean tbe contrary; to give such an-
swers as suit the opinion of another ; to
agree outwardly with another for tbe
purpose of leading him into difficulty,
error, or rain, as: wa ngi gubuda emse-
benaini, L e.: he led me into a mistake
respecting the work, vii, : told me the
one thing but meant the other.
NoTB.— This word can also be derived
from tbe verb g^ba, and uda, and the
sense would be, to draw or lead into a
scrape^ cmndding quite with the exposition
given, except that it excludes the sence
of cunning, which it necessarily requires
and only can derive from ugubu.
ukn— GUBULA, V. t. (From gubu, roi^tca^
one with gabo, &C., and ula, to strain,,
stretch. lUUlically also otuwith gabela
and gabdo. Allied to kubola and qubula,
govu, qubu» &C. It is a word of the
Amabaca and Amampondo, The Xosa
use it instead of kubula, and in the signi-
fication of distension or bdching in the
bowels.)
To tiirost or push agiunst the belly, as :
itole li gutyulwe yinkabi U noqubu, i. e. :
Digitized by
Google
GUDU.
[108]
OUHLA.
the calf has heen stabbed by the ox and
has a swelling. (The ZtUu use gonit
iohich compare.)
nkn— GUBUYA, t. 5. (Prom gaba 5, and
nja, to retire. It retains a particolary
short accent on gd. See bnya.)
To retnrn» viz., change a course by
leaving a road or path and moving abont
irregtJarly (to waver), as : a ngi yi ka
libala nknlignbnya kwami izwe, L e.: I
shall never forget how I crossed over the
ooontiy in great oncertainty.
nkn— GUBUZA, v. t. (Prom gnba 2, or
ingnbo, and nza, to make to cover. SeuU^
cidUf one wUh gnbaza, and in eflbza,
partly. Allied to qnbnta, which is tribal.)
I. ^rimarify : to pat a covering, a
garment or blanket over the head; to
cover, as : omakod n ya gnbnza ngoknba
e hlonipa, i. e. : a yonng married woman
covers her head and &ce because she is not
yet fkmiliar ; — 2. To sink down in a river,
to be covered with the water over the head,
a«: n ya gnbnza a ka kwau nknhlamba,
i. e. : he is going to be covered with water
over the head for he does not know how to
swim.
. GUBTTZELA, qulf. fr. To put OVCT the
head, to cover, as: inknkn i yagnbnzela
amazinyane, L e.: the hen pnts^ spreads
her wings over the chickens; — 2. To
creep under a cloth or something like it
for protection against cold,
uku— GUDA, V. t. {BadicalUf one wiih
gada, gida, and goda, see godo. The sense
is : to cut or bend to the end or border.
Allied to ruda, guya, roroda, &c,
1. To clip, to tip off, as : izinwele zake
zi gudilc, i. e. : his hair is tipped off; — 2.
To pinch the extremities of a thing, as :
inkomo ngo yi guda i nge ko inkonyana,
i. e. : I must pinch the teats of the cow
(to get out the milk) though the calf is
no more ; — hence 8. To milk without the
assistance of the calf, which, in Africa,
usually must first suck at the udder that
the milk may come.
GuDiSA, cans. fr. 1. To have the hair
clipped ; to make the hair to fall out ;— 2.
To. force the milk out of the udder by
squeezing.
isi--GUDI, n. pi. izi. (From guda.) A
kind of strelitzia, called so by the Jtmo-
• haca, most probid)ly because it is appUed
to the purposes mentioned under 8. of
guda.
isi— GUDO, n. pi izL (From guda.) 'Com-
pare isi-Godo.)
A cow which allows herself to be milked
without being first suckled by her calf,
i— GUDU, n. pi. ama. (From guda.) 1.
A bom of cattle, which the natives use for
smoking wild hemp. See im-Peko. {See
No. 2, 8, of guda) ;— 2. A horn, used as a
kind of trumpet^ as: Ijaya igudn, L e.:
blow the horn.
in—GUDU, n. (See i-Gudu.) A right
tributary of the Umkomaa, a little dis*
tance beyond the upper drift.
isi^-GUDU, n. Same as isi-^j^udo.
uku— GUDULA, v. t. (From guda, and i^
to strain, to stretch. MadiwUUf one with
gadnla, and godola. Allied to radnla.)
1. Literal : to strain, vix. : to repair
a long cut or crack, applied to a cradced
pot which is repaired by plastering fresh
dung over the crack, = ukunameka im«
biza, see nameka ;— 2. To repair by ]^as-
tering, as : g^dula isicamu senblu, I. e. :
plaster the erodes or openings of Uie house.
nku— GUGA, v. i. (From gu, bent, and ga,
the same, denoting the gradual gettLag
old of a thing. SadioalUf one with gaga.
AlUed to gaya, &c.)
1. To wear off, to wear out;— 2. To
become or g^w old, asi ing^bo yami i
gu^le, i. e. : my dress is worn oat.
— — GuasLA, qidf. fr. 1. To wear down,
to wear away, as : u pate into ya sa ya
gugela, L e. : you handle a thinguntil it is
worn away;— 2. To wear bug, asx loin
luto Iwo zi gugda kade, i. e. : this stuff
will last very long— /i^.: will wear long
off in respect to itself,
i— GUGU, n. pi. ama. (From gaga.) 1,
Literally: a kind or sort grown old,
lasting long : hence, a valuable thing, a
thing that has been kept long, a preeioos
or worthy thing ; — 2. AppUed to persons ;
a person worthy of honor; a great person,
isi— GUGU, n. pi. izL (See i-Gugn.) 1.
Anything of the same quality as igngn;—
2. Any old thing, in a sense of reproach.
uku— GUGUDA, v. t. (From gaga, or gago,
and nda, tadraw ; or from gn, and gada,
to dip. Badically one with gogoda.)
1. To grate the teeth by eating bard
food; — 2. To chew hard food, as: ama
umunto a hie umbiUi olukani a g^og^uda,
L e. : when one eats hard maize, it grates
the teeth, or a grating of the teeth is
heard.
uku— GUHLA, V. t. fSadioally the same as
gahki, gehla, and gohla. The sense is: to
incline to throw. Coinciding with kuhki.)
1. To rub agunst a body moving up and
down, to and fro, <u: izinkomo zi ya zi
guhla emtini, i.e.: the cattle rub them-
selves at the tree;— 2. To file, to file off
with a file, to rub off with a stone, as : yi
guhle insimbi, i. e. : file the iron ;— 8. To
smooth with a file or some other instru-
ment, as : ama u susile okunmyama a yi
guhle i kaamule^ Le.: when you have
taken away the bkick side make it smooth
with a file that it may shine ^— 4. To wear
Digitized by
Google
GUHLUZA.
[109]
GULUBE.
' off or away by friotion ;— 6, To oat across,
to pass by a shorter course so as to
cat off an angle or distance, as : kopoka
emang^eni a gohle a beke le, Le.: go
ap the ridge and cat across in that direc-
tion;— 6. To rab, strike or toach in pass-
ing, atz wa ngi gohla ngengalo eceleni,
L ft. : he knocked me with his arm in my
i^ when passing by; — 7. To graze, to
touch lightly the surface of any tfing, as :
inhlamTu va gohla pansi, L e. : the ball
(of the gon) touched the ground ; — 8. Uku-
guhla pansi, ie.: to push one down in
paanng by 1dm.
-.— OiTHiiAjrA, rcpr.fr. Denoting a nibbing
together in any way, as ezplamed under
Guhk.
— - QUHXSEA, quit. iV. To come into a
ooUinon with a body so as to rub, to re-
oetye any rubbing, to suffer from a rubbing,
as : umuti u guhlekile, i, e. : the tree has
reeeiTed a damage by bdng rubbed.
— » Gtthlisa, cans. fr. To cause a Mciion
or rubbing,
ia— GUHLO, n. pL izL (From guhhi,)
Anytiiing that can be used for rubbing or
friction, as a file, a curry-comb, &c
GUHLU. (From guhla. Originalhf
a noun, now obsolete as such. Compare
pohlu.)
An exclamation signifying a pushing,
moTing, or drawing away of any thing.
Used with ukuti, otf : wa ti guhlu nmnya-
ngo e senhlwini, i. e. : he pushed the door
quiddy aside being in the house.
oka— GUHLUEA, v. i. (From guhla or
gohlu, and uka, to go off, away. Radically
coMMicUa^foi^Akuhlubi. wdU^idd to ahluka,
pohluka, &C.)
1. LUerctlfy: to push away some dis-
tance ; to remove a short distance further,
at : u guhlukile Vaka peaheya kwomfhla,
L e. : he has removed and bmlt on the
other side of the river; — 2. To moTe a
Ettle further.
GuHLUKXLA, qulf. fr. 1. To remove
to a little distance ;— 2. To make way for,
to stand out of the way, as : u ngi guhlu-
kek^ i. e. : make way a little fbr me.
ukn— OUHLULA, v. t. /^£^ Guhluka, to
which it is the transitive by ula, to strain.)
1. To remove something a little distance,
ms; St va ku wu guhlula umzi wetu, i. e. :
we shall displace our kraal some distance
further ; — 2. To move a little ftirther, as :
n m guhlule u seduze emlilweni, i. e. :
move him a little ftxrther, he is too near to
the fire,
ukn— GUHLUZA, t. t. (From guhlu, and
usa, to make.)
1. To make a ndse like that of filing
iron, or rubbing iron on a stone ;— 2. To
make stripes in iron by filing it.
isi— GUHLUZO, n.pLizi. (From guhluza.)
A dry maize-head, when the kernels are
beaten out, — taken and burnt hard in fire
in order to be used for scraping skins for
dress to raise a woolly side,
uku — GULA, v.t. (^£a(2iea% one ici^A gala,
gele, gila, and gola. The primary sense
is : to have a desire to rise, to force up-
ward, to desire 8trongl5. Allied to kula,
hlula, and rula. The Xosa uses it more
in the sense of to sigh, = to groan.)
1. To groan, to utter a moumfal sound
as in pain ;— 2. To have pain, to suffer pain,
to be ill or sick, or: u ya gula impeln,
L e. : be is very ill (which one can observe
from his groaning.)
— - GULELA, qolf. fr. 1. To groan, to be
ill at, a« : u ya gulela Emgeni, i. e. : he is
sick at the Umgeni-river ; — 2. To lie sick
for some purpose, as : u gulela njalo, i. e. :
he is lying sick the whole of the time ; —
8. To be sick from love to one, as :
inhliziyo yarn! i ya m gulela, i. e.: my
heart loves him passionately ;— 4. Idioma*
tic in the passive : ukugnlelwa ngaba-
ntwana, i. e. : to be surrounded by sick
children, Zi^. : to be groaned for by
children ; primarily : to be very much
desired by, &c. {See felwa and budjelwa.)
*— — GuLiSA, cans. fr. To cause pain, illness,
sickness; to feign sickness, at: u ya ri
gulisa, i. e. : he pretends to be sick,
i— GULA, n. pi. ama. (From the verb.)
A milk-calabash, so called from the peculiar
noise which the milk makes when it comes
to the usual degree of fermentation in the
calabash. (The literal sense is : a kind of
groaning or sighing.)
in— GULATI, n. pL izin. (From gula, and
uti, plant, shoot. Dialectic : kulati. J?a-
dically one with galati.)
A bulbous phint emitting an adhesive
flmd or matter,
uku— GULEKA, v. i. (Properly i this word
is the quit. fr. of gula in its radical
sense.)
To go off from the way^ to turn aside.
(The Xosa uses qulela, qulf. fr. in the same
manner.)
in — GULI, n. pi. izi. (From gula.) A
sickly person ; an invalid!
in — GULUBE, n. pL izin. (From gulu, and
ube, separated. The sense is prolwbly
that of being very much inclined to run
away; to look for a chance in order to
rurii away. This is the only sense which
is warranted by guleka, gulugulu, guluka,
and especially by ruluba, to drag secretly
away, and the Xosa geleba, to run away.
And that seems also to be t^e distindion
between this and is-Ambane. Sis,: kolube.
Kamba ungune.)
The wild hog. (Used also foe the tame.)
Digitized by
Google
GUMBA.
[110]
GUNGQUZA,
nm— GULTTGULIT, n. pi. imi. (Prom groin,
forcibly strained, very denrons. This
compound is rather onomatopoeHc, signify-
ing a mass or sabstance that has a dazzling
appearance, or making a shrill soond. See
gnlnla and golosa. The Xota has isihnln-
hnlu of the same import.)
1. A sort of large green beads (resem-
bling very dazzling eyes) ; — 2. A kind of
green frnit similar to the wild pomegranate,
bat smaller ;— 3. Fiffuratioely i nkubeka
ngemignlognlu, i. e.,: to look with glassy
eyes, Uke a dmnken man (= isihulnhula
of the Xo»a.)
nkn— GULUKA, t. i. (From gala, and oka,
to go or come off. See golnda. AlNed to
joloka.)
1. Togo loose, €u: insila i ya galaka
enhlwini, i. e. : the filth separates from
the hoase or in the boose;— 2. To go
aside, = goleka.
5tt— GULUKUQU, n. pi. izi. (From gola,
see gologolu, and koqo, opset. A similar
eompoond as gologolu with a slight dif-
ference.)
Any forioos, ootrageoos person,
oka — GULULA, ▼. t. (From gola and ola,
to strain, or, which is the same from go,
bent, desired, and olula, to be loose. Ma-
dicallff one tnth ngolola. Allied to kolola
and rolola.)
1. To make loose, to loosen, to scrape
loose, M : golola insila enhlwini ngom-
konto, i. e. : try to get loose the dirt in
the hoose with a spear ;— 2. To desire or
make some effort to get loose, to make
some effort to get, asi inkonyana i ya
galala, i y'anya a yi qedi Into, i. e. : the
calf tries to get sosoe milk in sacking, hot
does not socked, viz,, it takes the teat and
lets loose again; — 8. To wipe off the
sweat from the faoe.
i— GUMA, n. pL ama. (Prom go, bent,
cat, and oma, to stand. Madioalfy one
vjithguoati, gema, goma, &e. The Xosa
has igombi, frt>m gomba.)
1. The bend or side next to the entrance
of a native hot inside, = a passage in
civilized langoage and style, beoaose the
native reckons only the space in the back
part, as the boose; — 2. A comer, angle
immediately at the entranoe into the
boose, separated from the other space
of the hoose by a fence of reed ;— 8. A
fiire-yard, or an endosore of reeds imme-
diately before the entrance of the hoose.
oka— GuMBA, v. t. (Prom go, bent, bow,
and imba or omba, to make, to form.*
BadiedlUf one wUh gambo. Coinciding
with goba. AlUtd to komba. Suaheli
has ngomba, a hoose.)
1. To curve, to scoop oot wood ;— 2. To
make hollow, to excavate, a* : okezo lo ya
gonjwa ngesigombo, i. e. t a spoon is bolr
lowed oot with an iron instroment.
isi— GUMBO, n. pL izi. (From gomba.)
A carved piece of iron, or a spear bent
like a oorve or semicircle with a sharp edge.
This is the iosiroment osed for excavating
spoons, pots, &e,
o— GUMBU, n. pL inn. (From gomba.
See Gambo.)
A similar instroment as tbe ogobo.
The only difference between tbem is that
the g^mbo gives a more hoUow or broader
sound, osoally caosed by a larger calabash
than the ogobo has. The nativ« who
have heard instroments of civilized people
apply this name to pianos, seraphines,
drams, tamboorines, &c., hot not ogobo.
oko— GUMBUQEKA, v. i. (From gomba,
and oqeka, to pot on the top. It is rather
ononuUopoetie : to make i noise like
gombo in potting or sitting on the top.
Dialeotie: komboqeka and qomboqeka.)
1. To opset, to overtom, to torn opi^
down, as : ingcwele i gomboqekile, L e. :
the wagon is opset;— 2. To dash down or
smash, asx wa gomboqeka ebosweni bake,
i. e. : he (bll down on his face,
oko— GUMBUQfiLA, v. t. {See Gombo-
qeka, to whidi it forms a transitive by
ila, to strain.)
1. To opsci, to overtom, to invert ;— 2.
To torn opside down, tux gomboqek
imbisa, L e. : torn the pot opside down,
oka— GUNDA. See Goda, only dialectic.
i— GUNDANE, n. pi. ama. ^From gonda,
rtuUcaUy one with ganda, wkich see, and
ana, dim. and repr. form. AUied io xtm-
bondana, ibongane, &c, and vondwe.)
The genos **Ma8;" a moose,
i — GUNDELA, n. pL ama. (From gimda,
and iU, qolf. form.)
One who has cot off his isioooo, and
wears his hair withoot it.
Qko— GUNGA. Dialectic, SeeKmxgtu
om— GUNGQULUZA, n. pL imi. (From
go, bent, ngqo, roond, and olosa, to eome
or go loosely. BadiottU^ in gingqa, and
cowdding with gingqizeU.)
LiteraiUfi a mass winding looady
aroond ; descriptive of a bog, or mMiy
long strings of all sorts of beads wwn
aroond the waist,
oko— GUKGQUZA, v. t. (From gongo,
which see, and qma Uke qon, radieiUfy in
gqoqoza, goqoaa, gqogqoza and gingqiza.)
1. LiteraUly: to make a nciae by knock-
ing, rocking, rattling, tumbling, or in any
manner, of : ko ya gooqoza ninaenlil#ini ?
whatroddngor tombUngis it there in
the hoose? — 2. To io<&, torn foond,
shake, a# : ba ya gonqon nmtwma ngo-
koko Iwake, L •. : they rook the diild
asleep in liis eradk.
Digitized by
Google
— — GuKG^TTZiBA, caos. ft. To make some
noifid by rocking, rattling^, Ac
in — QUNOU, n. pi. iain. (From gn-ngii,
onomaiopoetie, expressive of the beating
ofadrtim; UteraUyx a bending ronnd.)
1. 8ome kind of a dmm, vis. : a large
basket is taken, and a thin skin expanded
over it and fastened, which is beaten like
ft dram, making a noise like ngu! ngn!
The expression is : nkwenn ingnngn, i. e. :
to make a noise like ngn, to drnm. Eence
2, A drum,
oka— GUNQUBALA, v. S. (From gnngn,
and bala, which see,)
Td be nnderdoae or half done, applied
to meat when boiling, a$ : n nani n kipe
inyama 1 gnng^bele nje, i. e. : why do you
take the meat ont of the pot, it being not
done at all F (Ut. : if yon cat it the red
color will still appear, or it will make a
simmering noise, the moisture running oat
of it.)
{•-QUNJANA, n. pi. ama. (Dim. of
ignma.) A small comer, angle, fta
ukm— GUNYA, v. i. (From gu, bent, inclined
oat, and unya, hard, see u-Nya, hardness,
toogfaness. It is radically one with
gwinya, gwenya. and coincides with ukuni,
hard wood, except the terminating a,
which changes the noun into a verb;
originally unia (see nya, I.), and like the
Ximba iwinia, power, and the Xosa
igmiya, power, strength, or authority,
derived fh>m this verb. The sense is : to
tet with difficulty, to bend with difficulty.)
1. To be tenacious, inflexible ;— 8. To
be hard, tough, €U : inyama i gunyile a yi
▼otiwe, L e. : the meat is tongh, and not
done properly. Applied to anything which
baa been cooked and remained hard;«-8.
To be strong, refbrring to muaoular
•trength, «f : wa gunya ngonhlana, L e. :
be mAde his back stiff.
ttko— GUNTAZA, v. t. (From ganya, and
iza, to make, show, or exert.)
To master, to overpower, to throw, as :
a ngi gonyaule be si bambene, i. e. : he
threw me down when we had taken hold
oi eadi other, or vrere wrestling together,
am — GUPAKI, n. pi. imi. (From gu, bent,
and pani, dim. or repr. ibrm of pa, to give.)
A species of the genus Mngilla, or spar*
row; tit,: one inclined to give little.
From what the name has arisoi it is diffi-
cult to ascertain.
vka — GUQA, t. L (From go, bent, and iqa,
to set on. BadioaUsf one with gaqa, geqa,
and goqa. Allied to gaca, geca, Ac)
1. To bend on or upon; to bow the
knees (with and without amaddo) ; to fall
npoD, to itoop, as: guqani ngamadolo,
L e. : to fall upon the knees;— 2. To be
bnmble, to bow with homility, to kneel.
— -^ GVQI8A« cans. ft. To make to bend the
kneea ; to try to kneel,
uku— GUQUBALA, v. i. (From guquU, and
uhela, sight, colour, appearance. Allied to
ququbala.)
1. LUeraUy: to change the colour, ap-
pearance; applied to the atmosphere: to
become cloudy, as : iiulu li guqubele, L e. :
the atmosphere has become dark, doudy ;—
2. To draw together, to cover, at : u gu-
qubele li'makaiza izulu, i. e. : he has covered
himself, or lies under a cover, because the
weather is cold,
aku— GUQUGUQULA, v. i. (A repetition
<^ guqula, wiUi the omission of la in the
nrst part.
To turn over and over, firom one side to
the other ; to make small or short turns,
applied to anything rolling on the ground,
uku— GUQUKA, v. i. (From goqa, and uka,
tp go off. R is tribal, and only slightly
diflferent from penduka, which see,)
1. IMerally: to decline going off or on;
hence, to turn back, to come Itock, as : a
ka ka gnquki, i. e. : he has not come beck
yet;— 8. To diange into^ to become, as:
ka tlwa abantu eknfeni ba ya guquka
ixinyoka, L e. : it is said that the people
turn into snakes when they die.
— — GUQUEBLA, qulf. fr. To turn or oome
back to, to change fbr, &c
Note. — In the Xosa the forms of this
verb are also expressive of: to alter, to
repent, to change the mind, fDr which, in
Zulu, penduka is used,
nku— GUQULA, v.t. f^S^ Goquka, to which
it is the transitive by ula, to strain.)
To turn back, to return, asi yi guqule
Into yami, L e. : retnm my own property.
— GiTQTJLSLA, qulf. It. To return for or
to, M ; wo yi guqulela inkosi, L ei : you
must return it to the chief,
oka— GUSHA, v. t. (From gu, bent, and
osba, to shnot, away. Dialectic: gutja.
Allied to calja. Xoto, qusha, to beat
down or away as in making a path, to
keep down, away from, secret)
To avoid, to keep at a distanoe from, to
shun, as : ama omunta a bone omonye a
necala kaye u gusha, 1. e. : when one sees
another (coming) to whom he is indebted,
then: be keeps dear of him, goes out of the
way that the other may not see him.
In^-GUTYANA or Gumava, n, pL izin.
(Dim. of in-Gobo.) A small garment,
dress, Ac.
oka— GUZA, v. t. (This is a contraction of
guban» which see, Badicalfy coinciding
«o>^qaca.)
Literally : to make small cuts ; to give
not suiRdent, = ukumpa ukuhla aauntu
a nga sutl, i e. : to give one food hot not
■ufBdent to satisfy Us wants.
Digitized by
Google
— GxrzxKA, quit fr. To fuflbr from want
of food, to remain poorly or thin from the
effecta of hanger or want.
i— GUZA, n. pi. ama. (From the rerh.)
LUeraUyi a certain kind which has re-
mained small, not come to full gprowth ;
applied to a rery small and round kind of
calabash which are used for snnff-boxes.
oka— GUZULA, v. t. (From gnza, and nla,
to strain. Radically ooincidinff with qjoaHsL
and qezola.)
1. To break off a small piece, as: li
gnznle igade, i. e. : break off a piece from
tiie lamp of gronnd;— 2. To tarn off
a person as not snitiag, not to suit, at :
m gozaleni n necala lomuntn, i. e. : do not
troable yourself longer with this man (L e. :
tarn him off) for he is guilty.
This word is synonymous with uknyeka,
and tribal,
uku— GWABA, V. t. fRadicalfy the same
as gaba, and coinciding with gwaza. It is
a word of the Amatetwa tribe, or some
other east of the Zulu, who use hlaba or
its deriYatives instead of it.)
To make a noise or shout in battle, to
nng as when going to battle or war, =
mba. It is little known in Natal and
apt to be taken for a synonym of gweba.
i— GWABABA, n. pi. ama. (From gwa,
ba, ba, onomatopoetio, representing the
sounds or cries of crows.)
1. The genus oorvus or crow;— 2. A
kind of crow with a white ring around the
neck,
in— GWAJBABANA, n. pi i^n. rProm
gwababa, which see, and ina, equal, re-
sembling.)
A species of large bUiok bird resembling
the crow, or a peculiar species of crow.
isi-^WACA, n. pi. izi. (From gwaca,
onomatopoetic,)
A collective name of certain gallinaceous
birds, as quails, larks, &c, aUied to the
partridges, isikwehle {2Mu) and isiqwatshi
(Xosa\ both radicalUf coinciding with
isigwaca.
uku— GWACELA, t. t. (Properly a qulf.
fr. of an obsolete rerb gwaca; radically
coinciding with gaca, and hence, others use
gacek.)
1. lAteralhf : to bend or go around the
top of a hill ;— <2. To go round the side of
a house if it stands on an elevated spot and
has some appearance like a hiU.
uku— GWAGWA. See Gwcgwa.
in— GWAGWA, n. pi. izin. (From gwa,
cuts.) Ear-button of ivory. (Ornamental.)
u— GWAI, n. pi. 0. (From gwa or go-gu,
bent, and aya or iya, to retire, bwer or
sink. This is quite a peculiar form or
structure, the iniUal if representing a per-
sonal noun, and so also the o pi. to which |
the terminating toorrespottds. Seen-Tmvi,
The Xosa has the rerb gwada, to take
snufl^ which is not its own but introdooed
(by the refugees who came from the Natal
country in the time of its devastation by
Tjaka), and therefore it is tribaL JRadi*
oalUf coinciding with gwai or gwaya is
cwaya, which see, as also gaya.)
1. lAteralUfi a person who retires
from an engagement, or from hard work.
This is the rMl import of the word whidi
is established and proved by every day's
practice, because tiiese natives r^ire for
nothing more frequently than for taking
th^ snuff ;— 2. Snuff, so called fitan the
fkct of having become^ as it were, a chief
support and restoraUve of life, and also a
staple article of trade. Ukugaya ugwu,
i. e.^ to make (lit,; grind) snuff; — 3.
Tobacco, in any shape or form.
uku— GWAHLA, v. Dialectic or tribal,
instead of gahla.
uku— GWALA, V. t. (From gwa, to be cut
or bent» and ila, to strain, to rise. Radi-
calif coinciding with gala, and allied to
cwBUL I, to beoome fhll.)
1. To soil, to foul, as I umtwana u
gwalile ngamaaimba, L e.: the child is
soiled with exorement; — 2. To rust; to
beoome rusty as iron, or as: amanii a
gwalile, i. e. : the water contains rust or
rusty matter;— 3. To be red, inflamed.
Of : amehlo a gwalile, i. e. : the eyes are
red.
— GwiLiSA, dans. fr. To cause to be
soiled, to soil, to dirty, &c
i_GWALA, n. pi. ama. (From the verb.)
Figurativelg: a coward, Ut. a foul or maty
character.
Q— GWALA, n. pL izin. (This is dialeotie
fhnn an obsolete verb kwala, which radi*
caUg coincides with kala, to ciy ont^ or
bring out a v<^ce. From that comes
in-Ewali, iasan, so called from its ory or
noise, and used in Zulu and Xosa> The
latter has also a verb, gwala, to whistle,'
and the noun ugwali, a flute or whistle,
which is the same as this word. But the
noun i-Kwelo (derived f^xmi kwala), i. e. :
whistling, both in Zulm and Xosa, places
my etymology beyond all doubts^ and
ugwala is in tribal use besidea.)
A kind of flute. In the Xosa a simple
piece of reed, one or two feet long. But
in Natal a small bow, consisting of a stidc
and a string fiutened at its two ends. At
the one end of the string a small piece of
reed, from two to three inches long, ia
fastened, having a hole, to whidi the
mouth is applied. It gives a kind of
tremulous sound.
ubu— GWALA, n. sing. (From the Ywb
gwala.) Cowardice.
Digitized by
Google
GWAVUMA,
[118]
OWEGWE.
i~G WALAGWAL A, n. ^ tma. (A oom-
ponnd of gwal% denoilDg a bending fortii,
a wATing.)
1. A name for a kind of lory, belong*
ing to the parrot family, so called from its
reddish ooloor as well as from its plnmag^e
on the head ; — 2. A bonch of beanti&l
waving feathers, worn on the head by
Datires.
nko— GWALTZA, t. t. (From igwala, ▼., and
xza, to make.)
To behave as a coward, to be afraid,
isi— GWAMBA, n. (pi ia. teldotn,) (From
Migwa = isigwe, wMeh gee, and imba,
to press together, or from separate things.)
Any miztore of vegetables b(uled toge-
ther^ in which the points of yoong
pmopkin-shoots have been cnt np.
in— GWAMBA, n. (See isi-^wamba.) A
word of an nneertam meaning, and most
probably something like a provincialism,
or even less. According to some it means
moss as found on the rocks in the sea
(= isi-Kwemba), and others apply it to
oysters. Strictly taken in that sense it is
of a descriptive character, meaning some-
thing whidi takes hold oi, or sUoks frst to.
{See in-Gwe, but espedally isi-Kwembe.)
in— GWANE, n. pL izin. (JProperljfi a
dim. of ingwe; which §ee,)
Liieral^t a spedes bendmg together,
or taking hold, cutting together. A de-
signation of the cuttle-fish.
oka— GWANGWA, v. i. (A repetition of
gwa, !• e. : bending with bending or cut-
ting. But it is rather onomatopoetio,
expresang a feeling of acidity or astrin-
gency. Coinciding with gungu in gungu-
bala. Xoea rwada.)
1. To be unripe, as frmt:— 2. To be
underdone, ae : inyama i gwangwile, L e. :
the meat is not sufficiently boiled.
i-GWANGWA, n. sine. {See the verb.)
1. Unripe fruit ;— 2. Xniderdone food, as :
inyama i yigwangwa, L e. : the meat is not
boiled prmrly.
isi— GWAIJGXE, n. pi. izi. (From gwa,
bsnt^ and ngxe, radicaXUf the same ae isi-
Gxa, and eoindding with i-Ewenca.)
Any pMe of wood or pole for shutting
the door of a native hut inside^ simiUrto
a bar.
am — GWAQU, n.pL imi. (From gwa, eat,
bsnt^ and qu, on the top, trodden.)
JJUeralfy and primafiUf : a plaoe of
whSdi the surfi^e has been cut or trodden
away, worn, or hollowed out. Applied to
a comaop wagon-road.
i--GWABUBA. ) Words of ukuhk>-
iB— GWABUBAKA. j i^ and the same
as i-Gwababa and in-Gwababana.
«ks— GWAVUMA, v. i. (From gwavi, rth
dicaUff one with gwebu and gwevu, scum.
and ima, to move, stand. It contains all
the radicals of vungama, and is tribal.)
To snarl, to growl, as an angry dog.
uku— GWAZA, V. t. (From gwa, cut^ bent,
and iza, to make.)
To stab, to pierce. IVibal.
i— GWAZI, n. Dialectic, see in-EwazL
in— GWJfi, n. pL izin. (From gu« cut, bent,
and e, contracted firom guba, to >cri|ie,
scratch, as gau firom gabu, &c. The
primary eenee it: a soratcher, refiBrring
to the points of the daw, vis. : the toe.
See gwengwe, gwegwa, ewe, kwe and qwe^
and uzwane.)
Tiger, leopard,
in — G WE, n. pL izi. (From go-e, contracted
firom gone, «fe gona, and gono. Allied to
kowe.)
1. The point of pumpkin shoots;— 2.
The blossom of the pumpkin ^— 8. FiffU" •
ratioeUfi the yellow caterpillar— idmbL
uku— GWEBA, V. t. Faaeive gwedjwa.
(From gwe, eee in-Gwe, and iba, to separ-
ate. BadicalUf coinciding with geba.
AUied to qweba.)
1. Literalljf and primariUfi to bend
away, to cut off;— 2. To thrust or push
with the horns, at: inkomo kabani i ya
gweba, L e. : somebody's ox is goring ;— 8.
To push away, to keep oK, ae : gweba in-
konyane i nged kunina, L e.: keep the
calf away tlmt it may not come to its
mother;— 4b To turn off, to prevent;— 6.
To lead out, to stop, ae : ukugweba ama-
nzi emfbleni, L e. : to lead the water out
of the river; — 6. To toil out, to complete,
ae : ingubo a ng'azi ngi. ya ku yi gweba
ngani ng^ gulayo, L e. : I do not know
how I shall finish the blanket, being sick.
NoTX.— The Xosa use this verb and its
derivatives in a metaphorical sense of: to
a jndfi^ostify, Ac
in— GW£BU, n. ^ ama. (From gu, bent,
gushed, and ebi^ thin matter, separated.
MadieaUy coinciding with gweba. The
Xoea has igwevu. AUied to isi-Kwebu.)
Frotii, fbam, scum,
in— GWECE, n. pL in. 1. Same ae isi-
Gwaca;— 2. iSii»M at isi-Gw^e.
uku— G WEGWA, v. t. {A repetition of gwa,
bent. LiteraUg : to hook.;
To hock with a hook, to hang with a
crook, at: imbiza wo yi gwegwa nged*
gweoe, L e. : you must hang the pot with
a hook (over the fire),
isi— GWEGWE, n. pL in. (From gwegwa.)
A wooden hook, a crook, any hook, ae :
idgwegwe si si gwagwile, L e. : the crook-
ed stick is already used for hooking with.
(The second ri befbre the verbis a contrae-
tion of se si, which often takes pku^, and
must not be mistaken for a nom. form, as has
been done by some in this very instance.)
Digitized by
Google
aWJSKQWE.
CU4]
OWITI.
^ka-^QWmWMWK T, t, JHaUeHo in-
gtead of gogobeWt
iikii-«0WEQW£ZA« T. t. (From gwegwa,
Aod iza, to make. SacdoaUjf we m$h
gogoza.)
To make n beodiog motioQ witb a hook,
to hook away, mj gwegwoia inyoka en-
blani, I e. : remoTO the inake out of the
way, by hooking it with » itick, Ac
^^- OwsftWB^LA. qulf.fr. 1. To hook J—
S. To fotoh with a book, at : wo gwegwe-
seU nknul emtini 11 totobe lona, t. e. : yon
mntt hook the wood at the tree wiUia
hook, and bend it shaking down,
nkn^GWEHLA, t. t, (Krom gwe, bent,
est, and ibU. to come down* Madkalfy
on$ with gohla.)
To patldle, to row.
vm^OWEHLI, n. pi aba. (Frem gwehla.)
One who rowa or paddka.
Qffl^.^WELB, n. ling. (From gwala.) The
JCo0a has igwele, fenseatation, viz, t the
reddish scorn that appears npon the beer.
Beddishness. Applied to a reddish kind
of beads,
nkn- G WEMA, v. L (From gwe, bent, and
ima, to stand. Madiealljf one with gema.)
1. lAteraUifi to move in a bending
way, vis.: ont of the way;*- 2. To tnm
to one side, to stand at the side or oat of
the way where another is passing, in order
sot to be observed ;—3# To pass over, at :
wa m bona e fika omnnye wa gwema, i.e. :
he saw him coming, so the other passed
over, in order not to meet him ;-*4u IHffu*
taHoeUf I to see witb one side only, to be
one»eyed— n yagwema.
This word is synonymoiis with gnsha,
imd both are used in a bad sense only.
in-<-OWEMA, n. pL isin. (From the verb.)
One who has only one eye.
in— GWENCE, n. pi. isln. (From gwe,
bent, declined, and mce, toward thepoinr.)
A tribal name for the genns Mas, in-
dnding tlie common raoose, deld*moase, Ac
Qkn^GWENGULA, v. t. (From go, cut,
bent, and eugnla, wliieih ate, ZSerally :
to strike off at the ontaide.)
1. To strike the anrfiice^ at; n ya
iprengnla a kn ngenisi ^eja emhlabent,
1. e. : yon strike only the soHaoa^ bnt do
not bring yoor hoe or pickase deep into the
ground;— 2. To hit the outside, to hit
hardly or little, a# : wa yi gwengnla in-
yoni epikweni, i. e. : you hit the bird at
the ontnde of the wing only{«*3. To
scrape or pare off a thing en the ontdde.
i»«-*^WENGWE, n. aing. (Compounded
of ingwe-ingwe, Uieralljft booking^book-
iag, or soratobingHKratchiDg, as when the
daws of an animal take bdd, hook fast
in something.)
Quiekfgraas, ooooh-grass, or dog-grass.
n-^WENTA, n. pi ism. (From gwe,
bent, booked, and inya, to nnite in one, to
meet together, eee nya II.)
Tribal, the tame a$ gwengwe.
In^^WENYA, n. {4. isin. {See u^^wcnym.)
The fruit of the nrngwenya tree.
itt->-OWENTA, n* pi izin* (From ingwe,
tiger, and inya, to «nk into water, eee
nya, II. s or, which oomes to the same,
from gwinya, to swallow, as in*-<9anyama,
the lion, irA»cA M9, as also gnnym minya,
and enya.)
Alligator, crocodile,
nm-^WENYA, n. pi iml {See n-Owfnya.)
The wild olive-tree, so called from its
many thorns^ and hooking closely together
into a dense bush. It is rather a shrab
than a tree,
in— GWEVU, n. sing. (From gwe, bent,
cut, gushed, and iru, molten, aw va, ve,
vi, vo, vn. MadicaUy ooinoidvag with
gwebn, and allied to devu, and levn.)
1, Greyness, at: ihashe li' ngwevn
(contract, from li ying.), I e. : the norse,
it (having) a grey color |— 2. An individual
with grey hair.
in— GWEVUKAZI, n. pi Uin. (From
gwevu, and kazi, pertaining to females.) A
grey female animal.
i— G WEXB, n. pi. ama. JHdUeUe, eame as
isir^weoe =:^ isi--Gwegwe.
GWI. An exclamation expressive of
forced, shpoting, darting, cutting* Used
with nkuti, as i umkonto wa ti gwi, i,e* :
theq^r was cntting (through Hm air)
near one.
GWILI. (From gwi, and ili. etiamed.
Coimeiding wUh cwi^e.)
An exclamation denoting «n inoliiiatioii
of a body quite near to anothof, o* : impi
ya m hlaha gwili lapa emkoneni, i. e. : the
enemy thrust him quite near the arm here
«= the weapon passed near the arm.
i— OWINSJ, n. pi. ama. (From gwi, bent»
inclined, and nsi, shootings or wiUi degree.
Dialectic gwinze.)
A name of a small kind of parrot^ so
called from its peculiar way of flying, by
bending down and shooting on high i^ain ;
as also from the blending appearance of
its colour, caused by that motion,
ukn— GWINYA, v. t. (From gwi, and inya»
Me nya, II. JMiocul^ one with gwiya,
gwenya, eee in-Gwenya, alligator. See in-
Uonyama, JITotaginya. AlUed to dwnjeu)
1. To foree down;— 2. To swallow;—
9. To gnlp.
uku— GWIYA, V. Same ae Giya.
ttm-rGWIYI, n. pi aba, (From gwiya.)
One who performs heroie deed% a, g. :
nmontu viqawe u bleba impi. I e. : a
nan who u a hero, stabbiag d^wm ttie
enemy.
Digitized by
Google
GXILI8A.
[115]
GXUQXUMISA.
vd'o^XA, B. pL iiL (From za» ecinMinff
«Mcs,uidqft.)
1. JPrimarily: aj(nnt;^2. Aooadenied
labsttoce or maai^ mi irigza lamqaogft,
L e. : a bandit of Tembaki-gp-ui ;-^. A
dense bofh;— 4. Any pointed stick for
a— OXA. n. sing. fSbs id-Qzt.) A i^eee
of wood or thick stack sharpened at the
end and used for digging, cs idgia 4.
vkn^^-GXAMBUZA, t. t. {OmmatopoeHo,
giambn, and ica, to make.)
1. To make a noise like gnmbo, heard
when a stone or something else is thrown
into deep water ^-2. To plonge into
water.
nm— GXAACTT, n. pL imL (Derived from
o-Xamn, wkiok 990 J
A kind of mimosa* so ealled from its
rough or ragged bark.
in-^XAKGXA, n. pi. iiin. (A compound
of ingxa-lngza, m6 za, to top, to tip, &e.)
A water-frog, so called from iti spring-
ing or shooting forth over the sorfoce of
the water, e. g. : Udselesele eliponseka
kode, i. e. : a kind of frt)g which throws
itMlf fiur.
vka<-^XANGXUXiA, t. t ^From gxangxs,
and nla, to strain, stretch. iS!fe Qz^pKuma.)
To lift np easily, ss in springing.
^— GzASOXiTLiSA, cans. fr. To spring, as
it were^ on the toes, to spring essily ; ap-
plied to lambs of goats and sheep.
akar--OXSKA, v. t. (From gxe, a ent or
bent point, and ika, to set or pat. Modi"
otUfy ome wUk gxaka, and zeka. Coincide
img wUk hld(a, to langh.)
1. Primarihfi to nock, to mimic;
literally : to fix on the top or toe, to go as
if lame, to imitate in a oontemptaoas way,
a#: wa si gzeka isilima, i. e.; he imitated
the erip^;— 2. To deride, to ridicole,
to make sport of, to treat with scom by
laogfatar, at t mnsa akngxeka inkosi, L e. :
do not mock the chief,
am-— GXBKI, n. pL aba. (From gzeka.) A
mocker, scomer.
oka — GXILA, t. t. (From gza, point» top,
sod ila, to strain. AUud to qila and
gcila in goilasa )
1. JPrimarily: to stick very fiut, to
Imve a deep root, at : nmatl a gzilile, i. e. :
the tree has rooted deeply;— 2. To be
deef^ to go deep;— 8. To be immovable,
not to be got away from where one is, a* :
a kn so sa ka m tola a giilile lapo, L e. :
yon shall never get him away, fat he has
taken a deep or firm standing there, =
has beoonw something of cooseqoenee.
w— QxzuiA, cans.fr. To go to the root of
^ thing; to enter deep npon, mt: nko-
gyilisa ieala, L e. 1 to ezamine or investi-
gate the case to the deepest root
in-^XOBOVGO, n. pU iiin« Bsg M^
Fangabo.
nka— GXOLA, t. t. (From gzo, point, top,
and ala, to be strained. JRadiccUljf one wUh
sola. JIlMto zoza,soU^ and sola. It
is tribal, and more freqnent among the
Frontier tribes.)
1. LiUnUfy : to be stnuned* hart at a
point. Applying to a bad tempers nka-
bekisa pansi, L e. 1 to look down to the
gronnd, to pat down ;-*2. To be roagh,
liarsh, coarse in manner of speaking, bOiS-
teroas, unciviL
-«— GxoLiSA, cans fr. To scold, to give a
scolding, to treat with harshness, as : wa
m gzolisa ngomsebenzi wake, L e. : he
gave him a scolding on acooant of his
work. •
•*-«- GxouSAHit Tape, fr. To scold each
other,
in— GXOTA, n. pi. izin. (From xota.) A
bangle, a ring of ivory or metal worn at
the arm. fT%s literal meaning is i some«
thing thrnst apon, viz., which can easily
be tdcen off again ; bat as these ornaments
were used as signs of distinction, they may
alio refor to heroic deeds performed in
battle.)
aka--GXI7KA, v. Bee Xaka.
i— GXUKE, n. pL ama. (From zoka.) A
lame person.
6XUKU. (From gza, and aka, up.)
An ezdamaUon signiQring a shock, as when
a wagon rolls over a stone. See gqoka.
oka— QXUKUZA, v. t. (From gznka, and
nza, to make. JEtadieally one wUk gqu-
knsa. Allied to gqoqoza.)
To shake, to shock, at; ingcwele i ya
gznkaza, L e. : the wagon shakes.
(Words of this kind are neither dialectio
nor synonymoas in themselves, bat simple
modifications of ideas ezpreesed hjt to
shake, shook, shaken, shock, &c.)
„, „ ( GXUQXUMA, ) ▼. i. (From gxa, to-
^^ I QXUMA, j ward a point, top, and
oma, to move. Madiealfy one witk xnma.
Allied to gxangzala. Xosazoza, to raise,
as hair.)
1. Literally t to move np toward a
point, to spring np, to prance, e. g. : ama
nmonta a nga fikeU nto a ya gxugzuma,
i. e. : if one cannot reach to a thing, he
jamps ap toward it (in order to get it
iown). (The repeated form signifies the
repeated Jami^ng);— 2. FignratieeUfi to
talk or speak with energy, to be anxions
to speak, a#t wa gzagxuma efana ukn-
nflika endabeni yabo, i. e. : he was very
anzioasK trying to enter into their affair.
•*•*- GxtrexuMBLA, qnlf. fr. To spring or
jamp forth or away.
«i— ^ GxnoxmnsA, cans. fr. To eaose to
spring op; to try to prance, &a
i«
Digitized by
Google
HAHBELA.
[116]
HAU.
nlra— GXUSHA, v. t. (From gxu, at the
top, and Bha, to shoot, thrust. DialeeUc
gxatja, zosha. Jlliid to gnsha. 2^a
qasha.)
1. To eraro, to stuff, to gorge, at:
gxosha ombik isake a li ka cwali, i. e. :
stuff the maize down, the sack is not fhll
yet; — 2. To thmst, or throw upon, to
dri?e np, to startle np, a« : ba yi gxosha
inyamazaoa ngamatye i hi seweni i pnme
ha ze ba yi fhmane, i. e. : they throw
stones at the book, it being at the rock, to
come oat, in order that they might get it.
H.
IS is more a gnttnral than a simple
aspirate in the Zuln-Eafir, because it is
sounded with more force and depth than
the English h in hat, hamd, &o.. It is
exactly like the German h in haut. As a
guttural it is allied to g, k, and r, and
bebngs to the dialectic or tribal differ-
ences, as : huye = nguye, hamba = kam-
ba = ramba, ihau = irau, Ac This
peculiarity is also the reason of its rare
occurrence.
HA. An exclamation denoting a strong
breathing from the lungs, caused by ^eat,
as I izulu li balele 11 ti ha ! ha ! L e. : the
atmosphere or weather is Tery hot, as if
Inreathing strongly = ha !
i^HABAMAKONDE, n. See HUbama-
konde.
nm— >HADU, n. (pLimi. seldom used.) (From
a, to moTe, witii the al^nration — , and idu,
dbrawn, kmg. AUied to jadu.)
A train, a company in order.
HAI, ady. Dialectic, Same as Ai.
HATiALA. An exclamation denoting
an agreeable^ joyfbl feeling, usually ex-
pressed on an occasion Si receiTing a
present^ or of meeting with fiiends. It
occurs in the expression: halala iMntu
bakwiti, L e. : bravo, or well-done, dear
friends! you dear ones!
uku — HAMBA, y. L Passive hanjwa. (From
amba, aspirating the h. The radicals are
ima, to moye^ and iba, to step forth, separ-
ate, in firont. LUeralUfi to more from
a phMe forth.)
1. To move^ of the body ;— 2. To go,
to walk, to journey, to travel, to march ;
— 3. To advance, to proceed;— 4. To
flow, as I amanzi a ya hamba emftileni,
L e. : the water moves forth in the river.
— — HAUfBTtKA, quit. fr. To possess the
quality of moving, g<nng, walking, Ac,
as : inyanga yinto ehambekayo, L e. : the
moon is a thing which moves.
— Hahbsla, qulf. fr. 1. To move, go,
Ac, for, to, forth, forward, asi ngi ham-
bela ubaba, L e. : I go for my fiither;— 2.
Ukuzihambek, L e.: to waUc alone^ for
himself,
•-i— • Hambxlina, rqnr. fr. To go to each
other, to visit each other.
-— « HAifHTHA, cans. fr. 1. To cause to
move, go, &c. ; to go on, <w : hamlrisa uku-
shumayela, L e. : go on reporting ; — 2. To
further, to promote^ to advance onward,
to help to further, to forward, as : hambi-
sani izindaba zi ye n flke ezizweni xonke,
i. e. : make that these tidings go until
they reach all the tribes; — S. To behave^
to conduct, otf : a ka hambisi njengabanya
abantu, L e. : he does not bdiave himself
as other people do.
um— HAMBA, n. pL ImL (From the Tttb.)
A dress which is worn all day at homa.
um— HAMBI, n. pL aba. (From hamba.) A
traveller, a stranger, a vintor.
^ CHAMBINENHLU. ^n. pL ImL
^" I HAMBINENHLWANA. j (From ham-
hi, and nenhlu, i. e. : with a bouse, or
nenhlwana, with a small house.) Acaddis-
i— HAMBO, n. sing. (From hamba.)
Movement, a walk. Seldom used,
isi— HAMBO, n. pi. iri. (From hamba.)
That which is walked with, ms.^ leg^ feet.
(In a sporting sense.)
i— HASHANA, n. pL ama. [Dim. ot
ibashe.) A little or small hone,
i— HASHE, n. pL ama. (Eafirixed from
the English horse. A little child when it
be^^ to speak will invariably pronoimce
the word as the natives do.) A horse,
i— HASHE, n. ring. (Little known in
Natal, but oommon among the Frcmtier
and the Xosa tribe.)
Bilious attacks^ or a kind of runidng
fever.
Note. — ^I believe that this word is of a .
similar origin as ihashe, horse. For there
is no stem from which it could be shown
to have been derived, neither does it form
a plural, which is always the case vrith
some foreign words. And berides this,
part of the natives always indicate, when
using it, that it is derived frtmi civilized
people. Perhaps it has orig^ted fitMn
the English hoarse.
i— HASHEKAZI. n. pL ama. (From
ihashe, and kari, denoting female.) A mare.
HAU. {RadicaUy one wUh au.) An
exclamation expressive of surprise^ joy»
sympathy, — ^pain, contempt^ dislike, Ac.,
smiilar to the English c^ I and ah I The
senses, however, are always distinsuished
by diffarent modes <tf utterance, and differ-
ent modifications of features. When
pronounced shorty it usually means pain,
dislike, &&, when long and witii empbafis»
surprise^ sympathy, tc.
Digitized by
Google
HOKO.
[U7]
HLANA.
i— HAU, A. pL ama. DiaUeUo, inttoad of
in — HAULA, n. pL kL (From hau, onoma*
top, ngniQriiiff the noiie fA howlbig, and
nU, toffcrain.)
IMeralUfi a howling or roaring, u that
of a lion— ingonyama i nedhanla.
nkn— HATA, v. L (From ha, ezpreadve of
a lead in Bnging, and iya, to redrew to go.
AJUed to cwaya IL)
1. To commence or giro a robjeot fix
tinging, to lead aiong— nsoally by making
ha! ha! ha! &e.;— 2. To give the tone^
toprehide.
— HATiai, oanfl.fr. Tomakeaoommenoe-
ment, in linging ; to ling,
nm— HATO, n. pT. imL O^Vom haya.) 1«
A starting iong ; a prelndinm to a ducer ;
— ^2. A fee giTen to an inyanga (leader in
ainging) for hia praetioe of haya.
HS. fSadiealfy one wiih ehe.) An
excla m ati o n, — 1. Denoting snrpriae, eqni-
Talent to the qneation utiniP What do
yoaaay? In thii case it is pronounced
abort;— 2. Denoting approbation or con-
sent^ = well! so! right! In this it is
pronotmced long,
nkn— HEBEZA, ▼. DiaUcHe. See Bebeza.
i—HEMO, n. pL ama. The white cran^
so called from its yoioe.
nkn— HEULA, ▼. t. (From hen, radiealfy
onewUh ban, dislike^ and nla» to strain.
Ome with isihanla.)
To howl or roar, as a lion.
HL An ezebunation signifying dexteri-
ty in throwing spears or fighting;— finght
or p fi i ff, and sorprise.
nko— HIHIZA, t. t. (From hi-hi and isa;
literal^ : to make inarticolate somids.)
To mnmble or mntter.
— ^ HthtcttiA, qolf. fr. To mmnble for,
about, dee.
HITA. (From hi, and lya, to ga) An
exdamatioii denoting arersion, disgust,
isi — HITA, n. sing. (UadioaXUf one wUk
hava. Porridge, pap (AMnahaea), Pro-
bMly applied to tlM fresh porridge made
of new com.
i— HOBE, n. pL ama. (From obe, with
aqnrated h. Onomaiop. signifying the
tow aoond of doves, to 000. CioeelyaiUed
to bowob and esmommoue wUk i-Jaba.
iSKf-Heba.)
The do? e or ingeoo.
i— HOBO, n. pL ama. (From obo, that
which has been separated, with as^ted
h. 8ee aUo hobe.)
A poor or innocent person, most probably
so called after the ibobe.
HOI, inlj. Expressing approral and
disapproval,
iai— HOKO, n. sing. (From ho-ko^ onoma*
top. denoting the ridng and frlHng i
caused by the flnid in a smoldng-pipe.)
1. A black, smeary, oily mass which re*
mains in the bowl of Uie pdpe after smoking
wild hemp. It smells very ill, and hence,
2. A very bad smelL
(The Xoea has isihoko— isihogo, and
isihogn, the last being the tme redtal from
ngn, with the aipirate h — L e. : some peon*
liar bend, cut, cavet or hole.)
i— HOWE, n. pi. ama. (From the Xoea,
which has ilowe^ it is obnons that the root
is owe, with the a^iirate h. And taking
its other form iboya, we find that both are
onoaio^., denotmg a peculiar cry or soond
of oweandoya.)
The wild goose.
i — HOTA, n. pi. ama. (From oya, witii
aspbrated h,— o, local, and uya, to retire,
nnk, denoting a sinking, or falling sound
or voice like o. Allied to howe.)
The wild goose, eame as howe.
HU. An exdamation, denoting a car*
tain hue or feinting fading at Uie com-
mencement of a sickness,
mn — HUMA, n.p.imi. (From nma, to move,
to open, with aspirated h. Of the Ama*
xwan nod other dialects. Xoea nrnxuma.)
A cave,
i— HUME, n. pL ama. (From uma. See
A centipede; a fire-worm. Dialectic,
ihe eame ae in-Kume.
uku— HLA, V. t. JPaeeive hliwa. (From the
I. root ihla— uhla, pronounced with a soft
a^iiration. JStadtoalUf one with hla II.,
whieheee. The j^ritnaiyeenee is lixnuh, to
crush, which aleo radicalUf coinddee with
siUu AlUedtonu)
1. To eat, to consume^ to devour, ae :
aka nakuhla, L e. : he has nothing to eat,
no food ;— 2. To feed, to pasture, to graxe^
ae : isinkomo xi hla emftdeni, i. e. : the
cattle are grasing at the river ^— 8. Idiom*
otic : a. To take away the tldngs or pro*
perW, to confiscate^ at: si m hlile^ i e.:
we nave taken all from him (with and
without the object taken);— ft. To lose a
case in court, ae : icala 11 m hlile, i. e. :
Ui, I the case has eaten him, = he has lost
it ;— 0. To lose a game, to feil, a« : inkato
i m hlile, i. e. : the chdce or lot feiled
him ;— <i. ukuhla ilife, L e. : to inherit.
— — Hlaka, repr. fr. 1. To eat, consume,
Ac, each oth«r, or each other's property ;
—2. Idiomatic : ukuhkna ngenkato^ L e. :
to draw tots.
Reicabx.— It must be remarked here
that the last mode of speaking is quite the
reverse of the English. In casting tots,
or in staking in a lottery {eee iiH-Kato), the
felUng <tf a tot on one makes him the
IS
Digitized by
Google
«— -» BttKA, qaU. ft. 1. £U9r&tfyi%oekt
out or in, att to wear ool or iti« to fret, to
wetr away a idntanctf by friction, as:
indmU yeaondo se i Uekile nfroknbotjwa,
L e* s tbe tirv of tbt wkeel ia already worn
away by .dragging ;-^8. To corrode, to eat
away;--8. To unpalr, to anibr loaa or
damage, to sofler robtiery, to be robbed,
cheated, fto^ aa in trading or bntering.
-— — Hlila, qa^f, fr. 1. To aat, oontome,
SLe*, for, on acooont, tc^ a# t b* kn hiela
iaiokomo nke^ L e. : tliey took away from
you hia cattle ;^9. To eat at, witli, from,
with the prep. Ira, a$ t idtya eaihiela kiuo,
i. e. t a dii^ we eat froip ;«-or : iritya
aokuhlela; — inlila yoknblela, L e. : a din-
ing-room.
•x*^* Hlisa, cans. fr. 1. To ca»e to eat,
Ac I — ^4 To poison, to giro poiaoa to ea^
at : nmfasi wake n m blUile, i. e. : bia wife
has poisoned him.
*— ^ Hlibbla, qnlf. fr. TO hefd at, to feed
at, a#! wo li hliaela itinkomo entabeni,
Le.: yon moat hard the cattle al the
mountain.
nka-^HLA, t. i. (From the root ihla— idda,
IL proBoonced with a sharp or stiong aa^nra-
tion, denoting a de? doping power, or an
effect of some cause, vix., a production.
Mntm, It is deseriptire of the outward
appearance, as shdl, skin, pericarp, Ae., as
also of tho quaUties of theae, aa fr«ah,
green, coarse, iine, beautUbl, Ac It is
ckiaely alHed to^ and often coiadding with,
the roots sa, and ta, to break forth, burst,
bud, shoot, throw, thrust, tiirive. See
nhla. Ib compounds it protaineDtly sus-
tains the force of de and ffro, denoting
separation, or it only augments the fidlow-
ing parts.)
1. To happen, to come to pass, to come
ofl^ totake place, to come by chanoa, asi
ku yakuhhi nisi loku, i.e.e when ahall
thia happen; — t. To happen within a cer-
tain space, ot: ukuhk iwa leku kwo ba
ko afail nap L e.: the time when this
shall come to pass is to be— when?— 8.
To beftd, to happen to, at: ku ko into
e Bgi hlil^ i. e. t there is someihing which
has eofflo ofer me, or upon me ;-Hk. To
come down, to deacend, at : indau ddayo,
i. e. : a deseending pkce«
This form is ofUn need la counexion
with other terbs, partlcriarly with idrati,
and serrea as a eopuktlTe, ott wa hla wa
ti, i. e. s 2t#. ! he hiype u e d and aidd, =
happened to say, or : and he said; or : he
said fynrtber. Iliis cipr e i si ou is often con*
tracted into wa Mwaiti, in a hasty manner
of speakhig, but H is not to be rucom-
mendod*
Kwi.^ I¥ ap eilj speaking, tiMrtf is no
difference between this verb and eUa, not
•S fliuab ai Aalectia evSQ, beta ta a • is a |
prefix which is retained In idl eotdogations
and tansss, as in other t oWel«rem The
fact, however, is that many tribes^ or in-
dividuals, drop the prefix in ae^eral tenaes,
«^not in all,— while othera strictly retain
it. I have given the root hla a apedal
pikoe here because it Is not the steoi
ehlm which takes such a prominent part
in the formation of other sterns^ but the
root.
^x*^ HsELA, quif. fr. 1. To happen to or
with ; to bf^ to come down upon, or : ku
ngi hlele uto olubi, i. e. t a bad thing has
bsAdlen rae;-^S. To come down for, to
descend for, ae: ng*e hkianlna, Le.: I
Came down for your sake. (Instead of
this, hlikebi is more firequently used) ; — 3.
To press down, to beat down, aet hlda
izitungwaaa Eeakjunga ti be si lunge uku-
fttlelwa, i.e.: beat the bundlea of graas
down that they may be good for thatching;
—4 To ky flat, to lay in rows, to form in
rows or ranks^ to muster, aei iakmi ya
hlek ijadu. Let the bhief formed dbe
dancing parfy In ranks ; Inkosi ya Uda
impi, Le.: the officer mustered tbere^-
ment for parade;— 5* JS^aro^toalf i to
settle, to beat down a diBpBte or oppositko.
Oil hlebmi hidabale^ L«*t do settk this
•« Ht.tia, cauB. fr» 1. To caaaa to eome
down, to lower, to let down, to trice or
bring down, ott umtakati wabo ba m
i ngentamba eslweai b'emi pesulu bona,
Le.: wey let thdr aoroerer down tho rode
with a riem (a leather thong) while they
ibeauelveB were standing above ;-^l. Jdfe-
maiie: inkomo lya hllM, Le.: the cow
lets the milk down or letsHoome,— but:
ayihttsi, Le.: ft keeps the milk bach.
— — Hlibela, qulf. fr. To lower, to bring
down for, to, at, Ac, 4U : nga ngi tjilo wo
ri hUsete kaOa, Let I did aay ao that
you should bring something aevwu upon
yoursrif.
hi— HLA, n. sbff. (From Ma U.) 1. Xt-
/tra% : a par&ular pdnt coming down,
signi^ng the taking of a posltien, the fhce
fiaod to the pofait wheaco soasethlng is
coming. Stawling thus at the foot of a
hill, the space fimn that poaMon uptoward
the top Is thoMk; or In going tacroai
a river, the space from the eross h ypoint
toward its souroes|— ^S. Towsfil the upper
ride, uauaHy with the piip. nea, «t? nge-
nhk kwomfUa, Le.: tewatd th# upper
part of the river ;-^>t. Toward the north,
vis; r fixing the iheo to tho priat where
the sun rises, or with refbnmes t» the in-
riination downwmdsof the land from north
toaouth. (But without this looriparitioii
It daaa not mean north.)
Digitized by
Google
0Ujf% a mmnbraiM or riMptMle^ MTring
io eovar Mao part of a bodjr, ««i kihla
aenliBiijo, L e. : the perieirdioai* (In the
A«0 it is iMridM iMd itr ilMMth, amall
haffvAe.)
tt«-HI^ a. ]»L isin. (From Ua IL X».
itaUj^: a raaehinf down.)
1. A mui, a row, lint or ranki «#t nlo-
bla Iw^jado, i. e. : a danoHig party arraagad
So a oontinned Una ;^9. A ttring oompoted
oTomaoiantal things, a#: indnibi i nesin*
kk 'aiotatn, La^t haada of tbrea rows
fi^Un9&iiufidinffi0iihxib\u)i-^9* Aitring
aa in twitting or ptaitiog, uit lentambo i
naainhla atine, La*: this oord it made of
ftmr ttrioga }— 4, Mines mlip, the Ending
or edging of mate, brim, margin, Ac., a# :
W'anza iiinhk etilcombile eoantini, i. e. :
be bound the mat with seven rows (of
binding) ;*6. A file, a roar of parsons or
things beUndeash other I cell (smakekeba)
ef a honey-oooib )--6k A line (of writing),
a hiyer, tain or seam of any substance in
geology;—?. A streak or Una in wood,
stone, apon stetas, or paper*
nm-^HLA, n^pLimL (From hk It. AUied
U ttaH9a. au. molUi.)
Tba span or time between the dawning
(nknaa) and the arening (nknhlwa) } ksnee,
a day. Umbla omonye of itmhl'omnye,
Le^i another day, use the natt or second
day. Umhlaombi, nmhlalmbi, or 'mihU-
imbi, L e. : perhaps, perchanoa fiU, t a day
whieh is asparata, different), a oertain day.
akn— HLABA,Y.t. J\Mttaa hlaty wa. (From
Ua II., to throw, thmst t md iba, to separ-
ate. JBm/te%oiia«nahleba,hk>ba,and
hhiba. The nnte i»t to diride. AUied
t9 aba, daba, saba, taha, te.)
1. To atab» to tbrnst, to pleroa with a
Minted weapon, or as cattle with their
honsiMi warnhkbaamahlamaamatatn,
ka.1 ha stabbed him three stabs, «= he
pve him three stabai— 2. To stick, to
kiU, «fi isinkomo ai va hlatywa ngom-
konboi L a. t cattle are kiUed with a spear.
(Thki maening has partiookr reftrance to
the tfnltt practice of stabbing the cattle
kehliid the shonlder into the heart);— 8.
To wonnd mortaUy« toslanghteri to gore,
•at wa hktywa etiftibeni wa Ik, I ct he
waaiaeaMNly woondedln the cheat that
badiedofit|---4k Tostileh»tosow,toooca.
sion sUtdiea, to make panatttrec with an
iMlromentyMt a ci namnntu ohtola pakati
In Mdwa inhlo» Lai t we need one who
Mtahea fatfida when the honse is to be
thtttdied 1-*^. To prick, to giro pain, ae:
lAoMdaBiyaaffilhbaNKLa.: tbaeoragiTcs
laa paini-^. To l*nae^ to open with a
lioMli^T. T^ hit, to strike* to tonek pro-
pm^ mil aiMiwi aka a hkba onk% La.:
aUyoar words atraA («i)r*^ Ta point
tOb to mean, ott wa hkba ngapa, La.t he
pdnted to that diraetion |— 9. JUieme;He :
nknhlaba nrnkod, L e. : to sonnd an akrm,
to call to arms, to surprise with appro-
hansioa of danger i*-10. Uknhkba Ucweb^
Le.: sound a whistling |— 11. Ukahlaba
iahUtiyo^ L e. : to akrm the feeUngs, to
make an impression, to awaken the heart, to
aarprise agreeably, otf: nkakuluma kwako
kn si hkbue inhlisiyo, L e. i your speeoh has
made an agreeable imnresskm on our heart.
-^— >. HltABAiri, rcpr. fir. To stab, plerc^
prick, Ao^ one another.
^^"^ Hlabbka, quit fr. To hare the quaUty
of stabbing, pricking, Ac., aei inhUbo a
yi hlabeki, i. e. : the awl does not stltah,—
is blunt, dulL
— . Hlabbla, qalf. fr. 1. To eteb, stick,
shiughter, Ac, fbr, oe : sa m hlebck isitole,
Le.1 we killed a heirer for himi^l To
make pnnctnree with a pointed inslRiment,
Ac, for, at: u m hUbele isicatttto a se a
tange yena, Le.t you most prick the holea
into the ihoea for him in order that ha
may sew them i-^. T6 strike np a tune,
to dassBttt) to aomooae maslr^ M: hkbsla
isaqn, L e. : sing the parting song.
-.^ HtiinyT.iLij f^eqt. fit. Ptopir^t to
gita the tuna for the counterparts! but
^sommofUjf to dug, to sing to^ to lead in
tinging, Ml wa kala uibtwana aninawa
m nUibeleta, L e. i the child was ctying,
but the mother sang a song fbr Mm.
«-*^>. HLiBXLBLAKA, rcpr. fr. To sing to or
fbr somebody one after another, to ibg a
song to each other.
m,*^ HMiBijai, eaos. tif. To cause to eing,
to assist in singing, to lead in singing, to
sing in a particular way.
^.m^ H&ABBUasLA, quU. f^. To help, to
lead in singing for a certain pnrpoee^ asi
wa hkbeliseU nbukulu benkosi, Le.: he
sung in a special manner in regard to the
greatness of the king.
«Mfc Hriff^^i cans. fr. 1. To make or tatse
tosUb, kill, Ae.|--a^ To give for kilUng
or slaughtering. a« : a ku ngi h\MA na
inkomo u yinkosi yami f L e.} do yoa not
give ma a heed of cattle for kUUng^ yoa
beinff myehlaff
i-^HLABA, n. pL ama. (From iha nrK)
I. XtteroZi^: akindthatpricksorsUMicsi
applied to the pHckly kaf of tba alocb
whkh ia need Ibir rubljing the ikiiii IB 1^
paring them fbr a dreMi— t. Baw^thistkf
-«S. A ititchi Mt tl n«hkba aslfVibenl,
La. I he hal a Btitchittg pdn athtedicat.
in— HLABA, n. pi. iiln. (Froth hkbt^ eaa
i^Hkba.) The lad flower of the akia.
nm— HLABA, n. nt ImL (ftote the fork)
1. In • •Oiesliee ar iMtm* MMf i tba
earth, land, oppoaad to Mt; Mt tt^Bna and
Digitized by
Google
HLABO.
[WO]
ffTiAHTiA,
iilo-Anhk. (TieUieraltenmUt tLjUMoe
or extent fbr eultlTatiiig) ;— 2. The world,
MOppoied to otber things existing {^8.
Qroand, sdl, <u : nmhlaha dongileyo, L e. :
good groond ;— 4b Coontry, <u : emhlabeni
wa kwiti, i.e.: in oar own ooantry =
natiTe coontr j.
mn— HLABA, n. pL imi. (From the verh.)
The aloe tree.
nn^HLABA, n. pL on. (A penontficttion
of in-Hlaba.) Properhf : the time when
the aloe-tree is in flower, or: tiie.aloe«
flower month. It ftlli between April and
Hajr, more in the latter montii.
i— HLABAMAEONDE, n.pLama. (From
ihlaba, 2, and amakonde, 1 . e. t knob or
knot)
A species of thistle, of a high stalk and
large protnberant flower.
isi^HLABANE, n. sing. (From the rofff.
hl a h a na, or hlaba, and ane^ ^m. and rqN*.
form. lAteralUf : pieroing each other, or
after one another.)
ProperJ^i those stalks of maize or
Kafir-corn which shoot from the prindpal,
and the frnit of which becomes zipe when
the Utter has already been reined. Senc9,
after— or second— hanrest
i— HLAB ANZI, n. pi ama. (From ihlaba,
and anzi, broad. Belonging to the Amch
mpondamd other Sonth-westem tribes.)
lAteralUf t a kind of broad prickle, ap-
plied to a kind of red snak^ called in Zola
uirampnte.
nm— HLABANZI, n. pL imL (From nm-
hlaba, and and, broad.)
LUerdlUfi a broad aloe-tree.
U—HLABAXI, n. pL ixL (iS^ nm-Hlabati.)
Sand,
nm— HLABATI, n. pi. im!« (From nmhlaba,
and atl, mild, fine, soft i/^M togabate.)
1. lAteralljf : fine or soft earth, consti-
tnting #oi/;— 2. Earth groond, = nm-
hlaba;— 8. A dodor lamp of earth, m:
nmhkbatiilo^ i. e. t this earthy dod.
W— HLABELELO, n. pL in. (From Ua-
belela.) A song, psalm, descant; Ui. : a
series of singing.
umfSJ^SI^P^'^n- PL t^ (From
. CHIaABELI, j hla&kla, and hlabek.)
A singer, leader in singing,
nm— HLABELISI, n. pL aba. (From Ua-
belisa.)
A composer, one who can teach sinsnng.
nm—HLABELO, a. pi. imi. (From hUbdiu)
lAUraU^i something which has been
killed for, vis. $ a beast which has been
killed for some porpose, • resembling a
. ■•o^ («w. setlabelo, sacrifice.)
nm— HLABI,n.pLaba. (From Uaba.) One
Who kills, sUnghters j a butcher,
ui-HLAB0,n.pLi2in. (FromWaba.) An
instmment for piercing, an awl, a chisel, &C.
nkv^HLABULA, r. t. (From hk 1., and
boh, to separate from. B mdio a ify comm
cMiis^ fpi^A hlebola, and hhibnla. ^lilM to
hlafhna.)
LiieraU^ : to make a noise by the
separation of the lips after having eaten,
to smack, as: n ya Uabnla nma kade e
hk, i.e.: he smacks with the lipa or
month at the time after eating.
nkn-HLAFAZA, t. t (From hk IL, to
thmst fi^ a blast, cradr, breach, andiai,
to oome^ make, become. Badi c alijf aad
literally ome wUhhkiiotau Atranq^don
of roots gives fihliza. AUM cofoaa.)
1. JAUrdUy I to throw something wo as
to give it a crack or breach (= to break
the ice), to remove the first obstmction or
difBcnlty, to open the wav, oi : wa fohlan
nknknlnma, L e. : he^ as it were, broke the
ic^ and began to qpeak;— 2. To break
something before it is entirely separated, as
an egg befbrethe ooAtents are poured out
nku— HLAFUKA, v. t (From hla L, and
ftma, to strike together.. AUM to nalbna,
and hlabula.)
To chew, to masticate,
itt— HLAFUNO, n. pi. izL (From hlafiuia.)
1. Literally : the act of mastioation or
chewing ;^2k Anything which is chewed ;
— 8. The members for chewing^ = jaws,
nku- HLAHLA, v. t (A repeiUum qf hk
II., to thrust HadiealljfonewitkhiMM,
hkida, and hlnhlu. The mim# is: to
detrude.)
1. To cnt down, to cut or chop aS, at:
hli^ilani amahlahla a lomuti, Ce.: cut
down the branches of this tree;— 2. To
ch<^ to cut into pieces, an se be yi hk-
hHle inkomo e hktviweyo^ L e. : they
have already cut up the (meat of the) cow
which k skughtered ;— 3. To chop out, to
cut out (referring to a surgical operation
by cutting), as : ukuhkhk ingod, L e. :
to open or cot a bruise of the head;— 4i
Ukuhkhk impi, i. e. : to levy an army
for war;— 6. Ukuhkhk ngento^ i e.:
to pay with, lit, : to cut short a debt with
something, as : wa hkhk ngenkomo b'ea
ukumloboUsa, i. e. : he cut the matter
short by a cow when th^ came to demand
payment for hk wife.
—— Hlahleu, qull fr. To dK>p, to cut
into pieces, Ac., for, at, upon, as: inyama
wo yi hkhlekemtini, i. e. : diop the meat
upon a piece of wood,
i— HLAHLA, n. pL ama. (From the
verb.) 1. A branch, cut o£f frtmi a tree^
•hrubb or plant, {lit, : a kind of cotting);
— 2. Apoint or top broken off from a tres^
shrub, or fdant, as in a bunch of flowers,
isi— HLAHLA, n. pL ixL (From the verb.)
1. lAterdUy : a place where some branch
of a tree^ shrub, Ac., grows;- 9. 4 ooUeotioo
• Digitized by
Google
HULKA.
CMl]
^LAEANIPA.
«#tfM, ihnilM^pliiit^ftlniiiehor treef;
—9. A ringle tree, dumb, or pUnt.
«]ni— HLAHLAMELA* T. t. (From hlabk,
— ud mela, to mora or ittnd fortiL)
1. 2;<<0r«%: to more or wato, m a
bnuMb, mf.: to adoni or trim with
iHMiMlMf or iloweri, ai when gofog to a
fiMsti or in being luokj. This it the pri-
mary meaning, whidh it little in nte,
howerer, ezeept with a few who apj^ the
word to the breaking off of littiie branchee.
IGmoff,— 2. To be Incky, fortunate, to re-
eeive tome unexpected benefit, as : n hhi«
hlarnde wa piwa nto e nga la iebemeUmga,
i<.g he it rerj fortunate, baring been
giren iomething without working for it.
i-HLAHLAKA, n, pL anwu (Dim. of
ihkUa.) A tmaU branch,
iii— HLAHLANA, n. pi. iii. (Dm. of
ieibJahk.) A onall or littte budi.
i— HLAHLANTANA, n. pL ama. (Dim.
ofihlahhma.) A Tery smaU branch.
W-HLAHLANYANA, n. pL ia. (Dim.
of iiihkhkna.) A rery little buah.
ukn— HLAHLATA, t. t. (From hk II,
repeated, and ita, to touch. Wbal
hkmhkta.)
1. T6 diop^ to grind and ndnoe with
the front teeth, at meat» bark <nr rush, to
bind with, whidi ii made loAer or changed
into fibree by Uting it often with the
teeth,— and aleo : hkUata intwak, i. e. :
to minee Hoe (a ea?age habit of killing
them).
nkn— HLAHLAZEKA, t. i. (From hkhk,
to chop, and ixeka, to come to a itato of,
to become.)
ToreoaiTeacbop, oraek,orhurt,a«: u
h l a bhw i rile ekuhambeni, i. e. : hereceiTed
a hurt in walking, or he out himtelf in
walking (ta by a aharp itoocb a piece of
wood, thorn, oo.)
mn— HLAHLB, n. pL imi. (From ihhdda.)
Any kind of buab, tree, thrub, or pknl^
which heart a duiter of leavet, at a car*
tain Tudi for making mati^ and tereral
kindt of baser treet.
nm— HIiAHLO, n. pL imL (From hhdda.)
A bnmdi, teetaon, or commimion, contitt-
ing of a number of pertont, who bare to
oiu for and to attend to a turgical opera-
tion in the cate of one being wounded. fHie
ezpreanon itt ukunika umhlahlo, i. e. : to
imoint inch a commimion. *
n— HLAHLOTI, n. ^8^ Hhmhloti.
u— HLAI, n. pi iiin. A contraction ttcm
in-Hkgrm, which tee.
HLAKA. (Qriffinally a noun, frmn
hk, to throw, and ika, come oS, up.
MadiealUf one wia hleka, hlika, hhika,
aieahlnka. AUded to ^wtikti,)
An exdama^on denoting derattation,
and henee, reoei?hig an appearance of
want, rooghneii, ooarteneit, liardnen,fte.
tJtedwith ukuti, tut abantu bati hkka
ngemfaso^ L e. : the people became deyatt*
ated by war, = were brokm up entirely.
i— HLAKA, n. pi. ama. (From hkka.)
Cowt* milk, or new milk before it it fit for
ute (= um-Tubi).
in— HLAKA, n. pL izin. (From hkka.)
LiteraUjf : a diyetting, itripping ofi^— de«
toriptive of gum. Ezpreiting glue,
u — ^HLAEA, n. pL izin. (^tom hlaka.)
1. A rough concern of a houte {like u-
Bamba) erected upon polet, and the upper
part being leparated by a layer of maiie,
or com-ttalks, for puttmg Tegetablei upon ;
— iltfMOtf, 9. A rough kind of bed or bed*
ttead, made of maize-stalki, reeds, &c.^~
8. Any number of stalks bound together
and used for a rough door, &o.)
i— HLAEAHLA, n. pL ama. The fruit of
the following :
u— HLAKAHLA, n. pL lain. (From
hlaka, and hia, to thrust. lAterdUy ; to
break up, thrusting.)
A kind of wild cucumber, trailing on
the ground, with slender shoots, and pro-
dudng an oval thorn-apple of a high yel«
low or reddish colour, as large as an
which, when ripe, bursts open and
its seed like small beans,
i— HLAEAHLAEA, n. pi. ama. (A repe-
tition of ihkka. DialecHo ihkkanhlaka.)
Qreat dcTastation, coarseness, roughness,
&c. Of : singamahlakablaka tina, L e. : we
are in a poor or broken-up state;— isikwebu
aemfe si ngamahlakahlaka odwa, L e. : the
ear of jpgar-cane is nothing but a coarse
tubstainb.
in— HLAKALA, n. pi. izi. (From hlaka,
and ila, to strain, ttand foirth. Tribal i-
Qakala.)
1. The ankle or sling-bone and wrist;
—2. The j<nnt of those bones,
uku— HLAKANA, t. t. JProperl^i a rcpr.
of the obsolete verb hlaka. RadiealUf in
hlekana, and hlukana, see ahlaka.)
To bKak up into many little things^ to
break asunder. Seldom used.
— Hlaxaiosa, eaus. fr. To defraud, =
kohlanisa.
in— HAKANHLAEA. (From hkka.) Same
as i-Ukkahkka. Ingubo e yi nbkka«
nhkka, umgubo o yi nhlslranhkka, L e. :
a coarse dress— coarse meal,
i— HLAKANI, n. pL ama. (From hk-
kana. It is the same if derired from hk,
to throw, and inkani, fraud.)
A defrauder, a deceitful, cunning person,
ubu— HLAKANI, n. (From hkkana.) De-
fraudation, deoeitfrdness, cunning,
uku— HLAKAKIPA, t. t. (From hkkana,
and ipa, to gire, to make. Analogous
forms are ekpa, TUapa, Ac)
Digitized by
Google
1* Tobftihrewd, arUU, ciiiiiriiig» oraftj,
or dteeltfU, ast nmlmta oblakanipUejo,
UB*i % crafty perton. (Tbif is applied in
ft good and Md maam, bocMM tbeaadition-
al root of ipa modifies the origliMd iense
to as to refer to the aooompUshing of a
purpose more than to the nod-lavdable
tneans.) 2. To be skiUbl, elperienoedi to
bate knowledge^ as t abelongH ba hbUcani-
pilfl be s'aii isinto SBonke tikaienta^ i. e. :
the AbcloDga are skilfol^ and know to
make all things s*— 8* To be on bis guard,
to look o«t*
•*^ Hlakaitipbla, qnlf. ft*. To be shrewd,
skilfal, kc, for, respecting, Mi no n hla-
kanipela ku lomoxi, i« e. : be on jonr goard
at that plaee.
*^-^ HlKAirtpniA, eatn.fr. To make shrewd,
skilfiil, aagaoiotis, Ac.
um-^HLAKANIPl, n. pi aba. (From bla-
kanipa.) A wise man, a sagamoni, abrewd,
skilfnl person*
nm-'HLAKANTAi n. pi. imU (From hla-
kani, and a, or ya, to move> to go.)
A name giren to the larra of a cater-
pillar, on Bcootmt of, or with reference to,
ita cunning*
i-^HLAKANYANA, n. pL ama. (JHtMnw
Uh Gt iblakani, which tee,)
One less ennniftg, leas ttrtfol, less sa-
gacious.
i--«HLAKANTATI, n* pi. ama« (From
blakani, ciranhig, and inyati, buflRik>.)
A name of a bird» slmikr to a throstle,
which spies oot the bnfiUo* and, sitting on
it» makes a noise, whereby the hunters
obtain iofbrmation about thatanimaL (See
also iblalanyati.) ^
ukn— HLAKAZA, r. t. (From bkka, ind
isa, to make, become* Sadiealfy ons wUh
hlokoza. Allied to sakaza, to scatter.
iS»f.'tlakatsa, to make known, to manifest.)
1. JPrimariljfi to ditest, to break up,
to break into pieces, oT down, a# i ba yi
hlakazile inbln yabo, i. e.i they hate
broken down their house;— S. To break
into coarse particles, to bruise, M : yini u
hlakaze umbih^ i. e. : why do you grind
the maize coarse f — 8. Tb eonquer beyond
resistance, to oterwhelm, as : Utjaka itixwe
zonke u ^ hlakazile, 1. e* t TJaka has oter-
powered all nations or tribes t-'^ To break
up, to rummage^ as : ihi hlakase timhkba
lapa u fuiie into yake, i« e. : turn up tbe
ground here and seek for yottr thing i^6.
Tb spTMd, to eipose, us t hkkaia mnbiU
elangeni u monsii i. e. t lay the maiieopen
in the tun ibr it b wet* (In tbe last two
Senses this rerb is used by tbe XoM| to
diseorer, to make known, expose one.) 6.
To scatter, disperse^ disfllpafs, osi ikiiga
li wa hlakazile amalta, i. e. : the sun Ims
dispersed the olouds;-»7. To dindis, asi
isdntoli sft It
i e»t the ohttch ct
going ottt when we arrited. ^
HfiiKAaiMA, quit fr. 1. To break «p^
to dtSBohre itself and Mparatfl, 0$ 1 ama*
baiihka puaile abatywak a Uaknariute,
i. Ok z when tbe company had dnnk beer
it broke up;— 8* To diqterae, antter,
separate into mftuy direoiiomr^* To be
. orer, ast kooa isonto H hlakaiehile^ L e. :
now the diuich is over.
ukn^HLAKULA, t. t. (From kkka, and
uUi, to stoain, UtstaUff i to remora rough-
ness, &e.| or, hla, to throw, eaae^ and
knb^ to grow, both tbe same. iSir* tlagola.)
1. To take away tbe weeds between the
corn, to weed, as : ku yisikiti sokttUlakuki
aroammi, i. e. 1 it is tbe time for weeding
the gardens ;^2. To deanfitnu frcad^to
cause to grow, asi umbila o hhUtuUwe u
kula masinya^ i. e*; msize Which baa been
cleaned from weeds growl rery fiiit.
-*-^ HiiAKtLAVA, repr. ft. To WMd ftfter
each other, one after another^
-^M. HLAKOtEEA, quit. fr. To hfl(V« fltMBB,
tobe fit ibr weeding, as 1 lomhlakulo a wu
blakuleki, i. e. : this spade H unfit fiv
weeding.
•»-4 HikAiEirLBLA, qnlf. fn To we«d Ibr.
•m.^ HlaxVxaba, eaui. fr* To CMM
or help to weed ; to try to weid.
urn— HLAKULO, n. pL imi (From blakuhu)
An instffument ibr weeding tbt fud«i» as
a spade, &c.
in— HLAKUVA, n. pL i^M* Th« flndt of
the wild castor-oil l^ee.
urn— HLAKUYA, n. pi. imi* (From Uaka,
and uya, to oome, icAreA Mew)
• LUerallff : a tree whioh bsari 11 doane
cluster, a designatioiL Of tiie WiU castor-
oil tree.
uku— HLALA, t. t. (From hla I«, nd ik,
to strain, rise* Litsralfyt to Mu s li or
rush fbrtbf to put ftrtfa • gssne, sis Ida
L, 8. a)
1. To use an ekeroise ibr reoreatton, to
pUy, as : abantwana ha ya blah ngvklomo^
i. e. t the children pky with oattlof**^
To perftmn, to drill, to ezereise^ mi 1 ama-
buto a ya hlalwa, i*a.: tbe seldkni are
drilled.
"^'^^ Hlaha, repr* fr. (Oontraotod from
hhUana, whioh is not in xm,) Xo pky
together, to throw diee«
in— HLALA, n. pL izin. (Frotti the Tirb
in its primary sense t to eati I MsmUy i
a straining to eat.) FamiiM^ bttiger,
scareitiy*
in— HLiliA, ii. pL ama. {89$ i»«Hkd%
fcmine.)
Gladd (as a signification of kiagvr).
nkti^HLALA« v* t (From bk IL, and ik,
tostnin. iMJsii% om wMl ldala» m
Digitized by
Google
HLALI81«
[MB]
HLAMIFA*
Ilk Hn hlomikUu AlU$d t9 nln, lala.
l%S99n$0iit to thrmt ibrth, to ftUle.)
1. To let dovm, to lit down, tomt, ati
kkk agtfOiIalo, L o. t ril down upon the
•bsb t^£. To stay, to rfmahi, to nUde, to
Wftit,M: hkla lapA Dgi nngi 7«koiM,i.e.:
fMudn hen that I nwj go tbtre;— 8. To
lettle, to dweU, to rertde, to Hte, a$ : ngi
ya ka blaki e Lom, 1. •« s 1 go to reside
at Hm llofu ;^^ To raniaiii stil], to be
ttiU, Of : wm hkla e nga kuloniaiiga, L e. :
he ipoko nothing I— 6. To content, to
aatiify, to appeaae, att ngi nge he ngi
hlaie nako, L e. t I cannot be content with
it in any way, or s I cannot content myself
with it in any way ; — 6. Idiomatie : nkn-
hlnla indan, i. e. s to bays a rCftitig place,
—a ka blezi indan, i. e. : he does not know
a t^aoe where to go to;'^?. Hlala kahle,
fare or li?e well,
Tbia Tcrb has two irregnUr ibrms,—
Uefi, oontraoi. from bla-iH, tha hitter de-
noting devatioD, health, thus: to enjoy
baalth, to be in a staU of healUh-*and
blesi, contract, from hk-izi, the kttar de-
noting senses* places, tkwt: to ei^oj a
phoe whart one resides, to be at home.
Tiiese ibrms being always gorerned by, or
eoonetted with, tha simple sobstitnte
pran., th^ as s nm e tha eharaoter of noons,
ati nnjaai nyihlo namhlaf nbleii, i.6. :
how is vonr father to-day? he is well, as
a bealthy one,— bat : n pina nyihb nam-
hla f nhlcti, 1. a. t where ia yoor fiither
t»diqr f he is staying, or he is, at home,
= a hoaieiy one.
- HlaIiXKi, qntt. ft. To be in a state of
sitting, staying^ dwelKng, att ngi hlale-
kila ka kmnai, i. e. s I was detsliMble at
thai place, £c^ allowed myself to stay.
- HLAttTJi, qnlf. fr. 1. Tosit,sti^, &c,
Ibr, at, npon, as : ngi hhdek wena, i. e. :
I wait ibr yon p--%. To dwdl or stay on,
mt roam. nknUalek iswi leH, L e. : do not
dwell BO long on this wMd;--^. To mind,
to wsteb, at *. nkohhdek izinyoni, i e. : to
Wat^ the birds ;-^ MUpHei nknyihk-
kk inkono, i e. x to wait for tha coming
of tha milk from the cow, which nsnally is
tha caae in a aaoond attempt at milkiog her.
Hkkk imsBedktely before an Infinitiye,
d emotes t to be on the point of, at; n^
hkkk nkott, i« a. s to bo on the point of
•onainf.
Witk the rtistiyoii, mt nkmyiklek,
kdeMtass tobeindapendent, jtf.i to lire
ftff oosTa self, to haya or possssa so mnch
by one's self as nai to Bead tha aid of
— — HLALiLAirA, rcpr. fr. To ait^ stay,
wait» Ac, for one another.
— Hlalisi, caos. ft, {JUatKeaOy amd
UUraU^0mwilhh\iiim,) KTocanseto
•it stfH, stay, Aai-^. To settle^ to sdb-
side, at t nlwanhle In hklisa ipakopn* i.e. :
the sea setUes ibam;^8. To aUanoe, as
tnmnltsof war; topaci(y4
'^^ HliAUaAHA, rcpr. To kt sit, rett* dec,
one after another} to silence each other.
'-^^ HukLiBBLi, qnlf. fr. To caase or make
to snbside ) to bring into a sUita of qniet,
to bring to cease to rsge, to calm, or
tranqniUize passions*
-^^ Hlalibiba, cans. ft. To settle^ sibride
by degrees, to lettf by kweiing or letting
down, to subside, kt down oaritfblly.
i-'HLALANYATI, n. pL ama. (From
hkla, to sit, and ioyati, bnfihk.)
The same bird as ihkkanyati^ here
called so with respect to its sitting on the
bn Ak, as well as on cattle, and eating the
ticks off them.
i-^HLALI, n. pL ama. (From inhkla,
famine. The h is softly aspirated.)
The fhiii of the nmhkli, so called be-
cause it renders soma nonrishmeat in time
of ihmine, or in tha season whan tha food
becomes scaMew
nm— HLALI, n.pl.iml (iS^i-Hkli.) ITild
pomegranate-tree.
KoTB.— lodiyidnak often prommnee this
word and ihkli— tonhkk and Ihkk, hot
thte is erroDesus.
in-^HLALI, n. pi. lain. (From hkk, to
stay«) A loop or snare in a trap.
om^HLALI, n. sing. (From hkla, to stay.)
A right tributary of the Umtot4-»iyer,
near the sea.
in— HLALO, n. pi. iab* (From hkk, to
dwdl) A dwelliflg-pkoe, residence.
isi--HLALO, n. pi. id. (From hkk, to
ait.) A seat, chab, bench |-*isihkk seha-
ahe, i. e. : a aaddk.
nbtt—HLALU, n. sing. (From hkk, in iU
radical tente : to thrust fbrth.)
A merk name for all kinda of beads,
but riso specially applied to the rtd beads,
beeauae theaa ara regarded as the standard
ofaU.
nkn— HLALUKA, ▼. I (From hkk« and
nka, to come np, to go oat, or hk, and
akka, wiiok aM^^bdng all the same.)
To be on the point (J ooming, to come
fai sight, to make its appearance, a$i
isinkomo ai ya hlalnka emangwenif i. e. :
the cattle come in i^ht from (tha inter-
cepted paH of) the hill
k-^HLAM A, a. pL izin. (From Ufl n., to
thrust, and ima, to more. MaikaUjf one
wHh hkma and hlama.)
JJUeraUjf: a heaving MMS or tubftmoQ,
•»., wet meal iMde up into a temp ci
dooffb.
' in-^-HLAKAFA, n. (Ftom inhfi and amafa,
pL of ifh.) The $ame ai itt-HUHfiBi, wkick
m$4 The pi«wd k m p r ssiad by tMi word.
Digitized by
Google
HLAHBEZO.
[124]
HLAMBUEA.
Qkn-^HLAMBA, t. t (From Ua IL, to
throw, throft, and mba, see amba and
bamba, denoting a griping, oompreiiing,
and Btretching. JBaaicalljf one wiih hlom-
be, hlnmba. Closely allied to hlania.
Kamba: dambia; 8is,i tiapa.)
1. To wash, to deanie, ae: hlamba
izanhla ngamanzi, L e. : wash the hands
with water;— 2. To acmb, to leonrwith
water;— 3. To bathe, to iwim, as: u
j'azi nknhlamba nbani P i. e. : who is the
man that knows h5w to swim ?
— — • Hlamheya, qnlt. fr. To be fit for
washing, being cleansed, asz imiti a yi
hhunbcii, i.e.: the plank-floor will not
beooma clean by washing.
»-« HTiiintET.A, quit. fr. To wash for, at,
as: n hlambela pina ? Le.: where do yon
wash?
in— HLAMBA, n.pliun. (From the rerb.)
1. LUeralUf : sometlung, or a special thing
for washing, cleansing; — 2, A stain, taint
of p^t, canse of reproadi, blarney as : wa
ngi tuka ngenhlamba^ L e. : he cursed, =
charged, me ¥nth a canse of reproach, =
he blamed me.
isi— HLAMBA* n. (From inhlamba.) A
Uemish on character.
urn— HLAMBA, n. pL imi. (From hlamba,
T. AlUed to ir-Hkmfu.) LUeraUyt a
mass for deanidng; applied to a mass of
green tobacco leaves, which are run upon
a string and e^osed to the sun in oi^
to get dry.
um— HLAMBAMASI, n. pL iml. (Prom
nmhlambi, which see, and amasi, milk.
Others, but less correctly, hlambtmanzL)
A tree and its fruit, growing near the
sea. Its fruit resembles a snudl pumpkin
with stripes, varying in size like cocoa-
nuts^ and contains a mass of milky fluid,
but is not eatable.
nku— HLAMBEZA, r. t. (From hUunba,
to wtsh, and ica, to make, become.)
1. LUerdUjf : to perform a ceremony of
purification, consisting in washing and
sprinkling ;— 2. To become dean,
isi— HLAMBEZO, n. (From hhunbeza.)
1. LUeralljfi a preparation for purify-
ing ;— ^. The performance of purification.
This is the prindpal ceremony of purifi-
cation. The preparation is made of a
certain large tuberde, which is put into a
vessel and a quantity of water ix>nred
upon it It is appUed— 1. To a chief
when he is going to make war against
another. He diinks d this isihlambei^ and
washes himself with it. The expresuon
is: inkosi i ya hlambeza ngesihlambezo.
When that is done the same substance is
sprinkled on him, on the men he sends out
to war, their sbidds, weapons, and every
thing th^ cany with them for the battle.
This ceremony is called with another
name, the " intelesi yempi,'' i. e. : nnooth-
ness or sledmess of the force. Tbigj have
a superstition that this will secure snceesi
to their arms. (There may, very probably,
be a moral reason at the fbundatioo of this
ceremony, whidi has follen into oUifioQ
with the iH*esent generation.}
2. The isihlambeio is applied to women
who are in a state of pragnaney. Tbey
look into it as into a mirror, drink often
of it shortly before the time of delivery
and after, and also wash the new-born
child with it. Hence it is called : isihlani-
bezo somtwana, i. e.: the purifioation of
the child.
i— HLAMBI, n. pL ama. (From hlamba.)
A wave,
in— HLAMBI, n. pL izin. (From hlamba.)
1. A swimmer;— 2. A washer,
isi— HLAMBI, n. pi. izL (From Uamba.)
LiieraUyi a washing; hence, % shower of
rain.
nm— HLAMBI, n. pi. aba. (From hlamba.)
A washer.
um— HLAMBI, n. pL ImL (From hlamba.)
laterally : a collection of beings driving
or moving forth. It is applied to men
and beasts, as: nmhlambi wabantn, L eu : a
crowd of people, a company ;— umbhmbi
wezinkomo, i. e. : a herd, flock, or drove
of cattle.
nm— HLAMBILA, n. pL imL (From mnUa,
M0 hla I., to eat, and imbila, the rode*
rabbit.) A large snake keeping near to
rocks, and living upon the rabbits. It is a
spedes of the Iwa-constrictor.
i— HLAMBO, n. sing. (From hlamba.)
IdteraUy : a kind of washmg, deansfaig.
This is a ceremony which is performed
at the death of a chief. This is avenged
upon some of his people, whose cattle are
taken and killed for the purpose of purifi-
cation. It is called the *< ihlambo lenkoai,''
L e. : a purification of the chief, indnding
also the impi, company of men, which
was sent for taking the cattle. (There
ii some rdation in this to the idhlambeio.)
id— HLAMBO, n. pi. isi. (From hlamba.)
Literally : a place washed, descriptive of
low valley, or meadow-land, immediatdy
before and between the conjunction of two
rivulets. Such pieces of hmd are usually
dear of bush, and have a gradual descent,
u— HLAMBO, n. sing. (From hlamba.)
Literal^ : a mass swimming on the sur-
face, vis. t cream. It is tribal and dialec-
tic. See qwamba.
isi— HLAMBU, n. pi. izi. (From hlamba.)
Piles, hemorrhoids.
uku— HLAMBUKA, v. i. (From hlamba,
and uka, to go off, come o£)
To be troubled with piles.
Digitized by
Google
HLAMVU.
[126]
HLANEZELA.
ulro— HLAMBULUKA, t. i. (Prom hlamba,
and nloka, to go or become loose, soft, thin.
See somboloka, &o,)
1. To become thin or more liquid, as :
tela amanzi isijmgi si hlamboluke, i. e. :
pour water to the porridge that it may
become more fluid ;— 2. To become weak,
or weaker, cu : kn telwe amanzi nbuty wala
ba hlambuluke, i. e. : if water is poured
to the beer it becomes weaker ;->8. To
separate the thinner parts from thidcer,
€u : amasi a hlambulukile a noplaza, i. e. .
the milk has curdled ;»4. To purify, to
become pure or clean from extraneous
mixtures, <m: ubisi Iwenkomo lu hlambu-
lukile, Le.: the milk has become dean
(of cow's milk) — ^this is rather a contrac-
tion of hlambululekile, see hlambulula;
—5. To be free from ceremonial defile-
ment. Of: ku fe uyise ba ya hlambuluka
namhla, i. e. : their father died, and they
become dean to-day, ^ come or go again
in the company of others, frtnn which they
had been exduded for a time,
uku— HLAMBULULA, y. t. (From hlamba,
and nlula. laieralfy: to make loose or
loft by washing. See hlambuluka,)
1. To make thin, thinner, or more
liquid; — 2. To make weaker; — 8. To se-
parate, to purify;— 4. FiffuraHvely : to
explain, otf: wa yi hlambulnU imikuba
yakubo, i. e. x he explained their customs.
— — HiiUCBULTrLBEA, quit. fr. To become
dean, thin, purified, as : ubisi In hlambulu-
lekile namhla, i e.: the milk is quite
dean to-da^, (applied to cows' milk).
isi— HLAMPE, n. pi. izL (Prom hk L, to
eat, and imfe, sweet cane.)
JAiertdhf : something which eats, or an
eating, Hke imfe, i. e. : it tastes or is eaten
like sweet cane ; applied to the lily oUled
m-Tebe.
Q— HLAMI, D. pL izin. (Prom hla 11.,
and imi, standing, stage. Badicalhf coin'
ciding wUh hlama.)
A certain structure erected upon poles,
like a platform, or story, upon which
such things are spread and dried as
hare pods, or seed-vessds, which burst in
dry air and shed thehr seeds. A drying-
macbine.
i *> HLAMU, n. sing. (Prom Ua II., and
injumu, raised, nored upward. JRadicalUf
one wUh hlama, hlami, hloma* and hluma.
Compare bamu, and bamuza.)
1. A Uoating, swelling. Umuntu o
yinhlamu, L e. : a man who is bloated or
riffed up, proud ;—inkomo e yihlamu,
e. : a beast which is blown up with rage,
raging;— 2. Anything turgid with water
or air, asa distended frog, bladder, ix,
i— HLAMVU, n. pi. ama. (/S^eu-HlamTu.)
A leaf of trees or plants, limited to those
that shoot from the sides of the stems and
branches (not which shoot from the roots).
{DiiH, iblamvana.)
in — HLAMVU, n. pi. izin. (See u-Hlamvu,
apple.) 1. The apple or ball, applied to
the eye, as : inhlamvu yeso, i. e. : the
apple of the eye, eye-ball. JXm, inhlamra-
na yeso, i. e. : the pupil of the eye ; — 2.
JPiffuraiively : the honey-bird, whidi is
regarded as the eye-ball, making the peo-
ple see where the honey is.
u— HLAMVU, n. pi. izin. (Prom hhi II.,
burst, bud, shoot, &c., and mvu, see its
radical meaning under ya. Closely aUied
to hlama, hlamu, hlamba, hlanza, Ac.)
1. LUeraUg : a mass or substance that
bursts, buds, or shoots fVom an organic
body, an organic substance, tnt, : fVuit ; —
2. In a limited sense : the produce of trees
and plants for the propagation of their
kind: the seeds, or the fhiit, and any
other parts that contain the seeds, as
apples, pears, mdons, nuts, capsule, peri-
carp, &c., as I uhlamvu Iwombila, L e. : a
kernel of maize ;—uhlamYu Iwomhlali,
i. e. : the fhiit of the pomegranate. (It
does not apply to ears, but only to the
seeds.) 8. A ball or bullet, as : uhlamvu
Iwesibamu, i. e. : the ball of a gun, regarded
as a production of the gun, or as shooting
Arom it;^4. F^raHvely : a single piece
of money, a coin, without reference to its
Yalue, as I uhlamyu Iwemali, i. e.: one
piece of money. Dim. uhlamTana, any
small production, fVuit, kemd, ball, &c.
in— HLAMVAZANA, n. pi. izin. (From
hlamvu, andazana, denoting small female.)
A small brown, or chestnut cow. Dim.
of inhlamvukazi.
in— HLAMVUKAZI, n. pi. izin. (iVom
hlamTu, brown kemd, nut, and kad, de-
noting fbmale.)
A cow of a chestnut colour,
urn — HLANA,n.pl.imi. (Prom uhk, row, and
ana, equal, eyen, in or between each other.)
The back; literaUgi that row or line
between equal parts or sides. Applied to
man and beast.
i— HLANE, n. {See um-Hlana.) Uier-
ally, a place in an equal or eyen line,
i. e. : a place which is unbounded, not
inhabited, an uninhabited country or dis-
trict. {Xosa ilinhle.)
isi— HLAl^E, n. pL izi. {See i-Hlane.)
A long row or string of beads,— dudn
of beads going many times around the
neck ; an unbounded thing for wearing.
. CHLANEK£ZELA,'>y.t. (Fromhlana,
^^ \ HLANEZELA, j ika, to put, fix, and
izela, to come for self, to come inward,
inside.)
1. DUerallg: to turn the back inside,
to turn the outside inside, to inyert, to
Digitized by
Google
HLANOABBZA.
[126]
EUNGANO.
nrrene, <u: wa hlanekezela ingnboyake,
L e, ! he reversed bis dresa, be turned that
side which he wore on his baok outside; —
2. To be odd, e. g. : inzenye i ya blangana,
inxenye a yi blangani* L e. : oi^ part 6ts,
and the other fits not^ one is too short and
the other too long.
i— 'ELANOl, n. pL ama. (^See n-Hlanga.)
h A stalk, especially when ripe, a reaped
stalk ;--2. JPlm*. stobble-field;—8. ,%n.
raUveUf : with some insinuation of contempt
or abhorrence ; a stalker, im, c a liar,
in— HLANGA» n. pi. isin. {ytom uhlanga
4*) JJUeralfy : an indnon, a mark of a
cut or gash in the skin of the human body,
as I n nezinblanffa zen^zi, L e. : he has
ents on his forehead ; — 2. A cutting or
stitching inside in the human body, spas-
modic i-*3. Stubble of wheats oats, &c,,
after these have been out.
isi^HLANGA, n. sing. (From bla I., soft
aspiration, and nga, to apply some power.)
JJiUrdlly : a making to eat some power,
applied to poisoning ; the effects of being
poisoned, aiz, i any pain or stitoh under
or about the heart or chest, and supposed
to be caused by ukuhlisa, i.. e. : poisoning.
isi-oHLANGA, n. sing. (See ublanga.) A
collective name for any place where reed is
growing.
n— HLANGA, n. pi irin. (From hla II.,
and nga, to incline, verge. JAteraUy : to
diverge, descend. Madically one with
blenga, hlonga, and hlunga.)
1. A proceeding from an original or
progenitor, descendant, offiij^ring, issue,
a» : si luhlanga luka Qwabe, i. e. : we are
the descendants of Qwabe ;— 2. lokoei
yoblanga, i. e.: an original, progenitor,
ancestor of a generation ;*-*^ Descent, as :
unkulunkulu wa dabula abantu eluhlangeni,
]. e. : the progenitor or first man made
people descend from a stem, i. e. } he was
the ancestor of many tribes i--4. A shoot
or stom, applied to many aquatic plants
with hoUow, jointed stems, as the common
reed, the stalk of Indian or Kafir com,
&c., at I uhlanga Iwamabele.
tnn*— HLANGA, n.pl.imi. f1&9 u-HIanga.)
1. A place of some extent, a valley or bed
where reed is growiug ;— 2. Name of a
river which runs into the sea east of the
XJmgeni, called after its reed beds. See
n^Hlange.
oka— HLANGABEZA, v. t. (From hlanga,
to poceed toward, and besa, iba, separate,
and isa, to come. ^. katlayetsa.)
Literal^ : to proceed toward one who
Is ooming fhmi a different or opposito
direction, to go to meet one who is coming,
at I nga m hlangabeza elokalweni, i. e.:
X met him at the ridge when he was
ooming tome.
«--« HiiUrOABiZAKJU rcpr. ft. To go to
meet from both sides* to come agaioft one
another, contrary, at : nmova a hhm-
yabeaana nomkombi, i. e.( the wind is
ooming against the ship, is contrary,
nm— HLANGALA, n. pL imu (From
nmhlanga, and ila, to strain.)
A species of the Vivem Zibetha* (^vet,
so named for its inhabiting the nmhlanga.
nkn— HLANGANA. v. i fFroperly, the
repr. fr, from the obsdeto verb hlanga, to
proceed toward one another. iSbr.katlapa.)
1. To come together, to meet together,
to approach in different direoUons or at
one pUoe, at t wa hlangana nabo be
vda erakomasi, L e. : he met with them,
they ooming from Umkomazi ; *£. To
meet together, to assemble, to congre-
gate, a# : ku ya hlanganwa ngenyanga
ezayo, i. e. : they will assemble next
month ;— 3. To unite, to come to-
gether in hostility, to enoounter ;— 4. To
meet with, to come in contact, at; wa
hlangana nengozi, i. e. ; he met with an
accident;— 5. To come to, to find» to
receive, (m : a ngi ka hlangani naye ngi
sa m funa, i. e. : I do not find him yet,
but am still looking for him ;— 6. To join,
to unite 1—7. To agree, to make peace
together, <w: se kn hUtngenwe namhla,
i. e. : peaoe is already made to^y ; — 8.
Inyanga i blangene^ i» e. : the moon is ML
*..«.. Hlaitganila, qulf. fr. To meet witii
for some purpose.
-..^ UujxQAKUA, cans. fr. 1. To cause to
meet together i— 2. To call together, to
convene I— 3. To bring together, or to
make to meet in any way by Innding,
pressing, glueing, joining, attadiing, Ac;
—4. in^i^langanisa icebo, i. e. : to hold a
counsel, to take counsel.
.i— . Hlanganisela, qolf. fr. To call to-
gether, &c., for; to give a oounsel or
advice to — ukublanganisela umunto ioebo,
i. e. : to give him advice, counseL
in— HLANGANISO, n. pL isin. (From
hlanganisa.)
1. A meetinff which has been called
together;— 2. A oongregatioo ;— 3. An
encounter, battle,
isi— HLANGANISO, n. pi. izi. (From hla-
nganisa.)
1. The mode, manner of meeting, unit-
ing. Ac.;— 2. The thing united, aggregate^
amount ; — 8. A group of persons or things,
in— HLANQANO, n. pL iiin. (From hla-
ngana.)
1. A meeting, a coming together;— 2.
An interview ;— 8. A junction, a# j enhla-
nganweni yomngeni nomsundnai, i. e.:
at the junction of the Umngeni with the
Umsonduai-riveri— 4. A treaty, alliance,
attachment, 4o,
Digitized by
Google
miAHTGU.
[W]
HIiAlTHIiA.
Bk»*-*BLAKGAinrKU, ▼« t, (From hla-
I10MUI, %Dd Qjr«I«» #09 nym 11^ to hi in.
iStaf bancUkADyA.)
iVif«ar%» to pUoo la ooQoectioii with,
' to oonneet on«'9 self witb> to join, as :
izinlubi ezimbiU sa Iwa ya la eoye ya bla-
blangftnyela zona, L e, : the two o^en were
abtiog, and tho other cama and engaged
bb them ;-*2» To be eontignoos, to ha^e
to d« with, to meddle with, to enter into ;
—3. To partake, to participate, an aa
bkoga^yeia oknbU aonke, i, a.: we all
took a ptrti portion, or share, in the food ;
•^ To lay hold of, to lay handa on with
otbef% ii#t ma ka hlanganyele nknlima
. lendmi, i. a. ; let him take a part in dig-
ging thii place*
(From the given iastancea it ia obvioos
that the object of this verb follows in a
aimple eonoectioD, becanse the form ela
does not veqoire further modifications by
additiooal prepositions.)
in— HLANGATA, n. eing. (From inhla,
north-side, and ingata, «ea gangata, to
patch. The verb hlangata is obsolete, bnt
baa existed, beoanse the tribal inhlangatwa
and inhlangatwa = hlangata, are still in
naa. Allied to ir^Nyakata.)
"L LUeraUyi dryness from the north
mds, applied to a north, or north-west,
wind, which is very dry and hot, and de-
•trvetive to the crops;— 2. Wind,— i»wi
laiilafi, L e, ; • word of the women in-
stead of nmoya.
«r*HI«AK0E, n. sing. {800 u^HUnga.)
the name of a riv^, which is alao called
xaf^B\»n^wMoh$ee, Uhlange olnnoane,
1.6.: the U^e nhlangOi a right tribntary
of the nhlange,
ia— HLANQO, n. pi. iain. {See n-HUnga.)
A smdl poiionoaa snake, abont 18 inches
loagt and as thick as a reed.
iai— HLANGOTI, n. pL izi. {See the next
word.) A kind of ^mb having red hard
wood next to thepitb, and sorb white at
^eontaide, which is aeparated| and the
lair'yiliUi made of the red.
a— HliANOOTI, n. sing. (From nhh,
n>w, stripe, mid ngo, bend, and nti,
iboot)
JMwaUy; the layer of flesh on each
mda of the back-bone, from the ahoulder
to the loin. The fleah on the riba is called
ia-^Bonyama.
ia^irHliANQU, n, pi iain. {See isi-Hkingn,
lUttraUy I a speoiea throsting with or in a
beat. The so called reed-buok, a species
of tbo largar antelope.
iaU^HLANGU. n, pi. i^ (From hk IL,
to throir, «ad aga, bent^ See ganshe.)
JJitaroOff m4 pHmtml^i a making
vhioh If thrown or throat forth to fend off
with, a daftiMM or proteetkw, Mgnating
the shield. (In the Xoaa it signifies
aaadala, cot oat of the thick part of a skin,
in an oval shape, which in quality, figure,
and meaning are exactly the aame aa a
shield, except the sice.)
a— HLANGUHLOTJANB, a. pL Izin.
(From nhlangn, reed, and hlotjane, dim. of
bJc^M, white, ftomenae a shorter form—
hlangnblotiia. others join the second noun
to the firat by a nom. form> <»\ hlangu-
Inhlotja.)
JAierimjfi a whitish kind of reed, or a
small white kind of reed, descriptive of a
small kind of plant of the genua Phrag-
mitea, the atalk and leaves being covered
with a silver white. To the same deecrip-
tion belongs the genus Haemanthns, or
blood-flower, beeanse of its silver white
stem and leaves,
ukn— HLANGIJLA, v. t. (From hlanga, to
throw bending, and ula» to atrain, Sadi-
caUff one with hlungula. Allied to ban-
gula, pengula, pnngnla, sungola, &c.)
1. I^nmarUjf : to atrike or shake the
ahield, as in dnsting it 1— 2. Senee : to
dost, to free from dust^ to wipe^ to brush,
to sweep away dnst, at: hlangnla ntnli
Iwa sesiblalweni, i. e. : sweep or wipe ,the
dust from the chair;— 3. To relieve, to
help in a strait or difficulty, a# t ngi m
hlangulile ecaleni, L e. : I have relieved
him of his debts, (= blenga.)
*»«f<« HULKGULaKA, quit. fr. To be good or
fit for dnsting, as : indwangu a vi hlan-
guleki, i. e. : the rag is not good tor dust-
ing with 1—9. To ^ iu a state of being
reUeved.
«— ^ HLAaai7iJSA» cans, fr. To canse to
du8t,&c., to dust careAilly.
am— HLANGULO, n. pL imi. (From hla«
ngula.)
1. Some particular means or tool fbr
wiping, aa a brush ;— 2. Some means for
relieving, as money or another commodity.
um— ilLANGWE, n. pi. imi. (From
oUaaga.)
A kind of bird belonging to the genua
Tringa, much like the tringa vanellus,
being moatly awake in the night and fly-
ing about, It is called so most probably
from making its nest among reeds,
in^HLANHLA, n. pi. isin. (Acomponnd
of inbla-inbU, bappeniDg-bappening. Jia-
dically one with hlenhU and hlonhlo.
Others t inhlabU, radioaU^ one with
ihUhla.)
LUeraUffi something aceidental* hap-
pening by ehanee^ anexpeetedly, sooBething
fortuitous, as : u nenhlanhla wa piwa nto
e nga la celanga* i. e. : he ia very f^nate,
as £b was given something wbi^ be had
not aakfld ibr ;— 2. A fmioae, laok, proa-
perity.
Digitized by
Google
in— HLANHLA, n. pi. isiiu (See the
preeeding word. JJUerctUjft athrostiiig-
thnutiBg.)
A specMS of frog, by other tribei called
in-Gzangza, which see,
ssi— HLANHLA, n. pi. 121. (See in-HUmhla
-frog.)
A roughly-made mat of coaiM graH^
lU, : something thrown together.
mn--HLANHLA, n. pi. imL (Aoompotmd
of mnhla-inhla. Ck>mpare the preoeding
forms of hlanhla, especially isihlanhK m
also nmhlana, the back, and nhlangotL)
1. LUeraUy : a mass thrown or thnist
together, or thnist from both sides, descrip-
tiTeofthe baok-bone or spine in animals
and pUmts.
in>-HLAKHLOKAZl, n. pL lain. (From
hhmhlo, thrusting together, and kazi,
denoting degree.)
A species of hawk, so called, from its
pecnlisr thrasting motion in flying,
nm— HLANHLOTI, n. pL imi. (From
hlanhlo, and nti, radieaCUf eoimMng wUh
in-Hlangoti, descriptiTc of the diiferent
qualities of wood. Tribal, hlahbti.)
A species of acacia,
in— HL ANSI, n. pi. ama. (From hla'II.,
and nsi, burst, shoot, spring. The literal
eenae it : a particle shooting forth. Xota
intlantsi.)
A spark of fire,
in— HLANTANA, n. pL isin. (From inhla,
fresh a^warances, green, and in-Tana, a
creeper, which see,)
A species of parasite plants whiohhiia
green bark,
isi— HLAKTI, B. pi. in. (From Ua IL, to
throw forth, and nti, with tooch, having
touch, denoting a quality of compression,
igniting, ke,, as also to shoot It is equi-
valent to ivitiviti, with the exception that
hla indicates a greater effect or dere-
lopment of power than vi. Allied to
hlanffl.)
1. JProperlyi some substance, partide,
stuff, or effects of a soft^ touchy, takmg,
or igniting nature; bivt comffioi^^: some
kind of grass, or other soft atalk of a
plant, for kindling a fire;— 2. Some in-
flammable substance, tinder; — 8. Applied
also to a lantern,
um— -HLANTI, n. pi. imi. (See isi-Hlanti.)
Literal^ : a form of thrusting or throw-
ing with shoots, signifying an engine fbr
kindling or blowing fire; hence, bellows.
The name of this engine with rdbrenoe to
its special quality for maUng wind is im-
Futo^ which eee.
NoTB.— The Xoea has also the word
ubuhlanti, L e. : cattle-fold ; but the Uteral
and primary meaning i»i a separate or
particular place for middng afire, ualso,
a place where an abundance of stuff fot
making fire is produced, v»0. : dang.
in — HLANU, n. pL isi. (From the repr.
fr. hlana, of hla I., soft aspiration.)
Something made fat pla^ng with, ap-
plied partiocdarly to a die^ ormoe. (Ifot
in common nee.J
in— HLANU, n. smg. (From hla II., and
inu, joined, united. MadioaUy one with
hlana, hlane, and hlonL AUied to is-
Anhk.)
'Fife, properly with iei, the fifth. The
Uteral eenae ie; a throwing, throgting
together, or into oneness, and thia term is
exclusively applied to the mode of coonting
by the fingers of the hand, which, wben
thrust up together, signiff five^ ae s ama^
doda amahlanu, i. e. : five men. (See the
note to uku-Bala.)
NoTB. — ^niis word being always go-
verned by another noun, it conforms to
that noun, as is obvious from amahlanu.
«ka— HLANYA, v. t. (From hk IL, and
nya, to join, to unite. Sie. tlanya.)
1. To throw out of order, to derange^
to go about alone, d e noting the change of
mind into an unfit state, ae : kmuntu u
ya Uanya, i. e. : this man is deranged j—
2. To be insane.
•— « HxiirrsLA, qulf. fr. To go aboat in a
deranged state, in inssnity.
»-« HiiAimsA, cans. fr. To make deranged,
to appear to be deranged, insane^ or
mad.
i— HLANYA, n. pL ama. (From Uanya.)
A deranged perstm, an insane peraon.
n— HLANYA, n. sing. (From hlanya.) A
deranged state o( mind, insanify.
oka— HLANZA. v. t. (From hla II., and
enza, to make or become smooth. Badi-
ealUf one wUih hlinza, and hkosa, hlaza,
hleza,&c 2%e MMe it: to i^readoat^ to
detect.)
1. Primarihfi to give or make a new
appearance by taking or throwing off (the
old) ; — ^2. Tomake dean by vrashing with
watcnr, to wash, <ui hlanza inngubo^ L e. :
wash out the dothes ; — 8. To deanse^ to
remove filth, to purify by any proeeas of
washing, rubbing scouring, purging, 4c;
^^ To purify from guilt or o^ber defile-
ment, aa\ ba hlaba imbuzi ba ngi Uanza
Dgayo^ i. e. : they killed a goat and puri-
fied me by it ;— 6. To dear f^mn aocvaa*
tion, or any criminal diarg^ ae t wa ngi
koka imali ukungiUanxa, L e.: he paid
me money in order to make me dear from
accusation (vts. : the accuser having fiuled
in his charge^ paid the money to the person
accused);— 6. To deanse, to puri^ the
body by throwing iqp^ at: wa hknmiogasi
f\iti, ie.: he vomited mndi blood;^— 7.
To bud, to shoot new leaves or new fhut^
Digitized by
Google
HLAPO.
[189]
HLATU.
cu : amapozi a ka hlanzanga nkohla non-
yaka, i. e. : the pumpkins haye nofc pro-
duced fruit this year.
Note. — From the instances and defini-
tion giYcn it will be seen that hlamba and
hlanza, though synonymous in some re-
spects, are yet different, — the former sig-
nifying the simple act of washing, the lat-
ter especially that of cleansing.
«^— Hlahrka, qult.fr. To become clean,
pure, to get a new appearance, as : ingnbo
i hlanzeldle, i. e. : the dress has quite a
new appearance.
*-« H1.AKZISA, cans. fr. 1. To cause to
deanse or purify ; — 2. To clear or purify
metals, as : insimbi i hlanzisiwe, i. e. : the
iron is cleared from dross ;— 8. To purify
thoroughly.
«-^ Hlavzibxxa, qolt.fr. To be in a state
oi being purified,
in— HLAl7ZAN£, n. sing. (From ihlanze.
No. 3.)
IMerdO^i aspedal fkttening, descrip-
tiye of the gradng of cattle in the early
morning when the grass is still wet with
dew. The cattle are turned out before
milking, and the consequence is that they
giTO more than otherwise, and grow flit-
ter also.
i— HLANZE, n. pi. ama. (From hlanza.
fi!9flie AtfVff inhlanza.)
1. LUeraUtf : a jjace which is shooting;
•whence, 2. A bushy country, opposite to
!n-Gangala ; — 3. A fertile country, a coun-
try of particular growth, where the cattle
grow pure, dean, shining, and give milk ;
^■4. A cow which does not lick its calf,
and which, therefore, is enticed to do
so by some medicine poured on the calf.
(No. 4 onfy tribal.^
in— HLANZE, n, pi. ama. (From hianza.
2[a8a, and other tribes, inhlanza.)
A stab, cut, wound {in its radical sense :
making a throw, or thrust), as : ukuhlaba
or gwaza amahlanze, i. e. : to throw or
thrust stabs, so that the pointed weapon
remains in the hands of him that stabs.
in— HLANZI, n. pi. izin. (From hianza.
Allied to inhlanri. Sis, tlapi.) lAUraUy :
a washer, deanser, designating a fish.
(Inklanzana, dim., a small fish.)
{inklamzai^anat dim. of hlasana,«-a
Tcnr small or little fish. Sis, thipinyana.)
in— HLANZO, n. pi. izin, (From hianza.)
1. Literalfy: a washmg, cleansing;—^
2. Metaphor.', an atonement, reparation
for injury or accusation (= inhlamba) ; —
8« Fniit of phmts, = inhlamyu and u-
hlamTU.
^ ('HIiAPA,')n. pi. imL (From hla II.,
'^ ( HLAPO, j and ipa, to pass. JRadieaUy
one with hiepu, hlupa, (hmpare capa and
cabo, lap and flap.)
Idierallff : a mass or subetanoe throwing
away, passing forth,— a prof\2rion, waste,—
applied to the phicenta of cattle originally,
but in vulgar use also of man.
i— HLAPAHLAPA, n. pL ama. (From
hlapa, see um-Hlapa.)
1. One who is giving away, profhse or
lavish, a waster, prodigpd; — 2. In a good
sense : a veir liberal person.
ubu— HLAPAHLAPA, n. (From umhlapa.)
Profusion, waste, pro^gality, extravagance,
nberaUty.
uku— HLAPAZA, v. t. (From hlapa, and
iza, to make, become. Sadicatty one with
hlipiza. Allied to sapaza, kapaia, &o.)
1. In a bad sense : to be wasteful, pro-
^al, extravagant ; to expend to excess or
without necessity, to prc^bse, to lavish, as :
yinina izinto zami u zi hlapaze lyena?
i. e. : why then do you give away my
things so unnecessarily? — 2. In a good
sense: to be liberal, to give much.
uku— HLASA, V. t. (From hk IL, and isa,
to cause, bring out, shine, &e. JEtadicaUy
one wUh hlosL Allied to hkba and
blansi.)
IMeraUgx to throw into a state of
brightness, to prepare, to fnniish, to equip,
to cause to kiU.
— Hlabela, quH fr. To equip an army
for war, to make preparation for war— 2.
To expedite, to dispatch, to send out to
war, as : ukuhlasela impi, L e. : to send
the army out to war;— 3. To go out to
stab, to kill.
i— HLATANA, n. pL ama. (Dim. of iWa-
ti.) A small forest, a bush,
i— HLATI, n. pL ama. (From hla II., and
ia, some root, as in umuti, wood, tree,
;^.: a shoot. The literal sense is, if the
exprestton is permitted : a fore-shoot, Le. :
the point of a shoot or branch, ^and
hence, the foremost part of a forest. Ha-
dicallyonewithhk^takdUuiL Allied to
hlanti.)
1. A fbrest;— 2. A shdter, protection,
as: u yttilati himi, i. e. : you are my pro-
tector. {Compare isihlangu.)
isi— HLATI, n. pi. izi. fSee i-Hlatl)
The cheek. .(Only a slight modification of
thought or idea of id-Hlele.)
urn— M.ATI, n. pL imL {See i-ffiatL Modi*
calfy coinciding ioithvanr-Bluiil) The jaw.
i— HLATJANA. n. pL ama. {Dim. of
ihhiti.) . ^,
The same as ihlatana, (the terminating
$ of iMati retained and changed.)
uku— HLATJAZA. v. t. Same as Batjaza,
which see, _
nbu— HLATU, n. (See l-HUti. The nom.
form nbu, lU, : separated, from iba.)
Literally: a separated or cut fore-
shoot; signifyinga peculiar knot, formed
Digitized by
Google
HIiA.VBLA.
[180]
HLAZKKA.
1^ loopi nmning ttmmgh lUU eat in a
thong (nMi^Datoli) and orotdng each
other,
am— HLATUZAKA, n. sing. (From hlata,
and aieana, to come together.)
A small river to the soath-weit of
Durban, nmning into the Bay, and so
called from its many intersecting points =
knots or loops, at the entranoe or month,
a— HLAU, n« pL izin. (From hlaola, u
pan, from paala. See n-Hla.)
iUeraUy : a projection, something that
is thrown or throst forth or oafc, s^inify-
ing : tongs, pincers, snoffers, ^
okm^HLAULA, ▼. t. (From hU H, to
throw, and ola, to strain forth. JUtduxUkf
coinciding wOh hlala, and laahu)
1. To pay off, to settle, as : okahlaola
icah^ i.e. : to settle a debt;— 2. To atone ;
—8. Toredeen, topardtasob aei aba&a
ba ya Uaalwa, L e.: the women are par-
-^— Hlatjlbla. qnlf. fr, 1. To pay for, to
atone for, ^ ;— 2. To redeem from, ae:
wa m hlaolela leak, i. e.: he pud for him
the debt.
-«-^ HLAnuai, cans. fr. 1. To make pay,
to fine;— 2. To exact payment,
i— HLAULE&AZI, n. {0. ama. (From
blank, to prqjeot, and kslxi, of degree.)
A kind of snipe freqnen^g t£e banks
of rivers, and most probaUy called so from
its projecting beak,
am— HLAULELI, n. pi aba. (From hlaa-
lela.) One who pays fbr another party, an
atooier, redeemer.
in— HLAULSLO, n. pL izin. (From hlan-
lela.) A paying or atoning fbr.
isi— HLAULELO, n. pL izl j[From Uaa-
lela.) 1. An aet of pAyioff tor, redemp-
tion; — 2. That which is paid for an offinioe,
a fine.
isi- HLAULO, n. pL izL (From hlanla.)
1. An act of paying off;— 2. That by which
payment is made, a fine.
in— HLAVA, n. pL isin. (See isi-HUva.)
A chrysalii^ e.g. : yisilwanyana esihlayo
nesipomavo emnni, L a. : a reptile or in-
leot whl^ eats itself throngk the stalk of
sweet cane, or which is prodoeed in the
stalk of sweet cane. *
iii— HLAVA, n. pL isi. (From hk L» to
eat, and iva, to come forth, proceed. J^
dieally one wUh isihlova. AUied to
hlamvo, &c.)
JAieraUjf t the oaose of inhkra* e. g. :
IsihkTa si ya yi sak inhkva, L e. : tiie
isihkva, krra generates the papa or chry-
salis. (See Lsi-Qooo.)
ki— HLAVELA, n. pL i». (From hkn»
and ik, to strain.)
1, An animal of speckled grey cobar;
Ut.i after the isihkTa, similar to i^oi:
inkafai e yisihkTek, L e. : an ox which is
of a greyish oolonr ;^2. FiguraHoeljf : a
large town, of which the hoosea xeeomble
sp^kledpoints.
a— HLAWANA, n. pL izin. (Dim. of
uhku^
1. Small tongs, pincers; — 2. That part
of the cock m a gon which hcdds the
flint.
1— HLAWE, n. pi. ama. (From hk n«
and we. Men, of iwa, to lalL AlUed to
inhlebe.)
1. A kind of mimosa shrab whoso leaves
hang, as it were, fidling down, (= kv^
ears of animak hanging down);— 2. In-
komo e mahkwe, Le. : an ox or oow whose
horns hang down, or hang hxMely down,
. fHLAYA, '>n.pl.izin. (FrombUIL,
™ IhLAYIYA, S to throw, and iya, to re-
tire, torn. Sadieally in hloyile. JVHal
hkt The Zbea has nm-Hloyiya, a hawk,
and inhloya, wheys.)
XMeraily : some particle or staff thrown
oat, or turned aside. Applied to partieks
of noorishment which have separated, or
been tamed from the main body, in procesB
of bdng prepared, as a kernel of maize
which has remained entirely (a partly
whole while the other quantity was crash-
ed ; curds which have separated from the
quantity which is churned; drops of
drippinff separated and swimoiing upon
the sumoe when meat, Ac, k boihna^ Ac
Q— HLAZA, n. s'mg. (From hk n; to
throw, and iza, to make, beanne. Badi-
calfy one wiik hleaa, hloza, and hlosa.
The eenee is: to make an overcast^ new
skin, become new. CotnctdM^toi^hknza.)
1. Freshness, greenness, as grassy aet
uinhkba a za kuba luhlasa, L e.: theknd
k going to become green again ; — 2. Baw-
nen, aei inyama i se luhlasa, i,e.: ^
meat k yet quite raw, (f^resh) ; — 3. Kame
of a certain green beetle,
aba— HLAZA, n. (From uhkza.) Qrecn-
ness, rawness,
om- HLAZA, n. pL imi. (From ahka.) A
kind of sweet potato^ which has rather a
green appearance, and a stalk similar to
thyme. (See im-Bondwe.)
n— HLAZANTANA, n. pL izin. (From
ohlaza, and intana, a creeper. Diaiee^
hknzantana.)
A green creeper, bearing a small wild
mekn. (It k a word of the Amokaea^
the Zuln using Tangazana instead of it)
in— HLAZANTONI, n. pU izin. (Frooa
inhlaza, green, and inyoni, bird.)
A species of eagle with a reddish
father,
oka- HLAZKKA, v.L (From hlasa, green,
and ika, to pu<^ to come v^ beouna.)
Digitized by
Google
JELiXOKA.
[Ml]
HLSBSHBLOYU.
Pnmariljft to Uodv to
' to be pot to ihwne, of .• wo
hhiaka u ngi blil«^ L e. t yoa ahiUl become
ihawed beouue yoa have eaten menp; —
S. To be in diiqgnM^ to be abeihed or
eonteed by giiUt» by eonie groM error or
iniieondoot.
— — HT.Agifli, ctm* fr. To SMike blosh, to
BMike eabamed, to diqgraee.
ift— HLA2I, B. pL ixin. (From bit L, to
eat— eoll aapraUon-HOid izi, little par-
tUde^ fto. MwUoail^ <me wUk ihlezi,
lAiiralfy; a speoiea eating little tbiiig%
gnawing by btti, deeignating a mall daric*
ish bird with four kng feathors in the
taUf 10 ealled, moet probabSr, from ita
gnawing way of picking seed ipom planti.
na—HLAZI, n. pL imi. (From hlaaa, green.)
A anake of a greeniih cokmr, but i^ pd«
okn-^HIiAZIMULA, T. t. (Fiom hla IL, to
throw, and amnla, to qoiver, roditaUg in
ewasmole* kaiimnlij &Q* 8m nmnla
andtimala.)
1. Tb shrink, desoriptife of the shock,
effect^ or sensation of shrinking together
from oold, agufl^ fear, er painj«-2. To
qnakfl^ to shudder.
Kozi.--oThis word expresses mote than
iahK as it relivs to a iit of shlToring which
eoBtiBaes kg some tisDie. whik lUdameans
the momentary attacks*
akst-HLAZlTA, t. t. (From hbm* green,
and iya, to le^re^ torn.)
1. To tnm frssh, to make fresh, to
freshen, ofi nknhhunya nbn^ywala, Le.:
to freshen np beer (whioh haebeeoae flat) ;
-«4L To renew, to refine to restore a
ionnsr state o€ things.
i— HLAZO, n. pL ama. (Fiom hlaza.)
Greenness, ezdosiTely applied to the effi»ot
of ahame or disgraoe^ ott n namahlaw,
L e. : he £9els his ^Usgrace.
iD—HLAZO^ n. pL iiin. (Sk I^Hkao.)
Shamefhlnen, disgraoefoL
oka— HLAZUKA, v. i. (From hk II., and
ifl^tocQBM^andnka,togoolt Bat Uc a ll^
4»#iottthk«ika. Amd io QunikM. Ac)
To go off sidewards, to tomo^ to go
of frtnn, to sepsrate^ to depart as t wa
hlaznka enhleleni, i. e. : he went away
fram the road, went to one side of it.
*— « HLA2UI3ELA, qoHl fr. Togo off toward
eoeadeordhreetioB, (ws ba Tela etegwini
emmiye wa Marokela emngem onranye wa
hamba, L e.s th^ oame together from the
Bay, bat one departed from there and went
to the nde of the UasBgeni^ and the other
n**-HLAZUKA, n. sfaig. (Froas hknka.)
1. A pieos^ slice, or shp of land which has
been separated from a larger
eatenti^S. An eflM of an earthoniake,
viz, : where the nriisoe of the enru has
been split ;— 8. A name of a single moan*
tun or hill on the right bapk of Umko-
masi, a little seoth in the ^reotioa of
Richmond,
oka— HLAZULA, ▼. t (Sae Hhtfoka, to
which it is the transitive by nla, to strain.
JiodioaUy we mth hlescda. AUUd to
eeiak,Ae.)
To divide one body into ti9% or break
off a lueoe, to separate.
These Tcrb^ hhumka, hksnhi, (Uesaka,
hleeah^) and ceiaka and ceaidiw are not
i7nonymaa% as one might belie?e them to
boi but the diiiBrenoe is that the root ce
always denotes a small jneos^ a cramb,
whereas hUt indicates not only any larger
quantity, bat also a certain fbroe or eflbct
to separate it from any body,
oka— HLA2ULULA, t. t (From hhmih^
and nla, to stndni or from hlaia, and
nlols, to loosen.)
]. LUerailgf t to throw loosely aboat,
to qnread loosely aboat. an hkialala
agwai,Le.: i^ead tobacco leavea aboat;
—2. To sqoander, to latish, to waste away
withont economy, i.e.: wa si hlaaahila
iiinkomonke^ Le.i he wasted hie cattle
withoat neoesnty.
isi««*HLB, n. shig. (From hk II., whioh
§60,) Beaoty, freshness, neatnesi^ Ae.
It is chi^y osed in apposition with
other noons, and expressee the ssnse of:
good, fine^ pretty, beaatiftd, neat, fresh,
clear, Ac, <w: into enhle, t e.i a nice
thing;— isitya sihle (from isihleX t e. : a
basket beaatiftil, ^Um basket is beantifhL
nba—HLE, n. sing. (From isihle.) Qood*
neai^ beauty, neatness, Ac
oka— HLSBA, t. t. (From hk U., to thiow,
shoot, and iba, to separate BmdioalUf
oae«si<ithkba,hk>ba, and hhiha. AlUed
toeebaU.)
1. To speak evil separately, eii. : of a
party not presenti to backbite^ to sknder,
at: wanglhlebafhfti,i.c: hespokemodi
e?ilofme;«-a. To be sknderoa^ Ac
•^•i^ HLinAiri, repr. fr. To sknder one
another.
**« HiiBWS, cans. fr. 1. To caase back-
biting, skndering, Ac;— 2. To backbite
oa_parpose^ to sknder on purpose
hi— HLEBE, n. lain. (From hkba. JIUed
to indebe, kilebe, inkwebu, Ac) 1. The
ear ;— a. The Hfc-kekof a gun.
in— HLEBENHLOVU, n. pL iaku (From
inhl^ and iiddoTU» elephant. (HherMi
inhleb^enhloTn.)
A small herb contahiing a §im *tml
kayes whkh have an aromatk taste^ and
are eaten raw after sickness^ in order to
give a rsliili fiw other ix)d.
xs
Digitized by
Google
HLEKA.
[132]
HLEKWANE.
aim— HLEBEZELA, t. t. (From hlaba, and
izela, to come often.)
To go round backbiting ; to do nothing
but backbiting.
am<— HLEBI, n. pi. aba. (From hleba.) A
slanderer, backbiter, defamer, &c.
im—HLEBO, n. pi. izL (From hleba.) 1.
Backbiting, slander ;<— 2. False accusation,
calumny, as: wa leta izihlebo zake lapa,
L e. : he brought the accusations against
him hither,
uku— HLEBUKA, t. i. (From hleba, and
nka, or hla, and ebuka, to go off. Bttdi-
ecMy one wUh hlubuka, hlabeka, of hlaba,
and only dialectically different from hie-
puka. Allied to dabuka, &c)
To come or go off, or separate from, in
any way, or by any means, of cutting,
breaking. Sec, as : imbiza i hlebukile, i. e. :
a piece is broken off from the pot, lit, :
the pot has thrown off a piece,
dku— HLEBULA, v. t (See Hlebuka. JEo-
dicalUf one with hlubula, hlabula, and hla-
bela, of hlaba. i>>a29c/»o hlepula. Allied to
dabula,&c)
To separate from, to break apiece off
from something,
uku— HLEHLA. t. i. (A repetition of hla
II. SadiceUly one udth hlahla, hlohla, and
hlnhlu.)
1. Primarily : to go a step backward,
to step backward, as when one comes
unexpectedly upon something of which he
is afraid ;— 2. To go backward, to throw
himself backward, as : nango e hlehla u
bona nina, i. e. : there he is going hick-
ward,— what does he observe ?— 3. Uku-
hlehla inyorana, see i-Nyorana.
i— HLEHLA, n. pi. ama. See in-Hlenhla.
um — HLEHLE, n. pi. imi. (From hlehla.
Dialectic hlwehlwe. Xosa hlehb.)
ZUeraUy : a mass or substance thrown
backward and forward like something
woven, descriptive of the omentum,
uku— HLEHLEZELA, t. t (Prom hlehla,
and izela, to come often.)
1. To go briskly, = ukuhamba ngaman-
hla, L e.: to go with power;— 2. To go
backward with fear or anxiety, = hlehla
inyovana;~3. To jump or move back-
ward, as when one has burnt himself at
a fire,
uku— HLEKA, v. t. (From Ua II., to
throw, and ika, come out. MadiealUf one
with blaka, hlika, hloko, hluka in ahluka,
Ac The primary sense is I to burst out.
Sis. tleka.)
1. To burst out into laughter, to laugh,
to laugh at, as : wa ngi hleka, L e. : he
laughed at me;— 2. To deride;— 3. To
play or joke, as : musa kuhleka ngami,
*• «• •• you must not play the fool with me;
— -4. To be friendly, as i ngumuntu ohle-
kayo, i. e. : a friendly person ;— 5. Hleka
usnluti. e. : to laugh to scorn.
This Terb being, in fact, a quit, fiorm,
does not allowtt formation of a second root
ika, for that peculiar purpose, but it pro-
vides for those qualitative expresmoos by
its passive form, as : yinto ehlekwayo, i.e. :
a ridiculous or Unghable thing.
— — Hlbkaita, rcpr. fr. To laugh «t each
other, to laugh with one anotiier, to be
friendly towiurd each other, a«: ba ya
hiekana, i. e. : they are on friendly tenns
with each other.
-^ H1.9KI8A, caus.fr. 1. Tomakeoroaose
to laugh at, to ridicule ;— 2. To play the
fbol with, a# : ba m hlekisa futi, L o. 1 they
{day the fbol with him often.
— -— Hlekibana, rcpr. fr. 1. To keep up a
laughing or jeering mood together;—^
To play together, or one with the other,
in— HLEKA6ANTENI, njpLizin. (From
hleka, and abanyeni, pi. of umnyeni, bver,
suitor.)
lattle girls (who are permitted into the
company of lovers and to laugh at them.)
in— HLEKANA, n. pi. izin. (From hleka,
and ana, dim. and rcpr. form. Of the
Anwhaca and Amamponda,)
The calf of an elephant, so called fh>m
its neighing being somewhAt like laughter.
HLEEE. fSee Hleka.) An exclama-
tion used with ukuti, as : umuti wa ti hleke,
i. e. : the piece of wood burst in two, spUt
isi — HLEKE, n. pi. izi. (From hl^ia, tti
iis literal sense: to throw off. With a
short and sharp accent on Me, as in hloko-
hloko, with which it radically coinddes.)
1. A nest of birds, referring particnlarly
to those that are affixed to the extreme
points of branches of trees, da n g lin g down-
ward ;— 2. A nest or cluster of lai^ ants >
in the top of trees,
uku— HLEKEHLA, n. JDialeotie, see Hli*
kihia.
uku— HLEKEZA, t. t. (From hldce, and
iza, to make.)
To split, = banda.
isi— HLEKO, n. sing. (From hleka.) 1.
Somethingtobelaughedat;— 2. A laugh-
ing-stock,
isi— HLEKO, n. pi. izi. (From hleka, see
hla I., to eat.)
A pdnt, as: iahleko somkont<% i.e.:
pdnt of a spear, = inhloko.
u— HLEKO, n. (From hleka.) A laugh-
ing, laughter, as : uhleko lolu lu Iwa ka«
bani, i. e. : whose laughter is thisP
in— HLEKWANE, n. pi nun. (From
hleka, and ane, dim.)
Literally: a species of some derisioD,
designating a spades of finch with white
stripes over its bkdc body, and a long
bladEtail.
Digitized .by
Google
HLENQA.
[138]
HLEPUKA.
mn— HLEEWANE, d. pL imi. (From isi-
hieko, a point.)
A narrow-p(unted fpear. Tribal^ as
well as isihleko.
in— HLELA, n. pi. iauu (From the qnlf.
fr.ofhlalL SU.taeW. OikertnlB,)
lAUraUy : that which is beaten down ;
^ence, a road, wa j, path,
isi— HLELE, n. pi. izL (From hlela, 9ee
hkIL iSetf isi-HIa.)
A sack made of the leaves of the nm-
paoffatree.
i— HLELE, n. pi. ama. (From hlela, see
hla I., to eat.)
Somethingeaten off, vis. : a bone, eqm*
▼alent to i-Hleza.
lai— HLELA, n. pi. izL (From hlela, 9ee
Ua IL The sense radioalhf is : to throw
« ibrth.)
The cheek. See also in-Hkti.
nkn— HLELEZELA, t. t. (From hlela, see
hk ILi and izehi, to freqnent. See in-
Hlehu)
1. IMeraiUfi to settle or sink to the
bottom by frequent siftinic or shaking, as :
hlelezela amabele kn pome amatye, i. e. :
shake the com often or much, that the
stones settle on the bottom, or come out;
—2. To disdain, to set down for a common
thing, for nothings asi n ya ngi hlelezela,
i.e.: he thinks me worth nothing. ^In
this sense it sometimes coincides with
hlebezela.)
i^HLELO, n. pL ama. (From hla L, to
eat) LUeraUff; a place which is eaten
oC where there is fekUng ; hence, pasture,
pasturage, as : izwe leli U namahlelo ama-
hk, L e.: this country has very fine
pasturage,
in— HLELO, n. pL izin. (See i-Hlelo.
Coimeidimg with inhlehu)
lAteraUif, that which takes food in,
contains or consumes food, «ts.: tiiecrop^
or stomach of fowls.
in-^HLEMBU, n. pi. isin. (From hie,
thrown, and imbu, something spread.
Sadiealfy qne with hlambo, hlambu, &c.)
The skeleton of a large leaf, nmilar to
the wild banana leaf after the fleshy
part* have decayed. It is like threads in
its proper state, and used as a rag for
washing and wiping. Yet it is only teibal,
and, most probably^ equivalent to ubu-
Lembu or isi-Kwembi^ or a corrupted
dialectic difference,
uku— HLEKOA, v. t. (From hie, like hk
II., and ng% to use power, to bend. J2a-
diealfy one with bknga, hlonga, and
hlnnga. AlUed to tenga, tonga, cenga,
peDguk,&e.)
1. iVimorify: To deliver from, or to
exempt;— 2. To free from, to separato
from, a#: ku y^ hlengwa amabele ku
khlwa okubi, i. e. : when com k deared
(separated) the dross k thrown out; — 8.
To deliver, to save, to render assistance, to
asnstin danger, as : abantu ba hkmba ba
ba hlenga emanzini abanye, i. e. : the peo-
ple swam and saved the others from drown*
ing in the wator;— 4. To set at liberty
from skvery or captivity, to ransom, to
release, to rescue, to redeem, as: aban-
twana ababanjiweyo ngokulwa ba ya
hlengwa ngezlnkomo, L e. : children which
have been taken in war ar6 released with
some cattle; — 6. To rescue team falling
into a stato of misery by rendeiing mm
assistance as is needed.
— Hlbi^gela, qulf. fr. To deliver, to Aree
teom, &c., for, as : nga ti ma ka hambe a
ngi hlengele umtwana wami u banjwe
lutjaba, i. e. : I said he should go and ran*
som for me my child which k ih the hands
of an enemy.
m^^ HiiBNGiSA, cans. fr. To cause, make,
or help to deliver, to try to set free,
i— HLENGA, n. pi. ama. (From hlenga.)
JAtereUljf : a mass which k separated or
thrown out from among another, dross or
dirt of oom, wasto matter, as : imiuntu
ohlenga amabele, nokukhlwa ngamahlenga,
i. e. : if one cleans com that which k
thrown away (k called) sweepings or
dross,
itt— HLENQA, n. pi. ki. {See i-Hlenga.)
1. Froperlyi a mass or matter drifted
into a heap by a current of water, com*
monly called an island;— 2. A raft, afloat,
as of weeds or rushes used for swimming
over rivers,
in— HLENQO, n. pi. ki. (From hlenga.)
An instrament for cleaning com, sieve, =
isihlunga.
in— HLENHLA, n. pi izin. (From inhle-
inbk, radically one with hiehla* See in-
Hkhle, and in-Hlanhk.)
A barbed spear, a harpoon.
id»HLEP0, n. pi. izi. (From hie, thrown,
and ipu, parted, shortened. MadicaUff one
with hiapa, which see. Allied to isiqepu,
inepu, &0, See Fupi.)
1. Any part broken off, by which the
main body k shortened, which remains
larger, however, than the piece broken off;
— 2. A fragment,— iahlepu sembiza, i. e. :
a potsherd;— 3. A semidrde, — isihlepu
senyanga, L e. : ecUpse or partial obscura-
tion of the moon.
Note.— Thk word must be properlv cBs-
tinguished firom inqepu, which it wiU not
be difHci^t to observe,
uku— HLEPUKA, v. i. (From hlepu, and
uka, to go off. Madieally in apuka. Al'
lied to hlebuka.)
To become shorter by a i^eoe. See the
particulars of in-Hlepu.
xs
Digitized by
Google
HLK2trKA«
CiM]
&LtKO.
which it makei the trMisitive by toda, to
Btndn. SadiemUjf mi apolOL /i^^M to
hlebolt, ^.)
1. T6 iiialnd shorter by Apieee^ by breaic-
tn^, ctttUng, or in any way, at t n li hie-
iralile isembe, i. Ow t he broke off a piece
from the axe» lit : made it so much short-
to ;— 2* To break off» to take a part from.
NoTi.<^The proper definitions of hle-
poka and hlepok will show the difference
between them and hlebnka and hlebola,
which mean that only some ^eee is separ-
aled-fromthe whtde.
— Hlepuibla, qnlf. fr. To make shorter
for, to give a part, (Heee, Ac, to, a#: ngl
hlepolele islnkwa» L e. t giro me * piece of
the bread.
ih^HLEBE, n. pi. iiin. (PWm hit IL,
And isa, to cause. MadicMf one with
hlisa, and hhua, aik{ cotiieicllf^ foM hlalisa,
to make to settle.)
The grosser parts of any fltdd which
hare settled in the bottom of a ▼enel»—
todiments^ dregs, lees, at : inhlese yoba«
tywali, i. e.: ^ drm of beer,
tdtn— HLEZA, r. t. (ftom hbi L, to cat,
and isa, to make, become. SadieaU^in
enhleia, to make vg/peut the bone, and
os<n#t(%r tffUh hkza, hloca, hloza.)
1. To eat by biting off small portions,
to bite off, to gnaw;^2. To ^A off with
the front teeth, as to pick a bone,
i— HLEZA, n. pi. ama. (From the Verb.)
1. LUerally t A place of whidi the bone
Appears, deseripli?e of the stemmn or
breast-bone;— 2. Any of the large bones of
an animal of which the Jtesh is eaten off;
^8. The cob of the ear of mAise when the
com is eaten off.
isi^HLEZA, n. pL iti. (From the terb.
96e aUo l-Hleza.)
A beast whidi has lost bne horn (at which
place therefore the bone appean.)
!n^HLEZAKA» n. pi. ixin. (From hkza.
And ana, dim. MadieaU^t inhhiA. Al-
Uedto inhlansane.)
Properhf : an animal which tttmes a
little one, «t : inhlezana yenkomo, i. e. : a
nnrsingcow.
-HLEZAKA, n. pi. aba. fSe$ in^Hle-
I.) A human female who nurses a
ba^, or who has a baby.
S^HLEZI, n. pL ama. (From the verb
hleza.) LiterdUy : a kind of gnawer. A
term Applied to large mice or rat% and
prroerly generic^ not specific,
uku— HLEZUKA, v.t. f]tadictdl$onewU%
hkzuka, fdUdl «ee.)
1. To part or depart from, to go from,
to leave one part, at: isinkomo ZA hlela
hpa xa lA. hlesukile ecinye ri ngapa, i. e. :
the cattle were grazing here, but one part
went away finom them and Is there r^2.
To decrease, to wane, m : inyanga i hlein-
kOe^ i. e.t the knoon if About haU;—
decreasing.
Kois.^From the Instance and defini-
tions i^ven it wiU be seen what the differ-
ence, originally, is between hlenika and
hlazuka, and how near their meAuing comes
to tiiat of hlepaka, or oesuka. fSee the
note under hlazola.) But the fael that
they often interfore with eAdi other or
rather are used synonymous irises from a
neglect in precision, and is by no tneaaito
be regarded as a rule.
tlku— HLBZULA, v. t. fSmiMU^ Om totA
hlazula. See the preceding note.)
To divide into parts or portions by bveak-
ing or any ether way, m: Uezuk isfaikwa»
L e. : break the bread asunder,
ukn— HLIKA, v. L (From hla IL, to come
down, and ika, to come off. xVoppsHyr:
the quit fl^ of hhu XH^Heeti^i ehlika.
The strong inclination of the kngoAge to
make subUe distinctioni is the reAson for
this exceptional fontt. dn hleka and
hldi|tofhhiI.)
1. To oome down, or rather to descend
forth from, eui n hlikile emsini wake^
i. e. : he has some down from his plaoe;—
8. To diuBount, as firom a horse, Ac
*^*^ HtntELA, qulf. fr« To descend for.
tdni->HLIKIHLA, v. t. (From hlika with
a repetition of tiie first root hla, to throw.)
1. To move ascending and desoeoding^
tomb, Oft hUkihlA idolo ngesanhla, L e. :
rub the knee with your hAnd t^% lb rub
down, to rub over, to spreed ovw, a#:
tambisa iqnbu amafotA u wa hlikihle ftiti,
i. e. : spread oil over the swelling and rub
it over often;— 8. T6 rub off, to mb ont^
to erase (= suk.)
i— HLIKtHLIKI, n. pL aua. (From
hk I., to AAt, and iki, «ip» out Soft aq^-
ration hU, Analo§wU to hllkA, fMok Me.)
1. IMerathf : A kind eetea off or loose,
gnawed, fibres, d»: isaka li ngamAhliki-
hliki odwa, i. e. : the sack, is nothing but
fibres, es is gnawed to fibres; — 2. Des-
truction, M: kwapukOe mnkumbi nabantu
bA pumA emADzini be ngAmAhUkfhliki,
i.e. : the ship was wrscked end the people
came out of the water, a destrQetioii» vig, :
having lost all they possessed*
tikvi— HLIEIZA, V. t. (From hllki. And isa,
to make, to becoma AUi^ to hleai and
hlikihla.)
1. To gnAW, to tsAr into )>ieMs, fibres,
to devour, to destroy, ot : inja i yl hHkizQe
inyama, i. Cw : the dog has gnawed or torn
the meat into shreds ;— 2* T» nib^ to tmsh
with the teeth. *^
In— HLIKO, n. sing. (¥Vom hUka.) A
descending^ descent*
Digitized by
Google
HLINZfiKA.
CW3
HLIZIYO.
iii«-HLILIFA» n. pL iiin. (From laUi, of
hla L, to eftt, and illAu an inhwitanoe.)
JMeraUjf : an eater of an inheritance,
Le. : an heir. (In the pinral the second
noon changes itanom. ibrm also and the
word beeomes udnUamafk, and often Is the
comhinaUon a sing, of the first and a phir.
of the second nonn, see in-Hlamafk)
in--HLIMBin, n. ring. (From inhU, sm
iiUiUlifk, and imbiti, from hnba, dog, and
it], thrwt, shooty stripe, Aa; hmeef a pUce
dug ont deep. See also biga and bitjL
XoM, nmbito^ a very deep ravine.)
A Urge left tribntarj of the UmToti-
river, so called either from the tremendous
banks of its several sooroes which are ex-
oeedhifflj deep ravines, or its sabterrane-
008 hot springs as oontaining snlphnr and
other mineral properties,
nkn— HLINHLA. v. t. (From hk II., to
dirow, and faihla, of hk I., to eat,— an
eating, rodjeaUAf in kwinlOa, harvest-
time. Sadioallif one mth hlanhla, hlenhla,
and hk>nhlo. CloeeUf aUied to hUnsa.)
1. LUerallv : to separate or sever the
eatable part by cutting, collecting, or in
anyway, aei nkohlinhU isUramba enya-
meni, L e. : to skin or sever the skin fitnn
the flesh ;— 2. To divide or distribate the
eatables^ DMT., harvest;— 8. To provide or
procnrefood.
— HLDTHLBitA, quit. fr. To pot fbod in
<»der, sssa to prepare ibod, to make ready
meat, = hlinzeka. (The trandtivo power
of tl^ form is based on the same grounds
as oyeka, which eee,)
The analysis of this verb given above
is required, and decided by inward and
ontwaid evidences of its sense and its pro*
mmciation ; and we have here a peoidiar
inetance of the theory and nature of the
« a^nrating sounds and their meaning. From
the soft sound, and its meaning,«-eating,
nooriahment,— has diverged the shs^
with its meaning, — throwing, efibcting
strength. Again, in compodtion with
other roots, or both formed to a compound,
they easily coalesce again to one sound and
meaning, or the soft one changes into the
sharps or takes the sharp asj^tion in the
usual way of pronundalion.
Qku^ULIKZA, V. t. (EaddcaOy one wUh
hknza, and hkmza. AlUed to hlinhla.) .
1. To skin, as : hlinwtni inkomo ehlatyi-
weyo, i. e. : skin the cow which is killed;
—2. To provide meat, procure or contrive
meat» asi kn hlinriwe ma d ye kucek
inyama, i. e. : as something has been pro-
vided, let us go and ask tor a i^eoe of
ttieafe.
«~« HuvEXEA, onlt. fr. 1. To be good for
skinning, ovt^sikumba d ya minseka,
i. e. t the lidn goes off easily ;—S. To be
' in the aot of providing, to make iready, to
prepare supplies or meat, cw : ba ya hlin-
feeka ubutywala noknhla, L e. i they are
preparing beer and food; — 8. Senee in
general i to contrive^ to devise means, to
oondder, to plan, <w: ma d hHnzeke d
fhna ukuya dtaya kndhlwa, i. e. : let as
make a plan, we wish to go home thia
evening. (The last sense orfnddes with
feinhla, a^ranspodtion of roots.)
ta^M HUKZBKSLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To provide
or procure for, at i wo m hlinzekek ntoni
na u ya hiunba ngomso, L e. : what food
vrill you provide for him as he is going on
a joum^ to-morrow ?— 2. Hence, to give,
to care for meat, a#: umhambi n ya
hlinzekdwa, t e. : a traveller is supplied
with food.
^**« Hlikzbla, qulf. fr. To skin for, to
provide for by killinff an animal.
*-— HxiirziBA, cans. fir. To cause to skin
or to provide.
id— HLINZEKELO, n. (From hUnsekela.)
1. The act or manner of providing; — 2.
the thing provided,
um— HLOfZI, n. pL aba. (From hlinza.)
One who skins : one who provides meat,
uku— HLIPIZA, V. t. (From hlipa, olsoleie,
and iza, to make* Radically one with
hkpaza. See aleo hlepu.)
1. To derange, to put ont of order, to
disturb the regularity, ae: umtwana wa
hlipiza idnto edbekiweyo, i. e. : the child
threw the things into oonf odon which had
been hud away;— 2. To destroy, to spoil,
as works of art, which are being made,
i— HLIWA, n. pi. ama. (From the pasdve
of hla I., to eat.)
LiierdUifx a sort of person who allows
himsdf to be consumed, iign^ngi a
stupid person, a blockhead, e.g. : ongadyo
ukupumesa into a yi cabangayo, i. e.: one
who does not understand how to bring out
what he is thinking.
in— HLIWA, n* pL idn. (From the pasdve
of hla n., to happen.)
IMeraihf : a particular or dngle thing
which sddom happens, a rare chance,
applied exdudvely to a cow which milks
witboLt her calf. (This is a great rarity
among native cattle !)
In— HLIZIYO, n. pL izin. (From hli,
thrown, shoot, id, coming, feeling, little
parts, and iyo, retired, returned. From
other Selects it appears that iyo is the
prindpal part of tins word, Suaheli mojo,
heart and spirit, Kamba ngo, spirit, hei^
(=s Znlu u mongo pit.) Hlid, L e. : little
throwings s= pulsation. The literal and
^primary eense iex an organ of repeated
pulsati^.)
I. The hearty the primary organ of the
bk)od's motion,— 2. The vital or vigorous
X4
Digitized by
Google
HLOBO.
[186]
HLOHLO.
part, the life^ an ni yi bnlele ixucamo i le
i hleli inhli^yo, L e. : yoa hfiTe killed
(the body of) the animal, but its life is
still remaining ; — 3. The seat of affections
and passions, as love^ pain, griel^ &c, <u :
inhliziyo emnancU, L e. : a happy heart;—
4. The seat of understanding, at : inhli«
syo a yi zwa, i In knni, i. e. : the heart is
without feeling or denre, and hard;— 5.
The seat of the will, <» : ^ yi ka bi ko
inhliadyo ngoknti, L e. : there is not yet a
will to do ; — 6. A disposition of mind, as :
XL nenhliziyo yokupa, L e. : he has a heart
for giving;— 7. Spirit, as: a nenhliziyo e
namanhls^ L e. : he has a powerful spirit ;
—8. Conscience, as : inhliziyo a yi vnmi,
i. e. : consdence will not allow,
i— HLO, n. pi. amehlo. (From hia II., to
throw, thrown, shoot, brisk, bright Al*
lied to ISO. The plural is formed analo-
gously to abenhlu— of aba-inhlu- from
ama-ihlo^ and shows us the way how the
xlominal forms have come into use, since
ihlo, primariUfi denotes the effect or
power of light, the reflection, = um-Hbi,
day. ^. or SicK ihlo^ pi, mehlo and
mahlo.)
The eye. (Used by ih&Jmahaca and
other tribes. The ZMu, Xosa, &c, use
only the pi. amehlo, eyes, and iso for the
sing., in order to distinguish properly
uyihlo, i. e. : your father, which is a com-
position of u-y-ihlo. But this considera-
tion does not exist among those tribes
which use the sing^ular ihlo.)
nm — HLO, n. (pi. imL seldom,) (From hla
I., to eat.) Voracity, gluttony, as : umun-
tu otanda ukupiwa a hie kwomunye ku
tiwa u nomhlo, L e. : one who likes to be
permitted to eat that of another is said to
be gluttonous,
uku— HLOBA, T. t. (Prom hla IL, see i-
Hlo, and iba, to separate, distribute. JBo-
dicaily one with hkba, hleba, and hluba.
The primary sense is : to throw forth or
before. ^ZA^ci to loba, and boloba. Coin^
ciding with hloma and zoba.)
1. To decorate, to deck, cu : si ya hbba
iziTunulo emzimbeni, i. e. : we put or hang
trinkets around the body ;— 2. To separate
or ferment (as milk), as : amasi a hlobile,
i.e.: the milk has fermented beautifully;
—8. To eqmp, to take up arms, see hloma.
— Hlobela, qulf. fr. To decorate for.
Hlobisa, caus. fr. To adwn, to dress
beautifully.
i— HLOBO, n. pi. ama. (From hloba.)
Summer, the time or season when all is
decorat^ with green, as: ku sehlolyeni,
i. e. : it is in summer. '
isi— HLOBO, n. pi. izi. (From hloba.) 1.
CollecHveljf : relation, relationship ,—2.
^?pe«/Ica% : relation, friend, a* ; ngi ya ya
eidhlotyeni zami ;-^« Lo?^, sweetheart,
fiiTorite, as: u ylsihlobo sami, i.e.: she ia
my beloved.
u— HLOBO, n. pi izin. (From hloba.)
1. A kind, sort, set, a# : uhlobo oUmye,
i. e. : another sort ;— 2. A consort, kindred,
nation, as : uhlobo Iwetu, L e. : our Idndred.
ubu— HLOBO, n. (From hbba.) B.^tioii-
ship, finendship, mutual attachment, inti-
macy, as: wangi nika uto Iwobohlobo^
i. e. : he gave me something as a token €£
attachment.
urn— HLOBO, n. pi. aba. (From hloba.)
Relation, Mend, as : u ngumhlobo wake,
i. e. : yon are his friend.
uku— HLOBONGA, t. t. (From hloba, and
nga, with force, bend together, unite.)
1. Literally: to have sexual intercourse;
— 2. To have secret connecUon with one ;
— 3. To make bve, to court, to woo, as :
u yi hlobonga intombi yake, i. e.: he
endeavours to make his daughter love him ;
—4. To endeavour to please by dressing
or addressing, to engage, m : wa yi hlobo-
nga intombi kabani ? L e. : for whose
daughter does he dress up so ?
— - Hlobonoela, qulf. fr. To make love
for, to engage for, as: intomU wa yi
Uobongela indoda yake, i. e. : she engaged
the young girl for her own husband, (Ut, :
the girl she engaged the same for her
husband, viz, : &e wife of a polygamist
engaged a young girl as a second, &x, wife
for her husband.)
Note. — This verb refers almost exclu-
sively to acts of fornication, by whidi the
wooing of the barbarians is distinguished.
And iMudes that it applies also to a sort
of sodomy.
urn— HLOBONGI, n. pi. ama. (From hlo-
bonga.) One who has sexnid interooune^
&c., with another. '
uku— HLOFOZA, ▼. t, fEadicaily one wUh
fahlaza, which see, A tranq^tion of
fohloza.)
1. IMerdUy: to break down, to become
hurt and fall down, as : umuntu o bamba
a hlofoze ameva, L e. : one who is walking
and becomes hurt by a thorn (so as to fall
down); — 2. To walk through places where
one is easily hurt, where there is no path.
uku— HLOHLA, v. t. (Radicaily one with
hlahk, hlehla, &c. Allied to hlokoza.)
1. To repeat thrusts;— 2. To poke with
anything into a hole; — 8. To thrust or
drive into or down, as : ukuhbhla inbamu,
i. e. : to charge a gun.
— — Hlohlela, qulf. fr. To thrust, poke,
ram down for, &c
isi— HLOHLO, n. pi izi. (From hlobla.)
L A bunch of long, warring feathers worn
as an ornament beforAhe head (^UHerent
from in-Qova) ;-~2. A ram-rod, gnn-stidu
Digitized by
Google
HL(»[OZA.
[187]
HLOLOKAZI.
OB— HLOHLOn, n. 2H5a^ initoid of
hhiihlo^
in— HLOKO, lupLizin. (From hlo, thniit»
•iidtika,'goofl^ oomeoff. BadioaUM one
wUk hkka, hleka, hlika, ahloka, &c)
L The Tory pomt a thing ends in, the
«ttremitj of a thing ;— 2. The prominent
or ddef p(unt or po^ 09 : inhloko jezinto
Bonke i pinaP L e. : which is the chief of
aU thing!?— 8. The head, sbiU, Ac
Id— HLOKO, n. {0. izL (/S^ in-Hloka)
Anj point or iharp end, at : isihloko lom-
kooto neeomeee^ L e. : the point of a ipear
or of aknilb.
i— HLOKOHLOKO, n. pL ama. fJEtadi'
00% OM «o»a hlaka and hloko^ «o^»o& jm,
bat with ehori aooent on both the radioale
blob signifying a reboon^ng n<Mse or soond.
jSm <a90 hlokonu)
1. A niMse made by speaking, tux n
ngamahlokohloko, Le.: he is Tory mnsj
(in speaking) ^-2. A kind of yellow spar-
row, Ufing in large nnmbers together, and
maldng a great ndse. Their nests dangle
firom tJbe branches of trees,
vkn— HLOKOMA, t. t. (From hloko^ «m
Hk)kohk>ko^ and mna, to more.)
1. Pnmariljf : to make an impulse of the
■ir that strikes the organ of hearing iVom
a distance, to make a n<Ms^to sound, to
rattle^ m: ba ya hlokoma ka lomnzi
pesheja kwomftda, L e. s tbey make a noise
at thepkoe on the other side Of the rirer ;
—2. To roar, tosonnd, as: amansi omfUa
a ya h l okoma, L e. t the water of tiieriTer
makes a noise.
«— HiOKOiaai, am. fr. To cause a noise
or somd, at : wa hldcomisa amansi ngo-
kobdca amatye, L e. : he caosed the water
to soond by patting stones in it (dhstmet-
ingthns its gentle flow.)
in— HLOKOMO, n. (Vrom hlokoma.) A
nond, noisoi or report coming fhmi a diB«
in— HLOEOTJAKE, n. A oontraotion of
the following-'
In— HLOKOTJITANE, n. pL izin. (From
inhkko^ which see, and tji-ane, small
ahoot^ jf being simply eophonic^ not radical,
as is seen from the contracted hlokotjane.)
A kind of mimosa tree, distinguished by
its small shoots on the top.
nkn- HLOKOZA, y. t. (I^rom hloko, and
on, to i^ake. MadieaUy one wUh ^^^ntfi
AlUed to hbkoma, zokosa, &c)
1. To thrust a point into motion, to stir
with some p(»nted thing, as t hlokoia d
bone iztnyosi u sednze na ? i. e. : drire the
point (of a stick into the hole) that we see
whether the bees are near; — 2. To insert;
—8. To make a noiM by thrusting a
pointed instrament into a hole, as : omu-
ntu a ti ku ko nto eweni a ihke indakn a
bkkoie, Le. X if one thinks that there be
somethUig in (a hole of) a rode, he puts a
stick into it and stirs, or makes a noise (to
see whether that be tiie case or not.)
nkn— HLOLA, y. t. (From hlo, thrust, and
ula, to stndn, stretch, &c The of hlo
sounded broad as in Engli^ go. Modi*
caUjf one with hlala, &c. 8is. tloea.)
1. LUeraUy : to thrust the eye about,
to look about, to spy ; — 2. To explore, to
suryey, as : ukuhlola izwe, i. e. : to explore
the country ;— 8. To look about narrowly,
to watch, as : wa ngena ensimlni wa ji
hbla imifino^ i. e. : he entered the guden
and looked narrowly at the yegetaUes;—
4. To be roguish, to be a rogue, to be
dangerous, mischieyous, as i umuntu o
kwela pezu kwenhlu ku tiwe u Uola
umhbla, L e. : one who climbs upon the
house is said to bring on some danger.
nm— >HLOLA, n. pi. imi. (From the yerb.)
1. An omen, sign, or indication ot some
eyilor danger that is to come, ast uma
inyoni 1 za i hlale pezu kwenhla ba ti
ngumhloU, L e.: if a Inrd happens to
porch upon a house they say that is a bad
omen.
Rbxabk.- The idea of the umhlola is
thoroughly superstitious, and means are
employed to prevent the event indicated.
An inyanga comes forth with his practices
anC the people are called together in onler
to uknpunga umhlola, i. e. : drive, or blow
away the bad sign.
2. A beginning of eyents, an accident,
as : uma ku fe umuntu omkulu, noko kn
fe inkabi enkulu ku tiwe ngumhlola, L e. :
if a great man dies, or if a large ox dies it
is said to be the beginning of e^ acddents,
vir ., a sign that others of the same kind
will fbUow;— 8. A presentiment, or feel*
iog awakened by a change in the
stato of the body, as : umuntu umzimba
wake a nmnandi a zonwaye ku tiwe n
nomhlola, i. e. : a person whose body feels
uncomfortable so that he scratohes the
same, is said to have a presentiment of
nckness.
i— HLOLENKOSIEAZI, n. nng. (From
ihlo, eye, and loikosikazi— >a gent, case— of
the queen. It retains its accents on both
the nom. and gent.)
Literally : the queen's-eye, a name for
the jasmine-flower. (The idea is deriyed
from the stars which also are considered as
the eyes of the inkoeikazi yezulu. See
n-Tingo^
in— HLOIjI, n. pi. izin. (Fromhlola.) One
who is nying out, a spy, a rogue.
nm— HLOLOKAZI, n. pi aba. (From
hkHsL and kaii, denoting female. Hie
J^ofo has also uhlolo^ denoting a stato of
bairenneaB.)
Digitized by
Google
HIiOKHLO*
C188]
HLOKtPA.
A tDinied fbnmle mho does nol bring
fbrth diildren. The Uteral $ena€ i$ : a
female who has been iptdd, watched, sus-
pected.)
nku— HLOMA, t. t. (From hH MJd iima,
to more, to stand. Badic<UUf one with
hlama and hlnma. 7^ sense is : to throw
into a state, to make ready. AlUed to
roma, soma, and qoaa.)
1. To put in OTder, to be x^AdVt P^^
pared, to prepare for war;— 2, To arm,
to take np arms, as : hloma isikali = pata
iflikali, i. e.: take arms;— 3. Tb prepare,
to put up, OS*, ixtda li ya hloma, t e. : the
atmosphere prepares for rain, (elliptic
instead of iznlu li ya hloma amafti, i e. :
the atmosphere sets np cbtids);--^. To
set to, to throw, tss: hloma nmlilo eba-
tysnini, L e. : set fire to the grass ;-^. To
thmst npward or on high, as i hloma, mnsa
kohlaba lapa, I e. s throst the needle
higher np, (as in thatching a house with
grass) and do not stitch so low.
*— — Hlokbla, qnlf. fir. 1. To take tq[) arms
for a purpose ; — 2. To fil the eye upon, to
keep watch, asi hlomela lomnntn a nga
haleki, i. e. ; keep an eye upon that man
that he may not run away ;*-8. To lie in
widt for, to lark, to watch, o# i ha ya hlo-
mela impisi, i. e. : they lie in wdt for a wolf.
— . Hlokelaxta, rcpr. fr. 1. To prepare for
war against one another;— 2. To watch
npon each other $ to goard one another.
— Hlomisa, cans. fr. To canse, command,
or gite order to take np arms, ic
i— HLOMBE, n. pi. ama. fSadiealify one
ioUh hlamba and hlmnha.)
1. LUerallyi a throsting or driving
together, a dapping, as: Ijayanl ihlomb^
i. e. : lit, : strike a eUp :=s make a clap.
Sometimes ngexanhla, i. e. s ^ith the hands,
is added. *&» same eypre^on in Xosa
is : yensatd ihlombe ng^anhla, i. e. : make
a dap with the hands ;— >2. The top of the
shonlder, lit, : the place where two bodies
arepresMd together,
nkn— HLONGA, t. t. fBadkalUf one with
hlanga, hlenga, and hlanga« whieh see.
Allied to songa.)
1. To be destitute. It Offers from
din^a, as it implies previous possesion; —
2. To he ont of, to be withont, not to hare,
<w: ngi & hlongile innto a ngi se nazo
maije, i. e. : I have been in possession of
the things, bnt have them no more now ;*-
3. To hare want or need (jlt,asi nsAyi hlo-
ngile inffubo, i. e. : I hare need of a dress.
ama— HLONGWA, n. (See Hlonga.) A
name of a small river, the first west of the
TJmkomazi, going into the sea.
in— HLONHLO, n. i^. ion. fSee nm-
Hlonhlo.) 1. Thenameof afiame-coloared
snake which has a fin or a fln*like crest on
its head. It is very polsoawst— 1. A
wrathfol person, taken from the snake
which, when angry, raises ito oresi
nm^HLONHLO, n. pL imL (EmdiealUf
ontf «D»M hlanhla and hlenhla, barb. Xosa
inhlonhlo.)
1. A name for the large speeles of
euphorbia, so caUed firom its herbaceous
stem and shoots, as also its thorns whidi
stand backward Uke barbs;— 2. Somtthing
diverging ; henee, a shoot of a tree coming
forth from the stem ; an arm or csttnded
part shooting from the main body of a
thing, as a smaller stream proceeding from
a larger, a by-way diverging from the main
road;— 8. Anything that perisbea away
quickly, as herbaceous plants do.
Whenever this word is used MiMiad«
jective it changes itsinitaal form aeoording
to the govemmg noun, ast umuntu um-
klonhlo, into inhlonhlo, i.e.t the man is
like a soft berb^ the thing is peridiing (like
a herb),
in— HLONHLOKAZT, n. pi hdn. (Pram
inhlonhlo, and kaxi, denoting degMe.)
A spedes of hawk of a reddish or Ivown
colour and with white wings. {XdteraUsf :
a fine spedmen diverged.) ^ _
in— HLONI, n. pi. ama and lAi« (From
hlo, thrown, see ihlo, ey^ and ini, in one,
together, equsl, &c Chmpare hlaon,
wmdi is of the same rsdicals.)
1. Jriroperi^tapartioukrdowiiOMilook,
bashfolness, ^yness, a sense of shame or
modesty, not forward or bold, ast bmtmma
unenhloni, i.e.: this diild hides its eyes
(from a sense of bashfoUiesB) ;— 2. Confri-
siott. Of: wahlalapandenamahloni, Le.:
he sat down with a downcast look.
KOTB.— The plural ama indicates the
abstract notion, while inin the ooncrsfte, as :
u nesinhloni sake, i. e. : she is bashfrd in
respect to him, vir. : he has done m" uttered
something that caused bashfulneas hi her.
uku— HLONIPA, V. t. (From hloni, and
ina, to pass, to g^ve. lAieralkfi to gpYO
shiune.)
1. To be bashftd, to be shy, to koep at
a diitanoe through timidity, to shun ap-
proach, ast isifiizi si ya hknipa uyise
wendoda, i.6.: the femde ser shun ap.
proaching their fkther-in-law|— 2. To bo
reserved, avoiding freedom of inUsrooorse,
not frmiliar, to avdd or shun calling, as :
u ya hlonipa igama lake, i. e. i she is afraid
to call his name j*^. To be careftil not to
commit ; hence, to respect, to be respectful,
modest, obedient toward older people as :
ukuhlonipa abantu abakuln, i. e. : to respect
older people.
RsHiLBX.--Tln8 word describes a custom
between the nearest relations, and is ez-
cludvely applied to the fomale sev, wh<^
Digitized by
Google
HIiOKZL
[139]
HL0TJA2ANA.
whan tnanied, fure nofc tllowdd to cbU the
mUBBtea of the irdatiTes of their hnabancU
nor of their fHthen^ln-hiw. They rnogt
keep at a dlstahoe from the latter. Sence
they have the hahit of in?entliig new names
fbr the menhers of the fSunily» which is
always reeorted to when those namee happen
to he either derived from» or are equivalent
to some word of the common langnaee, as,
to instance^ if the fhther or hrother*m-]aw
is called nmehlo, which is derived &om
amehld, eyes-^the isifhsi will no longer use
mnehlo bat snbstitnte amakang^ (look-
ings), Jbc And henei. the izwi ledfazi,
ie.: women«>word or langtiagehai origi-
nated.
*— HUnma^AXA, rcpr. fr* To shnn one
another; to be bashfol toward eadi
other, &C.
«m— HLONITJO, n. DMOee^, instead of
MonyanL
kl^miONOl^rO, n. pi iri. (Prom hlo,
thrast, and nnono^ 96e nona. dotely
rdated to hk>ni. The iense is: that of
great i^yness; the repetition of the dim.
ioftm no =r a superlative.)
A species of cricket, acheta campestris.
wn— HIiOKYAKI, n. pi. imL (From hkml,
and ani, herb.}
A Bpedes cf the genns mentha, known
under the Dutch name, wUde aU, (Liter-
ct%: herb or pknt of badifulness, and
most probably so called because it was
«sed as a medicine for producing bash*
fVdness. S^e hlon^<^ which Is from
hkoipa.)
oka— HLONKA, v. t (Radtcaily oh$ with
hbnsaand hlinn,«4ieA iee» IXahctic'.
hlosa. MUed to kaioBu)
Primarily : to double, to repeat, to do a
tUttg twice, and many more times, oi i
tok n ngi hhmcile, 1. e. t be still, you have
tdd me already many tunes ;— 2. To keep
on, to cany on, to conthiue, tu : wa hlonxa
nkimi ku lomuzi, t e. : he continued to go
to that phK!e;-^8. To be in the habit to
do, <nr ; u hlonsile ukweba i. e. i he is in
thehatHtofsteaHng.
in — HLONZE, n. pi. izin. ^From hlonza.)
1. Something doubled, ap^Hied to skinny
parts, as wrinkles or fMB on the fbrehead ;
— ^2. Applied to movements or habits;
quick, ak^ briik, at : umfkna u vinhlonze,
Le. : the bqyisquidc(in walking^, (3= ogi-
jimayo.)
n— HLONZG, n. (From hlonza« See also
in-Hlonze.)
Thickness, hardness, toughness of a skin,
At : irikumba si nohlonBe, i. e. : the skin is
thick (tB if it were doubled.)
nm— HLONZI, n. pi. aba. (From hlonza.)
One who does a thing from habit, as an
halntual thief.
um-^HLOKZO, n. xL imi. (From hlonza.
^{|JM< /o umhlonhlo. OMe»^ use umhlozo.)
1. Literally : a mass or bulk of joints ;
hence, the Sf&e or back*bone of animals;
vertebra t^% The vertetoa, a plant and its
flower, known under the name of tra-
veller's-joy. The natives rub the ilower
and stalk, and use them against headache,
by smelling, just as the civilized world use
the smelling-bottle.
um — HLOPE, n. (From hlo, eye, and upe
or ope, fttnn ipa, to pass, to me^ nearness ;
Ui. : that which is near the eye,— encircling
the eye. See inkope, eyehish. MadicaUy
eoincldinff with hlapa, hlepu, and hlupa.)
1. Pr^^erlyt the white of the eye.
And hence^%. Whiter for whenever the
Kafirs vidbly shew what they mean when
speaking of white^ they point to the
nmhlope of the eye^--«. White; pure
colour; without any spot, aei umuntu
umhlope» i. e. : a man of a pure oolour ;—
4. Pure ; clear ; dean; free fh>m spots, at:
iringubo sake amhlope!, i. e. : his dothes
are dean ; — 6. Bright shining, ae x umhk
omhlope— izuln elimhlope, L e. t « bright
day,-^a dear atmosphere ;--6. Pure; of
unblemished charad<er r^7. Unquestion-
able, unoensurable^ a» \ limhlope iswi hdce.
From the instances given, it will be
observed that the general use of Uiis word
is that of an apposition or adjeotive. And
it retains the m in all oases, beeause it
belongs to its nom. fonn, and not to the
rook hlo,
til)ti.^HLOPE, n. (From umhlopei) 1.
Whiteness; white ;^2. PuH<^ ; deamess,
^.;— 8. Brightness, ae\ yeka ubuhlope
bake^ i. e. t what a brightness in his
appearance !
im^^^HLOPEKAKI, n. |)L isin. (FhMi um-
hhme, and kan, denotmg fomale.)
A white fomale^animal.
l-^HLOSI, n. pL anuL (Fom hk L| soft
aspiration, and usi, denoting degree* AU
Ued to inhlod. Ootnpate inkosi» dosi,
nyosl,^)
The panther. LitertUlyi a kbd of
chief-eater. fSee im-FisL)
um— HLOTI, n. (From Ua L> toft aspira-
tion, and uti, soft.)
A name of a river going into the sea,
east of the u-Hlange^ at whldi Verulam
is situated.
un— HLOTJANA. (A diminutive of urn-
hlope.)
WhitishneM. (Used as nmhlope.)
in— HLOTJAZANA, n. pL izin. (From
nmhlope^ and asana, to come together
near, denoting also fomale sex in a dhninu-
tive sense.)
A female-tnlmal of a cdouf that comes
nesr to whiter almost white.
Digitized by
Google
HLU.
[140]
HLUBULISA.
iri— HLOVA, n. pL ici. (From hla I.,
eaten, and ova, to oome forui. BadieaUy
one ir»^ isihlanu)
1. PrimariUfi an empty membrane
(fM isi-Hla);»2. Sometimes used of a
cocoon;— 3. A poor man; one who has
been eaten up.
in— HLOVANE, n. pi. izin. (From isi-
hbva.) The Indigo-plant.
in— HLOVU, n. pi. izin. (From hla L, and
ovu, see vova.)
Elephant. Probably so called from
straining water throngh its tnmk» or doing
mischief with it.
in— HLOVUKAZI, n. pL izin. (From
inhlovn, and kazi, denoting female.)
A she-elephant.
in— HLOVUNDATrANA,n.pl.izin. (From
inhlovn, and indatyana, which is a dia-
lectic difference from indanyana, dim. form
of De, long, extended.)
A name of the wild earth-hog, which
lives on flats. Its teetb, which extend to
a small degpree, are the point of compari-
son with the elephant.
u— HLOYILE. n. pi. o. (From hla II.,
eee nmhlo, prey, and ila, to stnun,— y is
enphonic. Xosa nhloyiya.)
ZUeraUy: a quick tmrning or sharp-
sighted bird of prey, viz. ; the hen-hawk,
i— HLOZE, n. (pL ama.) (From hla II.,
and nze, made. The Xosa has hlnzi, from
hlnza, to strain through. lAt, : something
strained.) Semen maris; gonorrhoea,
i— HLOZE and ZI, n. pL uma. (From hla
IL, and uze, or uzi, naked, thin, aerial.
JRadicalUf one with isibluzi, membrane or
muscle. Allied to hlonza, inhlonze, &c.)
An apparition ; the ghost of a deceased
person. (This word expresses the trans-
migration of souls. A person is supposed
to become an ihlon at his death, and
enters into a kind of snake, by which he
appears after death whenever it is neces-
sary to commune with those he left.
Everything good or evil is ascribed to the
ihlozi,— for the good he is praised, and for
the evil he is offered sacrifices.)
in^HLOZI, n. pL izin. (From hlo, thrust,
and uzi, a coming, making. AUied to
inhloli.)
The tiger-cat.
in-^HLOZO, n. pi. izin. fSee i-Biozo. It
is' a tribal expression. Others have isi-
hlanza, which seems to be an imitation of
inhlanzi, fish, but without having the
sanction of the language.)
Some reeds fastened together in the
'shape of a basket for catching fish.
in— HLU, n. pi. izin. (From hU. The sense
is : thrown, opened, expanded. Sis, ntlu.)
A house; a hut; a dwelling; abode;
building, as : n senhlwini yake^ L o. : he
Is in his house. (Some tribea have the
contracted form enhlini in this case.)
The term "enhlwini kwake" is often
heard in Natal, and kwake is to be ooa- i
sideredasan exceptional form belanging
to inhlu, or depending on it. See the
nearer explanation under Kwake.
u— HLU, n. pi izin. Same as u-Hla,
uku— HLUBA, V. t. (From hla, and uba, to
separate. BadicalUf one vnih hbbs,
hleba, and hloba. AUied to hlcqpa.)
1. FrimariUf : to change the coat (as of
ahorse), a#: inkomo i Uubile, L e.: the
cow has got new hair ; — 2. To cover with
a new berk, husk, or peeL (Not to be
confounded with hlubuka and mutuka !)
]-»HLUBA, n. pL ama. (From the verb.)
1. A coat of an animal ; — Z, A hnsk, peel,
rind, bark, pod.
in— HLUBU, n. pL izin. (From hlubi, v.)
lAteralUfi something with a peel, — of
which the peel is to be taken off; signi^-
ing a small tuber growing under the
earth from a stock like potatoes. It is as
large as a nut, having a thick, dark-
purpled peel, and tastes something like
beans,
uku— HLUBUKA, v. i. (From hluba, and
uka, to go or come off. AlUed to hlutoka.)
1. To fall off, as husks or peels, && ,—
2. To be divested, stripped of dothes,
denuded, asi ingubo yake i bi hlubokile,
i. e. : his clothes had fidlen off ;— 8. To
apostatize; to abandon; to g^ve np^ as:
abi^na bake ha m hlubukile, i. e. : his
boys have thrown him off ;— 4. To rebel ;
to revolt; to oast off authority, &&, as:
abantu ba hlubukile kuye, i. e. : the people
have rebelled against hun;— 5. To be re-
bellious, &0.
— Hlubukisa, cans. f^. 1. To canse to
fall off, Ac ;— 2. To cause or instigate a
rebellion. See.
nm— HLUBUKI, n. pi aba. (From hlnboka.)
A rebel; an apostate,
um— HLUBUKISI, n. pi aba. (From hln-
bukisa.) A rebel, viz,: one who causes
others to rebel, who is the c&nse <^ re-
bellion,
in— HLUBUKO, n. (From hlubuka.) A
revolt; rebellion.
isi-rHLUBUKO, n. (From hlubuka.) 1.
An act of revolt or rebelli(m, &c;'-2.
Something like a revolt or rebellion. ,
uku— HLUBULi^ v. t. I^assive hlutyilws,
(From hluba, and ula, to strain. I^»
tlubula.)
1. To husk ; to peel, as : hlubnla izin-
hlubu, I e. : take off the peel from the
, tubers; — 2. To divest; to denude ; to take
away tiie clothes ; to strip.
Hlubuusa, cans. tr. To take the
husk off, &c
Digitized by
Google
HLULAMITI.
[Ul]
HLUMEISA.
Yun— HLUBTJLO, d. pi. imL (From hlnba-
k.) LUereUljf : a mats which is stripped
off; Jkenee, the thin flesh upon the rihs,
which the natives always separate Arom the
ribs ; and also the flank or side of an animal.
nm — HLUHLUBE, HLtnaxtrLB, and Hlxt-
HLUYE, n. pL imi. (Fromhla, thrown,
extended, and uhe, separated.)
1. Codc's-spnr;— 2. A kind of mimosa
shrob, like a vine, haying thorns in the
shape of cocks'-spurs ; and another kind
scented, and instead of the thorns a shoot
which winds around other branches and
helps the shrab to climb upon the trees.
(l%e two flrst words express the spnr or
ahoot^ and the third the scent, bnt they
are nsed promisenonsly.)
okn— HIiUKA. This word and all its deri-
▼atires «e» under Ahlnka.
hfc— HLUKANS and NO, n. pi. inn. (From
ablnkaiia. IVibalonfy.) Difference, par-
tition, Ac
nkn— HLUKUHLA, y.t. (From hln-nkuhla,
rather ononuUopoeUc, expresring a soond
or u(^se made by rinsing the month, or
cleansbiff the teeth. Compare gqokn,
gxnkn, Ac.)
To rinse the mouth; to cleanse the
teeth.
uku— HLUKUZA, ▼. t. (From hlnku, and
aa, to make. MadicaUy one with hlo-
kon.)
JJUeralljfi to make hlukn. A tribal
expression, the same as hlukuhla.
nku— HLULA, t. t. (From hla I., soft
ssjnration, and ula, to strain, stretch.
literaJUfi to stretch away. Radically
eomeiding with lula. Sis, tlola.)
To pass by; to go further; to go be-
y<md a place, cu: inkosi ya hlula lapa
pezolo, i. e. : the chief passed |y here
yerterday.
— HLtn.AirA, rcpr. fr.* To pass by each
other.
— HLiTXAinflA, cans. fir. To go beyond
another thing ; to be higher than another,
4U : imiti 'mibili i ya hlulanisa, i. e. : the
two tiees sm^mss one another, one is high-
er than the other.
— — Hluusa, cans. fr. 1. To cause to pass
or go beyond; to let pass; — 2. To miss a
pc^t or place, as : nga yi hlulisa inhlu,
L e. : I went Ikrther than the house (I
was to go to).
NoTX. — ^The given instances show that
this word has rderence to localities only,
and care must be taken not to confbund it
with ahlnU^ which has the sharp aspration,
and the pn&x. a beades.
m— HLULAMITI, n. pi. izm. (From hlula,
and imiti, trees.)
JMeralUfi a species which is higher
than trees, descriptive of the cameleopard
and the camel, both of which were foreign
to the Kafir nation,
in— HLULANHLEBE, n. pi izin. (From
hlula, and inhlebe, ear. Xosa ilulwane.)
Literally: a species which has &r-
gdng ears, descriptive of the bat.
i — HLULE, n. pL ama. (From hlula.
Xosa ihlwile.)
A dot of blood ; gore (Ht. i something
that passes away.)
uku— HLUMA,' V. i. (From hUi II., and
uma, to move up. Radically one with
hlama, and hloma.)
1. To vegetate ; to come up; to grow ;
to shoot; — 2. To bud; to get leaves, asi
imifino i ya hluma kahle, i. e. : the vege-
tables grow beautifolly.
m^^ Hlttkxla, qulf. fr. To come forth, to
grow forth on, Ac.
-^ Hlitmslela, freqt. fr. 1. To grow
in continuance ; — 2. To propagate ; to
generate or produce. Applied to plants
only.
.— . Hlukisa, cans. fr. 1. To cause or let
grow, shoot, bud, Ac ; — 2. To grow high
or higher, as : imfe i ya hlumisa umbila,
i.e.: the sweet cane grows higher than
maize,
irf— HLUMA, n. pL hd. (From the verb.)
A shoot,
um— HLUMA, n. pi. imi. (From the verb.)
Mangrove,
in— HLUMBA, n. pi. izin. (From hlu,
thrown, and umba, a form, shape, Ac
EadieaUy one with hlamba and hlombe.
Allied to lumba. Compare dumba, to
swell, qumba, Ac.)
1. Property: tumors, or a swelling,
supposed to be clotted blood or gore, and
becoming known as pidns about the loins.
In order to relieve a patient fVom them,
deep induons are made in the skin at
that locality,—- ukukipa izinhlumba, i. c :
to remove the dots of blood,— the opera-
tion bdng something like. letting blood.
The indsions are unially kept as open
wounds for some time, and be<^e, conse-
quently, somewhat elevated or swollen '
when healed. And hence :^2, The little
seam or elevation of flesh after these
wounds are healed; dcatrix. (llie disease
is nothing else than tumors formed in the
hemorrhddal vdns, blind piles.)
i— HLUMELO, n. pi. ama. (From hlu-
mela, see hluma.)
1. A shoot; sprout; bud;— 2. I^ra-
Ucehfi a descendant.
uku— HLUMKISA, v. t. (A contraction of
hlumekisa, from hluma, to grow.)
To make a big udder. This verb is in
genehd use among the Frontier tribes,
cspedally the Xosa, In Natal it is occa*
nonally heard among the Amalala, who.
Digitized by
Google
HLUPA«
[MB]
HLUTA.
aooording to ibdr broad proiraiMiation,
carry the u of the fint wylmlLt, and hare
•— hlamukiKu
ukn^^HLUNQA, t. t (From hlo, thrown,
and nga, to band, with ftnoe. Sadioalkf
one wUh hlanga, hlenga, hlonga.)
1. To free from or to aeparate droas or
dirt from the grain by ahakuig or throwing
the man fit>m one aide to the other,
until the dirt haa settled at the bottom of
the baaket» &c. ;^hence^2. To aift | to
lift through 2 — 3. Toheokle.
isi^HLUKGA, n. pL laL C^ee the rerb.)
1. Droai or ^t which ia aifted oat from
grain, a: ihlengai«->8. The inatrmnent for
aifting, aa a uera, a beokle, :siaihlengo;
as also for straining flnidfliy a atrainer.
i*-HLUNGU, n. pL ama. (From hlonga.)
JJUercUly : a pkce which haa been sifted,
cleaned; apjdied to a plaoe where the
graia haa recently been burned away, and
green paatore appears.
nbn~HLUNQU, n. (From hlonga. Sit.
botloko.)
1. iMteraUyt a state of being thrown
from one side to another, or being thrown
violently i^-Sence^i, Any mieaay sensa-
tion in animal bodies, and the sool of men,
from the slighteat to the highest degree;
pain ; grief; sorrow; regret ; smart i afflic-
tion; diatreas, oa: ngi nobohlongo nge-
kanda, i. e. : I have pain aboot my head;
^ no^ohlon^ inhlisiyo^ i. e« : the heart
feels pain, gnef, Ac
It is more generally naed aa an a^ectiTe,
and dropa ita initial u t-*-a. Famnil, cu :
ikanda li bnhlongo, L e. : the head ia aore;
— h. Sorry, grierous^ regretting, at : ko
bohlongo knmi oknfa kwaka, i* e.: hia
death ia griefooa to me ] — o. OfBmsiire,
proy(^nng, &a, ati wa knlama indao e
lmhlonga» i. a. i he aaid aoraething offen.
nve.
Q— HLUNQUHLUKGU. n. aing. (From
hlongo-hlongo. 48I00 nhkinga.) Tha cot-
ton weed ; goldy locki.
oko— LHUNGXJLA, T. t. (From hlonga, and
nk, toatiain. Xtidioall^ one io»(ihlan-
gala, which tm,)
lAUraiijf I to aift oat» hot primarily,
to shaken throw, or move the maas in a
oiroolar way, ao that the droas may appear
ontheaor&oe of the grain, or be carried
away by wind.
i-HLUNGULO, n. ^ ama. (From
hlongola.) That which ia aifted out ;
dross; cha£
in— HLUNKULU, B. sing. (From inhlo,
hooae, and inkolo, great)
1. Literalhf : the great hooaa, =:= royal-
palace;— 2. ^^iffuratiwefy 1 royalty,
nko— HLUPA,T.t. J^motf hlo^wa, (From
lih^ throw, to coBM down* and opa* to be
upon. MadioaGgfonewiihVkftitkc,ivid
ooinaditiff wiik fidUa, fohU, &o^ whidi are
a trani^Qsitioa of tiie aama roota. LU. :
to come down opon» to oppreaa. Sit,
tlopa.)
1. To treat ill; to treat with izjnatiee^
aeverity, rigour, or hardship ; — i. To
oppress ; to be heavy upon ; to kad or
burden with unreasonable impositionB, at :
umlungu wami u ya ngi blopa xupomaabena,
i. e. : my master treata me ill with hard
works— -3« To grieve; to pain; to diatresi;
to torment 1— 4, To affl^ 1—6. To per-
secute.
—M HLUPBKi.qult.fr. 1. To be in a state
of suffering; to aoflbr ill-treatment; to
suffer pain, grie^ distress ;-r^ Toani&r;
to undergo; to endure suflfaringa^oa: oka-
hlupeka ngamakaca* ngokokunbA na ngo-
kucUnga* L a. : to aoffor from ool^ hanger,
and need;— 3. To be under afflicrfaop, dis-
tress, &c., at : maoje u hlupeka» i. e. :
now he auflbrs greatly.
— *^ HlupbIiA, qulf, fr. Only uaed in its
paasiveftrm, oatuhln^wa ngumtwana
wak^Le.: heia afflicted with (sufflBringB
of) his child. (Analogout to fdwa, &c)
isi— HLUP£, n. pi iai« (From hlnpa.)
IMeraHAfi a leather, which haa baan pulled
out. r^^Hlutal.)
um— HLUPI* n. pU aba. (From hlopa^ An
oppreasor; a persecutor; a grievboapanoo.
iai— HLUFO, n. (Fromhloj^ X. Theact
of oppressing;— 2. (^pressmgi oipproHion,
affliction, &o^ at : isiUopo sake a ka ai
yekile kubo, i. 0. : he haa not laft off to
render affliction upon them,
u— HLUPO, n. pi lain. Qtvm bliqpa.)
Oppression, affliction, &o. received,
nko— HLUSULA, v. t. (From hlo, thrown,
ua^ to canae, to burat, and uhi, to atrain,
ofT away. ItadioaUy comeitUt^ with
hlasela. Allied to UutulU.)
Primarily: to kill in a painful OMUUier;
to poll, break, or wring o£^ atx hloaola
intloko^i.e.: twiatofftha head (oCa bird
or any other animal.)
Uka— HLUTA,v.t. (From hli^ thrown, and
uta, to touch, take. JMioaily ona ¥nth
hlwita. Allied to sota, hliqfia, qota, ^)
1. To pull out ; to pluck ou^ Of I hlnta
ubova benkukUi L e. : plnek the feathera
of Oie fowl;— 2. To pluck away; to take
away.
This verb has one irregular or peculiar
form analogoua to hlala— hleU» eia,: hlnti,
and is, like hleli, governed by Uie simple
aabstitute pron. Itti^fnifieti tobaaated;
to satiate, at : u hloti, i. e. 1 he ia aatia-
fied. fJPrimarilyi he ia a plooking^ for
one who only plucks or pieks off liftUa Inta
ahows that he haa no more appetita» heia
aatiafied.) And it ia ohviooa that hlnti is
Digitized by
Google
BLX7ZA.
[141]
HLWA.
th« flgoratife kogoage, and lati the literal,
wlikh IS more oommonlj in nae among the
triheeof NataL
•—• HiiVTiaA, oana. v. 1. To oaose to plock
or poUoat;*-S. To sate; to satiate^ as:
kn ja hhiliaa nknhla loku, L e. : this food
is Tery nourishing.
in — HLUTJA, n. pi. izin. (From hlnpa.)
Something to be endured, borne, or suf-
fered; g^evanoe; complaints; trials.
in— HLUTJANA, n. pL ism. CDmi. of
lUn^) Little or small grievance^ oom-
plalnl^ 40, a$i ngi nei^utjana kuwe,
Le.1 I have a sinall grie?anoe against
ywL
isl— HLUTU, n. sing. (From hluta.) Li-
imvtijfi a mode or manner of polling;
ai^)lied to a mode or fiishion to wear thick,
]oDtt hair.
iik«--£LUTUKA« T, L (From hlota, and
vka, to go off or out.)
To go onl, applied to the hair of beasts
and £Mthers of birds; to Vooaenthe coat,
hair, or feathers^ as i inkomo 1 hlutukile,
L e. t tiie eow has lost her hair.
The primary senses or the idea of tins
word, is that the hair goes oat when taken
hold of and pulled, as the root ia dearly
shows. This is, ther^we, a different idea
from that of hlaba» and that of nootnka,
nks— HLUTULA* t. t. (From hlnta, and
nla, to strain, loosen.)
1. To puU loose; to make loose; to
loosen, ast hlutula otyani, i e. t pull the
weeds oat or loose ;— 8. To thin the hair
oat, as in dressing it ;— >3. To lock, and
toonlock.
(Nara."-*Ka 8, is no original idea, inas-
mach as the Zuln-Kafirs know nothing
•boot a loek; bat it has been derived from
the Doteh sMUn or sleuiele», and iden-
tified with the eqoiToeal hlntula.)
In the lower dialects, and in hasty
speidpng, a word likehlutohi is often ob-
SBTfed, whidi is a eontraotion, and, partly,
a eorraptkm of the term n hla or n hie
vMe, L e. s do throw and poor, =a pour
over,-*-«omething sindlar to wa hlwati, see
oader hla XL, and is not to be recom-
mended.
«— « HjiUTUiXLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To poll loose,
is$n ibr;-^. To look or onkok rar.
isl— HLUTULO, n. pL isL (From hlotuhu)
Loek; padlock; key.
wku HLUZA, ▼. t. (From bin, thrown, and
wi^ to come^ make. EadicaiUf one toUh
bkMa,Ao. .iJ^Md to hlula, to pass by.)
1. To make throogfa; to let go through,
whidi is— to strain^ asi nkohloza nbisi,
L e. : to str^ milk;— 2. To woond or
nake sore by walking, as t inkomo i hla-
sile, i. e. : the cow ia lams^ Ut» s has
walked her feet SQr% as also i has strained
her feet or legs;— 3. To scrubs as with
the foot.
i — HLUZE, n. pL ama. (From hlusa, to
strain. AlUed to inhlonae. See n-2S,
fibre.)
A specimen of wood, the bark of which
is very thick and contains many fibres.
(Others call it nmhluzi.)
in— HLUZELO, n. nL inn. (From hluza.)
A qpee&s of the large antelope, known
under the Dutoh name of hartebeest.
(The Zulu name expresses a going through,
running ofL)
isi— HLUZL n. ph izi. (From hluaa, to
strain. MUed io ihlesa, a mouse. See
i-maze.)
Froperly : a membrane contuning
fibrous parts; henoe, a muscle of animal
bodies, espedally the calf of the leg^ and
the correspondent part of the arm ; the
ends of the mueoles are fiastened to the
bones which they move.
nm— HLTJZI, n. pi iml (Fromhlnsa. MUed
io inUese.)
LUeraUjfi a mass strained; hencei
Boup; broth; pickle ;-*8. Any mass of
fluid strained; extract; essence,
i— HLTJZO, B. pi ama. (From hluaa.)
A kind for straining, ms.i a strainer,
filter, Ac
nku— HLWA, T. i. (This \m a contracted
passire verb of the active hhi IL to come
off, to eome down, and is exclusively applied
to the decEuing of the day. Its inflections
are regular, Vwt hlwile.)
L Togo down; to dedine, at: ku ya
hlwa, i. e. t it is declining On*. : umhla,
i. e. : day ;)— 8. To be late; oay is passing,
ast ku hlwile, le. s it is ahready U^
Kusthisoa is contracted fimn ku se
ihlwa, Ut, : it when declining, or evening,
aa when it is evening, about evemng, as :
wa flka kusihlwa pezolo, I e. : he arrived
about evening, last night. (The corres-
pondent to tins is husasa^ see Sa II., which
proves the given analyus of kusihlwa, to
be oorrcot.)
— «.« HI.WBLA, qulf. fr. To become late for ;
to become too late, <mi nga hlwelwa nga
flka ebusuku, L e. t ULx I was passed over
and arrived at night, =c it became too Uite
for me and so I arrived at night.
oka— l&WA, n. (Infint.) Svenfaig, as \ wo
la nraohlwa, I e. : yoa must come this
evemng.
in— HLWA, n. pi irin. The flying ant, or
the krva of the omhlwa (which see) when
yet wiUi wings.
nm — HLWA, n. pi inn. (A contracted pas-
sive ftmn of the active hla I^ amalogous
to nkuhlwa. Closely alUed io umblo,
voracity.)
Digitized by
Google
HLWITA.
[1**]
IKHLA.
lAtertUhfi a Toracioiu* deroving* or
destroctiTe animal; tiie termite. (This
word signifies, in the isi-Xosa, mstk or a
corroding mass.)
ukn— HLWA6ULA« ▼. . See Hkbola.
a— HLWAI, n. pL ian. (From hlwaya,
iee Hlwanjela.)
Literally: something strewed, rignify-
ing the small globular masses of hiul;
hmee : shot for killing Urds, &c
uku— HLWANYELA, and HlWaybla, t. t.
(From hlwa, thrown, strewed, and nyela,
to sprinkle, &e,, eee nya II., or yela, to go
forth, see ya. The sense is: to throw
forth, to strew. Kamba : wanda.)
To sow ; to scatter on the groond, as :
ba hlwanyela imben yabo, i. e. : they bring
their seed nnder ground,
oro— HLWANTELI, n. pi. aba. (From
hlwanyela.) A sower.
in— HLWANYELO, n. pi. izln. (From
hlwanyela.) A species which is to be
sown; some seed.
i— HLWA8ISI, n. pL ama. (From mn«
hlwa, and sisi, denoting a high degree.)
A krge black ant, vig, : the female of
the termite family in the state before its
imprisonment,
in— HLWATI, n. pL izin. (From Wwa,
edible, and iti, shoot, plant.)
A single leaf or bvazush of an edible plant,
resembUng parsley. The fiunily of tins
plant is : nhlwati, pL ohlwatL
in— HLWATI, n. pL izin. (From hlwa,
eating, and ili, thrust, shoot.)
A species cf boa constrictor, so ealled
from thrusting ot pressing its prey through
the throat, as expressed in the phrase:
yinto eginya inyoni yonke, i. e. : it is an
animal ivhich swallows a whdle Inrd at once.
The family is called : uhlwati, pL ohlwati.
um— HLWAZI, n. pL imL (iVom hlwa,
eating, and izi, little things, littleness.
The sense is: doing no hixin, not de-
touring.)
A rost-coloured snake, wUch is quite
harmless.
uku— HLWEBA, v. t. (From hlwa, thrown,
and iba, to separate. The sense is t to
spread. AlUed to cweba II. and qweba.)
To congest ; to grow hard, stifl^ or thick,
as : amafnta a hlwebile emhlunni, i. e. :
the fat is congealed on the soup.
um— HLWEHLWE, n.pl.imi. (^umhlwe-
blwe, thrown, spread.) Same o^ilehle.
um— HLWENQA, n. pL imi. (From blwe,
thrown, and ng^, to bent. AlHed to
hlenga.) Mane; bristle,
um— HLWENQA, n. pL ama. Kama of a
tribe near DeUigoe.
nku— HLWITA and Hlwbta, t. t (From
hlwa, throw, and ita, to take. HadiedUjf
one with hluta. XosOj zita.)
1. T6 twitch s torpull out with a sodden
twitch; to pludc out with a quick motioD,
as : ukuhlwita uboya etjobeni, L e. : to
twitch out hair from the tail;— 2. To
grab, to seize, as : nga hlwita laiqoko
sami, L e. : I seized toy hat suddenly.
I.
I, in Zulu-Kafir, is a simple vowel, and
has, as in most European languages, that
long, fine, and high sound whieh, in English,
is expressed by « in me, seek, seen, Whea
compounded with another word oommen-
dng Drith a rowel, it is always changed or
oompreased into the liquid sound y, as t into
yake,ofi-ake; inyak% of im-aka ; inyooi,
of ini-om. See y.
I, pron. or substitute. Extracted from
the nominal ibrms ini and imi, and lef^-
rinff to them, as : indoda i fikile, L e. : Um
husband he has arrived;— intombi i kona»
i. e. : the ghrl she there (= is there) ; —
impi i yeza, i. e. : the regiment U comes ;
— 'imifhla i cwele^ i.e. : ^ rivers they are
fhll. (As its object ibrm, see T\.)
When it oonneets another noon or pron.
with its principal in a gent, case it Is com*
pressed or Bha]^>ened into y, asi intoyake
(see the letter I);— indoda yenhlu (from
i-a-inhln), i. e. : the man he of the boom.
I, nom. form. Contraoted from iH.
iS^Li.
ILE, a terminaMon. See Le.
IM, nom. form. (Converted from va-
ini. See NL) Joined to roots oommen*
dug with a labial, €ts : imbo^ impi, imfe,
imvu. (As its pron. or substitute, see L)
IMA, conj. (Froperhf: the root ef
the verb ma, wkioh see,) During, whiles
when, at the time when, = uma. It ia
chiefly used among the (jfloabe tribo.
ulw— IMI, n. iSstfLwimi.
isi<— INCE, n. pL izi. (From ini-oe^ tee ea,
ce, &c) JMeralfy: anything wMdi baa
a sharp point, as a knife. It is sometimes
heard with the liquid sound y-isiyinoe.
im— INI, n. pL irim. (From imi, moving^
rising up^ and ini, single, unity, wbatls
between, in. See Ni and Na.)
iVoptfri^ : the ^Mioe of l^me between Uie
rismg and setting of tiie sun; the artificial
da^ ; day-time ; — yimini or ku yimini, L e.:
it IS day-light;— emini, Le.: at midday;
noon;— ku semini, ie.: it Is at midday.
NoTX. — In the Xosa this term Is also
used for a natural or periodiod day, but
not so among the Natal tribes,
nkw— INHLA, n. f Properly i a vwb— oku
— ini— hla ; lit. : that a#i^ betw^sn oomo
down. S adi o aUy one wi^ inhhu Allied
to omhla. See ioH-Int)
Digitized by
Google
JA.
[146]
JADU.
JPrimarifyi a fixed time of gathering in;
the time of bringtog in or edleoting ; the
time when the harreit is hroDght in ; iltfiMtfy
hanreet-time. Ekwinhla, i. e.: at the
hanrest-time;— ka sekwinhla, Le.: it ia
at tbeharrert time. Aotnmn.
INTE, n. (From ini, miite^ miit, and
6^ parte, of the rerb ia or va. Allied to
omnnwe. See Ni. KanAa, nini. Sie»
Dgoe.)
1. lAteraUjfi a nnit; l^mkoe, a fingle
one.
It is used ae an a^jectiTe, and changes
its imtial according to the governing noon.
Of : indan inye, i. e« : a sinffle place ;— izwi
linye^ i. e.: one word; — uinkwa esinye^
Le.: one single loaf of bread.
2. Compounded with the demonstratire a
(tee Ay 6^ and Ai)» it denotes : the other,
another, ae : nmonta omni^e (ftom a— >
ummiye), or : omonye nmnntn, i. e. : tiie
other or another man ;— pL abanta abanye
(from a abanye), or : abanye abanta, Le. :
other people.
In this ibrm it is also nsed as a sobsti-
tvte for a noon, at : ngi bonile inyoni
pe«)lo^ngabonaenyenainiila,Le.: I have
Msn a bud yesterday, and saw another to-
day.
8. It Taries a little in combinations with
Mtfandaj^o, a»\ omonye nomnnye (from
aa— mnmiye), L e. : theoneandUieotiier,
-— omonye nomonye, L e. : one and an-
other ;— iankomo Ea poma ngazinm L e. :
the cattle came oot singly, Vii, : by single
onei^ one by onej^ko tengwwaizitya nga-
■inye, Le.: the dishes are sold by the
In the last instance ngasinye refers to
the sing, of izitya, ots. : isitya, hot it is
eqoally correct to pot it in the plor. form
Dgazinye. The only role to be obsenred
here is^ that nga most stand onchanged*-
nga-iiinye cofllescing into ngasinye— and
may not be contracted into ngesinye, be-
caose the meaning of the latter is: I7
anot her, or by others.
nkw— INYUKA, t. 8ee Nyoka.
1W£, a terminating syllaU^ tee We.
J.
J. This letter has a soft soond inZolo-
Kafir, corresponding to M, which ii a
fittle sharper. It is somewhat softer than
the soond dj (changed from h) which cor«
responds to the sharp (;, and is related to
<2^ i, A^ «, and s. It soonds like y in the
SngjBsh Jamet, Jame, &c.
JA. (Qrigiiially a verb denoting to
jot or {NTOJect; kmee, to shoot, throst,
whirl, horl, torn, train,— method, mode.
course way, manner. Allied fo da, ta,
hla, sa, sha, and za.)
An exdamation expressing an easy way
of stretching oot, <zt: w'enze omgodi o
ae o lale o U ja, L e. : make the hole (so
large) ontil yoo can lie down stretching
yooiself qoite easily,
in — JA, n. pL ixin. (From the root ja, to
shoot. Allied to ss, excL, and sasazela.)
Adog.
oka— JABA, t. t. (From j% shoot, throst,
and iba, to separate. JEUuUealUf one with
jiba, joU, and joba. Allied to tjoba, to
rage,— to kaba, to kick, and to the first
two roots of toiolala. The Xosa has
otjaba, a hostile power.)
JMmarihfi to throw into qonstema-
tion ; to be in a rage, with special applica-
tion to the ose of hard words or severe
langoage^ as in this example : okokolama
'mazwi a bohlongo komonto, L e. : to
qpeak grievoos words to a man.
Note. — This word is tribal, and others
ose Jamba instead of it. Bot» althoogh
they are closely allied, they diffor con«
siderably from each other.
— Jabibi, caos. fr. To pot into conster-
nation; tooonftise; to throw in disorder
(the nind); to take by sorprise by hard
or severe dealing or speudng.
oka— JABULA, v. t. (From jaba, and ola,
to strain. The jprimaty tente if : to be
oot of one's self, applied to merriment.)
1. To be merry, at: amahashe a ya
jabola,Le.: the hones are jumping aboot
in pUy ;— 2. To be cheerfi^ joyfiiU gled,
&c;— 8. To be moch pleased, a#: si ya
jabola ngokofika kweno lapa, L e. : we
are moeh pleased withyoor coming hither.
— JiBiiiJBA, cans. fr. 1. To make merry,
eheerftd, \ojM, glad;— 2. To give much
pleasore^ic.; to gladden.
in— JABULO, n. (From jabok.) Merri-
ness; cheerfrdness; gladness, &c.
i — JADU, n. (pi. ama. seldom.) {See
om-Jado.)
A place where there is a wedding party.
in— JADU, n. pL inn. {See om-Jada.
Xota yaco, a rag, a torn piece of doth.)
A piece of the stomach of cattle, pre-
pared as a piece of skin or leather, and
osed for keeping snuflf in. A word of the
Amahitca tnbe.
nm— JADU, n. pL imL (From ja, shoot,
and ido, drawn, extent Xota umtjato,
wedding, from tjata, to marry, applied to
tiie girL)
FroperUf : a train, a nomber of follow-
ers or attendants, viz, : who bring a girl
to the place where she is to be married,
and which is done in the form of a pro-
cession, with all manner of singing, shoot-
ing, dandng, Jbc. Hence x a wed^Ung-
Digitized by
Google
JAMBISA.
[116]
JBNQA.
partj, a wedding, a#: kn fike umjadn
wake, i. e. : hii weddingp-partj has amred.
nkn— JAJA, t. i. (ArepetUion of j^. Al-
lied to jaba, and radictUly one wUh joja^
Primarifyi to throw the bodj in all
directions; to ihike the bodj, to leap or
dance from joy or merriment. (li coin-
eidee vjith jabala.)
olra — J AKA, V. i. (From ja, shoot, and ika,
to come np, of passions. RadieaUg one
with iika, joka, and juka, 9ee jukiriela.
Allied to Jara, and to nlaka, whu^ Me.)
1. To rage; to be Tiolentlj agitated
with passion ; to be farioos with anger ; —
2. To be riolent, farioos, &o. (Hence the
fkmons name Tjaka. L e. : a fury.)
^— - JiJULA, qnlt. fr. To rage» be fmnons
in respect to, for, on account^ Ac.
isi — JAKA, n. pi. izL (From the rerb.
Xosa isijora. The Xoea isityakala, a
stnpid person, is also from this stem.)
1. Oiae who is raging, fbrions, riolent;
— 2. A snrlj, stubborn person. {Others
use nmjaka.)
nbu—JAKA, n. (From the rerb.) Bage,
violence, fhry.
nko—JAMA, v. i. (From ja, and ima, to
move, stand. LUeraUjf : to stand shooting,
vis. : with the eye. JCoea, jamela.)
1. To look sternly ; to look nnfriendly,
serere, anstere, m : nki^ama kwake^ i. e. :
how sternly he looks, or, what an austere
look of his ; — 2. To look frowning ; to
frown; to reprove by look; — 8. To look
fierce, = amehb a i^e ngenlo a mabi,
L e. : the eyes are Uke a fieroe aidmal and
arefrightftiL
— Jamxla, qulf. fr. To look sternly on;
to frown at, &e., as: n ngi jamela ni na,
L e. : why do you frown so at me?
•-— JiXBLAiTA, rcpr. fr. To look sternly,
frown at each other, &c.
nku— JAMBA, t. i. (From ja, and mba,
to separate from, to change the form.
JMeralUfi to change the form of the
oountenance. See jama.)
1. To diange the oountenance or fiuse,
from any evil or painfbl motion ;— 2. To
blush from shame ;— 8. To lode sorry ; to
have a downcast look ; to look mehncholy,
applying not only to the fluse, but also to
the whole body, ai in the example t ubuso
bu we, nomrimba u we pand, L e. t the
ikce is fUlen, and the body is ftllea down ;
—4. To be disappointed, as: u janbile
ngokutyda ku nga hanjwa namuhla, Le.:
he was quite disappointed, or looked sorry,
when told that no walk was to be taken
to^ay.
^— • Jaxbisa, cans. fr. 1. To cause a
change of the conntenanoeb to cause to
blush, Ac ; to disappoint ;--^ Topnldown
to '
ukih-JAMBALAKAt r. t. (Fwam jamfaa.
aad Ian, to make to strain, to try to lie
or stretch. Xosa tyambalaiia» to be irest-
less, = tjoba.)
To struggle against; to do reluotentlj,
as : inhlisiyo i nga wu tandi nmsobsnii i
jambalaca, i. e. : If the heart does not like
a oertnin work it pcrfbnns it wi^ re-
luctance,
in — JAMBO, n. (Fromjamba.) Adnnge
of countenance I malanofaoly kKd^i disi^
pdntment.
Isi-^AMI, n. pL in. (From jama.) One
who loola sternly, frowning, sow, Ac; a
great starer.
nbo~JAMO, n. (From jama.) Stamne«;
an austere look ; austerity ; sereritjrt a* :
m nobujamo ngokukuloma, L e. : be has
a great sternness when peaking,
in— JANA, n. pi. iain. (Dimimtii/ee of
inja.) A soaall dog.
nm— JANOATO, or Jafjato^ n. pL imL
(From ja, shoots nga, bend, and ito, thrown,
hold.)
Literally : a body laid ina bent positum
for hiding; ow.t a supporter^ a cross
beam in a native house. Upon the pillar
(insika) lies the great square beam (uas-
jibe), and across over it^ at the extreme
ends of it^ lies the umjaagato. (Oiker
tribes use noitjayo.)
i— JANKOMO, n. pL ama. (Contracted
from jiyankomo* from jiya, to tarn, and
inkomo, cattle.)
LUeralUf : a kind turning about cattle ;
a name for a land of swallow, probaUy the
HirundoApos. (Inkoniane, the oommon
swallow, is a transposition of the same
radicals.)
i— JAQA, n. id. ama. (E^om ja, shoot,
and iqa, to set on. It is tuUed to the XMa
ijacu, a torn inece of doth, and Ijeqa, to
cutoff the head.)
A violent person. A tribal mpt9maaii
o(il«rt «M isyaka.
isi— JARA,n. I^sadieatin-Jaka. (Xo99
isi-Jora.)
in--JASA, n. pL isin. (Frcmi ja, ahoot^ aad
isa, to burst. Sm iso, the eye. AJUed to
tjisa, to bum.)
A little pimple in the eye.
in— JASUTO, n. (From jasa, and nto, a
ahoot, thing.)
A name ik a small, right tributary to
the Tukela^river, near its sources.
«ku— JATELA, T. Tribal, S90 IJwajefau
Sri— JAZA,n. SeeT^UM.
J£, adv. See Nje.
uku— JENGA, t.t. (From iebshooi» and nga,
to bend, toward. Allied to singa, linga,
Ac SadieaUtf one with jlamnAtituiig^)
To turn off; to look &e other way.
f Seldom fued.)
Digitized by
Google
*— ^ JlffMLAf qM fr. 1. Td torn off or
ftiraj, ^e ofctention; to turn ai&de^ a$:
A bft feswa into ekiiliniywayo, i. e. : they
do not bear more what !i spckm ; — t. To
turn off from a directaon, eu : wa jengek
wa ytL kn kmsi, i. e. ; he tmned frcnn that
direetoon and went to that plaee.
-»- JiveiSA, ca«8.fr. {DidUoHei tjengiaa
and tyengtea.) 1. To guide bf showing
the way; to cBrect» of: wa i^ Jengiaa
cnhMeniy Le.: he ihowed me where and
when I had to torn off from the way ;•—
2. Todireetto^topointto» tui wajengiaa
kpo^ Le. : be pomted to that Erection ^*-
8. To diow, «f : wa yi jengiaa imal^ L e. :
he held ferth the money in his hand.
Thif word cU£Rff8 from kombiaa in this,
tiiat it imj^es the look or sight, while the
ktter refcov to the motion with the hand.
JBQE, adr. (?h>m jeqa, an obsoleto
terb ; 2j#. : to torn np, to make a diare-
wpocMi torn with the head. BadiealMf
ow HTH^ jaqa ahd Jnqa, wMoh see,)
Used with nknti, a# : wa ti jeqe, i. e. : be
inmed his head in a disrespectful manner.
vkn-i-JEZA, T. t. (From je, shoot, and iza,
to make, to come.)
Praperhfi to assail or attack, to make
an attack npon ; \mt commonly i toofitad;
to transgress, at: n jesile knye izinkomo
nke zi ngene ensimixn, i e. : he has oflbnd-
ed against him by his cattle going into the
(other's} garden. It is always used with
the prep. ihtf.
— JmsA, cans. fr. 1. To attack; to
offond; to make angry; it expresses rather
less than tokntolisa;— wa m jensa nsento
yake, i. e. : he made her angry with his
matter;— 2. To censnre; to correct; to
aet to rights, = tetisa.
JI, inteij. (From the root ja, to shoot.)
1. OnofMiop.x signifying a sonnd or
noise that gradnally becomes weajter nntil
it ceases, as when drops of water are con-
anmed from fire, or water bursts ^oat of a
{ripe, Ac, Of : wa tata ipnzi wa* li ti ji
emhlaboni, Le.: betook a pnmpkin and
threw it on the ground so that Uie water
nshedalonff; — ^2. LUeraUyi pointed, <w:
imnti o ti ji, L e. : a stick whidi runs ont
in a diarp point,
nkn — JIBA, t. L (From ji, and iba, to sepa-
xate. BadicaXhf one wUh jaba, joba, and
jnba. iRIe eense is; to shoot away, to
drive or more qniddy, ra^dly. MM io
giba.)
1. To toss away; to toss np;— 9. To
TH^h, as : nmnntn n jilnle paya, i. e. :
iliere the man has sone down, = Ijona.
fThe Amahla nse tins word instead of
tfona, to go down.)
« — JIBA, n. sing. (See the Terb.) A
■art of natire com (amabde).
tOEH-JIBBy n. pL imL (From thoTtib jiba.
Others repeat the fint root— jijiba, ngni-
lying the repeated action of toamg, lifting
np. AlUed to omgibe.)
A cross-beam resting npon the innka,
and lifting or supporting other smaller
beams with Its exireme points,
in— JIDfi, n. pL izin. A tribal nasM for
baboon (imfene), probable called so from
its long feet or legs^ Others call it injih^
which see,
nkn— JIHA, t. DialecHo, iSssJiya*
nkn— JIEA, ▼. L (From ji, shoot, andlka,
to go off, to more up. SadicaUy one with
jaka, joka, Ac JTosa, to turn round.
Of^^^ri&et, jinga.)
1. Hinutrilyt to swing; to more to
and for, np and down ;^2. To swing about ;
to hang; to impend, as: ingane i jika
kunina, L e. t the inftmt hangs at its
mother;— 8. To hang loose or waring; to
dangle.
— JnoELi* qulf. fr. To hang from, in a
suspended manner.
—— . JntBLELA, ft^t. fr. To swing away
from ; to turn away horn, JShsa, tjikilela.)
— — Jeeiba, caos. fr. To hang loose, or in
a dangling, swinging way ; to suspend, as :
abatakati be be jikidwe eweni, i.e. : witches
were suspended from a rock (by a string
or rope fastened to their bands, in which
position they died, if not otherwise re-
Ueved.)
i— JIKI, n. shig, (From jika. Allied to
Jinn, pasto.)
Beer ; Zt^. : a swinging, dangling, signi-
fying the intoxicating effect. A word of
the Amabaea tribe.
u— JIKWB, n.pLo, fT^Mttt^ofthererb
jika, to be turned.)
A kind of sweet potatoe turning or ex-
tmcBng its esculent roots &r about under
gromicC e,^,t nmhkusa ombiwayo n nga
peli pann, Le.: a sweet potatoe which
bong digged out does not oease underneath,
having, piz^ many small roots which sprout
ont again.
nkn — JILA, v. t. (From ji, shoot, thrust,
and ila, to strain. JEtadicaUy one with
Job, jula, and the Xosa ^ila and jwila.
i^M^ila.)
1. lAteraO/jf : to throw forth or up ,-~
2. To wag; to bendforward and backward,
asi uki\jua intamo, L e. : lU.i tobend the
neck forward and backward, = to wag
with the head ;— 8. To consent (lU. : to
bend with the head), as : i iile, L e. : just
so; right so; the pron. I referring to
inkosi, and th^ is the only phrase in use
of tlds sense, it being elliptic, and used as
an exclamation of assent or approval g^ven
L«
Digitized by
Google
JIYELA.
[1*8]
JOKA.
to a h]|^ penon fpetkiiig bj an inferior
who tttentiTely listena,— 4. To throw
with a stick; to throw with the head, or
throw the head from pain« tut inkomo i
jik, L e. : the cow throws her head as if
she was dying,
in— JILA, n. pL izin. (From the Terb.) A
tribal nameiorimfene, baboon. iSstfinjide.
.CJILI. \m pi. ama. (From jila,
^ { JILIMBA, i and limba, a dialectic form
r= izimba, which fee. In the 2lbsa is
njili, bamboo.)
lAteraUy: a rery high shoot; iq>plied
to a stalk of native com, without ear.
kd— JIBCANE, n. See IJimane.
nka— JIKQA, t. t. (From ji» shoots and
nga, to bend, with force. EadioaUv one
with jenga. The seme is : to turn back.
JOosa, to torn in a drde ; to swing.)
1. To prerent flowing; to hinder, to
stop flowing oat = ftka into emanrini e
me amanzi a nga pomi, i. e. : put some«
thing into the water that it may stand
and not go out ;— 2. To boil a thin wateir
mam nntil it becomes thick, as to cook
pap or porridge Hndnding the act of stir-
ring); to swell oat;-~8. Ukoya ekn-
jingeni, L e. : to go to a porridge eating,
isi— JINQI, n. pL ud. (From jinga.) 1*
A oompontion of a mealy snbstance and
water made np^ or kneaded, and bdled for
eating; paste; pap; porridget — 2. Any
oobenve mass^ = into e nge nakwahlnlwa.
Let something resisting separation; — 8.
Fi^raiively : an mihandy person,
i— JINQUOLO, n. pL ama. (From jingi,
jolo, from itjolo, a small bnsh.)
lAterdUtf : a paste-bosh; implied to the
bramble, the fruit of wluch is often used
boUed.
isi— JINGO, n. pL iri. (From jinga.) The
nape; (Uti tamed stifl".)
uku— JIYA, T. t. (From ji, thrown, tamed,
and iya, to go, to reUre. EadicaUy coin^
cidu^ loi^ shiya, to leare. iSeebaja. AJU
Zi0<f ^ jinga.)
1. FrimaHUf : to torn stiff; to thicken,
oi: nbiri In jiyile, L e. : the milk has tam-
ed thick (by boiling) ;— 2. To become stiff;
to go with diiBcal^ ; applied to a state of
the feet or legs, asi izito zake xi jiyile,
i. e. : his legs are quite stiff, = he walks
lame, as if he was thrown back continually.
NoTB.— In a fluent way of speaking this
verb sounds as jile, or jiile, according to the
original rerb to, whidi is written iya,
•^— — J ITBLA* qulf. fr. (This form is idioma-
tic, viz, ! its passive alone is used— jiyelwa.)
1. Abantu ba jiyelwa ukuhla, i. e. : Ut,i
the people tumed stiff for them was the
food, = the food tamed stiff for them,
fn9,i having no time to eat, the food stood
long^ and, consequently, tumed stiff, refer-
ring particularly to paste or porridge ;— 2.
To go hardly, sotfoely, narrowly, not yet
now, as I ngi jiyelwe imisebenzi yami i
hlale pan^ yonke, i. e. t I can bax^, or
not yet now, go, as my work is aU lying
down ;— 3. To have no time or ■Pf^oa.
-»— JiTiBA, caus. fr. To make stiff or thid:
by boiling; to thicken,
i— JIYA, n. (pL ama. seldom.) (From the
verb.) Stripe of the hairy skin of apes
and other animals, turned stiff into a
diape of tails, middng the war-dress of
the natives,
uku— JOBA, V. t. (From jo, thrown, shoot,
and uba, to separate. MadicaUy one with
jiba and juba. Allied to igoba.)
1. Froperljf: to join separate things bj
binding ; to bind one thing, as a strings to
another; to prolong;— -2. Fiywraiioeigf z
to accuse, flit, : to bind something at or
to a person,) tu ; n jodjiwe, i. e. : he has
been charged with a &ult (The JTosa
uses the word in this last sense only.)
... JoBXLA, quit fr. To prolong for, Ao,
^— - JoBSLSiA, fr^t. fr. To prdong some-
thing several times, by many things,
i— JOBO, n.pLama. (Fromjoba.) Acer-
tun kind of bosh growing in water,
m— JOBO, n. pL i&n. (From joba.) A
spedmen of tiUl; a tail, = i^oba.
u— JODO, n. (From jo^ shoot, and udo^
extend, length.)
A blue piece of stuff cut off in the length,
uku — JOJA, V. t. (From jo-ja, shoot, tbnist,
thrown, Ac, indicatmg the repetitkin of
the action. Allied to nqja, boba, ta)
1. To thrust something pointed into the
anus, as : uma inkau i bimjiwe emowaneni
i banjwe ngomsila i jqjwe ngentonga egolo,
L e. : when an ape is caught in a trap it is
taken by its tail and a pointed stidc is
punched into its anus. (This is the savage
manner to kill, not only wild animals, but
alsolhose whom they suspect as great foes.
With such a kind of death poor Betief
metin Dingaan's kraaL)— 2. Aj^ed to the
coition of homed animals, especially to tiie
frequent or repeated leaping of cows,
n— JOJO, n. pL o. ^From joja.) A kind
of ffrey or blackish oird, belongin|; to the
finim-fiunily, and called so from its long
feathers,
uku— JOEA, V. tt (From jo, shoot, and uka,
to get off, to fix, set. RadiedUy one wUh
jaka, jika, and juka.)
1. To attach loosely, in a limited senses
as; ukuy^oka intcmU, L e.: to attach
one's self to a girl loosely, = ukufuna inhli-
ziyoi beka pina, i. e. : to try to see whither
bar heart looks, = to see whether she may
suit him;— 2. To chase or attack in a more
playf^il manner, as : izinja ri yi joka inya-
mazana li nga yi yeki, L e. : the dogs
Digitized by
Google
JUBELA.
[140]
JULA.
chase the wild buck witboat letving off,
vix. : they hare only a loDg play wiui it»
but; do 1106 kill it.
(The tranaitiTe aenie of thif yerb it ana-
fegooa to aloka 11^ eyeka, &c The JSmo
nae ooij No. 2.)
oka— JOLA« r.taUi Jotjl (From jo, shoot,
and nk, to strain. Madi e dUy erne wtih
JUa and jnla. .Zbta, jda.)
To blow or spoat water through a reed.
Used more among the Amamponda.
in— ROMANS, n.pLi8in. (liom jo, shoot,
thrast, and mane^ to more eren, eqoal,
idsntioal.)
A name which was given to the horn
by the Zola preyions to their hearing of
<• ihadie." It is difflooU to ascertain whe-
ther the Zulu created that name when
tbey first saw the Dutch fiurmers riding on
hond)ack, or identified it with inkomoby
dianffing k, or with some animal known
by £em, oho^om ^o n-ficrjani, Ac, or
whether th^ reoeired the name from some
other qoarter. The doobts generally
entertained or expressed by older people
are more in fiiTonr of the last ojnmon.
in — JOVA, n. pL izin. (From jo^ thrown,
and OTa, to feel mouldy.)
A monse for a bait {lU.i something
thrown or beaten nbildy.)
n— JU, n. ang. (From ia, denoting flow-
ing. Dialectic: tjnandlTn.)
The watery or finest floid of honey;
drops of hooey ; strained hooey.
mill— JU, n. sing. (From ja, to shoots throw.)
A throw with rtikxitj (= nkaponsa);
ftagal power; ^leed.
idkn— JUBA, T. t. (From in, thrown, and
nba, to separate. J2a(itoa%OMiD»^jaba,
jabola, jiba,andjoba. 2^ «Mje it: to fiy
oi(tokieknp. ^ittiei to the 2Mashnbi^
to eiQoy, i^i^ed to suckling cakes.)
1. Drima riljf i to make arrangements
ibr merriment; to gife order finr e^joy*
msoti ;— 2. To give or bestow prifUeges,
CBjoyments, hooors, Uberty, Ac, a«: un-
Toba amabnto, i. e. : to make the warriors
happy, by ordering— a leke abafiud, a tnnge
iiiooeot, L e. : that they may many wiTes^
and pot on the head-ring.
This is the prominent nssjre of the word,
relSBrrinff to the state of restraint in
whieh ^e Znln soldiers are kept— some-
times fx their lifetime— and which, when
tibej are released from it, becomes a real
jnl^to them.
-^^ JuBEKA, qoH. fr. To kick np from
j(^ ; to be happy ; to be pririlege^ (com-
cuUs^ «t^ jabida.)
■ Jtjbila, qolf. fr. To emoy, to be quite
happr, as : amabnto a jnUa, i. e. : the
wunors eojoy themselTes^ eis. : bj mn-
ning abooty throwing qwars, and making a
noise as if they were engaged with an
enemy. Applicable only to the oecasion
of their jubilee.
i— JUBA, n. pL ama. (From the Terb.)
.STofa isuba.)
A dore or ingeon; called so from its
Tek)city. See ilu>be.
uka— JUBAJUBA, t. i. (From juba-juba,
denoting a repetition of tiie action.)
To Idck up or struggle repeatedly,
hearily, dsc i^yplied to a con?ulsive state.
Oil nxa kugula^o nmtwana a jubajuba
nezanhla na ngezmyan, L e. : when a duld
is iU, it locks or strug^esfrom pain with
hands and feet.
i— JUBAJUBANE, n. pL ama. (From
jubunha, and ane, dim.)
The butterfly. So called from its re-
lodty. (Sm Temvane.)
i— JUBAI^E, n. (pL ama. seldom,) (From
jnha, and ane, dim., denoting degree.)
Speed ; Telocity, as : umuntn o nejubane,
L e. : a man who runs Tory tSMb (= a
balekakakulu.)
i— JUBANTONDOLO, n. pL ama. (From
ijuba, and intondok)^ castrated ; other tribes
iooff ndondo^ which amoonts to the same.)
The largest kind of turtie-dore with a
green ring around the neck; {lU.t the
castrated dore, identified with castrated
animals which generally grow larger than
others.)
in— JUBE, n. pi. irin. (From jnha, to fly
off.) A swinging; in the Umted termz
ukwenzaiiqnbe, i. e. : to makea swinging,
as I yenn iigid>e umtwaaa, L e.: swins
the child (on a swing or upon the arms, &c)
i— JUJUBANE, n. Contracted from jn«
bijabane^ whM see.
oka— JUJUBEZA, t. t. (Contracted from
jubijuba, and isa, to make, sigi%u>g ^«
motion of a butterfly; or formed <m jube^
with repetition of the first radical.)
1. To hurl or throw np a spear in a
whirling way; tohuriorwldriup, of : ukn-
jcQubeaa nmtwana, i. e. : to swing a child
by its arm s;— 2. Todangle;— 8. To juggle.
JUKI), adr. (From ju, throw, and
nku,up.) Used with nknti. Of: noamti
juku, i. e.: I gave him a jog or push(that
he fe ll dow n),
nkn— JUEUJELA, r. t (From Juku, r«K-
ea% one ipia jika and joka, and jda, MNM
otjUa; ofAert— jukcQila.)
1. To jog ina swinging manner, vis* : by
lifting np the body when joggtog;— S. TV>
hurl a spear through the air, = jiQubeca.
uka— JULA, T. t (From ju, shoot, whirled,
and ula, to be strained. MadieaU^ one
wi^jilaand jola. AlUed to cuk, gdh^
andgzila. JTofajula, toraise, tohoiBt.)
1. To turn round rapidly; to wlurl ra«
pidly^ to swim around, as in a whirlpool,
Li
Digitized by
Google
JWIBA.
C1M3
KA.
a#: nto hrake hi Jnhre «DttidBi» L e. : an
article belongiDg to Um has betn hurled
down into the whirhiooli— 8. To dire
qvuckly, xmpidly ;— 8. To oome or go down,
as a spider coming dangling from a tree to
the ground ;— 4. To ^in, to draw out from
the stomach in a filament, as the spider
spins a web ;— 6. To poonoe npon wmMj,
as a bird of pr^ on its victim,
in— JTJLA, n.pLisL (From the Terb.) A
broad spear with a long stick or httidle»
and made fbr being thrown or hnrled.
isi—JULU, n. pL ixL (From the rerb.)
ZUerallMt anything made in a twisted or
tamed shape, as a handle bound op in each
a shape as to be ea^y carried ; a handle
of maize-heads twisted together with the
leaves; a toft of hair, Ac
oka— JULUKA, t. t (From Jnla, and nka,
to go oat, come oot, or, which is the same,
from jo, and nlnka, = ahika, to oome oat
in astndn.)
To sweat; to perspire, as: nknjaloka
kwake ! i. e. : what a perspiration he is in !
i— JUNGUJUNOA, n. (From jonga-jonga,
«0M# a# jli^a, to torn.)
IdieraUgfi a frequent tnmiog. IMal,
hMtead of zmgaianga, which set,
nkn^-JUNQULULA, t. t. (From Jmiga, =
jinga, and ohda, to be loose, to loosen.
Auied to smgeaa.)
To tnm or whirl loosely about; to torn
or take thfaigs out of water, whidi baTe
been soaking.
idni—JUQA or Jt7K<u» t. t. (From ja,
thrown, and nqa, to set oB. XoM,^anqa.)
1. To kiU anythmg by throwing or beat-
img with a knob-stick or spear, mbal.
nkn-JUNQUKA, T.i. (From jo, ehoot, nqa,
on the top, or end, and nka, to go oC
JEoeo, dimqaka.)
To break off at one end, «•: intambo i
lanqokile, i. e.: one sod of the riem (thong)
brdEen off.
nkn— JUNQULA, r. t. (From jnnqa, and
ola, to strain. TramtUiot U jnnqaka.
JEota, ^anqola, and Jaeah.)
To break off one end.
I— J WABU, n. pL ama. (Prom jwa, Aoot,
—a pasiiTe of ja, and eba, memhnuDe, Ac)
1. The prepace or foreddnf— 2. The
fleshsideeraskin;-^. Flesh left on the
•kin, after skinnfaMr. (For Ko. ^-8, the
plar. is osaaHy nse£)
mm— JWAQU or Jwkxm, n. pi. Uni. (From
Iwa, thrown, and qo, end, top. JXKed to
Jwaho. Xost^ yacn, appliflable to persons
and thinffs.)
An ammal which is nothing hot akin
and bone; arerylean ammaL
nka— JWIBA, r. t. (Same as Jiba.) To
ttrowto ao«ther| to toM to another.
K has the same soud in Soln-KiAr as
te English Amp, lM«> Am. It is allied to
St^T^Sy and q, which ooeor m the ^•
ferent dialects, asi gibar— tipa; gnba—
kapa— kid)as ganda— kanda--eaBda-^
qanda; haanba— kamha-^-ramba.
nka— EA, t. L and anxiUary. Perft. Ee.
I. (Madie(aUfone¥fith\3klL,wkteh9ee. It
is defeotiTe, because it does not Ibrm all
tenses, and irregular in its negaitivo in-
iexion wUeh is 0, not t. Yet than e is
only a contraction of the tenmaating a
and the negatiTO i, and the reason for this
is, to distinguish it from other equfrocal
words. Its prominent |]se is that of an
auxiliary, denoting an aetion or motion
with regard to its first ooauneBOsasant in
time, and space of oecapation; ooim ei di ms
€flm wUh sa^-se (period or oonti nn a ri o n in
time), the one frequently staying the
place of the other.)
1. To start; to set out; to try; to
attempt; to Tent, m»i m nga ka a ku
bun. Let he should start asking yon;—
meg/aiive : u nga ke a ku buxe, i. e. : he
should not start to ask you.
8. To cove so flff as to^ «9 : a ngi ka
nga ngi kweoaa (oka, i. e. t I have not
eoase so fkr as to do that, = I hare not
been permitted by time to do so.
8. These instraces ^ren, and others to
be added, may be rendered in FlanHsh by
eoi' respondent adreihs, as eiptossiag ooaa*
meneement or space fas time, as ooce^
at one time, erer, yet, as: aga ka aga m
bona, i. e. : I saw him once, oratonetiaM.
At. Ka\B, therefore, chieAy used as a
BubstHTote far adTcrbiai deflaiHona or mo-
diieatioDs, isiz^i — a, denoting an indeter-
minate state or condition, as: Qgl age ke
ngi hkde nako^ i.e.: I eaanot aomehow
(or ia one way or other,— in any way)
content myself with that f— « aga ke si
bubGoenaP Le.: amy we not see you at
least; — 6, denoting an indeterminate pe-
xiod of time^ a«: u ke a ka wa » bona
naf i. e. : have you ever happened to aee
him? {JU.i you happened yoa oaea you
him saw) ; a nga ka iwa m bona, i. e. : I
not erer I saw him, ^ I aeiar saw him ;
BMke ngim bone^ Le.: let onee tiiat I
see him, =c let me see him once}— «, de-
noting a ciroamstance idiich did not take
place in a certain time, as t a li ka fiki
iha^e, L e. : the horfte is net osme j^etr^
a bu nga Ids sebenzi hitOb L e. : yon haTO
not hi&erto worked not aonuthlag^ =x you
have hitiierto worked nothing.
6. The perft. fima h& is fta^jaentiy
affixed to the end of a senteposb landering
aUndef eaBphalieadditfon,ait kakulu-
Digitized by
Google
ke, i.e.s it is raaUy great^»Hl tjUoke,
L €. : ke bat jnit^ or enctly, aud so;— a
M^acike, i •. : I do nofc know I am fare.
(The Xa§a vm it werj freqoentlj in com-
■tflocoig a santenoe as a form of kind
addren, of: kdudokn-r-weU now;— ke
kuebeom— well the work, dco.;— ke
'nkoft^**mj dear air.)
6. It often espraaaea the aeoae of a
vord or aantence going kefore, and thna
afoida the repetition, dvt wa U bo peza
vkntela amansi enaimini, ha peiake^ i. e. :
he aaid they ahoold atop pooring water
in the garden, and §o Uiey thapged, or
they atoned aooordtnghf, (vut.s to poor
i.
7. It alao eipreaaea the conoeanon of a
ptopotttion, or the aaaomption of another,
tui nga bona i cala li ya n^^ hla, nga ae
ngi li lahlak^ L e.:. I obaerred that the
caae wonld ooat me (more than it w&a
worth), aol readily rejeeted it. (Some
people make frequent nae of it in aimple
naRatkm, adding it almost to every word.
Bat thia is by no meana good kngaaoe.)
8. JTa ia generally nud in eorrdatire
phraeea expreasing a oertain degree^ im-
plying oompariaoQ or extension ci great
or iw e/y , aa : izinto sake si nga ka, L e. :
lua thingB are ao great, or ao many, lU, :
they oome ao Ikr aa to (aat No. 3.)
KoTB. — ^The form hi oocarring under
the preeeding rule, e. g. : izinto sake zi
nga kh (the interrogative na being omit-
t^) L e. : how great, or how many hia
thi^ga, — is either an original negatiFO of
iDkr^ULi coming not ab^e how many, —
or a noun, and is thua of the aame import
aa the vertMi-noun ka §» si nga ka. — But
whenever a nga ki refers to a locality, —
UL : whereaboot are (the UiingsX— it is a
tribal dUfersBoe (= the Sit. ki, where) for
which the Zola proper is — zi nga pi.
9l Km is prefixed to adjeetiTe-oouns,
rendering them adverbs, at; kakoln, fhnn
ka-kcdn, great ; Aeacc, greatly ; — wa kulu-
ma kangaka, L e. : he spoke largely, at
kcge; — wa beka kabi, Le.: he looked
badly, or ao bad (from ka*bi, bad). Strietly
taken, this kind of adverb is nothing else
than a eoaleseence eajdained in the follow-
ing definition (No. 10.) — kakolu, Ut, : of
gnat, kabi, Ut. : of bad.
Id. Ltt^ t it is nsed for specifying a
case of dependency, like a genitive, denot-
ing: toeomeodt 0^ tobeootof; tobelong
to^ to be the property of, tobe theoonoem
0^ OS : iankomo lesi b ae nka Fakn, L e. :
these cattle are the property of, or belong-
hig to, Fidni ;<— nmhlaba ka Mpande^ i. e. :
the eoontry <rf, or belonging to^ Fande ; —
a n ku ko knka Dingane, i. e. : it is not
iDingana.
om— KA« n. ong, (See Ka L, 10. Mflmba
muka. SnidkeU mke, female.)
JMeraUj/ : the she of, as : umkaMakeba, '
L 04 the she of Makeb^ = the wife of M. ;
— -nmka 'nkosi, i. e. : the wife of the king;
bat prominently the lady of the king, =
queen ;— 'omkake, L e. : hia wife (contracted
nom umka-wake).
Note. — It denotes gena% aez, or frmily
throughout the whole language,
uku— KA, V. t. (From the root ika-uka,
II. droppinar the initial vowd in all casea
except w 2d. pera. nng. and Dior, imper-
ative. MadMcUly one loUk ka I., and
allied to ga, ca, qa, ra, &e. The eenee it :
to be in motion, referring esp e cially to
local powera rendered by tiie prepoaitiona
— ou^ of, firom, up^ as set— fix— put —
bring take up, be ofi^ go ofl; oome ofi;
from, up, &c Sence, in composition with
otiier roots, it signifies sometimes out of^
ae : kipa, kupa, i. e. : give out of j-^some-
times qf, firom, or <mt, ae i sika, L e. : cut
off; — sometimes up, asi kupoka, L e. :
firom (a phuse) come up.)
1. To draw up or out of ; to dig; to
dip out ; to fetch, ae : bamba a keamanzi
emfUeni, L e. : go and draw w^ter out of
or from the river; — ^2. To poll out or
off; to (dudlc off; to pick out or o^ as:
yika lembali, i. e« • pluck off this flower.
(This verb is extensivdy safixad to
other roots or stems for the speml purpose
of fionmng modified ideas, and Aunishes
the hmgwige with a peculiar oonjngation,
called the qualitativf; for whk^ see Intro-
dnetion.)
— — Kaka, ropr. fr. To draw together; to
by together; to bend together, ae : umuti
u kana, i.e. : Uie herb is bending; mr benda
together.
.^-^ TLsLA^ qulf. fr. To draw, to phiek; &c,
into, for, &c, ae : wa kela amanai eaityeni,
i. e. : he drew water into a veaaeL
— * JTnT.ny.A, freqt. fr. To draw out for ;
to pluck off for, ae: ngi kelele amanzi,
i. e. : fetch water fiar me.
— «— KiSA, caua. fr. To aanse or make to
draw, fetch, pluck, &c.> as: umkiseaman-
B umtwana, i. e. : do make the ohild fetch
water.
i— KA, n. pL ama. (From tho veib.) Li-
terallyi a kind drawn oi^ piadLod off;
applied to smelHng-irinili^ peiAimery, pre*
- pared frtnn plants,
ukn— KABA, v. t. (FroM ka, and iba, to
separate. The literal eeuee ie: to draw
from or aw^r, to shoot. Allied to kapa,
gaha,eaba, Jbo.)
1. To strike with the foot ; to kiek; ae :
inkoBso i ya kaba ngokuaengwa, i.e.t the
cow kidLS duikig milkingj— 2. To be
Tifiioosi to have tricks}-^ To ahoot.
Xi4
Digitized by
Google
KAIU.
CIM]
TTATIT/ETiA.
Bproot, oi: mnbik n ya ktba* Le.: the
nuuze begins to pot Ibrth leaTei.
^— - Eabaka, rq»r. fr. To Iskk each other;
to strike one another with the foot.
-*« Eabisa, catu. fr. To caiue or make to
kick; to canae to strike, at: a ya ngi
kalMsa ibashe, i.e.: lit.: 70a going me
make kick the horse, =: yon make the
horse kick me.
i— EABA, n. pi. ama. (From the Terb.)
1. A shoots vis.: a green stalk of make or
Indian con at the time when it gets
leares, and before it shows frmt ;— 2. Any
yoong plant.
in^EABA, n. pL isin. (From the Terb.)
iVMHorify: something standing np or
forth; applied to the nmbilicns or narel;
depression.
iu—KABA, n. pL iu. (From the rerb.
iS^in-Eaba.)
1. LUeralUf t something like a shoot or
spront, standing oct or fivth; — ken^ee, 2.
The narel of oatUe, partioolarly the brist-
led navel of oxen;— 8. The saw-thistle
(serratnla anroisis) ; so called onaooount
of the pobesoence of its flower,
nku— EABALALA, t. L (From kaba and
lala, which 9§e.)
To kick famonsly, as an animal which is
in pain from hunger and thirst,
i— KABE, n.pLama. (SVomkaba.) The
wild water-mekm; so called from its
pobesoence.
n— EABE, n. pL izin. (From ikabe.) Hie
seedoftheikabe. fJllied io iok^be.)
in— EABI, n. pL izin. (From kaba.) An
OS. (This word is propmrljf a personifica-
tion of inkaba, and UteiraU^ a he-brisUe.)
EABIU^adT. (From ka L, 9, and l^
two.) Twice; two times,
i— EABUEABIJ, n. pL ama. {See Ea-
bazeU.) One who walks briskly; one who
marches qoick.
oka— EABUZELA, r. t (From kaba, a
striking np with the foet» and ozelay to
make often.)
1. To go by qoick march; tokeepsteps;
to go fiu^ briskly, ati ngobani kbo baka-
boielayo F L e. : who are thoae mmmiimg
by ?— 2. To go or march boldly toward a
thing.
EADE, adT. (From ka I., 9, and de,
see da, to draw, extend, length.)
1. Lonff; of lonff; a long time, aei
kade ngi ko bone, 1. e. : it is a long time
since I saw yoo; (this stands for : knkade
ngi ko bone ;)'-2. After a time, at : ona
kade e hla, L e. : at the time after eating,
= when or after he had cUned for some
time.
Iti— EAFU, n. sing. This word is non-
Zolo, and has been Zoloized from an Afri-
can-Dotdi word ekaft, properly eektfl^ r.
ethtften, a seaman's word for ^oing;
henosb edkc^U^d, dinner-time^ from the
Dotch proper, vereeht^fhn, to provide.
jSf^/t if in common Qse among the sertingw
class in Gape Town when tfaej make an
engagement for c^/t, food, or lodging. It
is poasible that it came to Natal by seamwi,
or through servants from the O^m. How-
ever, it is more certain that tiie natives
have taken it from the Dotch emigrsBta
who, in trekking, ose skqft for the time of
oot-qpanning and taking food. And aa
they, from nabiral caosei^ were obliged to
feed their servants principally on meat^ the
natives ose the word exdosivelv in the
latter sense* of: 1* Meat» food wbioh con-
sists in meat; — 2. Food, in genend.
i— EAFULA, n. pL ama. Zokdied from
Eafir, or Eaffer.
EAHLA, exchn. (From ka, to go oat»
and hla, to throw. dlUed to gahk. JBa*
dicaXUf one with kehla, kihli, koh]a» and
kohla.)
Denoting a certain throating forth,
poshing oot, or a sodden noise of anything
falling, poshmg or stamping down. Ik
is osed with okoti, a« : wa ti kahla ngo-
nyao, i. e. : he stamped with his foot,
o— EAHLA, n. sing. (See Eahla.) Li-
terdUjfi a throwing or falling away ;Aeaei^
exertion, a#: obaid ohleka okaUa, Lc:
who is it that wears oot by exertion ?
o— EAHLAMBA, n. ung. (FroM kahk»
and amba, to take hold.)
A name for the Drakeberg moonftain,
north-west of Natal, ngnifying a coUeetian,
or a place of severe elements or phenomena.
The explanation is foond in the fidlow*
ing example: li^ ko we amakaw, Le.:
where ice or cokl is foiling.
NoTB. — ^There is also a plor. amaka-
hlamba, i. e. : all the ranges of the oka-
hlamba together.
EAHLE, adv. (From ka L» 9, and
hle^ mhich eee,)
1. Carefdlly; with care; watdifollv;
slowly, <u I yenaa kahle» i« e. t pray mke
alowly, =: wait*a littie ; — 2. Hamba kahle,
i.e.: forewell,go in peaoe;'^ila]a kahle,
L e. : forewell, live in peace, peace be with
yoo. (The Xota oseo kohle in these
oko— EAHLELA, v. t (From kahk, to
throat oot, and ila, to strain, rise. Madii»
ealfy one wUh kohlela.)
1. LiteraiUf : to exert strongly ; henee,
to throat, strike, posh or kidci£ with soaie
force of the foot or hand, a»i wangika*
hlela pans! ngefisa, L e. : he poshed me on
the groond with his fist; — 2. To throw
vehementiy, or : wa n kahlela omMabeni
isityasake, i.e.: he threw his dish with
vehemence on tiie groond ;—S. To^
Digitized by
Google
to ktt AW*T;^-4. T6 ipirUt, at: tnui-
hknd a ya kahkia, i.e.: the aparki fly
oat with foroe^-6. UmbOaaya kahlda,
Le.! the maiae if patting forth eani**
e. IflriiaUiyakahlak, Le.: the flowerU
hadding; to bud.
^-— K i HT . TtTiTnrA, quit. fr. To be greatly
eshaniied so as to ftUl down ; to be ^ailc-
Hiu^ sproatiiigy bnddiDg.
uksh-KAHLUEA, r. i. (From kahla, to
«zert» and nka, go off, oot, Ac Modi o aUy
1. To ezhanst the strength or spirits^
OSS se ngi kahloke ngokomemesa kaknln,
Le.: I am quite eThansted from crying
out so hard;— 2. To be ttred or fiitigned,
as: n kahlnlrile ngokuba n baleka nga*
manhk^Le.: lie is exhansted because he
rmMsoilut.
vka— BJLKA, t. i. (From ka-ka, ohomo^.
I. = rarat «id baba L)
T6 be bitter or pimgent. DidUeUe.
oka— EAKA, t. t. (Frm ka-ka, to draw or
ILtfanist oat Hence the Xoea isikaka»
* loinething to wear aroond the hips.)
Tosonoond. Dialeeiie, soaieatgaka,
andra^
i — KAKAKA or KA¥iirATi, n. pL ama.
(A etmpoeUum of Iul See ai$o Eaka I.>
A kmdof hogethMtle withsihrery leafes.
CMina aoanlis.
u— KAEATI, n. sing. (From ka-ka» to
go o«t» Ae., and iTi, going.)
1. The trntanw, or fimtaneOa anterior ;
^2. SkaU;— 8. In tribal nse instead of
'KAgA/iA, T. t. (From ka-ka, onoflNO.
iop^ and in, to make. DialeeHe,)
To gnrgle; aikere rarasu
nm— KAKAZA, n. pL imL (From kaka L,
to be pungent, and iaa, to make.)
A kind of eophorbia, without thorns^
bat with Tery urge and rough leaves^
nmihr to the leaf of the Adam's ^.
in— KAEAZANA, n. See in-Kankaiana.
um— KAEAZI, n.pl.imi. (iS^ um-Kakasu
Dialeeticie: ir-Kakasi, pL amak.)
The large green thisUe, coious, having
many thorns or prickles.
ill— KAKI, n. id. isi. (From ka-kl, ULi
gjoing oS, goae otL)
oouriy particles coming or going off
fcom the h ead. TribaL
KAKULU, adr. (From ka L, 9> «nd
knln, great.)
Onetlj;hrgAji amply; k)fty;chieflv|
Tery; modi, as: h^oriyatokutekkakuhi,
Le.: the diief was very angry;— ba ya
ttma umbik kaknlu, L e. : they grow chisiy
«kn— KALA, r. t ^From ka, anomatop,,
signiMog a cry wiUi the open moath— ka,
--and ik to raises strain. LUeraUyi to
itnin a cry, to cry; to open the mouth
as by erring ka. JStadioalfy one with kola.
1. To utter a loud cry; to exdaim with
Vehemence; to cry, aet wa kala ngobu-
hlungu, L e. : he cried of pain ; — ^2. To
cry ; to call by way of earnest request or
prayer, a» : abantu ba flka ba kala enko-
sini, L e. : the people came and cried to
the cluef ; — 8. To complain ; to show dis*
sati^hction, ae : wa kala ngomsebenzikuye,
i. e.: he complained to him about the
work (instead of this the JOoea use usually
kaUua;) (isityasi ya kala, lU. : the basket
cries or complains, — a Zuluism = the bas-
ket is not ftill)^— 4. To lament ; to clam-
our; to scream;— 5. To weep; to shed
tears, ae : wa kala iiinyembezi, L e. : he
eried that the tears came out;— 6. To
sound; to ring, of : insimbi i ya kala,
L e. : the bell rings.
This form is often compounded with
other verbs, to which it adds a peculiar
ibrce or emphasis, whidi cannot be ob-
tuned by the sim^de quit, form, ae : bona-
kaJa, i. e. : tobeviiible, Teryyimble, osten-
tatious,— while boneka would only mean :
to be in the act of bdng seen.
-»-« KiLAVA, rqpr. fr. To cry, exclaim,
lament to one another, Ac
^— - Kalila, qulf. fr. To cry, exdaim, &c,
for, after, aei lomfosi u kalelwa ngam-
twana wake^ i. e. : that woman is cried
after by her child, = her child cries
after h^.
•^i* Kaxisa, cans. fr. 1. To cause or make
to cry, complain, at : wa ngi kalim ngoku-
ngasebenii, i. e. : you dismtisied me l^
not woridng;— 2. To ring, as abdl; to
sound; to Uow, aei kaUsa ugudu, t e.:
sound or bbw the horn, = bugle.
— — ITat.tctt.a, quit fr. To make ot or
complain, Ac., for, tuz wa ngi kaUsek
ukuhla, L e. : he let me cry for food ;—
inkuku i ya kalisda ukuhla amazinyane
ayo, L e. : the hen called her chickens to
the food, or to feeding,
i— KALA, n. pL ama. (From the rerb.)
1. Idterall^ : an open pbce ; hence, nos-
tril;— 2. Aloe-leaf; so called after the
sense of No. 5, because when it is broken
its fluid issues like tears, or from its
in— KALA, n. pi. isin. (From the rah.)
LUerdU^i a spedes drawn out, porous,
hollow innde; hence, ^onh,
id— KALA, n. pL ixi. (From the verb.)
1. An opening; gap ; bole, ae : intungo i
nesikak, L e. : the roof has a hde ;— 2. A
certain comjdaint ; anything like a com*
phdnt, ae : ngi awile inkala sake, i. e. : I
nave heurd his complaint, outary, or
wailing.
Digitized by
Google
KILIMILA.
CXM]
KAMRA.
tnn**-KATiA, n. pi. hnL (From tlio vttb.) A
ftring ov oord drawn throoi^tiMnoitriljof
cattle to hold or restrain thMB| imoe, a
licidle.
nkow^KATiAKATELA, ▼. t. (From kala, to
erj oat, and katek, to dip or aiiik away;
=; nkawela emgodinL)
1. Froperfy : to erj or eall eot in slip-
ping or gliding away, or downa*^2. To
rink or £ill down, as into a bcde, while
walking, a$ t ngi kalakatalaeweoi, i. e. : I
fell down the roek. (Some tribes change
the a of this tense into—kdeketele.)
iri— KALALA, n. pL izi. (From kala, and
ila, to strain.)
A oertain shnib or bosh of Uttle me.
i— KALANA, n. pL ama. (Dim, fixmi
ikala.) A speckled kind ef tick, haTing a
long nostril, afber which it has been called.
in— EALANA, n. pL isin. (Dim, from
inkala.) A small crab. (This word is
often eqolTalent with ikakna*)
is&— KALAKA, n. pL ist (Dim, from isi-
kaku) A small opening, little hole, &c
nm — KALANA, n. pt in£ (Dim, ftom nm-
ksla.) A small bridle,
i— KALENQU, n. pL ama. DiaUetie, see
Eelengo. It is also in a tribal nse, rigni-
fying a com ear which is Tery poor, or
imperfectly filled with kernels i a very
meagre ear.
isi— KALI, n. pi. in. (From kala. See
nbn-Kali.) A weapon; pL arms,
nbn— KALI, n. (From 'kala. Si*, bogali.)
Properly, sharpness; taken from the
sonnd <^a sharp weapon in the aot of
catting, Ac
1. Used as an adjeotire, ott into e
bakali, i. e. t a sharp thing;— 2. Qoick,
ingenions, (w t inyanga e bukali, i. e. : a
sharp, derer do(^; — 8. Severs^ harsh,
biting, as i izwi ell bnkali, i. e. : a severe
word,
nkn — KALIMA, t. t. (From kak, and ima,
to more, to stand. Ead ica llgf ome with
knloma. Sie, khalemek.)
1. Literally : to call or cry out in order
to bring to a stand ; to torn f^t. To tnm
back, as an anhnal which oomes running
against one; to stop; to restrain; to
hinder; to repress, at: kalima iiikabi
nansi i za knwe, i. e. : torn the oz, here it
is coming toward joa ; — 8. To cheek; to
restrain a motion m its Tiolenoe, or eanse
an abatement, Mt irinkaln eri semTa zi yi
lailima(or kalimeU) eknhlikeni ingswele,
i. e. : the hind-oxen keep the wagon back
in descending.
»— KiTiTiffBTiA, qnlf. fr. 1. To oppose an
animal by crying, calling ont, or by whist-
ling ) to torn badE, or : yi kalimele inkomo
i bnye, i. e.t restrain the oow that die may
torn back;— 2. To speak hard words to one.
•— « gAT.T¥nii, cans. fr. Ta pntwid to etj
or call out; to caase to torn, fte.
vkv—KALIPA, T. t. (Fion kaU* ahiig^ and
ipa, to give.)
To riiew eoQinge; to ba oamnfeoos,
brave, bold, daring, asi nmnnta okMpayo
•nkambem, nasenlweni^ naiempini, i.e.i a
man who goes boldly mpoB, a mUe^ or a
tiger, or an enamy.
«»-« Ealkpua, caD8.fr. 1. To sharpoai f.
Toanoomage;— 8. To make frank, evidid.
in— EALO, n. sing. (Fnn kaku) Com-
plaining; lamenting,
a— KAIA >• pl« idn. (From kahu 1m
its primtarsf mwie i to raise iq).)
1. A ridge; the npper-part of a long
rising land; an deration, emiiMaice of
groaad;— 8. Figwaiiioelsf t hip er kin,
(u I ka bnhlnnga okalweni, L a. i thare is
pain in the hip.
nm— KALO, n.pLiniL f^Sben-Kakk) The
wbde mass or eiroomfrrenee of a ridge.
KALOKU, ad? . (From ka L, 9^ and
lokn, this.)
lAt e r aUf fi at this (vary preoeat) time^
now; at present, ae : d bona a kn njak>
kalokn, i. e. : we see it is not so now.
KALOKUNJE, adr. (Froaa kak>ka,
and nje, so, thna.)
Forthwith ; this very mooMnt.
nkn- KAMA, v. i. (From k% to eoaM vp,
and ima, to stand, to set. Maiiemf^f m
nyakama, and eoincidiu^ with akaauu Jl-
Ued to cama. Xoem, kamanga, to oom-
pram with fotoe.)
LitemUyi to set the hand npoB; to
pram with the hand; to cenpreos; to
choke, at! wa m kama ngompimb<v i. e. :
he hdd him by tiie throat, pressed his
throat together.
-»-> Kakbla, qolf, fr. To eompaess; to
squecK oat ; to drop ibr, into^ aai wo ngi
kamek nmoti esweso, L e. t droporsyiecie
the medicine into my eye.
— — KiMraiL, cans. fr. To make to oema or
drop ont; to aqneese or press oat; to
wring ont, ae : kaaisa amand eaingaAyeni,
Le.: wring the water ont of the wash-
things.
^— Kamibsla, qnl£ fr. To bring oat; to
squeeze ont ; to open fbr, 4c., at : laknkn
i kamisela amatole, L a. : the hen has
brongbt ont the ddckens. (This word is
nsoally empkiyed by those tribes that make
less nse of clicks; bat whore this oonsiden-
tion does not eiist— camsebi is osed.)
nkn— KAMBA, t. i. (From ika, and amba,
which me. TheUtiraleemeeiei tAWfX,9M
it wsra^ footmarks, signifying a heavy or
damsy walk of large persons or hspa ani-
mals. Madi m iUj f one wiih keaaha, '
and kamba. Di aleeU ea l onlty.)
Towalk,j '
Digitized by
Google
KAMVAVDL
Cl»]
KAXnOBKA.
<ynai ktmtia, T.
its
A hdklo, go oalUd on tio&omak of
rlnwwy wlk.
isi— EAMBA, mpLia. (From bunba. See
M-Kmba.)
MeraOjft a domty oonoflni; applied
to a hngB aaiihaa pot.
n— KAMBA^iLpLiziii. fSee in-KamhtL)
A huge earthen pot.
tUH-KAMBA, B. pL iml (FVon kaaba* r.
Am in^-Kaoiba.)
A apeciaa of miraoia, the lacgeit of that
IdBd; kBown under the name eamel^thoni.
fai^KAMBAMPETU. n. (A Tory eonAued
■sme I a eomfaiBatioaofwofdi, or rather a
contraded phraae, lU. t kaaiala4)amba and
impeto, L e. : to conode and aateh worms,,
3s eonoding wonns. Otiere have : in-
fcamba bampete s Merst nmbamhamfatn ;
o t km *9, pekampeto, whiek «m.)
The indigo plant and ito leed ; nted for
pniinning or killing worms.
um—KAMBATI, n. (From kamba, and iti,
aboot^ prominent. Cowtpare kouim,)
L A name tor the Tlible Hoantain, near
FSetermaritzborg;— 2. A tribal name for
themkaoiba tiwe.
KAMBB, adT. (From ka I., 9, and
i—lii'i, eee amba, take hold of. MadieaUgf
one wiik kwttlbe.)
1. JEkpressiageoiifirmation t tealy, oer-
tainly, sorely* indeed, porlbctly, a»t wa
ijo kambe peiob, L e. : he said so indeed
mat night ;— a ng'axi kambe, L e. t I do
not know, I am sore ^-;vt^ kambe, L e. :
perfectly right ;•— yebo kambe^ L e. t yes,
oestainly.
2. E ip teas i re of es]danatioB: namely,
«i eonrse, by reason of, Ibr that reason,
Ibr, Of t nsakn Iwenhlanganiao k ko kambe
U May, L e. : the date of the meeting
wiU be, namely, the 11 M.|-a kn kwaii
kaasbe lokn, L e. ; yoa, ol oonrae, do not
kaowibis.
i^KAMBI, n. pL ama. (From ika, draw
ooi^ iasne, and iad^f aepazated from a
mass. JUtdioalfy one wUkiOniM.)
1. Properly : an issoe of a matter, mass,
or sobstance p re ss ed out ; ienoe : the
Mmainder of the pith of aweet cane after
it haa basn ebewod, and aotkad oat ;— 2.
The pith of any oane er root when pressed
or andced oat (The JOaem has for the
aiog. inkambi, L e.: the hoo^-braad, or
that wfaieh remains, whan the was has
besn pressed out.)
iB«-KAHBI, n. ]^ iMn. C/See i-3Canbi.)
The aedimento of malted taUov, via.:
fsearea.
KAMKAHDI, adr. (From ka L, 9,
and maandi, wUekme.) DelicMiaatyy plea*
santiy, aieely, &e.
Jadr. (Fromkal.,
9^ and amdnya.
XAHBIKTA,
EAHSmYAKB,
witch J0f •)
JVopar^s eat diort, be ahorti ieneet
qaiekly, aoon, immediately, in a aboHRime,
a«:h«nbanke amannnbiiyekamsuiyane,
i e. : go to fetoh water, and vatam imme-
diately ;*-ma keae masfaiya, i. e. : let him
aomegoiek, aoon.
KAMVA, adr. (From ka L, 9, and
innra, seaya.)
1. Later in time ; afterward ;— 2. Be-
hind in phiee, aei lokn kn ya kwensiwa
kamya, i. e. : this ahall be done afterwards.
KANA, and Kivika, ropr. and dim.,
T. of ka L, aeeS. To be great or small to
some degree ; eee wtder the oompoand
Ngakana.
KANCINANB and KivonrTAVB, adr.
(From ka L, 9, and noinans^ Ac which
eee,)
In a email qnalibr, degree, Ae.; little;
aligfatly ; not mnch, ae : wa hamba ka-
ndnane, L e. t be walked little.
EANCOZAKE, adr. (From ka L, 9,
and ncosane, whidk see,)
In small qoantity ; in email anmber, ae :
ngi pe kanoozane, t e. : giro me a email
bit, little.
nka*-EAKDA,T.t. fFrom ika 11., draw oat,
and inda, to extend. MadioalUf one with
kondo. The eemee ie t to spread. AUied
are banda, ganda, eanda, Ac)
1. To beat oat mto extent; to beat into
a ahape by bannnering ; to forge, aei ba
kanda amageja, i. e. : they made pick-
ajes ;--2. To ponnd ; to beat ; to hammer,
aet kwa kandwa nshnkett, i. e. s there was
aogarpeonded;— 8. To stamp, as maize;
— ^ To come aererely down npon ; to
knock down, tie: amakaza a si kandile,
i. e. : the cold oame aererely npon as.
•— -« Kaxdaxa, rcpr. fn 1. To beat or
knock each other, aa with the heads, to
batt ; to pnsh one another, ae t iainknnzi
li yakandana, i. e. : the bolls bott at eadi
other with the haad;»2. To meet with,
ae I nga kandana naye kwa-Ntaba, i. e. :
I met hhn at Untaba. (In English, Field's
hilL)
mm^ Kunuvm, cans, ft, 1. To beat an-
other ; to 01^-do ; to oot-ron, ae : wa
ngi ^■■^^•"'^ em-Lasi, i. e. : he ont-nm
me at nm-Laai, ^ thero he was already
a-head of me;— 2. To overcome i to come
together or apon aarersly, aet imvnk ya
ai kandaaiaa e^Tokela, L e. : the rain orer-
took na aererely at TokeU, (» kaolek
and paagisa) ^--8. To draw eloaer toge-
ther I place or make doae togeUier, aa the
atttdiea when sewing.
M*«» KuroiKA, qolt. fr. To beat ; to ham-
aMT, aet Saando a li kaodeki si nani?
Digitized by
Google
KAKQAKAKA.
Ciw]
kangula;
!. e. : what ii the mattfer with the hammer
that it does not beat well f
— — Kandiba, caug. fr. To oaoie to beat,
fbrge, Ae.; to help to beat, Ao^ <u i kaa-
€iia, L e. : show that yoa beat.
i-.KANDA» n. pL ama. (From kanda^T.)
1. Head, aai ikanda lake li bahlmigii»
L e. : hU head is aching ; — 2, The ikml ;
—8. Head-qnarter, Of : ikanda lennkomo^
i. 6. : the head-place for the ci^e, the
chief cattle-place ; — ikanda laaabato^ L e. :
the head-quarters for the soldiers,
lit— KANDA* n. pL is. (From the verb.
Otksrw hove imkando,)
1. Around protoberance, a roond ball
at the end of anything, as: isikanda sen-
dnkn, i. e. : the knob of a stick;— 2. The
thick end of anything; the root of a
thing, oi : isikanda somnti, i. e. : the thick
end of a tree ;^sikanda .aoboya, L e. : the
root of a hair.
n— EANBA, o. pL izin. (From kanda, ▼.)
The top of a native house, = head ; the
top of the head, as of cattle, Ac
nkn— KANDAKANDA, t. t. (From kanda-
kanda, repeatmg the action.) To pound
repeatedly, slowly.
i--KANDANA, n. pL ama. (Dim. of
ikanda.) A small head, Ae.
„fKANDE,')n.pl,iiin. (From kanda, ▼.
LUeralfyt somethinff, as it were, beaten
or forged, viz, : stieks mr throwing, made
like sharpened weapons.
nm^KANDI, n. pL sumu (From kanda, t.)
Smith,
isi— EANDO, n. pi icL (From kand, t.)
^roperbfi the pkce where the umkandi
works ; kenoe, fbmace, forge, smith's shop.
KANB, adT. (From ki^ I., 9., and hie,
tee Ne, fbor.)
Fourfold; four times.
EANaAKA,ady. (From ka L, 9., and
ngaka, wAM tee,)
Very; Tery much; so much; inagreat
or hi|fh degree^ as: amahashe mSniln
i. e. : the horses are so very
huw.
KAI
tAKGAKANA, adr. (Dim. fbrm of
kangaka.)
1m great; 'not so much*; not very
great; in a less degree; not in such a
degree or extent, as: a ka kuknga kanga-
kana, L e. : he has not grown to a great
extent.
It will be obsenred that the term can be
taken in the aflirmative as well as in the
negatiTe; but there sometimes arises a
diiRcultvto understand it, namely, when
either the interrogatiTe or the interjecting
iiaisadded, tu: kukuln loku kangakanana ?
L e. : this is great in what less degree, t=
in what degree is it smaller P—kuhle loku
kangakanana t Le.i this iigood» in what
degree then! (iSm ^rOer Kgakna, &&)
EANGAKANANINA, adr. (From
kangakana, and nina, interrogatiTe^ whai^
how much P)
Howmudi; how great; how long; in
how great or what degree or eicten^ ast
lenguo ngo yi sebenzebi kangakananina,
i. e. : how long must I woric for this
blanket?
uka— KANGELA, T. t (From ika U., to
come up, nga, to bend, and ila, to stnin.
The UUral teiueiti to look forward, by
rising up and bending forward. B adical lg
coinciding with gangala, lugh table-land ;
with kangula and kungeh^ lee konga.
^;^tokanya,to shine, to light. Smi*
Mi muanga, lig^t.)
To behold; to look after. Psrtieulariy
used for exciting attention or admiration,
a* I kangelake, i.e. : behold, be attanti?e.
(It is common in the JCota, but sddom
used among tiie tribes of Katel, and a h%h
i— KAKGELA, n. pL ama. (An iswe led-
fam, L e. : a woman-word.) Eye, instead
of iso.
urn— KANGELA, n. nng. (From the Terb.)
LiteralUfi a plaoe fbr beholding, Tiewing ;
a prospect; applied to the praspeet or
yiew, north-west of the bay of Natal,
called sea-Tiew, prospect, or in a oompt
way: Kongehu
um— kANGELI, n. pL aha. (From kangela.)
One who beholds,
uku— KANGEZA. t. t. (From an obsolete
Terb kanga, to draw roond, to bend out,
and iza, to make. BadiiealUf <me wUk
kongota. See kangu; ganga ; engeia, Ae.)
1^ make a hoUow, by bending out or
making round the hand; kemee, to bold
np, in order to reoeiTe ortdiLe, at: kanraa
isanhla ssko ngo ku nika uto^ L e. : hM
up your hand, I shall glTO you something,
in— KANGEZO, n. pi. ixL (From kanffeu^
OriffinaUjf: the shape of a hoUow hand,
or making a hollow of both hands for re-
ceiTing (Sod and drinking out of them ;
applied to some kind of basket for taking
food, or for drinking,
um — KANGU, n. pi. imL (From an obsolete
Terb kanga, see kangen, and kangela, to
behold. Ckmpare ubengu, and qaka.)
1. ProperUf; a high odour; but com-
monly, a new eartlMm pot of reddirti
olay;— 2. A reddish, yellowish, or day-
ooloured mark or v^i; hence : a mole,
oku— KANGULA, t. t. (From kangu, and
ula, to strain.)
LiferaUyi to take away the reddish
colour, e,ff,x ku telwa ukuhla emkangwini
kn pekwe, a tiumuntu se ngi wu kangufile,
L e. : they put fbod into the new eartheni
Digitized by
Google
EANKA.
Cl«7]
KANUKAKA.
or ekj pofc and eook it, and tiie perwm
flBYi : I have already taken off tba da j
coAoar of it, (vu,z ita coloor ia now
changed, and tiie pot boiled oat.)
nka— KANHLA, y. t. (From ka IL, to get
off, or ont, and anhla, to throw frram. See
auhlala. AUiedisktih^)
To throw off or out. (Not •» use.)
>— — Eaithlbka, quit. fr. To be thrown
down, signifying to be iU, == mnontn
okanhldnle a ka hlen indao, i. e. : one
who ia kanhlekQe— has no resting ph^e^
(= hlnpeka.)
lira — KANHIX), n.pl. ijni. (From kanhla.
JStadtcaUjf one wUh konhlQ, iai-Konhla, a
place of an agency. AUied to ibanhla,
advandng fbroe.)
A nomber of men staying or serring
(koon) with the chief; a reserve or
attendance. They always at around the
flbief ; kenieet a sorronnding company, a
drde.
in — KANI, n. pL izin. (From ka II., to
pot np, and ini, identiod, similarity, Ac
Madiedlly one with Irani. See the rcpr.
fr.of ka.)
I. LUertUljf and primarUyi something
drawn from reason and pot against another ;
—2. An adrerse re a s o n or argoment;— 8.
▲ eo n troyer sy ; skill in controversy ;— 4.
An oppootion €x contrast ;'^5« A strife;
dispote; contention ;— 6. A contradiction;
The osoal ezpresnons are: omonto n
nenkani, L e. : the man is skilled in contro-
rersy, or adverse reasoning ;^okoyenza
inkani, L e.: to make objection ;—oko«
pika inkani, i. e. : to defend contrary or
contradictory things, = to stick op for a
fidsebood, or = to have a spirit of con-
tradiction*
KANINGI, adv. (Prom ka L, 9, and
ningi, moch, many, which tee,)
Many times; often; freqoently.
KAN JALO, adv. (From ka I., 9, and
Djakv w/UcA eee,)
1. 8o; in like manner; in the same
way;— 2. Again; also, a»x yenza kanjalo,
L e. : do it again.
KANJANI, adv. inter. (From ka L,
9, and njani, which eee,)
How; in what way or manner, at:
ngi ya kwenza kaijani, i. e. : how am I
todou
a— KANJE, n. See Eande.
i— KANKA, n. pL ama. (From ika-inka,
to bring op, draw op, hot rather onoaia^o-
poeHe, sigmfying the ncnse or sound of
jackals, foxes, chogs, Ac, which is: ka!
nka! =imbaba.)
1. JProperljft the genos canis, as dogs,
wolves, foxes, Ac;— 2. A spedes of dog
QjL a limited sense).
in— KANEANE, n. pL amank. AUi in-
Gangane. (Onomtiopoetie, ro p rn aan tin g
the cry nka ! nka, and ine, like, similar.)
A name for the black ibis ; so caUed
aftwitsory.
in— KANEAZANA, n. pL izin. (From
inka-inkaaana. See i^Fanna. A tribal
expression, in which the first stem inka is
repeated. The Xoea has inkarjina, a
female. Inka like omka, denoting genos
or fiamily, Ac)
A yoong female, = intombazana.
in— KANKU, n. pL izin. (See Eanka.) A
name for a bird of passage ; probably call-
ed so from its noise.
£ANTI, adv. (From ka I., 9, and nti,
contracted from inland ti, what to say.
/S». kante.)
1. LiieraUjf : as to say ; as to reply ;
bat ; nothig an addition to sopply idiat is
wanting to eloddato the sense of the pre-
ceding part, ae; faka emaniini inkoko
kanti o boye o yi hloto, L e.: pot the
fowl in water hot (take it oot) again, and
plock it ; — 2» On the contrary ; whereas ;
while; and yet ; implying o{^position to
someUiing that precedes, at : ko ko abati
a ba nayo imali kanti ba nayo^ L e. : there
are that say they hare no money, and yet
they have; — 8. The thing being ao ; ad-
mitting that to be so; referring to some-
thing in answer to which a different state-
ment fdlows, ae : kanti ko ko into
engiy'aiiyo ftiti, i. e. : admitting that to be
so, there is a tUng I have seen often.
Qm*-KANTJA, n. sing. (From ika II., to
get oot, oot, and tja, to shoot, throw.
Allied tokanda.)
ZiferaU^i araassor sobstance thrown
or beaten oot, decgnating marrow, which
the savages osoally beat oot on a stone and
eat or lick it from the latter.
oko— EANUEA, v. t (From ka, IL, to
come op, ono, which eee, and oka, to rise
op. The literal eenee ie : to draw a de-
dreop, to desire very moch. Dialeetic
kanonga. AlUed to canoka, of naosea;
to noka, to smell.)
1. To lost ; to have carnal desire ; to
havea great carnal or craving appetite, ae :
ogolayootiokanokainyamaahle, i.e.: a
sick one says be has a craving appetito for
meat that he may eat;— 2. To long for;
to denre earnestly; to wish, aei ng^
kanoka okonibona, i. e.: I long to see
yoo.
NoTB.«— The composition of the dooUe
root ka with no expresses the highest
degree, = a soperlative, and it is therefore
not necessary to add anything if the sense
id a soperlative is to be given.
— — Eavttxava, repr. fr. To lost^ desire^
loDg^ dec, for one another.
Digitized by
Google
KAinnBSL
Ci»3
KAFiaA.
dirire, long , Ac
i— KANUKBLA, D.pLaiiia« (Aqillfr.
from kanaka.) Semen mariii a enphd-
mifltic expression,
in— EANUKO, n. pL iiin. (From kanaka.)
Lnst] desire; conoopisoence | wish| ap-
petite.
nktt— KAKULA, r. t (From kaoa, me ka
IL« and ok, to strain. X'i^a^ : to draw
or press straining together; to strain to
the ntmost» verj hard. See kanaka.
Allied to eannla. DialeoHe, kanynla.)
1. To tratail; to laboor with pains ; to
be in laboor, in trarail, ae : inkomo i ya
kanola, L e. : the cow is in partnrition ;—
8. To press bearily, as in costifeness.
oko— KANYA, t. L (Prom ka II., to emit,
and nja I., to pass with, with passing,
from ini-a. See imini« daf-Hgfat. Allied
to kangela, kango, Ac Sis, khanya.)
1. Primarily I to emit light; toHght;
to shine, m : Ira sa kanya manje^ L e. : it
is yet Ught, = imini i sa kanya L e. i the
day is yet shining ;— 2. To spread before
the riew; to exhibit to the eye; to be
manifest; to be open to the mind, tui
lendao o yit}oyo i ya Icanya, i. e. : the sob-
jeet yoo speak of is qoite manifest } — 8.
To be transparent, a#: i tye leli li ya
kanya, i. e. : this stone is shining;-^ To
onfbld, to disdose, at: imbali i ya kanya
inhle, i. e. : the flower oniblds its beaoty.
KlimLA, qolf. fr. To £pTe light to ;
to see {eoimeiding wUh kangda) ; to siiine
or light fbrth, teldom need. (In the JCoea
this fbrm signilles: to deny, frie, : to giro
so mooh light for or oo a matter tliat it
qoite disappears; hemee : to deny.)
—- — Kahtiba, caos. fr. 1. To eaose or make
to light ; to light, as t kanyisa Isibane,
L e. : lift the cimdle op that it may Hght ;
— 2. To exhibit to the eye ; to make dose;
to illostrate, ae t kanyisa kwi kko^ L e. :
Sllnstrate what yoo hare said.
-«— • Kaittibbxa* qolt. fr. To be lighting,
shining, a$ t isibaae a A kanyiseki, i e. :
the candle does not shine.
— KAimsBLA, qolf. fr. T6 enUghten; to
abed Hght abroad, for, into ; to ilhistrate
for. Of: ngi kanyMe lendaba, Le.t do
give me light into the matter.
-'-«- KAimsiBA, eaos. fr. To onligfatsD, to
ilhistrate OToperly, partlenkriy, £.
KANTE, adr. (From ka, I., S^ and
inye, one.)
1. Onoe; at onee; at oM time, me i nga
pmsa kanye^ i. e. t I dnmk onoa;— 2. To-
gether, at : sa ilka kanye, L e. : woanriTed
togeth er (a t onee).
in— KANTESI, n. pL isfai. (From kanya,
aflid id, deiM>ting degree; Ut.t shinhig
bright. See Iso^ eye.)
1. Stari aidBng star;— 4L FivB^worm
Of flre- ily.
iii— EANTESO, n« (From bmya, aai fiao,
eye; or dialeotie, instead isikanyim^ fbxn
kanyisa.)
Anything mnd for lighl^; a pteoe, an
opening throogh which light eoraes in.
in— EAKTISO, n. (From kanyisa.) A light-
ing ; the light of a candle.
M— KAKYO, n. (From kanya.) A ligMaqg,
shinin g, wi« ; bnghtness, spleiidovr.
ite— KAKYULA* r. t. (From ka 11^ and
nyola, to bring opward.)
Same ae kanola, mhioh eee*
i— KANZI, n. pL ama. (From ika 11., to
cHp, and nd, broad, eee bond. DieHeetie :
kand.)
IMereXtgi a broad dipper; hemoe^ an
earthen vessdased for eating and drink-
ing with.
oko— EAPA, T. t. (Ftom ka IL, ont^ and
ipa, to podi, to g^ve. Badiealljf one wiik
kipa and kopa. AUied to gapa.)
1. To podi oot; to bring away aome
distance ; to accompany a distance^ ae : d
ya boya ngokomkapa Umpdo, i. e. : we
are jnst retorning ttoto aceompanying
Umpdo a distance;— 2. To goide or c^rect
some distance in a way.
Non. — This form is also osed ae an adr.
with okoti, ae : amend a ti kapa, i. e; : the
water was spilling out.
Eapela, qolf. fr. To aooompany, guide,
or direct some distance to^ for, &o^ aei
nga m kapda ehhmEcni, L e. : I brcQgfat
him as for as to the thorn-field.
oka— EAPALALA, t. i. (From kapa, and
hiUi, wMeh eee, AlUed to kahaMM,)
To posh oot or on witboot knowing to
which idace; to Asperse ak>ng the road,
id— KAPATJE, n. See £opa«)e.
oko— KAPAZA,V. t. (From kapa and in,
to make.)
To let spin out ; to oanse to opset.
-•-^ Kapazkca, qolt.fr. To be opset, to be
poshed down, spilled; applied to Tc sB ch
wMdi are <m the ire, or eontain some
forid.
— Kapazxla, qolf. fr. TospOl; to pour
away, at : o wa kapazela emUabeni amand,
i. e. : he poors the water on tim gioond.
(CMaeuiifft^ «ra<A palaza.)
oko— KAPEZA, T. t. (Fnm kapa, and in.
Sadieally one with kapaaa and kopeaa.)
1. Pnmaribft to jerk; to giro a sod-
den posh or thmst; to opaet; to ovmr-
tom ; to sobrert, ae : wa yi kapeia eaa-
kweni ikdd^, Le.: he podied ttie ketUe
from the tripod ; — 2. To posh off, away,
aside, ae: wa fika wa d kapeca idcaba
senhhi, L e* t be came and poshed fiiedoor
of the hooae away r'-S, To throw or
throftoot, to posh <Nit» at water oat of a
Digitized by
Google
XATA.
[W]
KkTAIMJL
ptXL (Cmiitobetakennoltoeonfbfmd
tliif word with kapan.)
MI^KAPI, n. pL aim. (From kxptu) A
ga!de.
oka— KASA, v. t. (From ka II., ami iia I.,
dmottng a state of advance or degree.
X«fora% : to draw mito^ into^ mider. Al-
lied tocasa.)
1. To creep | to more at reptilei hj
ftddof hold of graai and drawing the body
after them, Of: amakaiaakaMemhlabeni,
L e. t the little graathoppers creep on the
gromid;»3. To crawl; to more on the
hands and kneeiL or feet, Of I mntwananya
kaaa pansi, L e. : the diild crawls on the
groond.
in*— KA8A, n. pL ama, or itin. (Fhnn the
▼erh.) AkindoflocQst, small and withont
wings; the creeper-locost.
l^KASI, n. pi. ama. (From the rerb
kasa. The Suaheli has kasa, a box, and
so the P^m^we mokasa. The Xoea has
ikosi, a place to creep under, a shelter,
which is of the same stock.)
1. The external covering of the ears or
■eeds of froits, corn, and grasses, as the
hall of nnts, the shell ;— 2. The hnsk of
small grafais, and the same when separated
<»-cbaff;-^8. The hnsk of the ear of maize
forming the calyx of yalves.
«*-KA8I» n. sing, (nbn.) (See i-Kasi.)
A kind of krge grass much like the
mitala.
oka— KATA, t. t. (From ka II., to draw,
flo out, and ita, to tonch, ponr, shoot.
BmdMmUif one with keta, kita, kota, and
kuta. J^eeeneeist to pass or draw over.
^f2lisi{cata,qata,&c.)
L To smear at or npon, a*: nknkata
Mihi, L e.: to plaster a hoose;— S. To
bamear; to bemire, ae: n katlle ebnswe-
Hi* L e. : you have dirt in yonr ftce; — 8.
To ioapin, as: kata innpo eaingnfyeni,
L ^.t nib aoap npon tiie wash-things;—
4. To cleave, to attach to, or: kn ko
fi^ruii obokata engntjeni yomnntn, i.e. t
ib«e ace kinds of grass which attach
^tbemaelvei to the dothes of people t— 6^
T6 paste on, met kata incwadi ehdongeni,
i» e. s paste the paper at ihe walL
NOTB.-*This word is also nsed as an
adrerb with nknti, <i# : wa tl kata kpa,
L e.: be paaed by or over here.
ii-MM KitntA, qnh. tr. To befit fbr mear-
ini^ mi inaipo i kateka kahle, i. e.: the
aoap smears tery good, =^ is of a good
onnlily.
a— KATA,
Sn^KATA, n. pU izin. (From the verb
kati, im Ue HimU tenee ; to throw or poor
ont, off, np. Compare inketo, isOkota,
iiikiitii, Ac)
1. A eoH of tnything twisted together.
Of: yqpantyani^enzeinkatayokiftwala.
Le.s get me some grass that I may make a
ooU for carrying a load;— 2. Any thing for
amnsement ; a toy, ae : lomnU u ya wenza.
inkata na, L e. : do yon use this piece of
wood as a toyP— 8. A mass or heap of
things in one place, aei idnkomo zi hla-
ngene endawonye se zi yinkata. Let the
cattle are collected together just as a ooil ;
— ^ Any article as asmphis, a supplement
of beads or other ornaments belonging to
a dowry which a fiither of a girl sends to
her fntore hnsband, at: mkM yokupn-
meia e nenkata, L e. : the ox for dowry
with a siirplos;^-or, a»: intombi i tata
ntywala 1 bn leta ekaya yinkata, L e. s the
girl takes a mass of beer and brings it
home as a supplement ; — 6. Any portion of
an estate which, having no legitimate
daimants, falls to the crown, ae : inkata
yinto e nge nakwahlolwa nehUwa yinkosi,
i. e. : the inkata is a portion which cannot
be adjudged, and folia, therefore^ to the
king;— 6. 2Vop.: insult, affront, imputa-
tion, ae : umuntu ubani wa kuluma iawi e
Dga li tjongfo omunye, ku bnzwe a ti lan-
dnle, omunye u ti se li yinkata, i. e. : in
case a certain man, who mentioned a word
which another had not said, is asked,
and be denies it^the other says: it is a
downright insult,
isl— KATA, n. pL izi. (From kata.) A
coil or ball of hair, femid in the stomach
of cattle, and smeared over with a hard,
sUmy, or adhesive matter. (It kills all
young cattle, especially calves, if they do
not get rid of it The ball itsdf is the
best remedy Ibr removing another. The
natives born and scrape it into powder,
of whidi a dessert-^Kxmfnll ffiven to an
animal will remove the ball alter 24
hours.)
idra— KATALA, v. i. (From kata, and ila,
to strain. RatUemUj^ one wUh ketek, ko«
teh^andkutak. AiUedtoYaXMXM,)
1. PrmariUfi to be taken iq> with a
matter; to be ooncemed about ; to trou-
ble, ott u ya katala ngumtwana kakulu,
i. e. s he is nraeh conosroed about (or with)
his child;— 2. Tb have to do with; to
meddle with ; to hiterfere with; to have a
concern with, a«: a ngt katali yiloku,
i. e. t I have nothfaig to do with that ;— 3.
TofMigue; to be tired; to become weary,
«t : se ngi katele ngokusebenn, i. e. t I
am qidte tired of wondng.
--••-* Katasbla, qulf. fr. To trouble^ to feel
coiieenied, to be weaiy ibr, about, &o«, ae :
a ka kataleH mntwana, L e. : he does not
feel oonesmed about the ddld.
NoTB.— It will be obvious that this Ibrm
goveru its olject in a mmple way, vis. :
Hkt an Ace, while katala always is fol-
lowed 1^ a prefix or a prepodtioo*
Digitized by
Google
KATJAKA.
[160]
EATO.
— — Eatalilava, rq»r. fr. Totroableaboat
each other; to be conoemed for one an-
other. (This form often changes its vowels,
analogoos to the perft. of katala, katele,—
katelehina.)
^— - Katalisa, cans. fr. To tronble; to
tire; to weary,
in— EATANA, n.pl.izi. (7)m}i. of isikati.)
A little or short time ; a little while,
oka— KATAZA, v. t. (From kata» and iza,
to make. LUeralUfi to make a concern
of a thing. See Eatala.)
1. To tronble; to plagne; to distress;
—2. To disturb; to irritate, agitate, vex,
<M : n ya ngi kataza ngokncek, L e. : he
plagues me with begging.
— — Eatazaita* rcpr.fr. To tronble, plague,
&&, each other.
— ^ Eatazeka, quit. fr. To trouble ; to
vex; to be distressed, disturbed, ae; u
katazekile ngecala lake, L e. : he troubles
himself about his debt (not knowing how
to pay),
um— EATAZI, b. pL aba. (From kataza.)
One who troublei, plagues; a ^sturber;
teaser, &e.
in— EATAZO, n. pL ian. (From kataza.)
Trouble; yezation; weariness; disturb^
anoe; plague; distress, &c.
in— EATEEO, n. pi. Iran. (From kateka,
Mtfkata.)
LUerdUff : something tha6 is plastered;
henee : a native house whidi is plasteiled
inttde. Such houses being always built on
an inferior plan, are therefore a matter of
oontempt The word, besides, is frequent
among the women — izwi leri&zL (The
inferior dialects have inkateao.)
i— EATI, n. pi. ama. Zuluized from the
Dutch kat, L e. : a cat.
is! — EATl, n. pi. izL (From kata, to pass
over, s= continue. DialecUo, katn. Sit,
tsatd. Xosa, iza and ixesha.)
1. A time ; a space or portion of dura-
tion, ae : tyda or misa i^kati, L e. : fix a
time;— 2. I^op, occasion, omwrtunity,
as; ngo ku beka ngesinye isOnti, i. e. :
I shall see vou at another oocadon, time ;
—3. Ngesikati sonke, L e. : always,
um— EATI, n. pL imi. (From kata. See
isikati.)
1. A space ; vacancy ; room ; extendon ;
—2. Any quantityof extension or distance,
as : ngmnkaii omkulu pakati kwo-Tukela
nom-Zimkuln, i. e. : it is a great distance
between the Tukela and Umzimkulu ; — 8.
Any quantity of time, ae: umkati wom-
nyaka, L e. : the space of a year ; — ^umkati
wosoku lunye, i. e. : the space of one day
and night,
isi— EATJANA, n. pi izL (From isikati
and ana« dim. form, with • sharpened
into/)
A short lame; (= katana.) This wotd
is generally employed as an adv.» and
throws off its nom. form, at : ku Imtiaoa
ngi m bone, L e. : it is some time, a snort
time since I saw him.
um— EAT JANA, n. pi. imL (From umkaii,
and ana, cUm. form, with i sharpened
intoj.)
A short distance. This word is employ-
ed as an adv., analcffous to isikaljana, at:
ku katjana, L e. : it is not so fiir ^-mna
wake n katjana, L e. i his place is a short
distance off, or : it Is some distance^ a
little far off.
(dm— EATJAZA, V. Dialectic. jS^ BaQaas.
in— EATO, n. pL izin. (From kata No. 4.
Coinciding with umketo, pick, choiee.)
Literal^: Choice; pck; henee, fote.
The word refers to a custom wl^di is
rather peculiar, and signifies to draw lots^
not : to cast lots. 2^ term it : nkwenza
inkato. The following are the usual ways
in which it is performed,—
1. One takes a piece of thin wood, or of
a stalk of grassy holding it with the fingen
of one hand, and the other has to pineh or
pick off a small bit with the nails of his
fingers, so that nothing may stand out
from the fingers ofthe nolder; if he suc-
ceeds then the event is detenmned in
fovour of the ktter; but if tiie least bit
remains standing out above the naik of
the holder, it is determined for him that
was pnehing off.
2. One takes a tuaSLu ineoe of wood
from 1 to li inohes long, holding it at its
two p(unts with his thumb and for^nger,
presnng them with some force against the
wood : of the finger to which the piece
sticks fost afber they have been opened, it
is sud : inkato i ya k<»nbisa omunys^ i «. :
the choice poimU to the other, vin, : to Um
one who had previously chosen that finger
to which the wood does not adhers^ and the
event is determined in his favor.
8. One takes a little piece of wood,
grass, stone, &c, hiding it under one finger
in his closed hand : the other party luf to
choose : after which the hand is opened,
and if he has chosen a wrong fii^jer, the
event is determined for him, but for the
• other, if the right finder was named.
This practice is pertonned whenever one
of two individuals is to be chosen to goon
an errand or business, or a thing is to be
allotted to one of two. The standing
terms are: ukuhlana ngenkato, Le.: to
consume (= play with) each other by
choice or pck, = to draw lots; — ^inkato i
m hlile, L e. : the ch<^ (Me) haseatenor
consumed him, viz, : fiuled him, = the lot
fisiled him, (but it sever means: the lot
fell on him.)
Digitized by
Google
KiJffJO.
[161]
EAZIMULA.
In— KATTAKA, n. pi isiiu (Dim. from
inkiOA.)
A yoong, or a litUe ok.
in— KAU, n* pL izin. (From inks, denoting
genvf, M0 um-Ka, and n, probafafy oon-
traoted from nliit ftrained or stretched,
refiarring to a long taiL See u-Fkn.)
The genus of apes, or mookejs.
okn— KAUKA, t. L (From nka-nka, to go
otL iSiMKanla. J^qanka, to break oi^
to end.)
To terminate; to end, an immk i
kanki]e» L e.: the nun is orer.
akn— KAIJLA, y. t. (From nka, and nla, to
ttrain. The Uieral emm it: to draw out
long. MHed to ganla, to cut oC Bis.
khanla.)
1. To draw out into the length; to
draw out, stretch oat the legs; to take or
go by loB^ steps^ at : yiya emfhleni kanti
u kaole, i. e. : go to the rirer, bat take
large steps;— £ To extend; to stretch;
to come or go to^ a#: nmhlahe wake n
kaala ngomhlaneB, Le.: his lands extend
aa&r asto Uimihuiga;— amend a kaala
esifbbeni, i. e. : the water comes as litf as
the chest;— 8. To reach to^ aei wa fiika
nloU olade emamini kanti langakaaknca
pansi, L e. : he pot a long stuk into l£e
water, and yet it did not reach the hot*
torn}— 4. Toboond; to limit; to termi-
nate; to end, aei i-Katal U kanla ema«
kaldambeni ngenhla, !• ^ : Natal isboand-
ed by Ihakeberg 'to the North-west ;— 6.
To stop; to eat off, a# : kwa kanla lapa
nkaknlnma, i. e.: here the speech stopped.
Kauixla, quit fr. 1. To go to meet;
to go to reoeiTe, aei wa mkamelaekatini,
Le.: he went to meet him at a certain
plaoe ;— 2. To border imon; to actjoin to^
at: iswe lami 11 kanlela ngalekya, i.e.:
my frrm borders upon that (me there;—
d. To pat an end to; to stop; to cot ofli;
at: kanlela iangazi, i.e.: stop theUood.
KiuxiLAiri, rcpr. fr. To go to meet
each other, = hlangabeau
— — Kaituba, caos. fr. To mention the
boondaries of a conntnr; to boond, ott
kaolisa nmhlaba wama Zola, L e. : do giro
ns the boondary of the Zola land,
oko— KAULEZA, t. t. (From kaola, and
ixa, tomake.)
To make long or great stq»; to be
swift of fbot.
-^— Katjixsiba, cans. fr. 1. To canse or
make one to go qoick; to make swift of
foot ;— 2. To go qoioker, or much qaioker
than nsnal, at: kaulezisa, nkohamba, to
go with aooflleraUoii, great speed or harry.
«m— KAULO, n« pL imL (FroinkaahL) 1.
Extension ;— 2. Boandary ; border ;— 8. A
stop^ 091 wensa amkaalo wokaloba Ii^mi,
L a. : hera he made a stop in writiiig;--4.
Depth; bottom; £ithom,af: amanziaka
namkanlo, L e. : the water hea no bottom,
is nnfiithomable;— isisa sake a si nam-
kanlo^ L e. : his stomach has no bottom,-
ii insatiable.
i— -EATA, n. pL ama. (fVom ika, gcnng
oat, and iya, to reUre, retom. CoSpare
isibaya.)
1. LUeraUjf: a place for going ont and
coming back ; a plaoe for resting; hence,
a home^ <u : ikaya lako H jdna, L e. : where
is yonr home ;— 2. Abode ; stay.
-KAZA, n. pL ama. (From ka IL, to
draw ont, to issue, and iza, to conies to
make^ to feeL The sense is; something
that affects the feeling or the sensei^ as
cold or heat. See Za. SadieaUy one
with kiza, kosa, and knau The same
radicals in inila, atmosphere; ama«olo,
dew; aman», e^«dally igazi, blood. Sis.
mogatseh^ cold, ice.)
1. Froperly : a mass of watery pheno-
mena; hence^ snow; ice; rain with snow
or ice. The word is nsodly taken in the
plnr. and nsed in a limited sense, which
e ipr o ss c s its efiiBot, as; amakam a Ta
^im, L e. : the 1(7 air QU. :) bams, dries
np, makes stiff or frozen;— 2. Cold; cold
weather, as: amakaza a ya bnlala, i.e.:
the oM air is Tery painfrd;— 8. Em^doyed
as an acQ., — ^kn makaza, Le.: it is cold,
icy, frigid.
ft— EAZA, n. pL hnL (See ain-Easa,c(dd.)
A red tick; (being conndered as painful
and injarioas as ioe and cold.)
am— EAZANA, n. pL imL (Bim. from am-
kaza,tick.)
Thesmidl kind of red tick,
in.— KAZANA, n. pL aman. (A dim. from
kan, whkik see, and ana. Compare nmka,
and inV fi'^k y if"* )
1. Female sex; — 2. An unmarried fSnnale.
in— KAZANYANA, n. pL aman. (Dim.
fromkazana.)
1. The young ftmale sex;— 2. A little
girL
KAZL — (From ka I., 9, and a», to
know, nohkih see, as also um-FazL The
Xosa ikaa, is tiie same word, Ut. : that
whidi comes from or bekmgs to the female^
vi».i metaph.: the dowry.)
A termination for di8tinoti(m, denoting :
pertaining to a female, and applied to
express:- 1. Distinction of gender, sex,
€is : nmfoid, woman ;— inkomc&azi, a cow ;
2. Belation, degree of family cennezion,
as I ubabakazi, my paternal uncle;— nma-
makazi, my aunt;— 3. Degree of quality,
as : intokaa, a beautiftil t&ig.
oka— EAZIICUL A or TCkmrr.k^ y. L (From
ka IL, to eoiit, izi, radioaUjf one with
kwead, star, and mala, to strain mofing.
AlUed to owazimula.)
Digitized by
Google
1. Xf«fra%9 to g^noB <r ffetttf; to
lAe&m; to f^Meii)«-& To ip«rkW; to
dart; to te MUiMit; t« be brighW at:
jdm rirn¥Mii«mb kwMMiroti, L o. : how
yery much the iron pieot gliitwi ^"In«
kwod i jm HrimwHi lutkoli, i. •.! fbo ftar
it vtry hiigfat.
— > EAZDCULiaA, cans. fr. To ormb to
^iften, &0.I to jnake VrigU; to poliih;
lobonikh.
in^^EAZIMUIA B. pL iziii. (From kazi-
mola^ GHfter; farightsMi} hriUin^;
gk)iy; benty.&Q.
nku— KAZIZELA»T.i: (From k»» 1Mb. to
iBMiH feiyoftaoi toreflooi. Aekaifamila.)
JdUraUjf: to giro a hiikreor ahiM,ai
m minor doM; to reilMt a glUtmig,
a#: bekaaman^ swajo ewenlit fcaaiela,
i o. : bekoU the water frUiae from orer
the lucky how it glitters ;-Hmae hake ha
kazizela» i. e. : hie fine ahiDea Teirj bright.
KB, adr. (Perft. iowm from the root
ka L) LA particle lor eomoi«ieiog or
c nn c toding a mm^mte, me Ka;— •2. Some-
timea m |irefif e of doubts ir irony* <u :
hamfadkfl^ i e. s go then QI yow lik^«
MB KR, n. pr. abu (From ka L» efe nm-
Ka. <SMaM*mkew«kwe^i.e.: liie wife,
for which the Znhi-Kafir baa mnkake,
oootnusted from mnka*wake.)
A dialsotio lormfer Qm-Kw% whM we.
a— KEBE, n. See n-Bebe.
idni<*-^K£BfiZA, ▼. t (Fhn» kebe^
iopoetie, ezpeemiTe of a erackiBg
made by throwtag or heating ■imetMng ;
and Iza. J^iatmUe^ rebeia.)
1. To make kebe, vw, i to driva away
by some noiee, aei kebem imnkmnhi, Le. i
to drive away, aa oryiag oat : gel away;
—9. To oanse a part or pieee to cone ot^
at by catting or chopping (tokuidhg wUh
in-^KKDAlf A, d. pL i^n. (From ioke,
same at inka, eee inkatana, inkori, Ac,
and dame, to remove ftr away, radiealiUf
onevnth dama, which eee, and damoka.
The Xoea has also the yerb keduna, to be
thrown away froaa, to alt ov think of a
state or piece from which one has been
lemofved; to iz his thonghts npon. The
primary eetmie I to kidnap^ toaeiaa and
carry away; applied originaU[y to those
who were tdten in war, or as slayes.
Cempmre geda«)
1. A kidnapped penon; aoch being
•eparated from their parent^ homes, and
eem l br ta ; h emm * 2. Ancrphsni anindi-
oka— KEHLA, y. t. (iVom ika-ihhu Modi-
tdU^ one wUk kahla, kihla, kohk, and
knUa. 2!lepn0MryMMeif:toriMhigh,
toadvaoea. The • is the modifled aoond.
JSeeK)
1. Te set 19^ te pat In aak» mt ^n-
kehla isicoco, nesifoko, Le.: tosst 19 the
head-ring, or red top £whidi boUi me sicns
ofrank);*-a. Te pot in a particalar order,
degree or chna* at : nbani 11 keUa %mta,
i.e.t 8ceiiainmaD,orso4md*8odresBmthe
people's heads ;—*& To take rank; togrow
in rank, eat nkehlOs^Leus hehntentered
nponahii^eridace;— 4u AftiapA.: toeaase
togrow ranky «•: amanhia a ngi fcehlile,
L e. : lU.: strength has caosed me to grow
taU^ high, and eonseqneatly I have beocMne
thin, niondst ; or thie strength of growth
has taken mneh of my thiekiwes er sise
«wayy7=a ngt Inmbieifc, Le.t hna made
ma hungry I inflamed mewith a ftroooat
appetite = made me thin.
«-^-< KxHLXKA, qalt. fr. 1. To become fit
jar taking the bond ring er orest^— 2. To
grow noUE; to grow yigoranaly, loEniioasly,
eiees8tvely» «t: ngi kehleka namanhk,
ia»: I grow eaoestiyely, cs have always
great appetite, or, lil. 1 am alwaya in want
«i^;k strength.
i^KBHLA, B.pLama. (From the verb.)
A person come to rank, ms.! ayoang man
. who has received thehead>nng»or a yoong
gfal who has taken tte red cvest
KoTi.^For the latter the ftllowmg
word it more porttcakriy need.
in*-KEHLB, n. pLian. (From kihk.) A
yoong female wtio has taken the red crest
KSHIiE, ady. (ite Kehk and Kahk.)
8igniffing soose noise made by things
wueli are hi a snipsnded portion, at
enuimenti hanging or danghng aroond
thebod^. Used mthqkoti, at : dboUahi
hakebatikelde,kehle,Le.: the beads he
wears make keUe ! ■» dangle aboat lunu
i*— KEHLB, Kbhibu^ and Li, n. pL ama*
Zuloiied from the Enfffish ketih^ the of
ke retaining its AigUui soond.
nkn— KEHLKA, y. t. (Fran kefale, adv.,
and isa, to make.)
To make a noise like kehle with some
ornaments hanging around the bo4y«
i^KSKE, n. pL ama. (From ike4ke^
eone or gone olt Dribal ie inkcnke.
Mlied to ioAe, opeii pkee between the
native booses. SaMealiy one wHk nkoko
andidnikOi)
1. LUeraUy : a pUce which is drawn
oat; temce, separated, divided, or inter-
sected points or places ;— 2. A cell of |i
honey-conib ;-*^. Amakeke^ L e. : inter*
seoted or broken eloads^ small white eloads,
•is.: thoee that af^ienr fike a ikiek of
1«»KSKBBA, n. pL ama. (FWm ikeke,
and iba, to sopaiale. SadkaOf one wUh
kokeba.)
1. LkerdUjf 9 aiat pleoe having many
Digitized by
Google
SBXTJANA.
fWJ
KBPUKBHT.
IMtofeft leEqwa neioiiiilnsa, i e. : a flat
peoe of frozen saow o^ ice;--8. Any flat
white £ah or traj.
i— KEKEVANGA, m pL ama. (From
keke, and Tanga, to mdt togetiier. 8e€
Kekeba.)
1. A iake of mow, ai it &II1 from the
doods or from the lur;— 2. Ice, frost, or
snow mel ted t ogether,
oka— KEKKZELA, t. t. tdU KATiy itT.f,
(From ke-ke, onomdtop^^ t^^nifying the
noiie of a hen, and Szela, to xnake fre-
qnentl J. JUtera^ : to pldc freqoentlj on
the gronnd as a hen does when ealling h^
dilekens, = kii]iida.)
1. To cackle; todnok; — 2. Sometimes
iqyplied to rain when it oommenoes to £U1
in drops on thegronnd.
Oku— EELEKEn^LA, t. Ski9 EahOoiteki.
1— KELENQU, n. pi. ama. (From kela,
drawn 0Qt» or from kala, which is radically
the same ; and ngn, hent of mind.)
A person who, odng poor Idmsdf, has a
rb indination ibr demmding or taking
property of others by deoeption or
artifice ^iqiU).
jAxl — ^EEL^A, T. t. (From kehi, to draw
Ibiib, and in, to make. AUied to tdeza.)
Tb tmrn, as a ring or a small whed
aro^d the finger in a playfnl manner.
in— EKMBA, n. pL lain. (From inke^ a
spedes of, and imha, to pick, Sadipatty
<me with kamba, komba, and kmnba. Al-
Htdto izembe;, an axe.)
1. A Tery broad spear, more the diape
of a natire axe, wliieh is particalarly naed
in war fbr stabUng the enemy, imd is^
^Mrefore^ not thrown;— 9. Applied to a
EEMBlg;, n. pL id. ("See Eemba.
Others U99 ikwenoe, from iko, or ikwa,
drawn oat, and ince^ a pointed thing.)
A pick or axe. JDial^eiie imttead of
i— EBKCE, 9. pi. ama. {See Eembe^
i-Ewenoe, whieh is the same word.)
A moose. LUeralfys direw-monse.
(Ibixo bknhlonipa izimpokn, i. e. : a name
used by those who are afrdd to pronounce
idmpwi, i. e. : mice.)
nkQ— EENCEZA, t. t (Form kence^ tomake
a sharp noise, and isa, to make. JDialeciio
kenqecn.)
l!b ring I to jingle, as a bdl. Used
more among the frontier tribes,
in— EEKEEENE;, n. pL izin. (From kene-
kene. me Eana, of ka IT.)
A crying chUd ; so called from the pe-
culiar ndse it makes.
in— EEKJANA, n. nL aman. (From inka.
denoting genus or mmily, and !njana,ftrom
ii](}a, dog, and ana, nmilar,like. Diaieotio
kei^janL)
1. A kind Hke dogs. A name ibr the
large kind of wild dog, of a brown colour,
widi a white bushy tail, and white ring
around the neck ;— 8. A name of reproach
for a thief or a bad man, whose habit is that
of ^e wild dogs which attack the flocks of
cattle, goats and sheep, and tear and kill.
nkn—EENEATA, t. t. (Flpom ka II., to
put np, and inkata, 6. Other tribes, and
aho Uie Xosa, hare kankata; othere^ ke«
nketa, but less correctly. Madicalfy one
with konkota. Compare gaimta.)
1. To pick a quarrd ; to beat;— 2. To
make a great noise or tan about a thing;
to make one^i head adie by quarrelling,
id— EENEE, n; pL id. (From inke-inke;
UteraUf : the same as keke, wkieh see,)
An opedng, or asmaU plaeo whieh admits
light, M : a ku Tahmga umnyaago n yid-
kenke, L e. : you hare not shut the door,
it stands a little open on one nde ; henoe,
any small opemng which has not been shut,
or has becai caused by not shutting ; or
any small pkce whidi has not been filed
npwis unfinished,
kEPA, adr. (From ke, staH&g par-
tide, and ipa, to push or puIL Seididalfy
one with JoLya, kipa, andkupa. See also
the use of pa, as rcpr. fr. It is quite the
same to take it as an original rerb, de-
noting: to gi?e the lead.)
1. Noting a commencement or opening
of a sentence, or giving consent, being wefi
affbcted or well minded, as: kepa ma d
bone wo fikana, L e. : wdl, let ns see if he
win com^. Uo on, well, di.
2. Noting an addition to some preceding
part to continue the discourse: and it
therefore stamds between two sentences
connecting them together in a direct senses
at; a kona e kuluma kma a kn awanga,
i.e. : yon bdng there, whuehe was spedc-
ing, but you did not understand. Bnt^
more, further.
8. Sometimes it is merdy expletlTe^ as :
kepauyam'azinaf i.e.: do you know him P
id — EEPE, n. pL izL Zuluized firom the
AfHcan-Dutditto, Le.: ship.
isi — EEF17, n. pL id. (From ka-ipo, or
ke-ipu, pludced or puUed offl See epu,
hlepu, qepn, ftc. Xosa, isikewn.)
Something pulled or plucked dT; a soft
piece; hence, isikepu s^wa, i.e.: a gap,
breadi of a rock, or a piece broken out of
the roc k.
id— EKFUEBPU, n. (From kepu-kepu.
Other dlakeU hare kapukapu and kepe-
kepe.)
Denoting something ligh^ as^ fbam,
sponge, Ac, and mo» used as an a^^ti?e,
dropjung its pon^. form, as : into e kepn-
kepu,— kepdcepe, orkapnakapu, Le.: a soft,
Ibamy, spongy, &^ thing.
xa
Digitized by
Google
KILANA.
CM4]
iUTJJU«
oka-^KEPUZA, t. t. (From kepv, and Sa,
to make.) To drop a watery snbatanoe;
to drop in imali pieoea, at : inkomo i ya
kepnza, Le. : the cow lets pieoea of ftfih
fiiU from ita month.
nkQ— KETA, y. t. (RadiodU^ one ¥fUh
kata, &&, which see, ZUeralfy : to throw
oat, take oat of a namber. SU, kbeta.)
Topidcoat; tochooae; to select from
a namber;. to take oat ; to make a choice,
at : keta kn le^nkomo, L e. : pok oat
from among these cattle. (The idea is
tdLcn from the cnstom of dri?ing the
cattle into one comer of the catUe-fbld,
and letting a part pass OTer to the opponte
comer alons^ which are poked oat)
— KsTBLA, qoltfr. To make a selection
or choice for, in behalf* Ac ; to choose ibr.
Of : a m ketele nto, i. e. : choose for him
something.
in^EETA, n. nng. (From keta, t.) A
spedes of rash of which mats are made,
= a choice article,
in— KETO, n. (From keta.) Achoodng^
picking out.
am— EJTFO, n. pi imL (From keta.) A
pick; chdce.
NoTB.— This wcHrd has special reference
to the mat festirals of the natiTes» aoch
as wedding-parties, manoBorrea, &0., for
which parposes not only the best dresses
are choBen and worn, hot particalarly the
best oxen of each kraal are selected, and
aenttothe place where the party is to
come together. Tins signifies that the
parties concerned are Tory rich, haTe mnch
food and ck>thing.
uka— EEZA, t. t. (From ka II., to dip or
draw oat and iza, to make. AlUed to
reza. RadioaUy one with kaza, kiza^kon,
andknaa.)
1. Toteytoidip. Obtolete s^t. To hear
a nmse a&r off, =into ekod^, L a. : some*
thing fiur off.
a— KEZO, n. pL ian. (From kenu) A
dipper ; h^nce, a spoon, made of wood ; a
u— KEZWANA, n. pL ian. (Dim. from
nkezo.) A small wooden spoon; any small
spoon,
oka— EIHLIZA, T. t. (From kihli, to throw
oat, radioaU^ one with kahla, kehla,
kohla, and knhla» and ixa» to make. See
BihU.)
To let fidl a thin matter from the
month; to froth; to ibam, a$: inja iya
kihliza, L e. : the dog foams;— nmati n ya
Idhliza amanzi, L e. : the troe diBoharges
a watery snbstance.
i— KILANA, n. pL ama. (Dim. from
ikilo.)
A dark*brown tick, larger than the
common red one, and with a Tiiible nedk.
i— KILO, n. pL ama. (From ki, oat» and
llo^ stretched.)
Dialectie, instead of inlo, whieh sm.
oka— KINHLA, t. t. (FVom ki, ap^ and
inhln, to throw eren. Badicaujf one
with kanhlo and knnhla. Allied to an-
hlak.)
LUeraUgi to throw flat ^>en; to ex-
pand or open as from a roU. Used of
spreading oat a mat for Bleeping. ^.tfUbei
expresuon.
ETNA. See iUna.
KINI, pron. (From kn-ini, kn, prep,
to^ and ini, from inina, yonrself, pfav.
Same aa konL The ancontracted ton is
kwini.)
1. To yon;— 2. MUpiieJbri enhlwim
yena, i. e. : at yoar boose,
nkii— EIPA, y. t. (From ki, oat, and ma, to
pash, to giye. SadieaUgf one with kqw,
kepa, and kapa. Allied to pba.)
1. To throw oat; to Idng ont nst
kipa amana entyeni, i. e.: poor the
water oat of the yeaiel;— 2. To take oot;
to giye oat ;— 3. To draw oat ; to extraet
at: wa li kipa izinyob i. e. : he drew oot
the tooth;— i. To ca^ oat; to exooomn-
nicate;— 5. To retwn, a«: ngi ya kqpa
nsipense ka&kolwem, L e. : I retim six-
pence oi the halfcrown.
— — EiPBLA, qalf. fr. To throw oat, &c,,lbr.
nko--ElSA, y. t. Canaatiye of ka H,
whieh eee.
aka— KITA, y. t. (From ki, oat, and ita, to
throw, shoot. Sadiealljf one with kats,
keta, kota, and kata. Allied to fpdm.)
To frU down apon ; to ML down, at :
itye la kita lapa emgodini, L e. : Ut.i a
stone was shooting down in the hole here,
=: fdl right down in the hole here.
»-— KsTSXA, qalt. fr. 1. To get off and
fall down, ae : itye li kitekile eweni, L e. :
a stone got loose and fell down from the
rode;— 2. To frll down apon a heap.
Km, pron. (From kn, prep, to^ and
iti, from itina, we, onrselyes. Same at
kati, and the ancontracted form kwiti.)
1. To OS ; to onrselyes;— 2. JStUptie
for: enhlwini yetn, L e. : at oar hoaae.
EITI, ady. (See Eita.) Ejqnresnng:
a sadden pasdng by, or a mshin^ down.
It is nsed with akati, ae : itye li ti kit!
lapa, L e. : a stone came rapidly down here,
oka— KITIKA, y. L (From kiti, mahing,
and ika, to get ofl^ np^ Ac Coinddin^
fotttkiteka.)
1. To shoot rapidly away; to oome
roshing down, ae : isnla li kitikU^ L e. :
heayen, or the atmoqdiere, rashes down,
:= the whole heayen comea down. This
isthesayageideaof: snow is fidling down
from heayen ;— 2. To fell in torrenta, in
streams, as heayy rain (eee kitiza).
Digitized by
Google
ukiH-KinZA, r. e. (Prom kit!, raahiiig, and
iaa» to make. See Kitika, to which it i«
thetraoflitiNre. MadieallfonewUklaAoaL)
TonuhoroarryrapUUyaway; to heap
vpi oi : Umatye a kitiiwa yimmla eldtiki-
leyc^ i. e.: then atones weie waihed into
one heap by rain which had fidkn in
torrents.
i— KIWANB, n. pLama. The fniit of the
nm-Kiwane-tree.
nm— KIWANB,n«pLimL (From the paviTe
d ika II., kiw% and ane» dim. form.}
Isieralfy : a substance plocked eren or
soon; a name for the wild fig-tree.
oka— KIZA, y. t (From ki, oat, so off, and
isa, to come, to make. Jtadioal^anewUh
kaza,keKa,kosa,andkaza. AUtedtoteKB,
and to kitiza.)
1. Primarifyi to emit watery parttdes;
—2. To fiill in fine drops; to rain in fine
drops, ati iznlaliyakin»i.e.: M.: hearen
lets oat, or oomes» rnns oat, = rain fklls
in fine drops, yet briskly.
i— SIZAKA, n. pL ama. (From kin» and
ana, dim. Ibrm. Allied to kilana.)
UimratUf : a phice like a small drop.
A name for the spedded tick,
vm — EIZO, n.pLimL (Fromkiza.) A fine
rain ; arain In small dropsy yet plentifhL
KO, dem. ady. (An odo^nal passiye
form from ka I., the root nka, denoting
space of time or ocoapaticm« See noka)
1. There, in that pUce, ae; n ko, Le.:
yon (are) there;— 2. It is used pertinently,
at : kn ko abanta, L e. : there are people
who, Ac ;— 8. It differs from kona, as it
has an indefinite, and the latter a definite,
meaning, at : kn ko abalonffileyo^ L e. :
there are who are good. ^iMkona.
i— KO. An original or primitiye noon of
a demoDstratiye character, and referring
to an action in its abstract sense, dis-
tingaished by tiie nom. form nko, (u\
nknhk kn kona kn yda amanhk iko^ L e. x
to eat is necessary and power comes ibrth
throoghit.
tdm— EO, n. (From ko, ady.) Presence, at:
ba y'esaba nbnko bake, i.e.: they fear his
i— EOBA, n. pL ama. (From ka II., to
go off; and nba, to separate; Uterattyi
that which separates from.)
1. Chaff; hoak; bran;— 2. The frUing
offof oom,ets.: the light or nnripeoom
or seed of the top of ears,
isi— EOBA, n.pLin. (See jm-Vixi\m.) A
plaoe where yeUow-wood grows; a fivest
ofydhm-wood.
am— EOBA, n, pL ind. (F^rom mnko^ de-
miting genns or species, and nba, sepmte»
see nmba» a soft tree.)
IMer<aUf I the fimiily of sofb wood. A
\ giyen to the so-called yellow*wood«
in— KOBE, n. nL isin. (From ko, issoe,
and obe, noorisnment; or firom ikoba. Hi. :
a species of which the bosks go ofll Sit.
bogobe.)
i: Legomen;— 2. The edible part of
legominoos phmts, as maise and other
com, eraedally after the bosks hare been
taken oK
i— EOBOEA, n. pL ama. This word was
first osed among the frontier Eafirs, and
flram thence came to Natal. It is a non-
Eafir word, and ondoobtedlr derired and
formed from the Dotch ingeboMe, which
has bten the costomary or legal expression
among the Dutch emigrants in Sooth
Africa, fbr registering thebr slayes. And
Itenee^ it rignifies a eUtee^
i— KOBONGO, n. pL ama. (From kobo,
drawn oot separate and ngo, bent. ^Radi*
caUy one wUk igobongo. See bdcondwe.)
1. A Und pecoliarly bent; bent in a
coryed line, or like a semidrde. This ii a
name for cattle whose h(«ns are bent oot
and back agidn, as in an oyal shape;— 2.
A oalabadi of an oyal shape ; — 8. A shell
of an egg, jNuiicahurly when broken half,
or one half of the whde sbdl;— 4. Any
kind of basket of an oyal shape,
nm— EOBOQO, n. (From omko, drawn oot,
and boqot wJUek §ee,)
A tribal ezpranion denoting some thidc,
drawn oot^ or roand body; something
nnosoal in shape or siie.
i— EOCE, n. 1^ ama. (From ko^ drawn
oat, and ce, Uttle, smalL It is dkOeeUo,
and oihen kave kweqe, rwec^ Ac Zbea^
iroza.)
1. LUeraUm: a drawn oot^ extracted
small renudnder. The basis bdng rweca,
it is exchidydy applied to smoking wild
hemp^ designatinff a small remainder of
the Ml pipe whi^ has been smoked down,
and from iriiich the fioid or np has been
extracted by smoking;— 2. Menoe, the
black watery substance, the dirty fioid that
remains in the pipe. (In this sense it is
generallyosed in the Xoea,)
EODw A, ady. (From ka I., 9, and
odwa, Mtf-dwa and odwa.)
1. M«ely; only; singly, a#t ng^ ya
koluma kodwa, i.e.i I merely talk;— 2.
NoUdngbat, at s o ya hda kodwa, Le.:
he does nothing bot deep;— 8. Bot^ how-
oyer, at t u ya sebema kodwa a ka qiiud,
i. e. : he laboors, bot not hard,
nkn— EOHLA, y. t (From ko, or ka II.,
out, oil^ and bJa, to throw, Ac Sadiealfy
one wi^ kahk, kehla, and kohla, and
oltftd to flohla.)
1. To throw off; applied to the memory;
hetiee, to sof^nd one's memory or reason,
to escape the memory, a$ : lendaba i ngi
kohlik^ics the report has escaped me or
V
Digitized by
Google
KOHLAKAI.A.
tW]
IDOKELA.
ny menMiy, ^ I have ao weoBbotkn of
iik;— 3. 1>D kMe; to btwiUferi to ffaxtle,
Oft inhleki 1 U ngi kohlik^ L c t tbe rotd
made me imable to find, = I loft it» be-
caoio I ooold not remomlMr it {—3. The
pMiiye font kohlwa If inMoro fr«qiient
Me, and its appontnt iitegvkritjr arises
from omr mode of thinking. To nvget is
in ibU language, — to be throwm oat of or
off; to have the memoiy WMpoaded; to
be bewildered; tobeataloasi toheloet;
to be mBMi§ to detennine; to be in a
state of vneertaintyy aa : ktoi i Momile
aaEa8a]Doklw%Le.c tbeehkf hMi|>6ken
■o that we are qidte at a loss (what to
aMw«iv) ss we are thrown out of the pos-
session of mind r— a i^ boaa kona ngiko-
httw^fo^ L e^ c yoe ask me just now, whoi
I have no reoaUectioii of k;— 4b To be
weakof Bemorji to have lost the flsemory
of; tolatgoftomiMBOKX; to forget; to
aee^ecti aft agi koUiwe tigwsnbenri,
i. e. I I have miglfioted the M^ iU. : I
have been thrown into nfli^ect l^ the work.
*-— KoKLAinDSA, oansk fr. (Vrom the obso-
lete ropr. kohbina, to threw eaeh other off.)
1. Tofrestrftte aphm or en
to disappoint; to eanse n
blonder, to the oontrarj^ at: i ngi kehla-
nisile inhloa, i. e. t the tiger-eat has dis-
appointed bm (I eipeeted to oatoh it);-—
^ To indispossb to alienate the nlttd,to
render it averse to angrtUng; to make
nnlhtoomble impressions; to disqaalifjr;
to render mifit^ at onina ba hehlsniss
abalhna, Le.: the Mothers BNihe their
boys disqualified Qsj spoiling them mnch.)
•— » Kos&iinBKA, f nit. fr. T^ find one's
self disappointed t to nuMtakegresslj; to
errwidslyistopi^; to be In great mis-
take or error, Aol, at x si kohknisekile
ngesinto aeidDe eiiknna, L e. : we are in
great ciror, or are grossly mistslw nbont
all the things that are there.
-^-* K<«iai^ qdf: fr. l.Tobeatalo«
ftfV ^ Of: ngi kohlda nto ngi hlanle
ngalo, Leuslametalomte snmsthing
topaywith;— 2. To be nnoatehi about.
— « KoHusi* eans. fr* To mislead the
mind; to oaose to enr ; to oaose to believe
Khat is tales, and disbslieve what is true;
to dieat, deceive^ detode^ hegnil^ defraud,
wxongi to be dishonssti Aq« swt «a ng^
kohlisa ngemali yifce, Le.< he deceived
me with Us meney*
.— « fijOHXiBiKA, icpr. fr. To cheats dssrfve,
dBe*, ^fl ffti Owoer.
nku-^KOHLAEALA. t. L (IVom kohk,
and kala, whiek «m. 6orae im the oon-
traoted/MrmhoUaka.)
1. Tobeinaotatoef inahilito, tocapa-
biUty, nufitnes^, ieMyaiiit|,dsacieny,Ac.,
Oft niyaeibonimkihle kodwmd kdida-
kele^ !« e. t yen ebow ns thSi«t clesity hot
we are miahle to (mdeistand them;— 2.
To be ftngetlnl ncfleotM, 4e^ «t: ngi
kohlakele, i. e.t I am foigetfrd. Ignorant.
idoa— KOHL£LA er KwaaisLA. (StrioUy
taken, the ^tvdf.fcrm from koUa» retaining
alee its original aeoent on k^.)
To throw out offensive matter; jleaoff,
toeoegh, an n kohlda kaknli^ i.e.: he
has a very bad cough,
isi— KOHLELA. n.pLud. (gwmVnhlehi,
t4 Matter whioh is thfownont hyeongh-
ingi slime.
urn— KOHUSI, n. pL dba. (From kehfisa.)
Cheater; deceiver; ^shonest penoub 4e.
in— EOHUSO, n.pLiEin. (From kehfisa.)
1. Deosit; deeytion; dehMon; frand;
dishonesty, ftc.;— 2. J % si wrfi es /j ft a de-
signation lor the i^^nbo, Le^: murical
eelabaffhi
I— EOHIA n.^ama. (Fiem isikohlo.)
1. A person sitting at the left hand of a
king; a stswaid^-2. All the hoves of
the royal hnSij which arc baQt to the
left of that of the lumgi Aeeoe oiso, the
oeoopants of them who are not eligible to
kingly anthority.
isi--KOHIA n. pi. izi. (Fnm keh^)
ZUermll^t eomething or an inatrnment
thrown nwi^. defieieBt» weak, it is ap-
plied to the hand* denoting *he weak hand,
opposed to the tight (ponmV kaaot, the
left hand, at: isanhk sesikohh^ Le.: the
hand of the left |-Higesifcohk^ adv. to the
left hand.
n— KOHIA n. sing. (From asikohk).)
licA side. Ueed as an n^l^stive^ «t: u-
doMaohi kkohlo, Le.: the hank ef the
left side, » left bank.
iB*-KOHLWA» n.pLia. (Fromthepmsive
of kehhu) A ecreles% forgstfii^ nnahl^ ,
dffftftiftnt neisoiii
nm— KOHLWAN£, n. pL imL (From ko-
hlwn* and ane^ oimilari e^rcn.)
Astato of »ahilaty« wenrnss^ ^; an
inherent indispontion ; inflncnm ; edd, 4e.
(Itisnmd sffsoi^mondy with knhlwane,
hat it mi^ have been applied to n distinct
disease, originally.)
nkn^KOKA, v. t. (From ika»yca» to give
oat. ^.keka.)
1. To givs; to render; to pay what is
dne^ sv: koka amali yami, Le.i give me
n^ wagesi-— 2. To piyr (Inty* taxes, or
^tribute, a$ i hwo kokwa ngeriswe nonke,
Le.: all trams shall pi^ taami— 8. To
eontrihate.
^— - KoKBLA, qulf. fr. 1. To giv^ vander»
pay»dn.»te^ for, a9i abantu bayihohek
isiBraahla inkod, Le.: the people do pay
goodi to the chief;— er: ba kokela eiuco-
einLLe.: th^pijtotheeiuet (Nora. —
The strict acnac of this fbcm is: to give
Digitized by
Google
JBMOa
im}
MOUU
in ■i iMu ai to ghf oal l ii ww fl i Jkibe
a. XomMBMnUt toMbft.
— — KoKiftA* ctqi. Ir. To «aM« «r iMk» to
pay; to mfom tn^ Mim^ Ac^ vfoo,
^t mmML m d kdim Ut^ L%i the
ftotboiitiet I17 taxes on ns.
mn— EOKA, n. pL inO. 41M ii»-Kifai, n. pi
OB. l i #<ifi% < m mail ir m fc rt wi t iB tow-
ing ont in many directional 4eearuiiTe of
a cartaia plant or vaed ; lape-waaoL
m-^OKE, B. pL uuu (ftom Mm, t.)
Paynant; vagea.
A mmymmt &fs ma wbapaya fer, 4n.
ui«aU>K£IA a^pLuEin. (Famk kokela.)
1. Amentfori Mmi aompeuatMB, &c;
— SL ValMerathii^f Ibat whioh &b paid
for it.
lA^KOKELWi, n. «Sa«a a# i»-Ebkdo.
«M*.£OKXSO» a. pL imL (Fiaai kakiia.)
Tbatwhieli aadamanded in payment 1 rent
v-KOKO. BLpLolL (I^NBiUka.) Mftapk.
apraoMteri aaaeatar.
n— KOKO, ».pLiiiB« (Fioa«ko4iko^aM
flira, to Wm, MuaxiiL Jjcfioff f(y optanrfiarr
1* i^n;ip«H|y t a Blatter wMoh Ims eome
Bf^ or wfidb 18 the reeaift ef ■oetahing or
brniof aa«pflrAeialpart|*«>8. Cmmonlyt
«cnM^4Wf aJka^BalpnginlrBi^ ie.i aorost
«f lutBd ti ■ foa b ^ aoarft 4&, a«i Bkoko
lawiloDda, L .t ibaaaorfafaaoMw
obB^-KOKOAA. T. k <fiV«m kak% drawn
<>Bt» goBa eft and nfca» to inparaiii. Zt^-
ai2^( tofcelBBMi^rpltMt »bo«U Sadi"
2. Xa loikr aWnt; la Ivekf^. To
are q ^ or ge l ii fr a bout, «fe.t aaabq^gari
«abaiBBbeg0ailyi*a*a; to be iBanmii-
flettMirtat%a#i abaagre se be mio iaiBto
«aba loMiii mioa ngi aa hakobaafibbtbrnl,
L^i atfiew are atoaady qfaite anwfcaf ehlo,
bntaasp^gaBdi nyaili; laniliUaaapoor
riBtliaverid.
qnU: ft. To kiter about,
taytMBtnbtBi^ M^im^ att akBylka
aebBBaaaa uJEoUbabBd «buraf k^: do
yoBDot go to work? why do fas loiter
aaFBy yovr tiiBo at tiome P
ihB RQg:OB8ZA,T.t. (IWoMkekBta^and
ua, tomaka. SkuUmtifp tofmoidiag with
1. To make to b«lKl|— 1. Do aibdoe;
tajoakaaBfaBiiaue, at: wa tedcaftelakwa
fika omnnye wa m kc^obeia, i e»t lie waa
BBgtft bat anatfceroama and pBttdi dawn,
m Mde bfiM liBmUB.
li— COKOTI or KoKvn* n. pL a (From
kdka, todraw oat, and nti, a pftaaaaf wood.)
A kJBd of flMloB, iMTlag tka i«
of a 1
bark.
af «vaod» vhkdi baa ydbwlah
I^KOKWAn, B^ptaiqa. (tawkokwa,
drawB oakt and ane^ raaemhKni^ or dimi«
bbUmw ^MBtt-Kofca^
A certain herb gp^ywing on bigb^Undiy
whiah if eaten hf &e nativai.
Bkn^KOXiA* r. t. (Fiomk«^ ■Rmd.dmwn
oat,andi]la,toaUnin. M a d i oal bf ^m wUk
kala.kela»aJilknU.)
To give aatiflfiMstion; to lifca^ a«: nya
yikolana knda% Le^i are tob aatisfled
atfehiaplMa. {Seldom tued.)
— EoUlNA, rcpr. ft. 1. To pleaaa «r like
eaakotbar, Mc bayakolanangeaintonbo,
ia.1 Unf pkMa eaeb other with thdr
goodfi— £ To deal withi to hata to do
witk^ Of I m bB kolane naya na ngeknba a
kn Dika iainto aaki^ L eu 1 hare yon bad to
do with him. beoanaa be givea yon his
things P— 8. To be ftmUiar with.
— - KoLEKA, qolU fr. X. To be pleasant;
to be likedi to be aareptaMe, approrable,
reomamandaWai to be trBstAil^-d. To
havosnffioieB^tobetiredoft a»t nkolekile
HgOBisabnBfi, :=» b koliwa ngimiaebeniiy
Le.1 be bM 4om iofiflieBtiiy* aa tired of
working*
•«-— KoLKLA. quit ft* To please obo ; to
have pleasBie lA rmpaot tOk to beliefa^ at:
Inkosi ni yi kolelMo ii^jani n mb nbi wayoP
f.a.t tiie Lard wmbi yon like so mnoh
bow is ha as to luf si^paaranea P or, how
doeahalookP
'••M— KoLi^At oaaa.fr« 1. Tomakaaoffioient
araaoiigh; togwraanfBeiani; at 1 watenga
«mbikwaaupWnngifcolisB» i.e.< habonght
n^ Indian oen» and aatisftad n^wpaid
MM w«Ut— 2« To gim aoAoientf .^iira-
iMgi topafvaUi lDaMkalb]],a#i nm
MisUaBBilluiwi^La.1 behasgiTenhis
iHfe «i0Bgh (of bealfiBg)i-8. Toinflict;
to pwiishi to aneate Jndgment or Ten*
geaneei 4. To make to haiFasnaBgh; to
tlre^ot: ibaagn H i^ koUsUob La»: the
djatanos baa rand* me tired.
•«— K0UIBXA, qfolt. fri To be in a state
of beblfindktedi to bavabiJUetlon, ptnish-
BMntf tohafaaonraah aa tofcel it, at:
i^MtoBnta4Aolisflkikyoyeni^La.c Imisa
1MB «^ bas had a good deal of pBnishment.
fc-iK0LA2}£, n. pLaan. (From kohma.
Ziiaa,knhvaQe^
AeonfldentlalflneBdi intimate.
calL AlUedtojigo\o,Junio\o,k^)
IMeraU^t aometbingdnrwn empty, nr.:
anaBoaratioiilnatree,at: kn ko inkdk>
emtini, La»i there is a hoUow in the tree.
B— KOLO, n*pLo. (Prononnoidaa inkrio^
and deriyed from nkiJo^ deratloB.)
ThaftOoomUfBs; hsu-bawk (called after
its height).
J«T^
Digitized by
Google
Ml Mtifm
EOMAHA.
[168 3
KOMBIBA.
n*) KOLO, n. (Fromkdbiorlcolwtyidudi
in j ktter is more praibaUe, tin aoeent of ko
heang long as if it were contracted from
kolwo.)
Confidence ; trust ; hiih ; beUef.
in— KOLOEOTO, n. pL id. (From kolo,
drawn ont, and koto.)
DialeeHo, See kotokoto.
nm — KOLOMBE, n. pL imu (From inkolo»
hollow, and mbe, ^gged. Xosa um-Qo-
lomba.) AcaTe; canty; deep hoUow in
a river.
nkn— KOLWA, y. i. (Properly s the paasiTe
ibrm from kola, hot of such a pecoliar or
idiomatic nse that it requires a place like
an independent yerb, and the more so as
kola is becoming almost obsolete.)
1. LUerally and primarify : to be
drawn np or fbU ; to be filled; tobesatis-
fied ; to be sufficient.
Ihis word has special reference to
phjdcal and moral feelings and principles,
whether they be pleasant or unpleasant ;
and hence it is that quite contradiotory
ideas are represented by this term.
2. In a good sense : ngi koliwe ngnmnti
wa ngi pncisayo^ L e. : I am pleased with
the medieine which yon gave me to drink ;
— ^2. To be content with ; to approve of;
to tmst ; to believe^ a« : a n^ kdwa
sgoWmnnta, L e. : I do not trust in that
man; — 8. To have served, answered, or
accomplished a purpose, an ngi koliwe
yile'nto, L e. : I am served by tlut tUng,
9ig,i it has answered the purpose ;— 4. f o
commend ; to recommend, a« : ba ya zi
kolwa ngokwabo^ i. e.t they recommend
themselves, b= have trust in themselves.
8. In a had eente : ngi koliwe ngidcubla,
i. e. : I have snflicient^ enough of this food,
vUf.i I am tired, weary, disgorted, of it^
displeased or discontented with it ^-^
koliwe ukukda yedwa, L e. : he is tired of
sleepng alone, sdoes not like to sleep
alone any more ;— wa kolwa yimikuba yabo^
Le. : he wasdisgusted with tbdr manners,
NoTB. — ^From the instances given it will
be seen that kolwa is usually followed by
a prefix reforring to the noun connected
with it. Sometimes the prefix is omitted,
yet understood in such a connexioo.
i— KOLWA, n. pL ama. (From the verb.)
A believer,
um— KOLWANE, n. pL anuu (From kdwa,
to be confidential, and ane^ rcpr. and ^n\,
form.)
The tanoan, or hmnUlL (Some use
umkokblwaneb of which the first root
means the close or family of the hombiU.)
in-KOBtANA, n. pL isdnu {IHm. from
inkomo.)
1. A small head of cattle;— 2. A small
number of cattle.
urn— KOHAKE, n. pL aba. (From mnko,
same as um-kwe, wMeh see; or-ko, issae,
and emane, contr. fnm elemwus see alama.)
One dosely reUd»d.
in— KOMANKOMA, n. pL ixin. (From
inkoma-inkoma, {tfera%: a stock. iSse
inkomo.)
The genus of ftm.
nm— EOMAZI, n. (From koma, stand, and
El, water.)
Name of a river, south*west of tiie
Jlovu. Probably called so from tiie water
being up a bug time every year,
uku— KOMBA, y.t. Fassine, konjwa. (From
ko, adv. there, and mba, to move from,
separate from, to make. LUeraUy s to
separate a pdnt from, to make a asark,
sign. MadieaUy one nfUh kamba, fcsmba,
.and kumba. Xosa, koba.)
1. To point toa locality, as i wa komba
ngapa, i. e.: he showed or pointed to
there, thither ;— 2. To point to an object,
orina^fowtion, ast wa komba nge^mmu,
i. e. : he pointed or aimed with his gun;
—8. To make a ngn to another by a
motion of the head or with the band
and fingers, intmded as a hint.
The fMt— kombile is particularly em«
ployed in the savage mode of oountingb
implying the showing or pointing with the
forefinger of the right hand, which, accord-
ing to the custom of oountittg fiism the
« little finger of the left hand iqiwards,
stands for seven, as: imaH ngapi wa ka
kokda umlunguF U kombile, i. a. : how
mudi did your master give you per month ?
(Answer) sftven, ULi he pointed with the
seventh finger ; or the answer ii : i kom-
bile^ L e.: seven,— reforring to imaHw—
Isii^romo zi kombile^ i. e. : seven cows.
'^^ KoafBiSA, cans. fr. 1. To point out;
to show, Off: ngi nike mnunta a ngi
komUse inblela, L e. : give me a man to
show me the road ;— 2. To guide ; to lead,
as: ukukomlnsaiainkabi, i. e. : togo b^bre
the oxen, to lead ; — 8. To guide or lead by
• the hand, as : ukukombisa umtwaoa eku-
lobeni,Le.: to guide the hand of the diild
in wrH;ing.
in— KOMBA, n. (From komba, see kom-
Inle.) The seventh finger, ets. : the fore-
finger of the right hand,
i— EOHBE, n. pL ama. (From komba.)
A wingof alnrd.
urn— KOiCBE, n. See Eombe^ and ub-
Eumln.
mas—KOMBI, n. pL aba. (From komba.)
1. One who points; a guide; a leader ;—
2. The forefinger of the right hand, =
inkomba.
Ssi— EOMBISA, n. (From komUsa.) Hie
seventii, ast umhla wesikomUsa, i. a. : the
seventh day.
Digitized by
Google
XOKA.
[MO]
XONQOZELA.
tt»-*K<MBI8], ikpLalHu (ftou kmnbiit.)
iSltMM Off iiiii-*Eoinibi«
U—KOMBISO, iLpLiiL (Fraoikombin.)
1. The Mi of poiiitiiig,fto.|— 2. A iign
made bj pointiiig, Ae. ; a hint.
in— KOMFI, n. pi hdn. (From inko^ an
knie, and imfl, a deadl j thing, $ee fl.)
A name for a deadly or poiionoiif herii^
nrobaUr a ipeeiee of the genoi coldileiim.
ThebolbiBofaydlow edoor and med ai
an antidote fat foakei^ eijr. : when the
natires lee a make enter into a b(de» they
pst the bolb into it, in order to came the
anake to Ute into it, in conaeqaeDoe of
which the animal cannot bite anynibre^
iti teeth bong deetroyed by the bulb.
in — EOMO, n. pL iib. (From, inko, ianie,
and mo^ atand, eatate, atock. ScuUoalfy
on$ with kama. AXUed to nqoma.)
1. F rim ar ihft Uve atock; the origimd
and chief rapport; ineloding all dooMatic
animak^ which are bred on pmrpoaei ex-
dndiiigwild anhnala or game, as lUao the
tame pig, Ac, whidi the Kfifir never
domciticatcd;— 2. Ckiefyi cattle;anoz;
meow,
nm— KOMO, n. pL imi. (From inkomo.)
SigBifyiagahffge fiah; whale. (Itlanot
flauy aa cert a ined in what way the natirea
kare got thia name. Many do not know
it at aU. Perhapa, each a ahe animal once
sksanded, and ita bieaat waa obaanred,
which th^ know no better spedea to
Idanti^r with than their cow.)
i»— KOifOKAZI, n. pL iiin. (FhNn in-
koflMb and kaii, deoofeing female.) A cow.
EONA, adr. (From ko^ adr., and na,
•Ten, aelf, aame^ jm Ka; or rather a con-
tnetionof the pnn. a^feciiTe ikona.)
1. D tmfH m g Ume ; now; at thia moment.
Off : kona cmyo^ i. e. : now, jnat now, he
it coming, =s there he if conung;— then;
at that time^ oei kona ima Ira booayo,
L e.: when, at that time when I aaw yon ;
—8. l>fao^ jvioM : there ; at that phce,
Off : kpo n mi kona, L e. x where yon atand
thoe; — ^.JDemrtmgoonaequmiMQrorderi
thcrafivc^ for that raaioo, at : wa ngl biia
ngiy'eaa kona, i.e.t yon called me and
tbenfore I come;— 4. It ia med emnhati-
oaUy, craa atating aomething definite^ or
poiitiTe in diatincnon from the indefinite
co^ at : kwo ba kona nkojnka, L e.: it will
be atrife there, (bat : kwo ba ko nkopika,
to.: itwfflbeatrifi.)
EONA, pron. a(|j. fFrom the prim,
noon iko^ fuSbidt 9ee^ and ina, aelf, aame.)
Pn)f€rlif : itmlf ; the aame one ; reftr-
nng tonoona in nka,and need bothibr
the Kominadve and Objective caae^ at:
kn kooa nkoti, i. e. : it ia the aame mying ;
— ai kn swile kona, L e. : we haTC heard it
that mme (we iMTc heard the aame thing).
Aa Ibr the nooi. Ibnn ikona, «m the re*
mafk vnder bona,— ikooa nkntl kwabanto»
i.e. ! it the mme aaying of the people,
nkn— EONCEEA or Eovxika, y. L (From
ko^ drawn or pot op^ nca, with a point,
and ika» to pot» fix, Ac Ihe last two
radUcala are exactly the aame aa in in-Ceko,
one to lean iqpoo, to hold at or with. The
XoM has kaun, to impede at a place,
konxeka, to be impeded, and ikonco, a
bockle for ftwtening: with both of which
the duef part of isiitoaiwaiM radically
coincidea.)
Properly i to be ftatened at a place, aa
if it were with naila or chains,
i— EONDB, n. pL ama. (From ko, drawn
pot, and onde, extended. EadiealUf on€
wUh kanda, «et i-Eanda, head.)
1. LUeraUjfi a knob or head; need of
the hip or haonch-bone, eta. : its knob or
ball which morea in the socket or pan ;—
2. Mmtee^ alio : hips or loins, in the phr.
isir-EONDO, n. pL in. (See Eonde.) A
tribal difference, and the same as isikanda.
Yet^ it ii obvioos from thepromiscooos nse
of these words— isikanda, ikonde, and
imkondo^— that the latter, originally, cor-
responded to isikando, ftirnace, i^pplying to
the socket or pan, and ikonde, to the baU
moving in it.
nm— EONDO, n. pL imL (See i-Eonde.
JBtadicalfy eomeiaiiiff with omqondo^ and
fioondo.)
A trad[; a trace. More freqoently
osed among the Frontier tribes; those of
Natal nae isoodo and isonto.
in— EONS, n. (pL izin. eeldom.) (From
ko^ drawn c«it» and insb eqoal, between
each other or two. Xad iea Uy one wiik
kana, koMH konL)
LUeralfy t a species drawn oot in the
middle (see nmhlana) ; applied to cattle,
or any animal, with a white stripe along
the back, or with one horn bent from the
middle, ae i inkabi e'nkone^ (contr. from
e-yinkone,) L e. : a white-backed ox, and
whcae ooe horn is bent in a crooked way ;
—inkomo inkone^ L e. : a beast with a
white stripe along the back, Ac.
in— EONEKAZI, n. pi isin. (From in-
kone^ and kaii, denoting female.)
A cow with a white stripe along the back,
isi— EONQO, n« (From an obsolete verb
kobga,tojdnatatop. iSMkonga.) Same
a$ ift-Qongo^ lotJUoitjet.
oka— EONGOZA, t. t. (From the obsolete
kobga, and ma, to make. Only dialectic,
and the eame at kangeau CU^9e^f aiUed
toroDMUu)
To hold 19 the hand for receivbig
something.
-— EovflossiLA, qolt fr. 1. To pot op
for, oi X kong<»ek isonhla ngl kn pe^ L e. s
Digitized by
Google
JCOarfiQiKL
[«)3
bold op jout bmod Hmt 1 rm^ five joa
ACMBrtlinig;^-^ To fflt «p iat fllfftifig
floooetbiag^ at: koagOBBla invoke Le. :
Ut.i makalhasMn ftooonie iatoabflflow
Teml, sr= pot aome vomI ort Ibr the rain
to coUett it r— 3. To nake a ooQeBtian.
This wQcd, thcmgh ayaoa y meariy nsed
with kangem, was diitincMy applied ori-
ginaily to tfaingi whaeh, wfaea pat or
thrown into m hollow hand* mad* moertain
noiio, jaat *a tfaa nmi*v«tor vhfia pouring
ktto a TMid. And thia ia the iai^^rt of
nza, and the rignification ef the aovnd o,
•Mgogoza, zfihonia, ^bc Hie idea was
realiz^ whaa praaeata were given, or a
eoHeotton was Buide lor a jroang girl when
arrmdataeertahiage. iSatKong^
in— KONHLO, a. {BmdidaUf m$ wUh
qmfeanWo, hot wtth the enlf diflftrence of
the o aoaad, reftning to a Miae. See the
Temark upon kongoaa.)
1. A gnaat attrodance andxMay ; kenee,
a daaciag noiae;— 2. A bird cf pvej* aa
large aa a rai«n, attd rtKj nmtf* It in-
hafaita tiie rooka.
in— KONHLWANE, il pL inn. (From
inkQnfab. and ane» dixa. taa.)
A amall Und «f phMt wnnmg low or
tnoiatphwea.
in— KON JANI or NS, n. pL iain« (From
inkomba, and aiM^ dinu, Ut.x a aBoall
r| or, Irona naikaaih^ a* kMibe, a
trough, identified with the hoaae •f the
A awaMow; paHiefUartji the „
family of aaialowa, (hhranade wfa&ea.)
KOKJB^adr. (A^entradtfenfiNMnlbraia,
wiicksM, and x^ eo.)
Jnat now; jnat ao, oat ago inqra koije*
i. e. : I shall retnm InanidKateiy. Used
•f mfetior tribes^ ettten vae kana maxne.
CONJISWA. BMhreftnn^konUaa.
^]kONKA. see Nkooka.
in— KONKO, B. pL lihi. <VM« xnko-inko,
dnawB o«t or xqk)
A apeoiea ef itroog maa te aaking
ooarae cords to bind hia&ee «f «aood with.
isi— KOKKO, n. {gee inlDonho^ A phKse
where the faikonko-graaa grows.
in-KOMKONI, n. ]3. lataL (^omkonko,
drawn €ot» d^ipedi Mid €■!» utracted
fton oyoaS, a )M^
1. Aaea-bir4 nown firii fiitiffclag fiah,
much Hke the iinloenfalo^ and perhapa
only a tribal dSffereoee i*— >B. Tbi gMu.
This k a wreng applieatloM vaie by thoae
who Mither haiftt aeen the gnu, aerknow
what it is; others who haf<e had an appor-
tnmty of seeing it, Identify it with the
unkonka, viz,; by inkonkani, from in-
konka, large antelope, and atti, identkal;
jwtaabcjaiii^Ae.
ite-JCOVSOTd»y.t. (FtmkMk^t^liba
ommatopoetie, wgaifafeg the helinar arnind
«f the harking flf a jog. and syg to poor,
abootk tinow. MMcmlUf ona mUh ken-
kata.)
1. Ik bark, aT degas— & 1^ thiMtcn
to bite.
•— » K<nncoTiBi, oasM. fie ToeaaietobariL
vkB— K0NKOZA, T. t. (f^em
matop,^ M0 kookota, aad aaa» to
JJUed t9 hlokeia* Ae^
Toeooad; tonaakaa hettowaoiae, oa:
amfuk aaiaanfi a ya konkeait L e.: a
fiMr or vatar aiakao a g wrnt noiia.
Mi-*-KOirKWANfi» a. pL In. (Fran
ko^ikva, drawn ea^ to be dmwa eren.
Sm koBoeka, baakwa, &e.)
1. JMatMjf I aa iastrameafe or tool for
diaaing into bweadth ; a ry it aJlj r, a wooden
pin lor ftTpaniii^ a aUawiiih^-a. Hmoe^
any aul« pha lor fiataaing s a peg; vedge.
i— KONG, ti. (pL asML eeldoak) {fin
ttmkcaM.) Sapporti aopliff 4ite ikono
IdLahk, L a. : Mpport of food.
iai^KOtfO, a.pLkL (&aaai-BaKaO An
ornament for the arm; applied to nkga of
braaa or ivory.
iua-*K01fO« n. pi. iau. (Fsan k^ 4rawn
ont» and ana, even, arnpE. aaaaaw £ad»-
iMdknai. Jmeix
o«% OfMaadft kaMaadknai. MMedio
geaa. Ia the fcdidtf, 2«l^ and JKwafci,
it k maiBQa% & a. t hiaid.)
The am.
nkn— KONOHA. t. L (Fioat k% aa*, aad
aeoa, raSmaU^ am lilik aaaa, (o aottea-
pondi to «BBwer $ bai the Ikeaa k a^iminn-
tare^ denotaig a iaoceaiion cf vary amall
aowadaoraoiaaa. tBaaeiaa.)
1« lVwNar%: ha d^f^ So nun>
laaKv applied to hnaam haiagai to be
diaoaatented.
ii4~&C^0KaiLpLM. qhamhmoML)
A oUrpiMf; a ehixperi appliad to aooie
apaeka efbto^ ai the iai^ ahd to
«ikketa. {Sm biaaiap aad laaoaww)
(Fmn k% dirawn.
)
wa^^KOmO, a. pL kaL
aad ato^ with a i'
uokobol arm. i^ftd to i
1. JUfer^ri^i a Mat daawn to throw
withf orpn^er^e a gaana te thaewing^
thraatings A sac w, apearf*^ Aaobetance
ftr the apear, (iMseapA) a oear ar ox to
loll; or anythiog lor aappert (aea Skoao.)
«ka— KOinrA, T. I (From ko, draw oat^
aad aya II. to praaa togethor, to ftro^
bring eat» Ae» J a d io a/( y mnewUk kanya*
and with the twafimt xaiiaak of kiBOQa.)
L To b«31ow» «#e finloahi t ya konya
i.e.t the <» helkms;^2. To aei|^; to
wktortiio voice of a heaaab at: Ihaahe 11
k<iqflle^i.a.tthei
Digitized by
Google
KOFOIiCNUL
cm]
WOBL
uit<-EONTA» xu {iL ivu. (UroM konya.)
1. JJUtralljf : a Imag beii^ wfatoh brmgs
osta certain noiie; applied to a kind of
«natt loeart whieh makes a duiping noise ;
— 2. Sone noise, scream, or jvkB keard
at night-time, bat not known of what
creatwe^ and kxkked upon as a kad ngn or
m— KONTANA, n. j^. aman* (From
kooya, and ana, dim.; or, dim. from inko-
mo^ cattle.)
1. A calf ;— 2. Any jomtg animal, as a
feal, a kid, Ac.
iai— EONYANA, n. pL in. (Erom konya,
and ana, dim. ioiau Oornddim^ toUh
JProperhfi the chm or coMection of
ohifpen; a|q;died to small leoosts bcfcta
they haw wiaf% sttd makiaf agraatnoise
la that state.
«k«— KONTUIJJKA. t. u <From konya,
and nloka, to faring oat or np strdaing.)
To makeaviolMit efibrt tovomiti to
heareviolentlj; to retch*
dbi— KOZtZA, T. t. (From k(v gone •at,€r
the deii. adr., and iaa, to come, to make.
XVom the iSi^ which hM kona, it would
afipear thiA the etymology of ko, or kona,
desiuadT., and n, is 1^ right. LUwwU^i
to oome thef<a, «t that plaee^ to sl6|k)
1« To go to wait oo } to attend io, at :
n ya ku koaua enkosini yi^ L e.: he Is
goiiV to senra with hk di&ef i-J. To
aerve; to act aa a mmisteor of ; tapedhrm
oAeialdaties ta^ati nyayi Jroaaainkosi
yake^ L e. : he does serrioe to hs^hief;—
S. To attend to the 4sommand or reoMst
ni aaotheiv at : wo koomt kidaba ebiya,
u a. : ye« most inqoire how matters are
going OB at hom^ sb pay a visit lor me at
aomeu
«— Koir2Bii,qalt fr. To ionr^ minister,
orattsndte.
- Tfak term Is iiimutHo, cj^tmhre of
eomieqr. tmt wo ngikmntda kiqniwi«e*:
rmasmher me to him ; gi?e my t^gards,
compliments^ or gmc^iffs to him; Ui,i
do for me a ser^ce with him*
— ^ KoofEBLiirA, ro|r.fr. To ssm^miBister,
Ae., each other.
— KoanBAtCaM. fr. Te ctMetosenre,
Jbe;i to employ one te MTTleei to giro a
dobr todst
vm— KQNZI, n. pL aha« (From konm.) A
aervanii a waiter;
In— KOIiZO, B. pL
Senrice; ndnisti^.
in J or opb and ip% paa^
Tfae^dasb.
• ^CKOPOIiOTA,>T. t. (Fwom ko, np,
^"^^KOPOLC^A^iMpnUed* ktoo^t, k^
fiMrth, and nta, tothm^ pom^ er«n»to
Ian* (EVbm konnu)
(Fsom kc^ out
pnled, tkitmn.)
maka The ibit three radiads are one
with kq^ola, to kriag ap from under.
Am knpa, and wak)ta.)
^raperl^i tobfiqgnpaorapedparticleB,
ait kopobta oaelwa, i.e. i cot op a calabash,
VU.S oat off its head, in order to bring or
thivw ont its internal parto (= sera^ngs).
in — EOSANA, n. pi. iziy. (From inkosi.
JHm.) A small chief; a pe^y chief!
in^KOBAZANA, B.pLiEin. (FrominkoBi,
and asana, MS kaaana, female sea^ and in-
tembtfana.)
A dueTs danghter ; a prinoeis. (This
word indndes er represents the idea of-<
^chief ftamle of the whole sex," and on
ttoit aeooont a certain honow is paid to
the prinoma^ vmt. : Ofwy girl of her age
mast watt with marrying until the inko«
aana irst is married; and if a girl should
acttotfae«ontmi3r,she commits a crime
therelqr^
in— KOSt n. pL isia. (From inko^ =
genns^ Issuer and nsi or osi, ivom the root
asa, to combust, =b tjisa, to bum. See
usi,«noka2 osa,tobm, to roast; inyosi
and udosi, the same root* La.: bnnDdag; as
aKitoa, sttd tam. hrowa. Tke Uteral
wemeiet anorder ofbamu^ or an issue
t^hacning; and there is little denU^ that
we hare toe idea of a priest In the king,
one who made a hnzniag or saoriioe, as
also^ who was the aooioe of all good things,
which an geaecally expressed by the root
«4 iri, Ac, ass sa, so, si, Ac. The Ame-
j^euk hkiiam km kikai^ fihiet JXe.
khosiO
.L Aduef; the head, or principal person
of a tribe or family 1—2. A kinf ; emperor ;
prince; sorereign r— 8. A chief; a com*
Bumder, who has the first rank or pbo^
and to whMi otiiarB are sifaordinato; a
According to the Eafir-idea the chief is
to be a soiroe of all things his people need
fiv lilb and heaU^ fie has not only to
proykle for and to proteot their lires, but
akotocareftr their health, by procuring
doeton^ and keepag a good store of all
kiads of medicines at his reatdenoe. This
all is iadadcd In the explanatoij term:
yinto emnandi, l.e»:
buy Tery kind and good; or: in-
koriiy^de lomhkba, Le.: the Inkosi is
a name of the knd {lU, : a breast fhxn
which all draw). And whenever a kind-
nem is showa any co^ the reoeiTer will
ezpremhisgntitnde to the gtrerl^my.
ing: inkfisi, or, u yinkosi, i.e.: ^ob are
an lakosi,— -er call him "his inkosL" Or,
whenarerthe Kaftr asks
or entreats an-
other to show an act of kindnem and mercy,
he does It 1^ reminding er tellinff him
iimi^ " u yinkosi,'' i<e. : yon are an inkofiu
Digitized by
Google
EOTA.
[172]
XOTOTTENS.
ubn— E08I, n. (8e$ Sn-Eon.) 1« The
highest oflSoe of rank; kingihip ;*«8. The
place of honour or oommand; ehiefbdnfhip;
—8. Majeity ; the highest glof^ ;— 4. Do-
minion; the riffht of goreming; role;
sway; reign; kingdom; — 5. The highest
state or degree of goodness, kindness, and
merer.
nm— KOSI, n. pi. imL and ama. {See in-
Kori.^ 1. Power; force (milituy), an
inkosi i nomkon omknla, L e. : the chief
has a great military force;— 2. Ukohlala
nmkosi, i. e. : to exercise or parade the
military force; — 8. Uknhlabinmkod, i.e. :
to call the forces under arms (tee hiaba),
which is a genoral cnstom, consisting of a
scream, or shrill call, a«: hih, hih i ngena,
= halloo, danger! Ut, : halloo(the enemy
— impi — ) comes in ! (This costom is also
practised on occasions of frolic^ as in
dancing, and is nsoal with the women,
who, by their ''hih-hih ingena," tiy to
stir np the men to a more lirely interat in
the engagement) ;— 4. JSenoe, festiTsl;
occasion of fh)fic; comprising both mili-
tary and domestic.
The plor. amakosi signifies poweret com-
prehending dril, political, and ecclesias-
tical anthoritieB, (bat no mHitary,) ott
amakosi a pata nmhlaba, L e. : dril aathor«
ities, lit,: powers exerdnng the right
about the land ;--ainakosi abdnngo, L e. t
authorities of Uie drilized people, ss pdi.
tical powers ; — amakosi a ngabaftmdisi or
abalbndid, L e. : anthorities of the edocat-
ing peo|de; — and if the term — amakosi
amabnto. L e. : anthorities of the soldiers,
— ^is used, it does not refor ^Brecily to
military power.
in— KOSIKAZI, n. pL inn. (From inkosi,
and kan, denoting female.)
A wife of a ch^, king, Ao. ; a qaeen;
chieftainess.
nkn— KOTA, t. t. (From ko^ np, at^ and
nta, to ponr, throw. SadicalUf one wUk
kata, keta, kite, kuta, cota, &c)
1. To scrape ; to Uck ; to lick np, ae s
inja i ya kota intya, i. e. t the dog licks
the cUkh;— 2. To lick with the tongoe or
with the fingers; to scrape together, as food.
— EOTAKA, rcpr. fr. To lick each other.
*— KOTBLA, qnlf. ft, 1. To lick for; to
tick away ; — 2. To like one and reftise or
distike another thmff, eut n kot^ emaz*
wini ake, i. e. : she Ucks at his words, =
takes ftrom them that onlyiHiiidi she lUces.
i— KOTA,n. (From kata, y.) A licking.
in— KOTA, n. pL i&n. (From the verb.)
Something used for ticking ; hence, a ng-
nification of the fbre-fi^iger of the right
hand.
in— KOTA, n. pL in. (From the Terb.)
1. JMeraUgfi a place where something is
to be tid»d, or where something of that
Und grows ; applied to old grass of which
the cattle eat or lick off the points in the
winter-season;— 2. Senoe, dry grass; hay.
ukii--KOTAMA, y. t. (From kota, and ins,
to more, to stand. One with qotama.)
1. LUeralljfi to more in a ticking posi-
tion ;— 2. To stoop ; to bow down, at :
wa kotama nkutata uto emhlabeni, Le.:
he stooped to take up something from the
g^round.
— > EoTAiCBLA, qulf. fir. To stoop ; bow
down toward, before, Ac, aez kotameia
eudodeni yako, L e. : stoop down, humble
yourself, before your husband. (The sense
of stooi^ has orighiated flrom liddng the
foet of superior persons.)
^-^ KoTAinBA, cans. fir. To humUe.
i— KOTAMO, n. pL ama. (Fromkotama.)
LitercU^i afdaoebent forward; descrip-
tiye of the jutting part of a Kafir-hut abore
its entrance.
um— EOTI, n. pL imi. (From kota.) ZUer-
aU^i a ticker, and signiQring tiia five-
fing^ of the right hand, same a» inkota.)
It is chiefly us^ in counting, equi?aleot to
the umkombi, as : wa ngi koka ngomkoU,
Le.: hegayemeserenshiltingBpermooUL
in— KOTO, n. pL izin. (From kota.) A
ticking (with the tongue); a point at
whidi ticking takes plao9.
in— KOTO, n. (From kota.) Arigfattribn-
tanr of the Umvoti not finr firomthe eea.
isi— KOT0KOTO,n.aJMKoL0KOi!B. (Frcm
koto-koto^ flrom the simple kota, to seraps.
iteisi-Kuta.)
1. IMeraUif : scrapings ; iqsplied to the
inward fine bark, or texture, of a eeiiain
kind of fern used fat binding mats;— 2.
The matter of this phmt; the leaves of
which are about one foot long, and yery
broad, and when beaten emit an adhaiye
mattor used by the natiyes as soap for
washing. When it has got dry it appears
tike ear^raz, and is worn by some in the
ear-holes; — 8. Henee, fignroHeehfi for
ear* wax itself {$ee gonogono).
in— KOTOTO, n. pi. lain. (From ko-to-to;
odhere have kdjoljob fi^m ko-t}o-tiob om-
Mofopoe^, ngnlQping the noise of a wild
pig; this is particularly the case with the
two last exmmations, and the fint indi-
cates rather the genus — inko.)
LUeraUy: a genus or fiunily whidi
makes to-to; a wild pig; a pig or hog in
common. (It is an ixwi leanzi,— >woBsen-
word.)
u— KOTOTYENE or KoTBTmn, n. pL o.
fFrom kota, ticked, and etyeni, at a stone,
from itye.)
A kind of spotted lizard next in order
to the salamander, and tiying under stoneib
whenoe its name.
Digitized by
Google
vka— KOTOZA, ▼. t. (From kota» and nzi*
to omka, of little things, remainder; or,
from ko, op, at^andtoza, to throw together.
See ten, and toza, rorosa, &c)
1. UAeraO/if : to icrape together the
remainder; applied to gathering the ean,
A&, which reapers ha?e left hehind ;— 2.
To collect; to glean, at: sa libala nko-
kotoca nainhla, L e. : we spent the. day in
leaning a few ears; or, a raw little things,
in— EOTOZI, n. pi id. (From kotoza.)
One who is gleanhig.
lai— KOTOZO, n. pL izl (From kotosa.)
1. The work or lahoor of gleaning;— 2.
The coUeetion made by gaUiering little
things ; applied also to plants coUeSked for
medical purposes.
nko— KOTULUKA, 1. 1. (From kota, and
nlnka, to go loose. BeB Kntnka, Ac)
lAteraSyi to scrape loose; to get loose
asateztwre; to loosen, <w: nknhla oku-
Ijeleyo emUzeni kn kotoluldle, i. e. : the
Ibod which was bnmed to the inside of the
pot has got loose.
okn— KOTULULA, y. t. (From kota, and
nlnla, to strain or make loose. iSMkotnlnka.)
To scrape loose; to loosen a texture,
ot: kotnlcda nknhla okntjeleyo emhizeni,
Le.: scrape the food loose which is bnmed
to the p^
nkn— KOTULUZA, y. t. (From kota, and
nloza, or from kotnla, m9 kntnla, and ma,
to make. See kotosa.)
1. To scrape together little parts; to
oollect little things, e. g. : nkn^ kn ya
kotolnzwanma knpelileyokn seknndnya*
neni emfaiseni, L e. : the food is scraped
together when it is so frr done as to be in
snudl or little scraps in the pot ;— To take
together, aex kotulnza ukiUila kwonke n
nga m sh^eH omonye, i* e. : scrape all the
£iA together and leaye nothing fbr the
other;— 8. To clean by scra{nng, aei
kotnlnza amaftita a setafeleni, i. e.: scrape
the fr t off from the table, = wash it off
bymbbing;— 4. To take off; to remoye
1^ rabbii^ a#: kotnhuandaka olnsengn*
tyeni, L e. : mb off the dirt which is on
your dress.
nko — ^EOVA, y. L (From ko, np, at, and
mra, tooome^ tofeelftobeaoA. AiUedSo
k6ba,qoni, &c)
JMiMriUf : to sit upon the haas» = on
a soft sobstance ; to cower; to sqnat; to
dt in a squatting pontion, so as to get up
efery moment.
In — KOVA, n. pL izL (See u-Koya.) A
place where the banana grows ; a banana*
garden,
isi— KOVA, n. pL in. (Fromkora* to cower.
CoimoidMtg fPiiil inqova.)
An owl % called after ita way of i&tUng
i^ononahe^^
Q— KOVA, n. pL lain. (From the yerb.)
The bananaptree; so called from its grow-
ing one upon the other, asif in a squatting
manner,
um— KOYOTI, n. pL imi. (From koya, to
come up, and uti, a little thorn or pin.)
A wild rose-tree with long thcmas, its
Uossomsor roses resembling the flower of
the ukofa-tree.
in— KOVU, n. sing. (From kora, to come
out, = to flow out)
1. Broth or soup of yegetables, especially
of pumpkin when cooked ;— 2. Sap of yege-
tables, and trees,
um— KOVU, n. pi. imi. (From koya. Con-
nected with isikoya, owl See Goyu.)
XJmkovu ku tiwe ngumuntu o ke wa fa
wa buya, wa yuswa ngumtakati, kwa sikwa
ulwimi Iwake u hamba u budiza,*-kn
tiwe kwa fika umkoyu, L e. : the kotu is
said to be a man who once was dead, but
was raised again by a witch or soroerer,
and his tongue haying been cut off he goes
about babbling, — and then it is said that
umkoyu appeared or came up. Hence i a
noise; spectre; hobgoblin*
in— KOWANE, n. pL izin. (Dim. form
ikowe.)
A whito mushroom smaller than the
ikowe, containing dust or mould,
in— KOWANKOWANB, n. pi. idn., aUi
Konkowane. (From inkowa or inkowe—
inkowane,at present prcmounced— Koan-
kowane.)
LUeraUy : a species of the small sort of
mushroom. Some of them are poisonous,
i— KOWE, n. pt ama. (From iko, come
upk end e^ prim, form of ia, to go^ with w,
eujihonic. Allied to inkobe.^
LUeraUyx agenusof luniiy or shoo^g
up,—* the roots indicating the quick coming
upi apfdied to eryptogamio ^ants of the
order of frmgi. The largest kind of
mushroom.
u— EOYO, n. DialeeUet same ae ukob,
hen-hawlL
i— KOZA, n. pL ama. (From ko, come
up^ drawn, and uia, to make a mdse, de-
noting the flaring noise of a flame. Jiadl'
oaUjf one wiih kaza, kiza, kuzs, and the
same roots of lokosa, tokoza, &c Com-
pore bosa.)
A sudden burst of iame or lightning, at:
ku telwa amaftito emlilweni ku bonwe ikoza,
Le.: when frt is poured into the flre^ a flash
of flame is seen ;— 2. A flash, at t ikoza
lesibamu, i. e. x a flash, explosion of a gun.
in— KOZI, n. pL izi. (See Koza; but
direotiy derived from umkocL)
Fsrentage; referring to the line of the
n— KOZI, n. d. 0. (See Eon, of iriiioh it
is personifled.)
Digitized by
Google
KU»
Ciwi
KUBAU.
LShniOfz a ilMb«r, darigSfttiDg » kind
ef VDltare or fUeoni m cuiltd firooi its
qoiek roifaii^ dowB OB ito pnj, and feed-
iog on all kindi of living thingii •■ kid^
WmKy^ fowk^ &e>
nm— KQZI,n.(pLimLM2(2oM.) {8m\~¥jmu
jmat to mnko^)
LUmvXiyi m flailiar or fotter» bat
applied iM^^^or»oa%. A BMBeorterm
of pditeneH between puenti in kw i «ts. :
the mother-in-law of a woman ie oaHed bj
the fiither of «he hitter wakoii, to ngnify
that die la the eanae of hie da u g ht e r being
taken away by her son.
Q— KOZO, n. pL iadm (te Koea. AOkd
to ikaal, and kaaa.)
A natter indoded in a aheD which
bantBopeaiAiMi^akmieL (Ineenunon
nae among the frontier trSioa.)
KU, pen. pron. (Fiam a, aabatttnte
for the aeeood pera. dag^ and ezftiaoted
from the nom. form nna^botaaiipovtad by
the prepoaitioB kn. 8e^ knwe, and weoa.)
Thee; yoo; object, caaa of % aoh al ita te,
^KNu It if alwaya pkeed or inaerted be-
tween the anbatitotea, or amiliary yerb,
and the predBoate Tetb of a aantenes a# :
ngi ya kn tanda, L e. : I do yo«*or thee
lOTOb = I do k)Te yon i agi kn boneb L e. :
I thee yoo hare aen^ =a 1^ hafe aaen yon.
KU, prepw (Rztraeted from the nom.
mrm idray aMMUii aas*/
1. Tec It ia preAiad ta avivy part of
apeech with which it ia to be ooaiieoted,
and if the word to whk^ it relhia com-
meneeawithttoroooalitlontakeaplBoek a«:
Bgi kohnna ku aaim ta i ft ron ka-mnuntoy
— koyiae^ L e«s to theb &Ethea,-«<from
ko-oyiae ; boty before aU other v o w e l a , ita
• If aharpened iato it, or : aa beka kwi«
aife,— kwabanto,— -from kn-abanta, Ae.
2. Viomi o^Mi aa pama knbaba, i. e. :
we went oat from onr ftther;— ai Tehi
kwamanhlovn, i e. : we coaae freaa the
Unhlovn tribe i-Hnanntn wa knti, L e. : a
man of from na, = a man of or from as.
8. In; at^ mth» a«i nga m bona kn
kohhi, i e. : I aaw him at that hoaae ;—
into yaaaa i knye, i. a. s aeaoethiag ef my
gooda ia with him. [Kotk— In theee
aenaea the • of kn retaina ita aoond in all
caaea, as : n temba knbantn, i. e. s he bopea
in the people (from ka-abanta.)l
4. Bey<md| denoiiag compitfiao% at:
nmknki koya er ka yena, i.e.: die ia
greater thtti he iai^n namanhia kweU
'haahe^ L a. : yon are atrooger than thia
horae.p-<SoaMtimea the prep. %a foBoira,
eu : n htakanipite kn ntndoda yake^ L e. :
ihe ia mora clever than even her haabandia.
EU, anbatitvte pron. (Eztraated from
the noes, form nkn, lalM aee. Cbmpmre
ko^ dem. adr.)
That; it; leforring to neina ia nkn.
Oft akahla kn laagilcb i.e,i fixNi it ia
good.— 'It ia alao wA in the object, can^
and placed aa all aobititateB imme&tely
before the predicate lerb^ ar: nknhk a
agi kh mkwanga, Le.i food I not it haTe
been given, ss I haia not been spren it^
or that.
When it eoaneota ano&ar nouB or poD.
with ita principal in a gent, eaae, ita a ia
oompreawd intov, m : nknhia kwake (fisom
ka-ake), Le.: the food it of him^— ako-
teaga kwomnnta (from ko-a-nmnnlaX ie. :
the tradmg it of a maik
a— KU» pnl n. (From tiia root aka. Me
ka I., denoting aotiag or marag toward,
to start*)
It ia naed as the abatfaci nooL foraa, or
a sign for the inftnitive of a verb, denoting :
to, m order; for tov in order that, Ac, at :
aitaaakoiwa, i.e.: we like to hear;^-
w^eanknboBa, L e. s hacamefortaaae;<—
wa^aywankahniga,ie.; hawaapm^hed
in order that he shoald become better ;>—
nknbona kwake^ i a. : his behekfing, Ak
nkn— KITBA, v.t. (IVomka, prep, and nba,
toaeparate. AatftoaUv^MMaaM kaba, Ac.
Am§d to gaba, and qofaa.)
Ibhoe; tohaek. (mdommed.)
«i^— EuBBKA, qnlt fr. 1. To drive, padi,
strike, or knock against at : wa knheka
etyanl i^jfoay an ^ L e. ; he knocitad with his
foot against a stonar-^ To stumble^ at :
ngi knbekild enhleleai, LOi: I feU over
BometUng in the rood.
«— KirBBKOA, eaos,!^. Toeaaaetoknodc
oratamhle; to Uy aometldBg inlteway;
to obatraet so that one kaocka againat a
thing.
i— KUBA, n. pL ama. ^rom the verb.)
Akiadofhoe;hatdu TnUk
id— KUBA, n. (8eB i-Kaba.) Soma sort
of hoe or pek (eentemptiMKidy); Atace^
an dd h oe or pidk.
irah— KX7BA, n. pL imi. (Vrom the verb^
tiie original action of whkh xerolariy re-
oorred, or, was repeated. The ^eto^ mn-
kwa, and 8i9. mokhoa, are omtraoted
forms.)
Cnstom; habSt; practice; foahioo.
-KUBALA, V. t. (From knba, to boo,
and ila, to atrain. JMkcaiUf one wUk
kubida, gnbak, and aolaeM^Ja^ mift qabala.)
1. To womid alightly, not dangeroady,
or in a deadly manner, or : n kabde, L e. :
he ia slightly wounded ; — 2. To have pain
tf a w^md, at: inzeba li knbele, Le.:
the wound throbs. (It is in tribal nse in-
stead of knbnla, idJUm see,)
i— KUBALO, n. pL ama. (From kabaku)
A kind of plant, a creeper with broad,
brown, or red^sfa leaves, which are need
for tanning. (Named after a x«d woond.)
Digitized by
Google
.XSHUL
Ci»3
xxnnniUL
Aa individaiil vho kwoiuided, not dagger-
oudJT.
KUBL A ttrm eompoMdof kn, it, and
U^bid, 09: knUkumiogiks konakpa,
Le.: it it bdl^ niJiwnint to tm tk»fc I gee
yoQkm. CSmU.)
KUBHil, adv. ^rom kQ» pnm and
kill* twa Xom, kidHni.)
In two; in two part% (ui y'tihUe ka-
kiUkatai.ew:.diTide thatin two.
wka-*-KUBULA« t. k (Aom knba, and nla,
to itandn» or from ka, and knli^ ==) biU,
and Ikm r^ iita i lg cw ^ M m g fiM^ kabili,
the aeoond time. The JCom M§e gnbala,
to tnra ip the grorad wilh a ptagk» whi^
ikTOtrnthefintderiTation. iUiniUjfz to
Qwro to a aeparate action.)
To aow or pkmt a aaeond tioa^ anew.
TW werd i^pliea to tke eoatom of potting
aaeond aeed into plaeea when the ftrnt has
neoDie
KUCU, adf • (Ffoaa Vm, pren^ to^ and
•en»to^eztran^kMfe. Jiadio&l^&»9wUk
koce. AUM to mqu, ead^
Tbthakit; enttra^. Uiedwttbnknti,
as: wapnza nmnti kwa p^ kn tikocii,
ie»i ha dnunk tba medioQa and it was
flniahri to the lail dn^i— h'torakile
abamhi bonke ha «i kQe^» i. e.a idl the
had gone to the k«t too,
CUIiULA* T. t (From kucn, and
to looato. Omcidia^ mik kotn-
kiku)
To iOffape away or off to the laat hi^ dso,
4Ui knownle leal '^nto aonke ebnaweni
kaniiijaafn. ie.: vemeva aU theoe dirty
tklnip from beftia the door.
nkn— KUCUNZA* ▼. t. (From kncn, and
mtKK to d<^ waVo It ooiooidet radicattw
vitk UkO term konoozane, it ia a little few^
To make nae of the kat; applied ez-
tkmMy to timet of famine when people
are oonsamiag their httt» or the leaat aiiidet
OflBOd.
gUPALA» adr. (A. ahoil t«m from
fca» pron^ and dali^ old.)
Qt old time^ «« t kwennwe kndala lokn,
ie.: thb hat been done of old, or from
Iri:— EUDB. n. pL in. (From kn, prep^
andde^long. OOtfr^ Aom godi.)
Ayciea of itreUteia. (J$mAm>m^
KuHIiAt T. t. (From ko, prep„ and
]iki,ftothiow. MadicaUyonewiikliMti,
kaUa^and kohla. AUiedUgMtL)
To acrape ; to mh at or fromi to rob
aff; applied partieohtfty to the preparation
of lUttt for dothingt hy makinff thtm wet
end mhUag them with ak»<leavee, or other
prieUed thin^i* <m: yl knhle kakolnlendaa
•qinUeyOb L e. t rah it partieakudy down
thalhtidiboe.
«~ KVEUKA, qait. fr. To beaame rubbed,
CM. I toA^ at: idknaiha li knUekile^ L e. :
the akin hat beoonw toft hj robbing.
— Ktthlisa, cans.fr. Tob^tornb.
«mfKUHLAHE> ')n. pL imi and iai.
isiCEUHLWANB, j (From kuhla» and
ane» dim. or repr. £nrm« StuUcallif one
A eertain weaknett or ditahility in the
knman body from the eieet ol ooll (The
noan in wt refem to aoaoething Kke that
indiiymtion, not in aneh a degrae.)
mn-»KUHLU, a. pL imi. (From kn, np,
and hk» thrown* shoot. C o h m dn ^ with
gnhlo.)
Atoctof high tree growing m watery
pboea; n kind of mndoni, waier'hoom
(Dirtch). Ita bark it nted by the natifea
fat djtiKkUry.
iko^KUHIiUKA, T. i. (From knUa, and
nka, to ooaM or go oIL Ma M cal lm one
Mjlikahhika. .iHM <o goUoka, pnhluka,
Ae. Compare kahleleka!)
To beecme t«bbad or acraped ; to frll
down and be hnrt» ae : ba baleka bobabili
wa ti omnnye wa knhlnka. La.: they
both van and the one ftU and hnrt himieU;
nibbed off the skin at tomo part of his
•^^^ KvHiiUXiV* «»■> fr> ^0 ^^>M by
pnahing, Ao., that one hnrta himaell
nka«-«XUHLI^ y. t. (From kihla, and
nia, to make. Jilied to gidilnm.)
1. To rnb or acrape a sorfaoe nntil fibres
appear; to make a aarfrea wooUy by rub-
bing, a#i nk^kn^*q«* isiknmba, L e.: to
make the ileahy side of a skin fibroos or
wocdly;— S. To rub the aarfiAce nntil an
atmpttoQ is prodaoed, ott nkuknhluza
Isilmiai, i. e. i to prodnee an eruption at
the thigh of the kg r-8* Toaoruh, scour,
or dean, at : knhlnaa lembiia, L e. : scour
this inm pot olean, ats. : until the white
of the iron appeam?— 4. To eorxy-oomb,
asahorse.
I— KUHU, n. pL ama. (From kn, drawn
out, and hu, wkieheeet as also hnma.)
llie fruit of the undcuhu-troe.
um— KUHU, n.pLinii. (iSSm i-Kuhu.) A
tpedct of wild fig-tree. (See klwane.)
u— KUKO, n. ^ idn* (From ku-ko,
drawn oat from, or at. See koko.)
A mat^ running at one end into an oval
ahape. It ia exclusively used for sleeping
upon; Xenee^ the word is a^^ilied to a
bed.
in— K1TKU, n. pi. izin. (OnommiopoeHc,
expressing the sonnd of fiiwla. iSit.: mo-
kuku.)
The fowl
nk«— KUKUKA, t. i. (From uka-uka-
nka, to go off, off or away, away, dsnoting
a gradual but rapid moving away.)
Digitized by
Google
KUKWAlfA.
[176]
EULSKA.
To waih Awaj; to driro awaj, ott
mnponffob a kokiikile ngemTola enkolii,
i. e. : the cask has driyea awa j daring tlie
great rain.
oka— KUKULA, ▼. t (From kuknka, by
nla, to itrain.)
1. To waah awaj ; to paaa or carry
away with rigidity, as : amanzi a kuknUle
•nsimini, i. e. : the water has sw^ tiim
mnch from the garden ;— 2. To rake off;
to harrow away, tut koknla iziln, L e.:
rake away the weeds ;— 8. To rake off; to
lower an elevated places as: knknla on-
hlabati ngefotjok^ L e.: take away the
soil with the spade.
— EiTKULiSA, cans. fr. 1. To oaose to
drive m wash away, at : amanzi a kokn-
lisile nknhla ensimini, L e.: the water has
driven away the food oat of the garden ;
2. To take away by sweeping or dririog,
<u: wayikakolisa inkomo yami nesake,
i. e. : he took my cow away, or with him,
when he drove his away,
nm — EUKULA, n. pL imL (From the verb.)
A small rivnlet nmning when rain has
fal len ;---ra shing rain-river.
isi<— KXJKITLA, n. pL isi. (From the verb.)
A torrent,
isi— EULULO, n. pL ia. (From kokoUu)
An instroment for raking or harrowing; a
rake ; a harrow,
nkn— EUEUMALA, t. L (From ka-kn, op*
np, and mala, to rise from a stand, levd,
or condition.)
1. To swell; to rise; to increase^ an
amabele nma apekiweyo a knknmde, i. e. :
com when cooked is swcrflen np;— 2. To
Uow np ; to dilate, extend, or expand a
bodily dimension, as: inyoka i knknmala
nxa i sokela omnnto, i e. : a snake blows
itself np when attacking somebody;— 8.
To be paflbd or bloated up with anger or
pride, as; n knknmele fhti ngaimmhla
ake; i. e. : he is pnffed np very mneh on
acoonnt of his strength.
— — - EinnrxAiJBA, cans. fr« To swell; to make
to swell np ; to bk>w np ; to pnff ; to bloiit,
nkn— EUEUMEZA, v. t. (iVom knknma,
and iza. See Enkomak.)
1. IMeralUf : to make prond : to make
to indnlge in pride, as : mnsani iLoknlnma
lokn knye ni ya m koknmesa, L e. : yon
most not talk that to him, yon will naake
him prond;— 2. To pride one's self; to
indulge or make oseof pride; to pnff one's
self up, &0.
in— EUEUZAI^A, n. pL irin. ^Vom in-
knka, and zana, wUoh see, u also inks-
zana, Ac)
A young female fowL
in— EUEWANA, n. p. izin. (Dim. from
inknkn.) A snail kind of fowl; a mall
hen, Ac.
oitewia
dm— EULA, t. i. (From ka, to
and nla, to strain. Sa di o dl h
kala, kela, &o. JJUsd to gnla.)
1. To grow; to grow np; to enlarge;
to increase;— 2. To become great; to
advance in bulk or statare^ Of: mntwanas
ya kula, L e. : the child is growing.
I—. EuLiLA, qnlfl fr. 1. To grow ibrtii,
on; to grow, to advance, to a certsm
extent, as : iidconyana i se i knlile^ L e.:
the little calf is already grown to a certain
size. (This sense implies a stato bsfiva
birth as well as after.) 2. Uknmknlria,
L e. t to grow or improve by itself fae its
ownbendt,&c
Ettlblajta, repr. fr. To grow up
CimgA, cans. fr. 1. To make to grow
or become great, as : imvnla i knHsa nkn*
hla,Le.: we ndn makes the vegetables to
grow; — ^2. To make great; to raagni^r;
to extol ; to raise in estimation, as : am-
kake n ya m kiHsa kakuln, L e. : he ex-
tdlled his wife very nrach; — 3. To bring
up; to nurse; to feed and ckythe^ as : n
m knliiiile nhahakazi. Let his uide
brought him up.
u— EULA, B. pL isfai. (From the Tcib.)
Weed, as : innmi i nokula olanimB, Le. :
th ere ar e many weeds in the garden,
in— EULATI, n. JHalecHe. See OnlatL
oka— EULEEA, v. t. rThis is, jprcgMr^,
the quit, form of kula, oat beliiig of pecno
liar importance^ it requires a plaoe of its
own. The additional root^ ika, retains its
primary sense of fixing, patting, &&, and
the literal seiue it : to fix or pot greatness
or growth. Analogous to aluka IL, mla^
&c AlUediokoXektu)
1. Ukukuleka inkonyana, i. e. : ULt to
give growth to a little cali^ wbidi is
obtained by allowing it to be tied by one
feot in the house until it has aoqaoed a
certain degree of strength.
2. Ukukuleka umuntu, Le.: to make
obeiianoe to a man, which is manifested by
an act of respect or revereneeb either by
* an iniectioQ of the knees, or hlting iq> the
right hand, — the palm turned to the per-
son concerned. In general, it in^es tlie
salutation "umgani'^ (wkick •m,Ko. 2.1
which the stranger say«, while bowing with
his knee at the door of any house into which
he wishes to enter ; and after tins act of
courtesy he is permitted to enter. 0^, it
is the term a traveller uses whoi ™— ^=^
another, or anybodv.
8. T^ukuldca mkori, L e. : to make
obeisance to a chief or king,— this, origino
ally, conusted in felling nponthe knees
before him, and taking hold <xf one feot of
hii^ while a strain of praises was bestowed
upon him* The nsmd salutatioa htfpMm
Digitized by
Google
KULULA.
[177]
KULUNGWANB.
with : bayeti, umgani, inkoai yeztila nom-
hiaba— miyesty, lord and chief of heayen
and earth,»-w6Damnn7ama, a nga ngokn-
hlwa--yoa are the darkne« and like the
erening (i. e. : unchangeable and teniUe
to yonp enemies), — u nga ngezintaba—
yon are like the m<inntain finaooenible
and beyond reaoh)^wena u bla kaknlo
~^yoa are consuming greatly (your ene-
mies)— wena n knla be libel^ — ^you have
grown np wbila others remained behind,
Ac;— 4. Jlenee also: to honor; to wor-
ship; to respect, <ui abantuba knleka am
Psnde, i. e. : the people worship Fiande ;«—
5. To be great in power, excellence; to be
•opreme, illostrioos, admirable, 09 : inkosi
1 kolekile, L e. : the chief is supreme.
— KmuKELA, qulf. fr, 1. To pay respect
t<^ for something ;— 2. Jlenee, to sup-
plicate; to pray; to plead, otf: e be za
kukulekela inkosi uto^ i. e. : he came to
ask the chief for something ; or— e be sa
kukulekela enkosini uto, L e. : he came to
aak something fVom the chief ;— 8. Ukuzi-
kuld^ela, to pray for one's self, ukumku-
lekela omunye, to pray for another.
— Kttxssisa, cans. fr. 1. To try to
worship, honor, respect, &c; to engage
In worship, Ac.;— 2. To glorify; to show
forth the greatness, power, excellency,
aupremaey, Ac.
isi— KULEKO, n. (Prom kuleka.) 1. The
act of showing respect, reverence, &c;—
2. The honor, respect, worship, Ac., itself.
in— KULELWANB, and Kulelawe, n. pi.
isin. (From kulelana.)
1. LUerdlUfi something whieh has
grown up or become great with one;
applied to a dmrable article, to a thing
Uutlmg long without wearing out;— 2. A
oountryman ; one who hasigrown up wiUi
another in the same country.
i — KULU, n. pL ama. (From kula.) X*-
UrMjj a great number, viz. : hun^«d.
id— KULU, n. (Prom kula.) A person of
some greatness, power, Ac, next to a
little duef.
This word is also used in apposition, or
M an adjective, by dropping its nom. form
isi, and assuming always the correspondent
Dom. form of the governing noun, accord-
ing to the genera] rule, Of: umuntu om-
knlu (from a-umkulu), i. e. : a man who a
great;— iiwl elikulu (from a-ilikulu), a
word which a great, Ac Great, large, vast^
poweriU, supreme, req>ectable, honorable,
excellent^ at: abantu abakulu, Le. : people
of rank ; the nobility.
«ba— KULU, n. {See i«-Kulu.) Greatness,
liighness, exoenenoy, honor, nobility, Ac
«kii— -KULULA, V. t. (Prom ku, prep., and
nlula, to kxwen. SadicaUy coUicidimwith
kalda, kdek, kolela, kulela, Ac.)
1. To loose from ; to free from ; to de-
liver ; to make loose or free; to qmt, aet
ukukulula umuntu ecaleni, L c : to fret one
from guilt ;— 2. To redeem ; to save
— — KvLinLEKA, qultfr. 1. To get ft^;
to come frm; to come into a state of
liberty from a state of bondage, as : u
knlulekile ubani, kanti be be ti a ka yi ku
puma ku lendau embi, L c : a certain man
has got free, whereas it was said that he
wouM not come out of that bad fdaoe;-*
2. To be in a loose state; to be easUy
loosened; to be soluble^ <u: yini u nga
kululi inkonyana isisinga si knlulekile i\je-
na? L e. : what is the matter that yon do
not make loose the calf, the loop (of the
riem) being not difficult to be loosened P
— — KuLiTLBEiBA, caus. fr. To cause one to
get free ; to cause the liberty of; to cause
to be released, Ac
um— KULULI, n. pL aba. (Prom kuluhu)
O ne wh o aaakesfaae; a deliverer; wviour.
in— KULULO, n. (From kuhila.) Free-
making; deliveraucei salvation,
uku— KXAiUMA, ▼. t. (From kuk, or kulu,
great, and uma, to move, to oome oot^ to
■oond.)
1. JMmarify: to speak the high lan-
guage, at: u ya kuluma, i. e.s he speaks
the high language, the high Zulu dialect^
in opposition to the Amaialot Ac ;— 2. To
utter speech ; to make a speech; to speak
important things; to speak reasonabty ;—
8. To speak.
— KuLTJif AKA, ropr. fr.
to one another.
— KvLncxLA, qulf fr.
advocate; to interfere
-— KXTLTTHIBA, CaUS. fr.
speak the high language; — 2. To cause to
speak, to exchange words, aei a ngi m
kulumisanga, L c : I have not exchanged
a word wi& him ;— 8. To answer; to bring,
out speech; to be able to speak;— 4. Ka-
lumisa kahle, L e. : to forgive
— — Kttlithisaka, rcpr. fr. To conrerse
with each other ; to exchange words with
each other ; hence, to quarrel together, €u :
abaAzi ba kulunusana, i.c: the women
quarrelled.
in— KULUMO, n. (From kuluma.) 1.
The manner of speaking;— 2. That which
is spoken.
in— KULUNGWANE, n. pL idn. (From
ikulu, hundred, and ingwane, something
bent together, ae alto, something smaller.
See in-Ganc)
An indefinite number which the nativea
use when they have hundreds for all ten
fingers, the fingers then bdngbent to-
gether. Menee, thousand.
The word, when used fai apposition,
takes, according to rule, the carreqpondent
To.speak with or
To speak for; to
1. To tiy to
Digitized by
Google
KULUNlCULtr.
cm]
KUMBB.
nom. form of the noon ho wbieh it reten.
Mi abanta abtkolongwuM or ablAkii-
langwane, L e. : people whioh are tiiooBand
(from anibakaluDg.)
am— KULUNGWANE, n. fSee in-Eola.
ngwane.) LUeralUft a great bending
tc^tber ; a tncceHlon of the fame aetion ;
applied to the howl of a dog» as i iiga i ya
hlaba nrnkolnngwant, Le. s the dog makes a
great howling, or the dog howls Tery much,
in— KULUNKULU, n. sing. (See nn-
Enlnnkcda.)
Greatness in a higli degree, j^lied
to strength or extent of inteUsotnal fiuml-
ties, 4U: u yinknlonkaln na, wena na?
i. e. t are yon then all* wise— aU-knowing —
all-seeing^ ftcn =s are yon the urisest,
greatest man that is in the world P
am^KULUNKULU, n. sing. (She jm-
Knlnnkula.)
1. ▲ Tery great one; the gveatlsti ap-
plied to qnality of ftumlties as inkolnnkn-
In: nmnnta o ngnndsalnnknlii, Le.: a
man who is a ereat genius ;-i>'8. A name
gifen to a cadais-worm» beoanse this in-
sect bnilds its boase so wisely and earries
itallaboat; otherwise called nm-^Hambi-
nenhln, L & t a tra? eller with its honse.
in— KULUNKULU, n. sing. (From inknln-
inknln, a greaUgreat, ««s. : the greatest of
all (maximos), whioh is made a proper boon
by the nom. fi>nn • ocu n »'se e w^L Sii,
uogolagoln.)
The first great indiTidnal ; the progeni-
tor of one or all nat^onSb
This word refers only to some great or
original man of a whole nation, like Adan,
thefirst of men. This ideais established
by the etymology and the unge of the
hmgoage. Bot tndit&on says, thai ** nn-
Iralonknla wa dabnk ahantn nednto Moke
elohUmgeni," L e. : the Tery great one
made go or come forth people and aU
thingiTontoforfiraiiiadescent. And this
ezpresnon being inoorrectly interpreted by
foreigners {tiz.i the Tery great one created
men and all things out of a rwd,— or, as
■ome^ psyinff no proper attentaonte the
nom. form whether mmottn, nnderstood i(^
that nmknlnnknla, viz. : the oadcUs-worm,
had created men and all things <Mit of a
single reedX— therefore g^sat oenftision
has prevailed, and some have been, and are
■till, fond of taking this name hi the eense
of « God-Almighty." That then may be
some idea of a bebg like Qod at the bot-
tom of this word, (for some idea of that
Und Isfonnd even with the iMst degraded
savage,) we readily admit, bat an unpre-
judiced enqnirer will find that none of
these savages are aware of it, or ise the
word in that sense. And where a native
Is found who attaches some idea of Qod to
the word, he does so, not of himas^ bat
frtwi some influence which Christian Mis-
eions have ahrea^y gained over the natioa
On the oontraiy ; the native or aavsge
idea ejqiressed in the above tradition a, in
strict conformity with their qpirit and
life, materialistic And it is only a neees-
SS17 oonseqoenoe of the grossest material-
ism that the nnkolankalu has been brought
down to a mere fiction, or a fiiUe^ —
an instance of which is seen in tiie
following common trick, which greedy
mothers or women pUiy upon thmr cbiidren
when they have prepared a dainty meal
and wish to ei^joy it alone^ for which pur-
pose they send the children away, asying :
'* yiyani ni memele knnkalanknln a ni ps
izinto lonke exinhle," i. e. : go and call
ont to anknlunkula, that he must giTeyou
all moe things. The hungry childrea do
what their mothers say and are kn^ied at
for their obedience} (but foreigners ^k>
did not suflkientiy understand the people
and their hmgnage, have mistaken t^
and beUeved that these women were in
the habit of teaching their children to
pniy^to the Unknlunkulu, and eonebided
that there must be agood deal of reUgiooi
knowledge among them.)
uku-KULUPALA, v. i. (From kulu. and
pah^ to push on, to drive forth* AJUi$d to
alupala. SIm Paku)
To become full of flesh; to thrive in
growth ; to get into a good oonditfon, msi
inkabi i kulupelsb L e. : the ok is ftdl of
flssh ;— 2. To become fot.
um— KULUWE, n. pi. aba. (From kuhi,
greats and u-e, tee S, pron. third pen.
iing., and sign for all fomily ooanenona. «,
governing letter from iwi— forming thus a
kind of Gent-— we^ UL : a great one of he.
See umu-Ne.)
An elder brother,
i— EUHBA,n.pLa]na. (Fitm iki, drawn
out, that whioh is at, npim, and umba, to
move separate, or forth. ItadicaUgf om
wUk kamba, kemba, and komba. AUUd to
gumba. Xoea inkumba, % ana&L ^taJM
agomba, a house.)
JMeraU^i a kind dxuwn out or pnt up,
moving forth, walking, desoriplift oi a
shell of a turtle or snaU.
id— KUMBA, n. pL hd. (Qee i-Kumba.)
Aiy ski^ or hide ; applied to msn and beast.
Uttt— KUUBE, n. pi. ama. (Sm i-Kumba.
The Xoea fau umkombe^ rfainoosMa.)
The small red buah-antelcpe, liTing
thielly aleng the sea-coset. (It has cer-
tainly a great resembknee to the iluno-
cnros, after which it probably has besn
uaUtd from Its appearanes^ or Aape of
body, while the mune for Sis ^[uattt j is
Digitized by
Google
KCMBULA.
tTO3
KDXULA.
Yifeija, and wHb thk the AiiidoeNtof the
inlerior hit been id«itia«d(jM ubejuii).
KUMBI, ftdr. (From kii» iobttitate,
it, and mnM, m# mbi» ttiotlier, m. : it
otfaenrise.)
F»hap«; p«rtlMiM^a«:Bg{^ktioela
Ulo Dgi ti kdmbi ngi la toK i. a. ! I am
gotn^toaakftur iomething and I parliapa
uaj raeeiva it. (It ii tynonymotis with
imililanmM.)
in— KUlfBI, n. pL isin. (S^e l-^Komba,
mid tm-^timU.)
A generic term for the loout. (It is
Vaiy ttoVable that thSa word may aone
ftom iidra, a genua or fkmily, ^ inka, and
omka, and imhi, had, deatmctiTe; beoanse
ttie etphmation whidi the uctiTei giye of
ihii word it, that the koaaU kad been
made by aomebody fbr the porpoee of
deatroytng people's fbod. Yet it may be
safer to ret^ its radical meanhv of: a
•e t or fa mOy of walfcsrs, travetters^ -
«Bi<-EUlfBI, n. pL hni. (See i-K«mba,
in-Enmbi, Sec The Xmu has umkombe,
probably iiom Its appearing mider sail. =
ikombe, wing.)
1. A iibip ; teasel $ boat. (Litmxdfy : a
Imm representation walking ;-«nmknmbi
n hamba emamdni, L e. : a diip walkmg
t= suling, on the waterO-^&. A weoden
tioiigb ; a manger (only flgarati?ely from
•wimming npon water; osiers, and the
JEbm^ nse nmkombe. Bte Qengqe.)
isi— KUMBU, n. (iSSss mn-Knmbn.) Any
dep^, hollow, or bw pkee within a dingle^
haffng no water,
urn— >KlmBU, n. pi. imi. (From ko, and
umbo, tiiat wluch has been separated. See
^Knmba, &a)
1. LUinUly : a maas or spaee separated
ftom; designating a deep and narrow
wptiee commeneing on a hiU and ending in
a lifer, behig snrroonded laj hills exmpt at
its dsseenK something like a dingle; a
Tttfine eii£ng in a hollow;*— i. A space
fformed faito a half*dtole by people dancing
pe rore t he duei.
«kiH*Kt7MBlJLA, ▼. i. (From komba, to
mare ibrfh, from, or aft^ and nla> to strain.
AOSedio kapok.)
1. JMmariijf : to let the thoughts goto
ibink^-2. To recoOect; to reoorert to
cafi b«A to memoir, «t: ngiaa kmnbola
Bian|eUdnin bo kahuna koba,!. Ok s I still
reocweet now what yon said at thai time;
3. Tb remember; to reoall the knowledge
o( «t : kwa Icnnjolwa tunnsa wako^ L e.:
^bf UndnesB was rememberedp^ To
iMgine; bo form an Idea of a thing ire-
presented; to consider, «r : a ka knmboli
na nkwenaa kwaks^ Le.: do yaa not
Imngine his doing r*-6. To oonuiTe; to
•diame; to think; tod«rise.
•--^-^ EtTVBVLAVi* r^. fr. To xe^ollect^
ressember, Sbc, one another.
•.MM EuMBiTLiLA, q«lf. fr. 1. To imagine ;
to think, at: bakombolebi 6kfAi kodwa,
L e. : they think about nothing hot eril ;
«^2. To rsiect upon, m: £unbolelani
lokn, i. e. : fix your tiionght upon tins.
hb— KUMBUIiO, n. pi. lain. (From kamba-
la.) Idea ;thoiight I mind; remembrance;
memory,
id — KUMBULO, n. pL iii. (From knmba-
la.) 1. The act of reoolleeting, remem-
bering, tUnking;-^ Anything imnem-
bered; aproof or sign of remembering, as
a keepsi^e^yislkttmbiito sakt^ i.e.: a
keepsake from him.
tim-^UMBULO, n. pi. imi. (Aram kambo^
•la.) A remeinbranoe; an ebjeet of re-
membrance; somethtegtoberemeurtwred,
ms: ngi nomkombolo wake, I e. : I harea
remembranoe of himi a=& I temesiber him
▼enr welL
«i^f ^UMBUQEKA,^. See GuHbaqe-
~™ I K0MBUQKLA, j ka. Ac
nka-^KUMBUKA, t. t. (From knaba, and
nca, to make. S^ Knmbnla.)
To remind ; to make to reoall Ideas ; to
bring to vemembranoe, «# t wo m ktmibu-
ta Itwi wa 11 tjoyo ekatini, i e. : remind
him of the word he said when at -*«^.
KtTKBirzuUrAy ropr. To remind each
otiierof.
— - KuMBtmiii* qidf. fr. lb make re-
m^nbrance of; to commemorate, nt:
kwenzwe k)kn kn be nkukniijaeelwa kwa-
ke, i. e. : this is done for a oommemoTBtion
of him.
hi^KUME, n. pA. izin. (VVom inko, and
ome, moved.)
The spedes of centipede^ or tli«-worm.
oka— KUMUKA or KiriCKA, t. I (From
ko, prep. ft^Mn, snd maka, to go away, go
off. The chief acc^t is on the first sylUu
Ue. fil«0 kmnola.)
1. *!>> go off; to go loose; tO otttie ; to
become loose, as : iyokwe i knmukile, L e. :
the yoke has gone loose;-— t. lb let kK)se ;
to be onable to hold, m : Isanhla sami si
ya knmaka ngamakasa, L e. : mv hand can
not hold (longer) on aocoont of the cold ;—
8. To foil oat or away, ott izembe 11 ka-
ttnkilo emirfni, L e. : the axe is gone loose
from the handle ;— 4. To died teeth, ae :
tuntwana n komoklle^ L e.: the diild has
got tooth.
^^^ KvwoiOBk, cans. fr. To eaose to go
lo ose; t o cause to let loose,
nkn— EUMULA, T.t. (From kti,nrvp., from,
and omala, to more iiway, off^iooeo. See
knmnka.)
1. To loosen; tootttie; to make loose;
toonyoke; toontspan, as: knnmlaiBgabo
yami« L e. : make loose the hooks of my
V*
Digitized by
Google
EUNQELA.
[180]
EUNHLA.
dNfli;— 2. To imbriAd; to take off the
barnessi to off-Middle ;— 3. To take away
from; remore from; to wean* a»: mn-
twanan m'kfunnlUe ebdeni noina, Le.:
the child has been weaned by its mother,
m. : the ohild,it hastakenfrom the breast
ite mother, = its mother has taken it.
This is sometimes nsed synonymously
with kuknhi, at least it afrpears so. They
are, however, distinct. When one unyokes
oxen from their yokes he is said to kumula ;
but kulula means amplv to make loose,
and does not refer to we restraint from
which the looring takes place. The Utter,
therefore, is more indefinite and the former
definite.
»-— KuicuxJEKA, quit. fr. To be untied or
loose. Of: iyokwe i knmulekile^ Le.: the
y<^ has gone loose.
— — KUKUUSA, cans. fr. To cause to go
loose; to help to make loose, m: d kumu-
lise iankal^, L e. : help us to outspan the
ukn— KUMUSHA or Extmsha, t. t. (A eoo-
traction from kuluma, and sha, common in
the Suaheli as the cans, form,— derifed or
brought over from the Arab. caus. sha.
And this leads to the conclusion that both
kumusha and kuluiva are of the Aratnc
at\gv[it and kala b^g the bans of them.
It is the same sense as in kulnmisa.)
1. To speak by some means ; to speak
through somebody ;— 2. To interpret.
•— — EuMSHELA, qulf. fr. To intei^;>ret fbr.
i— KUMUSHA or EuxsEA, n. pL ama.
(From the verb.)
An interpreter.
um^EUMUSHI or Exjmbhi, n. pL aba.
(From kumusha.)
An interoreter.
um— KUMUZA, n. See Qumuza.
uku— EUNQA, V. t. (From ko, drawn out,
and unga, to bend, wind round. See Nga.
AWed to konga in kongeza. Xoett, ngunga.)
1. To bind round, (u : ukukunga ubu-
hlalu, i.e. : to Innd beads round an arm or
above the knuckle of the foot ;— 2. To johi
in affection, to associate, as : ba libele mra-
kunga umtwana, i. e.: they spent much
time in giving presents of beads to » child,
or putting b^ds around the arms of the
child. fSee the remark upon Eongosda.)
KoTB.— In the Xosa konga has been
used metaphorically : to join or unite in
prayer; to worship. But I do not re-
membfior that it is used also in its primazy
or original sense.
^— i« EuiroBLA, qulf.fr. 1. To Innd around,
to tie up or around, to saddle, to inspan, at :
kungela intambo emqaleni wehashcb i. e. :
vtie the riem around the neck of the horse ;
to bind, tie or combine two or more things
together, ««: kungela imitwari, i.e.: bind
thecordage together;— 2. To bind or tie
a link or stoain of beadsaround the arm,—
ukukungela umtwana (as a token of sffee*
tion ; see kunga; and = tekeleza).
«««. EnrGELANA, rcpr. fr. 1. To bind or
tie round in, through or^th eachotiMr,
to coil, as a thong or riem; — 2, To m^
vate, to engage the affections of each other;
—8. To engage deeply; to enooontsr, at:
abantu be kungelene a ba sa nqamula uku-
kuluma, i.e. : the people are so engsged
in conversation as not to know when to
leave off.
mn— EUNGA, n. pL Imi. (From the verb.)
XMeraUyi a mass tied together, asadoU
made of rags, &c
EUNGABI. \ These are phrases: ka
EUNGATI. > nga W, and ku nga ti, f»
nga,— equivalent to the English Ud, at:
ku nga hi li ngi bulal^ Le,: lest tbey
kill me- ^ »_ ^
in— EUNGU, n. pL ixin. (From kunga. to
unite.) Mist, fog. (More customary among
the frontier tribes.)
i«— EUNGU, n. lO. in. (From kungs.)
LUeraUy : a place or space which has been
made round, w. : by people who summnd-
ed it by joining themselves togetiier;
Unce, a circle, a round, with special appu-
cation to the custom of hunting game
within a circle drawn up by hunters.^
CKXJNGUNHLOVU,^n. aing. (From
"™ ( EUNGINHLOVU, j iakungu. and an-
hlovu, the he-elephant.)
The first— umkongunhlovu— means ftp.:
ft space (olgective) surrounding or encir-
cling the elephant; the second— from wa-
kungi 0>ersonal noun)— unhlovu, Ut. : t
person encircling the elephant,— both pro- .
per names, the Utter aesumed by DingBsn
after he had succeeded in killing his hrothff
Chaka, who was called the elephsot,
(unhlovu, i.e.: ft personal elephant)m
honour of his invincibility; and, in aroer
to commemorate his abominable crime ibr
bis and for ftiture ages, he built a great
place, which he called umkungunUovo. to
express tiie very way in whidi Chaka (tte
unhlovu) had been assassinated, and to ^-
nify that he (Dingaan) had conquered the
great African conqueror,
u— EUNGWANE, n. pi. irin. (wm
kungu, surrounded, endrded, and aoe,
dim. form.) ,
A name for the ant-lions, or ants^ in a
wmged state,— myrmeleonidae f'^h'T
BgniQring th^whhrling around in aords
until they have thrown off their ^higk
in— EUNHLA, n. (pi. inn. seldom,) (From
ku, put up, drawn, and nhla, thrown even.
Ha&cally one with kanhlo and konhla)
Primarily: aparticuUrplace whiditai
been made even, at which the gra« h»
Digitized by
Google
SUKKULO.
[181]
KUNZL
been trodden awaj; ttpglM toihe open
place in front of a native kraal, where the
eattle atand before they are pot into the
Icraal, or where they atand when the fold
iatoomnddy. JZmnm^ iqipUed to an j open
I^aoe.
' ill— EUNHLA, n. pL ill rFrom inkonhla.)
1. Sometbmg like an inknnhla, vU,: a
plaoe where an animal or a man haa lain
on the ground ;— 2. A aituatbn, office^ or
plaoe, in which a peraon haa been» = a
vacant plaoe^ at : kwa bekwa omnnye eai-
knnhleni aake, L e. : another haa been
ap point ed in hia plaee.
is— KUNHLWANE, n. pL in. (Prom
inkn, a aet» clasa, = inku, andnrnka^lBe.,
and nhlwane, which «m.)
A aet or aection of young children of
aboQt ten yeara, who are, aa it were^ atiU
tobennraed.
KUNI, pron. 'See Kini.
bi^KUNI, n. pi iain. (See n-Km^)
Wood for a apecial pnrpoae^ vU.i fire-
wood.
iai— KUNI, n. pL id. (From inkuU, eee
«-KnnL)
lAUraO^t a burning or bnrned piece of
wood, hence a fire-brand.
n— KUNI, n. sing. (From ku, drawn out,
and. uoi, together. EadieaUy one wUh
kana. AUied to gooi.)
1. LUeraUjfi a snbatance which ia
drawn tOKCtber, which haa become hard ;
hence, wood, the hard snbatanoe which
compoaea the body of treea, ae : lomuti o
nokuni, i. e. : thia tree containa a good
deal of woodi^ngi nike ukuni, i. e. t give
me a piece of wood ;— 2. Hardneo, the
quality of being bai^ a»i into elokuni,
L e. : a hard thing ;— 8. Difficulty ; difll-
cult to acoompliih, aei ku lukuni nknbula
unbila,Le.s it ia diflBcult to set the maise
out by thraahing;— 4, Diffindt, kborioua,
latigidng;--5. Difficult to be pleaaed,
pernaded, or dianiaded firom a things ae t
u hikuni ukutenga ngento yake, i.e. s it ia
very hard to penuade him to lell hia thing I
—6. To be unfMling, inaenaible, not eaimy
■Kjvedbypto.
uku—KUK JULWA, V. JPaeehe. Fromkom-
bola, which eee.
•kn— KUNEITLA, v. t. (From kuni, bard,
AfBonlt^ and kula, to grow up ; hi,: to be
^fifficult to grow im. doee^ aUied to
kokuhL)
lb obatruct the power of life; to oper-
ate by aome powerfbl influMioe ao aa to
caoae the death of a perron; hence, to
fhadngte^ to endiant.
K- KX7NKUL0,n.pLama. (Fromkunku-
la.) The dbct of foadnation or enchant*
ment; aaickmeaithat carrieaoffapeffon;
acauaeof death.
nm— XUN0K4JNU or K ojujii.uju . (From
1 = umka, ana unu»
little thhigiy
umku, a aet, daas, and :
atrong amdl, which eee.)
IMeralUf : a maaa, aection, or aet emit*
ting a atrong amell; applied torome in-
aect like a large bug. A tribal name.
(Compare nnka, which if a tranipontioa
of the aame radioab.)
EUNYE, adv. (From ku, prep.» and
inye, one. See Kanye.)
IdieralUfi in one, to one; henee, to-
gether, all at once, dmultaneoualy, ae:
abantn ba fika kunye, L e. : the people
arrived thero all at once.
in—KUNZANA, n. pL izin. (Dim, from
inkonzi.) A email or a young buIL
in— KUNZANI, n. pL iain. fFrom inkuni,
wood, hard, and iaani, litl
pricklea, jee babasani, &c.)
JPropor^f I the fruit of a creeper, con*
datinff of four email thoma ao bent that
one ^ways atanda itraight up, on what-
ever nde it may be turned; double-
thorn,
in — EUKZr, n. pi. izin. (From inku, genua,
eee inka, inkabi, ox, inko-inkomo^ cattle,
Ac, and enia, to do, to make, to increaae.
The literal eenee ekonldthme het a genua
for increaie, which corretpoiida well with
the idea. But thia U not the idea of the
object before us, which it radie<iU$ ono
with that of koDza, viz., from kuni, (tiffi-
cult. and izi, a comer, maker, and the
primary eenee iei a apeeiea difficult to ba
obtained.)
1. A bun, the male of cattle, ae : inkunsi
yenkomo, i. e. : a bull of cattle.
BxxABK.— The bull of cattle ia an
object of great roverence aoiong theae
aavagei. He ii the repreeentative of
itreogth, power and value (Me mnder
e^wama,) the chief article of all propertv,
and being icarce in former timea, waa only
in the poiseation of a king or chief of n
tribe, who wu on that account identified
with the bull, and ao called. Afterwarda the
noblemen (eee in-Duna) were alro allowed
to poMCM bulla and entitled to the name.
The common people had dther to brinff
cattle, in their poaiemon, to the inkmm
of the diief, or had to borrow the animal
for a abort time, to attend to their intereat
(compare konza.) All theae droumatancea
lead to the condunon that the bull, being
eminently property fit only for adiiefor
great man, might not be poa MWo d hj any
of the common people.
The value phioed upon thia ammal la to
be leen, even at the present time in which
it ia the property of abnoat every one, —
eapedally wnen one haa been preaented
with a bull by a white man. But more
than that, it appeara from the many anper*
ITS
Digitized by
Google
EUFUEA.
[18B]
JSXTSAJJBlL
atitUmevteiu oosmeofod' wHE lh« bill
^^ma aUro^ whether adive or ineoitve, or
when one dke of fiokneaB» or ie killed
hernin of dd age or far other pnrposee.
& A mala cS ottier live-atock^ game^
ft)wk^ &c^ a«: inlnnmi yahaahe^ L e.s a
aide of the horsey s=s ataUfami^—inkonsd
yenknkti, i. e.: a sale of Ibwk, = a cock.
(Tkianaeiflof alatertiaie^howBTer. For,
if any tribe offamnudB had noqpeoiflename
far the Bale as " inqama*' a lani^ *' iqnde"
a 00^ the word indoda was uec) ori-
ginally^
nkn— EUFA, y» t. <8bm« or Kipa, «AM see,
M-^KUPA, n. (From kopa, to throw oat)
LiieraU^i aexttething BMde to throw oat,
oi : imknpa- fomhiia ogajiweyo^ L e. : a
ball made of coarse maize^meal and boiled
like a hard padding; — ifliknpa tesnyoai,
i. e. : a piece, or round ball ii hees'-wax.
Ssi-^EUPATI, n. pL izL (From iiikapa,
and iti, a shoot, tree, wood.)
A certain kind of tree bearing a black
frait, which the *natiTe8 eat. It ia nknilar
to the nmtombo.
i0i--KUPATJI, n. pL rd. 1. DtaUeUe,
the same aa the pmoediag isifcopati; — 2.
A tribal nune fbr a kind of oraher k)b8ter.
(Uncertain.)
KUPKLA, at. (From kn, sabst. pron.
or contracted fMsa nko, and pda, to
end.)
1. IMeratty : It all done ; nothing
more; aH, ae: yinkomo yaml knpehi le,
i. e. : this is the cow I have and no more ;
•—2. Thns far, a$i wa ktdnma indan le
knpela, i. e. : be spoke about this point
and there he ended, stqiped;--^. Bat,
except, besides,— when following after a
negatire^ Of : a n^^ sa hi naye imall knpela
le, i. e.: I have no more money except
thk;— 4. JSlHpHo, <i#: kn be knpelake,
L e. : I have nothing mere to add, s^ this
is an I have to add, tms., to a previoos
n fcnknkm ia, i. e. : saying, &&
nkn— KUPSZA, v. t. (F^rom knpa, and iza,
to make. liadieaUy one toUh kapeaa.)
To throw oot by little; to act as if
throwing out ; to throw out ivith an in-
strament, as to scratch potatoes ont of the
groand with a spade, to pick them op with
th e spwade an d throw them ikrtfaer.
&l— KuPUBOTA, n. pi ial. (I^fom isikapa,
and nboya, hair.)
A kind of tree^ the same as isikapati.
This is only anotibter name given to it after
its luury froit.
nkn— EUPUKA, V. i. (Fnym kopa, and nka,
to go oat, or op. The root pa alone re-
tains the power of a verb in this composi-
tion, and the two roots of ka are prep.»
literally I from or out to poAiip to. See
Kmnxdca, Acy
Tk>go ^ from a plaae; t»iiaomifl| to
come a|^ at ; wa kiqndoi enikmigmihloya,
L e. ; he went np to Ifaritsibaagw
in-^-EUFUEUPU, n.pLifli. {jL np e HH tm
orkapiif nnsniny apwi
1. LUeraUy : a shaking molioB ; a ter-
ror; applied to the hnman bodyi— S.A
hoy bofy, ott., i^ai diakea whsK It sbonld
he applied to wock.
ihB^KUPULA, w t. (i8ls#fiipilBB,tawhidi
it Ibrma tiie transitive by d% to afcrain.)
To bringnp, art hanhatt y»kiAnpo]a
iikikahi emfiilBni, Le.: go and hrhigi^
the oxen from th» river.
•«-*- K iTFTua A, cans* fr. Tocaaiete hringiiip.
idko^KUPULUSA, v. t (Fromkapak, and
osa, to burst, to bring to light.)
To brbig up to Hgbt what is hidden; to
spread, ae : iaela 11 kuljulusiwe, i. e. : the
thief has been brought to fig^ ss has
been made public.
nko^KUPUZA, T* t. (Fromkapo,«sefcapn-^
kupu^ and uas* to make. BadieaUjf one
mth kapeza and kupeza. Allied iQgnbaau
A transposition of pnkuaa, SM pukuzda^ Aa)
To shake or shiver, as of n a na ca or cold.
-— « KxnvxKLkt qulf . fr. To shake forth,
often, as with ooM, or of a boiling thmg
aapokuzela.
KUQALA,adv. (Prom ku, aobat pron.
or contracted froos uku anclqala.)
At first, at the first tteie; firsl^ at the
beginnhig, ae : wa lima knqala, i. e. : he
ploughed first.
KU%A9A,adv. (From ku^ iohit. pron.,
s% yet, and isa, to dawn.)
lateraify t it stiil dswnfaig^ Jbacs:
early, early in the morning, aet savuka
kusasa,Le.t weroseeai^;— knsekosasa,
L e« : it when it yet mornings =%» when it
is vet very early.
kUSIHLWA, adv. {See Hlwa.) At
evening; siboat evening*
vAn— EDTA, v. t. (From k1!^ np^ and uta,
to throw. JEtMocOfy om foMrkata, keta,
kite, and kota. ^ttM«a«ata, eeta^quta,
Ac. Xt<«ro22f : toadOiere.)
Tb cover with mould ; te become mouldy I
to become tainted with mildew, a$% rnnUla
u kutile emgodini, i. e^: t^ naiza has
- be come m ouldy in the holeb
isl--KXlTA, n. pL icL (tVom the t«i*.)
Mould; miliaw, aex umbya m nerikuta,
i. e^; the maize is mool^y.
uku— ETJTALA, V. i. (From kuta, toadhere,
and ih, to stndn. lAiemUf t Mb eObmt
fitwt. A»l(SMt2Sf oiie«a£tkBtak,te)
'A> be steadily engaged, oesapM f to be
industrious, assid«oa% s sdrf oni , i t aa d i ly
industrious, dOigsttt, as: lomfhai: « kitek^
Le;: this woman is hiduslrieas.
^^^^ a^tkSXk, caus. fr. To uaka Itados*
trioofl^ to give di1igeBa% Ac^
Digitized by VjOO^C .
laai^
CM3]
KWK
Jft<^KUTALI, n. pi. m. (From kqtala.)
One who is t«17 iadnatrioiM,
«m-r-EUTALI» n, pi. abt. (Fiom katala.)
Aa indoitriooB pgrtoii.
iibn-^-KUTALI, n. (From kotabu) In-
dnatry. (SMom.)
KUTAKGI» adr. (From ko, iitet.
proiw and tuigi. thrown aioimd« ^S^e
tanga and iatanffa, lying aronnd; tan*
gunn, a plaoe in the ion.)
Day before jeeterday. (The word is a
phrase^ most profaaUy : it a vginad thrown
aroimdt :k a spaee that comes or stretches
oat to another. Goonting therefore back-
ward from to^y, we st^ orer the day of
yesterday and come to the other roond,
M&, the day before yesterday.)
KUTI. iS^KltL
n— EUTU, n. pi izin. (From Knta, to
adhere. Xosa inknto.)
JjUercUlyi a mass which is adhering,
Le.: at the ontnde; kenoe, the thin ex-
ternal covering of the bark of plants, the
thin peUudd membrane ooYering the pith
of the tree, which before it beoomes the
membrane^ is often secreted as sap. And
^«so0 o^ api^ied to the external skin of the
lags ofahnman body. (CbsifHird nkwetn.)
akn— KUTUKA, ▼. L (Fran knto, and nka,
togooC iSiM kntola and kotolnlEa. Owi-
pmre tmraka. Allied to qotnka.)
1. To injure or hurt the aldn, as by
rabbioc^ kiddng^ beating, Ac,, agunst
something, 09 : n kntuldle emleneeni, i.e. :
he haa sUgfatly injnred himsdf at his leg ;
<— 2. To haye pimples or emption of Uie
nka— KUTULA, ▼. t (&e Entoka^ to which
it forms the transitive by nla, to strain,
ifib^kotafaila.)
To injure or hnrt the ricin by roblnng,
beotiiv, Ac, to take off the skin, as :
ingewde i m kotoHle, i. e. s the wagon has
hart him a littls^— taken apieea of skin off
by p«"""g over him*
skn^KUTUMALA, t. L (From kata» and
mala, to nm from» to stand np^ denoting
to soma degree.)
To itjore or hnrt the akin to some
degree. It means ar little more- than
kirtnka or katnla.
EUWE, pers. pron. (From kn> prep.,
toi and we, tea wwa.) To thee, to yon.
EUTE, pars. proo. (From kn, prep.,
io, and ye, at « yena.) To him ; to ha ;
to it(a child).
-EuZA, T. t. (From kn, drawn ont,
eome np, and iaa, to make. J arftoa% one
wM kaia, kiza, and kosa.)
1. To make a short groan wttii the lips
dosed; to ntter a thati groan, aa when
one deairea to ezpreaa condolence with
another; hence, to conddewith one; to
iiympatbiae^ at: ngtdnizwa uknfo kwake
wa knai^ i. 0, 1 wh^ he heard of his death
he condoled i'^-& To munnor like an
animal, to groan as an animal, 09 : inkomo
ya knza emfoleni lapo, i«e.: the cow
groaned in the river there ^-^9. To make
a mattering noise ; to imitate a groan, a
mottering of aay thing, tu : kosa abantn
ba ka owe, L e. : make a groaning noise
that the people may hear yoa;--4. To
ntter a reproving word* <w : hoi or oyi
wenzani, i. e. : what are yon doing» wretch ?
— 5. To reprove; to threaten.
•«*-« KvmJ^ quit, ft. To ba groanmg,
mnrmqring, «o.
um— EUZS, n. pL imi. (From nmka» qpedes,
genQ% and oae^ akinny part. MadiciUly
one ioUh ukoao. Xosa nbnkazo, a sickness
of catUe, visible in a yellowness of the
skin, and caosed by eating some unhealthy
bosh.)
A spedes of tree or ahmb, having a
yellow bark which folia off every year. It
fomisbea polea for fendng. and is not eaten
hy warmSb
EWA, pnpk (A oompoand firom the
prep, ku* wki4^eee, and a, eee A. 8. In the
£amia, Nika, SnaheU, &c, koa.)
!• The sense of this prepoaition may bo
given by drot^iay on^ like the contracted
passive form from ka* denoting ph^e, re-
gion, or position, ami limited to proper
nonna which are the namea of peraons, or
are derived from them. It is prefixed to
their simple forma, and their initial vowel
Ss elided.
2. Tb^ at^ i% from, with, a«t ngi ya
kwaPakado, L e.: I am going to Pakade's
country; — ba vela kwa Zulu, Le.: they
oome from the Zulu land (kn Zola would
mean: from the person whose name is
Zola) ;*-n kwam Zwazi, L e. 1 he is at,
with, or in the Zwasi region.
3. It is quite obvious from these in-
atanceathat hwa is droumseriptiva* and
distinguished from kn* In the same sense
it follows other prepositions, ae : kn pezu
kwomhlaba (from kwa-umhl), i. e. : it
above at the earth ;-~n pekati kwensimi
(from kwa-ins.), t e. 1 he is inside in the
garden;— u puma pansi kwake, i. a. : he
oemes out underneath from him (from
kwa-ake).
Under this nde no etiskm of the initial
vowel {eee Ko. 1.) takes phoe, but con-
traction.
4. ComMnations, oceasonaUy heard hi
Katal, in which kwa takes the plaee of an
adv.» at: kn kwa igalo, L e.: it likewise
or about so ;— i kwa yiyo, i. e. : it even the
aame^ fte.; thaae bakmg, properly, to the
Frontier dialect^ and are merely a circum-
scription rendered by thiaprepositioB.
V4
Digitized by
Google
KWAMA.
[IW]
EWEBANE.
mn— EWA, n. (8m Ewa, prep. 1^ dnwing
out.) A ipear or ft large knife need for
oat&ig. (This is an iiwi-le2iiiuEi» women-
word.)
{EWABA, 1 n. pi. anuL (OmmatO'
EWABABA, ipokio^ r^resenting the
sound of a raven.)
Arar en, DialecHe, same a$ Gwababa.
in— EWABALATI, n. pi. izin. (From
kwaba, = kwebOy ila» to stnun, and iti,
shoot, cover, Ac Compare inqwaha, a
heap^ iqaln, a leaf, Ulati, Ac.)
1« A portion or part of a thin cover*
separated, mz,t the proper coat of the
seeds of any grain, when separated from the
mealy parts by grinding or bolting ;-^2.
Any kind of dry or legnmioons edible,
i— EWAEA, n. pL ama. (From kwa,
drawn, and ika, to get up. RadicaUtf one
wUk idcwaka, to bnild.)
A Idnd of locust with green spots.
EWAEE. A peculiar form or word,
compound from the prep, kwa, and ake, a
possessive case, of ki$; or from the prep,
ku, and ake. It only occurs in the term
**enhlwini kwake^^ where one would ex*
pect the regular form "yake," in his or
her house. The distinct accent which is
on kwake does not allow us to take the
whole for an elliptic term, ss enhlwini
yoknhlala kwake. i. e. : in the house of his
abode; and taking it as an apportion to
"enhlwini" in the sense cf at arin kie
own, we have no proper case of analogy.
Thm remains, however, to take "enhlwi-
ni" as a prep, by which kwa is ruled, or
we must submit it to the influence of the
. prep, e, prefixed to inhln, and fimning en-
hlwinL See kwa, 8.
in— EWAEWA, n. pi. ixin. (From kwa*
kwa, drawn out.)
A species of snake; called so firom its
winding movements,
in— EWALI, n.pLidn. (From kwa, drawn,
and Hi, strained, denoting a blustering
noise. .S<Mi»0a% OM «pi^ kala, to cry ;
and allied to ugwala, which see, and um-
owalL)
The wild red pheasant, smaller than the
kwehle; so called fhx>m its noiie.
ki— EWALI, n. pL isi. (See h^EwaU.
The eemee ie : something drawn stretching
= ilsr out.)
A plant the root of which is eatable, and
belongs to the naUveimiflno. It resem-
bles the cultivated bean win^Ung up to
trees and bushes,
i^— EWAMA, n. pL isi. (From kwa, put
up, and ama, to move from. Othere have
kwamu. MUed fo4»mu, bamuza.)
Idteralfyi something bbwn up, or
bul^^; hemee, a pouch, pockety small
lackorpmse.
i— EWANB, n. pi. ama. (From kwa,
drawn, plui^ed, and ane; dim. ibrm. Ma*
dicaUjf ookteiding wUh the active ropr.
kana. Allied to icwane, which see.)
1. A leaf of muxe ;— 2. A kind of bul-
rush, resembling the leaf of maixe.
wn— EWANE, n. pi. imi. (See i-Ewans.)
A mass, or a Urgt body of maixe leavei,
or bulrushes.
i— EWAPA, n. pL ama. (From kwa,
drawn out, and apa, to pass, to spproaob,
up, upon. See bUapo.)
1. The armpit, armUole, aet fiJnt dnva-
peni, i.e.: put under the arms — ^in the
armhole, =b to hide something;—- 2. The
groin in cattle,
in— EWASHU or EWATJV, n.nng. (From
kwa, drawing, and shu or tju, sbootin^
thrusting.)
Numbness ; convulsive feelings,
in— EWATU, n. pi. izin. (From kws,
drawn at, and atu, thrown. lAteralljfz a
species holding at, fast. Radieatfy om
wi^Ainkwetu. AUiedtokntn. Compare
bati.)
Properly t a species of univalve; henee
the limpet, or siuall oyster,
u— KWATU, n. sing, (See in-Ewatu.)
The fkmily of limpeU.
nku— KWAZA, v. DidUoHe. Same ae Eun.
in— EWAZI, n. pL inn. (Radieallff cots-
eiding with ukosi, and allied to inkwali.)
A species of hawk ; probably the kite
or fisb*hawk.
um— EWAZI and Ewaziewazi, n. See
EwesikwezL
um— KWAZO, n. (Dialeetie, eee Owan.)
Something to stab or stay with,
ubu— EWE, n. (See um-Ewe.) 1. IMer^
alljf: the fathership or parentage-inJaw;
— ^2. UtuaUyi the place or resldenoeofa
fhtber-in-law of a husband, who married
the daughter of thftt fhther. (Brothers
and listers of tins husband do not oaU his
Other's place-in-law, by this name.)
um— EWE, n. pi. aba. (From nmko^ lasosb
dass, genu% Me umka, Ao^ and e^ wkiA
eee. Sit, mogoe. Compare uyke.)
Sigmfyin^ : a brother-in-law, limited to
one who is married into a family counenon
where there are sisters imd brothers ni his
wife who can him (and sometlmee his
brothers) by this name, but he cannot call
them by tiie same name, because thqr
cannot be regarded as of his fiunUy. (See
umlanya and umlamu.)
uku— EwEBA, V. Dialectic. See Bweba;
m— EWEBANE and NI, n. (From inkwe,
a section, and iban^ tribal instead of
unyana or abantwana, children or youth*
Compare imambana.)
A section of young lads between 12-*16
years; a youth.
Digitized by
Google
KWELA.
[186]
KWEMANE.
ii->KWBBSZANE» n. pL iaiL (From
kwebe = kwebo, ear of oorn, and inuie,
Bttle parti together, = Utile dnater. See
ill-Kobe.)
A ihrab about tbree feet bigb bearing
■ome berriei Hke a molbanj. Ita kavea
resemble the aalTia or aage. Annglebenry
of it reiemblea exactly a aingle kernel A
Kafir-eom (inkobe). It is eaten bj the
nati reg.
M— KWEBIJ, n. pi. in. (From ko» iirae,
and ebo, wkieh eee, Coimeidin^ triik kobe
andkowe.)
The ear of com, at : igikwebn iomUh^
i e. : an ear of maiae.
uku— KWEBUKA, v. i. (From ko, off, ebo.
a part» and nka* to go or come o£ Cmm
JMTV hkpoka, &0.)
1. To set awaj tnm a plaee^ =s take;
—2. To be mWng, not to hit a thing.
THhaL
xkm^KWKBXJhk, t. t. {See Kwebnka, to
wfakh it forma a tranaltiTe by nla, to stndn.)
1. To hit partly, not soffidently, as t n
▼i kwebole inyamamna, i. e. : he did not
hit the bode well has rather mimed it;—
2. To ploek off the lea? es from mealie-eara.
isi—KWBGB. n. pL isL (From kwe, drawis
fixed, and ice, a pdnt. BadieuUgf eoinoid'
teg wHk kwenea. Allied to koce.)
1. An instmment made of bone orirory,
btiog on the one aide like a fork, and on
the other like a amall spoon, used for taking
anvff and oleiining the nose;~2. A flat
bone naoally made oot of a rib of an animal,
and Qsed for wiping perspiration from the
ftee.
lii— KWEHLE, n. pL itl (OnomaiopoeHe,
expreailTeof a ringing sonnd. AiHedto
inkwali. SeeiiA-Qwau Zbia, i8i-<)wa^)
Partridge.
-KWBHLELA. t. Diaieeiie, eame as
WD— KW£KAZI,n.pl.aba. (Fromnmkwe,
brotber4n-]aw, andkaxi, denoting female.
iSiif . ! mogoegaiL)
The mother-in-laWf—nnina wentombi,
i.e.: the mother of the giri who has become
the wife of a man, who calla her mother
by t his n a me.
«— KWBKWE» n. (Froukwe-kwe^ drawn.
ABied to qweqwe.)
A plaee of pimpleSi pnstnles; an emption
on the skin ; scab,
dni— KWBKWfiLBZA, t. t. (From kwe-
kwe, drawn ont» and ileia, to strain an
Mtioo, = to rmat it. AlUed to gwe-
gwsaa, and goka.)
To go aroond a tlung on an sides, looking
and going, as a hen goes aroond her nest
n^ iens he is about to lay her egg.
nkn— KWELA, r. t. (From kwa, prep., and
ikftoriaebtostndn. LUeraUf: togetat)
1. To get np or at I to dimb atj to
monnt, as: wa kwda emtiBi, L e.: he
dUmbed np at a tree ;— 2. To ride npon ;
to rit on, as ona horse ;— 3. FSguraiivelv :
nknkwelwa info or ikanda, i. e. : to be
attacked by sickness or headadie.
— — KwxLXLA, qolt tr. To get np or
away lor, to go ont of ^ way for, to
make pkoe for, as; ngi kwdele enhleleni,
L e. : make room for me, that I can pass
by.
-^— Kw^LXLiai, cans. fr. To canse to go
oot of the way ibr; to make wide, or
wider, vis^ a place.
»— KwBLiUBBTiA, qolf. iV. To canse that
room, place or way be made for, as: wo
ngi kwelelisela bona, i. e. : yon most let
them make room for me.
— — KwBLiBA, eaos.fr. To canse or make to
dimb, Ac; to set on, as: ha m kwelisa
ihaiihe, i. e. : they pot him on a horse,
nkn— KWELAKWBLA, y. t. (EspetUum
of kwela.)
1. To climb too high, too fkr ;^2. Ap
flied to ike mind: to conjecture, to sos-
pect, to say whHt one does not know, as :
wa ti ndaba Idu a ngi Iwaxi, mnsanl
kukwdnkwela. i.e. : he said, that ntatter I
do not know abont ; do not speak donbtfhl
tbimra tn ma
i— KWELE, n. pi. ama. (From kweUi.) A
horae. {Seldom used in Natal)
id— KWELE, n. (pL isL seldom,) (From
kwela. to get at.)
1. Saspidon ;— 2. Jealonsy* as : idfhzi
d nedkwde, L e. : the female sex has
always something to quarrel about, because
of thdr jealousy,
nku— KWELIZA, v. t. (From kwela, and
in, to make. Somewhat different from
kwelakwda.)
To try to monnt; applied to spealdng a
foreign language, as : abdungu ba kwelisa,
d nga kn swa ukukuluma kwabo, i. e. : the
driUsed people try to get on it but we
cannot understand what they say, = they
apeak our language inoorrectly. {See
gwilL)
i— KWELO, n. pi. ama. (From kwda.
iS^Gwala.)
ArisingordimbingoftbeTcice; henee,
a whistlii^, as: hlaba ikwdo, i. e. : sound
a whistling, =: whistle. (The only term.
In the Xosa it is : hlohla amakwelo.)
id— KWELO, n. pL id. (From kwda.)
Liter aUy : a making fbr climbing ; kenee,
a stair, kdder, &o.
urn— KWEMAKE, n. pi. aba. (Fromumkwe,
broUier-in kw, and mane, dim^ dialeetie
sss nyana. AJlied to komane.)
Used instead of kwenyana by those
tribes who cannot easily pronounce the
ioimdof ay.
Digitized by
Google
KWSPi*
C»]
EWIZELA.
M— KWIMBA, n. (Fpdb kwe^ dhiwn, or
kti, pr«m to^ and nabg, holdings moring
fepsrmte from. 8e§ ifi--GwBmbiL)
A white bark fband near the mm, proba-
bly waahed away from the roote of trees.
It ifrond foot maUng atriogk
ii£— EWEICBE, n.i£izi. (AvKwembm)
Liieralljf: anlmak apread osl qpeo; de«
Boripttve of teataoeoaa monofvlvalar aiu*
mala adhering to vooln; a Und of mdoica.
u— KWEMBE, n. aing. (Contraotei from
okwekwe, and hnbi» bad. Ssa ii^TwaL>
Aaoab t chiefly amoiw goata and dogs,
nkn— EWENCA, t. U (From kwa, drawn,
fixed, and inca> at or with a point. O H k §m
have kwenza or kwhica. A tranapontbn
of rooti if encika, wkiek Me. Xata
gwenza, to be orooked.)
1. To friten graai by meani of atiekef
to bertiek, «# : nkokwenca iahln, i. e. : to
beatick the home. C^ia word esplaina
t^ way or mode after whidi the natiTes
fasten the thatch upon thdr hoaaoik In
the abaence of oorda to Und the thatdi
with, they nae little stidca from 2^ feet
length and aharpened at botii endi^ which
ihev bend a Uttle and atiok them in that
poaiMon into the great.)— i. To play with
Uttle itleka. A game of ohildnii, taking
little stidLS, bending them between three
fingera, and snapping them againat an
object as if shooting against it.
i— KWBNOA, n. pL ama. (From the
Terb.) 1. LitUe sticks for frstening the
gnm Qpon native honsea j— 8. Som^imes
appli ed t o a wooden needle for thatehing.
iai— KWSNSNS, n. pi. isL fOmmkOo-
|}O0/ic, expresdve of a aoooessive somid like
kwene. AUkd to kwcneaa. Sie gwila-
gwala.)
The parrot,
nm— KWBNGE, n. pt ImL (Most probably
only a dialectioal diffoNDOS from gwenya;
seeOwengwe.)
A name of a shrab.
nm— KWBNTA, n. pL aba. (Fmmi mnkwe,
brother4n4aw,iiidnya,tojoin. Awknya.)
LUerdUyi a joint brotber-in-kw. This
is another name of poNteneas by which the
right brothers and sisters of a married
woman call her hnsbandi and it ia not nsed
by the other children of the ftmiily of a
polygamist.
nm— KWENTAKA, n. pi. aba. (Fnm nm-
kwe, brother*in*lawi and imyanay ehUd,
son.)
LUerallgf : a brother-in-lliw,«-^lld, or
son. This name n frther-in-law nsia to
call his son-in*law by, and Us children
also use it (their umkwe and nmkwanya),
regarding the son>>in*]aw of the frmily as
one to whom an of them are parents,
nkn— KWEPA, t. Dialed^. S$^ Eweba.
I^KWBQE, n. DidUt^Ha. A* Kweoe.
iii*-^WBTU, n. pL lain. (QMte% oas
^ritk kwihu MiM to knte. (Xhen,
inkwentu.)
1. The tidn, ezterior coat of the ddn,
wMch rises in a bUster and frlls off as diy
sesleai— 2. AsealerordiellwlKkkoeaposei
a part of the ooftring of a frik ;-«4k Any
thin, ilne parts, as pnings or sharrings.
Of: izinkwetn zomuti opaliweyo^ Le.:
aharinga of a tree whi^ haa beett pared,
or aoraped.
u— KWETU, n. sing. (See in^weto.)
l%e exteriGT costt of the skht of animsl
bodies^ the exterior ddn or bark of trees,
Ae,
idcn— KWBTYA or KtrcTA* V. t. (Fromko,
prepn and etya or ^ya, a oootraetedpassiTe
formofba, tosepirate. Cciucidimg radi-
•aUif wiih knba» to hoe ; wiA gqa and
goba. Allied to calia, Ac)
1» JViaian'^ ; to bend inward^ toatsad
totiie inside, at: igeja li kwotfti, Le.:
the hatdk beads inside, s= forming an
obUqne angle ;— 2. Td strike or fait on the
ontside^ as when a pick la too much bent
it misses the groand, striking the same
with its ontnde;^3. To more or go witii
the ujiper part of the body bent, aa when
one must creep throagh a thlefeet^ as : n
nga bambi okwetya paasi, i. e.: he cannot
walk upright who imist move aa ttat his
body is bait fai an oUiqne angle (=« tti^);
—4 To so or move from a eertais point
in an olmque line, at: ba m bmn e ka
bsiango^ b» ya ba m ftma kanti u kwetyi-
le, i. e. : they saw him at that ridge and
went to sedc him bat (when they came
there) he bad' p a sse d them in «t oirliqne
cBreouciii.
u— EWETTE, n. (From kwafya.) A
bcdlow hand, o^ : wa ngi nika okwiiyeii,
^How^the
i. e. : he gave Qt) me in the 1
hand.
nfco^KWBSA, t. t. (From kwe, put up,
set up, and iza, to make. Zeter<0% : to
make est, L &i to right. Allied to
gwan.)
1. To aet or put in a right condition, to
set in a right place or otdiat that no li^ury
may take phuse, a#: kweaa isinto maai,
i. e. : put my things in good order ; — 2.
To keep^ to put I^ to hotip, a#i kweaa
impahla yami i ng'ebiwa, i. e. : keep my
goods in the home or somewkere that ik&f
may not be stolBn.
«>M^ KwBKBLA, qulf. fr. 1. To pot in the
right order, place, te, for, osi wo ng^
kweiola umbila wami ormiweyo^ i» e. : yoa
must put fbr me my maiae winek baa been
reaped into its proper pbee^— 2^ Kwesebi
mnUle^ i. e. t make theirerigkt by p«tttig
the Aisl in order.
Digitized by
Google
KWISHLA*
CWT]
LA.
Sii^EWBZANX Of Kwrnuum^ n. ^.
(From kwQ^ iifaed, p«fc rgg^ rlie op,
•ad isanflh HlUe airy ptrti^ See ama-
Eaaa.)
lAieraUffi a nuuHi of aeiialtiiidb Tapoury
i— KWEZr, n. pLanuu (From Wra^ vma%
emit, and izi,thlniiigparttclMU BttdiedO^
MM«jakaa,kiB^aiid luwu &• kud-
Par<i0ii2(ir^: iA# ftar, i. e. ; th^mom*
iiiffater.
in— KWEZI. iL pL iniL (Sm i-EwaiL
i^oM^ inkweokiWD, star.)
A single atar, » % eommon star.
i— EWBZIKWEZI, n. pL ama. (Mepe-
mion of kwezl Othef, kwaakwMl)
A peooliar gfiitering ai of ooi-glaia, or
trani^areiiej, c^. ; amabala juaaningi, i.e.:
manycoknffs; applied to all kindioftrana-
pvwt beadi^ of flue ttripad^ Tariegated
ffannenl!8f dsc*
KWIBI, intoj. (From kwi-ibi, ono-
mttiopoeHe, letendding that aoond ; liter-
d% : = gel awaj.)
A shoot uttered in driving or frighten*
iag awaj ibvrls or kirda from the garden,
dp c
akn— KWIBIZA, ▼. t (From k«ril% and
iza, tomdce.)
To frifffaten away fowls;
ako^KWIOA* t. t. (From ko» drawn off,
remabider, and ioa, to take a pointy small
tfaiiig. SadiealfyonewUkkwmse. Xoio,
fwka, to sew iltia stildies;)
Jhyf&rlf I to take up what has been
lefty in smAqmurtity; appHed to a second
glaMiiBg or twqpiflg, beibfe th« kotoia
nm— KWICO, n. pL imi. (From kwica.)
Assaall quantity, smaQ bandies gleaned
ftmttbeields.
nk«— KWIFA, ▼. I (From ko, isRM^ emit,
aod tta, to Mow. Aa» paftiaa.)
To bkyw oat spittle witk a ekarpv kis^ng
iottid, a»: kwift 'iMt^ L e.i Mow o«t
spittle;— or as a satpent blows oat its
I— KWIIJ, s. pL aaoa. (Vram bo^ issae,
aad iH, strained. Se9 gwiK.)
JVoperlft a pecidkff issoa wUch is
ttmed, «is.: eoagtttoted bk>od ftmd in
the b^ «r entrails of gaasa wtaleh has
been banted and ktted. r'S^iklale.)
akn— KWILIZA, r. t. (l^om kwO, and
Ua, to make.)
Used of speriihig m kiigoigi toperfeetor
or ineornelly, i^eforrlng to fttaigtieis. u
Hisnot a ^aleetieid Ibrm >±= kwiHa, it
i§ but sKgfaiiy afferent.
in— EWIKDI or EwiDi, iL IbftrieT dia^
leefc» iailead of inkwetn.
ift— KWINHLA, n. iS^Inhlf.
vka^^CWISA and EwmanA, t. t. ^rom
kob and isa,to bmnt^ to shoot»<-^with izela,
frMmsBtly. iSsekwifiL)
To bbw out, borst oot fluid, as a snake
does blow ovt its poison with a hisrfng noise.
nkn— EWITIZA, ▼• t. (From kwi, drawn
out, Mdtiia, to try to say. MiM to
kwilitt.)
To try to speak ont^ to make an effort
tospeakybntinooROOtlyitostatter. (See
titiza.)
I.
L haSb in Znln-Eaflr, the same soft
Bqoid soand as in most ottier langnages,
and is entfarely of a demonstvatiTe nature.
In the present state of orthography It
has been eomponnded whh h, represent-
ing a elass of Ungual asfrfntes, as t hla,
bkOa^Ao.
LA» a terminating syllable of Torbs.
OriffinaUy, a rmb from the roots iki-nla,
perft. ile^ oootraeted e, the same as the
Kamha ik, to rise, perft. le,^Si$. He,
gone. It is, aeoording to Its nature, one
of the easiest fbrms m the language, and
Wocify oJiM io ya (or si), to go^— denoting
morlng forward, going or footing forth,
siring up or high (especially of rising of
passions), enoiting agitation, poia^gto^
viewing or aiming at, straining, stretc&ng^
erecting, eipanduig,— swift^ Bght, empty.
Its inflected part, or participle, is used
fbr fbrminff the perft tense to all yerbs,
4wt hambue^ fVom hamba; bi^e, from
buya, ftc And the reason why tlo, is not
used as an independent Terb, may probably
be fbund in the extensi? e relations it sus-
tains almost with every other verb by
being snfBxed to them, and adding its
primary senses— iwderteg thus all the
Bico modificatkma and distfaietians whieh
in ether kngoages are generally gif en by
prepositions, hi Baglish byi for, on ac«
; of, upon, in behalf of, in £i?onr of,
imiead oi; &c., as; hambek, to walk fbr,
(contracted fkmn hamba*ihi.) This com-
pound is rather a peentiar conjugation,
whiob, in tiie arrangement of this i^ume,
is stjled the quiiJ^ffimg ptm. (See In*
troduotton.)
LA, dem. pron. (From the rootila,see
•lN» letter L.) This; that.
1. It has rtferenee to plur. nouis fai
iMM, aet amahashe la» or preflied and
coalescing with the initial,— tomahashe,
i. a. t theae horsesf^i. It is »ed as a
kind of article, preftmd to^ and coalescing
withi ^e initial of the noun, «t : tomuntu*
i. e. t tUs man (fhnn la-nmnntu)]— lento,
i*e.t thto thing (fkTRnk.into)r--S. It has
the power of a dem. adtetb^ preflied in
Digitized by
Google
LAHIiBEISA.
C188]
LALI6A«
the Mune way tm No. 2., a$ : lapa na lipo,
L e. : here and there, lit. : the here and
the there (from la-apa and ]a>apo).
NoTB.— Whenever the form la ocean
prefixed to another daM of nomie than
those in ama (»ee Xo. 2.) it is a oontrac-
tion from another dem. pron^ m : lamnntn
(contracted from lowa-nmanto,) — ^Unto—
laminyaka (contracted from leya-into, leya-
iminyaka) denoting a greater dii^ance,
vU. : this or that there.
LABA and Labo, dem. proiLttee Aha,
&Cn and Labata, see Abaya.
nkn— LAHLA, t. t. (From ila, and Ua, to
throw. MUedtoVMsL. i^. ktla.)
1. LUeralfy : to throw away ; to cast
away; to reject, aei yi lahleni imiknba
yenn i nga Inngile, L e. : throw away, give
np your cnstonos, for they are not good ;-^
2. To cast off, to forsake, <w: nbanl u
hihlile nmfazi wake, i. e.: a certain man
has rejected his wifo ;— 3. To condemn,
Oi : nkolablwa kwomnnto, i. e. : the con-
demnation of a man ; - 4. IdiomaHo : nkn-
labUi nmloiDO womontn, L e. : to refase
to receive what one says; to refuse, slight,
or despise ; — 5. To lose a case in court, at :
ioala lake li m lablile, L e. : he Inst his
case, Ut, : bis case hfs thrown him out; — 6.
To vanish ; to escape from one's memory,
at: izwi lake li ngi lahliK i. e. : the word
he said has come out of my memory, Ui, :
has cast me away, or ejected me.
— Lahlak , rcpr. fr. To reject each
other; to cast one another away.
— Lahleka, quit. fr. 1. To he in a state
of being k)et ; to be lost; to forfeit; to be
forfeited, asi into yami i lahlekile, i. e.t
my thing is lost;— 2. To get away; to
stray, Oi : inkomo yami i lahlekile, i. e. :
my cow is strayed ;— 3. To miss; to wan*
derfrom; to come itffor away from, ae;
inhlela i ngi lahlekile^ L e. : I kMt the
way, lU, I the way has thrown me out ;—
4. To err; to mistake ; to be wrong, oii
ngi lahlekile kpa, L e. t here I have erred.
-»- ItkJnxKmik, qulf . fr. 1. To lose from
view, perception, or memory, as; indau
wa yi kulnmayo ya si lahlekela, i. e. : we
left qmte out of mind what yon said ;— 2.
To suffer loss of; to suffer diQuintion,
waste* hurt^ damage, &c; to prove ^
advantageous, as; ukubuza kwake ku
ngi lahlekile, L e. : his inquiry proved or
was of little use to me ;— u m lahlekele
umpefumlo wake, i. e.: he snflbred the
loss of his soul, = lost it.
— ~ Lahlskisa, cans. fr. To cause to be
lost ; to bring or lead into error, mistake,
loM, disadvantage, difficulty ; to cause to
wander fWmi ; to cause to forfeit, as t iseU
li lahlekisiwe nge^to esinhle la si bdkayo,
L e.t the thief was hroughtinto trouble
by the things which he beheld ;— 2. To
ndn; to destroy, a«: n khlrfdriwe ngokn-
puza nbntywala, i. e. : he was brcoi^ to
destruction by drinking, or giving hhnseir
up to drink.
LAHLKiaaAirA, rcpr. fr. To cause cos
another to lose; tolmng each other into
difficulties, &c
i— LAHLE, n. pL ama. (From lahk.) 1.
LUeraUyi that which is thrown away, ai
one oannot hold it long; applied to a eosl
of fires^2. Charcoal. -(Ikhhuia, dim., a
little or small coal.)
isi— LAHLEKO, n. pi. isi. (From khk.)
A loss; a wandering away.
i-'LAEA, n. pL ama. (From ila, to stn^
and ika, to get up.)
The glot^ or epiglottis.
u— LAKA, n. sing. (See i-Laka. MM
io jaka.)
AHolent a^tation or ezdtem^t of mind;
fierce anger; passion.
uku— LALA, V. I (From iU-ila, Utsrdbfi
to stretch out Madicalbf one wUk lOs,
lohi,andluk. AUiedtohtaJOL Diaisdiei
1. To lie down; to throw onefs sdf
down, as : hila elokukweni, i. e. : lie dowi
at the bed ;— 2. To rest, as : u lele, L a:
he is taking rest ;— 3. To sleep, as : ukuja
kulala,i. e.: to go to aleep;— u lele.Le.:
he is asleep;— 4. To lodge, as ; sa lals
ku lomzi, i. e.: we slept at that plaoe;—
6. To sleep with ; to have carnal know-
ledge of. Of: wa Uda nentombi kabsni,
i. e. : he was with the daughter of so-aod-
so at night ;— 6. IdiomaUo : ukulala ngen*
hlu, i. e. : Ui,t to lie at a houses or 1^ tbs
house, signifying : to be prostnUA to lis
very sick.
Lala is often compounded with othff
verbs, in the same way as bala and kals,
adding a sense of the repetition of sn
action, = ilela, or a certain violent er vebs-
ment manner, see kabalala, qam bal ato , Ac
-— - LalaIta, rcpr. fr. To lie togeUMf»
next to each other.
— Lalsla, qulf. fr. 1. Tolieinwutibr;
to lie in ambush ; to wait for in ooooesl-
ment; to watch for an opportomly to
attad^ AOn otf : ni ya lalelwa esihlahleiii
pesEulu, i« e. : you are lain for, or waited
for in the bush up there^*2. To Us at|
vir.: to give ear to what one says; to
listen ; to open the ear ; to attend with
a view to hear, asi lalelani loku ogi
ku shumayelayob i.e.: give ear towhst
I proclaim;— 8. To obey; to yidd to
advice or admomtion, asi abantwanama
ha lalele oyise^ i. e. : let children obey
their parents.
-i-^ Laxiba, cans. fr. 1. To lay down; to
give rest; to make asleep; tokdg^ at:
Digitized by
Google
TiAMBKT«A.
[189 :j
liANDA.
kfisa mntwana, Le.: bring the ohfld to
deep;— 2. Idiamatiot uk^alisa nmontti,
i. e. : to bdp or asttet one to sleeps viz. :
to sleep with him who does not Uke, or ii
afraid* tosleepalone.
— — Laijsaka, rqur. fr. To afford each
other company by sleeping together,
i— LALA, n. pL ama. f8ee the verb.) A
kmd of wild banana, or a kind of paloketto.
am— LALA, n. pi. ama. {See the yerb.)
This word is seldom need in the sing., bat
always in the plur., and is a proper name,
or rather a nkdL-name, for all the tribes
eonqoered by Chaka, which spoke a low,
broad dialect, and were so slow or neglect-
fuX in their pronunciation as if Uiey were
sleepy in speakinff.
«n— LALAZI, n. p. inu. (From lala» and
i», maker.)
1. lAieralfyi alayer; applied to a stone
which was vised for laying under some-
thing, or for rittingnpon, £e. Sometimes
it was nsed also for sharpening axes,
spears, Ac, npon, and heitee, it became
synonymoos with \6lBn, whioh tee ;— 2. A
whetstone,
un— LALEL0,n.p1.imi. (FromUOek.) A
place to lie in wait for ; ambush,
id— LALELWE, n. pL Uu (From lalels,
the passive voice, to be lain for. It is
radiealljf one «Uh alela.)
lAUraUy : somebody who has been op-
posed, refused, or rejected, := umuntu o
wa ya kucela ksnti a ka yi piwanga into^
i. e. : one who went to ask for a thing bat
was not given it ; it was reftised or denied
to him. (The nom. form in impliea re- '
proach, = a refbsed thing.)
isl— LALO, n. sing. (From kla, 6. The
Xota ubalwelwe^— a long illness, a bug
nek -bed,— is the same.)
lAieraUyi a cause of being kin up;
hence, an dd wound; a painful hurt which
kstslong.
uku— LAMA, ▼. See Alama.
okn — LAMBA, v. t. Paesive lai^*^* (^'rom
ila, to rise, strain, and mba, to smrate
from, to more on, to dig. The Uteral
eeneeis: to strain or agitate a moving,
to dig out, to empty. Badieall^ eoincidimg
wUh lembu, thin, and lumba. AUied to
hkmba, &c 8i8. kpa.)
1. To be empty; applied to the stomadi,
ae : isisn si kmlnle, i. e. : my stomach k
empty, = makes a rolling ncMse; hence, to
haveli rolling in the stomach r— 2. To be
hungry ; to hunger, a# : ngi lambile, L e. :
I am hungry, have hunger;— 8. To be
thin; tobeslender. Of : umuti u lambik,
L e. : the tree k thin, has not much wood.
— — LiHBELA, qulf. fr. To hunser after, for,
aei ngikmbekukuhk,ie.: lamhungiT
after food, =s I very mudi kog fm fSoL
— - TiA¥BTflA, cans. fr. 1. To make hungry;
to cause or make hunger;— 2. To make
thin; slender, kak;— 3. To take away
the thickness of any body by cuttings
boring, shaving, &C., tui kmbisa um-
qengqe, i. e. : take away the thickness in
hollowing out the wooden pole, (that it
may become wider indde. See Kehk, 4.)
isi— LAMBISA, n. (From kmbisa.) A
hungry stomach.
um — LAMBO, n. pL imL (From kmba.)
LUeraUtfi a rolling, roaring, ortamoltu-
ous moving, a noky fluotoadon, designat-
ing a river. (Thk word belongs to the
Frontier Ka§r.)
um — LAMO and Laku, n. pL aba. (From
akma, having dropped the prefix a.)
Tribal, Some ae um-Lanya, whioh see.
uku^LAMULA, v. t. (From ik, and amuk,
to make loose from. AUied to damak,
komak, &c. Xoea and others, lamia.
Snakeli and Nika, amuk. Sit,, mamek.)
1. Primarily : to rise in order to bring
fighting parties fh>m each other ; to act
between parties, with a view to rocondk
these who contend or fight ; to interpose;
to interfere ; to medkte, a» : balwa abantu
kwa fika yena wa kmuk, i. e. : when the
people were fighting be came and brought
them asander ;— 2. To interfere; to oppose ;
to restrain, a$ : nga yi kmnk inja i nga 11
hli iqanda, i. e. : I opposed the dog that he
could not consume toe egg.
— — liAMTnusLA, qulf. fr. 1. To iutcrpose,
intercede for ; to plead in favour of ;— 2.
To rescae ; to remove or withdraw danger
or evil ; to deliver from violence, restraint,
or exposore to evil, or: sa yi kmnlek
esilwaneni imbozi, L e. : we liberated the
goat frovtk the tiger.
5 LAMULBLI, ) n. pL aba. (Fromkmu-
^°^ \ LAMULI. j lek and kmuk.)
One who intercedes or mediates for or
between others ; an intercessor, medktor,
peacemaker, Ace.
u— LAMUNE, n. pi. a Zulaized from the
Cape-Dutch lamoene, i. e. : a lemon.
uku— LANDA, v. t. (From ila, to go forth,
and inda, to extend. RadioaUy one with
linda, londa, and lunda. Coinciding with
danda. Sit, kta.)
1. To flo or move after or behind ; to
move in the same course or direction ; to
follow, «« : si ya landa inkomo i khkkile,
t e. : we follow the track of acow, it being
lost;— 2. To pursue; to chase, aei l»
landa inyamazana emfbleni, i. e.: they
chased game in the river ;— 8. To punue
an olgect by observation, by fixing the
eyes upon it, or by desiring it, «« : si ya
knda imali a si yi kubuya kuyo, i. e. t we
are pursuing money and shall not turn
away from it ;— 4. To succeed in order of
Digitized by
Google
LANDO.
[190]
uoraA.
time or degree; to oone aft«r» ««: mnftM
XL ya landwa jintombly L e.t the boj is
followed hj a girl (in the line of birth);—
6. To Imitate ; to (bUovr a model ; to be
in aooordanee, at: a knloma ngoindanda
abantn, i. e. : yon tpeak after men, ai men
generaltf epeaks^a. To me ; to practise;
to adhere to ; to be let by, &e.
" LlinoxLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To fblloir» =
landa ;— 2. To repeat after one» at : no ngi
landek nknkaloma, 1. e. : yon mnst repeat
the Idseon after me.
— *^ Lahdblafa* repr. fr. To fcXUm etudh
other ; to fbUow one by one, u : ba pnma
enhlwini ngokulandelana, i. e. : they went
ont of the honse, one by one, in prooosiiota.
— Lakoblslaka, ropr. fr. To fbUow one
after another in a long line or prooeanon;
to go in prooession; to fbUow in peo-
ceinon.
— — Lahbilmi, cans. fr. 1. To eaise or
make to follow any diieetton, order, &c;
— t. To prove or ihow ibrth by reasoning,
argument, or testimony, m: nga m la-
n£lisankiikohKmkwake, te.: I made him
floUow the prooft of his cheating, vU, :
made him repeat all that which was said
abont it.
— ^ LahdelibbiiA, qnlf. fr. 1. To eanse to
show or to prore by reasoning for, in res-
pect to, fte.;— 2. To resound after; to
echo, at : iwa K ya landelisela iswi lake,
i. e. : the rock resounds after him bis word,
or, re-echoes his word.
— LiiTDiSA, cans. fr. 1. To oanse to
fbllow; to try to follow, at: si Umdisile
ioak lake, S. e. : we hate tried to summon
up his debt;— 2. Toprore in oonnezion
with; to give a proper statement of a
matter; to tell or narnite just as certain
eircumrtances happened ; to show or prove
in logical order;'--8. To bring to a oon-
.fession ; to come ont with a eonfesaon of
a previous matter, or in connsKion with
the same, as : wa landisa isono sake, Le. :
he made a confession of his crime.
— -^ LAiroiBAirA, ropr. fr. To Mm
together; to midm up aoconnts on
sides; to settle aoeoimts with each other,
or: masihuidisane,Le.: let ns iettle our
accounts.
i— LAKDA, n. pL ama. (From the verb.)
A white bird— iWs— living aloi^ the sea-
eoast, and called so beoaose it ftDowatbe
cattle and eati the ticks from than.
nm— LANDA, n. pi. aba. (Prom the verb.)
IVibaL Same tu nm-Lai^, whM tte.
Others have huno.
nm— LANDfiLI, n.pLaba. (From hmdela.)
A ibHower.
mn— LANDU, n.pl.imL (Fromhmds. Sis.
mOlatu.) LUeralljf: a consequence, that
which foUows from an act ev cause; ez-
chinvely appBed to a dM oontcmoted
either by oAnoe; hemee, tiespaas or guilty
—or by a natural cause, as by veang the
aid of a doetor or of me^dne in ^elniesi»
henee, = account, a hill againit another,
at: rohumUmdu, ie.: pay what iffdne^
or what you are bound to pi^.
Nora.— This word diffam frdn tcah,
which means a debt^ gnflt, &c, in point
of kw, an action to recover a debt. Or,
ioak may be defined as a ehil ddit or
gdlt,aiKlmnknduas ateoialdeht. Itk
proeisely that whidh is e^^tfemed te the
Lord^Pmyer: «« forgive im our treepsBsee,"
for which the Xoea has its proper fonn,
kikndu, (subjective) in dSi(&iotlo& from
umlanda (objective.)
nku— LANDULA, v. t. (From kndn, and
ula, to strain. The literal sense it: to
raise a g^, to plead a debt Radieaibf
out wUh kndela, lindek, londek, and an-
dida. ^iOM <o penduk. /SKt.ktola.)
1. To plead inabiUty; to allege a ddit
(as an excuse ;) to mal^ an excon or an
apology, as t m fona nkutenga umUk ba
m landula, i. e.: we tried to pmxbase
maiie, but they said that it had been sold
for debts, or other purposes of that kind;
—8^ To deny or dedine a request, de-
mand, Ac, at: wa ya kucek inkomo yt
landulwa, i. e. : he went to ask for a head
of eattk, b«t it was reftised (the parties
aUegittg a use already made of the mme.)
«»*^ liAKDtTLAirA, rcpT. fr. 1. To plead
inabiUty, to dedine, dec, to ea^ oUier.
— ^ Lakdviala, quUl fr. 1. To plead in-
ability for, in regard to, Ac;— 8. To make
an excuse, or apology for; toaequit o^ as:
ukuzikndnlda into, i. e. : to eMcam one's
self in respect to a thing^-*^ To deny;
to disown; ndt to acknowledge^ aei wa
ti knduMa ieindaba, L e.: he pretended
not to know about the news,
i— LAKQA, n. pi. ama. (From Qa, to
rise, strain, and anga, to bend, incHne
from, round. Radi^Uly one iriifil lenn,
linga, and lunga. AlMed to inyanga, 2c.
Compere kangek, ibanga, fkngabi, Ac
In SnalheU, muanga, Nika, mak^gass,
that whidi mtkes light See i^-Gala.)
1. The sun. The prhnarv meam^ is :
a body shooting or running m an orbits a
luminous or shining bod^ dcMribing a
eirde in the heavens.
The sun and the moon (inyinga) are,
accordinr to Zulu-Kafir idea, Symbok of
powers, heroic and InteHigent, and com-
parison frequently k made between these
oelestkl bcNfies and human beings.' The
snn k represented as (the greateri chasing
the moon and diminishing her, (fience the
peculiar idea : inyanga i file, L e. : the
moon k dead ;) the moon, however, tloiMigh
Digitized by
Google
LANYA.
[1813
LAULA.
bar CDnDiog alwajri regtini lier ^jx)^tioii,
inoreaaing toher rail bodV agidn (see twasa,
— i hlaDgene, L e.: fbll, lU,i ready to
attack, or ia «ogagemexit.)
From this idea a oomparison is drawn
betwMQ two ohiefi^ one of whom, great in
power, IB persecuting the other, who^ lees
m .power, flees before the former, yet,
great in canniog, always regains his posi-
tion without having been destroyed. The
expresuon is : " kwa Iwa ilanga nenyanga,''
L e. c it was fighting the sun with the moon.
The same idea is transferred upon ^-
ferent doctors (izinyanga.) The more
powerfol is called the sun, and the lesser
the moon, and when the power and the
skill of both classes have been oalled into
practice with a nek person it is said : ** ku
biziwe ilanga neoyanga,*' i. e.: sun and
noon have been employed.
The same metaphor is, finallT, applied
to all common affiurs of men and persons :
" ku be ko ilanga nenyanga," L e. t sun
and moon were thersb = Tom and Dick
have been here; or the expresmon signi-
fies : the one comes up and the other goes
down, the one is the destruction of the
other.
2b A aokr day,«f : wo buya ngeli langa,
L e. s you mint return during this son, =
this very day.
i— LANQABI and BB, n. pL ama. (From
ilanga, and ibi, sepanited* or contnusted
from i-Bwe, wiicA tee.)
Aflame; flash of fire.
i-«LANaATYB, n. pL ama. (Fromiknga,
«nd itye, shoot, stone.)
The same as ilangabi, and bekmging
more to the Western or Frontier Tnbes.
(The diiferenoe is obviously the same as
between i-Bwe and i-Tye.)
uka— LANGAZA, V. t. (From langa, strained
ineliiiation, and iza, to make, to get.
StuUouHjf ome wUk ItagionL,)
To hwaker; to long^ a#: ngi langaadle
dkuya emkunganhlovi;^ i.e.: I long to go
to Maritzbnig.
^-» LAjraAOLA, qulf* fr. To hanker after ;
tokngfer.
•— * LuTGASBSikA, freqt. fr. To hanker
After, to long Ibr with great desire.
yu»--LANTA, V. I (From ila, and inya, to
vnita, join, be one* or from anya, to sock.
Closed aUitd to alama, landa, Aa)
1. To rise from the same stock ; or to
kav^ sneklcd tiie same mother;^-^. To
fiiQowintbeliiieof Urth; toeomeimme-
diately after oMi to be bora after one^
<m: kododanaiyalanywaagumfluialowo,
i. e. s this young man is ibUowed ^ the
line of birth) by that boy.
This verb dSstingvishes itself dearly
» I^ referring to one anther.
MS. : all who are bom from one and the
same mother : sisters and brothers of the
full blood. {See the note under akma.)
— — IiiVYAifA, repr. fr. To rise from the
eame stock; to follow after each other
from one and the same mother.
urn— LANTA, n. pL aba. (From the verb.
TSibal ate umlamo, umlanda.)
Fropettyi one who follows another in
the line of birth from the same mother,
whether a brother or a sister; but com-
monly applied to brothers or sisters-in-law.
Thus one calls the brothers and sisters of
his wife ahalanya, because he has become
one of them by marriage^ and follows
either after them or they after him in the
line of birth from their common mother.
But they call him umkwe or umkwenya,
brother-in-law.
LAPA, adv. (From la» dem. pron^and
apa, here. Xoea apa.)
1. Denoting looality: in this place;
here; hither, <ui beka ngi lapa, i.e. :
look, I am here;— 2. Lapa na lapo, L e. :
here and there ; in this nlace and in ano-
ther;— -3. Here then. It is often a sub-
stitute for when, <u: ted oedilo lapa wa
fika umnikaziyo, i. e. : we had Just done
when the owner arrived.
LAPAYA, adv. See Pava.
LAPO, adv. (From la, dem. pron., and
apo, there.)
At that place ; there. (See Lapa.)
ii.»IaATA, n. (From ula, audita, to shoot,
throw.) LUeraUjfi a long shoot; a name
of a kind of bug grass. (Trihal, and most
probaUy instead of umtak, which is a
transposition of the roots.)
um— LAU, n. pL ama. (See indau, uhlau,
umrau. AUied to umW. Xeea^ ubulau,
an aromatic shrub used for incense.)
A certain bushy phmt, of a fiery or rusty
colour. Used for medidnes for calves^ and
meaning probably ftringent.
uku—'LAuLA, V. t. (From ila-uk, strain-
straining. See hlaula, dalula, &o. In the
JSii. to guess.)
L To arrange; to nve orders; to tell
every individual what he is to do^ of : uku-
kula inqina, Le. : to give orders about the
huntings viz, : to arran^ where this one
or that one has to drive akmg;—- 8. To
amy, ast ukulanla impi, i.e.: to give
order to the ar^y how thev shall attack
the enemy;— 8. To foret^ things that
m4y happen, or with a wish that they jgmj
happen, but fiall short of reality; to judge
at random either of present or ftitore &cts
hot without sufficient evidenoe, an m nga
lauli into n nga y'aziyo^ L e. : you ought
not to speak (at random) what yon do not
know. (This is costomary when the people
go to war or a hunting, they speak or tell
Digitized by
Google
LAZELWAKAZr.
[193]
LELI.
beforehand of the great snccesB they will
have, &c) — 1. To practiBe jokes ; to joke;
tojeit; to make a joke ; not to mean what
is said or done, at: ha, Iwa ababilikwa
fika nbani wa ti nenzani ba ti si ya kola
nje, 1. e. : two were fighting, and when so-
and-so came saying, ^mat do yon do ? they
answered we are merely playing ; — 5. To
utter in sport ; to say what is not tme
merely for diversion; to do for mere
sport, not in earnest, <» : a ka kn tnkile
wa laola kodwa, L e. : he did not cnrse
yon, he only said so, bat meant it not in
earnest,
nm — LAULI, n. pi. aba. (From lanla.) One
who foretells things; who tells stories;
a jester.
LA WO, Lawa, and Lawaya, dem. pron.
(From la, dem. pron. and iwo, see wo, — la-
awa, contracted from awiya,— la-awa-aya,
see paya, there.)
Those,— these here, — ^those there; re-
ferring to nonns in ama, as : amadoda lawo^
those men ; — amahashe lawa, these horses
here ; — amaka lawaya, that ointment there.
Whenever lawo (like la, whiek see) precedes
its correspondent nonn it causes the elision
of its initial, <u : lawo 'madoda, &c.
i— LAWO. n. pi. ama. (Others use ilan.
See nm-Lan.)
A name fbr Hottentot ; supposed to be
given to them on account of the pecnliar
smeU they emit,
ubu— LAWO. n. (See i-Lawo.) Hottentot
nature ; or what bdongs to t^ Hottentot
nation.
i— LA WOKAZT, n. pi. ama. (From ilawo^
and kazi, denoting female.)
A Hottentot female, or woman,
nku— LAZA, v. t. (From ihi, to fi^o forth,
and iza, to make, come, Ac. JtadiotUfy
the same as the termination nlusa, to come
loose.)
1. Primarify: to pass off or over; applied
to a certain process of matter, as : izulu la
duduma 11 buye la laza, i. e. : there was
thunder in the atmosphere but it passed
over without efiect, vw, : rain ; hence, to
pass off in vapour; to evaporate; to
escape &c.;-'2. Applied to a certain
process in time, tu; inkomo itole li se
likulu i lazile, 1. e. : the cow whose oalf is
already large, has passed her usual time of
being heavy with another; hence, to lie
waste, to be unproductive.
«-«• Lazela, qulf. fr. To pass over a cer-
tain process in time,
urn— LAZA, n. pi. ama. (From the verb.)
Whey ; (lit, : a substance passed through
a process of evaporation.)
^^CLAZELAKAZI, *> n. pL ama. (From
^^ { LAZELWAKAZI, j lazela, and kas, de-
noting female.) ,
A heifer which has passed over the usual
time of calving ; without giving birth to
the first calf,
isi— LAZI, n. pi. in. (From laza, 1. See
Tjazi.) A cataract of the eye ; wall-eyed;
api^ed to man and beast ; an aninud whidi
has a cataract,
um — ^LAZI, n. sing. (From laza.) A name
of a river, the next to the umhlatazanat
south-west from Durban. It rises at the
Zwartkops, and goes into the sea.
nm— LAZI, n. pi. imL (From laza, or a
contraction fr^m lolazi, wAtcA M9. Others,
urolalazi.)
A stone fbr sharpening axes, spears, Ac. f
a whetstone; a grinding or millstone.
LE, dem. pron. (A contraetioii from
la, dem. pron., and L See Lo.)
1. This; that; referring to noons ia
tu, im, imi, as: lendoda, impahla le, imi-
fulale, i.e.: this man, this artide^ tiiew
rivers. It can be prefixed to the noon or
follow after it.
2. It stands sometimes as an a^eetive
noun, and assumes a nom. fyrm (rimikv to
iloku) as I inhlela dungileyo ile or jile^
i e. : the good way is this one.
8. Sometimes it iselliptio or emphatic;
as: le ! i. e. : r>= fiir awav ; pdnting to •
certain direction. In this sense it is obvi-
ously a nonn, winch is also evident horn the
Xosa ele (a locative case from e-ile, used aa
a prep.) ie. : beyond there, Ut, : at aplaoe
b^ond.
LE and Ilb, a terminating syllable of
the perfL tense, firom la. to riM, to be fuU.
um— LE, n. sing. (From ils, to rise.) Soot,
isi— LEBE, n. pL izi. (From le, shooting
forth, and ebe, separated, in front. Allied
to udebe and isilevu. Xosa umlebe^
UieUp.)
The underlip of irrational animals,
ukn— LEKUZA, v. t. (From le, raise, iko,
up, and iza, to make. The Xosa USul and
l^a, to leap, to race oxen, is the same.)
Sadicallyt to throw the head with a
quick motion forward, up; to toss back
the head; to nod with the head.
LELA and Ilela, a termination and
repetition of ila-ila, forming a peculiar
conjugation, but called the Jireqttentaiive
form, denoting: more or most Ibrward,
farther, to the utmost, over and again,
altogether, &o. See bopelela, fikdda»
pdela, Ac
LELI, LsLO, LstJTA and Lblata,
dem. pron. (From la, dem. pron., and
ili, nom. fbrm,— la-ilOb pron., la-iH-iya,
la-ili-aya, iva*aya, see paya, there.)
This,— tiiat^— this here,— that there;
referring to nouns in ili-i, as : ihaahe leli»
this horse;— izwe klo^ that conntiy; —
iUnhle leliya, this d«sert here^— or, lalaya.
Digitized by
Google
LETELA*
[198]
HPATiAr
that there. Leli and lelo often precede
their correspondent noun, and canse, in that
position, the elision of its initial, as : leli
liashe, &c
i — LEMBE, n. DialeeUe^ JProperfy i-
Zembe, wkich see,
aba — LEMBU, n. (From le, strained, and
mbo, contents. See isi-Domba, i-Tomba,
EbOyUbo,^ Allied to hemhtJ)
!• Properly: a plexus (aba) strained
from the bowels, designating a spider's
web ; — 2. Applied also to rery thin doth
like a spider's web ;— 3. IHbal : tassel of
a o(»ii-stalk, = nbonba.
oka— LENGALENGA, y. i. fA repetition
from lenga, le, straiiued, and nga, bending,
inclining. See Cengecenga, Dangada-
nga,&c)
To dangle ; ^. : to hang down, of long
things, which are suspended.
— LiHdiiXNdiSA, caus. fr. To hang ; to
attach to something abore; to suspend
as : inkahi ehlatyiweyo abahlabi ba yi
lengalengisa emtini, L e. : the butchers
ha]^ an oz which is killed at a tree.
Sometimes it is contracted, as; abotakati
ba lengiswa ngezanhla eweni, i. e.: the
witches were suspended down the rock
(bound) by thdr hands,
isi— LENQELEKGE, n. pi. izi. (From
lengalenga.)
A long strip fastened at some place
above and hanging down like a curtain,
nm — ^LENZE, n. pL imi« (From le, raised,
and enza, to make.)
IMeraUtf : a member which raises up or
sopports, designating the leg.
LESI, Leso, Lssiya, and Lbsaya, dem.
pron. (From la, dem. pron., and isi, nom.
form, la-iso, pron., la-in-iya, la-isi-aya;
iya^ya, see paya, there.)
T^— that, — this here, — tiiat there ;
referring to nouns in isi, a« : isitya lesi,
this dish ;— isipo leso^ that gift ; — isifu
ledya, this trap here ; isibaya lesaya, that
eatUe-fold there. Whenever lesi and leeo
precede their correspondent noun they
cause the eliaon of its initial, asi lesi
'sitya, &C.
nko — LETA, v. t. (From la or le, ruse, and
ita, to take. J^adicdlly one with lota,
ashes. The Xosa alata, to point with a
finger to a locality, is the same, with the
exception of the prefix a, local; lit,: to
lift up (the finger) at or to (a locality);
and Uie intexj. etc, L e. : give, bring hither,
is only a dialectical difference from leta.)
To carry ; to take or lift up and bring,
as : wo leta uknhla lapa, i. e. : you must
bring food hither.
LsTBLA, qulf. fr. To bring or carry to,
as : a letela 'bani n»? i. e. : to whom do
yon carry (that) ?
id— -LEVTJ, n. pL i^ (From le, and ivu,
mouldy, hairy. Allied to isilebe, udebe,
indebe, indevu, isc)
1. JPrimarily : a place where feelers
shoot forth; properUfi chin;— 2. Beard
of the chin.
LEYO, IjBTA, and Letaya, dem. pron.
(From la, dem. pron., and iyo^ see yo, la-
ia-iya, k-ia-aya; see paya, there.)
That»— this here, — ^uiat there; refer-
iing to nouns in sit| tm» imti, as : indoda
leyo ; that man ;— inhlu leya, this house
here ; insika leyaya, that pole there.
Whenever leyo precedes its noun it causes
theelinon of its imtial, asi leyo'ndoda,
Ac. (See Le.)
LEZI, Lbzo^ Lxziya, Leza, and Lx«
2AYA, dem. pron. (From la» dem. pron.
and izi, Mtf si, la-iso^ la-ia-iya,— Kxmtraoted
kza,— la-iza-aya.)
lliese,—- thcsei— ^e^^l^^'^''^^''"^^?^^^'®*
They are jointiy plur. to nouns in izl and
izin, M : izibuko leu, these mirron^ Ac.,
see lesi, and its applications.
LI, substitute pron. (Extracted from
the nom. form ili, which see,)
He, she, it. Beferring to nouns in i-ili, '
• as : izwe 11 lungile, i. e. : the country U
being good;— ilifri likulu, L e.: the ck>nd
U great;— ilanga li ya tyisa, L e. : the sun
he bums. It is also used in the objective
ease, and, like all sabstitutes, placed imme-
diately before the predicate verb, asi ngi
ya li bona icala, i. e. : Iw^ihe feult.
When it connects another noun or pron.
with its prindpal in a Genitive case, it
drops its f, a# : iso lake (from li-ake), i. e. :
the eye it of him; — ilizwi lenkosi (from
li-a-inkon), i. e. : the word it of the chiet
i— LI, pri. n. Contracted L (From the
root ila, M0 la* moving forward, &c See
Ulu.)
It is used as a nom. form, adding its
radical meaning always more or less per-
ceptiUy to any root or stem to which it is
united, «#: ilizwi, L e. : radically, a
■trained feeling or sense, a sound, word.
But it is more particularly employed for
mgnifying dasMS, sects, living organic
organic life, Ac {See Ama, ite plur.)
i— LIBA, ni pL ama. (From ili, raised,
emptied, and iba, in front, separate. The
Sis, bdebe, depth,— of which bo is the nom.
form, and leba, the stem, leads us to point
to diba, and siba, to conceal in a hole.
And ili-Ba, plr. amaba, is very probably a
tribal difference.)
jRadicallyz a place dug out for con-
cealing (a dead body), hence, a grave,
oka— LIBALA, v. t. (From the accent which
is on li, it is easy to derive the reminder
from bala, denoting in compounds ' nothing.'
Eadieally, however, it is one with lobola»
Digitized by
Google
■*ri^rfftMM«
IiItiA.
CIW]
LDONA.
and refldds the iddH of ipeiidiiif tim* bj
makiiig ttrokeg or linei in the dirih ^im
bflla, to write), or making holei, m« kba.
In whatever waj analysed the meaning is
the ttme. 8h, Hbak.)
1. FrimarU^i to idle liway time; to
ftpend, waite, or oonaome time^ <w: ha
libele nknkm^ nmtwana* i.e> i they spent
mnch time in gifing presents to the ^ild,
%=rmakinga plays-^S. To reatuiin nnem-
ployed, dt : wa libala ekaya, i. e. : he idled
awajr his time at homej^-S. To dsAaji
to be dothftil, as : ba yalibaUt nknc% i. e. :
they are takinff a long t&me nntSl they
tome 1-^4. To forget; to be neftieotfti]» neg-
ligent^ careless; to leave undone* ott wa
libala nknqe^ nmsebentl waks^ i« e. : he
negleeted to finish his work ^-5. To fbr-
get; to slight; not to nottoe^ ost ngi
libele incwadi 1 letiwe^ i. e.i I did not
nottoe the letter, when it was brought;—
6. To be mmsed, nnfrcdthil^ «t t l^ikomo
si Hbele nknzala nonyaka, Le»i the eattle
have not calved this year (little we it had
from them.)
— » LiBALtsA, cans. fr. To eanse to idle or
spend time; to make notiiing of toending
tune. fSelthmJ *
nktt— LIBAZISA, v. t (From ttbala, by
dropping la^ and snbstitmig sCmi» to bring.)
1. iMeraUy : to bring into ieelnsiion or
abatnction; to be the eavse that one
spends, wastes, «r idles away time; to
cattse idleness, slothftdness^ neglSgenoe;—
2. To make fbrgetftd, caretaai^ or inat-
tentive;— 8. To detain; to keep back, a#:
WA ngi Hbasisa ngokoknlnma nomnnye
nmnnio, Le.! he let me wftit whfle he
spoke with another person.
Q— LIBO, n. sing. (From nli or nlo, raised,
reared, and ibo^ separated, foremost. JSo-
dic€Ul^ coinciding with llba and lobo^ cuts.
Allied to ihlobo, summer. Seo nm-Libo.)
1. That whldi is cat ftom, or dog ont
tut, the garden fiiet : the first prodnce of
the garden ; the first frnitsof smnmer, at :
\n ya hliwa nfibo lomhiaba, i«e. t ^ first
Ihiit of the earth is now eaten, as the
snmmer-frnit is eaten; — 2. The time of
the first fimit or first harvest, Mit kn seln-
Btyeni kaldni, I. e. : it is now in the time
c^ the first harvest, or sammer^uit.
nm'-LIBO, n.pLimi. {See tt-Libo^ Cbm-
ptfrenaba.)
Hie shoot of pimnpliM^ mebM, Ac.
flhis word is more flraaiwnt among the
Frontier tribes; those or Kalal geimrally
nse nm-Kvombo, which is % nearer de«
tcriptton or the same thing, fito Nnba.)
Ikkn— LtLA, V. !. (From iU-Oa, to strain oittt,
forth. JfoiaS<Ni% enevM kaa,loia, and
Inhu ^mM)iobila,tih^h]eia,*a. CMn-
ei^ipiakab.)
1. To waapb huaenti bew«U« moun;— 2.
To disdiarge wet or moisture; to drop,
«tt umutl u yn Ula, i.e.t the tree dk-
charges, exudes si^; — 8. To abound with
wet so as to h^ure the growth of plsnti,
at i isimi li ya lila, L e. t the plaee whidi
is cultivated teerden) is very wet^ (water
eomea out of the ground.)
— LtLSLA* qulf fr. To weep for, about,
over, A». ; to lament over, ««: unyana wa
mlilela uyise^ L e.t the fkther mourned
over his son.
mm^ Lnm, cans, fr* To cause tears to be
wept ; to cause lamentaidon, mourning, &o.
Id— LIIiO,n.pLiEL (Fcomlihu) IMt^Mfi
an outlet of weeping ; a weeping ; wailing.
mn— LILOb n. pi in^ (From ma. BU.x
molelo.)
1» JYiffMi^s a mass or element which
is strained fiirai from some deject, desig-
nating iniammable air streaming ibtSi
from a body, vtf., fire^ a»\ basa umlik^
icbs light fiMb tt> make afire;— 2. Con-
flagration.
idM— LIBCA, V. t. J^saijetf \ linywa. (From
la, to rain, and ima, to move^ to stand.
JDa9fo%t toliftup. BadieaUyomvUk
lama, end lama in elama, dccb iSiMsimsma,
&0. Sii. : lema.)
1. To break up^ as the ground; to cul-
tivate, to dig^ Oil ukulima ngegcja, L e.:
to dig (groond) with n hoe ;— 3. To
phM»h| tobegintosow, sit siymkuEma
emaiSmi&i,Le.c wetteaboutto^inttie
gardens, =: begin to eow, Ac
•'^i*- I^DCtitA, qmt. fr. To dig; to plough,
att igcna lami ti ya Umeka, i.e.t mj hoe
dtaiw«a
<*-^ XmLa, qulf. fr. To dig^ plougb, Ac,
ht, abou^ at. Oft ba m ttoMia amasnku
malnli, Le. : they dugfiir hhn two days.
Sn— LIMA, n. sing. (From the verb.
Djofeofjb^ indima.)
A pat^ of coltivuted ground; n small
plaee digged,
isi— LIMA, n. pi. id. (From the Terh.)
L IMeruSl^t a haltinff; a penon waft-
ing, as it wo^ on cue kg, lifting up one
l«g» going lame;— 2. An algeot or deform-
ed pemon; ncrippl*. (Sometimes mpp&sd
to beasts also.)
ubu— LlMA^n. (From isQima.) Cripple-
ness; deftyrmtty.
ukn-^LIMALA, ▼. t (From lima, set isi-
Lima, and ih, to strain.)
To hurt; to iijuius to gite pidn bj
contusion, premarc^ or any other violenee
done to the body, «t : ulimele einnynweni,
Le.: hehashurtUBNdf atUs fcut» has
received a contudon.
Isi— LIMAKA, n. pLirf. {Dim. from iri-
llma.\ One who tvalks a little haltii^
who n like a QripplSk
Digitized by
Qoo^^
Ii&ffDI,
[195]
LDTaiBA.
ite— LtMAZA, T. t. (From tima-iza, to
naks. See Lhnala.)
To hurt; to contiue or h^jnre tbe body
in anj way, eu i wa limaza iaanhla saJce^
L e. : he u^ored his hand.
m-^m, TiTir47;TBA, cans. fr. To cauao to hurt,
Ac ; to hurt on purpose.
ial^LIMELA, n. (From Hmela, we Lima.)
1. Properigx an indication or sign for
oommendng gardening, pldQghing; bnt
commonhfi the Pleiades, or seren stars;
when they appear gardening is oommenoed*
tft: iiilimela si ya kn twasa ngenyanga
ezayo, L e. : the seren stars will appear
next montii;— 2. Spring; the time when
gardening commences, the seven stan hare
appeared, aei isilimela si twasile, Le.:
sprine has commenced.
cm— LIMI, n. pi. ama. (From lima.) A
flirmer; hnsbandman.
U-^LIMO, n. ph izL (From lima.) 1.
Cnltivated ground; land ploughed and
sown; — ^2. Ae produce of cUgging, plough-
iBg- vBo. ; crop.
Ida— LINDA, r. t. (From li, strained, and
Snda, to the extreme. SadieaUy one with
landa, londa, A». Theietueie: toporsne,
todiffld.)
1. To ffoard ; to repd ; to beat off; to
keep bads, aei no linda izinyoni si nga
htt amabele, L e. : yon most iAwe off the
birds that they do not consome the com;
^-8. To wait ibr, at: ngo kn linda
emaogweni, i. e. : I shall wait tor you at
the ridge; — 8. To watdi; to be awidce;
to remain without sleep, a# : si ya linda
izmgnlnbe amarfmini, i. e. ; we keep watch
(va the night) fbr the wild hogs in the
garden ^— 4. To take caro of a thing; to
p re sci f o or obserre ;-^. To be attentiTe,
dnrnmspect; to look ont with attenticm or
caqiectation to something, of : be be linda
imTnbQkantlyafikababaleka,i.e.{ thqr
looked oat for tiie sea-oow (hippopotamns}>
bat when it appeared they ran off.
^— LoTDAirA, repr. ft. To goard, wait,
watdi fbr eadi other.
mn— LDCDA, n. pi. imL (From the Terb.)
1. Properly : a place whero one most be
on his guard, viz, : ground which is hollow
mdemeath and danfferous for walking
orer it. JIenoe^2, A hole in the ground
to keep or p iusui r e oom in. (Frequent
with the Frontier tribes.)
«m— LINDI, n. pi aba. (From Ihida.) A
guardja watchman; a guar^an ; a waiter.
imi— LINDI, n. pL imi. (From linda.) 1.
Idter&Uyi a receiver, keeper, i^.t a
sraaQ hole in the oentro of the nbala
(phioe) in which the natires winnow their
eon ;— -2. A large hole nnder the ground
tt the eatUd-ftlA, in which the com is
kep*. {Same a$ umfinda.)
Ssi— LINDO, n. (From linda.) thatching;
waiting; vigiknce.
nkn— LINGA, r. t. (From li, stndned, and
inga, to fbrce. LUercUUf : to use force or
strength, to try the strongth. BadioaUy
onewUh langa, lenga, andlunga. Allied to
oenga and yenga.)
1. To make an effort; to attempt; to
venture ; to undertake, a* : a ngi yl ku-
linga ukuwela umfhla ngi nga w'azi aman-
zi, L e. : I shall not yenturo to go through
the river not knowing the water ;— 2. To
tempt; to tempt to something by reason
or argument, a# : wa ngi linga ngengubo,
i. e. : he tempted me by a dress (whidi he
promised to give);— 3, To try by experi-
ment ; to examine, <» : wa yi linga imbazo
e gaula nmuti olukuni, i. e. : he tried the
axe by hewing a hard piece of wood
with it.
<i**--« LAVGUri, rcpr. ft. To be of even
quality ; to hold even qualities ; to be equal
to^ adequate^ equitable.
This is a wM of very general applica-
tion, expressive of quality, magiutude,
dimension, measuro, value, deeree, varia-
blenesi^ proportion, power, ability, &c,,
ati amazwi abo a lingene, Le.: their
words aro of the same import, they agree;
^ukidila loku ku ya ungana nabantu
bonke, L e. s this food is sumoient in pro-
portion to all peq;>le ;— abantu ba lingane
namakuln matatu, it is ; the people are on
the average three hundred;— umbila u
lingene namasaka amatatu, L e. : the mea-
lies (Indian com) measure about three
•«— • LnraAKiBA, caus.Ar. 1. To try to ven-
ture^ undertake, &c.;— 2. To do just as
another: to make equal; to make one
thing of the same qualify'; to equalize;
to imitate, <u : nm-Dingane wa imgnniiyft
no-T|aka amanbla ake, L e. : Dingaan
tried to do with his power as Chaka did;
•^2. To comparo ; to examine the rektions
of tilings to each other in regard to their
qualities, properties, Ac., cui linganisani
izinto erimbili inknln 1 pixm ? L e. : oom-
paro both things, which is the greater of
the twof — S. To measuro; to ascertain
the quality, dimennon, &e., as: sikuln
isitya u linganisa ngaso, i.e.: the basket
you measure with is too large.
^-^ LnroAiriBxx^ quit fir. 1. To try to
Sual for, &a;— 2. To proportion, as:
ntenga ngi linganisela Imali ckona,
i. e. : if I purchase I do in proportion to
the money I have ; — 8. To distribute by
measure, a# : wa ngi linganisela ngeritya
erfncane, i e. : he measured out to me with
a small vessel.
•>-^ LnraXBi, cans. fr. 1. To trv or at-
tempt to do, a#: wa lingisa ukubumba
OS
Digitized by
Google
LISA.
[196]
LOBOLA.
imbiza kanti w'ablnleke^ i e. : he tried to
form a pot of day bat oonld not eooeeed;
2. To seem to toy or tempt, to inutate,
at : wa lingiia nknhlaba ngomkonto^ L e. :
he made an attempt to am with a roear,
he lifted the spear up as if he would, or
was going to» stab.
i— LmOA, n. id. ama. (From the rerfo.)
A trial ; an attempt; experiment.
urn— LINGANI, n.pl.aba. (From Ungana.)
An eqoaL (In the Xosci, a comrade!)
in— LINGANISELO, n. pL izL (Frwn
linganisela.) A measnrey proportion^ dec,
as ayard of any stn^ Sac
nm— LINGANISI, n. ]^ aba. (From Vsga-
nisa.) One who measures, Soo,
isi— LINGANISO, n. pL in. (From linga-
niBa.) A measore; weight; pattern;
comparison; dimenrion, Sk,
nm— LII^GANISO, n. pL imi. (Fromlinga*
nisa.) A measore, weighty &&, vie, : that
whidi has been measoMd, the olject^ <u :
imilinganiso 'mitatn, i. e. : three yards of
staff (isilinganiso is sabjectire).
am— LIKGI, n. pL aba. (From linga.) A
tempter,
in— LINGISO, n. pL in. (From lingisa.)
1. An attempt ;— 2. A symbol,
in — LINGO, n. sing. (From linga.) A try*
ing; a b^nff put to a trial, at : a senlmg-
weni, 1. e. : he is in trying drcomstanoes.
isi— LINGO, n.pLin. (From linga.} 1. A
caose of trial or temptation; a trial;— 2.
A temptation, oi : wa si ngenisaesilingwe-
ni, i. e. : he brooght us into temptation.
nm— LINGO, n. pL imL (From linga.)
Something to mace a trial with ; an otject
for an experiment, asi wa m longisela
omlingo ku bonwe a sizwe ngawo na, i. e. :
he prepared for him a portion of medidne,
lit» : a trial, experiment, to see whether it
would help him.
uku— UNGOZA, T. t. (From linga, and
. oza, to make, to feeL lAteraUy : to try
the feeling. JHaledie, lingota and hngoya.
^Radically one wUh langagai anH Inn g niia ,
Compare goya, gozi. and koza.)
1. To press oat a deep respiration ac-
companied with a certain sound, as that of
languor, fiiintnesi^ or depression of spirit;
—2. To ngh,— 8. To sob;— 4. To shew
sympathy.
^-^ LiKGOZiSA, cans. fr. To caase a nghing
or sobbing; to cause languor, faintnesi^
depression of spirits.
isi— LINGOZI, n. pi. isL (From Ungosa.)
A sigh ; a sign of languor, faintnesi^ de-
presnon of spirit.
id— LISA, n. (From umlisa.) A person
who causes great delight ; a rery cheerful
person,
am— LISA, n. pL aba. (From li, raised, and
isa, to cause.)
1. Tfimarilff : a person making oOmts
pasnonatdy fbnd of him ;— 2. A mate or
playmate; comrade, <i#: halala 'balisa ba-
kwetu, L e. : halloh comrades of oars !
(The word is exdndydy applied to yoanff
men, and usually occurs in eTftlsmatinns.)
LIWA, eee Lwa.
LO, dem. pron. (A contraction firom la,
dem. pron., and u, nom. form. See Le.)
1. This; that; referring to noons in
n-umu, at : lomunta or umunto lo^ L e. :
this man ; — 2. It often stands as an adgee-
tive or sobstitote, and assomes a nom.
form, at : omunto o nokubukwa olo or
ngulo, L e. : the person who is belored is
this (one).
i— LO, prL n. (From the root ili and o^
tee La and 0.)
A he^ a di^ an it. Used as a pran.,
referring to nouns in i-ili, and n-ulo, {tee
Iwo,) at I ngi ya li bona ilo, i. e. : I see it,
it is it. {See Lena.)
id— LO, n.plid. (From k, to rise^ to fight)
1. Ftiperljf : a bursting oot of pasnon;
a^^tatedor fighting natore ; bat eomm omfy
applied to aU wild animal^ eepedally the
tiger. The word indodes also those wild
animals whi<^ are not used for food, and,
hence, dgnifies: undean animals, at:
ingouyama a yi hliwa yinlo, i. e. : the Hoq
is not eaten becaiue he is an undean ani-
mal;— 2. A monster animal; with general
application, and specially used of the tape-
worm. (See in-6li)
uku— LOBA, T. t. (From lo, strained, and
uba, to separate. SadicaU^onewUhUhe^
and in boloba. Allied to hloba.)
1. To cut, lance, or open araised olject,
at : ukubba isilonda, L e. : to cut a sore
open, in order to draw out the matter;—
2. To make cuts, stripei^ or lines; hence,
to draw, to represent by lines drawn on a
^t sur&ce, to write, especially, to make
the first rudiments of writing, at : loba
incwadi, i. e. : write a letter ; — 8. To punt
with colours, pdnts, stripes, at : ukuloba
ubuso, i. e. : to paint the face with odkNm ;
•—4. To draw out or up with a hook, at :
ukuloba ixinhlanri, L e.: to catch fish.
{See u-Dobo.)
— — LoBSLA, qolf. f^. To cat, nrite;, Ac,
for, on, on account, &c
um— LOBI, n. pL aba, (From loba.) A
writer; afisbier.
i^LOBO, n.pLama. (From loba.) Cots;
marks; line or stripe on a surfkoe.
um— L0B0EA2I, n. See Lobokdcad.
uku— LOBOLA, T. t. (Fnnn loba, and ola,
to strain, to fix. JRadiealfyonewUklibi^
Compare bala. Sit, lopola.)
1. LUeralfy : to make an outline or re-
presentation of a thinjg; but primariljf :
to design fbr a separation; to qpendfbra
Digitized by
Google
iMrearemeot; to oompenftte elaiins;— 2.
Mmce, imgenerali to paj t oerbdii num-
ber of oattle fbr awife» a#: nknlobola nge-
iinkomo^i.e.: to oon^eimtt with catUi^
to engage a wife with catUe.
Tide word is exdaidyely applied to the
pteeent aam^ enatom of paying fbr, or
engaging and pnrehaiing a wiib with cattle.
The idea lying at the bottom of thia ooi-
torn is that of a bereayement or dqnriTa*
tion which the mother of a girl istappoaed
to ezperienee when her daoghter ia taken
away from her. And the meaning of the
word renders it more than probable that
this custom has originated from a reason
affiBcting the moth^; namely, wUle the
&ther received the dowry, and the bride a
gift {wee mafaVawma and malnme), the
mother made particular cbdms for bearing,
nnrsing, and bringing up her child, aiki
felt it an injustice or violence, when she
had to give np her daughter without receiv-
ing a particular conidderation fbr herself.
These two reasons,— the daim of the
mother, and her bereavement^ which she
had to lament^— are^ under the present
state of things, the most curious natures
of the lobola vpibaau For whether the
mother does or does not fed truly attached
to her diild, and whether or not her criei^
when her daughter is actuaHy married
away, arise frtxn sudi a frding, custom
req&es fhsm her that diediould make a
lamentation in regard to her daughter on
that event. Henoe the customary and
legal expression : nkulobda unina, L e. : to
pay the daims of the mother, to pay her
fbr her bereavement. But the custom has
become merdy mercenary, and fhU of the
most degrading hypocrisy.
^— LOBOLSLA* qulf.fr. To engage and pay
cattle fbr a wife : to make payment fbr,
a#: wo ngi lobolek intonbi yami^Lcx
JOQ nnist pay me fbr my dauf^iter.
*— LoDQUSA, cans. fr. To make to pay,
to let pay a nmnber of cattle ftvawifiBi
to demand payment in cattle fmok one.
(Thisfbrm has refbrenoe to the parents of
a giri, who demand, while lobola refbrs to
the engaging parfy.)
mn— LOBOLISI, n. pL aba. (From k>bo-
lisa.> One who demands cattle or payment
for his daughter.
un— LOBOLOKAZI, n. pL aba. (From
lobola, to be paid for, and kaaa» denoting
fomale.)
A female or girl who is engaged to one
who is yet to pay fbr her, while— n se
kinrise^ i e.: die is still at her father's.
LOBU, LoBO, LoBUYi* and Lobati*
dem. pron. (From la, dem. pron., and ubu,
nom. fbrm,— la-ubOb— la^ubu-uysy hi-uki-
aya, ess paya, there.)
This;— that ^— this here;— that there;
referring to nouns in u-ubu, Of : utywala
lobu, this beer ;— ubutyani lobo, that grass ;
— ^ubuhldu Idmya, this red bead here;—
ubongo lobaya, that brain there.
Lobu and lobo, when preceding their cor-
req^dent nouns cause the elision of
initial of the latter, ae : lobu 'tywala, &c.
LOKO, dem. pron. (iSise Loku.) That;
referring to nouns in uku, ae : ukubona*
kala loko^ L e. : that appearance.
It is used as an adva4>, denoting a time
spedfled, aei loko sa hambayo, Le.i at
that time when we walked. {See bku,* 6.)
nkn- LOKOTA, v. t. (From lo, raised, and
ko^ up, and uta to pour, to teU.)
1. T6 form and tell an idea of something
not red; to invent a tde or story; to
fdgn; to form and relate a fictitious tde,
at I wa fika wa ti wo boijwa ngeoala, i e. :
he came and ndd, you shdl be bound for
a crime (in joke); — 2. To simulate^ as one
who rdates a fiction.
— « LoKOTBLA, qulfl fr. To pretend; to
tdl something faigned instead of what is
real; to nmukte in words.
um— LOKOZANA, n. pL ama. (From loko,
= duka, to go out^ and izana, dim. form.)
A ^neric name for very small animals;
see isi-lwanyazana.
LOEU, dem. pron. (From la, dem.
pron., and uku, nom. fbrm.)
This; that; refisrring .to nouns in uku,
aei ukuhlala loku, L e. s this living or re«
nuuning. (Itscorrdativesareloko^lokuya,
andlolmya.)
2. It is used as a definite adjective
pdnting to something near, present, or
just mentioned, of : ngumseMnd wako
loku^nif i. e.: is this your woric or ?
8. Used as a substitute in the sense of
HUsl whiek, like what, as: ngi ya kuhuna
loku dkwadyo^ h e. : I speak what we
know.
4. Loku is very generally used as the
representative of a sentence or a part of a
•entence, as : se be bonile loku, ba ti a d
aa yi kuya, L e. : when they had seen that,
they made up thdr minds not to go any
more.
5. It is also used as an adverb denoting
a time spedfiedy dther pastorfhtm«b aez
loku nffafikayOi Le.: at the time when I
arrive^ or, when I arrived. (In this case
the form yo is affixed, see yo.) It often
indicates the sense of then exieti^, an
ukulwaloku, i.e.: thewar then existing,
or ffoinff on.
6. Loku na loku, i.e.: this and that,
i— LOKU, a substitute pron. {See toku.)
That it or iAs it ; applied as loku 4 <" •
into umuntuu yakwenn ildra, L e. : what
mman istodo^itisthis, B thishe is todo.
Q9
Digitized by
Google
LOKl.
[we]
umoowzj.
LOKUYA md LcocWiTi, dtta. prom
(From la» denu proD. iikii-iij«» k«ii]B»«ya.
Sm hka and loko^and paja^ thora.)
1. Thb bere;--tliat tbmi rafarring to
noona in nkn, a*i iikiiq;oba lokaja» this
drifing hava i— nkqiinft lokwaja* that
danoing thera,
2. At that tima; then, a#t loknya
na tangayo ingobo^ ia. s at thai time when
jon bovght a draaa. 800 Iclkn, to which
it is naad aooordinglj in all caaaa.
nkn— LOLA, t. t (From ila-ok, to atrain,
atraining. JMieaUff ont wUk lala, lila,
and Ink.)
1* To atndn by rabbing or friotioa{ to
abarpan, to what, ati tola imbaio, i. e.:
ahaxpan the azef— 2. To aaparata by fric-
tion, to rob^ Of : tola iMi, i a. : to rab
ootonri— 8. To polish,
nkn— LOLAZA, t. t. (From tob, and iza,
tomaka) Toaharpan or grind byUttto
andlitUe.
nm— LOLAZI, n. pL imi (From tolan.) A
grindstone; anullstone.
id— LOLO, n. pL in. A plaaa whara the
nmtoto growa.
CLOLO, >n.pLiniL (From tola.) A
^^LOLWA, jldndofwood which iansed
for chareoaL
LOLU, LoLO, LoKUTi* and Lo&wayi*
dem. pron. (From la, dem« pron., and
nln, nom, ftnn^— la^nto^— la^nln-oyaj—
la-nln-ayai taa paya, there.)
Thi8|— thatv—tiiis h6re,-.that there;
referring to nonna in n-nln, at s nlnhla
loin, this row^— nfatoto, that braaeh; —
nto tokiya, this thing there ;-*n]Lato Idwa-
ya, that hill there. Whauefer Ida and
lolo precede thdr o or raapoad ent noon, thqy
eanae the eliaion of ita inittol, oit Mn
Inhla, &0.
iti^LOMO, n. pL izi* (5^ nm^Lomo.)
1. A prineipBl i^iaaker; one who nttera
the common ojnnion of a tribe or nation ;
—2. One of whom the hi^^iaat o|Hnion is
entertainedi one ^o is moat denrad, =
a aweet month, especially balofad by
nm^LOMO, n* pL imL (From lo^ iiised,
and nmo, opened. LUeralUfi an organ
raised open, made open. M ai ie a ify one
with lima and Inma. Oompmm alama,
knlnma, 8i$. mdtoma)
1. The month, beak;— 2. Opening of
any racaptade, at : nndobo wagi^ i. a. :
tiiemonthor abotUa.
LONA, pron. a4i. (From itona, which
tee.) JPn^per^t himself haradf, itadf,
the same one; bnt eomtmrnlff t he^ she, it,
the same. It refera to nonna in i-ili, and
m-nhi (sat Iwona), and ia naad both ftir the
2fominatiTe and Objactt?e caae^ aei izwi
lake a ngi rad lima, U. $ (fil. 4 Ilia word I
danolkiiowtiMaB»er*-ikDlwaaUdkQlwa
tona,i.«.i a betiarer does nottmt C^)
himael£
i-*LONA« nom. acy* (From ito^ prL n.,
and ina, eren, idC same.)
Xdaf\i% X a hfanaeli; a hanaU; an itad(
a the aame. In addition to this maanii^;,
thiadaasof words has alao the fiorea of, to
be, to be I7, oat iiwi toke nga U xwa,
namhU itona, L a. t I heard hia Toioab and
to^y it ia the aame;— kwendwo itona.
La.: it is done hf the aaihe. (800 bona.)
ikn— LOKDA, ▼. t. (From to^ afcrainad, and
' inda, to eirtand'into lengOu J aiW o a / jy
one wUk landa and linda. JLUM to
donda.)
1. Tokeeptoag; to kaapin goodeon*
dition; to took Ibri— 2. To pta a ai i e ; to
keep in wMsj, 00 : wo tonda ianto nmi
si ng'abiw*, i.e.: yon mnst keep my
thinga wMf leat they be atolen,— 2. To
keep in aaftty, in eoatody, otx iaala la
kmdwa antokngweni, i. a. : the thiaf was
kept in the priaon;-^ To detad; to
protect^ at s tonda umtwana wako aaQwa*
nani, i. e. x protect yoor child againat the
wildanimaL
•»*- Lqidsxa, qnlt fr. Tdbaaafeitobe
in aaftty, nnder good cara^ in good handi,
Ac, MX amaiianda a tondekile ingewek
yagnmbnqdn, i.a.t the eggi ware qmte
aaib whan the wagon npaet.
ki— LONDA, n. pi id. (From tha Tsrb.)
JAtotaOjfi a oanas^ otject^ or matter to
keep properly, to took fi>r ; Aases^ a acre,
an nicer, Ao, which mnat be taken care at
id— LONBANA, n. pL ki. {J)im. from
isitonda) A small aora or ntoar; poatnk.
-LONl)!, n. pL aba. (Ftam tonda.) A
ikn^LONDOLOZA, t. t. (From kmda,aBd
atom, o carried, » nlnaa, to make atrenn-
ondy, carafUly, tenderly, Ac)
1. Totook<tf care for paftknkr^y; tQ
keep Tory careftilly ^— 2. To p raa or y%cr
poieat Tery tendariy, at: tonnotoaa laana
In nga ngandwa ngomoya, L e. s take par*
tieukr care of the bali^ leat it ahoold be
aipoaadto thewindr--i> Totaka careof
tender, little things^ littk creatvea^ Ac
-— LoviK)LO<AKA, ropr. To take cax% Ac,
of one another I to be tender^ afflaeted to
one another.
•«-— Lovix>LOSiLA, <pit fr. To take nar-
tkolar care of, for, aoi ngi tondokadem
igabadinomntifLc: do take great care
of the medidne-bottk for mc
•^^ LoHDOLoeiaA, cane fr. To canaa cr kt
care to be taken of— -particnlarly, Ac
u-^LONDOLOZI, n. dL aba. (From kn-
doksc) One who takes cara^ keapi^ pre-
aarraa partieokriy ; a kind
keeper; a tender attaadant.
Digitized by
Google
wwo.
CM93
LxnnoTi.
ilcv-^OfOmOlfYA. T. f; (FvwiloafciuKl
tooth.)
T« lum Ibt te«ili «lMii9 myoo^oidtrj
to wmh tiio Wetk dflin,
I— IiOKOO or I«oir€rwib n. pi aim, {Se€
«bii-liOQ0o.) ▲ pUoo of diy i»tUe^iiiig
vbn— LOKQO or liOirawi^ «• (Fvoo lo,
flniood. aa4 ngob drntHatdt ftom iniid*.)
LUtraUjft t^vmm itvaiii^d fromiiiiideb
«f ftnuntd Ifj bwirtingi Jb>w », cscremenli
of oifttia; frMh dwig, <i#i iainmu si jft
iSodwa iigolHikNigv«»'i.«,t theltoaNtan
•B«Mr«d with 0Qir-4iuig.
nm— LONGO or JxmQWf, xu pi iml (^Sm
oba-Iioi^) Antm orarowid haapof
dung as it oones tnm oattla,
vm— LONG WANEL n. pL iml ii2i< liOawAink
(Fro« lopgo^ and anab din. fom.)
▲ kind of wood or Bimb, baaring a fruit
riff«l)f^y to tho lAtwuhUii*
am— LONYANA, n, pL inO. (Dm. from
«mlamo,) A Uttla or imaU mootb.
«— LONYAKI, B. sing. Tribak See
am-HUmjaBl
i— LOTA, Q-pLam. (iS^ om^Lota.) 1.
Bsnmmaris;— 2. An amianon of semen
maris in elaap i poUntiflii i nnfloannsei
nm — LOTA, n. sing. (SVom nnUo, raised
masi^ light warn, He um-Lsb 4ad otSt to
ifaw. MModO^ (me wUh lata. Sit.i
molora*)
UieraUgt A mass raised sr blown off
fraoiringi asbes.
im— LOTAKAZL Q. pL isin. (faom nm-
lota, adMi^ a^^ d kasi, dsMting ftmali.)
An adi-eoloorad sow.
nfcn^LOTJA, t. t. (From hh mised np^
and tja, to born. OOars iksav lota. See
nm-Lota. Compare zota and »itja.)
1. To Vim vpi to bora with fise;—
2. To drifa awaji to banisb# ais.: 1^
baning np the aboda or plaaa of those
who are to ba dritan oSf,
a»-*L0yA2n, n.^imL (Ffomomloand
Tanl fram?a» to oomsb to feel and ini,
#reo»lika.)
A avtain shmb (of an ashy fislitgr, or
aantaining soma aA. l%is is tha m«ming
c# tbawoffd.)
l-*-LOyU, n. siiM^ (Itiadiftoiitt toilnd
ont the iiAiBeation oC thia wiord I it means
astcDBg^are. SeeYm,)
A nama of a rirar, aonth^waat of the
U#mK ri^r i* tba Zwart-Kopi and
rannmg iw tff tna aea«
1-l6Wb, & pi aaa* Mb^ f «# i-
Hawa.
LOWO, Lowi« and J/mxiAt dam^pNo.
(From h^ dem. pron. and nwo^ pri. n.,—
U — a , oontfBotad ftom wmij^r^lMBtm'
•y»l»«iPN».tiMfa.)
Thatr^tMs. h«e»i-4bat thaiai raiir-
ting to nouis in n^mn, m i ndada lowob
that iistari nmoti lowa» this tree bere;
Vmh!k lowaja, tb«t river tber«. {See
JjOf and Iawqii 4n«)
^Oui^IiOi&A. T. t. j^rom ila, or ilob and niB, to
■p yii;^ , jtadioeiUu one loi^ Issa, laiia^ set.)
1. Qmmiriopo^ioi to make a poimd
like lo^ as a soond of a fliite|<^4l Xifo*
raU^i to flute* to whistle,
i— LOZANI, n, pL ama. The fmm €i
umloaanw si a red ooloqr with atripab in
tbasbspeofabeU. It oontaiQs poison, and
is used fof kiUing flies.
qm^LOZANI, p. tO. iml (If darifsd firam
tba f erb loaa the meaning should be a
small flute^ which might be said of the
small bdl— >ilaaani« It is, bowerei^ safer
to derifo it from loza, bo laaa, to be of
little uss, and ani, |i herb or pUmt.)
A nama of a plant of a pdsonoos qua-
U^, It grows scarody one ibot high, has
many shoots from one stock, wd its flower
g eeem blei the red psa>-flower.
mn-*LOZI, n. ^ ama. (From kaa.) L A
fluting or whistling with the moito |— 2.
A flute.
LU» sobititnta pron. (Eslraatad from
the nom* fbnn ulu, wkiek eee,)
It. Eeforing to noons in uhUo, or:
ukalo lu de, 1. e. : the hill t^ higb|«»-nluti
In hmgile^ L e, x the stiek is gdbd* It is
also uted in the oljecti¥a oasflL and aa all
subrtitntaib placed immediately before the
pvedioate reth, a«s ngi ya In bongaudobc^
Le.< I thank for f< the hook.
When it aonnects another noon orpson.
with its pHnqipal in a GenitiTa eass^ its «
is sharpened into IS, OS! nto lwf|ke (from
In-ake), L e.: hii thing, lU, a the thing of
himi—ndaba Ifvenkosi (from lil»i-inkodX
Le.: the matter of the ohiaf.
n— LU, prt n. Contracted n, (from the
root ubi, ass la, denoting stratohing out^
mofing flwth, Ac See i-'U.)
It is used as a nom. fonot adding its
radical meaning always mora or lees par-
aeifable to apy root Of stem to whidiitis
united, ae'i uluhla, i. e.: r^idieaUfi a
■booting akmg.r-fortb, a row, Uns^ Ac
See eepeeiaU^ uhi-Bu and u-Boa.
uku— LUKA,f.t (From hi, stnuned, akmff,
and uka, to some up, go out, J i adi e a lfy
tn aloka. SU. logt,)
Td plaiti to bn^ Off luka intambo^
L a. I braid a rope or string,
— — LuxsKA, quit. fr. To be fit flir plait-
ing, OS : intambo a yi lokeki, I a. i the
straig is not flasibla enough to ba nsad for
toting.
mn^LUKAZANA, n, WhaL See weder
LUKUKI, a phrase, sat KnnI, B*
04
Digitized by
Google
tzkn— ^LULA, ▼. L (From nla-tik. MadicaUy
one with Iftla, ma, Ida, and m alida or
dtUa, and nlola. AUiedio hhila, kola, &c.)
1. IMeralty : to strain oat^ forth ; \0neet
to be easy, to be ligbt^ cw: into i Inla,
L e. : the thuig is light ;— 2. To be swift,
quick, (u : hambo u lida, t e. ; go and
be qnick, = stretch oat your legs in
walking.
•*«>— Lttlaha, rcpr. and £m. fbrm. To be
Tenr easy or light, &c.
— — Lttleka, quit fr. {See Eyeka, Ac.)
1. To lighten ; to lift np ; to sit easy;
to sit right ; to make less keaTy ;— 2. To
enliren ; to animate ; to give spirit to^—
3. To cheer; to make cheerfol, as: wo
si hileka ftiti si nqena tina, i. e. : yon must
excite, enliTcn, &o., ns often, for we are
ve^ slothfoL
nkn— LULAMA, ▼. i. (From lola, and ima,
to more. lAteralUn to more easily; to
stretch to a stand. McidicaUy in alama.)
1. JPrimari^f : to regain a fbrmer state ;
to come np easily; — 2. To recover from
sickness ; — 3. To get better ; to grow
stronger after a state of sickness or de-
bility ;— 4. To be animated ; to be of
good cheer or spirits ; to be <^ a pleasant
character; gentle, moderate, tut ngomn-
nta olnlamileyo^ i. e. : he is a very gentle
person.
»— . L^LAXEKi, quit. fr. 1. To come into
a stronger state or condition ; — 2. To be-
come quite oheerfhl, anhnated, &c
— JjjjJjjnBA., cans. fr. 1, To reoover;
to restore health ;— 2. To nt or fix up-
right ;toliftnp, cm: siyaku Inlamisa
inkomoiwile, i.e.: we shall lift np the
cow, for she is fallen down (and cannot
get np alone.)
u— LuLAMA, n. (From the verb.) A
kind of very straight tree,
u— LULO, n. (From Inlo.) Healtli ; re-
covepy.
j^. C LULO, *> n.p.iri. (From Ink.) An euj
i LULU, j or light but very lai^ basket
made of coarse grass, and serving, as a
lack or box, for keeping a quantity of
00m in.
isi— LULWANA, n. pL iri (IHm. from
isilalu.) A basket of the same description
as the isilalu, but of a smaller size,
i — LULWANE, n. pL ama. (From lulo
and ane, small, little.
1. A large moth ; a bat (Jri5aZ>;— 2. A
light, fng. : thoughtless person ; a heedless^
reckless fellow.
nku— LUMA, v. t (From la, to strain, and
mna, to move, to open. SadiedUy one
with lima and lomo.)
1. To open the mouth for bitinff ; hence,
to bite, Oil ii^a i ngi lumil^ i. e.: the
dog bit mei— 2. To pinch; to pain; to
smart, tui isisa nyangi lomt, Le.s the
stomach pains me, or I have a pindilBg in
my stomach.
— *— LinciVA, repr. fr. To bite one another.
«— « LincBKA, quit. fr. 1. To smart: to
bite ; to be painftil, at : i^su n Imneldle,
i. 0. : the stomach is in pain ;— 2. To tske
fire, as I isibane a si lomeki, L e.: the
candle will not take fire.
nku— LUMATA, v. t. (From loma, to Uis^
fto>f ita, to pour, to throw. See Ma^)
LiteraUy i to throw fire to ; to ig^te ;
to put into flames, ae: o ftina nkatjist
utyani ufaka umlik> a In Inmate, L e. : he
who wishes to bum the grass puts lire to
it and sets it in a flame.
-^— LxTMATni, cans. fr. To render or asaks
luminous ; to make to ignite.
uku — ^LUMBA, V. t. (From In, strained, and
mba, to separate from, to move forward,
to press against. Sadiealfy coinciding
with lamba, whit^ eee. Compare bombi^
dnmba, frimba, &c)
1. Literally i to make thin; bat pri'
marily : to give a thing a peculiar or good
shape;— 2. To manufaetore; to make a
piece of artifice ; to make an artftil, in-
genious thing, at : wa y'enea into wa yi
Inmba, i. e. : he made a thing and gave it
a beautifhl shape.
um— LUMBI, n. pL aba. (From lomba.)
1. An artifloer; a manufiietarer; — 2. The
ancient name for umlung^, acivUiBed man.
isi— LUMO, n. sing. (From luma.) Puns
in the region of the womb; hysterioB.
nku— LUMULA or Liticla, -v. t. (From
luma, and ula, to stnun, to remove. ISaIm
calfy one with lamula. Allied to kunrak.)
To wean, at : nkulumok amtwana ebe-
lei^, Le.: to remove a diild from the
breast
i— LUNDA, n. pi. ama. (From la, raised,
and unda, to extend, high.)
.The hump on the shoulder of oattle^
a— LUNDI, n. See a-Ndi.
oka— LUNQA, v. i. (From lu, ftraiaed,
raised, and unga, to b^i^ to Join. Sadi'
eally: to strain the power, ae: knga,
lenga, and linga. Sit, luka. Suakdi, onga,
to join. 'Compare kunga, hhmga, Aa)
1. To become right, straight; applied
to bodily and moral power, at : omonta a
lungile, i.e. : the man is right ^— 2. To be
just, equiti^;— 8. To beoome good;— 4^
To be proper, beeomiag, fit, suitable^ oot-
rect;— 6. To be orderly, weUr^golated;—
6. To be ready, prepared, at: ae ngi
lungile, i. e. : well, I am prepared.
— Lnr&BKA, qult.fr. To become right;
to come into a right states conditkm, oe. ;
to beoome usefuL
— — LuFGXLA, qulf. fr. 1. To be right*
good, fit, dec, for;— 2. To be better, atz
Digitized by
Google
LUNQISELSLA*
Catt]
LUNGU.
kit Inngeto nmniKtn tdmiiUmda, i*e«t itii
biiter Air a man to pregerre himftdf ;— o
bo hmgole nkoiala, Le*: yoa bad had
beifcorbertilL
« LuvosLASA, ropr.fr. 1. To be eqoallv
rtraigbfc; to be equally like, right, goo^
&o.r— 2. To be ooogruent, agiieiiig, a$i
inrieBhenii yabo i longeleDe^ Le.: their
woric is eqiudly good or Tahiable;— 8. To
beorderljr.
- LinroKULA, freqt fr. 1. To straighten
in the length by tying two or more tilings
together; to join, ats Iqngelela enye
intMnbo, i e. : bind another riem to tibe
one in order to lengthen it ;— 2. To help
to; to serrewith; tooUige by, an wo
ngi Inngelela amanhbi, Le.: yoa most
giTO me means to meet a contingenoy or
heto me to strength (by gtring me ibod).
- Linr&XLBLASA, ropr. fr. I, To be equal
to each other; to be parallel; tooorres*
pond to each other;— 2. To agree with
eaeh other ; to Uto in peaoe together, <u x
lomfioi nendoda yake ba hmgdelene fnti,
1. e. : this woman and her bnsband agree
Tery well with each other.
« JjUve^MLMLSBA, caos. fr. 1. To make
eqoal, oorre^onding, agreeing, parallel;—
2. To make eren, lef el, sniooth ; to lay
smooth. Of : kokola nmhlaba lapo n Imige*
leUse indan leyo^ i. e. : take away the soil
from tbenee and make that pkoe eren ;— 8.
To help to right; to help to lengthen, kc
- LuHCHT.Tn.THATfA, Tcpt. fr. 1. To placo
two persoos or things in an equal state ;
to ftimish them with equal powers; to
qoalifr them equally; to pot them in a
state m which nothing is wanting or doe
on either lide;— 2. To balance aoooonts;
to compensate on both sidei^ as: ma si
ImgeleUsane iiintb leto, L e. : let ns make
eompensation of things one to the other.
- LvireiSA, cans. fr. 1. To make right;
to straighten; to do right or good; to do
jostiee; toacynst, att ngi Inngise inyanga
yaaai i pelile, Le. : give me my payment,
fbr my month is at an end;— 2. To reform;
to reotiiy; to mend;— 8. To repair; to
Lx7]r0ilAKA* fcpr. fr. To do right or
good one to another; to reform each
other, Ac
- LUKGIBBLA, qnlf. fr. To do right, dsc,
ftjr; to prepare for, &&,«»: sisalangisek
akidiamba, Le.: we still prepare nr a
LrHamEiSLA, freqt.fr* To bring orer
properly, orderly, well, Ac, for; to trans-
act or perform a bosinefii prc^perly for
another; to serreathing properly at or
for, OS : wo H longiselek kiiYe iiwi huni,
L e.: yon must bring my word OTsr to him
in a proper manner*
i— LDNGA, n* pL ama. (From longa.) A
straaght«forward character; a xigh^ just,
good, Ac, pe r son.
i — LUNOA, n. pL ama. (From longa.
See im-Pnnga.) A well-regulated spot or
odour; applied to animals spotted black
and whit^ ae : inkabi elunga (contracted
fromeyilungaX Le.: a black and white
spotted ox.
nbn— LUNOA, n. (From the verfo.) Pro^
perfy : a small portion of hair from the
tail of cattle; eigmfyitkg : a state of right,
property, or ownership, which is the pri-
muy meaning of the word.
The word applies ezdusiTely to a native
custom, according to which some hair is
plucked out of the tail of cattle (ubova
be^oba bu zatulwe, L e. : the hair of the
tail is pulled out), and fostened round the
neck or arm of an individual who is to
beoome the rightful owner or proprietor of
that animaL This is usually done for
young people, especially girli, when they
have some heart-ttckness and none knows
whsA tiie matter is with them, or what can
help them. The end aimed at is to cheer
them by making them owners of pn^ierty,
in connection mth which a certain super-
stitious belief is entertained. Such a head
of cattie is, as it were, holy, and may not
be taken, nor eaten up (confiscated) by a
chief. Thb is a law.
i— LUNQAKAZI, n. pL ama. (From
iknga, and kad, denoting fomale.)
A bbusk and white ^ratted oow.
i— LUNGAZANA, n. pL ama. (From
ilonga, and inna, a small female.)
A young or small black and white odour*
edeow.
nm— LUNGISI, n. pL aba. (From hmgim.)
One who does or acts rightly, jusUy, wdl,
Ac; a stnu£^tforward man; an honest
i— LUNGISO,n.pLama. (From lon^sa.)
Straightness; straightforwardness; just-
nsss ; fitnem; goodness.
id— LUNGISO, n. pi. iiL (From hm^)
Arightacticm; a righteous action ; right-
eoosnesB. (Xoea ubulungpsa.)
i— LUNGU, n. pL ama. (From lunga, to
join.) 1. LUercUly : a shooting joint ;
henee, a juncture of limbs, the joining of
two or more bonei^ at : ilunguleddo, L e. :
a juncture of the knee r— 2. A joint ; a
limb, ae i ilungn lomunwe, L e. : a jdnt
of the finger ;— 8. A knot» as in grasies,
reeds, Ac
id- LUNGU, n. (iSm um-Lungu.) Civilised
nation, as : d ya konxa edlnngwini, L e. :
we serve with the dvilised people,
nm— LUNGU, n. pL abdungu. (Fromilungu,
as the pL shows^ aba-ihmgu, contracted
abd.; analogoos to abenhlu* from aba-
Digitized by
Google
LWA.
LWAirOA.
kihH ilMy of tiM Imw. *# the Tob
lungs. AuOtfU and i^ito moloBfi, an
arl&oer, genion^ mad of Ood abo^^—Biugii,
a fiwopaan.)
A national naaM wU^ baiflng been
gifon br the Kafir to all wUte people* baa
naaallvbeeninterpMtedl^ •^ the wbltea."
But both analyiia and etjmologj are
againit that interpretation. The term Ibr
white people ia eoowtly and diftinetl j t^
abantu abamhlope^ wbiflh it the opponte
to t^abanta aiNninyama» L e. t bkcfc
people. And from thebi^oiT er mage of
the word we learn that nmtanfa oomee
from the AfdMi or Nika nralongo, which
if the modem name among the Zala*Kafir,
the anoient baing ''nmlnmbi,'* nL aba-
Iambi, from the rerb Inmba (mtieh tM,)
and of them hiftOTj telle nii '^ngabantu
edngaVaiiyo tina, ba ya aebenza iilnto e
■i nge namanhla nkng'enai ttna," L e.:
thej are people whom we do not know,
and thej make thinga we have it not in
our power to make. (The ihet that the
Xo9a do not know the name omlombi, bat
know only mnhmgo, givea aome meana to
traee the origin of that nation, while
nmlambi, aa the anoient word among the
Zola tribea, eorf oboratea anothv fiMt» e£E. :
that the latter have kept tbemadreaen-
tir^ independant of the inflnenee of their
north-eastern neig^bovr% and the Araba.)
A pefeon of a eiYiliaed nationi a eiTil-
iied man, la the only and the proper
meaning of the word^ aoeofdlng to ita
deriTatioB.
om— LUKQUB:AZI, n. i^ abeL (From
limgn, and kaat, denoting tenale.)
A female or woman of a dviliaed nation,
i— LUKQULUNQU, n. pLama. (Fran
ilnngn, joint)
The nape, or the pari Jndnding the nape,
nkn— LUNGUZA, t. t. (From longa, and
am, to make^ to get Amdiealljf one with
langaaa.)
1. livperfyt to atretdh or bend the
head toward lome oljeot ) to k>ok ootvetr
eloeely, anzioaaly; to tidte a diarp look
oat, <u I wa langaaa nffaeenummgo^ L e. :
he pot hia head oat of the deer to look
out I— 2. To Tisit a liek peraon i to ahew
him fynraathy.
a— Limf A, n* S§e n-Nya.
LUPALA,T. iS^Ahipak.
LUTO, ru An abbrefiation of olnto,
Mf n-To.
oka— LWA, T. t. (Troperlft a regalar
pani?e fbrm from ila, to riie op, to atrain,
Ac SeelM. Xffora%: to be atrained,
ei«.t indooed. Perft. Iwile: negatlTelwL
SU. loa.)
1. To be irritated or proroked; hence,
to fighti to make a diatwfaanee^ at: ngi
mikQhniiMnv%Le.s leemetpfigMwith
yoa|-4l. Tofighta battle) to wwf— 8.
To eombati to atroggle; to atriv^i to
resist an oppoaing party, aet wa hm no-
ylse, i.e.s hewaa strogglinf agalnat Ins
ftither. (Always need with &e peep, aa.)
The passive Ibem liwa is ised in the
fbUowfaig tense only, ae t kwa Uwa, L e.:
a fighting took plaoei— kn be k« fiwi^
i.e. t there has been a fighting, abattie.
R>ICASK.--The oknlwa ia IbrblddeB \f
kw when olbnslveb bat ia kwftd whan
de«Ml?e. iSMQak.
— - LwiKi, repr. fr. To fight wllli one
another; to fight together with othsai for
a eommon eanse.
— — LWKLA, qalf. fr. Te ight^ A&, fior,
aboot, Of: m ai Iwek yena lomonto, t e. :
this man is fighting for Umself, la fighting
his own battle oroaose.
»— Lwiai, oaos. fr. To make ov pot one
op to fighting,
a— IiWALWA,n. (Fromlwa.lwa,stnlned,
stretebedoot)
A rotk. 2WM; eoiiie at a-I>arala»
iil— IiWANA and NB. (Aram isOo^ and
aae^ dim. form.)
A eoQeolive name Ant a mailer aartof
wild aniamls than the tiger ) hot often
applied to ^e tiger, Ae., itself, in a asase
ofem^iasis, as a eonning anlnuLL
Imi— LwANB, pL n. (Frm hnms^ see Iwn.
Oihen, ywane.)
1. ^iperl^ i apptaraneea orahadewa of
peraona who are fighting together vdth,
e<s.: heip othen to fight $ eemmon fy t
speetrea or gfaoeta of batHe, ost hgikoai i
ri hlaaela impi ya papa ebaaoka. In thrrn
nemilwane^ L e. : when a ehlef la aeafinif
oat an army to figib or to war, and baa a
dream in the night, Hiaarid, he dMaaft
of ghoata who help Um (« firilow-eoaa.
batants), to wbi the battle i— 8. A good
omen, ati nmontn a ya ya eealeailake
m nemilwane, L e. : when a pensen goea
before the eoart with hfe eaas, and baa a
aeeret power teeaiiat him, ore good omen,
that he will win the case.
I— LWAKGA, pL n. (Fran the aingw
ola and anca, nAieh eee,)
Oenera^y : the palate, reforfing to the
ershee In the npper part ef the m eot k
Bat more •erA&NiM^ it reforn to the
pdlatewhiefaUee in the p o at ester part of
the month, consisting of the mem tran om i
eartain or mosoalar nsaoe, from the middBe
ofwhieh hangs the ofak. Thektterbeing
yary large k often eaUed the tongoe, even
hw natives, which k obvioosly a eonfhaion.
Yet thk eonfosfon ahoweckarly that tiiere
k eome difirenae be tw ee n alwanga and
Uwanga, which k iesidedly tU% that the
Digitized by
Google
LWniL
[Mt]
JCA.
flfit iignito the hard pdlaU, md the
tMcmd the toft paUOt, the ulwiogA the
anterior, and the ilwangatbe poet«kr| and
henee it is that there esieta abo a plor,
•fflwanga, oompriaiiig hoth of them.
(OMiparf n-Lwimi.)
Non.-- Strietlj analjied Uwanga if
from ilo-aaga. Ho^ the prt n. of a
deoMoatratife power, ate kma and flona,
Iwona and ihrona; ifi ss olo, primitive
nig. referring alwaya to mediate obfeote,
960 kii» this, bin, thia, hot ilo sb nlo,
always pointing to reinoter things, see
kk^ thi^ lolo, that.
i— LWANHLE, pL n. (From the sing,
nhi-anhle, which latter eee,)
The sea; hot more partie^Uarljf the
ooean. Eor the natives do not oall a
hmd esa or laks^ nlwanhle, but idbi, and
nndernlwanhle they understand properly
the eztensian toward the outside^ separated
from the land {eee n-Boa.) We lutye^
therelbffe, here the same distinction as in
nlwanga and ihranga (eee the latter,) mi. :
nhranhle^the imoM^Bate SKteosion or sea,
and ihranhle^ the more remote estenmon,
or oeean» and heooe also the reason for the
q;Meial plnr. isilwanhle. (See the note
mider i— I^wanga.)
isi— LWANYANB, n. pi iri. (A dim.
form from iaOwanai vroper^t ani-ane.)
A eoUeeliTe name for all sorts of very
amen animals, wild and not wild, vermin,
rcptihs, insects^ Ao.
n^LWAVSLA, n. iS^Aveb.
n-^L WEZI, n. sing. (From nloi— eri, eee
the latter.)
A name for that month or time of the
year when the caterpillar, called nlweri,
apfwars. Thendloalmeanlngofthe word
** the rising of watery parts, eif. i mp,'*
exj^ains the time more neariy as the time
when the sap rises in the trees,— the be-
ginning of smamer, ahont the month of
Oetober.
- «— LWIM I, n. pL On-ilwfani, and iziL
(From 1^ stretched, and imi, moving np
or oat ;— ik, eee ihu^ a joint, memoer.
Others have a contracted fiNrmnUnd. Bo*
diea^i stretdied out)
1. LUermUjf t a member for moving^ arti-
eaktin|f ; heiee, the tongoe (Jbea, n no-
Iwiad, 1.0.1 he has a (long or evil) tongue,
•<■.: telle lies);— 2. Langoage, ae; ba
knhnna nlwiad Iwabo, i. e. t they speak
theirown language.
i— LWIMI, n. pL ama. (Froperimt the
first plnr. from ulwimL Othef% HimL)
A tongue ; but paiHienlartg i a heavy
tongoe; a heavy soode of utterance; ap«
plied to stammering, and generally ex-
pressed by the pior.,M: o nam a Mmi , Let
he hae a heavy or
Jn this word we have evidently the same
dillvenoe aa in ulwanga and ilwanga, viz, i
ulwimi, originally, the tongue as articulat-
ing member, and ilwimi, the tongue, as
the articulated language, sp eec h, utter-
liWO, \ Vimuf forms, vefetring
LWONA,)to nouns in u-hiIu, more
commonly used in the Xoe0, for whidi the
Zuhi employ the oontraeted lo^ lona, &c,
flQetee eee*
M is a kbial, and has the same uniform
sound in Zulu as in most other knguages.
But when occurring in the middle or in
the ending of stem of verbs and nouns,
where clonic changes take phm^ it has
also an intermediate sound, and is a labio-
nasal, or semi-eonsonant, and changes into
ay (which is properly ni, sef I) ^— 1. In
dM passive voioe^ at i kumula^— kunyulwa ;
tuma— tunywa ^-2. In the locative case,
at', umlomo ■ emlonyonl. Those nouns,
however, that do not admit this change in
their original form, ot : igama-^-egameni,
take it in thrir diminutive, at t igama —
iganyana;— isibamu— islbanyana, £c. This
nlation between n* and « is very import-
ant» inasmuch as it ezpkdns the order of
thrir orighi as well as the nature of thdr
aigniication, m being primarily and gene-
ric^ but • secondary and spedflc (See K.
andKa.)
Mis very frequenUy compounded with
other consonants, as MM, mmy, tnhl, mk^mt^
mff but particnhufly with mh and mp.
All these caaes are simple contractions as
can be seen from their analysis. The syl-
hOde^ aecor^Bng to the idiom of the km-
guage, being, originally, all open, m be-
I inseparably united with its following
oompound, as wi-mba, ukudu^mla, Ac;
and this is also the ease with m, in the
nom. forms, when followed by^ a vowel, as
umondv-u-monde; imari,— i-masi, &c
But when the compounds iii& and mp
eome under the rules 1. 2. given above, —
^-p hanging into /-ff r-«» ohanges, as
usual. Into % because it would obstruct
eo]^y beforey-^> / thus bamba becomes
banjwa, pempa— pentiwa ; i ntamb o enta-
njeni; isumpi^— esun^Md.
M, single, between anypron.andaverb,
or between an auziliazT and a reguhff verb,
is the oljeotive caee of the pers. proo. 8d
p. sing., contracted from nm, ec^eeh eee.
ukii— MA, V. L (Ffook the roots inu^uma,
denoting temove^ (rather as Latin Moeert)
to set or put in m<ilion, to have action or
the first onset to it, toetir, toget up, to
stand up^ to stand. Heim, it is chiefly
Digitized by
Google
»ppHed to moraiiienta of animal and Q»irit-
nal lift^ or bodily and local moremonta.
Tbia moving or atirring of animal and
apiritnal life impUes* then, ako aparticolar
fonn, mode, or condition in whidi a thing
may more,— ita nominal forms denoting
therefore : homan idnd, beings Sbc, Mf n-
Mn, and Ama.)
1. To get up ; to moTenpwaxd, to stand
up; to stand ; to stand upright ; to stand
erect, as : yima a nga foli pansi, i e. :
stand right up and do not lean downward ;
— 2. To stand still; to stop, as in walking;
— 8. To be in a state of fixedness; to be
fixed, at I w'ema ngentaba, i. e. : be stood
as a mountain, viz, : fixed, unmored ;— 4.
To be stationed; to Hve, at: n mi pi na,
i.e.: where are yon stationed; — 5, To
depend; to rely, of : si nu ngawe tins,
i. e. : we depend on yon.
The InfinitiTC nkumais rery extensively
applied, and exprasiTe of: existence, per-
manence, continuation, duration, condition,
state, quality, Ac., at : ukumakwomhlaba,
i.e. : existence or state of the world;
ukuma kwomnyaka, i. e. : duration of the
year; ukuma kwendaba, i.e.: quality or
kind of news.
This rerb has two irregularities or par-
ticularities. 1. It bekmffs to the 2d.
cbMS of Towel-Terfas wluim retain the
initial Towel of their root, and, when pre-
ceded by an auxiliary, are oontraoted with
tberowelof the latter, as in the example
above ^ema, firom wa-ima ; or : ngi y'ema,
fi^om ngi ya-ima, i. e.^ I do get up. (8«e
NoTB.— In the imperatiTa jfima, as in
the first example above, the semi-vowel y
is merely aoaidental, not radical, nor dia-
lectical ; for the accent^ being on i, cannot
be given without a strong hiatus, or a
certain co mp ress i on of the vowel t^ and
individuals who are not particular in accen-
tuating ntter nothing but ima, bendes.
2. In the continuing conjugation, in
whidi verbs are immediately connected
with the relative or aubstitote pronouns,
ma changes its final sound a always into t»
primitive participle oiia, tee letter £,
forming thus a purticipial construction, as :
amacala abo a mi emakosini, i. e. : their
cases are standing (= pending) before the
Court; — u se mi (firom u se umi) i. e. : he
yet standing.
NoTB. — Care must be taken not to con-
found caaes belonging to No. 1 with No.
2, Of : a yekwe amacala abo eme emako-
sini (the case of No. 2 converted into one
of No. 1), L e. : the caaes were left that
they (should) stand before the Court;—
eme is contracted from a-ime (sutgunctive
mood);— or: wa ba l^ela beiEu^Le.: he
told them that they should stand stiU,—
—heme, contracted ftom ba-ime (aoljimo-
tive), and belonging to No. 1.
Ma, the short imperative, is «mpk7ed
as a kind of jussive* anakwons to the
imperative fona, qeda, Ac, and it ia ineor-
xect to rank it among the auxiliaiieB.
For, « ma si hambe" is a phrase,, ii^. : get
up that we go, expressing a command or
exhortation, s= up let us go^ wtndi term
is identiod with: hamba si hambe,2i^.:
go that we go, — the first hamba (impen-
tive) none inll style an auxiliary. A verj
simple demonstration is : ma ngi te, I a :
aUow me to say, lit,-, stand still that I
may say.
Ima, the plenary imperative, and mne,
are also used as conjunctions denoting the
time in which an action takes place : when,
whik, whilst, during, since ;— 1. JDeftml^
as: nma wa fikayo nesinkomo^ L e.: wbca
you were coming with the cattle ^—ims
basebenzayo^ i. e. : when they are working.
The rule undw tiiis specifioation is, that
the verb which follows nma takes the
suffix yo, which see, and of the teoecs,
dther the present imperfoct, which sbo
stands in antioipation of the fritore^ or the
past impeifoct— 2. ImdefimUely, asi usis
u ya fika, i. e. : when or if you come;—
ima ba ya ku se benia, L e. : when or if
tiiey will work. Here the verb iHiick
follows nma is always in the indieakife
mood. But in case it should occur in the
sutjunctive, uma is not to be understood to
mean «<that," ''in order that^" 4sc.,af:
u m tyde uma e le li^w, L e. t tdl him
(that) he may come here^ ULi tell him,
get up that he come there^— because una
stands here in exaotiy the same relation es
above in '< ma si hamboi'' and would be
exact]y= ma e le^ the mood being a
jussive or kind of optative. (Care iii
therefore^ to be taken not to cooibiiiid
uma with the meaning of the Engfiik
^that," &&, idiich is qmte another tUii|^
and is simply and folly ex pr e ss od by the
subjunctive. The JTom^ in the present sge
of the language^ often uses nkihrn in then
relations, and not seldom pleonastically, the
characteristic difRBrence of the dialeeti
being the firequent pleonasm in the Xma*
But this is not the original character of
the language^ which is retained and ex-
hibited in the Zmlm dialect)
— Maka, rcpr. fr. To stand next to eich
other.
— - Mbli, qulf. fr. 1. To stand for a piff*
pose, asi tt meU nina lapa, L e.: for wbst
purpose do you stand here P— 2. To stsnd
up for (as a candidate); to represent a
person ^--8. To stand against a thing;
Aeno^i to keep or drive <nl aeimo&suku
Digitized by
Google
mda iiiiijoiii, L e. : the boj keept off the
birds; — 1. To be against; to withstand;
to oppose, oi : yena wa ti kmni tiik, tola,
w« ngi mela njalo, i. e. : be said to me be
still, be still, and in that way he was
against me;— 5. To stand, vig,*. to bear;
to endnre; to presenre^ at : wa mela nkn-
hlntjwa, Le. : he endured affliction; — 6.
IdiomaHo^ in the paanTe voice : to obtain
by selling or purdtasingfOf : leidcomo i
mdwa yinto nine? L e. : Ut,x this head of
cattle IS stood on by what P = what is
wanted for it? or for what price is it to
be sold?
•— MsLAiTA, repr. 1. To stand on lext to
each other; to be next or near to one
another, in a situation or position, a$ ; si
melene nabo^ i.e.: we are immediately
next to them, dwell next to them ; — 2, To
be against or opposed to each other.
— . MxuLA, freqt. fr. 1. To stand con-
tinually ; to stand agun and again, a$ : n
n melela, L e. : he is standing idl the while
by hhnself, or alone ;— 2. To stand some-
what, to preserve to some extent; to bear
to some degree, a»i ngi melele^ Le. : do
yoa bear with me, or safbr me a while.
{Comfore simelela.)
•— . HiSA, cans. fr. 1. To canse or make to
stand opright ; to set, fix, pot, or place in
a right postnre, as : wn mise nmpongolo,
i. e. : pat the chest on its bottom, the
opening to be right up ;— 2. To set or put
up ; to erect, as : kwa miswa amatye
emikaulweni yomhlaba wake, i. e. : beacons
were erected at the limits of his farm ;—
8. To erect ; to build up ; ati ukumisa
udooga, i.e.: to bring or build up a wall ;
—4. Ukumisa umhlaba, i. e. : to survey
9 the ground (an idea taken from erecting
or fixing the surreying instruments) ;»5.
To appoint ; to institute, as : ukumisa
usuku, i. e. : to q[>point a day ;— ukumisa
inkori, i. e. : to instituto a chief.
— — MiBXLA, qulf. fr. 1. To set, foL, put,
&0., ibr, a$ : kwa miselwa Amazulu inkosi,
i.e.: a chief was appointed for the Zulu
tribe ;— 2. T^o set, fix, place, &c on, upon,
as I inkabi emiselweyo intombi, L e. : the
ox which is fdaced (as avalue) upon a girL
u — MA, n. iSieeMame.
u — MABOPI, n. pi. 0. (From uma, stand,
firm, strong, and bopi, a personal noun,
from bopa, toUnd. lAteraUjft a strong
binding person; a strong Innd^, denoting
a iiagician, a sorcerer.)
A generic name of a |^t or shrub^
known under the name of Kafir-lilac.
It is used by the izinyanga for super*
stitious purposes : tor conjuring the light-
ning, when it has struck a kraal, house, or
garden^— the fire, when a bouse is bmnt
down;— a tiiie^ who carries on his practices
at a place. The shrub is stripped of its
flowers and leaves, and broken in small
pieces, which are laid down at the places
where evil or injury has be^ done, to
conjure down the evil cause.
u— MAEOTI, n. pL o. (Prom ma, stand,
state, ka, of, andoti, fromota, to make
fire. IMeraUy : one who is appointed for
making fin. Dialeetioi magoti. MUsd
io umkonri, a servant.)
This is a proper name foe a certun sect
or dass (Me the nom. form u) of young
women (<^t)akari) who previously are
engi^ged by older womw as their servants,
to ** make fire fiv them," as the word says ;
but afterwards when these mistresses have
no more inclination for a conjugal life, th^
substituto their inferior to (as the customary
term is) : uku ba zalela abantwana, i.e. : to
bear children for them (the older women).
This class of inferiors is bought fac cattle
obtained either ftxNn the marriage of the
daughters of the women whom they server
or by the labour of these women themsdves^
or by means of presents given them by
friends; or they are in some way or other
appropriated by them, as bdng refbgees,
Ac For these reasons the owners are
allowed to have a certain daim on the
omakoti, as also on their issue, these ktter
calling the fi>rmer mame, L e. : mother.
For the reasons just mentioned, the
omakoti are a snb-chiss of women as
regards the estato of a pdygamist, and
''ukugobisa umakoti," Le.: to bend or
bring under, vie. : to begin to have sexual
intercourse with the umdcoti,— is the term
which expresses or limits the kind of right
the polygamist exercises over her. If,
therefore, one of his wives has ahready sons,
or a son, settied in domestic life for himself,
and she is tired of living long^er with her
husband : she goes home, namely, to her son,
retiring with her umakoti, either at once
or leaving her longer, as a fovour, with
the polygamist, for the purpose of enrich-
ing the family property of her son in the
eustomary manner, the children of that
connexion i)ecoming the son's property.
And after the death, or even during the
Kfeofthefother, the son also sometimes
begets children with his mother's umakotL
So fiur, in some cases, is this a bomin a bl e
"custom carried,
uku— MAEULA. v. See Mukula.
MALA, a tennination. {OriffmaUy, a
veri), from ima, to move up, to stand, and
ila, to rise, high; lit. : to move or stand
high, to be of value. Obsolete in Zulu-
Kafir, but radioaUy one wUh mela, 6,
mila, and nrala.)
Used as a compound with other stom,
e. ff, I fudumala, kukumala, Ac
Digitized by
Google
HALUME.
C»S3
ICAKA.
i^lfALI, iL liiig* (From ths otelete mala,
tobeof fahiebof ahigfaprlotw JS k ^ M ivad
JSfUm mali, propertj. JJUei to inani.)
1. Yaloe; worth r-*2. Price j rate or
▼alne set upon a things atx ledcomo i nga
teogwa ngemall ugajA ? L e. : ihie oow is
to 1^ bought, at w£it rate or prioe F {jtee
mela,6s)— 8. Maaeji propeii^.
i— MALIB02CB0, n. am|^ (From iinafi,
and ibombo. Died aa an luy. hmr% see im-
bombo and mnbombo^ Le.: aometlung
round, a border, an edge, fitnem for opera-
tion. Hie wOTd ie a extraction from
imali-abombo or yabombo, or rather a con-
etmotion with the gemtivt^ M.t apropertj
of peculiar operaSon, se a profitable, or
ndnaUe operation.)
A certain plant anditi root, the latter
of which is etpedally naed for entra|)ping
wild animalf, it being depoiifeed at the
trap or snare. Meet probablj an object of
snpentition, similar to mabopi with which
it rtuUcal^ eomeid«9,
n--MALUKAZANA, n. pL o. (The Xom
and others have molnkaaana, and others
malofcasana. It ii diflBarent from nm-
Alokasana, Qsed of age ^— becanae iteomes
from nmaln, see malome, derif«d from the
obsolete verb mala, jseimali,— and kazana,
female ; and it b a genitlTii eoiiBtmctiQn,
like imalibombo^ omalane, dso.)
LiteraU^i the p rop er t y Vfemale. A
name given to a danghter*m-law, a signi-
fication of honour as well as of historical
importance relating to the nsoal nuptial
present aceording to ihe rank which a
husband held in their sodety, and to the
statkm which his wifo might justl j be
expected to maintain; proportionate also
to the honour in whi<^ he would hare her
held. (See fitrther malume.)
u— MAIAJME, n. pL o. (From ikd obso-
lete Terb mala, umalu, and ume, eee ma,
▼erb, denoting human bdag, and compare
nmuncb un^&c. SuakeU mume^male,
the fiiet M bdng nom. form, mke, fomale.
It is a gcmtiTe oonstraotion.)
1. JMerallft the p roper ty 's»male. A
wune given to the eldeit or freat brother
of the Malukazana; or, if there be no
brotiier, given to the male of the Ihmily,
who is the nearest of kin to her. A name
of honoor and of historical importance,
reforringto the dowrj which a fiither has
received for his daughter when solicited in
marriage, and of which, after the death of
the Ikther, tiie ICalome becomes the right-
ftd possessor. He is, tbereforcb also the
protector and ffuardian of the mster (see
n-Dade) and likewise of her ehiUren^ who
alone (and nobody else)^ taU Mm hjf thie
name, 2^ Meneet motiier's brother, the
uncle on mother^s side.
BjDCABKw^These tnro names of !
■tni exist among the nation, but the origi-
nal or anciMit custom has been greaUy
mulcted by adding to and ooiiS)inmg
with it, or substitutuig for it^ the meree-
nary, and most degrading custom of uku-
kbola. rSeehMltL.}
MALUNaA,)adv. (From ma, to
MALUNaU,j stand, dtoated, and In-
nga,tobe^nght.)'
Opposite to the phMO where one stands;
opposite to, aet malonga umngeni, Le. :
opposite to the Umgeni liver.
MALUNQANA, adv. (Troperiy: a
ropr. form, which shows that malnnga it a
verK but obsdete as such.)
Opposite to ; fiiUowod hj the prep, na.
Oil lomusi u maluugana nati, L e.: that
pkoe is right opposite to us»
ukn— MAlCi^Aor Kahala, eee ICemata.
i^MAlffiA, n. (From ima, set, order; and
amba, lehieheee,) Denoting tiie order of
i-Vamba.
n^MAME^ n. pL o. {From ma^ne^ If not
oaonki^. from the first soonds which
babies utter, tt means a particular sect or
dassof hnnaanbdng* jSto^ malume. JEofo
mna. Sie. mame.)
Motheri hat pariiettlmHjf : my mother.
SometiaMS tiie pron. is added to it| « :
umame wami, Le. : my mother.
UAMTg, Mami, or Maxo. Exolama-
tioDS of wonder or grief, Ui, : O mother!
my mother!
u— MAMBKAZI, n. pLo. (From mame,
and kad, denoting female.)
Hy aunt ; meter of my mother,
n— MABCSKULU, n. pL o. (From mame,
and kuln, great.)
Hy grsAdmotber ; the mother of itg
mother.
MANA, adv. (Properlf : a ropr. fonn
from the verb ma. Oom§9afe pana and
zana.)
8inoe, while, during, aet mana ngi
sebenm, Le.: since I am working. It
ooinddes with nma^ima, except iSiti it
expresses a continuation' of the action, €ui
u mana e sebenm, L e. t he is continuing
wooing. (The JCoMi uses it also witii the
form nga as a kind of <^tative, oti nga*
mana nkubaijala, L e. : O that it may
continne to be so !)
u^-HANA, n. pL o. (From uma» my
mother, ^id ana, dim. Many tribes in
Natal, and almost all the tribes along the
East coast upward, use this word for dU2c{.)
1. ZSiemUy tmd pareUftdmrlmt mnmB,
or a young mothe^ eift. t one who becomes
a mother while Ber own mother is still
idive;^8. Generallft any younger wifb
of a pdygamisti the eldest wifobetngre-
gardedM their mother f-*S. The efaihi of
Digitized by
Google
manjihgelaka.
C»r]
HAQUEULXJ.
Ko. 1, ilnlMi tbt grtiicbhildj--4 Any
jomig of Animal progeny, ai a young calf,
young hone, Ac.
Dim— MANAKAZANA, n. Sm Kakanna.
11— MANDINI,QrMAia>x]a,n.pLo. (From
ana, mother, and ndini, Me ndenu It is
a genitive oonatrQetion.)
1» IMmtaUffi moUitt^'s relationi most
Hkehr *rUM inatead of nm-Kdeni,— 2.
Uaed ako of fluniliei of trees.
MANDULO, adv. (From the plor. of
amandakH $9$ in-Dolo.)
Formerly; in Ibrmer timet ; dnriag old
tlmea.
ik«l— MAKQALA, ▼. i. (From ima, to itand,
nga, with feree, and ila, strain. The kst
two radicals axe one with gak, to cot ofL)
1. IMmraUffi to stand or set with force
against eomething i to he in oppontion
to I to he obstinate ; not easily yidding
to r e as on , or yielding with diffioolty.
(In this sense it is ohiefly osed in the
JEbi».)— 2. QmeraUyx to wonder i to be
amased, oi : n mangele ngendafaa» L e. :
he wondered at the news.
— — ILiirftAUBA, cans. fr. 1. To oaose or
bring to oppontion ;— 2. To canse wonder
er surprise ; to surprise ;— ft. To become
wondesfti], at : into emangalitayo, L e. :
a wonderftil thing.
«Mi*-lCANQALI80, n. pi. iml (From man-
galisa.) A wonder) amaaementt torpriie.
nm— MAKQO, n. pi. imi« (From ima, to
stand, and ngo, bent $ UL a high benk)
A ridge } an elevation of groond* The
nom. forai of the nng. it nioally contracted,
tui lAnto bomango, L e. : the front of the
ridge^
«r— MAKI, n. pL o» (The tame at mana,
4. With the eieeption of the teradnating
( eiprtjiwlug ■pealfltatlaii )
▲ tpeeUd animal progeny; i^^ed to
ite eggs of fish or fi^ogs idisn ejeeted;
apiiwm.
MAKJB, adv. (From ima* or nma,
denoting time, and nje^ wUeh tee.)
1. Jittt now ) tliis very moment, at x
m fikfle ma nfi, L e.: he hat arrived
jott now ;— 2. Immediately,
a— IfAHJmaSLAKA, n. pL o. (From
mMt| genns/ AunSly, and injingelana, from
Jfai^a, te twn, rdpr. to tmn together^ vts. :
totmrnhaid).
▲ very peisQttowB SMdce, of a daric-brown
oetotr, a eealy skin, and of lem than one
Ibetlnlength. It lietforthemott.part,in
emAaq^poiiitton, that it it often mit-
taken nr a pieoe of wood,— oi^ntola pezn
kvrayon ti a nyalela ihttf, Le. t one who
treMt open it, thiite he is treaffing npon
apiece of wood. Most probaMy it b the
louisecatallve of tealy espents^ to which
Wong the ibi '
t]bekila»4e.
U'^MANQWAT JI, n. pL o. (From nma,
genes, fkmily, and inqwatji. The Xota
has isiqwatji, a kind of partridge.)
LUmiUy t the fkmily of qwatji; a
gallinaeeoQS bird, which seldom flies, bat
nsoally runs. {Compare qatjja and catja.)
It is dificolt to say to which kind of
partridge this name properly refers.
n— MAlSiZINI, n. pL o. (From nmH; genus,
frmily, and emamini, in the water.)
LUirdUjf : a genes of anhnali living in
wste; applied to the otter (nmtini), with
which it radically ooinddet.
a— MAFUEA, n« pi. o. (From nma, genus,
and apoka, to bnak.) A kind of shmb
easily to be broken, bearing a kind of black
a^e^ as large as a chesnnt^ which the
name eat, tu t isinhlamvn somapnka, i.e. :
the berries of wmq^Nika.
n— MAPUNDIJ, n. pi o. (From nma,
gennt, flunOy, and pondn, ttanding outside.^
A fiumly ^ wild pigs, which hat a tmall
horn on the noesbor a homy protuberance,
andkngteetii ttandinffont. Thititthe
I to which ue inhlovnndatyana
fMAqiAin)ALOHYOPI,')n.ting. (From
^ \ MAQ4NDAL0N00PI, j amaqanda,egg8,
pL of iqanda, and nlonyopi, probaUy from
nlonya, hardnets, ttt nya, n., and opi,
bleeding ;—longopi» di<UeM f, hot radi^
oo^iAtfiOfM.)
LUmvUjf : an egg-sheirs-hardness-bleed-
er, ete. t an animal which, when trodden
Qpon, oats or caoses bleeding like the hard-
ness of egg-shells. This is a nick-name
given to the nmanjingeiana, and is a per-
Mi deaeriptioa of it.
MAQAN QI, adv. (From ima, denoting
time^ cr from a contracted pL ama, =
mandnlo^ qa, to set on, firsts and ngi, bend,
increased, many, est ningi. 1^ Xosa has,
besides, qand and matanoL Compare
kntan^)
At the time before many ; applying or
nforring to something wikh takes place
prev i onsly to another of the tame kind, ae :
a vdQe maqangi, Le.s he came np before
othere (came n^; = he came ip first of
aUi ere. (/SSai Yeliqangt)
n— MAQUBA, a. (From nma* denoting
time, cr m o vement and qobi^ to drive.
Bee mn Qnba.)
A name for that time or month when the
dast it driven along the giosDDd, or when
the earth and the dug become dusty,
abont Jnly. It is ako caUed mitoKkaiti.
•— MAQUtoLU* b. pi. o. (From nma,
genns, fomily, and miiahi» qii a body,
zid% rite oot of ibseli; denetbig bnlhovs.
See qunla.)
TlmfoBsUy of bdheoi phmti ; bnlbont
plant.
Digitized by
Google
HAZL
[308]
VRArHTRAT-
ii~MA8IN6ANA, n. (From qiimi, de-
noting time, or movement, and tingana^
dim. from mnainga, 4.)
A namo for that time or month when
the bees begin to iwarm. It ia difficult to
say which month, beoanse the bees begin
in November at one pkuoe^ and in Decem-
ber at another, &c And it if Tory Hlcely
thft more than one month if indoded in
thif term. The word meana alfo^ atream,
corrent or fkx>d of water, applying to the
time when the riTeraoommence to awell or
are up, viz, : from November until March.
MASINTA, "> adv. Aplnr.fonnfrom
HA8INTANB, ) nraainya, wMek Me,
nkn— MATA, v. t. ^From ma» to move^
stand, riae np from uie gronnd, and ita, to
poor, to throw. S adi o alhf one wUh mita,
tofecrete. It if roctfooJ in the pb.amate,
spittle, and in the dialectic amati, instead
of amanzi, water. Mlied to mtAjt, and
neta.)
Frimari^fi to moisten | to make wet
or moift; to secNte water, €u: inhla i
matile, i. e. : the hoose is wet. (This word
refers to wetness or mcnstore which comes
from nndemeath the g^ronnd, ejected from
the groond, while neta refers to mcistore
ftt>m the atmosphere. In the Xota it b
need in the sense of evaooating a place, or
laying it in ashes.)
nka— MATJA, v. t. (From ma, and Iga, to
ponr, to throw. AUied eloeelff to mate,
which eee. Othere iaee nata, = neta, to
make wet. Sis. mati, water, matya, to
drink.)
To throw water in as by moothiUs;
jmmariUfz to qoenoh thirst; to lick
water ; to drink a little ; to moisten the
month, Ac., ae : izinkaM ri matjile, i. e. :
the oxen have quenched tiieir thirst.
MATE, an exclamation. (From ma, eee
imperative, and ye, from the verb ya, to
go, lit : let go.)
Alas ; oh ; expresnve of pun or sorrow,
a#: nmtwaBaotjavWayonka]a,ntimaye!
i. e. : a child wludli is beaten cries ont oh !
(Coineidin^ wUh mame, exdam.)
MATELA, prep. (From ma, to stand,
and yela, qnlf. form from ya, to go.)
Parallel ; in the same line or position,
as : mayela kwa lentaba, i. e. : in the same
direction with that mountain. (More*
fr^uently among the Frontier tribes.)
i— MAZI, n. (pL ici. aeldom,) (From ima,
living, being, and axi, denoting female.
Compare nm-Fazi.)
IMeraUjf : an animal-female i ^ipliad to
all irrationfil animals, as a cow, ewe, &c
nba— MAZI, n. (From imazi, and nbo,
quality, multitude, greatness.)
1. The state <^ a female-animal; the
quality of being a female*animal;*^2. A {
certain advanced itste of that land, « :
inkomo i ae bmmaiini, Le.: the cow is
already in the middle state of a cow, hu
already brought a number d oalves.
u— MAZIBULO, n. pL o. (From urns,
mother, and aaibnla, whiek see, and zibalo.)
A mother who bears her first child.
n^MAZWENDA or Uazxkda^ n. pL o.
(From uma, stock, swa, making, and indl^
to extend, long^ tlun. See i-Seode^ Ac)
A stodc or fimiily of shrubs growing very
high,of thin, long ahoots, like cane. Itis
used fbr maldng doora ^aioabo.)
uku— MBA, V. t. PosfMW, Mbiwa. (From
ima, to move, stand, and iba, to lepante.
IMeraUffi to separate from a point wluie
one stands; to move in front; heeee
wp^iM^ HbB ma, to movementa of the body
and to certain finrms^ to make^ to fivm, to
fbrm into a body, shapcb fte.; to aweU.
It is extennvely used in compoondmg
with other roots, as hamba, bamba^ bombs,
lumba, Ac, in the which it nmkes its
passive by i^^aw.)
1. To dig; to break 19 the ground irith
a spade or other instrument;— -2. To esoa-
vate ; to make a hole in the groond, at:
wemba umtombo^ i. e. : he dug a weO.
The first root of this verb, beii^ derived
from ima, retains, for that reaaoo» ths
irregularity or particularity of the latter,
in regard to the contraction in the preced*
ing case ** wemba." Sm the verb ma.
— ^ MxBEA, quit. fr. To be fltfiff diggbig;
to have the quali^ for digjg^, ae : in-
simbi a y'emlMki, i* e.: the hoe does not
digwelL
— * Mbela, qulf. fr. 1. To dig Ibr, on
account;— 2. To dig into the gromad ; to
make a hole; Aeacs, to bury ; to inter, aei
lapo kw'embelwaumuntu a ku aa hrn^wa
kona, i. e. : where a human being baa been
buried, no one goes there any more ;— S.
To hide in the ground or earth ;«-4.
FigwraUoelff t to penetrate; to afiect or
test the mind, aei jeoA u'mbela pezn
kwami, i. e.t Ut,x he is digging upon me,
=5 he tries to reach my mmd or feeHnga.
umu— MBA, n. pL imL (From the verb. See
mumba. JiadieaUjf in ifir-Bembe.)
1. A certain boU^ root or tuber, dag
from the groond, but above the ground it
grows like a creeper bearing a kind of bean.
The tuber is eaten by the nativea; — 2.
Applied also to a band worn round the
node or waist, and made of baik taken
from roots of shrubs dug out <tf the ground,
n— MBAIMBAI, n. pL a (Compounded
from mbai-mbaL) Gannon.
This ii a non*Zulu word. 8one asv
that it has ori|^ted from some EnglisL
person who aaidto the native^ "bvand
by" I will shoot some of you, of whidi the
Digitized by
Google
[209]
MEKQE.
Xafir took hold and made the abore. It
18 oertaiB that it mnat hare an origin of
thfctaort.
oka— MBEMBEZA, t. t. {A repeHtian qf
mba-imba» to dig, and iza, to make. See
mbela 4. Others nee mbembiza.)
To talk a great deal ; to vex by incea-
nnt talk. It ie doeeUf allied to bembe-
zela bnt lofficientlj diatinguiahed from it
by itanse.
i— MBEU, n. (pi. izi. eeldom.) (From
imba, parte, imbe, and n, of a paafive na-
ture, aa in all panive fbrms, see letter W.)
Literally : that which ia interred; aeed.
(This is the proper etymology of the word,
wlueh baa been overiooked under im-Beu.
The plur. iai is seldom used, but no irregn-
kriW. See letter M, and i-ZL)
n*— MBI, u. (From mba, to separate from.)
lAteraihfi one separate from another;
kence^ another. It is commonly used in
the Xoea, but, among the Natal tribes, it
la retamed only in kmnbi, and umhlaumbi,
another day. Sometimea umhlaimbi ia
heard, which ia an incorrectness^ and pro-
perly it ia imihlaimbL
This umbi or imbi is quite different from
another umbi, Ao., ae : umhla umbi, i. e. t
a bad or e? il day, the latter being deriyed
from the simple hi, i. e. : bad, evil, &o.,
and m bdonging to the nom. form refer-
ring to umhla, whereas the former is from
the compound mbi, which, being a perfret
nomi itself, is connected in the simple^
primitive way, when atanding in apposition
to another,
uku — MBOZA, ▼. t. (From mba, to separate
from, and uza, to make. See Boza.)
lAteraUy : to imitate interring^ or put-
ting in a hole, as : u yimbozile inkuku,
L e. : he has put the fowl under a basket
or box.
isi^-MBU, n. pL izi. (From umumbu.) A
I^aoe where much of the umumbu-tree
grows,
mna— MBH, n. pi. imi. ^From mba, to sepa-
rate from. See umumba, mbi, Ac,)
A large tree, containing very aofb wood.
It is, therefore, called aim umongoti, L e. :
marrow-tree, and liked much l^ bees.
■kQ— MBULULA, ▼. t. (From mba, te dig,
and ulula, to loosen, to remove.)
To open a oom-hole by digging awav
the dmig or earth with which it is covered.
nm— H£LI, n. pi. aba. (From mela.) 1.
A representative ;~2. An oppoaer.
oka^-lCJBiliA, V. t. I^aeeioe, menywa. (From
me-ima, onomatopoetic, expressing a sound
as when a Httle child cries me-ma ! See
muoe, momata, and mumata, Ac)
I. To exclaim ; to call out, as when one
calls out to another who is at a distance ;
—2. To call upon; to invoke, ae : kn tiwa
80 mema inkosi, i. e. : it is said (by mis-
nonaries) we must invoke the Lord; —
8. To call ; to convoke; to order to come
together; to invite, as: kwa menywa
umketo, L e. : a wedding-party was called
together ;— 4. To call in ; to claim a debt;
to summon, as : u mema imali kuye, L e. :
ahe called in her money from him ;~--5. To
give notice; to command to come, as;
loqina ya menywa, or ukumema inqina,
i. e. : the huntera wero called into service;
—6. To challenge,
— — - MzMAKA, ropr.fr. To call out to each
other ; to call upon one another, &c.
— *- Mbioxa, quit. fr. To utter or ghre
out a aound or voice like me-ma; to cry,
ae i nmutd omemekayo, L e. : a wooden
machine which cries, or makes a sound
like me.
— « MncELA, qulf. fr. To can out to ana;
to invite to ; to invoke for ; to give ordera
for. Of : wa ba memela emzini wake, L •• :
he invited them to come to his place.
a—MEMA, n. aing. (From uma-ima, or ulu-
me-ima, Ut. : something atanding straight
np, and moving from one side to the other,
llie JCosa has menye^ as if it were a
contracted form from mema, used ai the
motion of a vane or flag. Allied to gema»
to wag.)
1. Comb
nb of fowls; — 2. Also : the par-
Meular way of wearing the hair in the
shape of a comb, as some of the inmzwa do.
uka— MEMEZA, ▼• t. (From mema, and
iza, tomake.)
1. To make a loud outcry ; to make a
loud sound;— 2. To call out, &c, as mema.
—— MxMBZAKA, rcpr. To caH out to each
other 'f to cry out one to another.
^.^^ MsMBZELA, qulf. fr. 1. To can out for
or to; to prodaim;— 2. To give order in
respect; to oommand something to be
done ; to deeree.
— — '^■prEmak, cans. fr. To cause to caU
out; to urge to caU out; to caU out
stronger,
isi — MEMEZELO, n. pL izi. (From memo-
zela.) 1. Commao^g; prochiiming; —
2. A single order, proclamation, command-
ment, &C.
um— MEMEZELO, n. pL imi. (From meme-
zela.) An order; a command, as: kwa
puma umemezelo, u e. : there went out an
order. (The nom. form um, is contracted
as in urn-Mango, which see.)
um— MEMEZI, n. pL aba. (From memeza.)
A commander; apre{u:her.
isi — MEMEZO, n. (From memeza*) Shoot-
ing; shout,
u— -MENGE, n. pi o. (From uma, motion
of life, and enge, parte, from enga, denoting
force, power, strength. LUeraUy i strengto
of life, essence, of life. See u-Mongo.)
Digitized by
Google
ML
[MID]
HunrAiriBA.
1. The eiMtiee; the beit ptrti applied
to vegeUble life, vU, : vegetable maxrow ;
— 2. The family of pknts, of which the
vegetaUe marrow ii the tjpe.
id— MEIfQEMENGE, n. ling. {A repeU-
Honfirom menge, which see.)
That WMch ii as the easenoe, or as the
best pert ; aj^Ued to persons and things,
at : nnmnta o yisimengemenge, a person
who is as one of the best (ftiei^), a
friend, assooiate ;— iidlooda A jinmenge-
menge, i. e. : the wound is Jnst in the very
life, or the Tory life is wounded,
nka— MEPA, ▼. t. (From ma, to more, to
rise np, and epa, to pnll forth, to drawi te
ttirow.)
Tribal. Sams as Mate, wkMh eee,
Q— >MESfe, n. pi. a 2alaized from the
Patch mest i. e. : a knife,
tiba— MFAMA, n. (From im-I\ima, wkUh
»ee, and nbo, denoting state or qnali^.)
A State of being poor and withont
friends; having lost property and friends.
(In the Xosa it signiflea blindness.)
i-^MFANGAMFAi^GA, n. (From imfe,
H fractnre, breaking, and nn, to bend,
throngh'»-Hind this repeated weiald be
UlenUlyx something broken in many
places, or havibg nvmerons fraetnres.
Compare idfangnba.)
Roughs having ineqoalities, broken
points on the Bu^ce, asi iBgnboimiknga-
mfanga, i. e. : a rongfa doth,
lu— MFINTA, n. (¥?omimfinya,adialedic
difference from finca, wttieh by otiieA is
substituted for ftea, to drink ent all, tee
flea; hence, a dranght.)
Something made up in a draaghti as
medidne. (IVibalJ
I— MI, pri. n. (From the root ima» ese
ma, verb, denoting moUon of lifb, applied
parttcnlarly to human beings. Be9 nmu.)
Mine; me; used as an elective and
following the noun in a genitive eonstrae-
tion, ae : isitya sami (fW)m sa-iml^ i. e. :
the basket of mine or me, my basket.
Literalltf : it me^ or it I, at : kwenswa
imi, or ngimj, 1. e. : it is done it I, or by
me, = it is I who M so. {See ngi.)
— Ewenzwa ngami, L e. : it was done
through me (through my influence, power)
or, on account of me.
i— MI, pri. n. (From ^ roots ima-nma,
tee ma, verb.)
n— MI, pri. n. (From the root nma, set
i-Mi.) DiaUeHe : tame ok i-Ml.
Used as a nQminal form fbr t^eplur.
referring to the sing, in nmn 8^ at : urn-
fbla-imiftila, umuti-imiti.
«— MI, n. ^ aben^. (From ma, to stand,
to be stationed.)
An inhabitant. The ling, is iddom
tiNd, and its usual sabstitute is the term
<«einlyo,'' L e.t he who is liHng^ inhaUt-
ing. But from, the^ur. <*abcnDi" it is
evident that the sing, is a oontractioD
from um-uni.
iAjx — MILA, V. t. (From ma, to mov% and
ila, to rise. BadicaUjf one wiih malt,
mda, and mula. The $eme is : to stand,
or rise high. 8ie»i meU. Kamha : nea.)
To grow; to beeome larger in bidkor
stalk ; to thrive, €u : umbik n mila kahle
lapa, L e. : the mealies (maize) gttm wdl
hero j^-nknmiU kwomhila kn knln, Le. : the
growth of mealies is eiodlent. Appitodto
veffetaUes only,
•i— ' MiLiLA, qulf. fr. 1. To grow or thrire
for ;— 2. Ukuamilela, L e. : to ghnr spon-
taneously.
— — MiUfiA, cans. fr. 1. To eanse to grow;
to make to grow j— 3L To phxlnoe ; to
raise, as: abdungn ba oulisa amfebeK
L e. : the oiviliBed peo^e ruse or grow
wheat
Id— MILO, n. pi. isL (From ndhL) Btitte
of natmre ; devdopment ; nature. JfpUed
to vegetation.
u— MILO, n. pi. imilo. (Sing, and pfair.
both eoutraeted from nm-milo^ and imi«
tnflo. From mila.)
1. The highest state of something $ the
naturo of something eharaeterised ; qna%
or kind, at: wa fe ngemik> yani, i e.:
what kind of death did he die, or bow ^
he dies— 2. Bignification; charaeter, as:
iswi leli a sinto yamilo, Le.: tUa wofd
has no signilioatkm.
MIHA, pron. adj. (From inuna, wUek
tee.)
Myself; I the same. Cemmonlf: I,
and me f^ the obfective case. It is nsed
ttoro for distincUon and empihasis^ aet
mine ng^kulmnayob i. e.: I myedf the
speaker; — ngi ya zi hlalela mine, i. e.: I
am living fer me myself ;— wo bdEa mina,
i. e. t yon must look ihr me.
i— MINA, nom. adj. (From irai, pcL n.,
and ina, even, self, same^
lAteraXUf : it me or I myself; It I the
lame^ Tkis dass of words has also the
force of to b^ to be by, at : kwensiwe
imina, L e. : it has been done by me or
mysdf. It is exactly tiie same te use fani
instead of imina. See i^Mi.
i— MINI, n. iS;ttim'Ini.
nkn — MINTA, v. t. (Fromfma,4onMivem,
and inya II., to sock, to sink. JBa rf i twW y
one with munya, tohkik eee. /LUiei to
minia, and gwinya, to iwaHow, and to
nnca— nnjra.)
1. Frimari^ t te ab80(% ; to empity ; —
2. To drink out or up ; to emp^ tlM kat
drop ; to drink np to the last drop.
*— ^ MnTAinsi, caok fr. Te canse to
absorb or sink under or into some nserei
Digitized by
Google
|^aM»l AMM^td^loM 1^ te» dr between
ietaelfaiiigt ait ukayiififaijAliiaAintD ogezan-
* Mb, lke» : (b ptem a thitig belwien or with
he^ haxOa^ » lo elaae U top Mweeii the
hands.
*>*** UatASrsBKk, qnlt. #. To l»e is a
tkMd or eonOned state i narrowly pressed
tegelh^ mt t into mmnnta a yi ncindezek
i minyanisekile, i. •.! anything which
Me preMBt between bia hands is quite
M—msmA^ n» pL id. (From the terb.)
impM^^ but /^N^s^yi one who
bftegt <m ikib toMt eirenuslanee, who is
«pHght| ene who ieUs the whole truth;
#h# tetti nothing but the tmth | who is
nttt partieidar^ who goes into podrtionkrs.
«^SCINZA« ▼. t. (From Isia, to move np,
and inxa, to make k dear sweep. Other*
M^ilka. C^mj^ate the etytnologteal part
«rttiiny«L)
L Te snr^t; to qnaffi to dttnk to
excess or in large qnantity i Hb swallow in
large draughts j to drink freely; to gnlp
4»wn)-^. to eal or drink glnttonoUsIy;
^-i^ ^tegnlfi todrdwn,«t: knminziwe
lunnnla e Tnkda^ i. e.t tiiere wm a man
diwwned k the fnkela rivelri^^ To
soak; to wet thorottghly, «f t si mhirile
ngeaiyik, i,^.: we have MMlioaldng from
the run.
— Mnrzisi, cans. fr. To gi?e to eat or
%o drink to exceisi to glnt; io pamper*
isi—MINZI, n« ^ M. (From aiuitt.) A
g^ntioii I a feraoietts pers&n.
U--MINZO, n. ^. iaainio. (Firem aiinsa.
8faig. and plor. both oontraoted from nm-
minzo— iminfeinao. OMet^t «Me umhie^ or
change the tel fadieal of nnuttinao, an
1. Thegidtot (nminso wokngwinya)!— 2.
Votfnelty, as t nmnntn o nominee^ C d. t one
who stn§b glnttonomly.
fH'^M ISO, tt. pL id. (Rrmn inks ^e ma.)
L A illung, erecting, appointing, Ae. |— >2.
An obfest fixed, i^p)^ted ; Jt^M^> a term,
condition, plan, creed, connseli statute,
fiiilitntfam, proposal, proposition.
ki-^MlSO, n» (From miea, Me islmiso.)
flMMthittg ixea or erected with the point
upward at the erois-frnces of the natires,
oti umiio olnhlc^ t e. i a beautM cross-
V— MISO, n. pL imiflo. (From tntsa* ting.
Mi 1^ dtatMcted from nmoilBo and
imimko.)
AnmMiMd I MM* 09 idttiiso 2, only
te thft nbetrMt tense, Mrt w'enaa ngomiso
WtkiLLe^c bedidAttMrdingtehlsconnseL
ft-4tITA« 1. 1. (Frtin ittA, to m&f%^ rise
^ itandi n»d tia, «e ponr, to throw.
JJ a J k uIfy 0m #0* maou ^ ttraalata.
Hi* .4IM le Mifak)
Ik PHtpef^ I teaeafetei but eomaumly :
io become ][M*egnnnt ; to get with child,
«r : nmfiisi wAe n miti, L e. t his wife
is in a state of pregnancy ;— 2. To become
Ihlij to get chargid, as breeding animals;
'— 8. To contain more tlian Beem% at:
le'mali i miti, i. e. t this piece of money
contains many smaller ones.
fAie irregidarity of this rerb in its final
towel of miti is ef the same kind as that
of ma 2, which se(f.
'^^ MtTMA, cims. fr. To make pregmmt;
to impregnate.
nbu—KKAKDI^ n. (From nandi> «4ic^ Mtf.)
L Deliciicy | Inxnry | tenderness; soiooth*
Hess I softness, Ac., Sn n noDnmnandi
lomuntu, L e. : this man has mnch tender-
in his character i^i^ Qratitnde ;
Ac (9m remark, HH^der
lek.)
nbn— MNTAMA» n. (Ftmn nyamA, wMek
eee.) Darkness i mom.
|^_M0. n. singk (From the verb tea^ but
properly a compound from isl4mo, denot*
ug motion of liftB^ essence* snfastaneCi^
1. Standiug ; rank ; condition In society ;
—2. I^wer; estinmtiont diAraeter;-— 8.
t^wm ; shape ; frame ; quality ; disposlti<m;
•^-4. Existence I duration) ^ontinuanCi*
tt»^MOBA» n. ^ •* (From nma, atock,
and oba^ m<» nm-Oba. MaHoOiiff one
ntUk nmnba.)
1. The g^ieric name of soga^Mme ;—
% The whole Ibmily of sugar, or sweet«
canC.
n^MOtiOKASAKA, n. i^ Malnklitoma,
eira'-^HOMATA, V. t» (From monnn, ono'
mOopevtidt dgniQriAf n motion with^e
month as b mumbUog, Ahd ita» to make,
to throw. MadHiallff om with mnmaU.)
To mofe the mouth or the lips. fSel-
-^"^^ MolUtmcA, quit. fr. To moTB cr con*
Imct the mouth in inch a mann^ as if
imilingt to Umgh inwardly.
tt'^MOKA, n. (From nmu, 8, motion,
and ona, to deprive of what one possesses.
AUied t6 bona, to see.)
I^/vper^t a disposition Io deprive one
of his possessions, to bring him Into a
Worse Mate; Aenc^, repining, envy, dis*
content, caused by seeing the good condi«
lion of others I usually appearing npM the
free of A person who is thereby tkAted,
fSeMoe its afinity to bona, to see.)
n->MONA, n. {Sei ikt preceding.) A
name fbr n right tributary ef the Uqiloa.
gati river.
t>-»llOiri» *nd DtB, m (fttm am^ a
duality, and ondi» from ondi, to bi Umky.
Xiisf^t ntubstinM of a hmk quaUty.
The Jt^lft uie nmo6d« tA the Mttte of
patiehM) piVMVeranci.)
pt
Digitized by
Google
MPOMPA-
[.212]
MU.
A kind of thin bai^, taken from a gmall
bush, and used as an edible or as medi-
cine for children. When dried it exactly
resembles cinnamon.
a — MONQO, n. (From umo, quaUtj, and
onga, to be much. In the JSTofnia means
ngo» the heart. Nik<t, oyo» the inner part.
Radically one mth nmenge.)
Literally I a substance of the best
quality ; hence, the pith ;— 2. Marrow ; —
8. Wick of a candle.
n— MONOOTI» n. (From umongo, and
nli, wood, tree.)
LUeraUy: the marrow of trees; the
best of trees; so oalled because the bees
suck honey from it. Usually the nmu-
Hbu tree.
n— MONQOZIMO, n. (From umongo^ and
izimo^ from adma, to settle down. lAter*
ally : the essence of Ufe's settling down.)
A strong issue of blood from the nose,
which is represented as a very beneficial
state of the human body.
a— MONHLO, n. (From umo, form, shape,
quality, and unhlo, thrown open. Qmpare
umonhlo.)
The shin-boiie, tibia. So called from its
faan htnng open or exposed to the sight,
um— MOWANE, n. pi. imL (From umo, a
form, shape, or machine, and wane, fit)m a
rcpr. of wa, to fall together. Sing, and
plur. are often contracted into umowane —
imowane.)
A trap for . catching wild animals
(umuti wesilo,) tigers, woWes, &c. It is
constructed of poles which are fixed in two
parallel rows in the ground, with a space
. between these rows of 12-16 inches width.
The poles stand about 4 feet above the
ground, and the rows are about 8 feet
long. Two large beams of wood bound
together are fastened at the end of the
lower row below, and loosely tied toward
the upper end of the entrance (standing in
a position of a trap door) which serves as a
▼alve or pressure to fall upon the animal,
and so keep it, dead or alive.
n — MOTA, n. (From uma, a moving, and
oya, to go from a locality. Sis,: moea.
Other tribes oya.)
Wind ; air ; breath ; breathe ; spirit.
It is a sing, noun, and governs any number
in the usual way, as : umoya omne (from
R.umne), i. e. : the four windi^
ukn^MPAMPA, v. JHalectic, tame as
Mpompa, which see.
ubu— MPOFU, n. (From nmpofa, poor.)
Poverty; destitution,
oka— MPOMPA, v. i. (From umpa-umpa,
rather onomatop,, ngnifying the motion
of the moutii in speaking quickly; but
literally : to throw forth from the mouth.
See mpompoza, and mbembesela.)
I. To ipout out fireely ; to flow or nm
hjBt; — 2. To prate; to talk much; to
talk without end, ukukuluma njalo indrin,
L e. : to talk stories continuallj (cotMM%
ioUh boba.)
uku— MPOMPOZA, V. t. (From mpompa,
and uza, to make, in a diminutive bsdm.
Compare bomboloza, mbembeKeki, ftc.
AJMed to popoza.)
1. To prattle ; to talk much ; to make
senseless talk, as : umuntu opuza ntywak
Aiti u mpompoza, i. e. : one who is given
to much drinking talks great nonaoise ;—
2. To utter words hastily ; to make aaoy
words; to speak so much and so quick as
to emit saliva ;— 3. To spring or ^root
from a fountain in a purling manner, oi :
nmtombo a mpompoza, i. e. : the fbimttto
emits abundant water,
uku— MPUMPUTA, v. t. (From mpa-omp^
to push aioving, or from, and uta, to tooob,
take, throw. .i/2i0(2 ^ bambata. Cofnpan
mpompa, puta, &c)
1. To shake a spear in the hand, ric:
to feel whether it contains strength;— 2.
To feel ; to go by feeling, as in the duk
(oonuidiny with mfumfuta) ;*-3. To go ai
a blind man, who feds all about ; to grope
about in the dark.
Mpuicputisa, cans. fr. 1. To make
blind;— 2. To do as, or go about u a
blind man does,
in— MPUMPUTI, n. pi. izi. (From mpo-
mputa.) A blind person,
ubu— MTOTI, n. (From umtoti, which tes)
The same as ubu-Mnandi.
MU, pers. pron. (Extracted from the
nom. form umu, which see,)
Him ; her ; it. A substitute, and loed
only in the otjective case, being placed
immediately before the predicate verb, as :
ng^ ya mu tanda umuntu, Ac, L a. : I do
him (her or it) love the man. Most of
the dialects drop also the final t^ retaining
the rimple radical m, asi ngi ya m
tanda, &e. (Its nondnaUve form it n,
which see,)
u — MU, pri. n. (From the root uma, see
ma,— denoting human kind, being, or epe*
cies. It is abo contracted into urn and a,
referring to a single person or thing, ind
varying its plural accordingly. The Sif*
and most of the north-eastern tribei
have mo.)
It is used as a nominal form, and applied
as follows : —
1. Denoting individual hutnan being or
person, and alike applicable to man, woman,
or child, as : umuntu, a man ; — jooXsA, a
woman ;—umtwana, a child, f Compare
um-Ka, iad the objective form Mu.) It
takes tia for its plur., as : abantu, men;
--abafazi, women ;—fdMmtwina» duMren.
Digitized by
Google
MUMATA.
[218]
MUNCUZA.
But pencnial names, and names of rank,
whieh Qinallj ba?e the contracted sing,
ibnn u, tu: n-F^n, n-Uba, mj father,
n-dade, sister, &c, take o for their plur..
Oil o-Fakn, Ac.
2. Specifying national names, sects,
classes^ or titles of indiTidoali, at : am-
Xosa; mn-Baca. These take ama for
their plnr^ at: ama-Xosa; ama-Baca.
But national names which have not been
called after their progenitors, hat after
some native eastom, oc^rar, or other parti-
colarity, take aha accordingly, asi nm-
Temba, aba-Temba; am-Soto, ab»-Sota
(orabe-Sato); om-Twa, aba-Twa, bosh-
men.
3. Signifying objects or places, oi : am-
kambati, a pecoUar moantain ; amngeni, a
river (lU. : thorn-river). Words of this
section, which are osed in a plural sense,
takeimt, at: nmftihi, pi. imifola, riven;
bat those that are ffenerie names, and in
which the simple form • is oonspicnoas,
the radical m having been joined to the
following, take o, at: o-moba, pL o-
moba, kc,
oka— MUKA« v. i. (From ima, to move,*and
aka, to get off, away. RadioaUy in
amoka. The Xota and othert have the
eontracted mka.)
1. To go away; to depart. In this
sense it often impHes reproach ordisgast,
a»t maka kpa ! i. e. : get yoa away here;
—2. To set oat, to go on a joamey.
-^— MuKiLA, qal£ fr. To go away for, in,
or toward a certain direction, dso.
— Muxisiy cans. fr. To let go away ; to
send away; to dismiss, a«: wa mnkisa
omsebenzi wake, L e. : he sent his servant
ftwa y.
idea— MUEULA, v. t. (From maka, and
Ida, to strain. Dialeetie: ^fkvih, Al»
hed are bukola, fokala, Ac)
To strike one away ; bat partietUar^f :
to strike one with the hand at or before
the bead so as to make him tarn, or to
mo ve hi m away, — nkamakala amanto.
MULA, a termination. {priginaUg^ a
verb^ from nma-ima, to move ap, to stand,
and nla, to strain, to rise i Ut,x %o rise or
stand hiffh or ap. SadiecUl^ one with
nuda,mda, andmila.)
Used as a compoond with other stems,
e. g. : damola, kmnala, pnmala, Ac
tn-^MULA, n. pL izi. (From mnla.)
ISgnifying, bloe oeads, on aoconnt of th«r
vahic (Compare imali.) Otiere nee
in-Simbola, ijuteadofit.
oka^MUHATA, v. t.' (From ma-ma, and
ita, to throw, to make; onomaiopoetio i
rignifying a noise made by the motion of
the month or lips. SadioalUf one with
momata and mamata.)
lAUraUg : to fix or close the lips and
blow into or against them, as when one
holds a quantity of water in his mouth
with closed lips.
— -> MuMATiBAf caas. fr. To make a motion
with the lips, as has been expkined nnder
mamata.
a— MUMBA, n- pl- o. (From ama, and
mba, eee umo-Mba.)
A geaeric name of which the ama*Mba
is a type.
*^ 5 MUMUTA, ") V. t. (From ma-ma, ono-
^^^ \ MUMUZA, ) matop,, and uta, to throw,
to make, ooinciding with oza. Madically
one with momata and mamata, whiA
eee.)
To eat with the lips closed, so that the
motion of the lips is clearly observed. The
word applies particularly to the manner of
eating Kafir com, the natives nsaally taking
their mouth so full that the com would
fall out of it, if they did not preveot this
by chewing it with the mouth dosed.
ii]ra.»MUNCA, V. t. (Fron^ ma, a motion
of the lips, and nca, with a pcant, tip,
top, Ac See mnnya; dnca, noeku,
ncela, Ac)
1. To press the lips aroand a point; to
sack, as: a ya wa munca nmunwe, i. e. :
he sucks his finger ;*»2. To draw with the
lips or the mouth, as when one tastes
something sour. This word applies to
things which are without milk; and if
applied to a breast, it does not mean to
draw out milk, ae : umtwana n munca
.nje, i. e. : the child merely draws (at the
hreast,) but there is no milk in it.
oka— MXJNCULA, v. t. (From munca, and
nla, to strain. See Muncuza. See Hcela,
radicalljf ae ncula.)
To draw out by sacking, ae : okama*
ncula imbali yobatyani, L e. : to suck out
the seed point of grass (it is an amuse-
ment of native children to pull out those
points and suck them ont)
aka— MUNCUZA, v. t. (From monca, soar,
and nxa, to feel or taste. See Fusa.
The primary eenee ie: to make a sour
mouth or sour lips. Xoea, manoo, soar.
iS^Cu.)
1. To sack add things, a#: nkomonoaza
amatungulu, i. e. : to suck the wild Natal
plam, imich is very stringent ;»-2. To suck
the fleshy part inm between the skin and
the stones of frmt.
a— MUNCUZA, n. pL o. (From the verb.)
1. A ffenerio name for all kinds of sour or
add tilings ;»2. Spee^i nxatjana ama-
bele a g^yiwe a tdwe amand ka bekwe ka
tiwa ngomunye umuhla ngomancaza, i. e. :
if com has been ground and water poured
to it, and it is then put away,— the next
day, it is sdd to be a eonr mHiek,
Vt
Digitized by
Google
IfUMYU.
[»*]
ii-^MUHOWANA« ft. ^ «. Ifitoi umo-
M«h •OQV, tnd afia, din. t&rm)
A gcaefU nftnM ibr pkpU sad llirabf
oontaining iome acidity or aovriahiiaai.
idni— MUMDA, ▼. t (From mo, a motieii ef
tba month, and nda, to draw into extent.)
A flgnratifo expresrion to |o aat; to
aat tmaclcing.
Q— MUNQU, n. S$0 mnn-Hgn.
Sai-HUNQULU, n. pi. isL (From mn,
motion of tlie month, ngn, heot, desired,
and nlo* attained, ligh^ at a oomponnd
iiaoikr to the Bnglidi— ^ deairontbr. Se0
Kgnlnla, Ac) ^
ZUmiUjf } OM who triea to make mo-
tions with his month or lips as if desirous
tdqpeaki aigniiyinf the eflhrta made by a
mnte peraoa. JBmct, a ante or dumb
isi-UUMeUMtmaWAinB, B. (Fvammn,
motion, nro, a feelings sensation, M9 ngm
and ane, cum. ibrm.)
JAieraUjfi an itehing senntion which
Is fSalt fW^qpently; a cntaneons eraptkm
oa s harpne ss of the bnmaa ho4y f iteh.
aka— M UHTA, ▼. t. (From ma, metioa of
tlie lips or month, and nya II., to press
teinUier,toJohk OOan^mnnea. Clowiy
To draw the fipa tofeSheai appMed to
BaH things; to he salt; sharp; hitter;
iai— liUNYA, n. pi. lit (fiou iha Terb.)
Innicalhi a fhief (a shaip, lalt-Mlow).
i— HU]|TAlCnNTAKS,n.plnr. (Acorn-
poand from manya-mnnya, and aaa, dim.
form; and ftcferfyi with a eontraotion
» anticipation of the plar. nom. ftHrm imL)
A certaoi shrub, pajtieabrly its iower,
con^sting of dustevs of H^ redbell^
iriiich the natives sack out, and hene^ its
name. Known nndev the Ikiteh name*
wUd$dacka,
a— MUHTU, n. ring, f From monya, and
with the aattoipailioB er am-BMUflq^ Ifika,
mxmia»)
1. A sak snhstaaea f a iharp, Mtter,
er soar snhstaaoe; salt; Vfaugar, 4e,;*-2.
J^^mr^Mvelgf i agony; disttfess^ compas-
sion; ijrmpathy, (M*: kwa bangwa amnnyn
waksb i.e.s it was eansed his sympathy,
=e his sympathy wasraised. In fhiasense
itia nsnaHy oonstmoted wl^ ** bangs ;^
bal aaoiher pecalhiriif is: — a noannyn
wake, i e. : die was with his lympathy,
vfo. : she had sympathy with him, sympa-
thised with him. {Compare tiie same
const TOjBMon with am-Ran.)
aho— MUKYU, n. (From nmaayn.) 1. A
sak faalilv; bitterness; shavpness; aonr-
aess;— 2. Pain; distress; iympatl^, or:
nbanranyn bake bnknlO) i.e.: oreat^ishis
distreak ^
n-.*MiniTUlfATB w MmnMMMta, n.
(Fveas anroya, aad amifte^ spittle, saKva.)
A cei«aia shrah, the leaves of whidi are
dwwed and amdked hy the natives^ who
like the astringent sap oa searidi taite
oontahied in them.
MUaA. hap. verb. (Aa impaiaelive of
which the ether paats af the verb do noi
exkt in Bala-Ka^, It is attM ^ »«!».
to go away, mtttUo^ous <a bnka—ban;
nyiua— nynaa ; godnka— godnsa, 4c)
1. LHeimUgihAns away; taka away.
It is ased as an exhortative^ uxpi sai iv e of:
Htf be H from yon; that be far freai yon;
that may not be so; not fer all the world;
and in a direct address : do not ; amisani,
doyeaotk
i. It preeedes an inflniiive^ mi mam
aknkhhi abantwana bako, i.ci tebeit
from yon to cast away yonr chttdasn.
Aeoerdhig to this mle it often vepresents
an absent or previcnos sontenea, isrs mam
akwe^e^ak), i.c: to all the worid do
not afEer this manner,— ^etoving to a pre-
tdonsaation.
8. Mosa sometimes representa ev refas
to a whole sentence preoeding* art mti
ma a m Ijaye aa? Mosa, Lc : yen aik
whether yoa shall beat him9 Fav belt
from yon,— m.: that yaa should beat
Urn.
AeoerdiBg to ^is isde it ollesi is a sob-
stitate to a sentence wfaieh the aantext
reqniiei^ ass wa M ba kalama aoumga,
marat Let yonadd^ytdda i Oie hs s il
-.jMy,aa#a«y<Miaa#.
From the precedingf ill^itfatfeBs it win
>e oha^ved «iat mnsa alwayi indwiss the
saMect remrired.
MUSIinrA, ^adv. ( JPIropsriSr « ft«n
MUSINTANE^tthe sing. nom. torn
aara, and sinya, «iio4 am^ andAeaar, the
plur. amMJnyane-amasinyane^ d iejppin g
proanis-
•rinya.
ihsbfadtiali masinva-aBasinyana, ]
onondy ased with Iha dng. tosa,
the eontraoted msinya, Of » haaiha 'i
LC9 ffoqaiek.)
I. lUertMjfi ia short seefkms; hi i
or small intervals; hmm, in a shart tiaM;
diort]y;-*8. 8oen; qnid^ or: wo baja
aadnya> L a. i yoa must eovie bask 9ocn.
1? is hi 2ab-Kaftr a dent^^Mil ioond.
and has its fbtt artieahiUon in tha roola
ina-nna, as in ^e Bnglish new, mmm, Ac
Bnt it is often oomponnded imh the gat-
tarals h-g, and the dentils ^ and be-
eosKS a semi-eonsonaa^ as ia theva com-
binations the consonantal soaad of the
second part naturally prevaOs^cg.s m»da.
Digitized by
Google
Hl«
CW]
tfA«
tiUcM firpm iai^ 9$$ i) whi<» M woUy
pfxmoqnoed at ««^o]i— jpnyim.
|<i Wo»gt to tbe wamt dais Mm» to
whiob it if closely tUied. iS«ff M.
Oku — NA, T. i. (From the ?Qote iim-aiia,
denoting to be witb» to noite* to join* to
come tc^etber, near, next, next aiUr* next
iipder; AtfiM!ff,witb, ui,«ti to, == coo-oom;
qm^, ■ini^e, liinple, even, lerel, vniootb,
^iia]» like, alike, reaembliog, law^ alio;
altPgetber, aigmQcatiQitt wbicb refor to tbe
imna or int^ect io man. by wbieb be
p^nseifw tbe reUtion of tbipga, panae and
eflSsct, and ia enabled to discern tbat wbieb
la rigbt^ ii«efol» &a, qt <iU9» to aee, to
feel, A«.; tbe nominal forma depoting
intaUectoal being, indiTidaali<or» and iden-
tity of peraona. things^ and apeoiea. Ckm-
\, To rain; lU$r^ifi tooomene^; to
come or fell down, at i isnla U ya qa, i« e. :
(Im atmoapbere ia &Uing wet;— imvnlai
ya oa, i* 0. : tbe rain oomea down, ia falling
down. (Tbe last aentence abowa dearly
tbat the Kafir idaa of rain ia that of the
ai^iroadi of a maaa exiating far o£)
2. To have; to poaaeaa; to be with; to
be ia poaiesaioa of, an ngi nayo imali,
{• 0i : I bate tbe mon^ ;«a aeawl lokoti,
1. «.: be baa a word to aay; — imbaio i
^ i)aye,Le.: the axe iaip biappaaeeaion;—
8. To obtain; to ooatam, an iaityaleai ai
nombik omningi, i. e. : tbia Teaeel oowtaina
a mat deal of maiie.
Ia ¥0. 8. 8. Ml ia alwaya joiaed with ita
immediate Ql|ect^ aaaking therein an ex-
septioa from all other trandtiTO rerba
which have the iendea^ of attracting
tbdr objective proooon and eanaing it
immediately to precede them* The nae
of INI u a pr»[K)aitioa ia qmta diatinct
tern thia.
«-;!-^ Vazia, <ivlf. fr. Tocomedowa; toikll
dowa; appljring only to rain, 4f : imvnla
i ya si aela, L e. : the raia fiilla down by
Itaelf, on ita own acconnt^ =s iwia pomea
aatnrally or looordira to tl^e iawa of natata.
------ Vfiu* catta.£r. To Ipt rain; to make
nia; to caoae the rain to fall, an ka
luawe Bgabani lemyala, i. e. : bf vhofahaa
ihia rain been a»de to fidl ?
NA, a derivative from the verb nka-na»
aad exteoiivcly aaed aa a pre^ and aaffix
to other parte of ppeech, retaining ita
radical meaning, and defining the iadivi-
daalaalgect orottject relative to ita own
action, or denoting identity of person.
Theaa d^sfiaitiona are eqaivalent to the
BagHab ao{f, mmm^ «om>, alto, toith, 4e.
1, Suffixed to verbs it renders them
Yadpiocal, at : nkubulalaaa — (componaded
from bobda-ina)— L e* : to kill tbeauplvas^
fv cp^ ^iiother. (Ste anfu) Tlda term!*
aatioi^ oh^agea in the Perft. tenati into
m«^— bakdeqe, which, pbilologioally, could
aot tf^e plao^ if the I^;ea. tense w^a not
% contraction of tbe yowels a-iua.
2^ Compounded with tbe primitive
lioi^o% or nominal forms, it establishes a
c)asa of emphatic and distinctive proaoons,
oorrespondmg to tbe simple oae^ e. ^.:
amina, ilona> ibona, ikoI^, (m^ coatracted
rn'ma. Ipaa. bona, ic, in which the verbal
force of fa is easily disppverod, at : iyona
iakpmOi i* 9* : It i« tbe aelf-same cattle, or
it is good, or as good as any cattle;— u
ya ai Ijaya yeiw^ i« a* : be ia beatipff him
himself, even him. See e^dai^ the
plass in wbich na ia prefixed, ati nanga,
nanti, Jca
8. Ntk is used as a prep., and prefixed to
|ta plyeot. Of : aa ban^ba nayp, i. e. : we
walked with him ;~ngi ya kuluoia nabo^
. i. e. : I talk with them ; — ngi bbda nom-
aebenzi, i. e. : I remi^n with the work.
The vales tmder this section are ohvioan^
Vfx.: na, when compound with pronouns
is simply prefixed to their original or pri«
mitive ^orm which drops its initial vowel ;
(or it ia a simple transposition, the suffix
ia tbe ppon. beppmipg the prefix mi^
oonstrnetion ;) but when oompoonded with
neaaa, contraction (d vowels takes place
according to the general rulea under £
andO.
4k Prefixed ia the same way as undar N
8, it serves for a coi^unctioB Uke emti alto,
at: kafikile ifrMepo ao-Bafo futi,i.e.:
there baa arrived Mepo and Bafo al«o; —
ngi ha bonile nami, i. e« : I also, even I,
qjc piyielf alao, have seen them ;— pesula
aa agapaasi, i. e. : above and underneath.
6. lila deaotea comparisoa, <Aaa, then,
liven, liit,'-^a. Wbea prefixed in the same
manner as N 3, 4^ ati umfana a aomae-
beaii ku noyise, L e. : the boy can work
(^. : has work) more than bis &ther (lU. :
to even bis lather);— i. When aaffiied,
at : lomati a ya weaza inkatana aa, i. e. :
do yon thea make this laece of wood a
pUy-tbiog P (Hi. : do yoa make thia piece
of wood like a pUy-tbing f )— ba bekana
naP L e. s what do tbqr aee Uiea P
6. Soiaewhat difiereat flrom the cases
ander Ko. 6, is aa in noting aome
deifr^e qf equaUisf or specifying a pertain
degree ia a diminutive aeuasb or : a ku ao
aboni abanta ahanmyama bodwa aobam-
bbpe futi ngabona, L e.: tbe bkck people
alone are not ainners (or are not ainnars
akme) even the white alao are such them-
pelvaa, = the white people are equally ao
tbemaelves ;— lomunta umkula i\jea% i. e. :
thia man is next to conmionly great,— next
to lasi great. (/Sse Ana» dioL, aad IQe, 6.)
»4
Digitized by
Google
NAFDKA.
[216]
KAKAKYE.
7. Ka if (Veqaebtly suffixed to mono-
gyllable-yerbg, and a few pol jsyllablei of a
dieerfnl meaning, wben bidding, challenge,
exelanuOian, or admiraiUm, &L, should be
ezprened, a«: zana, L e. : come with ! oome
on ! — yana, i. e. : go simply ! nnite in
going ! — plor. zanini» L e. : oome ye with I
oome ye together i^ni yezwmnini, Le.:
do ye bear then! do ye hear ye aU, or
together! what do ye hear! — bonganini,
• L e. : do praise ye all ! {See i-Ni, 8.)
In the preceding plnr. cases we observe
that na of the ring, has been changed in
oonfbrmity with the prononn to wUch it
gives emphasis or distinction like ijmsemi I
ISee Nango.)
8. Na is also the goieral interrogative
particle retaining* or expresrive of its pri-
mary sense referring the action to its
subject or object, aei a y'azi na, i. e. : do
yon know;— ni bonile na, i.e. : have you
seen?
Koix.— In the Znln dialect this inter-
rogative particle has always a particnkr
intonatioD, the last sylkble of the preced-
ing word having an accent berides, b^ng
regarded as the pennltima of the whole
combination,
vmn— NA, n. ring. (From the verb.) A
scabby eruption appearing on the head of
infants and little children. It discharges
watery matter, firom which it has been
named,
nka— NABA, v. t. (From na, to be single,
and iba, to separate. AlUed io aba.)
The eame ae Enaba, vthkh tee.
nm— >NABO, a contraction of nmne wabo,
SM iffKltfr Ne.
NABU, Njlbo, Nabitta, and Nabati,
verb, pron., and a^j* (From na, deriva-
tive^ 2, andnbo, nom. form;— napnbo;— -
na-obn-nya; and na-nbn<aya« C(moare
labiL^
LUerallgt this self-same; that self-
sane; this self-same here; that sel|C«une
tiiere; refieningtonoonsinnba, a#: nabo
nbotywala, L e. r this beer even.
This dass of prcmoons contains, properly
qpeaking, words of some snperUtive idea,
= ipsiasimns^ and is, practically, a claJis of
shoots referred to nonns (eee na, 7,) ex-
pesring the mind, as, here this, here that,
here this here, there that there; = here it
is, here that is^ yonder it is^ &e^ repre-
senting snl^'ects or objects near to one^ le«
near, Ac, according to the radical mean-
ing of na.
oku— NAFUNA, v. t. (Prom na, to nnite,
and ftma, to strike together; or from
nafo, and na, which is all the same. It
applies to the sense of feeUng.)
lAteraUgi to cohere; to be clammy;
[lidr. Ti-flnn.. deavingi sUcky; glnti-
thick;
nous; a«: nmhlabaoneslndaiieaiiig^oDia
nafhna, i. e. % earth which has pkees that
do not dry np, it is ckmmy;— o jalakile
nma n m pate ngesanhla n nafimn, L a. t
he who has sweat feels clammy when yon
tooch him with your haad. Memee the
infinitive nkonafana, cold sweat, clammy
drops,
nkn— NAEA, v. t. (From na, acting with
the mind, and ika, to pnt np^ to fix. Xt-
teraUy : to fix the mind or sense. Raa-
caUg one with nika, nnka. and iidu of
aneka. AlUed to baka, beka, bnka, ta)
1. Primarily t to have a feeling of
interest in what is presented to the mind;
to concern, at : wa yi bona into enhle wa
naka koyo, L e. : he saw a beantiM thing
and fidt an interest in it;— 2. T6 attadi
to; to stick to; to frequent; to be seen
at, at: inyamazana i nakile kn lendan,
i. e. : the game is always at this place;—
8. To connect; to conjoin to^ m: bengi
ti knye n ngesi komi, n ngi nakileke
i. e. : I told him not to come to me, but
yet he connected himself with me;—
4. To concern; to feelanxioos or interest-
ed; to care, aei wa tydwa taH oknlnngi-
leyokantikeenganakikona,i.e. : hewss
told often what is good, and yet he did
not fed anxkms abont it; — 6. To regard;
to respect; to esteem; to notion as: a
ngi nakiwe lapa, i.e. : I am not respected
here, = I am disregarded at this i^aoa^
not honoured, Ac
-^— Naiska, quit. fir. To be oonoerned,
interested in; to be attadied to; to be
respectful ; to be attentive, a$i n nga-
muntu o nganakekile;, Le. : he is one who
is unconcerned ;— mnuntnonakekilfyo^ ie, ;
an attentive person*
i^— Naxbxsla, qulf. fV. 1. To be con-
cerned abont, attached to^ at : a ka
nakekdi 'Into, L e. : he is not at all con-
cerned about it ;— 2. To be oareAd about;
to care about, m : ngi ya n akek efa loku,
i.e.: I do care about this^— it la my
concern.
>— — Naksla, qulf. fr. 1. To conesni, to
attach, to care for, at: ni ya nakda na
loku, i.e. : do you care fbr this?— >2. To
respect, regard, esteem for, at : a ngi na-
kdwa Into, i. e. : I am not regarded as
anything.
n— NAKA, n. ring. (From the verb.) An
interest; care; attachment; regard;
respect, &c
nm— NAKA, n. pL imi. (From the Tcrii.
Othere, um-Daka.) LUerally : an oljeet
of care, regard, or esteem ; applied to a
neck-ring of brass, ibnnerly worn as a sign
of honour.
NAKANTE, adv. (Fromna, and, alao^
and kanye, at once.)
Digitized by
Google
NAMATBLA.
[217]
HAMBA«
onoes ettti at all* at: a ngl m
boMdigB uJtanje, i.e.i I ha;?* nol leen
bim at an, or I have not ereii onoa aaen
It k often used elliptieally, in an^pa-
tton of a negatire Benfe, or repretonting
ilia latter, at : ba ti ma kn kitjwe inkomo
wa ti omnnye nakanye, i. e. : they nid
that a beaat most be given np, bat the
other replied, never ! i^. : it shall not be
gifen np at alL
nba— NAElAZAKA, n. (From naka, eeteem,
fte^ and inna, little or nnall piecei. Om»-
•seied wiih nmnaka.)
An ornament, conditing of eoUmred or
mtted beadi, worn aronnd the neck,
nmikur to the neok«ring. (Otikert me
nbn-Manakanna,— ma, adding the lenie
of: M^ a aet of spotted beada worn as an
ornament around the neok.)
vm— NAKI, n.pLalMu (From naka.) One
who if intenited, eonoemed, Ac., in; a
careful person; who pays regard or respect
to^dso.
NAKtT, Naxo, NiKtrri, and Naxati,
▼erh. pron. and adj. (From na, derivatlTe
8^ and nkn, nom. form ; na-nko; na-nkn«
nya; na-nkn-aya. Cbmpare UAol)
LiUrMfi this self-same; that self-same;
this self-same here; that self-same there;
reArring to nonns in nkn, a»i nakn nkn-
hk. La. : here food eren ; ludtooknhle^ i.e. :
tbat la Hke something beantiAiL (iStethe
qplanatiop wnder Kabo.)
i— NALA, n. (From an obaokte stem
■ak, radioMf ihs tame ae nek, in anek,
and nnk, in annk.)
1. JPnmmriljfi a sdBdeocy of food;
abondaooa; plenteoosnesi^ aet A nenak
nonyaka, i e. : we hara plenty of food
tUa year ^— 8. Applied to eolomri an ani-
ami or a thing whidi has plenty of spots,
aa a tiger k oalkd inak; inkahi enak
^kom a<4ttak) L e. : an oz whidi has many
fittk spots; espeeialty applied to red or
brown with white mts.
ill— KAMA, n. pL in. (From na, to join,
wnite^ and ima, to move. IdteraU^t to
BMTa together; a contact; to fix one
tiling to another by natoral or artifldal
means; cohesion of bodies^ Ac AlUedio
CBsma, oma. As. (MiUrf Aom isinami, or
isinamn. The Xoea hu, besides^ nkuti
nama, I. c: to deare together, to adhere.)
Bnrdodc (azctinm) ; a very trodUesome
weed,
vko— NAMATA, t. t. (From nama, contact
and ita, to throw, to pot. Compare
gamats, Ac)
To come in contact with ; to ky hddat
•omathing. (Nci oflen need.)
^— - Naxatila, qnlf. fr. 1. To come in
contact with something; to hold together;
to stidc to; to cleave; to adhere^ a$:
ndaka a la namatek enhlwini, i. e. : the
pkster will not stick to the hooae ;— 2. To
hold or stick to; to be attached by per-
sonal affection, ast a namatek emikdni
wake, L c : he k attached to hk wifo, =s
he loTes her dearly ;— 3. To be formly at-
tached to ; to be firm, nnsbaken.
KoTB.— The fiMt that thk form nerer
assumes the negatifc termination i^ has
cansed it to be tdcen for a noun— amatek,
constructed with the yerb na« It suflkes
to remark that thk particukrity has
its reason in the meaning of the word
which, a priori, k emphatical, and hence
has tbk form, which u one of the emphat-
ical conjugation, Perft. tense. But, be*
sides thk particukrity, it gives another
dear cTidenoe lor the consistency of mean-
ing in the roots, which hokk good in what-
erer way they may be oomponnded.
— — Namatbuba, cans. fr. To make to
adhere to; to cement together, at : wa yi
namatdisa imbiza i ik, i. c. : he cemented
the pot, it bdng broken.
— « Kaxatsu, cans. tr. 1. To cause to
hold together;— 2. To ssal; to attach or
deafc together by a wafer or wax ; — 8.
To cement
— « KiiCATlfliLi, qulf. fr. To seal for; to
put a seal upon, ast ukuyinamatisda in-
owadi. (The Xoea uses noamatisek, de-
rived from ncama, instead of thk verb.)
id— NAMATBLO, n. (From namatek.)
Adhering ; adhedreness; cohering ; cohe-
dveness ; flmmess ; denseness ; doseness.
nko— NAMAZA, t. t. (From nama, to be
firmly united, and iza, to make A modi-
fication of namata.)
To become firm ; to assume a firmness,
denseness^ Ac, applied to fluids, at : iiuhi
H sa namaM, ku wa amatond odwa, i. c :
the atmcsphere keeps quite hard or closed
np, and tiierc foil a few drops of run
on^.
— — NiMimiA, qulfl fr. 1. To become
more firm, denser or condensed ; to become
a thick mass or dot ; — 2. To concentrate ;
to draw together, a$ : izulu li yanamazek,
Lc: the atmosphere draws together into
a thick doud ;— 8. To emit or discharge a
▼cry small quantity ; to rain in small or
few drops.
KAllBA, Nahbo, and Haicbata, verb,
pron., and adj. (From na, derivatiTe, 2,
and ma, to more, stand, and ba, eee Ba,
pars. pron. and Aba, dem. pron. ;— na-ma-
abo ;— napma-aba-aya. See nampa. The
JCoea and others use the simider form
naba, nabo> nabaya)
LUeraUjfi these self-same standing;
those sdf-samc standing; those even
standing yonder or there; apj^led to
Digitized by
Google
^imwu.
imi
htaet Hk^y tiro it j u d ing . (iK0#tlii«iplaiia-
i^NAMBA, % (Fram iai* identical,
■ometbiog like, m (unbe, to laete for-
vird, 3x hMibt, to w«l|u /<« radical
metmimf if : keldiog t«ig«tbw, ttriking
togetiieip, Tbe verd if » piQdifte4 idea in
reifieet to iof oka, i»AM Me, JHaUctie :
ioMnnka.)
L ii mr al ljf : aometliiiig like a walking or
rolling togeUier* dflwyialing (ke larger
kind of aerpenki, which aopeap to walk,
not to creep, Hke the Weonatfictor,
throwing itaelf Ibrward ev together- In
this ease the word is taken bf tiie Xo$a ;
bnt other tribes of Natal $i^j it to a
f^attle-auke.
isi— KAMBA, Q. pL iit (PmiilA. Uttle,
small, together* ud aniha, to move for-
ward, to walk.)
JM^allfi a ak>w walker i «ne who
alwajs lingers behind, or vemai9S hthind,
afipears to stick itft.
isi— NAMBATI, a. ring. (From naam iba,
•eparato, and iti, imred, ssMoth, soft.
Cbniparf ambata, hambata, Ae.)
A kind of fi>Qd boiled with w«ter. into a
sticky, sliniy, or riscoos nMissi applied to
gr^el, or tbm porridge.
nkH-NAMBITA, r. t. (from qamb^ tee
WMobiti. and ita» to tonah. Sm h«ta» to
eeileoi)
1. ^nmmify I to soMok ; to makp a
noisa with the lips after ei^ti^ er testing,
as when liekiBg with the tongue or the
lips food which adheres within the month,
0#: nga Uhah akaaambifca kwa miiandi
uknhhi, I e.: I lysed to emaok » while
aHerdinase^ the food bufing been so deli-
cioosi— S, To haire a tastoi to have a
stMFoqr; to reliib; refeifiw to thii^Vhich
are pleasant to the organ of tasting $$ well
u to the mind, ##s Izwi lako ngi U nam-
bita 11 ngene enbliziyweni, t e.t yonr
word I hSTe relisbedi it went to my heart
inif-v IfAMBvavLA, quit. ir. To be tsftofbl,
Ittfoory, relishabis^ nf i nknhhi okmam-
bitekileyo^ L e.i pleaMAl 4<Pd»--of great
v.*^ ViMKmA* pens, fir« To give $, tarte,
layonr, ot iaTomr i to lei have ene a
taste^&e.
^*^ ITliailVimu* qalt fi^ Te be in a
steto of being testefnl, savoav7i felish-
able^ fto.
imr-VAllBITIi n. dag. (From nambita.)
The KUp^fer; a left tribatary eC the
Tokela near the Piakeberg,
nkn— NAIIEKA, ▼• t» (Fromoamg,aalika,
to.pot, to U.)
t To p«9t things or sohstanoes together
bf glatinons matteri to Mm m otooh
VAHi.
«f J
Ihfm togethev,
naoyfkiwe ngobi^ongwflb |. e*i Ow two
pets have been or are fastened togMer by
or with dnng ;— 2. To pbster ; to everiay
witti plsster, Of: km nanyekwa Isindooga
asnhlo, i. e,s the wsUs oft^'e honseare
nkwtered over i— «. To Intoi la oeni with
into;— 4 Tprine,
nkn— NAHfii^BZkliA* T« t. (Ihrom nameka,
and Iseh^ to make ffn^ to make eftee.)
1. To be engaged ip patting things
bi^iether by glntinoi^ ma^i to be en-
gaged in plastering, Ae. ;— 2. .^l^nmliedEir :
to impeach; to aeooeei to ohsi«e with
misdemeammr (Ut. : to plester a charge
ononei) or; wa leto into e file wn name-
keaele ngami. i. e.i he bsonght a brokoi
pieoe and ascosed me of having btnlEen it
lUi, : he oemented it with or by me*)
NAMmiA, and NAIfimiA. *du (From
n|i« even, with, and omh}«, ^0
Uterqit$% even the ^i tMnri *^
day;— nmbUwnntml)l% U^\ t^ day of
toHJay.
isi-irAm end ¥iKV, a. 8^ IshKama.
i— VAlca n. sing. (Frwn ennw^ «AM
m, the initial being dropped.)
Mirth; gaiety of mind ; levi^*
ir AMPA, VaUM^ and Vawa^ verb^
|iren.anda4i* JHioki^iodlfam^tim^c^
0$ namba, namhob 4e*i wMt 9m (Se$
tbe e»Umation nnder Venfi-)
nknr-NAIimiA, v* t (Frmn wmm. end
nla, to strain, rampve. ^ mnhk nnrak,
damnla,Ao.)
To rsmeve eno thing vMeh Is teed to
or upon another; Aenes, to toko eC; to
wmoreri to epen» ?= nknalhnknla isltja
esi nanyekiwe ngohnlenge, i^n-s to take
off the veM which has been paptedi^on
the other with dnng.
^^^AMVhVhK r. t (ftfom wm ud
nhde, to m^* looee.)
h TotakeoffloQaeljrerlightlgi p>m
«p a little or slMitly the nnisa veessi from
the lower, as wmm one epens a never of a
balling 9Qt In ordiBr to see whether tbe
oontsnti are bnmingi— 2. To tfmi to
open, as eyes; applied to the first opening
of the eyee of yow^^ animels.
i^AIf A, a termination. (Ck vi g nl ly, a
vartK and as soich existing In the e ostrnt
langnegss. ^¥ene. dunpemidad from
Ina4mv denoting redpsocel actions eC res-
ponding^ 4e., ai also a oompamtlve amaU-
nem, comparative small d^freeu)
Hottog eomq^ariaDn pf imilW dngvess
aorresponding to /meh other, ns len small,
mnch smaller, still smeller, 4o. It Is
sn^lsed to a lew novn^ hot ehie4y to com-
pound werd%#«e ngaka^ngikimanii $oiiek
9§0, and ooinoithf ^^ i^rsna» Oo m^um
ana. end ne> 4eiiv»tire 4 6*
Digitized by
Google
kk^Vi^^At m TfL !<i. (Prom imuml) A
mmti gifen te tke Kttle green freg,-*rafia
i ir teHi<i,-^knoirp hem 'M {vediefeiBg nun.
The im«e agniflei beth the iniaUnen and
tlM eemqpmiding loonda tf thie UtUe
i— KAKDA, n. dag. (From na,
eqnal, and iada, to eitend in leagtli.)
1. Tbe name of a vange of soantainf
eqnally extending from aonth to north*
aitnated between the rif en Umngeni. Urn-
iHielro, and Umhloti; bnt pmiieuiarly -.
tiM ioathern prominent point of the range ;
-<-8. The name el a river eoming from
tkut range, and vnnning ionth-weit of it
into the UmngenL
vm-^VANDI, n. ling, (From nana, agree-
ing, and di» high, long, oe, whieh amoonte
to the same, firom na, even, fine, delicate,
nod Bdi, extended eren high. Tk^Uieral
0m4 prmuuy Htm i§: highly agreeable.
AlUsdt^mjmdik. Ai«.nionate. AmToU.)
1. AnO^oretject deligh^hl tothe
■enaee. Applied to iMlingi deUcaoj;
§ mt n tm ef textwe i ■nop thnc ie i loftneis;
taidemeai^ &a, a$t idwja beagnbo bu
'■inandi, Le.: tiie wool oi the doth ia fine.
2. Applied to the tasto of Ibod, m : in-
ytma i *«UMBdl, L e. t the meat iadelidoos,
aid^ pleaamt, Ac JTaeM^ delictoqeneis,
ideaiantaeai, dafaitinen^ sweetnenb 4c
a. Fleadng to the mind] neatnen,
^togmee^ taetefkil, graeefn], gratifying,
iadnlgiog, &c, «#> kwa ha 'mnaaiK nkn-
^WMi kwabo^ L c : theit ahiging waa
kIgUj deH^iMil, agreeable.
db ioltoeei of mannew j kind attention ;
civility; politeneei in ipeaking and acting
amd in expreaiing eempaanon, ^ i niitwa-
wm « 'maandi ikuknlnma kwtdce nabantn,
L c : the child if veiy pleasant in apeaking
with people ^^n 'auMndi, I c ; he ii very
fwte^
Hon.— The word if wed in appcuition,
m an a^jjeotive^ aa ia ebviooa tan the in-
elMMeaglveB.
iikii^KAHBKA« r. I (f^^tpmrfyt % quit.
tmm tmsk the ohaoleto verb ngna. 8te
Kapela.)
To be ahontiag firom jogr; tobegrate-
M, cbearftiU
vIoi^NAlflLA^ v« t (Fron tbe oteoleto
vetb nana, and iU, to etiain, and, •rMMr^,
nrnkonto, ipeer fMiUig in tbe animal) ;—
a. To reepond i to mfy to a ibvonr re-
eeivedi to shew gratitnde by giving a
fhont 09 eheeta oc thankir^ To give
the
ffsliL ftarnk firam
1. iV^Mort^r: to ahont to ene another;
the abeot of one peffaa being refponded
ta by a n other ; ktnce, to reepond; to
tmwmm ;— 2. To eidiange ibonte ef joy;
toexhihrato; to dieer, oei nmanmnntn
a hlabe inyamaaana a nanele a tl, yimka
■awe^te.! when one hae stmek game he
ahootolhr joy eagring^ go eff with it (vi». :
-^ NAraWA, eaac fr. 1. To give efaeere
or shontf of joy; to respond to eheera
given 1*8. To oanae or let one be respond-
iag, 4c; to tnr to reepond in seme d^rree.
HnMATfcg.— It having onee been a qnes-
Uon of flome importanoe whether the Zola-
KafifB have a uravd for gratitode, I most
oall attention toibe proper definition of
thie word. Gratitnde^ aa an emotion of
. the heart exdted by a flivewr veodved, &e.
-"fndi a momentaiy emotion if fhllyex-
pveifled by nanela;^bnt gratitnde, aa an
agreeable emotion of the heart, aeeompa-
nled with or shown by good will and raita-
ble retome to a bene&otor is more pro-
perly expressed by nm^Kandi, and nbn-
M nandi. These wovds, however, bdng,
OffiginaUy, not flnla-Kafir, bnt hitiodneed
1^ other nattont aa^ng them, It may be
aaid that tiiey have none of their own.
And this very fiust of theee werdf bdng
introdnced, aooonnts folly fiir the abseno^
of real or moral gratitude so generally
pbeewed in the praetisai lifo of these
savAge nations.
id-r-VAH£TiQ,n,pLid. (FnunMnda.) 1.
An agreement for making sennds^ shoots;
-^. Beaponsej ooncovd; shonte of joy;
eihih»«tian t-rrS. Sign of gratitnde.
KAN0A, Navck), and 'Saxbata, veri>,
pros, and a^. (From n%, deeivelive, 2,
and nga, eontreoted from tiie ptefti «$r,—
and a extraeted firom the pri. n. Mia ;—
na-ng-awo; na-ng-a*aya.)
XMm»Htfi the self<eame; tfaeieortboee
self-seme; the sell^eamej tiie adf-eame
bsM or there ; referring to plnr* noons in
ame, ## i nange amadcda, L c i here are
the men, At. (iSm the e^pkmstlftn under
Vabn.)
id^NANQAKIiHGA, n. flWM, See
If engemenge, a wound,
i— NANQANANGA, n. pi. ama. (From
ne, eon, and nga, to bend t V*. s t>rced to-
gether eondensed. Madie^ one wiik
nenga, JToaiks naarn^ to dmkc)
i. ^ropmrly t a p(mil ov n single thing
which goes beyond ite meesmre or degree;
exeesdveness ; extcavaganee |*8. Com*
monl^t i^»pHed to eoloor, a spotting, speck-
ling. Of t iheshe U namanengananga, L c :
the hosse has very man/ spots. Is nawnally
epedOed, qdto ent of the way, Ac;— 8.
AppUed to tiie mind i eosUbdon ; irregn-
lanty; eceem; extravagant, «ei n na-
ijMmangananga, » nknmma amangn. L c :
it is Um same as: he teUl folsehoods;
mitonths^ estnwNigant thioga.
Digitized by
Google
NANSI.
[230]
NANZELA.
KANQU, Naitgo, NiKaiTTA, Kavgwa-
TA, and Nangaya, rerb pron., and adj.
(From na, deri?ati?e, 2, and ngo, contract-
ed fVom the prefix m^,— and u, extracted
from the pri. n., nma or mn;-«na>Dg-o
(fee lo), — ^na-ng-noaya ; — na<ng-o-aya ; —
na-ng-aaya.)
Liter ally I he, she, it, this,, the self-
aaroe; that lelf-same; be, she, it, the
aelf-iame there ; he, she, it, that self-same
there; referring to sing, nonns in nmn-
nm-n, <u : nangn nmontn, i. e. : here is a
man ; — nmfhla nang^ya, i. e. : the rirer
there it is, yonder it is, &c. {See the
exphination «MMiffr Naba. The Xoea and
oMtfTf have nankn, nanko, nanknya, Ac,
for the personal nouns, and the above for
other nonns. The distinction is merely
tribal, not etymologicaL)
Note. — ^Nango is commonly used in a
plur. sense, as : nango tina, i. e. : here we
are;— nango nina, i. e. : here ye are, &c
um— NANOU. n. The same as nangu, with
the additional nom. fbrm um ; Ut.x a he
here he is. COccasionalfy in use,)
i*-NAKI, n. pi. ama. (From the obsolete
verb nana. See anana and nanela. See
mail)
1. MadieaUy : a sameness of thing ; an
exchange of one thing for another; an
equality, commodity, as : inkomo i ya
t^igwa ngenani eUajani P i. e. : the cow
is to be bought with an equality which is
what, =3 with what sort of commodity ia
the oow to be bought ?— 2. A number ; a
multitodeb as : a ng*axi inani lesinto zi
Dga pi, L e. : 1 do not know the number of
things, how many thero aro ;— 3. A name ;
a numearator.
NANKU, Nakko, Nakkxtta, an4 Nak-
ZWATA, TOTb, pron. A dialectic differ-
ence from nakn, nako, Ac., wkicA see.
(See the explanation under NansL)
KANSI, Nakso, NAimiYA, and Nav-
BATA, yerb, pron., and adj. (From na,
derirative^ 2, and na ;— na-nso ;— na-nsi-
iya ;— na-nsi-aya. The Xosa has ntn
instead of nsL)
Liierally: it, this self-same; it, that
aeU-same; it, this self-same here; it,
that aelf-iame thero ; applied to nonns in
i-in-im-imi, as : nansi iinali, i. e. : hero is
the mon^ ; inyoni-nansiya, i. e. : thero it
is the bird. See the explanation under
Nabn.)
These forms, together with those nnder
nanti, and nantu, &c., present some pecu-
liarity when compared with their shorter
ones. They are, undoubtedly, remnants of
old dialects of the primitive language, and
contracted from na-ini, something, — and
si or tri, a moro primitive substitute for t,
as tl^ ifstUl the caae in tl^e Sisuto, tse,
:^ < in the Zulu-Kafir, and similar an ti«
tu, used in the Kamba, &c Thus insi,
— intn,— inti,— intu, Ac, dialeetieaOy ike
same as into, i. e. : something, just as
nti-inti-izinti, at the present time^ are
radically one with into. And these exam-
ples exhibit to us plainly the eflbrts whidi
the language has made in respect to pro-
gressive contraction and abbreviatioo.
u— NANSI, n. pL o. (See Nann. Nanio^
Ac.) Literally : an Identical with the same;
a sameness of a person (nearly = aeipsam.)
This expression is used in conversatkn,
by which the speaker indicates or points to
some person (or inansi to some tbii^) whoss
name he cannot romember at the moment,
exactly like " Mr. how or what do yon call
him,"— inansi "the thing what do you
call it"
u— NANSIKA, n. pL o. fSee Nanrika,
the verb.) Used in the same manner as
unansi, and inanrika as inansi.
uku— NANSIKA, v. i. (From nand, n., and
ika, to put, set, or fix.)
Used under the same circumstanoes as
unansi, ast u jm. nansika lo^ Le.t that
one is dmng what or how do yon esll
it now !
NANTI, Naitto, NAimTA, and Na-
ircAYA, verb pron., and adj. (From us,
derivative, 2, and nti; na-nto; na-nti-
iya; na-nto-aya. The JSbsa and cUsrs
have nali, nalo, naliya, and nalaya. iSwthe
explanation under Nansi.)
Literally t it, this sdf-same; it^ that
self -same ; it, this sdf-«nie hero; i^ tiiat
self-same there, yonder; applied to noons
in i-iU, as: nanti ihashe, i. e. : hero is the
horse ;— nantiya itole, i. e. : there or yon-
der is the calf, Ac {See the ezplanatiim
under Nabu.)
NANTU, Navto, NAinmrA, and Na-
KTWATA, verb pron., and adj. (From na,
derivative, 2, and nta; — na-nto;— na-
ntu-nya;— na-nto-aya. The JOm* and
others have naln, xudo, and naluya. See
the explanation under NansL)
Literally: it, this self-same; it, that
self-same; it, this self-same here; it, that
self-aame there, yonder ; applied to noons
in n-uln, at : nantu nti, i. e. : here is a
stick ;—nantwaya ukalOk Le.: it thatlnU
yonder, there, &c (See the explanation
tifMier Nabu.)
nku^NANZA, v. t. (From inn, even, iden-
tical, or from nana, to agree, andzn, to
do^ make. AUied to panza, vanza, Ac)
JPrimarUy: to be agreed with one's
self; to get, or procure; to practise. (A
word much the same as nanaka.)
•^— Nakzela, qulf. fr. To care for one's
self by greediness in eating, as : nkud*
nanzela, i. e. : to care for himidf.
Digitized by
Google
KCA«
[Ml]
KCATJA*
i— NANZI, n. pL anuu (From nanai.)
The niminatiiig stomacb.
id-'NANZI, n. dug. aUi Naitti. (8se
Nanza.) A sort of grass growing broad,
or having always two l^ves opposite
eadi other.
NAPAEADE, adv. (From iia» even*
and pakade» of very long time.)
Ererlasting ; ever. It is nsed emphati-
cally for : never, m : ni vn mile na ? napa-
kade, L e. : have yon agreed P Never !
NASI, Naso, Nasiyi, and Nasata,
verb pron., and a^. (From na, derivative,
% and isi, prL n., or nom. form ; — na-iso ;
^-na-isi-iya; — na-iso-aya. See Paya.)
LUeralljf: it, this self-same; it, that
self-same; it, this self-same there; it» that
self-same there, yonder ; referring to nomis
in in, m: nasi isitja, t e.: here is a
basket r—inwa nasaya» L e.: there that
rock yonder. {See the expUnation under
Naba.)
vkii*-NATA, V. t. (From na,«e0 the verb,
and ita, to tooch, take. EadiealUf one
eoUh nets, to leak ; and aUied to mata, to
mmsten.)
To wet the month or the lips, at : ngi
pe ngi nate, i. e. : give me that I may make
wet my lip s, = drink a little.
D— NAWE, n. pL aba. (From na, with, and
we, extracted firom wena, thon. See Ne.)
LUeralljf: a person like thee, with
thee; thy brother; thy right or own
brother. It always has reference to a
yoonger brother who is under the anthority
of the nmntte,L'e.: elder brother. See
imi-Ninawe.
-NAYE, n. pL aba. (From na, with,
and ye, extracted fVom yena, he, she, it.)
ZUenUlyi a person like or with him,
her, it; his brother; her brother; its
bcother; his right or own brother. It
refers, properly, to the yoonger brother;
this difference is not, however, observed.
NAZI, Nazo, Nazita, and Nazaya,
▼eib pron., and adj. (From na, derivative,
2, and izi, pri. n. or nom. form; — na-izo;
— -na-id-iya; — na-izo-aya. i>»a20o^, nanzi,
nanzo, nandya, and nanxaya, lit, : identital
with izi, Ac See the explanation under
NansL)
IMeraOpi tbey, these self-same; they,
those selfsame; they, these self-same
there ; they, those self-same there, yonder;
referring to plnr. noons in izi-izin, aei
nazi izibhdo, i. e. : here are these chiirs ;
—nazaya isntaba, Le.: there are those
mountains, yonder. See the explanation
under Nabo.)
i — ^NOA, n. ring. (From ini, even, small,
flne, and ca, top, point, end.)
Even or floe tops; iqiplied to grass u a
generic term.
iri— NCAFUNCAFU, n. pL in. (Fromnca,
even or at a point, and fh, pressed. Dio*
ledic, nqaftrnqafu.)
JMercUl^ : a making for presring over
or on a p<nnt ; applied to the little cover
or cap, worked of small strings or leathern
laces, and worn by the natives over thrir
foreskins; prepoce-cover.
oka— NCAMA, v. i. (From nca, at a point,
and ima, to move, stand. In the Xoea
this word signifies, to be at an end, to
give op all hopes, and its noon isinoami,
an end, point. Allied to nxama, to be in
a haste; and to nqamnla, to break or cot
off.)
To be at the point or moment of start«
ing ; to be aboot to start for a joomey ;
and, as food is osoally taken before starting,
to eat before or aboot starting; to take a
starting-meal, a« : ngi sa ncama, i. e. : I
am still eating before starting.
mn— NCAMO, n. pi. imi. (From noama.)
A portion of food for the road or jour-
ney; ration, <ui ngi peni omnoarao ngi
hambe, L e.: give me my ration that I
may go.
i— NCAM(J, n. pL ama. (From ncama.)
A kind of herb, osed as a medidne; sig-
nifying rither the last which is given
before death or the last before recovering,
to strengthen the constitotion. It is of a
bitter or soar quality, which is the sense
of the word in its transposed form, eee
monca.
oka— NOAMULA and Noamla, t. t. (From
ncama, and ola, to strain. AlUed to
nqamola. Coinciding with capola.)
To take always a little bit of food ; or,
to take food with the end or point of a
spoon, &c, as when one is only tasting
food. (In the Xosa this word is nsed of
eating one by one^ vit, : when spoons are
wanting, a whole nomber of people eat
with one spoon oot ofa pot or dish of
food.)
i— NCANE, n. (From inca, a small point,
and ane, dim. form. It is a oontraction
from ndnane, which see,)
Littie, small, ae : inhlo enoane, i. e. : a
small hoose; — ombila omncane, i. e. :
small maize. (Ncanyana, dim. oi ncane,
moch smaller; — Ncanyanyana, dim. of
ncanvana, very moch smaller, a great deal
smaller.)
oku^NCATJA, v.t. (From nca, even at the
top^ even small, and itja, to shoot» throw.
SadicalUf ewnddimg with catja.)
1. LiteraUy: to throw something on
the top; applied to aocosation, Ac.; to
throw blame upon ; to pot in a bad light ;
to darken or obscore one's character, as :
wa ngi ncatja ngokongishomayelela izwi e
ngingali tjongo, Le. : he damaged my
Digitized by
Google
HOEUBA.
[Mi]
NcaneA.
ihAMdter hf r epor tin g h iiU abovt tee,
wbleh I bad ttot ntteredi^-i. To oompU-
cate; to iiiTolTei to sotangle bj fiUae
rspottt.
-•Mi*^ NOAT#iVi« npr. fir. To tbrow bUmo
MM on tfa« othiri to daritan eaak other's
cbaracter.
— i^ XoATJXLA, qid^ fr. 1* Ta obicare,
darken, Ac^ aboat, for;-^!. To tbiOw
topi^ =3t to Uwot eazB, at: nmbUa n ya
neatjeb, L e^ i tbe maiia ia befinning to
abowaara.
i^VCkTiA^tLfLiA. (Frott nnoalia.) A
head of eattia wUeh k affMted with the
n-Ncaly'a.
tt<»NCATJA* n. (Fran the weth,) A
Uaae^ fludt er neknaai among cattle, ap-
petting in aaall aoraa between the feet,
wbereb|r th^, aa it were» are entangled.
It nannUy canaea the death of the animaL
ani-*NCATJA, tt. ^u n-NoAvri, and nm-
KAwn. (&• n-Ncatja.)
A herb or ihrob need aa n medicine
againat the vnatja.
NCfi. An eKebunatton e i p r annTe of a
ncnse made by a collision of two bodiea of
a amall kind, as a slap, snap^ or sasaek, an
li ti nee! nee! itensi, L a. t the drop (of
nun) aonnds =« nee (in falling upon a stone).
lil^CE, n. Ske Nqe.
»{keB?}"- -^^^^' -Siwin-Tebe.
^a->'«-NCfiDA« T. t. ^From nee, even the
top, the ntmoat, and ids, to add, poll) '
LUmiUgi to aid to the utmost; tofaslp.
(More exdnsltel J need among tiie Xo9a
and other ftontiar tribea.)
i— NCBEIJ, n. pL izL (From ini, indlTi-
dual, ce^ a poin^ top^ and ikn, fixed, from
ikft, to pat, fla. SadiealUf im encika,
w^^W^^w ^^W*g
1. LUtrmll^i an inditidnai for flidng
or leaning npon; the name for that parti-
enlar asrmnt vpon whom the Sola Unga
lean in walkinff or standing, and who aarrea
their ibod by holding or bringing the vea-
aal before or to their month. Mtnoe, one
who serves at toblei a steward |-^. In
jg€U6tsii a smrant*
i— KCBEUKAZI, n. pi. isL fFsOtt inoe-
kn, and kasi, denoting female*)
A feasaleasrfant of the aami daaoription
sntfaeinceku.
nkn— KCELA, ▼. t. (From noa, even the
ntmoat, and ih^ to stnun. Radi&Mf %me
mUk eda, wkuikte^ iu ttUo gqik.)
To exbanst to the laat drop ; tosnokthe
laat mUk, mi itole li ae H neeiae kn nge
ka bo^wa nnina, i. e. ; the calf his already
anoked the tet before hia mother was
tindnp.
^^^ VoMUMAi ttiv* fo» I. To eanae to rack
the last dff(9{-^2. To let snek, er give
awskiHieQ tbirelsM) milk in the brlmt,
applied to man and boasts
mn— NCfiLE, n. pL imi. (Froai Besb.)
1. LUfwUyx tiie extreme point er end
of any thing i the edge or border, at:
nmnoele wezimbali, 1. e. i the edge or
border of a flower-bed )^-»a. A landmaik,
line, or limit eat in the gronnd, at i nkn-
foka nnmcale, i. e. t to make an emamental
border, aa in a garden i«^akaaikm nwncfle,
L e» t to ent a border. (NonL-^-Oate is
to be taken net to oonfonnd this aignifiea-
tion with that ef ottikanle, which denotes
a bordsr, Umit, Ae^ ertelWee^, hot
liamode in a t vtirM g d mum ; or^ as the
paauve termination ulo shown < Ihit whidi
ia meaanred, and the nitive ila, that whidi
nkn-^KCENCA, ▼. DuOetUe. SmlSfqm^
to— IfCEKOB, n. Ik&betm. Sm Kgoengee.
nkn*-lirCBKCBTA,t.t. (From ne^ eiohuna-
tion, and ita, to tooch. ulZ^M tooaonen.)
lb anap the ingera qnicUy tegetiMr;
to ehm the fingcae.
okn-KCENOfiel, t. t. (From aeob Mnkma-
tion, and isa, to make. Allied i0 efeBceia,)
To make a noiaa like ndrop when fidOing
•n a atones to drop; to drip,
n— NCENDa n. pL iaL ^Metim^ mm
at Nowedo^ ftfddk u$,
nm-^KCENDO, n. pL iad. DimUtH^ §am
at Ncinde, vhick me.
nkn-^NOENGA, ▼. t. (From nee, to a email
point, and inga, to forae, mige. ignrfieaffjr
nnt «Mt cenga.)
To beg; to beaeeeh; to entreat; toaop-
pUoato. I%t MUM it ^= okrimlamn kahle,
i. e. t to speak in tender or
-«-^ Kotvobla, ^rif. ft. To beg^ heaeecb,
entreat, Ac, for, aboat, «t: n ya li neaneda,
Le.t he is entreating en his owti banalf
nkn-^NCB8BZA, t. Bm Ifxasenahu
isi^^fCSTB,n.pLid. (Fromnoa^oiieiiefty.
tetnoob cscfaunatien, andite^ akn rather
oa e ei a^ ey. tbeoghita ii<tra<aenae iathe
)
lAterMix saaaething making neete^
t e» : the aonnd or noiae of a little bird, a
apeeiea of the genna motaoilhu fTbe
ioea and athere have a-celo, instead of ttiis.)
ikn--NOBTEKA, t. t. (From noetn, rodi.
ta% the mme ae noatja, and iaa, to noake.
Tk9 iUeirtBi emm ie % to engage to bring-
ing blam% Ac^ npon one.)
1. To engage in telling tabai to inform
igatostf to rep re sent bkmeaUe tidnga
against; to misrepresent i to onlonaiato;
—2. To defame; to tradnti; Met wa
noeten ngabanto enkosfaii, i.e.t heads-
repreeentei things to the dkief in ragard
to aome people, Always foUewed 1^ the
prep. nga.
Digitized by
Google
NQOTAinB.
[••3
vcmBA,
-*^ HoaxunA, qiltfr. ToMltaUt|to
ilu mnwewm t, &c^ ib^ In ffefpao^to* at:
wa ngi iMeiMeU eokotiiii, i. •« i b« wu
q^king ctil things of tBe to the chkf.
«m— KC£T£ei» n. pL aba. (From noelexa.)
A ealainniator; eVil informer ; tredncer ;
betr^er*
KCL An eideauitton (radicalh <me
wHk nee ei) espreniTe of a painiiil feeling
eaiMd bgr a pre«are between two bediee»
M hj pindiing. It imiOiei, at tbe lame
tidM^aHnaU part, or rather tbe ^paJitj
nt node of ptadng between tbe two
nm— KCI, n. pi. aha. (Frotn nei» tiiat which
ia iBMdl, or imalkr. The JSjo9A «m inei«
pL amanei in coaniing» sifaifyinf the
tenth which fbUewi aftet one hnndred
riknlti») bnt denoting properlj, tbe taaaller
(tenth.) See tui, excbun.)
1. A Mnall perB0B;^8. Ot» Jroanger
than another I a joanger beothen ati
mmad wwrns i b. : tiie yonngar lm>ther
of mine|-^nniBelwabOkLe.c theirfobnger
bratbec (itoNe.)
KCIBILI and Kcibiliu* (Fr^a nd,
ibi» eepatitedt and ili» etrained. See HU,
gwilif Ae»)
An exdamktion expreering a ioll&eii,
amaetbnea, qoick flowing, ronning^ eliding
er elipfte of anj matter or tiSng, at:
ja t& neiba iubnU, i« a. c tiie beH tnelted
ifah-NCIBILIKA, T. i (IVom neibifi^ and
io^tegoeff. CVoid^ «2JM <o nyibyika.)
1. To flMlt; to diMohre» aet iabkniTQ
i ■eibililrfl^ La: the btH ie melted;—
t. To feel comfertaUe ; to be ut a etMte of
eaee or moderate et^jeyment, at : wmiimba
waini « ea noibilikile^ L e» : ooy body itiU
teb oomiBrtable,sriefreefroaiiiekneH;
<^^ nettiUkfle hipe» i.e»: we are eomfort-
— — KciBiLtKsu* eaw. fr. To iielt; to
«Melt { to diMolTo, AS I nkoaeaittk&n ena-
Ma,i.o.: to melt tallow.
i-^-NCIKANA, n. (Fran noi, imiller,
'And bane, drawn amalL)
Something Htfie or anudl in ^|naUtj.
Same Ot Ndnane.
■-^HCIKICAKB^ n. pL 0. <Fr«m nd,
■mall, ika, ixed, ioa, tip, to|H eadisB, dim.
tem. Otkere kmfe tOdctm^
The Httle filler.
«faH-NCIKIDA, T. t. <Froai nd, at a
poMt, Hq, got oC and ida, to patt.)
Topremaemetbing between the|pdnte
Of the ingmii and drife it eif with a jerk
ortwiteb.
4*tt-«llCiNAirS^ n. (Frefdi mnnobluie.)
TbeiAate of bdng yet anmll; amaUnem;
liMleiMBi, «tc aboBdaanebam^Le.: my
imi^KCINANE, n* (From nd, and nana,
d«iotiiig smaller degree. CHkere Aaee the
contracted fbrm cane.)
Smaller; lem; denoting quality, «t:
wnonta omncinaBfl^«-into eneinane, L e. :
a emaller pereon,— a smaller thing.-—
Ndnanyane, dim. very small, very little.
KoTB.— The word is used in u|podtion,
and assomm the nominal forms of ite ante«
cedent aerordingly.
ibt-^^ClKCA, ▼. U (From iod-buei pointed,
to mere on e pointy
To threes to tbe topi rather onemaio*
poeUe^ lignUying : (o be glad or delisted
at something when looking at it.
nkn— KCIKDEZELA, t. See CSndcaeU.
nm—^OINDO, n. HProm nd, even, small,
and ndo» extended. SadioaU^ oae wUk
uibeado end neondo.)
A snbstsnoe of a thin quality; need of
pap er porridge which is not so thick er
stiff as pnuingi^
«bm— NCINTX t. t. (From, at the top
fe^n, and nta» to tmie or toooti eren.
JtadioaUy one with centa.
1. To jump over a thing and nearly
te«cb it» at t nga yi aomta inkukn nga
ijm pansi, i. e. c I sprang over the ibwl
mm fell down 0n mnning after it); — 2.
1>9 be nnloeky, at i be be ncintiwe^ L e. :
they have been nnlncky, lit. : tbcyr were
imnped over (need of hunters over whose
bea& the game jumped, as it were, without
^dr killing any, or of warriors who were
juomed over by their enemies.)
ukn^NCINZA, ▼. t. (From nd, and inm, to
make. £ adioaU$f one with ncunau JUied
to ndnta, centa, so. See ncwaW noweba.)
1. To out, bite, or pinch off the tops or
ends; to pineh #ff with the ndls of the
fingers; to nip ;— 2. To bite, at : nmuti a
ya Boinm eaoiloi^eni, L e.: the medidne
jlraws the a^uth together, — outs in the
mouth ; — 3. To take a pinch of snnff.
-^— NcQisiBi* cans. ft. To cause or make
to out, bit^ &c; to give a j^nch of
anuC
iku— NCIPA, T. t. Tattive Kdljwa. (From
nd, small pointy and Ipa, to pull, to thrust,
to make.)
1. 1*0 lessen ; to diminish; to wane; to
become smaller or lew in sise^ at: um-
aimha wake u ya ndpa, i. e.: his body
orows thinner |— 2. To dep r eda t e i to
kssenia value.
•— — If 0I7BKA, quit. fr. To beoome km ; to
come into a mean or low stftte or condi-
tion ; to come under the usoal prioe ; to
coBM to a lower condition.
— KoipnA, caus. ft. To make aomUer;
to lessen; to dinnnish; to caaee diminu*
tiobi to reduce a condition; to cause
reduction, tc
Digitized by
Google
NOOKOLO.
[«*]
JsfOOKJL
nbn— NCIPO« n. (From neipa.) Dimiim-
tion; lowness; lowlineis; rednotioii; a
state of low condition, Ac
nka— NCITJA, t. t. (From nd, and itja, to
shoot, throw. BadioaUy one wUk nca^a,
ndpa, catja, dtja, ootja. Xosa, dsha.)
1. To stint; to snpply QMringly, at:
nknnciija nmnntn aknhla. L e. : to stint a
person in his meals;— 2. To be stingy ; to
be extremely ooTetons^ <w : n ya ngi ndtja
idnto zonke, i. e. : he comets aU my things.
•»— NcTTJAKA, rcpr. fr. To stint one an-
other ; to be stingy against each other,
i— NCITJANA, n. pL ama. (From ndtja,
and ina, dim. form, adding a oartidn
degree.)
An ^tremely dose or eovetons person ;
a miser.
nba— NCIT JANA, n. (From inoUjana.) Sx-
treme stinginess.
nm— NOITJANA, n. pL aba. (From inei-
tjana.) The same as inoitjana.
i^NCO, n. (From ini, small ones^ a phir.
and, 00, spot, point. See noa, noe, nd and
ncn.)
lAternXUf', variegated points, mti;
applied to animals of variegated ecuonrs,
espedally white and red, the latter cdoor
prevailing, ae : inkabi enoo (contracted
i¥om e-inco), L e. : a white and red spot-
ted oz.
nkn— KCOKA, v. t (From noo, with ex-
treme, top, &o., and nka, to go ont, to
fix. MadieaiOAf one wUh ncekn.)
L ^rimarify : to come to the very
point ; to admit something to be tme;
to own; to confess, as; nknncoka icala,
i. e. : he admitted the gnilt or debt (of
law pleadings) ;— 2. To he sennble of; to
acknowledge ; to owe with particnlar re-
gard; to own with gratitude, as a fiivoor,
&c., a« : wa yi nooka into ayipiweyo, L e. :
he acknowledged the fiivonr he had re-
ceived.
i— N(X>KAZI, n. (From inoo, and kaa,
denoting female.)
A white and red spotted fbmale-animaL
nkn— NCOKOLA, v. t. (From nooka, and
nla, to strain, to be Hght.)
1. To speak in easy terms; to speak
sensible things ; to speak on certain points ;
to tarn into a joke ;— 2. To chat ; to be
playing in a pleasant and witty manner
with the actions or words of another, in
order to raise a hnmorons langh ; — 8. To
talk in a formal manner ; to discourse.
»— - KooKOLAVA, rcpr. fr. To talk together
in a jocose manner, Ac.
i— NCOKOLO, n. (From ncokoU. See
id-Goco, and in-Kob, a hole.)
A certain gmb iband in the stalk of
com. It isprmblya tribalname, becaose
oMers «Me idhlava.
id— NGOEOLO, n. (From nookola.) 1. The
manner of talking, ; formalitj ;— jl. A
£onnal discourse; bmteriiw.
nkn— NCOEOLOZA, v. t. (From neokda,
and oca, to make a ioand. Coineidi^
wUk cokoioza, 2.)
1. To get one to speak a little ; to dir
np to talk; to engage or try to talk a
little in amnrmnring manner, as when one
is urged by others bat feds didndined to
speak, is dther sick or iU-tempered ;— 2. To
irritate ; to tease^ to annoy by jestit Ac,
as: ii\ja e Ama oknloma uyi nookdoa
ngentonga, L e. : a dog whidi will faita^
yon most poke with a stidc.
i— NCOKOVA, n. pL ama. (From acdo,
sendtive, and nva, denoting irriftatiag
nature. The Xoea has i-nqokovm, aa
animal with a pointed forehead bat with-
out horns; and, in ohiding, people call
each other by that name. MUed to qakM,
and nquka ; tee nqakuxa.)
Prt^^ljft a bad dispositioB; adispod-
tion to chide^ to rise up as an angry
animal, as an angry baboon, Ac. (Aa
owBnsive expression. I
i— NCOKOZANA, n.pL id. (From incdn^
something small pat up^ and iaana, ef
Uttie things.)
A very small thing of a hooae^ made
like a cage, of small pieces of wood or
sticks, to catch birds in with a snare,
nkn— NCOLA, V. L (From nco, even the tt^b
extreme^ last, and ula, to stirain. JMi-
caUy one wiih ncek, lokiok sm. Aiiied
to gqila, gxola, Ac)
1. RadioaJUf i to strip off the last; to
strip by vidence; to rob; to launder;
to vidate, aei amasda a m ncolile enhldsni,
i. e. : the thieves have robbed him of
the last thing along the road, or in tiavd-
ling; — 2. To spdl ; to become foul, diity;
polluted, corrupt. (The Zom usas tibe
word in the latter senses only.)
— NoouBA, caus. fr. 1. To cauae to atrip
off the kst ;— 2. To strip ; to spoil ; to
vidate; to profane, Ac, m : ba yi noofidle
inhlnyake, i.e.: they have destroyed his
house, — violated, corrupted it, Ac
am— NCOLOZI, n. pL ama. (From noda,
to strip off, to spoil, and ud, from on, to
make a sound. See Losa.)
lAteralUf : one who spoils the aoond,
pronundation ; a corrupt speaker. A pro*
per name of the amar-Ncdod tribes dia-
tinguished by speaking a bad dialeOk^ bat
abounding espedally inudng tbediok—
nc, as in this ease nco. (See Tekesa.)
uku — NCX)'MA, V. L (From noo, and ama,
to move, to stand. BadicalUf one wUk
ncama. Some use it instead of qpma.)
IMeraUyi to move sendb^; to oono
near to the point; to come out witli a
Digitized by
Google
NCOTJOLOZA.
[286]
NCUIKCITL
point; to gpeak ont a point. (The JEota
uses H of t to spetk highly of something.)
— — NooxiBA, cans, ft. To speak fk?onr-
aUy of; to praise, aa : nkuncomisa aman-
kanna, i. e. : to gire the preference to one
female ont of many.
i—- NCOMBO, n. pi. izi. (Frominoo, sofb
parts or tops, and mho, «0«mba» mhen, and
mbn, separated from. Allied td nconco.)
1. The so-^slled Kafir-oom in its first
state of the formation of seed,— or when
it is yonng and soft. In that state it has
a yeUbw colour. jSe»o0— 2. Yellow heads,
heing like the yellow seeds of the com.
nktt— NCOMULA, v. t. (From noo, tops,
and mnla, to strain from or away. It has
ike same radicaU at mnncnla. JlUed to
nqamnla, domnla, &o.)
To draw or pnll ont the sofb parts or
Uri» tops of grass, a* : nocminla ntyani,
i. e. : poll oot the tops of the grass,
nm— NCONCO, n. (From noo^ soft top.
See Coco. Allied to ncombo. The Xoea,
neons, a soft, tender Httle tlung, = haby,
has the stme radicals.)
1. The yonng mealies-head, before it
shows seeds, when it is yet in a state of
marrow;— d. Thespinal-marrow, or cord;
•—8. All soft, sinewy substances of the
joints of animals ; the most tender parts.
«— NCONDO, n. (From nco, with the
top, and indo^ extended. SMically one
with noendo and ndndo.)
Thinness; a thin quality. See um-
Keondo.
am— >NCONIX), n. (See n-Ncondo. Allied
to onda, londa, zonxo, ooto, Ac.)
Something thin of ammal bodies, €u :
into engenayo inyama ngnmncondo, or
imneondo^ i. e. : that which is without
flesh is lean, withered, like dry bones.
I— NCONO, n. (From nco, soft» tender,
and no^ small, little, slight. Allied to
neonoo, ncombo^ neane, nono, nana, &c
The Xoea has noona, a litUe, tender thmg.)
1. Something of a slight degree ; not
Tiolent, ae i nkugnla kwake ku se'ncono,
i. e. : his illness is yet slightly (exisUng),
not considerahle;— 2. A species of soft,
wild turnip, nmilar to the igonsi, and eaten
in time of fiunuro only,
i— NCOTJOBA, n. pi. izi. (From ini-oo,
it|a, shoot throw, and nba, separate.)
LHeralUf : something which takes away
the hair. This is a name which the natives
giro to a razor,
idni— NCOTJOLOZA, t. t. (Nearly the
same as ncokoloza, with the ehang^e only
of the roots ko-lgo, i e. : shoot, thrown.
Compare cata, catja, dtja, and cotja, to
anatdi up.)
To teMe or torment with begging; to
beg Tery bard.
nkn— NCOTUEA^ ▼. L (From neo^ soft top»
ntu, thrown, and nka, to go out. See
Hlutuka.)
Proper^f : to go ont upon the slightest
touch ; applied to falling or going out of
hair, an uboya benkomo bu ncotukile,
h e. : the hair of the cow went out.
nku— NCOTULA, t. t. (See Ncotuka, to
which it forms the transitive by ula, to
strain.)
To pull or pluck out by a slight toudi ;
to pull out tender or soft things, aa : noo«
tula ntyani, i. e. \ pull out the weed.
Note. — These two words, ncotuka and
ncotuh^ are often synonymous withqotuka
and qotula. It is, however, quite obvious
from the roots that the former, originally,
apply to tender and softer things, whUe
the latter refer to stronger and harder
i— NCOZANA, xu dim* (From inoozi,
which aee.)
A smaller, portion, quantity, kc, aai
nknhhkwetu ku 'ncozana» i. e. : our food
is very little, much less.
i— NCOZANYANA, n. dim. (From inco-
zana.)
1. A much smaller portion, quantity,
number, <w: inkono i noboya obn 'nco-
zanyana, i. e. : the cow has but very few
hairs (on the body);— 2. A minority of
things.
Note. — Whenever incozana or inco-
zanyana is used as an adv., it can be ren-
dered by *' rather," aei lentaba inde inco-
zana, L e. : this mountain is rather high,
or : inde incozanyana, L e. : it is rather a
liUle high. {See i-Ncosi.)
i — NCOZI, n. (From ini-co, small points,
and izi, partieks; Ut, : a small quantity.)
A small portion, quantity, number,
minority, Ac, €u : inkomo encozi, i. e. : a
cow which gives a small quantity of milk,
at= inkomo e naroasana, i. e. : a cow whieh
has a little xeSSk only. (This word and its
diminutives are used u appositions in com-
parative sentences.)
i— NCUBUNCUBU, n. (From nco, ori-
ginated by empbans on unu, sense, taste,
hemoe tasting extremely soft,— and nb«,
denoting quality. - £iseCubu.)
Something of extremely soft quality;
extremely fine, ae : umbila ogayisekile u
yincubuncubu, i. e. : nuuze which has be-
come fine by gfrinding is extremely soft,
ubu— NCUBUNCUBU, n. (From incubu-
ncubu.) Extrone softness; applied to
the sense of feeling; weakness, nervous
i— NCUINCUI, n. pU isd. (From ncui-
ncui, ommatopoetic^ representing the
somid or noise of the sugar-lnrd, or j»^a^
extremely fine in taste. The dick is very
Digitized by
Google
WCWABA.
C2«]
irDBNI.
0oft wranding almoit =t nui, itrfaloh eorro-
borttes its origin from nnii| iw ncabancu-
bo. Compare cwinowe.)
A name of a small kind of finch;
tngar-bird.
I— NCULU, n. pL amt. (From ncn, ex-
tremely fine in taste^ and nlti, stretcbed,
ttraikied. Radicalfy one Hfith ncela^ neoU.)
Literally I a kind extremelj fine in
tasting a little; figwratively \ lender;
tbin, a» i nmnntn o lincnla or o yinonln a
bla kancane, i. e. t a person who is incnln
eats little; a very small eater; im ab-
stemions period ; a slender or thin person,
nbti— NCULU, n. (From incnln.) Abstemi-
ousness; extreme slenderness; weak con-
stitution.
i— NCUNU, n. pi. ama. (From non, tee
incubntacubo, and nnn, littlenessi smallness.
Compare ncnln, noonco, &c)
Extreme moderation, orders regtilaritj,
&C., as : ikmmitn o linennn or o yinennu,
L e. : a man who is moderate, applied to
eating and drinking^~-who does Hot in-
dulge in eating and drinking.
NoTS.— This word nculn atid others of
the same stock are abstract in their
senses, notwithstanding thmr fbrming a
{^ural ; being besides origimUly a ^ur.
form and idea of themselres. Here we
bare another explanation of the nature of
these nominal forms as primitive nouns;
and the iri*egukrity of applying the ab-
stract in a concrete way is only apparent^
it being the same as in other languages,
the above *<umuntu o lincnnu'* meaning
lUeraUifi a man who is the moderation
itself. CbmpttTto the radical sense of na.)
hbn— NCUNU, ti. (From incunu, foMc4 aee )
Modesty ; moderAtion ; order ; regularity.
I— NCUNUNCUNUk n. (A repetition from
ncnnu, diminii^ing itt tin^[>le sense of
orderiy, regularly.)
Less iu order; Aot Very regulatv nor
very irregular, &0., a» : inhlela ayi ncunu-
DcunU^ i. e. : the road il not vcry even,
hot even middllug.
uku— NCUKZA, V. t (From no^ eveH the
extreme, and ibza, to make^ bieome.
Sddicatfy one with licinfl^ to pinch cC
A variation of kucunaa.)
To become Amall, extremely thltt; to
come into a low condition. Applied to
times of scardty and &mine, when the
mean* of subsistence become ettromely
innall, In oonsequbnce of wfaiieh tiie ^leople
must suffer, m : n ya ncunzwa, S. e« : we
are pinched very much^ (s= hlutjwa.)
uku— NCWABA, t. t* (Ftom nOtt, very
•oft, fine^ and aba^ to separate from, dis-
tribute^ iu^arta SttdMOy o(AnMSnjf with
iidbi, in neibilika, oeba> to get rich, cweba,
to be smooth. See onwaba, enaba, 4q.)
1. To impart a fine appearance ; applied
to outward circumstances of wealth, omi
umuntu o nezinkomo, nemali a newabile,
L e. : a person who has cattie and money
is in wealthy drcumstanoes ;— 2. To be
well, to be well off; to be in good condi-
tion, (K»: umiimba warn! u newaHle, I e.:
my body feels qtute welL
u— NCWABA, n. {See the verb.) A
name fbr that period of time when the
young gtass comes out and the stm shines
warmer. It difiers according to the
locality ; in one it is the month of June;
in another August, Which oomtt nearer to
the idea,
u— NCWABA, n. sing. (From the veA)
Wealthiness ; wealth, m : umuntu uncwabs,
Le.: the man is wealthy. (Frodi this
word the Xosa hicwaba, a grave, has been
derived, slgnifyihg,*< here lies a wealthy
man.*')
tika— NCWBBA, v. t. (From noo, with tits
point, and eba, to se|»arate from. Jliied
to li^waba. See nweba» and eoba.)
1. TO take off from the point of the
fingers; to rub off ftt>m the point of tiie
fingers; tomb the fingers as ibenativet
usually dok when they are gtnng to take
a pinch of snuff ,*— 2. To takb '% pissh of
snuff; to take snuff \= todnia.)
uku-NCWEBULA and NgWibvla. v. t
(From nowe-Bcwi, with a point, and bub,
to strike. Cwe-cwi mav also ba a wo ai flfa -
poeti^, signifying a crack.)
To crack a whip; to btet with the point .
of a whip; to snap with « whip.
Uku— NCWfiDA, v^ t. (From noo, with a
point) thin pmut, and eda, to dtrawi poll
at Othere hone newtida.)
To put on the pi^uce-cover.
hib— NC W£DO^ n. i^ imi. (From aeweds.)
The cover or cap which the natives wesr
over thehr prepuce or foreftkini (It coia-
cidee with noafuncafh.)
uku- NCWBLA, V. t (From newck * thin
point, pieces iee ewe, and ila» to atnun.
JRMiocdlyon^withewt^l coi acWw y wUk
iicete, ncele.)
1. To cut along a point, te to cttt out a
dren;— 2. TomakethiA; tomakemooth;
to trim, 09 : ncwela iaiatAmbo^ t e» : trim
the riems by eutting away the unequal
parts or pdnts ;«*-*8. To crave,
i— NDAMBI, n. pi. auNu (From damba,
to subdde, with ini» saneueii^ «w the sole
under Ncuttu.)
Water. The word is only used in the
pint, amandambi = aiiau^ and is an
•*izwi lezifazi," women-word*
um— NDSNI, n. pL imt (From hni, same,
de, extracted, extend, and ini, lame^ aquaL
Digitized by
Google
With tbft noBi. fbrm waom, Ui$ralfyi a
pencm of the vwj iame daioeiit, and it is
•zplainad by: abayisiinnye or ba puma
kwiiifaDyab i t. : they who oome from one
womb.)
1« ▲ oonmiffiiiieoiis or blood relation,
m$t owaiemmraeni wami, L e.: he who is
one of the same blood aa myielf ;— 2. A
race of deecendinta, from one progei^itor;
.O0Dtangiiin)ty;kin,at: bayimindemyami,
i. e. t tlMy are my kinamen.
ii«*Nl>I, n. (From nnn, identio^ even,
TeiT, and di, height. AlUsd io i^mdaL)
iiierallft a very height; eooM Tery
height, llua ia the name for the rocky
pedka of tiie Kehlamha moontaina; or
aignifies their high appearance aa a langei
•Hmdi dimmvama, L e. : the black range
of (Kahlamba) mountain.
ekn— NDINDA, t. t. (From ni, even, lame,
▼ery, and dinda, ft^m whidi eomei iii and
nm-Dindi, whiok «m. UadiealUf om§ wUh
danda, donda» Ac. See dida, ianda, dec.
Tkeliter4Ueetuei9t the rerydinda* nearly
the manib aa dinda, to extend fiur.)
1. Primarily ; to more or walk rery ftr
ahost; to ramble; to rove; to wander all
ttboot without doing any work j-*^a. To be
We I to do nothUig.
m-*NDINOJ, tt. (pL imi. seldom.) (See
the Torb Dinda.)
1. Idleoeet; an habitoal afrenion, er
iiiliielinatioii to werUng;-**!. Laidty;
lootenets of body. In thia eeaaa it meana
a mtle more than nonlmneoba ;— 41.
flhameliilneei, djigiareftilnw, oat la
imranta a xpte nabanta weaaa nmndindi.
La. : if ft4na4 driree even people away he
comndta a shamefhlnew, vs a ehamefol
aitfon.
lai-^KPITAVDIYA, n. (Fremndiya^idiya,
«MKdiya«.)
1. Ferplezity; intrieaej i<r-2. ▲ name
jhr a plant, need as medichieagainat a per«
pleud nM (aad th eneto r e eriij er any
pbttt ia «sed fbr that pvrpoee.)
^kn— MDITAZA, r. t. (From diya,— di,
^■*^^ ^y% fp» ntira, with nl, mm^ very,
and iaiiv to make. TheUtenUeetteeieiio
•at aa rcAiriag^ aa wttboot iwati. See
ffr4IHm.)
1. VaramUeahooft; tadoBothlBg; to
heMes— S. Te be asetois^ to drive here
aai thM wi<fcaa(t a proper mov% aa when
aoe is sent ftw a thii^, bat he goes here
and there, and camiot ifaid i^ idlings
however, almoit ever it I— ^.^ he mad;
dfatraoted; petplesed.
A>— H PIgA, V. I. (WMm ni, even, very,
dl. Ugh, aad ki» te makes tf^.< to go
^ fly, «t s hfoyoBl d ya mitaa penln,
t e.t hizdafly W^ i& theidx.
nm-^NDO VU, n. (From oi. eren, vary* and
dovn, loMoA Mf .J
JMeraUgi the very o^dcrsmeUing com.
u^NDU, n. (BadioaU^ pae wUh Ui-Ndi,
fMMsM. J^HN^a mondo, m^ n4ii» prep.
l)y, at, 4e.)
A back; hinder-part; (mtnde; romid-
side; applied to ai)y body animate or in«
animate. (iSitf nm-Qond^, in-Dmidnndii.)
i'^KDUIiO, XL pi ama. (From andnla,
the prefix « dnmed. MadieaUif m dala,
deb, dila, dolo* dolL The Xoeahim Aidida,
then, onee^ refrrring to former time.)
1. Baee or genenUoon of fivmer time, of
all timei» ^t abantn bendob, I, i, : people
ef ibrmer times> «» abaatn b iiend al o ;—
2. Endolweniand maqdnlob i. e*; ejfold;
of former tiaiie.
iikn-^KDULUI#A, v. t. (From ni, even,
aelf, dohi, before, and nb^ to stniPi to
raoMve. BMomlijf in a n d n l ala.)
To dismio, or aeiid away baibra one's*
aetf ia going away, 4#: wa ba ndvlnk
abanto, L e.: he sent the people away.
(Of a tribal nee in Natal)
v^NDWENDWJi, n. sing. (F^mi in-
Dweadwe.) 1. A eompaay ef paode who
go with a bride to bring her to the place
of her nmster ;— t2. A baeinem whiah one
has with another, «r < si hmdwepdwe
Iwake^ L e. : we have a bBsiness'irith yoo.
{IdiomaUc,)
isU-NB, n. (dbe mnn-Ne^ i-Vl, and Nye.)
^rop&rUfi tbefbarth. It is, however,
applied to general eeantJBg in appaaition
with oly'eets iHueh are nambered, sod con«
fiorma to ita anteoadent aeeoiding to com-
mon rolsb offi abanta abane, I e,: fomr
people or mea i-^abantu bane, they are
Ibmr nien ^i-4ciBto eafaie^ t e. : fimr things ;
I nmebmbi — — »<>^ I e. : iimr horssa;— •
nmoya omoae, I e, : four wiikls.
■PV^HE and Vi, n. pL ajba. (From ina,
•vmi, eqmd* and i, oeptraeted ne, jdn^
uited, asr (he veih aa. Sie, moena,
(as nmyena), and Kamka BMiiaa, my
hrothsr, b«i moinai, faia baother, inne,
their brother. As JkrWnk, Ua aavther,
s-VnAo, fte.)
lite^Uf X a fciiflt brother ;^*««nuie
waau^ ta.: myngbt, orowBbaother;—
amone weta, i e. c aw tight bpotlMr, or
our eemninn hr e ther ; aad il#aof^ oar
great or piiiMlpel b r o t he r . (Ooaspeanda
we,aauu^ amnahe, eoatraoted
fhw ooMd^aa, peep, aad we fliem «eiia» Ac.)
mSDWA, $ee Owa.
i*-yEFa, n. sfaf. (From hi% Identity,
aameoim, aad^ % dia^ MUed to
aataa,l]»avi^4e.)
A igttMttva eafpemisa ofeolrHMtem-
ui aBMMta o
<i*
Digitized by
Google
nenefti n hla kAncane, i. e. : Ut.t m man
who is like a cload, vis,: who lires on
doods, or air ; =z is of great temperance,
eats very little,
in— NEKE, n. (From naka.) Attachment ;
connection; concern; interest; regard;
esteem, &c., as i n nenneke, i. e. : he is
very much attached,
nkn — NEMBA, r. t. (From na, to nnite,
and imha, to separate from. LUeraUy: to
unite that which was separated. BacU-
oaUjf one vnih namha, nama, &c.)
1. To cement, tu: nknnemha isihlepa
emhizeni yaso, i. e. : to cement the piece
on to a Teesel, off which it was broken ;^-2.
To dose with paste or any glalanons sub-
stance, <u: isitya si nembe lapo kn ynze
amanzi, i. e. : dose np the ressel at the
jdaoe where it is leaking;— 3. To sddc
£ut ; to stick, at : n yi nembile inyama-
zana, i. e. : yon hare hit the game, «tf . :
yonr spear sticks tut in it.
i— NEMBA, n. pL ama. (From tha verb.
2Co9a inimba.)
Pun, viz, : that which is caused by the
contraction or ^straction of the womb;
labouring pun. (This is its limited sense.)
i— NEMBE, n. pi. ama. (From nemba.)
8ome coarse paste of gromid meaUes, =
glotinons sabetance.
i— N£NE, n. (EVom the verb nena»whidi
exists in the Suaheli and Nika, to speak
to, from whence the Zula*Eaib has de-
ri?ed it. -Sadi c alfy ons wiik nana, and
nanda, to respond, to answer to, which
agrees perfectly with inene, Le.: some-
tUng responded to, hence, verified, true,
right. In the JEb«a inene means, 1, true,
yerification,— 2, a p^son who sit9 at the
right hand of the chief, to whom the latter
speaks and the fbnner responds: hence,
the great, or prindpal man, = lord.)
1. Truth ; right ; used only in appon-
tioD, as an a^eotive, and <<lM^Tig^ng its in-
dpent according to its noun, tu : isanhla
esmene, Le.: the right hand. But this
. construction is seldom used, and nene is
generally compounded with the nom. form
oku, uku, or ubu, aa: isanhla sokunene, —
sobunene, this being, at the same time, a
more emphatical or significant term, de-
noting a state or quality of the right hand,
and okunene— obunene are used by them-
sdves on that account (without isanhla),
as: esokunene, esobunene, i.e.: at the
rights to the light, indudhig legal power
of possesnon; hereditary right, &e.
2. Great; prindpal; privileged; having
prerogative; legal, at: inhlu yobunene,
L^t the prindpal house, the great house,
the royal house; compriung aU the bouses
dtoated to the right side of the chief's
houie^ which stands in the middle of t^
drde;— innkomo lobonene, L e.t tbe
cattle belonging to the great or right nde.
id— NENE, n. p. izL (From inene, rights
correspondent. See Neno^ nnder Ngi-
neno.)
The kind of dress which the Natal Kafir
wears in front; the front side bdng ro*
garded as the right-side,
ubu— NENE, n. See ¥itder i-Heoe*
um— NENE, n. pi. ama and aba. (From
inene.) A great *0r prindpal nan; bot
particularly called so for bdng bospitsUe
or charitable to others,
i— NENHLE, n. pL id. (From ini, no-
des, and enhle, whicheee, and eee Ooilik)
A kind of cricket^ diii]^ng at mght-time
out in the fidd.
uku- NENQA, v. t. (From ne, little, small,
and inga, to bend, indine. Xtfara%: of
Httle inclination. Madicalfy one «stt
nanga, nungu, Ac Coinciding wiih deogB,
1. To show little indinatioa toward; to
think very little of; to count as notfabg;
to didike ; to have an averdbn egaimt;—
2. To slight; to neglect; to ngeet iHtii
cUsdain, m : u ya ngi nenga, a ka sgi
tandi, i. e. : he dislikes me, and does not
love me ;— 3. To abhor ; to avoid aU coo-
nerion with. (The word applies altcgether
to the mind of a duggard.)
— — - NsNOXXA, qultfr. To grow or become
didncHned; to beoome dqggish» despiciWi^i
disliked, Ac.
— Nbvgiba, caus.fr. To eanae diniiciitt*
tion; to cause didike ; tobdisvesfaiggiib*
ly; to behave disdainfully,
um— NENGE, n. pL aba. (From nenga.)
Aduggard.
NoTB.— The Xota has um-Neoga, pL
imi., wluch has been used tot wale, dm-
oudy from the figure or comparison witii
a slug. (See Nenke, and its expUaiatioD.)
For it cannot have been derived from tiie
verb nenga, which in the JEbsa meam: to
grind &e, hence, umnengo^ fine floor.
These cases give us a plain instance for tiie
origin, or the way in which the diiEBreot
dialects have originated, showings at the
same tome, that the Xosa have thdr nenga,
and umnengo from the stem menge^ i.e.:
the bestk finest part, marrow, Ac
mn— NENEE, n. pL imi. (From no, little,
small, and inke, ini, soniBthing, somewhat^
ke, drawn out^ drawing out. AlUed (o
nsnge, inydca, Ac)
lAieraU^ : a little animal drawing oat,
gdng out veiy little; descriptive of a snail
or dug. Its meaning odnddea so muck
with umnenge, that the latter is also used
by some people instead of nenke. This is,
however, a conAisioii, because nenga rcftrs
espeaaS^ to the inclination or mind of
Digitized by
Google
f hot atnke onlj, nd quite detrly, to
the motion, creeping of little animals.
Compare njoka, banJhpo, Ac
nkn— KETA, ▼. t. (From na, to rain, and
ita, to poor, to throw. Mlied to mata»
nmbete, &c.)
1. To get wet i to become web, a» : n
netile namhla, L e.: we have got wet
to-day ;^2. To rain throogb; to leak
throogh; to permit the rain to go in, as:
inhln 1 ya nete, i. e. : the house is leaking ;
—'3. To soak, at: be be netiwe yirnT^
e nh le len i, Le.: they ha?e been soaked
through from the rain in traTelling.
— NsnsA, cans. fr. 1. To caose to leak;
to make wet;^2. To dock; to reomvea
docking, washing, aei m. netinwe, Le.:
we have receiTed a docking. Jig. : = we
came very badly oS, applied to people who
made a reqoeet^ bot were tomed off with
i— NEVU, n. jL ama. (From ne, joined,
thin, and ivo, an issoe^ coming forth; Ut,:
a stidLy issoe.)
1, A thickened or cohesiTe matter; ap-
plied to Tisoos or bird-lime ;»2. Any kind
of pasty or sticky sobstance.
i— NE7U, n.id.izL (From inenu Wrd-
Hme^ ^ witii a contracted nonu form,
ihnn in.)
The paraate shrob opon which the bird-
lime (inevo) grows,
i— KEZO, plor. n. (From aneza, to mol-
tiply : the prefix a being dropped.)
A kind consisting of many parts, or a
moltitode; signifying the front dress of
the men (see isi-Nene). This is a word of
the okonl o nipa, osed by the izintombi
ezdosiTdy.
HGA, T. i. and aoxiliary. Perft. nge.
(A coapoond frmn na or ni« with, even,
and ga, wkiehsee, denoting united fbrce or
power, inclination ; to hare power, to be
with power, physical, bodily, mentiJ, Ac,
force of onderrtanding, skill in arts and
s ciences, a nim a tio n. It is defoctiTe, bar-
ing no infinitive, at least not in the Znlo
difdect» no imperative^ and being not sob-
ject to other changes. It is irregolar in
its negative, forming the same by «— nge
(not l^»— ngi, as the regular verbs do),
which the usages have soffidently distin-
guished from its equivocal perft. nge, as it
wm be observed.)
1. Can, shall, should, indicating a sup-
pontion, a doubt, or an effect, as: i nga
yinkosi yini na P i.e.: he can (be) a king?
uLt what king can he be ^-or, shall he be
a king P— i nge yinkosi yens, L e. : he can
xiot he a king himself; or contracted: i
nge 'nkoai yena.
This is tiie limited use of nga as a verb
intransitive^ yet quite enough to show that
it is an original verb, which is extensively
employed as an auxiliary.
2. As an auxiliary it establishes a Po-
tential mood, and an Obligatory mood, ac-
cording to the way in which it is i^pplied :
A. If nga precedes immecUately any
root of a verb, it denotes : can and may,
forming a Potential mood; — a. PotUhe'
hfi <ut ngi nga sebenza, L e. : I can
work; I may work; oir. : I have the
ability or power to work;— ngi nge se-
benze, i. e. : I can not work, am unable
to vrork; — 5* ConditiondUy i indicating
liberty, probability, presumpti<m, ai : ngi
nga ba ngi sebensa, i. e. : 1 can be work-
ing, it is possible that I work, there is a
possibility that I work, I may be working ;
— ngi nge be ngi sebenza, L e. : I can not
be workings — it is not possible that I
work, &«. (These phrases can also be
translated by : it is likely that I should
or shall work; it is probable, wi,i it
seems so, &c.) Ngi nga ti ngi sebenia,
i. e. : lU.i I can say I work, =: supposed,
granted, or though I work; — ^n^ nge te
ngi sebenza, i. e. : I may not be supposed
to work, I should not say that I work.
Note.— This peculiar negative of the
Potential mode is a contraction fromnga-i,
and sebenza-i, according to the gemnral
rule, see E and I, and Al, adv. It gives
us, at the same time, the proper role^ after
which the regular negative isformedy.ms. :
by dropping or eliding the anteoedent a,
and putting » in its stead. Ckmpare the
negative under nga, prefix, 6.
B. If nga proMdes any substitute pro-
noun, and the verb follows the latter, it
denotes, must, should, would, ought, am
to^ &C., have to, &c to be obliged^ to be
the duty, the necessity, forming an Obli-
gatory mode ;— a. JProperlg : <w : ngi nga
ngi sebenza, i.e. : I must, should, ought, &^
1 work ; 3= I am obliged to work ; u nge
u sebenza, i. e. : you are not to work, you
shodd network;— &• CondUionallyz ez-
presnng an event, as: u nga ngi tengela
(contracted from u ng^ tengela) kahle, ngi
ku nike nendwangu, L e. : should yon
trade with me honestiy I would £^ve you
also a handkerchief, = supposed, provided,
granted you trade honestly with me I give
you a handkerchief;— or: if you tnd^
Ac (This condition or contingen<rjr is
turned into a necessity or unav(^daUe
consequence of an event by placing nga in
the second part of that sentence, as : uma
u ngi tengela kahle ngi nga ku nika (con-
tracted from ngi ku nika), i. e. : if you
trade with me honestiy, I must needs gire
you, &c; — umau ve&leUtixo banga fa
(contracted firom ba nga ba &) abantu
bonk^ Le.: if God had appeared all
Q»
Digitized by
Google
IBM woqM MoeMfffl J didk (NonL<^The
coaditional pni hu alWAji ooiitrieted
fbfmt.)
8. OombittttionB or mixed fonut of nga
Tm a kind of Opttti?e» «#: ngl nga
ngA Mbenia, !.•.:! would I oomd
work, sss I wish I oonld work ; bo bo nge
bft nga i^ienxa, L o. : they have bad a £-
ftife that thej might work ;-^ nge A nga
ti, L e. t wo mntt^ ought, wo need to
•peak, ss wo mnst needs ipeak ; Q ngo a nga
tyongo, i. 0. : Ki^t ycfa ought yon have
not wpcHusD, as Jim ought not to hare
said so.
Non.^The form nga, as an aicdliary
it tho most diiBonlt specimen of this
lanffuge, espedallyln prases Hko those
of No. 8.— >ln the seoond and third in-
sUnee^ iipo is the Perft. and tho foflowing
fi^a the Pres^ whidi is alBrmatlTe in
both, viz, the p6tential mood. SewDe the
potential and the oUigatorj mood oom*
mned fonn a kind of optative. In the
kst case nffe h also the Perft., but n^a
befbre tfongo is not the potenttal, bat the
negatiT^ or prefix n^m, as is proved by
the negative termination ngo.
The greatest difficulty arises when dther
the seoond or third case is taken for a
negative, becaose it is exactly the same
sense to say: we can not bat speak,—
and : we most needs speak )-*-they coold
not bat (wocdd) work or hot wish to
work,— >and t they had a desire to work.
Yet, althoogh the sense be the same, the
form is different, vU. : that of the ibllow-
ingverb most dedde whether it is nega-
tive : and in esses where the termination
of a verb does not decide, as in ri nga H
or^fo, wUbh are not sabject toiniexions,
the accent will do so, at: a nge n nga
' ]o— here^ if Uie seoond m^ is accentoated
', will Indicate an affirmative sense, bat
If the accent is pat on its antecedent— hi,
this will show that nga is negative. fOther
oombinatSoDs with nga tee wider Ba, 1.
and Ka, I.)
4. Nga is extensmly employed as a pre-
fix, or as a prrooaition, denoting varioas
oonditions whi^ other hngoages render
by prepoeitions, conjnnctlons or other par-
tides. The most important are :
0. Noting instramentalxty, ott wangi
Ijaya ngendoka, i. e. : he strock me mtk
astidt.
h. Noting passage^ at : wa ni^na nge*
tango, Le.! he entered fftroa^il the gate ;
— wa bamba ngesisa, i. e. s he went on the
belly, crept on his belly.
c^ ^p tay reference or order, a»! weza
ngokoMo kwabo, i e.! he came iipow,
acevrdiitff to theSr piopoesl;— with itqwct
tOf onaoooont, &o.
S'
il. Noting locftlity, oti « pi «9ihk>?
tt nga senhlwitti, f . e. t where is year
fkther ? he Qm) netar, twmrd^ hy, td, &c^
thehonse.
e. Noting caossHty, <» : Impomd yt
baleka ngoknbona nmimto, i. e. i the back
ran away w^en or at sedng the man.
/. Noting period of time, «t : nga fika
ngokosa, i.e.: I arrived «^, ciiirA^» a&os<
<i»the morning.
^. Noting comparison In a general wty,
m: aknlamangomtwana, Le.: hespeski
as a cfaikl;-^se a ngofileyo^ L e.: he is
already as a dead manr-u Dg« ^S"^
(firom nngami), Uti he is as it were as I,
or mysdf, = he is as I, or mysdt
h. Noting degree of quality ;—l. Soom
pertloalar degree, as: ngo nUcela ngenks-
bi,i.e.! Ishall offer as modi as an ox,—
2. Some higher or the highest degree, ai:
Ufani ngomknla ka nSbo bonke, ie.:
Fan! is greateH of even all of them;—
inkod i ngenkohi, i. e. c tho chief Is the
greatest.
t. Notii^a spedffoi^liioiiof qoalitiesor
nnmbers, ae : ba shomayda indafaa ngen-
daba, L e. : they reported one news ijf or
ofter the othor, news upon news, ftc^-bs
tenga iukweba sombila ngasinye, Le.:
th^ booght the heads of maize di^y, cr
single by lingle; — tdmbad li yisbmni
ngenknnzi, i. e. : ^le goats are ten mmM-
OT^or iM^Uie ram.
5. Nga is employed to mrm aoverb^
and can be appli^ to airf nominal verb or
noun, at : ngokosa, earty, from nkosa, to
dawn; ngokalnnga, rightly, from dni-
longa, to be right ; ngemihk, daily, firom
omhla, pL imihla, days.
6. Nga is osed as a prefix, and nsasHy
drops its voweL It oerves^ Sn this ci^adty,
to prevent biatns.
a. In appodtions, when a noon is to be
nsed as an adjective and to be oooneeted
witii ite princ^ by a fobBtiiate or pro-
noon, ng is prefixed and n^y be considered
as a kind of copola (am, art, is, &e.) This
takes place with dl noons commendng
with s-a or o (i-e take yi, tr^tcA 9fe) a»x
into e ngnmahikazi, L e. : something wbidi
is aged;— abanta ba ngabonl, L e. : people
they are sinners r-«baka]a ba ngoba]»i
L e« : the gpreat ^ley are oar fiiihets.
5. In forming the negatives of verbs.
The negative prefix o is placed dtber
before the vabstatute pron. or after ft, snd
immediatdy before 1^ root of verti8» or
innne&tely afber tbe vexb in the Perft.
tense, and the conseqoence is a hMns in aU
l^ese cases. In order to prevent tide coo*
seqnenoe, ng is prefixed to ISie nsgetfire Ot
o»: ngifi^hambi, «e«letter A6;— aogi
b a mbi S ya, Lo. ; Ihavenotbeenws&iog;
Digitized by
Google
V(HKA«
imi
WAPL
flitiVlUar fliff negative Ia 2^]||.)pifir is
douMa^-rl b»y« QQfe b|9ea v^U^iag .not,
Vimilar to the Qte^k iv /ii).)
T^ 10 the on« ktqd of reffoUr ncgatiTet
Id verbs, which in |ome of its ossf coin-
pi^ with the meaaing of thp p^»ti?e in
the pi;)tential moot}, Uitis still different
fW>m it, Of : wa ogi beka ngi nga kulami,
Le^l hjssgw i»0 fhat Ipoi^ld i^ speak,
Ui, I hot I opt spealdnff. (This is ^ regxx-
Jmt sllWqQcti7^ moo4.) Horaover, that
the M^ii^ysis here given is tbp only correct
one, «fdi puthet l^ proved from the other
|(iil4 pif regular negatives, wh^n tbf9 nega-
tiire a prsredes the sahstitute pron. as : a
lrat#]^it a H tandi, 2n4 f^^ 3rd pers.
fing. In these cases k }» obvioosly pf the
§^m» nature jw ii^ in the fibove ngi n^
iMMiabi, and the truth is that it has been
ah^^rpened from the softer n^, for in
«evenil other dialeots, as also in ^e J^ota,
we observe the form a ga ko (he is not
there) in common use besides a kako.
iai — N04> n. pi. isi. (From umunga, which
900,) 4l place where thorn trees grow,
una — NQA, n. pL imi. (From umu 3, and
ng^ referring to strength or power of tj»ste.
Miie^ to umongo, which see, Xo§a» nm-
Dja> compare munya and munyn.)
1. 4 ^>edes of mimosa, commonly caHed
tiy^ thorn-tree, but the Zula-)Caftr piean-
ing is : a noorishing tree or wood, because
its inner white bark contains a very sweet
a^ and is^ therefore, chewed and sucked
put ;-r2. A name of a river coming from
the moaptains in the district of if aritz-
Avurg, and going into the sea immediately
4ast of Purjbui; literally: thorn-river.
Usually locative, emngeui or umgeni ;— 8.
Wild hemp. (Tribal. See i-Simgu.)
C NGABABA, ) n. A small ^ver, east of
^ \ NGUBABAy ) the Umkomanzi, running
into the sea.
JNGABANYS, adv. See Nga, 6, and
Jnye,2.
^A;»— NGABAZA, v. t (From ngaba, it can
be, see Nga, 2, A, h, and Ba l^c^d, and
1491, to make, to have a feeling. Literally :
to h<M a thing for possible, to make a pos-
sibility oi somethiug.)
1. To think probable ; to think that
pomething may he possible;— 2. To pre-
amme, as umuntu okuluma, kodwa e linga-
nisa» ku tiwa u namanga, u ya ngabtza,
1. .^. : one who is qteaking, but ooly making
il comparison, is aaid to entertain doubts,
as he is presuming.
NGAKA, lulv. rFrom xiga, see its sense,
And> 4, y, h, and ika, see Ka I., 8. Com-
pare kangfUuu)
XAieraUif : of such a magnitude, size,
bullc, hiflpev, extent, number, quantity.
Jk i^ used as an adjective, and assies the
lM?p < i w »Pfa»3 m^xpu fonnf of M^ noun, a#:
)pmi^ uogfJ^l, \, e. : this tree is of such a
rise jT-ihariie elingaka, i. e. : #uch ^ large
horse.
NGAKANA,gdv. (Dffa. form of ngaka.)
Of a smaller magnitude, sixe, bulk, big-
pess, &|B. ; not so ^reat, not so m»ny, as :
if^ika ingalfana* i. e.: tb9 pillar is less
great, is not so great, thick, i^ (See Na,
3, and Kai)0^ana.)
NGA8:Afjf ANA, adv. :pim, tqnfi from
ngakana. See Nana.)
Of a mndi smaller magnitude, size, bulk,
Bjomber, &p. ; not so very great, not so
reat as, as : ifi^komo zake ringakanana,
e. : his cattle are not so very many.
NGAKMfANI, inter. (From ngakana,
and nina, which see^ having dropped its
final na.)
Used as an interrooativje^ and correlative
to the former, of : irinkomo zake riuffa-
kananior ninaF i. e. : how many are his
cattle ? Q^ zingaKanani, i. e. : nc^ they
are not so many (as you Uiink.)
NoTs. — The last two words ar^ some-
times used also with the negative prefix,
ast izinkomo azlogakanani, i. e.: the
cattle are not so very many. Cqtnpare
the (explanation on Kangakana.
NGAKI, adv. (Radically one with
Bgakj^. See particularly Ea I^ 8, note.
Sis., Kamba, &c., ki.)
Used as an interrogative wikhoQt the
particle na, as : izinkomo zingaki, i. e. :
how many oows are they ? (THbal, Others
ng^pi-)
i— NGAMANZI, n. pi. ama. (Fro« umu<
nga, and amanzi* wat|Br. Others nmga*
pianri, which see,}
A kind of mimosa tree containing so
much water as not to take fire earily.
i— NCIANE and NawAKs. n. pLisL (From
ing9, bent, strength, and ine. dim* form.
Su, and others nguana, child.)
A litde child ; a darling,
libu— NGANE, n. (See i-Ngane.) Childhood.
NGANENO, adv. (From pga, 4^ <!.,
siting locality, ^d neno, see inene, right.)
On this ride, a# i ufaneno kwako^ L e. :
on this side of you.
KGANI, inter. (From nga, 4» and ni,
see Nina, inter.)
Whereby, by what ; how ; why, as i u
m ijaya ngaoi, i. e. t why dp you beat him,
^ what has he done that you beat him j
or, with what do you beat him (with the
hand or a stick) ?
NGAPI, interg. a^. (From nga, 4, d,
&c, and {d, denoting the ]^ce to be oocu«
pied, here.)
How many, about or near what nnmber,
fUi izinkomo riugapi. Let how many
cows are they, or are th/sre? Theqoestion
Digitized by
Google
HaSRA.
[M«]
KQIHLAKE.
is rekttva, leekiiig to tnWe at eerfeBinfy}
and the term oorrelatiTelike kangakanani.
Of : iBnkomo ^Dgapi, Le.: the oowf are any
hair, «tf . : I do not know, or the nmnher
is not known ezaetlj.
NGAPI, adv. (See Ngapl, interg.)
Whereahont, whither, to which place; at
which pkce, a« : a 7a ngapi na ? i. e. : to
which pkce do 70a go ? — inyamitana wa
yi tjaya ngapi na? Le.: at which pkce
(of itf hody) did you hit the game?
(SeeFL)
This interrogation refers to a nearer or
parUcnlar place, and is different from p,
which is applied to a general place.
NGASESE, ady. (From nga 4, and
Mie, M0 Sa L, 10, a, and Sita.)
Bdiind; after something, at: ngasese
kwake, i. e. : behind lum (where he sUnds).
KGATI, adv. (Fromnga,4^ comparison,
degree, and iti, to say, to mean.)
As if; as; seeming; like, tu: ingati
inkomo, L e. : it fis) as if a head of cattle ;
— ongati a hambile^ i.e.: yon seem to
haTo gone ; it seems yon have gone.
NGATL A part of a phrue, at : ku
nga ti, i. e. : lU.: it not said, ng^ifyiDg :
lest, that not, at : ha zi knza izlnja kn nga
ti zi ngi lume, i. e. : they called or reproved
the dogs lest they should bite me. (A
subjunctive mood, tee Nga 6, b, and Nga
8, note.)
i— NGCANGA, n. See Ngqanga.
i— NGCENGCE, n.pl.izi. (From qengqa.)
A basket, « iqoma (Amalala).
i— NGCOKAMA, n.pLin. (Fromcokama,
which eee.) 1. A long legged, or long
shanked person or animal; — 2. A crane.
i--NGCOEOLO, n. DiaUetic. See Ngcn-
ngnln.
l-NGCUNUULU, n. pL izi. (Prom ini,
lomething, gon, at the top, with a top,
and ngnln, bent forward, forth, Ac Com-
pare bongdo^ bungnla, &c)
A spedes of the genns goby, in its first
stage afl;er having been bred. They fre-
quent pools and muddy places.
i—NGCWANGCWANTONI, n, pL id.
(From ^ngcwangcwa, eee munca, muneuza,
to suck acid things; mungumungwane,
angoo, gwangwa, Ac, and inyoni, bird.)
A species of the service-tree, sorbus
domestics, so called because the birds eat
its add fruit before it becomes fully ripe,
nku— NGENA, v. t. (Prom nga, to bend,
and ina, to become small, little ; UtertUly :
to bend together, into a small size.)
1. To enter; properUf: to enter in a
bent or pressed posture, designating the
entering into a native house, the entrance
of wbidi is so bw and sometimes so small
that one most bend very deep in order to
go in ; henoe^ to press themselves through
into a place ;— 2. Toflnditsway; to pass;
to flow, mn, or creep, at : amamd a ngeoa
engcwdeni, i. e. : the water is coming into
the wagon;— 8. To penetrate, at: nm-
konto wa ngena enfbbeni, L e.: the ^ear
went into the chest;— 4. To enter into
the mind; to touch the mind; to be
agreeaUe or pleasant to the mind; to be
welcome ; to find admittance, ae^ leodaba
i ya ngena enhliziyweni, i. e. ; this news is
agreeable to the heart ;— 6. To enter into
the thoughts or opinions ; to search, ae : a
ngi ngoianga enhliziywoai yake, L e.: I
have not entered into his heart* = did not
stturch it ont;»6. To enter upon; to en*
gage in, ae : uknyingfena indau, L e. : to
engage in a cause ;— 7. Ingena, or Yange-
na (elUpUo fori impi ya ngena)i9a oy
or alarm of war given by the inhabitants
of a kraal when attacked by a foe*
-^ NasirxLA, qulf. fr. To enter, &o.» for,
upon, &c.
-^ Ngekisi, cans. fr. 1. To majpe to
enter; to move or pass into a place in any
way; — 2. To bring in; to introdnee; to
admit.
— — Ngevisbli, qulf. fr. 1. To canse to
enter; to introduce into;— 2. To bring
down upon, at : wa zi ngcnisda icala, ie. :
he brought himself into difficulties,
u— NGENDE, n. pi. o. (From nga, n^ga-
live, see Nga 6, h» and enda, to many
away. See Bantonyana.)
llie family of ingende, or honey-bird.
A most remarkable word. It is a nega-
tive form of the obligatory mood (eee Kga
2, B.) and the verb enda, Ui. : yon moit
not marry, = not delay, intimating that
people who are engaged in marriage-affiuis
often forget or dday urgent businesL
The chirping-sounds of the honey-bird can
* hardly be g^ven more accurately than by
this term, and signify, at the same tioe,
the urgracy which it shows in calling
people away from their work to ftOov it
to the sweet honey-comb. (Qmpare
Imntonyana.)
NGI, substitute pron. (Extracted from
the prL n. imi, which eee, and tiie prefix
nga 6^ a. E^amha and othere, ngn. Sis,
ki. Xosa, ndi. Compare ri.)
ProperUf : me, the objective case of I,
and hence also I, nominative, at : ngi ya
hamba, i.e.: I do walk;— wa ngi bona,
i. e. : he saw me ; — kwensdwe n^mi, L e. :
it has been done by me. (See i-M, and
Mina.)
11— NGIHLANE, n. pL o. (Prom ngi,
bent, and hlane, meeting together. Othere
have ngirane.)
Properly : the top or point of the brewt
of an animal (particcdarly of oxen or cows),
which consists of a piece of milky iat.
Digitized by
Google
KQOKUBA« [ 1
NGOSI.
co&iidaNd hj ihd natirai u flfc only fbr
femalM, iltboogh it is a prinoiiMd and
coEedUnt pieee of fleih. It if deftined for
the a mi lrorikari, i.e.t the prinaipal women
of a eUef^orfor the idntomU of a wedding
in— iSoiNGINQI, n. pL in. (A compoii.
tion of ngi, omotmatopoeiio, ngnifying the
eflbrt of a itattering penon in tiying to
speak.)
1. One who stntten, stammers ;— 2.
One who speaks without connexion or
i— KQISI, n. pi. ama. Kaflrised fW>m
J^lisk, an n hnM, i. e.: he u an
Si^bman. (The Xoaa and other$ have
nged.)
isi— KQISI or Ngibi, n. 1. The English
nation; English, m: aya kohuna ngesi-
ngesi, L e.: he speaks English,— 2. The
English langnage.
nbn— KOISI or Noxsi, n. The English
ahai«cCer ; nationality of the English,
n— N6ITAKA. n. pi. o. (Prom ngi, bent,
ineHned, flexible, andijana, to go or nm
together, to retire. See Qiya.)
A Uaok, adhestre matter, like gum, need
ibr polishing the isioooo. It is prepared
ftom a red floid, an eraonation of some
kind of worms which gather it and keep
it in a sort of ooooon ronnd the stem of
trees. When it has been taken oat, and it
is eo(4ced, it tnms black and becomes thidc
NOOBUNYE, adr. (From nga, prep.,
and nbnnye, oneness.)
JUieraUjfi by or tliroagh oneness; nna-
nimoody; unitedly ^Jointly.
KGO&IJ, adT. (Aom nga, prep», and
okn, SM Idra.)
Doring that timcb daring then; daring
this moment, a#: ngoka si kalamayo^
L e. t Jost while we are speaking.
NGOKUBA, adT. (From nga, prep.,
and nkoba, an infknitlTe of the reti) ba,
to separate.)
1. IdteraOjf and jprimaHly i by
of separating; Menee, contrary, on the oon<
tnoy J— 2. The caose being ; beoanse, at :
ngi gdna ngokaba si sake sa hsmba, i. e. :
I fii^ the cause (of it) being that we are
already prepared to go or march,— si ya
ku bona ngoknba ni nga baleki, i. e. : we
shall see ty the iaot of that you do not
nm away, =s we shall see it byyoornot
. ronning away.
These are two oases which best expbun
the exact meaning of ngokaba as used in
thekngnsge. It ^ in both, foUowed by a
nbjonetiTe, and maybe followed by any
mood, m: n ya ni bonga ngoknba nexa
Ispa, La.: w^thank yoo on account of
(this) that you came hither (ness, being
iadieidiTe); bat taUng it in a sense of
" Ibr," great care most be given that for
beequiTalent to "because, by reason of,
on account of," the other senses of " for"
being giren by extra conjugation, dw : si ya
ni bongtfZa ukuia lapa, i. e. : we thank you
fbr your coming hither. It is fturther
obfiousfrom these explanations that the
use of ** ngokaba" at the commencement
of a new sentence is not original
NoTS.— The frequent use of ngokuba
is not Zulu idiom, butXosa, and phrases.
Of : si ya ni bonga ngokuba n'ensa isikde
aokuba si Amde, i.e.: we thank yon that
you opened schools fbr the purpose that we
should learn,— are seldom haardfrom older
people in NataL
NOOKXXDALA, adr. (From nga, prep.,
and nkodala, the infinitiTO of dak, wiick
eee.)
From old time; from former time; at
old time.
KQOEUHLWA,adT. (From nga, prep.,
and ukuhlwa, erening.)
About e?ening time.
KOOEUMAKA, adr. (From ngoku,
and mana, sinoe^ while.)
From the time since; from that time;
oi aleo, ttom henceforth. (Frequent among
the ama-HhOa tribe.)
NQOEUSA, adT. . (From nga» prep.,
and ukusa, to dawn, morning.)
About morning ; with daylight.
NGOMSO, adv. (From nga, prep., and
oiftso* the morning.)
1. To-morrow morning; to-morrow;—
2. In ftitm^ ; for the futuro, m : wo si
kumbula, ngomso, i. e. : you must think of
us in ftitare. The use with na, aei wo si
kumbula na ngomso^— expresses rather a
politenesi, friendlineMi gratitude^ Ac, than
simply "eren, also."
l^QOMYA, adT. (From nga, prep.,
and umTa, wkieh eee,)
Toward the side behind; behind, att
wa buyda ngomTa, L e. : he' turned behind,
backward.
i— NQONE, n. (From ngo, bent, and ine,
small, together. See in-Oono ; eUUed to
omkooo. EadicaUjf one with ingane.)
A bmd, or arm of a riTer ; a creek ; an
inlet; an indraught^ aei umftila u 'ngone
(contracted from a yingone), L e.: the
riTer is with a bend.
i— NGONONO, n. (A i2Nfi. form from
ngone, canyinff the sound o.)
A Tciy smaU bend; a Tcry small creek,
inlet, indraught.
a«-NQOQO, n. pL o. (From ngo^ bent,
indined, and oqo^ bulky. See Boqo.)
The family of the krk ; so called after
iti broad, or bulky body. (Tribal)
i— -KGOSI, n. (From ngo, bent, and id,
denoting degree. The £)9a has goso.)
Digitized by
Google
A htmdtimmB iJMm; ■» ii«Mfar bent,
«m>k«^ o#s iaUela iiigiMi» t •• i tJM xotd
if nMirlj erookdi.
i-^NOQAHaA, B. pL snuu (FroM ngqt*
tb«t wfaick ii on th« to|i, aiid aoga, to
bend, kicline fVonL AUitd to qanga,
beqangn. At. 5rk§ 8en»§ let fomething
wUeh if af good af tlyil en the ton.)
Thick milk of wfaifli tiM CMMD Uf been
itkm oC as in the ecpUealimi: nma kn
gweognlve amafiita aaafl anahle ngama-
gqanga, L e. t if the Ihtty part if taken off,
then the niee miOc if (ealled) amaooanga.
«— VaOIMILUPOTB, B. (From nqima,
to etand om. the top» and iilopoi#, see
n-Pote. Others have ngimikipote.)
▲ taefd of liaathen worn on the head,
and waving no and doarm daring the
motion of walldng, &c^ as : nkwenza
— gqiwulnpote, i.e.: to ftm each a
taaiel.
V^tfOQOQWAKS, IL (Fmi VDO, pheno-
menon, gqo, top, or ^e aoand of a crack,
and qwane, dim form of ili^va, wkieh
see.)
A phenomenon ef amaH partidea of ioe ;
%9§tte fvoet ; flnoar.
I^NOQULWANl and Hi, a. pL ill.
(From ini, fpeciei^ gqa, top^ or higk, nln,
lig^,itrakied. and ani, herb, plant. JSosa
ingoongole, need, vhaeh if aHiAd to it.)
lAtm r aUif : a epeiief of kaei pUn^ re-
iBRing to tiM ringf or kaeitf of the etem,
and applied to nedf. (£tf a^fiUnga,
reed, applgriag BMre te the fboot)
KOU, a prefix. Se^ Vga, 6.
no— SraU, n. fing. (From nmit f » and
ngn, bent, loreed oft SmSimUp em ¥nih
9.)
Fine
nkn^KGUKAMA, Ws i. (JPtom ag^ dedre,
inelinatiea, and akam^ to fawn, ¥>kieh
see, Dialeetic, nyikame.)
L ffo hare an tnelinalnon to fawn j— 2.
To wrinkle the hrowa I iolMkgioemy; to
foowL
idra-^lTG^TLULA, y. t. (Frem ngn, 4eeire,
•oclinflAion, and fdola^ to laoeen, to entice,
animate, eee Lida. JUuUcaii^ am with
Kvlala. See Mnngnla.)
To eoax, to pamper tine appetite of a
rick peMoni tpindidge, met mungnlnleni
lomnntn, i. e. : try to atir the man'f
appetite by fome nice food.
nkn-KGUNDA,«r.a. (Foom flgv, bant, and
nnda, need of foot, eae sMmda, nandi, &c,)
To become mtutj; moridgr; mt ama-
bele a ngnndile^ i. e. t the oora hae got
jnonldy. (In a tribid ofe, and .especially
in ithe Xoea.)
nknT^<HJKGA,T.t. ^Vom agMM, bent,
bending.)^ to iorm a 'drele. Aileetic,
.eoMdtaet.
iri..^aWA» lu pi. ill* (Pmm mm, bent,
•nd a, prim, verb, t^ iqp?9i mtaiiyi
eomethiiig made in a
iri*Vkwa* Bis, pengoa.)
A Uimps anjr Inmp or i^ui i » beep of
thing f thr own together.
a^Vr^NOWBVU, n. (From ingvem* piN^
§ee.) 1. The itate of gn|yM»^-2.
.ffiffttrtfiM^t ftate of old agn, mi n
nobungwem bake kambe, i. e, : lie baa, of
eemee, attained to a hig^ age,
NHLA. (From na, with, agninat, and
hla, the effect of fome power, • ehoot,
itoHir,4ce. Se0 HlapbU^env TAnh hi , B e nhl e,
N<ja,Aa.)
1. An (»aei«mati(9n» ngmfpng tba meet-
ing of one body agrinet anothv with aome
. leree. Used ae a verb with ninti, as:
ngokngenla nga ti nhlaetf^ Itu i wfaOe
hewing doim tram I etmck m » etone
(with the axe).
2. Tbeflepeegifenif priowf ; botwben
^wo iCMwdi^g bc4iiii etrike fo g n^ he r the
eiiMBt if a flonnd or noiae. Jmice^ the
«irorddei)oteialeo: Iw^Mi; tODiboand.
n— NHI/ABA, n. pi ft. ^ nfrrBUa.
iUr^VHJ^^, a. eiag. (fpm M^ thrown
open. See Flwbie.)
AAopeaeonntry vMliOBikpiK)pUs awil-
damees.
KHLU. Anefaiewt^ea, ih4 mmsas
KUa.«U«ibaef.
aBMM^HHliU, n. pL isuL (Fmi onhk, to
napae, the prefix o drojpped.)
A name for doge whi^ are broagbt ap
bgr faeiit^ or lapping, and .reaerin, on thft
aooonat, amatt ;— A^, a email er aiiddle-
aiied dctt*
u^-NHLUNKULU, n.pl.o. {Apanomfi-
mHaokft^m iatilw^ln, the gnal hoofe;
royaHj.)
1. The pemea who makai ite great
hoaai^ MR. : the fanale rnpaeeenfetlve of
the gaoat hoaee, the inkofikari, a arife of a
chief; — 2. All the persoae who an ooa-
necrted with tiMtt hoofe.
a^^HHLUTJAjei^A, a. pL o. Qhtam nna,
4eaoting aeotioa, hla, pria, em Unngii,
Wapa, and ijaaa, to ehoot ii^getber,)
1. AgeoeHeaamefoapidersTtra. Spe*
aiodi^t the bhdtapider, wjarb ahaete with
force agmaflt or npoa aa^tiefit, aoiaxodei
itf poiaco.
nna^NHLWAKE, a. pL imi. ^Kron nma-
nhln, and ane, JOim, fonm.)
T^ yooag of the geane caaii^ indnding
dogf, paoftiier, leopard, lion, dee.
KI, fidatitiite pron. (£xjbaK)tad ftoD
the prim, nonn i-2fi, mMA me, Xmmba,
')
Yon; ji^ 2d pelioa plnr., 4iri n! ya
LiO.: ^oadowift. itieaiionnd
Sn the olgeatKre caat, and plaaad imme-
Digitized by
Google
KI.
C«6]
mask.
^Bfttdj before the predicaie-Tefb, or: bt
jm ni tonda, Le.: they do hate yoa.
S. It is BoiBxed to the Imperative, as:
yiani, i. e. : come ye ;— ba bnlaleni, i. e. :
la, : them kill yoa, = do ye kill them.
We obeerre, in the feet case, that ^the pri.
tumn— inl— ie retained, and eontracted
witi^ biilaU4BL This is a standing rale
idiidb takes place whenever an elective
€Me Is eonneeted with the second pers.
plitf . of the imperat^Te.
i— KI, pri. n. (From the root ina, 9ee na,
tojoin, tonnite. It is most probably an
original phir. of the thig. jum, as imi of
nmoyfte. Jrasiia,enia. jSIm Introdoction,
nominal forms.)
1. It is need as a nominal form, denoting
rmEmi% : something like, a likeness, ex-
prsijnng indi^aality or identity, and spe-
ei^ng genus and dasses of persons and
tilings. In this capacity it is Hke the
EngKirti terminations — ion, as in nnion,
nd— «Mf>, as in fellowship, dec, at : inhla-
ttgano, collection; or like the adjectives-
interior, tnteraai, inside, prinoipa], chief, Ac.
2. When compoonded with other words
it is snbject to several changes : is. When
fsHowed by another vow^ its final i is
•Iways compressed intoy, ms*. inye, one
(^s nnns)— from ini-e (i^. ngne. Kambct,
Bini) ;^faiyoni, from Int-oni {Kixmba^
won!) ; — nrnmiyn, from nmn-ni^ {SnaheU
«nd JRka, mnnin) ,*— 6. When fottowed by
the oonsonairts d, g, t, k, its imd vowel is
dropped, oe: indoda, fhmi ini-doda$— in-
g^K), iSrom ini>gnbo ;— into, fromini-to;
— inkomo, from inikomo;— c. But when
preceding a labia!, its final vowel is dropped
and n changes into m, ^u : imfe, from ini-
•h ;?— (into) emln, frtmi eni4n. The same
ebanges take plaee when its initial i is
dropped and « pat in its atead for the
"purpose of creating pr(^tOT noons, er noons
expressing rank or clasoos (see Unra, 1, 2),
«f : midua, nnyoko, from nni-oko^ Ac
S. It is ined as a snflix forming a loca-
live case, retaining, bowefor, its primary
meaning of identity, <w : enldwini, in the
honse, firom inhlu-inL (See Ki, 2, and
Ka.7.)
The rme for iffl cases, whlcb come nndOT
fhas sa^ion, is bat one : ini .is simfAy snf-
fizei^ and the final vowel of ^e antecedent
nrast either change into a senn-vowel as
infali— enhkrain, or It is contracted with
the iflMial of ini, sv * esitjeiii, from isif^-
ini ; and two concorrent vowels contract
into their cofrespondent single one, at :
enkosini, from inkosi-ioi.
Tliere are a few tribal excep^ons, at :
enfoim and tfifini; trifw&A and esifeni,
endawini and endawenL These are, how*
ever, no u'l ogulsorities becanso the nomi*
native of these noons is in the one case a
contraction, and in the other net; bnt
that contraction is dissolved hitoits dmple
parts— isifo—firom isiAia, eee Fa, and enda-
weni — fimn indaoa, eee in-Dan. More-
over, it most be remarked here that ini in
this case, does not contain the locative
sense of inot tU, bnt retains its primary
meaning of identity, which is ituide ^ni,
identical with Inhln), at t n senhlwinf , i. e. :
he is in the hoose inside, inside in the
heme, and the locative sense is rendered
by the prep, e — enhlwim.
nkn*-N(KA, v. t. (From ni, denoting mind,
fmm na, and ika, toiix. JUuUeaUjf one
sm£4 naka, neke, nnka.)
1. To make np the mind; kenee, to
give; to grant; to bestow; to confer, at :
ngi nike iaxiwa, i. e. : give me a place for
bniUKng at; — 2. To transmit; to deliver,
at: incwadi n m baleleyo wa yi nika endo-
dei^, i. e. t the letter yon have written for
her he gave to her husband ; — 8. To con*
tribute; to commnnicate, atx wo ngi nika
ivwi, i. e. : yon most give me a wera ;— *4.
To afford; to supply; to fiimSsh, ati si
nOce nkuhla, i. e. : yon must give as food.
(This word cpntains qnite a difl'erent
idea fipom its equivalent, ukupa, to give.)
^— - ITiKAVA, rcpr. fr. To ^ve to each
uther; to bestownpon each other. Always
bearing in mind the ptimary sense of the
word will prevent one fh>m saying t oka*
nikana innya, =« to give each other the
hand, which is no Kaftr idea oi aUi they
say : ukobambana ngeaanhla. See Bamba.)
— MmKA, fulf. fr. 1. To five for a
purpose ; to giwe te f to deliver to, at :
leeoaH m si nikele mine nawe, i. a. : this
money give for me a»dyouf^fL Ta offer;
tosaciifice.
«m— NIKAZI, n. ^ aba. (FiMa n&ni, and
kam, female.) A female of rank; one
#ho is the owner of sease prepeity ; A mis-
tress; govemeas, dee. iSSee um-lhni.
nm— NIK£LI, n. pL aba. {From nikeUu)
A giver; ddiverer.
ma— NIKELO, n. pL W. (iVsm nikehi.)
A gift; saeriioe; eibring.
uku— NIKEZA, V. t. {¥wm nika, and iza,
to make.) >
To let give ; to eanse to be given, at :
nga m nikexa ingubo, 1 e. : I let him give,
or I order a dress to be given him.
—— NiKxcBLA, qulf.^fr. To give into an*
'Other's hand ; to hand over to.
likn— NIKINA, ▼. t. (From nilca, to give,
andna, = con, slgn^^ring a shsfce. Com*
jpofv dikisela.)
1. To give a shske ; to gWe a ifeaking
toge^jier; to 4Mke togettier or out, at:
nikina iaaka lempupn, L0.1 fdMdmoatthe
peal-sadc ;-«• To rihake wM quick, short
Digitized by
Google
nioiioiii, a$i tikunikina ikanda, L e.: to
■hftke tbe head from one nde to the other.
Uwd also of ooDCOigloD, qii«ke» thodc, &c,
- NiKnrAVA, ropr. fr. To giro etch
other a ahock^ as: ba nikinene
they shook hands together.
i^NIKlNIKI, n. pL ama. (From niki-
niki, or a quit. fr. froBi nikina, = niki*
neka, and the i loond carried.)
LUeralljf: a kind or sort of shaking;
applied to tatten^ rags.
KINAy pron. adj. (From inina. See
ni and i-Ni.)
Yon, tbe self-nme; yoorselTes; com-
monljf : yoo, ye, 2nd pers. plor. It is
generally used to express emphasis or
distinction between yon and other persons,
at : bkn no kn bona nina, L e. : this yoa
shall it notice yonrseWes, (= yoa and not
other persons;) — objective case: so beka
nina, L e. : we shall await yon.
i— NINA, nom. a^'. (From ini, prL noon,
and ina, eren, selMame.)
1. LUeralfy: it yon, ye, or yonrselTes.
This dass of word has also the fbree of to
be, to be by, aei inina ni^oyo lokn, L e. :
Hi. : the yonrselTes yon say so this, = it
is yonrseWes that say so.
2. Compounded with prepositions^ &&,
it drops its termination na, ae i kwo hamba
nani (from na-ini), L e. : it shall go ye also,
ye with, = yoa shall go also, or yon shall go
with;-~ka ^wo nini (from ni, substitute,
and ini), L e. : it has been said by yoa, it
was you who said so.
i— NINA, n. pLama. (From ini, some-
thing identical, and ina, even, same, kind.)
1. JPrimarUjfi what kmdorsort^ which.
An interrogative referring to persons and
things, inqoiring either after their quality,
nature, &c., or some reason, as : ni nga-
manina, i.e. : what sort, vix,: of what
tribe are you ? (usually in the contracted
form: ningamani?) — yinina nitfg^laleli
kumi, i.e.: what is the reason that yoa
do not listen to me ?
2. When referring to a special quality
it expresses kind, sort, manner, rank, daas,
profesdon, ae : a ngumuntu weidna (from
wa-inina), L e. : what sort of a man are
you?— pmuntu u yinina, i.e.: the man
what kmd, profession, &c, is he of?—
nmuntu omnina, i. e. : what manner of
man is he?
In the first of these cases, inina, stands
in a gent, connexion ; in tbe second it is
predicate; and in the thbrd it indicates
propriety, degree, Ac
8. When a proposition connate of two
inquiries or two dtematives, inina stands
at the close of the sentence, denoting which
of the two, a# : yi ti a sa tanda ukusebraza
ae a kolisile yinina? i e. :/•<.: dedai^ you
yet like to woric, yoa already ln?i hid
enough of which, = say whether job itOl
like to work or whether yoa hafecno^gh
of it.
4. The initial i is dropped sod ma
combined with nouns following tbe atae
inftn^diately, aet into, or yinto mm?
i.e.: what sort of thing? whst k the
matter ?—indau, or yindan ninsf U:
whatphuseisit?— ka^ianina? Lt.:hov
is it ? — ku ngakana nina, Le. : hov grcit
is it?
6. in the same form as No. 4i,itJ»tm-
bined with verba, ae : wensa nini? U:
what are you doing ? — wenzela nioa? Le.:
for what reason do you this ?— ngi ti mm?
i. e. : what or how shall I say ?
6. It is also used with prrooiitiaii^ a:
ku nganina, or contracted ka ngsdi ff
nganina ? L e. : by or for what leMOO,—
why is it?— u namna, or oontiicted n
nasd, L e. : what is the matter with job?
In the preceding instances the noBiii
simply compounded with prepoatiooi. Bot
as n^a also denotes instnunentslity, it ii
sometimes difficult to make oat ^hflthv
the one is meant or the other. U w
context does not decide in such coei tbe
accent will do it, « : am tjaya ngu^
with a short accent on nga meiiiis mtb
what do you beat him? (with •.^*v
—but putting a long accent on i^-tbe
meaning is : by or for what "■«"*** 5"
beathim. C^MMparff nga 8, Note, (b^^
Natal dialects tbe accent is slwajtoatlM
fint syUable of this word, bat inthe Jm«
on the penultima.) .
7. It is often used elUptically in lew™
forms, Of : yinina ! i. e. : i«*it ii »««
aboot; this is now in the way of saw**
mation, and often implies ^^^^'^''^f
contempt,— ntoni! What!-wo M«»
ini? shaU yoa go,— what?-iiMteid o«:
wo hamba u nga hambiyinL .
Note.- Theletter jrinaU <^«^"
the precedmg sections is no radios!, ti**
euphonic prefix only by reason of thetoj^'*
i— NINA, n. pL ama. (TkeeameanrWm,
interrogative.)
1. JPtimarify: an identicsl p««J»
hence, couaart, i^Hed exdosiTely toUie
wife of a pdygamist, a#: amsMii tfj
i. e.: his ccmsorts,— 2. SpedaXbfi ^
principal wives of the right and left }**
None. 1. 2,) who have youngff ^
(makoti, which see) under them, by ww»
they are called amanina (on «c«*^
okiShlonipa) in speaking of them tos ud«
person.
a— NINA, n. pi. o. (From tmo. PPjJJ;
denoting person or rwik, and ini.J*"*'
See i-Nina, ne, and nyoko.)
His mother, her mother, its mother.
Digitized by
Google
NINL
[W]
NJJLLO.
n— NINAEULU, n. pi. o, (From unina,
and kohiy great.)
His, ber, its great or grandmother.
(•NINAWE,^n. pi. aba. (Contracted
(. NINAYE, > forms from nini, which tee,
nawe — naye.)
[The same as nm-Nawe and nm-Naye.]
i — NINQI, n. (Prom ini, a plorality,
nngle ones, and ngi» bent, declined, col-
kctiad. DidlecHo, nigi, ninzi, and nizt
The ama-Mpondo hare igidi, an unlimited
n^miber. The sense is : idl together ; great
collection.)
A many; a multitude; a great number
of indindtuls. It is used in apposition and
aoomas the nom. form of its prindpal, as :
abantu abaningi (from a-abaningi), i. e. t
Bianj people ;—i^koino eziningi (from
a-izinfa]^), i. e. : many cattle.
Qbo — ^NINGI, n. (From iningi.) An abun-
danoe; multitude.
i— NINQIZIMO, n. (From iningi, and
rimo, see nmst, to settle down, to be black,
to be heary. Compttre mongOEimo.)
1. The quarter or side of the hearens
towards south-west, so called from the
beayy thunder and Hghtning coming
thence. Its opposite quarter is called
inyakato, pouring fine rain;— 2. The
strong wind which blows from south-west.
i — ^ND^GO, n. pi. ama. (From inmngo,
whidksse.J
A tube made of day belonging to a
Ibrge. It isnx inches at the small end,
and nine at the broad in diameter ; the
hole being about two inches wide, and the
whole tube one foot long. It is placed in
an oblique posture into the earth, the
■nailer end pointing into a hoDow place,
= a forge or chimney, and the broader
reodving the air from the im Aito (bellows),
which see,
isi— NlKGO,n.pLiaL (From ini, inside, and
■go, forced, bent, through, passage. Cknn*
pare umdngo^ umnyango^ Ac.)
IMeraUffx a making which has a pas-
sage, or which is ho£iwed through; an
orSles^ a pipe; applied to the chimneys
which are raised by red ants upon the
boles of their abode,
mn— NIKI, n« pL aba. (From xni-ini, with
the personal nominal form um. MadicaUif
ome with nana» nene, principal, great, nono,
and nonu.)
1. A person of rank; of a high class;
one who rules, manages, and durects, or
eottducts, men and business; Atfaoe,— 8.
A master; principal; owner; proprietor,
asi umnini wexinto esiningi, i. e.; the
owner of many things ; — 8. It is usually
oomlnned with the noon that indicates the
poss e s si on , asi umnini'nhln, i. e.: the
owner of the houses master of the house;
— umuikasi'nhlu, i. e. : the mistress of the
house ;— umnin^'zo izinkomo or wezinkomo,
i. e. : the owner of the cattle ; — ^umnini'm-
hlaba, i. e. : the proprietor of the ground.
(In this way the word can be comlnned
with any other if required by the sense.)
um— NINI'MANHLA, n. pT. aba. (From
nini, and amanhla, power, might.)
The possessor oi power; henoet the
Almighty, so called by converts, because
the idea is forogn to the savage,
um — ^NINI'MZI, n. pi. aba. (From nini,
and umzi, a {dace, kraaL)
The owner of a kraal.
NININA, adv. (From inina, interroga-
tive, and the prep, na, which has dropped
its a, see inina, nom. a^j. 2.)
Properly : an ezdamation = what ho;
but eommonlfft an interrogation denoting
what time, when, a point in which an
event meets or happens, as*, inhlangano
yo ba ko ninina P i. e. : the meeting shall
be held when ? — ^wo ydca ninina loku P
i. e. : when shall the time be that yon
leave off this P
NJA, adv. {OrigitiaUy a verb, perft.
nje, from the prep, na, and ja, wUeh see;
denolwg to project with, to have a mode,
plan, Ac.)
1. It is used in connection with the
interrogative inina, denoting: as what,
or which matter or thing, a# : u nja nina
namhla yenaP Le.: how is he to-day P
(See i-Nina, 4^ interrogative.)
2. In what manner ; in what state, as :
u ya kwenza njani loka, i.e.: how, in
what manner does he do ^is P
8. To what degree, asi u fk yena ka-
njani, i. e. : how sick is he P = ukufa
kwake ku njani, L e. : his illness how great
IsitP
NJALO, adv. (From nja, and ilo,
strained, forth. It is either an obsolete
noun from a verb njala, or a ibrm, viz, :
substantive form, of the latter, mmilar to
ukutjo and ukutjolo.)
1. LiUralUf: projecting or shootiitf
^31^; «^*H^/M^: snch, so, ofthatkin^
of the like kmd, <u: a si bonanga abantu
abnnjalo, L e. : we have not seen such
people.
£ In the like manner; in the same
way, as: njalo si ngabantu abadingayo,
i.e.: in the same manner we are needy
people.
8. Noting the concesrion of one propo-
sition, and the assumption of another, as i
nie ngokuhlanza kwamanri 11 njalo izwi
d^longileyo, i. e. : as the washing of water,
so is a good word (purifying.)
4. Noting continuance, the same that
was or had been, a# : n ya sebrata njalo^
i.e.: he works continually, without ceanng.
Digitized by
Google
6* It if lometimes repetted wImq stren
if required, at : x^alQi\)alo losaimtii, i e. :
tbk man's nunner is continnsUy so.
KJB, adT. (From njk^ wkiok see,) So;
thus; denoting diffsrent modes, ways,
oonditions, Ac In these senses it always
condndes a sentence.
1. Noting oomparison, «o mmck, so
•mh^,— as when the natiTes show by their
fingers any number spoken of, as: izin-
komo zi i\je, L e. : so many cattle (lifting
np so many fingers at the same time.)
2. Noting confirmation, assertion, when
opposition or oontradiotion is implied in a
senses as i inkosi ni yi deleU inkala i\je,
L e. t the ehief whoa yon despise is so
great (nje here instead of njalo.)
8. Noting sometimes emphasis or an
expletive* asi wesaba nina n bona t^e ngi
kona, L e. : what do yon fear, to be sore,
yoQ see that I am there I'—e ngnmune
wami i^e, i. e. t why, or well he is my
brother ;-*lapa ije, u e. : Jost here ;
exaotly here.
4. Noting reproof or eontempt, as: ngi
ya knlama nawe u nga laleH nje, L e. : I
do talk with yon, bat yon are so inat*
tenUTe (=s do not care whether yon listen.)
5. Noting diminution, an onlinary de*
gree, inferiority in diaracter, wealth, or
power, ast be ngabanta nje^ L e.'t they
are common people, ordinary, nothing par-
tienlar ;— kn ko imika» eminingi na ?
Qa yimikaaa i^e> Let are there many
tkksP No, not so many, as nsoaU
6. Noting indiifcrenc% ncgleet^ disre-
gard, uncertainty, Ac, ovt n ym hamba
ije^ L e. : he tra?els wheresoercr he likes,
or it is;-»wo ngi nika ig'e, L e.: you
most give me what and as ^oa wiU, or it
is all the same what you gire me ;<—« ku-
luma i\|e. L e. t you talk in Tain* or it is
Ibr nothhig that you talk.
7. Noting gratititousnesi^ as: n pL
aebeaza i^e^ L e.: he worioi gntis, for
, nothing.
Kois.--N}e basin aU theee cases a par-
tiMkr accent of eonsideraUe kngth.
Ami Cfen; like^ and uaed in a pre-
ceding part of a sentence, lyalo^ answering
to it, a« : J^e ngoyise abantwana ba i^'alo,
i. •. : as the ftthsr so are th9 diUdren.
(64»NjakK6.)
SometioMsthe cemp a r ati Te prefix nga
(sse Nga, 4, ff,) is immediatdy eon— ctod
with it, «tt m lye ngami, i e. : he is just
as I am; even so as I;— ii{e n^a loku,
L e.s similar to that; jnst like that;—
ihnthe Mi ti nje ngebuBi* i. Cb c this hone
is equal to that ef mine.
ttkt-*NJINaA, T. t, (From qfo, Q, noting
jnilifti mb% fto^ and ia^ telwrni, incline.
1* To negtecti to omit by
indifference, Ac; — 2. To almse; toshgfat.
nku— NJONJA, y. t. (From i^ shoot,
thrust^ and nja, to prefect with. (Men,
^ontja. See Joja, and crja* onhU.)
1. To cut out small pieces of meat for
roasting; to sigzag;— 2. To piUer; to
steal in small quantities,
i— NKAFUNKAFU, n. pL ama. (From
nkafu-nkafh, something standing i^ u if
bk>wn up,M9 Fu. Allied to omSaaaifL
Ck>inokUmff wUk hlakanhlaka.)
A coarse, rough sort; reforring to a
coarse side, as doth which £Mb coarse or
rough,
■ku— NKANKAZA, t. t. (From nka-nks,
onoffiolopof^, signifying the stammering
sounds of speech, imd im, to make^ UL :
to make nka^nka. Sadioalfy ome wUk
akenkeza.)
To bring out stammering soonda.
isi— NKBMBA or Nkembi, n. (From in-
kemba.) DidUetie^ instead of isikembe.
uku— NKENEZA, Y. t. (From nke, denoting
a sound, ne, even, and in^ to make; but
nkene being properly a rq»r. form, iis
sense ie : to make a corr e spo n di n g sooadL
MUed to likeDkBstL See Keoekms sad
Neoe. Other dialects have keoten and
keneaa.)
L To echo; to sound, e,g,i nmsBto
omemeza ku ko amawa amaknln ka yt
nkeneaa, i. e. t if a man calls out wb«e
there are high rodu it will eehor— 2. To
make a soui^ or voice at a distance of:
•muntn omemeca ni awe kancane ni ti u
ya nkeneaa pina, i. e. : if one gives a
sonnd at a dbtanoe whidi yon h«ir on)y
a UtUi^ 7<m «ik whtn that soand eomes
nkn-NKBNKSTA, v. ITiaaamt mKm-
kata, wkick see, and a tribal differiinfe
finim nkenkem. These two and nkenem
are need promiseDOUsly, bsing all cf the
same onottatopoetie eh a r acterj
■kn— NKBNKEZA, t.I. (Itadkaifyonewia
■kankaia, kekeia» iat, MUed to gnden.)
Tochatter; to atter indistinct soom^ Ac
ritu-^EONKA, T. t. (From nko^ drawn
out even, and nka, the aaisa. It Is only a
dialedie diftrence fipom kunga, ttUai ail.)
TDendrde; toeotte aroond anadrde
or crowd; ttdadvdj applied to haating
game in a drde, as : inquina i ya nfrtnki,
i.e.: the iMmting party ioam a drdo^
besets the game.
This is 41m asud meaaiag eT tha word.
Originally, however, it is nmmmntepavtk,
signiijfiag a Mund cr wAta, z» albMika,
made by imger aatdopes (see n^Kkoaka),
adadi hnath«partias imitated wlmadraw-
ing near to ar wwiwling gamaiaaviBrto
Digitized by
Google
ii*-*KKONKA| n. pL o. (From unkp-imka,
#00 tbo explaitttioo under the Ttrb* Com'>
poire konkoiai babalakau*)
1. A generic name for a large kind of
bnah-antdope; — 2. The name fbr the male-
ttntdope of this kind. (£^00 im-Babala,
the female.)
m-*-NKONONO» n. pi o. (From mm, de-
Aoting genos, elAB0» and konono, ioAicA«00.)
Thegennaorfamiljof diirperii applied
to the finch family.
nba^-KKUNZI, n* (From inkonil) Btateof
• boll; aboU-Dainrei bull-kind or qoality.
i»-^NKtVA^ n* pi. izL (From ini^ joint,
koi or ka» pot np, and a. The Xom ha*
Sionka; 6U, aenkhna, and it appears that
ike word is a contraction from the passiye
of nika, nikwa, Ut, t something which is
given, and the sense agrees exactly with the
Verb dnka, to accept* receive^ 000 Amkela.)
1. Bread (primarily or ^ngmaUni a
gift, an offering) ;->S. ▲ kaf of bread ; a
round ball as the natives make it of mealies
(ittaiid.)
iM-^KWAZI, n« A name of a ziver in
th^ Zoln oocinti7»
Ia^KKWB, n« pi. izi. (AJOied to ingwe,
lb ABame«atsomeaay« fbratmallkind
of ttionk^, net known in Natal, fit is
obvioosly a word belonging to thtt Dortbem
|»ibca of the Baftnto.)— 2. A name for a bird
flying above witer and catching filh. (See
K(X A oonttaeted form from the prep.
■% ap&idt jes Mid n.
NODWA, m £00 Dwa«
•--KOQWATJA, a.pLo. (From na, prep,
or verbb «id iigwatja^ Cempare gwa,
ffwe,and1|ja«toebDot;-»kwet)a» oa^ to
diiai^ear.)
A generic name of the hare; l%t.i an
ebwoten wh6 vuSbm ont of sighb {See
attH^Vnnhla.)
s^^NOHEBifi or MO, n. pi o« «(SVom n,
Mom. form, nai vetb^ ftnd iifaeme» cmma*
tcpoeHct sigm^^ing H noile as in fsping or
Mflbclitiiigj
▲ cmnes tto called from its bdng lA the
habit of opening its month as if it was
«— ^NOHUNDA. or VsiO^mmk, ii» pL o.
<iyem % ikom. fom^ na, v«rl% iad okmda
or better tiHinda, a bwHdi.)
A cam eieopa rd , or a gindBH Uki an
•mnia Whkh hafe a hnnch.
MS y OI, n. pi imi. (FrMn tt»-n*i* con-
tnwM ftem nwaya, eee Enwall^ to
mntbA. Mliei4enw^^hut.)
AniU
KOCAKJI, «dv. (From M^ Oven,
withk nk^toAxk e«» ka L, omI ko^ there,
and Bje, just, oo. I^ i% ot S gj b a iaily , a
verbt to fit with, to make 19 the mind,
to snppose, and radiealljf one with nika,
to give, wiieh 000. Si94 noka, to^y.)
Jnst at this time; even now; yet to-
day t just this day, 00 1 wo fika nokai^je,
I e. : yon shall arrive even now.
KOKO, tdv. (From noka» and most
probably an original passive form from the
lame.)
LUeraUjf : fixed once ; granted^ admit-
ted; let it be the fiust^ let it be, &e. It
connects a series of propositions or an
altteoative of term% or is an expknation
of the same Uiing in different words;
A0JIC0 it intirodnoea a conditional sentence,
me : nma u semlnlenii noko u Inza n peshe-
ya, i. e. : when yon are at the river« or if
(let it be snpposed) yon call out, being on
the other side*
In the Zo1q» or among the Natal tribes,
this word is used as in the instance
given, but the Xosa use it in the sense of
^'yiti neVertheUas^" 00: si ya sebensa
noko i ya na imtida. Let we are work-
ing ttotKritbstanding it is nuning,— a sen-
tence which is pwfectly according to the
explanation r— bat : i ya na imvula, si ya
iebenta ndco^ is a construction of the
Xoea tribe, not used in Natal, except by
thoae who come from the former. The
■leanifig is Mactiy '* let it be" however.
NOKUBA» OMU. (JPrcfterfy from ba,
the infinitive^ with the ooi^jonctlon na,
even, and, &c.)
LUetaUjfi even to be so; if it be; and
if; and when; or if. It is equivalent to
noko, and applied according to the same
tde by the Jjmo. It is net common
among the Natal tribes^ who use th« fd-
Jewing noma instead of it^
NOMA, adv. and ooi^, (From na,
even» aad nmi^ pWmury impemtive^ wMoh
000.)
Even wkilifi^ during; even wfaei^ an a
ng'aa noma wo fika na, L e.t I do not
know even when, at what time, he will
arrivl^ =x 1 do not even know whether or
when he will acrive.
i— NOMBS^ n. pi ill (From ini, kmd,
spedes, and ombe, moved forward* aepar-
atad Am% dcnotiog to produce to thrive
foto a body w bolk« Caw^Mre ICba ;
i-Nqumba, Ac)
(Mte ; Hvo^tobk. (A word of the
amo-Hkkw oad ethw 3Megm tribes^ but
found in the same sense amoog the tribes
aloi« the eastern coast up tooodbcycfed
tiieeqnator^
NONA. T. L (From wm-muu Madi^
oc^f ^ MCM oemma aaneh^ MMb BmiUy
neunn, ninl, Ae. Si». t mma.)
1« lVMHir%t to bofoy agneahloto
the senses; to hate m e moot i ^ bnght* or
Digitized by
Google
NOTUNOTU.
[«0]
KQAfilSA.
dem appearance ;— 2. To beooma fkt; to
ahine, be beaatifbl, a#: inkomo i nonile,
L e. : the oow is in splendid condition; — 3.
To be dean ; to be oonspicooos, <u i
vmnnto onooileyo, L e. t a Ivight shining
Of consjrfcaoQS person.
^-» NovBLA, qnlf. fir. 1. To become light,
Alt, beantiftil for* on acconnt, ^bc, in re-
gard to the bodilj appearance ; — 2. To be
tender, soft, pleasant to the taste, <u : a
ngi zi noneU nknhla, L e. : the food is not
nice or pleasant to my taste, == I do not
eiy'oj food for my benefit;— ngi ya zi
nonek nlnihla, L e. : I enjoy food for my
benefit (my body shows it.)
•i— ^ KoHXLiSA, cans. fr. To try to enjoy ;
to make that one ei\joys food; to appear
to be in a good bodily coodition.
^^ NoHiBA, cans. fr. To fotten; to cause
to look bright, beantifiil, as : izwe leli li
nonisa idnlramo^ L e. : tUs ooontry fiittans
cattle.
Note.— The Xo9a use this word only in
the sense of: tobefluailiar with others;
to haTC great intimacy with them; to
enjoy their company.
i— NONI, n. sing. (From nona.) 1. A
piece of good fot meat;-— 2. A fiit animal,
as a fot ox.
i— NONO, n. pi. ama. (From nona.) 1. A
dean person; decent, of good order; —
2. A person of pecnUirtaknts; an eminent,
mnstrioas person ; one who posssaws riches;
a person of consequence,
nbu— NONO, n. Fatness, brightness^ dean-
neas, decency, talent (8$e the Note wtder
Ncnno.)
nkQ— NONOPA, y. t. (From nona, and npa,
to pass, push, &c)
Radically, to make Tery small steps;
to walk very nicdy on, in quick steps, in a
qnick pace, a#: hamba n nonope, Le.:
go and move quickly.
NONYAKA, adr. (From na, eren, and
unyaka, year, whiek tee,)
Even this year ; this very year.
Tiku— NOTA, T. t. (From no, nice, even,
and uta, to toudi, throw. BadieaUy one
with nata and neta. AUied to koia, to
Hck.)
1. To be in bright drcumstaness ; to
possess many goods or things ; — 2. To be
very ridi ; to nave riches.
ubu^NOTI, n. (From nota.) A quality of
p os se s si ng many things ; a state of baring
riches; fortune,
uku— NOTJA, Y. t. (From no^ moe^ eren,
and tja, shoot> throw, make.)
To make eren, nice, smooth; applied
to dressing the hidr, when the corishaTe
got o ut of order (=: cwala II.)
isi— NOTUNOTU or NOTOiroio, n. |^ izi.
(Repetition of notu.)
Exceeding the usual state orcoofitidB;
applied to a long-haired animal, att ish
bini i yisinotu-n^ Le. : the goat ii kog.
haired.
i— NOVI, n. pi. ama. (From no^ em,
smooth, and uri, issue, coming forth. ReH'
ealfy one with TMwn,)
A sticky ma tter; amJied to beei^ wo.
u— NOZAZIZIQW£NT£,n.pLo. (Frosi
nob eren, very, can, to more about, to fre-
quent, and gwenya, = gfrinya to swiDov.)
A name for the pdican.
uku— NQABA, t. t.' (From nqa, to atoo,
put on ; and iba, to separate. MadkaBf
OflMim^nqibanqoba. AUiedio<fimtkL)
1. Tobeof separateborcontraiyopinkio,
to oppose ; to put up the mind aganit
(sM baba II.) ^-2. To resist; not yimff
to force or external impresnon; sppfiid
to «11 cases where tiio power of one bo^
acts in oppcsitkm to the impdse or pra-
sure of another, as : ya nqaba akibiabi
inkomo^ Le. : the oow resisted to go
(though they drore her;)— 8. To bs is-
moreaUe ; to be fixed ; to be ftit or
firm, as; isikonkwana si nqsliile t li
▼umi ukupuma, Le.: the nailistetind
will not come out (though fores is qipM I
—4. To be immoreabie; to hare no isflfi*
nation to moVe or to diaoge ; to nfm
to yidd, ae t u nqaba nenkomo jaksb '^^'
he will not part with bis oow ^--6. To be
hard, difficult, almost impossible, impne-
ticaUe, ae : ku nqabile ukubanbt pas
kwamanii, L e. : it is impraetieible (o
walk upon the water;— 6. TobebiH
reach; to be unattainable, ihaeeesBble;
hmeet to be too dear; to be too Ugbte
price, a$i lengubo i nqabils, ie:tbii
dress cannot be got with money, or itii
dearer than drcnmstances can afibrd.
Nqabxla, qulf. fir. 1. To hata no to*
dinaUonftrany mof«^ change^ Ac; to be
too difficult, impossible, imprtMticsbk ^
attainable^ Ac, in respect to, f*}''^
benzi u ngi nqabals^ Le.: this kind tf
work is too difficult for me;— 2. To pro-
hibit, to restrain, ae: u ba nqabsis skua
lapa, L e.: you must keep thorn fK»
coming hither.
-^— Nqabibi, cans. fr. 1. To n«l»2;
posed, didndined, Ac; to mskeornod«
unpraotioable* imposdble, inaoessriUtr-
2. To make fSut; to fortify, f -' «^
nqabisa umnn ngeaindoDga, Le.: to
fortify a pkce by walls ;— 8. To ksop t«y
does, tied, firm, Ac, as: sa fiUaiiiBto"
si nqd^ Le.: we hid the thfaigtti^
dosefy;— 4. To keep high P'***5^/J
make dear, or dearer, ae: J'»J*?32S
ixinto labo abdungu, Le.: the oiwM
people ar« very slow in selling thsir goodi
eic^^ for a good price.
Digitized by
Google
NQALABA.
[Ml]
KQAHLEZELA.
i— NQA.BA, n. pL m. (From the Torb.)
1. An inflexibility of mind or of other
matter ; a difficolty ; impraotioabilit j ; im-
poBiibility ;— 2. A prohibition ; restraint ;
refosal ; resistance ; — 3. A fastness ; strong-
hold; fortification; firmness.
in^NQABELO, n. (From nqahek.) Be-
nsting; not yielding to force ; resistance;
fortifying, Sm,
isi— NQAFUNQAFU, n. iSiw Ncaftmcafu.
nkn^NQAKA, v. t. (From nqa, to set on,
pat on dose, or onofiMtopoetio, to signify
a cracking or snapping, and ika, to fix.
JtadiccUfy one loUh nqekn in nqekoza,
nqika, nqnkn, qaka, calm, coka, Ac)
1. To catch or seize a thing which is
throivn or tossed throngh the air, as a baU.
(Hie Xasa nse this word in a figwraHee
sense t to provide one with food, literally :
to throw or toes (food) onexpectedly to one.)
— 2. To snap, as when one has canght
■om^hing with his hand.
Hko—NQAKULA, v. t. (From nqaka, and
ola, to strain, stretch.)
To stretch the ^and out after something
which is thrown or tossed throngh the air.
oka— NQAEUNA, ▼. t. (From nqaka, and
una, a reciproc form. Compare capnna.)
To catch or seise something tossed
tbroogh the tor with both hands together.
i— NQALA, n. See Nxahi.
nka — NQALA, t. t. (From nqa, see Nqaba,
mnd 11a, to strain. Allied to nsala, ngaba,
and nqaba.)
1. To be hard, firm, or sdid on the sar*
fiioe; not easily penetrated, as; nmhlaba
u nqala, i. e. : the ground is hard ;— nqala
umhlaba, 1. e. : penetrate the ground ; —
2. To be of an unyielding stiffiiess; not
gelding to pressore, as: nmnti n nqala.
1. e. : the stick has no flexibility.
This word often ccnnddes with nqaba,
at least, it appears so, and care must be
taken in applying each in its proper sense,
e. a, : kn nqak uknlima, i. e. : it is diffi-
ciut to plough the ground, refers properly
to the hard qnali^, inflexibility of the
ffTcnnd, and : ku nqaba uknlima, i. e. : it
is difficult to plough, refers properly to
the action of ploughing, which is a difficult
or hard labour, ^e latter expresses more
the sense of immoveable, and the former
that of inflexible. But if the sense of
** inflexible'' is applicable to either of them,
sqaba requires another verb for distinction,
its : nmuti u nqaba, this is imperfect sense,
and another word as ukugoba, must be
added, i. e. t the stick is difficult to bend,
SB is inflexible.
i_NQALABA, n. pL izL (From nqala,
to be inflexible^ and iba, separate.)
A coarse sadi made of grass, very in-
flexible.
ist— NQAMU, n. pL id. (From nqa. at the
point, and imu, moved, stand. MadioiUly
one leitA nqumo. jSm Nqamula. Xosct,
ineami; others, isieamu.)
1. The end or point of a thing ^— 2. A
piece or part, as : isinqamu somese es'apu-
kilo d pi na, i.e. : where is the piece of the
knife which is broken off.
uku— NQAMUKA or Nqahica, v. t. (From
nqamu, and uka, to go off. See Nqamula,
and Mala.)
1. To break off; to tear off; applied to
the point or end &[ a thipg, as : intambo i
nqamukile, i. e : the point of the riem is
broken off;~2. To leave off; to cease; to
subdde, as : imvula i nqamukile, i. e. : the
rain has left off (falling).
uku— NQAMULA, v. t. (From nqamuka, to
which it forms the trandtive by nla, to
strain. Compare nquma, and nqumuki.)
1. Primarily: to pass over or cross a
line at a point ; to pass across a line, as :
wa nqamula etafeni lapo, i e. : he crossed
the flat there; = he crossed the flat at a
right angle;— 2. To break, tear, or cat off,
as : intambo a yi nqamole, i. e. : yoa must
cut the riem off (in one point) ;— 8. To
cut short; to cut through in the middle,
in the middle of a braidth, or between
two points; to divide, a«: inkuku i ya
nqamula ubusuka ngokukala, L e. : Ut,t
the cock divides the night by its crowing,
and hence, outsit short;— 4. To cut short;
to leave off; to cease, Ac, as: umoyan
nqamulile, i. e.: the wind has ceased
(blowing) ;— 5. To leave off; to break off;
to stop; to shorten, cu: nqamula* uku-
kulnma, i.e.: do not speak longer, or do
not sp€»k so long;— 6. To dose; to con-
dude, as : ukunqamula umnyaka, i. e. : to
dose a year, also, to begin a new year.
Nqakulsla, qulf. fr. To pass across,
&0.; to break off, Ac, for; to croai, asi
nqamuleU itafa, to cross the flat.
Nqamtjusa, cans. fr. 1. To cause to
cross, break, cut, Ac. ;— 2. To lay across,
as : nqamulisa umnti empongolweni, L e. :
lay the piece of wood across under the
cask ;— 8. To cross in some degree.
ukn— NQAMULEZA, or Qakxsza, v. t.
(From nqamula, and iza, to come, to make ;
diminishing the sense of nqamula.)
To come or make across; quaUfying any
sense nearer, cu : hamba u tjeije u nqamn-
leze enhleleni e seduie, i. e.: go quick,
crosdng in the shortest way; — nqamuleza
uknbeka nmuti, i.e. : lit, : crosdng put the
{nece of wood, vig. : pot the jnece of wood
across ; here it qualifies the verb *' to put,"
and in the preceding that of "go quick."
^— « Kqamseoela, qulf. fr . To cross at, about,
as : hamba u bdeke a nqamlesde lapo, Le. :
go and run and cross in that dhreotKm.
Digitized by
Google
iiai--NQAMnLOttdKQAinr£BiOb iLpLiiiii.
(From nqamula, and nqamlesL Others
have nqamlo and nqamleco, or nqamleza.)
A cross i^eca, tui umati o nomnqa-
mnlo^ i. e. t a pieee of wood which has a
piaee aeros, or which crosses another at
a right angle j = a wooden eroas.
nkn— NQAMSA, ▼. t. (From nqami, and
nsa, denoting degree.)
1. To make a noise or sound like a
crack, or like a smack with the month,
dx, I — 2. Tribal instead of camnsa.
nkn— NQANQA, ▼. t. (From nqa, to set on
the point, to oppose, and inda, to eitend.
BadioalUf one wiik nqinde, nqondow nqn-
nda, qanda, &c.)
1 . Liter ally : to oppose extending, going
fkrther; to preyent ftom going ftrther;
to drire from an opposite direction, as : zi
nqande izinkabl nazo n mka, i. e. t turn
the oxen hack, there they are going away ;
—2. To drive hade ; to keep off; to
repel by any means, espedally by throw-
ing sfcones at an object {ewmAdhg with
qanda.)
— — lS(iLSj>VLk, qnlfl fr. To inm back to
a certain direction, as: ^ nqandele ngapa
iainkomo, Le.! torn the cattle into or
toward that oireotion.
>^^ Nqaitdua, cans. tr. To canse to torn
back; to help or assist to tnm, &e»
nm— KQANDANA, n. pL ama. (A redprocal
formof nqanda.)
A species of bosh or shmfa^ commonly
called blae4)nsh, the wood of which is
TCry flexible and lasts long. It is, on
account of these qualities, nsed for build-
ing the houses of the Zulu kings, and none
of the common people may out it for any
purpose of their own. The last oanse ex-
plains its name,
n— NQATJA,n. ^S^ Kcatja.
Ssi— 19QAWE, n. (From umnqawe, tohi^
see.) A place where the umnqawe grows,
um— NQA.WE, n. pi. imi. (From nqaba,
h softened into w, or contracted from the
passive nqabwe, as some tribes fmrmit;
see also i-Bwe, i-Tye, and i-Wa, rock.
Compare iqawe.)
A species of mimosa, or thorn tree, tiie
branches of which spread wide^ mid are
very dense.
i-*-NQE, n. ifi, ama. (From nqa, to set
on the top; or from na, even» and qa,
white.)
A kind of vulture, of an ash-oobur,
nearly white,
isi— NQB, n. pi. SxL (From nqa, tender
point.)
1. The small pr lower part of tha back-
bone between the loins t--4U A pieee ef
the back •bone of an animal with the ad-
Joiaing part of meat, sirloin, or saddle.
«ka— NQKKUZA* v. t. (From nil. ikn,
put ap, and un, to make. BadMigtm
with nqaka, Ac)
To decline the head with t qsid
motion, as when one is saui^ ; to mue a
nod or bend.
Uko— NQENA, V. t. (From nqa, and isa, to
join, meet together. AlUed to ens, beDa,Ar.)
1. LUerallyi to oppose eloie esgip
ment ; but primarUjf, to indulge in u*
activity, lasiness; hence, to be im^;
to be slug^sh ;— 2. To be diunclinad, in-
disposed to labour; to be indolent, or
hwy;— 3* To be weak; to give way to
indolent habitsi to idleness, ki
ubu— NQSNA, n. (From the verb.) loaet.
ivity; sluggishness; laadness; indolence;
idleness, Ac.
nm— NQENl, n. pL aba. (From nqsoa.) An
inactive^ ilugi^, laiy, &&• penon; a
sTuggard.
uku— NQENQA, v, L (From inqt4nqa, to
be top-top.) 1. To roll; to trundle, ff:
nqenqa itye, i. e. : trundle or xqH tbe
stone ;— 2. To tun^ ; V ^ ^^* ^
come down, m: musa kuhamba pan
kwewa wo nqenqa, Le. : you must not aalk
npon a precipice or you will tumbUdown.
*-i- NomrQKLA* qolf. fr. Totmndlefbrtb;
to roll away,
-p— NQKNQBiaxA, quit. fr. To tnmbto;
to roll, a$ : ihashe U ya nqencjeUka «■*
hhibeni, Le. t the horse is roUing vl^
ground.
nkn— NQIBA, v. t. (Kqi. even to the top,
and iba, to separate. EadiodUi oaf «n^
gqiba, wihicih see, nq^ nqobo^ Md mM
fo noibiU, nxiwa, nxibo, diba, libs, ^)
To ^nge, wa. I to fill the enapty w-
mach; to aottheqponger; tofrecinentae
food of others.
NOTB.— The philoaopby of these ^
in the sense of "to fill vf" is this: w
root iia, to separate, contains the i<l^^
cavity or hole which is filled up, or doa»
up, with some material; hnd hence, am
or emptiness is the point in them, wbefoi
inzahiand otiier words compounded mw
the root ila, to rise, strain, to beoonw m
the prevaUinff idea is that of the matter «
substance which rises ina receptacle m
fills up the same. ^, .
i— NQIBA, n. pL ama. (From tiw wrt-j
A sponger, or trencher-friend.
ikn— NQIEA, v. See Encika. .
n^NQILO, n. (From nqi, even a po«»^
and ilo, stretched. AlUed to gilo.)
5!le«ime«Nqula,andNxibai Qt*^
epiglottis. . .
I-NQINA, a. pL ama. (From qi». »
compress.) g^
An impression or mark left bythsfiw
of men or animals.
Digitized by
Google
KQOLA.
[«4a]
NQUEUZA.
i— NQINDB and DI» n. (From nqi, eren,
■oil, tender pdnt, short point, and inde,
extended. SadioaUif one wUh nqimda.)
JPrimaribft a remainder; an end re*
maining after the extended part hat been
eat or broken off, as: inkabi enqindi,
(from e-yinqmdi,) i.e.: an ox of whose
boms the points hare been cat off; or
which has lost the bosh of its tail ; — inql-
ndi, any head of cattle of that kind,
isi— NQXNDE and DI, n. (From inqinde.)
A remainder or end, at: isinqinde som*
konto, I e. : a remainder of a spear after
any part has been broken off; applied to
any object which has that appearance, as
a piece of land or a ridge which appears
as if its prolongation had been cat off; or
a small, remaining part of a row or line of
people, &c
i— NQINDIKAZI, B. (From n^ndi,—
and kazi, denoting female.)
A female-animid which has the points of
its horns tipped ; or which has the bash of
its taU lost.
vm-— NQINTI, n. Dialeotie, see Ncete.
i — ^NQIRA, n. (From nqi, pecaliar point,
and ra, = hk, to eat.)
THhal^ Mime at NgihUne, wkioh see.
iAii-i>KQOBA, T. t. (¥tom nqo, even at the
poin^ and aba, to separate. The o is
abort. MadicaiUf one vjUh nqaba, nqiba,
gdiw, qopa, &e. Allied to gdba, &c
The sense is : to make ap^ to flmsh.)
To defeat, oonqaer; to master, to over-
cone ; to bring under ocmtrol ; to check ;
to coib ; to sobdae, as i Uljaim wa nqoba
izizwe, L e. : Chaka conqaered the na-
tions.
i — ^NQOBA, n. pi. ama. (From nqo, even
pomi^ and oba, «M mn-Ofaa, and n-Moba.
The o in this is longer than in the verb
nqoln. AlUed to incabo, neabo.)
A small wild onion, or shallot, whidi the
natives eat.
in— NQOBA, n. (From the Terb.) Con-
qnest, deftat, victory, &c.
nm-^NQOBI, n. pL aba. (From nqoba.) A
oonqo^^ror, marter, victor, Jbc
aba— NQOBO and Nqobi. (From nqoba.)
The state of victory, defeat, Ac ; the
quality or degree of a oonqoest^ defeat,
M, asi idnnqobo bokoln, L e.: the de-
feat is great.
i^KQOLA, n. pL in. (From iai, even,
rery, similar^ qo^ at a top, and nlag raised.
It eomcides radiealljf vkik kwela, to get
np, to monnt ; with qols, to excavate, hi-
kokH excavation, kola, to be great, kc
Hie tf is broad m in an-ko)o. Others
ham iBgewele and ingewelo. .Zom,
inqwelo. SU.x kobu Oikers^ koknya.
CbtN|M»v aqolobane.)
A wafon. (^Wv-proper.)
i— NQOLOBANEk n. pi. izl (From ini,
identic, and qola, ^^liok see, and bane,
spread, see isl-Bane, a-Bambe, Ac Com*
pctre inqola.)
A name fat the little store-hoases, which
are built upon fbur poles next to the
dwelling-hoose.
oka— NQC^CA, v. t. (From nqo, an even
pointy apartioolar oljeot, body, &c., and
uma, to move, stand. MadicaMy one wOh
qoma, to prefer. Inferior dialect, ncoma,
see the verb ncoma. AlUed to komo,
catUe.)
1. Primarily : to set, ix, give, or trans-
fer a fee or loan of cattle, which the
tenant or grantee may ose, and expect to
drawashmin the increase ;— 2. To give
a loan of cattle or other things, a# : wo
ngi nqoma inkomo, i. e. : yon must give
me the loan of a cow.
i— NQOMA, n. pi isi. (From the verb.)
Properly I a choice property in sattle;
but oomrnonUf % the loan of cattle, a cow
or oows lent to a person for the use of his
lamilv.
i— NQONDO, n. pL ama. (From nqo,
even point» and ndo, extended. AUied to
omkonto. Compare oondo.)
Literally: a kind of fighting-point;
hence, the spur of fowls, locusts, &c.
i— NQOROLO, n. pL ixi. (From nqo, small
point, urauka, up^ and uhi, to strain, rise.)
1. The prominent part of the throat,
Adam's apple (= qoqoqo) ; — ^8. Any pro-
minent part of the body, ast umuntu
ovama ieifbba, L &: a man who ha« a
prominent chest,
in— NQUKUNQUKU, n. pi in. (Fromoqu,
point, and akn,gone off. The sense is:
something cut off. See Oqukn, Ac.)
A stump, as of a tree or wood,
i— NQUKUMBANA, n. pi i^ (From
nquku, sawte as Qquku, soand of stamping,
a shook, see Nqukunmiku; and imlMme,
from bena, bad, poor, Xc; it is here the
wnm in apposition to inqoku, qoaliiying
its sense)
1. A dangeroQS, or vicious thing rising
op, designating a percupinc A name,
therefore, of reproani, contempt^ and vet
allied to inungn, generic name for uwt
animal ;— 2. A poor stamping, or shaking
• concern, viz, : a cart, identified with the
poreopine.
nm— NQUKUMBANA* n. pi iml (From
inqukuB^Mne.)
Hie statei natnr^ or qnaKty of a porea-
pino or cart,
isi— NQUEUZA, n. (From »qaka,and ua.
to eome^ make. MaddeaUy one with gqu-
kuuu Allied to nqorolo.)
SometUag, or some form, shipe ftanding
teth, as I nmuntii ovama ikanda, Ic:
Bl
Digitized by
Google
NQUMULA.
[M4]
NQWAZI.
one who has a large forehead, the shape of
whose forehead is large,
i— NQULA, n. (Prom nqu, point, and
nla, strained, raised. See Ncaln.)
Glottis, or epiglottis. Dialectic^ game
08 n-Nqilo.
nkn— NQUMA, v. t. (From nqu, cut, pointy
end, and nma, to move ; to stand. The
literal sense is: to stand cut off. See
Nqamn, Nqmnuka, and Nqamnla.)
1. To lop; to separate in any way hy
cutting, sawing, &c, as : nqoma izinknni
lezi, i. e. : saw these pieces of wood (viz, :
their points); — 2. To set apart from a
nnmher; to fix, <w: nqnma nsuku n ya
kohamba ngalo, i. e. : appoint a di^ when
yon will go ; — 3. To cat short ; to shorten ;
to finish, as : nquma icala, L e. : do eortail
or make an end to the case; — i. To sepa-
rate ; applied to fioids, as : nbisi la nqa«
mile, i. e. : the milk is separated, one part
is coagulated ;— amafata a nqnmile, L e. :
the fat is congealed (the last case is a oon-
fbnon with qumile from qoma, which fre-
quently takes place among people of differ-
ent tribes) ;^. To cut off ; to stop ; to be
abrupt, as : wa nquma ukukuluma, L e. t
he at once broke off the oouTersation, =
he was still, startled, (The Xosa gives
this last sense by nqumama, to be startled.)
^.~- Nqukbka, quit fr. 1. To fall off; to
drop off, viz, I the pcnnts, ends, Ssc, of
any thing, as : itjoba li nqumekUe, i. e. :
the point of the tail dropped off; — 2. To
lose a point, a limb or member of Uie body.
— - Nqxtmsla, qulf. fr. To lop, clip, Ac,
for.
»— * Nqtjkisa, cans. fr. To cause to lop;
to cause to curtail, ^. ; to try to do so ;
to cut very much,
isi— NQUMA, n. (From the verb.) A
thunder-storm with hail, which cuts or
crops the points of the plants,
i— NQnMBA„n. pi. izi. (From qumba,
to blow up, to be angry.)
A buflUo ; so called after its ill-nature.
(See in-Kamba and i-NyatL)
isi— NQUMO, n. (From the verb nquma.)
A certain thing cut off or out, as a pat-
tern; an exdsion.
uka— NQUMUKA and NQT71CK1, V. L (From
nquma, and uka. Radically one with
nqamuka.)
1. To fall off; to drop off; applied to
longer pieces ;— 2. To lose a whole piece
firom a body. ( Compare nqumeka.)
vku— NQUMULA and Nquxla* V. t. (From
nquma, and ula, to strain. MadicalUf
one wiih nqamula.)
To cut off entirely ; to out off longer
pieces; to amputate.
Note.— This word is used synonymously
with nqanrala, and with nquma ; and the
oonfosion between the different tribes is
so great {see Nquma, 4^) that one is in-
clined to take them for dialectic diflEerences
only. There is, however, no doubt that
they differed originally, as this can be
observed from the definitions of eadi wotd.
nku—NQUNDA, v. t. (From nqu, e?«n
point, and inda, to extend. Sadiealki <m
with nqanda, nqinde, nqondo.)
To bend a point ; to turn an end or
point, as; umese wami u nqundwengv-
bani, i. e. : who has bent the point of mj
knife P
Nquitoeka, quit. fr. To be in a bent
state ; to bend.
Note.— This word is dialectic, and qute
the same as qunda, which see,
uku— NQUNDEZA and Nquitdttza, v. t
(From nqunda, and iza.)
LiiercUhfi to stake a bounce; Int
primarily : to be repelled ; to run hard or
knock against something, asi ukunqa-
ndeza umuti enhlwini, i. e. : to knoek a
piece of wood against the house.
— — NQTJiiDBZAirA, rcpr. fr. To knock witii
the head against each other.
— Nqtjitdbzeka, quit. fr. To knodc; to
run against, as : wa nqnndezeka eucabeni
ngekanda, i* e. : he knodced with his bead
against the door. •
urn— NQUNDU, n. See um-Qunda.
NQWA. (From na, even, and qfa,a
passive form from the verb qa, to set at,
to come at. Compare cwa, gwa, kwa, &c.)
1. An excUmation expressing near to,
close to, together. It is used with ukuti,
as : nga ti nqwa neng^e, i. e. : I had an
unexpected meeting with a tiger;— 2. £x-
presring: Uke, resemblance, equifaknt^
as : himazwi amabilia tinqwa, L e. : then
two words are quite equal* elegast in
expmaion.
uku— NQWABAZA, v. t. (From nqwa, iba,
to separate, and iza, to make. Sadieeihf
one with qwabaza.)
Literal^ I to put one finger ckw
against another and force it from that
position with a jerk, desorintive of: to
fillip,
uku— NQWALA, v. Tribal, swNqak.
i— NQWABABANB, n. pi. t. (From nqwa-
ba, and ibane, spread, to be next each
other.)
LiteraUyi a spedes, or a piece which is
turning upon another of the same kind ;
applied to a vertebra, or a j<Mnt of the
iMick-bone.
um— NQWAZI, n. pL imi. (From nqwa,
close together, beautiful, and izi, little psr-
tides, or shining partides; «e0cwasi,&c)
A mass splendidly worked together;
henee, an ornament made of many sorts of
beads to be worn on the head like a oiq^
Digitized by
Google
N8INYA.
[246]
NTO.
or like a erown. SosMtiiiMs it ii made of
beads only, lometimee of fine far and em-
broidered with beads. It is costomary
that each son-in-kw makes his mother-in-
law a present of sach an nmnqwaa, (okom-
hlonipa ngawo) to show her respect,
nkn— NQWENA, v. t. (Prom nqwa, and
ina, to join. Its form is as a pasnve of
nqena, and it is used in that sense also in
the Xosa, besides its nsnal meaning. Com-'
pore qwe, cwo» cwa, Ac JJUed are
nzanala» and the Xa9a, nxanwa, to thirst,
&c)
1. lAteraUff and primarUy : to have a
desire or wish to meet with something that
gives pleasore to the senses ; indn&ng a
sense of envy, jealoosy, or grudge; — 2. To
desire inordinately ; to grudge ; to oovet.
*— Nqwbkxli, qalf. fr. To have a desire
ibr ; to insist upon having or obtaining,
at : ngi ya nqwenela into yami, i. e. : I
wish to have what belongs to me.
*— Nqwbztxlbka, quit fr. To be desirable ;
to be in a state of grudging, at : yinto
enqweoelekil^o le, L e. : Aus is a desirable
matter.
NSA, dm Ntsa, a compound from na*
even, joint» and isa, to burst, to shoot,
UieraUjfi to burst open, flat; to throw
open; to hurl, whirl; to break forth, Ac
nka— NSALA or Ntsai.a, v. t. (From nsa,
which tee, and ila, to strain. LUenUhfi
to strain to bursting or breaking.)
To pull the stri^ of a bow for shoot-
ing ; to bend a bow by pulling the string.
(Tbe Xbta has tsala, to pull a string.)
i— NSELE or Ntsblb, n. pL izL (From
nsa or nse, thrown, and ele^ strained.
BadieaU^ one with laaAsi, i&0 noele, stripe,
border ; nwele* hair; ncela ; rila, &c.)
A name for the ursus mellivorus, descrip-
tive of its bodily shape, as well as its long
hair, long stripes, extended toes» &c
i— NSELO, n. pL in. {See Nsele.) The
hoof of animals, as horses, cattle, sheep, &o.
NSI or Ntsi. An exclamation, from
nsa, denoting strained, thrown forth,
springing forth. &c. Used with ukuti,
at; a ti nsi amanzi, i. e. : the water sprung
forth, as from a small fountain.
NSI or Ntsi. {See Nsa, and Nsi, exclam.)
lAtercMyx thrown open; hence, nether.
It is compounded with pa, at : pansi, i. e. :
under, beneath ; netherward.
i—NSIKELO, n. Dialectic, tame at
Sikdo.
uko— NSINTA, V. t (From nsi, compelled,
strained, and nya, to join together. Dia-
lectio, nsina. Clotely allied to sinya ;— to
binya, binqa, minya, &c,)
1. To pull or tie fast together; to
straighten;— 2. To suffer from l^ing bound.
at I ukunsinya ngentambo emaimbeni, i.e. :
to tie £ut together with a riem round the
body,
NTA, a compound from na, even, next,
and ita, to pour, throw, tiirust, put;
UterdUy : to throw or put next to ; to
. throw on, near,
uku— NTANTA, v. t. {A repetition firom ntfl.
Literally : to throw throwing oo, = to
row. Allied to danda, &c.)
1. To float ; to swim, at : ukuntanta
umfbla ngomhlanga, Le. : to float over the
river by means of a bundle of reeds {Ut. :
by throwing one's self on a bundle of reed,
and pushing on ;)— 2. To sail, at : imi-
kuijana i ya ntanta, L e. : the little ships,
or boats, are sailing ;— 3. To move about ;
to shift about ; to pass from place to place ;
to be idle, at : lomuntu u ya ntanta a ka
sebenzi. i. e. : this man goes from place to
place and does no work.
^— Ntaittisa, cans. fr. To make to float;
to tnr to float, to sail, &c
uku — NTELA, v. t. (From na, even, just,
and tela, a qulf. form from ukuti, to speak.
Madicailjf one with ntula.)
1. Liieralljf : merely to speak ; to speak
at random, = ku kuluma ukulaa\a, i. e. :
to speak joking;— 2. To speak cx)ntemp-
tively; to aoou, = ukuhleldsa aljantu, to
scoff, or laugh at people.
NTJA, a compound of na, wUh, even,
small, &c,, and Ija, to shoot, thitist; Ute-
ralljf : to thrust open ; . to f iroject to ;
to strike with. It is compounded with
other words. See Qamaqantja.
n— NTJAYA, u. (From ntja, and iya, to
go, retire.)
A name for the spedes of the Indigo
plant, used by the ixinyanga for medical
purposes. The literrd meaning is, a sub-
stance to strike to rest or retirement,
denoting an effect which oipium has, and
this meaning agrees well wi th the plant.
i— NTO, n. pi. izi. (From ini, something,
and to^ thrown. SHt, nto.)
1. Something; an ir .determinate or
unknown reason, cause, or event, as : wa e
se e fikile ku ng(.*ko into i enhleleni, i. e. :
he would have ahready arrived if there
were not a thin[; or cau se in the way ; —
2. A matter; a topic fc r conversation not
specified, a« : j into nu ja ni yi kulumayo,
i. e. : what is it that yc m speak of? — 3. A
substance or nuiterial t bing unknown, at :
ku ko into ultubopa ngayo na? i.e.: is
there something to 'bind with? — 4. An
indefinite quafjtity, pc jrtion, part, more or
less, at : u ng,a ngi hi imbisa umsebenzi ngi
ku nike into„ L e. : f .f you help me to do
the work, I shall gi ve you something ;— •
5. Any subs tance ; that which is created ;
any particul ar artic le or commodity.
Bt
Digitized by
Google
NTUNTU.
t«4«3
NUKA.
Into ha i^>, ft phrase, Ui, : ft thing of fo
and m>, = xior i-Nanm, when the name is
not immediatdy present. It is appUed to
persons and things in contempt or dis-
pftTftgement.
u1m»im)MBI, n. (From intomhi, a girL)
Oiiihood; maidenhood,
id— KTU, n. sine. (From nmnnto, tokidk
see,) Mankind ; hmnan race ; men.
ubu— NTU, n. (From nmanto, which eee.)
Human natnre or quality; homanitj;
manhood,
umit— NTU, n. pi. aha. (Prom umu, see n-Mu ;
and ntn, from una, denoting sense, 'Spedal
and common, and tn, tlm>wn, formed,
taken, created. It is oommon in the African
languages. Others, as the ama-filala,
3iave nmunn, lit,: a human heing which
3ias sense.)
Literalkfi a human being or kind
created with sense or mind,
nku— NTULA, t. t. (From na, even, small,
aiid tula, to take ofi; leare cff, become
sDent Radically one with nteU. Mlied
to tala, tola, &c.)
I. Madically: to be thrown away into
a tfbate of dedine ; to be reduced to po-
Terty; — 2. To dedine from wandenng
about for supply, as : abantu uma ba hli-
we, Jlu hliwe nesdnkomo, nezinto zonke, ku
tiwe : se be ntula ba fnna ukutdwa, i. e. :
when peoplo hare been eaten up, and the
cattle and all things have been taken away
from t'lhem; they are said to be in a state
of decline and wish to be picked up;— 8.
To decline ; t<) fkil ; to become weak ; to
be given up ; to be exposed to poverty and
ne^ &3.;— 4. To be destitute, wanting;
to be naked.
Note.— The difl^enoe between this
word and dinga Is obvious from the radical
meaning,
NTTLEitA, qul't.fr. To be in a state of
being reduced t<t poverty, = nakedness;
• to be in a s.tate of exposure, privation, &c. ;
to beforsal en ; tc« be in a wandering state,
u— NTtJLIR AZl, .0. See Tulikazl.
i— NTTJLO s md NiTJLWA, n. (From ntu-
la. Amahla la, inula and inulwa.)
A spedes tof the genus lacerta (lizard)
resembling tl le salamander; it is earth-
coloured, and usual]. y of the same size as
the chameleon. Its iiame means "reduced
to poverty, or nakcidness," which is of
historical impoi ianoe, inasmuch as it refers
to or represent 9 the fallen state of man.
iSigg the tradition i unde r u-Nwaba.
n— NTUNTU, n. (Fn>m ntu-ntu, of the
same sense as nti v; ««tf ntanta. Compare
tuntu.)
1. lAteratUfi A '. float bag, swimming; a
flowing together i : appUed to the ^es
when tiiey are weA k» so that thbgs seem
floatinff before them, or nnmhig tOfjeUiv;
—2. Blunt, weak-eyed; weak-siglited;
purblind; dull of seeing,
n— NIT, pri. n. (From the root ima, m
the yerb na, ana, and ini. Closdy aliied
to umu, and radicaUjf eoinddiaf witkvk,
compare capona and capola.)
1. Jtadioalljf : a joining, eqiMli^, eqmi
property, identity, spedfying raoi tnd
danes of persons and other oljeotf, «:
unhia, his mother ; unwde, hair. Applied
to the senses it means spedal ssMs^ imeO,
taste, and conunon sense, feelings te.|de>
noting that which aflbets the senses fron
outside, which acts fitwi without upon the
senses; henee, external, Jbc
S. It is compounded wil^ other irordib
and often takes the place of a nonund
form, but not the office^ because when it
denotes a person it is nded by the hw of
personal nouns In wim, and when it reftn
to things it is ruled by the power of aoaii
in nlu, OS: unina walomtwana, le.:tbe
mother of that child (not unina na te);
— and unwde Iwake (from lu-akeX i*^*
his hair (not unwde nn-ake).
8. There is, however, no doubt bat •■•
was, originally, of the same chsneter ai
other prim, nouns which are used ai
nominal forms, and it is stall in use smdi
in the Nika and other dialecte, u wtU ai
its pron. nuna, of which the Zalo-Kllr
has retained only a Qest. case— sns» ^
pars. plur. of von.
4. From the kst case we proceed to
observe, that una, originally, wu the pfO'
noun fSor the 2nd person sintf . sod plv^
exactly analogous to the Engush jros» and
Teutonic yu, and Airtfaer, thatwe of wesa,
you 2nd pars. dug. is the oontracAed ftni
from unu, as tM in tmiu-nw^ 4c } and
lastly, that vdien the languftge waa pio-
gresdng and striving after greater paifto-
tion the plur. tfw developed, and hey *•
plur. ni-nina, generally, was substitatod
for nuna. In these roforenoes we find aho
the reason vdiy «fsfi does not stand fiv an
officiating nominal form. .
nku— NUKA, V. t. (From unu, smeB, and
nka, to put up, to draw. DWwiM^wnJ^
more frequent among the ea^em tribeaop
tiie coast. Sis. : enkha.)
1. LUeraOf : to draw with tiie o«^
of smelling ; to smeU; to soeat;-8. W
smdl or scent aftcn ast lento I im»
aman, L e.: this smells after «» J-"*
To smdl ill or wdl, Ac; (the nsbj
•often qualified by kabi, bad, and kamiii»»»
sweet);— 4. Tosmdlat ; tosmeUoat^
flndoutbysagadty; henee, *o««2^£!
of a crime ; to fmq^eet, (a eommon P^'IjT
among savage nations to find ^'*]'!
eraft by r"'^**" ^^ — ^ ■-'*■ — s^"-*ntfa.i
of wizu^hh-HSinyttig**)
Digitized by
Google
mnrou*
[w^3
IfWABA.
-*-i« HuxAVA, npr. fr. To ttniQ at etefa
oUicr ; lo mqbw <Mie toother, Ac
— ^ NuxBLA« qnlf. fr. 1. To smell oat, for,
&o^ Of : e be m nokdwa ktde^ i.e. i he was
■meUed oat oa her aoooant a long time
ago, wz.i the ol^eet of this Yerh was
somIM oat in respeot to the person (sab-
jeel) who mstitated thai kind of proceeding.
(This is the Zola-Kaar idiom respeeting
the vse of the paarire Terh. in which the
salject is what in other hmgaages is the
object and vioe vartil t^sometliing like
the Latin Ace eum InfimUwo);^2, To
have an offensive somU ; lii,i to smell at
ooe, against one, tns.t against his sense,
a# : ic^ lake li ja ngi nidcela, L e, : his
case is as an offensive smell to me.
ma— NUKAMBIBA, n. pL imL (From
noka, to smell after, and imbiha, weed.)
A kind of tree which has a peooliar
•meU, like some weeds. It resembles the
syringa.
i — NUKU, n. pL ama. (From naka, to
amel! bad.)
1. A j^ace whiidi smells ill ; applied to
andean genitaU i:~2. A person who does
not keep his geidtals in proper order» bat
leavesthem in a fllthj, nasty state,
aba— NUKU, n. (From nabi and innka.)
Defiled state; poUoftioni filthinessi nasti-
.CNULU, '^n. DiaUdk, iome ai
UnULWA, jl-Ntalo.
^^CKUMZANA, ) n. ^ aba. (From ana,
™ iNUMUZANA, jrank,andamzana,dim.
1. The owner of a small pbuse or small
plaoea, in oppodtioa to the omti omknla,
1. e. : the great pbce, as the dueTs j^ace;
AeiMw, a person in rank neit after a chief;
— S. A rich man.
m— NU:!?0£NDE, n. pL o. (From ana,
rank, and angends^ ms Kgende^ moet not
mmrry.)
IMeraUjgi a tank which does not marry.
A name given to the qoeen of wlnte ants.
i— NUNGU, n. pL ama. (From nan, smdl,
lerihig, and nga, bent. Tkt wnm it: a
kind which is smelling strong, denoting
either the natnre or the qaality.)
A poinoopine.
U— NUNGU, n. pi. Sii. (From ana» smeU,
taste, and ngo, beat» bj power. See
i'Voago.)
A eoUecUve name £or phmts^ indad-
ing:— 1. Wild dover;— 2. AU kinds of
halo lettim I so called from their strong
n— NUNGU, n. pL inO. (See i-Nai^pi and
isi-Nnnga.)
▲ spades of the genas Fraxinas^ or ash-
tvM^ the leaves of o^udi exaetlly iswmblo
«BH--NUNQUMABEIiE, n. pL imi. (From
amnanffa» and amabde^ bieasts.)
Another spedes of the genas Fnudnns,
which ha% along the whole stem, small
protoberanoes with a little thwn in the
centre, resembling tbos a lureast with a
nipple.
am— NUNGWANi; n. pi imL (From am-
naaga.)
Another spedes of the genas Frasinas»
smaller, and with little thorns along the
NUNU, inteij. (From nna-ana, denot-
ing nervoos, toider. It is a remainder of
an orij^nal aoan in a vocative form and
sense, =: yoa ! joa \ or, yoa nervoas 1 See
a-Nu,4.)
It is ased to frighten little children, and
nsoally applied to a single child only, at :
nana ! L e. : yoa nervoos ! cs yoa naughty !
{Compare nana.)
oka— NUNULA, v. t, (From nnni^ and nk^
to strain. RadieaUjf one with nanela,
nonela, &c.)
To odl oat» or shoat oat nana I aana I
to UtUe chUdreo.
idLU- NUNUSA, V. t. (From nana, and ass,
to caase^ to make in a degree. See Nn-
nahL)
1. To frighten little children, ae : nka-
nanasa ngento, i. e. : to frighten with
aomething; — 2. To frighten; to make
nervoas ; to terrify ; to make anea^, ae :
wa d nannsa ngeo^osi, Le. : yoo frighten
M with the chief.
Q-.NWABA and Nwiio^ n. pL id. (From
ana, nervoos^ tender, weak, sendUe^ and
aba, impart, oommonicate. Derived from
onwaba, the prefix o being dropped. iZa-
dicaUif one wUh nowaba, which eee. Allied
to enaba, &c)
LUeraU^i a tender, weak messenger,
implying ako» who brings a tender, oomfort-
dble message. The name for the chamdeon.
This slow and corioas little animal is of
some historical importance in respect to
these savag# nations. Tradition says, that
Unwi^ was sent by Unkolankola (a first
great ndng), after men had been made, to
tdl them that thej shonld live for ever,
and not die. Bat after he had started,
the great bdng repented, and sent Intnb
(the quick running salamander), to tell the
people that they should die. Unwabo
being too dow in delivering his message,
was outrun by Intulo^ who came first with
his message to men, by whom also it was
accepted. When, thereforoi Unwabo ar-
rived afterward^ his message was not
accepted, becaase men answered him: do
thou go, for we have dreadj accepted of
tiiatwhidilntalohasbrooghttoas. Amd
hence, adds traditkm, U ie thai men die.
B4
Digitized by
Google
t ttiui ->rri Ml 1
NWEBA.
[«48]
SOAKBLA.
Comparing these namet with the natvre
of the tracUtioo there can hardly remain any
doabt, hot that we have here some report
of the creation of man» and his primary,
blessed state or destination which was in-
termpted« and lost by the aooeptanoe of a
message bearing apon death,
n— KWAB^ n. (iS^ the preceding word.)
A monntun at the right bank of the Urn-
kzi-rif er, abont 10 miles from the sea.
i— NWABI, n. pL ixL (From nwabo,
tender* fine. AUied to imbabo, jackal.)
A kind of wild cat, = imbohla.
nku—NWALA, v. See Enwola.
a— NWANA» n. pL o^ and aba. (From
nnn, tender, and ana, little. AmMala,
Otkere ha/oe nmmiwana.)
A little one; a little child ; the earns a»
nm-Twana.
nku— NWAYA, ▼. t (From nnn, feeling,
and aya, from a, locative, and iya, to retii^
settle. Dialectic \ enwaya, andonwaya,
eee Enwala.)
1. Literally : to settle a local sensation;
hence, to scratch, as a wound, or a pUce
which itches;— 2. To preen, as birds,
n— NWAYI, n. nng. (From nwaya.) Li-
teralfy : a mass or substance settled at a
phioe; hence, a dense, solid sobrtance;
applied to hard fkt of the kidneys or loins
of animals.
Isi— N WAZr, n. pL izi. o^' NwiBi. (From
nno, tender, soft, and azi, flrom a, prefix,
and isi, little particles.)
A plant or shmb i wild Tine, creeping
or winding on large trees; bearing a small
fruit, and being altogether of a rery soft
substance,
nmn— NWE, n. pL imi. (From nnn, which
eee, and e; lUeralfy i a joining; joint
Dialectic t noe.)
A finger. (The same in most African
languages.)
nku--NWEBA, v. t. (From unu, eren, thin,
and eba, from a, locative, and iba, to sepa-
rate, press. Dialectic are neba ndweba.
Allied to naba, enaba, onwaba, Ac)
1. Literally: to make os^thin as a
spider's web (eee Ebu);— 2. To stretch;
to draw out in breadth and length, ae :
nwebani isikumba s'ande, i. e.: stretch
out the skin that it become wider. (In
this sense it ooincidee with anuh, but the
radical difierenoe between iba and nla is
the same here as pomted out under nqaU^
which see);— 8. To enbuge ; to widen, ae :
ukunweba isitizi senhlebe, i. e. : to widen
the holes of the ear-lap (by putting a larger
ornament in);— 4. To remove fhwn one
place to another; to live here and there,
urn— NWEBA,n.pl.imi. (From the verb.) A
spedes of tree growing very krge and wide.
It has red wood, and is found near the sea.
u— NWELB, n. pL izL (From urn, tta,
soft, t^der, and ele, from a, preOz, end
lie, stndned, risen 'from, up. SnaheU and
othere vxmde,)
A hafar; human hair, aei idnweb ab
rind e, J. e . ; hi s hair is long,
i— NWENWE, n.pLama. (Fromi
nwe.) A pearl-musde of the viwem
id— NWENWE, n. pL izi. (From
nwe.) A place where the peari-arasefe ii
fbund; or the pearl-oyster,
u— KWENWE, B. pi. izi. (From una,t]iio,
flat, and e, lit. : a joining, a double joining,
a beautiful joining. See Nwe.
The pearl-oyster; or a kind of that de-
scription;
nku— NWEVA, or NxTA, v. t. (From mve^
finger, and iva, to feel, to oome. Medi-
ci^ one with nweba, nevu. JUied io
naba.)
To pkit ; to braid; to weave, (= kiks.)
NXA, adv. (Originally a verb. From
na, with, even, Ac, and xa to fix. AJUtd
^0 ca, qo, ra. Radically one with ka and
go, and naturally originated from the Iv-
mer by emphasis. In the Xoea the dooo
inxa is used mosUy with the prep.nga, et:
ngenxa yam, i. e. : on my side, as regard^
concerns, bdongs to me ; fbr my sake; ftr
mypart,dsc; and this sense is exactly the
same as any other given by ka, at: kt
mino, belonging to me;— ka:^ana, st a
time, instead df whidi nxatjana is seed
also. Compare aleo gamanxa, banxa, Ac.)
1. LUeraUyi fixing time. When; at
a time, aei nxa kn njalo kwendwe ka-
njani, L e.: when it is thus how is it done
then?— 2. Denoting local position, aid^
at the dde, near, not fiur distant, ati an
ku tiwa u neminyaka, L e. : where it ii
said yon are with year, ss when yea sie
at the dde of life being old;— 3. Om-
tnatopoetically, dgni^fing or indicstioff
sympathy, sufi'ering, pain, pressure, sod
hence sometimes dii^easure. Compart ito
oompounds, and also xa.
i— NXALA, n. pU ama. (From nxs, sad
ik^ to rise, stnun. LiieraUy t a stiaioed
podtion, = anxiously looking or riainf.
Allied to xak.)
A kind of antelope, a little smallsr tlisa
the inhlango. It is usually known under
the name of red reed-buck,
ukn— NXAMA, v. i. (From nxo, to fix erea,
just, and imo, tomove^ stand. Allied to
nxana.)
To have the mind fixed on a saljeet
(It is often used synonymoudy with nxsna.
In tHe Xoea itmeana^ commonly i to be
quick, or in a haste.)
— » NxAKELA, qulf. fr. To have a mind,
inclination, intration, or will to do some-
thing, aei u ya ngi nxamda, Le.: his
Digitized by
GooQie
.gie j
Sf comtonfljr ooenpled wifth me»
«•*. : to do me hami.
— ^ KzAJOBAy cant. fr. To have the ap-
pearaooe of doing somethiiig wrong, or of
doing harm.
Q— NXAMU, n. pL 0. (From nxama.) The
ligoana.
nku— NXAKA, t. L (Frt^perhf a recpr.
fcrm from the original nza, to fix with, to
preM with an object MadioaUff eoineid'
tng wUh kana, and Aromfka. AUM to
oqena and nqwena. In the jSo9a exiati
alao a paarite of this form, «t». : nzanwa,
L e. : to be thirsty, to tUrst)
To pine ; to kngoiah with de^re.
— NXAHILA, qolf.fr. 1. To pine for;—
2. To hate a vehement desire fbr;— 8. To
desiffn strong; to intend;— 4. To be
aasidooos^ diligent, a#: umnnto onzane-
leyo^ L e. : a dOigent person ;— 5. To have
a strong inoHnaSon or desire finr ; \enee,
to eove^ Of ! n ya nxanela impaUa yake,
i.e.: lie covets his goods.
— NxAvniBA, cans. fr. Tocanse to pine ;
to eaose a strong desire; to make covet-
ous, Ac
«kn — ^NXAPA, v. t. (From nza, and ipa, to
give, to pass, poll. Allied to qapa.)
1. JMmanl^i to artdcokte the dick
re p re s ent ed by fMp; and tins being a sign
for showing sympathy; hence, to show
sympathy, = koza;— 2. To imitate or
resemble the articnlation of the dick;
hence, to miss lire, ae : iubamn si nzaf^le,
L e. : the gnn has refosed fire ; Ut. : the
cock cracked only, signifying the noise
made by the oock when going off without
firing,
nko— NXAPAZELA, v. t. (From nxapa,
and iseb^ to make often. See KzaseaeUu)
1. To make a sign of sympathy by click-
ing nx! nx!— 2. To imitate repeatedly
tbe cracking or snapping of a fire4oek (eee
Nxapa, 2.)
NXA8E, eidam. {Properly v an old
ioBperative fbrm second pers. nnff. analo-
goos tbe seoond pers. plnr. nxaseni. From
nza, and isa, to caiise, make, denoting
deme. JStadieallg one with nxnsa.)
expressive of sympathv towards one
who has met with an aoadent, ast una
umontn n limele be ti nxase, pepa, ba m
BMa, L e. : if a man has hnrt himself,
people say nxase, = poor fellow yon hnrt
yooorsslf, be earefhl, bewailing him*
It is also nsedin asking or praying for
sympathy, Ao.
nka— NXA8EZELA, v. t. (From nxase, and
iseb^ to make often. The Zoea hoe nxe-
nxessb, of the same meaning.)
To assoage; to mitigate; to appease;
to pacify one who has hnrt himself, as also
onewhoisangiy, a#: nkonxascMla ngento
enkosiiditokntele,Le.! to soe fbr peace
mththeangry chief by a present or a gift.
NOTB.— Tins word is nsed synonymons-
ly with xapaiek in the sense of show-
ing or expressing sympathy to another
who sostained a hnrt
i— KXATIBO, n. pL izi. (From nxa, side,
and ibo, separated, y being enphonio to
prevent hiatos.)
lateralkf : a separated side or part A
substitute for im-Fande, i.e. : root; created
by the Zulu people for the sake oi ** uku-
mhbnipa um^Rmde," Le.: showing res-
pect to king Fande.
NXS, inteij. (See Nza, 8, with whidi
it is one.) See Pepa.
i— NXEBA, n. pL ama. (From nxe, pain-
ful, and iba, to separate, press.)
A wound; a cut; (lU.: a painful sepa-
ration.)
um— NXEBA, n. pL iou. (From nxe, same
as Nxa, 2, side, and iba, to separate. Ma*
4fealfy one with inxeba.)
1. Properly I a sinew which connects
or attaches a muscle to a bone;— >2. A
thread inade of rinews, as% iminxebayen-
komo, L e. : thread of sinews.from cattle;
—3. Any stringy substance, 'as bark of
herbsand trees, that can be used for strings
to bind with.
i— NXELE, n. pi. ama. (From nxe, mde,
and de, which is strained fh>m. Liter*
all^i stndned side, weak or soft dde,
defldent part Applied to tbe hand ot
side it denotes the less efficient)
1. A left-handed person;— 2. Anammal
whose left horn is either bent or broken
oC as : inkabi inxde, L e. : an ox with tbe
left horn broken cSL
nbn— NXELE, n. (From inxde.) The state
of being left-handed, as : iianhla sobunxde,
i.e. : the hand of the left or to the left ;
quasi-left-handedness.
i— NXENA, n. DialeoUe ; M«um-Nqeni.
ukn— NXENELA, v. t (From nxe, = nxa,
nde^ ina, next even, and iU, to strain,
rise. BadioaUjf one with nxanela. Others
Aoeenoenda. ^{2M({tocinaiia,tobeclose
together.)
To have a desire for bdng near to^ as :
u tandana no Tomi wa ya kunxenek
kuye, L e.t he and Tom love each other,
so he went to settle at his phice.
nm— NXIBO, n. pL imi. /From nxi, with
the utmost pdnt, and iba, to separate.
The verb nxiba is used in the Xom, de-
noting to constringe, to confine, to bind.
Others have u-nxibo^ or nxiwo. The word
is radieaUjf one with nqiba, to fUl up.)
Proper^*, a matter fbr stopping passion,
vehemence; a means for constraiMng, con-
fining; oommonlft apiece of wood, like a
eodgel, used as a bit, «if . : put through
Digitized by
Google
KijajojL
CMO]
VTSUl
the 11008 of cattlo to bridk thite, a nku*
bopa mnoti womkAla^ i. o. i to bhid a piece
of wood ibrii bridle. C^e word Q-Nxibo,
mentioned, denotes the aotion of bridling,
bat is little used, becaose the verb is
obsolete among the Zoln tribes.)
i— NXIWA, n. pi. ama. {Oriffimlfy ti puh
sive from the obsolete Ttrb nza, to settle;
to be seated or nted.)
1. A dte; a seat; a gronnd-plot, con-
▼enient for a nte of a kraal, or Tillage ;—
2. The site of an old* eraenated, or de-
stroyed kraal or pbioo.
i^NXOZA, n. sing. (From nza, side^ nte,
and ma, to make, ennige» be naked. J2a-
dically one with xosa^
Sites, of plaoes or kraals whldi have
been destroyed, as t nga yi bona inzoza,
i.«. : I saw the sites of places,
i — l^ULUMA, n. pi. ama. (From nzn,
side^ site, nlo, raised, and nma* to stand.)
1. Primariljf: a site, or a place of con-
siderable dreumfinrenoe; tH^enera^ the
place of a chief or another great man,
indnding many booses and a Iwge cattle-
fold within it ;— 2. A town,
nktt— NXUSA, v. t. (From nza, 3, and use,
to canse, to make in some degree. £adi*
O0% one with nsaae* which see. AiUed to
bnsa.)
Literally: to canse sympathy; hence,
to ask a fkfnnr; to b^ a ikfonr; to
entreat the good wiU of another, ae t nga
BXBsa yena a ngi tyeleke imali, i. e. : I
entreated him to lend me some moni^.
i— -NXUSA, n. pi. ama. (From the verb.)
1. Litpxdly t a favorite ; (properly t one
who asks a fiivonr, and who reofiiTes it) ;
— 2. A messenger; a poUceman; bocanse
those are always empk^ed, who ask £»r
somefiiTonr.
nkn^NYA, y. L (From unn, smell, estemal,
I. outside, and ia, to pass, to go. Literally :
to pass a smdl, to pass outside^ to excrete.
The infinitive has a pecoliar long aooent
nkdaya, beoanse it is contracted from nkn-
Qnn*ia ; passive nknnyiwa. It belongs to
the L dass of vowel verbs. See intzodno-
tion. Its proper pronnndation, eee in the
analysis of jiya II. Allied to nya IL,
andna.)
1. To have a motion, or passage;— 2.
To void excrements; to disduuge throngh
the natural passage; to ^ect, aet nm-
twana n nyile, i.e. : the child had a passage.
-^- NrBLi, quK. ft. To void eacrements
at, abont, &&, aet n ayde emhlabem.
L e. : he made filth on the groand ;-«a ya
knnyda, i. e. : he goes somewhere^ he goes
to do his busineas away, or asids^ some-
where.
^-— NnLBLA, freqt. fr. To do his bosinesB
entirely aade. This form is «sed in a
Jlyutaiioe eenee : to go aside In* dmne-
fnl, or improper mannerb at: ba bkngana
naye, wa nyelela, ie.: when they met
him, he went away, adde of them, (went
oat of the way as a dishonest person, or
as one does who goes to do his borioess
aside.)
nkn— NTA, v. U JPassioe Kyiwa. (From
II. iiii> inside, and ia, to go ; tt^. t to go in-
side; to press in. This verb belongs to
the II. cuss of vowel verbs. See mtro-
doetion. From this root are derived:
anya» to snokle; enya, to slip away, ke.
Radically one with nya L Compare na,
cya* iT^iny** mioya, &c.)
[I^re is a diiferenoe of pronondatMn
between these eqailiterals, which rendered
great diflionlty to foreigners. It is smp|j
this : njpa I, compoonded from nnu-ia, wiU
be correctly pronounced by trying to give
all its soonds as naia« and suppressing the
« slightly beforo t, whereby tbe latter
easily changed into a semi-vowd ; or by
pronoondng the nasal n a somewhat desp
sound; nya II, compounded fi^om ini-ia,
to be ^ed in the same way, but sharpen-
ing the • into a ftill contrad^ ; or gifing
the nasal a a short, but empbatia^ high
1. SadicaUy : to let in ; to let or press
under, into^ between ; henee, to sink* ae :
ha si nyile isikwebu sombila si tambe, L e. :
they have sunk the ear of maite into the
water that it may become soft;>»iisdwa
In nyiwe emhlabeni, i« e. : theoalabaab has
been^put undec the ground, ms. : suik in
the ground so that t£e point of it| small
neck stands out. This is done fiir the
purpose of hardening it and makwg its
eontsnts soon deeay, after whidi process
they aro taken out andthe calabaahis used
as a jag, dE0.;-*2. To dip; to soak ia
water ; to drench. {Seldom need,)
— -« Nyana, ropr. fr. Lit,; to go in be-
tween, to let ia one with another; app&ed
to queries or statemente, togointodoUils;
to be explicit; to be partioiuar. (Co mp a r e
nana, nen^ nanda.)
— ^ NTAinBi, cans. fr. To corroborate
statements; to confinn. (This word ii
used but little among the Natal tribes,
and is common among the Frontier Kafir.)
— — Ktska, quit. fr. 1. To beooaio wet,
soaked, drenched 1^ water, ae : u qyekile^
i. e. : he has beccnno wet ;— 2. To take
in water, ae i amadmi a nyekile^ L e. : the
lands have taken in much water* are
soaked.
— Ntxla« quit. fr. 1. To wet; to poor
water; to mdsten, Ac, as a garden, or
lands, by leading the water upon them;
(oyenyeaa is more frequent^ used in this
sensei)^-JL To drench; to soa^ «f: ku
Digitized by
Google
NTABBLA.
C»i]
NTAKAMA.
yettjela embisenl t ka le ko ttmlilo, 1. e. :
(the fbod) is fd^kiiig in iha pot, there
being no more fire under it.
NoTB.— Care mmt be taken not to eon«
Ibimd tbif fbrm with enjelo, to slip away,
(qnHl fr. from enya,) which in the same
teoMas the preceding ku yeng^ela (con-
tracted from kuya-inyek) is kuff*en^«la-
(kn ya-enyela, a elided,) and, ther^Rdrci
distinguished by the apostrophe. The
latter belongs to the III, and tiie former
to the II, class of Towel rerbs.
^— Ntsusa, cans. fr« 1. To make sink;
to make wet, moist ;-^2. To do as if
drinking; to let one drink a few drops
only, oi : yini u ngi nyelisa ng'omile ka-
kuhi, i. e. : why do you gite me only a few
drops to drink seeing I am rery thirsty.
Bexabx.— This word nya, tegether with
the foregoing deriYatiTes, and most com-
pounded other wordsi «m nyaniso, nyate-
Uso, Ac, indicate and refer to an original
custom of making sacrifices, when piffties
went through between the sacrifice^ sig-
nifying : to make feith, by pouring water
i^on, Ac See aUo Nyau.
uln— NYA, n. (From nya II. The nom.
form ulu or u, L e. : straining, tightness,
fercing, advances or raises the sense of nya
to incUmnency/ hardness.)
1. Hardness; sererity; rigorousness;
roughness; — 2. Inclemency; unmerdfel-
neas ; insenslbiHty ; harshness, <w t u no-
lunya lomuntu, L e. : this man is terf un-
tterciftd;-»3. PerscTerance, as: ulunya
Iwake lukulu, Le. : his persererance ia
great;— yeka unya Iwake, i.e.: what a
peiso f eil ng man he is!
This noun drops often its nom. form,
• and hi constructed with ukuU, in an em-
phatksal mode of speaking, denoting : a.
Violently, hard, fehemently, as : kwa bu-
lawa ku se ku te nya, i.e. : there was
destroyed so fer until nothing remained,
until all was Tiolated ;— >6. U^ess, of no
effBct, without sense or feeUng, aei wa
kuhmia kahle, kanti wa ti nya omunye,
i. e. : he spake very tenderiy, and yet the
other remained as a stone; — c. fiererely,
cruel, cruelly, fiercely, as: nya I i. e.:
without mercy! never! (In all these
cases nya has a peculiar accent, just as one
accentuates a word when q»eaking in anger,
or with harshness.)
uku— NTABA, t. t. (Prom nva II., and
aba, to impart, to give. Madiealfy one
fDsti nyoba. Ck)ffipare gaba.)
To give one a good thrashing; to g^ve
it onewdl; to ghre a flogging; lit: to
give one a ducking, soaldng, drench-
ing, Ac.
-*— Ntabila, qulf. fr. To distribute; to
giro one a small portion, or a certain por-
tion, at : ngi n nyabele e kongocehi, i. e. :
I gave him some into his hand (which he
hddup).
u— NYABA. n. pL in. (From uni, some-
thing, idenac, and aba, to give, distribute.
iSSoe the verb.)
1. Something used for distribution;
rignifying the hand which, when a spoon
is wantinff, always is used instead of it ;—
2. A bundle of wood, (a women-word) ss
i-Nyanda.
NYAFIT, an OMoma^opo^^, expressive
of chewing in an unbecoming manner,
opening tlra mouth too much, and moving
the 1^ too quickly. It is used with ukuti,
OS : n ti nyafu nyafti e hla, i. e. : he chews
very improperly when eating.
, (NYAFUNAW. t. (From nyaf^ and
^^ I NYAFUZA > una, to even, to imitate,
or usa, to make, imitate. Saddcalfy one
with nyeftna.)
To imitate chewing in an improper
manner, for the purpose of mocking others,
i— NYAEA, n. (F'rom ini, identity, and
aka, to build. £adieallsf one with njeku,
nyoka, nyoko, nyuka, &c)
1. LUeraUy z identical with building ;
hence, year. (The building of a pUice
being such a feet in the history or the life
of savages as to serve as a date to reckon
from.)
2. ParHmUarly i an indefinite space of
time about the length of a year, at i
inyaka inye, or rather contracted, inya-
kenye, i. e. : lU.t it being a year, about a
year, = the last year ;— but ngenyakenye,
after a year, = next year ;— ku'nyakenye
ngi ku bone, i. e. : it is a year, or about
the time of a year since I saw you.
isi— NYAEA, n. (See isi-Kyskanyaka, of
which it is the simple stem.) The colon,
(in anatomy.)
u— NYAKA, ti. (From inyaka, with the
non. fi)rm, referring to persons of rank,
sect, class.)
Literally : the year ; iefimiehf, the pre-
sent year, and always used with the prefix
na, even, &c., at : imvula inkulu nonyaka,
i. e. : the rain is great this present year ;
amabele a nga w'a nonyaka, i^. : the com
it being that it or of even the yen*, «= this
year.
umu— NYAEA, n. pi. imi. (From inyaka.
Kamba, &c., muaka, pL mnka. Sie.i
monguaga. Othere, mnnaka,&a)
LUeraliy : a qjace of a year ; = civil
year; a period ot a year. This is the ter-
mination for general chronology, as: u
neminyaka 'mifalanu, i. e. : he is five years
old ;— umunyaka wesitatu or owesitatu,
i. e. : the third year.
uku— NYAKAMA, v. t. (From nyu II., to
diuw together, ika, put up^ and ima, to
Digitized by
Google
NYAKANTEZA.
[262]
KTAMA.
nioTe,8tfliicl. lUidioaUy one wi^ nj^Sdm^
Compare akama, kama, nynka, &o»)
1. Frwuirily: to pat up a pressed or a
irank &ce ; to contmct or draw the &ce
together; to knit the brows ; to frowD, a#:
u njakeme, i. e. : he is frowning ; — 2. To
express displeasure, sorrow, grief, &c., hy
looking gloomy or snrly, as : ngi fika e
nyakeme kn fe umuntu wa kubo, i. e. : I
coming when he looked cast down because
a member of his family had died ; — 8. To
look dark, as : izulu li nyakeme, i. e. : the
atmosphere is drawn close together, looks
dark, it preparing for rain ; or it is ahready
raining in single drops ;— 4. To become
wet ; to be moist.
— Ntaeakbla, qulf. fr. To frown, Ac,
in regard to ; to be displeased for, &c.
— Ntaxamisa, cans. fr. 1. To cause to
frown; — 2. To put into water; to make
.wet, or soft, <u: ngi wa nyakamisile
amabele, i.e.: I have put the com into
the water, to get soft.
urn— NYAKANYA, n. pL imi. (Prom nya
II, to sink, dip, ika, put np, and nykw the
same as the first root. Radically one in
nyuka, and with nyikinya. See nyakaza,
&c.)
1. A mass, or a substance inclining
downward and upward, moring upwards
and downwards; applied to a tuft of
feathers from the indwa, &c., which the
warriorswearattheir heads;— 2. A hurra,
or large wood-worm; so called from its
motion of drawing together and stretching
out again,
isi— NYAKANYAKA. n. ' {A. repetition of
nyaka, to put up a motion, a wavering,
&C. See Nyakanya.)
A commotion; a concourse of people; a
confrunon; a restlessness; a noise, as* ku
kona isinyakanyaka namhla, i. e. : there is
a great commotion to-day (in the public).
I— NYAKATO, n. sing. (Prom nyaka, see
nyakanyaka, and ito, thrown, poured. .So-
cUeaUy coinciding with in-hlangatwa.)
1. Properhfi the north-east side; so
called from the nature of the wind coming
from that quarter;— 2. North-east wind.
„.C NYAKAZA. -) v. t. (Prom nya-
'**"lNYAKANYEZA,jkanya, and iza, to
make. The first is a contraction ftcfm the
latter.)
1. To wave ; to move as a wave sinking
and rising, asi utyani bu nyakaza, Le.:
the grass is waving ; — 2. To move one way
and the other, backwards and forward ; to
sway, as trees from the wind;— 3. To
crawl, as : izimpetu esi senyameni sd nya-
kaza ziidngi, i. e. : the meat is alive with
worms;— 4. To be restless; to be fickle,
as :*ba Ula ngengubo enye bobabili, omunye
wa nyakaza, Le.: th^ both slept under
one cover, but the other was restksi;—
6. To bristle; to stand on end, ashidr;
to be noisy.
— -^ Ntakazsla, qulf. fr. To wive for, &&,
OS', si nyakasela emhlabeni, i.e.: wean
restless upon earth, moving about here and
there, as a rolling stone, withoi^t a fixed
home, ^.
_-. Ntakazisa, cans. fr. Tc make wariog,
or wavering, &o.
ama — ^NTALA, n. plur. (Prom nya L,aiid
ila, to strain forth. SeuUealfy one vHh
nyek^ under Nya I.)
Dirtiness ; ^thiness ; a state of being
bemired. Applied also^ in a vulgar nan*
ner, to unfortunate events,
uku— NYALASA, v. t. (Prom nyala, and
isa, to cause, to burst ; denoting degree.
Coinciding with dalasa, 2.)
To show great disrespect ; tobecarekM
about what another says ; to be stubborn,
disobedient; to throw to the wind; to
des^nse utterly the counsel, advice^ Ac,
of others.
„ f NY ALOTI, ■> n. sing. (Prom uta-nya,
° INYALUTI, j hardness, and ulnti,astiek,
wood, uloti or iQti, is ditUeetic,)
A kind of native-corn of a very stringent
quality ; lit»i m hard as wood. It iinot
used unless when ground to small partidei.
i— NYAMA, n. {I izi. {See um-Nyana.
Compare inyaka. Dialectic, inama.)
Plesh ; meat, especially meat of cattle.
isi— NYAMA, n. sing. See um-Nyama.)
Literally: a process of being Uoided;
hence, darkish, blackish; darkishnes^ Uaok-
ishness.
ubu— NYAMA, n. (^S^ ubu-Mnyama.) Baric-
ness; Uadmeas.
um — NYAMA, n. pL ansa. (Prom nyalL,
to join together, and ima, to move, stand.)
1. laterally : a mass in one dose stand-
ing, =: stan^ng dose together ; hence,
enclosure ; — 2. Particular]^ i the endosnre
of the isigohlo of the Zulu king, who is
shut up by the many fences, or partitioDS
made of beams and planks rammed in the
ground one doee to tiie other. Senee,fhe
royal attribute : wena 'mnyama, i.e. : thoo,
^o art dos^ up, shutup^ — signifying:
no enemy can find thee^ — of whom the
enemies are afraid;— 8. A place shut up
fh>m the sight or view ; hence dark, black,
as: abantu aba'mnyama, i.e.: black peo-
ple ; particularly : common people ;-^
4. An inaccessible pbuie, as: ihlati li
'mnyama, L e. : the forest is an inaooessiUe
one.
The plur. amanyama ia neariy obso-
lete except in the sense of: fleshy paHa
which stick dose to the skin, or remain on
the skin after an animal has been flayed.
And it can not be assumed that this was
Digitized by
Google
NTANDEZULU.
[268]
mrANGA.
a pliir. of inyama, fiesb, because it does
not signify fleshy, properly, bat the Hick*
ing cUae to the skin. When these parts
are token or scraped off from the skin,
they are called izinyama.
nm — NYAHA, n. sing. (See nm-Nyama.)
The ndnbow ; so called after its many
colours, one next to the other,
im— NTAMAKAZI, n. pi. izL (From mn-
nyama, and kazi, denoting female. The
Xosa has inyamakazi, wild bock, game.)
A black female animal,
nku — NYAMALALA, v. i. (From nmnyama,
and lala, radically one wUh lela, lohieh eee,
andlala.)
1. To rink altogether into darkness ; to
▼anish ; to pass from a viable into an in-
visible state ; to torn into nothing, ae :
abantn ba sendnlweni ha nyamalele, i. e. :
' the people of former times have vanished
away (fh>m the earth) ; — 2. To disappear ;
to come entirely out of right, a# : amasondo
amahashe sa wa bona ngapa, sa fika emfa-
leni a nyamalele, i. e. : traces of the horses
we saw yonder, bat coming to' the river
they disappeared entirely,
oka— NYAMALAZA, v. t. (From nyama-
lala, by changing lala into laza, to make.)
To make, or canse to vanish, disappear,
Ac
i— NYAHAZANA, n. pi. izi. (From in-
yama, flesh, and izana, denoting many
small ones, and also the generating power.
Literally : small fleshy animals.)
A generic, or collective name for all
kinds of clean wild animals, the flesh of
which is generally paUtable, as game, burds
to winch belong also fowls, becaose they
have not been domesticated with the
natives.
NTANA, a termination (from ini-ana,
MtfNana,) denoting a greater degree of
smallness, littleness, than ana, see Kcane,
neanyana, and de, dana, &c.
n— NYANA, n. pi. o. (From a-ini-ana, a
smaller, tender, yoanger, &c, one, = a
little dear. See i-Ngane. Sis, and others
unnana.)
1. IMeraUy : a little, smaller, or yoanger
one;— 2. Hence, the son or daughter of a
fiither;-^. The yoanger wife of a poly-
gamist, called so bv the older wife. (In
tiie Xosa this word is exdosively ased in
the sense of "a son.")
i — NYANDA, n. pL izL (From ini^join-
ing, and anda, to enlarge, increase. Modi'
ctMy one with nyando.)
A handle of wo od bound up.
i— NYANDEZULIJ, n. pi. izi. (From in-
yanda-izolo, atmosphere^ heaven.)
A name for a slender gpreen snake, with
Bttle blade spots; so calkd from its rien-
demass and length.
i— NYANGA, n. pi. izL (From nya II.,
and nga, denoUng power, skilL See
i-Langa.)
1. laterally and primarily i a decreas*
ing and increasing; hence, the moon ; the
lonar body; and she is described, as:
inyanga i ya twasa, L e. : the moon shines
discovered, = is new;— inyanga i hla*
ngene, L e. : the moon is full ; — inyanga i
hlepdka. L e. : the moon wanes ; — inyanga
i file, i. e. : the moon is dead. (As for her
symbdic character,Ve i-Langa.)
2. A month ; the whole time of a lonar
month, ow': ngosebenzaizinyangaezintatu,
i. e. : I must work for a time of three
months.
i— NYANGA, n. pi. izi. (See i-Nyanga,
the moon. The Xosa uses this word aLo
as a verb, in the same acceptation of the
practice of an inyanga, and in the sense
of: to lie, to tell fiJsehoods.)
Properly: a combination of power;
skill, cunning ; in fact, the only resource
for all the evils met with; commonly ; a
'doctor in the widest sense; a diviner,
mediator, prophet, priest, &c.; a profes-
rional person.
As a common profesrion it indudes or
comprises smiths, wood-cutters, &c.; but
with respect to the higher kind it has
degrees, many of which are inferior, as
the cattle-doctors, and the most distin-
guished are the invanga yokwelapa, and
the inyanga yokubola.
The inyanga yokweUpa, i. e. : the mas-
ter for administering medidne (see Elapa),
attains to his profession in the usual am-
ple way of staying for some time with an
older person of that class, by whom he is
taught some knowledge of botany, and the
mode of applying herbs. Both the know-
ledge and practice are hardly worthy to
be called by a scientific name, and are
made up, more of superstition than real
knowledge.
The invanga yokubuhi, L e. : a diviner
(see Bula), l^g the highest instance, is,
^ priori, also an inyanga yokweUpa, and
must have practised as such, in order to
become a man who is the orade of the
nation. He has to go through a course
of experiments of an extraordinary nature.
According to the idea of this profesrion he
must be decreased to a low condition in
order to become acquainted with the ama*
hlozi, i. e. : spectres, under whose directions
he is expected to act. From them he is
to obtain all information about the causes
of evil (rickness, death, &a), and about the
remedies to be empbyed. For that pur-
pose he has to adopt a very spare diet, the
more abstemious the better; he most ex-
pose hii body to all kinds of wants and
Digitized by
Google
KTAKQA.
[SW]
NTANL
•otferingf, M alio infliot OMtigatkm upon
it. He mnit often dive into deep water
for the sake of trying whether he can aee
at the bottom, or whether he may there
obtain light of the amahlozi, obtain aome
reveUtion from them. He mnst go into
the solitude of the field, the wilderness,
end other horror-exciting places^ to make
observations there by listening to the wind,
or the air, attending to the noise and cries
of birds and wild animals, at day and night-
time,— if, in any possible way, he may come
into connection with the amahlozi. Be-
sides, and above all that, he mnst engage
in frequent dandng and other fatiguing
exercises of the body, — until his heal£
begins to dedine, his strength fails, and he
•inks into a fidnting fit, or great exhaus-
tion, (the consequence of wmch is, some-
times, certain madness, &c)~ And having,
during the time of these exercises, be^
told a great deal about the amahlozi, and
the whole system of superstition, it is no
wonder that he then, one day in his faint-
ing fit, has peculiar feelings and imagina-
tions, or receives impressions which he is
not able to explain himself; or that he
should fiall into a deep, death^like sleep
for several days, from which no one may
awaken him, as that state is the very
ecstaoy he must experience. When it has
come thus far with him, he begins to speak
of his wanderings, virions, dreams, conver-
sations with the amhlozi, Ac, and from
henceforth he is acknowledged as apro-
f^ional man, and enters upon the practical
part of his ukutwasa, i. e. : the beginning
of his jffactice.
It is easily perceived that, from such a
course as described, no inyanga can have
obtained the least knowledge for curing
diseases, and that the sole object of his pro-
fession is nothing eUe but a combination of
the most superstitious iUseboods. More-
over, it can be no wonder if he, in that
state, comes under the influence of a diabo-
lical power, and happens to perform actions
which startie and deceive his fellow-men !
It is striking to bbaervt how these benight-
ed people allow themselves to be luUed,
cheated, and destroyed without Bnn»ecting
the Ailse actors and their abominable sys-
tem, or, if they suspect that they do not
oppose, nor do away with such things !
The medicaments bdonging to tins super-
stitious system are, as it may be expected,
usually the most ridiculous things. A piece '
of a decayed bone of a wild animal,— a piece
of rotten skin torn off by wild animals,— a
piece of an ol^ daw, hoof, bom, or tooth of
animals whidi have died in the fieU, or any
inch thing found and picked up by the
inyanga in the field, or abroad* are the
imiH e lUMMiMa, he. % powerftilmediciins,
fbr which the sufiM^ people mwt psy
heavily. Often the most poiK>nons roots ire
administered with or without any know-
ledge of their properties by the inytngti
and when the consequence is death, nobody
dares give the inyanga the fault, and he
himselif is ever ready to accuse aome other
person and make him the unUaiaU, le.:
evU'doer, poisoner of the case.
In eases of aickness, death, the k« of
property, &c, when the skill of the inyanga
la applied for, to point out, or tell the
cause : he nsea a cunning language, leaving
it more to the suspidon of the appliout
to dedde, than to g^ve a pledge by his own
words I or he gives an ambiguous answer,
as the ancient oradee did. This ii the
mode he adopts in all cases of which he is
ignorant, assuming an appearance as if he
luiew them perfiBctly. He nsnally emploji
many people as his assistants, to obtain all
possible information secretiy, regardiag
persons who may be suapected as ai^tol»^
and, when any matter respecting them is
referred to him, he can give aueh prooiii of
his supernatural knowledge, as to make the
applicant bdieve that he bad never been
told about th^n before,
i — NYANGO, n. pL izL (From ini, united,
joining, place, and anga» fVom a, local, and
nga, fyeoe, Tke radical Mensg in bent,
stored, or put away apart, alone. CSoiaeti-
inff with inyanga, signifying : spedal power.
See um-Nyango.)
1. An arsenal; a pUee where the iii-
hlangu, i. e. : shields are deposited in the
kraal of the Zulu king. These are hoosei^
or repositcffieseonstrwited upon poles high
above the ground, to preserve &» shieUb
(which are made of skins) fVom getting
damp or mouldy; — 8. Metaphorieai^ : a
defbnce ;*the high defmce ;— 3. A oorert ;
a shelter. (Coinoiding with isi^ikngn,
shidd.)
um — ^KYANGO, n. pL imi. (From ini-ango,
local bend, ms inyango, AUied io isugo.
Sit. moniako and monyako. Kan^ atd
other* monako.)
A space which has a bend; deseriptive
of the very mode of oooaUneting the
entrance of native houses, door, passige.
um— NYANaOTJANI, n. pi. imL (From
unmyango, and fjani* shooting, meeting
together.)
That part of the entrance of native
houses, m which the sticks at both aides
meet each otiier in the bend, one dose to
tiie other, in order to give firmneM to the
passage. It is similar to a door-post,
um— KYANI, n. pL imL (From ini-ani, small,
Itttie harbb sii^e parts of berb or plant, a
little cf^tsule. Radioali$ ame with oyonl)
Digitized by
Google
1. The ftelky bloMom of maise, or iU
froctifiofttioot Qfed by the imUtm m a
broom for sweopiiig ;— A«jio#,— 2. Any
tbin. or ftalky herb ived lor sweeping ; a
broom.
iiira— NYANISA* v. t. The canaatiTo form
from nya II., which see.
i — NYANISO, n. ting, (From nyanisa.
(Sii.t kaniti, in troth.) Tnitb. (More
common among the frontier tribes.)
KYANYANA, a tennination, properly
a dim. form from nyana, or a compound of
nyana-iana, denoting a still greater degree
of smallness, littleness, than nyana, eee
de» danyana, danyanyana, k^)
oka— KYANYAZA, v. t. (From nya II.,
which is repeated, and iza, to make. MadU
ealiff one with nyenyesa, fto.)
To make wet ; to sprinkle, .as when
water is ponred on plants in a garden.
nm — KYASA, n. (From nya 11^ hard, and
isa» denothtg degree. ^Propertjff a cans,
fonnof nya.)
A Tery hfu^ snbstance, as : nmbila nm-
nyasa, i. e. : the mealies are very hard ;— •
ku*mnyasa, L e. : it is a Tery hard sob-
stance, s= it is very hard,
i— NYATANGA, n. pL isi. (From nya I.,
ita, to pour, throw, and nga, by force,
strongly, mndi.)
1. ^teralfyi a person who smears or
bemires himself very much ; one npon
whom the dirt or filth sits, as it were,
finger-thick ;—S. A slovenly person* (Ra-
tm^gA is ditiieciic,)
aba— NYATANGA, n. (From inyatanga.)
Slovenliness; filthiness.
nko— NYAT£LA, v. t (From nya II., or
whidi is the nme, from nyan, foo^ and
tda, to throw fortli i lit. t to set the foot,
to make steps. Sis. : eta» etella. See
Kata.)
1. To tread} to trample ^--2. To come
under foot, or under any thing which is
moving, as : wa nyatelwa yingowele, L e. :
he cameonder the wheel of a wagon, = he
was hurt, crushed, &e.
— i- Nyatsusa, cans. fr. To cause to tread,
trample, &c
i— NYATELA, n. sing. (See the verb.)
Si^mi/ifiw^i the dance performed at the
akwetjwama. (See Etjwama.)
OBI— NYAT£LISO, n. pL imL (From nja-
taliaa.) 1. Sign^n^i the act of omshing
the calabash of the ukwe^wama feast ; —
hmcBi a. A name for the feast itself ;^
8. A name for the calabash which is crush-
ed, and represents a sacrifioe,
A— KYATELO, n. pL ama. (From nyatela.)
1« ZiieraUjfi a plaoa trodden npon { i««oe,
a Ibot-path;— 2. A step, stair.
The plnr. amanyatdo rignifiis: book-
tifkrjfff ; dawirififnws
i— KYATI, n. pi. iii. (From nyata, obso-
lete, see Kyatela. Compare inkamba,
bnffido.)
A buiflhlo (generic), so called after its
large foot-mark^ as well as its strength,
haziness, fierceness s— a. I^grwatioeljf :
a very strong, persevering, hard-working
person, as : u yinyati, i. e. s he is as strong
as a bufiak).
ubo— NYATJ, n. (From iuyati.) Bufiklo
nature.
uku— KYATUKA, v. L (From nyata, obso-
lete, see nyatela, and uka, to go away, off.)
To tread away i to go loose from treading.
(IVibal,)
i— NYATUKO,n. pliai. (From nyatuka.)
A foot-path,— ba tjo abantu abahlonipa
inhleUi, L e. : this word is used by those
who are afraid to use the word inhleb,
L e. t road, way.
a— NYAU, n. pi. isL (From nya II., to
press in, and u, contracted from the pas-
live nytto«, see nya, or from the original
ina, to strike^ see wa« Compare bnlala,
and in-Dan. The nominal ^ is ccmtracted
from ulu, and the whole is compounded of
ida-ini-au, as can be observed from the
different ctialeots, ama-Slaia, unau j
Kamba man s Sis. t mantu, {see Bayeti),
Jbc BadicaUjf one with nyeu, nye^ nyo^
nyu. AUied to gan, Ac)
lAteraUy and primariljf i an external .
impression ; an impression made in or on
some place; a foot-stop upon dusty or
sandy ground, or in a road, {see Kyatela) ;
hence, foot.
ki— NYAZI, n. (See um-NyaxL) lAier-
aUvi anything like an unmyazi — basket,
n— NYAZI, n. pi izL (From nya I., to
excrete, and asi, to be perceived, that
which is coming, which is folt. See cwa-
umula, kazimula, &o. Dialectic, nyaU,
mast)
A flash of lightning ; lightmng.
am— NYAZI, n. pL imL (f^m nya II., to
go in, press in, and ixi. see umu-Zi, rush.
A composition of umu-nya-isL)
A kUid of coarse basket, made of imizi,
ru^, and used for cleaning com, as a
sieve, &c
uku— NYAZIMA, v. L (From nyaai, and
ima, to move, come out, wave.)
To lighten; applied rather to fog-light*
ITB, esdamatioo, expreanve of the
poll, slow, or gentle ikdUng of a drop.
(From nya I., and allied to ce, noe, &e.)
Used with ukuti, a# : U ti nye itonsi, i. e. :
the drop sounded = nye I
i— NYS, n. See Inve.
isi— NYE, n. pi iai. (From nya IL, to wet)
JMmfoUjf I something which contains wa«
ter ; hence, the bladder.
Digitized by
Google
NTEBfBE.
[«»]
NYBNriu
nbo — ^NYE, ii« (From iDye,one.) State of
one; oneneif ; unity, as: ubonje babo^
i. e. : their unity.
oka^KTBBELEZA, t. t. (From nya IL,
iba, to feparate, and iles^ to make eanly,
quiekly. AlUed to noibili, ndlnlika, and
nyibilika.)
To elide away ; to Tanish ; to dSmppetae;
to withdraw, as: u nyebelezile, Le.: he
has withdrawn himgelf laddenly.
— ^ Ktxbelezsla, qolf. fr. 1. To ilip
away. Ac^ for ;—2. To nm, as water.
NYEBELEZI, adT. (A remainder of a
nonn, after having kat itf nom. form.
From nyebeleza.)
Used with uknti, and = nyebeleza, oi :
wa hla wa ti nyebelezi, i. e. : he happened
to get ont of sight inddenly, unobeenred.
nku— NYEPUZA, t. t. (From nye, = nya,
tee nln-Nya, and fbza, to deetroy. BaiM*
oally one with nyaftiza. Sis. nyefolo.)
LiterciUyt to destroy; to make equal
to the ground ; to pat down ; to degrade;
appHed to the eharaoter, a« : wa ngi nyehua
ngabantn, S.e. t he pat me down before the
people ; he slandered me ; onrsed me, ^
nm— NTEFUZI, n. pL aba. (From nyefoza.)
A slanderer ; a backbiter.
NYELA, T. See Enyde.
i—NYELA, n. pL ama. (From nya I., the
qalf. form.)
The excreted, or eztraneoos matter of
metals thrown off in the process of melt-
ing; cinders; dross.
a— NYELE, n. pL o. (From nya I., the
qulf. form.)
A mass prepared of herbs or trees, nsed
as a par gatjye. (Coindding with nyenya.)
no — NYELE, n. pL imL (From nya I.) A
line, or stripe (taken from cattle wboi
they let their dang or excrements fall in
going, and making thns a long stripe) ; a
row ; — ku tjiswe ntyani kwa shiywa imi-
cele, Le.: grass was bamed and stripes
were left of it. This instance giTes fttrther
explanation of the etymology, and shows, at
the same time, the synonymy with am-ede.
( The Xosa nse um-nyele for milk-way.)
ukn—KTELEZELA, v. t. (From the qnlf.
form of nya I, to crject, and izela, to make
Literally: to cast forth whelps or yonng;
as the female of the canine spedes; to
pap; to whelp. (The word implies a
maltitnde as well as an easy Section.)
i^NYELEZI, n. pL isi. (From nyele,
stripe, and izi, many, or small ones.^
A small, wildcat, with twostnpeson
the back.
i— NTEMBE, n. pL in. (From ini, miited,
something belonging to, and embe, see
izembe, axe. Qmpare nemba, and nembe.
Others iyembe.)
1. PrimarHjft a penon who
how to cot, hew, strike^ doe., with a wsspoo,
=s omonta obolalayo^ L e. : one who Ub^
or who gives deadly'woonds ;— 2. A ^ev
wh ich h as barbs.
i— NTEMBEZI, n. pL id. (Frooi bji
I., exeroted, secreted, and imbed, turn
imbe, excavated, and id, little psrU
This is the only derivation which mvkbe
followed, becaase the e in the penoltiiBsii
not the modified soond as in im-Bed, pv-
don, but the dear soond as in i-Mbeo, isd
in all inflections of the perft tenee. Tbe
only qaestion is whether this is tbe origiDd
word or the dialeetie inembeti, the tenei-
nation of which— »<» — radieaUjf eoismim
with ud ; and there is no doobt bat tti
latter has been sobsiitated in this cm
See i-Zi ; and om-Bete, moisture, wUek
is the same wof d as imbetL)
LiteraUjf : a secretion of moistar^ (t
genitive oonstmotioD) ; lymphatic ihod ;
hence, tear, as : u ya kaU idnyenbeo,
{. e .: he weeps tears,
mn— NYENI, n, i^ om. (From nya ILi te
go in, and ini, joining, eonnexioo. Msdh
colly one with nyana, rqir. fr. from njii
to go in between or derived fWxn i taywft .
tense. AUied to ndeni, coosaDgdd^*
Dialeelie is umyeni, plr. aba.)
1. A person who enters or who bif «-
tered into a oonnexioQ with otben ; oes
who enters into a family-eonnexioD; Aam^*
wooer, lover, or suiter ;— 8. A brfdegwws;
—8. A son-in-Uw ; or farother-hi-kv, who
has married the daughter of a fianOy.
i— NYENKELEZI, n. pL id. (Fwn ini.
and enke, a small sneaking, slidiii& «
from nenke, dug; and iled, makiogesaly,
quickly, often, to and fWs Ac)
1. A blind snake which wiadsbifea»J
thero, because it does not see ^J>"jj|
must go;— 2. A species of weaselt wlueb
also runs as if it were bttnd. _,_.
uku— NYENYA, v. i. (From ny% ««J*^
which see, and nya II., going 5« 5 j^"
sink asadn^ to disappear as a ftlliiir«
sprinkled drop.) ,
1. To sneak away ; to sted away;-*
To escape secretly; to body, as;nvj9^
nyile. i.e. t he eso^ed without having »•
observed. . ^j,
n— NYENYA, n. pL o. («» the f«J
Nyenya. ^i«ierf<ominya,tod)sorb. ^
Iv venyesa.l ...
Akindofwood, of an aromatie qp^^*
very stringent. It is used ibr I»"*"
the stomach. The natives •^P Vz
a lAece around thdr nedc, ■»«• '^
necessary, Mte off a Kt,fai «^*^JS
press the pain at once. Thos^*» ^
it is too strong, sprinkle water <»»»«'
lessen its immediate power.
Digitized. by VjOOQIC
NYIBILIEA.
[S67]
NYOKO.
aka— NTENTBZA, T.t. (From nyenya, and
ia, to make.)
1. OnomaiopoeUcdlly I to mak^ nye.
Dye ! iigDifying : to Bpeuc with a ubilant
Toioe; — 2. Literally z to whisper ;— 8. To
sprinkle, =b nyanyaza.
— • Ntiktbzela, qulf. fr. 1. To whisper
to somebody ; to sprinkle for ;— 2. Fi^-
aiiveUfi to asperse.
— Ntektszblaka, rcpr. fr. To whisper
to one another, among each other.
i— NY£NZANI, n. pL izL (Prom nye,
exdamation, signifying a soft noise, and
inianiy from ini, a species, identical, and
zani, coming a little, creepng. See in-
£nnami,&c.)
A species of cricket; acheta domestica.
i — ^NTEIT, n. pL ama. (From nye, sank,
C. of nya II., and n, ihe tame ae i-
, I, wMdh see, AUied to imbeo.)
The thin, shining particles, or hnsks,
which go off from stamped maize, and
sink in the water when the maize is
washed (= i-Hlangnln).
Qka— NYEvUZA, t. t. (From nye. onomatop.
ezpressiTe of a noise as when a dog wishes
to bite, showing its teeth, or as an angry
parson inll speak ; radioalfy one toUh nya,
adT., see nlo-Nyn; and i?n, come vp,
forth, denoting natnre^ and nza, to make.
Closely allied to nyafoza and nyefoza.
Compare gomza, govane, 4c.)
1. LUeralfyi to make a motion with
the lips as when one is abont to corse, to
mmnmnr in anger ; to mutter a corse;— 2.
To bare scom on the lips.
i— NTEVUZI, n. pL ama. ^From nyo-
jxaeu) One who shows anger m mormor-
ing, expressing bad words hot onintclli-
giUy, Ac .
i— NYEZA, n. pL ama. (From nya II., to
be nnder groond, to be wet, soft, and iza,
to oome, make.)
A kind of sweet potato; so called from
growing Ug under groond, and being wet.
i— NTEZA, n. pi. izL (See the next
before.) The stock or herb of the ama-
nyeza.
m— NY£ZANI, n. pi. imi. (From nyeza,
to make moists wet» and ini, pecoliar, yery.)
LUeraUyi a Tory wet or m<nst sob*
st ance; deacriptiye of the willow-tree.
Q— infEZI, n. pL 0. (Hadieally the eame
ae n-Nyazi, wkM eee; nye, bebg the
Perft.9 retahis the sense of finished, or
done.)
Jfoonfight.
■kn— KTIBILIKA, t. i. (From nyi, sonk,
and iHHka, to separate eanly away. Al-
Ued to ndbilika, to melt)
To gUde; to slide away, aa : ngi nyilu-
Ukile inhlela i botelen, Le.: I gUded
awajy the road being slippery.
— « Ntibiliezba, cans. fr. To caose to
glide away. (In the Xota and oihere this
word and nyibilika are osed in the same
sense as ncibilika, to melt)
oka— NYIBILIZA, y. t. {See Nyibilika, to
which it forms a transitiTe by iza. jDui*
UcUc ndbiliza.)
1. To slide; to dip; to throst by slip-
jnng, <u : o yanyibilizaodongeni, i. e. : he
28 sliding down tiie wall;— 2. To melt» to
dissolye.
(Note.— These two words* nyilnlika —
nyibiliza, and ndbilika, fhmish another
clear evidence for the origin of the dick
by potting emphasis open the root nyi,)
nko— NYIKIMA, v. t. {See Nyakama, with
which it is radically one,)
To shake, or to sink together; applied
to the tremoloos motion of a body which
admits compression, a#: omhlaba o yh
nyikima ngokododoma, i. e. : the earth
trembles from thnndering (as if it was
drawn together in a smaller compass.)
nko— NTIKINYA, y. L (From nyi, sonk,
iki, op, and nya, to nnk. Madieally one
with nyakanya. See Nyakaza.)
To toss one way and the other; to
moye one way and the other, cu : isibonda
d ya nyikinya, i. e. : the pole is moying
one way and the other,
nko— NTIEIZA, y. t. (See Nyikinya, to
which it forms a trandtiye by Iza, to make.
Madieally one with nyakaza.)
To toss or moye one way and the other.
Of : wo si nyikiza d pome idbonda, i. e. :
yoo most move the pole loose that it can
oome oot.
i— NTO, n. pL amenyo. (From ini-a-o,
HI,; a joining of, a b^g joined. Dialec-
tic iao, ino. A word common to almost
eyery Afncan dialect. See its compoond
i-Ziuyo.)
Tooth,
nko— NYOBA, y. t. (Prom nyo, see nya II.,
and aba, to impart, to give. JEtadicaUy
one with nyaba.)
To pay a fine for yiolating a girL (A
word of the Amabae€i,)
— Nyobila, qolf. fr. (To pay a fine to one
for yiolating a g^L)
i— NYOBO, n. (From nyoba.) A fine,
i— NYOKA, n. pL izL (From ini, genos,
spedes* ia, to moye, and okat to go away,
off. Compare enkat; nyao, Ac AmaJUala
inoka. Sis. noka and noga.)
LUeraUy : a spedes didbig away; de-
acriptiye of a serpent or snake. {See i-
Namba.)
i-NYOKANA, n. pi. id. {Dim. from
inyoka.) A small snake,
n— NTOKO, n. pL o. (From ono, pri. n.,
denoting person or rank, ina, eyen, same,
and nko, from o-ka-o, as in the 2d pers.
Digitized by
Google
VTOSI.
C«]
NTUXBA.
liiig.ofthepoiMMiTeQitibakfl^TOiir. 8tin
mora eontnctod if the anuH^alA imc^o.
See a-Nina.)
Tour or thy mother.
Hill— KYOMBO, n. pi. imi. (From Dyo* raited,
joining, and nmho, separated from, going
forth. EadiotUl^ one wUk njvmbe. Com*
pare bamba, bombo^ ommbo, Ubo, naba, Ac)
A tingle or ileoder part of any plant
that traOa on the groond, or leiiea any*
thing with ita daapen; hence, the tendrils
of t£> yine^ of pompkina, meloiiib eqnaahea,
Ac
i— KTONOA, n. pL iti. (From fad, a
joining oontraotlon, and onga, to be sab-
etantial in atrength. JStadienliy one wUh
inyanga. See n-Kyonga^ &e. Compare
ttnnga.)
ThehipHJoint
V— NTONGA, n« pL o. (From faiyonga.
Ifika nmnnga, lame. iSse i-Nyongo.)
LUeraUjfi a hip-jointer i de.t onewho
has a bone broken whieh ia healed to-
gether in the form of a hip-joint ; henee^
a cripple,
nkn— NTONGAZA, t. t. (From ii-nyoiiga»
and iza, to make.)
Togocripplei toUnp.
i— NTONOO, n. pi ia. (From inyonga^
eohieh see,)
Ttoperyt conoentrated atrength, or a
oonoentrated flnid or wbitanee of life;
eommonfyi gall, bile.
i— NYONI, n. i^ iti. (From ini-onl
BadieaUy one with nyana, little one^ and
nmnyanL See Ona. SnaMi nioni
Kamba ninnie. Othere inooL Sie. no-
nyana.)
A generio name fbr birds and fowL Tke
radical eeneeiii yoang, denotiiig tender,
Boft ; and the name eipraesss, ycjpeHjy ; a
genos of harmleas or innocent oreatorea.
(Inyonana, dim. n., a Tery little bird.)
ikm— NYONYOBA, r. t. (From nyomyo^
soft, and nba, to step Ibrth, to separate.
See Eba, Nyenye, Ac)
JProperljf t to go Tery aofUy toward an
object in (wder to catch it| to cronch in
order to catch aomething.
^-« Ktovtobbla, qnlf . ft. To go or ereep
towards somethfaig fbroatehhiig it^ aei u
nyonyobda nina ku ko 'tato na a ftma
nknvibaaba, Le.i why doea he go so
Boftfy,— is there mmemng which he is
ahont to catch ?
i— NTOSI, n. pL iti. (From fa^v^ eee
nya II., and anya, to eadc, preas oat^ and
nsi, ahoot, = ntyn, shoot, iinid. JEora
nbnsi, honey. Sie. and eevenl Natal
tribes notii, nost SMDosi, hft^JCesi,Ae.)
.1. The beet honey-beei MLt drawing
ontashoot, sdng;— 2. HoBcy; Ui.t that
which is sodwd ont^ a ihiid.
i— KTOYANA, iL (Fnmnya L» mdni,
to feel, to come on, and ana, dfaniaiiUogi
nvana, to come aoon or qoicUy.)
LUeraUjfi a feeling of a psaageMn-
ing oni a fbding aa if one most go to
stool ; a soiling.
The word is a repr. ibrm from an oh^
lete verb nyova, and is eiehuivaly oed
as an adrerb in oonpeiifln with pan,
L— NTOVI, n. pL imi. (te Kjomi,
and i-YL)
A wasp. (iS^NyosL)
n^NYO VU, n. 0. isu (iSiaKyori.) IV
spedflc or cdllectife name for waipi.
nmn— NTOVU, n. pi. imu (Ffom mjon.)
The cdk or nest of wasps,
mso— NTU, n. ^^n-Monyn.
oka— NYUKA, y. L (From n|a n, b ito
radicalaenae, to floeren, and nki, to go
iip,comenp. TkelUeraieeimitxiAp
upward. The origimal cerftif nyiqbiit
preaent only tribaL DiaUeHo mj^
AlUed to knpoka.)
1. To come np; to aaosnd; toiion
upwards^ oat n ya oynka •o^*^'>>||^'
he aaeenda the moimtain i— 2. To mm\
toriaeiaa: inUbaiya nynkakahkbl«>:
the nurantcdn aaoeods gradaallyr-^ ^
dimb op ; to moant» as on ^ ^''"IJiJ^
more higher op; to take a higher phe^
aa when people ^t at taUe. ^,^_.^
Non.— -There is a proper diftww
between this Tsrb and kopoka, bat if »
notalwayaobaenred. The wordsara tnw
and interfere with each other in the M
degree aa the one tribe mizuwithtM
other. Knpoka is not osed of oQaibiiigoB
a tree howerer.
nkn— NTUKAMALA, t, L (fto« K^
and mak, which «ae.) ^^
1. To come np to aome dogrett ^fi^
to a feeling of illneas^ aei Q nyakua^
Let he snlfers of ad^iy froa tba ^
maeh, « he ibels a throwing vp ^^ 7*
stomaehr-2. To makeaaDorttMi «om
sollen. J.
nkn— NYULA, V. t. (fi^ Nynka, to ^
it forms a transitire by nls, to iMi;
(Wm kanynhu MadioaU0 m ^
l.TdbriagQp ftf^^^oamj/l^r^
To adfanee or keep in a eertaia dhtiJWi
aw t nynk edhkbatini, i.e.t g* right Jip
the aand-riTerj— S. To ehoose; to ieH«
ftx>m a portion. ^uni
—- Ntulila, qnlf. fr. ToAocaaori**
for, oat waiinynldaiatoeohlflbi-/'^
aaleoted for Umeelf MM^l^S^fT^.^
i— NTUMBA, n.pL iri. (From ^^^
apeoiea, or hard, tea nya lU •>» ^T"
eee nmo-Mba, l-Knmha, and i-M«»"»
cattle. jeaMUMi%oiia«M^r»iba}
Digitized by
Google
mXMA.
[iW]
OBA.
Bfgnffjfittff t a barm tnlaal,— jtnto o
■fUftUlirto, {.••t that whieh brings forUi
Dotldng.
i^nrUKBAKASKU n. pi. lit (From
iBTomba, and kasi, danothig fbnale.)
▲ barren ftoMla-animal, as a barren eow.
i— NTUNDIJ, n. pL izL (From Ini, tpe-
eie^ tren, onn, see Q-Nwele» and dn, long^
extended ; er from nyu, see nja I., secret-
ed»and ndo, exterior. The Xofohasi-
Kondo, a motb.)
▲ lavfa of a Idaek moth, or worm, fimnd
in the ha iry side of old sldns.
isi— NTUNDU, n. (See i-Kjondo.) A
pi aee wh ere the bbdc moth is generated.
»Mi— NTUNDU, n. pU imi. (^8^ i^jundn.)
A leech.
«fc«— HTUSl, T. t. (From nyn, and nsa, to
mma$. Compare n^nka and nyula.)
1. To lift upwards i to place something
in a higher place, abore ; applying to ob«
Jects which «re in a position alMTC the
gtovid, at I njnsa iiibako, i.e.: riiOTe,
pvt «p the window<«Mh t — 2. To eanse to
flome higher op; to give a higher place in
rank.
ama— NZI, pi. n« (From ini, eren, tctj,
clear, and iai, comings, from iza, to come,
toriss^ issne^ &c Cmfore iffidd; geza,
to WBshi Usnia, to wash, to deansei &c
DiaUeiUiiWEaM^ Other tUaleete have
mati, from ma, and ti, pomred. See the
Bom. Ibrm ama, a mtm. It is difllcalt to
isy whether fui is pi4mary or ti, most
MhaUy the latter; eee mate, and nye-
onMlL)
1. Water, «#: amanal a tfiie, l.e.: the
water is absorbed |—*S. (MleeHvefyt the
tea, a«t k« ya hanjwa emansini ngemi-
Irambv, L e. t they Jonmey on the sea ^
]rora.-*It is erident that nil of itself
avmot constitute the Ml meaning of
^water,''andamais neessssry to accom-
pish it
I— VZDf A, B. (From ini, signiMng qutJl^
if, and alma, from li, releme power,
and ima, to more. The literal eenee <^
alma ie t to more down, to stand deep, to
ie steady | henee, heary. See ^ma, TI-
mane,Ae. DUUeeUe ntlma and ndima.)
1. Hcariness, or I omontn onxiota, i. e. t
a heary man }—S. Of weight, inportance,
Aa^ aet iswi elinnma, i. e. : an imncrtant
word 1—^. Applied to eelUmrx a oeep or
ateady eekNuri henee, bladi, art inkomo
•mdma, i.e« t a black head of cattle.
The idea of "^black" is properiy ex-
fUdned in p-Zlme, being derired from the
i^ ef water into which the stidt is pot
atsadily, and from tiie bottom of which
Bothing eooes np that can be pereeired by
Mm eye. An taioffio eiarfMNi is, therefore,
a head of cattle, In which bo pavticnkr or
^Bstingnishing coloar can be seen. {Com'
jMwv mnyama.)
nbn— -HZniA, n. {See i-Ndma.) A state
of heariness; hearinsssi impossibDity.
i— NZDCAKAZI, n. pL izi. (From nzima,
and kasi, ftmale.)
A bla ck cow.
aam-'NZIMTOTB, pi. n« (F^rom aaumsi,
water, and Imtote, eee totl, sweet, nice.)
A name of a small rirer, coming ftinn
the high lands on the leftsida of the Horn,
ap4 fmng into the sea.
0.
O represetits In Zoln-Kair different
sounds the quality of which It ii difficnlt
to point cot clearly, becanse ilt words
by which to explain It are wanting in
^ifflish. Its quality depends not only on
a degree or loudness and distinctness of
tone, but more on a peculiar configuration
or rocal carlty of the lipa and ^e lower
part of tlie month.
We shall distinguish them best in ^w
IbllowiDg way, br obserring t— o— AI^A, as
in ukubona, WBobopa, kt^ sounding as in
the English tone, note f'^o^-deep, as in
' hola, polo, ffOffOKOf kc, sounding like the
Englkh o in ^0 /— o — broad, as in hon^a
II., in^Kolo, sounding like the English
laid, call, &c O is, in all cases, a con-
traction or a compound of a-^i, as this is
shown in the analyito of each word. Com-
pare E, and IT.)
1. Considering o as sound, it may be,
in general, remwked that It signifies some-
thing hollow, harsh, orrouah, ae : gogosa,
hlokoza, kolo, kongoaa, £i.| and as a
compound from a^ it holds a power of
plurality, and stands as nom. form for the
plural ef personal nouns, eee u-Kn, 1. ; and
nouns in uni, uno, Ac, denoting genus, &c.
8. As terminating vowel of pronouns it
has ademonstratire character, eee lo, lowo,
abo, leso, dec | but as an ending of nouns
It Is of a passtre nature, eee um-Bondo,
l-Cebo, Ac
9. As a prefix It is : «. A reUtire form
referring to all nouns beginning with a,
a» I umutttu omkuln (from a-umkulu), i. e. :
a man who great ;— 'Umfola o cwele (from
a-u cwele), I. e. t a river which isfrdl; — .
usuku dum (from a-ulubi), i. e. t a bad
day, Jbc;— ft. A kind o^ preposition, = a,
whieh eee, ae i obaleni (from a-ubak), i. e. :
at the open place ;— o^Tukek (from a-uTu-
kda) i. c t at or about the Tukeht River.
ls--OfSA, n« pL iao. (AtfUmoba.) A place,
garden, er a piece ef ground where the
umcha grows, = Insimi yomoba.
fit
Digitized by
Google
OMELELA.
[»>]
ONJL
om — OBA» n. t&ag. (From a, printiYe* iiba,
to flepwate. SadMoUgf one with eba, elm,
Qbn, which tee, and the lame in Kobe,
frain, Ewebo, ear, &c. The Xoea hai
yobe, to intozioate, whidi if the same
word.^
PrtmariUf : a mibstaiioe which is of a
peculiar qnalitj or eflieet; applied to sugar-
cane, which ia UteraUjf amaMormbataDoe,
of which the rind la separated, when eaten
raw, and in this state it is generally ised
by the natires.
Oku (oBU^ ] ^ Ebnkaand Ebola.
ODWA^'n. (See Dwa.) Befemng to
noons in ama, aei amadoda odwa, Le.s
the men alone, only.
OH, inteij. EzpreeiioQ of sorpnse or
indignation,
oka— OKA, T. t (From a, pirative, oka,
to go op, to pot op. Allied to osa, ola,
&e. S»B Tk-Kclko,)
Ftoperlff : to let go op or oC denoting
the raindity with which fire consomes a
grassy field ; taking away the soperfldal
appearance. Commoniyi to scorch.
•-— Oksla, qolf. fr. To set on fire, aei
okolokela izwe, i.6.: to set the coontry
on ^re ;— okwokela izikota, i. e. : to bom
the<^ grass.
OKU, reL pron., referring to noons in
uk%, as : okobona okofonwayo (firom a-oko-
Am), i. e. : to see this which is desired.
{8ee0.)
All other pronominal forms in oomiezion
with the preceding, eee mnder kko, loko^
, „ COLTJKA, 7 JHalecUe. See Aloka and
^•^"[OLULA, jAlola.
oko— OMA, T. L (From a, privative, oma,
to go oot, more oot. The primary eenee
t«: to lose the freshness of life; tee the
verb ma. Compare obomi and nama.)
1. To become dry, ae : i^yama s'omile,
J. e. : the meat is irj ;— To be free from
water; to beoome firm, stlfi; aei odaka
Iwomile, L e. : the mortar has become
stifi^ wants water ; — 8. To be scorched or
pardiedby thirst; to become thirsty ;-~
4. To beoome firm, hard ; to become per-
fectiy ripe, a* : ombila womile^ i. e. : the
maize is fhlly ripe.
-~— OiCBLA, qolf. fr. To become dry for,
ftc. (Seldom need.)
' OMILII.A, freqt. fr. 1. To dry frilly
at; to dry firmly at; to stick to; to ad-
here, to hold to, aet okohla kwomelele
embiseni, i. e.t the food is dried at the
(bottom«fthe)pot,— stickstoit,— -2. To
dry op; to ikil I to become wanting^ ae :
omooto o ftma into a nga y i toli womelele,
L e. X one who makes an experiment to
obtain something, hot cannot get it has
fSdled, or missed;— omelele anaidik on*
layo^ i. e. : the strength of the ook hu
fiiBed.
NoTB. — The Xoea ose this fomwn
in the sense of No. 4 of oma,— <ftr: ripn
to perfkiion, to beoome matoreb itrao^
ton, &0.
— — Omua, caoi. fr. Tomakediy;tocMM
to beoome dry; toabaoik
im^OMBU, n. pi. izim. (From a-vnbi,
radieaUy one with omor-Mba ssd nmi-
Hbo,andoko~Mbo,iDilidl««f. JJUdio
im-Yobo.)
Khinoceroa.
oka— OMBULULA, t. t (From omlai ob-
solete, and olnh, to loosen. The Im
hasombehi, osed of the dance ofsMr
when he ii going to dig oot (mba) eUm^
&c; and ombolola, when he it actiMPy
digging, tearing, breaking, Ac, soBflthiBg
loose.)
IHbal. iSMSombalok.
im— OME, n. (Fiom oma.) LUereOjit
pardied or ripe sobstance or specie^ ip*
plied to Kafir-corn of a brown cokar,
whidi appears parched in companion ww
that of a wMte cdoor.
oka— OMULA, v. t. (From oma, snd *
to stnuD, to reawve. JtadieaUgeMW*
amola. AlUed to rimoh^ bnnak, Ac)
1. Literally: to free fhan a itite «
privation, in which the month, Mi* W6^
has become dry fttmi honger, kifet, v
take some meat after a time ottt^i ^
eat or take the first bit after fiufcinfctf^
oma intombi i tombile ko IhUwtmtoo
yomole ngayo, L e. t when a gW hsicoa*
to a certam period of life (donog ^
she ii to abstain frrom find,) a liff "
cattle is UUed that she mayestofit»cr
eat it as the first food after h^r*-
To have a treat of a thing fcr tt^
time, 4W ! omfima wa yomnla imsli Bg5I3
zokosebenzakwake, I e. : the lad twittj
himself the first time opon ^ooiaju^
things fiv which he had ^^^'^^iJ
was the first money he had ever go« "J
his work. _._ .
oko-^NA, V. t. ^aeeiffe Oniwa. (wm^
primitive verb, and privative^ and nn^w
onite, join, poness. Badieal^ ou •«*
ena. AWied to oma.) . x ^
1. LUeraUyi to deprive of whit ooe
posMsses; to take away one's l»75i"
bring down to a k)w state;-*. T^«w«y'
toroin; to derooil; to pot to pWOTT^
8. To wrong; todo wrong to; *0W«?;
to horij;-4. To do tajostioe to; to w
oi\jost ti oi : okomona «in">n*V*!lL.
treat a man with injostice;- 6. Toj^'
to misose; to maltreat;-6. To w^J'
to break, ae: wayona intomh^ /•;;
violated the girl,— 7. To sin; to iriii»-
Digitized by
Google
ONDA.
C»6t]
ONL
gNM, at: wvmile kmyiae, i.6.t he hai
finned egeintt hU fiitiieri— 8. To inter-
rapt; to dittnrfa^ tut wa z'ona i^yoei
ngokcmilA mngodi waao^ L e. : lie diitorbed
the bees hj opening the hole in which
ther were.
k— OvBLA, qulf. fr. To deprive, fto^ finr j
to wroDginreepectto; to sin npon, Ac
— «— ^ Ohiba, eane. fr. To oanse^ nuUte, or
indooe to dq^iriT^ deetroy, wrongs nn«
Ac.
St— OKA, n. pL iiona. (From the Terb.)
1« Apeiwm whohai destroyed msny hi
war 1—2. A small destructive plant with a
red flower, which destroys the gardens^ so
that nothing ebe grows where it grows ;
—8. A string worn romd the n^ for
destroying e?il canses.
nm— ONA, n. (From the verb.) This word
is Qsed by some for a kind of ooop» made
of reeds only, and for the pnrpose of eon*
▼ejring fowls to the market. The same
thmg, or one similar to it, iinsed some-
times as a net fbr fishing. (See Hloio.)
It is not technical, however, signifying
simf^y some engine for confining animals,
and ii not generally known.
nko-*-ONAKAliA* y. i. (From ona, and kala,
denoting pecoliar force or empharia. AUM
to booakaJa. IHaleeiie enakaUu)
1. T6be depraved, eormpt; applied to
the mind, as : nmonta owonakelevo^ i, e. :
a man oi a depraved mind or heart; —
8. To be bent on mischief, .extremely
miasfaievoQs; to be frivokras, wanton, an
nmonta o wonakde n fika a bolala isinto a
ka li hi, Le.: a person who ii ndichievoos
c omes , throws things into pieces, &&, hot
does not steal them ;— 8. To be damaged,
deformed, defoeed, disfigured, ^Kmed,
worth nothing more^ an indabe yonke
yonakele, Le. ; the whde concern is spoiled;
—4b To be broken, torn in pieces ; to be
worn oat, a$t ingnbo yami yonakele, L e. :
my blanket is tern to pieces; — 5. To be
eztremdy wrong; to be sinfol to the
ntmost; tobeai\|ast.
— » QviXALiBA, cans. fr. 1. To depave,
eormpt, spoil, do mischief deform, defoce,
damage, &e. ;— 2. To do so in an aggra-
akn->OKrDA, v. t. (From a, prim, verb^ to
move^ go^ and onda, to extend, exteoidon,
]sogUi,Ao. BadieaHjf one «»^ anda and
encb; fUU some •• aonda.)
1. To beoomelank, slim, alender, meagre,
Oi t innkomo s'ondile ka sebnsika, i. e. :
the cattle are in a meagre state, it htUng
now winter;— 2. To berame lank, meagre
from pining, kmging after, from dedre,
Ac, as: o kambola abahl^ bake a ze
onde, i. e. t one who thinks mneh of his
IMends most become thin or meagre.
-— ^ QvDiLA, qnlf. fr. To become lank,
ftc> for, on account; to emaciate for, as :
ba ti knye wondela nine, wa ti ng'ondela
abanta ba knti be balewe, L e. : they said
to him, what do yon pine fbr? and he
replied, 1 pine fiir onr people because they
have been killed.
^— « OnuBA, cans. fr. To emadate.
um— ONDI, n. See u-MondL
nku— ONOA, v.t. Posftee, Ongiwa. (From a,
I^vative, and unga, to be power, strength,
the best^ much, £o. Compare nga, or ga.
See oneeza, qonga, eepeciaU^ umongo,
marrow^
1. lAieraUifi to have no superfluity,
not abundantly ; applied to provisions;-*
\enee, 2. To use fhigally ; not to be pro-
f^ or prodigal; to spare; to be frujgal,
saving, sparing, economical in the use of
food, money, &o. ; not to go to unnecessary
expense, a« : ma ni kwonge ukuhla a ka
ko nonyaka, i. e. : use the food sparingly,
there ii no abundance this year;— 2. To
spare ; to save by fhigality, a$ : kmuntu
wongiwe ngukuhh^ i. e. t this man has
been saved Qlrom starvatimi) by a sparing
use of fbod ;^^. To provide sparingly.
ukn— OKGAMA, V. Dialectic. iSe^Engama.
uku— OKQEZA, v. t. (From onga, and iza,
to make.)
This word Is now exdusivdy used among
f^e fWmtier tribes, and is more oorrect
than engen, used in Natal, for the latter
indicates rather a local addition than a
ma^ng up of a defidenoy. See Engeza.
nm— ONQO, n. See u-Mongo.
um— ONOOZIMA, n. See u-Mongonmo.
uku— ONHLA, T.t. JPoMMW Onhliwa. (From
a, primitive verb and nrivative, and uni, a
young, little one^ and Ida, to eat, feed.
See umu-iNhlu.)
I. Xi<era%: to foed a tittle one or young,
which is deiffived <tf its natural nurse;—
2. To nurse; to nourish a tittle diild,
which has lost its parents;— 8, To provide
nooridmient, the means for support, ati-
ment;— 4. To take care of orj^uanm, Ac*
— * Qnhula, aulf.fr. To provide nourish-
ment fbr; tofoedfor,d:c.
am— ONHLI, n. pL abon. (From onhk.) A
nurse; guardian ; provider,
is— ONHLO, n. {O^iion. (From onhk.) An
aliment; an atimentarypitjment.
um— OKHLO, n. ring. (From onhk.) Ati-
mentation; sostenanoe; proviuon.
Ib— ONI, n«pl.iionL (Fromona.) LUef^
att^i some kind of sinner; a person who
dow wrong, ii unjust, dsc
ub— ONI» n. (From ona.) A state of
wrong, i^lustice^ Ac; s i nft i hue ss, ati u
noboni obnkulu, L e. : he has a great deal
of sinfalness upon him, or hk depravity is
very great.
is
Digitized by
Google
OFULA.
[«]
OUDUL
QBk— ONI, ii« pL abonL (From oni.) Om
who does wrong) a d«itR>yflr| nobtor;
riiiner* Ac.
ONKE, D. aJU OxB. (From oni, a
plar of nni, 9ee u-Niiia, and ke, 9ee Ka
4—7. It is a a tn ic tur e similar to inye,
one, or nm-nnye, and, as it wefe^ a plnral
of this onit— ttityff. Tha Bi$. otla^ and tba
Kamba onde, prore tiie otymology of kt
to be eorrsot» siooe Ua and ndo aro ^UmUo*
Hct and exacUy nsed as ka 4)
"L lAimraUjf and ptvpmrl^i wlioerer,
wbatever; oommonlfft all; otery one;
the whole nnmber of partienlarSi The
word is oonstmeted as <^er noons in a
genitiye ease, at: bo & alnditn bonke
(from ba-onke), i. e. : th^ most ^e all
men, = all men most die ;^2. The whole
quantity, qnality, or amonnt^ cw t mmhla-
ba wonke (fhmi n-onke), i. e» : all the land,
the whole land ;— 'izii^omo M»ke (firom
li-onke), i. e. t all the catUe.
is— ONO, n. pL iaonow (From ona.) Wrong ;
inJQitioe; Tieei dn| trespass.
nka— ONWABA, r. t. mUi Bhwaba. (From
ono,-^««e the stem nono, and nooo^^^and
aba, to impart^ to gire^ Ma di eml iff one
wUh enaba 3> nwaba. AUied fo enmn,
etaba,^)
1. JPrimarily : to distribute a pleasnra-
blefsnmtion;— 8. To be in good health,
in eomfbrtable drcumtanecsi— 8. To feel
easy, to feel animation of WfMb; to sheer,
or enliTeB;-«-4. To delight, df i wonwa^
bile, i«e.: he is delighted ;«*4nhliziyo
yakeyonwatyiiwe, L a. : his heart has been
cheered. (It is identtoal with token,
wUeh is more commonly nsad in Katal
thanonwalMu)
nm— ONTA, n. A word bdongfa^ to the
tribes on the eastern ooasti It dmiotes
serpent^ and eatttalns the chief radicals of
inyoka« {Mdom hemrd in lifML)
nkn— OPA, v. L (From a, primittTe verb
and pri¥atif% and xxgm, to pass, hm, msh.
TkB 9en94 it t to Mibr a rimifaif out
CbMfNNVtOML)
L Toshed,<wsingak)it^ipi!gazi,le.!
m.i the arm spills bleoiC » tba bk>od
rons ftom the armt-^t. T^ bloed, an
isanhk sopsi La. i the hand Is Ueedfaig.
h*-^ Opoa, cans. fK To otaaet#Ueed; to
shed or spUi Uood.
nkn<-OPULA, ▼. t. (Fromopa, and ala,to
strain. DkOetiHo vpnhu EMMI^ one
wi^wpokkk Allied to epanu)
1. IMeraHjft to prcrent a mmdng ont
or over, by temofing or takhog away;
Aciio«^totalceofl^totiJceaway, ottyepua
fmbin cmlilweni, i yapakniela, i. e. t take
the pot from the fik^ it is (vU^ Hs oon-
tfli^) bobblinff Ofcri-^S. T» take fhmi,
a«: kwopnle nknhla embiietti» L a. i take
food oolof the not, (oiin while itisstm
standing on the fire.)
nkn--OBA, v* t. Faeekm Osiwa. (Frcm a,
pritatiTC, and nsa, to oombost, to bnm,
CZo#efy aUM to oka, tosooch, toc*a,to
fire. See fiisa. baaa, &c.)
1. 1^ TfM^ tprinuiniif, to e^ net
yoeainyama, i.e.i roast the Jeah or bss^
make it crisp, (Ut t prerent it ftom bon-
ing hard, let it not bwn)i«^a. To bsk^
as bread.
idni— OTA, T. t. AfciceOtiwa. (Froms,
prim. Tcrb to go, and nta, to pott, to
throw, to blow. C em p m rt oka, osa, bati,
^rnta, oco«i
1. LUeraU^ j to go to eKpoMC (to
cold, eee tamek) ; ienee, to warn, •# :
w'oto emlilweni, L e. : he warmed hfaoidf
attheflre;— B. To heat, to make hollar:
ukwota ngeainknni, i. e. : to heat with
wood;— 8* To kindle a fire; to tfn *»
maUng flr^ cut ntango ohiiala sots
ngalo» l.e.»wcisatiwoldimoaftrBak.
ingflrob
mm^ Otsla^ qnE fir. To warm ftnri at s
plaoa, Ac
nkn--OTAMBLA, ir. DMeMt, eee tmaa^
nkn^-OTJA, t. i, (From a, prifatif% iad
ntja, to bnm, #•• «a. Difcrgai fkcm <*^
asma<4afhmi mata, catja fromttta,*e.
2)MeeUe, etja, and this ahoW* that tts
word 4enotca tm m athing dliftreat mm
oia and akntja. iSMoltja,4o^
LUerai^ and pHnumlf z to jwnnt
fkombnming; tomake aUttla crisp; to
roast bnt not sharp.
nkte-OtlSA* ir* t. (l¥opsrlyt ihecsimhfB
Ibrm fhmi the obsototc tcrb cya, wM
is retained in tiie noon «-Mo|modfy. Tbt
word is common to the ftontinl tn^
the Natal tribes nae eya, ^yim, toitosdcf
Tootercomc IftcdatoongttiaFroiibir
tribes in all the aeiuei which arc iwm
by ahlnk Ko. 6— IQ, among tto ^itol
tAbes, and the Znhi. The ftmrtifertrilNS
nse, however, eyiic also in all its smii^
promiscnouslyViihoyisa. (Tkccc i nitomss
draw in what degree wcrd^ wUshwirt
dUKttcnt originally, at least iJ^J^J^
spect, became ^alecUcal or tribil sfUc^
war£, or snbstitnttfi the om i» the
llM— OZELA, T. i. (Fw«ia,pri«LV*^to
go, and nxda, to come fcrA, om, «•
lKolee<ie,eBela, «Mdtlca^ «f.i ota*.)
TV) dose; to be aleepy, drowsy^ eei «
y*0scb, i.«.t ho is drowsyj m.i cgbwi
over, incttnes over, ,^,.^
This word baa most prchab^ crigfasM
from a noise like o, made when Um
asleen, rimflar to snore j sec the 1^5'
1 S and CM ii» K<tf«l%^ to make cr-vkile
Digitized by
Google
PAHA,
CiW]
PAHLA*
ekaddf the fiiiit ofiiitliiiiiig I «f« ike Terb
Ek. At an •vaotf, it ifproper to oliferTe
that oida and eiala difbr originaltj (tee
the remark under oviaa) in lome degree,
as maj be eoUeoted uao froui songn-
zela,Ae.
P.
P haa generally, in Zohi-Kaflr, the dear
sound of the tame letter ai in the EndUdi
pU,pa$$; Kafir, ^iJcufa, pela, Ac It is
ooDTertible into h, /, and eonetiniee into
«• u can be seen from the diffflrent dialects,
and heard in negleotAil qMakiog. The
Sato has generally /, where the Znln^Kaflr
has9, o#: nknfc, (JMo), nkapa (Zulm).
When j» oeenrt in the auddle or at the
and of words which aienot mono^llabie,
it changes into (; (as 6 does into ^),— a. In
caasa of inflection, aei nknhlnpa-'ekn*
hhiljaneni; fipi— fhtjana ;*~i. In the
pasnre Tofcoe^ asi bopa— botjwa; kipa—
kitiwa» Ae.
nku— PA, T. t. Paeewe Plwa. (From the
root ipa^npa, the primaty eenee of whieh
Set topaaibtoeoaieto, toapproachji«aoe,
denoting neemessi oinsonass, or being in
contact with the snrfiiee or nppsr part of
anything; and ezactlj espreasing a mean*
iag like the prep.«2ioflh or on, ii|k In
these sensss it has sometimes the power of
a n sf ati en similar to the English um» Its
dieleetieal changes fx f m analogoos to
those of the Teatonie Ungoage^ aS' a p /
Saz.f^/ Pnteh o|i/ Qena.o^/ Ac)
1* Tog^Tei primirUgt to pass with the
band, or into the hand of another;— 2.
To eonfer ; to bestow, <w : wa ngi pa ingn*
be^ La.: be me me a dreaii— S. To
pr ee on t; to make a preient ; to oArgra*
tnitooslj; to favoor with a gift^ or : te si
piwe iamU, i^. : we weregifena preeent of
m one j i^ To stow; to pat; to pbioe;
to laj Of s to bring npon a heap, as : wa
paatyani, Lc: be laid gram npon (a heap);
— <6. To make, aei nkapa isinknni, Lc:
to make wood, wt, eoUeet it together.
Fa is need as a prefix tocSier prepo-
and denotes kwalitv, o#; pansi,
pakati, between; pedieya, beyond;
fan, aborsb Ac
- FsxA, fcpr* fr. To gire to endi other;
to make preeente to cash other.
Tbie farm is nsed with the oblSgntorj
aga (2L B.) h«t without naj Tariatbn of
psmm, nnmber, or time* M»d denotes a
ooorse by which something is to be carried
ont» or a ne ces sity as the conseqoence from
certain p m aiie e s , at: nmaaknsokiensimini
pmi ngapana ngi kn &ke entoloDgweni,
i,c: ifyondoaotgeteitofmy garden.
it win be neosnaiy-it will be the <
nnavoidaUc-*that I most put voo into
prison. (The ft>llowiDg Tcrb is alw^* ^
the snbjanctiTe, like that after ftin% ipiiek
ee§^
isi*-*PA, a. pi. isL (From the rerb 4 B*)
A sheaf; as t isipa samabele, i. e. : a com«
cheat (O^Aer» lue nmpa, pL imipa, which
in the XMa means a cols ■pihe» orieoep*
taele of the maiie after the com has been
separated from it^ I6r which the Zuim
nsBs ioobo*)
QiiK^PACiNQA,n. JHaleeiie. See Baxanga.
PACEKA. See Baoeka, mnder Bscc
nm*PAF^ n. pL imi. (Madioallg one wUh
pofii, eartb-cokHired.) A tree» or rather
tArnK much like the wild mulberry, hanng
a thick grey, or earth*coloured bark,
im— PAFAKA, n. A right tribotary to the
Tnkela, between the Unjesi and Umngeni,
caUed Kooi Birer. (It ismost probably
caned after some kind of wood like the
jM|^ lust as the Umngani has its name
from uie thorn wood.)
nkn-^PAFUKA, t. L (From pa, to paai, lb,
denoting air, wind, and un, to go out.)
To be shifting away with the wind. It is
<rft6a4 and the same aspepuka.
ukn— PAFUZA, T. t. (From palb, rather
pmmaiopoeUe, signifying the expnlsion of
aur from the month; and uas, to mak^
Uow. Jtadieai lj f tme wUh pefbsek.)
To whiff; to pufi; as air from the mouth,
or as smokers whiff out the smoke
nku-rPAHLA, t. t. (From pa, to approach,
and hk, come down. MadicaHif one mik
peUa, TfMo, pnhla, and £ihla. MUed to
1. To set or make a row or fincoia. t to
pUoe one between two cr more other
things, as ba pahla ohlesi pakati, L c :
they emdoee him who is in the middle as
in 0, 5, #,—4 is pahUwe, cr put in the
midst of the Une;— 2. To beset; to sur-
round; to enclose, as: nknpahla nmuntn
abanye ba m bakJa, L c : to snrround a
man wfaUe others kiU him ;— B. Topremon
aU sides; to endosc at : umusi wake wa
paUwa yimfd. i hlangana nayo epakati,
L c t his place was pr^ied on aU sides l^
the enemy engaging with the one inside ;
-^ To set, pis4^ or place things together,
a#: ba pahla isinto labo be hsmbs, L c:
they pat their things together, as thcj
were going on a journey.
— «- Pahlbki, quit. fr. To be in a beset»
•ononnded, endoeed state or conditioB.
Im-'PAHLA, n. pi izim. (From the Terb^
4.) Any article of moTcable goods, ntensU,
fhmltnre, property, ebattd, Ac
m-PAHLA, n. sing. (From the ?erb.}
iVopsHEy: the wood-work or sticks fitted
Md bound together in a form purposed to
14
Digitized by
Google
Paka:
[aw]
FAKATI.
wapport the corering; tommotU^t the
frune-work of a native home; appHoable
to any frame-work of bridges, sbipi, wagoni»
tenta»&c.
urn— 'PAHLA, n. pL imL (From the verh.)
A kind of wood, having a wlute bark, and
growing very straight. It if oonunonlj
wed fbr the npahl^ and hence its name.
nkn— PAHLAZA. y. t (From pahk. and
isw to make. JEtadiecUly one wUk pablnza.)
1. OnomaiopoeHoall^ : to make pahk,
pahla, said of rain when it falls in large
drops;— 2. lAUraUyi to strike down ; to
destroy; to dash, 0. g, : nma u gcibile in*
yamasana nmkonto n ngene knmnnto n
pahlaawe, L e. : if yon hare thrown after
a wild bock and the spear enters (nnforta*
nately) into a man who stands in that line,
he ii struck down.
nm— PAHLAZI, n. sing. (From pahlaza.)
A name for a large flat on the high lands
between the UmToti and Tokebi, so odled
on acconnt of the destruction that happened
to an entire large army which was killed
there by a dreadftil storm and lightning,
when riming from a plundering expedi-
tion. (The same place is also called itafa
lika Dayi, L e. t the flat of Dayi, who was
the commander of that army.)
PAHLU. An exclamation, signifying
the sound or nmse of something coming in
a distance, oi : s'ezwa amaheshe a bluk lapa
a ti pahlu, L e. : we heard horses passioff
Shere, making a noise (with tbdr hoofin
epahlu! (The J^bfahasbahlu.)
um— PAJA, n. See Fantja.
nku — PAEA, v. t. (From pa,* up, upon, and
ika, to put, to dip. McuU e ally one toUh
peka, pka, poke, puka, and faka. AlUed
to baka, beka, &o. Sie. fliga.)
1. To dish up ; to dip out, or take up
with the hand, a» : paka ukuhla embizeni,
i. e. : take food out of the pot ;— 2. To put
into a spacer or between two things, as to
put the hand between the bars of a cage;
—8. To put into an opening; to put
through, a#: paka intambo eaiaingeni,
i. e. : put the string through its noose.
— Pakbla, qulf. fr. 1. To put forth
from between;— 2. To dip out from; to
take with the hand, or with a ladle, from a
Tcssel, oi : pakela ukuhla emlnzeni, L e. :
dish up the food out of the pot ;— 8. To
dish up for ; to help one with food, as: wa
m pakela ukuhla, i. e. : he helped him to
some food,
isi— PAKA, n. pi. iii. (From the Terb.) A
scar ; a mark in the ikm remaining after
a wound was healed; hi,: something
caused by a contact with the sucfece.
um— PAEA, n. pL ama. (From paka 2.)
A flguratiTe appeUation for wild cat, de-
scriptive of its cunning in putting its
dawi into or through any small wgtu,
taking fi>wls out of a cage. For thii
reason it also ii supposed by the natiiw to
be a witch-cat.
PAKADE, adv. (From pa, betwtn,
and kade^ wkieh see,)
JMeralUfi since long; nnoe a ksg
time; a long time ago; a long intemL
Applied to tkejkiiurei a kmg tine bmei;
emp^aUealUf. eternal, everlasting, ai:vo
hlida pakade, i. e. : yon shall Hve ibr efv.
nku— PAK AMA, v. i. (From paka, put ^
and ima, to move, to stand. Theeemiii
to pass or move upward, in a stuMfiaf
position. See Akama. Sie. pagaioa.)
1. To rise upward; to keep aniqirigh^
strught pontion, a# t wa ti kuye ptluM
unga lali pansi, i. e. t he said to 1dm ri«
up, or stand erect, and do not lie dovi;
—2. To rise above ; to stand abo?e toy
other olject, asi lenhlu i paksmila ki
naleyo, i. e. t this house rises even ibore
that one ;— 8. To be high, elevated, lofty,
at I intaba epakannleyo, Le.: a k^
mountain;— 4. To be elevated in lui*
condition, ofiice, &c.
— — Patavbt.a, qulf. fr. To rise abof^ cr
stand above, higher thmn any other olge^
aex lenhlu i pakamele leye» i-e.: thii !
house is Mgher than that
— Pakakisi, cans. fr. 1. To raise; to |
set upright; to erect, ati wu pskto^
umpongolo^i.e.: pUu» the caikereetr- <
2. To lift up; to take up; to heave, «:
kwa pakanyiswa uto olnlahlekiley<H i*^' |
there was something Ufted up (in order to ;
be shown) which YmX been lost. |
nm— PAKAMISI, n. pL aba. (From pikt-
misa.) Aruser; one who lifts npiosM*
thing. .
im— PAKATA, n. pi. izim. (Froia pikt.
come up or put between, and ita, to ihoot,
throw.)
A shoot of a maiie-plant oomiog non
the root or the lower part of the stem* in
bearing fruit ; kenee, a sucker of any fitnt
or tree, bearing fruit.
PAKATI, prep. (From ?•,««•"•
verb, and kati, a limited qpace. ^^^'"f^
pakata, inkati, &c ^r. gari. -^o*^
kati; both avoiding, or without thepNBs
pa.)
Between; within; among; ins*^ •**
pakati kwenhlu, i.e.: inside of thebowe.
um— PAKATI, n. pL ama. (From pskats.}
lAierai^fi a person coming froma^ej*
or coming with a greater one ^^.•J!
same stem; being inferior to the prinop
one. ,
ThU is a title given to all headsieiij
a tribe subject to one chieL '^^J^
between the chief and the cornmou pwj
asagenU for aU the afikirs betwetf t^
u
Digitized by
Google
^ Mil mBf ^ 1 1 * ■<!* ^ HMMi
..^, .^.^^.^ ^^ ^^^.^^ ^ ^...^ .^^
»^.^. > -- l._ ..^- ,- ^.f»^^..>A^^
falakA.
[266]
PAMBANISA^
ddeftnd the tribe. Thii definition refen
more to the " Fkkati" amonff the iWtntier
tribes.
In the Zohi the word comei nearer to
iti original dgnlfieation, becaose the ** Ama-
pakati** are Uie kraals or places which lie
Mtween the king's quarter and the Ama-
panhla, L e. : oa&plaoes ; jmd these phuses
being chieflj ooenpied by the amabnto^
i. e. ! sokBers, warriors, they are synonym-
oos with the Utter. Besides these, this
name is a title of all great men who are
ehiefii by Inrth and commanders of a tribe,
in sabjeetion, howerer, to one great king.
The name referring to thdr office they
keep nnder the king is in-Dnna.
am— PAKATO, n. pL imi. (From pakata.)
The thin or depnssed plaee«or space be*
tween the rib and the hmd leg ; the flank.
(More common among the frontier tribes.)
un— PAEO, n. pLimL (From paka. SU.
mofiigo.)
A portion of food, vU. : nknhla okn-
patela nmnnta ohamba, i. e. : food which
a man takes with him when going on a
ymrnejjjoNrMiyii for a jonmey.
nkn— PAKUL A, r. t (From pain, and nUi,
to strain.)
T6 take ont qoiokly ; to empty rashly ;
to eraeoate, a$'. piJrala ixinyosi, i.e.:
to take ont honey fW>m a hole, which
most be done qnickly, becaose the bees are
irritated by it, and will sting him who
takee the h oney*
nka— PAKULAZA, y. t. (From paknk, and
ixa, to make. Other* hisve paknlnza.)
!« To take oat from one and pat into
another Teasel;— 2. To empty one and pot
the food into another ressd ;— 8. To take
ont and give away.
id— PAKULO, n. (Frompakah.) FSffwra-
<M«fcf t a hot-spar; a hot-lmdned person,
oka— FALA, t. t. (From pa, and ila, to stain.
JUieraUy : to pass forth; to strain apon.
MadicaUy one with pehi, pih^ pok, pak.
CMmeidtny wiih bahu Compare flpak.)
1. To shaTO or scrape off the siq>erflcial
aobstance of a thing, euz okapala isi-
komba, L e.: to sbaTO a hide, to take off
the hab with a sharp instrnment ;— 2. To
acnq;woat, m : pala mibiza, i. e. : to scrape
cot apot, vig. the food which has remained
in H;— 8. To poMi, a$; pala itambo,
L e. : to Boliih a bone. (In the Xota it
^cnifles auo^ to galbp, from its Ui. sense
' OS pashing on.)
oka— PALAKA, ▼. i. (From pala, andika,
to oome oot» op. See P^dala and Pslasa.
Badi e aUjf one wUh peleka and palaka.
ab.pakiga.)
To ra^ oat, ae : amanzi a palakile esi-
tyeoi, i.e»: the water has rnshed oat of
thoTsneL
oka— PALALA, t. t. (From pala, and ih^
to strain. See palaka and palaza. JEtadu
eaUy one wUh pelek, pnlok, &c.)
To ran orer ; to flow orer ; to s^mII, ae :
wa tda erityeni a se a palale amanri, i. e. :
he poared into the yessel nntil the water
flowed o?er.
aka— PALAZA, ▼. t. (From pab^ and in,
to make. See IHOaka and PkOak.)
To spin ; to shed ; to eflhse.
— Palazeka, qnlt. fr. Tosi^ orer; to
ran orer, as : isitya sa wa pann a ce a ti
amanri a palazeke, i. e: the vessel foil
down so that the water was sjnlling oat.
— PalazblI, qolt fr. To spill, shed,
eifosefor, forth, a$t amanzi a palazelwe
yena,Le.: water was poared oat apon him.
im— PALI n. pi. izin. (From pala.) Liter-
atbf : something of a scraper, viz, : scrapings,
i— PALO, n. pL ama. (From pala.) ShaT«
ings; scrainngs.
im— *PALO, n. pi. iam. (From pala. (Hhere
have ampalo or ompala.) IMeraUjf: some-
thing which has been scraped ont; henoe,
a hollow in a tree, a» : izinyosi za ngena
empalweni, i. e. : the bees went into the
hollow of a tree,— 2. A cave in a moan*
tidn or xock, nsnally a cave for retreat or
n— PIMA, n. See Ptom.
oka— PAMBA,v.t. Pa*«w, Pfenjwa. (From
pa, and amba, to separate from, to go, &c.
SadiccUfy one wOh pemba, jdmbo. AJUed
to bamba. The eente i» i to pass io front.)
1. Primarily : to oome in contact with
a point ; to meet at a point, as : nkapamba
igak, L e.: to Und a (broken) caUbash
with cane (in the way as sweetmeat pots
are bonnd) by cross bin^g ; — 2. To cross ;
to revert; to reverse, aez inkomo sa yi
beka ikanda U ngapa omnia o lapa si boye
i pambde, i.e. : we lidd the cow with the
head to that nde, and the tail to this, and
when we retomed it had changed its posi*
tion ;— 8. To torn back; to hold back, as :
nga panjwa yindaba, i.e.: (when I was
coming hither) I was tamed or called back
by someaflkir.
«— « Pambaka, rcpr. fr. 1. To cross each
other ; to come in opponte directions, as :
sa pambana nkoya emkongonhlovo, i. e. :
we crossed one another in going to
Maritzbnrg, vie,: the one went to^ and
the other came from, that place;— 2. T(v
lie perverse, the one this way and the
other the opposite way, or the oppermost
end down.
— PAMBAiOBAf qolfl fr. 1. To reverse;
to pervert; to torn opside down; to pot
in the wrong way, on the wrong ride ; — 2.
To take or hold something at the wrong
end, <w : o yi pambaiurile incwadi, L e. t
yoahold the book in the wrong way, the
Digitized by
Google
FAMBnrroKL
imi
.narpu«
iqpper end I0 down 1— 4^. To croii 1 to Uj
acroft; to pat two piooet 10 togotlur «■
to moot or tooeb mth otbtr at their
poiDtf;— 4b To exchange; to interchange;
to place one in the office of another* at :
amabuto a paijanifiwe^ L e. t the icddiers
hare been dumged;— 5. To oroea; to
obatruot; tonpert. at: wa m pambanifa
ngokoknlnma kwake^ i. •• : he obetnicted
him in hit preaching.
— — Paxbaittssla, qolf. fi. To renrae^
tc^ for, aboot, Ac.
«^« PAMBAiri8BL4NA, rcpr. fc, To exchange
plaoee; to r^ere eadi other; to put one
in the place of the other. •
«-— Paxbiki, qnlt ft. To be the rerene;
to he ^"^mg; to be mietaken; to err ; to
blander. This form haa tipocuX lefisrenoe
to the hearing or understanding, and ex-
preaiea exactly the aenae of mi», asi ngi
pambekUe okozwa, i. e* : I have beoi
amisa In hearing, s I hare miaheard^ or
heard wrong.
im-PAMBANIS]i:LWANA,n« (Frompam-
baniselana, a peanfe form.)
Exchange or relief of wat<dL
Im-oPAMBANISO, n. (From pamhaniaa.)
Perverting ; difference ; diaeord; eontra-
diction.
im— PAMBANO, n. (From pamhana.)
Something which la the rereiie or another ;
the oontraipj.
ki-PAMBATft TI. or TU, a. (Prom
samba, and t% ki^ thrown. MU^d to
bambata.)
A epeeiea of tree, eontaining rmry valu-
able wood, used 0vr faandlea, aiM eipidall j
fat aticka to fight or beat irith.
i8i--PAMBEK0. a* (From pambdmO ^
miatake, error, or blunder.
PAMBl, prep. (From pamba. Ori^
mU^ a noon, which haa loat ita imgdnal
fSwm. LiUralUft reveiaia.)
1. In ftont; bj, fbc% near the fore-
part^ cut abanta hemi pamU kweokoai.
Leu: the people itand in front of the
ehief ;»a. Before,
PAMBILI. adT. (From pambi, end Oi,
atraaaed. SU. pele. SmmU mbelle.)
1. Before; in time preeediog; pveoed-
iog the pre i ent tia»e^ at % abaatu aba be
ko pamUli, i,e»: people who had been
liTing before this tiaie;«-S, la front ;
tether onward in time andia ^aee^ mi
wa haaU)a pambili. La. t he walked ia front
(of them);---8. Forward; tether on, at:
80 beka pambifi, i.e. : we ihall look forward.
Thia word ia ooeaiioaally uaed w a
prqk., aad the foUowiag word ia goremed aa
aamil:— pambiUkwake^ Le.: before him.
im— PAMBINTOm, a. (From pamba, and
infoni, bird; Ut^i coaiiag in eonta^ with
birda.)
A aame of a ri? er, the nest to Ana-
hfoagwa, fouth-weat from the bay of Hihd.
urn— PAMBO, n. pL imL (From pamba.)
"L A handle, which holda oppoiite eadi^
M I umpambo wemhiai, L e. : a haadleof
a pot;— 2. A hoop of a caik,
aka-*f AMBUKA, t. L (From pambs, aid
aka, to go ofl^ away.)
1. To deflate; to tnra or depart from
the common or right way or ooon^ at:
pambuka enhleleni, i.e.: tarn oat of the
load;— 2. To diverge; to he divert^ at:
iswi leli U pambukiU ekutini, Le.: tUi
word haa diverged from a certain meauog.
«.-«. Paxbitkaka, tivpt. fr* To be diiereat
from each other; to be diffaring, vaikeib
Ae.
•Mi* pAX^puDU, qulf. fr. !• To turn ande
te. into ; to atep off the way for, eif.! to
atop at aoiae plaoe ; to lodge ^-S^ To
make room te another, a#: omnayewi
pambakeU omunye, i.e.: the one Made
room for the other; went oat of the wi^
that the other ooold go there.
•^-^ PAjjCBUXiiA, cana. fr. 1. To tarn aadi;
to torn oat of the way ;-*2. T6 pervert;
tovedooe; tonualead.
im— PAMU, n. 1^ id. (From pa, to meet;
to approach* and amn, open, St$ 1^
Bamu.)
LUmraiUfi a blow with the OMI (band);
applied to the pahn of the hand, a» 1 aka-
2kaiBkpamu,Le.( to give the paba of the
hand, r= to ^ve a atnke^ abp^ with the
fiat hand.
uku-^PANDA, V. t. (From pa, apoa. nd
iada, to extend, eapaad. MUMkf •^
eeiapindavprnido, panda. MlMio)itA
to apread.)
1. To take root; to apraad voot% m:
amuti u ya paada. 1.0. : the tree apreadi ifti
laoti;— 2, To root oat ; to extiraetis to
tarn ap the earth, aa awine or wild hOiP r-
8. To eradicate; toaorateh, oei iakikai
ya panda emhlabeni« Le.c the haa etntciiei
in the earth ;— 4. To remora the eeith
fromaplaee which haa been digged, et:
panda amhUba emgodini, Le.i ttuowibe
earth oot from the bolai-^ To vault; to
aiake a eeUer, dEO. , ^
am--^PANDA, n. pL uni. (Fiaa pwda.)
A large pot whwh ia worn out.
im-^PAKDE, n. pL iaim. (From pmida.)
Aroot;
iaa— PAKDU,n. (From panda.) X^fowOv:
the time for turning or bm a kiag ip tee
ground for eowiag. It differa aeemdhig to
the fooahtiea. bat uanaUy hMla frma the
audit of Anguat to September.
urn— PANDU, n. pt imL (From pwda.)
1. A ctTity ; cavern or hidlew» #t: oa*
paadu wewa, la.: ft«wri^ of aiaik}—
2. Anarch; a vault; aceUac*
Digitized by
Google
FijreBiA.
C«r]
FAHgL
M-i-PANi; s. pL in. (From piii% lepr.
ftom fM.) A penon who giTM to othen;
a beneT<uent» a hoipitabla peffOO»
vkift— PANOA, T. t. (From pa, npoo, abd
iaga, powtr. Sadi c ai igf on§ witk Donga,
pioga, pBBga. Tkt mum as to beitow
powtr opoo. Allied to baiiga«)
1. To take pain i to use power, atrangtb,
mi: paiigauki&haiDba,Le.: makt that yoo
go qniok, no qoiok f— 2. To me force;
to take by force; to take violentlj; to
rob; to plunder ; to teiie bj fiolenea* a$ :
ba m pangile impahla jake, La.t they
robbed him of hk goods ;-^« To anautt
and take.
fc— PAKOAiri^ rq^.fr. To rolv to pinndar
each other.
— — PAireBLA, qolf. tti To preai or urge in
iBotioQ; Amm* to ontgo; to ontron; to
oreraom^ a#} wa ngi pangela nknya
etogwini^ i a. I ho ontoan me when goipg
to the bay.
fc— Pakoblila, freqt.fr. 1. To outran {to
imtgogreatlyi— 8. Tq fob^ plunder totally,
to tiie hwt thUig.
«^^ PAHOBULurA, rcpr. fr. 1. IN) outran
eaoh other entirely s—^ Torofab plander
eaoh other to the kit thing.
— — PAjreuA, oaoe. fr. LTo oanie to rob,
Ae.;—- 2. To ran rapidlys to apeed, a#:
nkopangiia nkuhamba, la.: to walk with
great eekrity or reloeitr.
Thif fiirai is ganarally mad in Zola to
express a qnaltty which QM thing pMMSMS
hi a higher degree than anotbtr, a propor-
tion whioh other languages express by a
oomparatiTeb Oft nmbuan pangisa amabele
nkohtama. Let malae grows qaidcsr, or
more rapidly, than the corn,
fan— PANQA» n. pL iaim. (From ponga.)
The frnit of the wn-Ptei^a, math Hke an
acorn* It la hoUowad oaft» and nsad for a
miff bar,
isi— PAKQA, n. pL isL (From panga.)
JU ▲ jat; a part prqjoctuig beyond the
mauft body, as a prmaotiBg aoontaini—
2.Theshooklsr^hbdeb
mn— PAKQA, n. pL tasL (From panga.)
X^terafiir t aprneotlng Or CKtending mam ;
appllidto slgaiiy a q)eeiea of wild banana
troe^ of the laates of which tasks am made
for keeping tobaooo^ An.
fa»— FAKaAHIYA. n. (From panga, and
hiya, demoting a Itq^iai^ with wings lifted
np.)
A name for the Ostricl^ signii^iBg its
lea{ung. fSee in-Tye.)
im— PAKGBLfi,n.pLiaimk (iVioaipangala.)
Gninea fowl| to aalled from their nmning
with Telocity.
nkn--PAKOfi^ t. t (From pan^^ and
isa» lii.t to make pangBi qokk.) To
I ) ap^ied to nmning or working.
im— PANO^ n. pL ab% (Frompaiga.) A
robber, phmdtrer.
i— PAKOO, n. nog. (From panga.) LUe*
ralUf t a being romd or plundered i hmtet,
a TacoQBi, eonUness^ a state of containing
nothing but air, t#: nnepango^ La.: he
has an empfy stomach, Fxelosif dy applied
and
toaboiiffry
im— PAKQO, n. pL inm. (From panga.)
Spoil, plunder, prey,
nks— PANHLA, t. t. (IVom pa, \
nhla, denotiog a meeting of one body
against another. BadieaUjf oat wA
ponhla. Allied to pahla, pehla« AOi» ba«
nhk.)
1. Tohnrt the ^e; UUraUgi to gift
one's self a stroke or a blow m the eye,
ott ngi panhliwe ngoluti, i.e.: I haire
been s&uck with a rod (in the eye); — 2.
To expoee; to put to danger.
mmmmm Pavbxika, qult. fr. To beoomt hurt ;
to receive a hurt in the ejre.
181— PANHLA, n. pL izi. (From impanhla.)
A ring or armlet of a skin retaining its
hair. The jya^/teafaon %$ : sooM miudng
for an exposi&on» public show, as well as
a means against a hurt^ to parry off a
stroke, Ac.
im— PANHLA, n. pL ixim. (From the
Torb^ 2., to expose.) 1. A bald-head ^-2.
Abare^or exposed place,
nm— PAHHLAf n. pL ama. (From the rerb,
2.) ^ ^ ZuU cowdryi ont*kraals;
ont-postsi those nlacts which are outside
from the chiefs place and the amapakati,
qe I kn semapanhleni, Le. t it is ontaide.
^CPANHLAZI, )n.pLiom. (From
^ I PAKHLAZISA, i panlda, and si oriisa,
to bring; to make to come.)
lAUraUff i a substance growing npon or
from another ; descriptiTo of a parasitical
plant, which grows even to the bulk of a
tree upon other trees.
PANHLE^ prsp. (From panhla, 2.
£(ff.kantle.) Outaide; without; besides,
tui lento 1 paahle kwake^ L e. : this is
ontside of him ;— ngapanbie kwanhh^ L a. :
outside of the boose.
PANHLB, pp. (From panhk.) £x-
poaad; open ; bm^ at t si y'esaba nkolala
kn len^n i panhle^ L e. : wa are afraid to
tlesp in that house it being aiposad to
danger, outside of the place.
PANSI, prep. (From pa, mo, on,
and nsi, signiQringttfth, gronady from the
sense of burst forth, thrown opso. See
beoti, above the ground, gon% aider
gronnd. Olhere hone pantsi. At, fotsi,
tiie earth. This word k trident^ a noun
whidi has lost its nom. foim; or was ori*
ginallf without one^)
1. Below on the earth ; down on the
ground ; benaath^ under,
Digitized by
Google
g»l..l*. .^
II* mi ^11 Ai Utl m
PAPA.
CM83
PASAKA.
ptnri, i.«. : on the earth bebw;— 2. Be-
low, bene»th» under, in pboe^ a$: puiii
kwomhlabo, Le.: under the earth; — 8.
In a oomparaHve seiue : inferior in rank;
in a itate of aubjection, at : u pansi kwo-
mune wake, i. e. : he is under hii brother :
— imaller in iize, in a lesMr degree than,
oi : ifliUli lawo si panai kwa leao^ L e. : the
thidmeaa of thia tree ia leaa than of
that,
wn— PANTJA, n. pL iml (From pa, upon,
on,andntja, project Dio^eo^ paja, and
batja. Allied to pantjwa, paadfe of
pamba.)
A fashion of letting the hair grow under
the head-ring, whidi, on that acconnl^
prqjeets high,
uktt— PANYBKA. t. t. (Prom pa, to giro,
upon, on, and nyeka, to go in, ue nya II.,
or, which is the same, ft^m nya, firm, and
ika, to put, to fix. The lUenU sense i$ :
to giro a fixed phoe. See Penya, and
Punynka.)
1. To hang upon or on; to place upon
something fixed on high, m : wa yi pa-
nyeka edkonkwaneni ingubo yake, i.e.:
he hung his dress on tiio nidi; — 2. To
suspend.
Im— PANYESO, n. pL ixim. (Prom panya,
ra(iica% ofitf toj^A penya, and iso, eye.) '
Literally : an eye fbr hanging at ; a
hole, aperture, perforation. (This appears
to be the proper etymology; the word
can, however, be derired firom a cautetiye
of panya, to make a hanging, = ear or
hook, which amounts to the same.) •
uku— PANZA, T. t (Prom pana, see Pane,
benerolent, and iza, to come, and the sense
wouldbet to come to benefactors ; oriVom
pa, upon, and ansa, to feel a want of
, food ; to rid one'a aelf from want. See
ihnsa, nansa, yanza. AlUed to bansa,
banzi, &c)
Tb life by asking or begging fbod;
applying especially to those poor people
who come to their fKends for suroort, and
sUy so long with the latter ujM there is
a better chance fat them.
im— PANZA, n. pi. izim. (From the verb.)
One who lires with his fKends, and receires
his food from them; a beggar,
um— >PANZA, n. sing. A right tributary to
the Impafana-riTer, coming from the moun-
um— PANZI, n. pL aba. (Prom panza.) 7%e
same as im-Panza.
uku— PAPA, T. t. (J. repetition of ^ to
meet, approach, pan. Sadicalfy one with
pepa, and pupa.)
To fiutter. See Panama,
ia— PAPA, n. pL izu (From papa.) 1. Lite'
raUy : any thing paasing away soon ;
deseriptiTe of some phmt8» of a kind of
eui^iarbia, of the mushroom* dee. ;— 2. Ap-
]^ed to a dull person, who is redkooed us
a mushroom,
uku— PAPAMA, T. t. (From papa, and ioi,
to more. Sadiealfy one wUh papoma.)
1. To flatter ; to more or flap the wiogi;
to stretch out the wings, as birds ;— 2. Tb
wake early, as : nza ku patjanywayob le.:
when (peofi^) awake early in the maning;
lit, : when they shake off aleep.
— - Papaicbla, quit fr. To flap for; to
wag, asi Indwangu i ya papaniidB, le.:
the flag wares.
«— Pjipamisa, cans. fr. T6 waye,asaflig;
to waken from sleep,
uku— PAPATEKA, t. t. (From papa, and
iteka, from ita, to touch, take, and ika, to
go oft away.)
To take away in a fluttering manner, or
when fluttering. (This word is oolj a
dialectic difooice from pepetAa, wftiel
see,)
uku- PAPAZELA, t. t. (From papa, and
izela, to come forth, to make often. Badi*
ealfy one with 'pepwilsL,)
Literally : to be flattering about; to
be in agitation, in concision, in fr^t> at:
opapazda u baleka ngokweaaba, L e. : he
who runs away ftt>m frar, is in conftiMk
u— PAPE, n. pi izim. (From papa.) LA
feather ;— 2. A plume;— 8. A wing,
i— PAPU, n. pi. ama. (Frompiqpa.) Along,
um— PAPU, n. pL iml (From ipapo.) An
inflammation of the lungs.
uku— PAQULA, y. t. (From pa, upon, and
quia, to beat. Ba diea lhf one with poooli.)
To remoye (the fllth) which baa accnaia-
lated upon (the body) aei paqola isanfaK
1. e. : rub off the dirt which is oa^ the
huid. (This is to be perfivmed by pot-
ing some other substance^ usually dung or
clay, on the hand or the body, and uaa
the filth is rubbed oil; as when iron aztidei
' are rubbed or scoured with sand.)
uku— PA8A, y. t. (From pa, to put, and iei
I, to be stationary to some degrae^ ^laee.
JRadioaUy one with piBtu AJUedto paka,
pata, dee. Xosa, xasa.)
1. LitenUfy; to put somethinff under;
henee, to stay ; to stem from Ming, as:
ukupasa inhla ngensuka, i. e. : to stay a
honse by a {uHar ;— 2. To stay; to inter-
cept; to interrnptt to seise on; to stop
in progr e ss, ast uknfaku mpa^le, le.:
death baa sdied on him^— 8. To cany
away; to carry off; applied lo any power,
good or eyil.
«— PAfiANA, r^. fr. 1. To stay, interocpt,
interrupt, Ac, each other, as : ba paaeiie
abezwani be kuluma bobaInU ftati, le.:
they interrupted one another and none
could hearbecauee they spoke too Braeb,
or sereamed themsdves out of breath.
Digitized by
Google
PATAZA.
CW]
PAZAMISA.
— — Vaskka, qoh. fr. To beeome stajad,
fto^ <u : Qknik ka m bambile lapo n paaeka
kona, i. e. : deaik bM takea hold <^ him,
where he stopB in his prograM.
nm— PASI, D. pi aha. (IVom pasa.) One
who itays, intemipts, Ac.
nkv — ^PATA, t. t. (From pa, upon, on, and
ita, to toooh, to take. Th0 sense is : to
lay the hand npon a thing; to take it
between the fingers. SadwtUfy one with
peta, pota, puta.)
1. To tonch ; to peroave bj the sense
of feeling; to feel ;— 2. To meddle with;
to handle; to take^ <m: a ngi patanga
insimbi yako, L e. : 1 have not touched
your beads ;— 8. To handle ; to treat, as :
wa A pata kabi, i. e. : he treated ns badly;
—4. To bear ; to carry in the hand, as :
a pete incwadi, i.e.: he carries a letter
in his hand^-5. To relate; to mention,
as X ni nga ke ni ngi pate, i. e. : yon must
not at any time take my name on
your lips, mnst not refer to me, or men-
tion me. •
*— Patavjl, repr. fr. To touch each other ;
to meddle with each other ; treat, to refer,
vdate to each other, &e.
— — Patbka, quit fr. To ba tangible ; to
be palpable.
«»— Patbla, qnlf. fr. 1. To take forth ; to
take or carry with ; to bring with, as :
nknhla a kn patela nmnntu, i. e.t food
wlueh a man carries with bin ;— 2. To
take or canr with, far, as: a ka ngi pate-
knga impahla yami, L e. : he has not
brooght my things for me with him.
— — * Patilxla, firaqt. fr. To stay, rest»
lean i^kni, against, as : wa patelela ngaye,
i. e. : he lamed himsdf with his hands
npon him,— rested himself on him.
*-—« Pasblblava. ropr. fr. To stay, rest
or lean against, on each other, as : ba
patelelene, t e.: they leaned one on the
> other with the hands.
^-«» Patisi, cans. fr. 1. To canse or make
totondi, take, carry, Ac.; — 2. To catch,
tosriie, asi inyamazana i patisiwe ensim-
bini, i. e.: the wild ammal has been
canghti ensnared in the iron trap.
— ^ Patisaka, ropr. fr. 1^ dasp ; to shnt
dose together as an iron trap.
«kn— PATALALA, T. i. (From pata, to hold,
and lala, to He down.)
1. To lie on the Imndson the ground;
to foil npon the hands, or coming with the
hands forst on the ground, when foiling;
to foil flat on thegrmmd; to foil extended;
—2. To lie flat on the ground ; to have
no strength to rise.
ukn— PATAZA, t. t. (From pata, and iza,
to engage.)
To engage in fighting with the hands ;
to engage m dose fight
PATELENI. A combination of the
perfb. form of patda, and ni, contracted
from nina, what, how ; lUeraUy : how
palpable, how reasonable, dear, plidn.
It is used in gi^g consent or approba-
tion to what has been said or remarked on
a sulgect^ without any variation of person
or number, and if strictly taken dlip&cally,
asi patdeni, u e. : how reasonable (is
that which you say !)
urn— PATI, u. pL aba. (From pata.) One
who tooches, carries, &o. ; a bearer, as :
umpati wencwadi, i. e. : a bearer of a
letter,
iii— PATO, n. pi. iad. (From pata«) A han-
dle; a candlestick, &o.
n— PAU, n. pi. irim. (From paula. See
Dan.) A mark; sign; notch,
nku— PAULA, t. t. (From pa» upon, and
ula, to strain. BadieaUMf one with nda,
to strain upon. AUied to bala, ganhu)
1. To mark; to cut or make a mark^—
2. To give away, as: ukupaula inkoaio,
L e. : to mark catUe^ — which originally
was done when it was giren away. See
Paulda.)
Paulela, qulf. fr. To mark for one,
vU,: to giye away to one, as: wo ngi
paulda itole, i. e. : you must gire me a
calf, = wo ngi pa itde.
ifli— PAWU, n. pi. isi. (From pa, to pass,
and wu, most probably from pu, and only
a dialectic diflference firom isipapa, Sw
£owe.)
A small white mushroom, whieb is
poisonous.
PAYA, adT. (From pa, upon, on, and
iya, to go, going. See Lokuya, Ac)
JPtoperljf : yonder ; at a distance within
view. When this word is used the natiyes
usually point the hand into that direction ;
— inkomo i paya, L e. : the cow it yonder,
ss: is yonder, there.
It is sometimes compounded with the
demonstratiye la,— lapa^, when a dearer
or emphaticd pointing is aimed at.
um— PAZA, n. pL imL (From pa, and isa,
to make.)
A name of a tree (denoting not so
beayy, less heayy, near^ coineMtg wUh
impansa.)
uku— PAZAMA, y. L (From m, upon, un,
pass, and zama, to moye little, to moye in
a yibrating way. BadieaUy one with
pazima.)
To be unsteady ; to be thoughtless, in-
considerate. (Ttiui word is often used
qriMmymously with paiima.)
— — Pasaiosa, caus. fr. 1. To make un-
steady ; to hinder ; to intereept by break-
ing in upon the course or progress of a con-
yeisation, Ae., <m : wa ngi pawmisa nffi sa
fona nkukulnma, Le. : yon interrupted me
Digitized by
Google
FBTCMtJUL
im2
FBHLXTIiI.
whn I wu going to mj moni— B. To
make to fkili to intke to fUl ibort.
PAZANA, adr. (A dimhiittiya ftrm
from pad.) Lightar; laaaar; fmaUff.
PAZI, adr. (FMm pa, on, mi,— and
ii^ aensai, feriinga, aaaan. S%eprimaty
tetuB i$ : what maeta tha fealinga; apptiad
to weigbt, kenoe, what Sa not heavy;
exaetlTai thaOermanffiifdkMf*. Compare
nma, heavy. AlUed to peia.)
Between heavy and light j middling;
a middle weight; leaa hMvy, at: nza n
tela amabaK tela km be paii kn nga kn
aindi, L e. : when yon poor in eoni| von
mnat poor that it be not too heavy, leat
yon dnk nnder it.
From tiie oreeeding fnatanee, aa well aa
from the anaiyaia, it ia dear that nail is an
original noon, aignifying eareftuneai, and
the latter part <n the Inatanoe woold be
esaotly t — ^poor to be earefhl ttiat M may
net be too heavy for yon. Coming near to
tha meaning of pama, which oontaina tiie
aama radieala aa paai.
tiro— PAZIMA, T. L {8$9 Paama, with
which it radicdiUf eoineidei. Compare
ewaiima, nyazima, and zima.)
1. lAUralUfi to be nnateady; qyplied
to the alght of the eyea; henee^ to twin-
kle; to wink with the eyccw: idba bn«
Ude bonke ba nga parimi, i.e.: yon kill
them all, that they may not open half an
eye more^ «s to look very frlntly, to aee
oidy ikintly; — 2. To glimmer between, or
throogh; to aee with the eyea half doaed ;
to see with half an ^e, ae i Inkamba i ngi
pazimlle, L e. : the boffido has seen me
with half an eye.
nkn— PBCA, v. t. (From pa, meat npon, and
lea, to tap, to sit np. DialeeHc, peqa.
MadieaUjf one wUk pnca. MUed to beca,
to bmah np. See case, to comb.)
1. To dress the hair; to make tiie hair
np In a border, aa tha native yonng men
do, who wear their hair In the diape of a
half-moon from one nde of the head to
the other ;— 2. To mark the eara of oatUe
in a denticnlated form,
nkn— PEC£ZA,T.t. (From peea, and iza, to
make. MadioaUy one wUh pnenm. AlUed
iofeoesa.)
To engage In halr-drassing, or in ear*
entting ; to imitate that operatkm.
nm — PECO, n. pi. imL (From peea.) A bor-
der of a woman's dress ; an ornamental
border, dap, edge, Ao.
lAn— PBFUMULi^ and PmiCLA, v. t. (From
pefn, radioalUf one wUh pefa, see paf^
and nmula, to atrain from, to go o«t frooa.
8it,t pe(Vimolega.)
1. iMeraltyt to ezpd breath ; to eject
by breaHblng; to breathe ont ;— S. To
take breath I toreat inm aation,ar: ma
ilpaAarale lilnkabi iBUelaliiyaka,La.!
let the ozen last a little, bacaaae tha road
goeanp-hilL
— > Pbfumlua, cana.fr. To make to breathe,
vn— PSFUMULO, and PBvmao, n. pL iiu.
(From pefhmida.)
1. Breath ;— & SonL
nkn— PBFUZELA, T. t. (From paAi, to blow
ont afar, and nzcda, to make oftao, to make
diort.)
To breathe Aori ; to cspd dr by dicrt
blowai to pant; to gasp, as
a knpafce emangwem a be nepike dikala,
Le.: if one aacenda a hill It la (tbecaae)
that ha frda great preasore on Ua cheat
idra-^PEHLA, v. t. (From pa, npoo, on,
and Ihk I., to mb. Madieatty am wUk
pahla,puhla.
1. LUeraUi
.i/^Mti to feUa, gweUu)
make fire by friction, via,: by violentlj
turning one nointed piece of wood npon
another nntU it ignitaa (an original cvshn
with aavagea) ;^S. To eat ont or make a
hoUow by gnamng, ae : indka i pahCwa
Izimpdilwa, i.e. : the pUlar ia eaten throogh
by worma ;'«->8. To bore; to make hoO^
by penetrating a aoUd body with an anger,
gunlet, or other inatmment ;— 4. To dm.
— > Pbhibla, qnlf. fr. To make ftraftr;
to bore, &o^ for.
*— ^ Pbhudjela, frqt.fr. To bore entirely,
parfecUy through.
Kon.— This form ia need by aome tribes
in a aenae of wathimff, referring to the
literal aenae of ndibing npon. In tbe
JToM it has been ndjadtoted for fo ii^y<m^
and it gives that idea foUy, wtththee^
diiFerence that it impliaa a repeated ^
l^ng under, aa la the caae in efanmiag (4)
i— PSHLA, tt. aing. (From pdda.) A .
process of diaming; hence, tlia Issne ef
chnming, ffU.t bntter. (l^nre oonamonl^
need among the frontier tribes.)
im— PEHLiC n. pi. idm. (From tlia veib.)
fiomdMng breaking throogh; ienee, aa
mn— P8HL0, n. pL ImL (From pdihu)
Boring chips,
in— PBHLO, n. pL Id. (Frompehla.) Any
Instrament^ for boring, hoUewIng oal^ er
for chnming; an angle; a ehnm<«tafl
vm^PBHLU, n. dng. (From peMa, 4)
A mass for chnming. (This is ezdodvdy
applied to eowa which give a good dedof
milk, when milked a aeoond tteie.)
nm— PEHLULI, n. sing. (IVom im-pdila,
and nil, straining.)
Z»<ar«%: one who agitates the mnpehlB,
vig. : one who drama, aei lankomokad a
yl naaipehlttli, l.e.: thia eoar haa neae
who choms. This peenliar aapeaadun is
iiina ezphilned. In mUkIng It la nand to
allow the calf to anok first. Xi; en the
Digitized by
Google
FBLBLAt
t«n]
niiBKa
Mlf balDg Men Mvtj, the «nr refefei to
jMd toj noft milk— the eiprMrion ''the
tow bag Dona who ehonu," is med, eqniva-
Umi to^— tho oow ailbrds no raUk for
draming paipoiM. Thli ii a remaikable
ioftanoe of identiAoation of the animal
with the ponon empk>yed in milking her.
in— PEHLWA, n. pU ialoi. (From the
paaaiTiof pehk.) A ipedes» or any worm
wUeheatf oat»orboUowaontwood. (7^
UU r m l MUM it : that which ia eaten* vU. i
the boring chipa or doat falling from a
k»l6 wbe^ that worm it worldng; the
idea being heooe cop fe rred upon the wonn
itMlt)
«k»*— P£K1, T. t. (From pa, upon, on, and
ika, to put, let. MadioaU^ one wUk pake,
pifa^fte. Allied to ]Mk%. Bit. ^paij
To pot npon (the fire); Amtoe, to oook.
*«•«• FnsLA, qnlf. fr. To eook for, at t ngi
jtL m pekela nmlnngokaii wami, Le.: I
am eooi^ing lor my mlitreai.
p— ^ Pbkha, cans.fr. 1. Toeanae^ or help
toeook}— S. ToeodkwelL
■m-^PBKAMPETU, n. ilng. (From peka,
and impetn, worm. Sse Kambampetn.
Z$m correct pekambetn.)
▲ deeoetlon ibr wbrxnib oooked from the
iodigcHpiant (in-Hlorane.)
pIKEZELA, a eorroptfon of peiekeiebi,
ipavwW 9&c»
«B— PBKI, B. pL aba. (From peka.) One
wlioeooka; aoook.
im— PEKO, n. pL iilm. (From peka.)
IMeraUff t a cooker or bdler, dcaeriptiTC
of the little pot which is pat on the
fln<dung-hom, and which, like the head of
epipe, eontaina the fobetitnte ibr tobacco
and Uie fire,
•kop— P£LA, f . t. (From pa, to paai, npon,
and ihL to strain. RadieaUif one with
pala, pile, pela, pnla. Sic, febu)
1. To pass over; to cease; to come to a
dose; to terminate ; to stop, mc : nbnsika
tw pelile, L e. : winter is of » x^%. To be
at an end; to end; to be all gone^ aci
oknbk kn pelile;— 8. To be at the hwt;
to coaM to Uie nltimate point, near death,
#« : n ya pela kalokn yena, L e. : he is now
^jring ;— ^ To finish ; to be done, ac :
beka nmbila n se a Tnte wa peU na, L e. :
look fiyr the maixe whether it is ahready
done (cooking) quite.
m^^ PBULA^freqtfr. 1. To eeaae altogether,
wfaoUy, Of : ba pelek abanto, i.'e. i people
hsfveome to an end altogether ;^2. To
come to the ntoKMt end ;— 8. To be all;
«9 be the httt of, Oft abantn ba peleloi
L e. : the people are all here;— abantn ba
vkua, L e. : the people haTO all
pelab
oonei
The h«t faistaace of the nse of peMa
oonrespondstothatof pela4^ to augment
or to miHiy the sense of other Tsrbsb and
thenueis that whenerer it preeedes the
Tcrb the latter standa in the Inflnitire.
TliQB the instanoe under peU 4 can be
tomed t nmbila wa pela nknTnta na ; and
that nnder pelda : abantn se be idle ba pdela.
— .« PmsA, cans.fr. 1. Tocansetocease;
to pnt an end to ; to bring to an end ; to
rt a stop to^ Of : n peliale izinkomo mke,
e. ! he has finished his cattle ;— 2. To
deatxoy; to annnl; to abolish, aci wa
pelisa ishnre Uljaka, i. e. t Ohaka destroyed
the natioDa*
— ^ Pkjbava, rcpr. fr. To make aa end
of; to destroj one another.
i^PELA, n. pi. ama. (From thoTerb.)
A eodtroaeh ; {lU,i a finishing.)
im— PELA, n. dng. (From the Terb.)
Endhig; finidiing.
This wordisnsed with or wlthoot its
nomfaial form, fiir the spedal pnrposeof
qnaUfying another word {ccc pebt 4) afber
which it foUows, denotingi then; flnaUy;
at the end ; after aU; fnlly ; totally, alto-
gether, utterly, ftc, ott n y'aii lento im-
pda, i. e. : he knows that deddedly ;— wo
bona^^ i« e. t yoo wUl see of coarse,
tdni— PEliEKA, t. t (This is prqpcrUf a
qnlt form from pek, liicraUjf z to go oS
an end» a distance, bnt nsed as a separate
stem. It is analogoos to eyeka, which ccc.
Sic, felea.)
1. To go with a certabi distuice;— 2.
To accompany, «« : ngi m pelekile, I e. :
1 have gone in company with him.
^.i.. PlLSKBLAy qnlf. fr. To go with a little
ftffther.
...^ PBLmcuELl, freqt. fr. To go alto«
gether with ; to accompany entiraiy.
— ^ PXLBKiBi, cans. fr. 1. To make one
go in company ; to giro him a company ;
to seek one^s company in going;— 2. To
aarist, to aid, to attend, a« t wo ngi pele-
kiia nknteta icahi, i. e. : yon most assist
me in settling that matter finally;—
8. To help to do, or to finish, <m t ba ngi
pelekiia nknsebenia, i. e.t they assisted
me in working,
nkn— PELEKEZELA, ▼. t. (From peleka,
and isda, to make often, to come or do
fbr one's self, jnst so^ Ac)
1, To go with one ; to accompany one
fat mere pkasnre's sake t— 2. To make a
compankm; to attend as a compaakm.
«m— PELEKEZBLI, n. pi. aba. (From pde-
keiela.) One who makes himielf a com-
pankm to others; who is interested in
accompa n ying,
mn— FELEKI, n. pL aba. (From pdeka.)
A compaakm ; an assistant,
in— PELEKO, n. pi ixi. (From peleka.)
1. An act of aceompanying ;— 2. Acoom«
paniment; as si s ta n ee; hrip.
Digitized by
Google
PEKBUKISA.
[««]
PSNQULA.
im— PELELO, n. Mug. (From peltU.) Ckm-
pare impeb.)
1. The last eaad, htmcet dettrnction ;—
2. PariieuUsrUf : the lower regioof, realm
of the dead, ati impeleb yabafileyo;—
8. A state like the lower world, or heQ;
a» : ka sempelelweni, Le. : it is in helL
u^PELEPELE, n. pL o. Zoloiaedfrom
pepper,
nm— PELO, D. pi. ama. (Frompela. lUtdi-
c€Ufy one with i-Pele.)
An exhaustion/ viz^ a flooding of a
^ woman* which is almost incurable,
oka— PSMBA, t. t. Faeewe Penjwa. {Badi-
diealfy one with pamba, which see, Dia*
lectio pempo.)
1. Frimarify : to lay one OTer another;
apidied to wood which is laid right for
making a fire;— 2. To make preparation
for a fie ; to make a fire.
— ^ Pbicbbla, qnlf. fr. 1. To make a fire
for ^— 2. FigviraUoeUf : nmnntn ozala ahan-
twana n n pembda impi, i. e. : a person
who bqgfets children prepares for lumself
an enemy, = makes himself bad friends,
nm— PEMBA, n. (Frompemba.) Xi^a%:
a substance for making fire ; henee^ wood.
{Seldom used.) Others nse it instead of
ia-Bemba.
im — PEMVU, n. (From pe, npon, passed,
and imfn, natnnd. Cot^are bomvo, red,
um-combo, &c)
LUeraUjf and primarily : some place
which has tnmed, changed its natural ap-
pearance ; applied to a white face of an
animaL
im— PEMVUEAZI, n. pi. izim. (Frompem-
fo, and kazi, denoting female.)
A female-animal which has a white fiioe.
im — PENDU, n. (From pe, turned, un, and
indu, extended, drawn.)
Some turn from a direct line ; applied
to a sqnint^yed person, whose eyes stand
oblique,
uku— PENDUEA, t. L (From pendu, and
nka, to go ofil) 1. To turn off from a
direct line; to take another turn; to
return ; to turn back in the same line in
which one had gone on;— 2. To alter; to
change, as : u pendukile ezwini lake, L e. :
he has changed his mind in respect to his
word ;— 8. & change the course or direc-
tion, as I um^ya n pendukile, Le.: the
wind has changed to the contrary ; — 1. To
change a course of life; to repent; to
conyert;— 5. To become by change, asi
kn tiwa umuntu ekufeni u penduka inyoka,
i. e. : it is believed that man after death
becomes a snake.
-»— PSHDUKXH, qulf. fr. To turn, change
fiir, &c
^— « PurDTTEiSA, cans. fr. 1. To cause to
turn; to turn; to alter; to change;—
2. To inyert; to place npside down, stx
penduldsanmpongolo^Le.: make the euk
to roll back, or let it roll so as to eone to
stand on one of its sides ;— 3. To confoi
uku- PENDUKEZELA, T.t. (Fiompend^
and isela, to make often, to make for ooe'i
self.)
1. To take a gradual change; to diinge
by little and little; to chuiffe to tome
degree, in some respect; to utsr pail/,
&C. i— 2. To suffisr a purtial cbange; to
Tary; — 8. To becoine chaugeabls. (Tbii
word is of a common appluatioa to the
mind of men, to a course m direetka in
walking, to a change of colour, kb)
nm~P£NDUKI,n.pl.aba. (FrompeDanh.)
One who turns; a conrert.
uku— PENDULA, t. t. (From peodi, anl
uk, to strain. Xosa p^uk. SU, fibk)
1. To turn; to more in a areolar oosn^
as a wheels— 2. To change; to pot tbt
upper side downward, as : pendnk injna
embizeni, Le.s turn tbe meat m the pot;
(the Xosa using petola in this seiMejr-
8. To alter; to Tary or change the opyn
or mind, as; inkosi yinto ependnlwiiQ^
the chief is an indiTidnal whoM mind on
be turned, = who most allow hhmelf to
be persuaded ;— 4. To r«ply; to amvff;
to return an answer ; — 6. To penoide or
dissuade from a purpose;— 6. Todeftad;
to justify; to vindicate a#: u boot wonile
u sa pendulana, L e. : you seeing tint job
haTC done wrong, are sUll defending yog*
sdyesP— 7. Ukupendola amehk^ le.: to
turn the eyes to the wrong side; tokok
asquint; — 8. Ukupendula icah, Le.: to
decide a case in court ;— 8. Inhi li ;i
pendula, Le. : lit,i the atmosphere ebuge^
vis. : it thunders in the atmo^hen; or
hearen thunders,
t— - PsHDULAVA, rcpr. fr. To turn one
another; to answer or reply to one tf*
other, dbo.
— PXHSITLBLA, qulf. fr. 1. To tOFD,
change, alter, &&, for, as : iqinifO wt fi
pendulela amanga, L e. t he changed tfao
truth for falsehMd, or he dianged tntk
into falsehood;— 2. To account for; to
render an account of; to give reanof or
cause for, asi wo yi penduleU imafi vko*
Ifdileka kwayo^ L e. : you must be reip(B-
nble for the money in the way it becano
lost ; — 8. To demonstrate a cause.
nm— PENDULI, n. pi. aba. (From poodo*
la.) One who returns an answer; a k*
sponsor ; a defender.
im— PEKDULO, n. pi irim. (From pw**
la.) An answer ; defence,
isi— PENDULO, n. p. isL (From peaW.)
Ayariation; turning; change^ Ae.
uku— PENGULA, t. t. (Prom pei tamed,
ngu, by force, bj internrence^ and Qla»to
Digitized by
Google
PENTELA.
[2781
PEQA.
ftrain, to remove. MadicaUy one with
pangola. MUed to dwengnla, engala, Ac
Dkilse^ pengalnla. The Xo#a uses blwe-
Bgula inftead of it.)
1. LUeraiUfi to free upon interfe-
renoe ; to release or relieve from physical
or mctttd restraint ; to liberate from pri-
■OD, ooniinement, from the band of an
enemy, from the daws of a fierce animal,
Ac^of: wangipengolanmsebenzienzima,
L e. : be relieved me from heavy work ; —
2. To deliver, as to r^eva from physical
diffieolty or giving birth; to deUver by
force or art, Ac.
mn — PEKGIJLA, n. pL aba. (From penga-
la.) A deliverer ; liberator, Jcc.
nkn— PENQULULA, v. t. (From pengola, and
ida» or from pengn, and nlola, to loosen.)
1. To make entirely free from any
restraint; to let free; to did)nrden; to
make light, vis. : to take away the whole
burden or restraint wldch is npona thing;
—2. To dissolve; to loose; to break an
engagement or a bargidn, a$ : nga tenga
ingobo, ngi bone a yi Inngile nga ya nga
pQognlala, Le.: I bought a dressy and
sedng it was not good, I went and re-
torn^ it and took my money tbr it back.
Q — PENI, n. pL 0. Znlnized from the
English penmu,
im— PEN JANI, n. (From pemba, and anl,
herb, grass.)
A khid of grass good for making fire.
oka— PSNUKA, v. L (From pe^ tiurned on,
ina, even, Iwime^ pena, denoting an even
position, and nka, to go ofl^ AJ&td elotely
to panyeka. ponyubu Compare bena,
bina,&c.)
Literally I to pass from an even pod-
lion; to lose the balance; to fall back-
ward ; to ftQl on the back,
akn— PElfULA, v. t. [8ee P^nnka, to which
it forms a transitive by nla, to strain.
AUied eloeefy to ponynla.)
To bend bdiind over ; to bend backwards,
nka— PENTA, v. t. (From pe, tamed, nn-
do, and nya, to nnite, what is in one.
BadicaUy in panyeka, ponynka, Ac.)
1. To open that which was laid or bound
together; to nnfold; to open for inspec-
tion, at I penva ingnbo d yi bone, i. e. :
open the blanket XhaX we may see it; — 2.
To open anything covered or closed, m:
penya incwadi, L e. : open the book ;— 8.
To open to view ; to disdose anything
that requires contemplation ;-— 4. To ex-
j^in nearer ; to tdl nearer or plainer ;—
6. To open the eyes widely ; to make the
^eslai^.
I—-* PSVYSI.A, qnlf. fr. To nnfold, to open
for, at : wo ngi penyela lendau n yi ijoyo,
u e. : yon must explain to me that point
yoa speak of.
nkn— PEPA, v. t. (From pe-pa, pass-passing,
tomed-tuminK. SadiedUy one wiik papa»
pnpa, ftc AlUed to beba.)
1. Literalfy: to diang^ places; to dodge;
to evade by a sadden shif^g of plaoe ; to
escape by starting adde ; to avoid, ae : wa
wa pepa nmkonto, i. e.: he avdded the
spear by starting adde ;— -2. To start sud-
denly adde, to escape an impending dan-
ger, ae : nxe pepa ! i. e. : what a mercy
that you escaped (by starting adde), vit,,
and have not been lulled on the spot;— 8.
T6 be evadve ; to play tricks ;-^. To
quibble, aei wa pepa izwi da 11 buzwa,
L e. : he evaded the word in question ;—
5. To move rspidly, ae: nmoya n ya pepa,
i. e. : the wind is rushing vidently, = a
sndclen squall or gale.
— ^ Pbpila, quit fr. To dodge for ; to
evade for, to escape into.
id— PEPA, n. pi. id. (iS^ the verb.) A
plant much like the u-Benhle.
id— PEPELO, n. (From pepda.) 1. An
esca^ng ;— 2. A pkce for refoge ; a hid*
uku-^PEPETA, V. t. (From pepa, and ita,
to toodi, blow. This verb has, nsxt to ita
regular pasdve pepetwa, a second pasdve
pepdjwa, which can come only from pepe-
pa, an obsolete verb. BadicalUf one wiik
papateka. Allied i bebeta.)
To take suddenly away, ae : ingubo i ya
pepetwa ngumoya, i. e. : the doth is rapid-
ly Mown away by the wind.
— - Pbpeibxa, qplt. fr. To jump quickly
away.
uko— PEPEZELA, v. t (From pepa, and
izda, to make often. JUuUeally one with
papazela.)
1. To drive about dianging or turning,
from one thing to another, as : mnoya u
pepesda, i. e. i the wind is turning from
one dde to another ;— 2. To flutter about ;
to move unsteadily ; to wave, as a fiag.
id— PEPO, n. pi id. (From pepa, 6.) A
sudden or vident gust of wind ; a squall ;
agde; a tempest without rain.
uko— PEPUKA, V. i. (From pepa, and uka,
to go ofl*. A slight modification from
pepeta.)
1. To shift off or away with a gust of
wind ; to flatter away ; to drive away, ae :
utuli lu ya pepuka, L e. : the dust is driv-
ing off (with the wind);— 2. To trip;
to strike with the foot against something
so as to lose the step and nearly to frll.
uku— PEPULA, V. t. (See Pepuka, to
which it forms a trandtive by ula, to
strain.)
To shift away; to drive away by wind,
ae: umoyau yi pepula inewadi, L e. : the
wind drives the ttiin leaf away.
PEQA. See Peca.<
Digitized by
Google
BRUZA.
imz
PL
PB8HETA, prep. (From p« er pt,
paiwti, upon, on* and khejt, oiioMv, ^t
radioaUy one ¥^ diiya, to Imto. Dio-
2^0tfo peijeya, and peshija. LUeraUy : it
aigBiflfls pawid teaving, paved Ibr going
over, sss left behind.)
Beyond; on the other ride (ftom which
€B0 has oome, or whioh he left t>ehiBd)» a# :
periteja kwolwanhle^ i. e, t on the other
•ide of the sea.
v]ra»-*PBTA, T. t. (From pe, tamed, upon.
and ita, to take, throw. Sadioa Uy one wUh
pata, pota, and pv
pea^ to end, fte.)
pata, pota, and pota. AJUied
oauyom
peh,
1. To border ; Z£fefa% t to tooch at or
upon (the edge)( to edge, to hem, vis. : to
torn and sew; to bind; to finish off.
Applied, among the saTages, to tiie bind-
hi of mats, the extreme border of whieh
is formshed with a doable or ornamental
row or line ;—2. To hold with the urms or
hands aroond; to ondoaB with the arms;
to twine aroond, <i« : ngl m pete kaloko,
i. e. : I hare taken hold of him, tnmed my
arms around him ; — 8. To parade; topre-
■snt arms, <ut impi i petlle^ i. e.s the
armyisparadfaig;— 4. To take aims; to
keep dose to; to be ready for an attack;
to watch the movement of another;— 5.
To edge; tobedose; to beset, ast ama-
doda a si pete ba ijo abalhii, Le.: the
husbands are verydoee upon us(giTe us
no liberty), said the women ;— 6. Td pro-
voke; to utter sullen discontent at, «« : ni
yabona seu ngi petUe yens, Le.: see ye
how he almost provokes me P
u— PETS, B. pL 0. (From peto.) An
eoctreme, ois. t the little or last finger.
PETJETA. See Pesheya.
iflfr^PETO, n. pi. ixim. (From peta.) Bor-
dsving. edging, hemming; Aeuee, the
eitreme side or end of any ihifig edged
or h em m ed; a specimen of hemming,
edging, Ac
isi-^STO, n. pL iiL (From peta.) Any
thing edged, hemmed, bordered ; refinring
more to the making or mode of htanming.
mn— PBTO, n. pi. imi. (From peta.) A
bqprder, verge, edge, hem, extremity; re-
finring more to its bulk or sise.
fcn— PETIJ, n. pL isim. (Prom peta. See
Tu and Petoza.)
A maggot; from the sense of bdng
turned from a prevkras state, referring to
the eggs of the krge blue fly, from which
that insect comes.
isl—PETU, n. pL iiL (Prom peta. See
im-Peto.)
A purling fimntain ; called from its 8ub«
terraneous cause.
iku'^BTUKA* V. t. (Frmn peta, or
and U9, to makei to mike a doIm.
00% OM «o»a pstnta.)
1. Xlfer»fi^t totmrnSntoanotiMTihts
or form ; kenoe, to rot; to growwormi;
to turn faito wormi^ ae : kwa h inkomo
izobsa fika namhlai sei petnze isjuoi,
i. e. s yesterday died a cow, and whm va
came to it to-day the fledi hsd tkwij
beoome rotten, e=s was friUr of wonm^-i
To purl; to murmur (rather oaosurfopoe*
Ue), ae i amansi a ya petum emfiikni, Ic:
the water murmur s in the river. (Uiedof
•null streams of water only, or cf fimntiini.)
wmmmm YwtJSZSLk^ qulC fr. To bc fivinf vith
worms, as a roUen piece of flsih; topsil
forth ; to gush out.
umr-PBTWANB, n. pL imt (A^BiB.ftrB
from the pasdve of peta, or a rcpr. if tbe
same.)
1. Properi^-, the condosian of the
spine; lenoei ubambo luka 'mpstwiM,
i e. s a rib of the spine, oit.: one if tin
small ribs;— B. A small ftaite, si the
ex trem ity of the wing.
uku^PEZA, V. t. (Frompe,paned,m,iDd
Sza,tomakeu Asitwere^acaunttvtofpeii.)
T6 make a stop; bo cease from wn^
passing on; to stop; toleaveofl^sti pen
ukutebi amansi, L e. : leave eff poiniDg
wate^.
— — PbziSA, cans. fr. To cause to itip; to
put an end to any motion.
PEZOLO, adv. (Ftom pa, 1900, oi,
and izolo, the day of yesterday.)
1. LUerdO^i the turn of ysitadiy.
Le.t the time when yesterdsywMlsHhd
or ended r— 2. Yesterday nigbt; Ltfk night,
(Sometimes it is used also of " to^dfht or
this night," but improperiy.)
PEZU, prep. (From pa, or p^ up, ««
isu, eee Izuln, above.)
Madeoalkfi up-on;AMcr, upon; shore ;
aei pezu kweohlu,Le.: upon ^^''"J^'
— -umuti umkulo pecn kwenhlo, I e.: the
tree is high above the house.
This prepcsition serves often to gg
mcomparison, ottunamanhlapemkwiiiif
L e.s you are stronger than I sis, £<•:
yon have power ovur me.
PEZULU, adv. (From pa, or p^ ■»
isulo, the above region.)
1. Upward, up, aex ngo bAa pwoh,
Le.: Iwilllookupward,— 2. Toahighjr
place ; above, ae t inyoni i ndiai pejuo
1. e. t the bird flies high, above,— 8. /'^
eomparaiive eenee t into e peialo, I •• •' *
higher thing ;«>*isilo d petalo emtid, 1^/
the tiger U too high in the tree. (p»
word is sometimes used as a prep., «f'-
pemlu kwenhlu, i. e. : up of the bosij-
bot, strictly taken, this is no cooi<«yg;
dependfaig on a prep., because it asPv
dgnifies t high above the ho^ise.)
PI. («»P*.) An eidamatlOTjqpw^
dve of pasdng or passed, and retenng«^
Digitized by
Google
FL
[■W]
FIKO.
attttto polB|,M:iBtoy»«ipl!Le.: the
point aaae out ft Utfclc.
PI, interg. ^From ptu See Ngapi.)
X, Where; At whidi pbce^ a«: u ^ ne,
Le.: where ifl he f -^u ya pi BBy i A s where
m to nhieh plaoe are ycm going P— a Tela
pi 11% 1.6. : from which pUois do yoa oome.
S. It It of no oonaeqaenoe if the inter-
mgntivepartlolenn is omitted. The word
bai simplj n local meaning and the direc-
lloMolto and from ate Swayi oipiiw iu J
hf the additional Terbe, at ia ohnona from
theinetanoee giren.
NoTB.-*There ia sometimee a diffleolty
In eatehing ot expreiiiDg the proper eense
of <<wheFe»" when in an interrogatiTe
•etttenee two diflbrent directions are to he
ea ^ es iod bj one vei^ <m : wa yi Ijaja i
pina inkamba,]. e.t where did jon shoot
tiie buflUo f Here the qnestionmay refyr
either to the place where the tmfflao was
Ibond in the field, or to the place of its
MItf where the shot went in. Now, the
piTsn instance eipresses exaoUjF the mean-
mg of the first question, which also can be
altered so as to place tpiiMi at the end of
the sentenee j bnt: wa yl tjaya plqa in-
kambe, expresses the second, which also
is given by ngapi {whuA set) aToiding
erery diflcnlty.
S« That pi has been originally a nonn,
appears from its general character as a
irard of inteirogatton in eonneetion with
other noon^ mi nmuntn nmnpi or nmn-
ainai i. e. t which man?*— isibamu isipi.
La. I which gnnP JDui^m^, nmnnto nwn-
pi« as nmnntn a wn ko^ (a ka ko), L e. :
the man not he there ^^n ya knmopi,
i. e^ c yoa go to which man P
4 It stands, thsrefore^ as a pronoon
pnpecv or snbstitote, when a noon refer-
red to is not to be repeated again, as in
the last instance under No. 8. The same
f«le prefails when emphsds is to be ei-
y r siis d, #«} isipi, L e.: whioh (of a nnm-
MT referring to a mnm in id). Inpina
laihhdo si Inngile^ L e.t whioh is Oe good
tfhalrP Ilinina iawi a 11 bolayo, i. e.:
which (emphaticslly) word is It that he
mausf (The Xoea renders this empha-
ilesl mood by a r^Utioa of the nominal
fommg and contracting the same, a$^ sisi*
pina isihblOb*^iilipina iawi, Iec)
6b Tbessme sentenee can be modified
er aogmented bj the additioa of the rebt-
tire rorm, mi nmnntn o ngnwnpi, or o
Bgwnpit Le.: X^t whidi is the man who
ia^nflant)i-^Mhhaoesiyisipi,l.e.t which
ia the cnair that is (meant) i<»*amabele
• ngawani, l.e»i whioh is the oom that is
t. The eieea heeo m e mare complicated
whoi the intenogatkm r|faa to a noon
whieh hes not the same nominal form as
the sol^eet of the sentence, tu t inblab
esi samopi nmantu, L e. : the chair, which
is it of whidi person, — and oonyerted : esi
aamoin nmnntn isihlalo^ or esamnpi nmn-
ntn |--^swl eli lamnpi nmnnto, Le.: the
word, which is it of which person ;— eli
lamnpi or ebunopi nmnntn f — In these
Instances, the forms, samnpi and hunnpi,
are gei^tire or poesessire oasee, which are
eonneeted with the snl^jeot by the fhll
reUtiTo fbrms,
lm><-^I, n. smg. (From pa, to pass, upon,
to be in contact^ to meet.)
1. An army; a force^ ae: kipani, or
yipanl impi, L e. t give ont, or make up an
army; — 2. An enemy; afiM.
vm^^PI, n. pL abapL (From pa, togiye.)
As^yer; abene&otor.
oka— PIKA, y. t. (Fromp, orpa,np, and
ika, to put. UadiodUjf one nith paka,
pain, Ac. .<iaM^tnka,yika.*^.Dega.)
1. IMeraUjf : to pnt np (the mind) ; to
oppose; to r^ist; to deny a charge, at:
Ira tiwe n bile wa pika, i. e. : it was said
he had stolen, bnt he denied it;--2. To
defend ; to repel a charge or accusation ;
—6. To oontra£ct ; to contend ; to striye;
to ^tiqmte, iu : nkupika nentoyake, Le. : he
contended about his matter; made many
words abont it ;*-4. To cayil ; to gainsay,
€tei wa pika inkani, Le. t be put i&th ob-
Jeotions or sophisms, eontradictiooi^ Ac
-»— PnLAiTA, ropr. fr. To oppose each other;
to emitradict (me another; to cayil with
one another; to dispute with each other.
-«.^ PvDSLkt qulf. fr. To deny, contend,
diroute, Ae., mr, about.
w-*mm Paiusukt freqt. fr. To yenture; to
hasard; to oppoee entirely; to dispute
from the first to the last.
»*-«• PixiaA, cans. fr. 1. To cause to oppose,
defend, deny, dispute, Ac;— 2. To take
pains to defrnd, dbpute^ deny, Ac.
mmmm, PmniTA, rcpr. fr. 1. To repel each
other particularly ; to dispute hard toge-
ther; to argue against one another r—
2. To be diyided upon a matter, of different
or oppodte opinion.
i— PIKA. and Pixi, n. pL ama. (From
the yerb.) 1. A difficult of breathing;
hard breathing; asthma ^^2. Stitching;
pains in oonneotton with liard breathing ;
pains in the ride I spasmodios ^— A. A gust
of wind. '
nko^PIKAZBLA* ▼• t (From pika, and
iieb, to corner or engage hUnself.) To be
affMked, to snftr from asthma.
wa^PIKI, n. pL abu (From pika.) One
who diwute^ strifes, denies^ &c
1-»FIK0^ m. pL ama^ (From pika.) A
niug of bird% (ftm the literal ssnse of
patting up, defonding.)
««
Digitized by
Google
PDCBA.
[276]
PINDEZELA.
im— PIKO, B. pLizim. (FrompilaL) Dii-
pote; denial; conteit; itri^B; oppotition;
difpntatioiu
oka — PILA, y. L (From pi, up, and ila, to
riae ; ^. : to rise up. Badioalhf one with
pala, pela, pola, &o. Allied to biku Sii,
pela.)
1. To riae np again; to reviye; tore-
cof er from aickness, = nkoainda eknflnii,
Le. : to eaoape frcon illneM, death;— 2.
To become better ; to improrein health;
to be restored to health, <m: n ya pila
manie, L e. : he is improring at present ;—
8. To become healthy; to ei^oj health;
to be soond;— 4. To liye; to feed; to
subsist, a# : si ya inla ngamasi, L e. : we
feed on milk.
— — PnjSA, cans. fr. 1. Tocansetorefiye;
to reyiye ; to make better; to improve the
health; to sustain, a«: u si pillule imi-
nyaka yonke, L e. : you haye sustained us
all tb% years; — 8. To cure; to restore the
body to soundness,
im— rILA, n. pL izim. (From the yerb.)
LUeralUf : a species for subsistence, vis. :
a kind of creeper haying a tuberous root,
which the natiyes used to eat in former
times when maise ioA other yegetables
were less cultiyated. Its esculent parts
resemble potatoes. Some use it also for
medical purposes, as for iinections, &c .
um— PILISI, n. pi aba. (Frrai pilisa.) A
restorer; reyiver; keeper of health or
strength; sustainer.
im— PILISO, n. (From pilisa.) Sustenance;
support; food; yictuals; health,
isi— PILISO, n. (Fromplisa.) Beyiving;
restoring ; curing ; cure, &c
uku— PIMA, y. L (From jri, up, referring to
a point, and ima, to stand. SadicaUgf one
foi^Apuma.)
To moye out a little ; to come out, or
forth. (Seldom utedrn'S^KXal.)
— - Pmela, qulf. ft. To stand out; to
stand forth. Used of the genitals of male
animals.
— • PnosA, caus.fr. To cause to come out;
to bring out (In the Xof a chiefly applied
to express the usage of keeping a firaiale
for a concubine oiSy.)
— Pdobbul, qulf, fr. 1. To bring out
for; to bring out fhUy; applied to pro-
noundnga language; to utter or v^etk
words distinctly, plainly, a«: a ka kwazi
ukulipimiseU izwi letu, i. e. : he does not
know how to pronounce our words jnopeiiy;
2. To ezphun; to dedare or affirm, aei
inmisela u nsa bambi ngenhliziyo, L e. t
explain, and do not keep it in your heart
nku— PIMBA, y. t (Prom pi, and imba, to
separate from, to be in front JBadioaUy
one with pamba, pemba, &c AJUed to
bimbi, wkioh see.)
To fonn a neck; to press the pQiiii(of
the throat); applying to the motioo d
the throat in swallowing,
i— PIMBI, n. pL ama. (From piaibL
Otkere haioe inmpi.)
1. A serpent much like the oolnde
capello; so called from haying a liog
around the neck, as also from the muBcr
of flattening or pressing tiie neek;<--2. A
crook in a stick, = a iMBnd.
um— PIMBO, n. pL inu. (Frompimbk) 1.
The^hroat;— 2, The whole bent tzond
the neck.
i— PIMPI, n. See PimbL
uku— PIMPIZELA, y.t. (From pimpi, n&er
ojioMo^opotf^, signiQringa scmndofwliiit-
ling like pi mjM, and izela, to mike fte-
quently. Others pronounce it pifflbiaii
or bunlnKeb, but this is not eoneetk and
bimbiiebi is dialectic beddes, the pnpr
word being bibLseU, which rodtoo^ M«-
eidee with pimpixela.)
To make a whistling, as during miflaigf
or racing cattle^ in order to eneoange
uiem.
i— PIMPIZELA, n. pL ama. (FromnB-
pizebL) One who is whistling to oitUe.
PINA, interj. (Prom pi and n^ «
Na, deriyatiye 8.)
See the contracted form pi.
uku— PINDA, y. t. (From pa, tnni, np«.
un, and inda, to extend, utmoit im-
eall^ one with panda, pendo, poDdo» <&
AlUed to binda, flndo, ic)
1. To turn the extreme point ; to^
together, as a table doth; hence, todos-
ble; to lay double;— 2. To retdiitejto
return like for like ; to rq?ay by so •«*«
the same kind as has been reoeired, »'•
ukupinda ixono zomuntu, L e.: to iW
the wrong of a man;— 3. TorerengejW
ayenge; to resent;— 4. To repeat ;rtcipi-
tulate. ^ .
PnrDBLA. qulf. fr. To double fer; »
retaliate, &c for, at: u nga pindeU okoW
okubi, i. e. : do not return for go^J^
(This is the idiomatic ««">«<***"^Jj!o
sentence, which must be taken <id notm^}
— PnroiSA, caus. fr. 1. To cauie »
double; to make double; to ctmwn-
turn; to giye back or in return. «• ^
pindisa uto Iwabo, L e.: you ^^"^
that you return their goods,— 2. ^ ^
turn in some degree; to wsent, te^ I"
some measure; to be resentfd, rewng*'
uku— PINDEZELA, y. t (From P^^^
izda, to make often, to make fx t"^
iSmakesome return, «^»'®'*"?*^
to retaliate again; to '«P«»*^,"?;.
tlung again in a somewhat difmot «>j *
to make reprisals.
Digitized by
Google
im— FIin)ISSI<0, n. (From idndiaela.)
BmriMd; rMentment.
mn— PINDISI, n, ]^ abt. (From pindisa.)
AnaTenger.
QUI— PINDISO^n. (From pmdiaa.) Bxrreage,
rasentmenfc, veDgeanoe.
oka — FINQk, y. t. (From pa or {», and nga,
to iwe power. SadieaUgf one with panga,
pengo, ponga. Allied to pinda.)
1. To prees upon; to bend down; ap-
plied to wattling, entangling, or entwining,
ae: pinga isitja, i.e.: to make a baak^
by mening twigi npon each otiier;— >
2. To oopolate; to entangle; applied to
dogs porUimlarly ;— 3. To commit adoltei^
or ilniiication.
-^ PnrosLA, qnlf. fr. To watUe, a#:
pingela iaibajay i. e. : do wattle the oattle-
■ PnraiBA, cans. fir. To cause or make a
wattlinff; to cause adultery; to be the
canse 6f adultery; to give opportunity for
adultery.
im— >PINGAZANA, n. pL izim. (From
pinjn, entwine^ and izama, little things or
A name applied to certain plants whose
roots haTe many bulbs hanging one near
the other,
im— PINQELO, n. pL izim. (From j^ngela.)
WattUng; watUe sticks.
vinh— PINQI, n. pL aba. (From pinga.) An
adulterer; fbmicator.
mn— >PINGIKAZI, n. pL aba. (From umpi-
ng],— and kasi, denoting female.)
An adulteress; awhm.
i — PINGO, n. pL ama. (From pinga.)
Hurdle work; woTen things.
Isi— PINQO,n.pLizi. (From pinga.) 1. Any
bardie- work ; any kind of wattling-stick ;
— 2, A name of the second small river
between the Umlazi and the Uovu, running
into the sea.
im— PIN60, n.pLiad. (From junga, 2, 8.)
1. An act of adultery or fornication ;—
2. A person who commits that crime,
(jnduding a sense of canning.)
un — PINQO, n. pL imi. (From innga, 2r 8.)
Lewdneis; Hoentiousness; shamelesBness.
i— PINI, n. pL ama. (From pi, uwrn^
p<mit, and ina, to eren, to meet, unite.)
Anything which ii taken into the hand,
or used by the hand, ae : iinni lokubonda,
i. e. : a piece of wood fbr stirring food ;
ipini lokugwehla, i. e. : a paddle oar.
am — PINI, n. pL imL (See . i-Pini.) A
handle; a haft, a$ : umpini wembay, i. e. :
a handle of an axe.
akn— PINTA, t. t. (From p, and nya IL,
to unite. BiTerged from pima, as fonyana
from fumana.)
Used of copulation or ocdtioa of dogs,
undtribtU,
uka— PINTAZA* t. t (From pi, local, and
inya II., to sink, to slip away with the
foot, and isa, to do^ become, Ac. EadioaUtf
eoinoidimg ¥nth finyeza, to make short.)
LUeraUyi to cause a local contraction,
to hurt the joint or limbs in their local
podtion; applued eqpedally to feet or legs
which grow short in consequence of suoi
a hurt
-»— PiNTAZiKA, qulfl fr. To receive a hurt
or diskxAtion, m consequence of which
one leg grows shorter than the other, or
one foot grows crooked, &c
uku — ^PIPA, T. t. (From p-pa. JEiadieaUy
one with papa» pepa, pupa, &c. Allied to
ilnbL)
To wipe; euphemistic, = ukusula umtwa-
na oncdile, i. e. :• to wipe a little child
which has scnled itself,
uku— PISA, y. t. (iVoper^ a causatiye from
the yerb pa; Ut.i to cause to go out or
in; to cause upon. Radically one with
pass. AJlMed to pka, pila, Ac. Sis, pira.)
1. To cause to go out (as in common
language, referring to children to make
water), as: umtundo u ya pisa umunto, i.e.:
the urine presses to pass ;— 2. In general :
to be pressed with a passage (this being
the result of eating beyond measure, im-
moderately) ;—u ya piswa, =uya nga-
panhle, i.e.i he must go out;— 8. To
put upon, in, tui okuinsa umkonto^ i.e. :
to insert a spear.
«— PiSEKA, quit. fr. To stand firm, of
inserted weapons, at : umkonto u pisekile,
i. e. : the spear is well ins^ted.
«.—• FiSBKXLA, qulf. fr. 1. Literally i to
use fbr insertion; for pricking, as an
umkonto, weapon ;—Atfaoe, 2. Figwra*
Uoely : to tannt ; to pierce with woids, in
discourse or dispute;— 8. To use for a bad
porpose; to satirize, a«: u ya n^ pise-
kela,i.e.: he uses me satirically.
«— PiSBLA, qulf. fr. 1. To insert into a
space made for that purpose, as : ukupisela
izembe nomkonto, i. e. : to insert an axe
or a spear; — 2. To insert a handle.
— — PiSBLXLi, freqt.fr. To insert for; to
put in a handle for.
um— PISELI, n. 1^ aba. (From piseh.)
One who inserts weapons, or handles,
i— PISI, n. pL ama. (From psa.) lAte*
rally i a person who makes holes in the
earth, and inserts poles in them, for the
purpose of catching wild animals ; or who
makes little houses of sticks for the same
purpose of ensnaring or entrapping. Hence,
a hunter, fowler, bird-catcher,
im— PISI, n. pi. izim. (From, pisa 1, 2.
The Xosa has u-mapisi, a great eater.
Sis. piri.)
1. lAteraUy : a deyourer ; the name for
the hyena, or the commonly so-called
Tt
Digitized by
Google
Afrfetn «^}«-2. Any m&aif mho 6m»
troji ot kills people and thelt property
witboat any mmooi^^. ▲ tbit, who
comet At night time, for iteaHng.
im— PI8INTJAKGA, n. pL liim. (From
piri, inairter, and in^anga, lomathing
•bootinff with ibroeb harning, referring to
the bo^, or genitals of a female.)
A dgnifioaUon for an animal having the
parts of generation both <tf male and feoMle
{inobndoda neslbnno). HermaphrociUte.
It is taken from the hyena or wolf, which
is beliered to be thns shaped.
Q— PISO, n. pL i^. (From pSsa.) A
small wooden pot of a lengthy shape; so
called firom its cavity, and its having a
small month,
n— PISWANA, n* pL lEim. (Prom apisa)
1. A very small nplso (pot) }— '3. n. nng.
A high moontain near the soorces of the
Umvoti on the left side, which has a
cavity, or inlet, above, and served as a
refhge-place for the natives dorinf the
wars mth Chaka.
ttkn— PITIKEZA, v. t. (From piti, tooched
npon, at the pmnt, pnt npon, and ken, to
make to dip, to use for dipping, §ee n-
Keio, spoon.)
To mix and stir i applied to a mtidng of
fluids with other snlmtance^ as for malong
beer. {In tribal «««.)
isi— PITIPITI, n. (From piti, touched upon,
on the point) A eonfosioci | a consterna-
tion; excitement*
uko— PITIZA, V. t. rFron pIti, and Im, to
make. Oompare^tmk. OMerv «m pitisa.)
To make piti, t e. s to miz| to stir; to
eidte. (Seldom lued.)
— — PinzxLA, qulf. fr. To confound; to
throw into disorder; todisturK
— — P1T1218A, cans. fr. 1. To itaka con-
ftised; to confound I— a. To mix; to stir,
at: t^jpitizisa indaba, to stir up a stoiy,
3s to bni}g it up again, to Mng it about,
urn— PITIZA, n. pL Ati. (Prom pitia.) A
disturber; exdter; agitator,
im— PITIZO, n. (From ptiza.) Stirring;
distnrlHng; agitating; exciting.
NoxB.— All these words derived from
piti, are only tribal, and most of the Natal
tribes use bonds instead of it.
im— PITJOLO, n. pL isinu (From pi, and
tjolo, sboot forth.)
JMerally : an agitated motion, descrip-
tive of a buffido.
i— PIVA, n. pi ama. (From pi, a pdnt,
and iva, feeling.)
A small living creature. Used eolUe-
Hv€ly.
isi— PI WO, n. pL izL (From the pasrive of
pa, to give.)
A gift which is given, or which one
receives.
FO, intei). (From pa» and cTChesMhe
nature as pi, interrogative deaotfag IMB^
nea^ contact, opposillon. DMscfte pdta,
poh, and poge.)
BApisssiug astonJAment or caUlaff lor
reasons; then, therefore^cwt utl,waMBa
into elnagikiyo pofti, or po n ngn yi ts>
ngaaga ybA na ? I. e. : yon say that jvt,
saw something good, why» then, have jfoi
not bought It f
It is sometimes used elDpticalfy, at: m
« vumile ieala, uti nina pofrif Le.c yoa
have abeadv adsoitted the crims^ whit do
yoq, therefore^ say? m§,i more in yoar
id— PO, n. pL izi. (Frompa, tof^e.) A
gift; a present, which one gives,
h- FOBE, n. pL imi. ^Vom po^ imoB, os,
un, and obe^ see um-Oba, in-Eobs^ tad
u-Libo^ first frmt)
1. AnunripemaasorsnbataMeilfsef^
unripe vegeitable^ wUdi hi J^^^^^
eadly separable ;— 2. Any edib
as roots, Ac, from the vegetable kSnete.
im— FOFANA,n.(pLldn.«fMe«.) (Jhm
pofti, and ana, dim, form.)
Onewhohaanot been entire^ tedaeed
to poverty.
urn— FOFANA, n. pL imi. (Froai pol^ aid
ana, dim, form.)
An olnect wUch can aooa be emvM;
designating a middle-slied pot^arite
elingeneyo.
Im-^FOFAZAKA, n. idol. (Frem ph,
and aaana, denoting small fonala. See
id-Fazana, dkc)
Any ash-coloured fomale anhadL
POFU. fijfPoL
im— POFU, n. sing. (From po^ paiMd,
turned, and fb, bksted, l^hted. Isd^
caUy one wUh ^bA, AU&d io hmaf%
red. Oommare hmeu)
1. A pale red, or nale yeOowi tssniy,
MS inkomoempQfti(frome'yin9eAi)»iA:
an ash-coloured animal;— 2. A poar,&tj
colour. Off: umblaba umpofti, Le.: Ihi
earth has a deadly colour (aa when dlbM
been scorched) ;— 8. tlfffirdUoelft po«;
begga^. Oil umunta cn^cAi (pm s-
umpofo), i. e. : a person wlio hsa bwa
impoveridMd ;— sa la sa soka ukuba^fofof
i.e.t we became impoverished! we w«fs
reduced to poverty.
im*-FOFU, n.pLidm. (5iPsthepreos&if.)
A spedes of antdopcknewn under thsasBS
of lOand. (Called after ite Uwnjr odeR)
id-^^FU, n.dng. (AMim^Bafk) Bnwa-
isE; or tawny-coloursd beadiu
ubu— POFU. See Mpoftk
iBH-POFUKAZI, n. pL litai. (Fmd pofo»
and kad, denoting fomale.)
An eartii, or ash-CQlonud fonale ammd ;
a dun-coloured cow.
Digitized by
Google
F0LI8A.
C»»J
TOMQOU}.
TOHLO. (Sm FftUa, WMm, EoUo,
andPahla.)
An' exdamatioii rignifying a noift or
■omid caoMd by the oottiticm of one body
aguDtt another, a$ : wa tjm ikanda lake
kwatipohlo^Le.: beatnik fali bead and
m sonnd was heard like pohlo!
«k«— POHLQZA, T. ft. (Prom pohlo, od
«ia,toniake. Badio0llmon4ioUkvMBatL
To atrike a beafj blow. N$afiy the
MMtf a# Fahlaza.
«fah--POKA,T. J>to2Mli0,lnrteadofapiika;
•Bd A«nm; a oormption*
im— POKO or PoKwi, n. pL izia. (From
pO» upon, and iko, drawn oot^ or pot.
Madicalijf <m$ wUh pake, peka» Ae., etpe-
dally impeko. .<12IM ^ ntnbeko.)
1. IdMralfy: a capiide, with particidar
ftppUeatioa to the capnile of tobaooo^ many-
MOed and iDany*aeeded j and A«im# also
ftbeblcMom of the tobaeoo teed ;^9. The
fomale seed of maize, called otherwise
TiiB-iryanL
a^POKO,B.pLo. (AMhn-Pdco. Com-
F«^lcobe,dakwa,&«.)
▲ ipioUs of the geniM Tanods, firom
8— i feet high, bating from 8—6 ears»
i^id white ased, whieh the naUtea xm for
porridge for little ohildran, and as in in-
gredient to the abttywala, beer« It ia of
# aort iBtogdettbg quality*
OH^FOKONTB, n. iSto the analysis under
Bokoodwe. Other tribee bare pongondwe,
bongondwe, and pokoto or pc^ote. (It
from popoMa that in this caM 1
first root is properly po imdnotboi and
tiMft the kst is Bte proper, m# nta, and
Btanta, to float.)
A name of a small ri?«r, the Mtt to the
UrnhKl, toward sovtb-weit. (It k called
aftar the peenHar shape ef ito stones (bo-
koodwe) over whtdh ttie wattt floats away.)
nkn— POLA, 1. 1 (Piom po, np, npon» and
tia, to etf«ln| rite. MadieaUf one with
pala, pela, pib. AtUtd U bota» sola, &c
Sie. foh. Tke emm U% to pass oter, to
pMB awi^ from ; to rise up from.)
JL i¥foiorafttooool; to kie beat^ «# :
iikahla le kn poHle, i. e.i the food has
already beeomeeool^—8« To lose the heat
of exdtement or passion, «# : inhliziyo
yiko yt pok a yi ia taknteV, i. e. : his
twiper IS cool sjidno moro eidted ;««8. •
To heal, aei amaniebaakeapome, i. e.:
bli woonds are healed ;«-4b To reoorer;
«PI^ to acute disease to beat offerer
or inflamnatkm of wounds i (sometimes
■jiiOQymoaiwlthpiki);«^S. To grow pale,
to grow cold, (»#t kwa pok nboeo bake,
L e. t Ms foee became pale<
««M FoUiA, cans. ft. 1. To make eool; to
M0l|^2. ToMibdnethe beatof ib?er;~
% T6 hial t aiatiicd 0t wottriM Brt | to
nitove to muidneis.
POMPOLOZA. 4^1fpompptoti.
I->*P0ND0, n. pi MM. (Pros po, npon,
on, and indo^ extended, into lengtb, bdght.
Bee tt^Pdndo. MMicO^f one with panda,
Ai.)
A Mgb hni, or i promfaieBt pkioe In the
mldit of a bnsiiy condftry , having ittfelf no
boshi and bdi^ thenfore Musfricooos*
It is a figore, meaning the bom of a
ionntry.
Ioh-POnDO, h. (Prom npondo.) A con-
tagjoos siekneai ; pestilence.
tt'-FONDO, n. pL idn. (The JTOMI and
cthere hme Impondo in the dng. See
i-POndo. Madiealljf one ¥>iih pimdti.)
1. LUeralhfi apro)eotk)tt, or a promi-
nence ; hence, a bom ;-^2. A tootb of an
dephantb
ntt--^PONDO, n« pL amampondo. (From
the plar. it b «Tident that tbii word is
compounded from um-irapondo« ttiA con-
tracted into nmponda)
A person of the Amanlpondo ttfbe, of
which Paku b the |Rresent chiet (The
name i%|ufiii homed people^ or homed
tribe. The form umpondk^ amamponda,
■omctimes hoard, is not correct.)
IHB^POKDOMPONIX), n. pL o. (From
fanpondo-impondo, with the nom. form u,
denotbg genus, class, fte.)
A name for a ckss of beetle with long
boms bent to both ddes. Ita colour is
bhie with bUKik stripes.
QU^^PONDONDWS, n. i^ bni. fFrom
pondo, and indwe, drawn out, eee in-pwe.)
A spedea of t^ot with bo^ expanded^
or extended leaf,
um— PONDWB, n. pL om. ZukiMd firom
the EngHsb pound (hi moniy).
ama-— PONQO, n. pL (From impongo, The
nom. form ama adds the meaning of Estate
or condition," or renders the word in an
abstract senie.)
Pertaining to the ncrture of ft he*goat ;
henee, ill-natured; ill-tempered i cross i
applied to man.
im— PONGO, n. pi* Mm. (Prom p^ up,
upon, and ngo, boxt. CbfMptiftf gobongo.
AUied to p(mdo.)
A ram of sheep or goats} io caHed from
its horns, which qualify it for fighting, and
ire dangerous.
M^PONiK), n. sing. (Prom iinpdngo.
Bee ama'^Pongo.)
A peculiar protuberance at the fordiead ;
henee, a person who his such a forehead.
urn— P0N(k)LO, n. jpL Imi (From pongo,
bent upon, and dio, strQtcbied, extended.
AlUed to bongda. Bee Pungubu)
Anr receptacle of a great shapO, as a
cask, barrel, box, diest, Ac
X4
Digitized by
Google
POFOZA*.
[280]
PU.
oko-^FOKSA* T.i. (From po, nctfnem, and
xiM, to be diitant» to bring next or netr.
Tke primary tente i$ c to bring near to
a diateDOft. Dmleoiie, pan. MUed to
piaa.)
1. Toiing; to hnrl or wbirl through
the air; to drive with great foroe, at:
nknponaa wnkonto^ Le. : to hnrl a apear
through the air;— 2. To throw; to cait»
tut ponaaitje, te.: throw a stone; — 8.
' To cast; to drive bj force; to throw fbr-
ward;— -4. Idiomaiici a. To miss; tofidl
of reaching an olgect; not to hit^ ait n
ponrile nko^aya inyamazana, i. eu: he
miafed in shooting after the wild bock ;—
h. Nearly, almost as; ba ponsa be ngi
bolde, i.e.: th^ had almost killed me,
Ut.: thejwere near to have killed me;
(for whidi the Xof « uses be panti ukn ngi
balala;)^c. Ngoknponsa, i. e. : to the left,
or ngeaoknpimsa, ie.: to the which is
(hand) the left, ^.: in the direction of
the missing.
«— PoNSEKA, qnlt. fr. 1. To be in a state
of casting, throwing, hnrling, &c, <u:
ingonyama ya ponseka knmnnto, L e. : the
lion threw himself forward, sprang forward
upon the man ; — 2. To fall violcmtly, as :
inkomo i ponsekile eweni, Le.: the oow
fell down the rock;— abantn ba ponseka
eweni nknfika kwempi, Le.: the people
threw themselyes down the rock when Uie
enemy came npcoi them.
*— PoNSiBA, or PofiiBA. To make or do
so as if throwing, casting, hurling; Ac
(The Xosa uses posisa espedally for : to
mias; to err, to mistake; for which the
Zulu uses pambeka and paauna.)
PONTO, adr. (Sadicalljf the same as
ponyu in punyuka, lohiek see,)
Getting off from; ffoiug out. Used
withukuti, a#: izembe la ti ponyo, Le.:
the axe went out from the handle. (Seldom
inute,)
im — POPOMA, n. pL irim. (From po-po,
onomaiopoetiot rigmi^ing the noise of a
&11, and uma, to more. Others use popo*
mo^ carrying the o through all syllables.
Compare mpompoza.)
liieraUjft a place, a bank upon which
amass of water is breaking;— ;i«nce, 2.
A cascade; a cataract : a waterfall;— 8. A
waterspout.
i— POPONL Same as Boboni, wMel see.
ukn— POPOZA, ▼. t. (From popo^ see popo-
ma, and uza, to make. Allied to boboza
and mpomposa.)
To rush ; to dash ; to strike and break,
as : amanzi a popoza edwaleni, i. e. : the
water daSbes on the rock, or breaks on
the rock ; — amanri a popoca empopomeni,
L e. : the water dashes the wateriall
down.
im-^POSA, n. (FrompQ, upon, and in, to
cause, to shoot, &c. Coheidi^ wUk
pooaa, S, 41.)
The seni^ of the Zuk kfaig. (Sm
UBr-Qohlo.)
isi— POSISO, n. Error, blunder. (EaMj
Frontier-Kafir.)
ukn— POTA, T. t. (From po, upon, on, as,
audita, to touch, take, throw. SadteeOii
one vfUh pata, particulariy peU. Md
to sonta. . See Ponsa, and Posa.)
To spin ; to twist, vie, : by winding ooi
thread round another so that it ennot
unra? el, cu : pota intambo, to spinortwiit
a rope»
NoTB.— The metoing of this word if
quite different from alidEa, and from loota,
whidi it is necessary to ofaserre.
— PoTEKA, quit. fr. 1. To be fit «Dr
spinning, twirting, as : intambo a yi pote*
lu,Le.: the rope does not twist weU,*^
2. To practice spinning ; to be workaDgit
q^inning.
— POTBLA, qulf. fr. 1. To spin, totii*
for;— 2. I!tipkemisiic^ to menstmate.
u-POTE, n. pL irim. (From pott.) A
tassel; applied to a fuhion of wearing tbi
hair in long curls like strings,
i— POT J APOT J A, n. pi ama. (ftf» P<^
pass, upon, and uija, to shoot» or «^ to
speak out. Otiers haoe potjolo. Xote,
polo<jane,aliar. Allied to holm, hdj^)
To tell stories (== ukuqamba amiagt)*
It has nearly the idea of pnija, cbol*
Ution.
Im— POTO, n. pL ism. (From pota. «a•^
Ijf alUed to puta.)
Acorn-spindle; a long slender stalk,
i— POTWE, n. pL ama. (From the psMW
of pota, to twist)
A name of a bird of brown eolonr.
— im— POVA, n. pi. izim. (Prom p^ apj"*
and UTa, to come forth. JdUsd te w^
but particularly to imbovu.)
The flower or blossom of the iii-KiM»
or wild water-mekm. (OtJien te vofm
from reasons of ukuhlonipa, dsc* 0* f*v,^
of respect) ; but this is no proper word.
uku— POZA, T. t. (From po, pafed, WO*
and uia, to makcb to make a noiie. Ml*^
to pda; but radically one wiih i^
See Bosa, Loza, &c) .
. LUeraU^i tom^eoooL (SMm^
.— PoziBi, cans. fr. To mdce cooler ty
. pouring cold water into boilinc^; ***^
to quench, to check water in bmling.
NoTB.— Care must be taken not to cm-
ibund this word with pusisa.
PU. An onomatopoeOcy ex p r o a insj
state of being btown up, or of Woj"**
wind or breath from the mouth. 1* ■
used with ukuti, «# : a ku li booi itotott
tipu na? Le.: do you not see that tw
Digitized by
Google
calf is UowiDg (breft£h ont), or !■ Uown
Qpf (From this the Xo9a ham Qmpa,
L e. : gim.) Inyama iti pn, i. e. : the meat
emits a had ameU^ (aa if it was Uowing
out breath.)
i— >FU, XL. DidUcHo inttead of i-fb, wMeh
see,
uko— PUCA, T. A oontraoted ibrm from
pncak, 8, 4, wiidk tee,
FUCU, adT. (QrvMM% a nomi from
pa, passed, and ncn, that which is on the
top. lUidieaUjf one foUh pnkn, and Teij
probably originated from it bj emphasis;
wUh apocQ, andbnca. Chmpare knco, &o.)
Denoting a smoothness, siipperiness ;
Imce^ disBolfinff, decomposed, of potrid
things, a# : si ti pnea idknmha, Le. : the
skin is in a decomposed state, the hair
going off.
nkiil-PnCUKA, ▼. L (From pocn, and nka,
to go or come off. See Patnka.)
1. PrimarUyi to receive a gidl in the
skin; to become sailed or fretted ; todis-
sdTe, aa : n pooiuile ngoknkwela ihashe,
i.e.: he became galled by riding on horse-
back;— 2. To rub, hnrt, ixjnre^ &&, the sUn.
nku^-PUCULA, t. t. (E^rom poeo, aee Boca-
ka, to which it is the transitive^ and nla,
to strain, to remove. BadicaUy eomeidii»g
tfi^paqola.)
L To gall; to fret; to hnrt the skin
by mbbing, aai isihlalo u lipnenlile ihashe,
i. e. : the saddle has galled the back of the
horse;— 2. To erase; tomb oat; tomb
oC «<t insila, Le.: dirt^ fllth;— -8. To
shave, of : pwmla izindevn, i. e. : to shave
the beard;— 4. To shave off; to cat o£^
as: idnwc^ si ya pncnlwa, L e. : the hair
k ahaved from tiie head;— 6. To plock
off; to clear oil^ as the feathers of Ibwls;
—6. To phme; to make smooth the* snr-
ihee^ as: pacola nmntit ie.: make this
plank smookh.
OBI— PUCUIil, n. pL aba. (From poeala.)
A shaver.
nkn— PUCUZA, v. t. (IVom pnoo, aee puen*
ki^ and nsa, to make.)
To mb, to acoor, to dean the sorfroe of
anything^ aai pnonsa izinkeso nomcss,
, Le. : dean the spoons and knivei» (This
* word is saflbnsnuy distinct from pncah^
' Vy its application.)
nkn— PUHLiA, v. t. (From pa, op, and hla,
to shoots throw. JRadioalUf one wUh
pahia, pehla, and pohlo. Jliaed to bohla,
i toUow.)
To posh forth, as in planing a piece
of wood;— 2. To grow £ut or well; to
shoot forth or op ; to floorish, aa : insimi
i se i pahlile i napaqabi neouti, L e. : the
garden is already flonrishing, having leaves
and stem ^— 8. To grow alrmdy some time ;
to stand in growth rinoe a time.
PUHLU, adv. {OriginaUy a nonn,
fr<om pnhla, denoting a posfdng forth.
See Pohkk.)
Used with nkoti, aa i wa knloma noma-
nye wa ti pnhla ngeyake inhlda, Le.: he
spdce with the other, and then he would
have his own way, = went on his own
way, insisted upon it.
oka— PUHLUKA, v. L (Frcmi puhlu, and
nku, to go or come oE Coinciding nearly
with pumika. Allied to kuhluka.)
1. To froth ; to foam ;— 2. To strike
against something and be womided.
nku— PUHLUZA, v. t. (From puhlu, and
QZB, to make. Nearly coinciding with
ohloEa. See Quhluza. Tran&tive to pu«
1. To rab hard; to strike hard;— 2. To
dean by Motion,
nka— PUEA, v. JYoperfyz apnka, which aee,
im— PUEANI, n. pL izim. (From puka,
pu, approached, upon, and idea, to draw,
aet, put; and ani, dim. form. BadieaUg
in apuka.)
iVuNort^: agallmg ofa smallinsect;
hence, a fly.
PUKU, adv. (From pu, passed, and
nkn, come up or o£ Originallg a noun,
denoting a process of fermentation. Badi'
eaUg one wUh paka, peka, Ac, and pucu.
A transpontion of kupu.)
Denoting a commotion like liquors when
fermenting, or when gaseous appearances
some up fram them. Used with ukuti, at:
nbntywala bu ti poku, Le. : the beer Iwings
iq> scum, = is in a state of fermentation,
im— PUKU, n. pi. izim. (From pu, passed,
upcm, and uku, oome or gone fiS, The
primary aenae ia that of a rcd>lMng, shaving,
gnawing. Compare pukani, pnouka, &c)
A gi^eric name for mousey rat.
isi— PI^U, n. pL isL (jSIm im-Poku.) Any
piece of a skin used as a garment. Liier^
aUy it means a piece of skin of whidi the
hair altogether or partiy have been scoured,
sha ved, or r obbed off.)
nkn— PUKUEA, v.' L SVihal, instead of
fbkuka, which aee.
idoDH-PUKULA, V. t. SVibal, instead of
fuknhi, whi^aee,
i— PUKUPU, n. pL ama. (From puku,
and upu, upon. Othera pukupuku, which
aee.)
Foam; froth; applied to the substance
which is formed on the surface of water
bv violent agitation, aa : ulwanhle In ya
hUdisa ipukupu, Le.: the sea (or rather
the billows) settle (produce) fbain.
isi— PUKUPUKU, n. (Sepeiition flrom
puku-puku.) 1. IMeraUgi a making of
froth V parts; appUed to man; an empty,
senssless, or stupid person, like foam; a
frothy Weaker.
Digitized by
Google
liT« ft«nlIrakati^ ohtoligteTMb^ ftonpidni,
which 906, and ata, to ihfoir. AUM to
Imkuda.)
To paat or etom a iiT«r fagrtbmttof the
bodj oontiniially JispwudB, as if ho^nng
throngfa tbo water,
nkn— PUEUZELA, t. t. (Fron pokii, and
isela, to make freqnontiy. AUi0d io
fakosehu)
1. Toflnmenti toefferraaoei to froth;
—a. To more or walk empty. Without
carrying anytlung» =3 ommittt ohalnbajo e
nga paU hito 1 wove np and dowft aa any-
thing earned on the head|^-8* To act aa
an empty, atapidt or alUy person.
— PuKUZiBi, cans. fr. 1. To imitate
fermenting I to imitate any ooe who walka
empty; — 2. To behaTO aa a Tain pvion,
aa one who has a high opinion of hionelf ;
parHmUarlVf to nu&e a nanid^ ihew of
eloqnenee, m dispntatioo.
im*— F(7LB» n« pL iiim. (Fmm tpnhw strop-
ping the prefix a.)
A broken piece ; htnee, a itattp of a
tree remaining in the earth, after the «^pper
part has been eat or broken off*
nkn'^-PULUKA^ ▼. L (From po^ paal^ nlo,
easily, andnka, to go oft MmiioaOff tfi
apnki) to break off« AJUM to ponynka,
pnhloka, &c.)
Td gBde teaUp ofl( away» eotf id more;
or Blip along with ease^ aa on a smooth
snrfiwe ; to pass along without obetmetion,
mi hitambo 1 pnlnldle esnnhleni iami i
manri« i* e. : the thong sUpped o«t of my
hand, it being wet*
ilta— PULULA, ▼. t. {Seo Pohika, to which
it foims a transition by nla, to strain.
/Sm n^^Lnku)
1. To stroke; to rmb gontlr with the
hand; to soothe;*-^^. To malte iSBOoih,
at: palnla nboya bengabo, I. e. ( smoothen
the wad of the bknket^ eithv by nibbing
gently with the hand or liy brushing
gently ;--3. To doa<| to fiattelP by strik-
ing gently with the* hand, as a <ia^ an
animal, &c.
nktt-^PUMA, T* t. Posfjre pdnywa. (VfilBi
pa, to pass, and 001% to more 1^, stand.
RadieaUff om %oUk poaM^ piiuu JSHi.
fhma.)
1. To move ont; to come or go ont
from the inside of any plaoei «r : pnma
enhlwhii» i« e. t go ovt of the boiMe ;—
fl. Tooomefrom, «ffi npmnaplnaf i.e.:
where do yon come from f *w8i To proceed «
from;*-^ To qipseri to rise; to sUne, as:
ilanga li ya pnma, Le. < the snn rises ^-«-5.
To being oat; to make pabUe» ait nknm-
poma nmnotoft 1. e^ 1 to make one peMic;—
6. To miscarry, 0$% lalm il pimlH i. e. :
lit.: the womb comes ont^ ifcft
Hags hapMBodi*^. l ihma H ii fona
'nyonma, LcitogoontaiifiMehsd
aeeldentany soaed l^mselft and, kst tiie
people dienld aae it^ he goeaoot baricward,
vig^t the ikce fixed towards them ftom
whose pressnee he goes out. Thefigonb
applied oentemptnonsly to a coward wbcv
in a fight, withdraws hfansdif by fflis^
backward from the plaee^ bains afraid that
one might strike hito from bAi]ld(=:«ft
pnnka e ftilatda.)
MMk PxncXLV tfM fr< 1» To come or go
ont for, on parposei««8. Tb eoms oat
with,tfst akapameUiadan,ie.i beta
not eome oat with any paint, n win not
epnlbw anyttiiag;-*^ Ta d o fsiep ; i
Tojnxjeet.
**m^ PiTibxALA^ freqt fr» 1. Toeomsoot
entirely, completely; to stand iorti^aia
pcomiiraneey-^S. To'come in sighk
— Puifm, cans. fr. 1. To cs«se to one
ott; to bring out; to pot ont; to cgect;
aborts (of tery geneial applisatian)i-l
to lead oot;-^. To oonftat; to soot
freely oat with something.
Im^PUMA, n. Mng. (From the ieA)
Somethlag thnt stands oat or frrthji
pMmmenoe.
ltt--lnJMALANOA»iwtfliig^ (FhMhnpQ-
ma, and ilanga, the son.)
The plaee where tho eon rises; hem,
»9
and
mmsuLxnuL
Poloka.
nka-^-PUMfiSA, t, t. (From pnma, and im.
to eaos^ bring ont. ModiaMy OM with
pnmisa) bat need here fai a peanHarsena^
or high degresk 00^ Amben, its.)
1. AppUBdioloifalmutomt loitoai^
^*! to bring ont splendidly; to qmStj,
or make jffoper for reeepUon or osa, ott
inkabi yokopmnesB, 1. e« 1 thn ox frt oat-
fitting a bride, or the ox which Is a demy;
.^2. ApfUed io th4 ofgM of apieeht (0
bring ont distinctly ; to prononnes ohsilj,
disttnotly, weU, a#4 knlama n pmMny
i.e.: sneak and pMOOtnoe proper^;-)*
tbeonfrss; to mak» eonftsaion^
-MM* PmnfiBLi, qolf. fr. T» pienoasee
proper^ for; to oenftss In vespest to; to
make a confossion m rwpeel to^
im— PUMLO, n. pL isim. (Wtom ptmk
. JEMMiM^ one nom pomek.)
1. IdfeMU^t anoatgdng^ontatan^;
JU»iee,noBe;-^S. AQend,orpainftst«ldinf
forth, <u: impomlo yomknmbi, l.a^t tba
nose or 1^ end of the manger.
im^PUMO, tt. slog. (From pnma.) Ont-
ffofa]|^ TheUmited mo of tlila wenlii:
fmpamoyetazt,i.ekt n kna of Mood (ftwn
mnrwoond}.
ntt^PlJMO^ A. 1^ (See hn-^Fmo.) Out-
goings appMod to tko fiM working day,
Digitized by
Google
FUVQl.
PUNYI8WA.
«ii. t HondiMr* (TbeMn8ei8eniytl%aodiii
fbn it wooM be s iiiiihk inDpoKh L •• t the
dsvdf gttnf out to work.)
FUMPtJTiu iS^ Hpampiita.
okn-'PUMULA, or Pumla, T.t. (From pimui,
and nla, to strain, or stretch; er« which
unonnts to the saae^ from pa, passed, and
mnla, to mote from, Ac The smm refers
both to stop moriof on, or to go fev to
fltret^i.e.: hiydown.)
1. To rest; to take resti to sit down
andrestj to stretchout;— 2. 1\i be quiet;
to be nndistorbed; to be at peace, as:
Damhla ngi pasBalilsb i. e. t ichdMj I am at
peace (after all anxiety).
<^— PuxiruiLAf q«l£ fr« To rest fbr,— at
a plaosi, Ac*
«ka— FUMUZA cf PvxaA, t. t (From
puma, and via, to make* SU. pomntsa.)
To make to rest; togiTorest; to rest;
toreKete*
•«•— PinnrfliirA, rcpr^ fr^ To reUere each
otherfrom wofkinsp*
im^FUKDtJ, n.pLiiim. (From pn, passed,
andndiv eiteoded. BadieaUjf one with
panda, pendn« pinda, poodo. 4Ui6d to
and ponga. See nm-^BmidQ.)
A eoastmstian of poles whieh make the
entrance of the cattle fold, standing side-
ward, or bending like the horns of cattle.
ifi— FUNBU, n. (dng. (See tm-Potida.)
Oconrat.
nm — PUND172I, n. plimL (From iaipondn,
ttod ill, mi^ings^ imitating.)
A khnd of tree, the branidies of whid^
bend, or are like the polesof the SmpnndB.
«kii— FUKCU, T. 1 (F^Mina•topass,npoo,
Midiinga,tonseibree^tobead. SMUcaO^
. OM# ip»^ panga, pebga, pinga, ftot AJUied
to bmiga, ftmga. Compare qmiga4l
1. LUeralkf and primmiUf z totmnish;
to repel; to repnlse an assailant, a* i nko-
poBga nmhiola, L e. : to drlTO away a bad
omen;-^2. To ward off; to drlfe awaj
anything tronUesome^ a$ t ponga i^hnpa-
kani eknhleni, i. e. : drive the ffies away
from the feed;— 8. To bkm with some
force; to blow away that whidi might
beeome hnrtfol, aet ponga oknbla oki^*
aayo^Le.: to blow hot food (the heat being
te||ajrded as an assailant The Xoea nses
thm word in the sense of No. 8., and also
in a sense of drinking hot things^ taking
ofl; sobsiding, Ac.)
I— PUKQA, n. ring. fFrom the Terb, 8.)
1« A Mow, e<s.t a smell of— 4nto i ti po,
Le.: sometUng rottcb; flatoor, odoor,
Tapoor of bad air;— 2. Taste^ aet ipoaga
eli seceleni, L e* : a bye^sste.
fan— FUNGA, n. (From the Terb» to blow*
Bee i-Ponga. The Xoea has mnponga,
pi. imiponga, longs» from the sense of
blowing; and impniigi« malt, frosn its
hmH as w«U u from iU wh!te» or melM
appeanmeei From thsse instances we see
that Mowing is the primary sense of wlute
or greyidi, and with this oeinw d eB ibonga,
a snbstanoe like moald.)
A white or grayish eotonr; applied to
animals whieh haTO a hairy eoati ae :
ihashe eli'mpnnga (from di yimpmiga)
L e. t a whitish or greyish horse.
im*-FUKQAKAZI, n. (From imponga,
and kali, denoting female.)
A whitish or gi^yish femaloHadmal^ as a
gMyish cow, mare^ Ac
i— PUKQU, n. pL ama. (From pvnga, 1.)
A certain shmb or tree used for the cere-
mony of nknponga. {See ais^Hlola.)
nkn— PUNQULA, ▼. t. (From pimga, and
nk, to strain, to remove. JtadioaUgf one
wUk ^ngok, Ac AUied to bangiUa.)
L To lighten a load, ei«.t to take a
part, or the heavier part off from ; to dis«
harden; to relieve ;--S. To poor ofl; aet
pongila amanye amansi e kehM im i , Le«:
poor off pari of the water oat of the kettle.
Isi-^PUKGUMATB, n. pL is. (Other
Ibrmsare t pongmnangatc panMmgate^ and
pnqgapangn. From iponga, smelling,
Mowing, and mangate^ dsoMig a certain
wind, «0» Hkngata.)
A hawk which has a orest ob its head.
It is most probably called sofrMn iUpecn-
liar manner of sitting on high trees and
always locking aromid, ss if it were smell-
ing from what dkection the wind eemes,
eontinaal ly movi ng the crest ott its head,
im— PUNGUTYB, n. ^ idm. (From i-
and atye, eater» see Ty«» Of v^u.
sr
)
LUeraO^t a speeies emittlBg a bad
smelli AeiMS^ a generio tmasefev eatrion'
an imnl e, incloding espeoially the Ibi, and
thejackal, and sometimes also tkewolfor
hy etoL
idcii«-PnNHLA» T» t (From pa# passed,
open, on, ami, thin, tender^ and hla,
to throw, throsk MadieaUg one mth
panbk, to httrt, eiqiose. JlUed ta pohla,
Tonhla.)
1. JPriamrUft to micover; to divest*
denode ; strip of the tender part ;— 8. To
stripoff; to make bare by eating o^ net
amadmU a ya pnnbla miti, Let the
eaterpiDars strip the trees ol their leaves.
(In the JToMi this verb refers chiefly to
a most shamelU practice of vielence npon
yonng girls. Under Hfgffiui (Gaiha) it
was iffohiUted as a enme, bat onde^
Sandmi it wu renewed again.)
^^'^ FjJVJnJOM quit. fr. To bo in ft de-
nuded state i stripped of its te&detf parU ;
to be RTippinsr.
FUNXiSWA, ese Pomis% df which it
is the passive.
Digitized by
Google
ukii— PUNYTTKA, t. i. (From pa, pMring,
and ini, between, inside, and nka, to go
oat. BadieaU^ one with panyeka. AUM
to pama, pololo, nynka, &c)
1. To go oat from innde, a# : isembe U
panyaldle empini, L e. : the [uekaze haa
gone oat of its handle. (N.B.— The pick-
axes of the natives have no ear, bat the
handle has a hole into which the axe is
thrnst, and this is the prominent idea of
the word) ;— 2. To get ont of its place;
to slip oat; to escape.
oka— PUNYULA, ▼. t. (See Panyoka, to
which it forms a transitive by ola, to strain.
Cloeely alHed to pnnhla.)
To strip off; to slip off; to denade ; to
onscrew, Ac Applicable to anything pot
or fi&itened to another, = knmola, with
this difference, that the sense ci nyola, to
bring np from a lower place or position,
always prerails, as in nnscrewing the
spindle from the screw.
aka— PUNZA, v. t. (From pa, passed, apon,
and enza, to make, to exert ; or from pa,
ana, and iza, to make. CloeeUf allied to
pniUila, ponga. RadioatUf- one with
panza, &c)
1. Frimarihf : to rid one's self of; to
exonerate ;— 2. To miscarry. (Usaally
applied to beasts.)
' im— PUNZI, n. pL izim. (Frompnnza. See
isi-Pann. AlUed to ira-Bna. See i-Pati.)
A small grey antelope, commonly called
bash-back. (It has most probably been
named after its shape, Ut.i an abortive
raoe, = snb^^lass of antelope.)
S«— PUNZI, n. pi. izi. (Prom panza.) 1.
Anything that has not come to matority,
or that &ls in its progress ; as a foBtas,
broaght forth beft>re it is perfectiy formed;
—2. Any stomp of a tree, the t<^ of which
isoatofll
i— PUNZO, n. pL ama. (From panza.)
1. Anything that is irregnlar in its growth
or progreai, as a knot in a tree or plank ;
a wrong growth ; any ftulare or accident ;
—2. Any short or small branch of a tree;
a side-branch, growing fit>m the chief-
branch;— 8. The prominent tasks of a
wild hog.
am— PUNZO, n. pL imi. (From panza.)
Abortion; miscarriage.
oka— PUPA, V. t (From apa-apa, pasring-
passmg, opon-apon. The tense is i to move
as apon a sarfkce. JEtadiodUy one wUh
papa, pepa, Ac)
1. To dream, as : aknpapa ipnpa, i. e. :
to dream a dream ;— 2. To see or observe
in a dream, as t inyanga i ya papa imiti
yokwelapa, i. e. : the inyanga sees medical
plants in a dream ; dreams of them,
i — PUPA, n. pL anuL (From the verb.)
A dream.
im— PUPA, n. sing. (From pops.) A
dreaming; a dreamine person,
isi— PUPE, n.p.id. (From papa.) AIM
to pape. Coinddimg with biambe.)
A dreamer; a thonghUess, inatten^
person.
i— PUPO, n. (From papa.) Somothiiig
dreamt of.
isi— PUPO, n. (From papa.) A cane of
dreaming; apanon who is the object oft
dream; a dreamer.
i— PUPU, n. pi. ama. (From the ndksl
sense of papa, to pass apon.)
The hoof of animals, as honei, oattkb
sheep, &c
im— PlTPU, n. sing. (From papa. Mel
to pape. See Baba, and Pnpanm.)
Meal; fine floar. (Moat probably eiDid
80 becaose the wind takes it away wte
the natives grind com apon a hand^stooe.)
oka— PUPUMA, v. i. (From pa-po, tnd
ama, to move ap-op. lUidiealU/ one wi&
papama. If derived from pa, apoo, md
pama, to go oat, it is the samesenee.)
1. To babble; denoting an agititiao
over and above a oertidn limit, ai in dial*
lition, when the heat throws op liquid,—-
2. To boil over;— 8. To ran over; toilot
over (eoincidinff with popoma).
— — PuPTTMiBA, cans. fr. To caose to bob*
ble ; to caase to boil over, &c
isi— PUPUPU, n. (From pn-pa-pu, rath*
onomatqpoeUo ; M^papa.)
One who talks moch in sleem like i
p delirioas person.
oka- PUPUZA, V. t. (From pa-po, osowa-
topoetie, expresrive of a blast of wind,
and nza, to make a noise. SeeYtagam.)
Jo pnsh, as a heavy blast or puff «
wind; topaff.
PUSA. See Apasa.
oka- PUTA, V. t. (From po, pasnd, upon,
and nta, to take, toach; UteraUgt in-
tonehing. BadieaUjf om loi^ pata, petii
pota« AUied to epaza and pan; vg^
apasa, &o.)
1. PrimariUfi to neglect, or to fril to
do what is reqaired; to neglect a dotj,
as: si 11 pntile isonto, i. e. t we have oeiT-
lected to keep the Snnday ,—2. To omit ;
to leave; to forbear to do; to be IW*-
ward, deficient, as ; amasimi a patije p»
nyaka, i. e.: the gardens are backwcd
this season ;— 8. To cease to aflRird ijd,
sopply, or food ; to be imperfect, dwarfiw J
to have no frnit, a* : ambila apatile, L e.:
the. maize is without fhiit,
— PuTKKA, quit. fr. To be negleetflO,
failing, defective, frniUess, Ac
— . PuTiBA, caas. fr. To caase to fiiil,«'
aka— PUTAPUTA, v. t. (From pnt*-P^
Compare mpampata.) To grabble ; to veel
with the hands or fingers.
Digitized by
Google
— — FUTAFUmiA, qolf. fr. To grope; to
UmI akmg; to search by feeling in the
dark.
i— PUTI and Pwm, n. pL ama. (Prom
ipn, and iti, touohing; tee pota. The
sense w: sca^oely, hudlj touched. M'
Ued to imbozi and impnnzi.)
The smalleat kind of bush-antelope,
eommonlj called small blue-buck,
ukn— PUTJA» ▼. t. (Diverged from puta or
pupa, as catar-catja, mata-matja, ota-o(ja ;
or from pn, upon» andtja, to bum, heat,
boil,&c)
1. To be in a state of ebullition; de-
noting exacUj the oozing out of steam ;
to erapocate in Tisihlestefun ; — 2. Figwra-
twe^fi to make or pour out vapour8» =
to tidk much which is not understood.
okn— PUTUEA, ▼. L (Prom putu, touched
upon, kenee, the surface, skin,— «ee kwetu,
kutu, external covering, — and uka, to go
ofll Claeeljf aliied to pucuka, qutuka,
kutuka,&c Badically onemth pateka,
pot6ka,&c)
To chafe ; to be heated by friction ; to
fret, <ui umtwana u putukile, i.e.: the
child's skin is chafed, = wound, at fiit
j^aces around the neck, &c
okn^PUTULA, t. t. (See Putuka, to which
it is the transitive by ula, to strain.
Sadicalfy one with petuhu AUied to ku-
tula,&o.)
1. To rub off or away with the hand,
as : putula innla emzimbeni, i. e. : rub off
the &t from the body ;— 2. To grate ; to
rub away, off from the surface of a body
with the hands; to grate, to wear away
in small particles, (ui putula izinkob^
L e. : to grind boiled com (= to mash) ;
— 3. Toleave off work.
im— PUTULO, n. sing. (From putula.) A
mass of grated com when boiled ; a niash.
oka— PUTTjZA, v. t. (From putu, and uza,
to make, to become small. See Putuka
and Putula.)
To rub off small pieces with the fingers;
to crumble. (This form is seldom used.
See the next,)
m^ PUTUZBLA, qulf. fr. To cmmble; to
rub off small particles with the fingers,
as : isitene n ya putuzela, i. e.: the bricks
laramble into pieces.
oka — PUZA, V. t. (From pu, upon, up, and
nza, tomak^ become small; to come; to
feel, teste. See ^puza Peza, Poza.)
1. ^timarilsf : to take a fluid into the
mouth by the lips; to sip in small quan-
tities;— 2. To dniw into the mouth from
the surface of a mass of fluid ;— 8. To take
a mouth full, or draught ;--4. To imbibe;
to drink in; to absorb;— 5. To drink;
as : ukupon amansi, L e. : to drink
water.
— PvzizA, caus.fr. 1. To give to drink;
to drench, drain, soak, as : ngi puzise, i.e. :
let me take a mouth full to drji^ ;— 2. To
give a taste ; to give a small portion to
taste.
KoTB.'— Care must be taken in order to
keep the proper distinction between this
yerb, epuza and poza.
im— PUZA, n. (pL izim. seldom,) (From
puza.)
An eraption containing watery pimples
or sores, at the skin. (See isi-BuzL)
i— PUZI, n. pi ama. (From puza.) Lite'
rdUy : a soaked kind ; a watery kind ;
hence, pumpkin, vit, : the native pumpkin,
a small round kind.
a— PUZI, n. pi. izim. (From ipuzL) Pump-
kin-seed.
i — PUZU, n. pL ama. (From puza.) 1. Same
oti-Puzi; — 2, Something which has taste
(seldom) i'-^. Same as im-'VvaM..
im— PUZWANA, n. pL izim. (IHm, from
puza, 8.) Small eruption, common among
infants.
Q.
(^ This character is employed in the
Zulu-Kafir, to represent the dass of palatal
dicks. They are so called from thdr being
made by pressing the tongue in a flat
position upon the roof of the mouth, and
withdrawing it quickly so as to produce a
loud and distinct dack or smadc. Its
modified sounds are, in the present state
of orthography, distinguished by additional
consonants according to their nature, as :
qaUi, nqaba, gqagqa, nqganga.
QA, adv. (Originally a verb, see Eqa,
and radicaUy coinciding with ca, za, ga,
ra, and sometimes with sa. Strictly taken
it is onomatopoetioy expressing a sound
like a dash or crack caused by the collision
or striking of two bodies together. Its
primaiy and literal meaning is therefore :
to strike at, to prick at, to set or fix at,
upon, on; and hence, follows the*sense
of that which is stricken, viz. : the top,
point, upper part, edge, surfiice, as also the
efiects of a crack, to split, to spring off, to
dart, make an appearance, a show, please
or engage the eye, as cdour, beauty, orna-
ment, decorous, grand, proud, and vain.
And from this last it dorives its negative
force.)
No; not.
isi— ()A, n. (See Qa, adv. Sadioallg one
with qi, qo, and isiqu.)
A certain shape or bulk. An expression
of derinon, contempt, or reproach, ap-
plied to a short person, but particularly
to a little dog (coinciding exacts with
iqata.)
Digitized by
Google
QABL
C"63
QABULIBA,
M— QA, H. pL isL {See Qa» adr. DiilBring
from the preoediiiff Uqa bj ft paouliar
ncoeo.it on qa— &Btq£)
Asy ftM or nUatabU pieoo i aa a good
pioee of meatk beef-iteak; of honej, fiit,
mc AppUcaUe to prodtuiloBa of nature
only, not to artifidal tbiogi, aa bread,
cake, ^
obn^-QA, JL sing. (8ee'Q^) 1. Graeeftd-
neia; grand; vanity; prond; proud of
. ptt^ &!ngi; eonoelted; partieiuarfy ap-
pHed to m^lon, looks, moA appearanee, a#:
uanuitn o noboqa, L e. : a man who makes
a sbow, aa in walking;-- 2. Smpty; not
real, a$ : o nobnqa u ti a ba bli lUinhla,
kanti n hhi kona, L e. t he who baa preten-
sions says that he doss not eat ewtain food,
whilst he doea eat it.
mn-^^QA, n. pL imL {See Qa, adr. Dia-
lecHe nmca, stripe, line. The eeme in
striking, beating npon the snrihce.)
A passage, or a read of miceb nasally
obsenred fimn one bole to the ether,
nkn — QABA, ▼. t. (From qi^ and iba, to
separate. SadicaUy one with qiba, qoba,
and qnba. Allied to oabo, Ac)
X. Primarily i to dissolve a mass, bolk,
or snbstanoe;— Atfikw, 2. To prepare an
ardfldal ooloor for ornament i— 8. To
paint, to smear the body or the fiiee only
with red elav ; to pnt the body in order,
to trim it with eoloars.
^^mm QimiyA, quit. fr. To take eolonr; to
colour well ; applied to the quality of the
oolonr or colouring.
•M^^ Qabbla« qulf. ft. To paint for; to
trim up.
am— QABAi n. »L imi. (From the verb.) A
decoration, trimming, consisting of strhigs
of balls and large beads worn around the
neck,
nm— QABALAKDA, n. pL imi. (From qa-
ba, and landa, to follow; or from qaba, ila,
tostretdi, and inda, to extend; Ut.i to
stretch broad. J^adieal^ (mewUh qobo-
londa.)
* A copper bangle from 4>6 inobes broad,
or a ring of ivory, worn round the arm as
a decoration hj people in the Zulu countiy.
i«i_QAB£TO, n. pL izi. (From qa, top^
and beta, to beat. Others have qebeto,
the e of the penultima influencing the a
of the first root; othere aabetwa. wliidiis
the proper meaning of the word, vts. : a
top or brim beaten.)
A vessel, the bnm or unper edge of
wUch is beaten, vis. : made broader ; i^^
plied to a kind <yf basket, the upper end of
which is broader than usual IdenHeal
«c^iqoma.
i— (iABI, n. pi. ama. (fttm qa, to ndit,
and abi, separated. ZUerallifi a kind of
separated split, Ac)
A leaf; oonsidmd as baring snlit Ml
from the tree, and being a kini of deoon*
tion of it.
am— QABI, n. pL ImL (From qaba. 8m
i-QaU.) A sWng eontahting smaH ^
which grow on the leaf of a certidD ine
likenu^ and weon as an cmainsBt rand
the neck,
uku— QABUKA, y. L (Faom qiba, to dif.
solves spring, or break, and uka, to foeC
M uiie t a }^ eaimridhff wUh daboka loi
apuka. Xoith qoboka, to bieak.)
1. To spring, burst, breaks tesr, Ae, o^
in « general eerne, ae : intambei qabddle,
L e» t &e tiiong is broken asunder^-l h
a pMiientmr saaMt to rouse; tsawab;
to break fortii into aetiou; to ism ioto
sight or notice; to issue or eome apsBi-
denlyi to observe suddenly, uneipeoliiy
or: abafona riyabaqabnkamaij^ le.:
we are aurpriaed to see the boys }--8. To
observe, perceive, or oomprehend the fint
time, Mt lencbtba a si yi awanga, li nyi
qabuka namhla, L e. : this news we dw sot
understand, but we eompMbead it to^;
-^. To fed or to be agreeaUv smiriMd.
N.^^ Qabitkisi, cans. fr. 1. To eanie to
spring, start, rouse, dn., after iktigw;
henoe, to refresh by food or rest^ a#: iyt
qabukisa amehlo, i. e. t we freshsa aposr
eyes (in the mondng 1^ taking nnff and
driving away sleep) ;— 2. To eidte to
thought, or action frooa a state of idkaai,
languor, Ac; — 8. To surprise agreMb{7>
ae: al ya m qabokisai i.e. : we make him
agreeaUy surprised,
isi— QABUKO, n. pi. izi« (From qihah.)
1. Apprehension ; fear | state of ezpeeting,
or apprehending danger, Ao. ;— 2» Beeogni*
tion; p ercepti on; surprise, &q«
U--QABUKULU, n. pL irin. (Frenqibn,
and kuhi, great.)
A shrub of an aromatic qoalifyi w
used fbr native perfomery.
uku— QABnLA,v.t. (From qaba, iMqehnka,
to which it forms tiie transitive by abi to
strain. The eenee ie t to break or bent
fbrth. JUiedto^hv^A^he.)
1. To bring into order; or in a propff
state; to remove condendt^; to opaa, et\
qabula ekuhlakuleni, i. e* t to take away
the weeds, or the young plants w here th e
maiae grows too thick;— 2. To reeton;
to revive, resuscitate; to begfai to eat a
littie after aickneas, ew t ngi peni ^ohla
ngi qabule, L e. : f^ve me some flood, that
I may try to eat and get atrengtfa ^-8. To
cause to look, to see^ m : qiMa aaehl^
1. e.: to open the eyes |— 4t To apprtoe, to
mind, warn, advise in respoi^ to danger.
— -« QiBCrLiSA, cans. fr. To cause to hriag
in order; to bdp to restoMb rerive^ fte*;
to apprise eamesUy.
Digitized by
Google
QAKALA.
L»l
QAT. |iy A,
W-QiBUNQA, n. pL uuu (from i^a
ass iqabi, and tkg^ bent, or unga, lovnd.)
A leaf; a round leaf,
i— QABUQABU, n. pL ama. (Fromqaba-
qite, the nma aa lunqaba.)
Beoofatioo; omamcfiti embeUfahment ;
iocopf I beaa^i eoriaiity.
VB-^>QADIt n. li. inn. (From qa, to set od,
aad di, length Otkert have qadn. AlUed
io oati and qatn. 8t^ nn^-Jajo.)
A beam.wDidi Hea aoroii the inaika of a
aattte hnt.
I««Q^0A, n. pL ama. (Fronqa^ andiga,
bend. iSMi-Qnlaaadi^^^dou)
A calabadi with long neck (regnrdedaa
t pieoe of ornament.)
Vfr-^QAIBA, n. See QwaUNu
iH-QAIinrANOA, n.pl.o. (From qaya,
whickseef and injanga, moon.)
A proper name for a penon who makes
ofaeeriationa as to the moon, sa aatrono-
mer. It la commonly applied, in a ins-
pldoof manner, to people who are in the
habit of riaing early in the morning, when
the moon etillahineai or who wcricmore
in the night than at the day time^ oi :
banto aba nga lali llnti, ie.: people who
ado not ileep mndi.
ikn QAKA, ▼. t. (From qa, to etoike, and
ika, to pat, np. TkeUieralienteUi to
atart np, to be taken by aorprise^ aa if it
were a oontnu^ion of qaboka* MaHcalUf
IHM wUh qika. Cbrnpiare igeaki, gqoka,
Ae.)
1. To hare the whitai^ Umcorrloea,
(Thia ia decidedly the primary meanhig of
the word; and we obserre fhim the daily
eoatom that a perton who perceirea the
«ai«t«iMa of thia ill etate, painta hia fkoe
with white odow, in order to indicate
^entW to others what ia the matter witii
bim, beeanaa that ftate ia regarded aa^ne
of nndeanneea.) Senat 2. To lay white
tfolonr on the ihcei to dot;--4« AppHed
to cMtoma of denized lift I to wUkewash,
aaahonse, Ae.
I--QAKA, n. pL ama. (From qaka» verb.
O£l0r« use qiga. OmfOf nqaka, rerb.
Hie Xo$a nses it for a small kind of
cakba^. Tnbatt igobL)
IM^r^ X a kind of bmrsting open or
Ibrth; applied to a oalabash in which
milk is pot for nsaal fiermentation.
i-4)AKALA, n. pL ama. (From qaka,
ilrike tip» and ila, rise, stand fortth The
m&fdl mue i$: a plaoe standing fbrth
oonspleooasly. A modified idea of isi-
HUkalft.)
Ankle-bone I astragalna*
in— QAKALA, n. (Fram qak% and iU^ to
atrain.)
IMerMyt havteg an appetMOiee after
white; whitish* MlMiqakak.
nka— QAEAQA, t. 1 (BVom qaka, to dot,
and iqa, to nt upon. The Uterdl eenee w :
to make many dot*, ODDsj^ononsiy, on the
flioe. SadicaUjf ime wUh qnknqa. The
same aense is also in caca, and the root
km give the peeoliar elevated appearance.
iSlMi-Qakala.)
To make ornamental dots, vU,, to tat-
too the ihoe and the body, apraotioe whidi
is in fall force among the Amahlwenga
trlbe^ and partially among other tribes.
In the SiUm the word siff^ee to dot the
face. (From this word the Xoea has
ingqakaqa, amall«pOK0
nkii*-^EAZA, T, t. ^From qaka, and iza,
to mako. JfUdioai^ om wUh qekeza,
qiUzai As.)
1. LUeraUy i to break open, aa a ker-
&el| henee^ to break com; the primary
eenae if i to let eome the white, Ws., when
the kernel is broken the white or mealy
part appears f 2. To show the teeth, as
im angry dog.
»^i^ QAWiCTTA, qilt. fr. Tb be fit for
breaking; to be in a broken state ; to be
well broken, aa com when it cornea from
the mlU.
I— QAKO, n. (From qaka.) Whitea of
females; Unwtrrhoea,
mn— QAEO, n. pL imi. (From qaka.) 1.
White day ; lime ; dialk ;— 8. Ornamen-
tals worn when menstroating, as a grass
band niody twisted ,—8. A grass band, as
a nsoal ornament for yoang girls.
i-^QAKUBA, n. pL aaui. (From qaka,
and aba.) 1. A woman-word for inhlda,
I. e.1 road;— 2. A dialeeHe di£ference in-
stead of om-Htakava.
oka— QALA, r. t. (From qa, and ila, to
rise. JiUtdiedttjf one with eqda, qila, qok,
qoUu AlUed #o cahi, &c)
1. L iieralljfi to taka rise; to begin:
Io oommenoe ;— 2. To appear ; to exist ;— *
8» To do the first act or step^ €U t oqalayo
nknlwa n neeala, a ka nalo oqalwayo, L e. :
be who begins first to fight» =s who gives
the first blow, is gnilty, bat not he who
received the blow.
«-i«« Qalkka, qolt fr. 1. To have a begin-
ning or commencement, origin;— 2. To
be{^ again after the expiration of breath
ortime^ aet nbani e be qalekile, wafowa
qeda, L e. i a certain person has retamed
to life again after he had been qnite dead ;
•^-S. To spring or Issue with vidence;
hettee, to imprecate. (No. 8 eeldom need,
eee the foUownig.)
»— Qaiseisa, cans. fr. To imprecate; to
pray that evil may fkU npon the property
of another; to deshrea wish paanonatdy,
er flonda.
M*ite« Qiuai, cans. fr. To eaase to begin ;
to make some begfambigf commencement.
Digitized by
Google
am— QALA, n. pL imL (From qala.) The
neck,
in— QALABA, n. pL imi. (From qali, and
iba, to eeparate, Ui, : of diflbrent origin.)
A certain shrub with a red bark. It
spreads wide, and has a red frnit which is
not eatable,
isi— QALABA, n. (From inqakba.) Be-
longing to the inqslaba kind; some shmb
which is like it.
i— QALATJU, n. [d. ama. (From qala, and
tju» shoot. Others have qalatja« and qa-
latjwe.)
LUeralfy : a kind taking a long shooi^
rising np and shooting forth ; designating
a species of weaseL (See Cakide.)
nkn— QALAZA, v. t. (From qala, to take a
rise, and iza, to make; Ui,: to make a
long neck. Jtadioalljf one with qiHsa,
qoloea, and galaza. See Qaza. The Xoea
Am talaxa.)
1. PrimmriUf : to desire to take a large
view, by raising the head and looking into
all directions; to kx>k oat;— 2. To ex-
plore, at I aknqalaza ixindaa sonke, L e. :
to view carefnlly all pUuses.
— Qalazela, qolf. fr. To look oat into
all directions in <»der to see, ae : ngi ya
qalazela, into yami a ngi sa yi boni, L e. :
I look oat into all dirMtions, not seeing
any oljeot any more.
isi— -QALO, n. pL iiL (From qala.) Be-
ginning; origin,
oka— QAMA. ▼. L (From qa, to strike, start,
and ima, to move np. BadieaU^ one with
qoma and qama. The eeme u: to rise
high. Most probably diverged from i-
Gama. AUied to xaina. See Nqamo,
&c,)
1. FrimarU^i to have a beaatifbl ap-
p«mmce ; to oe in a beaatifhl state ; ap-
plied to the growth of animal life ; — 2. To
."> become splendid, bright; to sUne^ at:
inkomo yake i qamile, i. e. : his cow or ox
is in a splendid condition, vie, : is hJb, rich ;
— 8. To shine ; to be magnifloent, showy,
illostrioas, ae i abanta aba hlalile li^ ba
qame bonke, i. e. : the people who passed
by here had all a splendid appearance;—
4. To be decorated.
— QAHiaA, caas.fr. To illnstrate; to make
dear or plain, ae; qamisa indaba yako^
i. e. : give a clear explanation of yoor
report, = make a lacid report.
in— QAMA, n. pi. izin. (From qama.) A
sheep ram, originally of Zala<«he^ and so
called from its fat-tail and splendid con-
dition.
isi — QAMA, n. pi. izL (From qama.) Lite*
rdUj/i a certain kind of decoration, osoally
made of calTs or goat's skin, whi<^ the
children nse to wear on tiieir bodies. (The
expression is derisive.)
in— QAMANA, n. pL iiin. (A (
frominqama.) A small sheep-ram; ftyoBBg
sheep-ram.
QAMALAZA, t. See Xamalsau
i— QAM AQATJA, n« pL ama. (Froa mm,
to rise high, and qatja, to beat or itnb a
cracking soond. Otkere have qmnqelji.)
IMeraUy : a kind of happing and link-
ing or dashing against, vis. : to jonp on
one leg, and tilie moment when it tooehei
thegroand, to strike or dash thefiMtof
the other against it It* UmUedmii:
okweqa amaqamaqaHa, Le. : to jump on
one leg and dash the fboi of tbs othtr
(by every new step) against it.
oka— QAMBA, T. t. Posmie qairfwi. (fm
, qa, and amba, to move forth, to gripe.
MadieaUy one with qamba. Coiftn
hamba, bamba, bamba, qama, Ae.)
1. Pri mar i ly ; to oompo
grand or poetical, to compose a soo^ «:
nkoqamba igama, ie.t tomakeapoeB;
—2. To oompose, devise ; to invsnt touMt
Of: a ngi bonanga ngi qaqjwe, Le.: I
have never been given a name,*— 8. T»
nominate ; to appomt to a plaoe or dk$,
Of : a ka qaiylwe inkoaikasi, L e. : ihe btf
not been designated by the nsme of i
chiefs wifb;— 4. Ukaqambaamsogiii.e':
to fabricate a fklsehood ; to contrire «
devise falsely; to invent storiei;— 6.1b
plan; to pretend falsely, at: qamba qbiid» >
Le. : represent fidsdy, pretend to be^opU.
— « QaitbitiA, qalf. fir. 1. To compos^ Ac,
ibr, at : leii 'zinto ngi ya si qsnbeli, La:
these things 1 form in my. own iniBd bj
combination of ideas, or, strike oat bj
thoughts ;— 2. To accuse fUsely, s# : vh*
mqambela omanta, Le. : to aooose a penm
withoat havmg any proof (ft» the sew«-
tion.)
— — Qakbblaki, rcpr. fir. To socoie oae
another fidsely.
oka— QAMBALALA, V. L (From qsdbs, to
pretend, and lak, to lie down, to al^^P;)
1. To pretend to sleep; *o ^>® *J"
conveniently, ©is.: to lie down on »•
belly, as is the native custom,*— 2* "^
down having the eyes open; to^'^
aiieep;— 8. To plan, to think, to m»
obeervatioaB, in a half sleeping stite.
i— QAMBI, n. pL ama. (From qn""*)
AUied to om-hlambi.)
1. JMeraUyi a oomporition, ooDeotWi
a«iot,aoonstellation,-— 2. AgfooprfBJBi
orofbeaste;— 8. A large number «d«
into two or more, a$i amaqambi siiitw«»
L e. : three divisions or portions .
am— QAMBI, n. pL aba. (From q"""-^
A composer; inventor; poet> Ac
QAMBUSA, V. fi^Oambasa.
QAiffiTA, Qajcli and its denwa'"
Me fiNdsr Nqunuka, &c
Digitized by
Google
QANDULBIiA.
[289]
QANQO.
oka— QANDA, t. t (From qft» to strike,
and inda, extend. BadicaUy one with
qooda, qonda, nqanda, nqindi, canda, ginda,
kanda,^ The aenee is: to extend or
q;iread a point. Allied baada, Ac)
I. To beat, strike, stamp, throw, or
crash into many;^ to make broad;— 2.
To split or deare, as wood into many small
pieces ; to beat or crash into pieces, as :
H qande itye liknlo, ].e.: break the stone
into jneces for it is too large;— 8. To
crack, as a nut ;— 4. To crack, of thunder.
Of : iznla li ja qanda, i.e. : the atmosphere
is cracking from thunder.
-»— Qahdbka, qnlt fr. To split; borst;
crack, Ac, as : itye U qandeldle, i. e. : the
stone is cracked into pieces. (This is
sgrnonymoQS withqekdca, though slightly
afferent in its second root.)
— — Qakbila, qulfl fr. 1. To guess; to
find out without certain means of know-
ledge, as a riddle, or the meaning of some-
body's saying. (This meaning has origi-
nated from the superstitious habit among
aayages to beat^ stamp, or crush a stone
into pieces, in order to recdve some expla-
nation upon difficult pmnts);— 2. To guess,
coiyecture, divine, (u; inyanga i ya zi
quidekiztnto, i.e.: the doctor finds out
things by divination.
— > Qaitdisa, cans. fr. To cause to strike,
beat, stamp, split, Ac
**« Qaitdisxia, qulf. fr. To beat hard
upon ; to make a cracking noise upon, as
beating or hammering upon a stone. (Co-
inciding nearly wUh qandusela.)
i— QANDA, n. pL ama. (From qanda, ▼.)
1. An egg ; — 2. FiguraHvsly : large beads,
i— QAKDANA, n. pL ama. JHmint, from
iqanda.) A small egg, as eggs of small birds.
am — QANDEU, n. pL aba. (From qandela.)
1. One who can guess; a diviner;— 2. A
small whito root like carrots (so called,
most probably, from its cracking sound
when Inroken through.)
isi— QANDELISO, n. (From qandelisa.)
Something which is used for making to
gueas ; h^ufe, a kind of riddle.
In— QAKDELO, n. pL ban. (From qande-
la.) A gues^ng; a guess; a suliject for
g^uessing; a riddle.
ttk«— QANDULA, v. t. (From qanda, which
ee0, and ula, to strain, to make loose. Sss
Qandusa.)
To beat or strike the outward skin or
sbell loose, asi qandula itye lokusils, L e. t
to peck a grinding-stone, (= to sharpen it,
•M qandusa.)
^-— QIhditlela, quit fr. 1. To peck for,
at, &C., as: amannyane a ya qandulela,
i. e. : the young are pecking (the eggs) in
order to come out;— 2. To peek for; to
prepare a stone for grinding.
uku— QANDUSA, t. t. (From qanda, and
usa II., denoting degreie; to make useful,
artfiil, fine.)
To sharpen a grinding^^tone; to put it
into a stato to crash ; to give it a quality
to crush, &c$ to put it into perfect
order.
— — Qahditbbla, qulf. fr. To put a grind-
ing-stone into perfect order for grinding.
(If applied to eggs with chickens it means
to pe(& thoroughly through ; — but camu"
sela is more commonly used, instead of
thU.)
uka— QIaNGA, v. t. (From qa, to strike,
decorous, and inga, to bend, to fbroe, power,
skilL Hadictt^ one with qenqa, ^inga,
qonga, qunga. The sense is: io exhibit a
particular &11 or power. AlUed to banga,
ganga, cangaza, qamba, qanda, &c)
1. LUsralljf : to break decoram ; but
primarify : to use wit or irony ; to enter-
tain disrespectfully; to excitokugbter, as :
umuntu a U kwomunye u yinyamazana'u
yaqanga, Le.: if one calls another a wild
buck, he exdtes laughter;- 2. To be
ironical; to make believe what is not true;
to impose a fiction upon one ;— 8. To be
jocular, in good humour, playfuL
NoTB.— The literal meaning of the word
shows that it refers to vulgarities.
mn— QANOABODWA, n. pi. imL (From
qanga, 2, and bodwa, most probably con*
tracted from bondwa, to be stirred.)
This is a name for a stalk of Eafir-corn
which has degenerated into a mere reed,
having seeds similar to the uhlanga, L e. t
reed. It has, therefore, a folse appearance,
and its seeds cannot be used for brewing
beer. (We observe here again an exchange
of the letter U and g, as in umA&mM and
igambi, isiA&kala and igmkala.)
i--^AKQANE, n. pi. ama. (From iqa,
an onset, or upset, and ingane, infimt. &e
Qanga, and pmrtiouhtfly (^mgqa. Allied to
qeng^e.)
Froperl^ : a kind of inward emptiness,
which causes a blown up stato of the
bowels, usually the case with little infants.
A bad state of the bowels; a kind of
flatulency,
u— QANOE, n. pt o. (From qanga.) A
wild turnip, edible, growing usually at
evacuated old kraals. (When looking at
its leaves one would think that it must
have a large root or tuber, but when dug
out it is the reverse. Menee ito name.)
um— QANGI, n. pL aba. (From qanga.) An
ironist; jester.
i— QAKGO, n. pL ama. (From qanga.)
That which is jested with; henee^ a
laughing-stock.
isi— QANGO. n. pL izi. (From qanga.)
Jesting; irony.
Digitized by
Google
i-**QANJANA» a. pL AM. (fiim. ft9m
A Tery small egg; prop^r^ i iooMUiiiig
li]t« Mi«gg.
I— 44NJANA, iu pL anuu (Dm* from
IqaaU.)
A small groop, oompositioa, constel-
lalite* hA.
QANTJA^T. JS0€(^^
«kK-«4AKYA, ▼. t. (From q% to Mfc on,
and Bja, IL, ntoiU, jemad togather. iSo-
ikaUy omt with qra ja, and qaja.)
To perch. (Tribal, used of birds onlj.)
i«— QANYANA, n. [d. ama« (From qaqyii,
and anat dim. ft>rm. J t 9d ieuH §f 99Hiiidinff
wiih injoni, bird.)
A kind of bird i so oaUad from its way
df sitting. (Psrhapa onlj a flgura of that
kind of bird.)
idra«-4)APA, T. t. (From oa, to set on, and
ipa, pass, upon. Madicallf <hm wM qepa,
qopa* I%e'9€m$e t# t to piak npom Aliied
4a oapa, &c.« qatjia, qahag qambi^ gapa,
kq«»&o.)
1. JVtaMirii^t to fix the attention, or
tlM thoaghts, npoo, as an objeet of pnr-
sniti to fix the mind npon« ma vmnnta
o ftma iainto eainhle a n bake n qapa,
L e. : one who wishsi to hare some good
thingi^ and beholds them, flies his mind
upon them;-* 2. To wait for; to lie in
WHdt, as a hnnten or ai a eat for a mouse;
t6 wateh; to obserte in ambnsh.
•MP*- QaziLA, qnlf. Ih L To attend to; to
eibaenre; to crireheed t to mind* ott ngn-
nrantil oqap<&jo jena, i. e. i the same is a
man who takes notiee of thitigsi^2. To
be attentive^ ndndlbl, Ae.| to ^te atten-
tion, fte.
•«*-«• QAnLBA, camk fr. 1. To eanse or
demand attention I to lihow how td give
attention to;--S. To nse the mind; to
give peenliar attention, heed, 4e.
m^QAPUNANA, n. pL iiln« (From qapn,
set or fixed upon, and nana, saiall or little
things, one next to the other. The same
raiUomk are in eapent and eapnna.)
LU$rtUijf ! something upon which little
things are filed one neit to the other;
designating an arm-band, made pf a strap
of leather^ and beset with many email
sheUs Kke those of the tortoise. The ng-
n^^aiU^kt a specimen of great atten-
tldn, great tbooghta.
nkn-^QAQA, t. t. (From iqa-iqa, to set
on; or rather (mma^oeUot craok*crack
slightly. Madi o ollg oae i»ith qeqe> »»
qeqeba, qiqa, qoqa, qoqa. OtMaport oaoa.
In inbeU km qrnonymoas wiih qakaqa.)
1. To rip ; to tear or ent open or off,
«# : qaqa umtnngo, i. e. i to rip open (by
tearing or cntlimr) a seam, which some-
times soands as slight oraoks j— 2. To rip
open, eat eptn^ mi qaaa ingo^ lai to
ent the skin of the head in a eotsiii &•
ease i— 8. To cnt open, as the mestof a
danghtered amaml ;-hL TenndoorbrMk
down, at i qaqa ndoog«» L e. s bnak dom
a wall ; applied to an^ kind of undoing
bnilding8» ftc;^6. To pat npoo, w.:
many little things in a Vom, eash mpmk,
as to make a border with single bqttoei.
(In the Uwt sense this word is ased ^jno-
nymons with qakaqa.)
•-MM Qaqava, repr. fr. To be or lie in one
line, each one separately, d» i wa Iniklci*
ni amatakana a qaqane^ i. e. t tuim m
little kids in one row one after aaotki.
•«^* QAQAnsA, cans. fr. To pot, pheeb a
fix in one line, each neat to the otlMr,it:
qaqanimni amatakanaj L e. ; placeihelittlft
kids in one row, each after the otbtf .
«*-*« Qi^kLA, qnlf. fr. To pot i^on m a
row of buttona; to border; to tnawith
battons.
I-^QAQA, n. pi. ama. (From tbs Tab,
5.) I. A kindof pola«cat»soaMfi«B
its stripea or lines akag ths bo^^,*-!
A kind of wUd dog^ m= jackal, TflOoiraid
black spotted;— 8. Any^eoklederariped
objeet.
id— QAiQA, n. tO. iau (From tbt fab.
Others isicaoa, or isixaxa.)
Isitebe nexinto eiiinalo eibdsK i*^' '
mat and other old things whish art tan
in i^eoea. (Ste Ir^jlqagqa.)
nkn— QAQAMBA, t. u (From qiffi, aa
amba, to more forth. LUerttOn-.tumn
quickly cradling.)
iTTo beat rapidly, as the psbi; .*»
throb, as a painM aweUiog whidb^sia'
flammadon increases, beats ^^V
and beoomea more pdnfUr-2.4npaMa
imammaie oljecUt to be of aporawiw
edonr; the primary sense being tbata
great agitation or splendoor frHift liaa
theeye. (&e Qaka. with whiA tfc« *w
roots qa^a ooinetde^ and glfe nW
eridence for the origin of the cUab.)
»— « QiQAXBXLA, qnlf. fr. To bseoosoac
painrul ; to throb stronger, quidwr, Ac
nkn— QAQAMBLA, v. t. (From <m\*T
ma^ot^, and mda, to more Qft W-
Allied to qaqamba and hlahlamels.)
To more in a trembling ws|i Jj"^'
Ml ikanda H qaqamehu ^••••'SLSII
shakes, signifying a trembling oriUf«««
feeling or sensation in the head, •ii«oO'
sequence of setere sold, or ai whrnrnxm
miUces one shi?er.
i— QAQANI, n. pi ama. (F««^'
and ai^ herb, grasi. J)Wec«a> cs*"*
The Xoea has qaqaqa.)
Couch, or quMk-grass4 .
nkn-QAQATEKA, ▼. i. (From qa^ ^^
iteka, to soond, to strike np asooai^
Digitized by VjOO^IC
tb MNdB* t enddiig ion^ <it : iiolti U
qt^itekt, L^ t the Almotph«M tbttnderi,
or iottnds of eraddn^ thnnder-pMk.
vka— QAQAZA» ▼. t> (From qa-cp, and
iMi to Slake. The aeuee is obTioiif. Dta«
To tttake a Araokiiif nolle with the
leetha fSMomm^edJ
•-»« Q44iSBLA« qltlf. fr. 1. Tb gfnaih; to
grhMi-«atiiatiD7o-4he teeth f^2* toshir-
^i of eold.
«MM Qi%&iBtaBA» oaiiai fir. To came to
M*h| to imitate giuMidiif ; to make to
uiver.
• ^^^^ QAQiznuL, eaiii.fK Tognath tetj moch
Krith the teeth ; to Bhirer eetevel j, Ac
ttfi-^-QAQONGO, D. pi imL (From qa-qa,
and oiigo» iM ilr*Jd[oi^Oj marfow^ AJUidd
#ogoqonga.)
A cmtogamie shmlH a spedea of the
genoi flamhnoda. Iti ahoota die away al-
molt etrerj year, and, when dry, midce a
partieiilar fhel fbr the iiati?e% cipeoially
Hi marfow or pith*
nkn-^-QAQULUKA, 1. 1* (Fyom qaqa, and
iihika, to go loose. ZeM qangqaloka.)
' To nnripk as it were $ to go kxMy i. e. :
something that has been tiedi witii special
apl^ficatkm to things which haire been tied
With wet itrings, and whUsh, after getting
Afy, go loose, or become mnihstaned.
ttkn-^QAQULULA, t^ t. (From qaqa, and
nlok, to loosen. Bee Qaqnlnka» to which
it to the traasitiTe.)
Tomitie; to loosen the tie; tonnbind.
Witii spedal regard to knotted ties whidi
make a oertafai cracking noise when
nko^M^HA, Y. t. (From qa. and dia, to
knake, to shoot, to thmsik .iiJM fo qaija,
Afii. Bee Qaqamba.)
T6 throb. THhal^ instead of qaqamba.
(This word means in the Xoeax to giro
the preftrence;)
nkn— QiLTA, t. t. (From qa. and ita» to
tdtodi, throw. JAienai^i to thfow the
lop ; this to also the primany eeikee, from
whieh the onomaiopoetio to era<^ ftdlows.
MatUeedkf one leith qntsi qota* See Cata.
Sie, qnata, to break.)
1. To break, or to prepare new gonnd
Ibr sowing, at: qtta nmqato» i.e. t pre-
pare a new piece of ground. Thto bdng
always tonnected with diiBcalties, for
snfiges who have rery imperfect ptoogh*
ittg insttmnents, the prepaid piece always
remains small, and kenee, to till a small
t»leOe of ground ;— 2. To remain small,
under size, as : u qatile, =: a ka knlile^
L e. : qata means the same as he has not
grown, he has hardly grown ;^^ To
teake a cracking notas with the jaws, as
wben one is eathig hatd boiled or roasted
mains, «»: amasinyo a bnhhmgn ngi sa
qata nmbUa, Le.: my teeth are piunM
with eating merely hurd maise.
Thto fbrm is also nsed as an adrerb,
denoting : tooching near; near by i close ;
nottet,aet nga m bona qata, Le. i I saw
him right befwe me.
«— Qatbla, qnlf. fr. 1. To prepare, &c,
fbr;*-2. To come right before one; to
prepare for an action, tft: qateto impi,
Le.: attadL the enemy.
i^QkTA, n. pL ama. (From qata 1 and 2.)
1. A small piece of food, a monthfol, a Int
or morselr-B. A small kind of a hoose
for temporsry nse, sooh as nsnaUyafe built
for Tonng men who hare not yet married
a wub ;— 8. A temporary house, e. g. : in«
hlu e yakelwa nmiati omtja ofikayo, i. e. :
a house which to built for a woman who to
just newly married.
toi-*QATI, n. pL iai. (From qata.) One
who prepares something for use; with
Bpectol application to a leader in singing.
nkn— QATJA, or QAlrtJi, t. t. (From qa,
and (ja, to shoot, throw, Ac DitUeetio
qetja. AlUed io ca^a, nea^a, bato, and
the passive of baba II. See Ratjaza,
Boija, dEc.)
1. OnomaiopoeUe x to make a noise or a
dash, crack, d»., similar to that of com-
bustion ;— 2. ZdtefMjf : to shoot, to dart
off; hence, to sparkle, to spring or fl^ off,
out, ae : umlilo u qantja amahlansi, i. e. :
the fore shoots or sends out sparks ;— ama-
bele a ya qantja e bolwa, L e. : com to
^riuffing off {eU. : the kernel) when
threshed ; applied, in genettl, ip all small
isaeds, as locusts, fleas, Ac, wMch spring
away;~2. To jerk ; to fillip; to stretch,
tut amanqondo esintete a qan^a ngawo
izinkuku, Le.: thefowto stt«teh or jerk
(the wings) with the points of their spurs ;
—^8. To struggle; to Kick; tomakeefibrts
with contkirtiottB of the body, as when an
animal to tied at its feet and tries to work
itself loose.
— — Qatjbla, or QAKTmA,^ qnlf. fr. To
rUe, spriug, dart for, on, Ae*; to strug-
kick, &e., for, about
'^'^ QAtfniLA, or QAxrtiSBtk, qnlf. fr. To
fillip; to shoot or jerk away with some
SkUl.
nkn^-QATJULA, ▼. t. (From qatja, and uls,
to strain, off. The Xota has qaputo, to
take blood, m. : to break the surfoce,
whidi to contained also in the roots of
apula, to break off.)
To break or tear off, ae t intambo i qatju-
Kle, L e. t the thong broke off. (Thto word
means properly t to break oVwith a crack-
ing noise^ and implies a certain force of
dieting, springing, flying off of the thing
broken.)
ua
Digitized by
Google
' in— QAT JULA, n. pL inn. (From the
Terb.) A tearer; nguifyingi a wolf or
hyena.
um— QATO, n. pU imu (From qata. 8w
Cato.)
A small piece of ground which has been
broken ap the first time; which is prepared
for sowing.
wn— QATOLO, n. pLimi. (From qata, «e«
its particular use, as adv. near, dose, and
ulo, strained, stretched ; or from qa, point
surfoce, and umtolo, a spedes of mimosa,
which all come to the same.)
A soft plant bearing p(nnted seeds
which stick easUj, or attach themselTes to
the dothes of one when pasang through
them, ^own under the Dutch name,
Kctaptcke hnorveU
am— QATONQO, n. pL imL (From qata,
and ongo, see u-Mongo, marrow.)
A similar species as the qaqongo, wkioh
Bee,
i— QATTAKA, n. pL auuu (IHm,ftom
iqaU.) A small leaf.
nku— QAUEA, ▼. i. (A contraction from
qabuka, wkioh see. Allied to kauka, and
rauka.)
1. To spring, burst, or break off, aei
intambo 1 qaulule^ L e. : the riem is broken
off ;— 2. Metaphoric, : to die, = the thread
of Ufe is breaking off ;— 8. To have avehe-
ment desire; to die fh)m longing after
something.
ukn— QAULA, t. t. (See Qauka, to which it
forms the transitire by ida.)
1. To break off,— 2. To tiy to eat ; to
commence to eat a little after illness; lU. :
to bireak off a little food or bread; to
revive. (iSJge Qabula, 2.)
i— QAWE, n. pL ama. (From qa, to strike ;
to set upon, be beautiful, and ue, or we,
pers. pron. thou. The Xoea has i-tshawe
(tjawe) and utshaba, enemy, in both of
which is the root Uha or ija a slight
modification of qa. This is the true ety-
mology, notwithstanding the word is aUied
to tim-nqawe.)
1. lAierdUy : a proud one you, = you
proud one; hence^ hero, you hero! A
name for a person distinguished by his
achievements, or heroic Mtions in war,
who, when comine home from the battle
fidd, is addressed oy the Zulu King with
the word *'nguwe or nwe," i.e.: elliptic
colly : you, or thou art a man ! =3 thou
art a brave man, and heneet qawe, L e. :
thou hero! — 2, An ostentations person,
exhibiting grandeur or pride, as one who
has distbguished himsdf by dandns; —
8. A name used as a complimentary address
at occasions of merriment and joy.
ubu— QA WE, n. (See i-Qawe.) Prid^ bravery,
grandeur, magnificence, Ac.
uka— QATA, T. tr (From qa» to strikii top,
surftioe, &c and iya, to go^ to retinb to
torn, Sadioally one with qjuxpu AJSti
to qawe, qaaa, &o.)
1. LUeralfy : to walk proudly, haog^y,
(little used in Natal);— 2. To lay opa;
to expose, as : qaya udngubo dangem u
semlilweniz'omcLe.: to expose the wvh
things to the sun or to thenre,thsttiM3r
become dry;— 8. To view; to mipeot»
observe, as i ukuqaya inyanga, i.e. : toob*
serve the moon, (iswi lokuluonipa ikagi*
Ijoyo uhibeka, Le.: a word of renm
with those who do not use the word fe Iff.
Cbmpare uqainyanga.)
-»— qIxiba, cans. fr. To make to sipoie,
view, observe, &c (The Jbsa usm tka
form in the literal sense of qays, L)
uku— QAZA, T. t. (From qa, and in, to
make, engage. UadioaUif one wHk qen.
qiza, quza, caza, oeza, Ac AeontnetMi
ftom qalaza, which see, Compan ^im,
qaya, oc)
1. To take a view, to take a kok isto
any direction; to look all over;— 11^
look through an opening ;— 8. To Ff^^
the head or face out of a door or winvv,
and look out; to observe.
NoTB.— This word and qslaza aroff^
fidentiy distinguished from hugiBii ^
the root qa, which refers to the l^gb poa*
tion or devation in which the besd^ff tiw
upper part of the body, is placed.
-.— QkOBJL, cans, it. To take a diir or
distinct view o^ &c
•...« QA2I8IBA, cans. fr. To shads the ^
with the hand, in order to see sMnd^i'
tinctly; or to use any sodi mmaki^
order to obtain a more distinct view,
id— QAZA, n. pL isL (From qas, t)
lAteraUy : something peeping through t
hole, deeiffnating the ear-omaiDen^»p^
in the ear-holes, called otherwise iii-ViUi'
id— QAZ1, n. pi. id. (From qsM.) Ose
who looks about ; an observer,
i— QAZO, n. pi. ama. (From q"**) SjU
thing which is viewed; apefsontieid,
= isiqazL ^ .
QAZULA, v. See Baiuk andOwh.
id— QEBETO. See Qabeto.
uku— QEDA, V. t. (From q^ perft. of V.
stmdc, and ida, to extend, out J»^
qiba. Sis. keta.) ^^^.
1. To end; to come to an dtaniM
point, at: u sa qeda ukufik% '^^'^f
just now at the point of arriviog r*^^
end, dose, finish, accomplish* oti n 9000
nkuzala, Le.: she has come onfjf
confinement;— 8. To destroy; to i^
as : Umpande u qeda idawe, Le.: ftwo
ruins his tribes.
The form qede (perfL) is used i« »
dHpse or adverb in the foUowiogw^*
Digitized by
Google
QBEBZO.
CMS]
QSSNGQA.
tOMOita qede ba m bone U btleka, S. e. :
the peopfo (oomi&ff) to the pdnt that they
fair him (vw. : irnen they had %ofar seen
him) run away (= ha qede ba m bone.)
Sometimet qedana is naed inatead of, or in
the tame way ai qede. (See Gede.)
— « QiDBLA, qnlf. fr. To finiah, aooom-
pKab, Ac, for, a#: wo ngi qedela nmse-
lienii wamiy i. e. : yon mnst do my work
ibrme.
imi— QBDA, n« pL ama. (From qeda, rerb.)
A apedea of finch, white and Uaok
striped,
tun— QBDAZIKDUEWAKA, n. pi
(From qeda, and izindnkwana,
■tieka.)
The nme as the nmqeda; here call-
ed ao becaose the boyi, in hunting it,
throw many sticks at it, while it hides
itaelf so in the trees as not to be hit or
killed, thns finishing thmr tittle sticks,
mn— QikSU, n. (From qe, beaatifhl, grand,
and ign, bent.)
A left tribotary of the Umngeni, oonung
from the high lands about the Noodsberg.
nka— QEKEEA, t. t (From qe, craeked,
and ika-ika or ikeka, to go on— oC See
Qskesa.)
1. OiMMMrfopoefJ0: to imitate a repeated
somid or nmse of cracking ofl^ a#: itye la
ti qeke, i. e.: the stone sounded qeke,
craoc-cnck, = itye la qekeka emlHwem,
Le.: the stone craeked in the fire, a
pieee, or pieces cracked off from it; —
2. To fly off:
In the Frontier Kafir this Terb signifies
in general, the action of cracking in any
way, which, in Znlo, is nsoaUy rendered
by daboka. And the difference between
qekeka and qandeka is this^ that the btter
refers to a bo^ which is sptit or cracked
into large pieces in the nddst^ while the
first indicatee simply craddng, or that
small pieces cracked off fhmi the ontnde
of a body. But this difference is not
alwi ^ ob served in speaking.
nko— QEKSZA, ▼. t (See Qekeka, to which
it fimns the transitiTe or cansati?e by iia,
to make. BadieaUy one wUh qakan.)
To crack, Ut,i to make a craelung;
iMM^ to break. (In this sense it is dio-
leeUot and the same as fikasa*)
•^— QinziT A, qnlt.fr. To crack, to breaks
Of: nmhila nma n Totiwe n qekeseUle
friti, Le.: when maize has been boiled it
is often burst open, or, if it has been boiled
well its shdls are borst open.
•— — QgmiT.A, qolf. fr. To crack, vis. : to
break or stamp, as maiae, to break off the
urn— QBK£ZO, n. pi ama. (From qekeza.)
A hoof-sickness in cattle, called after the
noisa which the hoof makea when tooddng
the gromid, ait Inkomo i namaqekeso,
i. e. ; the cow or ox has a sickness in its
hooft.
The ring, is often nsed in apposition,
and conforms to its governing noun, ae :
inkomo inqekezo, le.: the cow or ox is
hoof-sick, = rick in its hoofik (This form
takes sometimes the modified dick repre-
sented by ii^^eso.)
QELA, ▼. See Eqela.
i— QELAKA, n. pi ama. (IMminntive
fitmi iqele. IHaleoHe celana.) A small
file, line, rank, Ac.
i— QELE, n. pi ama. (From eqela, $ee
eqa. DialeeHo ode.) I. A file; a line
of people; a rank; a odnmn;— 2. Aline
of things, etpedalUf a string of beads
worn as an ornament around the head.
Note.— Qde, as the verb shows, denotes
more a file, column, in opporition to uhla,
row, line, rank,
um— QELE^ n. pi iml {See i-Qde.) 1. A
bracelet, which has two rows of shells of
fishes or fish-otter, worn above the wrist
for show as well as for protecting the
hand against any stroke ;— 2. A head-band,
vU, I a protuberant made ctf the skin of a
common otter, and stuffed with dry dung.
It is worn around the forehead, to protect
the face and the eyes against, or to parry
off, a stroke. (It bdongs to the war-drees.)
nku— QEMBX7LA, v. t. (From qemba, rtidi'
oaUy one ¥nth qamba, to oompose, and
ula, to strain, remove. Dialeetie, cembula.)
To divide a composed mass, number, or
a whde into two ptfts (sddom more,) as :
qemlmla ufhkolweni, i. e. : divide the half-
m-crown into two parts ;—qembola ion*
komo, i. e. : divide or separate the cattle
into two herds.
•»— QncBTnLELA, qulfl fr. To divide fbr.
om— QENOE, n. See Qengqe.
id— QENQELE, n. pi id. (From an obso-
lete verb qenga, eee qengqa,— of which it
is the qulfl form, or, which amounts to
the same, fctm qa, qe, and ingde, long-
diaped head, eee id-Ode. Chmpare igde,
turnip, with u-qange, temip, from both
of wUch the comnounding of qanga, fipom
qa-nga, is qmte oovious. This is farther
evident from the Xoea which has Uiqd,
I e.: one who is gdng with a bare (bald)
head.)
1. LUeraUyi a bare, long-diaped head;
used coUectivdy and indiiddually ; hence-^
2. A disre^eetful ironicd appellation
given to old persons who have a bdd head,
espedally to old women (iaahikad) oei
isiqengele ma d hide enhlwini sodwa, le. :
let the old bald head rit down in a house
uku— QENQQA, v. t (From qa, qe,
strike, Ac, and ngqa, contracted
V%
Digitized by
Google
QSFUEA.
C»*3
QIBUiCA.
ng^^ if this ii obTkHMi from tiM 4it]ectic
or tribal. iioi*qaaig8b m# qaogele. It is
radicaUjf one with qanga, and, with the
omiMioo of Um root nga, one wt^ qaqa.
The J!o«a b«i qiogqa, to oat in wood. It
M allied to gingqa» to roll, linn, Sn.)
I. To otrro } to out la wooi i to make
ft thapt, a ooDoaTo or roond ^n tribal nie
only ;)— 2. To nunro anything rovnd. vie, :
to bowl ; to roll like » ball, 09 1 qkiMiengqa
nmnti, i. e. : to bowl a j^eoo ov a Uodc of
wood,
nm— QENOQE, n. pi. isu. (From ^engqa.
JHaUcUe^ qenge, and oeaee.)
A piece of wood abapad by ontting^ and
hollowing out I henoe, a figniftcatioo for
wooden ntessili, aa«onred nuUi^aUi, cribs
orvangen^ fto.
«kii--QENTA, T. t. (From qo, prood, and
nya XL* to joui j to drendi. IMectie
cenya. SadioaUy one $oUh qanya* and
qaya,)
LiteraifyvoA primaril^i toindidgein
prid^, as nkweosa iaukoba nknribnldsa,
i.e. : to perform oottoms or habiti of self-
eomplaoen^, gratifleation, fte.; or, to be
in a habit of makinff a great show of one's
self; to show pride, to aot prondly in
regard to one's person, beaaty, dreas^ man-
ner of speaking, walking, appetite tn
dainties only, &o.
The word ti always need with tiie reHix-
iTt form si» aei nkusiqe^y^ i. e.: to
make a show d one's self.
QBPEPA, a eorroption of nxa and pepa.
See the ktter.
iai>--QErU, n. pL iri. (From qe, oraeked,
broken, and ipo, passed, parted. SadieaUsf
one with qapa, qopa, and hlepn, doe. The
Xoea has qipa.)
1. FrimumUf i something whioh canees
sorprise, whioh strikes one^ vie, : si ikto
In dabnkile Iwapnka, la aemfhtjane, Lt.:
it means something that sprang, and broke
off and still remains short, <» of which
the shorter {neos remains, as a stick of
which the bnger pieoe broke off and the
shorter remained hi the hands which hdd
it (an accident hj sorpriBi^} kenee,^
8. A smaller remainder; fragment;^
8. JPIgnr^iinelifi a short and strmig, a
thidi-set person (who has tiie appearance
as if a jnece was broken off mm his
statora.)
dm— QEPUZA, T. t. (From qepa, and nza,
to make. Compare epoia, hlepaka, &c.)
1. To break np the groond as with a
pointed stick or spear;^2. To rave^ to
be fhrions or raging, to stamps bsa^ or
break the groimd flxnn anger, oa imp! i
ya tokateU i hlabe emhlalMni i wn vase
ngomkonte^ i. e. : when an enemy is mgry
heatahawith his spear in tbeeartii and
tons it npr-a. To fan*} ta ngt; to
rand the earth, or throw I* up ia TiolcDoe,
as a vad boUt to throw op iw^ ai •
madman ;«*<^ To more and aet wiib tor-
bolent riolenes^ a«: oraBta oUnajo ka-
kola a qepmsa, i. e. 1 one who is Egging
the gfOfmd and does It in a taicoa nsa.*
ner, so as to raiss the dost
oka-^QEQEBA, ▼. t. (From qo-q«» itiadE.
stroek, or sprong-sprong, and ibiw separate.
The two flift roots ome wiik myw tbs
two]astci2liMftoeebaII^gsba»ftc Com-
pare kekeba, and qeqeta.)
1. Froperl^i to plan or dariaa nokio
recogniie; to set uide, to wreriook par-
pos^, as the claims of an heir, tbt eri-
denct o£a witness, Ac (iil.: to sfviog
orer one separatdy)j— ». To cot oat skil-
ftaUy those little spots wbaeh Manned
hard in a skin when it was preMfsd or
fblled, and whi^ were orerlodcsd lafoD-
ing,^aknqeqeba isikomba. (Sof qweqva)
i— QEQEBA, n. pLanuu (Fiom tha Ysib.}
One who is not raeogniaed} wha if om-
nkn-QEQETA, t, t, (From qe^ spi
spring, and ita, totooch, tak^ throw. Hie
Xoea has the simple compound qita> to
jnaspoTer, .alZ^mf #0 qeqdba.)
1. To take bgr springs, leaps^ or jasps;
to spring or jamp orer, ae ; aknqeqeta
ixwai La.s to.iaifwith tha greatest
speed tiiroogh the whole eoantry; taran
from one end to the other in eae dayi— S.
To take the shortest cat, tha shortest way,
wfakA brings qaiekest to the ead.
akn-^QETUEA,T.i. (From qeta» ass qsqete*
asd the Xoea qiU, to jamp orer, and oka,
to go qA lAteraUsft to taka a Josip
off.)
1. To reolina; tokaa the bokaas; to
lean back, or backward orer; tofoUbea-
ward. Oft wa qetnha agoa^fama, Le.:
he foil orer toward the baok»— 8. To
xatraeti to withdraw} to teftae^ aitn
qetnkile ngexwi lake^ Let he withdi ew
In re^Mct to his word, ^ ha wllhdiew Ui
QEZA. See Cesa.
Q^ZUKk,\J[)ialeet^. AesCeaakaand
QEZULA, i Cmhu
QIBA,T. igMOqiba,Qdba»aDdQeda.
vka-^QIBUKA, v. i (From qS, aaosi^e-
poeiie, exprsssJng Hie high soond of break*
ing, sprii^hig, ic iba, to separate and
aka,gooA £»ijo0% osa «d» qrimka
and gciba. See Qibok.)
To taring, to break with a high soaai
^ as a string of theigaBba. (Barcial
dialects, as theXofo, have oocaitfaBaOy a
contraeted form of this ¥arh*-qli^ p»-
noonced qaickly, soasaottamakaa^
thoog. Seeikeam^k^^mmqfuOau)
L
Digitized by
Google
QUii«
imi
QIUZA.
vko— QIBULA» T. i. (From qibv, $§e ^Im^
ka, to wbiob it ig tU trauutiv^ )nj ula,
toitrain.)
1, To fltretok or to strain a ntnog, so
that it makaa a high loaiid Uka gi/ Sinoe,
to aoap tha ttrioK of a boir ; to phU off
tbo trigger of a gon (M«iiig«lbo);«*g. To
ppU off I to burl oB, mi inkomo i wa
qibqUla 1lmkAU^ i. e. : the oow broke and
threw the bridle off.
ikn— QIKA, T. t. (From qa, atrike, and
ika, to fix, ap. MadieaUy one vfUk qaka,
which S00, AlUid to cika. The Xoea
neei this word in the aeaie of: to turn ap»
to torn, or to put aomething so aa to view
'the other tide of it. And thia sense ooin-
eidea again* and is often synonymous, with
eika» to put upon, to urge upon, to teU
quite another thing, or to repressot it
from another ride ; hmice^ to cheat And
thia latter ia thei>rMiiafy mue of the root
qjk iSMQila^Ao.)
iVwiiar% : to pay partionUff attention,
=« t« break the headj to fix the mind;
hence, to discern; to see the diffnreoce
between two or more things; to dia-
erimioatei to distinguish,
Qim.4. qnlf. fir To diaoem for; to
make a proper diatinotion, disoriminaition ;
to ondflMtandt mi ngnmnnta oqikelayo,
L e. : being a man of discretion*
isl-QIKI, n. pL is* (From ^kft.) IMer*
a%i something made with disorelion;
derignating a spmll wooden footstool, as
the aatlTea make it» need Ibr resting their
heads upon when sleedng, like a p^ow.
nko-^-QIKIZA. t. t. (From qika, and isa,
to make. MadiealUf one wUh qakaii^ qe-
keia. JM&raUif x to make a bilking.)
To make with attention, artfol^, giend-
fy, showily; eifppUed to hair^makmg: to
erisp the hair; to ourl; to bend inoon-
traotion, kb nkugdba inwele.
(NoTB.— This word is exclosiTely used
of dressing the iaifooob evwt of you^
i— QIKIZA, a. pL ama. (From the Tcrb.)
A denomination eompriring all young
girla who have attained to the time^ but
do not yet wear their bair in a ereat.
Ssi— QIKIZA, n. pL izi. (From qikin.)
1« Something like a erisping;— 2. A per-
son who weara hia hair crisped.
ma— QIKIZQ, a. pL imu (From qikiia.)
A ereit of hair of fboMles in a oriijped or
drmsgd state.
nk«— QUiA, T. t. (From qi» set on, np,
above, tad ila» to rise, to strab. The
emee ia: to rise above the top^ or above
the reach; to outstrip. JSadieally one
wUk qala. qeH qole»' qda» elk, Ao.
QtoeeiffmOiedto gqik. fitt^ nqi^ qPin,
qia% ai4 qibe*)
1. Toeoiwit; tox)ver^raadi; tonrpam
in stratagem ;-*2. To ph^ trickai to
de∧ to dieat, at: nga bixa uaali
yami kuye wa ngi qiUi lapo, i. e. : J de*
mended my money from bim, but he out*
stripp^ me^ or tricked me, there.
— — QiLBKA, quit. fr. To oome into a state,
condition, or habit of outwitting^ playing
trickery, Ac.
-.^ OnasA, caoa. fir. 1. To cause or make
tricxery ;-'2. To use» to employ tricks;—
8. To make a show. {JSee Qilisa.)
i— QILA, n. pL ama. (From qiht) A
kind of a loog and tasteroUv-made dress of
women and girls^ reaching flpom the hip
down to the calf of the leg* worn at wed«
dings or other occasion^ when great show
is to be made,
iel— QILA. n. (From qfU,) An artificiil
thing. Of t isiqila senamikMt i e. : an iron
instrament, like a hammer ; or» a wooden
hammer, Ac, whieh the nativee would
call by this name, siaoe they have a want
for technical terms.
i—QILAKA, n. pLamat (Dim. from iqilL)
A person of less wit and genias;-*-le«
artfhl, eonninff, &C. 8eeir($tL
i— QILI, n. pTama. (From qik.) 1. A
person of wit or genius; an artfol, cm-
ning, deceitful, triokish person ;-<2. A per-
son who understands how to gain the
fovomr of others by loquacity ; a bgrpocd-
tical person.
NoTBw— This word refera partioularly to
fem^esb since these are ohie^y empk>yed
for such purposes among savagea.
iai— QILI, n. pL izi. (]m>m ^) Xsief'
a% : an onUUipped thing; applied espe-
cially to a person who is bereft cf all
things, who la friendless, homeless with-
out proper^, du., and must, oonseqnently,
go into service with others.
(It having fireqnentW happened that
females, who were of the iqili profts^on,
foU into the UkqjUi state, both aamea were
united In one person, and hepce erase a
confusion of ideas, which sometimee the
nativee themselvee are not enabled to
explain.)
nbo— Qllil, n. (From 4;^) Wit; genius;
trickery; cunning; artifice; loquadty;
rhetoric; hypocrisy,
nkn— QIUZA, v. t. (From qila, and ia% to
make. Ma dio aU^ one wUh ^damu JUied
fa qiqim, qika, ^sa, 4e.)
1. LUeralUf : to make one to wgiAnf up;
leferring to thg peculiar hal^ of the
savages to phioe a dancing party in Ibmr
ranks, and the word has exactly the same
meaning as to drill has in a wUitaiy
eeaee;-*). To make a pecnlieiv a grand
ahow, bp forming % daneing party into
row8r-3« To puah away, ofi wa n^
ti
Digitized by
Google
QIKQATA.
[296]
QITA.
qflin ku lendati, i. e. t he pnheA meawaj
(With his hand) out of this place,
idra— QINA, T. L (From qi, stricken, fixed
upon, and ina, to join, nnite. The Uteral
tens0 «#: to ran together, to congee],
compress. BadioaUif one with nqena,
nqina, ko)
1. To he solid; to he compact, firm,
fieist, dose, ae i amafnta a qinile, i. e. : the
ftt has got hard ;— 2. To be fixed, steady,
unshaken ; to stand firm, or stick futt as
a pole m the earth, which has been rammed
Sn; — 8. To be steadftwt, constant, firm,
strong, as: ngnmnnta oqinileyo, i. e.: a
steadfkit person ; a person who has stead-
fitftness. (JZimce, the Xwainqina, witness.)
-*— QnncE.A,qnlf.fir. To be solid, firm, ftc,
against, for, upon, &a
•*— • QnruA, caas.fr. 1. To make solid,
fast, or firm ;— 2. To fiisten ; to confirm ;
to corroborate; togire evidence; to cer-
tify; to assure; to prore;— 8. To show
stMdfastness ; firmness ; forbearance, &o. ;
^-4. To state correctly, rightly ; to pass a
trne Judgment; to be not mistaken or
wrong, ag : u qininle lapo, i. e. : there you
have said the truth ; — 6. MUpHealUf : u
qinisile, i. e. : certainly ! right !
— — QiKnsKA, quit. fr. To be firmly fixed;
to settle firmly; to be going to estab-
lish, &c
— . QnrissLA, qulf. fr. Tomake fiwt, firm,
&Cn for, Ac.
— — QnnisiaA, cans. fr. 1. To fix firmly;
to confirm fnlly; — 2. To establish; to
confirm; tor^Qr; to fhlfil what has been
previously fixed.
uko— -QIKQA, V. t. (From qi, stricken,
fixed above, pcnnt, &c, and nga, to bend,
. power. MadieaH^ one with qanga, qonga,
qunga, oinga, &c. Allied eloe^ to qika,
qengqa; (tto^flcfic qingqa. See^^mpu)
1. PrimariUfi to intrigue; to impli-
cate; to bring into a dilemma, or into
difficulty;— 2. To baffle; to catch, cm: i-
qili li qingiwe ukukohlwa izwi, i. e. t the
deeeitfol person Mras caught (ms. : hor de-
ceit became manifest) fiKwn being at a loss
ibr a word ;— 8. To plot, = be he hkngene
endaw(mye ukukuluma okubi, i.e.: they
had come together in a certain place to
plan evil.
uku— QINQATA, v. t. (From qinga, and
ita, to pour, throw, take. Compare janga-
to, gangata, gamata, qabeto, &c iS^ isi-
Qingata.)
1. iMeral^i toute intricacy in mea-
suring ; to leave a certain space below the
brim t>f a vessel ; not to make the measure
fhO;— 2. To be more than half full; to
be wanting in AUness^ a#: isitya si qinge-
te, or si qingatOe^ Le. : the basket is only
half fblt
— -« QorOACiiA, cans. fir. %} make nottoe
ftdl; to make more than half foIL
isi-QINQATA, n. pi isi. (From qingats,
V.) A less or smaller diflereoce of t
quantity, «ts.:.tiie vacancy remaimng hi
a measure which is a little more than half
ftiU; a defidency of a foil meaaore, ei:
hdqingata sesitya, i. e. : a space whidi is
to be filled up; the lesser part of the
whole measare.
isi— QINOATJANA, n. {Dkn. firom iri-
qingata.)
A small difference of a quantity mca*
sored ; a small defiden^ of the same.
isi— QINQI, n. pL id. (From qinga.) A
smidl strip of land in the middle of t
river ; an island {lU, : an implicated piees).
mn— QINOO, n. pi hnL (From qinga.) 1.
A place, or a pass between mountains and
rocks ;— 2. HgwratieeUf : an induko, Le. :
stick for beating (in the sense of qinga, 8.)
mm— QINI, n. [This is a corruption of >-
Nqindi, wUch eee. The ditUeaHc qinds or
qindi eee under the eame, Xini is the
eame ae qim.]
urn— QINI6I, n. pL aha. (From qhuss.)
One who makes snre^ confirms; one who
gives confirmation ; a witness.
in— QINI8IS0, n. (From qininsa.) £^
tablishment; Aill confirmation ; the whole
truth er ontainty«
i— QINISO, n. pi. ama. (From qinisa.) Om-
firmation ; corroboration ; correctness; oor-
rect judgment; truth; certainty; ssnr-
ance; proof, ae: lomuntu u namaqimi^
Le.: this person says the truth.
id— QINO, n.pl.id. (From qina.) Ais*
solution,
uku— QIQA, V. t. (From iqa-iqa, to set oo,
strike upon. SadioaUy one wUk qsqa,
qoqa, and quqa. The Xoea uses tidswod
in the sense of qika, which eee, but that ii
eridentiy a oonftidon, as the etymology
diows.)
1. JMmariUfi to trot;— 2. To nm off
the heels; applied to— umuntu ohambt
ku lomd iViti, L e. : a man who very fre-
qnentiy runs to one and the samephuoe;-*
8. To be wiQing to run. (This word ap-
plies to men onty.)
idLU— QIQEZELA, v. t. (From qiqa, and
iaeh, to make often. See Hldiletda.)
To trot qmckly ; to run in a trot, and ii
rather onomaippoeHOf ae: ku nje ngoma*
ntu o ti qi ! qi ! ^ ! ukuhamba kwake, Le. :
it is like a pcovon who makes a noise like
qi ! qi ! qi I when walking quii&ly (similir
to the cracking of new dioes in walking.)
i— QIYA, n. pL ama. (From ql, and iyi.
to torn, go.)
JDiaMbk, the tame ae iqila. (In the
JSoea it is used of any kind of rag, hand-
kerchief eqpedaUy, Ac.) «
Digitized by
Google
QOBO.
C«r]
QOBOZA.
A tumll drMi of women and girls, fto.
tte— QIZA, T. t. (From qi, mdin. Radi'
eai^f <me wUh qua, and qosL DialdcHe
dn. A oontraolioa from qifin, m qan
RtMn <MttflL/
1. OnomaiopoeHci to make a noiee, or
to acream ql, as when dandng,— 2. LUer-
aUjf: to make a show; to show off; to
cih«hit hi an oatentatioos manner, by put-
ting pieces of taib aionnd the ankle^ Iniee^
or arm; or showinff off at a dance» espe-
cially when one <n Uie women pats her*
sdf forth from the ranks, trotting in the
eirde aroond, making gesticulations, Ac
v— QIZA, n. pL isin. (From the Terb.)
A bracelet^ or any ornament similar to it.
iikn->QOBA, v. t. (From qo, and nba, to
separate. Itadicaify <me wUk qaba, gqiba,
qnba, nqaba, fto^ coba and xoba. aUM
<»gQlMi,kobe^&e.)
1. lAUrmttf : to separate a single piece
or bod^ by breaking, catting, splitting,
craddng, beating, &, ;-^. To carre ; to
cot into many small pieces; to cnt np» as
meat fat diops, or for roasting; to cnt in
slices Ibr the table^-8. To break hito
small or short pieces, as wood, by bending
and breakhig it at the knees ;— 4. Todwp
meat or wood into small pieces;— >6. To
poond, as in a mortar;— 6. To est; to
hmi hi chOd-Urtii.
— - QoBiKi, qnlt fr. To be hi a separated
or broken state, «: n qob^ile ngoknse-
iMBsafLe.: he is broken down by mnch
woridng, S3 he hi mnUe to do more. (The
jroiA mis qdboka.)
— — QoBliAt cans. fr. To canse to bieak«
cat, splits chopb doc
*-«- QoBmai, cans. fr. 1. To canre or cot
b; to cat very idee slices;— •S. To
m— QOBI, n. pi. aba. (From qoba.) A
carver; cotter, doc
i— Q(^0, n. pt aaa. (From qdba.) A
cob^ or head of nudie after the com has
been separated from it.
Iii— QDBO, n.pLiti. (From qdba. ^10M
lo isiioba.)
JVoperwf s a bar of wood, eidosifdy
need Ibr ous tru c tin g or shutting the door
of a nathre hoose inside; a cross-beam;
applieable to a bolt, raO, A«.
ii*-<y)BO, n. (Fran qoba. (MIerr, hi*
qdbo.))
1. LU$ral!Ufi a separated spUnt or
balk, eif . : the eiact, real, or troe else or
thickness of any bulk, a«: oqobo lonnti,
Le.: the enet thickness of a treei— 2.
IJSit: enct» real, troe, Tcry, a«i nqobo
Iwnmeehenfi wami. Let the xealwoikof
mhM|— nqdbo lwekahk^ ict the reel
Ibod;— >nqobo Iwenkomo yami, i.e.: this
is the Tcry cow of mine;— ba bonile nqobo
Iwom Pande, Le. : they saw the very (per-
son) of Psnde, or Psnde in reality.
It is sometimes like an emphatical pro-
noun, when its noun has preceded, <u : ba
bonile nqobo Iwake^ Le. : they saw the
Tory self same.
8. Figwative hMi stato of charactert
quality, in a great, eminent, or high de-
gree. Of: TJnansika u noqobo, Le. : Mr.
so-and-so is a rery eminent, rigbteouf^
good, kind, beneTolent» Taluable, Ac, per-
son; a person of first magnitude ^—inii«
raakaii 1 luqobo lirami, Le.: the large
black cow is my best, and most raluable
one ;— ibashe li melwa luqobo olungakana-
ni ? L e. : with or by how great a price is
the horse to be obti&ied ?
nku— QOBOLA, t. t. (From qoba, and uU^
to strain, stretoh. Radically one with
qabula, qibula, qubula. Allied to ebah^
buh^ftc)
1. To break, beat, cut, Ac, looee ft^mi
the outside ; to strike with a pointed in-
strument; to peck 0^ Oil qobola ama-
qobo, Le. : brat off the com off the
spikes;— 2. To beat or strike with sHght
and repeated bkms; to strike loosely,
softly. In such a way as to make small
hnprestions, a$ : wa qobola umtwana ekan-
deni ngenduku, Le.: he beat the child
softly on the head.
i— QOBOLONDA, n. pL ama. (From qo-
bola, and unda, the extent, drcumferenoe.
Badicallsf one wUh qabahmda. Otkere
hctoe gobolonda.)
IMeraXUf : a kind, the circumference of
wbidi is to be pedLed, broken, struck, &&,
descripti^re of the diell of eggs, nuts,
sode ^ fish, the rind of pumpkhas, cak-
badi, Ac, in their dry state.
i— .QOBOQOBO,n.]^aina. {ArepeHHon
j^HNMqobo.)
A kind broken into peces ; applying to
sometUng very brittle.
Obo— QOBOQOBO, n. {See i-Qoboqpbo.)
Brittlsness.
nku— QOBOZA, T. t. (From qoba, or aobo»
brittle, and uza, to make, doeelg^ alUed
io boboaa, only different hi its appUca*
tion.)
1. To break, tear, beat^ cut, dec, the
outward sUn or corer, into small pieces,
as birds of prey tear or rip up their
Tictims;— 2. To break, crush, beat hito
pieces, as g^ or earthenware;— 8. To
break the droll, or to beat one's bndns
out ; to cut the skhi through by striking
witii a pointed instrument;— 4. To break
or bore a hde hito anything, ae : qobon
usdwa^ L c : make a hde in the cak*
Digitized by
Google
QOIiOM.
qpjWWP^
i*>QOBOZI, n. {0. ama. (From qobosa.)
Som^fclung like % calabnsh wUb t wide
vaoQtb. i^witf 0? gobosi (and =» gobongo.)
QOFA. /S«<i(£iDfiu
QOKA. i&tfOqoka. ( Jtofo, ooka.)
i8i^-<QQK0L0, n. pi m. TU Mt of the
mn*Qokolo tree,
urn— QOKOLO, n. pL imi, (From qp^ a
bulk, ukOt drawn, aiul nK stnetdied.
Compare qatolo.)
A apecimen of a wild pear cor plum tree,
or rather a boah, ML of long thoma, but
bearing a thick, kmg-abapea firoi^ Uke a
large pear, (h^He$ its name.)
nkn— QOLA, v. t (From qo, balk> and ula,
to itrain. JUuUeaH^ <ms mth qahi, qele,
qila, and qqla. A eontraction i^rom qobola.
douljf uWed to oela, colo> noola, &o,)
1. To break loose apUnta;*^ To peck
with the biU; to strike with a pcunted
instrumont, a#t qola mnaengqe, ie. :
lU.t to pick a hole in a woooen pot, viz,i
to excayate, to hollow ont with an inatrn-
ment in the way of pieking loose little
splints ;-^8. To scatter loosejjr i to staew ;
applied to sprinkling perfome npon the
havr; kfuoe, to perfooe; to make an odonr;
to difi^ an odour, of i ukuqc^ i. cu : to
put perfume on the head, or on tibe body.
-*<^ Qox<SK4« quit. fr. 1. To be hoUow, to
admit pieking, ezoavating i«-2. To be in
a perfumed stale; to emit odour.
^— — QoLiSA, cans. fr. To pefffumei to use
odour.
i-»QOIiA» n.pLama. (From qoto.) XMer»
«% : a peoker, a impedes of the genus
oerthia, of the size of a large lUkch* white
and Uadc spotted. (It has its name most
probably from piokiogt or darouring other
smaller hirds^ aa it is in lba h«bit of
doing.)
i— QOLAKAZI, n, pi, ama. (From iqola,
and kaai^ denoting femala)
A female-animal, having white alripas
eross orer the hinder pari.
isi^QOLO, n. pL izl (From qoUu) X, LUe*
ralljfi a use, or a mode of piddngi
hence, — 2. Insolence ; haughtinaw i impu-
dence, 09 : ukutata ngesiqolc^ i.&: to
take with insolence := t^ta nto u nga
nakeki, i^e.! take a thing quite uncon^
cemedly, without respect to its owner.
u-^QOLO, n. (pL iiin. nldom,) (From
umqolo.) A ri^ of a hilL
i^^QOIX), n. pCimi. (From qola.) The
back-bone of an animal* so called firom its
standing forth visibly, rising up, high.
ukn-<^QOl402A» v. t (From ^la» rwdng
hiyh, anduiai to rnaka* SadiooUjf one
vtUk qalasa. <$m oka lii-Qolfl^ in-
dolence.)
^rcpm'ljfi to look ip a raM pM&lioD,
but eommoniy, to atare.
-«-w QOMOBMi, quU: fr. To Ml (M, to
look staring at one plaoai to itovitk
indolent ^ ukubeka njalo ngamsUa «•
daweni e^ye^ i, a. » to fl]c the «y«i p«-
manently on one apot.
uku— QQMA, V. t. (From qo, tba beit,
eminent, and uma, to stand. Some me it
lynonymous^ with Moma. MmM^cm
mth nqomiw qama. quma. The J>iaaad
oOerfbaveeoma. Chi^ (ilMi9)ikm,
to gomit ^0
1. FnmarUy i to insist on tU bvt;
hene^, toaeleoti to take I9 wayofim-
llprenoe from things offered >^)l» To
prefer; to choose 1 to maka cboimH.
To ragaid one more than anote, si:
ukii^goma laintombi, i,e.; to ohoon tbe
best girl from a nmnbec
-«^ Q(»(DiL4, quit fr. Top9eferlcr,akm
Ac
i--QOMA, n. pi. ama. (From qm**) ^
name Ibr a hasket, KLt aiMgkft "nil
ona, ftanding right nij^i Imtprm m lfi 1
aelaot kind of a oasket,
vko^QOMFA, V. i. (From f^ hifikm, vA
mrii,atanda]4rering' (Mmqi^v^
Sng from a breach, tear. &O1 Mt^ •*
gomfft. «aWe* asr.)
X. to wS» from, or to lahonr wia
pains in the ba(ok»^i« oomtquoMO of wklA
people are aocnatomad to lean, or k«dtbe
body forward, in a «to(9ing pmitim «
basliward, for the puiposo ef «Mu^
aoate relief i--3« To travail 1 to nm
the paiw« of pMFtoritioB, (The^sMW
thia word of a mother who hasUUnaMr
newly-born child by \jiog upon it tfOe
dentallyi or of kitting, the IhU« bi^n
tiie time of birth.)
«ka-*QONJ>A. T. t. (FiomqQ>abQlt!»9;
point, and unda. to extend. MnimV
one foith qanda, and qunda.)
1. To knot; to net! to aroebor^
stitch; to embroider, 9«:qondaasH^
ie.3 to net tho umqondo*--baMtor'^
To fasten with a ban4 01; oord« and w
around, aei qoida iskabm i*a.: tie w
door with a cord (to the bsrO-S. To
compass; to extend round; to ^^'^
hend; to grafp> to aeiie:;— 4w T^uMf-
ataftdi toconeetvei tohc^ orooatMJP
the mind; topoaMss in idea. 01:110^
eqondayo^ i«a.; a man of good •"?■"*
aeosa, who understands thiagi ^jf
6. Topreastoapoint; to go straigW «»*
ward, in a right direction. .
-^.^ Qoin»Bi^> quit. fr. 1. To poiiM tw
quality for knitting, embrotdBfiai^ ^r;
9. Tobecomprehensiblab eonosifam «•
QWCDILA. quit fr. Toknol,kBit,^
foritoftatanatt togwvaAi'' ^••■^
■taiad ahoiW &c
Digitized by
Google
Qoisao.
imi
QOro.
to knot, knit, ne^ fo|*^ To omko to
iuiderftoii4» egoctiT*, Ao. |-*ll. To inform ;
to Hit ngh^i to diMdTj to miurk 09t» iw:
qondiaa nnmntn inhlela, L e. : do i^¥i the
Qwn dirootKNU about tbo rood i-*-4. To
•^«-> QoiTDiaDM* iMW, fr« 1. Tonndevfftiaid
clMriy; to oonprfltodfiiUy; tooonyider
att0DtiTely;^2. To set forth olearly; to
mark out bj proper meant, aa to mark ont
« dreaiy hy drawuig tbo Uaw upon it after
a measure*
iim**-QONDISI, n. pL Aba. (From qondiaa.)
▲n informer i direotor, iuu
i— QONDO, n. pL ama. (From qonda.
iSMn-Qondo.)
1, Aetitdbador netted border }-*9. A
atitob of netting i— 3. A ititch of aewing,
as: ngi aa beka iqoodo linje, L e. I I make
onW one ititeb more*
n**QONDO, n. pL i«|n« (From qonda.)
A knotted aeam, as thai of Uie ialooeo
(head-ring,) wbioh eooMS near to the aawing
of a bntton-hol^
om^QONDO, n.plimL (Fiom qonda. jSm
«-Qondo. ^O^ifd to kondo.)
A flat or broad side knotted, vis. : a
band made of a rneoe of akin or leather,
fhmi 2^ inobei broadt and about 16 do.
knott, stitebfid with knot% to wbieb the
ib^ju is fixed and worn bj boys and
yovsut men.
uka^^-QONQA* t. t. (From qo, set npop. and
unga* M a dio qlly cm ^oUk q^mga, ^^nga,
qnnga. C(MMy3«r#onga,kongo«gaiiga»^)
1. JViia r% t to heap on the toD» as :
isitya si qoniple^ i.e.t the basket hes a
heap;— 2. To giither in a bei^ one thing
i^on another^— 3. To orerfloir; applisd
to heaped np measnres.
— QovouA, cans. fr. 1. To make a heap
upon, when measmingi to fiU with a
beap^ at: qongiea iqqma» i. e, i make* a
heap upon Uie basket,
i— QONGA, n. pL ama. (From qonga, T.
Oomfors odonga, injango, 4s.)
1. Tbehigbait somndtf— 2. A part, a
bcap^ a$: iqonga lesinkomo, i.e. i i& t the
snmmit or top of a whole flosk \ 4eiiotf» a
small head, a small portkm, the best bow-
ever; — 8. An derated plaoe to pnt things
iq^on, as a shelt (In the Jpsa it signifies
a store-house, as the Zmkk inqolobaoe or
nbamba.)
Ssi— QONQO, n. pi. isL (From qonga.) 1.
Tbeaotionofb»|^npi^8. That which
is brought or made mto a heap i hrn^t a
iommi^ peak, top^ at: isiqoogo senblo,
Le.e house-top. ( OMere isioongo.)
«i-*QONGO. n.pl,imL (Fhrnqanga.) A
heap upon some snrihce I alariemasi^at:
nko— Q0NQ099ZA, ▼. t. (Fpom qpi^^a,
and beai^ with foresight. J^ioMio oongo-
besa.)
To lay np with fore^ght j to Uy up
provisions J to store «way.
uku— QONGOLOZA, v. t. (From qonga,
and ulusa, to make stretobed, frequently.
IHaHsctio congolosela.)
To lay up m large qu«n.titiet. {8$idom
¥Hd,)
m^mm QoveoioaLA. qulf, fir. To hiy up in
laige quantity fori to hoard, as food.
N0T|t.^This word and qongobesa refer
to laying up store in plaoes like the Inqo-
lobane imd iqonga, but not in holee under
the earth as the saveges also do*
uku«^QONQQOLOZA,v.t. (From qodigqo,
(momak^posiiCf sigid^ing an echoing noise,
and oluza, to make long^ strained. JCosa
qangaza, ^ memesa, to cry out.)
1. To make an ecboing sound, as when
one calls out loud in a valley or between
mountainsi^3. To call out kmd in the
field ; to can out with a loud voice,
uku*-*QONGQOTA, t. t. (From qo-ngqo^
(m(mai9p» S00 qp-ngqplosa, and uta, to
tooobt throw, to make. Maiipaify one
wi4k qunqute* MiM to tnntuta. SU.
To giye a knocking sound j to touch, or
strike with e massb to stiCko with the
knuckles of the fingei% or with a atick.
Of: wa qoogqota emnyango^ U a.! he
knocked ai the door*
i-^QOKGQOTI, n.pLema. (Fromqaogqo-
te.) A birdi Ut.: a picker or knocker.
iiku-.QOPA, V. t. (From qo^ and upa,
to passi upon. Omm^iop, to give or
make a sound like qc^ « echoing noise^
which is beard when listened to. JKo^
oei% one wUh qapa. Ctose^ oHi^ io
qoba, and cm, w^Mk me.)
1. LiierMfyi to strike upon; to peck
et| to peek out; Aeaot, to cut notches as
the natives doon e stick to number the days
of working ^-2. To cut out a skirt, vts. :
an umu^ from prepared skine, consisting
of many stripes, like tape;— 8. To carve;
to cut out in wood or stone; to eiwrave ;
-^ To out, or hew wood, in cmr to
make some shape of an umqeogqe; to
hew out roughly ;— 5. To treat roughly ; to
initate^ ot : u ya ngi qopa, i. e.: you pii^
a quarrel with me; (vaukubisa ngsma-
gama amabi, L e. : to cut one with bad
names or words.)
isi— QOPAMITI, n, pL i<i. (From qopa,
and imiti, trees.) lAUralUf 1 a wood*pi^er.
i~QQFO,n,pl.ama. (I^omqopa.) 1.A
notchi a nick ^-2. Somethi ng wldehhas
been cut out, asi umutyu weqcpe^ Le.:
a skirt ooBtainipg meay stiipee (tee
qopa, 2.)
Digitized by
Qoo^^
W— <JOPO, n. pL izL (Prom qopa.) Anr-
thing cat oat of wood, or carred in wooa ;
applicable to wooden cocks, Ac
nka— QOQA, v. t. (From aqa-nqa, to strike^
to set on. Badicalhf one with qaqa, qiqa,
andqaqa.)
1. To pick np here and tliere; to bring
together, = buta, as : qoqa izinkomo, Le. :
ran tbe cattle together, or bring them
back, = zibnyise ;— 2. To collect, as : qoqa
inhla, i. e. : collect materials for a boose,
am— QOQO, n. (From qoqa.) lAteralUf i
a mass or sabatance collected together;
hence, lymph m the joints of animal
bodies,
am— QOQONOO, n. Same as Qaqongo.
a— QOQOQO, n. pL inn. (From qo-qo-qo^
onomaiopoeHe, signifying a noise or sonnd.
Others qoqoko.)
1. The trachea, or windpipe ; throat ;—
2. Rattan, so odled from its rings or
notches,
nkn— QOTA, v. t. (From qo, top, sor&ce,
and ata, to throw. Badically one with
qata, wMoh see, and qata. AlUed to cata,
coto, xota, qongqota, qwata, &c.)
1. To break, beat, crash, grind, fte^ to
powder, with special reference to a stone,
the grinding or striking apon whidi makes
a noise like qo-ta ! as : qota impapa, i. e. :
grind com into fine meal r— 2. To strike,
beat, crash, Ac., with a stick, stone^ or
dab, as I qota isitya, Le.: poand the
broken dish to powder;— 3. Ukaqota, =
okalala ngomhlana e ma amadolo, i. e. : to
lie on the back and the knees being bent ;
to strike np the knees.
•— — QoTSLA, qolf. fr. To beat, eroah, poand,
&c., opon a stone,
oka— QOTAMA, t. L (From qota, 8, and
nma, to more, to stand. Compaire qo^kedsl,
and kotama. See Ota, Otamela, Otja.)
To be in a postore of having the knees
bent; to cower ; sqoat. (Taking this word
in its strict sense, and comparing it with
ota and otamda, we see that it means
primarify: to dt cowering for the purpose
of getting warm.)
i— QOT JA, n. pi. ama. (From qo, sor&oe,
and tja, to shoot, shine. Xo«a, nmqosha,
A broad batton.)
A brass batton.
oka— QOTJAMA, y. t. (From qota, and ima,
to more, stand. This may be only dia-
lecMc, analagons to xota and xotja. Xosa,
copa.)
To crouch. This word isosed synony-
moosly with qotama. The difference is
nearly the same as between cower and
eroaoh, with this exception that qofjama
is = akohlala nje, i. e. ; to mt jost so,
for no parbicolar pnrpose^ wlule qotama
means for a oertahi parpose.
iM— QOTO, n. pi. izi. (From qota.) IMsr*
dUgi something, that strikes hard, dsibH,
crashes, &o.; henee, hailstone,
n— QOTO, n. pi. irin. (From qota. Bes
Coto.)
1. Hard pieces of leather; dippin^i^or
cattings off from the oatside of a shn, of
which the natives make Tariooa thongi ftr
binding, or wearing aroand their bo4y ai
girdles.
2. The ring, nqoto is osed in appositioob
denoting polkhed, ai&ble, attractive, sibe-
tionate, as : amaota o 'qoto, L e.^ a pfl^
son who binds others by his
whose company is liked, and whose <
attractive ;— abantu ba'qoto.
oka^-QOTUKA, v. i. (From qota, and oh,
to come, go oC Badicallgf the same at
qetaka. The Xosa has nqutaka; sod
others have nqotnka. AtUed doedg io
kataka. See the note onder Ncotola.)
To break off from the sorfiice, as bair in
a case of rickness, or as a jdant faresking
off lost above the ground,
nka— QOTULA, v. t. (See Qotaka, to wbieh
it forms a transitive by ola, to sbain.
Xosa, nqntala ; oihers nqotnla. See the
note nnder Nootola.)
1. To break off from the sorfiiee, ai
when one is weeding and breaks the weeds
off on the sorfiiee instead of polling them
oot with the roots {see Bipola);— 2. Tb
shave, as hair from the skin ;— S. To
grasp ; to scrape together with tiie ifaige»>
€U : qotola ogwai, i. e. : take the snoff
with the fin^rs from the hole of the
hand, in a scraping manna*, as when one
is taking the kst bit of a thing; to tib
away even the dost {ooinoidMiff loStt qwato.)
isi— QOYA, n. pL izL (From qo^ set on,
balk, something grand, and ova, to oome^
to form.)
A roond banch of foathers whidi tiie
natives wear at tbe forehead. The top ef
the feathers are dipped in order to gin
' them a roond shape.
QU, adv. (From the root qa, ratber
ononuKtopoeOet expresrive of a dash, or
the nmse of splashing, splattering with
water, asi o ti qa o tde amend esanUeoi
sami, i. e. : yoo poor the water spisdiiog
into my hands,
id— QU, n. pL id. (From qa, qo. Compare
aqobo.)
1. LUerattjfi a very pdnt, top, tip end
ofa balk,— 2. The bulky extremity, the
thickest extreme point, as : idqo sentonga,
i. e. : the thickest end of a stidc ;— ii^
8ompong6lo,L e.: thebottomof acsskr-"
8. The extremity, or last part ; the dose,
condodon, applied to time, of : n flka
edqwini sendao, i. e. : you arrive at tha
last part of tha sdbjeet, me., too ktsr*^
Digitized by
Google
QUBA.
[Wl]
QUBUSHA.
The oonehitioii, oQMatioa of an aotkm» iilti-
mate ffcate or oonditioii« final doosi, a«:
a A bud iaiqa seoala, i. e. : we do not yet
know the final decision of the case (in
oonrt); — 5. Noting the indindnal aabject,
cMtpkcOical^ t the rery one» {comoiding
fpUk nqobOy as; ngi m bone isiqn aake,
i. e. : I have leen the very person himself
— personally,
nkn— QTJBA« ▼. t. (From qa, and nba, to
separate, to be in firont. Badiedll^ one
wUh qalia, gqiba» qoba, &c AlUed to
xnba, knba, Ac.)
1. IMeraUjfi to strike, beat, drive be-
fore^ in firont ; to posh forward* a«: sa m
qnba, L e. : he went in front of ns, vig, i
we were^ as it were, driving him before
ns;->2. To move by physical force; to
ioipel; to nrge forward, applied to smm*
ming npon water, flying in the air, &0r ;-*
8. To drive ; to oompd or nrge forward
by other means than mere phyaeal forces
09 : quba izinkomo ngendoko, i. e. i drive
the cattle before yon with a stidLj— -qnba
kmantn, L e.: posh this fdlow forward
by some other means ;— 4. To keep in
motion; to go on ; to carry on, as : qnba
izindaba, i. e. : go on with relating ;»5.
To stir a dissolved mass, as : qnba isijingi,
stir the pcnrridge.
— QTnuKA, rcpr. fr. To drive, compel,
mge each other, on both rides.
— — QuBSXA, quit. fr. 1. To be driving
forward ;~2. To possess the necessary
force or quality for driving t — 3. To pro-
gress, CM : n ya qubeka, i. e. : he is pro-
gressing.
— - QuBEXBLA, qnlf. fr. {pialeciie qnbn-
kela.) To go^ move a little distance
farther.
— — QiTBXLiL, qnlf. fr. Topii4, drive for-
ward for ; to drive into; to do instead of,
a# : wo ngi qnbeU nmsebenri lo, i. e. : yon
most posh oo that work for me.
— — QUBIBI* cans. fr. To cause to drive;
to make urgent; to progress; to assist
the progress of some cause.
— ^ QuBUAK A, rcpr. fr. To push, urge, &c,
each other; dis.: to be the means or
cause, to use means, influence, &c, in order
to push mutually forward.
•— — QlTBlBXLA, quit fr. To help on; to
help forward ; to lend or give one his aid
for progress; to assist efiSi^ually.
i— QUBA, n. (pL ama. seldom.) (From
quba. See um-Quba.^ Old cattle>dung
whieh has turned into bUck ground.)
n — QUBA, n* (From qnba 6.) Some in-
gredient to mix other substances with;
applied to herbs which the irinyanga use.
um--QUBA9 n. sing. (From quba, 5.) Lite-
ra^t a mass which is driving; applied
to cattle-duogy whenit has become d^ and
dissolved into dust. It is also used for
scouring or mblnng off dirt and filth from
the hands, as the savages have no soap,
9od do not always like the application of
water.
QUBAQUMU. See Qumnqumu.
uku— QUBEZA, v. t. (From quba, iza, to
make. See Besa.)
1. JProperlsf: to continue, persevere in
driving, compelling ; to be patient, gentle^
mild in urging, driving, &a ; — 2. To push
forward with the hands carefoUy.
— — QiTBBZELA, qulf. fr. To push forward
with the hands ; to make to go before;, as i
qubezela inkonyana iyagu&, Le.: push
the calf on with the han^ it is sick (and
cannot go by itself.)
nm— QUBI, n« pi aba. (From quba.) One
who drives, compels, &c,
i— QUBU, n. pLama. (From quba.) 1.
IVoperljf I a place which has secreted into
a bulk; oommonfyi a gathering, a lump,
a tumor, an abscess ;•— 2. The ibe feathers
of fowls; down;— 3. Fine bark of {dants,
of fine grass, io,, of which mice make
their nests.
isi— QU6U, n. (From quba. Allied to
ifuba.) A driving; hence, qpeed, asi
ukuhamba ngesiqubu, i. e. : to walk with
speed.
uku— QUBUEA, v. i. (From iqubu, or quba,
and uka, to come out. JEtadicalljf one. with
qabuka. Xosa qoboka and cubuka.)
1. To break out from a tumor; to have
an eruption, as: oqubuka umzimba kn
puma izilondana eziningi, nomzimba u-
bomvu, i.e. : from a person in whose body
is a cause for eruption there come out
many small pustules, with redness of the
body; — 2. To excrete, asi umuntn o
hlanza ku qnbuke esisweni, L e. : an erup-
tion has taken place in the stomach of
him who vomits;— 3. To issue; to come
forth frtnn a hidden place ; to burst out,
as water from the ground after rain, or as
a living creature rushing out of a bush
unexpectedly.
uku— QUBULA, V. t. (From qubuka, to
which it forms a transitive by ula, to
strain. See Bola.)
To drive away by means of violence, or
Vy force of beating; to thresh away.
Coindding with qubekL)
— — QirBUiiBLA, qnlf. fr. To drive forth,
away, some distance, far; to extend,
in— QUBULO, n. (From qubuk.) A stick
for threshing; {same as iA'Bvlo,)
i— QUBUQUBU, n. pi. ama. (From qubn-
qubo.) Small tumors, pustules.
ukn—QUBUSHA, v. t. (From quba, and
usha, to make. Dialeetio qubutja. JEosa
qobosha, to knee-halter.)
To push wiUi the knuckle of the elbow.
Digitized by
Google
<itmwAKA.
t«^3
qmmj.
»^-^ QmitrsHAirA, rtpt. ft. To paOk one
ittothef with tbe tShow, ^spedallj when
there are manj people together tn a crowd ;
'-«<B. Ibhntt, posh, orthrtut eaeh other,
ast izinkomo zi ya qabashana, l.e.: the
eattlA push eaeh other (io ^ kraal, he-
eanae it is crowded with them.)
ukn— QUBUTA, t. t. (Vtotn qaba, and nta,
to touch, ^row, ooter. JlUml to qahok,
qnbttsha. S^ Bdta.)
To throw a Uanket or any coveting over
the head; to collect; to horer nndm*
•omething above the head.
This word is now tfibc^ and othan nae
gnboza instead of it There i^ however,
no doabt, bttt g^bnaa was tised, originally,
in its own sense Ko. 8, and qubnta in that
of KOk 1, which is here given,
i— QUDE, n. pL aaa. (From on, balk,
and de, long ; or lh)ai qnt% to pcnek ont,
referring to the long ftathers.)
A cock (of fowU.)
QUKA. iSseXdka.
irt— QUKAQA, n. pi. izi. (Prom qa, set on,
or qn, bnlk, end, nka, go off, np, and qa.
SadicalUf in qiki. Allied to qekeka, &c)
Any i^eoe of wood which is ent fh>m
the thick end of the stem ; a tftnb which
is cat off; a sttimp. It is ined for the
same purpose as the i8i-<^ki.
QUEU. See Qqvikvu
likil-*QtJIiA, T. t. (Prom qa, to strike, Ac,
or qo, a break, oradt, end, snrfhce, and
nlat to strldn, strip, kc, SadiedOy one
fdOh qala, qele, eqek^ qek, and qok.
^ AUied to gcma, And gqnla. See Ncola,
to strips ac)
1. LftetaUjft toMtrikeaway; to strike
over or npon, as the shields when going to
war; hence, to rebound; to spring bade
fhMn an object beaten, as the stick springs
ba^ from the shield when the latter is
beaten;— 2. To stamp, ae: nkuqn^ am-
blla, i. e. : to stamp maise, vis, t to strike
at the com and tarn the instrotnent for
striking baek again.
i— QULO, n. pL ama. (From qnla* The
JG>9» iqnla means a round button.)
1. A Sfrarm of bees, particularly when
they are settling in a heap at a tree; —
B. A multitode of people in motion (iVom
the appearance of striking, and rebound-
ing)
in— QtJLO, n. pL isin. (From quia.) The
point of the thigh-bone which tarhs In the
pelvis,
um— QTJtiXT, n. pL imL (Ttoth ^ula.) A
bulk of a long shape ; something wrapped
on itsdfi as a blanket wound in a cylin-
drical form I a mat rolled together; a roll.
i-^ULWAl^A» n. pL ama. {Dtm. Arom
iqnlu.) 1. A small swarm Of bees ;— 2. A
email crowd (tf people ia commotion.
idnh^UlCAt t. i. (From t^ bfeaki cnek,
and uttMti to move up. BaiUoaUgf9mwi&
qama, qoma, nquma, gqttma« ituma. 4Uiei
to camaj gcuma, guma^ &o.)
1. To DUrst flma the beat of fire; to
etplodes<>^2. To sparkle ^-^« To bceik
or burst out of smoke; Menee, to emit
smoke; to smoke^ ae t mblilo n ya quBi,
Le.: the fire is smoking ;—4» Topslpitits
(=3 zuma) ;-^. To gToan from pain, ait
head of cattle, when lying down witta
fotlbdly. (The JroM use it inthonon
of bellowing, roaring.)
^""-^ QuinilA^cauSftfr. 1.1^9 cause to snob;
to smoke; to apply imoke^ aet qaam
inyAttia, l.e. : haiig the meat in the sniake ;
—2. T6dryina]dfai,it«s qumisaisitombo,
i. e. : to dry the germ» malt.
ttku^QUMBA, ir.t. Amsmw Qn^jwa. (Firam
qn, bulk, siECh and umbe^ to make, to fona.
MadicalUf one with q&mba. kjAmA ««r.)
1. Tomakeabulk; tosWdl; tofUlovli
Oft amahele a ya qumba, Le.* the oora
begins to get ears^ ^^ it swdls up tt ths
place where the ear is coming out;— 1
To blow up; to be flatulent^ ae: mnd
qumUle, L e. : the belly Is ftill of wind;—
8» To be bloated With aager> ae: aqa-
mUle yena, Let he to angry, swsDi witli
rage ;— 4. To be sulky*
-'-^^ Ottmbbla, qulf. fr. To «WdI, hkmnp,
be angry for, about, Ae»
>«>-*^ QtncBBiiAKA, rcpr.fr. TobeangtyoHs
with another; to sulk one with another,
or toward eadi other.
*-^ QiTiCBiByi,camkfi*. I. Toeaosetoswdl;
to make angry or displeased ^-*4. To dis-
please ^-8i Qumbisa iaingubo, Le.: to
damp the (wadi) dothes and foU them
up.
i--QnM6I, n. pi. ama* (From qumbi.)
A bud.
Iim-^QUM BI, n. ^. tnd. (From qonfaa.)
Literally: a swollen^ bulkjf sabMmoe;
applied to the rize^ form, or shoot of tlie
ear of native^Corn, or of tttaiie ptfetioos to
blossoming.
u— QUMBU, n. pi 0. (FToitt i|ttmba. Ae
ttm-Qumbu Compare iakum^.)
Queen of the vdiite abts, when filled
with effffs.
nm— QUMBtr, tt. pL Imi* (From qumba.
See u-Qombu.)
1. A white inaeet in the itate of beiog
filled with eggs. It is smaller than the
queen of the white ants. (ProbaUy the
queen of the myrmileonite ftrnQy of
ants, imprisoned In a very hard pieee of
grottnd.)
8. Thk word is also used in appontioo,
and confiirma to its prindpal nebu, aei
Ibuaia li'qumbu, Le.: river-fieg; or when
the Ibuma ie spoken of> Iqumbu luflDei to
Digitized by
Google
QcmoA.
C«i3
QUVQO.
eiprili lis rttd tep* (Thk ^^ettdiarity tif
application is analogom to that of iiqoto, 2.)
QUMBTK^BLA. ^ Gttokbtiqda.
id*-QUM fi, n. pL ill. (Firom qvoia.) A
qpedfls of bosh, or a shroK wbieh has a
thinblfk, and enuiki by a Uttla bending.
Seitm, VkM naoiet
«i»«-QUM(J, iL pL attMu (tVotti qoma.
Otibepf kmWt inqntttbo. Sm NqHtllaO
1. A kind of bntsUn^ n6iM| an elplod-
Ing t JbM00, tha itonMnHng atatu oftiatiTe
beer whicb, baling not yet been boiled,
Aaas Bot oontain noeb power of Intoxica-
tioB, a$ I nbutywala ba'mq»iiti» t. e. : tbe
beer is yet in lie firet. weak itafte;— 2.
▲ gr«ani&g or fnmtiiig» iaiitaled in
teiciBg.
QDi'^lTMUQUifU or <)T7ilQtfll, n. pL imL
(Vnm qnmaqaiua, from the verb qama,
tobttskopefii OM^fV A«M^ qubaqomu, a
Mvloff open. Connate iai-iMmn, fto*>
1. Tbe ao-ealled Gape gooseberry, or
le«%-app)e|-^. Tbe milk'^weedi oalledso
from tbe eoand wben its apple k pressed
open. II bekmge to tbe datura straminiom,
thorn impleb
mn-*^nMU2A, B4 ^ imi. (t*rmn qnma,
aad nte, to make.) Tbe young bees in a
comb wben yet in an nnwinged state, =
HK^i^^ um^^mbn 1.)
«ka*^UKDA, T* t. (From qo, or qa, strike,
point, end, and nnda» to eitend« SMieaUy
oitgwiik qanda, qlndi, ^da^ iseqanda.
Same as Nqnnda. AUted io tnirta or
tondo.)
1. JUiereUljfi to spread a point; to
, bend a point, a$ i mnkonto nma n ponsiwe
•tyioi n qatidwa, S.e. i if a spear is thrown
ataatooft, itapointwill be tamed back;
•*4S* Tb dull the edge, or point i to blunt,
0$ I ttkttqttnda «bttkali» I. e. : to blunt the
sharp tfde.
— — QuKDiKA, qtdf. fr. 1. To be bending^
to be bhint i-*2. To stumble against, as:
n qimdekile etyoii, i.e* t he stumbled at a
ilotie.
iai— QUNDtJ» n. riVotn qonda* Something
bhintb or like a bottom of anything, (Me
umqondu.)
iib«*-<)Uin>tj, n. (From qimda« Bbe ubn-
Tondu.) Bluntnesa.
«ni--^UNDtJ« B. pi. imi. (From qunda.) A
bottomof any body.
uku— QUNDUBEZA, t.t. (From qnhda, and
lOnta, with fDTteigbt. Allied diasti^ to
fiqinideia.)
i. To take off the edge or point on pur-
pose, or with forethoteght ; to make blunt ;
—2. Tb tap wood.
ldttt->^UNeX V. t (From qa or qn, strike,
*ttd UAga, to bend, to fbrce. Baiicalfy
0n$ wiih ^mga, qinga, and qouga. Com-
jwans baaga^ kuiiga, punga, vasga, St.)
1. LUerd^t to strike with power, but
jHimar^t toUeod; to blind; hence, to
curdle, to change into eurd-^ngokusenga
peztt kwomlasa, L e. : by mSl&ig upon
wheys. This is a natife custom to curdle
milk immediately when the milk is warm
as it comes from the cow, is poured to the
wheysi which are uaually sourish* A simi-
lar process is tbe mixing of a brewing, to
blend a brewing.
2. To blind; to make blind; to darken;
to obscure, by the ai^litetion of a secret
poWer» signifying: to perform ike hlach
art^ or necromancy, as also i to make
heroes and giants.
RsHABK.— By this word is expressed
the Zulu-Kafir idea of the bkek art, simi-
lar to what we find it to bate been among
other nations. The Zulu beliere that the
men who are going to war ean be made
invulneraUe. In mer to accomp l ish this,
tbe inyanga bums some special green
roots in a pot until it is congealed, and
qi^te blaoki When this is done, be takes
from that bladdng and makes a black
eroes on the fbrehead of erery warrior, and
black stripes tpon their cheeks. This
black painting is soppoaed to signify that
the weapons thrown at them will miss their
bodies^ which become infisiUe, and also
that the imilwane, i. e. t ghosts of battle,
ha?e been called in for tbeir defenoe, to
turn off both the weapons and their ene-
mies t and that the latter, in approaching
them, will be struck with blindness by
looking at their bhMsk Ihces, and being
overcome with death-like shivering^ wiu
run away iiefore them, and obnsequently
be totally defeated or destroyed.
i^'-QUNGA, n. pi. itu (From the rerb.)
Gigantic grass; called in South Africa
Tembuki-grass. (TheXoM baa umquDgu^
instead of this.)
um— QUNGE, n. pi. imL (From qunga.)
A black-striped animal, as the Zebra, or as
a sort t^ brown cattle with Mack stripes
aieroBs their back.
i-QUNGO, n. pL ama* (From qunga.)
XAiBfaU^i an efRset, or a sensation of
being oongealed, curdled; hence, con-
gealednetei a oold shifering, a» t umuntu
nma wa bolala omunye a ka puianga umu-
tl wa hla ukubla wa qeda, ku tiwe u ya
kwelWa yiqungu, i.e.t when a iban hss
killed another and not taken any medicine,
but eaten fbod to satis&ction, it is remark-
ed that sueh a one becomes orerwbelmtd
Idth a sensation of shivering, fit is cts-
tomary that those who have killed others,
whether in war or otherwise, are regardkl
as nsdean, and as having a certain nausea,
and aversion from the blood -shed^ on ac-
count of which th^ are to take a course of
Digitized by
Google
■*MM^
QITQA.
CaoA]
QUZULA.
medidne for the porpoie of taking away
both their ohfeotiTe Tindeammaa and their
Bubjectire senaatiQiL)
lai— QUNQO, n. pL izL (From qimga.)
1. The ao^OQ of onrdling ; — ^2. The per-
fbrmanoeof the bUd^ art;— 3. LiTiihier-
aUlity.
am — QUNGO, n. pL imL (From qonga.)
A mass which has been curdled, congealed ;
applied to milk only. {Seldom uȤd.)
itm*--QUNGU, n. ^ imL (From qonga.) A
subatanoe which ia congealed ; kenoe, cord,
as: nmqongn wamad, Le.: cordofmUk.
n — QUNGULU, n. pL o. (From qonga,
and nlo, stretched, fine. Others, imgqa*
ngqnlu.)
A peculiar kind of hawk with a red
tail, and white points^ a= curdled things,
at the wings,
nkn— QUKQULUZA, QmrQiTLxrzA, or Qu*
VQEUZA, ▼. t. (From qonga, and nlnza, to
make loose, to feel naked.)
To feel shiTorings on aoooont of naked-
neas; to be exposed to cold on acconnt of
nakedness; referring to the postore of
natiTes when they lie down on the ground,
legs and arms drawn together from cold;
or when they stand covering thrir naked
body with their arms fidded aroond ; or
reHnring to cattle when they creep into a
bosh for shelter, or lie down in the grass
one dose to theother in orderto get warm,
n— QUNGWA, n. pL mn, (From qonga.)
A stem, or a stalk of the isiqunga.
nkn— QUNQA, v. t. (From qo, sarfboe, and
nqa, strike even. MUed to qengqa,
qoma, &o.)
To blast the snrfiuie, vk,: to sear the
skin of the flesh by exposing it to a degree
of heat which dumges the colour of the
sorfiioe.
— QuKQiSA, caas.fr. Tocause tosear, to
sear purposely the skin by eiqN)sing it to
heat, Ac.
nkn— QUNQUTA, t. t. (From qu-nqu^ oiio-
matopoetie, and uta, to touch, throw.
BadiealUf one with qongqota; and coin-
dding wUh tnntnta.)
Toitrikea sound like qu! nqa! Le. :
a hollow sound, = uknljaya amaraa nxa
be lioda amasimi ebosnku, Le. : to strike
the shields when the people watch the
gardens at night,
uko— QUNQUZA) t. t. rFrom qu-nqu, and
an, to make. See Qunquta. (HherSf
qungquza. JCosa, gungquza.)
To make a soond like qu ! nqa ! at the
shield, or at a door, or at any plaoe where
a hoUow sound may be effected,
oka— QUQA, t. t. (From uqa-nqa, to set on,
strike^ Ab. JMioo^oiif «n^qaqa,qiqa»
qpqa, qunqa.)
To trot» of a horse.
-*— QuQni, cans. fr. To let trat; nifa
trot.
i— QUOT, n. dng. (From qa-qu, mumh
topoetie expnukog hunt, ImA. Jim,
iqwiqwL)
A stench coming from a rotten caimn.
um*-QUQn, n. rang. (See i-<)oqa.) A nb.
stanoe burst dT; henoe, a c^mle^ a hoA;
chaff: (.ZoM, chaff:) (Seldom 'mlStMS
oku— QUQUBALA, ▼. L (From qoqa, lad
ubala, at a places nothing. AKed to gi*
qubala.)
1. Liieralljfi to trot abovt notbing;
signiQring a stale in wUoh one alwiji
M^Mkiif to do something, bat never doei;
to do nothings to come to aotimig, et:
umantu a ye emsebennni wa qoqabili,
L e. s the man went to his warl^ bat Hi,
in feet, nothing;— 2. To be midsdded,
uncertain I to soqpend ; to be andetenmifli
oka— QUTA, t. t. (Frmn qu, si^cflM^ sad
ata, to take, throw. Baiieally one mfk
qata, qota, qotuk, qwata. JJOM k
hluta, Uwita. JEotazita.)
To plubk oot, = ripuhL InBmiisdnN^
as I quta izinn, Le.: to plo^ oat tbe
idnn^Le.: hair growing aboot the cspabii.
i— QUTYANA, n. pL ama. (Dnm, fern
iqubu.) A small tumor, bo£l, nbooes^ Ac
nkn— QUZA, t. t. (From qu, cradc, and qb.
to make a noise. JEtadieaO^ one wUh
qaza, qiaa, dsc, and tn quaqoa. A ooa-
traotion from qmola. AiUed to gaa»
kasa,&c.)
1. LUeraUjft to make a dash with tlis
teeth; to gasp; to dutch, aswhenadif
graqis wiUk his teeth in order to bite;
or when a feinting person gaaps ht
breath ;— 8. To grasp with the hand witlt-
out catching any thii^ ; to make an sAvt
to grasp with the hand, and drawmg the
same back agidn ; henoe, to graq» feke^,
not to reach the oliject
— — QuzBKA, ^ult fr. L To be only gm^
ing; to be m a state of gnMpingate
somethinff; — 8. To stretch oat tiiebsnd
and draidi^ it back ;— 8. To prooeed to-
ward an oUect and go bade again ; to go
or run in the same manner, as; n ya <m«
sseka inhliziyo i y'esaba into nif Lew: os
runs and looks back, of whatishkbesit
afraid P—ingcwde i quxekile^ Lew: the
wagon has been drawing badL, = has not
arrived at the plaoe it went to,
id— QUZA or Qiro, n. pL isL (Fran the
verb.) The large salamander, ft«qasntiiig
the trees, which always looks ba^ in ion*
ning up or down them,
nkn- QUZULA, v. t. (From qnaa, and da,
to strain. Others and the JCssa have
xnsnla. MadioaUtf one wUk qalasa.)
1. To pull out a top^ as of a bafe; to
poll out or off with a jerl^ ast qmla
Digitized by
Google
QWABK
[306]
QWATO.
iagaba yomnti, i.e. : to poll o£f a branch
from the tree (with a certain jerk) ;— 2.
To etamble against or orer a stone bo as
to lose the step^ or the balance.
•— QuzuLEKA, quit fr. To stumble; to
trip, tui iogowele i quEulekile ematjeni,
Le. . the wagon stumbles orer stones,
ill— QWA, n. sing. (From qn, top, or
soond of a stroke, crack, and a, demon-
strative, tiiere. See Nqwa, n-Ngqoqwane.
MUed io gwa, kwa, cwa, &c)
1. Onomatopoetiot expressing a noise of
something hard, breaking, cracking, as
when one goes npon snow; hence, snow,
loe;— and henoe^ 2. White, beantiftil,
strong, from the appearance of snow. {See
Qa,Qaka.)
in-^QWABA, n. piizin. (From qwa, set
np^ and iba, to separate. Amalata inaba.
Badicattsf one with qpJbek, Compare maAm,
nowaba,&c.)
A heap which has been pnt np at a
separate pkce, a«: inqwaba yesiqnnga,
i. e. : a heap or pile of thatching-grass.
in— QWABANQWABA, n.pLizin. (From
inqwaba-inqwaba, heap-heap.)
Several heaps, a heaping upon heaping;
here a heap and there a heap,
dm— QWABAQWABA, T.t. (Fromqwaba-
qwnba. Sadioalltf one with qnba, to drive,
to strike, &c. Cloeehf aUud to ikwapa,
if not altogetiier compounded of qnba and
ikwapa, i.e.: arm-pt.)
1. literal^ i to beat or strike against
the arm-pit, bj drawing the elbows dose
to the body and beating the latter, as if
beating aeainst the arm-pt. The use of
this word is limited to this particolar
motion with the arms by which the shoul-
ders are nused; and hence, 2. To shrug
the shoulders, mg^ifying a disinclination,
or a reftisal to a request made^ a#: wa ceU
kuyeinkomo lapo omunye wa qwabaqwaba,
1. e. : he begged a head of cattle from him,
but upon this the other shrugged his
shoulders,
oka— QWABAZA, v. t. (Fromqwaba, and
iza, to make. See Qwabaqwaba. Modi*
ealhf one with nqwabaza.)
To beat the arm-pit; to shrug the
shoulders. (Same a$ Qwabaqwaba, except
that the latter indicates a frequent motion
of that kind.)
i*-QWAB£, n. pL ama. (^S^Qwaba.) A
mudcal instrument like the ugubu. (Most
probably so called because it is customaiy
to beat with the arms against the body at
the same time when the string of the
ugubu is beaten ; or only tribal, and derived
fromgwaba, wMch see,)
Q— QWABE, n. (See i-<)wabe.) A pronv
same of the progenitor of a large tnbe
called after him the ama-Qwabe.
u— QWABI, n. pi. aba. (See i-Qwabe. The
plur. shows that the nom. form of tba dng.
is a contraction from um.)
One who plays the iqwabe.
um— QWAIBA, n« nl. imi. (From isiqa, fine^
nice bit of meat, and iba, to separate.
SeeaUoQwtL)
A piece of dried meat, = in vana eyane-
kiweyo, i. e. : meat whidi has been spread,
or hung in the air to get drv. Called by
the South African name "biltong.''
isi— QWAKA, n. pL isi. (From qwa, break-
ing, crushing, and ika, to put up. Compare
jaka, kwaka, laka, &c)
A person of brute violence in appetite,
habits strength, iui,; a savage; a brute
person ; an unfeeling man.
ubu— QWAEA, n. (See i^-Qwaka,) Brutali-
ty; inhumanity; savageness; churlish-
ness,
um— QWAKO, n. (See in-Qwaka. Compare
um-gwaqu.) Denoting a rooghness, a quali-
ty of breaking; applied to wood and trees
of a rough substance, and apt to break
eanly. (Seldom tued,)
uku— QWALA, V. See Xwala. (The Zaea
has qwalela, to go lame, and idqwala, a
lame person or animaL)
m^QWALO, n. pi. izi. JHbtO. See um-
Qwele.
u^QWAMBA, n. pi. o. (From qwa, and
mba, which tee. See u-Hlambo. Zoea
ucambo.) Cream.
isi-.QWANOA, u. (From ^wa, and inga,
bent, force; lit,: a breaking through; a
peculiar force.) The diaphragm.
Q_QWANINGI, n. pL izin. (From qwa»
and ningi, many.)
A species of inld rose-plant, nmilar to
the Bosa canina. Its many thorns are
bent very narrowly, and so as to entangle
very much. Known under the Africa*-
Dutch name «pacil^eM»-50e(;>,Le.: "wait
a little."
uku— QWATA, V. t. (From qwa, and uta,
to touch, take, throw. SatUoalljf one with
qoto and quta.)
1. To dear off a surfiice by razing, or bj
grazing, or by the burning of the sun, €ui
ukuqwata innwele, ku vele inhlonze, L e. :
to raze the hair that the skin may appear;
— izinkomo zi ya qwata ukuhla, i. e. : the
cattie are eating off the vegetable;— 2.
To sweep off; to carrv off; asi o-Zuln ba
qwata izinkomo zonke, Le.: the Zulu
deared the country of all the cattle,
isi— QWATO, n. (See u-Qwato.) Some-
thing like a desert.
u— QWATO, n. pL izin. (From ^wata^
A place, from the snrfkce of which aU
vegetable and animal life has cBsappeared,
or whidi is burned up by the sun ; hence,
a desert (in that Umited sense).
Digitized by
Google
QWIQWB.
[we]
&i«
n— -^WATULB, n. pL izin. (Fxom qwatu*
or uqwato, and iil«^ ftnined.) *
A desert, an eoUre dnwt (S^e n-
Qwato.)
QWfi, tdr. (OfiffinaUjf a noun, or a
parte, ttom qwa* Inroken, cracked. AlUed
to ewe, gwe^ kw e, Ac The « ia the modi-
fled aoond.)
Denoting aomething hard, breakhig,
eradung ; need with uknii, as i nmnti n
ti qwe» i. e* : the wood hroko aoon. {8el^
ttkn— QWEBA, t. t. (From qwe, and iba,
to separate. AlUed to gweba, rweba.
JHaUoHo owefaa L, and ooimndini^ toUk
oweba IL Sit, kaeha« S— in-Qwde,
and Komba.)
1. FtimarUifi to keep from extreme
danger; to anoooor (fn Una senae the word
is cbieflj nsed among the Xo^a);— 2. To
make aaign to another by moMoning with
the hand, or giring a wink with the eyes,
OM s nkomqweba nmonta ngamashiyi, Le. :
to wink at a peraon with the mrebrows, (to
keep bim away from aomethmg without
beintf obsefred by othera.)
in->-QWBLS, n. pi inn. (From qwe,
being stmck, and il% strained. AUUd to
ewela, inMeA «««, mmd to isikwel^ Jealousy.
See i-Xwde.)
ftoperlyt a Jealoni^ saspidoiis» vigilant
herdsman, who keeps always close to the
cattle, watching them, in order to avoid
danger. (The herdaman among the natives
being alwayi a yoath, the wora is limited
to them.)
nm— QWBLB, n. pL imL {Bee Sn-Qwde.
Tribal awalo.)
A walking-stick i which Is conddered a
protection, or a means to feel, as it were,
danger when walking in had places at night.
«k«-^WBNGA, V* t. (From qwe^ and
inga, to bend, apply foreek power. See
Qweba, and Qwengn.)
To ward off danger; to nie fbret or
power against danger, in the Xoea^ to
tear bto pieces, to be dangerous; (of wild
animala.)
Non.— This word is tribal, and, in this
respect even, oflmi used synonymously with
qaya or qenya. JWaiw^tfb, qenga, which
is svnooymous with qengqa, «vbM «f«.
i-^WBNGU, mpLama. (Fromqwenga.
JU^M io qweba.)
A person who has some ftuspioion or
apprehenaion of evil to be done to him at
ft certain pkee, and wbo^ therefittOb pMMs
by without touching there.
QWBPUZA. iS^Qspuau
v-QWBQWB, n. pi. i^ (From qwe-
qwcu breiddng, strildng, hard. JJOiedto
ttl[oko^ and ukwekweb and foUotUljf eok^
oiding wUh eweewe.)
1* Any eztenal coat whidi is krte
than ita iutemal substance, as a craitof
bread, of ice, or frost; crust of a wound;
— 2. A ahell of pnmpUn^ potatoM, As.,—
8. Aooat^offSoodbnmedatthsbottoBof
a pot;— 4b A cover of a bode, or tht bind-
ing of it;-— 6. Any spot harder than iti
surrounding sabstanoe, aei ingtbo i nt^
ainqweqwe, i. e. i the garment (whidi In
been prepared from a May has plaon
which are hard, vie, i these plsees wen
ovcriooked in peparing it (eee qeqebi, 2) ;
-^. Any hard p&oe or spot in laaUMr,—
and ienie^ 7. Any hard subsftansi i&the
skin of the hunan body.
B.
E represents in Zulu-Kafr ptnliff
guttural sounds, which, properly comidflr-
ed, reduce themselves into two dsnei.
There is another peculiar sound fdiish, npQB
the hearing, aeems to be a diff«rmt,flr
third dass, but, aeoording to the (vgio,it
Is rather a guttural didc, and the oslf
word whidi hu that aound is utt-Oia.
1. The two gutturala are both httAn
than the gutturals in any Baropean toagoe.
The one, called the softer, Is exactly lib
to the compound sound of the Dutch /r in
Ct, aroet /—Zulu-Kafir rola^ rmJf, Ae.
other is a hard, ringing, hanb loond.
which it is veiy diflfteult to describe lod
still more so to utter, but \>j no meua
imposdble for a foreigner to p wamm "
It is made by contracting the apertoreof
the throaty and expelling, as it int% ^
breath forcibly, so aa to produoetlttnh
rustling of the epiglottis.
8. To the ear, it may sometimciMn
aa if there were different varieties of Umm
gutturals, but it wiU be found, apoaa
nearer praotiod eiaminatoi and fitipff
andyds, that they are only appareot^ king
the resdt of the oontinuing aoooDWUQfiog
vocd sound, but not of the guttonu povff
itself. Thus the sound in rtba is tlrcsdj
harsher than in naala (rueba), tbe m*
in rimfa harsher than the low o ia rteget
roloda, and the aound hi rata ishanher
than in rai*«iPi^ because it is in a po"^
sense onomatopoetio, while fay w tin
greatest number of them are so ia a com-
mon degree only.
8. These dasses of gutturals cdncidstfd
change with h,U,g,h mid seaMtiiDcs witt
dicks, in the different didecti, mi nnhtda
— umradu; umhk— umra; bamba— IMJ»
^ramba, Ac. The .^««Mi dideit bii
almost in every sale •• when the ¥a^
uku-BA, v. t. iVMsJee Eiwa. Qhm^
I. root ur% aofter gutturdi eaem e^ yg^
Digitized by
Google
(biprmdhg a rasttinff, rttihing, randing,
makitig, gtaawing, biting* or molfepro-
ptfl|» A strong Respiration throngh, the
cpiglottif, as sometimes is obserred with
BMdjr eaten when opening the month
ioo far M) M to reoeive the ibod at the
opening of the throat rather than in the
month ; hence, expressing also swallowing
With eagemesfe, gnedlness; and hence,
toradoni^ ftehse^ fleroeness. AlUed to
the soft aspiration hla I^ to «at» and
ftkif0atfy coinciding wia ra 11.)
1. To eat; to eatmnch;— 2. To swal-
low; to swallow with eegmuts. (Ama-
Ma.)
dttt— ttA, y. a. (From the root i^ harsh
It. Boiand : ononuiopoeHc, expressing & mst-
ling oolse of two eoiirse or rou^h bodies
when coming in contact with each other,
Of a rushing noise of a fbroible stroke with
a weapon into or ttpon a hard snbetanoe
or body ; and hence, expressing ronghness^
doarseness, rnggedness, ttnsedhir, restless^
kt. Allied to the sharp aspiration hki II.,
t6 happen, to come down, and radicaUj^
oomeiding with ra L)
To come down ; to happen ; to eome to
pus. iS^HlalX. {Amalala.)
nkn— RABA, v. t. (From ra I., and iha, to
I. Separate, Utt to cat away. Madi^lfy
oni Hoith rebe, roba.)
To swallow ; to eat greedily, h*ke cattle.
(Kotc— Most of the xvatal tribee nse this
word of drink only, and others agahi nse
rabttla instead of it)
*^-^ JLlbibi, cans, ft, 1. To eanse to swallow
ttsat or drink 1^2. To swallow greedily.
nkn— BABA, t. t. (From ra II., and iba.
It. to separate. BadtcaU^ one *rith raba I.,
roba, and raba.)
To kiU catUe, = hlaba. (Amatala.)
-fc— RaAbla, quit fr. To ctit noj to cnt
lenglhway. oii rabela ipnxi, Le.: cnt
the pttmpkih np (lengthway) in pieces;
Ut. : kill it.
ttktt— fiABULA, v. t (From raba t, and
ala, to strain* np, away. Madiedtlif one
K^robohL AUiedtoiUhxiitu Thepri*
marg ee^kee it X to slip.)
1. BabnUi liknhla noknpnxa, {.#.: to
swallow food and drink;— 2. To gnlb; to
absorb; dgnifyitig eagerness, greedines
In always taking a galp or a large month-
nil.
-*— Rabuuba, cans. fr. 1. to make, cause to
« let swallow, drink ;->>2. To give a fr&o,
a monthfhl, a dranght to drink. (This
mtOL i* often changM into rebnKsa, add it
i^^p^ that the verb rebnla is obsolete.)
n^BABULO, n. (From fabnU.) Atfblp;
but more generally limited to a dram
df^lKv, or Znln-Kaflr Qbntywah^ i.e.:
beer.
tm— RABTJ, n. (From ra> and ldtt» long,
extend.) AmdUUa^ omI M# MflM at urn-
Hada, which wee,
ttkn— RABULA, r. i. (From radm and nh,
to strain.) Ptoperty: to rig^Uy, or to
^stinguish byhsrshandilatBottnds; hence,
to spoik or prononnce harsh and flat ionnds.
As some of the tribes which are called
Amaldh, speak a broad dialect^ sabstitat-
ing the harsh sotend r for iU or q', and the
flat cf for s» k, Ae.,— thus radnla, instead
of raznla, hlaznla, and qanla->they hare
been denonnced by the Znln Inroper as
people who prononnoe the langnage in a
narsh ahd roagh manner. {See the next
Worf.)
ttm— RA0ULI, li. pi. aba. (From radola.)
One who pronommes harsh and flat sonnds,
or whose dialed is distingnlshed by those
sottndi^ as the AiMuhie, Am^'miffaei,
nka<— BALA, v. i. (From ra II, and ik^ to
atrain. stretcb.) A Tagne word used by
some m the sense of, to rore abont ; others
nse it instead of rara. (In the Xo^ it
^gnifies, to get angry.)
BALA, t. AmmUiiH iiiatead of blaU,
to At down.
BAMBA,y. ^moMOiinileadof hamba.
ttkH— BAMtJKA Or Bahxa, r. L (From ra
I.,attdima, to move, and nka» to get off.
2%tf literal eeneeiiz to swallow or sweep
away fbmasnHhoe. Badicaltj^in amn-
ka. Sei Bamnb.)
1. To scorch, ae: ama^mia ramukile,
Le. t the gardens aro scorohed* bomt down
by the snn;— 0. To singe* as hair.
nkn— B AMULA, r. t. (Site Bamnka, to which
it forms the trandtiYe by nla, to strain.
The Xoea hu ramcda, contracted from
rama-ceU, to danb^ denoting to eat ao
improperly as to lei the food UXk at the
aides of the Tsssel.)
1. To scorch ;-^2. To singe^ M t ramnla
inkakn, i.e. : singe the fowl
i— BAMUKWA, n. pi. ama. (From ra I.,
and mnnwa, a pasdte form ftim an obso-
lete terb mnna, eee monya, io draw the
month totfether, oiMlmonca, minya, mlnza.
the passiYenxanwa fhmi nxana, whMeee,
ii radically one With the first and the htft
root of ramnnwa, The JbM hai iramnco,
a Toradons, and iramncwa, a fierce kind,
apidied to man and beast*— derited from
ramnnca.)
A Toradbus atid flero6 kind of animal,
==isi.Lo. (THhal.)
oktt— BaKA, t. i. (From ra I.« and ina»
flfven, nnite, near. Madfoallf oM is^Mrina
and rona. AUUd i6 flina, blftda, nana,
naneb, konona.)
To sound near; to hear a digbt sound
or ilotse. Bikhm ueed. (Hi the Xoea it
za
Digitized by
Google
BABA.
CW8]
lUTJAZA.
signifies to sospect, to hare saqndon about
something heard of.)
^— « BunsA* cans. fr. To make a noise; to
cause a ndse, a mnrmor about something
heard of ; hencs, to cause susfodon ;
to surmise, to conjecture; to suspect; to
aocuse,= fanisa.
i— BANANA, n. pL ama. (From ra, U.,
and nana, correqx>nding, uniting together.)
A person who lets bis beard grow over
the whole ftice, and looks, therefora. like
a fierce animal,
in— BANO, n. (From rana.) Snm^se; con-
jecture ; suspicion.
. JBANQAj^T. t. (From ra, L, eager,
i BAQ A, 3 &c., and iqa, to set on, strike.
JEUuUeaHjf one witk ronga, ronqa, rnqa,
gaqa, kaka ; and qanga, qengqa, &c.)
L To boMt; to surround; primarily i
to show a Toraoious desire upon ; the fbrm
ranqa, which contains the root na, means :
to beset with sense, thought, skill, asx
ukuranqa inyamazana, L e. : to surround
with skill a wild animal;— 2. To inclose;
to besiege, = ukubulala endauninye, L e. :
to kill in one place together,
uku— -BANUEA, t. L (From rana, to hare
a deore, to hare a mind for coming neir ;
approaching otiiers, and uka, to go out.
AlUed to rauka; and radioaU^ eomoidkiff
wUh kanuka, to hare a great desire.)
To hare a desire for going out, vmt., to
hare a desire for leaving a solitary place
and go among sodety, to live there, or to
go to work there. {In tribal me only,)
Dku— BAPUNA, v.i. (From ra, L, and puna,
from pa, upon, and ina» small, even. £h-
dioaUy one wUh capuna, which see,)
To eat, or to swallow up small parts;
to eat off here and there, a* t inkomo ya
ngena ennmini ya rapuna, L e. : the cow
went into the garden and eat off the
vegetables here and there.
uka— KABA, v. t. (From ra, I., the same
repeated. AUied to qaqa, kaka I.)
1. To fret, viz. : to eat ravenously, vo-
raciously; to devour, to eat greedily,
repeatedly, at many places, here and there;
to go round from place to place, from house
to house and eat;— 2. To bite; to make
to smart; to be bitter, as acids bite the
mouth. (£^dBaba,I.)
In the sense No. 2, the word has the
particular harsh sound, {see B, 2,) and
each root is pronounced distinctly and
with emphads, anc^ous fo baba I., with
which it coincides. It is, however, not a
different word from No. 1, but only the
progress or consequence of the idea, in
the sense of eating voradously, to fret,
givinsr the sense of biting, irritating,
smarting, and the latter again ^ves the
sense of roughness^ ooazieness* as if the
word was compounded of ra II. We hrs
here exaeUy the same idea of the looto
as noticed under hlinhla— hlinblsks, wkiA
'see,
i— BABAWE, n. pL ama. (From n E,
which is repeated, and we, or rawe^ is 0D(f
a dialectic difference from ihhiwflb«iMi
see,)
1. lAteraUy : a very rough kind hmg^
ing down; signifying a kii^ of bnuDUe;
—2. A rough, b^urded person,
uku— BABAZA, v. t. (F^m ran, tet it*
rawe, and rara, 2, and iza» to make, i^
colly one with kakaza.)
1. ZOerally: to expectorate; bat om-
matopoetic, io makera! ra! expreHBgi
rough sound or noise through tJis thmt
as when one expectorates ; — 2. To nnko i
cracking sound as when meat is tnei k
a pan; to fry;— 8. To cackle; to makei
noise Uke a goose,
isi— BABI, n. pi. iri. (From rara, 1.) A
ravenous, greedy eater ; a voradoos bdsg,
orcreature. (Inasenseof reproadi.)
um— BABI, n. pi. aba. (From lara, 1.) A
voradous person.
BABITA, V. Atnalala. See Hhi{ji.
u— BASA, n. A tribal difference £niii»-
Baqo. See Base,
uku— BABULA, v. t. (From rara, and qh,
to strain, remove. Compare raran.)
To ontroar; to spdl by sereamiDgio
ringing, = ukulona igama, i. e. : to i|ioil
the song, or the singing,
i— BATAN6A, n. pL ama. (From la E,
ita, to pour, throw, speak, and nga, with
force, much. The two last roots eoi«!i%
icith ihlanga, which see,)
1. A slovenly fellow, r= oqeda nkobh
masinvane, nongalungisiyo iringnbo^ le.:
one who finishes his food quicKly. estiog
gluttonously, and who does not keep U*
dothes tidy, or dean; — 2. A gr«at Hir
(Ut, : who makes a great noise in tsftinf.)
i— BATABATA, n.pLama. (iStotbetwo
first roots of ro^onga, which are repeattd.
The Xosa has rota, to murmur, to grunbls.)
One who utters sullen discontent^ wbo
compUins in a very harsh and unbecoo&iog
manner; who utters fiur more^ howsrv,
than is true.
i— BATJABATJA, n. pL ama. (Fwm
ra II., and tja, to shoot, thrust^ thessne
repeated. See Batjaza, and BatuatSi
AUied to qamaqatja.)
One who is, as it were^ draggisc lU
about ; who proceeds not only doV6iuj> or
heavily along the ground, but who bth>v^
also very unworthily, indeoentlj, •»
contemptibly,
uku— BATJAZA, v. t. (From ra^ *••
Batjaratia, and isa* to make. JlMie9U9
one widk rutjuza, and with rotja, ra^
Digitized by
Google
EAUKSLA.
[809]
BAZULiu
JJiisd to qt^ft, Ac The Xoia hu n^%
to h% pitmd, daring, &c^ and the noon
Inijt, which ig a figumttre meaning of thia
ftem.)
1. To make a rniiling soond as when
the wind morel trees or ripe com in the
field; ortomakeanoiieaat&tofaoraping
at a dry body;— 2. To rinse, at: teb
amansi namatye egabeni n li ratiaze, L e. :
poor water and gravel into the bottle and
rinse it
i— BAU, n. pL ama. (See nm-Ban.) A
small shield need fisr protecting against
the son, or for other common purposes^—
Dotfiw war.
i^—BAU, n. (See nm-Ban.) Qreedhiea^
▼oracioasness, fierceness, ae t Ingonyama i
neriran, i. e. : the lion is fierce ; nmuntn o
nesiran, Le. : a person who is very angry.
vn— BAUy n. sing. (From ra I., and a, a
passire form of the same, eee in-Dan ; or,
which amounts to the same contracted
form raba I., as gan^ firom gaba; or from
rabola. H cainSdes radioMljf wUh gan.)
1. A state or a foeling of greediness
Toracionsness, as ; ihobeh nomran, Le.:
the hone is greedy (becanse it eats the
food of the other awi^);— 2. Qnei, envy,
uneasiness, mortification at the sight of
others' prosperity or happinesi^ &c, aei
nmontn o nomran n ti ma kn fe abanye
kn pele isinto sabo zi be sezake, a se a be
'mknla yena yedwa, L e. : the envious man
wishes Uiat others may die, that their pro-
perty may cease to be theirs, and become
nis» to the efl^Bct that he may be great alone;
—8. A foeling exdted by the grierons
or painfol state of others ; henoe, pity, ae :
ngi nomran wake, i. e. : I feel sorrow, jnty,
grief for him ; I am uneasy, or mortified,
about him, &o. ; lit,: I havehis pity, «ts. :
I foel that which he feels for himself in
his own state.
Nora.— The difl(nrenoe between the
meaning. No. 8, and No. 1 and 2, exists in
the peculiar construction of wake (a posses-
sire and partitive case) which must be well
remembered in order to avoid mif^ifi^fif
of the apparenUy opporite senses.
4. Ambition ; an eagerness for flmie or
honour, ae : u nomrau omkulu, or umrau
wake nmkuhi, i. e. : he has great ambition.
ikn— BAUKA, v. L (From ran, which eee,
and uka, to get or come up. Allied to
qauka, rania, ranuka, &c)
1. To be actuated, excited by feelings
of medineas envy, pity, &c;— 2. To
grudge ; to be envious, greedy, Ac.
— BiTTZSLA, qulf. fr. 1. To envy; to
grudge, <w: Q ngi raukela izinto sami,
L e. : he grudges me my property, lit, : he
grudges me for, in respect to, my proper-
ty;— 2. To idty; to foel sorry for; to
have compassion npon; to fed grievous
for. Of : a ku m raukeli na, i. e. : do you
not feel sorry for him P— 3. To be ambi-
tious for glory, honour, Ac (Sometimee
the qulf. form ranukela, from ranuka, is
used instead of raukeb^ ooinddim^ time
wUh each other.)
— ^^ Bauxslisa, cans. fr. 1. To cause envy,
grudging, pity, &c;— 2. To practise envy,
grudging; to diow pity; to show envy, oc
BAULA, V. Amalala, itutead ^
hlaula, whieh eee,
uku— BAULA, T. Coniraoted Ji^om nmviiMg
to scorch, which eee,
uku — ^BAULA, V. t. (From ran ; eee Bauka,
to which it forms a transitive by ula, to
strain. Sadioalfy one wUh Tthviitu Othere
ute rarula, hut eeldom, AlUed to kaula.)
1. Primarily: to be strained by greedi-
ness ; hence, to act from greediness^ envy,
&c; — 2. To surround in order to kill, to
plunder, spoil, destroy, do mischief, Ac
(It is common, in this senses among the
frontier tribes.)
uku— BAUZA, V. t. (From ran, and van, to
make, feel, come. Compare rauka, raula,
canuzehu)
1. To have a sensation of pain, burning;
to feel amlntion ; to utter, express ambi-
tious feelings;— 2. To show, to command
ambition, honour, praise; hence, ukurausa
izinkomo, =: uknbonga izinkomo^ L e. : to
praise catUe, to demand praise for cattic
^— Bauzbla, qulf. fr. To cause a sharp,
piercing, painful feeling, which makes to
smart, as when one tastes something Intter,
or is prickled by nettles. (The 2Coea uses
it particularly of acidity of stomach.)
uku — BATA, V. Amalala, jnstead of haya,
whidkeeei sometimes a]i90 instead of qaya.
uku— BATITA, v. L (Frmn raya, and iya,
to go^ retire, or from ra and yiya, con-
verted from giya, to leap.)
To sing and leap; to surpass others by
vehement singing uid springing during
or in dancin g.
uku— BATUTA, v. L (From raya, and uya,
to go, move)
Amalala, instead of rarula, which eee,
(NoTB.— Barula, rayiya and rayuya are
used promiscuously; they daSat among
themselves, however.)
uku— BAZUKA, v. L (From ra IL, uza, to
come, and xkti, to go out AUi^ to hla-
zuka, qezuka, Ac)
1. JAteraUif and primarily i to go out
with harshness, fierceness ; formerly used
of going out to war ;— 2. To break roughly,
cotmiely;— 8. To tear; to rend asunder,
as cloth, ffarment, &c.
uku— BAZULA, V. t (^s Bazuka, to which
it forms the transitive by ula, to strain.
AUied to hlazula, qezula, Sac)
xa
Digitized by
Google
BEHAIUBIIANE.
imi
1. Tq br^tk or s^ roofUj. CQfiMly,
a#: nmbila a rwoow^b !. «.: the laealief
hafe been gTom4 cofurfelyi—- 2. Tq teer;
t9 veod a«imckr2 to teur off or T^p, at:
w^ yi raxa^ wgubo^ i<f*: b« tgr« the
dreistip.
RE. An onamatopofHc^ enimng a
sound or noise of lomething rent> of tome-
thing cntUng, as dnr grass; of % noise in
the tnroat, (The Jo«a hes nlnre, 9 mnr-
ninr>or some noise heard f^pop % cSstanoe.)
n— REBB, n. pi. o. (Froca re, or ifw i^n^
rabal.) ^
JAUrg^i « ff t or dasf of devowen;
q>p1ied to a hawk, in Natal; bnt the iota
app^Y it to an alligator.
nkn-RBBEZA, ▼. t. (From vebcw and inu
JHale^. Otkin kebaia, an4 hebeza.)
To make 1^ noiie Uke rebfl^ ^hen diriving
aw«Tloca«ts.
lii^BiEBI, n^ (Tfom Nb«.) Qn« who
makeiancte; anov^penon; ^MK^one
who tells nntmth, who it a Hv:^ ((Uher*
nsf isirebirebl.)
nkn— BELA. v. t Jmal<Ua, inataad of
hlela, 8. See nnder Hla II. j and Ikenee,
applied also to entting grass for thatching.
In the ^oea it is an izwi labatiud, i. e. :
women« words i^^iifying to ^ to ont the
fiTonnd (=K lima) 2 and hmct we a^e how
this word r(^i^aJ^ ooimde* «0m with
gele, ent; 9^0 in-Qele.
i—RETi^ n. pL ama. A mcM<h inst«id
of iqele, phi^h §ee^ (In thio Zota it
mean% a Urge knlfip^ % twordl from gele,
ontu stf« reU; and qd^ % row, line is
= a cnt.)
iai^RSLEBEU; n. (From r^i«l% «i«t-
ont. 4fle i-Rel(S, QeU. Xt^^rf^: aoftfor
cutting.)
A soft red or brnvn stone^ need for
smearing on th^ovest of toialea, (In the
desalt signifies: transparent^ as ganae;
lif.i something iihich ha/i many little
cuts.)
nkn— REMA» T. K (Fvpm «% aotmd. and
ima, to move, stand. AUis4 io g^ma and
«pma.)
To mo?e cr^edily. bistU j s s»plied to
uttering things without thinkmg what
they mean; to ezpreie hasttty; fot to
mean in ixv^ ^ l|u]a» (•
i— REMA, n. pi ama. (from thn x«rb.)
A person who utters words without a
proper meaninff ; a mere word-maker,
i— BEHAREMANi; n. pL ama. (Arepe-
tition from rema ftnd an^ 4tm. Allied to
aomasomana.)
The same as irema* with the only addi-
tion of frequiocy of tha sama things
uttered, and of leia ia^Kvtanc^ s^; one
who speaks just liar the aake <^ peaking,
or of ildo glfing a vord, wMiver it
means ; a rerj idb of vinn talkav.
n— BENGEI4S. n. sing. ^Fiom r^ noiss
in the throat, and ngele^ to m^ or fores
flarth»oot.)
ftoverkf : an inflammation of the hogs
inoattleb which indlcatea itself byanrt-
\m breathii^i through the throat ; sisulir
to^e lung-sickuess.
i— JR£NQ@ZI, n. (pL etna. eMrn^ (From
renqe, dialectic instead of ikeke, soiyarv
kaka I^ and ranqa'ra^;-^-and i«i« Uttls
norea. The Zosii has irenqf^ a saw* from
th9 ««t of t«eth which caqiei^nmHUks
re.)
The holes of the boney-oooibb (P^:
narrowi besetting, amrronnding.)
nkn— REQIZA, t. t (From re» « awoidor
noiae in the throat and qi^ is^ gwqb ^
OM^friqiza.)
To make an nnintelligibk nova wi&
the throi^t in crying, aa when U^ chil-
dren call fbr anything in crying and ao
one can nnderatand what t^ or? for*
i—RETA, n. Same 09 ni^ «s# ratangs.
ukn— RKULA, ?. t (From r^ anduh ts
strain. Q£Ur iMf rebula i Ml it i> ^
Taroed frK>m nouU.)
To rend, to tear etuncler, s=i- taiola.
nkn-r-REZEZA* T. t, (Fromv^t^v? i^e?
aside, and in, to corner make> «ttnuBit)
XAieralljf i to opmmit a te^nng Mb,
or awi^ ; rif. ; to ouoMDit adnUfiyHTbii
word ismoreoQinmonamongr thafroBtiir
tribei^ espeoiaVy the Xota, which has tin
irexii or irexe, l e, t a peraon^ a
who ^ther Urea in a atate ol adnltsy
with another ma% or who ia not a lawfol
wi(b of the ktter. The same dwigmtinn
may be referred to the man alsow TW
Zulu use pinga. The fiipt that thia w<ofd
is not fonnd in auy other dieleet^ sud thst
it, besides, has not the oaoamte. ncni*
fication whioh att the 190U of Aisdisi
haye, leadsmetothe^ndvunonoftsldiii
\t as Kaflriaed fttan that)ntoh e^k tytht,
introduced by the interaretMi/c^n ^ ^
firat Missionarim And wIm^ eoBfom
my supposition i^ that the idieikof adol-
tery. in 1^ oivil or moi^ sens^ is entirdy
absent among theie saTag^ withwfaoai
marriage i« only a state of alavsQ* and
amoug whom the violation of the mairiagi'
bed does not express more than a mesa
connexion, rendered in Zwln by fMf*
(used by the Xota of fcntkm of dogs) sad
in the JCoea by M% (two eoUxrimig ex-
presaons.)
i^REXEZI or ZA, a. pL «m.. (Jbm
rexexa.) An adulterer*
i^REXSSIKAZI. n. pL ewL (ntm
irexeaif end kavw denofii|§ jimaje,) An
adnltevegs.
L
Digitized by
Google
BINA«
CiU]
BOBOLA.
ite^-fiBZA, T. I. (Jfnm la or re^ wvami in
tka tlmMiitk aiid • litr0 haviM tb« nodifled
•oond, iff letter 19, and izt, to make.
aaH e tO ly om wUk kflaa» tad kiaa. ^^Ji^i
<o hlin. iVoiMHa i a weed of Iha abara-
dnU.)
1. Li in^ m l ^f mA pnmtmfy : to make a
t^nimag seisei Jbait, to hear aD«M dis-
tonl noiaa, ^ iato ekade («ae Keia) ;^2.
To milk into the month, aa the Kafir
hqja are ia the hahit of doing, dtting
nnder the eow and itraiiuny ttie milk into
thdr moathg ;-;8. To rein aofilv* at when
rain ftUe in inei, aoft itralM, lika a noise
Qfrt(«MKiia.)
NoTSi— No. 2 k tbe eoomion mtaning
«f tbia wQid, while Ko. 1 and 8 ai« anlj
tribal.
-— Bbsua« eana. fr. To try to milk into
the nottlh, as one who does not jet onder-
stand it.
vn^BBlO, n. pL imi. (From reaa.) 1. A
noise heard coming from aome distance; —
2. A strain of mitt, dkt the mUk which
Is milked at the second time^ (» hditiso,
ess Hlisa, 2, wmUr hh IL),--*-8. A strain
of fine fain;-— 4. A train; something
drawn at the end of a garment; Aeaoe, a
tailf-^imbexo^ the tails worn by the men
aroimd the nedc, breast^ and npper part of
the body, to eoyer lt,««*ln the same way
aa the knrer part of the body is eorered
with the isiepa.
nkn— BIBA, Y. t. (Froinri,atear,r6nt,and
rebola, reba^ inba. AUi§d to lOa, riya,
giba.)
TospUt. (SetdammMML) Todineli.
— ^* BnlinsAt eaas. fr. To make a noose
by fivlering or knotting two sHts, the one
rmming tlvoagh the other. (iSlse nbo-
Hlatn.)
isi-»BIBI or Bto, n. pL iaL (From riba.
AUi€d iowmfija)9.) A silt Ukeabntton-
hde;— 2. A nooee made fai a thong.
nkn^-BILA, t. t. (Froaa ri, and ila, to stndn,
stoeteh. 00$^, riya. MmdieaUy eae wUh
nda, rela, rohu JUM to riba. JToto,
rwOa.)
ToMton; tohook.
-*«*- BnoLA, qM fr. To bottea np; to
fiuten with, or to tarten at a botton.
Of! rilela Mbamba, Le.3 button np the
bandage.
ki*-BILEIAii.pllsL (FrcnrlMa. Oiker*
tlyeto.)
A noose; a bnttoB-hole} enleh to a
hook,— -eye; abaeklew
nkn— RINi^ t. t. (From ri, and iaa, to
nnite^ Job, soft, tender. MiOkM^ one
«iMnma,nna. uUlM to biaa, ihia. 800
Bnekela.)
1. To destroy or oorrapt ehtftttiy; to
ddOi^ pcttoto* debanch, of 1 Q rina nen-
tomblt L e. t to practise iHvelons things
with a 8lrl;«»2. To nse shamelass, inde-
cent, nndean, poUnted> oornip^ toal, nn-
faeoomiag langnage.
ia^BIKI, n. pU iii. (From xina.) A de«
bancber.
nkn— RINTTBLA, v. t. (From riba, by
changing the root ia into the qolf. form
tyela, with the additional «i, ovaa, in.
CbMMMiNV«4Mriyela. a//M to nyatda.)
IdUerally : to catch, or to let go in a
noose or loop ; to ensnare.
ki— RINTYO, n. pL izU (From riba; u^
Bintyeku iSee i^-Singa.)
1. A noose; a k)op^*2. A loop-hole, as
the nati?es maka in fences tot easaaring
irild aniraak.
ako^^RlNTA, 1. 1. (From ri, and nya. II.,
to Join, prem tc^jether. Comj^are binya,
mii\ya, Ae;)
1\> strangle; tosoflbcsto bytrhig the
throat with a string; to choke hj lome-
tUng which has sol bito the throat.
px— « BnnrEXA* qa&ft, Tostranglok snfib-
eate, choke; to be straaglingi d».» ati
inkomo i rinyekile, Le. : the cow is ehoked.
nkn^BlTA, t. t. (From ri» and iya, to go.
See Riba.) To go in aaUt; to Intton.
Cakteidim^ with nitL.
RiTELA, qnlf. fr. To bntton np; to
isi— RITELO, n. pL lii. (From ffyek.)
A noose, loop.
nm<-RQ,n. (From the root nva.) Ammlala,
lastead of obkSo, (morning.)
ROBA, T. AaiaMa, instead ef hloba.
ite— ROBA, V. t, (From ro^ rent^ bioken,
the sound Is barah,— and uba, to separate.
.1 JlM to qoba, goba. iSMLoba.)
To be broken. (The ssnse is rather
pasilTe aeeording to the toroe ef e^ thoogh
theftrmisaotiv^tobteakin.) AppUedpar-
tdccdarYy to pains in the body, wbieh iMlsas
Ifhiabrokeastote. (The j:esoaseital80
to the seam of being tomed, aceostomed.)
id— BOBA, n. pL izi« (From the terb.)
1. A rent) an opening> crsTieSb aa in a
roof, waD. er roA, throogh wUeh the
light eomeshi; Aeaoe,— 2. A sbain| fire
or light seen at night time at a dislanoe
(as it were, a crwrlee in tiia dark.)
i— ROBE, n. pL ama. (From roha. See
isi^-Roba, 2.) A namafer shining beetles
or fire-fiies.
urn— BOBOLA, n. pL ama. (From voH and
nla, to strain. Badicalfy one wUk rabnla.
rebah^ &ow AiUed to qobobi, lobola, Ac)
Jhreperlyi a person of a very hnngry
sppearance (Hi. i witti whom hunger sUnes
throogh, as through a crerice); eowmonfy,
one who Is iasatiabls^ irary hungiy or
greedy; discontented.
X4
Digitized by
Google
-v^^.-rr^T^- ..A^^^^^. ■- o.^y.-.'t, _ ^.. .^L ^^ -L^^^v^^ ^ ..^
rftfTi-mkianmiT
BOLO..
[SIS]
BONQE.
i^BOBOTJA, n. pL onuu (From roU,
and ijo, tboot Ofiltfri ha90 robo^ of
which the two last roots are the same as
nbnti, poisoDoos means.)
▲ kind of adder, vexy pdsonons. lb is
also called i-bnlaln, on aooomit of another
of itsqpalities.
.CBOKO, ^n. (AharadMU,) Same at
U»OKOLO.ii8i-Hoko.
nkn— BOLA, t. t. (Prom ro, hdlow somid,
and nk, to strain. SadieaUy one wiik
rala, rela, rola. JJHed to ro^s, qola,
hlola^Ac.)
1. To drag, to draw along, aet bopa
ihlahia engcweleni lirple, le.: bind the
branch behind the wagon that it may
draff along with it^-2. To lead, as by
the hand, by a thong as ozoi, or by motive ;
to induce; to move;— 8. To take ont, a» :
rola incwadi esakeni, i. e. : draw the letter
ont of the sack;— 4. To issne to, to give,
at I rola imali yami, i. e. : gtre me my
payment.
— — BOLBLA, qnlf.fr. To draw, lead before,
in front, nnto ; to give^ as : wa ngi rolela
namhla, Le. : he ga?e me my wages to*
day.
nm— BOLELI, n. pL aba. (From xolek.)
A leader. '
nm— ROLI, n. pL aba. (From lola.) A
leader.
i— BOLO, n. pL ama. (Prom rola. AlUed
to roia, qolo, oolo, kob.)
1. LUeraUyx something dragged or
drawn orer a sorAuse, and which has been
worn off or become roogh by dragging;
hence^ a rough pkce, a rongh snrfiice, as
an earthen floor wluch has been trodden
intoineces, or, a#: isiko li 'marob, i.e.:
the fire-place has become rongh, nneren ;
—2. Umsimba wake nmrolo^ i.e.: the
iorikce of his body is rough, in consequence
of some eruption, or of curt, and hence, it
is dirty (*= uisila.)
^ NoTB. — It is obi^ous from the instances
^ren that this word is chiefly used in
apportion, and, N.B., always in a con-
tracted form. Thus "umrote" in the
second instance should be u marolo, but it
is contracted into that form, Ut. : his body
has rongh phuses.
uba— >BOLO, n. (^0 i-Bdo.) Boughness;
unerenneai of surfrce.
um— BOLO, n. pi. imi. (See i-Bolo.) A
species of shrub wUch has many small
points on the snr&oe of its bark, and is
rough.
NoTB.— This word has been derived from
the plur. of irolo, and contracted. And
since it has been applied to wood— umuti
mnrolo (from u-marolo)— it is established
as a separate noun which has also its own
plural.
iin«-BOLO, n. pi. imL (From xa-ok>i dnw
ont. Badioalljf one wkh irolo, DiaMe,
inkolo, hole, and the pennltlma being
the same broad sound as in the kttir.
0£ker9 hone umrdwa.)
A place which is hollow; a hoDov; 1
cave in a mountain, = um-Buidu; ahok.
It is used in apportion, at : umuti nmrolob
i.e.: a hollow tree, a tree hoUowedthiooigfa
by worms.
i— BOIiODA, n. pL ama. (From inio,
durty, and uda, to draw, to adTanoe. i^
2ie({ to roroda.)
A kind of dirty, red surfluse, evih.
coloured, or nearly c(^>per-c61ooi«d. Ap-
plied to living beings, to man, snske, v.
uku— BOLUBA, v. t. (From rola, and obi.
to separate, to make a stripe. Tbetwo
last roots are one loith loba, to write.)
To draw, or to make a stripe bydnggiig
along, ae : inyoka i hamba i rohibs, La:
when the serpent moves it makeiakog
track (= i namasonto, it makes a kog
track like that of a wagon-wheel)
ukn—BOMELA, v. t. (Prom roaas, to, =
sa in umusa, or contracted from ni^ 9i
and meh^ to rise high. Sadiealhf em-
oitUnff with, it not dialeaOcallgf tie tarn at
qomda, eee qoma, or hlomek, eee bkiBi.)
To reciprocate; to give and retm
mutually, = uyise abafima bake blml^
benzda ba m nika imali, u ba nika isinkoao
friti,Le.: a fiither, whose boys work fcr
him and give him thdr money, be gim
. to them, redprocates them with, cattie;—
2. To reward one far something Ane;
to pay for.
uku— BONA, BovaA,orBoHQA,v.L (Fna
ro, hollow sound or noise, and ina, to joia,
even, nmOar ;— nga, with force,— n^i to
set with, dialectical diflbrences, si nm,
raqa, and ranqa.)
To have a rough, hollow, or cosise foes
or breathing; hence, to snore,
uku— BONOOZA, v. t. (From roap* ^
Bona, harsh, coarse noiss^ and lui, to
make. Dialeetic, and the same ai koago*
la in its primary sense.)
To make a harsh, or a hollow noiie; to
make various, different harah loaD^
(3= ununndo, noise) ; as when the na&fff
go hunting or dancing.
isi--.BONONO, n. Anudala. 8am «
isihlonono, and irikonono.
isi— BONQE, n. pi. izL (From ro, sndnqe,
to set on, at. Itadicalljf one wUh naxj^
which eee, and runqu.)
IdteraUy; something put togethfrtfj
regukurly, without a proper form. AW
of shelter wluch the natives put npag^
wind and weathco-, usmdly c on siit ing w*
fence, or in travelling, of some laato pot
upon
Digitized by
Google ■
BOTJOBALA.
ii"t^^->r-ftTi~mi n iw^'^ ,iu fiAi
[81$ ]
BtJBULUZA.
.. CBOQOBA, > n. pL iiL (F^rom ro^
'^iBOQOROQO,iaodqo^bQ]k» and nba,
to Mpinto; the seeond is a repetition
wittoat the mcining of to lepawite. See
Ckwogoeo*)
1. ZUtralfyi a pleee where a rough
bofty maw appeen to hare heenfeparated,
«iff • : where a piece of a predpioe has fidlen
down, and its mass of rongh and hnge
stonea are lying aboat ; — 2. Bough, nigged
plaoss; a nigged moontain; a rocfcy
Moowtafai I a stony mountain*
BOBA, T. Amalal4h eame at hlohhu
(Inthe J[oM» to mnrmnr, to be disoon*
tent, angry, = rare.)
tun— BOBO, n. pL imL (From ro^ hollow
sound, the same repeated. iS^ Hlwehlwe.)
1. AhoUow; care, = nmrolo;— 2. Pel-
▼is-hole.
nka— BOBODA, t. t. (From ro, repeated,
andQda,to draw, but here the proonnoia-
tion of the abaradnli, instead of nsa, to
make. OHere uee gogoda. Allied to
kotoia. The JSofdhas roronya,to enter
. between.)
To make a harsh or roo|h noise by
serapinff food out of a pot, hi, i to make
ro ! roT in prearing agunst the pot.
i— BOBODA, n. pi. anuu (From thoTerb.)
1. LUeraUjft a kind of ronghness, coarse*
nesi^ roggedneaB, ffroasnessf— >A«iim, 2.
Musonkn^, indnding affe, bolklnsas,
eofpulsnce^ at x yiroroda lonrantu, L e. :
the man is a coarse, rough, muscular did
fellow I— inoonyama e yiroroda, Le.: a
runed old Hon.
ukn— BOQOLOZA, t. t (From roqo^ and
ukna, = uhiai,to make loose, to blow
away.)
To finish a whole mass; to finish a
whole portion, applied to eat and drink, or
any consummatioii of that kind, as tobacco
smo^g, &e.
ukn— BOTJA, t. t. {?nm n, a harsh, hoi-
kyw sound, and ^ to shoot, throw, bom.
ita^tooA^OMipaitraliiaandrutia. AOied
tordtL)
1. To maksb or to draw bubbles, tssieki^
— nxaamansi a qala ukuhlla,Le.: when
water begins to boil; ience^to bubble^-
2. To draw out; to pullont; tomiiheath.
Off : ro^ isinkemba, L e. i draw the sword
from its sheath; — 8. To drag, to poU along
on the ground, ae : abantwana ba ya ro^a
ihlahla, L e. x the children drag a brandi
(of a tree) along the ground (fir their
wagon) ;— -4. To g^TC ; to brings 4U : rotja
iahdnmi,Le.: br^wood.
nm— BOTJA, n. pL imL (From the Terb.)
1. A deep and narrow hdUow made by a
stream of water;— 8. AimTine.
nko— BOTJOBALA, t. t (From ra^ and
nbah^ nothing. i>ia<0e^ Ko^obak.)
1. LUerdlfyt to be drawn to nothing;
to be contracted to a Tery thin, small sise ;
to be dried up, at : nbani o hla kakuln n
rotjjobele, i. e. x who is he that eats so
mudi and yet remains very thin, =: is
nothing but skin and hemes ; — 2. To
shrink togetiber; to sliriTel, as a dry
skin,
nkn— BOZA, t. t. (From ro, and nza ; Ut, x
to make ro, onomttopoeHe, a harsh sound.
It is a contraction of roroza, eee Boroda.
SadieaUjf <me wiik reza, &c)
1. To gurffle;— 2. To trickle; to run
or flow genUy, as a small fountidn ;--8.
To come as in a line ; applied to people
when walking in one line. (2W5a?.l
im— BOZO, n. (From roza.) A trickling ;
a gentle flowing.
Ulogazi lako H 'mrozo yinina t
XJlogaii lako li palele tina.
Le.:
Thou art he whose blood— fbr what Is
gently flowing f CQuetHonJ
Thou art he whose Uood was spilled for
us. (Amtwer.J
(From the flrst Christian song in the
Xoeot composed by the natire oonrert
Untsikana.)
nkn— BUBA, t. t. (From ro, onomatopoeUc,
expressiye of a rushing sound, and nba,
to separate. Badiealfy one %oUh raba L,
rebe, roba. AlUed io gnba, qaba, Ac.)
1. ^rimainlyi to rush forward with
impetuosity, Tiolence, or tumultuous ra«
pimty ; to rush, ae : impi i ya mba, L e. x
the armies rush into battle. (In tl^
sense it always indudes the war-sonss of
the army) ;— 2. To make a loud contmued
noise; to rosr, aei ulwanhle lu ruba,
namansi emiftileni a ruba, i. e. : the sea
is roaring, and the waters of the rivers are
roaring r— 8. AjppUed to tke atmoepkerei
isulu tt ruba ngokuwa kwamatye, i. e. : the
storm (Jit,i atmosphere) roars when hail-
stones are fldling;— 4. To make a noise as
boilhigfbod, aei amabele amatja ayaruba,
ie.! fresh com (when bdling) makes a
roaring noise.
— BuBiLA, qulf. fr. 1. To rush fbrward
flarp— 2. To sing loud for.
i— BUBO, n. pi. ama. (From raba.) A
war>song.
a— BUBO, n. (From raba.) Atumulto-
COS movement of the army; a roaring of
the sea or water.
nkii— BUBULUZA, t. t (From raba, and
ulun, to make looser or to make rise.
uifiiMl to rabuh^ Ac /Sm Bubolnza.)
To take soup; Ut, : to draw in with a
ffuigling noise ; to draw any liquid or thin
mod into the month ; to dp in a gurgling
manner, either from a vessel, or from the
Digitized by
Google
C»U3
BUTOA.
nkil^^UBTTZA. T,t. (Fromnibfl. tnclina,
To make « nnhing, or « rouiag nobe,
M in wading tbroogh a river, or when
milking a large quantify of milk Into a
▼dieL-^or of a qpear, ««: iunk<mio wa
mboza enawini leokomot i, e. i il»e ipear
made a rushing noiie when enterli^ into
the belly of i£e oow, («if . : the q^ear was
thrown with some foree into the aiumaL)
nkn^RUDA, ▼. t. (From m. and vda, to
draw, to extend. 4UM tQ guda, dada,
roroda, &a)
To msh ; to flow forth with aome pres-
snre ; to have ireqnent eraooationa from
the inleetines ] to purge } to havediairhoBa;
djfsentery. a» i nintwana u ya mda, L e. :
the child has diarrhoea^
^-* Bin>ia*« cam. fr. To purge i to make
to purge} to came purging^ diarrhoea,
dysentery.
nkn-^RUDULi. v. t. (Frcm ndi^ a«d nla,
to strain.)
1« To exert to purging, as when an
ox polls so hard before the wagon as to
pnrge from iti^S. JOuiUoHa, Imteadof
mania, whick «•#. See aUK) the remark
nnder radula, with which it is rmkcai^ one.
iai— RUDULO or Ltt, n. (WfQVX mdnhu)
h lA*0r<^\ a restraint or a repress;
applied to a ibaoe made of reede either
oitside or inside near the openiikf of a
native hot, fat the purpose of keeping oflf
the wind. If imide it is nfoatly ^Mutered
over with dong or mod. And Bmce,-^
9. Any watting plastered ovori any build-
ing of wattlea^
uko — EUIA* V. t (From m, and .«)a, to
strain. JMt0a% o«# «»»^^ rala, rehw riU^
rola,mdula. .iZJMiequhi, celiwee]a,&e.)
1, To drag along on a anr^Nie I tosUde;
to thrmt by sUMi^agt q9 1 ukurola vnuti,
i.e,t to slide a tree (fiv tlmbflr)i-^2. To
wear off by dragging or slipping ]«*-3. To
slip secretly awiyy, m fk mn M i^ fat, to steal
i^OTi.«-*Ko. X 0/ thi« verb coincides
withrolaj but l^o^^endli, arediisrent
from it.
isi^oRUXiA, n. (From the verli.) One who
is snbject to glnttoay 1 Uk. i ooe who slips
or slides away, signiiyiug a poraoo who
swallows in a very gluttonom ananner, or
throws his food, as it were, into his gtoaUch.
ubu—RUIiA, n. (From the verb.) Ghiltony;
excess.
ukn--atUliUBA, T,t. (Fromrolai anduhe,
to separate.)
1. To be exceedingly glqt t e a e m — -2.
To^ateal in a slippery wi^» i«e.: that
no one sees or knows of it, '
ahu-^RiniULA, V. t (From nil«» a«d ula,
to strah^ MUH iot Mila, goboK ku-
lula, &c.)
I, To atrip; to puU or tear «ff| to
Mike baf^ «# 1 rululawsa^ awmty aaa
aw% L a, : strip the tree «f ita leates^*-
% Ta atrip; separatiag from wmfthiag
by beating or rubbing, a$ \ mibtta a u ka
rqlulwai i.e.) the maiaa (eon) ia not yet
made loecefrom the eaiv^*-«Q^ |«l beitca
i--BULUMBNI. 8^ 2nlaiM4 iw tbs
Sitf Ush go^wmet U .
iiku-*KVl.U%A, V. t (Fromrula» aadtna^
tomake. ail«f4 «e bidiaa. ^)
1. To altp, gHdCb or pass uncBpeetsdlj,
Imperceptibly. In thia sensa It ii com-
monly applied |o parturition both cf Baa
anid heart, aa also to the hying of eggicf
fowlf. signifying theeeqp el^n^ng a^*
and alio the multitude laige nunbir
brought forth;— 2. To yieMi ta bear
many; to bring frrth. m\ w^ib 1 |a
rulaia, l a. i the flMuaa yields Mmy hmeb
at one ear.
^-^■^ Bttlitou, qulf. fr. Ta slip. alUk glide
along; to slip easily awior> 4*t I^J(w i
yaruluaeUi. i.e.: the serpent al^aeaeUf
away,
I^RUHQU, n. pi ami. Qfraaa in, aad
nqu, on a snriRee. point. Koik^Ug om
«oiMrsBqa,remele^ro»qiwrwaa9k Affid
i9 i4imgiw um^angi, te)
A kind apraiid over with stripo; -
eoloared with ttripcf; aqaicaallr with
hlaohatripe^ mt impla&imanm^ !.•>:
the hyena ia striped.
uk«-^BUQA, V. t (From r% aad Iq^ to aet
on. Badiealfy one witk qaqa.
ifftfibeca«)
1. To spread a oolaiip over a 1
(The native women are accqatamail to
amear a red colour on tMr ihoii whm
th^ thresh com, in order «a eaaaa tits
duat to dide easily away frma th^ hem.
This is the primary idea of Hw word.)
9. To white-wash n topnt miy aolaaaaAa
suriace; to paint
uln^BUQUZBLA* V. 1 (Fim n^t, aad
uxek, to oome forth, to move Dafthv. to
move fat oae*a sel^ ca one'a a^)
To move M^h with a ilippiay ha^ ; to
mere en the body; tosMa ea the body
aa serpent^ (»* rulaaeliu)
nku— BUBA. v.t (Fvms mnMora, deas^
a vepatitiea of the aetioa. JEMaa%ce#
with vara. Ctkere nm ruhi.)
1. To drag, to tear aloB« wMi eag«-
nesi^ vorafliousasas; to pull or carry awsy
iriih vieleace;— a. To eatlea to m «*:
inhlixiyo yesela 1 ya fi run^ La. 9 the kaait
of a thief draga him, ealioea hka* te alaal
agaia«
uku— RUTJA, T. t. (From ni» aad ^ to
ahooi throw. Maiiaaih^ «ae wiA v#b
MUe^ to ruba, vda» to,}
Digitized by
Google
!-3rrr?r"
'■ f 'l^ * '
BWAF9LUZA.
[«W3
BWIOA*
^« To c|f«9 along the mimd; io drag
aw«ji<w: rafjani ii\ja efil^o alTikhle,
i.9* i drag tha daacl dog away, ana throw
Haways— S. Tq gUde; to mora alod^ on
tba beUj, of: mnopts o f^na a^weba
emadmiDi a rutja ebatyabiai a oga bonwa»
!,«,; aperaonwho intends to Maal from
tba mdenf moToi in the graaa along on
hia Dally that he ahonlcT not be eb-
aeired.
nkn-^RUTJUZA, v, t (From ra^^ and
iwwtpmdie.) ,
1. To make morementa oin the beUy;
to lie on the beljT and then en the back*
M when one roAi ahont fnm pain;— 2.
TohereiUeis inileep; to kiok or posh in
ileeiu
Hkn— I(UZUIiA» T. t. (Fr«mrq, hreaking,
in, to oome, and* nla, to stndn; Uf- : to
•tHp in a breaking manner. iadicaU^
oa« vUh raxnla. qosola* qenda, Ae, IHa*
1. Tq hirw away or looeen with fome
forces to plock off or awi^ Igr lar«e, aa
when two are palling at one thing» and
one tears i^ awi^ irosa the others to pnll
away from an offenders tq repveis an
Q0enders— 2. To stretch Tklent](y» as to
itrain an arm. or the mnscles.
9WA, adv. (Strictly taken a ontrac
tkm 0rQm roba, and onoMM^oSwe^ express-
ing a noise like rwa! AUiedtQq^tk,)
X Used with nknti, a«: anumn a ti
rwa, rwa, L e. : the water makes a aonnd
like rwa»<^aoQnda like rwa (in rushing
Tiolen^.)— 2. To n^eke a noise as in beat-
ing on the earih%
i*-RWA« n. pL ama. (&# the rwa pre-
cedUqg s .mshmg with force.)
The largest sort of spears, ^ecrhroad.
I— RWANQA, n* pL ama. (iriom ro,
rongh, coarse, and anqa, to 4t on a snrface.
JtoJioafly ooMici(2i V «^A nmqq. ronqa.)
1. A kmd of roughness growing on the
fore-free; properly, a dass of whiuer8,=
tha hfla;rd«d cbss ; denoting the fbynok>«
^cal mark of distinction in ani,mst.ed
olyeci^ and applied to all rational and
irrational heing% at s nmnntn o yirwanqa,
Le.: a man bewdeds^^ingwe i yirwanqa,
i. e. : the tiger has whiskers s*^ Harked
with specks; s peck l ed^
lAo^BWAKQA. n. {See i-Ewanqa.) Whisk-
era; heard; iU.i ronghnessi,
nhn— &WAPUI«n2;A» v. t (Vrom rwa» and
ranla, to hxeal^ and nia» tomake,i See
^Onla.)
To poll plock or snatch away frooa in a
rending manner s to take hold of as with
alawsi and nnU aa a fieroa animal, oa: wa
rwaMkvw lULohla knmi, i e. : he snatdked
the mod awi^ from me. plucked it nolently
awu with Ma handa^
nkii«^BWAQABAX«A, t. t (Frem ?wa. qa,
and bak, to raiae^ set ibrth. MHed io
rwanqa; raqa ; qnqafaala, gnanhala. CXAerf
nse a contracted form rwaoala.)
1. FrkMrUfft to form tne browi^ si to
knit the brows; to frown; to look grim
and sullen I— 2, To be disturbed; to ap-
pear dark or glooioy ; to be ok>uded, ae :
mla U rwaqabele. L e. i a storm threatens
to come on;— 8. To fret; to be diaposed
to frets ill humored; peerish; Tsowtious;
applicable to tbe mind as wdl aa to the
body, a$ ; nmsimba wami n rwaqele. i.e.:
n^ body is troubled with a freUhl feaUng.
RWARWA. See Bwa. adY.
ikn— BWABWAZA, t. U (From rwa-rwa.
and iza. to make.)
h To make a mstling ncuse. ^ rarasa ;
—2. To dripi to fall in drops; applied to
a small fountain, the water of wbioh falls
in drops over a rock or any other obstacle
in its way, which causes that sound.
nku— BWABWALAZA. t. t. (From rwa-
rwa. and lasa. to lie waste. Jtadieaily i»
ranu 4^({ ^ rwapulnca. andaome nse
it pomisGuously with the Utter.)
1. JMmarily; to diss i pate in extraTa-
gance; to squander; to aoatterhisowo and
others' property in wasteftil extraTagance ;
—2. To waste;— 8, To take aw^ l>y
fraud} to act as a rascal.
nko-^BwSBA. V, t. (From rwe. cmQmat<h
poetic^ signifying a tireak. tear, renit^ and
iba. to separate, 4UM to kwebiw hwepa.
nweba. Ac)
1. Ui«rall$x to cUt tha slon; to
foratchs to tear or ont the slna with
aomathiag sharps aa thorns, nails^ claws;
to nse the nails or the daws in tearing the
ekin;-^ To nse the nmls or daws in
taking hold of» or separating, something;
avui^evpreeewkfotri to wound digbUy
by hiying hold on with the handa^*3. To
catch, as thorna in pas^i^ near them ;—
MetapkorU<U\ to purchase.
w-^ BwiBiVA, rcpr. fr, JU To anratdi one
another ; to hiy hold one of the other ;—
2. MeiapkorieaU^ ; to barter cr bny ft^
each other.
•MMi BwxBSU. qnlf. fr. To serateh for; to
purchase for. as t ngi ya ka d rwehda in-
gnho, i.e.s Igo tobigrfor n\yadfadress.
nkn**BWSCA, t. t (From rwe^ dgnifying
a throttling noiee^ and km to be at a
point, end.)
i^per^t to flmdi by smoking; to
smoke appa nntU there is nodung more
iniU (ThenatiTea smoke wild hemp by
means ol a horn (ugndu) whMh» bdng
dlled with water, causes a thfottfing noise
when the smoke is inhaled from i^ jist as
if heard from a usual pipe when ita pot is
filled with fioid.)
Digitized by
Google
r. rr
-■r" ^- -^ ^
SA.
[816]
8A.
i— RWECfi, D. pi. anuL (From nreci.}
Same as kooe» lokich see,
RWELA, T. AnuUala, instead qf
hlwela, see hlwa*
oka— BWELA, y. t. (From rwe^ and ila, to
stretch, up. AlUed to rweba.)
To catch, as thorns. This w<»d differs
from the equivalent meaning of nreba, 8,
in thii^ that it expresses the drcnmstanoe
of hdng canght by thorns when passing
under a tree, as if one was taken op, or
hanged by the thonu^ whUe rweba simply
means to be canght or entangled.
nku— BWELEZA, t. t (From rwek* and
iza, to make.)
To make pretend, or to try to scratch;
hence, to throttle. A better enreanon is
gcOaza, with which it is radically one, or
of which it is probably a oormption.
s.
S in Znln-Kafir, is a sharp hisring sound,
as in the EngUsh silver, saint, &c. A cor-
respondent soft or flat soand is s, which
sometimes stands instead of #, in the
softer dialects.
It is a cognate sound to M, J, dj, if, sh,
and changes with them occasionally in the
different cUalects, as: iso (Zulu-Kafir)— >
ihlo (Soto);^hl6U (Zulu-Kafir)— se]a(Su-
to.) The Xcsa has rather a dento-sibilant
in many nouns derived from a verb with s,
as: intswelo, from swela, (Zulu— inswelo);
— intsele (Xosa)— insele (Zulu.)
uku— 8A, T. i. and auxiliary. Peri se. (Badi-
I. calljf one with sa II., which see. It is
defective in the same degree as ka, I.,
with which it often ooincidea. See Ea.
Bs primary sense is : to prepare, to get
ready: and serving prominently as an
auxiliary, it denotes a continuation of
an action, to be stationary, in the present
and past tense, and a complete preparation,
or a state of advance or forwardness, in
the perfect tense, both definitions of which
may be applied to the future also. It
includes, therefore, an indefinite portion of
any continued state, v>^« : its period, coin-
ciding again with za L, which see,)
1. To get ready; to prepare, as; ng^
sa muka, i. e. : I am getting ready to
depart, = I am getting away, I am prepar-
ing about to depart ;—ngi se ngi yi bmnbi-
le, i. e. : ULi I got I it have hold of, =
I have got hold of it ;— wa ti u sa hla,
i. e. : he said, he is preparing io eat, (here
the present tense is used in the anticipation
of the future, = ngi sa ya kuhla ; and if
the first is to be understood, the sense is :
he said he is in the action of eating.)
2. To be ready ; to be prepared, express-
ing a resolution or oondo^on, MS dud
hamba kaloku, Le. : we are ready to wtik,
JU, : we are i«edv walking, in the aetiQa
of walking; — ^ngi se ngi vi ttnga into
yako, L e. : I am prepared to podiN
your article.
NoTB.— It does not require more tin
one instanoe to show that «a ii an audfifiy
in the cases g^ven, and amdogoos tooth*
audliaries, asi ngi ya hamba, i.s.:Iiai
going to walk i^im be ngi flkile, le.: I
have anrived, lit, : I have been in tfaiitite
of arriving.
8. The instances given, set foith tliefei
giod import of this verb. Bot» next to tU%
we obsenra its grammatical use as a nb^
tnte ibr adverinal pnrposesb eipnfliog t
portion of time in wU^ an action ooa*
tinned.
4. Denoting continnation of sn m&a
and a state of advance ;— jfst, s^ o&.
their subordinates: before, ere^ lOOBff,
prior to^ at this time, till now, eti «o
vidca ku sa sa, L e. : yon must riu wliOt
yet early, before daylight ;—n n Mbesai
Le.: he is still, until now, workiogf*-
dlsoi ftorther, more^ over and abofd
beyond, beside, after that, as\ niakiilmi»
i.e.: he Airther says; — ^wazuzafanafin*
fhna enye fhti, i. e. : he obtained BMOcyi
and beMdfifl or after that he wiihtf ftr OM
more;
yet _
first go ixi, &c
6. Denoting a complete "l^ ^f^
action, a state of forwardness '"^'^^^^
as : nga fika e see hambile, L e.: I vmm
when he had already gone;— ngi leag
fikile kade, L e.: I have abeady vrm
long;— se si Inngile kaloku, i. e.: ws tfi
fhlly prepared now. This sense cm »
solved by the adv.ip*^^ asi ningiW*
inyama se ni buyile ekaya, i. e. : yoofltt
eat meat when you have come back mm
home. „,
a All those cases whidi oommsDoeviu
se are contracted, or the preoefing p»*
noun has been omitted, and theftllwo*
struction is : si se si Inngile^ = ngi m np
fikile, Ac But this elliptic for«i» »»
other respects idiomaUc, ssUu ***»^
pres^g satisfaction vrith ^^^J^t^
said or done, or a disposition or remtaw*
in respect to something still to btdooe,
as: seulungimle,i.e.:itiswellyottl«»'
done it, well, that you have done so,—*
ngiyekalapa, Le.: well, let me 1«^ «
here ;— se si ya kuye, L e. : well, 1* »■
go to him ;— se ngati ba Wale kalilsi 1. ••'
well, may they, or let them five in p*"
7. In other combinations sa is wlWJ
contracted witii the parts of qwech wtt»
fiiUow immediately after it, <» : n ■^
la enye mti, i. e. : lie obtamea wmkj,
[ bendes or after that he wiihes ftr om
re ;— wa e sa ya en^jezi, L e. t he wwuj
go to Bushman's-river, or he wooW
Digitized by
Google
limgild (fifom Q te Q limgile)— i t^ yoim-
kele (from i se i yonakele), L e. : it is com-
pletely deetroyed ;— ngi ^o hamba (from
ngi n y« knhambe,) L e.: I yet wiU go;
—a 1*0 nnti a eebenze (from uulxl ngati)»
L e. : vreS, yoa may work.
8. The meaning of «a is the fame in all
negative eonstrnctions, aiin the afflnna-
tive^ a# : a ka fa febensi, L e. : 2»^. : he
doefl not ftiU, yet, work, =he doee no
more work ; — a ng^ fa yi knza, i. e. : I
fhall no longer come ;— a ba f'o sa knfika,
Le. : they fhall not after that happen to
arrive ;— a kufekolokn, i. e.: this lano
more present, this is too late.
9. If required ta may be repeated in
another eentenoe^ a« : ngi fa bekn, nknba
ngi fa ya ku yi f weUi na ? i. e. : I am still
mking, whether I will reqnire it any more ;
— ka kn s'aziwa, nknba be be sa kusinda
na ? i. e. : it is still not known (nnoertun)
whether they shall j^et escape ;^a ka fa
ttt fa bako nmnntn, i. e. : there is no more
any one yet^ or besides. (The last two
cases are contractions from be be sa ya
knsinda» and ku sa ba ko^ of which the
latter is more a pleonssm than emphasis.)
10. iSSs appears to be a mere expleti?e
in the Allowing constructions :— a, in
locatiTe cases, when two noons are con-
nected by the particle na, <ui emhlabeni
na semanani, L e. : in the earth and in
the water;— 5, in the negatives of com-
fmnd pronouns, a« t a si ngimi, it is not
;— a si nguye, it is not he, &o. ; which
are sometimes contracted into a si ye, —
a si k)b a n yo;— ofK^: a d yeyake, or
a si yake (frtmi a n yo eyake,)— a si
labke, or a si lake (fi^m a si b dake);
'•''orx i ngeso eyake, or i nge so yake
(from i nge n yo eyake) i^or, using the
impersonal form: ku nge so eyake; ori
a ku so eyake; a ku so wena, i. e. : it is
n<^yo^ ^^
KoTB.— The forms fttmi iiu^ so eyake,
&&, bekmg entbrely to the Natal tribes,
mid they are used when the propontion of
the pr onoun is emphatical, <u : i nge so
yona inkomo^ i. e. : it is not the same cow ;
but UterdUyi it is no more the same cow,
vis. t it is not that which we saw or noke
of before. ¥wm this ezphmation it is
obvious that the form «»-«o (contracted
fmm sa) is onlv apparently expletive, or
to our mode or tUnkio^. expletive, but
idiomatic in the Zulu Eimr. In the
way the above locative case is exi^ained —
na semaniini, i. e. : lU,t and further, be-
side, in the water.
11. The simple rule, then, rei^Meting the
place of «o «e in a sentence is this: sa
always precedes the root of another verb,
it may be an auxiliary or not, while m
always is foUowed by the same pronoun'
which is its subject.
12. There ii yet another peculiar fonn
teU, which occurs in a few comlnnations of
words : and one is inclined to derive it frtmi
the verb sala, perft. sele. This derivation
is inadmisdble, however, for two reasons :
—1. From the meaning, for, though radi*
eaUff the same, they differ literally,
sala (iokieh see), i. e. : to remain behind ;
to stay behind,— but: wa sel' e menza
umfosi waksb i. e. : ^. : he was getting
ready, was prepared, or be was at it, to
engage her for his wife : — this contains an
advance of thought, and is just the con-
trary to ** remain behind ;"— u se I'u fikile,
Le.: he has already arrifed long, — also
the contrary to *< remain bdund/* — %,
From analogy, for if sele were derived
from sala, it would follow that the other
auxiliaries, ba, nsa, ka, ya, za, were also
derived firom baJa, ngaJa, kala, yala, and
zala, because it could be no objection against
this conclusion to say that none of them
ever was used in a form like selc^ since tbis
objection can be removed by the foot that
the genius of the language does not re-
quire them in that form. But the fact
is that no suffident proof can be given for
sala (to remain behind), as an auxiliary,
since sa is a separate verb^ and ancUa^oui
^ all the other auxiliaries. From this
reason of analogy, and from the strictly
logical meaning of seV it is evident that
it is a remainder of the otherwise obsolete
qulf. form, sela, prft. sele, frt>m sa.
ukn--6A, V. t. Pauhe siwa. (From the roots
II. isa-osa, radically <me loiih sa I. The
primary asnte it : to make, to cause to act
or do; to drive; to cut; to compel; to
cause an -effect, to burst, to bum, to break
forth as light from darkness, to shoot; to
break forth from the iiisu, L e. : womb or
bowels of man and of the earth, from sub-
terraneous causes, from underneath, from
hidden places. It is closely aUied to so,
and hence also the nom. form id, the plnr.
toisi.)
1. To dawn; etrietly, to dav-break; to
grow light; to begin to grow light in the
morning, a# : ku ya sa, L e. : daylight
begins;— ku sa sa, I e. : Uti it yet dawn-
ing, = it is yet early; of the fiivt appear-
ance of light ;— 2. Ku site, L e. : it is day-
light ; day is there in its foil appearanc e ;
— ukusa ku flkile, i. e. : morning has come;
—8. Iznlulisile, i.e.: the atmosphere is
inrepared, dear, without clouds, shining;--*
4. To have intelleetual light; dear under-
standing ; a quick apprehension, ae : uma«
ntn osi^yo, Le.: a man of a bright mind;
—6. To bxing forth ; to convey, as: aba-
ntwana bake ba siwa knye podo, L e. : his
Digitized by
Google
ehUdNti weN bronglit ha hitti last night ;
(cainoiditiff wUh jUtLt «Mya*)
d» The Motfl of this Teth» especiany isa,
are ettemiTelj used fbr the purpose of
^rmiBg A peeoUar 0ODJQgAtioD» which is
tiOled Sie cacuMtive ibrm. They aire simply
mfited and united to any terb either by
contraetimi, «*i trameaa (ftmn pnma-isa)
to fit Ottti or by «isien» (t# t hammaa (from
hatoba^iaa) to taiake to gn.
7» this form is of great ittiportanee and
In the widest sense eaasatiTe^ denottng to
make» prepare^ perfbrm ; to be at of abont
to do I to make an attempt or effort ; to
efibet seme obfect t to imitate or try to
do; to toiake a trial, ah elperiment; to
endeMrodfi tonae eteHioAs; tomakense
of ^ to employ tneans ; to appear or teem,
aignUyiflg often a mere notion of a thing
thonght of, pretended or intended, bnt not
done or eiecutedi^to make or be parti-
enlar, be iiharp, be superior, be of ft higher
degree, snt^plying the phuie of d odM^oro-
tiw. ffeiumt also the double fbrm iethisa,
eentraeted iiUA, to make or be tery par-
tieuhir, peculiar, tery proper, in riiort,
rendering any sense in the l^heet degree,
inaking a kind of iUperUttite.
8. fte eaueatire fbrm is, a priori, tran-
iiitive, but In general douUetransitiye, at:
wo m hamblia, i. e« s yon must make Um
togoi^bonisayena, i.e. : show it to him
(not, aecorditig to English idiom,^kuye ;)
^U ya ngi kabilM ihashe, i. e. : you make
the hofse to kick me, » yon ^t^ Uie eanse
that the hoNe kicks me.
8A, an exdattik (From sa 11.) Szpres-
sire of breakings ruehin^ of bursting out
into eonlbsion eterywhere; applied to
etdting dogs, fto., and setthig them at or
after something to attack it. It is used
with ukuti, CM : wa ti sal ia ! idnija take,
I. e. : he set his dogs at, or sent them in
evef3^ direetion to attack.
nku--SA, n. (From sa II.) The break of
day) morning.
Isi— SA, n. sing. (From sa II. Se9 nmu-
Sa. Badicall^ one with i-So, isl-Su,
Ac)
lAt^aU^t an effbrt, or an aet of affec-
tion; tender-heartedness, att umuntu o
ttga m pi umunye Oeelayo kuyeaka nasisa,
Le.i a person who does not gite to another
who asks from hlm» does not «hoW kind-
ness, il unkind;— inkomo i nesisa i sUtisa
inkonyana, i. e. : the cow ie kind to her
ealf, ^ving it suek to satiafiiotlon.
nmtl^8A,n.sing. (From sa Ils^usa. Oikers,
naa. iVjffkiW^t a bnrs^g out into affec-
tion. iXal^elM, nn-ra. AlUsd id nm-no.)
1. Sympathy;— 8. TeUder-heaHedness,
tenderness, or goedneis ot nature, kind-
Mas; benefolettdek benefbsenee, kindHness,
afbetlonate disposition, btnignitf ;-8.
Qraook merey, fiifottf •
ttktt«— SABA,T.t. (From sail*, Me aaiifedanL,
aud iba, to separate.)
Smnd 4$ Esaba, whiiih see.
— - Sabbla, aulf.fr. h To fear fbr, (sft^dMi
KNif.)— 8. To cry out to; to answer to
one Whoealls;— ^. lb echo; to r^boand,
4it ifiwa A yn sab^, te.i tite rode
in— SABA, n. ^g. (From the terb;) 1.
OonfbMon ;— 2. Splehdidneai (a m eiap h o r
frOfflfearftiL)
nktt— 8ABALALA, t. L (Ffnm M^ and
hda, to He down. Xo$a ^abalala.)
1. To lie about in a eonfbalon, or coo-
fbsed statei to lie about in disordtf ; to
tie about) aet amaqobo a sabalelei Le-
the maise tops lie about evetynriiere^ strew-
ed about;— 2. To be strewed iibout; to be
scattered about; to be destroyed ;--4. To
tnn about, s= dingft.
M'M SABit.A£t8A, eatti. fr. To di^e uto
confhBion, disorder; to se&tter ; to deetraj,
nktt— 8ABASABA, t. L (From aaba^ialis.
the actbn repeated.)
To be in a total ebnfbidott; td be ia a
great fbar.
i— SABISO^ n. pi ama. (From eialMi,
«ee esaba.)
A suWect fbr making afraidj erane etoiy
to frighten others with.
BACA. Dialeatui, instead of ftaea.
i— SAKABULO, n. pL ama. (From saki.
He sakaia, and bulo^ separately a^Mehed.
SeeBvitL)
A email bii^ With a tei^ long tdl. ogb-
tainhig from four to lAx foatheM oh^.
nkh^SAKAZA, t. t. (From sa 11^ see m,
ezchun., ika, to put Up, away, and iia, to
make. Madieaihdoin^iMtiffwUkhUkm.
AUied U> sabalala.)
1. To throw looedy about tst away;
hence, to strew; to Asperse, dt: iakaa
imbeu, i. e. : icattef the seed (of iowiog);
% To throw aWay, about ; to dertny by
ecattering; to squander, elsi ukusakaia
nkuhla. L e. : to waste ibod.
«-» Sa<12bxa, qulf. fr. 1. To be In estate
of being thrown about ; to be ^^(wrwd,
afeattered, wasted ;'^2. To go into all
direddone, as cattle (=± hUkateka.)
nktt'*-8ALA, r. L (From ea II., to drite, and
ata, to refhse, or lis, to strain. JRadidalfy
oM«(y<e^sela,sihi,soUi, Aula. Theprimarf
iMH U I to drive, strike, Or eut ofi up.
AlHed td hlaU^ hda, Sat.)
1. LUBrtUlyi to refbse to goftirther;
hence, to stay behind; to fenudn behind;
to tarry behind, ots wa eak enhleleni,
i. e. : he remained behind when others
were going on;^2. To abide; to remain
oter; to stay.
Digitized by
Google
6AHQ0*
[•19]
SAF0KA2L
ii«» Sakiuli qnlf. ft. 1* To itey behiad
for, &c ; to renuUn over tor ;-»2. To oome
lAor, or behind; lo walk after or bdiindi
while otbert tre a distonoe in front; to lag.
•«>M 6jlij8A« eauB. f)r. 1. TV> caoM or make
to atay* remain, Ac, behind i to leare be-
hind ;-**->. To leave o?er, at : aaliia nknhla,
U •• t leate over aome food» take oare that
•one ibod remaina oter*
iai-«6ALSLA, n. (From (nlela.) That which
remained or ia left after a aeparation;
henoi, reeti remainder.
tim»-BALBLI| n. pi. aba. (From Balela.) One
who eomee, or remaina brtiind; a kgger,
who baa been ent olf from othen.
Sn**4ALI| n. pi. iidn. (From nlii. The
aAial ionnd of tho nott. form cansea father
ft eompreerfon of the aharp t, eo as to Krand
iiltialU
1. Ftvp^rfy : a remainderi kenM^ a re-
mMTiing person, as : intombi e yiniali, i. e. :
ftfMwhiehii remaining (eif. t without a
lover) 1-^ Borne qtmntity remaining or
left» 091 uknfhna uknhla nga Ihmaniia
iniili, Le. k in ie4kSng after ibod I fonnd
tome left,
hn— 8AL0, A. aingk (From tab. A oon-
traoted ploraL) iVim4M%t that which
tea boM Mt off I romainii overplna, that
whieh U to remain of a large qaantity.
la^-flANA, ti. t^ o. (tain, in the Xota,)
(From sa, I., 4^ ftnd ina, dim. form. Dia-
Mftf, iioona. Wbal nnwatia.)
A little in&nt ; a ba^ t ^e inpne.
H'-'SAKDO, n. pi. 0. (Ftomaa, II., cause.
Mid ando^ eiit<mded, reached.)
A long creeper, of a finger's thiekneas,
Md, when dry, nied for making fire with.
SAKDU eft 8AKDUI.17, adv. (Ftem sa,
Ih 4^ end andnk, wkUk $e&.)
Gandn knfika, i. e. : he ii just now oon-
Inff. Am Attdohu
in— SANOA, a. pU idn. (From sail., and
Ilea, to bend, with fbroe. Madkal^ one
mik senga, ebgt, eonga, sangn.)
LUwroU^x lomeihing making a tnm,
bend, round ; applied to a turn of or in the
ajt, «a nkupoota amehlo ngapa, i. e. i to
throw the eye on one side i Aea^ a per-
■onwhosqnints.
in^-aANOANA, n. pL ixin. (1Xmi« from
Snsattga.) One who is sqdntine. The
noun being in the diminutive mrm ex-
presiiii, therefore, a reproach, and the
Word it eiolusively used for cursing.
l->>8AKaO, n. pi. ama. (From sa II.,
breaking, cutting, and ango, bent» through.
OMNf Are umnyango.)
1« The opening, or eatrenoe of a ftnce,
suxrottndiAg the kraal, garden, te*!— 2.
Qatt;^8. A round or ring (n songo),
Ml inyama nesiakwa ama •! peUwe si
nga vutiwe kn tiwa si neaaago^ L ai t meat
or bread when boiled or baked^ but being
nnderdone, an said to have a nng, »= are
unbaked.
i-4ANQ0BG, n. pL anuu (From isango,
and ube, sepnrated.)
A flower of a qpeoiea bekmging to the
genus aselepias or stapelia, so called from
Ita peeuliar shApe, the calim or oorel being
covered like an umbreUa when expanded,
and having four openings^ like gatea at the
side of tiie calix.
i^-^SANGU, n. {See Sanga« JHalecHc
itttsangu.)
]?rcfier1jf\ the leaves> or the seeds of
wild hemp which the natives smoke. They
are most intoxicating, causing a staring,
turning or squinting of the eyes* Senee^
this word haa often been ooafoanded with
insangra.
in*-«ia7GU, n. pL lain. (Am iiangu.) The
WIUl hemp stalk.
i-^SAKSA or ftiaA* n. pi. ama. (From
isa-insa, see sa II. Dialioiie intsantaa.)
lAterdU^ t daybreak* daybreak, cutthig
day, or smking day. This is the name for
a litUe white spedOed bird of the finch
family, which is the first of iU cUms that
prodftims the dawn of the morning.
in*-8ANSA, n. sing. (From insa-insa,
breaking*through breaking^through. See
i-Sanaa« Ma£eeUif one «p»<it sense, sinti,
■Qnsu, oe.)
White^spedtled spedes. (Its colour
being broken through by another.) A
white spedfcled animal, ae i inkomo e'nsansa.
in— SANSAKAZI, n. (From intense, and
kaai, denoting ftoiale.)
A white speckled female animaL Applied
also to a white-bellied animaL
l«-8ANSATI, n. pi ama. (From iaansa,
and iti, shoot. iSto i-Sakane.)
A hmg kind of grass, called so after its
diining oolour, and sharp edgea.
tlktt-^APAZA or SipriA, v. t. (From sa
II., ipa, to give^ and isa, ox Uca« to make,
dd» Radically e&ineidin^ with hkpaia.
AiUediomkMMM.)
1. To practice free giving; to give
freely, liberally, ss ukopa abantu bonke,
S« e. : to give to all men ;'^%, To be too
libeittl, too generous; Aeace, to waste, ae :
nktisapam ukuhla, t e. s to squander fbod;
«^8. FSgutoHvelyt to teU freely, » to tell
what is not true, fSdse.
ia^SAPO, n.plitin. (From sa 11^ break-
ing fbrth, and apo^ upon. Cloeeki allied
id amhkpOk eee hlapa. The ibem has
usapo fbr the sing., and intsapo for the
plural. Compare apusa.)
OApHng; desoendante of a flanily;
offimriag of animals; progeny.
ii^*-flAPOKAZI, a. pi. ilia. (Froai sapo,
and kani, dlgting fbrnalot)
Digitized by
Google
8SBSNZA.
CW)]
fiSLSLA.
A yocmg female-animal ooa raar old;
with fpecial implication to cattle. (Not
Msedqfmen,)
um^SASALE, n. pL imi. (From n-aa IL,
see nnaa, and ile^ itrained.)
A kind of mimom, or thom-tree; lo
called from its wlute roaea, which pre the
tree the appearance of bc^ white-ipeo-
kled when hkMoming.
SASANE. The eame ae aaaale.
oka— SASAZELA, r. t (From aa-aa IL»
see sa, exdauL, and izda, to do often.)
To set to attack; to make to attack,
as : aaaaiela inja enyamanneni, i. e. t aet
or aend the dog after the game.
Q— 8ATJANA, n. pL idn. (From inaapo^
and ana, dim. form.)
Small oflbpring ; tender offipring. See
iy mat
n— SAT JAZANA, n. pL inn. (From ma-
tjana, hj icana, denoting small female.)
A yoong iSBnMle aninuu, leas than a ye
old, or abmit that age.
SAVOLO. iSMZafoio.
6E, adT. iSiMSaI,4andia
Q— SE, n. (From aa II., Ui.: breaking,
OQttiijff. The a is the dear soond.)
1. &mbenga zemfe, Let the reed or
external rind of imib, which is ao sharp
that it cntaaa a knife; ileuM— 2. Sharp-
ness, keenness of a raior, knife^ Ac
om— SEBE, n. pL imi. (From 8^ break,
cat or shoot of light, and ibe^ separated.
Sadioall^ one wttk saba, &e. allied to
n-Debe^ in-Tebe, Ac JOoea isebsb pL
amasehe, branch of tree)
1. Literally : a mass of light separated ;
Jkenee, a ray of light, radios ; a beam of
light, at: nmsebe weknga, L e. : a rar <tf
the san;— 2. The line cl hair that edges
the eyelid, eyelash ^*8. A dart; an arrow,
nm— SEfiELANQA, n. (From mnsebe-ikn-
ga, son.)
The maas of beaming or streaming son-
light yisible at aonrise and sunset.
nkor-SEBENZA, ▼. t (From sebc and
enza, to do^ perform. M adi caUf f one wUk
esabisn, jeeesaba.)
1. Properly s to do or perform great
things^ heroic aottons, great aenrioes; —
a. To exert mnscahurstroigth; to perform
mannal bdMNir, partioolarly in aerrile ocea-
pation or condiUon ; to laboor, to work,
to toil;»d. In a common eenee : to do or
perform aome work, laboor, task, bosiness,
orser?iee;~4. To act; to operate, as me-
didne; to work, to carry on operations ;
—5. To prodnce efibcts by action ;— -6. To
porsoe, to carry on, to dc «tt wo sebena
'ntonina, se ko pelile imali yako^ i.c:
what wiU yoothen do when yoor mone^ is
gone ;— 7. BmpkaHoaUy i to woricheanly ;
to laboor hard; to more hearily.
"•-^ SiHiHTtKLA, qoU. fr« To do or
work for, on acooant^ Ac
— * Sbbhtztba, caoa. fr. 1. To niab to
work, laboor; to conmel to work ;— 8. T»
giro woric; to employ in work or for w«L
nm— SEBENZI, n. pL ama. (From sebeozi.)
* A worker; laboorer; bondman,
om— SEBENZI, n. pL imi (From sebeaaL)
1. Work, laboor, bodness, operation, ictkn,
Oil Ama omsebensi, i.ct look for wmib
work ;^2. WorUi, Tsloe ; of oss^ meft^
a#: itve li nomsebena wak^ le.:tUi
stone IS osefal;— alinmnsehanii,le.;it
is not nsefbl, oseless, nothing wortL
SEDUZE. See Doze,
oko— SSEA,T. t (From se, cot, iMOHb«id
ika, to set QC to dig oot Madieeihim
wUk sake, in aakua, dka, sofai, nb.
2!le4eiijet#: to cot oporofl. AOieik
leka, hldtt, SM hla L Om^mtv sb^ to
boild.)
1. iVoperi^:tocotormakea£ki^flr
a small fonow Snaciidc m the nitini
do when boOding their booses ,—2. To (B%
afoondation; to make a foondatioc
— — SxKSLA, qolt fr. 1. To prop; to op-
port by placing aooKithing onder, «:
aekeU amatye empongolweni, Le.: )ni
stones onder the cask, in order tkst it nj^
rest firm, or be elevated;— 2. Inagmni
eeneei to sopport; to sostain, aiinidi-
dining state (^ strength,
i— SEKANE, n. pL anuu (Fhnn iniebM)
A long, thin spear.
in--SEEANE, n. sing. (From om^ ibiip-
ness, and ibme^ radieaOy ike torn »
ikwane, bolrosh, wMeheee. Itiienel^
the same to take it In the seoas of s Rfr.
form from the rerb seka.)
A kind of bobrosh, tall and shiip^dgtl
am— SEKELO, n. pi. iasi. (From idMli.)
A masi^ bolk, or any other sobstanoiftrt
layer, or sopporter ; a foondatioB.
i— 8£K0,n.pLama. (FromssbL)!^
aUjii aphidng onder; applied to itooei
which safages ose for a tripod; i'M^
tripod,
oko— SELA, y. t. (From sa or se^ csom
breaking, cotting, and ila, tostrun. .!•*•
ca%oiiefDt^sala,sila,sda,sahL 0"^"^
ingwUhUHau Allied to njdih c^^
«69blaL,in-Hlda,azoad,jiKAe. Sii.:
tseh, a road.)
1. Frimarifyi to aet away; ^i*,^
cot on; henee, to hkto; absoood. Mr-
' aify : to make or caose an eracostida <r
excaTation ; Jkenee-^i. To drink; tow*
sorb; to drink oot; osedof drinkinffW
qoantities^ as at the beer-drinking. In ^
Xoea osed generally for: to ^*^_u^
-— SnaLA, qolfc fr. To iin an efacBia«t
aff:adda omgodi, i. c i fill the Itfli "P
with earth.
Digitized by
Google
6BNDE.
C m ]
SBNGI.
i— SELA, n. pi. ama. (From eela.) A
thief; jprimarihf : one who hides, ooocealfi
thiDgs.
iibu--S£LA, n. (From isela.) Theft; thier-
ing ; a# : ah\i8ela ha lomnntu bnlnila, i. e. :
the inclinatioD of th& man for steaUng ia
great,
in — SELE, n. pL izin. (From aela, to make
an excayation ; to conceal, hide. JHcUectic,
intsele.)
The arsns mellifonif, Honey-bear,
iti — SELE, n. (From sela. See um-Sele,)
1. A groove, fhrrow, gutter, channel,
ditch, &c., made by fome cutting initrn-
men^ by a stream of water, or by wild
animals; — 2. A drain; a hollow in the
earth for putting com in.
nm— SELE, n. pi. imi. (From sela. See
isi-Sele. DuUectict nmjele.)
A ditch or trench in the earth ; a drain,
&c. (NoTB. — This word signifies a larger
excayation than isisele, and was, originally,
applied to such as were made by natnx«l
caoses, as a stream of running water, &c.
Bat both are now used promiscnoosly.)
i— SELESELE, n. pL ama. (From sole-
•ele. The Jioea has the single form,
isele, a fVog.)
A frog; toad,
u — SELO, n. pi. izin. (From sehu Othere
•eyo.)
A hoof of horse, or cattle; so called
from its carity. {See n-Pnpu.) It is nsed
as a drinking ressel by the impi, when
going to war.
i— SELWA, n. pi. ama. (Passive verb
ftom sela ; to be ezoavated ; cut out.)
The generic name fbr calabash. (See
i-PU2i.)
ia — SELWA, n. pi. izin. {See i-Selwa.)
The plant and the seeds of calabash.
Q— SELWA, n. pi. ixio. {See i>Selwa and
in-Selwa.) A calabash,
ia— SEMA, n. pL izin. (From use, sharp-
ness, and ima, to move. Compare gcema,
and dnma, 4, to have lost flavor; munca.)
A convolvulus, having a large bi^,
which when dug out and dried is eaten ny
boys who herd the cattle. It cannot be
eaten liresh on account of its sharpness,
after which it has received its name,
i — SEME, n. pi. ama. (From se, sharp,
peculiar, and ime, moved, stood. See
Setba. Radically one with simi, soma.)
The wild peaooek. (So called most pro-
bably from the sharp flavour of its flesh.)
i— SENDE, n. pL ama. (From se, de-
noting degree, and inde, extend, reach,
outside. Radically one with usendo, isi-
dnde, isondo, isundu, is-Ando, hammer.
Allied to umsenge. Compare^ isi-Dindi, a
sod.)
A testicle.
u— SENDO, n. (pi izin. seldom.) (From
usa, skin, and endo, extraded. See i-eende.
Compare umendo, umncwedo, umncendo,
imincondo. JToea usendo,flank,or thin aide.)
A border or edge; the outermost bor-
der, ae: usendo Iweakumba, i.e.: the
edge, border of a skin. -
um— SENDO, n. pi imi. {SeeuSmdowad
i-Sende.)
The hairy side of a skin, =: uboya
bengubo, i. e. : the hairy or woolly side of
the doth,
uku— SENGA, V. t. (From sa, or se, to
cause, to make, and nga, to bend, ineUne.
Jtadioally one with sanga, nnga, songa,
and sungu. Cloeely tUlied io hlenga,
which see, to oenga, tenga, &o.)
1. IdteraUyt to make to bend, or to
yield ; to make submissive ; — hence, 2. To
milk, vig. : to use power or means that a
cow should give her milk. (Non.*-Milk-
ing is one of the principal works in do-
mestic afiUrs among savages, and it is
sometimes astonidiing to obeerve what
patience, perseverance, and teodemeas they
show towards thdr cows, and how docile,
submissive, &c, the latter have become
' under their treatment.)
«— SSKOBLA, qulf. ft. To milk fbr, a# : a
ya ngi sengeU izinkomo^ L e. : he milks
the cows for me.
m— SENGANE, n. pi. izin. {DiminuUoe
.from umsenge.)
A small edible kind of umsenge.
SENGATI, a phrase compounded from
se, «0» sa L, 4> 6,-*nga 4, y., noting com-
parison, and 8, optative,— and ti, from
ukuti, to say, to think, Ac; Uterally :
already, almost, as thinking, = as ii^ if it
was possible; thinking it might, = well
it might, if it might, &&, ae : nga kala
sengati inhliziyo yami i nga qabuka, Le. t
I cried as almost thinking my heart would
burst within me, 3= as if my heart would
burst ;— sengati ngi nge fe, I e. : I wish —
I would, that I may or might not die.
{See Sa L, 6.)
um— SENGE, n. pi imL (From se, out, and
enge, see um-Eoge, vegetable marrow, and
u-Menge. AlU^ io i-Zenge.)
A tree, or rather a shrub of the euphor-
bia kind, but without thorns. It has a
hirge pith, is very soft, herbaeeous, and
easily bent or broken.
inr-SENGEBWE, n. pi izin. (From sa-
nga, and ibwe, stone. The word is a
Genitive construction. JHaleeOo tecnge-
bwe. See Zenge.)
IMertUUfi a milky-stone; proper^:
milk-stone ; signifying the white flint-
stone; quartz,
urn— SEKGI, n. pi aba. (From fenga.) A
milker.
Digitized by
Google
8HITA.
CW2]
SHUDULA.
iil--SBN8ANE. B. pL inn. (IHmmufive
from iosente.)
Small motquito ; inudl fimt.
Ib-^BNS£, d. pi. izin. (From inM-inw.
S00 n-Se, «hArpoe«. JHalecUo tsenUe,
and tittse. Compar9 udoii, tting.)
Hosqoiio. (8ie i-ZenM^ flea.)
in— 8EPE, n. pL isio. (From ae roab,
bant, shoot, and ipe, meet^ near. JHaleO'
tU taepe. The Xom hat taiba, to sprinff.)
▲ kind of antelope, known under Uie
name tprimg^huek, (The word oomea from
the SitQ eonntrj to NataL)
iki— SfiZA, V. t. (From ae, abarpneai, and
isa, to make» to feel. Bad i oaUy ««• wUh
aiiBfSaaa. The$€MBUi to cause or make
a sensaUon. Con^^are aiL)
PrimneUjft to acent. (In the Xosa
this word is need as a oansative from aela,
to drink, via. i to make to drink, to give
to drink I applied partioolarlj to little
inflmts» and to sick people, who hara me-
dicine given them. It aseans^ however,
alao^ to let drink a litUe,— as it were, let
one have jast a taste of drink, or a smell
of food. This is the onlj analyiia fbr the
«Zo«a oaage, which is not original)
— — SizsLA, qalf. fr« To aoent; to per-
•eive by the dfaotorj organs, or: stiel a
Xnakala, i.e.t smell with the nostrils.
AzeU.)
nka^SHABALALA, t. I (From sba, fdi-
eaUjf one with sa, 990 shija» to oansa, &o.
The JEof a has tjabahda.)
The same or sabalaUi.
oka— 8HINGA, v. t (From sba, oansed,
made, and inga, to bend, with faree^ vio-
lence. JHaleeiie Ijinga. Madieallf one
wUk njinga. Allied io ainga. See Oanga.)
To perform or do that whidi ovght not
to be done ; to violate ) to refrMs to oh-
ftrvei to practice non-obaervanees to set
aaide lawi^ orders, oommandmenta^ fte. ; to
break; to act wickedly, baaelyi to be
disobedient, dee.
i—SHlMQA, n. pi. ama. (From the verb.')
A disobedient, violent, base, wicked, ro-
iwnSit oeraon.
«kQ-^8HlNQii;ZELA,.T. t. (From shinga,
and iaek^ to be about, to do often.)
1. To do all sooh things aa imply vio-
lence, di8obedienc^ rascality, baseness,
wickedness :^S. To be snsceplible for
those vices; to be easily iafloenoad by
then.
SHIPATI. iS^TjipalJ.
nk«-»8HlYA, V. t. (From sba, eanse. be
ready, and iya, to go, to retire. Itmdieatty
eoineicUnffititkfiytL DialecHe tjlpu Sua-
Mi and Kamba da.)
1. LUeralljf: to be ready to gO| to be
abont to leave; to be ready to leaver mei
ngi ya bona nmtwana n ya ngi abiya, i. a. :
I aee that the ehild is going to leave me
(by death) ;^2. To leave; to forsake; to
abmdon ; to deaert, <u : n shiyiwe yindi)da
yake lomftizi, i. e. t this woman has been
forsaken by her bnaband (who went away) ;
—8. To leave behind : to let remain, of:
nga sbiywa ngabo, L e. : I was left bdnnd
by them (they proceeded qnicker thin Q;
--4. To commit to; to snlfor to remam,
Oil be be yi shiyile enye imali, L e. : they
left one part of thdr money at aome place;
-^. To leave out; to omit, met kn kooa
indaa n yi ahiyileyo, L e. : there is ooe
point which yon have omitted (to state).
(NOTB.— This word means less than y eki.)
(This form is employed in the Zohi-
Kafir mode of counting. See n-Gaki)
**— Shitava, rcpr. fr. To leaver fonH
abandon, &c., each other.
-'— 8HITBLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To leave ftr; to
let remain for, a# t ngi shiyde ngwai,le.:
leave some snnif for me, f when applied to
anything which ia enjoyed by others, aifbod,
annfl; Ao^ it soflkes to use amply the v«b
without the olject deared) ;^2. To leave
to ; to commit to the care^ at t oga m
ahiyehi nmtwana wami, Le.: I left for
him, to him. my child. But aa this eeue
is liable to be miiAaken for : I left Ibr it,
Me. I my child, the better way is: sga
shiyela nmtwana wami knye, L e. 1 1 Mt
my child to his oare;-^8. To beqaeath;
to give by will, aet nbaba wa ngi ihiyefai
iiinto esiningi, i« a. t my fotber left me
many goods.
*— Shitiba, cans. fr. Toeanaeormaketo
remain behind; to make to foraake, de-
sert, dccj to compel to laavcb or leare
out.
— — SmrlBSLA, qolf. fr. To canae, make,
compel to leave off, at: wa ngi ^ykda
ngokumim imali, i. e. : he compelled nie
to leave off (bidding) by offering moie
money (than 1 could give).
«— — 8Bin8BLAKA, rcpr. fr. To oaibid ooe
another, at t ba ya abiyieelana ngmnko*
» mo, i. e. t they outbid each other by ofo-
^ ing cattle (the ooe will alwaya give Dore
than tlie otlier).
i— 8BIYI,n.pl.ama. (From abiya.) The
^ebrow ; ao called in ita literal skdsc
from its moving by muscles,
i— 8HON0Wfi. Aeljongwa.
uku— SHUBA, V. t. (From sbu or As, to
caoae, and obe, to be aeparated. JladieeBg
coineidimf with tube*)
To make an end ; to finish. This word
bekmga to the frontier tribes, which apfilj
it eiclusively to calvea when auckinr the
milk almoat to the last^ leaving notinng
Ibr the milker,
nkn— SHDDULA, v. t. (From abo er aha,
to burst, break, and udu, dsamu, the ex*
Digitized by
Google
BHUML
Ca»]
8L
Urktr, and via, to ttndn, 1oom» Camp&n
gandak, gadola, and fodnla.)
1. To break looae the ground hj tread-
ing ;»2. To tread or atamp with the foot;
to pair» aa a horae}— 4. To kick, as a calf
in aidLnea% aoraping the groond looae.
nkn— 8HUKA, T. t. (From shn, and nka, to
pot np, oiT, away. Madioattm comcidUtg
wUk saka. The SMa naea the huter in-
atead of ahuka,)
1. JMeraUjfx to breakup; to drive np;
to prepare for qn^ om: into e Inknni i ya
ahokwa, L e. z a hard labatanoe is prepared
Ibr nae by mbblng or making it soft;
kene9^2. To mb ; to mb soft^ an shnka
Idknmba, Le.: prepare the i^n, mb it
soft;— 8. Tolbll; to mill
«— «HUKBLI, n. Znlnised fieoM the Sng-
lishsQgar.
nm— SHUKI, n. pi aba. (From ahoka.)
▲ fhller.
«km— SHUKUMA, t. t JJii Shukaio.
(From shnka, and nma, to more. Shnkama
b dimUcHc, instead of shwakama, and a
eertaia eormption o^ or coofbaioa with
ahnkoma.)
To more; to mofa np. (S^Umaing to
the ihmtkr tribes.)
(Non.— Thia word ia, strictly taken, a
phrase compounded of snka-nma,' to get
np^ or to prepare, try to get np and stand;
atpresaing an eiertion of the ftinotions of
Ulb in moring, a#t inkomo i sa shaknma a
yikafl, le.: the cow still mores and ia not
yet dead.)
— — SHUxrazsA, cans. fr. 1. To more; to
shake; to giro a ahake or shock i— t. To
give a idffn of lift.
Yi]ni--8HnMAT£LA, t. t. (From sha, or
ahn, canse, make, or as 4jo^ to say, una,
to mofOb open, and iyela, qnlf. form from
Wa, to go. Si9, yoeh. 2bai6ii shwamehu
See Ety wama.)
1. Frimmrii^ t to speak or say fireely ;
to apeak right ent; iil.t to make yonr
voice go forth ; to let others hear it ;
Jkence, to apeak the tmtb, at: iyashn-
maYeU indoda, I e. x the man speaks the
pkin tmth ;^2. To prodium ; to give
notice ; to deokre, to pahlish ;— 8. To
report, ott wa shnmayela iiindaba, le.:
he narrated news.
nk«— 8HUMATKZA, t. 1 (See Shnmayeb,
and ia, to engage, perform.)
To inform ; to notify, at t si ya ni shn-
mayeta, le.: we jnform yon of ;— amadoda
a sfanmayeBwe, or a shnnyayetweb I e. :
the men hate beard the or<ters, notice, &c
i«.8HnMI, n. pi ama. (From shn, canse,
and nml a stand. OOart kunit lU.z it
standing.)
Trn. (It hal l efo i eiw a to the liftfng np
urtbefiagersaf both hands. SeeBtiU.)
nkm— 8HWABAKA, t. I (From ahwa, =
swa, u if it were a passive from sa, iba,
to separate^ and ina, even, together.)
lAteraUjf : canring to ae^tfate into a
small compass; to shrink into folds; to
pncker; to shrink together. Applied to
things which were in a fresh or wet state.
Off: isiknmbasi shwabene, let the skin
is shrank.
^— Bhwabakiba, cans. fr. T6 shrink ; to
draw into leas length, breadth, into a
smaller compass, ae nkwomisa, le, : to dry.
8HWA0A, eee swaea.
SHWAKA, hiteij. (From shwa, eansed,
and ika, to get off, away. Bee Shnka^
LUeraUm : canaed, lm)ken awaj. Used
with nknti, mei into yami yatiahwaka,
le. : my tool broke into jneces.
nkn— fiHWAKAHA, t. I (From shwa, to
get, canse, kama, to compress, satluuna,
tmd nyakama, to become wet.)
To come from a watery into a merely
moist state; to canse a contraction of
ur, the water being dissipated ; to become
dense, half dry, lux amabele a ahwiJceme,
i.e. : the com haa got half dry ;—iEintambo
si shwakeme, le.: the riema are no more
so wet (they are yet mdst.)
— 8HWAXAHIBA, cans. fr. To make half
dry, aet nkushwakamisa ngamaaolo ne-
mvnla, le. : to become mdst either by
dew or by rain.
NoTS.— It will be seen from these defini-
tions, as well aa from theeiamples, that
the word means both a contraction of air
from a previous watery state and also
from a dry into a wet or moirt state.
8HWAMA. IHaleeiie. /Sto Etywama.
SHWILA. Dialectie. /SMTjwiUi.
81, substitute pron. (Extracted from
the prl noun isi, iMidt see. Compare ci.)
It, — referring to nouns in isi, aei isitya
ai file, I e. : the dish it is broken. It is
also used in the otgective case, and pUwed,
Uke all substitutes, immediately bef^ the
pedicative verb, aei isinkwa a ngi si
uanga, le. : the bread I have not it eaten,
s= 1 have not eaten the bread.
81, substitute prom (Diverged from
tins, dialeeHe tsina and dsina, and con-
tracted into the preeent form ; or, directly i
derived from the prl noun isi, as ngi^from
imina, see ngi.)
1. Properly; us, objecHve case^ aei a
ya si tanda, le.: he loves us. Senoe,
accordinff to the idiom of the language,
also used as the nominative^we, aei a
ya yi fona lento, I e. : we like that.
t. Lokn kwenriwe siti, i.e.: this has
been done by us. Here the pron. me standa
in a causal connection, and represents it*
aelf in tha compound of ri— tl the hitter
from Una. Thia compound, but especbdly
xa
Digitized by
Google
SIKELA*
CM*3
SILEEA*
iU initifd », fiiTOorthe direct deriTation
from the pri. noon in, the aame heing of a
causal nature. (Meet of the tribee in
Natal Qie, instead of eiti, eimply tine,
itina» or itL)
SI, a negative form. See Sa L» 6, 7,
and 10. It is the same in the Suio.
i— SI, pri. noon, pL izi. (From the root
isa, <ee Sa IL, to make, to cause to act or
do, prepare, &c See introdnction, no-
minal forms.)
It is used as a nominal form, denoting
causality, instrumentality, agency in the
widest sense, including quality, good or
bad, qualification, alSlity, art, artftd;
master, performer; as also a degree of
quality or qualification, &e. Whether it
is prefixed or suffixed to any root or stem,
it maintains its full signification, Me is-
Azi, u-Fahlasi, &c, and its direct connexion
with the causadve verb, see 8a, IL, 6, 7.
i->SI, n. pi. ama. (From isa, to prepare,
perform, to make. See u-Bm and um-
Tubi.)
Milk. Used only In the plural aman,
Le.: curdled milk; thick milk; sour milk,
n— SI, n. dug. (From the root usa, to
burst, burn.) Steam; vapour; exhalation,
ae: usi Iwento, Le.: the evaporation,
smell of something,
um — SI, n. sing. (From the root usa, to
burst.) Smoke; lit.: a mass of tteun,
Aeftce, applied only to smoke of fire.
u^SIBA, n. pL isin. (From si, break, cut,
and iba, to separate^ Madieall^ (me with
umsebe, which eee. See Loba.)
A feather ; a quill.
uka-«IB£E£IiA» v. t. (From si, burst,
and bekela, to put on. AJUed to zibe-
kela« Others swekela or abwekela.)
1. To put upom an opening; to put a
cover on; to cover;— 2. To conceal under
a cover, ae : dbekda imbiza, L e. : put the
cover on the pot;— 3« Applied to the
celetUaZ bodies : to eclipse; in general, to
become cloudy, dark,
isi— SIBEKELO, n. pi isi. (From sibekek.)
A cover,
nkn— SIBUEULA, v. t. (From si, and bu-
kula. SadicalUf eoinddimg with sibekela,
which see* MUed to zibukula.)
To take off the cover, as from a pot ; to
uncover,
uku— SIKA, T. t, (From si, causey strike,
and ika, to go ofi*, up. Sadicalfy one with
seka, soka, suka.)
LiteraiUf : to strike off; to cut ofil
«— — SiK£KA, quit fr. To cut ; to be sharp,
asi umese a u sikeki, Le.; the knife does
not cut, is not sharp.
— -«- SuusLA, qulf. fr. To cut for ; to cut off
for, asi wo ngi nkela utyani, Le.: you
must cut grass for me.
— — SiKiSA* cans. fr. To make to «iit; to
compel to cut; to help to cut.
in— SIKA, n. pL izin. (From the vertt.
JEoM intmka.)
1. A pillar; a pole, as in tha native
houses; an upright poet» ast innka yokn-
paswa, L e. : a piUar to put under (2i<.: to
strike up)w^2. Stitch, = imitimgo yn«
ngnbo, L e. : the tadES of a dresi» tht
stitches by which one piece of ckkh is
tadced to the other,
ubo— SIKA, n. (From the verb. iatt.Ba-
rika or maria.) Winter; (frtMi tlie wmm
of cutting ;)-->kusebu8ika, Le.: ifeisjvt
winter,
ilk— SIKAZI, n. pL izin. (From indki,
and kazi, or azi, denoting female.)
LiteraUy : a female which is put under,
which is to be leaped; applied to aaj
female of cattle,
um— SIKAZI, n. (See in-Sika, pillar, and
KazL) A high roclqr hill» likeapOhr,
on the Umtwalume Biver.
i— SIKELO, u. pL ama. (This word em
easily be derived from idkela; bat itii
more probable that it has beenZu h nzed bam
the Dutch sOrM, Enf^siMe; beam
others pronounce it insikela, and it is not
known among the 2[bMi, who use irenqai
instead of sickle.)
A sickle,
in— SIKIZI, n. pL izin. (From msiki, md
izi, little things. BadieaUy the mm «f
insikazL)
A bug; so called from the one Isaping
upon tlM other.
n— SIKO, n. (Fromsika. ThaJTeMbM
besides isiko^ pLamasiko.)
LUeraUjfx a cut; a ftdiion ; a coitoB.
uku— SILA« V. t. (Fromsi,andi]a,to8tniB;
Ut.i to cut away. Madically one with
sala, seh, sola, and aula. MUedtovh,
cela, umdlo^ lola, &c)
To strike off by rublung, brealung; to
rub off a coarse appearance; to strip off a
tegument; Atfuoe, to grind; applied to tbe
usual grinding of coni» but the idea of
this word is diffisrent from that of m,
to grind, though synonymous. The Xin*
use sila, of smoothening any iurfke by
rubbing upon it^ and hence of grin^
fine.)
«— Snaxi, quit fr. 1. To become fine ty
grinding^ asi impupu i Mlekikb Le.: toe
flower has become fine ^— 2. To rub offty
grinding, dragging on the ground;— 8.
To rub off, to smear over with dirt or aqy
substance like it^ as: nkusUeka inkomo
ngobuUmgwe, Le.: to rub the udder of
the cow with dung, (fiir the purpose of
weaning the calf from the niilk. Tie
radical meaning ist to make the cow to
get dirty from dnng; and the peeo&r
Digitized by
Google
QM of thii fytm if onalogoos to ayeka,
—— SiLBLAy qolf-fr. 1. To grind for some*
thing; cw: wa m silela nmlnla, i.e.: he
ground maize fbr him;^2. To mb or
drag along the ground; to draggle, of :
ingnbo yake i ya silela, L e. : her dre« is
drawing on the ground and getting dirty ;
8. To mb off; to wear off by exertion;
to eonsome in rubbings or exertion, as
when one makes a long journey without
baTing taken any food; hence, to go
hungry, unfad;— 4. To out one off, to put
one off with ftur words,
in — SILA, n. sing. (SVom the rerb; see
silek2.) ZUenOljf: that whioh is rub-
bing; Jkence, dirt, filth, because when set-
tHag on the skin of the human body it
rubs or frets it (See i-Cilo.)
isi — SILA, n. pt isi. (6!m um-Sila.) Any-
thing like a tail, which, as it were, is
dramng, long; applied to the tail of
ibwis, to the bng feathers of a cock's tail,
isi— SILA, n. slog. (From insila. See um-
Sila, 8.) lAtaraUjfi something whioh is
like dirt or filth, e,g.; umuntn o nesisila
u ngonnkayo^ nongatondiweyo, i.e.: be
is considered a filthy man who smells
badly, and who is not liked,
um— SILA, n. pL imi. (From sila, in the
sense of rubbing off, dn«ging along.)
1. A tail, that part of an animal which
terminates its body behind, which is hang-
ing down ;— 2. A tail of a tiger or other
wUd animal, attached to or wound round
the point of a shield-stick; — 8. A con-
tribution, or a gift, alms; {Ut, : something
cut off or stnick off— for a particular
purpose.)
Bbmauc.— The umsila, tail, among the
Zulu-Kafirs, is an ensign or flag, a mark
of distinction or rank. Among the Xoea,
messengers, sent by a chief, wear a white
tail of cattle attached near the knee of
one leg, sometimes on both legs. Among
the 2Mm, the shield-stick. No. 2, is used
on all important oocasions, and wherever
it is sent gr put up, destruction of some
kind is indicated to take place there. The
nmsila among savages is of the same signi-
fication as the flag or banner of dvilhed
military order,
um— SILI, n. pi. aba. (From sila.) One
who understands to grind; applicable to
a miller,
uku— SIM AMA, V. L (From si, cause, and ima-
ima, stand. The Uieral eeme iei to make
to stand firm, to rise up firm. Compare
mema and simelehu AtaheU and Nika,
usimo, life^ living, health. Kamiba =>
vuka ekufinii, i. e. : to rise from death.)
1. To rise np^ to stand up from a fiJl
with one leg;— 2. To rise up again, as
firom deaths— 8. To recover from idck-
ness ;— 4. To stand firm ; to be firm, not
bending, asi isitya si simeme, i. e«: the
tin dish does not bend (though it is thin) ;
—-5. To keep one's posture while othera
may fiUl or sink down.
i— SIMBA, n. pLama. (From si, caused,
performed, and mba, going forth, dig ; or
imba, body, oontaints. AlUed to lembu.)
Literally I that or a kind coming from
the inward part; excrements of animals
in a fflobular shape, as of horses, sheep, &c. '
in— SIMBA, n. pL izin. (See i-Simba.) A
kind of pole-cat, perhaps genet,— cdled
from its stench,
um— SIMBANE, n. pL imL (From irimba,
and ane, dim. form.)
Small excrements, as that of sheep,
goats, Sco,
in — SIMBI, n. pL izin. (From si, caused,
cut, broke, and imfai, digged out. See
Mbeu, and Mba, to dig.)
IMeralljfi a spades dug out from the
ground ; hsnoe, metal ; spMially iron. Ap«
plied to all kind of metals, beads, bells,
&&, ae : insimbi i ya kaliswa, i. e. : the
bellisrunff.
um— SIMBITI, n. (From simbi, iron, and
iti, plur. from imiti, wood.)
Iron-wood ; a kind of very hard wood.'
uku— SIMBUKA, v. L (From dmba, made
to dig, and uka, to go off, out.)
To get loose or of from the earth by
digging, a#: itye 11 simbukile, Le.: the
stone has got loose (after behig digged
out.)
uku— SIMBULA, v. t. (From simba, and
ula, to strain, to loosen. See Simbuka,
Sipula, Ac)
1. To dig loose from a solid mass, aez
ukunmbula into e hlangene nomhlaba,
i. e. : to dig up something which is fast in
the earth; — 2, To extirpate,
in— SIMBULA, n. pL izin. {See Simbobu)
Blue beads. {See i-Simula.)
uku— SIMELELA, v. t. {See the first two
roots of nmoma, and ilela, to raise often,
toriseoften. ^m a2n> melela, «m{0r ma, to
stand, move up.)
To make to stand by gradually raising
or lifting up ; to hold one's self by a stidk
leanine upon it; to support with a stick
in walking,
in— SIMELELO, n. pL izi. (From simelehu
Othere use um-Simeleb.)
A stick to lean upon in walking,
i— SIMI, n. pi. ama. (From si, cause, .
made, and imi, moving. Cloeehf allied to
lima, to plough. Othere use simu.)
A plaoe of ground cultivated ; cidtivated
land; garden; field,
in— SIMI, n. pL inn. {See i-SimL) A jnece
of cultivated ground ; a part of a field.
7t
Digitized by
Google
SIH0A.
[ aie ] SINDWAKE.
iika--SIMUKA, ▼. L (From ri, caoM, test,
braak, and rnuks, to go off from a lUte.
AUUd io amoki and juraka.)
To bunt or broak looaa from.
oku^SlMULA, ▼. t. (^Itooka. to which
it rorms the traoiitif • by nUu Okue^
QUi$dio aimbiUat amola, lamiUa* and ai«
pila.)
To braak or pall loose from • place
where aoiuetliing atande, «ei ba nmnle
isibooda eneitjiwej^o egebeni« 1. e.t the
people pull the sharpened poles ont from
the cnvity.
i^SIMULA^ Q. (From sirnuU.) An nm-
konto, i. e. : tpear which has biMn polled
oat from a woond when thrown into the
homan body, and is kept Ibor a memory^ or
as a cariosity.
oka— SIMUZ A, r. t. (See Simoka and IKma-
hu pthen have somaza.)
1, Literally t to make a pall; to loosen
from a place where something stands fixed;
to make a start, as : simoaa indaha, i. e. :
do start news, s« relate some .news;—
2. To poll, or to begin to pall idter some
stsgnation, as : iainkaU li simasa akn-
donsa, i. e. : the oxen are making a fresh
pall before the wagon.
nkn— SINA, t. t. (From sa« to eaus^ make,
to cat, and ina, to join, tobeeren, agree.
See 8! **^kf[< sinaaa* AUisd io hvn^j wiiah
tee,)
jAtmrdlfyi to perform jmntly, unitedly;
to oat eqaally; applied to the mode of
dancing. The party forms a ssmieircle,
standing in one or more rows and making
morements with the body, by stamping
with the feet on the groand, iod keeping
time in stamping as also in singing daring
the performance,
oka-" SINAZA, ?. t. (From siai^ to cat, and
in, to make, £!m Sina.)
To make a break, ca^ or gap.
<— — SiNAXBEA, qalt fir. To receive a gap,
break, as: imbaao i dnazelule, i. e. : the
axe haa got a breach or gap.
oka— SINDA, v. t (From sa or d, make,
denoting degree, and inda,to extend; to
* reach. JEMicaUy one K^t^ sando, sende,
sonda, and sanda. Allied io the first
roots of cindexela» &e.)
1. Literal^ and primarifyt to reach
beyond; to overreach; to go beyond
reach, beyond the nsoal limit or degree,
as : nmati a ya ngi ^da, i e. : the tree
is too heavy for me, lit: goes beyond
what I can carry, or do with my power;
— applying, in general, to all things which
are beyond the limits of physical or moral
power in attainment or management;—
2. To be beyond the reach or Hmit of
being taken, restrained, Ac, aet n sln-
dilf esifoni, Le.: he has ssoaped from
alcknem; app^n? to a state ofsvilfr«
which one escspes, as also to a ststo of
bang entirely free from it;— t. UkuMs
inhlo, Le.1 to smear a hme, «ts.i the
earthen floor, which is atna4y saiensd
with fresh dnnffi expressing ffotfr^.tbi
power of extending the arms or haadi^ «
taking with the hands, deseribinff tbi
manner in which that kindofsosariiigii
parfimned, i»i.i the person lying odIui
knees, and reaching or stretching eat with
nos oeaimeanwoDo*
2 is a pnrfret trsnativs
to reach bevoodtsto
power of siwMM, &e.;
his hands and taking back the mm of
dang, or beginning at one end of thi
honse and bringing the mass of dosf cob*
tinoally nearer to him.
NoVB,— It will not bediiBeolttDeoBh
prebend that No. 2 i
nse of the word, t<
come beyond, the power <
and that there is not the least rssma ir
sobstitnting another verb— einda, for it
-*-« SumiSA, cans. fr. 1. To caois «»••
thing to go bmnd the reach or limit
of power;— a. To canae to emnw; to
eome free from; toextrieatefromdsqger;
to save, to rescne ; to heal from siekao^
Ac ; to deliver.
in-^SINDS, n. pL isb. (From the foh.)
A kind of red grass of a vsry eiMllat
qaality, and espMially the only kfaidwkkh
goes beyond all other kinds fbr thermos
that cattle like it at all times.
isi— SINDB, n. pL isL (From the foh.)
1. SooMthing which reaches b^jood tlie
nsaal extent; 'applied to a large ohalercf
grass growing higher than its kind smUy
doesi— 2. Asod; a piece of earth miited
by roots and grass into a certain talk; •
piece of tnrf, &c. {See isi-Dindl)
oka— 8INDEZSLA, V. t. (From sinds,iod
izeU, to make often.)
1. To overbarden; to hiy a gMtia
harden apon one than he is able to ta,*--
2. To harden often; to bnrden with Ettl^
or triffing, things; to burden with SBOO^'
ing things.
vm«--%INDISI, n. pL aba. (From nadia')
A deliverer; resoner; saviour.
am— SINDO, n. pL imL (Framsfaids.) As
onnsnal exdtement ; applied to Boii% ^
mosani knbanga omsindoh L o, i ^^
caose sach a noise j — ^kwenswa pina «©•
siado, i. e. i where is that noise made? (It
alwava signifies somethfaig Io^odA w
osaal limits of modesty, propie^^J^
In the JEoMi it rignifles an nnasaal sxn^*
ment of the pMsions, breakbg osl a
scolding, being angry, Ac) .
in-SINDWANE, n. pi. ishi. il>i^ *«"
faudnde.)
A small stem ef a plant like the y)D^
nsed for perfomery ; the Uttla ttfW^
flower belL
Digitized by
Google
aiNGAIUUL
CW]
SINTA*
iika«-*SINEKA, y. i. (Preptrfy • qiOI. form
from dna* wkieh h$.)
I, To pat up a fenca trovnd a good
hooMi to aneircle or endott tba fame;
pntperfy i to put a row, a oat aroond the
nouM. The encloeure U very amall, and
■ervei at the fame time af an ornament
for the house 1—2. To grini vi», : to pot
forth the row of teeth, to pat forth the
gums, as when one is laughing j and henoe
— 3. To kiogh at; to draw a grinning
fhoe.
oka — SiNOA» r. t. (From si, denotiog de-
gree, or sa, to eanse, and inga, tooend.
Sadwalfy ea# ¥fUh sanga, sengiw fonga,
&&)
1. lAieralfy t to eanse to bend; prima'
rify : to fix or torn the mind perticolarly
to one object ; to loolc in one direction ;
to look attentively for in searoh, a* : ukn-
Bsinga ixinyosi lapo si ya kona, L e. : to
lode after the bees, or to follow the bees
by looking eontionally whither they go ;
— 2. To look steadily, fixedly on one point,
as in shaving to look in the mirror,
in-*8IN0A» n. pL isin. (From singa. Set
n-Singa.) Shoalder>blade ; (firom the sense
of bending partioolarly).
iai— 8IN0A, n. pL iiL (From singa.) I.
▲ loop or noose of a riem» a#s isisinga
sokuknleka itdle, L e. : a loop for (hstening
aealf with;— 2, The whole opening of a
string of beads.
m— SDfGA, n. (From singa.) 1. The tendon,
especially that nnder the insinga, Le.t
shoulder- blades of which thread is made ;
—2. Thread made of the ntlnga; any
thread oBadeof flaxy sabstaaoe;— 8. Usinga
Iwesalnkan, i. e. i the thread of the old
woman, a name given to the milk-weed
(«M Qmnuqamo), becanse the thread made
of its bark is tough, s= an old woman,
nm— 9LNGA, n. pL imL (From sings.) 1.
The stream or current of water,—- nmsinga
wamanil;— 2. A very strong enrrent; —
8. A flood of water ;«--4. A swarm of bees,
ass nmdn^^.
iikm-*8INQASINaA, r. t. (A repetition from
•ingA.)
To look mneh aronnd, into all dlreotions,
(^ontMvug iomstimei with qalan.)
«— — SureifinraiSA, cans. fr. To foUow a
•warm of bees by continually looking after
them.
nka— SINQATA, v. t. (From ringa^sud ita,
to tooeh, take. OMPiparegangata» qingata^
To tske in embrace ; to take vpon the
lap, 09 : nmtwana n ya sbigatwa ngnnina,
L e. : the child is taken on the lap by his
mother; embraced.
^— SmOATiBiL, caos. fr. To make to lie in
the lap; to press in embrace, a#: nm-
twana n ya li singatisa knnina, i. a,: the
child dings, or winds itsdf, qi^te fkst
around. its mother,
in— SINQEBI, n. pL isin. (From dnga, and
isi, denoting degree.)
LUer^ljfx a particular discoverer;
tracer; spy; applicKi to a kind ot tork^-
batzsH.
nm— SINOI, n. pi. imi. (From singa.) 1.
One who goes after bees to get their
honey ;— 2. A swarm of bees.
Bm-->8INQIZANE, n. pL imL (From «n«
dnga, and isane, little^ small pavtides.
Qtk§r§ ka/c9 umtyingisane )
Tall grass used for making badnts, and
other things,
in— SINQO, n. pi. idn. (From singa 2.
See aUo Se, sharpness.)
A name given by some to a rasor.
in— SIN I, n. pi. isin. (From dna. See
Sineka 2. Compare idini.)
1. One who understands how to dance
properly ;-*-2. Qum of teeth ;— 8. Umnntu
ohlekwayo ngabantn bonke, i. e. : one who
is laughed at by all people ; but properly,
one whose gums are vidble, and wfaio^ ior
that reason, is laughed at.
isi— SINI, n. pL ixL (iS^ Insini.) A gap
of a tooth.
SINI or SnmfA. (From inlna, interro-
gativf nonn^ and d, negative form, which
eee.)
An interrogation of a negative character,
proper^ an dliptdc phnue, used at the
end of two propodtions containing in-
quiries of an opposite nature, «tf t a ya
knsa ngomso n ngezi kn sinina ? 1. e. : do
yon come to-morrow or doyo not come
(which of the two is it to be?) (Only,
beginning to be used in Natal, by thoae
who oome from the frontier tribes. The
Znt/ik use yinina. See i-Nina, n., 8.)
«m— SINJANB, n. pL imi. (From simba.
Sh SimbitL)
A kind of shmb containing, or growing
many small, long sticks wMch are very
flexibly like a i^mbock (horsewhips of
Rhinoceros or Hippopotamus hides.) (I
cannot make out the dsnification of tins
wcMrd. It seems to be alUed to i-Ndtjana.)
i— SINKWA. £«0id-Nkwa.
UD— SINSI, n. pL imi. (From si-nd, denot*
ing peculiar appearance. See nm-Si. AU
Ued to sansa, sasale, Ac.)
A kind of mimosa known nnder the
name Kafir-tree, or Kafir-boom (Dutch)—
because the natives made their ornaments
from its red seeds, and wear them round
the neck as beads. This was the ihshion
espedally beibre the beads became known
to them,
nkn— SINYA, v. t. (From si, caused, cut,
and Bya» IL, to Join, sink, Ac ; or from
X4
Digitized by
Google
dITEKA.
C»28]
8IZAEALA.
■inl, and a, to aet. Sadioally coineidh^
wUh slnay nsinya. Compare nyo» tooth,
londonya, &e. The Uieral sen$€ is: to
* cat abort.)
1. To wear off, at: amenyo a sbyile,
i. e. : the teeth are worn off ;— 2. To wear
out, as old people; to grow small, to
wane, to diminif b, to leseen, as : in janga i
mnyile,i.e.: the moon if diminishing;—
8. To become less, <w: imali i ainyile,
i. a. : money has got scarce.
■' SiaijsjLi, qnlt. fr. To become scarce ;
tobeyery scarce; to lessen; to die, (w:
abantn ba ya sinyeka, i. e. : people become
scarce by death ^zwi lokoblonipa, i. e. : a
word of reserve, nsed by those who do
not like to ose the direct signification
ukufa, to die.)
•— — SiKYiSA, cans. fir. To lessen; to dimin-
ish; to abate; to canse to abate ; to make
short by filing, robbing. Ac, as the teeth
of a saw {ooinoidmg with ndpisa).
am — SI PA, n. pL imL (From si, caused, cat,
' and ipa, to poll, npon, on. AlUed to nei-
pa, bopa, &c.)
Ligament; sinew,
in— SIPO, n. pL iiin. (See Sipa. CloHly
aUied to tape, to tap.)
Mast.
oku— SIinJLA, V. t. (From sipa, and ula, to
strain, remove. HadictUly in apnla. Com-
pare simaU, Ac)
To pall oat with the root; espedally
applied to plants, grasses, weeds, Ac.
oka— SISA, V. t. (From isa-isa, to caase
to do.)
I. JMmarOyi todowell; todobetter;
to make better ,—2. To take live stock to
another, better place, where they do not
die, in order to feed there.
This form is also employed as a com-
ponnd with other verbs, tee Sa II., 7.
nktt— SITA, V. t. (From sa, to caase, make,
or from amai» smoke, and ita, to poar,
throw, take. The Uieral eente if: to
make a shade, or to make a smoke, smoke
and shade being coinciding ideas. See
TnnaL Sie. sita.)
1. To shade; to shelter from Kghtby
intercepting it; to shelter or screen from
view, <»: a ya ngisita, ie.: yoa stand
in the light before me, = yoa intercept
my view, yoa are in my way in trying to
aee;— 2. To shelter; to hide; to obscure,
«# : icwi lake H ngi sitile, i. e. : his word
darkened my mind, or I did not observe it,
it was hid from me;— 3. To cover; to
pi'oteot ; to screen from cold, a$ : ingnbo
yarn! i sitile, i, e. : my garment is warm,
or comfortable.
— — SiTBKA, qnlt. fr. To be in a shade,
tjw.i intercepted by something; to be
sheltered, covered, hidden, as when one is
inieroepted by a doad, or by ainoki^ aid
he cannot see what is beyond them ; to bs
behind sometlung, ae : inkomo i bi sitekDe
ka lendan, L e. : the cow did not appesr to
me^ it was behind, or hidden at that place;
lendan o sitekile kami, ie.: this point
does not appear so to me.
— i* SiTELA, qalf.fr. To make a shade Ibr
one; to throw darkneas aboat one, a#: a
ya ngi sitela ngokakalama kwako, Lei:
yoa make me to disappear before your
speaking, := yon do notaUow me toipesk,
nor to nnderstand what yoa say.
oka— 8ITABEZA, v. t. (From sits, sod
heoM, which eee» Allied io sitabaku St,
sipera.)
To overshadow, at : ilifii li si ntaben,
i. e. : a dood overshadows as.
oka— SITAKALA, v. L (From sits, sad
kala, which eee.)
To be obscure; to be very obseare; to
be entirely screened. It expresssi the
sense a little stronger than uteloL
oka— SITEZA, v. t. (From sita, and ia, to
make. Sie, setira.)
To shade, to shelter nearly. It mstti a
little less than nta.
SITI. See Si, substitate pron. oi.
nka— SITIBALA, v. i. (Fnmi ata, and
ibala, pkce, &c See o-Bahu OthenUft
ntabala.) *
To shut up ; applied to the appesranoe
of a body, ae : izidu li sitibele, or H nta-
bele, i. e. : the atmosphere is shot up^ ii
not dear, lit,: its appearance issbadsd,
intercepted.
uku— SIZA, V. t. (From d, a bani]Bg,«»
nm-Sa, eee aleo um-Si, smoke, and in, to
do, to make to feel. RadiodlUf one with
seza and suza. AlUed to sila, and sita.)
1. JPrimarifyi to fed a barniug, to ftd
affection, to come from the bottom of
the heart;— 2. Fi^^m^aiively i to admi-
' nister medicines. (The latter were nsoaUj
prepared by horning or smoking roota,
and poonding them into powder, which
were given in a draught, or sprinkled into
wounds. Mence the Xoea uses sen, wfaera
the Zulu uses dza.)— 8. To core;— 4 To
heal; to help; to aUay or quench pain,
Of : a m sizile ngemiti yake^ Le. : he has
healed, cured him with his ixiedidne;--&
To succour; to help;— 6. To aaaist; to
oblige.
— SizxxA, quit fr. To be earing, heal-
ing ; to be in a state of getting better,
recovering from sickness^ Ac,
-'^-^ SizsLA, qulf. fr. To make better one
who was side ; to hdp on, &c
oka— SIZAEALA, v. i. (From dxa, and kak
Compare dta, kala, attd eniakshL See
Kala.)
1. To be hard up for aadstaoca^help;
Digitized by
Google
80.
C8»3
SOKOICA.
ta be it a ]oii» in diatnii^ oi i n^ tin*
kel« ngiiigt naaali, L e. : I am m great
want, haTing no moneys— 2. To be in
need ; to need belp, aariatanee;— 8. To be
well belped; to be well aMiated, <w:
nmnnta o wa raza nniiksi» wa tola nto^ wa
ansa inkod noknijalo n eiadcele^ i.e. : he
wbo obtained a wife»had tome fortune,
foond a chief, and lo on, ia wdl helped,
well eared fi)r.
in— SIZI, n. pL izin. (From tixa, 1.) A
pamM feelingi sorrow ; grief, at : n nen«
aiai, L e. : he feela pain in hia heart ; eym-
patiiy. (Ohiefy need among the frontier
tribes.)
n— SIZI, n. pL o. (From sixa, 2.) 1. Bomt
aahea, or flbrsa of grass after it has been
bomt; dnders of buning, — nsiii Iwo*
kn(ja;--2. An object whieh ia bomt, laid
in ashes. (The Xota nse this word in the
. abstrsct sense of innzL)
mn— SIZI, n. pi aba. (From siaa, 4.) A
helper ; an assistant; bene&ctor.)
nm— *SIZt n. pL ImL (From nza, 2.)
1. Soot ;— iWfkw— 2. Gnnpowder.
ikv— SIZILA, T. t. (From siaa, and Ua, to
strain. iSIsa SUa, to grind.)
1. To pomid, grind, beat, Ac, into
powder, or to dost;— 2. To cmsh with
the feet, or under the feet, as : nlrasizihi
ije ngobotjani, i. e. : to tread, or stamp
into pieces with the feet as grass (is trod-
den);— 8. To mb off with the feet, as the
rost off needles; — 1 To bMserate the feet
bj walking, robbing, ati si siale isinyan
zake, i. e» : his feet are lacerated,
in— SIZO, n. pL izin. (From siza.) Any
application of medicine; a remedy,
in— ^IZWA, n. pL izin. (From sizwa, sue*
eoored, hdped, pasBTS of siza. Others
intsizwa.)
1. Friptrljf : something which is to be
helped, assisted; applied commonly to—
2. A yomig unmarried man, because his
parents or friends must assist in getting
him awift^ by paying or helping to pay
ibr the latter, ience the expknation:
iasiswm ngmnfima o nga ka hi naye umfiud,
Le. s an insizwa is a young man who has
not jst obtained a wife;— 8. An animal
whioi has no horns ; — must, therefore, be
helped, becaaie it cannot defend its^.
nbn— SIZWA, n. (From insizwa.) A state
of being yet unmarried ; a state of bdng
without horns,
hi— SIZWAKAZI,n.pl.izin. (From insizwa,
and ka^ denoting female.)
A female animal without horns.
1- SO, n^L ama. (From sa IL, to dawn,
light l%e primary semn in a bursty
breaoh, or cut. See i-Su.)
1. The eye, vU,: the instrnmant of
sight or aettugi the globe or ball whieh
appeara through the opening;— 2. Large
round white beads (caUed hj others imasa)
and the plnr. amaso^ is eiduBiFely applied
to them ; while No. 1, is used only in the
siii|^. See i-Hlo.
in— SO, n. pL izin. {SeeiSo. Others Jiave
intso.) 1. Kidney;— 2. Applied to the
sight of a gun.
ubn— SO, n. (See Iso. Suaheli usso.) 1.
Theftce; oountenanoe, as: ubuso bomu-
ntu,. Le. t the fsee of man;— -2. Surface,
as I ubuso bomhlaba, i. e. ; the &oe of the
earth,
nm— SO, n. ring. (From sa II. Sis. moso.)
Morrow; morning. (iSm Kgomso.)
SOBALA, ady. ^From sa I., 4 and 10,
and ubala, an open luaesu)
IdteraUy: at (^ in an open place;
hence^ apparent, obyious, open, openly, &c,
as : ku sobala loku, L e. : this is obrious.
um— SOBO, n. jA. imi. (From iso^ and nbo,
separated, miUtitude. See Ubu.)
A name of a shrub and its fruit. A
wild species of bilberry, the berry as large
as bilberry, and black when folly ripe,
uku— SOKA, ▼. t. (From so, cu^ and uka,
to come up, go off; Ut. : a cut-off. Madi^
oaiiy one wUh seka, sika, and suka.)
1. JPrimarify : to strike off; to put off;
to come upon a more experienced sphere
of life^ to come to greater experience;
hence, to put off all that belongs to boy-
hood; to be no more a boy or a girl ; to
oome to manhood, womanhood. It applies
to ripeness of body, as well as of mind.
2. Fi^iurativelj^ i to circumcise. This
custom probably never existed among the
Zulu proper, nor does it exist at present.
They became^ howerer, acquainted with
others who had recdyed it as a rign of
becoming or being made a roan. But that
which the Zulu compares with drcumcirion
of the body is a peculiar preparation of
the genitals of both sexes for a married
life, and heathenish in every respect. (The
Xosa use soka on the occasion when the
drcumcised young men come out from
their confinement, and are poblidy acknow-
ledged ss men mid receiTe presents as a
sign of congratulation.)
i^SOKA, n. pL ama. (From the verb.)
An unmarried and handsome man,^tan-
dwa izintombi, i« e.: who is loved by the
young daughters. (In the JTofa a widower.)
S0KA21A. Dialectic, instead tfOiwii*
kama, which see.
in— SOEI, n. pL izin. (From soka.) A cir-
cumcised man, but a name of ridicule used
by those who do not droumdse.
uka— SOKOBCA, ▼. i. (From soka, and uma,
to move up, to stand. Allied io ooooma,
and ngookama.)
To rise up firom a squatting position.
Digitized by
Google
(Mort pvvlMbly only «4klieao dlflbrMiM
flroQ the pbntt Milni^iMia. Sm Mau)
«ktt-<-80LA, ▼• I. (Vroon m, to eaoM, cot,
■trilM, and ok, to ttrain, to renovt. Radi-
00% OM i0t^ fftla, mIm, tUis Mid i^i, I!l#
MUMift tottffilwoft ^tfMil<» gtoliw
■oUi, 4e.)
1. To UftiMi to ohtfgo witlitfiiolt;
«» ind hnh with ;-*8. To rtprevoi to
•how dlftipprobfttioii, dit«tisAuitioa ;— 8.
To oonplain ■gaiMli togromble, «t: wa
ngi tola ngoiMebensi wani, Lt.t ho rt-
pnnred mo, oonplained againat mo of my
work;— 4 Ukoiioola, L •. t to lOfrot, 2^. :
to blano ooo^t self,
om— SOLI, n. pi aba. (From lola.) Ono
who blames another | ooaplaiBerf grom-
bier,
in— SOLO, n. ilnf . fFrom eob.) An incli-
nation Ibr bhun^, Ac.
o— 80L0N8I, n. A word, aoet pfohably
Kaariied from the Doteh mmlmiteke,
i. c. t from another famd; applied toa kind
of pompUn inlrodoeed among the Kafira.
(Little ioMKm in Natal.)
nkn— SOMA, r. t (From h, to make, pre-
pare, and niia, to more op } toetand; to
open. CUt90l^Mi$dto\i\aau^ topabin
order. In the ^moMi' it ii need for to
foi, the primmf^f m%m dnff of which if,
meet likely, to begin or try to epeak a
foreign kngom^ which meaning it hae in
the Xmo. l&f agrees with &e UUral
Mine: to prepare for uttering, Mtknloma,
agre^ng also with the two fliat radicals
of shnmayehu JJUM to aeoma* and
r-l*-<»,
1. MifiAr^: to bespeak I tocrdsr; to
a|rse opon; to appoint^ Ms nbaid isoka
ehsomavo^ li hda enhle, L e. t who is that
onmarried man tha* engagee (a Ibmale)
sleeping outside f— 8. To agree npoo, to
wait for, Of : insiswa i ya soma intombi,
i.e.t the yoong onmarried man has agreed
to wait npon the girL Applied only to
ofil conneiions.
in— SOMASOMAKJ^ n. (From eoma^o-
mane.)
I^UraOft a speakhig-speakfaig little
things, =s speak many tUngs which bsTO
no meaningi an inognifleant taUt.
nkn— 80MBA, t. t. (from so^ cot^ and am-
ba, to walk. JUUdtowoM,)
To faitercept another in a ooorse of walk-
ing; togoreond by another way eo as to
meet him in fronts art hamba n ^|e^n m
eombe e he hamba ngalenhleh^ I. e. t go
qoiek this way aromid to meet him, he
went that way.
i— SOMBB, n. pL ama. (From somba.)
An faiteroeption f a stop^ or : Inhlek i
samasombe, le.t the road is cr ossed by
mai^ other roads or cross-paths.
okn-*4K)N1>A, ▼. t. (From as,
and onda, to ejoend, reaofa. MaMml^
omwUk sende, sinda, 4c l^esMsii:
to cot the resch. Se§ Sonta.)
To approaoh. (Seldom %99i>)
«— « 8oin>ix.A, qolf. fr. 1. To come nssr;
to draw near; to approHdi, oes wasoe-
dela koye, i. e. t he came near to him {—8.
To eome near for, ast eoodela ng'aqgi^
i e. t come near that I OMy kiss yoo.
— — * SoiTDBLAVA, rcpr. fr. To come, draw .
near to each other ; to oomo into anssnr
connetion.
i-80N0BLANQAK0B, n. pL ama. (Fnn
the phrase No. 8, under sondela.)
A kind of mimosa, parasitical, and
thorny, hot bearing a kind of plnm which,
seen from a distance, seeau to be a nice
ft^t I at a nearer look, however, it appetif
quite otherwise. This is the rsason ftr
its name.
nko— SONDEZA, v. t. (From soodels, tf
changinff eb into em.)
To bring near; to make to epproash.
i— 80ND0, n. pL ama. (From soBd^)
1. Foot-print of an animal s track of m
aniyial ;— 8. IVaek of a wagon. {8m
Sonto.) In the Xota it eigniOes selfsgs.
The nused edge of doth, Ac
okn— SONQA, r. t. (From ea, to mme,
make, and nnga, to bend. U adiotUpou
vfUk sanga, senga, siaga, Ac MM fo
hlonga, onga, sonde, Ac)
L T» make into a oofll, by roffing or
folding; to coil| to fold, wrap ip; to
enreloiH tut songa leogobo^ i. ci roll
this dress together;— 8. To ttm bsck;
to keep back.
— — BovaiLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To eoO, frU,
wrap op for, Ac ;— 8. To tl»«atsn ; to
menace, for the porpose of bringiag ss-
other to consideration, or turning his niad
to the object whidi is the cause of thisst-
ening.
In— SONQB, n. pL lain. (From sooft.
See io«4Banga.) A bend, bow In a hoM^
where the same is bent together. Thit
word hi sometimes used synonysMmly with
In-Sanga.
i— 80NQ0, n. pi. ama. (From songs.)
1. AuTthing coiled around some bodr, or
wound aronnd it^ as the circlet ofrarry
hide worn by the natiree around the body;
—8. Any circlet or ring worn around the
arm; — 8. Any hoop^ ring of a whee^ Ac;
—4. A bend of a rirer. (In the Xeta
it signiBee a foeHng, asaronr.)
oku— SONT^v.t. O^romsa, to make, form,
una, join, unites and ita, to throw, shoot.
AUUd to sonde, songa, Ac)
lAUraUjf : to form into one i^rsad fom
many filaments, by turning; to makscr
s|^ a single thread, ae of eottoni to
Digitized by
Google
su.
cm]
SUEBLA.
twiai (Stf the noU midcr pota> to raio,
twiit.)
— — SONTiKi, quit fr. To be At for twists
ing, to make a good thread, a# : nbc^ ba
jtk loateka, i. e. : the wool twiate well
together.
iiko*-80NTA, T. i. Zalniaad from the Botch
Zewrf ty, Sunday, eie. : to kerp Soodajr ;
to go to cbarch. Otk^n mm aooda.
S— 80NTA, n. pi. ama. (IVoai aonta. to
keepSanday.) Sonday; the pQbBe wor-
•hijv M t si yile eMnteni, L e. : we ha?e
been in ^ar<^
i— 80NT0. n. pL ama. (From aoata, to
twiit ) A track of a wagon,
nm— SONTO, n pL imi. (From loata.) A
thread } cord, Ac
in— SONYAMA, n. pL inn. (Fran ao,
peculiar, and inyama, ieah.)
The belt part of the meat npon the ribt,
behind the aboolder, which isalwi^oot
offforthediief.
nkn— SOTJEKA, v. L (From w^ denoting
degree, tja, to shoot, throw, and ika, to pot
iip»gooft)
To reeeiTo a partienlar hnrt by bending
or turning any part of the body qniokly, aa
when in toming the head onidK or with a
jerk backward the neck Is hurt, or in ftdl*
Ing and sliding. The word does not mean
to disk)cato {$e€ Enya), hot refers to a
certain cracking of the jdnts by which
tbcj become hwt.
i-^U, n. pL ama. (From the root sa« I.,
to prepare^ to get ready, denoting a con-
tinoation of an action, to be statiooaiy,
dn. JlUed U iso, the eye ; and iaisn.)
1. A preparation ; applied to the stato
of the itisa (womb) when prraaring fat
conception, or fcrming a fcstus (•## Zala) ;
—2. An interception, a stop; apidied to
the knots or rings risible on the bons of
cattle^ the first appearing when the animal
la three years old, the nsnal time of the
first cahring, and hence reiMrring to that
drenmstanoe^ after which the age of a oow
is reckoned, <w: inkono i namasu mane,
L e. : the cow has four knota at her boms,
signifying that she has been with calf ibnr
ttmea. And hence it is applied to male
animala also^ m t inkaU i namasn matato,
Le.: theez has three rings on the horn,
signifying that he ia six years old, = a
oow wbidi had calved three timee, after
her third year s— 8. The flank, or aoft part
of fiesh at the side of an animal (coi^d-
ered as bdng only in a stato of preparation
for a more perfect or compaot quality, or
regarded as an intereeption.)
isi— 8U, n. pL iiL (From iso, or sa IL)
1. lAUraUjf : the canse of preparation,
prepering eaoscb organ, Ae.|--^ AppBed
to tiie stomach, mt laiea si yn ogi lama.
I. e. t my stomach tronblet me with acidity }
—8. Applied to the belly, or abdomen, as :
isisn sake sikoln, i. e. : he has a large
belly ^<*4. Applied to the womb, •$ s nbo-
hlirogo hesisn, i. e. i pains of the womb ;
—5. Anee. tint contents of a womb in
pregnancy, foitns, as : n nesisu, i. e. t she is
pregnant;— 6. Idiomaiiei Uknpnmakwe-
also, i. e. : abortion ;— i«iso sake si pmaile,
L e. : she has had a miscarriage.
n^BU, n. pL lain. (From isu. iSieist-Sn.)
1. Stomach or paunch of cattie, «is. s the
akinny part, the tripe i— 8. A skin of
amaller animals, as calves, sheep, Ac, pre*
pared on the fiesh side into a woolly sute,
nke the inside of the large stomsch No. 1 ;
— >or a skin with fbr or hair p r epar ed for
wearing.
8UBA, see Soknba.
ukn— SUBA, T. t. (Fran so, a preparation,
portion, and uba, to separate. MadkaUy
one vriik saba, sebe, siba, woho, Ac AJUisd
io shuba.)
1. To separato or take from a man ; to
take a portion off; to take a good portion,
thematest part;— 2. To take out with
two hands ; to dip out with the hands.
^^^ SuBKJL, qnlf. np. To give one a per*
tlon, Of: nm subelekulombi]a,Lc: give
bun a portion of that maize (» capuna.)
nkn— SUBUKULA, r. t. (From sn, nba, to
separate, andukula, to more off. lladi*
eaU^ coinciding with aibekda. OiAcrc
have sibuknla. Cfompare buknla.)
T6 put of( to take off the cover from a
nkn— SUDUKA, ▼. L (From an, intereentioii,
and uduka, ccc eduka, to go off Arom!)
1. To go out of the light {lit. : to draw
away firom interception), <mi indnka iti«
tunxi sake si ngi site^ Lc: get ovt of
the light becaoae vour shadow intercepts
me, as yon stand in the light before me ;
—2. To go ont of the way.
nkn— SUDU8A, v. t. (From so, and ndnsa.
$6C Sudnka, to which it forma a causative
by nsa. JJHcd to sundnn.)
Td take something ont of the l%bt| to
remove obetaolee out of the wajr*
nkn— SUKA, v. L (From an, and nka, to so
cff, out. £'## Sudnka. Jtadiealfy one wUh
seka, sika, soke. 8u, tloga.)
1. T6 get away, Ui. : to strike cff; to
get ont of the way ; not to intercept, not
to hinder, aci suka lapa. Lex do not
hinder me here; get away here;— 2. To
start ; to get np, as: wa suka wa bamba,
Lc t he got np and went;— 8. To remove ;
to go away fVom a place
— — BvTELA, qnlf. fir. I. To start tcft some
pnrpose; to set up for, asi warn sukek
nknmtiaya, Lc: be got up in order to
beat 1dm;— 2. To pnme alter, mst nkn-
Digitized by
Google
SUEULA.
C83J]
SULUUL
tnkdA inyamattin, L e. t to itart after t
wild back, in order to kill it. (Thii Terb
refers more to the ezertioa of itrength
and bodily power, while vnka» ynkela, ex-
proegQi more the will,
nm— SUKA, n. jd. imL (From soka.) 1. A
shank of a spear, axe, or knife ;•— 2. A
name fbr a kind of broad blae grass,
nkn— SUKASUKA, r. I (A repetition of
soka.) To be fickle, unsteady, restless;
applied to a person who cannot sit still at
one plan.
SUKUBAor SuBl, a compound, from
sa, yet, and ukuba, to happen to be, fee ba
1, b, c ; contracted acoonling to the rule
sa I. ;— 7. (See Sengati) ; denoting a con-
tingent, and used with or without a
pronoun, as : umuntu sukuba u gole, L e. :
lit,: a man in case, at a time, that he
happens to be ill, = if a man really should
getilL {Seldom Meed In JiltAal)
Note. — ^The comlnnation ueuhmfe is
sometimes heard, and likely to be mis-
taken for a variation of suba, viz, : u-
suba-uye, which would mean : if you should
happen to go; but it is properly from
buya, to return, and constructed according
to sa I., 7. : u s'u buye, i. e. i you have
already returned; or will return then,
in — 8UKU, n. pi. ama. (Fromsuka. Allied
to umauka. Sis, tdu or sio. JTom intsuku,
plr. to asuku.)
!• LiteraUyi a part struck off; cut off
with spedal application to the radieal senee
<2f sa I. and II., (time and light) ; henee, the
time of the day, in a general eenee, as :
amasuku mane, four days ;— 2. A certain
time; some time, as: ku se, ku'nsukA
ukuhla kwa loku, i. e. : it is already some
time nnce that has happened,
a— SUKU, n. pi. izin. (See in-Suku.) 1.
A period of a day, in a apedjied eente;
an artificial or natural day, aei usuku
Iwokufika kwake, Le.: the day of his
arrival; — 2. A time of commemoration,
as : usuku Iwenkosi, le. : the Lord's day ;^
usuku Iwokuzalwa kwake, l e. : his birth-
dav;— nffosuku Iwonke, all day; ngezin-
suku sonke, day by day.
nbu — SUKU, n. (See in-Snku and u-Suku.)
1. The time from sunset to sunrise ; hence,
night-time ; night, €u : ku sebusuku, L e. :
it is at night-time; — 2. Darkness, as: sa
hamha ebusuku, i. e. : we travelled in the
dark (night),
uku — SUKULA, v. t. (From su, denoting
degree* and kula, to grow ; or, which is
the same, from suka, and ula, to strain,
stretch.)
1. To grow very last; to grow particu-
larly, as some oom or maize which shoots
ears when other is yet backward ;•— 2. To
be in advance^ <w : ba ya sukula ukulima.
L e.t they are in advance wi& their
pbughing; — 8. To be locoei^ul; to
prosp er.
urn-- SUKULO, n. pL imL (From sokids.
AUiedio zcdnilu.)
1. Fartioular cpx>wth, frnitfiilne«» or:
yimisulnilo lemiti, L e.: these trees besra
great deal of fruit;— 2. Ftetiealar soe-
oess, prosperity, advantage, ae : nmtsksti
u nomsukulo, i.e.: an evildoer propen
very much,
vka— SULA, r. t. (From sa, prepare, cnas,
or su, and ula, to strain, to stratch. iZs-
dM;a%ofieir«6lsala,8ela,nla,8ohL JJUtd
to ncola, zda, &o.)
1. To strike off dirt, filth; kemee, to
wipe off dirt, filth; to rub cC «*( "^
izitys, i.e.: wipe off the dishes;— 2. lb
wipe away, as: sula insila,Le.: wipe off
the filth;— 3. To make dear; to dcir
away ; to dear from filth, m : a ks ko
'nto ukumsula ngayo, Le. : there is notbiiig
to dear his character with.
NOTB. — ^This word does not re£er to
wiping off dust or other light partidei^ bat
to dirt or filth which is adhesive, and re-
qmres some force to be removed. (Ae
particularly Sila, and its derivatives^
SuLEKA, quit fr. To be fit for wiping;
to admit wiping, asi inmla i yasdeb,
Le.! the dirt goes off.
^.— i SxnjELA, qulf. fr. To wipe off at, upon ;
to take away filthineas, &c, as : abanta ba
ya sulda isifo^ or estfeni, i. e. ; the psopls
take with them a sickness ;^isifo a ya
sdc^ abantu, L e. : the sidmess is eoota-
gious, catches the people. (Compare
dlela.)
isi— SULO, n. pi. izL (From suls.) Any
thing to wipe off with, as a towel, Sx,
id— SULU, n. (pL id. seldom,) (Fton
sda.)
1. IdteraUjf : something strudc or oat off
by violence; hence, spoil, booty, as: wt
tola isisulu, Le.: he found a booty;— 2.
Figuratively: spoil; prey, as: isisda sm
kuih, L e. : a ]^^ of death ; — 8. Some*
thing that spdls others, as: u nessola
sesifo,Le.: he has acontagioasdduie«.
u— SULU, n. (See id-Sdn and u-Zda.)
Spoil, fn a figurative eense, soom, as : ba
m hleka usulu, L e. : they laughed at him
to scorn. (Used in connexion with Uski
only.)
uku- SULULA, Y. t (From sub, and di,
to strain, to be mad.)
1. Literally: to wipe as mad,etf.: to
run as mad and be wijang. This hif
reforenoe to cows or other animals wb«i
running about and ahaking their tA
which appears as if they were w^isg
themadves ;— 2. To run off as if sons-
thing was the matter, or some aeeidsnt
Digitized by
Google
6UKDUZA.
[883]
8USA.
had happened to one of which he is
aihamed, <m : nanJni e 8nl1lh^ L e. : there
he if ronning <^, &c
vkn— SULUZA* T.-t. (From sula, and uza,
to make, imitate. See SnloU.)
1. To walk in a shaking manner; (see
inhila;)— 2. To rob off (fllth), at : inkomo
i solma ngesigodo, L e. : the cow robs her-
self against a stnmp of a tree,
ukn— SUMBULUEA, r. i. (From so, de-
nottng degree, cot, and omba, to form into
a body, and oloka to go oot in a line.
Dialeetie^ somboloka.)
1. To go loose from a coil ,—2. J^ra.
roltoe^: togotoworkagain, after haTing
been restrained by richness or some other
obstade ; to begin to work,
mn— SUMBULUKO, n. pi. imi. (From som-
bdoka.) Applied to the day when people
go to work again ; henee, Monday.
aka-»8l^MBULULA, r. t. (From sombo-
loka, to which it forms a transitive by ola,
to stretch, strain. BialeeHc^ sombolola.
806 Soba, and somba.)
LUertUly : to loosen in an opposite way
to that in which a body has been twisted
together; henee, to onrol a roond body,
as a roll of paper, &o.
in — SUMPA, n. pL iiim. (From so, broken,
burst, and mpa, to more, rise op on. See
8wempe.)
1. A wart {Ut. : something which rises
immediately opon a sorftMe where it breaks
oot;) — a. Asessileprotoberanceonatree;
aknot.
i— SUKDU, n. pi. ama. (From so, break-
ing, borsting, or denothng degree, and
' ondo, eltemled, wide. JtadicalUf one
with sando, sende, sonda. See Sondoza.)
A wild pahntree ; palmetto, (called so
after its long leaTes.)
in— SUKDU, n. (iStoi-Sondo. OMefsrm-
tsondo.) ^rown coloor, (most probably de-
rired firam the palmetto when getting dry.)
urn— SUNDU, n. pL imi. {See i-Sondn.)
1. A large ndn-worm of a brown coloor;
•—2. The tendon of cattle, vie. : the rinew
of the neck (eee sondoln.)
nko— SUNDUKA, r. L (IVom sondo, and
oka, to go oot. See Sodoka, and sondoza.)
To di^e in front ; to posh on in frtmt ;
= ohamba pamUli, L e. : as one who walks
before^ in front of others,
in— SUNDUKAZI, n. pL izin. (From in-
sondoy and kan, denoting female.)
A brown femalc-animaL
om— 9UNDULU, n. pL imi. (From mn-
sondo, and olo, strained, stretched.)
The sinew at the neck of cattle. {Same
as Vmnodu,)
oko— 8UKDUZA» r. t. (From sondo, and
nza, to make. See Sondoka, to wl^ it
is the tnndtiTe^ or cansatiTe.)
To posh forward before one, as : sondoza
inkonyana a yi vomi okohamba, i.e. : posh
the calf before yoo on, it will not go by
itself,
oko— SUNGUBALA, T. i. (From so, broken,
cot, nga, to bend, and obala, a pkce or
gap. See Songobeza.)
To creep tlut)ogh a gap in a bent por-
tion. This word refers, properly, to a
thick, dense bosh, throogh which one
most creep, or pass in a stooping manner,
in order to reach the opposite open space,
oko— SUN6UBEZA, t. t. (From sungo, and
beza, to make separate. See Snngobala.)
To make to pass throogh, or ondemcath,
as nnder a table, or throogh a dense forest
which is qoite shot abore, or covered,
i— SUNGULO, n. pi. ama. (From songo,
see Songobeza, &c., and olo, stretched.)
A niMdle or awl« which the natives ose
for sewing, or making stitches with,
in— SUNGULO, n. pL izin. (See i-Son-
golo.) 1. Sams as isongolo; — 2. That
which is stitched,
om— SUNGULU, n. ph imi. (See i-Songo-
lo.) A species of the asclepias or stapelias,
belonging to the euphorbia withoot thorns,
in— 8UNGUZI and Suitoxtbizi, n. pL iiin.
{See Songobeza.) 1. A gap broken throogh
a dense bosh, Ac. ; aplace to pass throogh ;
—2. A covered, shady place,
in — 8UNSU, n. pi. izim. (From inso-inso,
broken throngh, cot. See in-Sompa.)
1. A postole, or a watery eroption in
the ikoe, or on the homan body, = spots;
— 2. Little watery or frozen particles, as :
iznlo li wise insonso, i. e. : the atmo-
sphere discharges little icy particles, =
little pieces of ice.
in— SUNSUMBA, n. pi. izin. {See in-
Sonso, and mbe, separating from. Closely
connected wUh insompa.)
A phuM frill of postoles, or like little
warts,
in— SUNSWANA, n. pi. izin. (Diminutive
frt>m insonso, which see,)
Little postule, &c.
om— SUNUWEMBUZI. n. pi. imi. (A ge-
nitive constroction, from sooo, so, strong,
and ono, smeU, and imbozi, goat» om-
sono o-a-imbozi.)
Literally : a mass which has a strong
smell of goats; a name given to a certain
shrob.
oko — SUSA, T. t. (From so or sa, to caose,
make, and osa, to strike, to eot, &o. See
Mosa. Allied to mktiymilM,&c. Sis.tkmsL,)
1. To strike or cot away; to take
away; to remove;— 2. To send away; to
force or compel away, as: m soseni, i. e. :
take him away,— often emphaticalfy =
take him away, or away with him fh)m
theearthl
Digitized by
Google
Sii— SUSA, n. pl.iti. (From •«•■» and aiig«
mented by the nom. fbra in.)
A caoae or ground of sometbiogi Aenee,
origin (yindaba yoknqala, i.e.: some-
thing wlUdi is first) <ui boiani Idsnaa sa
loko» i.e.t inqoire after tha oanse» origin
of that.
Oku— 8UTA, T. t. (From so, me iaiso, and
nta« to ponr, throw, Ac. Comj^mr$ parti'
mtlarljf hlnta. 8U,, khora.)
Friperly i to fill the belly i eomm tmltf :
to be sated, fblL
NoTB.— This form has the same pecn-
liariW in forming sati aa hlnta-hlati,
m^» SuTiBA* oaos. fir. To satiate.
in— 8UTA, n. (From sota.) 1. LUeraOy :
satietTf an excess of gratification of the
appetite, which causes loathing ; — 2. An
nnasaal satiation, a feeling of loathsome-
ness after eating, as if the food had been
poisoned.
in— SUTJA* n. pL ixin. (From so, and tja,
to shoot, throw. TheZbfo Aofintshan-
tsha, instead of it.)
A q>ear which has either no^ or a shorty
Dmsnka, the head being long and broad, so
as to giro a severe oat whtti thrown Into
a bnman body.
m— 8UTU, or Sfto, n. (See am-Sntn.)
A beast from the interior of Afirica.
an— 8UTU» or SuTO, n. pi. aba, or abesoto.
An indifidiial of the Bedraana-tribe.
aka— SUZA^ ▼. t. (From so, sharpness,
borst, and nia, to make, to fed* Sadi*
talljf one with seia and sin.)
1. iVMusr%: to feel a borst, aborn-
ing; — 2, To break wind; to misecmdoct.
•— — SnzBL4, qnlf. fr. 1. To cause a hom-
ing opon ; applied to wasps, bees, Ac, ae :
Ssinyosi n ogi sosele^ t e. : the bees hare
stong me ;— 2. To break wind in the pre-
sence of another.
in— SUZELA, n. pL idn. (From snzeU.)
An ineeet fiMind in rotten treei^ haTing a
tronk like the ant, and known from its
▼ehement stinging.
in— 8UZELANS, n. pL izln. (Dim. fiirm
insuiela.) A small insect of the insozeh
kind,
oka— 8WABUZELA, v. i. (From so, denot-
ing degree, Tiolenoe^ &c, aba, to separate,
impart, and osela, to oomeon, often, to
repeat. Compare kaboiela, and eboza.
The first two radicals are the same as in
shwabana.)
1. To oonsome qoickly, Tiolently,- ko
ijiwo ngomontn o nla masinyane inyama
eakolo, i. e. t it is osed of a- persoa who
eats a bu^ pece of meat very qoickly,
who awaUows it op ;— 8. FSguratio^ : to
kill with violence,— nabanto abuwayo
omonye o m swaboaela omonye^ L a. t and
people who fight^ one oonsonMs, Wa, the
other,
oka— S WACA, t. t. (From swa, a contnetcd
pasttve form firom sa, to caoee, and in,
to touch the top. ^Z^M <o shwakama.)
1. To draw the mouth or lips, as wka
tooching or tasting something bitter or
stringent ;— 2. To draw or distort the
mouth to one side,
uko— 8WAEAMA. See Shwakama.
. „ ( 8WAMBAEANCA, ) T. t. (Fromiwi-
^^ i 8 WAMBAKANTA, J mba, so, see iiiai,
and amba, to more Ibrth, to gripe^ kina,
to draw into a pmnt, ka-nca. In or with a
pmnt; and kanva, to draw into ons^ka-nji,
to unite. See bandakanya, dw.)
1. To press together into a small eosh
pass s to press together into a small beodle
or parcel, ott Intoenklfiabatiakajikqji*
' twala way! swambakanya, Ln, t they eeidhe
woold not be able to carry that large tea*
die, so be boond it Tery cka^y together,
made a small handle of it ;— 8. To treett
large or great balk with eonteiBpt, nt
large baiden which one is aflraid to osrj,
another takes op and carrieB away with
ease (omonto into enkulu a yi delele.)
in— 8WAMBU8WAMBUj n. (From swim-
ba, eee swambakanya.)
' Something pressed together ciseeiiinglyi
having no belly, long and thin as a worm;
kenoe, aloD^ worm; hot alao applied to
men, aet ngi bone umontu o yinswtsibs-
swambu, i. e. : I saw a man who Is Tery
thin and slender.
«m— SWANB, or SwlVAin, n. pL imi.
(From so, «es isi-8u, and ane, littk Uungi.
JToMi umcwanana)
Contents of the large stomaeb of aoiinsli;
the ruminated grass.
SWAQA. tiee 8waoa.
u— 8WAZI, n. pL inn. (From awa, strode,
broken, and isi, little shoot. Cbs y s w
hlwasi, nwati, &o.)
A small rod.
oka- 8WELA, ▼. t. (From swa, struck, cot.
and ila, to strain, off. JMicalfy one with
soIh, Ac.)
1. LiteraUjft to be strucdcoff, cutoff;
kenoe, to be short ofi*; to want ; to be io
want of more, as : ngi ya awebi ianli, i.e>:
I reqnhre money ;— 2. To be in need of;
to need. (See the note wiiclsr dioga.)
—— SWBLBKA, qnlc fr. To be in needy d^
comstances ; to be in low drcumstaaeei ;
to be defideot } to be lacking^ at : okoblt
kajn sweleka nonyaka, L e. : this yesr ie
food Tery scarce.
-— SwtXELA, qolf. fr. 1. To be tendhig
to want; tobeinadecliningstate|tofiul|
—2. Applied to the decline of Hgbti to
get dusky, twOigbtk se ku 8weleb»Mka
sihlwa,Le.9 it la getlteg dark.
Digitized by
Google
T.
[886]
Tl.
i^— SWEIiE, D. (pL ftma, seldom.) (From
swela, to be nem, 2Coia intswele.)
1. A name of some edible root like
•bailotf, wbiob are eaten in time of wan^
need; hencet their name.— 2. An onion,
or sbaUot, because the iswele if ahaped
like it
wn— SWSMPA, n. pi imL (See Sompa,
with which it is radical^ one, AlUed to
swamba, eee swambakanya.)
A small edible, whidi contains mnch
water. It is tfibal, and nsed for isi-
Kanga.
in— 6WEMPE, n. pL ixin. (See Swempa,
Iec) AqoaiL TribaL
iti— 8WfiKY^ n. pi. isL (From so, eee
isi-8a, or swe, stmok, and nja, IL, to-
gether, to join. JCoea isi*Swenye.)
Any bandle of maize or com bound
together, nsnalljr— s'alnkwe ngamakwane
omlnla, Le«: bound or twisted with the
leaves of maiie, viz, : a bundle of maise
twisted together with the leaves of the
ears and hung in the air to get dry.
nm— SW£SW£, n. pi iml (From su, eee
isisu, and e^ participle from the original
verb ia ;— sn*e-sn-e. The Xoea has ishwe-
shwe, signifying a female who is loosely
connected with some man, but not his wife.)
A string of skin twisted, with which
the women bind their dress loosely around
the waist.
ukn— SW£ZISA»Y.t. (From swela, changed
into sweza, to make needy, to baomne
needy, and isa, caus. form.)
lAleraUsf : to be the cause of becoming
needy; to be the cause of getting into low
drcumstances.
— ~ SWBSISBU^ quit fr. To tend to bring
into needy drcumstances, a#: umuntu o
bolala into yomunye umuntu u ya m swe*
slsela a nga hi nayo naye, L e. : a man
who destroys the property of another,
brings the same ^^e latter) into needy
drcumstances, and he cannot possess it
himself, = brings both the other and him-
self into need because ndther of them can
enjoy the property which is destroyed.
un*8WI, n. pi. iml (From swi, bursty
struck.)
A name for a kind of wood-pecker (bird),
ua— 6WILIDE, n. Same ae swl
SWILILI. iS^Zwilill
T.
T,1n Zolu-Ka^, is a dear dental and,
by itself, haa one sound only as in the
Eoglisk <4a«, 6a#, at Moi Ma» 4e. (See
letter D.)
It ia a oompoiuided aoond in (;, ig, U
esAnk
nkn—TA, ▼. t Pommw tiwa. (From the
roots ita-uta, denoting to pour, to throw, to
touch, to take, to lay, to put, to give, &c)
1. To pour, oe : ubisi a In ka tiwa, I e. :
the milk b not yet poured (out of, or into,
a vessd)t — 2. To give, a«t se na m ta
iffama na? La.t have you already giTen
(the child) a name P
•— ^» TSLA, quit ft. Radically one with
tala, tola, tula.) L To pour into, ae : tela
ubisi cguleni, L e. : pour the milk into the
calabaui, s= ukuyisa ubisi egulenl Le.: to
bring the milk into the catebash; — 2, To
pour forth, aei imvula i tela, Le.: the
rain is pouring; — 8. Totbrow on, upon;
to cover. «# : isiboko si tdwe utuli, L e. :
the looking-glass is covered with dust;—
4. To throw down ; to submit ; to surren-
der;— 6. To yield; to produce, an urn*
hkbautele id(uhla,Le.: the earth yields
lbod|->6. To brimr forth; to shoot, ae;
imitiiyatehiimbsS,Le.: the plants bring
a flower;— 7. To express; to think, to re-
nresent; to perfonn (ULi to pour forth
thoughts), as : wa tela ngennkomo, I e. :
he expressed himsdf about catUe, req>ect-
ing cattle;— 8. To pur, as a fine, tax, &c.
€u I ku ya tdwa nsa lenyanga, L e. : taxes
are paid this month.
— i^ Tblaka, rcpr. fir. 1. To pour together,
one on the other ;— 2. To recompense, ae :
i^utdana iunkomo^ I e. : to jpay catUe on
both sides, one to another;— 8. Ukutelana
amend, Le.t to pour water one (on the
hands of) another,— a symbol of reconcilia-
tion performed by two chiefi^ who, after
having been fighting together, come to
terms of peace.
— «^ TnJOii, freqt fr. 1. To poorout often ;
to pour more out; to pour out all;— 2.
To yield to; to submit to;— 8. To propose,
present^ suggest, ofi^, aez a ku ko indoda
• telela amaswi ayo^ L e. : there is no man
who ean offer his advics^ « who is able to
make a good propodtion ;^^ To intend,
ae; wa n telela ukuhamba, L e. : he pro-
posed to himself, he was of odnion, inten-
tion to make a journey ;— 5. To give way ;
to dip; to be smooth, sleek, »= teleia, or
^elda.
TA, adv. (From the verb.) Smooth,
•ven, soft. Used with ukuti, aet yi ti ta
ingnbok I e. t lay the ck>th smooth,
i— TA, n. pi ama. (From the verb.) A
wave. Dialeeikt eee i-2a.
isl— TA, n. pi id. (From the verb, in the
sense of touching, taking, throwing.)
A private enemy, mei umuntu olwayo
nomunye, nokuluma amaiwi amabi yidta,
le.: a man who ia fighting with another,
or speaking evil words, is an enemy.
M— TA, n. pi id. (Fkon th« ver^ in the
sense of poviag^ Aa)
Digitized by
Google
TASANE.
CM6]
TALA.
A pile of corn, yet in the etn; a lieap
of com reaped from the field.
n—TA, n. (From the rerb^ to poor.) A
djster. See Tbne.
ubu— TA, n. (From inta.) Enmity,
nm— TA, n. pL aba. (From the verb; and
meet probably a contraction from tana or
twana, child.)
Child. ExdonTely nsed in a kind or
iHendly address, aet nmta ka mame, L e. :
child of my mother; (osnally nmta ka
ma.) Umtan'ake, ia a contraction of nm-
twana wake,
in — TABA, n* pL ian. (From ta, throw»
pot, and iba, to separate. 819, taba.)
LUeraUyi something standing alone^
shooting forth, taken notice of; descriptiTe
of a monntdn, as i intaba enknln, L e. : a
large mountain ;—w'ema ngentaba, i.e. ;
he stood as a mountain ;— -nknlahla enta-
beni, i. e. : to give np one, to throw him
away,
in— TABAKA, n. pi. inn. {Dim, from in-
taba.) Aamallmonntam. (^^Tatyana.)
AhiU.
nkn— TABATA, v. t. JPaenve tatyatwa.
(From ta, to take, tondi, iba, separate, and
ta.)
1. To take; hot primarify, totakawith
intention, forethonght, ov : a karnmi nkn-
yitabata, L e. : he will not take what (thej
offer him) ;— 2. To steal (Othere me the
contracted tata.)
i--TABATABA, n. pi. ama. (From taba*
taba. See intaba and tabata.)
1. LUerally: one who is alone, vk,:
has nothmg^ e,ff,i nmnntn onge nanto,
onge nazo izivunnlo^ i. e.: one who
has no property, who has no ornaments;
—2. One who has no firmness, com-
pactness of body, no firmness of mind
and will.
i — ^T^FA, n. pL ama. (From ta, ponr, and
ik, blown, blasted. AlUed to u&tehe. See
Teftila.)
LUeralUfx a locality which is thrown
open, has no hill nor bosh ; henee, a flat;
a plsin.
i^TAFELE or T^FILB, n. pL ama. Znla«
ized from the Dutch tafel, L e. : table,
in— TAKA, n. pL iain. (From ta, and ika,
to pnt up, fix. Properly t a qnaliQring
sense, as if it were a qulf. fbrm frtnn ta,
= teka, toudiaUe.)
A specie of grey finch or sparrow, (=
TJjojo) BO called, very likely, from attach'
ing its nests to trees.
i— TAKAKB, n. pi. ama. {See in-Taka,
and ane, dim. form.)
AkidUimb; UteraUy: a kind attached,
via, : the little kids are always bound one
next to the other in the house, and taken
particular care of. {2¥ihaL)
uku— TAEATA, T. i. (From taka, tooehsUe,
and ta^ to touch. Dici^ae^ tagata. J%e
primary eenee %9 1 to irritat^ vilEcata.)
1. To attack all and everything; to
inflict;— 2. To be in oontact or oonSct
with ; to bewitch;— 8. To do evil, aex Ini
tiwe u ya takata lomuntu, i.e.: it ii
believed that this man is practisiDg evil
things.
^— Takataiti, ropr. fr. Todoovil, bewitdi
' one another.
uku— TAKATAEA, v. L (A repetitei of
taka-taka, touchable.)
1. Very touchable ; toudiy ; soft; very
tender ;-»2. Feeble, weak, ae : amataaibo
omtwana a takataka« lSeld4m^ Asauba-
T^ikataka.)
ubu— TAKATAEA, n. (From the verb. He
Xoea haa the contnoted ibnn tateka.)
1. Softness, tenderness, weaknass, cv:
amatambo omtwana a sa butakataka, i. a. :
the bonea of the child are yet very tender;
—2. To be inactive, hizy, indolent^ cv:
lomflma u butakataka, i. e. : thia boy is
very lasy.
um— TAKATI, n. pi. aba. (From takati.)
An evil doer; a bad person, a up possd to
be a wizard.
KoTS.— This word sigidflea properi|y a
person who is engaged in doing evil to te
life or property of othari» by employing aU
kinds of means, poison, colouring; and
other tricks, wluch are styled witebenft
by other nations,
in— TAEATO, n. (From takata.) Bfil
practice of an umtakatL
uku— TAEAZELA, v. t. (From taka, and
izela, to make often; to engage ior,
become. Badiealfy one wiik telroiela, and
tokoza.)
1. To be much attached, Ui. : to attaA
one's self much to ; to be very fbnd of ;—
2. To show attachment, fondncM^ me:
nangu umuntu takazela umtwana, Le.:
here is a man who is veij fbnd of tiie
child.
in— TAEUMBA, n. pi. ian. (From ta, to
take, iku, up, and mba, to move firom. l%e
literal eente ie: som^iog that ia con-
tinually moving or shifting its pfaee^ can*
not be got hold of.)
A very bad character, cunning, s= vmu-
ntu ohlakanipile o yenia imikuba yonke e
ng'aziwa ngumuntu, L e. : a cunnii^ per-
son who performs or keeps custoaM whidi
cannot be understood by otiierB. (In the
Xoea this word tfgnifles a flea.)
i— TALA, n. pi. ama. (From ta, to pot;
throw, and Da, to straio, rise, up^ Ae.
J2<M{i0a% oae foja tela, tola, tula.)
1. LUeraUyi a place for throwing
something upon, away ; applied to a kind
of mat made (^sticks and sunwuftd under
Digitized by
Google
TAMBAKA.
[887]
TAKBA.
iU roof of ttft^e hoiues indde^— tdnibdcft
Snytma neBinto» Le.: ibr patting away
meat and other things ;— 2. Applleablo to
a theli; cupboard, kc
mn— TALA. n. sing. (See i-Tak.) A species
of Teiy coarse grass growing in swamps ;
a kind of sedge,
urn— TALA,n.pLiml (&« i-Tda, and tmi-
Wa. sedge.)
The meat of the u-Sn, after it has
been made dean (called after its rough
and spotted appearance.)
nVn— TAMA, T. L (Prom ta, to throw, put,
and fana, to move, stand, open. JtadicaUy
<me with tnma. See Ota.)
LUeralhfi to take a stand. {Seldom
— — Taxsla, qulf. fr. To expose; throw
open to; to bask, at : n ya tamela ela-
ngeni, i. e. : to stand in the sun.
I— TAMA, n. pi. ama. (See the rerb.)
That which is taken standing; applied to
drinUng water, poored into the month;
henee^ a large draught; a gulp.
nm— TAMA, n. pi. imi. (See i-Tftma.) A
large monthftd ; a gulp ; applied to food,
meat.
i— TAMANA, n. pL ama. (Dim. from i-
tama.) A small draught ; a small mouthfrd.
nm— TAMAKA, n. pi. imi. (Dim, from urn*
* tama.) A small mouthfhl ; a morsel.
oka— TAMBA, v. t (Pronj ta, to throw,
push, and amba, walking. Sadically one
mih temba, timba, tomba, tumba. The
eenseiii to throw or push on ; to throw a
body, to make or put it agoing. Allied
to damba, Stc)
1. To throw a body, which is in a rough,
wild, untamed state; hence, to become
tam^ calm, soft; to become gentle, fkmi-
liar ; to subdue;— 2. Applied to the mind,
to become settled; to subdue the pasrioui^
pride; to become drilized; to become
inclined to reodre instruction; to become
so(m impressed, ae: ngumuntu otambi-
leyo, i. e. : he is a well-disposed person.
— TiKBiKA, qult.fr. 1. To throw the body
in an oblique position, viz, : in walking or
gdng down a hill, to lean, as it were, the
upper body backward;— Am<!», 2. To go
or walk indined, in an oblique position;
to slope, to be sloping, slanting, &c., a# :
imbisa itambekile, L e. i the pot stands
oblique.
— — TxxBiKlBA, caus. fr. To place or put
oUique, in an oblique pontion; to make
to decline.
— Tahbiba, cans. fr. To make tame,
soft, gentle; to subdue wildness, licen«
tiousness ; to make well-indined, &c.
urn— TAMBAMA, n. pL ama. (From tamba,
incline, decline, ohBque ; and ima, to more,
stand, state.)
Denoting the time of ineUnation when
the sun seems to come together with the
horixon; afternoon, an wo flka emtam-
bama, L e. : you wfU. arrire in the after-
noon,
nm— TAMBBKA, n. pL imi. (From tam-
beka.) DediTity, ae : endaweni embi
abantu ba nga himbi kahle kona, i. e. s at
a bad place (declivity) where the people
cannot walk safdy. (See im-Banda.)
i— TAMBO, n. pL ama. (From tamba.
Allied to u-Bambo.) 1. IMeraUff i a
kind which throws the body agoing, signi«
fjring ftoMtf ;— 2. Amatambo, L a. x a skek*
ton;— 8. White beads,
in— TAMBO, n. pi izin. (From tamba.
AlUed to im-Bambo.)
Something which has become soft ;
hence, a thongs riem; cord; string ibr
binding, &o.
nm— TAMBO, n. pL imL (From tamba.
See intambo.) 1. A substance of a soft
quality; hence, vein, artery ;— 2. A
whole mass which has become settled
from a state of fluctuation, disturbance,
or swelUng;— 8. A string of a bean,
at: ukwebula imitambo^ i.e.: to string
beans.
TAMBOTI. /S^Tomboti.
i— TAMO, n. pi. ama. Same ae i-Tama,
091 nga tata itamo linye^ i. e. : I took
one draught only,
in— TAMO, n. pL idn. (From tama, ex-
posed.) The neck,
in— TAKA, n. pL izin. (From ta, and ina,
to join, unite, Ac HadieaUy one itith
tena, tuna. See also um-Tana.)
A parasite plant or creeper, the bark of
which is very flexible and tough, and used
for binding the imikonto (= leather),
nm— TAN^ n. pi. imi. (Dimmviioe from
nmuti, tree.)
1. A small tree, shrub, or plant;— 2.
The bark of a tree, made into small strips
for binding,
um— TAKA, n. Didleetic, instead of nm«
twana.
uku— TANDA, v. t. (From ta, to pour,
thrust, and nda, to extend. SadicaUy
one with tende, tondo, tunda. Allied to
danda, tamba. Sis, rata.)
1. Applied to bodUy quality; to wind;
lit.: to thrust around the external part ;
—2. Applied to the mind, or to the aflfoo-
tions; to wind around, throw around,
•igiiiifyingi to love, to like, to wish, aei
ngi ya m ttoda lomtu, L e. : I love this
person;— ba ya tanda abantwana babo,
1. e. : they do love their children;— 8. To
relish, to enjoy, aei ngi ya ku tanda nku-
hla k)ku, L e. : I enjoy this food;— 4. To
wiIl,todedre, a«: ngi ya tanda nkobona,
Le.: I desire to see.
Digitized by
Google
«<«^ Tamiuma, ropr. ft. To kiv« ona an.
other, oi t nkoteocbiM kwabo^ L «. i what
a matiial love I
«-*- Tamdmka, qalt. fh To hecomt Moved;
to be greatly loved ; to become cl^ar to
the heart; to be afectiooat^ •«: mn-
twana wami otandeldl^yo^ !. e. a s^ dearljr
beloved ohild.
•— i«> Tavdila, qa\L fr. 1. To wind found
lomethingy at: tandela iui|a«l Bgwitambo
wapukila, i. e. : wind a riem fonnd the
handle, beoanaa it la hsekux |— 2. To lov^
Ac, ftr.
«— • TA]mi8A« oaoa. fr. |. To val^e to
love I to cauM love, deahre, Ac,;— 2. To
enoooiage.
mn— TANDA, n. pL imi. (From tanda 1.
See fan-Fando.)
A cave^ Ut. : a winding around i ncradc
in a rock,
nkn— TAKDABUEA, t. i. (Fforn tandm to
bve, and bnha, to lee.)
Zi$e9^aify t to Hke to aee ; to look upon
aomethmfl in order to come to aoma oon-
ehialon about it; to try to m»k% tp the
mind, <w: n aa tandaboka a ka ka teogi
nto,i.e.} he k atiU laokiiig aboat (for
making np his mind) bnt haa not yet
bongfat anything.
iiku-TAKnABU^,T.(i. (Foomtandi^and
bun, toaak.)
To ask more, tother ; to «ak agahl after
a thfaig whksh haa been aaked ftxr already*
2n the iLoea this word tlgnitea, to hesi-
toi to doubt, to ba not well warvanted.)
In— TAKDANi;, n. sfaiff. (From tandana.)
JJUeraifyi an individnal who needs the
love or affections of othfii%-- nmnnta o
wafblwa nyise, nmhkqmhiwa fSalwa nni-
na, L e. : a peraon who has lost hia father
or his mother by death ; henoe, an orphan,
izi— TANDANI, n. plor. (Fiom tandana.
Sm in-Taodane.)
People who bve aadi other, beloved,
at I ba yidtandani, L e. ; th ^ are be*
loved one by the other. (ThSa wood ia
not nsed in the sing, in Natal, and Is ne-
oessari)y limited to a plnr. seise. In the
Xota it is sometimes heaid in the sing,
bat not often.)
nkn— TANDALAZA, t. t. JHaltcink See
Dandalasa. Often nsed aynonymoaaly
withtandaaa.
nkn— TANDATA, v, t. (fma tanda, and
ta, tojNt^ throw. OOarv Jkaoe tantata.)
1. To Uy or pnt one tree Matt to the
other ; applied ta the manner in which
aavagea make a bridse aver a nver,
like a raft^— a. To skip a fiai atone in
water ;— 8. Applied also to thinkii^ logi*
eally, ms. : one p(»nt after or next to the
other, aa in a logical ordar,-*4ikQl«|idata
nkoqonda.
«-TAinUTU, ^ n?wwtaadntn.)iVr>.
per^i a nutting, taking aa^ut9i,Mt
tnpa, thnmh; tomm^nijf, the sizt^ after
the savage mode of eoonting aoe o a n d mg to
the fingtta of the hand, six 0Mling ppn
the tbnmb. This word is gen^raDj med
among the frontier tnbe^ the Mn tm
iiiit|itiaitiipa*
nkn— TANDAZA, v. t. (F^om tandi, tad
In, to make.)
jAtmrdUyi to make f winding; ^paaj*
moos with tandalaia.
]^OTS.— *This word was firatnwd apsag
the Xota for to pn^, and from thoM
came to I^atal* 1^ is most pNvMr ^
%arativ9 meaning, taken froaps ^ coi-
torn of taming roand or bepdiaf ofcr
daring prayer; andita aigniftoation is si*
raady well established.
— — TAniuzBiAt qnU: fr. To pr^y ^l to
offer or make a pvayar for.
«*^ TAVDA2BLANA* rcpr. fr. To imQr ^
one another; to make motnal pmy«;
nm— TANDSKI, n. pU aba^ (From itak-
. ka.) A beloved one.
in--TAHDO, n. nng*. (i'l^Qi Unda.) L A
loving;— 2. Any kind of desire | lart,
lostinffi Ukix^ esjoymentb appatKs^ ti
intando yobomi, i.e.9 «n cnjoymeat of
Ule;— intan<^ yogva^, Le.: ad«l^
snoff, =: so mnoh on^ as to aatisQr ^
deure ;*-8. Sopething for gaUdng th»
affaoti&n; Amm^ a love-oham.
n— TANDQ, n. sing. (From tanda. Stt
Intando.) Love; a state of bmng loud,
am— TANDQ, n. pi. imi. (from taads.)
1. lAterally : a windings vis. : thafinpi
left b(jr a string which was woand rooad
someuing^-2. A calabash* boaad with
many strings to keep it proper^ tB|etlier
when becoming dry.
in— TANDOKAZI, n. afa^g. (S^w iataa.
do^ and kasi, denoting fwM^le.) kitatk
who is beloved by niany.
isi— TAKBU, n. pL izi. (From iiil^ vA
ando. See IB^anda, and isi-^Kanda)
I, Smithy;— 2^ Fomac^j I w ycte^
ney.
nkn—TAKDUXiUliA, ¥. t. (Frw tw»«iL.
andnlnla, toloosflo. ^iUM^taWnh*
aombalala*)
1. Tomak« Iowa that ^AWhlMbieB
wound or bonnd roond* =3 nJkntnknhiH ia*
tambo e be hope ngayo impaUa jaks
nmnntn, i. e. : |o loosen the strinr «^
which a man bonnd hIa goods togeMNr*
i— TANE, n. pL ama. (iVcyar^ a a ropr.
form f^om the varb^ ti^ to ponr. to poar
toMther.)
Yowiff hsfla (when thagp nan yet !■ the
holea el the hon^y-comb) n ngt fat V
yisUwaneble.) belbre ttnif hnf«li%>fa-
ibre th^ become hnrtfrl^
Digitized by
Google
XAHGO.
[M8]
T11SL
i— *TAHGsA, B. pL anMU (IVom te» t» poi»v
tlffow, poty fund nga, to iMod, round.
MadietUfy one with Unga, itongi* timga,
Ae. ^/^M <a ii&-*Duigt.)
1. JAUraUff : • pboe to He abont ; bnt
prmorihfi a place to whi^ rick or weak
oattb are remoTed in order to be rertored,
or to become fiit i— 2. The tfaigb» Ut. : a
place to lie upon; — 8. A ooUectiTe name
for all kind of pumpkins, from the literal
■enae of lying about, ngnifying the atate
of grow^.
in-^TANQA. n. pL izin. {8«e i-Tanga.)
!• Signifying^ aU aKke; applied to eqoal
tge^ like or the same age, at : iiinkomo
n yiatanfaiiye^ L e. : the cattle are all of
one age ;— i^Nifiuia bba ba yintanganye,
i •• : theee boys are of the sasM age; —
2. Imbea yamatanga* i.e.: the s^ of
pumpkins (which are all alike);— 9. A
boose of onmazried men or boys, in which
resda alao the widows and the old women>
and in whidi strangers are reeoTed; hence,
a lodging-honse, (all signifleations dsored
from the literal sense of Ijfing aixmi.)
isi— TANQA, B. pL isi. (i&M i-Tknga.)
Sonetiung like a oattle-place ; some-
thing like the thigh. Generally nsed in
thnplnr, or: w'aka, ititanga, i.e.3 to sit
and do nothing (bsianes thm who remain
at the cattl»-]Saee^ have nothing eke to do
bol to look after the cs&lle ;)---or to sit
upon the thighs en crossed Icm resting
onc^a self on the thigfas» as if boudteg one's
self entiMM.
ist— TANQAMU, n. (From tanga» andamn,
to mote from, to stand, be open, «es id-
Bam^ OKBM^ &Q. AiUed io tambama.)
lAieraUy i a place set or ia^d fiir lying
abont. Its oae IS limited to the connexion
with yanga» m : iritangnmn selanga, i. e. :
a plaee where the snn shines asoming snd
aftemoo^— ku kona knsaaa nokntjona,
L 0. : iriiere there ie (the snn) in the
meming eurly and when setting ;«-esita-
ngam va^ L e. : in a sonny place.
«»--TANaAZANA»n.plisBgL (Vmiltanga,
«ad inna, a small kind.)
Asmall qpeciss liko a pnnmkin.. (See
Bkuantana, and klakahla.)
n— TANeO; n. pL iiin. (&• WTanga.
JJUftA Io itinge^ Hongo^ nmango^ nm«
bango,&c)
Aafewhishk thrown aroond; henoe%
nm--TAHGO» n.pLiniL (AnHnngo.) 1.
A strip of grassy alkMfod to stand or grow
when plonghing the gasdans^ in erder to
serre as a bonndiBry* Hmit, or Boark between
the difltesnt gardens ^-*2l A pbee or space
SMMedi— a. The fenoo ita^ wUch is
nMbnsb,
aimplymadoby ^
or letting tho pass gresr
in-*-TANJANA, n. pi. isin. (Dinu from
intamba) A small thong, string, cord,
&o.
iiko**TANTATA, t. t. 8<me ae Tandata,
wkiehem.
nm-^TANTATO, n.pl.imi. (Prom tantata.)
A ftirry, bridge, as the sarages build
them, often a single beam laid across a
small rirer.
nm-^TANTAZAKA, n. ptimi. (Fromtanta,
to throw, put e?en, and izana, a small
kind; small comers.)
The word signifies small points (comers)
of horns. AnameforasmallheUerabofe
one year.
vm— TAKTIEAZI, n. pL imi. {See Tanta-
■ana. From tanti, and kazi, denoting
female.)
A heifer of three years old, which is
equal to a cow.
nko— TANYAZA, v. t. (From ta, to touch,
nya, press together, and iza, to make, to
feeL Diaieetio, twanyan and dwanyaza.)
1. To preai a fruit and feel whether it
is riper--A0iioe— 2. To make a froit soft
or mellow by pressing.
*— TAVTAgncA, quit fr. To beooitte mel-
low, soft, api^kd to fruit only,
ukn— TAPA, V. C Famine tatjwa. (From
ta, to tidce^ and ipa, to pulL BaiicdlUf
one with topa, topa. AUied to hlapa, capa,
tabata, Ac. Zof «, tapusa.)
1. To take out by puliing, ae : nkutapa
ntyani enhhrini, i. e. : to t2co the thatch-
ing grass out of tiie roof of the house,
w.: to make a hole in themid^ofthe
roof, by pulBng the grass ont ; to break
throng the roof;— & To take out of a
hole, a# : ku taljwe izinyoai, i. e. : honey
is taken out of the hole; — 8. To empty
a hole, which was filled up with aunr sub-
stance; henee, to dig a hole witl^ the
hand, by taking a substance awiqr*
nkn^TATA, t. t, (A repetition of ta, to
touch, take, and a eontractkm from tabata.)
1. To take;— a. To take hold of, Ac
i— TATA, n. pL asaa. (From the rerb.)
1. A barb of a spear; — 2. A misdiievous
Isyew,— ngumnnto ofpenakeleyo o ba take
abontn, ie.: a felow who corses the
people, = u tatile, Le. ? ho has taken hold
of them,
nm— TATA, n. (From ta4a, touch-touch,
rather mto ma tifo e tic, signifying a touch,
taste,UkebabaI.uidIL AWedto dtidtt.)
Brittlsnces; fragiUty, brackish, or: umu-
tiomtata, i.e.; the wood which is fragile ;
amanai a'mtata, i. e. : braddsh water.
Is^TATI, n. (From tata, radHeaOg one
with tatu, three.)
CloTer {HteraRyt three learts.)
u«-TATI, n* pi. o. (See i^Thti.) The
generic name for dorer.
SBl
Digitized by
Google
TBQU.
[810]
TEKBZELA.
•m— TATI, n. pL imL (From nmtttfaL) A
kind of fragile wood, called meen-
wood.
i— TATISrrUPA, n. (From tatt, and in-
tapa» the thomb. Otkers, tateaitiipa.
CMipare tandato.)
Six } UterdUjf : a taking of the thomb^
which* aooording to the earage mode of
eoonting after tiie fiogen» is the thomb of
the right hand, 9€e kombihkombile*
in— TATU, n. (Sm Tkita, to tak». iSff.
tarn.)
Three; proptUf : the third, at : intja
edtata (from a-iaitatn^ i. e.: the third
diah.
It is used as an apposition and conforms
to its principal nonn, <m : isinkomo esinta-
to, i. e.: three head of cattle; — imibla
emitatn (from a-imitatn), L e : tlwee days,
in— TATYANA, n. pL isin. (Dtai. from
intaba, mountain.)
A small mountain; litUa mountain; a
hilL Same at in^Tabana.
TE. A contracted perft. form of the
verb ta, used either in counting by fingers*
as : izinkomo si te, L e. i cattM taking =
being so many, while at the same time the
number of fillers is rused;— or in point-
ing with a finger into a direction, as:
izinkomo be zi te, Le.: the cattle have
taken in that direction, pointing with a
finger to it. (It is difGerent from ie
maderU,)
i— TE, n. pi. ama. (From ta, to pour,
throw.) Spittle; saliTa.
i— TEBE, n. pL ama. (From te, perft. of
ta, and ebe, separated. Sadieallf one
wUh Uba, tiba, toba, tuba. AlUsd to
debe, lip.) .
The thm flesh of the beUy ; the flank;
flabby flesh,
in— TEBE, n. pi. izin. (iSMi-Tebe.) LUe-
ral^f : s(Mnetiung flabby, fleshy. A name
for the water lily, arum, which is her-
baoeous and edible,
isi— TEBE, n. pi. izi. {Sse i-Tebe and
in-Tebe.) An eating-mat, used as a flat
dish*
nku— TEFULA, ▼. t. (From te^ referring to
speakin^r, and fhla, to strain the sound f,
p=^ to bring out t)
To speak a peculiar dialect, different
ftom. the Zulu, and consisting miunly in
changing several sounds, or using their
cognates, as using a i instead of ir, a y
instead of ^ and a 5 or « instead of/, as :
Uinio instead of igifUo^ uhto^a, instead
offaw/Wa,&c (iS^Tekeaa.)
I— TEGU, KpLama. (From te, poured,
and gu, bent, cut.)
A place where the water of the sea
poors into a bend or bow ; a bay. See
u-Qu.
a*-TSQWANB, n.pLa (Fromte^kmdi*
ed and gwane, see in-Owans^ bent to*
getiber.)
A species of small fUoon; aooaUedfroB
its habit of bending and toad^ itssIC—
iyazibuka,i.a.: it looks afcitsownssl(
as in a nurror ;— -kn tiwa umonta osiba-
kayo n nje ngotegwane^ L e. : it is ssid
that a man who beholds himadf islikethi
Utfl lfW 1 l "^t
uko— TEKELA, v. t. (From teka, to W
touchy, and ila, to strain ; woAprepeiigi
a qulf. form. See Takasela.)
1. To take to ; to apply to ; to rent
to^ at: ngi ya kn tekek koye. La; I
apply to him (for food or someilnng dit;)
—2. To call on ; to Tisit, ae : ukofli kn
tekela kubaniP Le.: death calls upoa
whom P = whom does death take aw^r?
— — Tedtlbla, qulf. fr. or frqt fr. To
apply to for one, about soiiiiBthinfr> m :
yiyani ukungitekelela, i.e.: goyetopRK
core some food for me from (any body.)
uku— TEKELEZA, V. t. (From teksh, sad
in, to make.)
To attach; to flwten; to tie togsOier,
as : kn tekelezwa isitya ngeiintambo kn
shiywaisikahi,Le.: when a Tesnliitied
together with strings, an opening is kit,
referring to the binding of earthen vcaeb
in the shape of knitting.
um— TEEELI, n. pi. aba. (Fkom tekda)
An applicant ; a visitor,
isi— TEKELO, n. pL in. (From ttkek)
An application; a visit for something.
nku— TEKEZA, v. t. (From te, rcteriag
to speaking, throwing, and iken, to oskt
to put off. (Hkers tegem and tNkeo.
SeeHMiau)
1. To q>eak a peculiar dialed;^ (fifisNat
from the Zulu, and consisting mably in
tiie change of sounds to which sevenl
consonants are sulject, m.t to dMngt
the sharper sounds for flatter, as A ftr f ,
K toti,asi izinkomo aami aonke (Zah),
the Tekeza tribes say: intomo— itomo, or
iteomo tami tonke^— nmnyaka (Zoln)—
nmonaga (Teken)— umuntu (Zulu)— nna-
nu (Tekesa), &c ; of compound codsodibU
in Zulu, the Tekea retains only the tebiil
fM, and the nasal n, dropping usually sU
others, similar to umnyaka imd umanta.
{See ama-Lala.)
2. To make some noise with the toogne;
to touch with the tongue, as in a defretive
pronunciation; to make a noise with the
teeth, a# t n ya tekesa amaxinyo^ L a: ^
teeth chatter.
— — TmziLA, qulf. fr. 1. To make a
motion of shivering, like that of coogeskd
substancea ;— 2. To shiver or sh^e from
joy, as ddldren do when seeing their pa-
rents or friends (= takazehi).
Digitized by
Google
TEHBU.
[•41]
^ENDELE.
Mm T ELE, n. pL Teketa dSaleefe initaadof
n jateks wkieh mv.
iim— TELELO, n. jA. imi. (From telelt.)
1. A preparation lor patting into thesnnn
to make a girl lore her loTer ;— 2. A kind
of wood naed for sticks ; — 8. Any orna-
ment for patting aroand the neck or body,
vka— TELEZA, T. t. (From teliC and iza, to
make. iSiw IJelela.)
1. To make smooth ; to remore things
whidi are an obstacle;— 2. To slide; to
be sHppery in wet weather,
in— TELEZI,n. (From teleza.) JProperfyi
a kind of wood containing much wat^
sabfltance; andosed for the ceremony of
sprinkling npon the impi, when aboat to
be sent to war, hence eommotUsf : intelod
yempi, Le.: smoothness of the forces.
(^iMisi-Ukmbsn.)
aba— TELEZI, n. (From telenu See in-
TdesL) Smoothness, sleekness, slipperi-
ness; osed of water, or of roads after rain.
See the note under ^elen.
isi— TELO, n. pi. izL (From tela 5, 6.
JCbta isitole.) Prodoot; froit.
i— TELOSI, n. pL ama. Zoloised frdm
the Datch mairooe, i.e.: a ship's boy,
hand, crew. (Hot commonly known.)
nko— TEMBA, t. t. Paeehe tenjwa. (From
te, thrown, throst, pat, and amba, a going.
Madi c aily one wUk tamba, timba, tomba,
tamba. See Mba, to dig.)
Totrnst; to rely i to hope, a»i ngiya
temba kawe, or wena, i. e. : I trost in yoa
oryoo.
i— TmffwnrA, qolt. fr. To become trost-
worthy, reliable, hopefhl; to be trosted,
to be hoped, confided in, ae: ngamonta
otembekileyo^ i. e. : a tmstworthy person.
»i«— Tbicbbla, qolf. ft. To hope for; to
rely on for, Ac
— . Tbmbisa, cans. fr. 1. To make to
troit^ rely, hope; to giro hope; — 2. To
promise in hope, ae : nkomtembisa oma-
nta into, L e. : to give one hope of, or to
pr omis e one something.
M_TEMBISO, n. (From tembisa.) Some*
thing given in order to be relied on;
flomething given as a promise for another.
The word rather means a pledge, or some-
thing deposited, ae : ngi nesitembiso enda-
weni etile^ L e. : I have laid down some-
tUngin a certain i^aoe.
isi— TEMBU, n. siag. (See Temba, and
TembasL Compare aleo wmtimba, isi-
tmBba,ftc)
I^rcperfy : an establishment for taking
or getting a large body or mass of people;
eotnmonfy, polygamy. A custom most
probably ori^^nated with, orintrodocedby,
the abe-Temba, eee om-Tsmba.
UM— TEMBU, n. pL abet (From itambo,
ite, taking, thrown, set» and imboy separ-
ated fh)m. See Mba, to dig, omo-Mba,
and oma-Mba, a large tree. Compare
umtombo, amtamba, and olabo, moltitade
of diildren.)
One, or an individaal, of the tribe
called Temba.
Bbhare.— The literal meanine of this
word is apoUfgamieit or as the plor. abe-
tembn, Ut, : they of polygamy, shows,—
one of polygamy, who has taken to pcdy-
gamy. {Compare amlangn, abelonga.)
And the word is in so fkr remarkable as it
gives some means for tracing the origin or
the condition of the abetemba tribe, with
which, accordingly, polygamy has origin-
ated, or, which, as is more likely, was in a
peeoliar degree polygamistic, as also the
word, isitomba, idj^fles, becoming a
nation in conseqaence of it.
nka— TEMBUZA, v. t. (From temba, eee
isitemba, and osa, to make.)
To practice polygamy; to go£rom one
wife to another ; to act on a plan of gat-
ing many children, to caase to become a
tribe or nation,
oka— TENA, v. t. (From te. taken, and
ina, small, even, tender. EadioaU^ <me
with tana and tana.)
1. IMeralUf : to take the tender parts;
Xenoe^ to geld or castrate;— 2. To prone,
of trees; to cat off the ears £rom com.
oka— TENDA, v. t (Sadiealh one with
tanda, tanda, &&, ui,: to wmd aroond,
AlUed to sonda and sonta.)
1. To roll forth; (somewhat different
from gingqa, which simply means to re-
volve) ;— 2. To develop ; to spread.
«^— Tbitdeka, qalf. ft. To roll ofl^
i— TENDE, n. pL ama. (See Tenda.)
Unrolling, applied to a general develcm-
ment of Ufe, espc^aally of vegetable lifo^
as the large thriving leaf of pampkin in
its first staffo, when it begins to onfbld
itself, or to develop, to spread,
isi— TENDE, n. pL izL (See Tenda. Sie.
serete.) The part wbidi forms a roond,
spread; kenoe, isitende sonyao. Let the
heel of the foot ; — imtende sesanhla, L e. :
the border or ronnd nde or palm of the hand,
am— TENDE, n. pi. imi. (See Tenda, i-
Tender isi-Tende.) A development^ an-
ft^ng; api^ed to the appearance of
heavenly bodies^ ae : amtend'okosa, L e. t
a beam of light in the morning; morning
twilight; dawn of light ;—amtende'cola,
i.e.: the galaxy;— any line of light;
any line which forms the horiion, as the
line of a hill.
i— TENDELE, n.pLanuu (From tender
andile^ stnuned.)
The generic name for partridge,
in— TENDELE, n. pi. ian. (See i-Tendele.)
A species of partridge.
s<
Digitized by
Google
In— TBNE, n. pi. izin. (From tena.) Some-
thing gelded, casbated; applied to amall
animali, as goats, fbwls, &c
in— T£N£, n. pL izi. Ztdaised from thi;
Dotch tteenen, i. e. : bricks.
TENESA, vl Tfkem^dialsct. See
Tentesa.
In— TENETJA, lu pL izin. (From tene,
and t)a, to shoot.) A rock-rablut. I can-
not inake oat why it is oaUed thos. It i»
also called isibndu, from its nuhisg mo-
tion,
nkn— TEKGA, t. t. (From te, thromi, and
nga, to bend, about. Sadioally one wiih
tanga, tonga, tnnga. Sis, rdka.)
1. To ky open ; to pat things about ;
one next to the other, as when tl^ngs are
pat up for sale. This is the primanf eenee
of: to boy.— 8. To take one for the other;
to boy one thing with another ; this being
the manner of baying and selUng among
savages ; hence, to barter ; — 8. To trade ;
-—4 Ukatenga ngento^ !••.: to mH; —
ngi tengile ngento Tami, L e. : I have lold
my article, lit, : I have tdcen anetiisr for
mine^ with mine.
•*-«*» Tevqbki, qalt. fr. 1. To be fit for
baying, selling;— 2. To frteh a good price,
flw : izinkomo zi ya tengeka ma^je, i. e. :
cattle fotoh a good priee at presenW
— -« Tbvobla, qolfl fr. L To boy or sell
for one, a«: wo ngi tengela ingnbo^ i.e. :
yoa most porcbase for me a dreas ;— 2. To
boy, or to pnrehase from or o^ ae : wa ngi
tengela kahle nmbik, L e.: he booght
make of me (and paid) weU.
— -« TxvaiBA, cans. fr. L Toeanse to boj ;
to caose to sell; to trade;— 2. TooiTer km
sale, at : wa ya kotengisa ngeidcoao^ i. e. :
he went to trade with his cow.
— -* TnreiBBLA, qolt fr. To trade for; to
be engaged in trading for, fto.
in— TENOO, n. pL izin. (From tenga.) 1.
Trading bnslness; sale, porckase ;-*2. Deal-
ing} £alzog weD, a#: a Denteogolom-
. hmgo, i.e.: this B ia r o pe an , or civilized
man, deals well with his costeiMn^ sells
things for a moderate prioew
lii— TENJANE, n. {d. iami. (From te^ tak-
ing, tonebuig, and inja, = oje^ Bke^ and
ase, dim. or rcpr. form.)
1. An aqoa^ bird of a yellow and white
ocAoor; — 2. Any animal <^ a yeUow and
white oofoor.
la— TSNJANfiKA2I,< n. pL i^i. (From
tenjani, and kazi, denotinf female.)
A frmale anisoal of a yellow and white
coloor, as a cow of that coloor.
tm— TENO, n. pL imi. (From tena.) An
animal gelded, or castrated, as: vziteno
wembon, i. e. : a castrated goat,
vis— TSNT£» n. ^ imi. (From te, tovdMd,
and nte, even tooebed.)
A sort of gnuM^oalLedeotAQii-griflijwj
soft and of little valoe.
nka— TENTESA, r. t. (From te, pot» tkrovn,
nte, even pat, ra<iica% one wiik tnta,
see Tantato^ and isa, denoting dcgna^ to
caose^ make, &0. JHalecUe, tenen. JSiei
fo tenga.)
To pat a higher prioe on things tiu
they are worth ; to ask a great prim ftr
a oonmodity ; to overcharge*— ka ya ^hro
ngokutenga, i. e. i it is nsed of bnj^snd
sellin g.
isi— TENTE6I, n. pi. izi. (From tsate.)
1. One who ovtfcharges the priee |— 8.
Something which is over-dear.
1lkar-T£T^ V. t. (From ita-ita» to toadb,
throwing-throw. Bather onomaiopedie,
signifying or imttaiing ih» uttemesof a
sound, or the artioolalSoii. S adi o att g est
wUhtakti, tata.)
1. To otter; to speak. (This is the
primaty eenee, in iridoh the word is md
with several tribes, as the jSjoem^ 4l},—
2. To ebide; to scold; to Mame; to
clamoor;— 8. Uknteta icala, Le.: to in*
vestiffate^ judge, or adjust a ease in Ooert ;
— icua li m tetile» i. e. s the ease has joi-
tified him» =s was so dear as to assk fv
itself.
— -« Texavi, repr. L To speak witiieack
other;— 2. To chide with eaohotiMr; to
reprove^ &c one asotlier.
— — « Twrmuk, qaUt ft. To speak for oi^b; to
dtide ftr, &o«
— TsTBLSLA, freqt fr. 1. To adfeerti
for; to intercede; to plead for;«»2. Te
pWB judgment for, in fovonr, Ae.
— — • TvruA^ cans. fr. 1. To cause Or eaah
pd to speak ;— 2. To reprove svrsr^y.
in— TBTE, B. pi. icin. (From te-ts^ takk^
taking.)
1. A generic name for loemts;-^ The
green kxust.
iim— TETELELI, n. pL aba. (From te(e-
lela.) An advocate; an iatereesior.
oka— TETEMA, v. t. (From teta, and inn.
to move^ to stand. £adio«Ui^ ame w&
totomela.)
JAteraliy : to stand (^uding ; ieaee, to
disapprove; to dislike, or: tetenadirahbi,
Le.: to dislike the food; tobedisooitet
with; to be diasatisied with.
— Tbteicela, qulf. fr. To disappsofe ti,
af:ngf ya yi teiemela lento iMigils^
i. e. : I do not like that xrhkk yea hare
bought ; — I have a ^tislike fai lespert to
ttaBt,fto.
is— TBTI, B. pL isni. > (From teta.) A
mm— TETI, D.pL aba. jq>eakery knrysr;
i«dge.
uku— TEZA, T. t. (Fms ta» iAe, tiirow,
4Be.,aadita,tomake. Ma di ^i ip am wiA
tiza,tonu Allied io^Otu)
Digitized by
Google
T6 wAh wood I to tiiop or broik wood
and briog it to one hoap s to ooUoet wood,
to ftteh wood from th(» fbretft.
iiktt— TJ, r* t. Paniw tiwa. (From nko-
Ta, and, strictly taken, a participial ibrm
Oflbenme, hot bj mage eetabliihed ai
an independent terb. The perft. of the
aetlte ii ^e^ and of the paatiTe Uwe.
CUmlff alUed Ui^ Bee TstA, to titter.
Cempare hleii, MiiMrhUda, 4nd nmi under
•a.)
1. To laj I to utter, expreet in words,
Mt a ka tMiga ^nto^ L e. : be has said
nothing* Hi,; he has not sidd anything.
(This instance is the clearest eridenoe for
the eorreetoees of the giten analysis, and
H most be noticed that th« negative of the
perft. tensss neter has ti, bat always ta.)
*— Lokn ngnknti, i. e. t this is to say.
2» TO mention;— 8. To affirm, confess,
argne;— 4. To report ; to reply, to repeat;
to answer;— 5. To mean; to think; to
aoppose, aet n ti ni na manje P what do
yon think now P— a ngi ti Into, L e. : 1 do
not think anything.
6. Bat beddes, ii is tery generally used
to introduce a relation between sentences,
narrations or recitals, either of a speaker
himself or of someyUng said, done^ or to
bo done by another, ae : wa hamUsA e ti,
a ngi ni^o imali, i. e« : he went on svfing,
I hare no money ;— kti tiwa, ma ngi se-
heme lento, i. e. : it ii said, that I ihnst
do this ;— a ya ka ti ngomso n yi fonya*
nise^ Lo.: yon will say to-morrow, yon
haTC Ibond it ooi ; — A twile oknti or knti-
wa, abantn be be neminyaka, L e.t we
hate heard, ibr instance^ that people be-
eamoold.
7. These relations between sentenoes
are often rendered by : namely« to name,
tomentkm Inr name* tft: Wa shnmayeU
nknti, Le. : he reported namely :— ;—ni
ngabaseknti ni? I.«i: yod are they of
' being called by which name, swhat is
the name after which yoor tribe or fkmilv
is called P— hnrnki ya si kandanisaekntfad,
l.e*s the ndn orertook ns at aplace W^ch
Is called, ss in a certain j^ace.
8. Sometimes #i orottmseribes a condl*
tion or the drctmislancei of a solgect or
objecif ott a tl amabmra wa wa bidala
Udingane, i.e.: as regards, as for, with
respect to the Dntdi fivmers Dingaan
killed them^-or it Inritet the attention
to a snlfoct or oMeet, m : ba ti kodwa,
abanto se be baMdle, L c. : hewerer they
happened, the people when they had fled,
= the people howerer when they had fled
were Munely— ;-Mir it spedfles, (M $ be be
sale namahashe ndfaikotto, a ti amafaashe,
i. e. t they hate oome with horses and eat-
tls^ and, or bnt, Mie hoMei (were, Ac)
^ It ia ttnerally nsad for the oonatmo-
tloa of Tcrbal pamdes, or exchunatlons,
or : Wa ti gwiU emkoneni nmkonto^ i. e. :
the snear sonnded Jost into his arm, =
mshed into his arm ;— wa ti ha ! ha I ngo-
kabalela, L e. : he ottered a soond like ha !
ha! from the scTcre heat.
-irii^ TlLA» qalf. fr. To say, or ntter hi
respect to, Ac, at: wa tela ngesinkomo,
Le.: he expressed himself in respect to
tiie cattle.
NoTB.— This ftirm is radically synony-
moos with tohk, im ta, and yet thoro is a
diffi»?enoe dbsorrable which is the same as
between *' se na m ta igamai^ see ta, and
"a ka tanga 'laio^" see ti, 1. Bat this
diffidence tf still more obserrable in the
Xo#a Terb telanqa, to be astonished at^
vis.: to ntter astonishmentk compounded
from this teU and nqa, ^ nknba nenqazi.
And from tela th» Xoia frirther has tele-
ka, topataway> to retain i-^tdekela, to
keep from, to withhold ; and Aenee again
idttdcJa, to oonjectore, to suppose, iSmk
aboat the state of something ;--4eldmlisa,
to make con)ectnre, Ac. i— and tetokisa,
to pnt np, to instigate, dto. All these
deriyations are based on the radical mean-
ing of ta, to poor, to throw.
^ TI. See Hi, snbst pron. 2, and i-Thia.
{ TI, n. pL itinti. (From ta^ to throw,
''to take!)
A atlck; i handlei a whip-stick.
nbn— TI, n. (Fromnmntt.) 1. In a ffeiteral
eeniet poison, natural and artifldal ;— ^9.
In a peculiar eeneez acharm, Ots.: thing*
of all kinds need ibr injnring, or sopposed
to be the means of bewitching. (The
Word is taken in this sense among the
Xoea.)
nmn — ^TI, n. pL ind. (From ta, to throw.)
1. A tree; a plant ; a shrttb; a herb; and
henee, medidne, beeaose the natiyes pre-
pare the samO chiefly from herbs;— *B.
FUnk; wood^-8. Faint ^-onniti wesi-
catolaic: Uaddng.
nkn— TIBA, T. t. (From ti, to say, and iba,
to separate* Radically one icith taba,
td>e^ UkMf tuba. AUied to fibs, gd-
ba,Ac)
I. To tell one to get away frtm a
place, to oome badt, or to remain, and
not to go on to a phiee;— 2. To keep back,
to call badt froin a place or from an
notion, = hamba n m tyele a nged lapa,
' i.f. : go and teU him that he may not tome
Mther«
^— ' TlBBLA, qnff. fr. (To keep off from ; to
keep alone, ae : ti tibele ngapa izmkomo,
i. e. : keep the cattle idone on that side.
«— TllrxLA]rA,r6pr.fr. 1. To keep together;
appHed to feelings or opinions, = yomo-
hnia» to agree together; — 2. To keep from
nluj
Z4
Digitized by
Google
Mch other, Mparato, atz tibela i iiukimii
■i ngm tibekiM^ Le.: keep the baUi alone,
that tbej m^j not miz together, = thej
may remain each separate,
iai— TIBlliI, n. pLiai. (Fromti, thrown,
and bill, two^ aeparated.)
Battock.
in— TIKINTIKI, n. Dialeetio. iS^Diki.
diki.
in— TIEINTAKE, ru pL izin. (iVom tiki,
and nyane, amalL DialecHe dikinjane.
See DikikidL Allied fo npcikioane.)
A little finger of whidi the point has
been eat off, and which has beocmie nnmb
consequently,
vkn— TIKIZA, y. t. CFrom tiki, eoineidinff
ra di eally with diki, and iza, to make. See
Bikiia, Takasek, Tekeza, Ac)
To make or eanse to toneh upon; to
feel, as with a stidc in a hole or in deep
water, in order to ascertain whether there
is that which is songht after,
i— TILONQO, n. pL ama. A non-Zoln
word. The Xoea has ixilongo, and both
are probably Kafirized from the Dutch
Jkoren, i, e. : horn, used as a bugle or
trumpet; and this deriTation agrees with
that of intolongo, which eee.
isi— TIMANE, n. pi. isi. (From adma,
Uadc, and ane^ dim. form.)
Any sort of black beads. (The word
belongs to the tekeza dialect,)
uku— Tlif B^ T. t. Belonginiftothefrcmtier
tribes. The Zulu use tumba instead of it.
m—TDCBA, n. pi. imL (From ti or ta, to
thrust, and imba, a going. Madicalhf one
with tamba, temba, tomba, and tumba.)
A crowd which is pushing on, hastening
or carrying away. An ezpression applied
to the company of voung men who bring
a girl away to the place which she is to be
married to^ at: u yesa umtimba, L e. : the
marriage party is coming,
ukn— TIBiULA or TncLA, T. t. (Fromti, to
express, utter, and mula, to strain from,
&c See Mula, Damula, Domula, Pumula.
Sadicalhf one with tamela, tumela, Ac)
To press out a sound like ti from the
nose or mouth ; henee^ to sneese ; to snort.
TINA, pron. acy. (From itina, which
•ee.)
We the self-same ; ourselres ; commonly :
we, us^ 1st person plur. It is generally
used to express emphasis or d&inction
between other person, ae : tina, enhlwini
▼etu, si hlezi kahle, L e. : asrenurds us, we
haye peace in our house ;— objectiye case :
bo si bulala tina, i. e. : tb^ will kill us.
i— TINA, nom. adj. (From iti, eee ituna,
and ina, even, same, self.)
lAterdUg : it we, u% or ourselyeB. This
dass of words has also the fbroe of to be,
to be by,a«: itina si kwenzile kku» i e. :
it is we, or oarsekes who haye dans tfaiib
= we ourselyes haye done it.
n—TINQO, n. izim. (From uti, shoots tad
ngo, bent. JBtadicalUf one with utango^
intonga, intungo^ Ac)
1. A stick or sticks used for the wattlmg,
or the frame of the roof of natiye houei^
which has a bent or round shape;—!
Utingo Iwezulu, or utingo Iwenblu yea-
kosilukzi, i.e.: a rainbow, UUi the bow,
bend of heayen, or the bend of the ham
oi the queen of heayen.
urn— TINI, n. pL imi. (From ti, tooebed,
and ini, tenderness. Sadieal l y one wUi
tana, tcoa, tuna. Allied to idmL)
The otter ; so called from its tender ikiii.
The natiyes are afraid to kill it— a wa
bulawa, uma u bulewe isikumba si bikhrs
s*elatjwe inyanga umuntu a nga fl o yibole-
leyov Le.t it is not killed, laid in cms it
has been killed its skin is sweated sod
medicine applied to it by the doctor, in
order that he may not die who haskflled
it.
uku— TINTA, y. t. (From ti, thrust, eipiea;
and nta, throw, eyen, next to. SadieeOg
one wiih tanta, tenta, tunta. Allied to
tiba, ndnta.)
1. JPrimarUjfz to tell or saj what if to
happen, what is thrown next or nmr to
one, ae t hamba u m tinte ku tiwe vo
banjwa, i. e. ; go and tell him to get away
for it is said that he will bo turn pri-
aoner;— 2. To keep htysk; to prevsait^-
3. To stop; to obstruct 1—4. Tointeroqpt
— TnrmcA, quit fr. 1. To be intercepted,
kept back, dw., «te : ngi tintekile hpo aga
ya kooa a ngi sa yi, i. e. : I reesiyed a
warning not to go where I intended to go^
and I do not go thither any mors;—! To
faUback; to lose the balance.
«— ^ TnTTBLi, qulf. fr. To keep back fat,
on account of; to intercept for.
-— TnmLBKA, quit. fr. To keep bsdc;
not to say; not to sgttk out; not to «•
press one^s meaning,
um— Tnrri, n. pi aba. (From tinta.) LUet'
aUjf i one who throws equally ; applisd to
one who plays the ugubu, and keeps Mm*
ukn— TINTITA, y. t (From tinta, to throw
or touch equally, and ta, to tooeb. Meii-
ea2/yofie«rt<4tantato^tuntuta,Ae. (Hken
hace tindita.)
To beat or strike equally at some bo^^i
as when beating the dust out of it; Ut^i
to beat and then leaye off or beat by cqoal
interyals. (The Xoea use it in its pri*
maiy sense of striking with the toofM
against, to stutter.)
isi— TINTO, n. (J^tcm tinta.) An iatv
oeptioD; interospting.
i-^TINTO, n. (From tinta.) ZitereOf'.
a mass which has been thrown eqoiBj;
Digitized by
Google
TTHSKA.
[MS]
WA.
appBad to lratteniii]k» =s mnbobe. C^he
JCo#a h«8 iim^do.)
in— TINZI, n. pi izL (From ^, thrast^ and
Bii, even coming, thin parti, broad. JUt»
dieaUy one wUk tnnzL Allied to blonzi»
Ac)
I. The thin part of the ear,— iBitimd
•enhkbe, Le.: ear-lap, or point;— 2. The
hole in tiie ear-lap.
oka— TITINYA, y. t. (Fromti-ti, tooched,
andqya, to join, to praw together. JDitUeC'
Ho titinga, rtidioaiUf one wUh totonga.)
1. To work, to preia with the fingers at
the fleah of the bodj, just as when one
kneads a mass of doogh ;— 2. To pinch
hard, as with daws. T^ practice is often
applied to sick people when thej haTO pain
in the whole bodj ;— 3. To touch, to feel
the body as if one wwe examining a thief
who has hid things in his pockets or under
hisetothes.
iii_TITITI, n. (From ti.ti«ti, touched,
ialMO, thrown. Allied to dida.)
L One who is in confnnon not know-
log what course he shall take, as game
which is surrounded by hunters;— 2. A
sceptic; a confounded person, = inula, a
vko— TITIZA, T. t, (From ti-ti, say-say, and
In, to make. Allied to tintita. See
TSsa and Kwitisa.)
Literally s to try to say somethin^r* but
being unaue to bring it out, as if the
thought was stagnatii^, = wa ti eh^ eh,
eh, 1.0. : he said, = and— and— and — ^.
— — TmniiA, qulf. fr. 1. To t^ to speak
on, go on speaking but fidling into confu-
sion;— 2. To doubt in q>eaking;— 8. To
stutter.
n— TIXO, n. God. (A word, the origin of
which it is yeiy difficult to make out. It
exists also in the Kcrana, Namakwa, and
Hottentot language, and is supposed to
have come from them into the Kafir.)
nka^-TITA, T. t. (From ti, to say, or throw,
and iya, to go^ retire. See Biya, Ac)
1. Onomatopoetio : to say iya! Le. : go
ye ! = it serres you right; — 2. lAterdUy :
to put a trap; to let go into a trap; to
ensnare into a loop placed in the opening
or gi^ of a finioe^— 8. To obstruct die way
b^ something put there to cause stum-
Imng;— 4. To underprop* at: ukntiya
inUu iwayo^ Le. t to put a piUar against
or under a house, that it may rest upon
it ;— & To seek to take one's life ;— 6. To
haU; to thwart
^-^ TzTAiu, nsfft. fr. To put obstructions
in each other's way; to try to ensnare one
another, Ac
— — TxTBXA, quit fr« To be fit fbr ensnar-
ing; to be in a state of being ensnared;
tobebatefhL
i— Tin, n. pL anuu (From tiya.) A
hunter, who is regarded as — okwaziyo
kakuln, i.e.: one who understands par-
ticularly,
in— TIYO, n. pi izi. (From tiiya.) Any
thing for ensnaring, &c; a stumbling-
block.
nktt-— TIZA, T. t. (From ti, saying, and isa,
to make. Sometimes pronounced tise. See
Kwitisa, and Titiza.)
To tiy to say, at : umuntu wa landula
iswi a ti omunye kuye u tize, i. e. : if the
one denies a word spoken, l^e other says
to him you ha?e said so, or you tried to
say so.
ukn— TJA, T. i. (From the root ta, as dta
anddl^a, Ac, and rather onomatopoetic^
signifying the rushing sound of burning
grass, or of burning water in a Tessel
Cloeeljf allied to tya, she, ja, Ac.)
I. StimariUfx to rudi; to flow; to
shoot; — 2. To bum; to consume, a$i
u^fani a bu tjanga, L e. : the grass is not
bmmt up;— 8. To dry up; to absorb; to
disappear, aei amanzi a tjile emln»eni,
L e. : the water is absorbed in the boiling
pot;— 4. To sink ; to diminish ; to whelm.
Of : umfula u tjile, L e. ; the river is low,
= the water has diminidied in the river ;
—5. To become hoarse, a#: izwi lake li
tje» i' e. : his voice is hoarse, = is burnt
up.
— — Tjsla, qulf. fr. 1. To burn at; to
bake fast, aex ukuhla kn tjele embizeni,
L e. : the food is burnt £ut at the bottom
of the pot ;— 2. To cleave at, to ; to adhere
to* ae : ingongoni i tjele engutyeni, i. e. :
the ingongoni-grass sticks fkst to the
garment.
— Tjisa, caus. fr. 1. To cause or make to
bum; to bum by fire, or any other heat,
of fever, Ac; — ^2. To be in a burning or
boiling state, boiling hot, a# : amanzi atji-
,sayOi i* e. : boiling water ;— 8. To affect*
or oonsume; applied to cold, «#: amakasa
a ya tjisa, i. e. : the cold bums, eis., dries
up, the skin.
— Tjisbxa, quit. fr. 1. To possess the
quality of or for burning, aei isikota a si
^iseki, i. e. : the old grass will not bum
off;— 2. To be hot; to be heated; to be
boiling hot.
— - Tjisbxkla, qulf. fr. To be hot fbr, at
or upon something ; applied to the feelings
or temper,
mn— TJA, n. (From ^ to rush, to be
ardent)
1. Fresh; recently grown, «#: umbOa
omtja, L e. : firesh nudser— 2. Young;
having the colour and appearance of young,
livdy, ae i ku pumile utyani obutja, i. e. :
the green grass has come out;— 8. Having
the appearance of health, at: usabekanm*
Digitized by
Google
TJAMPtTKA.
CJM«3
TJA^AKltKA.
^ L e. : yon ftm lodi qp^ heMhj ^-i.
New, reeoitly inade or eoine vp, a9t wtL
tenga ingnbo enija, i« e. : ha bo«tght a new
dress ;— iiitja 'n<ja, i. e. : the dish is new ;
•—5. If ew s as that whioh has lately arriv-
ed or obtained^ a»i ka §e 'ntja indaba le^
Le.: it is yet new— this report
VToTB.— It is ohrioos tnm the given
ei:pbmation8 and instanees that this word
is used in appontion, and e eufl wr ma to its
prin ei pal noun.
ttba— TJA* n. (From mntja.) Freah&ess;
newness t yottth; eUldboed.
nkit— TJABA» t. t. (From 1ja» alid iha, to
Ete. EaSiccUUf one wUh t}oba« and
DMeetic, shaba« Xo^a^ tshafai, to
L /80tf flabalala.)
JjUsraUjf: to hum away, lUsh away;
med in a Jl^aHve seaM, 0$: ktt tiwe
indaba i yesa namhla i tf abile, L e. t the
tiding whidi arrired to^ has ^ome to
nothing, expired,
•n^— Tjabiba, eans. fr* To g^re np, to fliake
to nothing 1 to omit; not to eoh^tie^ <m :
nma wayaJia inhla kn fike indaba n yi
tjabistie, L e. t when he bnilt the hoose,
and a report had oome, he ^Hsoonthiiied
(bnnding) It.
tt— TJABA, n. (From the rerb.) 1.
LUeralfy i desolating ; desolation ;— 2.
JBnmity;—- 8. A destroyer, one who eaoses
des(^tion. (More oommon among the
frontier tribes.)
TJABALALA. ^ Sabakk.
ttkn^TJADULA, t. t« (From rn^jadi, and
nhi. to strain. AUied to gabnk.)
To sport.
itm-*TJAKAZI, n. fit om. (From tuiitja,
new, and kaii, denoting female.)
A new wife ; a yonng woman jnst msr*
ried ; heneo also a bride^ (The word is
eommon among tiie frontier tribes, but in
tribal me in l&al.)
dkn-^TJALUZA, t. t. (From tja« to nub,
and alottt, to straggle. Jtadioattj^ one
•tnih tjeleca, to slip away.)
To straggle alxmt, =: to rof e all about ;
to be nnstable; to be slippery, ai t o ham-t
ba njak) emoalni 11 ^oaa, i.e. : he who
does not oeeee to walk abont the phiees is
mistid^
nkn— TJAMPUZA, t. t. (From ^9, rash,
and mpa, see mpa« mpo, a<kd nM, to make.
Claeet^ aUied to mpompoaa.)
To talk rapdlj and withoat regtfd to
troth I \enee, to speak or niter nntrdtK^
= ukakalnma amanga, nmnntn a knltma
nbekabeka,i.e.: to speak fiMboodi, when
a man speaks looking into dl direotions
(as a sign that be spolks itMij, or that
othert shooM not obaenre his loek, as he
Is almost Ura^iag laanelf at what he
spe^a.)
Itbi^T JAHBLA, t« t. (From tlM
repr. Ijana, to rash together, and Sk, to
strain. Dni<0o<»o tjayefi, jee ^ya.)
To sweep.
•***^ TxAifixiai, catit. fi*. To make or eom-
pel to sweep.
— -« TJiHBLiaiSAi cans. fr. To aweep tho-
roughly.
i— TJANELO, n. pi ama. (From teeb.)
A kind nsed Ibr sweepinfi for a broanil
nsoally a phmt like asparagn% or tiie ao>
eaUed Kafir tea-plant, ae.
nm—TJAlfrELO, ti.pl. imL (Fram tiansk.)
A mass of amaljanek botnla together for
ping ; henee, a broom.
tiktt— TJa^QA, t« t. (From tfa, radii and
nga, with ibree, urging. The Xoem trim-
ngak k the same.)
1. To walk with speed ; to hiiteii}— 2.
To be unstable, ae : nmnntn o nga hlali
indsAi n tjsnga, L e. : a man Who dois not
remain at a place k nnstable.
in—TJAKOU. n^ (From <janga.) 1. A
eold wind coming from tbesonth (awe»-
ing with fbree),— -8. Botha's hill* «■ the
main road from Dnrban to Marttakurg;
•o called from the reason of No. 1^
nm— TJ^^GU, n. pi. imL (From ^^nga.
JUMtoWMUpL* llie JTbM kitBhimg&,
cotaneons eraption, k from thk atesa.)
1. Properly : a haitening ; bal soan
monijft a pttty whkh goea to a besr-
drinldng, erery one of whom haatens to
reach the pkce aoon where it k to be
oftoed ^-AMce olfo, 8. A adfiilib sboirting
oat for a beer-drinking frasty = tiknhUba
nthkori, eee bkba;-'8. A* icwi kattm,
1. e. : women-word for bodjr, =s nwiisiba.
nkn— TJAPALAZA, t. t. (From Ija, fast,
ipa, to pass, npon, and flaxa, to kt atriin,
xiscftc An nnoontracted fbnBf and ftMf»>
cdliy the $mme, k tjapaaa, «Mdt «m, The
Xoaa tyabeka k the same.)
To smear the iloov of a natite hoose;
Ut, : to make a spkslnngnokewiUi walar.
nkn— TJAPATA, y. DkOeoHe. See Ija-
pasa.
tkit— TJAPAZA, r. t. (From ^ lpa« and
ita, to make. See the analjsk ef 1)^-
kn. MadieiObf coineidim wUh espan,
hkpeaa, taps, Ac. The loea tyaptta, to
ti&e out the eyes, to bring eat^ to ernsh,
k the same.)
JMmanl/ifx to Crash/ as an egg between
^e bands; to press oat water; to eeme
ont, of water which eomea from the
ground or from a hole in a ajdMog
way; to ran or flew^ aa walet
eyes.
^— - Tjafazbei« quit. fr. To ba
aei amaqandaaijapsBekik^i«e.s timapia
squirted mri the wateiy parte in kfig
crashed, Ac {Xoea tyapaka.)
Digitized by
Google
TJATO.
CWT]
TJSLUL
to— TJASA^ n. pL iiin. (F^roM Ija, rah,
bim, tnd iii» to canMfto iiM«)
XJfofo^ t •ooMthing to d]7 op or AWays
Apl^iad to the In-^ongQla, or othtir nniff-
spoon, to wipo off penpiratkm from the
uni^^TJATI, s. pL imt (From tja, hum,
dry, and iti, toft^ fine. AUisd to kUHla-
hati, which tee.) -
1. A place iHiere dry latid ii foond;—
8. Oommmi^ applied to iandy ritera, into
wUoh the water haa washed land.
vka*— T JATJAZA, T. t. (From ^a, hum, and
iaa,lo]Mke4 8ei Ti^tiwAsu AOiedio
tjapaza.)
1. OnomaUpoeHe t to make a oraddng
aomidHke^l t}a! aa when a tracked pot
iB on the fire, and the water coming through
the enuk ia homed ;•*-£. To open a hhSl-
der which has come hy itself or heen drawn
by a bUiter, referring especial^ to the
water aqmrting oat from it ;-— 8« To make
or canse bladders.
i--^TJATJAZ£, n. pL anuu (From tbUgaaa.)
X* A Uadder, reoeiTed of hard working, as
a bladder in the hand; a blister ;-^8. Sxe;
postnle oa the body}— ^ A fresh or
haaMhy looking person, {eee nnk^l^a) who^
as it were, is rnwing beyond others | aleoi
a fiit-bodied pefwm who koks fresh, wcU,
healthy.
«kii'^TJ AYA, ▼« U (From tja, rmk, tlirast,
and iya, to go, retire. The lUeral eenee
i$i to throw Ibrth tiM hand or any other
thing, and draw it back again, as in bait-
ing. S0tfl>aela.)
!• TobsBt;tofiog| toitrikei toi^p;
-«8. Toponisb; to ehastiae,-'-^. Tostrike;
to dip hands^ ae : tjayani, ingomane^ i.e. :
make a noise of wari—- 4. To drire^ ae :
Ijaya ingcwele or izinkabi, i. e. t to drire a
wagon or oien \r*h4 To phgr vpon an in-
stram«it,<M: ^ya ngnbob ie.: to play
npon the cakbash ;— 6. To shoot, ae : tjaya
ng s si b amo , Le.: to shoot wiUi a gvttj^
7« To make something of one's sdi; to
esteem, nsed with the reflexion ii, aei
Wa si tfigra mmmtn ohmgileyo, ie.: he
eat eomed himself (to be) a good man.
*-^ tik-mUk, qoHl fr. 1. To strike; to
knoek ; to hmrt, a#: wa ^eka eohlwini,
L a. : he kaodsed himself against the hoase;
•—2. To strike well; to be fit for striking,
beaten, Ac, ae t idtonga i ya 1i|iyeka, i.e. :
the stick beats welL
(NoTB.— The Xoea nsss this word in
ibaseoseof: going to bam, applied eouhi-
sMy to smoJdng tobaeeo.)
i.*— Tjaykla, <)idf.fr. T6 strike fer, &c;
to drire forth, <u : tjaytia ingewele, i. e. :
to drive a wa go n ^^to drive lor one.
nv-^UATO, n. fi. imii (FroBtjayak) A
beam which la ^ying a sr o a s i^oe tiie iaaika.
ind the chief sopportsr fiir the roof of a
natite hoase. {8ee nm-Jibe.)
nkn— TJAZA, t. t. (Of IHa, bivn, dry, and
ita, to make. Badumfy eokkfiding with
tiisa, to bum. Allied to hua, qaaa^fto.
See Tiatjaza.)
1. To torn Uaek; primariltf. to orer-
throw with a sUn, beoaose that wliich is
bomt has receiTcd a black cover, ae i nka-
hla kn ijjatiwe, L e. t the food has been
bomt black ;-^8. To scorch; mdied to
▼egetaUes which have been afiected by
frost;— 8. To film; to cover Witii a skm
which is nearly black.
*-«>- Tjaasa, eaus. fr* To catlse to bora
Uack,Ac
in— TJAZA, n. pL id. (From the verb.)
The ear ornaments, called isivUiba; hat
called iaitian becrase they have been
bomt Uack. See aleo isi-<£Lza.
isi— TJAZI, n. pL iai. (From tjasa.) A
fllm^— isitjasiseso, !.«.: a pellide on tho
eye.
nka— TJEKA, v. L {Proper^ t the qnlf.
finmfirom^'a, to rush, tobmm, bat nsed
. as an independent verb^ from^ andika,
to cooM or get oak MadkalM one wUh
1iidkaof<|iokoia.)
hUeralUfi to rash oat; originally nsed
of the leaking of a pot when boiling on
the %n (eee i^t}aia) and henee, applied to
a loose state of the bowels, to have
diarrhcBa«
— Tjxkbu, qnlf, fr. To aoil npon, on,
Ao^aet mntwana wa mtjjekela nnma, Le. t
the diild soiled his mother 0t hiving
dianhosa.)
««— TnouiA, cans. fr. To eanse diarrhoBa.
nktt— TJELBLA, v. t. {JPtoperly-, a freq[t.
form from tja, to msh, to flow. See ^e
qnlf. form ^ek. Sadieatt^ eoimeidhg wUh
teMa, and eheel^ allied to tekca.)
1. To msh foorward; to slip or glide
forward, as when walking on a wet road,
BB okn ya pambili, L e. s to move forth,
before, in front;— 2« To s% to glide,
J^uratioely, to err, to fall into error or
fonlt, to do wrong, aei ngi tjjeleie bpo,
L e. : 1 Iwve erred tiiere.
^k»— TJELEZA, V. t. (From ijeieki, by sab-
stltntuaig iaa, ibr ila. See Teleaa.)
1. To make to slip, to glide, viz, : smooth,
aet itye li Ijielefwe ngamankobe, L e. : the
stone has beoi made smooth by (grinfing)
com on it^— 2. To be doU; sp^sd to a
mill stone, which has been used, or ia worn
out*
iiba— TJELEZI, n. (From ijekm.) flmcoth.
ness, sfippritiness, aei inhlehi i nobirtjeleai,
i. e. I tbe road is very sHppery.
KoTB.— Although these werds--tiele»^
tjelffli, and teleia, telese, rascally cotodde,
yet they arodjlnrent^ the itoser r efe r r in g
Digitized by
Google
TJIBILIKA.
[348]
TJITJIZBLA«
to a wom*(mt stote of an objeoi tttelf, the
latter to aome additional cause. Thejare,
bowever» nied synonymously.
i->TJ£NGAEAZI, n. pLama. (From jenga,
wkiek see, and kazi, denoting female.)
A leadinic oow in a herd,
in— TJENGULA, n. pL iidn. (From 4ja,
nuh,andengnl% toskim. See u-Jn, ukd
in-ljasa.)
Something fbr taking off watery parts,
perspiration ftom the fiioe; applied to a
spoon commonly need for taking snnff with.
ukn— TJENTJISA, T. t. (ZoloiBed from the
English to change.)
To change, at: tjenijisa Small, i.e.:
change the money, get change for the
mon ey. (This is its limited sense.)
«ka«--TJ£TJA, t. t. (From itja-itja, rush,
mshing. Badioattj^ one wUh tjiqa, tfotja.
To hasten; to make haste.
«— « Tjbtjxla, qnl£. fr. 1. To hasten for,
abont;— 2. To pnrsae, to be eager after,
at: u tjefjela imali, Le.: he is eager in
the pnrsoit of money.
-^— TjBTnsi, cans. fr. To make mat
haste ; to hasten mnch ; to pnrsae ardent-
ly; to be Tory eager in porsning something,
isl— TJETJE, n. pi. izi. (From tjetja, to
mshhard.)
Any instniment for cntting, as a knife^
a spear, &o. (The sense is raider onoma-
iopoetie, signifying the mshing somid of
those instmments when sharp.)
nm— TJETJE, n. pi. imi. (From tjetja.) A
single string of beads as it is bonght in a
shop ; properljf : a yery fresh-looking mass,
referring both to their being not worn yet,
as also to their appearance; eee tjatjaze,
and nmtja.
Ukn— TJETJEZELA, y. t. (From tjetja, and
izela, to make or do often, or in abort or
little turns. ^MM to Ijatjaasa.)
To make baste in going to and coming
ftom a place; to hasten in some degree;
to try to hasten ; to hasten not too modi,
moderately.
un—TJEZI, n. A right tribntair of the
Tnkehi, the next north of the impafima,
and called Boshman's River. (The name
signifies smoothness, slipperiness. (Hkere
pnmonnce it nmjezi, which signifies an
attack* I cannot make ont whether it is
a modem name referrinp^ to the attacks
which haTe taken place in that Erector
an ancient name.)
nkn— TJIBILIKA, ▼. i. (From tji, rash, and
ibiHka, tee ndbilika, to melt, and ncibOl,
flowing, sliding. Xoea tyibilika.)
To dip or glide; apptied to that peca-
liar kind of gliding when both feet sUp
away onder one, or when one stands on a
ladder which fidls away onder him. (This
word is synonymoas with nyibffikiy wlinb
refers more diriwtly to the foei, wUle t{i«
biHka indicates more the fiOUng.)
In— TJILA, n. DiaUeHe, Bee in-Jih.
TJILO, perft form from ^
in— TJIMANE, n. pL in. (From t^ bun.
ing, hot^ new, and emaae^ oontradtad frcn
demane, eee mnkomaae, one elaaely related.
See aleo n-Mana.)
ZUereU^ t some sort of hot or grson
relation. This is a name of r e p roach, or
contempt, g^Tenbyayoonggirlto oneidio
inshes to become her lovw^— agamaita
oliwayoyintombifLe.: it sigmftss ansa
who is refiised hj a yoong gin.
TJINGA. AaeShinga.
i— TJINGA^AZI. ^StelWakaid.
am— TJINQO, n. pL imL ^Vom ^ nah,
shoot, and nffO,beDtk eat. AUiediontimg^
umcingOk fto^
A reed ; a whistle made of a reed s Aeae^
omhlanga wemi^ingo, i. e. : a viOtej ef
reed; a great oouediioii(tf reed,
isi— TJIPATI, n. pL id. (From iji, m
tjengnh^ and pati, a holder, eee paia, Ae.
AUM to infjasa.)
A fiMo-wiper, lU. : some instroment ear>
ried aboot for taking off the parspiratkw
off tbeiace.
In— TJIPITJIPIorTJUFUWiWir, b. (Fraai
Iji-ipi-tji-ipi, rather onomaiopoeiie, signi*
lying a mshing npon something, or cr«h«
inf.)
A daminr person, referring tohia walking,
oka— TJIPIZA, T. t. (From ^i. omometo
poeiie, signifjring the noise of abropt milk-
log, made hj single drops milked from ^
odder into another portioQ of miUc, and
iza, to make. The JToem has ^^ylsds,
osed of the flowing of tears. AUied to
tjipati.)
To wipe tears,*-okasok idnyebed age*
lanhla, L e. : to wipe off tears with the
hands,
id— TJISEKELENI, n. (From ^isskda,
Metja, to bom, and ninai lotenK^tiT^
what)
A phrassb wi^ the iiora.lbrm isi, denot-
ing rraroach, lUeraUjf : a what dom It
mdce him hot for, = o nga kataleU loto^
i e. : he does not care aboot anything,
oka— TJITJILIZA, ▼. t. (From ^^^ mdi.
and ilim, to make to strain. Jflrffegf^
eomeidiMff wHk (Jdem, and mOied Is
Ijetiezda, tja^am.)
To alide on the groond.
oko— TJlTJIZELA,T.t (Fram1|i^nid^
andizda, to make often. JUJiemO^om
with tjetjeaeU. Cbia ci dtfi y wHk mmmls.
CMfiparejesisa.)
1. To dMse with dogs ;— 8. To Mnti
referring to qaid[, crspannodio motioBsia
a osrtain sictaism of cattle.
Digitized by
Google
•rfMtilHtfSBiMMMiii^tflMUMNi
»««MMtaMMiMlMMite
TJOEOZA.
C«o]
TJOTJOZEUL
nks— >TJO» T. I. JPtaMtM tjhra (Prom tho
loot ^ to rash, to fkm, ana, itrictly
taktn, an original noon, but hj nnge
itahliihod ai a terb. Tha perft. of the
afltiTO is tjilo, and of the paaalve Igiwo.
OMNfKwv the Terb ukntL)
1. To apeak ;— 2. To ntter wordt or
tbooghta;— 8. To pronoonoe or artienkte;
—4. To pronoonoe or ezpreaa j-*5. To
dedare^ amraiy fte^ or: u Ijilo, i. e. : he
haadeolared ao;->e be tjilo, Le.: he de-
clared that aomethfaig ihoold happen aa it
haadone;— ngnkntjo kwake Idra, i. e. : this
ia his wa T of speaking or expresring
himself:
In moat eases this Terb is fbDowed by
nknti, at: ntjo nknti, i. e.: he dedares
sajing,— or he dedares namely, Ac
— ~ Tjol(>» qnlf. fr. To speak, to ntter,
dec. ibr, in respect to, m : n Ijolo lendaa,
L e. : he atlrms (this) in respect to that
point.
(A freqnentatiTe form tjolola, is occa-
sionally heard in interrogations, m: n
^ok^ nine, 1. e. : for what reason do yon
wgeakaof)
nkn— TJOBA, r. t. (From tjo or tja, rnsh,
threat^ and nba, to separate. Badicalfy
OM iD»«it tjaba, wMehwt. Allied to iohti,
toba. 1^ seine if 3 to keep off, ward off.)
1. To beat about with the tail ; to more
the tail to all sides^ m : inkomo i ya tjd)a,
i hamba esibayeni i inhi, Le.: the cow
beat with the tail mnning abont in the
fold as if it were mad;— 2. To be restless;
to beat abont ; to rage, lu : nkntjoba no-
knfii, L e. 3 to straggle with death, to be
about to expire^ to exert the last power,
i— TJOBA, n. id. ama. (Fromtjoba.) The
bush of an animaFs tail (a member for
fon^Unffoff)
nkn— TJOBINQA, t. t. (From tjoba, and
inga, to bend, to force. Ses Binga.)
1. LUeraU^z to bend the tail, as horses
and cattle dofai staling; henae, to stale;
—2. To Toid urine; appBed aleo to man,
and the tribea in Natal seem to use it of
man inpreforence to the usual Umda.
m— TJOBINQO^ n^ (From tjobinga.)
Urine,
•kn— TJOKOZA, r. t. (From tjo^ rush, uka,
to come np^ and ma, to make. Ead^eaUff
eoincidimff with token, and tjeka.)
1* To cauae to rush up; to cause to
come up^ or bring up, a* : umuntn a tr a
bohle umoya n ya kupnla ukulUa, i. e. : if
for instance a man eJeoU wind from the
stomach he brings up food (an exertion
diiBBTCnt from vomiting); — 2. To iject;
to press out, at : amaoimbi a ya tjokoia a
ku hlUsyo kn fike umuntn a Ijaye umuti a
kuwob LcbS the caterpiUan (called ama*
cimbi) ijeot that whiefa they hare con*
sumed when a man comes and strikes or
mores the tree at which they are.
«— — TJ0KQ2BLA, quif. 1. To bring up,
^ectfor;— 2. To talk a great deal, Ut.i
to eject words.
i— TJOLO, n. pLama. (From tjo, rush,
and ilo^ strained. Badically one with
tjola, in Ijuluka, and tokn Xosa it«
yola)
LUerailjf: a pkce where something has
sprung up; api^ed to a small bush, or
grove. {See i-Dobo.)
nku— TJONA, v. L (From tjo, rush, and
una, to ioin, together. Sie, chona.)
1. LUeralfyi to rush together ; to rush
down ; hence, to sink, ae t u tjonile ema*
n^i, i. e. : she sunk down in the water ;
—2. To sink ; to set, ae : ilanga 11 ya fyo-
na, i. e. : the sun sets, goes down ;— 3. To
be deep ; to be under, ae : ukntjona kwom*
fala, i. e.: the river is deep; lit,: the
depth of the river;— 4. To Reappear; to
get out of sight, ae : inkomo 1 tjonile esi-
hlahleni, L e. : the cow has disappeared in
the bush.
^— - Tjokisa, cans. fr. To caoce to nnk or
go down, &c
in— TJONALANGA, n. (From ^ona, and
ilanga, the sun.)
The direction where the sun seta ; sun*
set ; the west,
i— TJONOOLOLO, n. pL ama. (From tjo^
rush, ngo, bent, and nlula, to be loose,
easy*^^)
The millipede ; so called from ita quick
and easy motion by continually bending
to this and to that mde.
i— TJOKGWE, n. pi. ama. (From tjo^
burnt, burning, and ngwe, with power,
powerful. (Mere tjongo. The Xoea has
inljongo^ a burned substance settled at the
bottom of a tobacco-pipe ; a real poison.
Madical^ one with tjangu, Ijingo, &c.)
A spedes of the genus datura stramo*
ninm. It contains a burning and poison*
ous matter which is used for smearing
upon skins, thongs, and other native uten*
dls, for the purpose of preventing dogs
from eating or destroying those artides.
TJONTJA. iS^Kjonja.
nku— TJOTJA, v. i. (From utia-utja, ruah-
ing-rush, or bum. SadieaUy one with
tjatja, eee tjatjaia, ^etja, Qitja, &e.)
1. To rush or move in such a bendinff
position as almost to touch the ground
with the buttocks at every step; or to hop
as a fowl;— 2. To go in a bending posture
. from severe pain in the bowels, or other
pvta of the body.
«— * Tjotjbul, qulfl fr. To rush on, for^
ward, in a bent position; to be in pain,
nku— TJOTJOZBLA, V. t. (From tjotja, and
iseU^ to make after* tofod very much.
Digitized by
Google
^
TIWA7A.
C«9]
VK
SoilioisUu #•# with tjfi tj m i ii ti^tfMib. iji*
tjis8i«,#D0
To go bent from paioa ssp ku b« baUonga
em^mbeiu* L ^ : it being from ptlii in the
body.
u— TJOVJOLA, n. (From tjo. roih, burn-
ing, and yebi> to oome lbrth« Cimpare
nlw-A? «la, and bavela,)
1. A strong flozoi ; a disease of females;
-^2. A yeoereal emption,
noHi^-TJU, n. (From ^a, to bum,) A mass
of burnt food, parii^iUrUf, burnt porridge.
TJUKA. .S^ffShuka.
nku-'-TJULUKA, ▼. i. (From ^% ynshed,
and nlokat to go out, strained out. Allied
^ iuluka, ^elela, ^)
To oome from a hr distanoe, as: n tjxx*
lQkapina?i«e,i where 4o yoa oome from
in this haste t
in**TJUNQUTJA, n. pL isin. (From tjn,
flown» rushed, nga, bent^ anid ^a, to
flow, DUtletUct tjongotya. Ootnjpare
Ijanga.)
JUim^Ugi a specks flown togetheiv rash-
ingtogethtf; being in a vibratiig state,
s^nt/yH^i spawmofflrogii
Qkn->TJUNQUZ£LA, t. t (Jhom ^ungn,
ses ^ang«^ andiaehu to make often.
O^A«r# tpngezela»=Bhii«eieU. MUedto
jvknuelaO
To msh or flow together i i^ntied to
sp^wn whieh always riSies awiy whe^ one
wiU take it with a attok, §&§• mj ; or
when separated flows together again; ap-
pUed also lo ^gga when beaten opw
WW-^TJWA, ». pi imi. (Fren ^ and a
contracted passiTe ft>m» of the same ;
f04ioa% 0Qineidi^ wUh twa» taking,
wMokee^. Xs^ro^tvnshing^vfa.: being
sekedi C oukP i d inj f wUk um-t^)
A fine or stripe, ^bs* im Qa
uko^TJWALA, T. W (From tiw% being
taken, and ik» to rise^ iq^ JIMtotilfjf ooim^
ndm^ wUh twak» to oarrji tmd to ^jwHa,
^wele^fto. AUi0d0Uml»Htwj%^
1. To take up^ aa in hsate, or together,
4SI ^wala izingobo eatu^lve kiiaim-
Tvla, Le.; take (qniek) i^ the clothes
which have been spread ooi rain li coming
on ;— a Qwele abilwayc^ L e. i he took up
the case of or from those who were ight-
ing^ spoke to them, entered betweeAjbhem;
—8. To collect snknbnta kwonkcw
••«<M TjWALAKA, re(Nr. fr. T6 take up (me
with another; to sebs one aaother^ as in
flghling together.
uk«— TJWAYA, Y. t (from i^m^ htang
taken, and iyi^ to ge^ to retire. Cam-
dding with tjwala. AUUd ta tjajm.)
To take awaj together ; beiBg or let go
ra^, OS : twaja irii^bo ea'eneklwe imviua
t janafLe.: take awaj qoick^ theekithcs
q^pcaii epeok rain in iOKiig. (Thatfifer-
•way,
enee* hawevev attght, betwe«i <Uc 10b
and ^wak. Is obviona.)
«"«*- TJWAT«iii,qulf. fr. Totakeaway fiora
purpose ; hence, to aocnstoaa 1 to become
accustomed tOb (MS se ngi tjwa^pele lendan,
le. : I am already accnstomed to tUs place.
«^- TJWATBLAiri« ropr.fr. To became accui-
to«ed to each other ; to become aooostam-
ed to ; to become fluniliar with, «#: Isn-
kcmo id ^waydene nsaw* leli, t e. : the
cattle are aoqinainted, or aMistomed to
this conntry ;— ba igwayelene* >•«> < the^
are fiunUiar with one another,
iikn— TJWATEZKLA, t. t. (From Ifwaya,
and izela, to do often, to make wa;)
To ncMike one's self acfmiwteri, accos-
tomed; to scrape aoqnaintece ; to nestle;
to aneak or steal fai.
in»-<*TJW£, n. Some at nm^l^wa.
nm«*TJW£liE, n. (From nmn^m bomt,
and ele^ strained.)
Boasted maise— nmbala n mijw e>s , or
nljwele (contracted.)
m»— TJWSLSX4S, B. (Ffon ^ spsak,or
nsbcfl and elele^ fte qm en t a l iTe lbra^
qnalifymg the preceding t§)C^ either eMOSM-
tepoe^,}
1. The seond cr noisQ of a lifelle oi^
which is heard In the ni^ aai afoCi
the QMrves Tcij mieh ^-^ A ceiMn BBsdl
owL
iikii^TJW£LE2A» T. i. (Fiob tke perit
ferm of <jwale,'«-^>wsk^ and is% to make,
to dew)
To enter belweoB qimirelHMf parties;
tospeaktothena; to ialsrte^ <«« kmk)
in order to make tbeaa sUesift.
nkn-^TJWIBA, T. t. (Jhtm ^M^ mbc as
tiwa, being takca^ and ihiw to aBfa r e tB .
JbpMM ^yibi^ the aameu)
To gi?eiro, or take npaaa b aa tj ; to
throw atway nnr the pvpoae cf being wen
er asbed by otheiik
nkn-^TJWIIiA« t. t. (JMm^^ om wUk
1iwakv«iAM4es«. JQw^wtts^ toacnpe
cC er together ; shwifai, to skhn eft)
1. To take np and tmm, as • string
whisk la iutened te a tree to be taken and
mraag with the huA oa^ «i» draMk
ngoqongwane, L e. : to tnni or twist a
lwgeiope9^2. To awkig awayi to tan
Mray; to pot awayv i^ieeboMe utetafts
e?n.
i^TJWILI, B. pi. amah. (SeUkm.) (From
^'wik.) 1^ samUl or tiia iwesinaMiiu
stomach, (ita other name ia WwaaJ)
ua— TJWILI, n. pL imL fjhem Ijwaa.)
JLitettUij^ amasatokoni^p; anaMefora
kind of bean ov potato^ g sewing under
gionnd»andeatonintimecf aoardty.
h^TO^ n. pL iafai. (Ftomt% take.) Some-
thing takcai ooeMNodEf, m. things er ene
thing I a single things
Digitized by
Google
M^'fO, juv^m. (From to<) Tbe tbidc
part (^ tlie kff hmadi tilt tnU; the
i|— TO, Q. pi. iatn. (From t«, Sh Into.)
Something, at : .ngi za kntttd nto Iwami,
i.e. t I eome to tidce (ML :) my something ;
"-a ngi ii kntota uto or 'IntOb i.e. 1 1 come
to take nothing, (Thii i« t^ oiiffinal
4ifferenee between thi« wa^ and uto,
whic^. howerer, ii not alwf^9 ohwr? ed.)
nkn^TOBA, t. t. (From to, p^t, thrown,
and nba. at parate. MmUottlijf ens imth
taba, tebe, tiba, tnba. AUM ^ Ijjoba,
gDba,4o.)
1. To take away ; applied to awellings,
as: nkntdha ibele «U vqvnkUe. Le,: to
foment a swollen hreaat; to taka away
tl^ fweUing, to enbdnei-ra. To sobdae;
to depress; tohnmhle! to lower j applied
t^ pafsiGns, or to a state of life wlnah is
to be loweMds*-3. To stoop j to bow ; to
bend, as i tob^ nknngena enhlwini, i. e. :
stoop down when yon go into the bnt(lest
yon shonld knock year head.)
if*-« Tqbxka, qnlt. fr. To besome smaller,
aaa swelling wbich is ftpmentedi to be-
ooeme hnmbl^ low 2 to be hnmWkw lowly,
ngnmnntn nenhlj^o etobekil^^ i e. :
he is a man who has an hnmUe heart
•^-ir*- ToBiaA, oans. fr. I. To make, apply
i^wnentationsi to canse to k^eoome smaller,
leaser, better, aaa awelllng;-r-S, To bamUe ;
to bow, dbOi
vkn^TOB£ZA. t. t. (From tcJ)^» and iza,
lomake.)
Tohnsh down,«S) tiibwiwi kik^Le.:
do ye husk down the trnnsu
isi^TQBO^ n« ong, (Fromtoba.) F«men«
tat^on, fbmentinga
nkn—TOBOZA, v. t. (From tola, and nza,
to make. The Xosa has tyobcca in the
sense of bobosa, idAMs^, ^om e idv ^ tadi'
caUy with this verb. Sse Qohoaa» ooboza,
Toforeedown; to l»roe one ta bnw ; to
bipeak one of a bad habiW
VB— TOBO^, n. fd. aba. (Ffom toboia.)
One who knows iiow to bow or t« bvonble
otiiera.
isi— TOBOZO, n. ^From tobow.) ▲ way
of bowing oir hmnnUng othefa.
nm— TQFANA, n. pi. imi. (From Wttti, a
tree, and oAma, whieh is Hke.)
A eertain sbvnb.
i— T09LANA, a, pK* ama. (From itole,
and ana. A £aM3e ibrm.)
A Uttia calf} or ray ysnng oCHva-stobk.
nk«— TOKOZA, ▼. t (ftmn to, thMwa. nka,
oomenp^andn9»tomake^tQiiel. RadU
caUjf one wUk takaaa, takeaa» l^aWt Ac.
iSiaEon.)
|« To ba^ a as* ftalmg; to lial the
oomli^ np cf sonsfthkig aiA erpltenra*
ble; il^Mtf, tobebappyi to rcrjoio^ <i# : si
ya tdkoia ngokufika kweno, i. e. : we are
happy Utat yon came hither;— 9* To
ei\joy I to feel a flash of jo^, ati un^cimba
wami a sa tokozile, i. e. : my body feels
qnite oomfortaUe yet;— ngi nokutokoza,
L e. : I ei\|qy health and comfort.
— — ToxozBLA, qnlf. fr. To rejoice for; to
have pleasure and happiness ; to be in the
emoyment of health and other comforts.
>nv«* T'oxoziSAf cana. ft, 1. To canse to
enjoy; to make happy;— 2. To be the
eanse of hapianeas, joy, Uiss, &c,| to wish
Of bring joy ; to congratulate.
in— TOKQZCX n. (From tokoza.) linjoy*
ment; rejoicing ; hapi^tnessi bliil; de-
light, Ac
nkn— TOIaA, r, t, (From to^ taken, and
nla, to strain, np. MadicaU^ on$ with
tak, tela, tula« In the JCosa it signifies
to dart ; and cola is nsed instead of tola.)
1. To take qp from the ground ; to lift
np^ as light or litUe things ;— 9. To pick
up^ s= to And* <Ni> ngi totUe uto enmele-
ni, L e. : I ibund something on the road;
— 8. To get. Oft wa tola Icala, 1« a. : he
g«xt Into a erimcb or scrape.
-^— TouSA, cana, 1. To canse to take np ;
to help to find, as : umlungn wami wa ngi
toUsa Isinto^ 1. a. 1 my master assisted me,
or was the canse that I hnve gained pro-
psHyi— a. Tolisa icala, i.e*i to get one
mto a scrape ; to want one to get into it.
i—TOI^B, n, pL ama. (From toUi.) !•
JUtefNdJifi amaa kind of pickis^ np, gain-
ing ; hsncs^ an ofibpring «f Kye^^^lock,
especially a yearlii^;— 2. A piroM of Uto-
atook; a calf Of a year old.
isi-r-TOI^ n. pi isi, (From tola. Ses
i-Tola. The nom, ftrm isi, denoting
degree.)
A httfor of tbree years okL In the
Xosa, a plantt = aitefc im Shhf^
i-.TOLEKAZI, n. pi. ama. (Fros^itole,
and kasv denoting- known* diBtin|nished.)
A peenliarlT finebeifer. (TheXota has
the oontracM form Itoka^ l e^i akeifer,
a eommon oigmficatioD.)
nm— TOIiO, n. pU imi (From tola.)
A kind of mimosa with thorax a sbmb ;
so called from its pntti^ forth or driTing
many shoots. (In the Sosa the word sig*
nifieaa dart.)
nm— TOIiWA, n. pL abn. (Froni tdk.)
One who is piok^d up,
nkn--T0M6A, t. i. (From to, thinst, and
mha, a going. Radioallff ons with tamba,
tsmba, and tnmba. I^asflisais: tnthrow
abo«^y.)^
1. Fnmarily i to thmpt a gensw vu. i
to germinate ; to sprout i to shoot ; ta bad I
—8. J j ^p U s d to a ffi^i to besonamen*
straal; to mensti;iate I (s* this p«Hi»d the
mtmm^
Digitized by
Google
TONIX).
[868]
T(»r€K)«
^1 ii flmMfed with fed day, to fligniiy
the appearanoe) ;— 8. Applied to a 9e»iel :
tolflak; tospont;— 4. Iznla liy« tomba,
L 6. : the sky it getting red— (taken firom
the appearance of the girl. No. 2.)
in— TOMBAZANA, n. pi. anan. (From
tomba, 2, and izana, denoting small female
Bex.)
1. A imall girl ;— 8. A lister ; mi com-
fium mage, at: intombazana jetn, Le.:
my sbter, lit, : a little girl of onrs, which
expresses the Kafir idea of sister.
Ssi— TOMBAZANA, n. jd. izi. (Prom into-
mhafiina.) The generic name for little
girls ; signiff ing also an inferiority of a
girL Sm iA-^lixuuu
i— TOMBE, n. pL ama. (From tomba.
8e0 nm-Tombo.) A place inside in the
native honse, where goats are sleeping. It
is always fenced in. The signification is :
a place which isgemunating; becanse as
a warm place brings oot the germs from the
kemd, so the warm place where the goats
are kept canses a rapid increase of them.
isi— TOMBE. n. pi. izi. (From tombe, 2-4.
The Xoia has isitomo.)
1. A likeness, an image, carred, moulded,
printed, d». ;->2. A doU.
nm— TOMBE, n. pi. imi. (From tomba.)
A large soft tree; so-called from its red
fibres, which shoot from the stem.
in— TOMBI, n. pL irin. (From tomba 2.
Teketa inombi.)
1. A danghter;*-2. A ffa^ j— 3. A giri;
— 4u An unmarried yonng woman ; maiden.
Isl— TOMBO, n. pi. izL (From tomba.
Allied to isl-Bambo.)
1. A spront, or shoot, vk,: the next
after the germ;— 2. A state when the
body has become settled ; hence, corpu-
lency, as: nmtwana a nentombo isiknlu
Le. : the child is Tcry Alt ;— 3. A germ,
om— TOMBO, n. pi. iml (From tomba.
See nm-Tombe.)
1. A fi)nntain ; a spring; a well ;— 2. A
kind of B>>mb, rather a creeper, growing
near or r a the banks of riTers, and haying
a red oolow from which it has its name.
The plnral imitombo signifies t malt,
nm— TOMBOTI, n. pi imL (From nmtom-
bo, and nti, wood, tree, p(nson; eee nnra-
Ti, and nhn-Tl.)
LUerallyt a fountain-tree, or an issue
of poison, a poisonous tree. It is known
from its quality. The least drop of its
milky sap when coming into the eye, canses
a most painfiil inflammation, and often
blinchiess : the least green splint when get-
ting into the flesh of the. body, causes
most dang^erous tortiB,
um— TONDO, n. pL imi. (From, to^ thrust,
and undo, extended. Hadioalfy one with
tsjida, tende^ tunda, &c)
i^pSed to y»
(From mo-
1. LUsrattjft a snout;
penis maris;— 8. Unne.
um— TONDOLO, n. pi. imL
tondo, and ulo^ stndned.
wiik tundebu)
A castrated animal, espeeiaBy api^ed te
liTe-stook. (^e primary idea is that ef
prerenting or restraining the power of
spouting forth the urine, or the fructS*
fication, as is the case with non-caflteated
aniaials.)
um— TONDV^ANA, n. pL imL (Dim. ftum
umtondo.)
1 A small penis maris;— 8. A tongos
of adasp.
i— TONGA, n. pi. ama. {See Itongo^ and
intonga.)
An mdiridual of the ama-Tooga tiibe^
living near Delagoa-bay.
in— TONGA, n. pi. izin. (From into, and
unga, with force, power, or from to, thmsl^
thrown, and nga, to bend, with fixeeb
which both is the same. Tskeza, Soooga.)
1. Properly : an article or weapon ftr
defonee; a powerful weapon; eomethiiv
for throwing baok;^8. Cb wa km l yt a
stick, belonging to the articles for defcnee.
id— TONGA, n. pL id. {See in-Too^ and
i-Tongo.)
1. Something of a very larg^ or of a
tremendous, or frightftil size ; applied to
the largest sweet potato ;— 8. Fiymroi^iee-'
lyi greatness, frightfolness, or: umii
vrake namehlo ake u nesitonga, Le.: m
respect to his nbuM and his eyes he has a
greaA, frigfatftil appearance, (his place pre-
sents a grand appearance to the eye) =
umuntu o yinkosi e nokwesabeka, L e.t a
person who is a chief inspires foar, terror.
(The Xosa has isitongo^ L e. : report of a
gun.)
um— TONGATI, n. {See id->TbDgOb and
iti, taken, thrown» &c.)
A name of a river between the Um-
hloti and Umvoti, coming from the Uzwsti
(Noodsberg) and foiling into tike sea. Tie
etymfleaiion ie : a frigbtfol or tcntfe
course, stream.)
i— TONGO, n. pi. ama. {See Intonga,
intonga, aad utango.)
1. FrimmriUf i a defonding or preserv-
ing power; a protection agdnst de^
saving people frtmi starvation, as the exfJa-
nation says : itongo 11 pilisa abantu, i. e. :
the itongo keeps people in life and in
health ;— 2. A frightful appearance or ap-
parition seen in sleep; kemoe, frigfatfol
dreams, an ubona itongo or amatongo^
Le.: he sees ghosts; or u netoi^gOb Le.:
he has frightfhl dreams.
Rbmabk.— The idea of the itongo ii
rather personal or individual. And the
olgect represented \rj it is <me in wiudi
Digitized by
Google
■mrflnl tribes put ifaair trdit» and from
whieh they expect prewrfation el life in
time* of dunger or starratioiu Thej be*
Here that, when in going to war or on a
ftr joumej, all other ranvnvea hSk them,
and thej are aknoet djing from hunger,
the itongo would take care of them that
they shoold not ^e* And oomparing thii
word with itanga jd. amatanga, pnmpkins^
which often are fimnd growing in the
dcBerte, — with onga and n-Mongo, the
idea anggeetg itself tha(t the words may
describe something like a Qod of vegeta*
tini.
nba— TONQO, n. (From itongo.) 1. ZUer*
dUyt itongo-ship; a state of preservation;
applied to preserration obtained from
sleep ; kenee, rest^ repose, at : unobntongo^
i.e. : he enjoys rest; — 2. Sleep, oit wa
lab wa ba i^olmtongo, i. e. i he laid down
and slept welL •
i— TONGWANE, n. pi ama. (899 nm-
Tongwane.) The frmt of the nmtongwa*
ne^ nrach like a cheiAnQt. The naUres
befievethat he who eats the inner part of
it mint ^ and also, when that part fhlls
down and growth foOowi^ that he who
plooghs or i^ants at that ph^e most &
also. The shell of this ftnit is nsed Ibr
snofT-boxes by the nattres.
«m— TONG WANB, n. pL in^ (From ttongo^
and ane, dim. and rem, Ibrm.)
A tree^ a kind of wild medlar, metpUut;
growing near tOi and in the Zola coontry,
and bearing a frmt whkh is mnoh like a
chestnnt.
isl— TON JANA, B. pL hd. {Dim. from isi-
tombo.)
1. A small spront or shoot 1^2. A small
germ.
i— TONQA, YL pL ama. (From to^ tilrast,
and nqa, with a top^ on a top. AlUed to
idonqa, intonga, Ac. IHaleeiic, itonga.)
1. LUeraUyi a Idnd of thnuting on a
top, point; deseriptiTe of the mnnewedo
of tiie amsdoda (men) nsoally made of an
Hongwane or from leares of the isidabana;
henee a cap ibr wearing orer the prepuce;
-^2. Anything Mke the cap No. 1, as a
polished knob of a chest of drawers, vis. :
of brown polished wood ;— 8. Any pblished
or dressed person*
i— TONQANA, n. pL anuu (2Hm» ftoai
itonqa.)
One who has a polished appearanas^ at :
vnrantn o fika e Tutiwe, Le.: one who
arrires (sss who is going on a visit) and is
smeared with red eoloar, the latter being
«he nsoal dreoiBg cokmr of the saTages.
nkn— TON8A, ▼. L (From to^ thmst, and
nsa, bnrst open, break, as a spark of light,
aynonymooa with cooaa. JCota tontsa.
T6 drop. (Hie ineaning of this word
differs from coBsa in thii^ that it refers to
the mass iHdch is poored, or to. flnid,
whils eoasB expresses tiie fiurm of a drop.)
i— T0N8I, n. pL ama. (From tonsa.
BaHeaUjf eoimotdittff wUh inhlansj^ spark
of fire.) t
A drop.
Qka-^TOPA, T. t. (From io^ thrast, and npa,
to pass, npon, on. I/UiraUgfi to tiirnst
ottt. Sa/d^ocX^ one wUk tape and topa. ,
Seeoftu)
1. To sweat oiit^ primarilgft to tiq^,
<j«0 nddca);— 2. PoHMnrfar^: to sweat
ont mt» ss nmximbA wake nngati wekata
annibta. Let his body is as if smeared
crer wiUi ftt.
nm— TOTI, n. (From nta-nti» soA to the
tooeh. M mdicalJy cm with tata, tnta.
JSke KnandL 8u, monate.)
1. JPirimarU^z something pahlablei
agreeable to the tastes— 2. A relish; that
wmdi is relished ;— 6. fiavonry.
NoiB.— Tlus word was adopted and in«
irodnoed into the Znhi langnagein Chaka's
^me^ after the costom d nkwhVmipa, he*
oanse Umnandi was the name of his
xsDther. Itis,therefbre,asabstitBtsband
synonymons with nm-Nan% wkiek 96e,
nkn— TOTOBA, ▼. t. (From to-to^ throst
—thrust, and nba, to separate; or from
to^ and toba, to take away. AUM to
gogoba. See Totolo and Totonga.)
1. To go slowly; UteraU^i to drag
yonr body away ; to walk with short bends,
as a weak person, or as one walks who is
jost recovering from sickness;— 2. To
bendwithatiStdi; sis qweqweiehi.
i— TOTOLO, n. pL ama. (From to^Oi
thmstb thrown,4md nK strained ; or fnmi
to, and tolob eee tola, and tola, isitnln,
dsaH JM»0a%oM«iatatela.)
1. A person who throws his arms across
oirer his chest» as if he was afraid of erery*
thteg, SB eng'aii lapo a ngene kona, L e. :
witiioot knomng where he will begin« to
what he will apidT himedf ; ft drow^ fellow,
like «ne who is dsaf ;— 2. One who waits
fer others, to find his feed with them, not
knowing how to plant and proomre for
himsdf ;«-8. A kind of grasdiopper; so
called from crossing its legs.
«k»— TOTONOA,. T. t. (From to-kv «nd
nga,tobend, with force; or from to, and
toBga, MS inteiiga. itongo, nbntongo.)
1. To thmst with a powerfhl wespon;
to \Kf hands on with focoe or power ; to
4farefw, as it were, with darts, aei nknfe
kn m totongile, L e. i death has laid its
powerfbl hand on him, rs kn m bambile,
1. e.: it has taken hold of him;— 2. To
dlenoei to poor a deatUleep over one;
to deafen.
lA
Digitized by
Google
•M-— IbtoirviiA, «Mii; ih. ' To vli imp Mnpkj
poifar in ordw to OMike iilMfc offi|si«t, or
to deafea, aw t imfiud « ji toteigiMindocUi
i Bga IB kataii, i. •. c n wmh» oiti oieoiM
to qiM her Jnihio^, iMt he ikoQld tffmUe
hir.
aBi-*-TOTONGO, n. pL imL (Ffom tolii^)
Jh'vperlgf: a pedficetion, epexe weiring;
tat ^wwe eljr, e qoeutityof meiiiiwflM
for * hidbmd bj hk wifo.
It k eaitoenrj tbet a jonng vwneiit
jut meiried, if she wiihee to pievwit enj
dUike er dMitiaftKtiott Aom her hnebeni
OP Aroei the ether woeMO, Kiet get her
*tlMr to kiU eettle «ir hec; end to pwride
weatwhichehe eeaieto the plMe^f her
hatband, to giYe then a toet i and thie if
intended toeignHyihit ahehai it hi her
power te mdawff them in att their deeia a de,
im— TOTOYANV, n. pL iniL (from to-to^
tttoirn, and vnn^ oi littb fenee or
LiUrMft a mtM er eabetnae from
n4iiflhit»K«i hae been taken gappUed to
do c e ipoei d wood, whieh liaeed iirilnder.
in--T0TOVUNB, n.pl.ldm (VVffn to.
tori, a dialeotie diffrrenee from
aneb,andano»aUttletl[dB«. See
Totovane.)
A epedei of loeuet witheot wfagiu i»d
M oalM from befaig orqimit with a
Uaekif h, ftinkiBf matter*
n-TOTAirS. MOedm. 3m i^-Do-
«ln— IXKIA, T.i. (Vrmn ie» thivei throw,
and na, te make. . MndietUitf ea# wtlA
ten. MiMUiAu)
Te make weed; JM^Mipe to aoOaei rot-
ten er deoompeeed wood,
to— TOZWANB, n. pL idn. (Aom to«^
and awe, little thiage.)
A rmlh nmdfrr hMiv Um itiifci of
AetMoee.
T0y pern. pmiL fUe li a ^hnitiTe
ftam e ta, a rameJnder ef the nem^ adj.
aiMki,whiehie«bieleteia the Zaln-£aar,
howwer esiiting ki otb«r dirieote m the
Jr«m6d» and In the Jbie iwaa ia the tame,
aiaa, «4M #00^ it need intrtead 4]f it in aU
general appKcatfooB.
nkn-TUBA, ▼. L (From ta,tlwnit^ thrown,
aadiiba,teeepeniie. J to dm eKj r mm wUh
t^ba, t^ tiba, teba* MUei U 4rtn,
x^ba.)
1. To ddne ttoMght «pplM te toid
and tir, at? amami a tnoilt^ i*a.t the
water it traaMed, tbeaaitiqr P«te ahine
«hroas^;-*2. To be nainal, iwt aa gther*
See
i— TUBA« B. pL ama. (IWom
to-^UBA« n. |l.kfaL (ARim the
i-Toba.)
Mayolrapnmela miveni,Ua.t a _
aemingenlfffomajockyor |oi«g oat be-
tween two rodct,. each etendiag alone («M
intiba) i«^9. An openim:, at a window.
iti«*TUBA, n. (See i«Toha.)t l^oiBtthmg
like a ptmage.
itU-rTUBJ» B* mg. (S'rem mitabi.) 1
kind of mistwa of npoko end «miiMkb
haviag the coloor of amtnfaL
Mi^TUfil, n, aiog. (From tnba,) h Ia-
ieMihft a mem or tnbitanee whiek ii
ftvooUedi applied to the fint»ea new milk
before it it fit for nte. It hat a l^BA
tints-f-S. XhejFolkof eiifgff*
n^TUBJKI, 9. (ffm moMn, mid m
mi,a4naL)
Ifame whiA hm a xpddi4^ aolooTv
(Rxpa*-
yaUow.
•r^TUaiiANS or in« a. pL a.
toll, a dialectic form. Qikem I
le^ii»or amqnha,)
L naet (M>a/ -== ititwatwi),-!
That ttmeaf the jeiir why the eoentry
«f Jone^ «m o^Nhlaknja.
•ka^^TUKA. t* t. (F^om tq, thaewq, and
nka, te liaa np^ at pattinnf, ttLttfemf
iama^ piatokat Hf from ti, my» ^mk,
and oka, ta «o afl; hito dettrwtaop, to
apeak ia a«ger»-rb0th gifrng the mpe
tenie. The i9M!. rqpt. frtaua the Jattnr
atfmoltcy, X>iate^ataka.)
I. Ta ennej ta bletpbeeaai ta abom
withwordtoravi&nametf-^ Tottartk;
to aftright, ae : ba tokile aknmhnne, p. e.:
thi«r ware quite ttartled to kK)k aft lum.
«— TUKELA, n. (From tokele, aa olno-
lite ar teUem fait form from tuka.)
The largett riYer of Natal, pto^ in
the DmWiBrg and frlUns inke the im.
B» *ig9iyUoiimU % aabnwig m frigbt-
«m^TU£I,n.pld^. /Fiamtiiemri).) A
aaritr i abater^ a frii^ol pepon*
ki^.^nJEO, Bu (From take.) Cmih«:
kiambtmiiigi alwte with wmd^ maT
W^i^-TUKO, n. pL iri. (From tokaj
4a«m; bleephamj, imladiotkaw ^igfai
i-^TUKU, B.pLnma. ( Avm Mur iZiM
1. Ahtfgewhitegf«h(froaB thai
iv^
of etartlmg) y^% Imnm, or ^
ntaallj generate in the that^ af |
and frU down from tkem.
B-^TUKUmX^A, w.%. ffvfm tatai n^
«kda, ta Jaottni oritaita, ^ktml^ tad
Jmlak^
To tooMn ttmt whiflh hw bMt frikmtd;
ta mMtte ; 4o temn frtim a kaot^ Ik.
]f ABrf^Tha Irl^Tfffrt hejwrnn thit
wb aad kiM% lM««i«^«r ifiiM* «^ ^
fifgfrt
Digitized by
Google
fiXI.
TCXBA.
■teod vlitii MBButd with ito flpfiofite
idiiLtifWi l^tdc^Un. tpO^^-to wiit;
knldii, to Itniw^i Irn— 1|, l» looiiA from
teitffiiiit.
nhi>-^VUKUgA, r. i. (Fvom teka, ar to,
yat^ akat to go avaj, aarajr* aad ma, to
h JVnmm^i to imtoAt of iifiWi; to
I to oonoari nnder
grouiid («M itoka) at : taka» lento aiiibla-
bni, ie.1 hida thia la tlie gtonid, omm
anke a heap (wldah ia vii£ia) ei earth
vpoBSt|p^2. To ooneeal; to keep aaoMt,
Mt watukiMaiBtaBihaadkoteBi^La.: he
MsaaaladthaaieniUthakmggfaM. (The
JCma tnkoaa ia med of the worldag of the
mole^ Ms.f tiia(»r up a heap of aartb.)
«kv-^T(JKUTXLA, t. %. (Ihtm tnka or
Mk% aad Dtala, ta paot Ibfth.)
L UiMOfyt topaar Ibcth tho laward
amotioiie, via.: paarioMi Imai^ io be
aapy^ m: kafakaiala bibiiMjo ftJt^
i e. : hia heart la angrr, «r ha if angrj in
Ua t»ara«d tool ^irJU Td ha aagfj for. at,
Ml Bgi |(a takateia^ La.: I am angry
with f aa, M.t te^ at yon*
*--i» te iLPtM U iL A, fra^ fr. ^ ba aagry
with»laraoBifama,a«i wa m tnkntetola
angaamga. La.: hawaaangrj with him
bannii of fiif aoi having aama (wban he
vaaealad.)
— — TuxuTBUBA, cane. fr. 1. So make
aogi^, to aaeapBic^ To beooma lary
Mf^UKUTUKU, m. tb^. (A repetition
from tokn, see tnka, and tokntela.)
|. Mmmriifft a fiiinf ei i»wird emo-
iion,pea4oaa ffrJI. Z i U mtiy z paaiplietion,
partiBuiarfy that which aajaea freia aniie^
aajeea: (TheXMghaakitakntftai,aaiiaty,
^NMa tho verb nkatokntaaa* tah#ia anx-
idtr^ to ba amdon*, ta b^ |» gnalt frar.
MUed to tnkutela.)
«|pi*^TU(iA, r. t. (Vramia^<wta,andnhi.
toiftnia, toreaMre. l aj in a /^ y aaa wUk
Ma. tela, tola, <^ SeeU]^
I. LiUrmilifi to taka aanay, av off;—
i. TolaaiaaCaa^ tida ^saMoMW Le.:
iaara off •paa]dBg|«-*3. Taba atill, ailent,
qpiia^ reearvadsT-^ To ha 4ifllbw mnte,
aai alamhln H NUK i«t*i teaea haa
lalt aff iU raaaiog oaiae, baa haoa«a oalm.
•r^ Tauvat VV- fr- To ka i|il]» ailent,
Ac, in respect ta fior* 4a.
M— r T«x«A,aana.A ToaudFaatOkiiliais
to silence; tooompd toboatUl^ taaalm;
to make opiiet^
limVUM^a^pLSaL (IiMiMt) 4qoiot,
aMTved pnaaiamataoadamb parson,
u— TULI, n. pL Ma, ffwm tola, SU.
kmla.) Pi«k(Mi tlvawbkbUtlMawn
or driven amf frap^ viad«)
■as-M^rUIiIKAZI, ii,aiag. (Vaoai atoli, and
kaai,daaotfa|g d^praa. LmMia. dnlHuizL)
% a s y apa» with amqaba, ;=3 aknqnba
laiatnli |apQ a Umaffli La.t to drive or
raiae the dust when one ia diggiag the
gfound*
in— TULO, Trow, or Tv£WA. See i-^tnlo.
i-^TULU, a. pL ana. (Ffom tok.) The
fruit of thaamtofai.
fiii^TULU, a. pL iaL (From tab.) 1. Same
a« isi-Tnli;-*-S. if» m fi^m^iim emteei a
BMile, dumb aad deaf,
am— TUliU, a. pL imL (Faam tula.) A
wild madlaMiac^ bearing a frolt which
nsnallyiaof a rotten, or meUaw qnalit j.
(Same ae nmr«-Vilo.)
nko— TULULA, ▼. %. (Fmbs to, thrown,
poapod, and nhila, Iposalj. J atf<aa% one
To poor oat; to empty.
U-TULWA, n. pL ama. (FaomitahuioilM
afa, and nmtoln.)
U$eml1^i aiottenormanawkiad, A
name given to the hurge femalartiah the
inward paitp of wbiah ara dmikr to that
af the itohi.
ft.««{Jl4WAHX, A. pL SPM. (Frmn itnlo.
iSm isi-Toln.) A atiyid p s w o a, < ■■ a mnnta
ohkkwajob L a.t a pefaon wha ia Isagfcad
. at.
nka— TUMAt ▼• i. (Fram ia, to thraw, and
aam, to aMwa oat. 'BadiMl^f onewUh
team, Aa. .^tiia^ #a dnma* liri^r" ttima.
Kamb<i, tea. Bie. lama.)
TaMmd; to despatch.
wmm» TuvsKA, qolt. fr. I. To bo it for
sandinff; to be good ibr laadiBg}*^^. To
be wilhng to be sent, ^t apmnta otnme-
k^O>Le.: aparaniwho is viJUag to go
when sent.
•-T«v TincBaUy^.fr. Ti»biarUKngwhen
sent for soma pnrpoae.
**«r« TamKacna, frqt fr. To ba wiUiag
ia bp aaat to and fra^ to ba sent often.
wm^ Tmcaxii, fott. fr. . To md or daspateh
for.
ia«r.TUMA, n. pL laMU (Fvamtnma.) The
fraitaf tho aprtama; thonH^ntla.
amr-TUlCA, a. pL imL (Fiom tama.) A
kindaf diriaf a s<r awsm'aai, or thoaa^appie-
abrob.
i»»TIJMAtf A, n. id. lain. {JMm, item
amtnms ) A apmtt kiad ei^Utmra etramo*
alvMH withent thaaaa.
ia-^TUMAHA, a. pL iaim (F^amamnntn,
and maaa.)
JMe^Uift a amp aamll aat of men;
imeetuhmef.
akn— TUMBA, v. t. Jssifsi, tanjwa. <From
in, liHnara» a^id aariia, ta mot a fitom ; Hi* :
ta thaoar a gaia^^ to tern into a body.
MtSimlib aaa wA tamti^ ^om^ timba^
aflt^pfia. MUedUdnrnhLi
tAt
Digitized by
Google
R-imarilgf. to bring into inhniiirinn ;
to take oi^ye; to CB|»tasei» ott aba-
ntwana bo be tonjiwe yimpi* L e. : the
diildren h&ve been taken, captored bj the
enemy.
i— TUMBA, n. pL ama. rProm the verb.)
A boil, =s iqnmln or idnmbe.
iai— TUMBA, n. ung. (From the verb.) A
name for a rock j aaoontain or hiU on the
right nde of the UmngenL It fbrme the
bMMxm to the eaet of tiie Arm Uitkomat.
nm— TUMBANKULU, n. sing. (From torn-
ba, see isi-Tamba, and inkolo, great.
A name for a f>reat near the Ununimbe
Biver.
i— TUMBU, n. pL ama. (From tmnba.
Allied to Iridnmbo, and idnmbo.)
1. The oobr (in anatomjf\ and nom.
nog. ae : itmnba lika 'ainyaka, L e. : the
largest of the intestines of the whole wind-
ings ;— 2. In the plor. ouljf : amatmnbn,
L e. : the intestines.
nba—TUMBU, n. (From itombo.) Core;
palp.
isi^-TUMBUTUMBU, n. pL izi. (A repe-
tition of tombo. /Se9isi-Tomba,i-TQmbo.)
1. A large belly;— 2. Any person or
an imal baring a large belly,
nbo— TUMUSH£, or Tvwam, n. (From
toma, and nshe, cansing, breaking, or
throwing. See iai-Tomii^)
A smdl bniTowing anunal. whieh usual-
ly comes oat of Uie plaoe where the goats
or calves lie in the native hnt.
isi— TUMUTJE, n. pL izi. (From toma,
andntje, shoot, thrown, ^ee iai-Tembe,
and in-Tomba.)
A large body.
i8i-*TUMUTI}MU, n. pL ki. (From toma;
lU, : tiiTOWn ont.)
A large plaoe ; the phioe of a chief; a
large town.
nko— TUNA, V. t (From ta, and una. Utile,
small in appearance. SadiecUly one wUh
tane, tena. AUied to idona, see the aaa-
lyus of the same.)
JjUeraify : to pat or throw a small or
low appearance; keuoe, to deform, ae: izin-
to si ya m tana o hloba lona, L e. : tlungs
(vis. : onbeooming dress) deform him who
decorates himself with them.
*-«- TuxriBA, cans. fr. To make a low ap«
pearance; to makeagly; to nndervaloe,
tu : abanta be vonala izinto idningi ka
ikaomonye ntinmbi, atmiisa, Le.: if
people pat on many ornaments^ and there
oomes another saying that ^the ornaments)
lure ngly> then he ondervahies them (op-
posite to tentesa.)
i— -TUNA» n. pi. ama. (From tana. JMer*
aOjf : a deftmned pboe^ a i^aoe which has
a bad appeannoe^ as the ezplaoation says:
into embi, i.e.: a bad things applied to
a greme^ bi^ proper^f wamMaag Bksa
dongfaill* a mean abode or sitoatioB.
--^JNCA,TiniQA.orTirjrzA, v.i. (From
to, thrown, and noa, at the tog,)
1. To draw np ; to rise op, aet maam
a ya tanca, i. e. : tiie smoke draws uf^ k
forming itaelf on the sorfooe of aone sab-
stance; — 2. To smoke, of fow whieh ii
going oat, or as the smoking of a ihe-
brand whieh has jost been extingmabed ^
S. To dost
-*— TumoJBA, caofl. fr. !• T6 ca«N to
smoke ; — 2. To raise dost,
oka— TUNDA, t. i. (From to, and ads, is
extend ; /ȣ. t to throw into eactend* Modi'
caUjf one with tanda, tender and tooda)
To void water, (reforring to thefim
of voiding water in a bow.)
•»-«- TuvsBLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To void water
against, at an olgeet 2—2. XTkamtoBdak
omihUfLe.: to eflbse for the '
to impregnate her.
-««* TuvonA, cans. fr. To <
to void water.
i— TUNDU, n.|^ama. (£Sm Tanda, na-
1yds.) The arch of tiie eye-hde^ orthe
upper ridge of the orbit of the eye.
in— TUNDU, n.pLisi. (From tanda.) 1
basket made in a shape as a large bottk
with asmallnedu
i— TUNDULUKA, n.pLama. (Seevn-
Tunduhika.) The frait of the umftaDdi-
loka-tree. •
mn— TUNDULUKA,n.pLinii« (FromvB-
tonda, external cover, and oluka, to go oat
or off l>y straining. AUied to dnda*
Ima.)
A shrob or tree, healing a red pfana, of
idiich the external coat is palled off and
the fleshy part dried,
uki— TUNGA, V. t. (From to, tbvowi,aBd
nga, to bend, through. Sod i eeikf eee
with tanga, tsnga, tiiupo^ and t ff i w *t Sum
roka.)
L. To put or throw through ; to siw,
«»s.t to make a hole with a pointed in-
stroment; to stitch; as also^ to pas a
tinead tlufough the holes made fay sons
instrument, the savages having no needla
to sew with; henee also^ to sew with a
needlof— 2. To strain, to pass a floid
throogh a stndner, ae : nkutunga utywa*
b^ i. e. : to strain beer^-8. To bottle;
to daomt^ = ukutehi eailTeni, Le^: to
pour into avea M i L^ .
»•— TuNOBLA, qulfVfr. To sew fori te
et rain for, Ac
i— TUNGA, n. pi ama. (From the veriv)
A basket wMoli is neatly sewn, or stitohad,
commenly need for milkhig. ApfHedto
any vessel for milking.
Qm— TUNGI, n. pL aba. (Fzom toaga.)
A basket-maker; a sewer*
Digitized by
Google
TUNTUBALA*
imi
TUKZL
iii-->TUNGO, a. (Fron tanga.) !%• roof
of gnm or other fhatehiiig nateriaL
«— TUNGO, n. pL mm (From timga.)
Any aitide, bundle^, or pareel which is to
be sewn, or which has abeady been sewn.
m^-TUNQO, n. imL (From tonga.) 1. A
stttefa; a seam;— 8. The whole extent of
th e that ching of a honse.
in— TUNGONONO^ n. {0. iiin. (From in*
imgo^ and nono^ decent* &c)
*&» secretary-bird ; most probably call-
ed so from making a cover over its eggi^
tied as if it was woven or sewn together,
isi— TUKQU, n. pL isL (From tnnga.)
properly : things for sewing; eo m mon^ s
gum or rash for sewing; handle of grass
Doottd together; any parcel sewn to-
gether.
l—TUNaULU, n. pL ama. {See nm-
Tongola.) The frnit of the Natal plom*
mil— TUKGULU, n. pi imL (From nmti,
tree^ and nngoln, 9ee gnlngnln and ngn*
Inla, to pamper ;— ngolo, td make loose,
reiSnrringtothecoatoftheplnm. Allied
to tnnd^nka.)
The Natal plmn-tree.
i— TUNQWA, n. pi. ama. (See nm-Ton-
gwa.) The frmt of the nmtongwa tree.
mn— TUNGWA, n. pL imL (From tonga.)
A tree, moch like the omtolo, the froit of
which is need as a medicine fx new-bom
di ildren , to strengthen them,
in— TUNJA, n.pludn. (From to, ihrost,
and nja, even, shooting. JBLadiodU^ e<rin'
• • eidimff with intoba, as ifit were a passive
form of it, and with tonga, to stitoL)
A hole, or an openhig, as throagharoo(
throogh a rod^ oc
in— TUKJANA, n. pL idn. (Dim. from
JBtaaja.) A small hok^ as in a needle.
TUNQA, tee Tonca.
idol— TUNSULA, v. t. (From to, thrown,
nsa, to borst open, and ola, to strain.)
To throw, or . throat one thing with
Ibrce against another, so that (»e most
bteak, go loose, &&, aei okotonsola, inya-
nda, = oknigaya pans! inyanda, L e. : to
throw the hoodie of wood so hard on
the groond that its bmding breaks;-^
okojitonsola inhlo, L e. : to beat so forci-
bly ai a boose that its covering comes
. ctL
«b«^-TUNTn, n. (From to, thrown, and
nto, even thrown. DidUcUe^ tondn, to
be thrown broad. £<uHjui^ one wUk
tinta. Allied to qondo.)
A state of being rendered doU; a state
of dollness, aei izembe li botonto, or 11
nobttto nto, L e. t the axe is qoile dolL
oka— TUNTUBALA, T. L (From tonto, and
obala, »plaoe» nothing, doaely alUed io
lb make dr fender a pkcedoU. This is
the literal meaning of the word, which
nnemi, however, to be synonymoos with
dondabala, as regards some tribes, and as
regards others it is osed emphatically fbr
to be doll. Off : isembe i tontobele, L e. :
the axe is very dolL
okn— -TCTNTUTA, v« t. (From to-to-ta,
thrown-thrown, throwing, and rather ona*
maiqpoeHo, expressing a soond of a stroke.
SadSoall^ one wUh iaokttAt^ ianiit^ Dia-
leeHo, tontola and tondota.)
To shake oot, or beat oot the dost, <w:
tontota ingobo, Le. : ahake oot the doth,
oka— TUNUKA, v. L (From tone, and oka,
to come op. See Kotoka.)
To hort an dd sore; to make it worse ;
to iijore an old woond so as to sorateh or
rob off its skin, m : o tonokile, L e. : he
hort himself at his old woond.
oka— TUNUKA, v. t. (From tons, and ins,
to be eqoal, even, one. Allied to tonoka.
/SftfEnwaU.)
1. X/Ueralljfi to make worse all over;
to scratch the whole body, to make the
whole body one sore ; — ^2. To be withoot
feeling in the skin; to be sMiselesB, on
aocoont of sores. (Some of the Tekesa
tribes ose this word instead of tontota.)
isi— TUNUNU, n.pLiii. (From tonona.)
A pitiftil person; one who is withoot
feeling almost; a pattern of the most
indifferent, =z isiola, 3= abanto ha nomrao
ngaye e yinto lye^ Le.: one for whom
people feel pity becaose he is almost below
man, he is hardly to be called a homan
being.
om— TuNYWA, n. pL aba. (Pkumve fbrm
from toma, to send.)
A messen|^; a depoty; an i^ostle.
(The SuaMt call Mohiunmed in a special
sense mtome.)
i— TUNZI, n. pL ama. (From to, thrown,
poored, andnxi, even making. Compcire
tona.)
1. A shady pUce ; a shadow, obscority
of light, representing the form of the
body which intercepts the rays of light,
a$ i itonzi lefo, i. e. : the shadow cl a
clood ;— 2. Obscority, shades darkness, ae :
itonzi loknfr,*— itomd loborako, Le.: the
ahadow of death,— the shade of the night,
re ferri ng fUwe^t to aplaoe*
isi— TUNZI, n. 1^ izL (See i-Tonri.) 1. I3ha«
^ow, shade of a defined limit, ae : iritonzi
somonto, Le.: the shadow of a man;— -
isitonzi somhlaba, L e. : the shadow of the
earth, as seen in an eclipse of the moon ;
—2. The sooL after its separation from
the body, S|nrit, ghort, ae: wa bona iri«
tonsi eika yise epopeni, L e.: he saw
the shade of his (departed) &ther in a
dreaou
SAt
Digitized by
Google
VtlUi
C8MJ
WtOtL
iiil-*»TniinSIi ii4 ^ifld. (AiMSuiti.) Shades
4*seiirity MtMd by Um iflte*««ptlott «r the
nqri of light, M tti ohlottN pkM in a
grow or tloM btuih*
ThiHTOrd diiSmi fhwi iiltttiiil ftllA itim-
ii n it impHfli no pttttioskr Aum or de-
fined limit, a« : m* li je knhhUh emton-
slni knlomnti, i. e. i let 00 go to rfi in tte
sbede of that troo^ Here lo reftfoaoe to
the forai of the ihide k ffiade, but einpl/
to the darkneM or obMmritjr* or as the
nom. form «fll will etpre« H, to Ite tiais
ooBitltating the iame« Again itnnn
diflin* from ttmtmiii, and ftoin ieitnifl, at
it ie id&nMiml mpoHUtH kognag*.
ist— TUPA, to* pi. iri. (From ttt HiMwn,
throat, and npa, to peii, open, on. MadU
e<t«v one «a4 tape, topa. jlMMi^Uba,
to intiffeept. XoH^ itnpa, a toe of an
animal; hitopa, tbntnb*)
Thombi m. t n tbroitiilg ottt» ^an itt^
termption, (Set i-^tliitnpaJ
ill— TUPANA, n. pL isL (JMm. frOM iai-
tnpa.) 1. A nnall thumb ^-4tk J^nro-
m t^f t a amall man«
hkn-^'TuPAZA, T. t. (From tnpe» to throat,
o«t, and in, to make.)
Togrope;tOBeArcht to Attempt to find
OM^ way in the darkness, s^o ooka e
hambatedwa, i.e»i one who' gete np and
walks alone^ and ^mpampnlA.
nm^TUQU, n* pi. imi. (^wm to» IbfOwn,
and qn, top, np. .^CMa toqwa^ Iho lame
word. i8Se« Toqnza.)
Afint-eotonr.
im-^VrUQUKAZl, mnLiitin, (From tnqn,
and kaii, denoting female.)
A fbt-coloiMd Ibknele^animiil, M
oktEH-TUQITS^, 1. 1. (F^rom tnqn^ Ahd on,
to make.)
To throw np dost. (Kom.«>«Th!a Word
baa originated ftrom tnknm, fM toknm, l»y
emphasis and Ihttn this we learn alio how
it came to signify fox-ooloor— nm-^ToqOi
vfiit ai eattle and other animals, when
they are working in the ground, throwing
np the doBt^ are always overcast wid
dast, and ptodnee, therefore, lome oolonr
like that desoribed.)
tAca--Tt78A, y. t (Rxmi te, or to, thjown,
thmst^ and nm, to canse^ to break, bnnt
oat. ^^Mtotnka, and cAtiaatiYB to it;
fetnkiAe. Diofsv^ etnsa.)
1. FrimaHlifi to shriek, to tttte^ t lond
«ry, fts in a sadden Mgbt ; to staitto; to
akrmstoappal;-^8. 1^ diange the oolonr
of the iiice from fright; to srow pele^
white, Aft.;-^. To pOt in fright; to
darm.
i<--TUSl, n« (From tnsa.) A ploee of
brass or copper ; so caHed nom dnmging
its ooloor when wrooght.
to-^«T8lort*,a. (Frodim*i)l»^WIIte.
Among tkl 2loM»MNi twMt milk (iPt iBi-
Tbbi)^-1 Afl tnimil whi^ kis A white
flankorawUUbelly^ lnkamosMail(fer
6 yintari.)
ThiB wofi !s used in appsMm, aai
Amnmss the nam. form of its primipsl
noon, at: irityji o^^tosS* L fc« a ^mA
nrhl^iswltftiflU
nku— TUTA, ▼. i (From nta^iitA, mm*
ing. lto(iiMi2^OMi0itittata*tota,Ae^
To tako and carry ttwagr, vt. «ki*Mk
impahla, 1.0. t to ottry goods.
-««M» TvtXLki qalf« fr. To cart7 ft^.
M-^TUTA, n. pi. hd. (From tlm ftrti)
1. Ancestral spiril, whidi Is wMiMiig
abone. (XUi is another «Eprmrioiiftftiie
transmigration of sonls, tee l-HlOM^ dmut-
ingthe state in Whidi the sod or spirit of
a deceased person oontlnnea aftsr dsaUi,
vU, : as roving or wandering abooti With-
out ha^ a filed places and kioldnti»
things «olHi carried «way.)^& AS^
person.
k— TDTAlri, n. pi hdfl. (Fwm tnls,
and ane, dim. form.)
Thepisnure; ULi the woitdn^ csny-
ingspeciea.
in^^?rUTO^ n« (Fromtiita.) Abeingcsr-
ried; hmot, any pared or bordea tsts
carried^ ^
1«*«TUTIT» n.pl.aHa. (From Ma.) AM
9am€ ofWTlutUk
iri-^Timr,n.p].i«L (FroBdiitta.) SHK
loaie (It Ul^Taltt.
u*-^TUTU, tt. ling. (From ta4ai m
Iota.)
Atihei ) Ul. s thai whish is aiariad awiy
by the wind.
«kU^-TirllJMB A, ▼. t. (Fiom ia^txw tiiMA»
and mba, or tu» and ttmba, «iM mt,
and itnmba, a boH) ^ ^
Xi«ara%! to thraw tha be^y H**
motion; app^ed to sores wideh am bi-
flamed, and to eweHhigs; Jls«M#, to throb,
to saffer aeate pain.
.^^^ TtmntBlS^ ^* fr. te thf^ for,
moth, «t! isanhla si tuvukilasi ya ]»
iutumbela, i.e.: mv hand fiaswoBsBsod
gives me mudi pain, e^ it ttaK>faa veiy
much.
ukn-.TaTUMELA, 1. 1 (From ^\^
mela, to rise up. AlUed to tatumbaa.)
To tremblei toquiysr, asfromftar*
anxiety; to be in gr^ft anitalv, at: a
nokututumela (ikakul% ie,: hafiaikorn
under, great aniiety.
•iM-. Ttr¥tmxUSA« oaaSi ft; T6 pfoteod to
tremble. a^ a^
i— TUTtTVA, n. pi. ama. (From t»-to»
andiva,tofoeL Cbaif^rt Movteia) ■
A teabby pisrtQlr, whMh ItcM sad
smells iU«
Digitized by
Google
TffAUU
imi
WWM*
m^m^Twii, ttcnoL)
That which Mb or imen«lik«dirl| old
drtMMor rags of women't diiiMi«
. «k«— TUTUZA, y« t (From in-to. Mid in*
tomaka. MUtdUdvOam.)
OmowuUpoHUt tomaketOi aa tida*
BMtioo tTprwing he tUaitl
r^— TuTUMLi, ^If. fr. 1, To hvah^ or
SMkeadiild aikllt^-2• To eomibri.
ia— TUTWANi;, n. pL iaio. (Frcoi tht
paMif 6 of tota, and ane» nasi to, aqvaL)
ApanoQ who ia anl^iaefc to apueptio ilta.
in— TUTWANS. n. pL in. (Sm In-Ta-
twana. Tba dinu ibnn ana dapoting a
aoeeaaaoD, ooa Mowiiig aftor another,
epplySng to the attaokt— tntwa.)
An epileptio fit, a#; nhani o aeaitn*
twane^ Le.: who hat or la anffBring from
epikptic flu ? (In the JEom and oiUn
U n^iea alao lunacj.)
a— TUVI, n. sang. (From tv, thrown* and
uf i, iftae, rotten mam, atenoh.)
Excrementa of man ; dirt i steneh*
iln—TUZA, y. t (Froaa iknti-ua* m.%
eome jroa then.)
To eome on* =■ Tebi and aa Itwi lesi*
fimi. L e. : women-woid.
ttn-^TWA, n« pL ahatwa. (From twa, pea-
atreoftat MfNtQ»iBani or a oontraction
from mntwana, mal0(f9U$ tonffita* achild.
iSBt.toa.)
lAitraUjf : a thrown human heing i de-
irignattnghoabman.
a— TWABI, a.ftng. (From tw^, tkiown*
andhiUd.)
Hieeoogh. (The Xom eauiawn the
Moae l^ a terh kni^pra* whkli li of the
aamemmningO
iktt—TWABULA, t. U (Fram im% and
buKtoatrike.)
To beat a chUd* = nkntiimi msfefrana.
(U the XoM* whieh hat Urabidaku it
meant, to ipreadf wUoh it tba fdtedl
eenae of the wotd^
nknr-TWABUZSLA* t» 4^ (From tir% and
Sbn« mparate, and vaehb ^WTwahnla.)
To walk foot Tk§ mm$ at kabnid%
k% to draw ont, and tor% to he thtewn*
«--TWAI, iu (From twe» and i» oootaaeted
from iyi* goiag. JDMasIJi adwaL)
A cQtaoeooa eroptioa over the ho47;
acabu 2WM. OOm m akwekwe.
aka-^TWALA*r.t. (From tw% to U thrown*
or taken, and ihw to altaiiv fiiib away.
JeiKwtf»eei<imd»i ^ tP>tt tola and Ink.)
LUeratlyi to be taken awajT) toeariy
abardeai tobear«
«— • TfTiiUA* eanft fr^ Temaka tobear;
to compel to oanrj tobvdeni to lead.
b^TWAl^n^pLSmn. (Fiomtbere^
AkmM; aaeaaedftomitoalo«rffidkia?7
motion* aa if it waa canying a lead*
M^-TWAIiAHBUA* n. pi
twak, and imhisa, a pot.)
isi« (^Prom
ito
The praying grambopper. It baa
ime iirom lifting up ite iwo fore-leg* aa
\t it lat canying tomething on Ita head,
— aa Kaflr women carry water in pota on
the head.
am--TWALI, n. pL aba. (FromtwakO A
bearer; porter.
ma*^TWALO* n. pi imi. (From twak.) A
burden; load; fireigbt.
va^TWALUIifi* n. (From twak* to earry,
and nmcb to almid* ttanding.)
A name of a ri?er between thelihfli and
the tJmmmbe, oominff from the high
kndi, and falling into the tea.
In— TWANA, n. pL lain. (Diai, from Into.)
A email thing,
nm— TWAKA, n. pi aba* (Dim. from nmn-
nto. Ttk$ka unwana. &9, ngoana* pi
banO A child; a email peraon.
nm— TWANTANA, n. pi aban. UDim fnm
nmtwaniw) A Tf ry amaU, or little child,
nkn— TVt^ANTAZA, t. t. (DutUoH^ wm^
99 dwanyaau) 899 Dwanyasa.
•— ^ TwAmzBXi, oalf. fr. To be toft,
meUow* of fruit which has been peemed
soft between the ilngera.
aim— TWAPA, ▼. t. (From twa^ taking,
throwing, and ina, to pam. DidUeUc^
dwaba. Madi oal tj f oainoiUt^ wUh tape.)
I, To ditpato a thing oat of the poteta-
fton of another; to oUain by ditpato;—
S. To ditpato away, s to twear away,
tweaf falaelyi— 3. ligmwiMjf, to ateal
aka— TWASA* t. t (From twa* throwa*
and ita, denoting degree. w g a ^» ea% oo<»«
9$diBfi wiA toaa ; eee tarn 2.)
To come oat gradoaltyi to appear
^adaaQy; appKad to heaTenly bodiei^ of :
ipiUmek tiyatwaeiw la.t the aevea^ttara
make their appearance |—inyanga 1 twa*
•ik, 1% : the moon k new ;— applied to a
doetcr* a#: iayaaga i ya twata* i. e*i the
doctor eommeaeet hk praotiee.
kl— TWATWA, a. ting. (From twa-twa,
thrown. J:«f a itwatwa, throat orei; the
ove^kather of thoea.)
1« Froat^ which nipt the leavea of vege-
tabke;— ^ Cold weather with frort, =r
intoemblopeb le^: tbatwfakhk whUa.)
TWATA. DiokeiM. emae a# Twak.
na^T WAZI, n. pi imi (From twa* thrown*
aadkiiUtUethiogi. jlUMtfenwazL)
!< Mbnkey.ropei— SL AH aorto of bark,
difided intoamdlaUag^ fibreib aadated
ibrUading.
i— TWBKA, n. pi. asm. (From tvi^ and
ika, to fix, get, atfc; or pmparly a qnlt.
fenn from the root tfwO
One who kdkap|M4nted*who haafrdled*
(Rs thrown.eff) t)B eOUrega agnmtorana*
TJT
Digitized by
Google
im2
TSBLBSSSiL
Lcrona-wlio lias kit aehild If teU^
=: feka, wUeh Me.
in— TWEEA,n. (SeeWTmiaL) Aiooky
bin, dose to Table Moontain, on the west-
side, known nnder the Doteh name fdloi/
iop.
nka— TWESA, v. t. (From twa, and isa, to
cause ; as if it was a eootraotion of twa-
lisa, = ambesa* SU. roesa.) '
1. To put on the head for weaiing^^
2. To load up ; to pack,
in— TWETE or Twbtwi, n. pL izln. (Twe-
te, taken-taken. See Peto and Cwecwe.)
A pod of thorn, and other mimosa trees,
i— TWETWE, n. pL ama. (From twe-twe^
thrown. BadicaUjf one wUh twatwa.
20o»a twetwa, to speak softl j ; to give a
secret hint; to ibar to qpeak openlj; bat
tjwatjwa is the same word as twetwe.)
Shirering, arising from fear; beating'
from fear, cu : a netwetwe, L e. : he b
diirmng from fear.
TWI, inter}. (From twa, thrown,
tiinut.)
It is nsed with nknU, at: yi'ti twi, Le.:
throst joorself np, from a lymg intoaper-
pendienhu* postare^ or straight; as ako
straight, stretched in Ijing down,
in— TWITWI, n. pL izm, (From twi-twi,
(momaiopoetio, expressire of a small noise.)
DUdeeHe, iSmiie of i-Ncoineni, wiUeA f»#.
nkn— TTA, V. t. PosfiM Tyiwa. (Fromtia
sharpened or compressed into tya, as t^
is erident from the SmiheU which hM ria,
to eait» the JTomfta, dia. iSiir.: yea. It is
of the Ttfitla-^Mect^ and radleaUy coift-
Minff wik hla L^ to eat; and eheehi
ailiedioiM,wadtoiit.)
To eat; toconsmne; prlskir%,totake
something.
Ssi— TTA, n. pi. i:d. (From the rerb.) Any
Teasel for eatfaMf or drinking ; a pkt^ dish,
bason, cop^ A<^/
imi— TYA, n. pL imi. (See the primary
meaning of fya, to take, to throw.)
1. Somethhig to bind irith, as a bi^nd,
a thong, Ac. ;— 2. JPariioularly : the band,
or the dress worn by men, oonristing of
many small thongs, strips, tails, itc
■ M— TYANA, n.pl.iri. (Dmh. from iritya.)
A small or littto Tessd, bason, dish, hn.
nkn— TYALA, t. t. (From tya, and ih^ to
strain. Sadiealfy one with fyela, tyola.
Tkeeemeiei to poor or throst forth.)
1. To tiimst or posh away irith both
hands;— 2. To pknt; to pat into the
ground with the bnid, ott wa tyak
idntanga. L e. : she planted pnmpkhi, «is. :
sibe pat the seed fer pumpkins into the
ground ^-a. To raise Ibod.
iri— TYALO, n.pl.iiL (Fromfyala.) Any
iAAngt article^ specimen ftr planting; in*
dodiQg seeds and plants.
Q-^'fr AKI, m (FrMBty«,toeat^andaBi,
herb, grass. The nom. ferm is oontnctsd
from ubu. 8ii,t yoang.)
1. QrasB ; food of any kind fae hones
and cattle, hay, oats, Jbe.;— 2. Pastoe,
as: utyani ba kndilaba, baUe^ i.e.: the
pasturage of this countiy is good;— 8.
Weed, any nsdeas or troaUssome pknt.
uku— TTAPA, V. L (From tya, to thrust,
push, and apa, to pass, on, && AUied U
tjapasa ; and radkfolljf eomcidk^ wUk
qapa, to fix the attention or mind upon.)
1. To attend duly, well, as : n ty^ile
ukuza, i. e.: you have done w^ to
come;— 2. To show gratitude^ «= bonga.
TYATYAMBA. Tribal. fi^Qaqamba.
i— TYB, n. pL ama. (From ^a, thrust^
amsnmed. JHaleoHe ihwe^ wJUcA sts.
iSitf. leyoe.)
- A stone; flint; pebble,
in— TTE, n. pL izin. (From tya, thnst)
Ostrich,
idni— TYEKA and Ttskbka, t. i. {JPtoperi$t
a <|ult. form from tya.)
To take to gdng off; to go ovt of tiie
way, ttthjer to this side or to theft adi^
Off: uma abantn ba hlangabeia enhkleBi
a ti omnnye u fydceke a hloleolnuoy^
i. e. : if people meet in the road from dif*
ferent directions and one makes way that
the other can pass by.
i— TYEEETTE, n. pL ama. (From ^
ka, and fye^ thrust)
A large black ant, usually runnlag to
and fro upon roads. The eame a» igcwa.
uku— TYEKEZA, r. t (From tyeka, aid
iza, to make. J^oiKea^ oneWlA tyokaaa.)
To throw oot^ or w^ out, until « little
remains, as: ku ya tyekea a kn seko
amasi, L t. : tho milk has got out (of tks
Tessd), and there is no more^ or is eo^ a
little more,
uktt— TYEKULA, ▼. t. (From tyeka, and
ula. to strain, to rise.)
jLt^a%: to throst upward; JtsNM^ to
skip, bound, spring, aei amatafcana na*
mankonyana a tyeSnda, Le.: bote and
ca lves a re skipping,
uku— TTSLA, ▼. t (iVopaHEgr a mM. fim
from tya, to tiirust ferth. HadMaUjf em
tmtt tyak and tyda, and oo m t ^dmg wi&
tda,«Mukntt.)
1. To ky before; to tdl; to relate; to
narratcbas: amngikatyekbLe.: ktme
tell yon ;— 2. To shew by wocds; to in-
form; to take an instanoe ;— 8. To eom-
munlcate.
^-« Ttbuba, cans. fr. To came or con^il
to tdl, rdate^ dEO. ; to try to ten ; to fOCB
telling; to narrate^ doc
•-M Tybuboa* eaw. fr. To tdl ds«tr»
perticulariyi to expkin; to iot ftrtkty
Digitized by
Google
nWALIu
V.
tmfromtjck. AwAhifain^aiidBI^)
^rcperljft to Ml or fix the temit ; tmt
mm mo m ^ t to take ia addltkNis to bor-
wwt to lend, ots og:ln kafyelekft famOi,
Le.! I oove to borroir lome money*
(DkOeetie, Imt fakik»% <fte ami^ bole.
]Et» to ehftoged into iya^ » ibwe end
tt je.)
tks--TiJfi£iA, ▼. L (From ^ and ina, to
DO onOy to Join.)
To ohat with aaotiier ; to join in a eon*
▼enatkm; to oomnranieate^ It^ being a
lepr. Ytah, sboold be ibOowed hj the prep,
na, MS nfi tyena naye, Le. : I ehat iHth
hi m ; bnt thSi role ia not reqnired here.
•— * TzBffiBA, eaos. fr. To eomnranieate to
one; toteilone; to relate to one; to let
o ne have a obat^ fte.
TYBN GI8A. See Jengiia, mnder Jenga.
S— TTILIBA, and Tmni, n. (I^ekt-
ter eoaee from tyela, to tell, and the
fbrmer from tyik, Xota, to rereal, and
iba, to leparate, ^Mngniah. Bntityeleba
if in the Xi^ta, mfaith.)
The m, ^ nonga (izwi IpkahUndpa, 1.0.
ft word for reserrei)
rroKozk. iS^TjokocB.
nkQ— TTOLA, t. t. (Rom tya, and ok, to
itndn, to put frrth. SaSieaii^ one wUh
tyala and tyda. ^UiMliotola. Xom, to
talk aweetly, agreeably ; to aoeoM.)
1. Prtmmiiyi to take by deeeit, or l^
telMng IUaehoodi^-fi. To ateal mider a
pr etext of friendHnew.
«— TTU, a. (From tya.) DMeeiie. Seme
urn-Jo.
nkiH-TYUKA. r. 1 (from tya, and nma,
to move, to go out.)
To lead ii£va from the^mooth by meuM
of the mntyoBo when smokfaig from the
«n*-TTUMO, B. pL InH. (From tymna.)
Ap^ftr leafing adlva from the month,
emmting of a pleee or reed or xeed*graii,
hoDowed out, and put at one dde in the
month, while the ktter it applkd to the
vgodn^frr drawfaig oot the amoke^
ite— TYUMXTZA, or Timuk, r. t. (From
tyvma, and nm, to make.)
1. Ommaiapoetict to make tynmn.
idamiiying a noiae made bj throa&ng a
pdbted inatrnmant throogh the anrfree of
ft A!n, or made by ernihing aamolhing ;—
S. To thrn at throogh ; to ernah*
In— Tiun0inYA. DiaUeUe. See ISn*
M gnt[a»
idtB-JlTWABITZBLA, t. 1 (From tjwm,
eiteo, and ebuda.)
To eat in a haaly and nn b eoo mlng man*
pe r. Di tUeeUe onlyj eee awaboiehL
U-/nrWALA,a. (homntywda.) Sedi.
mnH «f bear, wUoh, atar the beer hM
been «ixed» are taken and boOed into a
etiff porridge^ or a kind of bread,
n— TTWALA, n. (From ifo, an abaolete
neon from ^, and ahg to atrain from.
Tk» Sie. yoiUa, ia the mme w(«d and oon-
ftrma the gtvan etymology. Xoea tyalwa.
Dialeetie, ^wab. The nom. form ia eon*
treated from nbn.) .
LUeraUjf : a atrained maaa of meat and
drink ; deaignating Kafir beer,
nkn— TYWAZA. v. t. (From tywa, eaten,
andiaa, to make.)
To make a great noise aa when there ii
a beer«drialdi^. (The word la eontraeted
from tywah aa - uty w a la, beer, and im, to
)
V.
U, in Zohi-Kafir, ia a aimple vowel, aa
aandf, and has the low, bat elear aoond,
whioh, in Bngliah, is given b^ oo, aa in
focit iodf — Znhi : Jkla, Ma, io.
Whenever it happena to be eomponnded
with a, Allowing the latter, both are eon-
traeted into o. See letter 0. And oon-
tmetlon likewiee takea pkwe when it
Mlowi^ o, net lomhkba, from lowo-nm*
hlaba. Bot, whenever it comes to stand
befrte m, o,ete, it ia changed or co mp ess e d
into the aeod-oonaonant «. Tbla takes
plaoet— a. In all genitive cases^ a« : nmnntn
fpomhlaba (from n-a-nmhlaba) ;— oknkn-
Inma kwake (from kn-eke) ;--^« In all
paasive voices^ aet nkotaadwa (from
tand.a-a), active tanda; the Sie. having
alwaya oo, met ratoa ts tandwa ;— e. In
all vowel verbal ae % kweanwe (from kn«
enaiweX— wonile (from u«onile), wakile
(fttmianddle.)
NoTm^The «o of the laat casea ia also
retained if a rehtjve intcrferei^ ae i nnnmta
e^eonUfl^ or owonileyo; for, thoogh the
rekttve • ia ahceady a eontiaotion of the
relative a and the acdwtitnte «, thehiatoa
between o-onile creataa a aieana to avoid
the jnztapoaition of the two vowdi^ and
tliia again eooflrma the troth that «o in
aoehcaaea is no radioaL (Aaimilar case
la i^ileh the relative refera to a plnr. ama^
ia thi^ miier a-Nyaka,— a nga w'a nonya*
}Be9 which eee.y
U, pron. and aobstitate. Extracted
from the nominal forma am-nmn, wilsoit «e^
sj]^ referring to them, deaotmgi he^ she^
it, for the 8a person afaig., aei umnntn u
hamba, Le. t the manile walking ;— nmfiud
akooa. Let the woman «Ae la there;—
nmtwana a hkii, Le.s the child f< iaxe-
ap*<**<«g ;— bnt alao yon, tboa, for the 2d
paraon aiag.» Of s a ya Uswa, Le.: 501s Moa
arteaUed.
Digitized by
Google
Y4K«ttt
with it0 iiriaoipil Ia a gink OMV il kixMB.
pM«0dint6«, Of: nttpttki Wi^ld» ke.:
tlM taNT A# of tUngi (frHB ii.«4ifaito) ;
nitaftWiln (ftWD imiImX ifl^: Uiioiu
U, Dom. ftinL OoBteMUd iniK nm*
U, noB. form. OitamtiJ ftwtt nhi,
UKUBA^ OMJ* iV«9«^ < tlM iaiiiiife
ofBi^AMtfM.
UKUZE, ooDj. 48l»» Zi, 8.
nko-^^ULA, r. i. (Aftoft^dtnollai^^toiteiiit
<imlber to b« ttndiifik to alnU frooit
ItKficitiaf tlM tat OQtMi «rtUBi«f an
dflftvrt, or whan ao cxartion coonMsac^^
analogoni to nma, and umi^mi^ radioaUy all
the meaninga of flayyifzip^ flee, run, flow, fly,
ftc ^SSm La, termination. CMnpara enla.)
1. To be eaalj inflneneed oy trifling
aa nri dMra tk in a ^ to be UBtoady , miaettled,
of a ligM^ or laoaa mnid;-^8. Tobaeome
a fool; to cat ignenmty m: tt y nla,
i.e.1 belagomg to ba a fool 9— 9. To be
atUl, aUent^8^eaeUem(MtaU).
'-^^ ULiKA, (laltL ft*. Tobaligbij tobein
a atato of ignoranae, ai; ii nMdb Siita-
Btwa,l.a.: tha m ea ie ag g waa in a atato
? ignorancai ib nol worthy to ba aant on
•t-**** UisLA, <pM4 fr« Ta ba onatHifl^ for,
in teepe^; to ba lOaat nM*, 4mz wa
■"olela* i.a.t bakapl bidMafritflL (Al-
waya nwA witii tba raiMiro §k)
A*'*-* Thau* aaoi. fV. To Mte a IM; to
eaoaatobaafooli to arawtobaaltti, ig.
llOiaili, 4M.
t^ULAt n« |l. aOHL (Fioaci tb« tarb.)
Tba oHH iaMopa of Mm pUinik
kt-^UliA, IV. pi. fai^ (IVoM tbatairb.) A
fool ; down ; dmple €t UgbanaA pinon.
UMAi ifotMa.
ifll^UMBAy a. pi. kt (FMtt wa^ see
Ukeu) LHefti^t ametUng^ at a tertain
form wbieh iaiA a aaparalad atota^ which
baakMt Ita oiMnal qaiOIIyi dMtiplhra of
amat «r mmM In emu I M m hmii, iai«
bmba.
— it*^UMBU» 11. (Fron ynaAm. Qmkpare
ittiflinba^ nmaittbii.)
1. A taiy aoft kMi of Indton om ;-2.
A boHow ilaik of flulaa OF Kifltf oc*% mad
aometimea for a mnaioal ^Ipa^
V.
T» In Mfl^<aflf» ii i Y«r)r aafl kUa],
umoat TOMd, yat cAearty diitiligiMMdl from
other hMak, p ai Uc Ai U ftMn #. It ia
Botmdad aa in fha Bng^ a«M^ate,ftc
81MM ^alaala biKta/, fittteiri af ll» tat not
frequently.
than.<
Dt— VA« ▼« Ia PMJaa VkMU OtaalM
ttol ba4ivai dmattag to aflM%iriMM9aekl
" — na to avigiai nat«to» f a ow"i> «
..^idd banaa aifaaiiBiag foaSag or
g of ntftnra^ nataia of foaltoflib fiocea
itonoaiaaafmaltiM. Ifebi^oqgito
> abia of TO^a* Taifc iiiaiiibig ita t
* t€M« idnah, aaa foiMd by andE.
ariee.)
L T6 adaai to tttm, t0i mmhiK^
yera^La.: the butter ia an a riinft wbifc tha
iittrMwofthaaHlk toraatoto batter,
otlapiratwfraaathawhe^)— & Tatnn;
to aiataawaplmanj toykU to pawar; to
meM^feff: ittrinbiivi^ 1.0^1 tbahpanhai
yielded to beiag wriogbi or mattadr-S.
'f^witti to baw^Unft to y^f togna
tpf toobeyi toNiantf-4b Ta baattoa;
to listen ; to heay, of ike im mm r d ata«.
(In 9nM im m^Vit^^ Ta rati^ et:
mmmpihk a yara, La^s tba ktTai (of At
lraa)nHitlai— a. ToU arari b^yan^ci-
oaadteg a oertrin monbiai ati ieMat fi
wMUCi^a.} tttimd two baradJ^:
tan adymndng two (reforring tolaiBw^
Ld.T flagafabywlnahaaffagaaaoaiit.)
-^ Vela, qnlf.fr. 1. ToaaaMfortlifraB,
aet n vela pi«ta.t fiim i^anaadoyoa
4anto» or wbara da yan aona ftaail-^
Tdappeari tooomaaatiMt mnaWxaa
T^eUngafoabantnbonki^ka.: ilQod
had appeared, aH vMi woaM bava tfad;-
8. Xaorigtoatof tohairaadlgi% mi lAa-
tdakwami]ni|inaf Laa ofwbataiVa
arayonP
rnm^ Tn»A« frqt. fr» 1. To aaM Ivtii
for, to appear for, on aaeomK «•« «^*
mtaldaaealeiiiiia.: i9 a|pw ftimwia
eoort;— 1 Topre^aa*. ^
»-«f YnoMKcimkif^ 1. Taaaaea toeoM
foflli I to bring Igath or «■*• «r I vaitoi ia-
cwadieeakenitla.: bring oat tiiolattaafroB
tba aaik, «^ abawit|-4l. 15a W^^^J^
mmm.mt y«aiiankabla.La.t baiag Mb
S»ad t-^ To maha to ap pe ar 1 to aonta
«B being anta aaerat*
i^TA« m pL Motfo. (Itan tha feriv
r<Mila»iapa»pLaiwi^> A pioUar HmRW
or pi* (frw tba aanaatian which itgiff*)
im^YA, n. (Fron tito veeb») A eaii iarin B
O B j Qrf«»and oalf oaed aa ft ooaipoaDd
acapw amva, awiaa Mi*
Mllii«r^dlto»toaiiaiato» JMMt
one fcM vaba.)
LUer^t a mizlM af dMrat l^
gtaneea or parte. In ^iafoaaad ofabwd
<»f oatSa, btobam* lidBteSi* La.s »if
catUe, bat in the Xsa^of a lealbtf «Bift-
awhi in wbWitlw ailk k Miiad aad Bide
^ht-YASATJA, ?• i. ZidniMd l^m ^
Digitized by
Google
XMMIL
yjaiL
«i4 iiwtt oT tie gt«4 ; Mi ftiMv il rig.
DiiMi t9 go «|i and dmm fer cbmcim,
( MpMli%iBi^ool of aboiMb (JfeiVft*
rMhft.)
i-^YAKl, D. pt flnuU (Fvott ttt, mcllbi,
to •oii# vp* SM9Mlh^ <m0 0iik veka,
.vik% iKinr«y yvkK X^a nteviki, nied
of toft Mrtb<)
1. ji¥MiiaKI|r : « htitik ot« i infirm,
wtriLf OM wlM glf«i wAjT lo Uit iwBngi
• of toftiiefti^S* A t«alllMteoai |NMoo,
Of: onga «ialNBi^ Myakooav yiraka,
L fc>; ipo lAo omaii^ hai not» iU < 4mfat K
' to 00 than whsn olhtM i«» is a oovyftid ;
—8. An idler wbo^ tiw wrfb i^ k in Hant,
tttxnigolMnolidDtoortbhl%i«Ob: who has
no goods, property, Ac
in-^VAKAZI, n. >L i<ini« (From taki,
flttdlii»lit«loiybgik>
X«<sra%: sometking nMde to shun
li^ari a dress aMiisiiw«k Cue^t ajwig
mtm,) mads of A skin wklsli Is eol in aanj
sBUil sMps. TMkkltB asasl lii*rior
kindof di^is.
iini^YALA» t. «. (fPfon n^ atid ila, to
stnio, ioKih, JMi^aUy !«» wUM Tda,
tila,TiikL AUiedtop^)
to p s waut i to faiadfr; to itop tbe
sipftoasfa <r aBoeit; to fliost or shot} OS :
fnkivmaqnmgo^ La.i drat tiie 4oet.
— — Yalmka^ q^tt4 Td«loiiorslMt| to
bosoBO fiMfe, CM: iahrato a yi vilskly i« t. :
tliepoles are not fit for shuttiBV^
«M* VmoA, qaU: fr* 1. fesEiiior«k)se
te^ lifers Of t ivm m talsla wtawfWbgo,
L ••» he sinl tte door bsfors btasf— 2.
To bid flurewdl, ott ngi sa kutaMi^ i o. :
I aome to say hMm rn XL
•— ViLniBA, cans. ir. T» tok* kiif«i to
Wd gtedb^ adiav.
— « Valslibila, qnlf. ft. To tik« lea?e
Ari to bid good%6 for*
U^VAIA n, pt iak (ftom Tsk.) 1.
. ifflftkinf te sb«itint of makkw tet a
house, &e., as a pde ;-«|b A dow, or
•iiDsttdog that oima as a door.
H-^VAIAbi (Pronitala.) U Tha Joint-
bona of ilia bream wblsk eloss^ as it
wero, tba «f bs i-^ Up m ruii mljf i a bin*
draaoa^ 91$.^ Mgliti aaiMnri a bid eon-
ssisace , dst m iiando atohalat La.t he is
in Terr sreat fear.
lan— YAiA a* t^- toiL (Fiott Ttk.) A
bsamlbrahuttiiig «ha gatoof tba kntH.
flttaaroH-bae.
in> ba H^ Hun tisaal } to
nsoal stato of things, a«i k« ja Tsma
inhg^bo, iSbi thsn i« mora iMb fban
Btiiliaiiu is worn ^»^ T^ aosso to tbe
higbsat^ tttouat, te, «*t a ya TaiBa akn-
balBlca, i. e.: he ran with the ataaost
Bpaad, arsiraiigih|^& To cioaad a asoal
measore, Ae^ n Tama akaljaya amteans,
ia.: ha bsatm paaisfaes, tha ahiM very
afto% aitOtoi ha beat the ahiU beyond
MiaiMiu, miiaef s ifu By^ anosiaJly» anbe-
oomingly,*-1ia gave it him welL
iM^VAMAf a.stog. (From tbotei^ 1.
Wof*h| Tdlaa^*-&QaalitJ, awiisiyona-
lMie hpfama yempaUa yake, ue,i the
worth of his goods is already deilreyed.
isi-^VAMI, a pL iii. (Viam vama.) A
. ^er4» who aieeeds othen^ =3b a mAster of
many arts ;oaa 1^0 is master in all things;
who goes to aiosss in beec'diiaking^ ia
hiAtibg^ So^
ka^TANA, n. pk iiiii. (Dim. ihna kam)
A snaH dieap kaib.
idM^VANDA, ▼. t. (From va, and aada^ to
aditoBd.) DtoterAfe^MSM asbanda, tosplit.
i^YAKDA, tt. pL ama. (From taada.)
l^^Spari^i iaoraisa, aa ^'hwi IsaiAuti,"
l«e^i woaHui>iroffd and inaltead cf itole,
wawa S09«
^JUk-^YAJiQkt 1. 1^ (Jhom va, to melt, and
nga, to bend together. Madioallj^ one
#iK^iiig(%Tidiga. Jtiiai to gsfvasa.)
mw^i to aid* togaliler; toUend.
(Ffoii ▼■• to go beyond,
JkuMia0# ona
nkn— YAMA, ir. 1.
and kM^ to
L ^ adoM ovi* tka «Mial stoid or Istol 3
to a t eeadf to go bsyandi^^. Td behi
^ akmkkaca^ ast iMrtala a iwarito nottyaka,
i*c« aaka Is to ahidbnui iMa yi»|— 8.
— Yaitc^ AKA, rcpr. fr. To arfx two or
Mof« siAatatteas together.
•mm YAiPftiirau* aaaa. fr. 1« To takt toge-
ther; to co mp oaad^ \u$t idcavaaganita
amOi^ AombikH i.e. s to ^loi]: eota» aid
maiae^-2. To throw all into one.
k^-^ANOAmi, n«pl. Jain. (From Tanga-
na.) A mixture ; a eraabliBg together ;
a iouawrtndloai appttsd to psnoiis and
totogs to aay senate mt iasfangana
yamabnto naataqawa^ ksit a miatore of
aoNRen and ketoas.
aka*«*YAHZA, if\. t. (Faoai ¥8| to OMsa, and
to engaga witii. AlMi to band,
aatsayla^ CWaeJdkiy «<a ftmza.)
to baaoBM broad, to get a
greater siaa.'from mneh eattoa« Xsastf» toaat
wHb great appetito. (2V«al and jsMmh.)
«m«>~YA8I, a.^iBri. (From ^ soft, ten-
der, and isa, denoting degree. ^stYati.)
iUeral^i a tery soft sobstanee; ap-
plM to anUais of wood or trees.
nku— YATA, v. t (From Ta. and ita, to
paar, toii^ thrvir. M^ ^ mUi (me wUk
tots^ yi^ ▼ata.)
1. iViMf^t to attsitt « ge* a soft
natoM or qaaKty;--«. l%r«w*««^» ^
pat on otothing. (More commOtt aaiong
. tkaltontlaririlea)
Digitized by
Google
— ~ YAvmA, cam. fr. T6 floMM) towtir
•oftdothhig.
iii— -VATI, n. pL isL (From Ttte.) One
who dNM in toft dothes ; applied nffudlj
to young f emalei, who dreM np nuire than
others.
n-p-VATI or Tb, n. i^ izhn. (Fnni vata.
Dialedie, nrao.)
1. Mouldy ; decayed. Applied to many
ioft trees, oi : nnndo, vpaUa. ( Amm a$
mn-Vaai and i-Vitt)— 2. Ap^ioable to
tinder.
. n— YATI, n. wing, (From Yata.) A ear-
tun liigh hill or table land known mder
the Dnteh name of No^dtUr^, (Men
YATJAZA. AimeMBaijesa.
ill— YATO, n. p^ in. (From ?ata.) Any-
thing for drewingi dieai.
idea— YAYA, T. t. (fhrom iva^iTa. Brndiealfy
ooimcidimg with baba II., to yield to pres-
sure; fiihi, to sprinkles papa, to flatter.)
To be Tery soft, brittle. Ahnost obsolete,
a— YAYA, n. (FromTawa.) 1. Any mam
or body wfaieh is broken, s^t, orabked, or
into pieces ;— 2. Destroctioo, as when a
fighting with iiindaka (sticks) has taken
phu)e, and the sticks^ as wdl as many
skalls, haTO been broken into pieoas^ and
Ito on the groond hi that state; or as ata
batUe-fiehi.
ola^YE, n. pL izimve. (From Ta.) A small
red tod {aUied to the amremve).
i^YEEU, n. pL wmtu (Fromta, andiko,
flied, set iq>.)
LUeraUjfi a pbee pat op for going
loose; desffiptifeofatrap. (Synonymooa
with iglbe, and ^riM.)
im— YSLBLO, n. (From
forehead.
^mi^YELIQANQI, n*
qangi, tee qanga.)
lAteralUfi an original inventor. liloTi.
—•This word conveys a aomewhat difivent
idea from nnkalaakaln» and MAe% as
both the letter and the wgmt of the word
mean, to a homan being who eonttired and
prodnce d existing tilings, which did not
exie^beforo he came into wdstenoehimeelf.
The idea is thna entirdy materiahatie.
im— Y£LO,n.sing. (From vela.) l^More,
origin, tamper, habit, an yimvdo yeta
loka, Le.: this is our haMt from the be-
velda.) The
(From teb» aid
a— YEMYANS or YxYin, n. pL irim.
(Fromve,mva, and aae, dam. and rcpr.
fiaem. See Yeva.)
A batfcsffly; a. moth with winga. So
called from their changing state of natoxe^
aa weU aa their nndnkting motion.
UB— YEMYANS, n.pLimi. {See u-Yem-
vane.)
Aiclepiaa taberoaa» or bottirflywweid.
im— YSMY]^ii.pLiabn. (Irain f wiiim)
Another name i)r thebM islidnre^ leiv-
ingto its flattering above the water.
wnp-YBMYi; n. pL ind. {See v-Yentvaae.)
Wagtail.
i— YENOB, n. pL ama. (From ve^ and
ingOb bent. JELad M aUm <me wUk vanga, Aa)
^rimarifyt a kind of aoondfaM^ els, : a
kind of flate made of reed. ^Viflkrf.
a— YSTE, n. pL o. (From re, and it^
poored. Ma d iaaUg f one wUkyaJbt^ vHi, fe,
and oo t a ci rf M i^ with nmbete. Sso Nete.)
The tree-frog; rain-frog,
nko— YEYA, v. i. (From iva4va, oomhi^
fteting. jSm Yava, Yova» Ac AOieito
heha, pepa, piq^ Ae.)
To flatter, wave, nndatote, Jimod
dbeclete.
am— YEYE, n. i^ imL (From veva.) A
chasm or breach eansed by the heat of flre^
asinapot.
okn— YEZA, v. t. (From va, and im, to
make. AXUed io veb,
aynonymoas with velisa.
with vaza.)
I. Tb pat forth; to streieh Ibrth; la
advance^ ae i veaa isanhk, i. e. x pat iorth
yoar hand;— 2. To prodoce; to hriag
forth. Oft omhlahaayaTesaakahb, Le,:
tiieearthprodoeea fl)od|— a. To make to
appear, at: inkomo iya veaaib^ !&:
the eow showa an odder,
isi— YEZO, n. pL iai. (From vma.) Be-
vektioB.
i— YI, n. pL ama. (From va,— vi, deoottig
the highest or fblieat physical
advance or atate^ which aiqr qn
attidn.)
1. Feeling ;reasotmentj-^ Tkepatel-
- la, or knee-pan.
a— YI, n. ^ i^nu (SmI-YL) AgNy,cr
white hair,
oma- YI, n. pi. imi, or ama. (See ^Vl)
1. ThegaBoa veapa, e!i(peeui2i;y inthe flatal
amavi; bat— 2. A ain^ wasfy^-pL
imivi, wane,
oka— YIKA, v. t (From va, and ika, topat
opitofiz. The primu r^ seme it ; te per*
ce&ve danger. MmdioeiUf ome wiA vaka,
v^a, and voka. AUied to pUm.)
"L Topany; totonaaide^aaad^
oaa weapon;— 2. To defend ; to i
behind a shield.
««p— YocxLA, qalfi fr. TopanyolT; tele-
fsndforfagainBtiaf t wa yi vymla intoDga
yomijayam Le. t he tamed aaide the akft
of him who was heating him.
am— YIKBU, n. pL aba. (Fma vikdi.)
A defender,
iai- YIKI, n. pL iai. (From vika.) 1. Asf
thingtarnedaaidfl^saiBivingi;-^ Aivm-
pon (br dflfenoa^ parrying ;— 2. Onaffko
onderatandi^ vdio ia akOled in paifTiaK*
Digitized by
Google
nuBk.
E«3
VITOUu
■tiek fbr panying all attadn |— 2. A per-
■OA wbo pwries thmte.
>yiKI» n. pL aba. (From Tika.) A de-
ii<^-yiKINDnKU, n. pL ism. (From Tika,
and iodnkfu • ttkk.)
A mall bird which whan sitting on a
tree can soraen itidf from the sticks which
are thrown at it.
oka— VIKIZA, T. t. (From vika, and isa, to
snake.)
1. To parry a thrast^ &&» with the
hands, as when one is ^ten ^-2. To
break all into pieces^ ns ommita o Iw'apole
ntow'apoleftiti.Le.: a person who breaks
on e thin g, and goes on breaking,
im— VIKO. ^isffim-Yingow
idLn— VILA, T.ti (FromTa, andiia, to strain.
JSadumUf one wUk Yala»Teh^ Tnhi. JIUed
tohila.)
XdteraUjf i to eome forth ; bnt pri-
mmrilg^ : to be of a weak, soft natne; to
liaten to weakness; hm^ce, to he kqr* idle,
indolent,
u.-* YnjOiA, qnlf. fr. To he la^ in reipeot
to^ot: wa?ilebinnMebenB,L6.: he neg-
lected his work.
i— VILA, m pL ama. (From the verb.)
A ksj, idle, indolent person.
i bo" V ILA,n. (Finm the verb.) Laziness;
idkness; indolenee.
noi — ^VILA, n. pL imi (From vila.) Tellow.
This woi^ signifies, original^, a filament
of Kafii^ecnn, or its blossoms, which are
wsnally of a yellow ecdonr; and hence its
gnneral application*
nkn— VILAPA, v. t. (From vila, and ipa,
to pam^ iqpott. MUed to hilapo.)
To pass or qiend one's time in idleness,
lasiness i to be i^ven over to lasiness; to
fie at one place in lasiness.
Ill— YILIBA, n. ^ in. (From vik, and
ibn» to separate.) An ornament pot in the
holes of the t^ of the ear, signifying:
eomething vun» vanity, show.
V-VILO, n. pL ama. (&e nm-Yik).) The
frnit of the nmvik-shmb.
mm— YILO, n. pL inL (From vihu IHaUe*
iid^viyo.)
Awildmedkr-tree(mespilos). Socalled
from its frnit which becomes meUow, and
rots away.
nkn^YlMBA, v« t. (From vi, coming, pro-
gress, and mba, to separate from. JEMi*
euUtf <m§ wUk vnmba. JSofo, vingca.)
1. Piimmiljft to stop progress ; toky
Undranoe in the way;— 2. To stop; to
cork, as a bottle ;«-8. To doee; to shot.
Off 3 vimha nmpongolc^ ie.: shut tba hoc
(In the Xma this word is ised of shotting
the heart or the afisctioni^ » sot to give,
taUitingy»Ao.)
"«>-«• VncnXiA, qnlf. fr. T6 stop Ibr; to
ohstmct; to {vevent ; to debar, €ui ^mn«
belani amasibiiga, L e. : stop the drifts in
tin river, = prevent people from passing
there ;— rimbek isinhlebe, i & : rtop tlM
ears, = refuse to Usten.
nkn— VIMBKZELA, V. t. (From vimba, and
izek, to make often.)
To beset; to snrrwmd with something;
to endoseb a« : vimbezehi inhln, i. e. : to
lay or pnt so many tlnngs aronnd the
hoose that none can come to it.
nm-^YIMBI, n. dng. (From vimba.) 1. One
who ohstrnets, prevents, a«: o linda
izlnyoni zi nga hli amabele, i e. t one who
watches the birds that they do not eat the
com ;— 2. A continuing raio, dnring or by
which the son is shnt ont of si^t
iii— YIMBO, mpLiai. (From vimba.) A
stopper; acorir.
mn^YIMBO, n. pL imL (From vimba.) A
wale; a mark or stripe of a bknr» whip,
ftflu
nm— VIMBU, n. pL imi. (From vimba.)
A tree or shrah. The tame tut nm-Ynm-
. ha. From this tree or ^hmb an extract is
made and injected into the womb of a cow,
— ^dEnvntela inkomo. Let to htow into
the cow, to btow her np^— for the purpose
of stopping her in rejecting or poshing
away her calf.
im — YIMYI, n. i^izim. (From imvi-imvi.
See Yiva, n-Yi.)
Shivers ; little pieces, or splinters,
iei— YINQI, n. pi. iii. (From vi, and ngi,
bent.)
A point which is broken ofl', asasinto
ye^qamn, ie.: something of the end or
point of a thing (broken off.) IVibiU and
synonymoos iHth im-Vimvi.
im— YIKQO, n. (i89« isi-Tingi.) 1. IK0-
lectio like imr-Yiko ; — 2. Used of instro-
ments as the ngombo.
«n«->YITI, n. pi. imi. (From vi, and iti,
thrown. Badieally one wUk vata, vete^
vnta.)
A name fbr a kind of shmb or tree
v^iich very soon decays when cot down ;
•nd which always contains a good quantity
of deco m posed wood while growing. The
XMahu iviti, tender.)
i— YTTIYITI, n. pi. ama. (A repetition
of viti.)
1. Tioder-stoff ;— 2. A Usy frDow.
nk«— YlTIZA, v. t. (From viti, and isa, to
make. RadieaUjf one wiik wntaau AUied
fofitiaa.)
1. ZUeraU^ % to make mooldy ; ei^fnify^
imff, to threm Kafir-corn, which always
prodooes a great deal of dost and other
staff ;— 2. To hiss, as green or wet wood
when pot into the fire, or need Ibr making
fire»
Digitized by
Google
vka^YfNmjk, w. t. (From vl, mA ^fdi,
To p«b iQ ordsr; ^iplM to ilM izi-
Mr«l8» i.e.: ludr; to {hU Um aharl hair
rigfat, tint tliaj do not go looto.
oka— VIVA, ▼. 1. (Fromim^ra. M m i iea lUf
OM0 iM(& ¥af a, ^ota, Tova, Ito. Ml m i to
Ubi, bibiza, fifi, flfiuM.)
1. Tobobiklloi toormUoiniopieoea,
aaaftooo; to torn into doit j toaowder;
•— d. To aab into toMtt P^acea, M green
beana for ooaldiig.
bi^TIVAin, n. pLigL (Fram ^f^ nd
ani, difli. iSmn. Bad i mU tf m m iid ing
JL heap of amall atoMa thrown together
bgrtraveUflM »t«artain i^laoea whavo dan-
ger WM mmhaMded. Thia ia deao after
M dd cMtov olKNii; wfaicb ifc ia dMkolt
to obtoin nearer infbnnaAion.
Igi^ViVI, n. (Faem ?IH oobm to« «r-
toia progreM.)
A atato of heat of wator betweenMling
and hoi, when one pan yet fcaep a ingnr
in it. The higheat degree of heat* higher
than Ibdmoala, wkUk Ma, or 4i2ao diki.
vIca.yiViMTA, ▼. t. (FEom tfivi, omI nja,
to join; meet. B$e Vera, VaaoraM. The
Xo9a haaTaannya, totrji tnUA deep.)
To wave or lihafce a apear m ahiald, in
order to fed whether it haa eeataifap;al
power.
i~VI YO, n. pi. ama. {Wnm H Mid iyo^
retired.)
Aaaiallpafiy ereopnpAny, «#f Ahaiito
ba hlezi ngamaviyo, L e. : the peepto At in
aiatl ooaBpaaiea.
ia^VO, n. atog. (Faoai va.) ITitare;
onatom; haMt.
nm— VO, n. pi. iml. (From TO,iS.) LUe^
rMf e aonetfaiBg abore or beyond.
1. tUa word ia enlnaiTely need in
counting, mgniQring 1k§ maii mMth it over
Un, net helow tea, tu: iahomi eK aomvo^
i..e.e ten wfa&eh haa amtt^ 9>eLaran;—
ishnmi U nemivo 'mitato, {.e.: the ten
bM three nnHa beildae, =9 tiMato on , Ac
S. The fling. wmiw9 ta e ea a etimea need
Snatead, or in the aenee of a ptor., and ia
el^eal, mat mavo nnaitatn noMnne^
i.e : nnita whioh are throe or foQr,«*HDefer-
rlog eii^^er to^ or atonding in the plaaiB of,
nmnnwe, i.e.: finger. The anita nen-
ttoncd are^hoiweaer,thoia oonnng after ten.
•^ The aeaae of the noon nm«o ia eftvi
given by tiie forh, oft iahaau K «a nora-
nwenmnnye, i. e.: ten ha« one Anger
beyond, me^t » ebren r ie hm ai U ta
'aaiawe'knitata,ia.t tenfaaatlveeflBgeni
beyond, ois. s 8 tWrtoen.
i»w VOKWfi, n* pL i^oi. (Fbooa vo^ oome,
and kwe, a pat>iye Ibrm 4ro« tha active I
ika, to come oC MatUoall^ one tmik the {
pMm vikwe, paiiiadv
4nka. SeeWYim,)
Mid vtic«% aw
iVopefi^: a enmh I
ThiafeaBBi
Zoln Einff gi?ea to hia
aoldleie, artmaiaf not marryawife^ Ac-
cording to ci¥iii«ad ideaa the voad aigni-
jtoaahariet
i^VaXDWM, D. pt aML (Faam iro,
denoting nature, p w g a ea i, aad indwi^
drawn isfce,aBteqd,i&oreaied. HaiktMg
ooinoidinff nfUh bondwe.)
A laige «atav»tal. ^ ia as laige aa tto
BOBful, oyly of a gmy Mkmr.
iipi--.yOTI, a. aiag. (finm vd, mml efa*.
toMUa|p,8aA. /Molefltfa , obipo^ MUei
^OTattniiAvMt JJttJitmVff mm wUk yata.)
A name of a fine rivar, coanBg hem the
liigh landa which ata in the a^gla of Ito
Impafima ami Tofcah^ and naiiag ii^
theaee.
«kn«-'VOVA, r. t. <Feom a r a .aw B , ooom^
aiadag. MsMeelfy mm with mm^ Tan,
viva, 4e. JOmdi^kam, wpnipa, de.)
1. Literal^ : coming free^, i— i >, to
ilralni to ditor ;->#. Tie lyiMe wif , fmm
or wring ant^ aa a ang or alaA idliah bM
been aodced in water..
i^Vir, •. <Froaaaa,aeaBlnttoaeMapio-
ceaa. ^lOM te itfi* an airy maiBL.)
LiUfmO0i ao me th ie g goM oem iihi
cormption by a paaaaM elieeitf hmm nd
aaattea.
toi—VU, n.^Mm.i!h0m^%t. MM
ieiaivia. «Mi-¥n. £iir.nha.)
Aahoep. (Thowoad memM aeAaaKcf
. natore, good temper, aa weH aa aeAaiBm of
r.)
<iten fa» aa v«» piiHiig;
nkn— VT78A, w, i.
««ba. JUMiowtam.)
1. iVwNaP%s totakaapa^haaiarred
eeloon ««c ntamfap akahla ahapAfare
ngamaad aa agama^ La.: to heat 19
Mlad fiMdwith aold water ev vikk aoar
milk;— 8» To a|dK^ to mix w^mi Toto
j^i^dLOBo^ L e. t toarfzoratirwithaafta;
— 8. To mir «p AjMeeal of Sea.
Noai^««-The dimaanea hetwaaa ftiawh
and yanganiaa ia that the latter wafym par-
tieakriy to the aet of ' ' _
aabataaeea, while adba aaamm to
them agreeable for eating.
»«i^ VvBUA* ^AL fr. Te srfz Ik.
am^-VTJBflliO, a, pL ImL (Steam f#eb.)
AmiztaM.
toi-w^JBO, p. (Fraufrta,!.) Amixtne
of idcaUa okayotfwefiOk La.c ainirrf fiMi
WM% aiiaad with aMMi, thiak ndk.
toi^l^TKJ, 1.10. idip. (fteomvuMa. Ja-
4iea%aa««&tSmvaha. ^d2tfMltotiita-)
1. 'Aa liippnpiitoiiwi (UmaFoi^ iig*
nifiea a mixture of mmm miktkmomt^ ^
Digitized by
Google
,.^monjL
yiMB^.
$m^^namm,9ilkalB9 «» th# 4lli of the
1| 0Vtft»9Mrift0ti»BMt«ffcRM|l>Ung,
ifca^YUfiUIiA, V. i. (Fbo« fvlia. Mid via,
1. PrimarUyi to raise or flicile the
tempers to hivi i|Met th* tampar ^
the wMwd iMAfaif I AaM^ to pamrokab
effpMWIy tfith all kmda oC Mawattpn;—
^ T#iiitob<t»af t iW i iir>
nku— VUBUKCLA. ▼. t. (Froai w^» hot,
m4 t»ii)ala» ta Kit «f fi»iii <lvi gaoooA to
. Qvetigni? .«tfW ^ PsU% ^ Me oat
Ibod)
a-e teha Ml ftom th^ bottom o( Pie
fO t»ftom unto where it ii hottetft^
vr^yUBUKUUt. n. (From fuMnle*) A
atMtteg Mb M the M4ei a giea|» pain in
tJMIMk
■lAK^yUXA, ▼« t. <9'iMi ▼i,eQ»e,«)w,to
MBieifL WaiimU§ mm wUk faka^ yafai>
irflnwAi^ 4iit.a|MfiL ^ ey ap g apfce.)
1. Tf^iisei teneteer dnnevp in any
Bianner;— 2. To get up i to tew the
^im^Mikmf^t^^i we wto Inw p ,
Le.: yonnnstriae ea4y !*<"#• Tagft up
^toia»y'f riw i rtwit toaB isnvt iKMtoreb
«aaf v«lm»«ae,i»e.6 gitvpajMeteiid;—
41. To hegvi te iKiat I te eeme into uptice,
0mi Wmt. Tnha vnimta onloAi, iet^ ii
gpne^ IMP «eiie tato a ai f ton eo»^. To
make an hostile attaelii te }i% m^^
vtMk Vi»iM m iplMnod by
r or panieof 1**^ To vatirei to
>e rerifwl l^om dea^ awi kme. rvba
O^iOu^. {,«. I OMike maa «Eom teth {via. I
ip Om ii b nii i #T af aa et ber feraea)(«r-kwo
Toka abantv Btiftni» i«aui peoplf ahall
rlmibamte4i.
-. YuxxLA, qulf. fr. 1. f^ fim iw ; to
rim m <HUr te nftmfr, avi w» mimlEehi,
La,» he ram ite ettack bimi**^ To be
exelted for, fy,t to haye an appetite;
t» IMIBT ^NMi 'Of t ngi yp fUkek kaye,
, e. : I am^yoMli ^ ^ fKMie #Md from
,^ yvsmWA^Ml^*. TeiWMeleriae
npagaimi e p yl i ai lie gMug A>o4 temper-
m* whe 18 mmgrar 9^ elanmi, Mt we
«p w^Mkm, i^.; he made me liae np
mH& wiik 4iiia <tar i^iit me «md to
cat).
to*-4nQfKA% n. pi vm. <fmm Impp,
4*ii*ryi7u;eA» T. t. (yrpmfirtfii,piMiim,
temefcetefWe.)
flm^FUKUZ^, 9u t, (|iyimTidn»«iidmiB,
te«»m%temeM.)
)* Xe laimi ee dviiHK* Te pmttp tiie
teiiqwr,or
im f V^UKlXSAIfS, ) p. pL iiim. > (Vrom VII..
ii¥IJKUS% iB.pLwae.jkm% and
eBe.4iqiu£)f».)
Amole.
pkP^VUI^A* y..t» (Aom tp, anl via, to
atrain. MadieaU^ one with vala, vela,
viKAila. AUMtohOB, j8^. pnla,Ae.)
1, To eeaie fiwt^i to open, inr: vnU
pmpypnfo^ ie*« open the door f— 2. To
eleari to make epeo by veoMring obetme-
tiopi^art vpk mbUa*i.e.t openeroad;
-^ To bagia; to wik§ the tot e^ibi-
tiop, «#< kwp vole nfaaat pkateBgiaa* L e. :
who wpa it thai ant henn to trade f
MHff. YvtmUf Ott. flr. ^ epap by itmir;
to get (^[>en, at: nmnyango « vokkile,
L«^ I the dear atamli open,
— - VuLXiA, quU. flr. To oppa te; to
hepip befime ethmpi or e wft ba vnlehingo.
Jwindpmp Inraka^ i.e.i he openei the
way for them (toepaak) W hie ipeeab.
. Im^VUJiAf n.pli4ai. (Fnem vnla. $i0.
ppkk) AaioLf (lif.t epenug of the eloads
or atmoaphere; breaking forth.)
i-^-yUWFUTL n* pi erne. (Fremvda,
mNlAiti,olfcep.)
If AeerWP bpppewing ankaal er in-
MP^^^i. JUmt, Ml inaimbl i hUwe yitp-
Ml^ie.fi the imp ia elites ordeat^ed
nkn^-VUM A, v. t. (From vp, and npia, to
pmire^ te <^pap. JUdimilif one wUk vama.)
1, Jhrimmni^ t to let fei^nga prevail ;
imm$, to pvoQeedi toeoeedei to admit,
pp I a yi vpPHle hmdap, i. e. i he admitted
this point;— S. To ceoaept; to give his
eepaapt i-ii4L Teagreei to agpm te$— 4.
To epppeve;-*^ Teeing, Pre alyavnma
awegima aM^oil aetp, i. e. s we aiog the
pndaaa eCemrehieft.
YraiLA. tiM, ff. I. Teppeede te; to
oonaent to fcrs to egree ppopi-rS, To
pliowi tepermit» 00 1 DglvDmaftepknhlale,
Le. : permit me te rameip y^d. Te adknow-
ledga^ te e d p fem, er : p aa vpmele iaono
ealM, Le^fi he bee eap fc m o d hia ain.
Ypia&AirA, ropr. fr. 1. To agvpo on
halihaidap.withapfl|io|^ari toaaeopi; to
oontraatmntoally; to confeu one te an-
Pt h a r|M-a , To meke a eoptract* bp agnp-
pmPt^ppovppeptwSth eaeh other; to be
teliaiPMmy;.to let 9Md ladioga prevail
among one anotba.
^YUUJk. pupL Imi. <Fpmp the verb.)
A pertain tme, pmd tit a mertiwne^ or
riiprmtiamidar to obtain the eopeaot of
pgiripr bar fiitlwr ier • yppng nmp who
wMMaienppfylier.
Pimr-*¥U1IBA« w. t Qham vp, and mnba,
to aeparate firom. MadicalfyonemtkwTihn.
pipiba. ^IttM la vnmvii»Tifliha,fpppp, As*)
h firmmHift^ mipppfr-r^. Teatqp
pcogreai. (S^idm M^i.)
Digitized by
Google
YUHBA.
CW]
vmrHLiBA.
•r-«- VniCBiEA* quit fr. I. To
putrid in fiiiell, as things thtt lie on the
groiind or nndergroond ^-2. To lie 8ick«
be nnaUe to go out, as aboto emit a smell
as that of a Mck-roonu (Dialeetie, vnm-
boka.)
aha— VUMBA* n. (From the Terb. The
Xosa has Ivamba, a smell of potrid things.)
A shrab; hot properUf^n, qaantitr of
smell; therefore a partaoalar smeU whieh
that shrab oontdns, and which iseztraeted
in water and poored on a calf wfaidi the
motha will not tend. When theoMther
smells this extract on fhe calt the osoal
effect is that she lores it, and allows it to
saekK
am— VUMBI, n. (FromTmnba. Sadiealfy
one foUh amvimbi 2.)
A continooos rain, which prodoces a
smell ; or rather the smell whieh is caosed
by a continooos rain*
nka— VUMBULULA, v. t (From Tamba,
and olola, to make loose. Compare som-
bnlohL)
To onstop ; to draw a cork, as of a bottle,
n— yUMELANO, n. (Frcm Tomelana.)
An agreement; corenant; concord, Ac
oka— VUBiULA, v. t. (From Toma, and nla,
to stndn; or, which amoonts to the same,
from Ta, and nmnla, to rise from a stand,
to get op.)
To proceed to speak; to begin to speak
to another. Comeidhff wUh simola.
im— VUMVU, n. pL idm. (From imTn-imm.
MadicdUy ooinAdimg wiik Tata, Tcra, Ac)
1. LUeraUgi a crombling; a cramb;
fragment ; waste, = nknUa okawayo kpo
abantn bahlayo, ka tatwe ngabantwana,
i.e. : ibod which fiUls down where peo^de
eat and is taken op by children ;— 8. Some-
thing small; a remnant, = isingntyana,
i. e. : li ttle p ieces of cbth.
nka— YUMYUZELA, t. t. (From TomTn,
and izela, to make often.)
1. To make into litUe pieces ; to cnimble
into many Httle pieces; to cramUe fine, as
meal;— 2. To strew, as to strew salt, taken
ftmn the action of crombHng between the
fingers,
olm— VUKA, y. t. (From to, coming fcrth,
product, andana,toanite; being together.
BadicaUtf (mewUh-^voau ^122Mtobana,
fana.)
Prop0r/y : to gather the ripe new crops ;
commonly X to reap; to collect the pro-
ducts of the field. This word refers to
cutting off the crop of the lands and pot-
ting them upon one heap; and then, also^
to take the reaped thfaigs and carry them
h ome.
oka— VUNDA, T. t. (From tu, nrodnet,
ripe, new, and unda, to extend, inorease.
AUied to fbnda, bonda.)
1. To hare an tbandanee of tlod^-2.
To mould; to putriiy, because wlien irad
is abundantly stored up, it matally beeoBHS
mouldy, the natiTCs keepioff it ezpossd to
the atmosphere for want A gtoto Imi— ,
Of: amabelea rmidileb Let the con ii
mouldy.
*-— « ViTKDiSA, eras. fr. 1. To make ftrtOe;
—2. To make noddy; to potriiy, at:
▼un^sa iftna, 1.0.: make the fiiAowgToaid
fertile, or monld,br letting it rest; criy
manuring it ;— 8. To manure,
isi— YUNDI, n. (From tuoda.) J^ t y sriy;
apUce^ a piece of gvoond, wUeh is foj
fertile, producufe.
!m— yinfGA, n. pL i^m. (From ti, anl
nga, to bend, to midm. Madi o ^l § om
aSth Tanga, ringo. AUM to Tuma!)
1. A Toioe, or hvnming somud, Ui.t
dedined sound, rather om m a iopo ot ie, l&a
TU, as tbe KaflrHdnging ischaraetcfM
by making a sound witii the ItossTB
S3TU ts Tul— iommga yabahlabelelU Ls.:
the sound or?oleeor the singers |--2. A
B Mlody ; atone.
uln^yUl^aAMA, ▼. L (Awm TOgiw anl
ima, to more.)
1. To put upaneise; to make anoiis
with the mouth like TU I as the gnwBag
of atigerorlion;— 2. Tosiari, as a dog;
ulta— YUNOAZBLA, ▼. t. (From Tuagi,
and iseb^ to make dS, Jiadioallf dm
ipjM Tungusa.)
To make a small Tolee or deoBuid foios ;
to make yu, tu, tu, in riiort saeeesrioBib
uku— VUNOULA, t. t. (From tu, DmI, sad
ungula, to fbroe or bend out. jUHti f»
ba^lfula, to extraet a thorn; frdtnia, to lift
up ; pungula, to lighten.)
To prick the teeth; to take oat that
which is ftlt.
isi— yUNQUYUNGU, n. (ATepeti ttcD of
Tungu-Tungu, or blow ef whid, strong
noise.)
1. A strong wind, which Is heard, «f :
Tungu!— 2. A whirlwind,
uku— VUNGUZA, t. t. (From Tungu, and
usa, to make. Madioaffy one wUh Tunga*
Ida.) To make a strong blow.
•-•— Vu ae u ML i, qM fr. T» bkw haid,
Mt umoya u ya Tmignaefai, i.e.e the
wind is blowing rvy Mid, hi i
blowi^hirUng round.
nkn^VUKHLA, t. i. (From tu, to
proceed, and uahla or inhla, ese Inhh,
toward the upper side; panhle, Ac.)
JVoper l yi to go along a deolii^, to-
ward tiie upper or hilly sUle^ not tSwmi
the side of the Talley or lower part^
— «- y virHLiBA, cans. fr. 1« To take mm
the direction toward tiie npper sidiof a
hill or ridge;— 2. To put acpiarg^ m the
line along witii anottmr.
Digitized by
Google
VUSSLELO.
taee]
VUTULUUL
om-rVUNHLA, n. oL imL (From Tonhla.)
A hare; so called from the fact that a
hare nerer will run straight down-hill, hat
•lin^ys diagonally along it.
om— VUNHLO, n. pi. imi. (Prom vnnhhu)
1. HiU'Side;— 2. Anything laid square or
acron, as a rafter of a honse.
urn— VUNI, n. pL aha. (From Tnna.) A
reaper ; one who gathers the harrest. -
nka— VUNULA, t. t. (Prom vuna, to
collect together, and nla, to strain, or,
which is the same, fh>m vn, felt, nnn,
tasteftil, and nk, to strain. Compare
nona, noneUu nnnala, &o.)
1. Primarily, to baye a pleasure in nice
things; to hsTC a fteling for tastefhlness;
hence, to dress tastefully ;— 2. To adorn;
to pot on finery.
— - VuHTTLisi, caus. fr. To cause to dress
taitefully, &e.; to adorn particukrly.
isi— VUNULO. n. pL izi. (From vunuhu)
1. The act of dressing ta^(ully, in fine-
ries;— 2. Finery; ornaments of the hest
kind.
uku— VUSA, V. t. (From ts, or vu, and nsa,
to cause, denoting degree. Transitive or
causatire of Tuka. Sis. ohosa.)
1. To awaken; to make awake) hut
primarify: to rouse from a state of in-
difference, from a want of seal, <m : n m
Tuse oleleyo, i. e. : awaken the sleepy one ;
—2. To raise, to awake, ae: Tusa aha-
fil^o, Le.: awaken the dead;— 8. To
rouse to yigilance; to give notice of
danger; to alarm, a$: hamba u havuse
impi i kona, Le. : go and arouse them, the
enemy is there;— 4. To excite ; to stir up
to action, as: vusaamavila, i.e. : stir up
the kzy fellows that they work ; — 5. To
drive a wild animal from its den or nest,
ae : vusa ingwe, i. e. : stir the tiger up
fVom its den ;— 6. To arouse; to make fVesh.
«— YuBSLA, qulf. fir. 1. To awaken for;
to rouse, stir up, &c, fbr;— 2. To fresh
up; to renew; to revive.
^— YvBSLBLA, ftqt. fr. 1. To renew again,
tut vnselehi into endalai be 'ntja, Le.:
freshen up the old thing again that it may
become new;— 2. To renew; to revive,
aex vnselela isinkunbulo sako^ i.e.: stir
up your thoughts, or memory, to think
over again.
im— VUSANKUKZI, n. (From vusa, and
Inkunsi, buU.)
lAieraUjfi a being awaking the bull.
The savases believe this to be a snake or a
bird, which ezerdses influence on the buU
of a herd to awaken it to activity at night
time,
.m— VUSELELT, n. pL aba. (From vuse*
lehu) A renewer.
isi- YUSELELO, n. pL isL (From vnse-
lela.) A renewing; refreshing; repairing.
mn— -VUSI, n. pL aba. (From Ynsa.) An
alarmist; one who makes alarm, alliens,
stirs, Ac., people^ animals, Ac
i— YUSO, n. sing. (From vusa.) 1. An
alarm ; notice of danger ; — 2. Conviction
of conscience; anuety, €U: isela li nevuso,
i. e. : the thief is convicted by his con*
science; — 3. Fear; dread; terror, ae:
abantu be be nevuso elikulu ngoknzwa
ukuzamazama kwomhlahe, i e. : the peo«
pie dreaded very much when they heard
the earthquake,
uku— VUTA, V. t (From vu, come pro-
gressed, and uta, to throw. JEUuUoMy
one icith vata, vete, vitL AUied to fUta,
ota, &c)
1. Oaomo^opotf^M: to sound vu, of blow-
ing air, €u : umoya u ya vuta, i. e. : the
wind blows; — 2. LUerallyi to Uow; to
blaze ; to flame, at : umlilo u ya vuta, Le. :
the fire is bkoing, = is burning;— 8. To
ignite, a» : sa pehla umuti a wu vutanga,
i. e. : we were making fire but the wood
would not take;— 4. To blow ripe; to
mature, «: ukuhla ku vutiwe emadmini,
i. e. : the crops are ripe in the field ;—
6. To be perfect ; to be done, in the passive
sense, as : inyama i vutiwe, i. e. : the meat
is done; — ngumuntu ovutiweyo, Le.: a
person in full dress, in perfect order.
— VuTBLA, qulf. ft, 1. To blow up, as :
vntela umlilo, Le.: blow up the fire;—
2. To ignite for; to turn quick.
«— y VTI8A, caus. fir. 1. To cause to bum,
to ignite ;— 2. To make done.
VUTIVUTI. 5^Vuleftati.
ijni— VUTUKA, v. i. (From vuta, and nka,
to go oflf. See Vulula and Vutuluka.)
1. To fall or come off from ripeness or
maturity, as ripe fVuit, leaves, crumbs flrom
a table;— 2. To go off from a place, as:
vutukani nimke, Le.: get np from this
place, and off with you.
nlcii^yUTULA, v. L (From vuta, and uk,
to strain. See Yutuka and Vutulula.)
To throw or shake off, as i ihashe la vu-
tula udaka, L e. : the horse threw a piece
of dung from its foot.
iJni— VUTULUKA, v. i. (From vutula, and
uka, to go offl See Vutuka.)
TofaU or come off fVom an effect of
shaking by wind, as fruit; or by other
causes, as : udlonda u vutulukile* L e. : the
crusts of the sores have come off (tnm
perfect healing.)
ttku— VUTULULA, V. t (From vntuU, and
uk; or fh>m vuta, and uluk, to loosen.
.Sm Vutula.)
1. To shake, as : vutuluk umuti zi vutu-
luke izinhkmvu, i. e. : shake the tree that
the fruit may fall down;— 2. To shake out,
dust <»ff, as : vutuluk izingubo, Le. : shake
the dothes that the dust may come out.
SB
Digitized by
Google
▼UTUVUTU, tAf. (From fvk, le-
patted.)
Blown UPS angry, Um4 with nknti,
at : wa U Yntn«Tntn, =« n knlmQa ngokn-
liiteka, i. e. : lie ipe«ks in great anger*
wrath, jy. : blown np with wrath.
nka-^VUTUZA, v. t. (From vnta, and
nn, to make. Bm Yatnla. dUi¥^ to
ftitma.)
1. To Uow hard, of wind i-*-|. To raise
the doati-r^. To eflaee ; to mb oat of the
tMe; to give a smart Bh^ in the hi09; to
beat with the outside of the hand,
nai— VUTWAMINI, n.pL imi. (Fromyntwa,
and imini; at the day.)
A name of a tree and ita frqith mudi
like the ismidn, i. e. : wild banaqa. It is
called from its fimit which gats Hpe at day-
time only,, never at night i hU fortieth
Urijf, beoaose it geU soddenly rip«, is in
one dsyunripe and ripe.
}si— VUvU, n. (From to-tv, denoting a
certain state or progross which sometbiog
has attained. Madic^U^ o«# «0i^ vava,
▼eve, pariieulaH^ i vifi and vova.)
Lnkewarmneas, physical* moral, and in*
te Uectoal ; indiflfermioe ; want of acti#n.
nk«— VUVUKA, ▼. L (From vn. matter,
and yilka.) /
1. To come toa stata of matter j applied
to a sore or swelling i-^8. To swell; to
grow larger by addition or development
of matter inirardlv, 09 : nnvan Iwake In
vnvnkile namhb^ L e. : hit foot is swollen
to^y.
nkn— VUZA, ▼. t. (Fnmi va« and nza, to
come, to make. SadietUfy o»f wUh vew.
AUied #e vnta. fhia. S09 Vnvn.)
1, W ma r ify: to come spontapeondy,
(U$,i according to wish); applied to
physical canses, «# t isitya li ya vnia. Let
the vessel is leaking;— S. 49plM io im*
UUigent actions i to raward, m$ ; nkvvna
nmnntu, i.e.! tomakeamaa xaatoni (hy
giving him a reward.)
' Sm-*VUZAMANZI. n. pi. isim. (Fixmi vnza,
to leak, and amand, water,)
A name of a snake whioh vpooti ont
water.
n— VUZE, n. pi. o. (From vnaa.) Aamall
bird with a bng tail frequenting watery
pUces. It belongs to the warU#nk
nm— yUZI, n. pi. aba. (From vmn* l»> One
who makes others Maloos by giving a
reward ; a rewarder.
wn— VUZI, n. pi. imib (From vua.) A name
for a small animal similar to tiie mop am-
phibins, or castor zibethicna. Ita ak^n, of
a brown colour, has a beantiAil far» whioli
the natives wear among the tails of their
principal dress.
um-^VUZO, n. pi. iniL (Fromvoia.) Are-
ward; something to inspire leaL
w,
W. ia properly a vowel in Zola-Kafir, a
nmple sound «, which, being alwi^ fol-
lowed by another vowd, fbrma diphthonis
of a very ea^ pronunmation* The cases
g^ven xmder the letter U, wiiek jm, ^how
qi^te clearly that id can be regarded asa
consonant in writing only» not in promm-
cia^D. Avd this Is its value in aU OMi
where it ooonrs. The a«ia«^Ma» and
anw^JMm, or the Tekeza tribes in Hatal.
the 8utQ, Ktmha, Suakeli, &c^ retain thdr
vowel in almost a^ory caae, as baa soffi-
flle^Uy been set forth in the analytiol
parts of this volume, tee u-^Nu, u^wek^
ii-We, U'^Nyau, Ac, 4fcc.
WA, pers. pron. i^rop^lgi trcn the
substitute ^ 4es KK relbrini^ to plnr,
neuQS in achi, whose pron. a4|0ctive is
utona, and two nom. a^ectiv^ wifieh fas.
W has originated iVom biatua in the same
wayasi9iniPoiuik|f inys ycmo, Ac.)
Them. A substitute, and used only id
the (^active case, being placed imma£-
ntely before the predicate veHv m: ^
wa bonile amadoda, i.e. s I tbam have seen
men, s^ I have seen them» tho men ;— agi
yaw'an»i.a.t Xdo know them.
The origin of id, as has been notked, is
the biatna which first has taken place in
the nom, a^j* iwona, and heooo waa trans-
ihnred on the ol^ecttve caae a alao. And
with what precision the genius of the
kmguage has applied the same nde, is
agm to be noticed in the above instance
^ngl wa bonile," in which 000 would hare
aspeoted the preceding 1 to ml^ and to
makeogi ya bonile, which, however, would
be esaetly the same as the ao3(iliaiy verb
ya, and, therefore, was to be avoided,
qira— WA* V. i* (This verb oomaa most pro-
bably from the paasive of ia, m« ya, makiag
iua-iwa, to be moved* This dorivation is
confirmed by the qulf. fr. waU, the mean-
ing ^ which is one with yala, gulf, ft,
of va; a« also by the Bu&ktU ana JBfH^
mam have Iwa.)
1. To iall, but fmmarify^ to U going,
moving; to pass or drive down ttm a
pUce, «#i u wile ebasheni. i.a.t be hss
fidlen from a horse; — 2. To drop from an
erect postBre;— 3. To be degMidodt to
aink into disrespect by departing from
raetitude, «•: n wiie esonweni, Le.: he
baa frUen into Bin;<-*-4. To sIiUe into sa
air of digeotion, discontent, angar, fte«
09 1 nbuso bake bn wile^ L a. : bia look, or
his countenance fell;— 5. To sink; to
languid; to bepome (M^ or frinW »'*
wa wa enhleleni, {.e,: ha frinted skmg
tlMfOad;-^Tohi^>peAtofiiU; toftiike,
M I iml« li wil^ i. a,( tho ligbtniag baa
Digitized by
Google
M down, dropped dowtt.
mfm^ WnA, qnlf. fe. 1. To go over ; to pan
over, at: n^ welve yisgcwele, L'e.: lu, :
I wee pMMd over by a wagon, =3 the
iragon went over ine;*-fi. To fidi over» or
npon, oi i inbla i ngi weleb i.e. : the home
k ftdling npon mei— 3. To &U away; to
aink away, oi t a wele emgodini, i. e* : he
Ipn into a bole I— ^ To go overi topaai
ttvavi to croia or ibrd a rivers as: wa
wek nlwanble, Le. t be went over the sea;
v«« ngi kwaal ukowela nmft^ L e. : I do
M^ know bow to croei the river. (8§e the
note nnder eja, eyiM.)
«r^ WwLELk, freqt. Ar. To go over for ; to
g» over and retnm, of t wa welebt nlwa*
hble, Le. 1 he went over the aea and (oame)
bad:again.
^nr^ WwfjBAf cant. ^. To eanae, oompd to
ft overi to help to eroee, £»rd a river,
f*-^ Wuu,eani.ft. I. To came to fbll; to
bring to a fall ; to let &11, or drop ;— 2. To
throw do^n;-^. To buinUe, as: wa li
wjia pambi kwake, i. e*t he bombled,
threw^ himaelf down before him ;•— 4 To
overthrow; to npeet» <m : wayi wiaa imln-
la, L e. t be i^eet the pot.
1— WA, n. pi. ama. (From, the verb.) A
slaoe Ibr lUling down, or a place deeoead-
ing in a perfi^iookr direction; itnce a
rook, eipedally roeks oonponng the prin*
cipal parte of huge mountains, m ditftioo-
iioii from ndwala, v^deh ses.
kfi^WA, a. (pL iaL ssldom.) (From the
vprb. &ei«Wa.)
ISropsr h fi a ciiff; a high and iteep
rook; apreeipvoe; dbtingoished from iwa,
by the nom. Anna wt, denoting degree^
paoijliiiilji, 4ce.
la— WABA, a. pi i^. (From wa, aad ate,
to aeparate from, to dietribate. Didkotic,
inafaa.) LtUrathfi aoaiething ibr dietri-
botioB; descriptive of a hsap of things
{poimeiding wUk snqwaba.)
iMf-WABWA, a. pi. isim. (From wa» and
bwB, a passive fiwin from iba, to separate,
eeparatmg. Madicall^ ons wiii inwaba.
The JEoM has iwaba, =: iwasa, sss iwasa*
kaii f and the verb bawa, to fiUl forward,
to be greedy, raveaoos, voraeioos, which is
only a dialectic diflforenoe of ibrm.)
A tftcaAe name of the jackal, signifying
the voradons, greedv natar% as also the
great midtitade of theee animals. (Corn-
pars inbaba.)
«ko«-WAHLELA, v. i. (From wa, and hlek,
Me HUH. AUisdiohMtu)
To eaff ; to beat with the iat hand on
ilM free or on the moatb, and rather o«o-
maicposiie, ngnifying the noise or eoond
heard when beating one with the flat hand
on his month.
U-WAKA, n. pL aauu (From im, rock,
aBdika,io fli,QV aka,to fix at^ to boild.
Bis. maoatla.)
1. A sloven. Mi, : oae who stands as a
rock; as also t oae who is nnfeflding; — 2.
Thousand. This is the signification which
(be weed %$» in the Xoso, and among a
jfew tribes of the Amalalct, in Natal. It is,
however, bj no meaas k deiiaite tena*
because savages kaow hardly how to oonat
any aamber beyond oae haadred, with pre-
cifion, and, therefors^ represent any each
aamber either by derivations, as lakola*
agwaae, or by oomparii|pD, as this word
iwaka, lit. : a flsed rock, S9 as a rock,
tit. X a very high namber, which perfectly
agrees wi^ the idea of other tribei, who
aae ngamakys, i. e. i like stoaes (so naay),
or as isigidi, tokieh sss.
i— WAlil, a. pi. ama. (Fromwa, and ila,
to stcaio. Madioalh tms wiik wela. Ses
Cwala II.)
1. LiUralfy: a^Uliag oa this aad on
that; tittle-tattie; Idle, triflins talk,
espedally at the beer>drii|kings o£ these
savages ;—2. A hasty talk; ilMce, hasten
ast a naaiawala, L e. i be is in great haste;
—8. Trifling omamenta, shoan[ tbmgs.
-v- f WALAGAHLA, > v. i. (From wala,
'^IWALA^HLA, i and gabb^ or kahk,
deaoiing a a(nse of anything fldling down
fordUy!)
To fell with a hard noise, or to frU with
a bard rush; applied ezckisivdy to cattle
when giving birth to a erif, and the latter
is sQcQenly dropped down. It is also
applied to the *' akuxala kwabanto,'' I. e. :
giving birth to men.
nkn— WALAZELA, v. t. (From iwaU, and
iieU, to make after.)
To be in a harry Ibr some object, as to
ran after a wild animal ; or to frll apon
this and apon that, as when one is in ooa«
steraation, bdng attacked by an enemy or
a wild aninsal, and seeks to take hold of
something to defend himself with, as he is
without any weapon.
i — ^WASA, n. pL ama. (From Iwil going,
aad isa, cause, degree. Sss im-Wabwiu)
A white beUy. Meet probablv taken
from the white-bellied jadEaL uompars
intusi.
1— WASAKAZI, a. pi. ama. (From iwasa,
'and kasi, denoting female.)
A cow, or other female animal, which
has a white belly.
WE, or IwB, the passive form of verbs.
^6^ Wa aad Le.
n*^WS, pri. u. (From the prL n. aau,
and e, sss E, a pron. form^ &o. ; hsnes,
a-n*u«e, after eliding a, contracted into
awe. ^Sljt. aad oMer# ae, thoB, yon« Gm*
pars unu, 4, and the letter tJ.)
SB*
Digitized by
Google
WILIWILL
C»W]
WOKA*
LUeraUff i it thoa, it yoQ* aa t kwen-
nwe awe, i. e. : il is done by yon. (See
Wena.) Sometimes it is used with the
prefix 4^, aei kweimwe nguwe. {See
Ngi.) Some dialects harehawe, instead
of Dgowe.
i— WELE, n. pi. ana. (From wela.) A
twin,
vkn— WELEZA. t. t. (From wela, and iia,
to make. See Webu)
To make a falling oTor, = to fall over
one and the other i tointernipt another;
applied to nhnknlnma, i. e. : speaking.
. WENA, pron. adj. (From nwena,
which $ee,) •
Thyself; yomrself. Ckmmanlyi (hoo,
thee, yon, nsed more for diitin^on and
emphasis, and for both the Kominative
and ObjeotiTO case, aet wena ohambayo,
S. e.: thon thyself a gmng one, = thon
g(nng thyself ; — si ya beka wena, i. e. : we
look for thee, for thyself,
n-— WENA, nom. adj. (From nwe^ prL n.,
and ina, even, self, same.)
LUerailff : it thon or thyself; it thon
the same. This class of woids has also the
force of to be, to be by, a«: kwennwe
nwena, L e. : it has been done by thee or
thyself. See u-We.
WENHLU, n. Properljf : a genitt?e
case from n-a-inhla (house), referring to
an umnntn, L e. t person, or instead of it
to a relative pron. referring to the former,
viM, : 0, a#: owenhln, L e. : he who is of
or belongs to the boose. See its plnr.
Abenhln.
i— WETYE, n. pL ama. (From nwetje.)
A water-dipper. An izwi lezifiEizana,
i. e.; a wom an-word, instead of indebe.
n— WETTE, n. pi. o. (From ukwetye,
whieh see.) A hollow hand, as t ngi kan-
geze nffowetye kanye, i. e. : give me with
the hmow hand only once^ = give only
once a hollow hand-^oU, as mndb as yoa
can take in the hollow hand ; ngi telele
kowetye abahili, L e. : ponr into my two
hollow hands, = give me twice as moch
as yon can ponr into my hollow hand,
nkn— WEZA, v. t. (From wa, and iza, to
make. Caifwidkiff with welin.)
To bring over a river. It differs ftom
welisa in this respect, that it exdndesthe
exertion of the individual who Is to be
brought over, which the latter (welisa)
implies.
i— WILI, n. pi. ama. (From wa, and iU,
strained. SadieaUjf one with wela.) 1.
A confounded colour ; fluctuating ooiour ;
-»2. A place where a fluctuation is ob«
served, c aused by the sun.
isi— WILIWILI, n. (A repetition from
wilL) A confbirion ; a fluotuaUon of talk*
ing or noise, = umsindo.
isi— WISA,n. (From wiaa, cans. fr.fhMwa.)
A certain performance in the oommenee-
ment of a dance, when the women let U
their large drenes, and enter into the
drde with hands dapping, to perform
. their dance, stretching forth their haodi
and then letting them fUL
i— WISO, n. pi. ama. (From wise, can.
h, from wa.)
A peculiar knob-kirie, Hke a peiUeb
a short stick with a very thick and h«fy
knob; Ut,i a beating down,
i— WO, pri. n. sing. (From i-u, and o^
referring to nonns in umu 8. <SPtWi^
andO.)
An it Used as a pron. reforring to
noons in nmn 8, aei ngi ya wu bona nni«
ti iwo, L e. : I see it the wood, it k it.
(See Wona.)
i— WO or a-Wo, pri. n. pL (From !,«
a,— o, referring to nouns in ama,MeWi.
W has originated from hiatus betwesas-e.
5^Wu.)
They they. Used as a pron. reftrriog
to nouns in ama, a» : kn ^iwo iw<v le>'*
it has been said, they are they,— «».:
amadoda, they are the men.
WODWA. (Seel>w9u) Another fon
for wedwa.
okn— WOLA, v. t (From wo, that wbick
has fallen, and nla. to strain. SadieaOg
one with wala, wda. Allied to ok
tola, &c)
1. To take up that which has fiUsn
down, <u : wda isikali, i. e. : take or pkk
up the weapon;— 2. To make together
(what is fUlen down), take np, a$ : wds
umlota, i. e. : take up, or make together
the ashes (which have fidlen down fhm
the fire-wood) ;— 8. Wok ubokmgweb Ia:
gather dung together, our.: take it up and
put it togetiier.
okn— WOLOEOHLEEA, T. i. (Fromvoh,
and kahleka, the o of the first root boog
carried. (Hhere wohdcahla.)
1. To fkll down with a sudden and dnad-
ful noise, ae: idaka la woldcohleka emgo-
dini ebusuku, i.e. : the drunkard feU dcrnn
dreadfolly into the hde at night,— iTb
&11 into death, or into fearful destroeUoa.
(The Uterol meamng is : to take up and
to throw down with force, violence^ Ac)
WONA, pron. adj. (From iwona, non.
a4j. sing., which see,)
Itself, the same one; but oowmmtjfi
it, the same. It refers to noons in una
8, and is used both for the Kominativeaid
the 01:gective case, as i nmfhla d ya wan
wona, the river we do know it ;— umfhlsa
u namanri wona, Le. t the river it hsi not
• mudi water itself.
WONA, pron. a^. (From iwoas, noB.
a^j. plur., which see,)
Digitized by
Google
[W]
XABBLA.
Froperljft themiolTes, the snnie; Imt
commtmfyi tiiej, the flune. It refers to
noatis in ama, and is used hoth ibr the
NominatiTe and Ohjee^Te case, asi ama-
hashe si tengile wona, L e. : horses we have
boaght them; — amahasht a ya jabnk
wona» i. e. t horses they are jumpng about
themselFes; or with em^iasis and distino-
ikm: as regards, with respect to the
horsed themselTesy &c
i-^WONA, nom. adj. ang. (From the prL
n. iwo, sing., and ina, even, self, same.)
IMeralfy : an itself, a the same ; refer-
ring to noons in mnn. This class of words
has also the force of to be, to be by, as:
ka bolewe iwona (amati), i. e. : it has been
killed 1^ the same (p(uson). (See i-Wo.)
i— WONA or a-WovA, nom. adj. pL (From
the pri. n. iwo^ plur^ and ina, eren, self,
same.)
LiUralfy; they themselTes, the self
ssme ; referring to noons in ama. This
class of words has also the force of to be,
to be by, OS : izwl li tjiwo iwona (amado-
da), i. e. : the word has been said hj them
by the same (men);— iwona amadoda n
waziyQ, i. e. : they are the same men whom
we know. {See i-Wo.)
o — WOUME or Wohttmb, n. pL o. (From
owo, which has fallen, or which is falling,
and ome, moved, stood.)
ZUeral^i an ootfidl stationed; Jkenee,
anambosh.
WU, pers. pron. {Properljf : fVom the
sabstitote o, referring to noons in om-
omo, 3» and which hSng always inserted
into a Terbal oonstroction, where it is to
retidn a proper accent, is pronoonced with
tome aspiration, and w is, for that reason,
BO radical letter. Compare Yf^ andyi.)
It. A sobetitate^ and osed only in the
objective case, being placed immediately
bcSbre the prodicate verb, ae: wo noke
nmoti U), i.e. t Ui, t it smell yoo the wood
tluit, = smell yoo that wood; — ngi wo
nokUe, Le.: I have smelt it. {SeeWtL,
pron.)
Its nominative is o, sobstitote, which
sometimes appears in the same form wo,
vU. : in a negative verb^ aet a wo ko om-
godi, L e. ! there is no hole, lit, : not it is
there a hole. Bat this case is an exception
only in writing, and not in proper pro*
nnneiatlon, fbr this is a simple connexion,
and no partionlar reason for an accent
with the doable-dde teeth, and, while
opening the month a little, striking the
tongoe agidnst or sacking it at the teeth.
A soond somewhat like this is often made
by riders to orge on Uieir horse.
It is the mort difficalt dick of all, and
may be best tried by pronooncing the word
cladL with some strong aspiration in soc-
oession against the side teeth. Its modified
sounds are represented in the same way as
those of other dasses, eee C, and Q ; and
its characteristic soond like kl is perceived
in all its modifications nearly as wdl as in
its simple state.
Though radically coinmding with the
dicks o and q, there is yet a particnlar
difi^erenoe obsOTvaUe. In one instance, its
soond is rather a palato-gottoral, see the
letter B.
XA or Xi^ inteij. A simple articulation
of the dick w, expressing pain, disappdnt-
ment» impatience, &c. Compare nxe,
inteij.
XA, adv. (OriffiiuiUjf a verb, denoting
to fix, to put, to raise, to top, to set on, to
obstruct, Sadioally coinmding wUh ca
andqa.)
Sameas'^ixk, which see.
isi— XA, n. pi. isi. (From xa.) Any pointed
instrument; tool, implement. JHaleetic,
isigxa.
oko— XABA, V. t. (From xa, and iba, to
separate. JEtadicalUf one with xd)a, see
xebola, xoba, and xuba. The sense isx to
separate from a point; to take another,
opposite coarse. Sometimes dMlectical
instead of hlaba and raba. AlUed to uqa*
be, gaba, Ac.)
1. PrimariUf : to come out of its pro«
per condition or position ; to have a wrong
position; and osed accordingly in its pas-
sive ibrm, ast inkomo i xatyiwe, Le.:
the cow sofiered from a wrong position of
the calf in calving ;— used also of men ; —
o xatgiwe ngomtwana, i. e. : she sofiers
from a wrong position of the child; —
2. To be cross; to answer in an unbe-
coming manner. {Seldom used in this
form,)
— »• Xabajta, repr. fr. To be cross with one
another; toqoarrel, as: baxabene, i.e.:
they have qoarrelled ; are bad friends.
— — AABAKiSA, caos. fr. 1. To caoso to
qoarrd; to give occasion to quarrel,
strife, contention;— 2. To entangle in any
X.
X is employed in the Zolo-Kafir, to re-
present the dass of Uteral-dicks. This
dass is so called from its being made by
the tongoe pladng the same in oonjoDctioa
Xabb
BSLA, qolf.fr. 1. To have something
against one another; to be hostile, adverse
to, as: u m xabele^ o funa ukumbulala,
i. e. : he if hostile against him, and about
to kill him ;— 2. To be left handed, lit. :
to apply the hand clumsily to something.
(Dialectic, = rabda ipua.)
Ba
Digitized by
Google
pb^tiob) tb mniie, dT t6 nuikil hotUle,
fedtdrM^ irnmg^ to DfltanSoii one K^ take
Qp n point in A wtdngr mtnnef s^2. To
tempt; to lead tato tempttttion; tb ob-
Aifui^t*
tun— XABI, n. pi. ftlMU (l^m dbba.) l.An
opponent ^» a qtmrfelsotne pets0tt;-^2. Inyt*
ngft e ngnintkH, i e. : a doetof wbo cots
the in|r<^.
lritn-^XAKA» 1. 1 (From ift and Itoi, to pnt,
to »o ofl^ Otit. XadidaUjf ouSb njifh xeka
ilhd xnkfl. f%B tfMM l# ! td be ont Ofjdnt.
Allied to qaka.)
1. Tb pQBzie; to obit^c^ a$i lento i
ya ngi xAka, le. : this pnteles me $—2. To
tnenltroate. Dialeeth, lee Qaka.
y^-:^ XAlrfiti; quii. fh T<i be bnsltliti^, ob-
atnicting, <r« : yinto e xakekileyo, i. e. :
cbii ift flometbibg rerV pnfealing^.
Ill— XAKA. Swiii-Qaka.
ikkn-^XAKAZA, r. t (From xakk^ lia, to
make. AlUed to qakaza.)
tb make a pbzsle; bnt prifharil^i to
pnt into fear.
ct-1 XiXAMii) qnlf. fr. to pnt iiitd fear
by taking np the imikonto, speaM^ as if
one is goln^ to do some tiilschief with
tfaetti, := nkntttsa Into e nga panble, \, e. :
lo fVigbten ftomething Which it otitlrae.
isi— XAKAZANA, n. pi. isi. (Fh)m zaka,
poiiit pot npk and izAna^ coming a UiUe
ont.)
The glilbd of a tnkhli fi^
XALA. Se^ XwaH.
t^XALA, n. pi. ama. (f^-otii thid V«Hk xala.
Obac^te in iRslv, bttt lised In the 2:b«<i,
to be restless, ;»e.: to lift np & pdttt»— a
mnbofthebedy.)
1. A wen bn the body of cattle;— >2.
Stridnre, cansM by thte nrine.
i— XAMA» n. pi. ama. (iVoih zft, b fli,
and i^na, to more.)
A band wohi by womto ah)nnd the
Uraflt. SHko^ and synonymons 4rith isi-
Bamba.
bm->XAMA, tt. pi, lin!. {See l-lama.)
A kind of mimOtt tree, mndi of thi6 same
quality as the i-Hlaze.
bkn— XAMALAZA, V. t. (Frotn xJeimA, m
i-Xama, ifa, to strain, khd iza, to iioake.)
To sit astridfe or walk irtirtiiMDing. Syno«
i)ytao^B with dababiza.
1ft— XANOA. See in-Oxatagx*.
Srf— iANtJA, n. pi. fel. (Prom ka, kWd nga,
to bend. EadicaU^ one with xengft, &,)
A kpear, knife, or iinything fot ctftttaig
(ffla Itw l leri toet. I. (B. : Women- word.)
!«— XANTI, n. pi. lis. (Ppom ii% ^nt»
and bti, thrown ntext to. See Kta.)
, The roW of bones stattditig fe/trafght on
th& baek-bone or^olne, beginning between
the shonlden. (liie ZMto has iiantl, rig*
mi^ng a piew of trM, ottlKtMi froai
WUcii seteral snMUer kmali i i eMaeoit
hi tbe same Une, ibnuing k aSf^ag or
hooksv MttiHar to ilie bones of iiixBn*i.
Sneh pieces are need at posli of tbeen-
trance df the eatUe-ibldk tbe sdtlw* beaM
fbr closing being kiM into the hooka.)
tfttt— tANXA, 1r. t. (Fivm la-titai oaosmi*
iopoeHts Ai^tying a notoo made inillziDf
food with a flmd, or beAtIng It ttp.)
TV) bonr sweet ttiilk Into ibod, and eat it
With tbe eattie, aa fhilt Is eaten Wtfiicresm
br sWeet milk.
XANXULA. See^haUifiSa^
tfcn— XAPAi t. t (Froib im ^ iHttdaia
m dibk i, and ipa; tO pM| «> ttake.
iMciaUf one ioah topa» and tatlfk L)
t. to hip i 6itMMKtopbtl^ to make a
Bbifl^ a* Wheh dogs lick WatlT^^^ Tb
make acrackUng noise as boxfing Water.
lS(Ane ak OfptL,
L^-^ XififUL, cAnt; fh f» ttlikb «ife(; to
feed dogs, ftc.
tdrti— XAPAXAPA, ^. I. (at fllpMtH ^
«pa. DktZttyffc. cftpacapa.)
To tnakie a freMMt ti!WdH^
the feet; teTerribg to a pebidto way of
dandng by which ittdiHdnali try tO mske
a cradHinir noise by bdndin^ tfaett^aAklek
Idtn^X^ZAi r. t; (Prob lapl^ tud in,
to make, SeeX^^^ktk)
1. To itaakiii a ehidtUng^ or ajj^ttorinff
noise as when water spntteit IV^ a boil*
Ingpfot;— t. To niake a bbbs IB beafr
nin, (tot imrrtia I yi iapaza (i* iftpiieli]^
!.& : Itft raihingVeiryheavfly, WltbtttWBg
noiHc;— 8. TO be excited froii 8t^«
u:;;^ XA^izftti, qnlf. fr. TItt laihe aetapan,
only^at itoUi dMtottt thb wpelMbii.or
freqnency bf the a<^tlM, akx ihiitall i ya
ka^tela, Le.: they make k attoog and
continning notse hn iSUKn|^doWttt'=^4difi*
kiyo isanacda:±=lya«ta£ll«la;i«k:tbe
heart & excit\ed telly tnnehk ^ ft IfcttigTy;
'— ttttnnln n xapefeeli, I. b. : tlie MMi trik
ko mndi in tege^ aft t^ feia^ngv ^ tem
words.
XASHA. i8iMQftb^ttiSt)djl.
WcA— XATtJLA, V. t. (Phsrt tm fsp^ loA
tnhi, to take Off, ont.)
To pnll on^ with a liWIt^ ^\ bbo^a
be^ba bn xattdwi^ i e.) the Mftbfthe
tail ik polled onfr.
1— XAXA, tr. ^l ama. (I¥i*i «bfa, to
nse the top or np Often.) ^^
PrimariUf : something wotH 111% i ap-
plied to an old person; to an old th]Qg» as
an old isiqabeto, &0.
nkn— XAXAZELj^ t. t. (From xaxa, and
\fii^f ix> make oftota.)
lH<A^dHt, and t«0 MMb dl jWpiili {
bnt brij^tntOhf ef lfe iV eHn>g %tof yte ^
^Uite boc^ KM i^pt|ait6la^ of ^|jMMbb% witii
flBttSB8BaC£feBl
Digitized by
Google
XEHQdXlKOlSA.
£•»]
XOBA4
■ignifies a noise lUt« that of lu^ or as
caowd by dUMhoHU)
XBBULA. iSiMXf>ba]a«
iiki»— XSQA, T. I. (fPML ia» to|S oOttdttion,
and fa» tb bend, dedide. J^ii^<#a% mm
«M xaka and qtaka, iMigasiiiM*)
To be in a deolininf state of Ufe| to be
SitilnB, applied to old age.
i— XEQU, n. pi ama. (rroM the irerb.)
An old man ; an infirm, aged pereod
i— XEQUEAZI, n. pL aaa. (FroA
and kad, denoting fcttide.)
An agad ftaale 1 an female inflrm from
■0e.
nkn-«XEKA» ¥. t* (Prom xa Or t% top,
p<^t, and ika, to go ofl; ont. SmdioaU^
om wM iaka» gtdca, xaka» tega^ zenga-
x«nga.)
1» To be or go oat of Joint, «• s in-
g«wele I ya xeka» L e. 1 the wagon Is oat
of Joittt> ie looee in iU Jointo |«^ To
relax, toloosem
i-*-XBKO, n. pt ama. (From xebu) An
old nhice like a town. (The X09A has
liixefeo, a town» lam village.)
^tkn-^ELA, % t. (From xe» or xa, ttp^ top,
and Ha, to strain. M&UetM^ one ¥>Uh
xala, etrictnre. DiuUetU owela, «mUMI
MS. It is the ianm in boxda, to tiumst
iBtakes into the gronvid.)
T6 kill, to sUnghter ; deseripti?e ef the
fecnliaf manner of kllUng oattic» as it is
■till practised among the X»m, eiis., to
«nt a lilt immediatelj behind thejefait-
bone of the breast, and paMng the hand
fate the animal to tear off the naaalo,
k «.: the hoge Meod^feseel which Is at-
taehedtothe ^oe. This ia done Ibr the
porpoie of prefenting the blood from
being ipttt on the gtmmd fer tUlbllowing
TCaa(ms,*-fir8tl9r, to laTe the blood for
eatings of wbieh savages are very Ibnd ;
■soeiMly, fior many enperstitSoas eanses,
which the present genMtion eannet ex-
plains esMpt ao far as to maniibet a dagiee
effbarftr the Meod of an animal ipat on
the gTonnd. •* That the life is in iU
bteor* ie evidently the caaee of their ftar.
(The Bfdm in general nee hkba instead of
xehs^-however, for exactly the same rea-
aone, see Hhiba.)
nkn— XENQAXENGA, v. L (From xe^ and
^ga, to bend. DiaUotiCt xegaxega» or
xekazeka.)
L Tobeloeie} or tather n m ^ m t if apoeH*
ttA, aigidfying the mtUing of an axe
w^OA is loose at its handle ;--t. 1V>bend
on this side and on the otiisr } from one
sMe to the other) to and fro^ as when
making eomething leese.
• — ftrnwAzmfaiBA, oans.fr. Tomakeloose;
«»thkaarkMi4yelbonts teaialtMw
KotB.*-*>Botil Ibrma aT* aHe nsed in
their simple atem kenga, and xengias» and
heeome more and more ofaeolete in propor-
tion to the adoption of tools of civilised
peopH the word referring etpeeial^ to
the looee way in which ue natives pnt
handles to axel, hoes, Ao^ which soon
begin to rattle when worked wiUu
k-^ENYB, n. (From inxa» wkiak 9e€,
and enye, which is one.)
Apitftt aportioa; />ropsr^ : aome, on
ngi pe inxenye, L e. e give me some (of a
greater qoanti^ or portion t)—inxenie
kinkomo, i.e. : a portkm of, or some eattle.
Used with the prep, nga, m : ngenxenye^
Le.: partly; in some part, art wa ngi
nika imali ngenxenye^ Le.t he gave me
the money partly, sobm part of it.
XEPA, \ inteij. (From xe, and ^—
XBSA, i and x€w and iaiw to oaais.)
, Both are oontraetiQlis from nxe-pepa,eM
Pepe, and Nxaee.
i— XtBA, n. pi. asm. (From xi, top^ and
iba, to separate. MadiceUl^^tmrncMt^with
inxiwa.)
ZcAm^ii%i aemetiiing vrhieh is petaliar
at the top ; applied to a kind of watch-
honee in the gaMena Ibr watchinff the
eropa,«-^hln ydralinda emaftimini. Bome-
times it signifies the little houses which
hre erected on peies in the garden fot the
same parpoe% ■« a wsM^tower.
in^XIMBAXlMBA, .8^ in^-Q^hnU*
ngqimba.
in— XINI. eeei-^^^MO^
tdni^XINGA* v. t. (From xi, and nga, to
bend* Mmdwtdfy mm
tun or Iwiat the npper body in
dancing*
nkn-^XOBA, V. t. (FromxaQrM,andnba,
to wnpaintei Jnrfiea / fy oae wiik xaba,
xiba, xnba. Cfoie^^ mllM U qoba, whiek
sea, and to Xova.)
1. LUtr&Uft to seperate the head or
point; hemce^ to pound as maize; to
trample) to ttamp aoder fsot, sa an
elephant;— S. To beat with something
hea^. Oil xoha isixoba, i.e.t drive the
wooden pin into the gromid;— B. Xoba
isikaM, Le. : take vp, or take hold of the
weapon ;— 4. To stick fiut f to attnok
•»-• XoBAiTA, nprw frv To attach to; to ad-
here, or stick hut to, ««c iahnbeti or
idmbaas zi xobene namatya, Le^s ilm
oyetenH er sheUa art stieking imt to the
rocks*
— — XoBSKA, qntt fr. To adhere^ wHii the
point together; to be entangled, at: n-
t^panibn xobekile nominti,te.t ttie grass
is entwined in wood^
W— XOBA, n. pt iaL (From the vnrh.) A
kind of woodsn pin wUeh is beaten in the
SB4
Digitized by
Google
XOLA.
Ctw]
XOXOMA.
groand lufidt in a nativa liiit on Mch tide
of fche entrance, and behind whidi a iqoare
beam is placed for ftntoning or ehntting
the door,
in— XOBO. n. pL isL (From xoba.) An
infltrmnent for poonding maize; a poonder.
(In the Xosa it dgniflei a piece of a rock.)
nkn— XOBUKA, t. i. (From loba, and iika»
to go or come off; or from so, top, nba,
separate, and nka» come oflU 8&e Xobola.)
To come off; applied to the onUide
coanebarkof trees.
nkn— XOBULA or Xkbuxi, t. t. (From so,
top, side, and bola, to separate from, off,
awav. Zota zwebiihu /Sm Ebola, Obola,
to skin off.)
To sepante the coarse oatdde bark from
the fine^ or inside^ white bark,— zobnk
amaxolo.
i— XOBULU, n. pi. ama. (From xobola.)
The inside fine bark <^ trees,
nkn— XOKA, v. i. (Prom xo, point, and ika,
to get np. MadioaUy one with xaka»
xeka, xoka.)
1. To make a noise abont something;
lU, : to get up a point ;— 2. To be cross,
averse.
A few tribes in Katal and the Xo9axi»B
this word in the sense of to lie, to tell
a lie.
•— Xosakh ▲, cans. fr. To make or insti-
gate hostilities; to cause parties to con-
tend with each other, tu : nmnnto o tata
iiwi a U se kwomnnye tminzi afaantn ba
xabane n xokanisa, i. e. : one who bears a
tale to another place in order that people
may quarrel with one another, ereates
discord.
— XoKBLBLA, freqt. fr. To couple stories
together; to concoct evil.
i— XOKI, n. pi. ama. (Prom xoka.) 1.
A person who is cross, averse, Ac.;— 2.
One who tells lies; a liar,
nku— XOEOZELA, t. t. (From xoka, and
nzela, to make a noise repeatedly.)
1. OnomcOopoetie : to make a frequent
noise like xoko!-*2. To make a roaring
noise, an amanii a ya xokoieUi emfuleni,
i.e.: the water is roaring in the river
(coineiding wia hlokosa) ;— 3. To raise a
tumult; to be very noisy ; to put all in
' ^ disorder, tu t abantu namhla ba ya xoko-
zela ninaP i. e. : why are the people out
of order to-day P
nku— XOLA, t. t. (Prom xo, we xobuk» and
uh^ to strain. Sadiealfy one with xala,
xuk, and gxola. Compare ncohi, to strip
of the hist)
1. ^rimarilifx to strip off the bark,
as if it were a contraction of xobola;—
2. To put away bad temper, coarseness of
temper, &c (In the Xoea it signiaea to
reconoU^ aet kn xoliwe ifwe, Le.: the
knd is Mooadled* c= peaoe bit been andei
— xolela, to forgive.)
i— XOLO, n. pL ama. (Fromxola.) Baik
of trees, vis. t the whole skin, and jnw-
tUjft the rough outside of a tree.
nku— XONXA, v. t. (From xo-nxa» rather
onomaiopoeiie, ngni^ing the noise of boil-
ing flit, when drops of it spring np in a
crackling way. Badio a l^ one wUh imsoa
and gxangxa.)
To melt (fat),
i— XOinCA, n. pL ama. (From tba verb.)
tireaves; the criq> porUon remaining^ after
the oUy matter of fat has been boiled est.
uku— XOPA, V. t. (From xo, and ops, to
pass, to rush. MadieaUy one wUh xq»
and copa. AJUied to xoba.)
To divest; tocsstor throw, aex xofia
utuli emdUweni, *L e. : cast dust into the
eyes, = to divest them. (Those who aw
this word in the sense of to pedc confooDd
it with qopa, or use it synonymously with
the Utter.)
nku— XOTA, v. t. (From xo, points and uia,
to throw* thrust. Sadicalfy im xatnla.)
1. To drive away; to dispel; to baaiih;
—2. To chase, <w: ba ya xota inyamamm,
i. e. : they aro chasing a wild bock.
nku- XOTJA, v. t. (From xo^ and ^
thrown ; or from a passive of xopa ; and
radically one with the pasdve of xola,
xotywa.)
To dispel; but mott probahljf, io ^nA
of home and property.
nm— XOTJWA, n. pL aba. (From xotja.)
An outcast.
nku— XOVA, V. t. (From xo, a point round
piece, and uva, to come, make. MadifaUf
coinciding with zb\m,va^Mu AUiedioion.)
1. To mould; to make up; to nadi;
to knead;— 2. To make np; to exdie to
evil, or to anger, aet iiknxova abauta,
i. e. t .to put people up to strife ;— 8. To
betroth, vis, : to make up a girl to BaRy
a certain person.
nku— XOVULA, v^ t. (From xova, and da, to
strain. MadicaUjf eoineidinff with jdbMm-)
1. Tb speak agreat deal, = okukulosa
i^toesiningi;*2. To speak in a hardi
tone ; to qpcik without restraint, = oka*
kipa nje amaswi, i. e. : just to throw out
words (without caring what evil thqr n^
do).
nkn— XOXA. v. t. (From xo-xa, to tooeh a
topic See Xaxa.)
1. To converse; to be sodable, = uka«
kuluma indaba. La.: to speak about s
subject, topic, &c; — 2. Xoxa impi, Le.:
to qpeak about making war.
i— XOXO, n. pi. ama. (Frcmi xoxa.) L A
company of people talking i a aode^,*— ^
A toad. Dialeetie, See Qxangxa.
XOXOMA. DiaUetio. SeeQoatmiu
Digitized by
Google
XULO.
[W3
XWEXiE.
idkQ'— XOZA9 T. t (From zo^ and iiii» to
make. Allied to xoba.)
1. To oqI or hew the top or oatside of a
pampkio» as in taking off its gretn ooat ;
—2. To ahell, as: tool nmbUa» i.e.: to
abeU muse; — 8. To beat looae oysten^ =»
aoflca iximbatL
*-— XoziLA, qalU fr. To ont meatin ttripa
or in Bmall pieoee for cooking or roasting,
nkn — ^XUBA, r. t. (From za, and nba, to
separato. Sadiealfyone tpi^xaba, ziba,
zcrtML Comddiiig wUk qnba, mba.)
1. lAUraUff : to be separated from its
fiirmer condition ; to be pnt together with
other things; h»nce, to combine; tomin-
g^le things of different kinds, as : nknhla
kn xntywe kn lunge» L e. : food is mingled
togetberinorder tobecomegoodi— 2. To
oomlnne, as : nknxnba impi, L e. x to com-
bine the foroes.
— *- XirBAHAf rcpr. fr. To mingle with; to
eoaiesee.
— — XuBAiriBA, cans. fr. To mix; toincor-
porato; to canse different things to be-
come one.
isi— XUBO, n. (From xnba.) That which
is mixed up; a mixture,
i— XITKA. iS^i-Oooka.
nko— XUK A» t. i. (From xn, or xa, and nka,
to go off, np. RadioaUtf one with zaka,
xelM» xoka. Diaieetio gxnka and xnga.)
To be ont of joint ; to gu on the tip
of one foot; kenee, to walk hune.
i— XUKAZI, n. pi ama. (From izn, set»
and kaxi, denoting female.)
A sheep-female, ewe,— i nge ka be4iwa»
ie.s before it is leaped,
i— XUEE, n. pL ama. (From znka.) A
lame animaL
iri— XUKIT, n. pi. isi. (From znka.) A
concoarse of people moving to and fro.
nkn— XUKUXA, 1. 1. (From znka» and za,
to top. Diaieetio cnknoa.)
1. To more a point up and down« to and
fro^ as : znkuza isibonda si pnme, L e. :
more the pole to and fro until it oomo
ont ;— 2. To wash out the asonth.
iktt— XULA, ▼. t. (From zu, set, pointy and
nla, to strain. SadieaUjf ofte with zala,
zola, geohu AlUed to qi^ noola.)
1. To grasp; to snatch, as : abantwana
ba ya znlwa inhlu i tje, L,e. : the children
are taken away when a boose is on fire ;^
2. To pick np ; to snatch ; to catcb, as :
iiinyoni li ya In zola uknngwane. L e. :
the Mrds pidc np the ant-lions ;—ukoii u
ya znla inkukn, i. e. : the hawk or falcon
snatohes the fowls away,
i— XULO, n. pL ama. ' (From znla. See
i-Qnk>.)
ZiieraUfi a snatching, gras|dnff; a
large nnoUMr of living beinga or things
together.
nkii— XUMA* ▼. L (From zo, top, point, and
uma, to more op. MadioaUjf eoUudding
Pfith gzuma. AUied to gquma.)
To spring up ; to kick np; to set up.
— i^ XvwoJl, qnl^ fr. To spring up for,
toward, forth, Ac
— . XuiouLA, frqt fr To set before, over
and abore^ tut zumdela izinkatn, Le.:
span more oxen to those which are already
inspanned in the wagon, = hlomelela.
id— XUMU, n. (From znma. Diaieetio
iiricnmu.)
The young of a goat, sheep, or buck.
XUSHA. SeeOtixuLhsu
ukQ— XUXUMA, V. i. (From zu-zn, top-top^
and uma, to more.)
1. To spring up, = znma ^— 2. Tospeak
energetkally, s=s gzogznma ;— 8. To boil
up or orer; to bubble up.
ukm— ^XUXUZELA, v. t. (From zu-zn, ono*
mo^qpoe^, and izehi, to make often. MaH*
odlljf one with xuxuz^ &c.)
1. To make a frequent noise like xu !
xn !— 2. To 8o£Eer from flatulency, =» uku-
bohla umuntu osntile ukuhla kakulo,
L e. : to break wind when one has
eaten much food ; or has eaten to satis-
ihc^on.
i— XWALA, n. pL ama. (From xwa, of
temper, and ila, to rise. See i-Xala.)
A person of rude or improper manners ;
one who will not allow himself to be cor-
rected hj others^— umuntu o pika njalo e
nga rumi Into, i. e. : a person who always
disputes and will admit nothing,
i— X WANmOB, n. jd. ama. (From xwa,
to be pcnnted, ni, eren, nge, bent.)
A mimosa shrub with many thorns. It
bears a fruit like the umtundulnka, and
belongs to that femily.
uku— XWAYA, r. L (From xwa, to be
pointed, andiya, togo^ to retire. Xosa
zaya. fistfCwayalL)
1. To apprehend danger ; to be pre-
pared to retreat;— 2. To take heed; to
beware; not to trust; to look out, a#: wa
bona impi i sa wa zwaya, i. e. : he saw the
enemy coming and ran away ;— 8. To be
shy.
— — awathjl, oulf. fr. To take heed in
respectto; to beware of.
XWEBA. See Cweba. «
XWEBULA. See Xobnk.
i— XWELE,n.pLama. (From zwe, point-
ed, and ils^ stnuned. See Xwik and
Cwala,!.)
1. Umuntn o tanda ukubema ngwai ka-
knln, i. e. : one who is rery fond of taking
snuff, m. : who fills his nostrils regularly
np ;— 2. Applied to an inyanga, who is
rery fond of teUing secret things, and
who^ therefore, is dreaded, uul always
pidd ezeeedingly for hispraotioe.
Digitized by VjOOQIC
formfdiggvl)
t^eio tMMn IwokwotNOa ViMlk, ken
a large tpoon for taking out fbtd wilh, ^
fbt diMittig tip.
A&vthittg 1^ Mkig 0^ aip^ifig out food,
***'iiid<ka.
IWILA4 Mt)Kila«tadCwlkk
Y. Tbif keter SH^ In Kdtt^Kiftir, no
%l«mefitazgr sMiid, bill onilj^ am oeoaMoiwl or
iiflddnital ptMu It ocoQrt «hMly tt the
begiimiiig of worAi In Ike Ittipanitivib and
WMB eocaflioBea nj luen rooi* at
(MflMMMlttg #ftk k Yowtlk Mid kaTing
the aceefat n^ ft^ omM not be pro-
nMtaC0>i prapeiHjr Wlthottl Mbma hkrdneHy
fit a l|mlttl ai|M% <M t ^^inai Mfli Ima ;
jiwn^ te&m iwn; yiya, ftott ijfa.
Thift Ulifl !i the origin ^y cata be
^0d Y^ftrtkiM^ ffrom UM llMt tkali theie
imperatives are still, though eccailoballj,
tmd wftkent Ike pnftz. And bnidea this,
Mk* dlaleets wkkk kata Ike mm Yerb^
da «K)I ttake ust of Ike preik^ aa tke Nika
Mkd i^Uia^t IttMi i^ toi; ^SM* ea» :=
Ac
InlkaMok )r fs attplaywl wkare fy
or ^' ii «aed ki <^ 0tdm,
Mckeomti all other esMs to #ki«k the
preftky Is applMk kaMn In tkt kegin*
lynd of MMM^ witk IM eMipllok of yo,
«iAMM^tett kayMk(k»kn,ia.t ttiisit
is bad ; into e yMtjfV^ loT e ^ln|iiikM» &c
&nt Ikisli neabselntan^; <MiUm cte-
trar^ Ike simple fortn oC « wtrd implied,
is just as yalid as the ime iMord wilk the
pMk,— kn i«lU l«kn, teto e kftya ;^mLj,
tke foMMT to oi4ginal. Hia JKImH date not
ttiaft* nee of Ike pMBk y ki Ikasa (cases^
k«t tendeia tkwn kf a r«pelille» <tf the
prindpal power df tke bomtaMil lkn% <wi
ira sisibi,— into e sisitya, &c.
titiM^ the letter y iA »ll«Mtfr e«N%
has been changed e» cj o ftipu sie d #om i,
fM9 letter I) ta to «0l Ibrth In tha^tttalytical
part of tkto woHew
idcn— YA, ▼. i. and MKntaiy» Polite yiws.
(Oti^nvUgf ia» taMMtog la in*fa on» to go
on» to retire. Sis, ea. Th« tadtori power
vaens t» ka «i and 4 n pkknfilite lign for
dittiigviikkig flia aetfan, =3* the present
nk«, wktek to a pikMi^e noiH ftmt ika^
Vka. Tkto tknple » to Ihe kasto of all
foou» Mft A I and Ns nneated ftra is 0,
^Ihe tnt Nttdart^f an nation in an ^mdiea-
iio€, tkft maud in % aw^^MvMba niood*
(iindtor MtktindioatfYd
jnnctife wnn, In Latin.) for Hm perfL
JA» to autdosradt fhim the root ito, deiMtiag
k> kefbH^ toba eompleta. HMfailliiJjr
to a ootnprassed sornid from i; (*m biter I
nnd letter Y.) The p rsa ani i in pa mti y a
yiya, to exi^etive, and liroOi ike paasiva^
%kt^ inaerts • between the lw« o^ betaa
Hie ending veWel i•n^^ (m» Ike iiat«re of
t^ iMMfer totter t) m obeerm ttial fka
sedottd y» of lk« tost lyltoble, to atigkMted
in tke mnM way as Ike inittok)
thto tnrki being ttie ahStost fonA in the
tottgttlfie, at the same tittM> to paadtoily
sidaptadfbrthe nseof nnaoiiUafj, attpnsi-
kig not onW ^e mood bat also iim% af aa
ietliMt nnd addlnt its own fbm fo la anj
other t«rb» in whtoh eaae it alwaja pre-
eidei tke totter. It forms a oonUnmng
conjngation, and adding its km flawed fona
M^lo MyetharTerb, inwktokoMe Stoto
soffixed to the totter, it fordm a psHeet
lMi4n(;attoi» ast ng(-i% aotttHMMed ngi ja
kkfllbit Ktt I going watting, te i am m
the action of walking; nc^-a«k«nka» eon-
UaMtd ngt kamka, Ut.i I was wdkkig^
= I walked, eomkMsdfot a tima wnlkhigt
ngi-a-n, oontraelad nga kamkt, 9L\ Ilkall
wafrf n^ kamklto^ I hanra watod»«*I
tompleM wnlkingi)
It To go) toco oni ni^Miad to tastings
»t: llffi )raya>l«»: Ui.t I g^il^ go,^
I am HI thn ad of goings I fa (ptaseat
* " k&Iw*a| '
tsftfce) l ' ''<^ y%^^> Iwakl^iW*agafaig
(present impMrft. tMiaa)^^ngl yfla^Le;:
I ktt^ gonei^ma ufH y% ke.t tot
roe go;— 2. Togo) to pass In an j asaansr
arloatiytMid, «»tnglyftkaya,L«.:I
going to go, = I intend 10 go» I skaD go
^ n fotara sense) t^^ngi ya knUla» I go
t6slMpf^Bgiyiiniya,i.e^t ft».i tnot
going la «n>tx:I4faall Ml go|<-Mka
ngi yeknkaxika, ta^i tot toe attsa fo on
n joamey*
«. It wiU not b« dlAoak t» reMgntos
%toi aiaklKary etoment m the ftifM aana,
and to disttegntok II from Ike pN«oate
f^fkw Intk» present le»e IkasniMMy
id ^<ma iwnwdtotely aflsr Mm pnnk nai,
and 1Jk» s eo oad ya to p^Bdioat^fa imk>. In
lite YMhesant itopsTft. tensa^ Ike kmdltory to
liMorporitad or euiitMcAed witk tka |iron.
gi-to. hi Iko foitnre tenss, Ika irsi jf* can
harAy ka salted anzHtoty^ tkanoMJtrMtkin
being Mlksr one wkick kalenga to the
nettt aeiAlon, nnd having keen jmI forth
nettt aeiAlon, nnd having keen >«l
Qinly for Ike sake of showteg Ika otiier of
the tenses.
4 ApMttltort«a»n«ktto>tkaprteediag,
made tk ya, to rather periplisMSlia and
HtonMlic uidlksKevelt tontntoisltto
afttamgnarniisltwilk ttttan^tey pert.
It to need in oomblnation witk i '
Digitized by
Google
riiMk.
CWJ
In AtttBij ilieini nnabritiff msir ActMMi M
kslW>)N<nt^ tad ilWI^ nfHnrilig to
tttncwiEit staM iik the prtfMin^ lentraoe^
t^ ttpttmnUnft AH Adioft in th« present
time that had been lastiug in th« (Mtt, at :
Wn ^ wa ti, i. e. : he went bb and laid,
— he nid ftirtber (tbt #hich the Xoia
bn nlwajrt %a ye ^ti) i^nf^ fika eMfeini
wAk)^ Wk y^ bambile ytm^ i. 6. t I airriTed
at hii |riibe» bnt he waft ^ft on a journey
iink fe hatthlle eontraeted fietm Wt ye e
battwie.)
. 6k Tbit idioknatSe tiie of ^ ia partica-
iMny riNJoind in connekion With Terbs
which deoote a taoTing, going on^ Ae., oi :
flka,to arrive; bnya> M retohi; faafliba,
%0 wA t baMa^ to run Off: lahlekii to
•trt^t
U ye wa fika, !. e. : he had gOttO and
iMfM^ ^ K^MM «0 !br ntttll be arrived,
Uft foing bikted «b long nntH he arrived.
(«to Bnya.)
Wn ftka ikbdenttid Mi ye ti teblekileb
i. e. : he oame and thift Oattte had gone
«thiy» Ui.t gone atMyod, Or gone loet) ;—
mna o zalniile tt ye ci nga bakekanga,
f. «;: !f yon bad looked fbr tbem they
wqhM ttO% havn gono tunning off) eer rnn
lift
N]|i y«lreni ngi fel bambete ngi ye ngi
tkbi\ 0; : Irt me atone that I Walk nys^
tut I go and arrive SK let mo alone that
IfObymjMir nntn I nrrive.
In uieee eases jftf hat exactly tbo sense
XKil^epp,i^tm&^ andtbey #onld heUief'
siw t gone oomOy gone lotCy gone rrm ouf
jnbe aiTfvod|«--ifbMi perba^ ts Znlii*
EngiiBbf out exactly as tfai CR^mian s Aam
p^vL%fftf^ IteiTof^a p^^ft^tn^ Qftttaluk ff6»
u.'^ iW^ ^f. ft*. To go fbr ; te go ^bwn,
Hv : wa yua Mnumiini taaMmfansDi^ i* e« s
■0 Went downf Inward, %Im garden or
toward the rivers. CoHtpwt the note
Viftoer ByHn, 999 Bya*
laa-i^ t'lii, tatti. fr* To mako to go ; to
bring, vil : wii ba yf sa abantn la|», i. e. :
Itt ut>^[bt i(miide go) the )|^e<i(pn ttther.
(The "jCMti drops tbo fbrtn jff hi ttili case,
— wa ba Ml Abantn, kti, and when the
-thM Inserts an dbjecinve oase ^ instead
of ^or any etber. It droj^ ^ti^fi tUtb, and
both of these tendencies oonfbrm the analy-
Hsgivenliboreory.)
nkn— YALAjV. b. (Frott ya, and Ha, to
strain. Xlief«Mt)fM«Mtf»t^: togofbrth.
ChseU allied io ala.)
1. T6address; toexhof%; liOa^mobish;
%i]^ein i HMralfy t to lest^ain from gonig
on ;— 2. To Advise ; to warn; t6 ffMrnwam.
Yi!LMSfA,fcpr,ft To nriifllii^Mieh other;
to admonfim onA MMiMrtrs to wnm one
another.
tmnu
YitlkLk, qnlf. fr. it TO adilhsi^ «f«
nof^ Sm^ Ibr, abontk in respe<A to ;'— 2.
Tb dbre6t} to pnt to rightli to warn
against;— 6. To ordet; ko givA otder fbr 1
topreMribe^ — 1. Topnnisb Or adUkmish
by ponishment* M : ba yalelenl Atontwana
bbabgalnngileyOk i.e. : pnnish ye the dilM-
ren that are not good*
i— YALA, n. pi. ama. (Fhral tt«i Verb.)
A. kind of cre^ef, or t sbrbb growing
Vi\^ a eretptr,— isieaba s'alnka ngalo,
i.0.: tbo door !s taade of it (and fMk this
the phint has its nkme^ bh, i a rsntftdnhig
firam going in.)
M— YALELO, n. pi bdi (fVMn vaMlE:)
AdA-Oss; ekbottatlonf admnnlaNDiient;
advii^e, donnseL
nkn— YALEZA. v. i. (FrOm yal^ abd iia,
to make; AHied io abiza.)
1. To bid; to ntdeTv a9t n JUetQe fad-
fl^bo I tengwe, i. «. t he ordered k dtnss to
be bought for him;-^. To order; to
oonnnand, tt^: kwa jt^eawankniiiLebi it
wal befeniHuidCdi 'orfwod to be |Mdt¥onn*
nd^ Ac *
— — Yalkb!.!, qnlf.fr. To bld^ oMtet, fte.,
fbr, to, in retfpoet*
i^—YALEZEIA n. M. ^ <¥¥om yid«xebL)
An Older; «ommMlmtot; kW.
ne^— YALlv m pi. aba. |[From yak.) An
%xborter, iidmo«l!shet; one wfM Makes an
addreini aso.
tii^YALO» A. (Frtym yOk) AM«ising,
ekbortingv a>Mnontsi hi n g , Ac
tt^YA^LU, n. pi. ffi. (V^roA )nli^ In its
fadKai Rnse.^
1. An eflfnnon of water fVtnn k Ikbter*
t^neotts |ilaoe;-4i. A WbirlpOM ; tirittex;
c-S. A t>erson who tf^nihtk.
%— i-YB, pri. n. fEttrsicted iNM the prL
novm CiuAi, 9€& mjkf pers. pnMn«p «M[ e^ a
^rota. fcfnhf tee E ^— y fs oceartonAlt kp* Y.
JH^KHiyV^, Stttikt^ jLtMNMi ye. 819,
Hei abe; her; it,V^: kblbtaWn^lokn,
I.e.: Wlk k desb^d ^ h\iBii,^ht it k
Who desires l^il. Boraetlnres ft k need
with the prefix iiff, oS*. n|;nye Ofbtak lokn,
i,^\ it k be who Aesfres this. Aki ye.
We Sa I., 10.
YEBO. kdr. (From «, ^ Sk^ «bd bo,
bdv. denoting donflrtnatio b; ^ yotg ewe.)
1. Yestmly; yet;— 2. SmpHeMv9Xii
"Mtb tome Mnphask: Is ittfuyko? In-
deed f To be sorel
iriMi~*YEKA, V. t. (Fnoin yk, and In, vb come
^HL LSMratfyi to go off Ihnn. KM^ eka.)
1. Tofeav^ off; t6 kt oT; to kt, at:
Wt -pStk nknsM«tttn,l.n.: bo kit off to
work;— 2. To let akme; to MWdb;— 8.
tbeeMO; tofbmfco,y; wn^iritanttiftil
^Wsk^ !•%. s lie MMek bll wik i**'* To
remit ;— 6. To lunder ; k6 Mpk
Digitized by
Google
«— - YsssLA* qnlf. fr. 1. To karefors to
allow to, a«: wa ngi yekela ato Iwake,
1.0.: bo left his artide for mo;— 2. To
lemit; to abaqlTO; to aoqoiti to forgive,
Mi u A yekele ieala lota, L e. : yoa moBt
remit to us oar debta.
— • YsxxLAVA, rcpr. fr. To leave to one
another; to remit to each other; to forgive
one another.
~- Ymmlela, frqt. fr. 1. To let looee a
little; to slacken, an vekelela intambo,
L e. : let the riem go a little^ do not keep
or hold it so tight;— 2. To remit, forgive,
&&• freely, often.
»-^^ Yxkhi, cans. fr. To oanse to leave or
let ; to compel to oeaae, a« : wa ngi ye-
kiia isanhia sami,i.e.t he compelled me
to leave off my hand,
isi— YEKE, n. pi. in. (Prom yeka.) An
instmment for leaving; applied to the
bridle for calves, and synonymous with
isifonyo, toMeh see,
nm— YEKO, n. pL imi. (Prom ydsa.) A
long earl haxiging down in fir<mt of the
face. A fashion of the wdknen among the
anut-Baoa.
YEN A, pron. a^. (Prom nyena, wkick
w#. Compare wena.)
Himself; herself; itself. Commonfyi
he, she, it. It refers to personal noana in
n-nm-nma, and is nsed both for the Nomi*
native and Objective case, a«: a ka kn
iwanga yena, i. e. : he has not heard it
himself ;-Hi ba ma zwanga yena, i.e.:
they have not heard him, or, as regards
him, they did not hear of him, about
him:
u— YENA, nom. adj. (From nye,|n. n.,
and ina, even, self, same. See o-Wena.)
Literally i a himself; a herself; an it-
self; or, it he himself; it she herself; it
itself ;*-he the same; she the same; it
the same. This dass of words has also the
force of to be, to be by, <»: ka foiuwe
ngnyeiui or nyena, Le. : it having be soa^ht
by himself, = he was the person who was
seeking for it. It is exactly the same to
ose aye instead of nyena.
oka— YBNGA, v. t. (Prom ys, to go, and
inga, to force, to bend. AlUed to inyanga.
Con^are cenga, and lioga, to tempt.)
1* Literally : to go on urging ; to use
all manner of enUcements to move; to
promise one to give and not to do so; to
decoy; — 2. To tempt; to allnre; to be-
guile ; to cheat ; — 8. To beguile; to elude
anything dungreeaUe, ae: yengaumtwa-
na okakyo a tole, i. e. : give the child
which cries something to make it quiet;
—4. To seduce.
•— Ybvoxka, quit. fr. To become decoy-
ed, tempted, aUured; to yield to cheating,
tempting, &c
nm— YENQI, n. pi. aba. (From yenga.) A
tempter, cheater, seducer, dee*
isi— YENGO, n. pU isi. (From yiDga.)
Temptation; allurement | cheating t be*
gulling, &e,
in— YENHLE, n. (From igenhW.) A
cricket. !Mbal.
isi— YENHLE, n« (From ya, and inhH
broad, open, bare. See n-Benhle.)
1. JMeraUy : a way of hanging down
gracefhlly, as the blossoming part of an
ear of fafir-com, bending down in an
arch ;— 8. A peeidiar way of wearing the
hair, hanging in long tsisels around tite
head.
urn- YENI. iS^Nyeni.
isi— YEZI, n. (Pram ya, to go, and isi*
little, smalL See 'Njent Nyem. moon- .
light)
IMerdU^i something like a sKglit oom-
ing; AtfMCtf, faintnesB, from wh&di one
recovers, = ukuia a baye a vuke mnuntu.
i. e. : a deathlike state tmuk whioh a per-
son rises again.
YI, a prefix, eee letter Y, and the ana*
lysis of the verb Ya.
YI, pers. pron. {Properkf firom the
pron. or substitote i, referring to nouns in
ini and imi, and which, bei^ always in-
aerted into a verbal construcUon where it
is to retain a proper accent, is prono u nced
with some aspiration, and y is, Ibr that
reason, no radical letter. Comj ^ an Y,
and wu.)
Him; her; it; (dor. them. A
tute^and used only in the Oljeetive i
being placed immediately before the pre-
dicate verb, at: indoda ngi yi bonik^
i. e. t the man I have aeen him ;— intombi
a ngi yazi, i. e. : the girl I do not know
her; (in this case the simple substitute t
has been inserted and oompressed into jr)
— imifulaba yi welile^ i. e. : the rivets th!^
have forded them.
u— YIHLO, n. pi. o. (From u, nom. ftrm*
and ihk), eee ihlo and fso; but there are
the elements of tiie 2nd pers. sing^. substi-
tute u in hlo, as in unyoko, thy nsotfaer;
— jf, as usual, is caused by hiatus.)
Thy father; your fiither.
u— YIHLOKAZI, n.pl.0. (From uyihk^
and kasi, denoting degree.)
Thy or your paternal uncle,
n— YIHLOEULU, n. pL o. (From u-
yihlo, and knlu, great.)
Thy or your grandfkther (on the fiithcr^s
side.)
i— YIKA, n. pL ama. (From i, nom. form,
and ika, to put, to fix;— 5, as ususl*
being caused by hiatus.)
A basket with cover and string; eaOed
* after fixing a cover upon it.
isi— YENCE. iStolnce.
Digitized by
Google
TO.
CW]
YOLBIiA.
TIKINA. fi^k-Nina^n.
u-— TISE, n. pL o. (From u, noin. fonn,
and iBe, which oontaiDs the element of the
Sd pen. siDg. eabstitate e i^y bdng eanaed
by hiatus. See n-Yiblo.)
His, her, or its Heitber.
TO, a suffix. (From the Terb ya, and,
as it were, an original none, without a
som. form, denoting gdng on. Dialectic,
go and ko.)
LUeraUtf : a going on ; (wing in the act
of doing something, signifying a state or
condition in which an action continues, or
qualifying the action. It is suffixed aocord*
ing to tbs following rules.
1. Verbal adjectives denoting a property
of a preceding noun, take yo, <u : umnntu
olungileyo, i.e. : a good man, or ^.: a
man who is a good one« (But when such
adjectives are only predicates they do not
take it, at : nmuntu o lung^e^ i. e. : a man
who is good.)
2. Verbal adjectives wbidi assume the
place and fhll standing of nouns, take yo,
a» : abakoliweyo bonke, i.e.: all believing,
= all believers;— olungileyo yedwa, i. e. :
the righteous alone. It is the same if this
kind of adjectives do not begin with a
relative form, but with a substitute, aa :
n 11 donsa ngani ihasbe libotjelelweyo ^je,
i. e. : why do you pull the horse it being a
tied up one just = it being in a state of
being tied up; — mina ngihliwayo, l.e.: I
the eaten up one, = I who am in a con-
dition of being eaten up.
8. To is suffixed to verbs in a relative
construction which contains an objective
case. Oil lomuntn omtandayo. Let the
man whom you love, lU,i who yon him
are a loving one ;— wa tjaya tina ^kohli-
weyo, i. e. : he punished us the disqualified
ones, or us who were disqualified.
4. It is the same, if the verbal adjedives
of No. 2 are expressed in English by way
of comparison, ait nga ^ beka irinto
zonke ngingakulumiyo, i. e. : I saw.all the
things as a not speaking one, == as having
notBng to say, or without saying any-
thing.
5. It is suffizedto verbs winch are ruled
by the particles : uma, loku, kona, lapo, indi-
cating the time when the action was con-
tinuing,' OM : uma ngikubizayo, L e. : when
I am o^ing you, at the time I am calling
you;— loku bafikayo^ i.e. t when they were
arriving, at the time when they were yet
arriving;— kona izayo ingewele, i.e. : there
the wagon -is coming ; lapo Udjoyo, i. e. :
then, at the time, th^ were saying so.
6. It is the same if nouns of the same
quality as the preceding partides rule the
verb, a$i ngosukn wangizalayo yena,
Lt.:atthe day, when she had born* me,
when she gave birth to mer-*ngomhla
sahambayo, i.e.: at the day we were
journeying.
i — TO, pri. n. (From i-o, referring to sing,
nouns in in'im, and to plor. nouns in tmt.
Y has originated firom hiatus between the
two vowels i-o. See Yi, pers. pron.)
He, she, it, — nog. ; — they,— plur. It is
used as a pron. referring*to nouns in in-im,
• imi, as : ku setyenswe iyo (indoda), i. e. :
it has been worked by him;— umpongolo u
kukvdwe iyo (imifda), i.e. : the caw has
been washed away by them (the rivers).
See i-Tona.
TON A, pron. adj. (From iyona, som.
adj. which see,)
Himself, herself, itself; the same;^
commonly I he, she, it,— sing. ;— them-
selves; the same,— plur. It refers to sing,
nouns in tn-tm, and to plur. nouns in tmi,
and is used both for the Nominative and
Objective case, as : intombi ba yendile yona,
L e. : the girl they have married her
away ;— intombi ya kala 1 nga vumi nkuva
yona, i.e.: the girl cried because we
would not go herself ; — imisi yabo si yazi
yona, i. e. : their places we do know them.
{Compare wona.)
i— TONA, nom. a^. (From the prL n.
iyo, and ina, self, even, same.)
lAterally : a himself, a herself, an itself;
a the same, referring to sing, nouns in in-
im; — and themselves; the same, referrhig
to plur. nouns in imi. This class of words
has also the force of to be, to be by, <» :
kn tengwe iyona (impahla), i.e.: goods
have beien bought; — ku tcoigwe impahla
iyona (intombi), i.e.: goods have been
bought by her (the girl); — kn tjayiwe
iyona (imikonto), i. e. : it has been killed
by them (spears),
nku— TOLA, v. t. (From ya, and ula, to
strain. RadieaUy one wUh yala.)
To address; but i^oHioa/oriy to address
in loud words; (quite in acocKrdance with
the sound o, which see,) as when the ama*
buto (soldiers) are addnssed before they go
into a batUe, as if they were going into
death itself, = ukukuluma izindaba ezeea-
bekayo, i.e. : to express astonishing matters.
NoTB. — ^This is the limited sense in
which the word is nsed in Zulu ; but in
the JOosa it signifies also, to be sweet,
pleasant, agreeaUe, applied to addresses,
(ui izwi lake 11 yole knnene, i.e.: his
word if very agreeable ; — and it is fbrther
applied to circumstances of death, to make
a will, which, according to Kafir custom
and idea, is = to address the survivors.
«— « ToLBLA, qulf. Ar. To address aomeper«
son in loud, earnest words, Ac, a« : wa m
yolela nkuti, i. e.: he addressed him by
saying eamestiy.
Digitized by
Google
An etanmt adiroM in ngp^Qi^ toiMMithiiig
with reference to — ; an addravi before
telbi a teiUiatntk 09 will (S^ldom^t^d
iniTatal)
z.
8 is % limpla aonnd ia Znln-Kair; a
||bi]«nl artioolation nut lil^e the tame
ionnd in English. It bears the saaae rela*
tion to # as i to ji, and v iof*
nkn— ZA, v. L FtuHve siwa. (Froni the
root isa-«ia, prigimaUf pnamatopoeUoal
eipremire of a soft ncuse, as in huMS, or as
some mstUng cause in Hsfng orooming.
It bas partienhurly refbrenoe ta the per-
eeption by the sense of fbeling, of reoeiT*
iny impresnons from internal at external
eanies, indacUng thns all the skinny parts,
memhsanes, sinews, ftlqras of all organic
bodies, as also tbe appeacance and the
eflbets of aiiy phenomena, as refection of
ligblk eold. Ice. Compounded with other
stems it is of a similar import as the can*
•ative iss, and denotes in general to make,
to imitate, to engage, to become, 4c It
balonffs to the 2na dass of vowel verbs.
iS^.tUu)
1. To some ; to eome near ; applied to
the action of coming which arises from the
• •enses.ftnm the will, or from the instinctive
jMver. It is eloMfy aUM to iva, but dif>
liMrent from it, ezpressintr the opemtire or
noting prindi^ while Iva indicates the
prigin, nature^ process of that principle,
and Asms iva is «= ixwa, a eontraoted pas-
eive of aa. Thus it is said : nmoya a yeva,
it.: the wind comes up, rises up; but:
nmoya n yeza, L e. : the wind comes, refisrs
to its operatJOB which may be perceived
by the dust it raises, or by trees which
it sfaal^es and moves; — again t nmoya n
vda ngapa, Le.: the wind comee from
that qnarter^— bat it cannot be said— n
aehi WPs* wUch means it is ooming
toward that quarter.
8. Todraw nigh; toarrifs } to approach,
m» t isikati si yesa k« vnnwa ngaso, L e. :
the iime is coming in which the harvest is
to be eoUected.
8. To advance, to oome to some state or
condition; to be abont; to happen to
oome> osi warn tnma ukma nkutC i.e.:
he sent him in order (^.: toeom^ to say;
r-ngi la kuknlnma, i. e. : I am go|ng to
•ay ;-HUDashe a ya knaa knngena ensimini,
L e. : the horses will oome to enter into
the garden ;—se heiaki^eUafaantu, i.e»ff
the people were almost coming to meet
with their end ;—kn saknba^iswa* y.e.:
it is to be oonl^ued.
Otb«r nht a m «•
ce apD&as indiiiP
y,andtap«BSQQaa
Ixi these and otbev
that the a^imce apnlias {ndiimnt^ to
the mind or body» and to pgirmi or stents.
The nsase of the verb ii, therein simple,
and not to be nsgatded as aoxiliacy. In
other words, it is the meaning of the
word <<oome*' whidi has Tarioos appUea-
tioQS* snd the seufe of i^iih can be Qtodi.
ied indefinitdy ijy other «o«d# na^d m
connection with it. In the ahof a rtsfis, n
is t>llowed \q the inilnitive of those words
eannected wUh it.
4 To eome abont ; to baman ; tp fall
ont; to come to psfi, osa iigT ngaia nga
fika, i.e. : ^'t : I cannot flome X imved,
CSS it cannot be the case that I anivft it can*
not come to pais that I arrive it— ojpknmbi
ngese wa ngena namhla, i. e. : the ship
cannot oome in to-day, Ut. : the ship ean«
not oome it entered to^Uy* It wttl not
happen to oome in to-day ;—n vwayeka
ihlahU e nga valanga, i. e.t ha hai^ened,
or it happened tbat» he left the braadi
without clo^g (the entrance with it.^
In tbMo phiiiseSi vbioh are lAomatmin
the same manner as those nnder Vo. 8,
we observe that xa is followed lyr the pait
tensa, this being analogons (o ya» lip. 4^
^, aiiioi se^. Oonstrnction^ ivi: W<i »
wa hamba, instead of we «a wa han^ an
simply dialectical, and sa, l|i all these caM
nmy be duNdved by a oorreqKndent ex*
presiion like iUik or tmd»
ft. In the impecative^ a is often pasd si
sn optative sense, and stands nsoallT elEp«
tically> OS 3 n se n ft ngoknkulnma kwalui^
L e.: would that yon may die of your
speaking t— instead of :'mauai^ 4bb- '^^
sense, however, is perfrctly the same si
under ]fo. ^ ^ may yon bappea to die;
nay it oome so tluityon die^ &e, (Tbs
XoMa makes morefreqnent use or ttuskind
of application of za than the Zala.)
,6. In the negative coi^jugation; m ez«
preisei, or gives emphasis to <^ msamng
of the £Dlk»ring verb^ ost akaaa abaai,
i. e.: he did not know them at aQ^ tflthe
did not happen to know them;— a ba a
ba tjo, i. 6. : they did not say so at aU;— a
ba sa ba kolwa, i.e.: they did not believe
however. (This same issiprssiad in the
JITota at the second verb by the infinitive
with the prefix ns, as: ahakdwa pofcidiwlwa.
Phrases like a si sanga si boosb I* 0- : ve
have not happei)e4 to sea, ^^ we have
never aeen, — ^are not often haara amooff
the STatsl tribes, who rather ose tha verb
nknbona, as: a si bonanfla si bone.)
7. A peodiar, or dooUe nee is made of
sa, to expressa wish (coaipacis Ho. ft,) that
something might take plaoe of wbioh no
certainty can as vet be entertained* or :
ebete Bxease lapai ie.x M: he mid
Digitized by
Google
7.k-mf[g!T.l
tmi
■. ' . .UL 1. i.^1 P .. -I ' J,
he said he had a wiah to aowe hiUter; —
wo m fyeU ai* aae a hlole ani^oi wami,
i. e.: yoa matt tell him that Qt if denred)
he may QOise aod pasa by my plaM. (Ngi-
ioliiua, is a oontraction irom ogi p» ^kaza,
i. e. : I am aboat to oome.)
The aabjimctiy^ fpnn ^e 19 freqium^y
used instead of a oonjanctioA giving an
explanation of lomething going befoi^, or
referring to the word which foUows, at :
wo ha bpniaa ha sa ba yenite. i^e.; you
most show them »» ordm' tha^fqr i^pw*
»os§ Hat, cv that they may dp iti"<-wo blah
lapa a se a si zelo, i, e. 1 yon mmt wfut
here uniil that he comes on his own ac-
ooont ; — wo hlala lapa n ze u m hope, i.e. :
yoo most remain here far the pnropse
thiit, to the effect that yon may see him.
It is exactly the same thing and fre*
qoently happens* that the OQnjnnotion uku-
f # is used instead of se with tbe sabstitnte
pron«« ati wo hlala lapa nkose i| m bone.
mmm> Zja^f^vUlfp. 1. To qomo for, a^ into,
Aa» OS : a ha si selanga, i. e. : he di4 1»0t
pome fi>r himself, for his owp purpose ;'—e
he sele emhlabeni, i.e. : he oamo Into the
hMids-^2, To come often, repjpatedly, 09 :
n selehipa, i«e.; he makes i^«hamt to
eome hither.
l-^ZK ^ pl* »ma, (From the verh,) 1.
X wave of the seai taken from the
aj^earance of the waves which come
Umwe^ the land, and are else honrdi—
2, A fmsll kind of antebpa^ 90 called
from appearing seldom^ in small nnmbers.
id— ZA» n. (From mu) A (mvw er cirde
where the native hot is to be hoilt np,
where the sticks are to he pnt in.
K C ZA, n. pL isinsa* H^Vom tha T^ $n its
nln X nuUcal sense of (ioeking.)
Small hair growhig on the oe pvlus,
1^0— ZABA. v.t. (From si, refle^vsb and
aba, to separate from, or from za, to fome,
and iba. The tot derivation is in accord-
aMice with siba, with which it is r^dicalfy
one. Compare esaba.)
IMm^lif I to separate one's self from a
reqqeat, demand 4c^ henoe, to withdraw ;
torefaie, «rt uyise a fhna lUcnmtnma wa
saha. i« e» : his father would send him hut
be refWd. (The expression implies a
fefosal by words^ eee the qolf. fr.; or a
revising to answer = nknbente pansi,
!•••: to suppress =3 to keep silent.)
^mmm Zaiet.a, qulf, fr. To give a word for
one'sself, » to answer for himself; us when
one is ealled and gives an answer, (This
verb is nothing but a reieiive Iprm of
thfTerbab^.)
•— Zabet.kt.a, freqt. fr. To give a word or
•ewid frequently I applied Iq t)i« sneoee-
sive sounds of an echo.
f-f«w SABiuaAt cans. fr. Tq mn^e fv «»-
pel to give a woe^ ma answiv tQ ft cull; to
eohOp (But feliam hi Katal)
lt-.«2A|U, n. pi tsm, (From ^ Terb.)
A r«fMali «n excuse, ^ nHwenn^ iimmiga»
i. «. to tell stprifi**
ukn— ZACA, v. L (From n and tm, to
loose Of deprive the outside, eiftreme 1 or
from sa, and ica. ^ Ci^ Cag^f Ac.
Symmymous with sonde.)
To b«OQm« lean, meam a#:ixinkomo
n saeile* i. e. : the cattle nave b^pome lemi*
wmv> ^omA, OfHV.fr. To mal(e)e«|i, meagre,
u—aSAGOHCAt m (From i»ca, «nd ika,
to coma np. Othem have sagiga, and this
compared with cf^ shows that the dick
in la^ has originated from ga, and that
the dick in o^gii has cpme from a sibilant.
All these words are of the same cigoito.
tion, and tribal. A 4i^renc)e of a^^<
11 ngdlauft, tM#e* r^
Humps (» diiease), ^ : n n oing dk a,
i«e.: he sows from mnmpi*
iaiir-ZAIU, «. Pl, Isit (From v^ an^. ika,
to fix, come up.)
I4t0r^k/ 1 something (mtting the frel-
ingsi applied \o 4 kipd of l£om-ihr«h>
(iron-thflvn ?) the thorns of which aw ex«
eee^ngly poisonoq^ end cause much pain
when entering into the \kxm9m body.
itai-^MI^AZA. V. t, (From sa, to <xmie,
ika, to fix, fome dp. and ise, to make.)
To make ents, incisiona. «# t ukuffakaia
pmkonto, 9^ uknlpba umhontc^ le,: to
pakeeroamflPtalpntsonaspeari toearve
a speay, to cnt lin# 9r ^goref op i(« fron
part.
ki^ZAKAZO, n. pi, i^. (From lakum)
A out of a spear a barb.
ik«-*-ZALA, V. t. (From se> to c^e, wA
ila, to stfain* riea, Ma4ieali$ on0 with
sdla, sola, zula. A #bange H the first
radieal is ewala I, Confp^re |he aoalyfis
ofzagdka. iS»«. tsuala.)
I, To heeome lhll« «# : imhiu i sde^
1.0. t the pot is AiU,-^^ To he fulfilled.
Of I Isikatl si sale, i, e, : the time if come
frilly »-i-8. To give birth 1 to beget j to
generate, a#i u sale mptwiUHb i.e.i she
hai given birth to a ehUdj-^ Tq ky,
or: inkuku i ya sale ims<ynde, LSfi the
hen lays egfi*
«mp 2iiiAN^ iFffV. fr. 1. TobeoQmemany,
Oil iminyaka yako i ^eleqe, i.e,t vour
veers are many 1—9^ To be conneetsd by
brtb I te be of the same mother.
^— Zalbul, qulf. fr. 1. To beget fiwv o* :
wa m aalala umtvraaa, Lo.: she bore for
him a chiM pmi. To lay, = to hripg forth,
^-r^ ZaosA^ mw, At. h To fill; to piake
fhll ; — 2. To assist in confinement.
Digitized by
Google
Z1MULA«
[884]
ZE.
i— ZALA« n. pL tamu (From ih» Tflrii.)
A place wbU£ is fllBng op, = lapo kn
telwe vmlota neziln» Le.: where ashae
and other sweepings are poured together,
nsnally ontdde of the endoenre of a kraal ;
— ku sesaleni, Le.: it is the dimg-hil],
aah-MU.
in— ZA.LA, n. pL izin. (From the rerb.)
The seed <^ grass,
nm— ZALA, n. pL imL (Contracted from
zalana.) A eonsin ; a nephew,
nm— ZALI, n. pL aba. (From lala.) One
who is a parent (This word has commonly
reference to those who are instead of a
parent, beomse a child nerer calls his
fkther or his mother by this name, bat
those who have the parental antboritj
over it after Jibe death of its parents, or
even when they are still alive.)
in— ZALO, n. sing. (From zab.) Oflbpring;
posterity; fiimily.
itt— ZALO, n. sing. (From sala.) A month
of a river. (See i-Cweba.)
nm— ZALWAKA or Zalava, n. ^gL aba.
(From the rcpr. form zalana, in the paodve
Ealwana.)
A kinsman ; one <^ the same blood,
nkn— ZAMA, v. 1. (From za, to come, and
ima, to move. ^tadieaUjf one vfUh sima,
snma. Allied to vama. See Ftoama.)
1. JProperfy: to begin to move; to
come into a state or pontion ; oommoBlm :
to move, as I itye li ya nma, i.e.: ttie
stone is moving (while people work abont
it to get it loose from its position); — 2.
To strive; to make an effort ; to stn^le,
as: samanl ni sebenze, te.: go steadily
on to work.
— -« ZiMANA, rcpr. fr. To struggle with
one another; to wrestle with another.
— Zamisa, cans. fr. 1. To move ; to cause
to move ;— 2. To stir, as: zamisa aknbbi,
i e. : stir the food,
nkn— ZAMAZAMA, v. L (A repetition from
lama.)
To move repeatedly; tosbake; torock;
ioqnake; to vibrate, ast nmhlaba n ya
zamazama, i. e. : the earth is shaking.
— — Zakazahiba, or Zaxasisa, cans. fr. To
move, shake, agitat^ rock, &c
i— ZAMBAKE, n. pL anuu (From nzam-
be, and ane, cUm. form.)
A small kind of wild sofamimi taberosom ;
wild potatoe; hence, applied to the culti-
vated potatoe.
n— ZAMBE, n. (From n-sa, an organic
body, and mbf, digged, from mfaa, to
A large edible bolb or turnip bekmging
to the soknnm taberosom.
oka— ZAMULA, ▼. t. (From li, reflex.* and
arnnla, to yawn. Sadiealfy one wUk si*
mohu)
To gape; to yawn, Ui.i (o opaa the
month itself.
i— ZANA, orNi, n. (From the pri. noon
isi, freling, and ana, dim. form.)
Little things, as prickles, fibres, Ac
Only nsed as a compound or soiBx to other
words, see in-Knnzani, &o,
am— ZANI, n. pL imi. (From za, and im»
fine, equal, even, smooth. The Xosa has
inzwane, fine, smooth.)
A fine wood, iron-wood,
i— ZAN8I, n. (From za, to come, and nai,
taibiohsee. Others uai\m, CbmjMtrs paod.)
Used only as a preponUon. See EsansL
am— ZANSI, n. nng. (From iBuaL See
Szansi.)
South-wind.
am— ZANYAKI, n. pL imL (From b, le-
fiezive, and anyani, from anya, to sodr,
and ani, together. BadieaiUf one wiA
iidnyane, a young.)
1. LUeraUjfi a mass which is socking
itself together with another ; descriptive
of the placenta ;— 2. Figuraiw^i a noiM.
ako- ZAULA, v. t. (From za, and ok, to
strain ; to remove. See Qanla and Paoh.)
To cut the forehead. A surgical <q)eratioa
performed only on the forehead. PenoDs
who suffer frequently from rheumatie besd-
ache, or ache of one side of the head, srs
supposed to have some blood or other mat-
ter immediately on the skull. The ddn,
therefi)re, is cut open at that phioe^ and
all is scraped away until the white bone
appears. The consequence is osoally that
the sufferer dies from this violoit operation,
a— ZAVOLO, n. pL o. (From uza, and
Tob.) A Inrd much like the whip-poor-
will. (The word is a strange compound,
and it is difficult to say what is meant by
the two last radicals.)
in— ZAWO, n. pL izin. (From zafaa, to
suppress, of which it is a paaaave fbna
zabwa, contracted zawo.)
LUeralUfi an individual who is sappiei-
sed. Thu is another name for a fooiale
who has been kept, tike the im-Vokwe,
fm a state of living with tiie amaboto
(warriors) who may not marry. Suek
females are reckoned as amabuto also,
aku- ZAZA, v. i. (From iza-iza, eome-ooai«
ing. Radically one with zuza.)
To be much about ; to happen to be
about or around something; to go about,
to tread about it, asi izmyoni ai sazile
esifoini, L e. : the birds have been about
the snare, their footmarks are near or
around the snare, s=s they would come in
but hate not yet.
id— ZAZELO, n. sing. (From asda, see
azi.) Experience.
i— ZE, n. (From za, of which it is a pni
perfl.)
Digitized by
Google
ZEMBANA.
[385]
ZL
1. A place not oecopied with any visible
matter ; a void space or place ; a vaoaam ;
a onUity, = into e ngeko, L e. : something
not existing; — 2. Empty; vain;— 3.
Kaked, as : u neze, i. e. t he is naked ;—
4h Gratnitons, as : a sebenza ngeze, i. e. :
he works for nothing, receives no pay-
ment.
It is often nsed ellipUcally, or as an in-
terjection, <w: u bn nikwe *'nto ni P Zo !
i.e.: what have yon been given? (ans.)
Nothing I a vacuum !— It may also be suf-
fixed to any verb if the meaning of the
latter can admit it, as: n sebenzaze, i. e. :
he works gratuitously. In general, it is
suffixed to lalaze, i e. : to sleep without a
covering ; hlalaze^ to remain without any-
thinj^; hambaze^ to go naked, &o.; retain-
ing its original accent in all these cases.
Note.— This word differs from ubala
in this respect, that the hitter refers to
the mathematical space or extent, but ze
to things only which are contained in it.
nba— ZB, n. (From ize.) Emptiness; naked-
ness; nudity,
uka— ZECEKA, v. i. (This is a dialectic
qualitative form from zaca, and means
Bothing more than the latter.)
iS^Zaca.
nka-^ZEKA, v. t. (From za, and ika, to put
or fix up. JELadieaUif one. wUh zaka, see
aakaza, and zika. Coinciding vith seka.
AUied io beka.)
1. Literally : to come fixing; hence, to
ky upon ; to fix under; to leap, as beasts;
—2. To take for one's self, for his own,
as : nkuzeka umihzi, L a. : to take a wife
for himself, =s to take or marry a wife.
*— ZxKAXA, rcjnr. fr. To fix one npon an-
other. (Seldom used,)
— • Zexakisi, cans. fr. To fix the degree
or quality of two or more things, vis. t to
compare one with the other (= linganisa)
to take an instance for comparison.
— - Zbkxla« qulf. fr. 1. To take a wife
for one, ast ym m zdida nm&zi nmfima
wi^e, i. e. : he took a wife for his son ; — 2.
Ukuzekela ngento, i.e.: to take an in-
stance by or from somethmg.
— — Zeeslbla, frqt. fr. To take a far
way rocmd, sb uknbamhangenhleU ekude,
i.e.: to walk through or along a way
which is &r round.
— — ZirgJiTSA, cans. fr. To ex^^n by an
iostanoe, or comparison ; to relate a para-
Ue ; to speak in a parable.
ZELELA, a frequentative form from
nknza, «M zela, denoting the same aslek
and ilela, with the additional sense of iza,
to make, to do, &e.
i— ZEMBANA, n. pi. ama. (Dinu from
izembe.)
AsmiaUaze.
i — ZEMBB, n. pi. ama. (From ze, making,
and imbe^ digging, see mba. Dialectic
iyembe. i^oAe^ jembi, a pidc.)
An axe ; made of a simple piece of iron,
of half an inch thick, two or three inches
broad at the edge, and about four inches
long, and running to a point. It is thrust
into a handle with the pointed end.
i— ZENQE, n. pU ama. (From izi, skinny
parts, and enge, bent. See Engeza.
AUied to buzenge.)
The scutiformed part of the skin of a
porcupine above the two hind legs, where
the skin is very thick,
isi— ZENQEBU, n. (From zenge, and ebu,
vikichsee.)
The scutum of a snake skin,
i— ZENG WE, n. pL anuu {See i-Zenge.)
Asoutiped.
i— ZENZE, n. pL ama. (From zi, reflexive,
and enza, to make. Radically one with
zinza. Closely allied to imilenze, legs.)
1. A flea ; called after its jumpmg or
ronning as well as after its bite ; — 2. A
canning fellow who always escapes when
others are about to catch him, = nmuntu
ohlakanipileyo o nge naknbaiijwa.
isi— ZENZE, n. pi. izi. (iS^ i-Zenze.)
Shears ; scissors ; so called by the natives
after the quickness of cutting performed by
them; bat their figurative exphination is :
imikontwana mibili, i.e. : two small spears.
ZENZELA. See Enzela, &e.
am— ZENZISI, n. pi. aba. (From zi, re«
flexive, and enzisa.)
A dissembler; a hypocrite,
isi— ZENZISO, n. (From zi, reflexive, and
enzisa. See um-Z^zisi.)
Dissimulation; hypocrisy-
ZI, reflexive pron. (On[^'ikx% a noun,
from za, see the analysis, and No. 1 of za.)
1. One's self; noting the individual sub-
ject to its own contemplation or action, and
used both for the sing, and plor. It
always stands immediately before the pre-
dicate verb of any sentence, <u: wn zi
tjaya yena, i. e. : he was beating him him-
self, {see Na, derivat. 2) ;— be be zi bulele,
i. e.: they have killed themselves ;—zi
ponseni eweni, i.e. : throw yourselves down
the ro^.
2. When standing in connection with a
qolf. form of a verb, it denotes: by one's
own impulse, on one's own account; spon-
taneously (= the Latin j^erM,) as: u ti
zele, i.e.s he came of his own acoord; —
imvola i ya zi nela, L e. : the rain falls
spontaneously; — ^mkomo i zi buyele^ i.c. :
the cow returned by herself.
ZI, substitote pron. (Extracted from
the pri. noon izi, which see. Compare tL)
They ; them ;— referring to (plur.)
nouns in izi, as: izindnna zi fikele, i. c. :
z C
Digitized by
Google
ZIBAZONDO.
t886]
2IKA.
the noble men bare arrired ;«->in1rotl i zi
birile icizwe, i. e. t the ebief called npon
them, the tribes, = ealled npon the tribet.
i— ZI, pri. ncmn. (From the root iza, to
come, to feel, to make, iSm introdnctioQ,
nominal forms.)
It is used DS a nominal ibnni denoUng
instinct, the operatiTe or acting prindple
of organic life ; senses; feelings} generat-
ing power I h^noe, multitnde, number,
little things, &c. It maintains its signifi-
cation, whether it be prefixed or snf&xed to
anj other root or stem, tee iiioaa, pi. of
nza; — izimri, fLot itafi; — amanxii — izi-
nyemberi, Ac
nin— ZI, n. nng. (From izi, whieh jes.) The
inward fine bai^ of a creeper called nsando.
It is used for sewing baskets with.
nmu — ZI, n. pi. imi. (From izi, small things,
mimber.)
A place, which contains manj, or a
number of houses.
nmu— ZI, n. pi. imi. (From nlusl) 1. Any
mass of inward fine bark, to bind with ;—
2. Bush and other things used for making
strings for binding, Ac.
nkn— ZIBA, ▼. t. (From li, reflexiYe, and
iba, to separate. MadioaUy one with
• laba. See Diba. AlUed to eba, to steal,
to take away secretly.)
1. JPtimarifyx to be oorered; to dnk
into deep water;— 8. To conoeal; to tup-
press; not to tell, oit umnntu o necala
abakubo bam nba, L e. : one who has com-
mitted a crime is concealed by those who
belong to his fiuiiily;^8. To retain from
oommnnicatimi ; to stop ; to suppress* at :
izwi lomuntu ba li tiba, i.e.s they con-
cealed the word of the man;— 4. To take
secretly ; to keep ftom inght, ae : umnntu
wa tata umbik ed^beteni wa aiba, i. e. :
the man took some maise out of the bas-
ket and made the bole smooth, coTeredit
so that it could not be obsoTTed |— 5. To
interrupt.
isi--ZIBA, n. pi. izi. (From the rerb.)
1. A deep hole in water ; a depth ; a deep
place in a rirer, onially called sea-cow
hole; a place where one sinks down, or
must swim ; — 2. A place of quiekasnd;—
3. A patch ; lit. : something to coTer with,
€te t istciba zeogubo, i. Sw : a patch of doth.
u— ZIBAKHLELA, n. dng. (From dba,
to conoeal, and inhlek, a road.)
A name for that time of the year when
the gran grows so high as to coyer the
roads. It diflfers according to the locali-
ties, and fidls between the months Oetober
and December.
i--ZIBAZONIK) or DWE, n. pL ama.
(From ziba, and zondo, wkM set.)
A beetle^ which ootstb itself, or conceals
itsdf»»irobe.
uku— ZIBBKBLA* t« t. (Frenl tlba, and
ikela, or from zi, reflezife and bekda, to
put upon.)
To coTBT by potting mnethlng on. (A
slight modiflca^ of sibekda.)
id-~>ZIBO, n. |d. id. (From dba.) A corer-
ing, concealing,
i— ZIBUQU or GO, n. pL ama. (From
dba, and ugu, bend, out, or tom in a rirer.)
1. Xi^ar^jr: a phice where tiie wall or
bank of a rirer has been separated so ss
to beomie a pasMge ; or where the bade
has been trodden down by frequently pac-
ing oTer it I henee a passage into a river,
where the latter can be fofded;— ileaes
aUo, 8. The ford itadf.
ukn— ZIBUKULA, v. t (From dba, and
ukula* Allied to dbekda.)
To remoTc a cover, as from a pot. (A
dight modification of dbnkula.)
i->ZIBULO,'n. pL ama. (From adbda.
jfoe u-Madbulo.)
LUeraUg : the e£RMt of breaking ttaroogh
tiie womb, and hemce, severe pains. Uied
only in the plar. as an apposltioa and coa-
nected by a rdative pron., or in a genitive
case, at i ngi ngo wamadbnlo, L cu t I am
(one) who Is of the first born» Ut, : who
first broke the womb, >s: I am the fint
bom;*— unyanawamazibnlOyLe.: tliefint
bomdiikt
Kon.— The plur. fefers* ttdefcly taken,
to the state of polygamv* in whicih tbers
are more than one first bom, ms. : a first
bom of each of the women, nd iUnee, the
peculiar usage of the plunL
i'^ZIBULOEAZANA, n.pl.aiDa. (Fran
idboks and kaiana, denoting a frmsle
animal)
A young oow which bas calved the Mt
time.
um— ZIFISI, n. pi. ama. (Fkom d,refienve,
and fisi, making or fdgning to be dead.)
A certain U^ beetle having erustaceoQs
wings, and whidi, when tvod&en upon sr
tondied foigns to be dead,
ukn— ZIHLA, v. reflex, (from d, lefledvc,
and hk I., to eat. It is a NAnive eom-
podtion of the latter> and s= nkniiswa,
ukndbuka, &c)
Idiomatiei tobeproad« vain, eslf-coa-
ceited, as i u nokndhla, i«e. : he hM pride;
vain glory, = ukuftdm idnto eihdile noka-
dbuka,Ke.t to pot on costly thhigs and
behold one's sdf with pleasure.
uku—ZIKA, T. t. (From d, reflexive^ and
ika, to come up, to fiz» to eat. MmKe^
one wUh zaka, eee SGakan» and Zeka.)
1. Todraw from the botton; pfim e ril yi
to go to the bottomi to go deep, « nku-
owUa emandni, i. e. t to dive into water ;
—2. To go deep into a caio^ mt % a nga
ziki ukuboza, i. e. : yon n«st not go so
Digitized by
Google
ZIMAYI.
[WT]
ZIMULA.
deep in your aaldng, examining, — ^mnsfc
not Inqnire too deeply, = lekela ngapanm,
L e. : to take or fetch trcm onderneath.
■ ■ ■ Zdoba, cam. Ar. To take np from the
bottom; to go rerj deep, to the very
bottom, 09 i kvL tetwa icala a li Ewa a ad
kisa, i. e. : when a case is inTcatigated and
JOQ perceiTC it, or hear it, yon can under-
stand it from the bottom.
am — ZIKAZI, n.ring. (From nmnnd, place,
and kfin, distingukhed.)
A great place; a splendid, beantiAil
place oridDage.
urn — ZIKI, n. pL imi. (From sika.) A
kind of antelq>e, nsoally called reed ante-
lope. It is allied to the inhlangn, and has
most probably been called so from its
baUt of always keeping very dose to the
giomid, as if it was hiding itself,
nm — ZIEIEAZI, n. pL imi. (From nmziki,
and kad, denoting female.)
A finnale of the nmiiki antdope. (It
ii often contracted into nnudkasi, which
then beeomes a confhsed idea, and is not
to be recommended.)
i — ZIKO, n, pi. ama. (From nka. SadU
e(M$ one wUh iseko.)
A ireplaoe ; a hearth, <u i beka imbiza
ezikweni, i.e.: pnt the pot on the fire-
pUoe.
nkn^ZILA, r. t. (From 21, refleziTe^ and ila,
to strain. SmUcalfy one with saUi, zehi,
xnla. AlUed to sUa. The radieal eente
ie : to strip one's self.)
1. To abstain; Ut.: to restrain one's
•df; applied to food, aei nknzihi nknhla,
Le.: to abftain from food; to frst;— 2.
To have an aversion against food; to feel
a ftdlness, at : nma ba xabene a ti omnnye
a lOe nknhla, 1. e. : when people have
quarrelled it happens that one does not
partake of food from sorrow, feels no
appetite,
nm — ZILA, n. pL imi. (From the radical
iOBse of zila, to strip. Compare inhlda,
road.) A road wbidi cattle have made.
ZILILBKA, a dialectic form instead of
mlnleka, ¥)hick see.
M— ZHiO, n. sing. (From the radieal sense
of dla, to strip, to mb off.)
BladE iron-sand, nsnally found along
wagon roads after the rain has washed it
away. {Compare insihu)
in— ZIMA, n. (From zi, refleziv% and ina,
to move. The Uteral sense it: to move
down, to stand deep. JUuUoalfy one with
lama, zwna. See Ziba, sika, Ac)
See i-Nzuna.
nm— ZIMATI, n. (From sima, and ya, to
go; bnt very likdy the last root la, is to
rise.)
A river. (A tributary of the Umzim-
knlnP)
i— ZDffBA, n. pi. ama, (From izi, prL nonn,
or reflexive, and mba, to press together,
bulk, size. MadicaUy one with nzambe,
&0. Comp<H^ indumba, insimba.)
Literally I an organic balk, or size;
applied to the kernel of Kafir corn. {See
i-Jilimba.)
nbn— ZIMBA, n. {See nm-Zimba.) A body
consisting of a multitude; applied to a
hunting party or large body, e.g, : abantu
abahlangeneyo, i. e. : people who have come
together.
nm— ZIMBA, n. pL imi. {See i*Zimba.) The
body ; the size of the body,
u — ZIME, n. (pL izin. seldom^ (From
simela, a reflexive form of mela, No. 8—5,
which in the Xoea is used as an independ-
ent verb, but hi the same sense of: to keep
one's self off; to preserve one's self; to
conceal one's self; and zimeza, to conceal,
&c.)
A long stick, — induku ende yokuhamba,
umunto a flke emftdeni a nga waziyo na-
manzi e nga w'azi a fake induku a bono
amamd maningi na P i. e. : a long stick for
walking, vm;. t if one comes to a river which
be does not know, and not knowing the
(depth of the) water, he puts the stick
into it that he may see whether the water
is deep, or how deep the water is. The
literal eenee ie, then, to stand against, to
keep off*, bnt primarily, to stand deep, so
as not to be seen or observed.
nm— ZIMKULU, n. (From nnud, and mu«
knlu, greats)
JAterally : the great place, or great, tall
rush ; a name of the great river having
its source in the Eahlamba mountain and
iiilling in the sea. It bounds the colony
of Natal to the south-west.
nm— ZIMKULWANA, n. {IHm. from nm-
sfankulu.) A right tributary of the Um-
aimkulu River.
i — ZIMXJ, n. pi. ama. (From rimula. 8.)
A cannibal. See Zimnzimu.
ukn— ZIMUKA, v. L (From si, reflexive, or
izi, prL n. of organic lifr, and muka, to
move up from ; or from rima, and uka, to
get off, np. Cloeely allied to simuka.
iS^Smula.)
To grow big and heavy, ae : amebele a
simukile. L e. t the com stands heavy in
the ears, = bears heavy ears.
ukn— ZIMULA, v. t. (Fromzi, or iri, prL
B., and mula, to rise high, to stretch out;
or from sima, and ula, to strain. Radically
one with zamuk, to yawn. Cloeely allied
to Simula, amuk.)
1. JPrimarifyt to make free from a
burden ; to exert one's self very much, as
in— nkuia]anmtwanaomkulu,i.e.: giving
birth to a big ehild;— 2. To make efforts ;
to exert one's self, a«: «ya linnila nku-
acz
Digitized by
Google
ZINHLEKELA.
[888]
ZISA.
twala into enknla, i. e. : be exerts himself
mach to carry a great burden ; — 8. To do
violently ; to do what is against tbe feel-
ings of mature; to SQppresB one's own feel-
ings, as in time of starvation wben people
are necessitated to eat unnatural food,
i— ZIMUZIHU, n. pi. ama. (From zimu-
la, and repeated. See Zimu. RadicaUy
one with zamazama.)
Ziteralfy i a kind of struggling agunst
one's own feelings. This word sigmfies a
cannibal, vig. : one who has been driven to
that unnatural means of sustaining life by
necesffity in time of starvation, not from
habit,
um — ZIMVUBU, n. sing. (From umsi, and
imvubu, hippopotamus.)
JMerdLl^ : the place or residence of the
hippopotamus; a name for the next large
river to the umzimkulu. It is called by
another name — St. John's River.
nVu — ZtNGA, v. t. (From zi, reflexive, and
nga, to bend, incline, with force. Sadtoal^
Itf in zungeza. AUied to singa.)
To turn round in one pU^; to stop;
to persevere, aei ni einga n'enza nina
lapo? i. e.: you are coming together,
what are you doing here^ or what are you
about to do here ?
— — ZnraiLA, qulf. fr. To pursue after ; to
hunt, at: u ya knringela, L e. : he is going
a hunting.
i — ^ZINGA, D. pi. ama. (From the verb.)
A ring around the horn of cattle,
in— ZINGAMAWA, n. pi. izin. (From
zlnga, and amawa, rodu.)
A baboon which inhalnts the rocks,
um— ZINGANHLU, n. pi imL (From zi-
nga, and inhlu, house.)
A harmless snake which frequents bouses,
uku— ZING£LEZA,v.t. iS^ameatZungeleza.
uku— ZINHLA, V. t. (From zi, reflexive,
and nhU, to strike with, to strike to-
gether, dash. The tenee is : tocollect the
thoughts, to let go the thoaghts, = uku-
cabanga, isikati, i. e. ; to think a while.)
1. To engage in; to have to do with;
to interfere with; applied to thinking;
to consider, a» : ngo zinhla^a ng'azi kaku-
lu, i. e. : I must think of it, I am not sore
yet;---2. To imagine; to form a notion or
idea in the mind, cu : uto n lu bonile u lu
zinhla kodwa yini na ? L e. : have you
seen that, or have you only an idea of
it in your mind P--8. To think without
hesitation; to fimcy; to figure to one's
self ;^ to suppose without proof, <ui ni nga
hi ni zinhla into, L e. : do not fancy
merdy without any reason.
— ZiNHLEKKLA, qult. fr. 1. To Say what
one thinks ; to give one's opinion, idea, or
meaning, = n y& zinhlekela e kuluma
into ngokubu e yazi, i. e. : ^. : he gives
his thoughts, saying something fbr the
reason of knowing it, = he said what he
thought about a thing because he knew it ;
— 2. To say something without being sore
of it, at : wa m nika izwi li i^ lake, L e. :
he made the other say what he hsid not
said ;— 3. To predict ; to presume, at :
wa ti into e nge ka yi boni wa yi anh]e>
kela, i. e. : and he predicted something
before he had not seen it yet.
— « ZiNHLELA, qulf. fr. Toletthetbongfati
go upon ; to form a notion about, in re-
spect to, &c. ; to deliberate,
isi— ZINHLO, n. izin. (From zinhla.]
Thought ; idea ; notion.
isi— ZINHLO, n. (From nnhk.) Think-
ing; fancying; supposing; imagining,
ukn— ZININIZA, v. t. (From in. feefing.
ni-ni-iza, to make ni ni, onomaiopoetiet
signifying a tingling.)
1. To make a tingUng in the ear ;— 2.
To have a painful fe^ng, = ubuhloogu
obu hamba pakati. emzimbeni, L e.: pain
which is going about inade in the body,
um — ZINTO, n. sing. (From umzi, and into^
anything.)
A name of a river between the Umpam-
binyoni and Ifafa, coming from the high
lands and running in the sea.
um— ZINTATI, n. sing. (From nma, and
inyati, buffalo.)
A hirge left tributary of the Tduk
Biver, and the north-eastern boundary of
Natal.
i— ZINTO, n. pi. ama. (From in, comers
and i-Nyo, tooth. Dialect, itinyo and
isinyo. 8ie,i leino. A word found in
either of its roots in all African languages.)
Tooth; the radical meaning is coming
near together, pressing on both sidea^ tees
two rows of teeth,
uku— ZINZA, V. t. (From ^ reflexive^ and
enza, to make. ^Radically one with sense.
Cbmpar« nanza, &c.)
1. Literally : to make yourself essjr* =
ukuhlala kahle, to seat^ or to take a con-
fortable seat ;— 2. To concentrate for tbe
purpose of discharge, at : izuhi li zinnie s
li suki lapo, i. e. : the douds have concen-
trated and are fixed in one position, apply-
ing to thunder douds which are about to
break. ,
— ZiHziSA, cans. fr. To make easy; to
accommodate,
u — ^ZIPO, n. pL izin. (From ua, a mem-
brane, and ipo, passing, upon.)
1. A naU of a finger ;— 2. A toe of s
daw of an animal,
ukn— ZISA, V. t. {ProperUft the caositiTO
form from za, to come, &c,)
To bring; to let come; — ukusiiisif
i. e. : to bring one's self, ^^ to inkodoco
one's self.
i
Digitized by
Google
ZONDO.
[889]
ZULA.
— — Zismi, cam. fr. To bring ourefolly,
safely, in good order.
i — Z6, pri. n. (From the root izi, and o.
See i-So, &o.)
They; a plural, referring to nouns m
izi, as: kuhliwe amasimlizo (izinkomo),
i. e. : the gardens have been eaten by
them (the cattle), or: it is they cattle
which eat up the gardens.
uku — ZOLA, y. t. (From », coming, and
nla, to strain. JRadically oner wim zala,
se]a,n]a,andznla. Allied toh^si. Strictly
taken a contraction from the reflexive form
zolula, to stretch out one's self, see alula.)
1. To keep still; to lie down quietly,
ae : umuntu u zolile, L e. : he is quiet, =
ukubinda;— 2. To abate, as; umoya u
zolile, L e. : the wind is quiet.
i — ZOLO, n. pi. ama. (From zola.) 1.
The day of yesterday, lit, : a time which
has gone down, as it were, with the sun ;
— 2. The plur. amazolo, signifies : dew,
that mass which fell with sunset; or which
has fallen down quietly.
ZONA, pron. adj. (From izona» nom.
a4J** which see,)
Themselves; the same; commonUf: they.
It refers to plur. nouns in izi, and is used
both for the Nominative and Objective case,
as : si bekile zona (irimvu), L e. : we have
looked at them (the sheep) ;— be zi tengiwe
zona (izimvu), L e. : they (the sheep) have
been bought.
i— ZONA, nom. adj. (From the pri. n.
izo, and ina, self, even, same.)
LUeraUyi they themselves; they the
same ; referring to plur. nouns in IzL This
class of words has also the fofce of to be,
to be by, ox: ku hliwe amasimi izona (izi-
nkomo), te. : the gardens have been eaten
by them (cattle); — iziukomo izona, i.e. :
the cattle are the same. {See i-Zo.)
uku — ZONDA, V. t. (From ad, refleuve, and
onda, to fret, to become meagre.)
1. Literally : to lose flesh ; to wear or
£ret away by one's self, by one's own pas-
sions;— 2. In a had sense i to hate; to
persecute to death, a« : wa m zonda kaku-
lu, Le.: he haled her exceedingly; — 3.
In a good sense : to languish with desire ;
to be doatingly fond of, <ui ukuyizonda
into, Le. : to be passionately fond of some-
thing.
— ZoKBEEA,. quit. fr. To become hateful;
to be little loved, a# : umantu ozondekayo,
i. e. : a person who is not in favour with
others.
-*- ZoNSELA, qulf. fr. To have a haired
for, against, &c
un— ZONDI, n. pL aba. (From zonda.) A
hater; a persecute^
in^ZONDO, n. sing. (From zonda.) 1.
Hatred;— 2. A Ui^ bng;— 8. A stinking
beetle. (The last two significalaons have
originated from the odious smell of these
animals.)
i^ZONQWfi, n. pL ama. (From zongo^
' = isongo, bent.)
A dog with a white ring around the neck,
um — ZONZO, n. pL imi. (From zonda.
Others use umncondo instead of it.)
1. A small, thin, or meagre tlung, as
the leg of fowls ;— 2. Meagre, thin legs
of a man (sarcastically).
uku-jZOTA, v. t. (From zi, reflexive, and
o&, to warm.)
1. Literally : to warm one's self, as : n
zota elangeni, L e. : he is warming himself
in the sun ; — 2. To remain without doing
any work*
NoTB.— This and all the other verbs
formed by the reflexive zi, are truly
transitive, and the pron. zi, is the imme-
diate object ruled by them or to which
they refer.
— ZoTBKA, quit. fr. To become dissolved
by heat or warmth, as : umzimba wake a
zotekile ehmgeni, = u jnlukile elangeni,
i.e.: his body is quite dissolved in the
sun, = is sweating or melting in the son ;
referring, thus, to a fainting flt with hot
perspiration,
ili— ZIT, n. pU ama. Dialectic, instead of
izwe.
uku — ZU£A, T. L (From zi, and uka, to
come or go off. Radically in zakaza, zeka,
zika.)
To work off or loose, as : ukuzuka isi-
kumba, = ukushuka isikumba, i. e.: to
prepare a skin {coinciding with suka.)
nm^— ZUETir, n. pL imi. Dialeetic, instead
of usuku.
tun — ZUEULU, n. pL aba. (From zuka, and
ulu, strained, shoot.)
Literal^ : an offspring ; grandchild,
isi— ZUETJLWANE, n. pi. izi. (From za-
kulu, and ane, dim. form and redp. denot-
ing succession.)
Generation; race,
um— ZUKULWANE, n. pi. aba. {Dim.
from zukulu.)
A small oflspring, = umzukulu, grand-
child,
um— ZUKWANA, n. pL imL {Dim, from
umzuku.)
A space of time ; a past time, = usuku
olwahlulayo, i. e. : a time which is past
away. {Dialectic,)
uku — ZULA, v. t. (From zi, reflexive, and
ula, to bo unsettled. EadicaUy one with
zala, zela, zik, zola. Allied to lula, jula,
snla, &c Contracted from znlula.)
1. To run about; to have no resting
place ; to be unsettled, as : tina si ja zula
emhlabeni, Le. : we are unsteady on earth ;
—2. To be without advice ; not to know
SB t
Digitized by
Google
ZUNGELEZA.
[890]
ZU2WAKA.
how to help tbemBelTes ; — 8. To fly abont ;
ta be light ; to fly high ;— 4. To swing, ai
in a swing.
« ZvLEXA, <inlf. fir. To be unsettled;
adviceless; helpless.
— ZuLBLi., qulf. fr. To run aboat for
nothing, idle, = hamba nje,. Le. : to walk
without any purpose.
isl — ZULI, n. pi. isi. (From znla.) An
unsettled, unsteady, restless petaon (often
coincidinff with isltoli, and synonymous
with isidenge). •
i — ZULU, n. pLama. (From izi, and ulu,
strained, stretched. See Zuk.)
1. Atmosphere; air; sky ;~2. Weather,
<u : iznlu li dtSle namhla, i.e. : the weather
is warm to-day ;— 3. HcAven.
u— ^ULU, n. pi. ama. (See i-Zulu, and
the rerb Znla.)
LUeraUy : a Tagabond ; an exile. This
is the national name of the people belong-
ing to the Zulu tribe.
The form ozulu, is locatire, eee O, 8,
signlMng at or about the Zdu country ;
inducung the Zidu nation; and hence,
Zulu nation,
uktt— ZULULA, T. i. (From zi. and ulula,
to stretch out, to go loose. Madieall^ one
wUh the reflexire form zolula, eee Alula,
and Zola.) (Seldom need,)
•— — ZUI.ULEKA, quit, fr. To stretdi oat ;
to stand up and go farther; to go about
for nothing, idle, as a vagabond. (Not eo
o ftenu eed as Luleka.)
uku — ^ZUMA, y. t. (From zi, reflexiTe, and
uma, to moTe, stand. SadicaUy one with
zama, zima.)
1. lAierally : to stand In a deep place;
hence, to lie down in ambush ;— 2. To take
by surprise, ae : ukufii ku ya zuma abantu,
i. e. : death takes people by surprise; — 3.
To fidl'upon suddenly, unexpectedly, <i# : wa
m tjaya e nge ka lungi omunye, ie. : he beat
him before the other was prepared for it.
•— * ZXTHSKA, quit. fc. To be lying in am-
bush; to be about to surprise; to come
on unexpectedly.
ZuMiSA, or ZxTHSA, caus. fr. 1. To
make to Ue or fell down by running over
one ; hence, to run down ; to bring down;
2. To depreciate (in a fignraivee eense),
um — ZUMBE or BI, n. smg. (From umzi,
and umbi, bad.)
A name of a river between the Umtwa-
lume and the Umsimkulu. It runs into
the sea.
«ir« f ZUNGELA, "^v. t. (From zunga,
^^ I ZUNGELEZA. j zi, and unga, to bend
round, and ila, or ileza, to strahi, or make
to strsdn, to make repeatedly. Radically
one tpith zing^la. IHalecUo zungula, Ac.)
To whirl; to go round; to move round
in a drcle; to revolve.
"^
uku— ZUNGEZA, v. t. (From nnga» toA
iza, to make. Dialeetie sungnsa.)
Sa^ne ae zungeleza.
isl— ZUNGEZO, n. (From zuDgeza.) Bo-
tation; revdutiott.
id— ZUNGU, n. sing. (From zungula. See
Snga, Kunga, &c)
A moving around on one place or point;
hence, solitude ; loneliness ; desir« for com-
pany, as : iuzungu sabantu, Le. z a dcsife
. for people.
I r ZUNGULA, "(v.! (From lunga, and
^^ I ZUNGULEZA, j ula,to8train, UMb, to
make strained.)
1. To whirl ; same as songda, ftc.;»8.
To make diz^.
um— ZUNGULu, n. pi. iml. (From nmgii-
la.) A round ; a drde.
uku— ZUNGUZA, v. t. (From smg*. and
uza,tomake. IUtdic€UfyonewiikvmfaM,)
To whirl; tomakedia^.
in— ZUNGUZANE, n. (From nnguzi, tod
ane, dim. form.)
Dizziness ; giddiness.
i— ZUNGUZUNGU, n. pi ama. (A rspc-
tition of zungn.)
The nape of the neck,
uku — ZUZA, V. t. (From uza-uca,
come. MddieaUjf one mth
/o vuza.)
1. To come by itself ^— 3. To gain; to
obtain; to get; to acquire, Of: wayisua
pina imali P i. e. : where dM you get the
money ?— 8. To come near ; applied to the
time when a birth Is apptoachlng^ «t : a
ya qalaukuzuza, i. e. : the first pains be-
gin ; to have the first pains;— 4. To barei
as : u laze pina loku t Le,: from irhm»
have you this?
^^m ZvziBJL, cans. fr. 1. To caose to gain,
obtain, &c; to jH?ocure; to htip to ac-
quire ;— 2, To profit, at: u ya fuadsa fiiU,
i. e. : he profits very much (by aaytUag,
or by labour, &c)
— — ZirziBSLA, qulf. fr. To gain, obtain
for. Of: wa u suzisela impabia, 1,4^: he
helped him to obtain goods, 2^. : he was
the cause or occasion ^f the others' gettiog
goods,
in— ZUZO, n. pi. izin. (From son.) That
which is obtained, gamed; gain; profit;
income, as t inzuzo yake inkulu, L a. : his
in come is great.
um— ZUZU, n. pL imi. (From tuou) 14-
terally: a space which is come near; a
space of time; a while; a season. %m»-
f^mous with vaUadL Ku se ku 'mmo,
i. e. : it is already some time^-— a while,
in— ZUZWANA, n. pL izin. (Dim, hm
iozuzo.) A small profit, gain, revenuiL
um— ZUZWANA, i^ pi. imi. {J>m, from
umzuzu.) 1. A little whfie; a
season ;^2. A littl^ =s i-Koaflma.
Digitized by
Google
ZWAKA.
[891]
ZWILILI.
nm— ZUZWANTANA, n. pL imu (Dim.
from omzuzwaDa.)
L A Tery little while; a very Bhort
8eaaon;->2. Coinciding with incosanyana.
nku— ZWA, T. t. I^cusive Zwiwa. (From
za, which tee, Xoea, va.)
1. To feel; to be alive; to taste, asi u
Dokadzwa, i. e. : he hat a feeling of him-
self, = self-love, self-iutereet;— 2. To
hear; to perceive, (ui akezwa» i.e.: he
does not hear ;— 8. To hearken; to obey ;
to listen, <u: a ka nakozwa lomtwana,
i. e. : this child has no inclination to obey ;
—4. To experience, asi ngi yi zwile kade,
Le.: I have experienced it long ago.
(The infinitive is generally nsed for i feel-
ing, hearing, taiste, sense, perception,
obedience, Ac.)
— ZwiLA, qnlf. fr. 1. To feel after; to
perceive, hear, listen, &c., for, cui ngi
fana nknzizwela, i. e. : I try to find out for
myself:— 2. To feel for, a#: a zwele ba
kuloma kabi, L e. : he felt it when they
were speaking evil, = he felt sorry,
hurt, &e.
«»— ZwiSA, cans. fr. To cause or make to
feel; to moke to hear; to let hear; to
make to understand.
— ZwisiSA, cans, fir, 1. To feel very
much, particnlarly, exceedingly ;~2. To
hear distinctly, dearly, properly, ati a
ngi zwirisanga lokn, i.e.t I have not heard
that qnite welL
nku— ZWAKALA, v. i. (From zwa, and
kala, which tee, Xotct, vakala.)
1. To have tender feeling; to be per-
ceptible ;~2. To be andible; intelli^ble,
at : izindaba zi yezwakala, i. e. : the news
is getting air ;— 8. Pertiuning to taste and
smell, as : nkuhla kn zwakelo kn tjile, Le. :
the food smells as if it has been bomed.
»-^ ZwAKALiSA, caas.fr. Tocanse a tender
feeling, perception; to make perceptible ;
to make audible, intelligible; to give a
taste to food, Ac., as : wa zwakalisa izin-
daba, i. c. : he spread the news abroad,
nm— ZWANA, n. sing. (From zwa, to feel,
tender, and ana, equal, even, flat)
A small table-mountain, north to the
Inanda range, and on the left side of the
• Umqegu River; — ^ku somzwaneni, L e« : it
is at or about the umzwana.
u — ZWANE, n. pi. izin« (From uzu, and
ane, dim, form.)
LiteralUfi a little or small coming;
h^MC^ a toe.
u— ZWATI, n. sing. (From uzwa, per-
ceived, observed, and iti, thrown, shootang.
Q^ers have nvati.)
1. FrimarUyx an ignitible substance;
an electric substance, =-iviti ;— 2. A kiod
of sand-stone, which gives fire when struck ;
^3. A large table-mountain, known under
the Dutch name Noodsber^, ratuated at
the sources of the Umona, Umtongati,
Umhloti, Umblali, &e., ^vers.
urn — ZWAZWA, n. pL imi. (From %wa-zwa,
feeling-feeling, smelling.)
A kind of luiwk, so called from its very
strong instinct.
i— Z WE, n. pi. ama. (From zwe, heard,
perceiveid.)
1. A part of a country; district ; — 2. A
whole country occupied by one tribe, as :
izwe lama-Zulu, Le. : the Zulu country ;»
8. The world, physical and intellectuid.
isi— ZWE, n. pL izi. (See i-Zwe.) 1. A
single hibe, as : izizwe zika Zulu, i. e. :
• the tribes of the Zulu; — 2. Clan; nation,
in— ZWECE, n. pL izin. (From zwe, and
ice, little point.)
A little red bird which has four long
feathers at its taiL
um— ZWEZWE, n. pi. imi. (From zwe-zwe,
felt, feeling. See Zwane.)
The spur of a cock. (^e^um-Hluhlube.)
i — Z WI, n. pi. ama. (From zwa, hearing.)
Liter ally : that which is heard; hence, a
sound; noise; voice; word; message;
order, &c.
urn — ZWILILI, n. pi. imi. (From zwi,
hen^ ili-ili, onomo^opoe/ic, - signifying a
liigh sound like that of a canary bird.
Allied to incuincni.)
A wren, or hedge-sparrow; so called
fVom its noise.
S04
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by VjOOQIC
APPENDIX.
mTAIHISfi WORDS VHKH lElOM tO TIE rKONTIlK WJXXIt, ANB AKB KOT USES IN NATAL
[The references made liere by #00 in thia part refer to the former'part.]
A. .
is— ACOLO, n. pL izac. (From the prefix
a» and oolo, see Cola, Colo, &c.)
A brazen arm-ring, worn aa an ornament.
nkn — ALATA. See Leta«
is — ^AQONI, n. pL iza. (From the prefix
a, and qona, which see.)
A plant or shrub, belonging to the
creepers, called by coloniBts monkey-touw.
Itisver^r nearly the same as the Katal
isi-Nwazi, which tee,
is— ARWADI, n. pi. iza. (From the prefix
a, and rwada.)
The thin, fine internal covering of bark,
which in its preyioos state is called inkntn.
{See i-Nxoze.)
tiku— BACA, Y.t. (Frombsi separate^ and
ica, to top.)
To cut the isibaoa*
isi^-BACA, n. pi. izi (From baca.) A long
loose piece attached to the dress of the
women, and hanging down the baek. It
is about six inches broad and beset with
rows of brass buttons.
oka— BALULA, v. t. (From ba, to separate,
and alula, to stretch ont. It has a partf cu«
hr accent of the contracted root ba, by
which it is distinguished from the foUowing
word.)
To make stripes by scratchi^, as with
cUws; exactly = rwebo. (From this
word, bab, to write, has been contracted.)
nkn— BALULA, t. t. (From bala, to tell,
narrate, and ula, to strain.)
To alk>w one only to narrate, the others
to be silent,
nkn— BANOEZELA, v. t (From bangs,
and izehi, to make often.)
Often to give cause to sdmething:; henee,
to cause,
nm— BANQEZELI, n. pi. afau (From ba-
ngezela.) An originator.,
nkn— BASA, v. t QVom baae^ «nd isa, to
cause, to make.)
To kindle.
uku— BASA, V. t. (From bana, to spread,
and isa, to cause, make.)
To make broad; to make a present. (See
Bansa, Zulu,)
nku— BATYULA, v. t. (From batya, same
as Bitya, which see, and ula, to strain,
away. Allied to bakela, Zulu.)
To slap with the flat hand; to beat
away,
ukn— BAWA, v. i. (From iba, to separate,
and iwa, to ML Allied to baba I., and
bava, 2htlu,)
To fall forward ; to be greedy, ravenous,
used of birds which come to pick up the
seeds sown on the lands,
nka— BEDESHA, v. t. Kafirized from the
Dutch beden or Indden^ i. e. : to pray.
i— BEDENOIT, n. pi. ama. (From ibe,
and dengu, see Denge, and Dangala.)
A person who is good for nothing; a
madman,
nbn— BEDEKOU, n. {See i-Bedengn.)
Stupidity; madness.
«kn— BENCA, v. t. (From iba, to separate,
bring forth, and inca, with the point, top.
A transposition of ceba II.)
To bring out, or to tell secrets; to
make them public ; to bring into the
;public
^— BENQO, n. pi. im. (See Benga, and
u-Bengu.) A breast plate (of brass).
I— BIBA, n. pi. ama. {See i-Bibi.) The
Totten or decomposed substance in a hollow
tree, like black ashes,
ukn— BIBILITELA and BiBnJSHELA, v. t.
(From bi, and bilitela. Compare bibizela,
cibidjela, &o.)
Figuratively : to eat all up; to eat very
greedy,
nku— BIDA, v. t. See Bada.
i— BIDA, n. See i-Bnda.
um— BINQELELI, n. pi. aba. {See Binga,
Bingelela.) '
A person who is like a priest.
mn— BINGELELO, n. pL iml. {See um-
bingeleli.)
^mething like a sacrifice.
um— BINOT, n. pL aba. (From binga.) A
host ; one who gives a feast.
Digitized by
Google
BUZAHa
1^1
CEPSSHA.
nm — BINGO, n. pi. imi. (From Innga.) A
feasfc; something given to eat
ukn— BINZA, T.t. {SeeBtaaL CoineicUnff
with ponsa^ which see,)
To throw, as with a spear, or with
stones,
nkn— BIQIZA, v.t. (Cbmpare bt^qosa, with
which it radically coincides.)
To abort; to get rid of a-deadibtef.
Applied to cattle onlj.
i— BIRA. A liame of a riTar between the
Eeiskama and the Bnffalo, falling into
the sea.
u — BOBOTI, n. {Onomatopoetie,exptem'
'v99 of bo-bQ, and iyi^ going.)
The whoop,
im— BOLA, n. ung. (See Boliw to rot.) A
red stone ; ochre ; used for ff"9wipg the
body for show.
n**BOM£LfiLO, n« (From nbo« and
omelelm see Oma.)
Strength; ze^
i— BOMVANA. A left tributary of the
Qolonce, near its sonroet.
om-^BOKA, n. See nm-Bilt,
i— BOVUBOVU, n. pL ama. (A repetition
from hawL, radioallg one wUk bava, ill-
natnred, which eee,)
A frlyolons, wicked person,
nbn— BOVUBOVU, n. (See ^BoTuboyn,)
FrifoUtyj wickednen.
okn-^BUKUQA* ▼* t (iMuHi% Que wUh
hakfix^ which see. JiUed to hvikvi**)
1, To throw down, ss wiia; eee wa;—
2. To make to falL
BUKUQU, adv. (Ofiffinal^ « nonn
which has bst it« nom* fonni derived
from bukoqa.)
Used with ukuti» m : ba ii baknmi pezn
kwake, 1,9,1 they rushed upon him in
order to throw him down; or; ba m ti
bokuqui I e.: th^ throw him upside
down.
i— BULA, n. sing. Coimnding wUh nkwe-
kwe.
ukn— 'BUKQANAf Vt it (From bunga, con-
tracted from bulunga, whkh see^ and ina,
repr. form.)
To come together; to agree together.
BUNGEZA. See Bnngaza,
ttbu— BURU, n. (From bu« eee i-^Ba, to
steal, and ru, = re, heard, eee uln-Re.)
Stolen property ; as cattle, of whicb it
is known that th^ are stolen*
urn— BUTUMBUTU, n. (A, re^eHiwnA'om
umbutu ; eee buta, to bring together.)
A conflux of people ; an uproaTt
im— BUZAMO, n. (IVom i3U)u, state or
quality, and zamo^ eee Zam% tid ainuu to
be heavy.)
A state of heaviness; hence, heaviness.
Used in appontion, <w: into embuzmno,
i.e.: sometping very heavy.
c.
um — CA, n. pi. imi. (From ca, which eee.)
A stripe, line, row.
ukn— CABA, v. t. (From ca, nir&ee,
and il)a, to separate. See Caba. JEtadi-
caUjf one wiVt oeba, and cuba, in this
part,)
To burst; applied to the ekia of 1^
human body, or to any external coat of
organic bodies, aei ipuzi li cabUe, Le.:
the outside rind of the pumpkin is bunt,
cracked (especially when it is quite ripe or
dry.)
CACAMBELA. i8^« Cocombela.
i— CACUCACU, n. Same as Qaboqibi,
which see,
m — CAKA, n. See i-Ncekd, &o.
nm—CAKO, n, pi imi. (From cf^ mithte,
and uka, to go or come up.)
A width or breadth of a dreas, tts : ingu*
bo i nemicako einitatUi i. e. : the dre« is
made of three widths.
i-*-OAKAGU, n. pL ama. ($te Cm«
gusha.) A kind of prophet.
This word is also used with ukat^ osi
yi ti camagn, i. e. t do propbesj«
uku^-CAMAGUSHA, v. t, (See Camanga,
under Cabanga» and Camnca. Compare
kurosha.)
To employ the mind ; to Ibrm thooghts,
ideas, &c., asi ma si ye kueamagtHlia
lomtu ofayo, i. e. : let us go and see how
the sick man is doing.
U— CAMBA, n. (See in-Gcamba iii Uif
part, and u'-Qwamba in thejbrmer.)
Cream.
uku-r-CAMNCA, V. t (From cama, and
ncfl, see ncane. Probably a word of the
Hottentot dialect)
1. To talk a great deal, = uknba nobu*
ciko;— 2. To relate ; to teU a story,
isi— CAKCA, n. See isi-Qaqa.
CANDA, V. See Qanda,
u-«CANGO, n. pi in, (See Nyanga) A
door,
um— CAKI, n. pi imi (See i-Kca. grui,
ani, dim. form.)
A point of grass,
uku— CAPACAPASA, v, t- (d repetUion
from capa, and isa, to make, to oauee.)
To become weak, Exhausted.
CAPUKA, V. See Casuka.
uku— CAPUKA, V. !. (From ca, poin^ top*
and apuka, to break off.)
To separate from ; to depart from*
CAPULA, V. See Capumu
CATAMA, V. See Eotama.
i— CAWA or WE^ n. pL ama. Publie
worship; divine service ; Sunday*
uku— CEBESHA, v. t. (From oebo, ILF
and sha, which see. See Cubuka.)
To be lazy, weak (of character}.
•Digitized by
Google
i— CEBESHA, n. pi. imuL (From oeba
I^ and gha.)
A honey-hunter.
CEBETJU, adr. Set Cltje.
tun— CELUMVEMVE, ix pi. Irni. (&eCWo,
and im-Vamve.)
Awag.talL
i— CEPE, n. pL ama. {See Ulepn. See
Qepn.)
A piece of a broken pot
nm^GEPE, n. pi. imi. (See i-^Cepe.) A
Eiece of a oalabash, used for a dipper, =
idebe.
i^CESINI, n. ting. Fever.
vka^CIKA, y. !. {JHaleeHe, and <mgimallv
qika, which tee, AUied to zoka, to tell
lies.)
To talk in a playftd manner i to joke;
not to mean what it said.
Mna— OIKICIKI, n. pi (Fron eika.) Thinga
uttered which jost come into one'a mind,
and haying no truth i things done which
just come into one's thought, as i wenziwa
amacikiciki, i. e. t they dSd with him what
they liked. Hi, : he was made Just what
others wished to make of hhn, a they
played with him as a balL
uku-^OIKIZA, y. t. (From eika, and iza,
to make. See Cikoza ; and Coka, tit this
part.)
To make fine ; to do well) to work well,
as; oikin nkutnnga, Le. i sew finely.
^— CiozBKA, quit. fr. To be made beauti-
fiilly, as I ingubo i dkiaekile, i.e.: the
dress is one nuide yery welL
i— CIKO, n. pi. ama. (From eika.) A
speaker; an orator,
ubu— CIKO, n. (Fnnn oika.) Bhetoric;
cunning.
CINOA, y. Contracted firom cabanga,
wMeh see,
CISHA, same as (^ha.
u— COBO, n. See ubu^opo.
isi— COCOMBELA, n. Ae Caoamezehi
iZmlm.)
nm«-*COCWA, n. pL aba. (From ooca, see
isi.<Jooa)
An unblamable person.
COFA. See Cofoza.
uku— COEA, y. i. (From oo, extreme, fine,
and uka, to put up. See Qoka.)
To behave as a gentleman ; to behave
properly.
«— * CoKiBi, cans, fr. To cause to behave
well ) to t^ to behave properly,
um— COKOZE, n. (From coka, beauty, and
uze, naked.)
Liver-spot ; mole ; or spots in the face
from illness.
u— COLOTI, n. sing. See CJola, and uti,
shoot)
Evening^red in twilight,
n— CONA, n. (iSltt »-Sana.) A baby.
COPA, y« See Qotanuu
uku — CUBA, y. t (From eu, extreme^ and
uba, to separate. AlUed to hlnheu)
To take off the leaves ; to peeL
uku— CUBUKA, y. i. (From onba, and uka,
to go o£El See Qubuka.)
To become w^ ; to lose strength. .
iika_CUBULA« y. t. (^S^ Cubuka, to which
it fbrms a transitive by ula, to strun. See
Qubula.)
To crush I to hurt, at : umtu u ontyulwe
ngengqwele, i. e. : the man was run over
by a wagon.
uku—CUBuNQA, y. t, (From euba, and
unga, to bend, to uroe. SadieaUjf one
with oabanga, to think.)
To do work little by little ; one small
part after another, as one who has Just
recovered from sicknsM must take the
work by little,
uku— CUCA, y. t. (From Qoa<4iea. See
cnou.)
To out holes in a skin or hide,
uku— CUKUMA, y. L (From cuku, and uma,
to move.)
lAteraUjf : to move up with the pdnt j
to go off| applied to guns, traps, &c
iSsf Qoiba.
uka-3iCULA, y. t. (From eu, point, and ula,
to strain. Allied to owlla.)
To sing,
i— CULO, n. pi. ama. (From euk.) A
hymnt song.
i— CUKAKALA. The second left tribti'
tanr of the Kabuse,
CUMBULULA, y. See Sumbuluk.
CUPUCUFU, adv. (From o«mi«oupU|
radioalljf one wtUcapaoapasa, and eapnka.
See Kcubnneubu.)
To be weak, as t umiimba warn u eupu*
cupu, i. e. t my body feels not at adl weU.
CUPUKA, same as eubnka.
i— CUWA. Aright tributary of the Kai
Biver.
uku— CWABA, y. t SadicoUy one with
Cuba, which see. Compare cbJosu
C WAKA, adv. (An obsolete verb, from
ewa, breaking, and ika, to get off.)
Breaking off; used with ukuti, as; wa
tiowaka, i. e. : he was still at onoe ; left off
f^m speaking or any action,
u— CWECWE, n. pi. in. (See u-Cweewe.)
A muscle, shell of fish,
i— CWILIKA, n. ^ ama. A steel for
striking fire. (I cannot find out from
whence the Xosa have this word | proba*
bly firom the Hottentots.)
D.
1— DABI, n. nng4 {8m in-Daba.) A
fighting.
Digitized by
Google
DUKUDO.
[896]
EKOEUBENL
i— DALIW£. A right trilmtary of the
Kai, near WlndTogeUberg.
ama — DAMA, n. pL The small tribe of people
belonging to the Chief Umadama.
nkn— DANDULUKA, t. t (Prom da, draw
oat» and andoloka, wMch see. Compare
danda.)
To call out with a load rolce.
ama — DANQE, n. pL The people liring
abng the River Umadange.
i— DEBE. A left tributary of the Keis-
kamma.
in— DEDEBE, n. pi. (See m-Dehe,) Old
people, especially amapakati, who know
the kw and customs of olden times,
isi— DENQE. A right tributary of the
Kabnse.
uku— DIBELELA, v. t (A freqt. form from
dibo, which see,)
To hide under ground,
uku— DIKWA, v. i. To be full, satisfied;
applied to eating and drinking, or to satis-
fying the lusts, ^. (Most probably taken
fVom the Dutch dik, in common language :
hif is dik, i. e. : he is full, has eaten to
satisfaction.)
u — DIMBA, n. pi. in. (From udi, drawn,
and mba, to move forth. It has the same
radicals as um-Bonda, which see,) •*
A crowd of people,
uku— BIMBAZA, t. t. (From yimbe, to dig,
and iza, to make.)
To dig open the corn-holes, and take
out food,
uku— DI21A, ▼. t. (A contracted word from
diUza, to demoli^ which see,) To demo«
lish as the stubble, see ictiza.
i— DIZA, n. pL ama. (From the verb.)
A dry stalk of maize, &e. The plur.
amadiza, denotes stubble-field,
u— DIZA, n. pi. in. (See i-Diza.) The
stubble-field, trodden down,
um— DIZA, n. pi. imi. (See i-Diza.) The
phice, space, or extent of a stubUe-field.
isi— DODO, n. pL izu (From do-do, draw*
draw.)
A lame person, who has been bom so.
um— DOKO, n. pL imi. (From do, drawn,
and uko, out.)
A siakness of cattle, affecting the stomach,
um— DOLO, n. Same as i-Dili, which see.
um— DUDO, n. pi. imi. (From duda, to
dance.) A dandng.
I— I)UDU, n. pi. ama. (From idu-idu.)
One who goes about in the night prowl-
ing.
isi— DUDU, n. (See l-dudu.) A thin por-
ridge.
u— DUKUDO, n. pL in. (From duku,
which see, and do, drawn.)
A piece of wood, roughly worked, and
used for starring food; «= a hirge wooden
spoon for cooking.
u— DULI, n. pi. in. (See Dulela* from
which it has been contracted.)
A company of men who present the
bride to the bridegroom,
uku— DULUDULUSA, ▼. t. (From dnlu-
dulu, and isa, to make, denoting degree.
See Dulcla, Dull, &c. Allied to dalasela.)
1. To turn here and there, to look here
and there, as if one is in consternation, or
hasty to run, not knowing to what phuce ;
—2. To have a desire to be always more
than others; to exalt one's self,
i— DULUDULUSA, n. pL ama. (Prom
the verb.) 1. A person who is in oon*
■ stemation, perplexity ;— 2. One who exalts
himself above others.
u— DUMA, n. sing. (See Duma.) A scar,
um- DUNA, n. pL aba. See In-Dnna.
uku— DUNQUDELA, t. i. (The same as
dinga, 4^ uid dela, to draw out, have saiB-
dent.)
To swerve about from place to pboe,
without a home.
-^ DuKGUBELiSA* caus. fr. 1. To be in
utter confusion ; to come ftom one snlject
to another ;— 2. To make one confused,
uku — DUNZA, v. t. (From du, drawn, and
enza, to do, make. AlUed to donsa, idUal
see.)
To press down, to exert or dispose, as
when going to stooL
u— DWABA, n. sing. (Prom dwa, drawn,
and ra, = hla, to eat.)
A kind of chicoory, or swine gran,
u— DWATI, n. (Fromudwa, drawn oot»
and iyi, retired, going.)
A homeless person, (veiy likely the same
word as utwai, which see.)
uku— DYABUEA, v. Same as Pucuka, whiA
see,
i— DYAKASI, n. (Compare unyazi, light-
ning, and unyezi, moonlight)
Sunshine, a«: u mi edyakainni, L e. : he
stands in the sunshine,
um— DTESHA, n. pL imi. A young,
uku— DYOBA, V. t. ^Passive Djodjwa or
Jojwa. (From dya, throw, and uba, se-
parate, or moving on.)
To bemire ; to soil ; applied to the body
as well as to the character,
i— DYUNGUDYUNGU, n. pi. ama. (A
repetition firom dyunga. See in-Tyu-
ngutya.)
A bladder, which comes either from
working, or from any other fluid in the
body.
E.
EH, inteij., denoting arersion.
EKOEUBENI, conj. (Properly: a
locative case from ukuba, see eki^)eni, and
the dim. pron. oko.)
Digitized by
Google
FUDULA.
[897]
• OCAMBAZA.
LiUraUy : in that when ; in that time,
in that condition.
EKUBENI, conj. (iV(>ptfr/y alocatire
case from nknba. See Ba» 3.)
LUerally: in that; when; applied to
^ime as well as to circumstances.
EKUHLENI, adv. (Properkf a loca-
tive case from the verb nkuUa II.)
1. Openly; publicly;— 2. Clearly, at:
kn sekuhleni uKuteta kwako, i.e.: what
you speak is quite clear.
ELE, prep. (From the prep, e, and le,
demonstrative form ; denoting or directing
to a high locality.)
Beyond, as : ele kwentaba, i.e. : beyond
the mountain.
EMVENIKWENI,adv. (Fromemveni,
which is a ftdl locative form of emva, and
kweni, a locative form from oko, which
has dropped its initial)
After that,
is— ENZINIBA, n. (From enzo, to make,
and iniba, see Naba.)
A species of the genus mentha. Same
as um-Hlonyani. which see.
ESE, prep. Same as Ele.
ETE, exclamation, denoting: give (see
LeU).
EWE, adv. (From e, and we, thou,
see u-We. Ck>ii^are ehe and yebo.)
Yes.
oku— FATTA, v. t. (See Faca.) To carl
the hair,
isi— FATYE, n. pi. izi. (From fatya. See
isi-Faca.) A curl.
FEFA, t. See Fafe.
n— FEFE, n. (From fefa.) Smoothness;
mildness; genUeness; grace; iavour, &c.
nkn— FIMFITA, v. t. (From fi-mfi, onoma-
topoetiot expressive of a sucking sound or
noise, and ita, to touch, throw.)
To suck, as marrow from bones,
nku— F1N0A« v. t. (From fi, pressed, and
nga, to bend. See i-Fingo. Closehf allied
to finya.)
To turn up ; to fold back, as : finga imi-
kono, i. e. : fold back the sleeves.
isi—FINGO, n. sing. (Compare i-Fingo;
hxxt parUoularlff u-Tingo, rainbow.)
Aurora, dawn,
nm— >FISI, n. pL imL (From fisa, causative
of &, which see.)
Aromatic medicine.
FUDULA. V. t. (See faduka, to which
it forms a transitive, by ula.)
This verb is only used in the present
and past tenses, always ruling another
verb which must follow immediately after
it, and thus showing the transitive cha-
racter of fudula. It is analogous to f^ma,
qeda, &c and often used in its contracted
form fada.
To use; to be used to; to be in the
habit, at : u bu fVidula nkulima nganto ni
na ? i. e. : with what have you been usod
to plough ? — ^u fiidula u hamba, i. e. : you
are in the habit of walking.
It is also used without a substitute pron.
and without any auxiliary, as : fudula u si
tjo, i. e. : you used to say so.
In all these phrases, fudula expresses
also the meaning which is given by ad-
verbs, as I once, in former time, &c, ooiu'
ciding with i-Ndulo, and andula, . ti^AicA
see.
G.
nm— GADOYI, n. pi. imi. Dialectic. Same
as Qodoli, 2, 8.
u— GAHLA, n. (See GahU.) The first
thick milk from a cow.
i— GALA. See i-Langa.
i— GALA, n. pL ama. (From ga, to bend,
cut, and ila, to strain, to rush.)
A hare which has a habit of springing
when running away,
in— -GANG A, n. (From the verb ganga.)
Obstinacy; frivolity; wantonness; pride,
in— GANGANE, n. See in-Kankane.
in— GAWU, n. pi. i^n. and aman. (From
ga, inclining, and bula, see the note under
rexezaO A lewd person,
um— GAWUSHE, n. pi. imi. (From ga,
power, skill, and usha, see kumusha.)
A skilful person, a clever person, who
can be used for great things. (Compare
um-Tunywashe.)
i— GCABE, n. (iS^Qaba.) Black cobar,
used for dying the women-caroases.
in— GCACA, n. pi. izin. (See Qaqa.) An
car ornament.
ama— GCALEKA, n. pi. The people or tribe
of Ugcaleka, father of Hintsa.
in — GCAMBA, n. (From gca, on a top, ex*
treme, thin, and amba, to move forth, to
spread.)
1. Literally: a substance which is
spread thinly; descriptive of a stratum,
layer, vein; — 2. Same as ucamba, cream
(from bdng spread thinly),
in — GCAMBANE, n. pi. izin. (From gca*
mba, and ane, little, or many.)
A coarse network made of rush or pal-
miet, and used as a veil or cover over the
face of the abakwete.
uku— GCAMBAZA, v. t. (From gca, on the
tip, top, amba, to move forth, and iza, to
make, to try. See Hamba.)
To try to walk after sickness, as : nmu-
ntn ofayouyagcambaza, L e. : a sick person
walks only a little, or, when trying to
walk, he goes, as it were, on the toes.
Digitized by
Google
QGVA. •
[898]
CKJWANXL.
in^QCAMBO, n. pi. iiiti. {8m ii^-Getmba.
Others incambo.)
A root.
ukn— ^GAPA, v. t. (From goa, and ipa, to
pass. See Capa.)
To make amooth, soft, dipperj. (Com-
pare i-Cepe, im this part.)
in— OCAPE, n. (See Capa.) A reed,
iai— GCAWU. n. pi. izi. See iii-Gcan*
u— QCEDEYU, o. (From gca, on the top,
and idem, see Dem.)
Something flat, as a diab.
ama— GCINA, n. pL One section of the
Tembaki tribe,
in— GCINGANI, n. (From gci, pototed,
nga, to bend, and ani, dim. form. See
Cinga, and um-Cingo.)
A narration, in af^rative sense : little
news.
i — GCISA, n. pi. ama. (From gci, and iaa,
to make particularly. See gdna.}
A sharp-shooter ; rifleman,
am— GCOBO, n. pL imi. (S^Gooba, which
is here nsed in a fignratire sense of de-
stroying sorrow.)
Merriment ; firolic
i— GCUME, n. pi. ama. (S^ isi— Gqfmna.)
A thieket, :±=: ndada.
iBi--GCUM£, B. pL isi. {See i-Qenme.) A
string of beads,
nkn— QCWANGCWA, t.i. (From gewana-
gowa» to flx CD the pdnt. See Gcaca,
Qaqana, Gwegwa, and isi-Gwanxe.)
To stend in one row.
•^-^ GowAVOWiBA, cans. fr. To fiirm a
line^of: vtangolwedbondalngowangcwi-
siw^ i. 6. ! the poles of the fence are fixed
in a line,
in— GCWAKGUBE, n. pi. lain. {See
Ngewangn, and nbe separated.)
Tbe pelican,
nka— GELEBA, v. L {See Gele, and iba,
to separate.)
To ran off*. (SMom used,)
i— »G£ZA» n. pL ama. {See the rerb
Geza.)
A mad person,
aba— GEZA, n. {S^ p-Qeza.) Madness.
isi-^lLIGILI. {Compare isigidi.) An
indefinite namber, a great many dead
thinffs; as a battle-field fbU of bones of
deadpeople.
GINTA, see gwinya.
aka— GONXA, v. t. (From go hentf hollow,
and nza, to set or fix on. See Gongo.)
To make deep, hollow; to go deep, of
general a|^dication.
i— GOSA, n. pi. ama. {See Goba.) A
steward; depaty.
aba— GOSA, n. {See i-Gosa.) Stewardship.
oko^-GOVA, T. i. (Frmn go, bent, inclined,
and nra, referring to natnre. See Gorana
«nd Ko?a.) J
1^ rft or Ue in an indifferent, improper,
indecent manner; di s respec tfo Uy. .
in— GQAKASA, n. {Compare (^Ham) LUe-
raUyi breaking noise; hmee^ applied to
strong or hard ground,
uku— GQALA. ▼. t. {Badicaliy on^ witk
qala.) Same as Qapa, which see.
in— GQEGQE, n. pi. ixin. {8ee ia-4>.} A
small dog, a badger-dog.
in — GQELE, n. pi. izin. (From gqa, see
iliqwa, and ile, strained.)
Snow; ice; fh)et; odd.
in— GQINA, n. pi. aman. {See Qioa.)
Greave.
i— GQIEA, n. pi. ama. (A dialeetied dif-
ference from iqili.)
A Kafir doctor,
nbu— GK^IRA, n. (From the preceding word.)
Tbe profe^on of a doctor ; his sldU, prK-
tice, Ac
in— GQOKONGQOKO, see gooogoeo.
oka— GQONGA, v. t. ^S^ Qonga; ofkm
nqonga.)
To crowd around; to surround,
uku- GQUBELA, r. t. Same as Qtmbdi,
to accuse,
uku— GQUGQA, v. t, (From agqa-iigqi»
radically one tciih guga.)
lb alter; to dmnge; to aboliih tiie
iaiko or umkwa, i. e* i custom, Ac.
uku— GQUKA, y. t. (From gqa, on a poot,
or gqu, point, and idea, to go ofl^ awij.)
LUerallffi to shifb about; totomftan
one point to another ; to conceal his laein-
ing, = ukwensa amamenemene.
GquKEKA, quit ft. To be driftiDg
about ; to be conoealinf , to be in a iftsle
of concealing one's meaning,
isi— GQUKA, n. (From the rerb. JOM
toigcuka.)
A cunning person, who erades all qoei*
tions, inqniries, ^
nku— GQUMKA, n. See Nqumuka.
uku— GQUMSHELA, t. t. (From fgapm,
see nmqnmu, and shela, to make foirtb.)
To make fbam or soum, as in milkiog*
urn— GQUNGU, n. pi. imi. (Diferged ftom
gqonga, to surround.)
A kind of basket made of small sticb
. like cane, or of bulrush.
S— GQUKUBE. A name ofarirer, between
Nxarune and Kwelera, going in the ses.
uku— GQUTA, V. t. (From gqu, point, and
ttta, to throw. Qmpare quta.)
To make a hole; to bore throogb, o*:
u ndi qutile inblebe yam, i. e. : yoa bare
made a hole in my ear, lU,x you bare
made me a hole in the ear;— ukagqvta
amenyo, to pick the teeth,
i— GQWANXI, n. {Compare isigwsW
irwanqa, kc)
A hard kind of wood, baring a brown
bark.
Digitized by
Google
GXATtSA.
[890]
HILmiLL
ln-«-0QWE8HA» n. (Sd$ Qweaht, in this
par$^ A 8oab, «= i^wekwe, loAitrA mw;
leprosy.
urn — -0UBA8I, n. pi. imi. (From ga, bent,
and pain, to pot tinder, or from goba, and
ya, denoting degree.)
A door-poet, = umnyangotjani, which
ttkn— GIJGULA, t. t. (Tbe same as gaga,
and nla, to strain.)
To share,
i— OULUGUQU. A loft tribntaryofthe
Gqmmbe.
oka — GUMZA, v. t. (From gnmu, tmoma-
iop6eHe, expressive of a noise, tee qnm-
ahela, and qumn, im the fbrm9fpaH, and
iza. to make.)
To make a mnrararing sound or n<nse ;
to mnrmnr.
tikfi-*GUNXULA, T. t. {8ee gxnsba and
%in(s)a.)
To tbrost, as orer head and beeb, asi
amatye a qnnxnllwe entabeni, i. e. : tbe
■tones bare been rolled down tbe monn«
tain, {see ginxa.)
i— GUSHA, n. pL isl. (Contraeted Ihmi
gnbnsha, 0tz. : gnbo, eee in^nbo» and
sba, to make, to serre for. Compare
gu^ gnbnda, qubnta, Ao.)
1. iVoped^: a kind wbieh senres as a
covering or dress, ap^ied eommonlgf to
abeepsUn ; and hence — 2. A sheep.
GUTUKA. See Kntnka.
ukti-^GUTA, T. t. (From gn, bent» and iza,
to move on, to go. AUied io gaga. jSa-
dictBify one wUh gaya, Ac)
To shave the bead.
i^^WALL A right tributary of the
Tynme.
i--GWANGQA, see Bwanqai
i— GWAPI6I, n. pL ama. (From gwa,
bending, and ^pkm, see pisa, and impiii, a
hyena.)
A great eater; a thick person.
vte^GWATBLA, v. t. (From gwaya, radi^
eaUy one with gnya and gaya, and ila, to
stodn, raise.)
To s<^ np, to mb, oit nkngwayeia nm-
gnbo ekntyeni, i. e. : to mix or stir flonr
Into the food.
i— GWBLE, n. sing. (From gwa^ bent,
and ile, strained.)
(Soar ; leaven,
nka— GWENXA, v. i. (From gwe, bending,
and nza, even top, with the point. Modi-
eaUy one with gonxa.)
To be p erver se.
in-^WBRETBHBTSHE, n. pi iiin. (From
gwe, bent, retshetshe^ «3 raoshei which
see.)
A small shield,
nkn— GXATIZA, v. t. (From qata, and ia.
iS^FMisa.)
To stand firm with the ankles, Ul t to
make a cracking noise by standing firm,
as in fighting.
mn^-GXAWU, n.*pl. imi. (From gza*n, w
is occasional.)
A large pot. (I do not know from
whence this word comes. It is nsnally
allied to a large iron pot which has legs,
onyan.)
a*^GXUBA, n* (From gxnba, radically
one wUh qnba, to drive.)
lAUraUffx a drove; a cdleetion of
catUe.
. CGXUGXA, 7v.t. ^^Xoxuzela,
^^"^ I GXUGXUZBLA, J Gxugxuma, Qxnma,
(^^a, &c.)
To be in great consternation.
i**-GXULU. A right tributary of tbe
Keiskamma, beyond tbe isi-Ncaka.
nkti^-GXUMLEKA, v. t. (From gxnma,
and gzeka, both in tha former patri*)
To mock with words or speiddng.
uku— GXUPULEKA, v.i. (iVom gzn, point-
ed, and opula, to take away from ; or from
gxupa, radically one with zapa, and ileka,
to remove away, or to put np.)
To partake of food without being asked ;
to eat the food of others ; to eat away in
an onbeooming manner.
H.
HABELA, Bam» as Hambela, see Ham<
ha.
u— HADI, n. pL i. Any instrument like a
harp, aerapbine^ Sot,
i— HAGU, n.pL]zL Most properly Kafir-
iaed fttmi the English hcff.
i— HALAHALA, n.sing. Onomatopoeiio,
expressing haste; at: u nehalahala, i.e.:
he is in haste,
uku— HANAHAKI9A, t. t. (From hana-
hana, coinciding nearfy with haU-hala, and
In, to make.)
To talk about many subiects ^without
connexion ; to speak contradictory things ;
to play the hypocrite.
HATI or Hai, adv. No.
uku-^HENDA, V. t. (From e, prep., and
nda, to extend, to readh ; h is caused by
hiatus. AUied io yenga, which see.)
To dissuade; to attempt to draw away
from something by reasons or arguments.
It is seldom applied to the use of reasons
for a good cause.
i— HILIHILI, n. pL ama. (From hili-
hili, radically one with bala-hala; coincide
ing with hana-bana.)
An unsteady perstm; one who runs
tiioughtlessly about,
ttbu— HILIHILI, n. (From ihiEhiU.) Un-
Digitized by
Google
HLOLOKAZI.
[400]
JELO.
oka — HILIZA, v. t. (From hiH, and iza, to
make, behare.)
To bebare as an ihilihili.
i— HULUHULU, n.Vl.ama. (Promhnlu-
hula. JEUtdicalUf one with bilihili, &c.)
A drowsj, inattentive, cardeas fellow;
a fool,
i — HODI, n. pL ama. An eartb bog.
Note. — Tbis word bas most probablj
originated in tbe same way as haga ; or
mnst bave been derived from some otber
source, becanso tbe proper Kafir name for
eartb bog is ingnlobe.)
i— HOGU, n. The first payment made
for a wife. (I do not know the origin of
tbis word.)
nkn— HOMBA, v. i. (fiadicdlly one with
hamba.) To walk proudly, having pnt on
all manner of dresses.
i—HLAKA, n. pi. ama. (See Hlaka.) A
remainder of any thing devastated, as
clothes of a deceased person; bis corpse;
hence, also bis tomb, &c.
in— HLALA, n. pi. izin« (From blala.)
A gland on tbe neck.
nm— HLALI, n. pi. imi. (From blala, to
nse an exercise for recreation.)
Pleasure ; recreation,
i— HLALUTYE, n. pi. ama. (From hlalu,
which see, and itye, stone.)
A granite-stone.
a— HLANQA, D. pi. in. (See Hlanga.)
1. A laraje stick ; — 2. A neighbour,
n— HLANGOTI, n. (From blanga, and
uti, shoot.)
The edge of a knife,
i— HLAVU, n. pi ama. (From bk I., and
ivu.) An old, worn out dress,
isi— HLEHLE, n. pi. izi. (From hle-ble,
thrust-tbrust,) A kind of mushroom,
um— HLEKAZI, n. sibg. (From hie, beauti-
ful, and kazi, denoting degree.)
Beloved. An expresdon oif courtesy,
praise or thanksgiving,
i ( HLELANE, n. (From an obsolete rcpr.
nbu (,^orm of blela, see bla II.)
Mutual acquaintance ; fdlowsbip.
i— HLELO, n. pi. ama. (From bla II.)
A petty chief,
nm— HLO, n. pi, imi. (From bla I.) A kind
of sorrel, wblob is eatable,
uku— HLOKOVA, v. t. (From bbko, bead,
and nva, to wave.)
LUeraU^ : to wag or wave tbe bead ;
to throw the head with some force, as a
horse when trying to throw off the rider.
n— HLOLO, n. pi. in. (From blola.)
Properly : barrenness; henee, any barren
animal ; (seldom applied to man.)
n C ULOLOKAZI, n. pi. in. and aba. (See
um(.nblulo.) 1. A barren animal ; with tbe
nom. form n, pL in ;) — 2. A barren female^
sometimes also, one who has lost all her
children, (with tbe nom. form nm, plr. aba.)
nkn—HIiOMLA, t. t. Tbis word is dia-
lectic, and the same as romela, to recipro-
cate ; to give in reinra ; to divide. It is
hunters' language: to give one a part,
viz, : a leg of game which bas been oangfat
or killed.
Hlomlela, qulf. fr. To give to one,
aet ngi blomlela« Le«: cut ^ for me a
leg (of venison.)
in — HLOMO, n. (From bloma.) An out*
ward limit; an extent of forest hcah, &c
ukn— HLONA, v. i. (See HlonL) To be
afiraid of. (Seldom,)
— -^ HxiOirxLA, qulf. fr. To be afraid of,
ae: ngi ya m blonebi nbawo^ i. e. : I fear
my father ; I respect him.
in— HLOTA, n. pt izin. (From bla II., to
throw, and nya, to go, retire.)
Idterallffi something separate; heitee.
in— HLUNQU, n. pi. izin. (See nbo-
Hlungu.) Pain ; sorrow ; grief, &B,
i— HLUNGULU, n. pL ama. (From bla«
ngula.) A raven,
nm — HLUNGULU, n. pi. imu (From bongo-
la.) A kind of tree the branches of which
grow in knots around like the fir.
uku— HLUNGUZELA, v. t. (From hloDgola, i
and icekit to make often.) ;
To shake tbe beadt e.^. : okoblongozela !
inbloko.
uku— HLUNUKEZA, v. t. (From blm^a.
to drive» shake, and okeza, from id», to
come op, and iza, to make.)
To shake one's bands or arms op and
down,
nm— HLWAZI. n. pi imi. (See Hlwati.j
A plant, known nnder tbe name of Borii*
men-t«a.
isi— HLWELE, n. pi izL (Fron hlwe,
thrust, and ile, strained.)
A multitude ; a crowd ; a host,
i— HLWEMPU, n. pi ama. (From hlwe,
apassiveform from bla I., toeat^ and mpo.
See impofo, and impL)
A poor person; destitute i needy*
ubn— HLWEMPU, n. (From iblwempn.)
Poverty.
ubo— HLWENGU, n. (From hlwe, and
ngu, with force. jRadioalUf one loM obn-
blungu.)
Violence ; an action of videnoe.
J.
nko— JALA, v. t. (Fromja, toaboitij, and
ila, to rise op.)
To become angry.
•^-^ Jausa, cans. fr. To pcoroke; to Bake
angry,
urn— JELO, n. pi imi Same oe om-Sele.
Digitized by
Google
KAHYEZA.
[401]
KUNTSIABA.
oka— JIEAJIKA, t. i. (From jika-jika.)
To tarn freqaently round in a circle,
olra— JlKfiLEZELA, ▼. t. (From jika, and
iltMliy to make over and over again.)
To tarn as a wheel around tbe axle.
okn-oJINDA, t. t. (From ji, and inda» to
extend, to reach.)
To backbite; to oalamniato.
oko— JINGA« ▼. t. (From ji, and nga, to
bend. See Zinga, Zangu, Sic,)
To 0wing in a <nrcle; to swingle i to
toss.
i— JOJO. A left small tributary to the
Boffalo, near the raoantains.
i—JUJUBA. A name of a river between
tbe QoTft and Kai, falling into the sea.
K.
nba-^KA, n. (Seei^Kti,) A creeper, much
like ivy.
i— KABUSE. 1. A right tribntary of the
Kai {—2. Ikabose elinoaue, a right tribn-
tary of the great Eabnse No. 1.
i — KAKA, n. pL ama. (See Kaka.) A
shield,
isi— KAKA, n. pi. izi. See uku-Kaka.
n^KAKA, B. pL in. (See i-Kaka.) Any
small skin or hide, or a piece of dtin or
liide which is dry, and hard.
KaEADE, adv. (From ka, and kade.)
Very long since.
KAKULUKAZI, adv. (From kaknln,
and kazi, denoting degree.)
Very great; exceedingly.
nku— KALAZA. See Kala.
KANENE. adv. (From inene, which
«pe» and ka, sign for adverbs.)
In troth ; indeed ; without doubt,
in— KANOA, n. pL izin. (From inka, spe-
cies^ family, aad nga, to bend.)
1. lAteraUff'. a species or fiunily (of
pjants) which decUnai, «ts. : gets dry and
dies away every year ; comprising all stalky
herbs and flowers of that description;— 2.
A ipedes of tbe everlasting flower.
urn— KANGISO. A right tributary of the
Boflab.
in— KANKANA, n. pL isin. (From inka-
inka, and Sna, to join, nnite.)
ThesknlL
«kv— KANKANYA, v. t. (.See Kanka, and
Nya IL, to be single, onite.)
To mention onoet to refer to with one
word, m: a ka U kankanyan^ igama
lako^ i. e. i he did not mention yoor name
with a single word,
in— KAKT8I, n. rFrom ka, to draw, and
ntsi, eee nsi, nsala.) Cramp,
oka— EANYEZA, v. t. (From kanyela,
whioh eee, by iza, to make, to cause. See
aleoKj^) To deny.
KAPUKAFU. <S0e Kepukepo.
in— KEWU, n. pL isin. (From kepu,
which eee,)
A person who is suspected to be a sor-
cerer or witch ; a raacaL
isi— KEWU, n. pl.iii. (See lA-Kepu,} A
gap in the row of teeth,
n— KOBO, n. (From ko, drawn, and aba,
separate. Compare komba.)
A lon^ strip of skin belonging to the
umnqwazi.
KOEO, adv. (From oko, dem. pron.,
and the prep. kn. Same ae Knloko.)
LUeralUfi in that; it (is) that. It is
of an explanatory character, ati n nyani-
sile koko u bu tshilo, i e. : you are per-
fectly right (in) that yon have spoken thus,
nku— KOLOSA, v. t. (From koU, and usa,
to cause, kc)
To bring in safety.
*— KoLOSSKi, quit. fr. To be in safety,
in— KOLOSEKO, n. (From koloaeka.) A
safe place ; a fdaoe for safoty.
i— EOLWANE, n. pL ama. (See un-
Kolwane.)
A confidential person ; accdleagne.
in*) KOLWANE, n. (Sm i-Kolwane.)
ubu ) Companionship ; fellowship,
urn— KOMPEMATE, n. pi. imi. (From
kompe, radically one with komba, and
mate.)
The ring-flnger.
uku— KONHLoZA, v. t (See Konhlo, and
nza, to make.)
Idterally ; to make inquiry after some-
thing not yet understood ; to inquire at-
tentively.
i-KONQAPI. A lefb tribntary of the
Fish River,
in- EONTYO. n. (From inko, drawn out,
and tshona, to sink ; the tem^natSon na,
having been thrown off.)
A deep place in water, &c, ; a depth,
uku- KONXA, T. t. (From ko, drawn, and
nxa, into one point, together.)
To bind ; to fetter ; to chain.
S— KOSI, n. {Radically one with ikusi.
See i-Kasi.)
The depressed part of the nape,
i— KUHLANGUBO, n. (From knUa,
and ingubo.)
The pahitew (See i-Lwanga.)
urn- KUH L WAN A. See isi-Kunhlwane.
nku— KURONA, t. i. Same ae Bona, to
snore,
in— KUMENKUME, n. (From inkume-
inknme, eee in-Kume.)
A cmmbliiMp stone.
rKUNKULlSA, ')v. t. To com-
nku } KUNEWELISHA, V phun of, to accuse.
CKUNTELISA, ) (If these words
are proper Kafir they are to be derived
irom kunkula, which eee. But as they
%D
Digitized by
Google
KWET£.
[408]
LUMKO.
ar« synoDyraoas with kalaza, and of dif-
ferent forms themselves, I suspect them
to be Eafirized from the Dutch konkelen,
which, in common use among Hottentots,
&c, expresses the sense of kalaza.)
in — EUNEUMA, n. (From inka-inknma,
from inkn, and uma; lit,: to he moved
away.)
Sweepings; outcast,
in— EUNEUTE, n. (From inku-inknte,
from kota. See Euta, and Quta.)
A species of wood-p^er.
EUNUBEMBE, adv. (Proper^ a
phrase, from kono, see nnnn, and hemhe,
radiodlly one with bamha, ot from imhi,
had.)
A soUen appearance; a sonr face. Used
with nkuti, a$i wa ti kunnbemhe, i.e.:
he k)oks with a sonr fiiee.
um— EUNYU, n. pi. imu (From kn, out,
andnyn. See Finya, to blow the nose,
£anynla,&c.)
Hoeus from the nose,
nkn— EUSA, v. t. (Contracted from kdosa.)
To shelter ; to protect ; to keep safe,
i— EUSI, n. pL ama. (From knsa. RaH"
eaUy one with kosa. See alto i-Easi.)
A shelter; a place to creep under; a
halL
nku— EDTTWA, ▼. t. (Properljf a pasnve
from kuha, to hoe, to hack. See Twain.)
To have a hiccough; lU,i to be hacked.
ubn^EUZA. See Euze.
i— EWADANA. A river beyond the Eai,
fklling into the sea.
i— EWANGE, n. pi. ama. (From kwa,
drawn out, and nge, forced.)
A castrated animaL
nku— EWANTYA, r. i. (From kwa, drawn
out, and ntya, throw together. AUied to
kontyo. See Ewetya.)
To be ai^d. (Seldom used.)
aba— EWELE. See in-Ewele.
i— EWELERA. A name of a river, be-
tween the Gqunube and the Eai, finlling
in the sea.
in— EWENEWE, n. pi. ama. (From in-
kwe-inkwe. See Ewe.)
A boy.
in— EWERA, n. pi izi. (From kwe, and
ra.) JProperljf: something like a leaf;
not a proper leaf; a false leaf. (See m-
Qwe.)
nm— EWETE, n. pi aba. (From kwe, and
ite, thrown.)
This is a name g^ven to the young men
while in the state of b^ng circumcised,
and it signifies properly : one whose skin
has been cut off. See in-Kwetu.
L.
i— LALI, n. pL ama. (From lala.) Ona
who is laid up by a long nokneas. See
Lwelwe.
im— LALO, n. (From hda.) A long ildc-
bed. See Lwelwe.
isi — LANDA, n. pL id. (From landa.) A
needle ; properUf : a pointed instmracsit
for taking out thorns, making holes, Ac
um — LANQA, n. pi. imi. (See irJjuigau) A
catiiract.
LEEA and Lbqi. See Leknza.
um— LEMBELELE, n. pL imi. (From k-
mbe, = bamba, and ilele, strained, stretch-
ed forth. Compare bambelela.)
)^lizibr; unneeessary proceeding,
uku— LEPUZA, V. t. (From k, to stiaio,
and epuza, which see, and epu.)
1. To foam;— 2. Fi^rativelgf : to show
filaments, as : umbila u yalepun» L e.: the
maize shows its filaments,
id— LILI, n. (Diverged ftcm lala.) iVo-
perljf: the dde or place in the house where
the natives sleep ; sleeping place (= bed-
room),
um— LIKGANE, n. (From lingana.) Com-
radeship,
uku— LIZA, V. t. (From 1% to raise, and in»
to itaake, cause.)
Literally: to raise up; to help to
raise; applied to a poor or needjf person:
to support; to give alms,
nm— LI2X!), n. pLama. (Fromlixa.) Alms;
contribution.
u— LOYANE, n. pL il or idl. (Oniqnvv
lovani.)
Chameleon,
uku— LUEUHLA, v.t. (From lu, strained,
and kuhla, \o scrape off.)
LiteraUy: to scrape away from; ap-
plied to a mode of spea^Ling or taOdng
with all kind of uncertainty ; to keep in
uncertainty about something; to oonoed
the true state of things from one; hence
also, to allure; to cheat,
u— LULAMO, n. (From lulama.) Pa-
tience ; snhmiaion ; obedience, &c
uku- LUMEA, V. L (From the obnlete
lumuka, to be weaned. See Lumuk.)
1. To have come to sense, understand-
ing, &0.; to be experienced; to be wise;
—2. Tocare; to give heed; tobecareAd,
circumspect, &e.
— — LunKiLA, qulfl fr. To care tor; to
watch from; to be wise for, unto, 4bo.
— — LinoosA, caus. fr. 1. To make wise;
to improve in understanding, &c ;— 2. To
cause to withdraw from, or g^ve op^ as a
connexion, fSselings, &c ; to make to keep
away, reserved, &,
isi— LUMEO, n. pO. id. (From lumka.)
A wise, careful, ambitious person.
Digitized by
Google
MEM£TSHANE.
t:40g]
NCANDA.
nba— liTJMKO, n. (From lumka.) Care-
folness; experioDce; wisdom; under-
standing ; knowledge of many things, &c,
isi— LUNGELELA, n. (860 under Lnnga.)
Acidity of the stomach,
nm— LUNGUMATBLA, n. pi. imi. (Seei-
liOngu, and Namatela.)
A kind of wood.
f LWABO, ^ n. (From the nom,
^ l LWABIWO, } form ulu, and aba, to di-
vide, to judge.)
Separation ; decision ; judgment.
Oku— -LWALA, ▼. t. (See Lwalwa.) To
join one thing next to tho other ; to place
one next to the other; to stand one next
to the other, &g.
u — LWALO, n. (From Iwala.) Opposition,
aba— LWELWE, n. (From lala, the pasdve.
See isi-Lalo in tits part.)
A state of long sickness.
am^-LWELWE, n. pL imi. (See ubu^Lwe-
Iwe, and i-Lali, alK>Te.)
A person who continues in a state of
H.
181— MAEADE, n. (From ma, to stand,
and kade, bng time.)
An antique object, as a large rock, &c
MANDUNDU, adv. (Original^ a
noun, from tna, stand, state, and ndn,
•xtended.)
A state of being worse. Used with the
substitute pron., <u: u mandundn lomtu
ofayo, i. e. : the sick man is worse (than
he was).
MANQANCI.'Jadv. (On^»a% nouns,
MANQANZI, ) from ma, state, and nqa-
nd, or nqanzi, radically one with qangi,
eee um-Yeliqangi.)
Before; first; sooner than others, as:
wa fika manqanzi, Le. : he came before
(all tho others came).
nku— MANTA, y. t. (From ma, to more,
and nya II., to join, unite together.)
To join together ; to join very closely,
into one piece, into one state ; to make of
two things one.
uku— MANYANGA, v. t. (From manya,
and nga, to bend.)
To roll together.
MATANCI, adv. Same as Manqanci.
i — MA8I, n. (From ma, state, and isi,
denoting degree. Most probably a re-
mainder of some obsolete nonn.)
Indifi^erence ; forgetfulness.
MA WO. An exclamation = Hame,
wMch see»
i— MEMETSHAKE, n. pi izi. (From
meme, see Mema, and u-Mema, and tsha-
ne, shooting little, even, &e, A contracted
juMD. fom.)
A worm, or caterpiUar, of small size,
found in gardens eating the seeds from
the ground.
1— M£NEMENE,n.pLama. (Frommana,
moving together, but here In a diminutive
sense : moving little, moving on this side
and on that side. ^00 Menye.)
1. Excuse; a mere apology. In the
jflur. : all manner of excuses, as : lomtu. u
namamenemene, i. e. : this man makes all
manner of excuses ; — 2. One who makes
an excuse ; a person who cannot be relied
upon ; a distrustful person, Ac
nbu— MENEMENE, n. (See Menemene.) A
state, nature, habit of making excuses; a
false character; distrustfulness, &c.
i— MENYE, adv. See u-Mema.
i— MFENGIJ, n. pi. ama. One of the
people coming originally from Natal, sig-
nifying a person who is in a destitute
state, extremely needy.
oku^MIWA, V. iSijtfMinya,
N.
nka--NAMBUZELA, ▼. t. (From namba,
which see, and uz^ to come on, fortiL)
To creep.
NANQONA, oonj. Properly a verbal
construction, very probably contracted
from nangokubana, nearly obsolete, but
now and Uien observed among the Natal
tribes^— .900 Na, 4, 5 ; nga, 4. g,— denoting:
and grant even, and suppose, allow even,
and be it so, or bo it even so.
i— NCACA, n. (^^0 Inca.) Green com ; ^
something green,
nku— NCAMA, v. i. See Ncama, in the
former part, from which it is evident tb^t
the word refers only to taking food, or to
things which are identic with the same,
00 : ndi yi ncamile inkomo yam, i.e.: I
have given up my (last) cow, = I have
given up my food ; — nda yi noama imali
yonke esifeni, i.e.: I Imve given, be-
stowed all my money upon sickness, =
I have bestowed all upon which I must
feed, &e,
— «- NoAHiSA, caus. f^. To give up entirely ;
to despair,
uku— NCAMBA, v. t (iS00 Ncamula.) To
give in charity ; to communicate.
— — - NOAKBELA, qulf. fr. To give to; to
communicate to, as : ukumncambela inda-
faa umtu, i. e. : to nve one the news,
i — NCAMU, n. (From ncama.) An end.
NCANCAZELA. Same as (^azela,
000 Qaqaza.
i — NCANDA, n. (From inca, point, and
nda, extended.)
A porcupine, so called after its sharp
prickles.
tDS
Digitized by
Google
KCUKA.
C404]
KOAStJMBL
iiba— NCATU, n. rFrom nc«« lUtle point,
lit, I and ita, tasen, tooohed. Ompare
notn, nonoti, in ^A« former paH,)
Moderation ; abstemionsnew, 0$ : mntn
o nobnncata, L e. : a moderate perwni,
applying to indnlgencea. The word b also
used withoat the nom. form, a» : vmtn o
ncatn, n neato, &o.
Qku— KCAZA, V. t (From nea, and iia, to
make, caose, fte. Jtadiealljf one with ncozi,
«AicA «etf, and nconna, a imaller por*
Won.)
lAteraUy: to make a tmall portion ; hat
mrimariUf : to bite off with tne teeth, or
break off with the points of the finffers, re-
ferring to the cnstom of biting off little Uta
of tobacco and chewing them, or of pinch-
ing them off with the pc^ta of the fingers,
or nibbing a small portion of tobacco with
the points of the fingers of one hand in
the hollow of the ol£er, as also to fill a
pipe with tobacco, nsing the point of the
fingers ;-*ndi za koncaza, i. e. : I come to
ask for a little bit of tobacco.
^— NciZBLA, qolf. fir. To give one a small
bit or portion of tobacco;— nknmncasela
ibatn, i.e. : to gife him asmncb tobacco as
can be taken with two hands held together.
I— NC£BA, B. pL ama. (From nca, and
iba, to separate.)
Chips.
i*-*NCE6A, n. (Ste the preceding word.
This has a contracted nom. form.)
Tliat which is bestowed ; Metk)e, a mercy.
1--'NCBNCB8HA, n. (i<'rom nce-nce;
onomaiopoeiic, e x p ressi ve of a soond made
when water is absorbed in the earth, and
Isha, a cansatire = isa.)
A waterleading ; a watereomrse.
iikn«-KC£DBZELA, t. t. (From needa, to
hdp, and ixela, to do often.)
To give one his aid ; to interest one's
•elf fn another, in behalf of another,
i— NCI, n. pi. isi. (From nd.) A Jackal.
I—NCIBA. Kal River.
i**KClBI, n. pi itL (From nci, and ibi,
•eparated; bntverj probably contracted
from ncibUika.)
An artist ; a tradesman; a physldan.
vbtt— NCIBI, n. (From indbi.) The pro-
fesnon of physicians, tradesmen, artists^ &c.
i— NCIBINI, n. pi. id. (From ndbi, and
ini, eqnal, like.)
Ostdch; so called probably flrom hiding
Sit eggs in the sand.
i«-NCIMIBA« A left tribaUrj of the
Bnffnlo.
I-NC0TSH0KC0T8H0, n. (Fromnco^
on a top, and tsho, shoot)
Being high-legged,
i— NCUKA, n. pL izi. (From nea, Utiile
top, soft, and nka, to go oat. Coa^are
goaka.)
Abyeoa, or African wolf I soeaDedfiraA
Its soft and stealthly walk, and also tnm
its going oot in the night.
isi— NCUKA. AlefttribataryoftheKeia.
kamma.
abo— NCUKA, n. (From inenka.) WolTa
natnre.
nm— NCULUBA, n. pi. imL (From nen.
soft, and nlnba, to be in a dissolved, separ-
ated condition. See Ncnba wi Hejhrmer,
and Nznlowa in tiie, part,)
Willow ; called after its softness, and
from its soon tomlng into a rotten or dis-
solved state,
oktt— NCUMA, V. t. (SeeCntok.) To make
a motion with the moath as when Unghing
a Utile.
NCWA, inteij. (Ort^'iia% a noon, or
the passive of nca, to have a point.)
Being soft, smooth. It Is need with
nknti, aei ylyani ni fike ni timbe ni ti
nowa, Le.: go ye and when yon arrive
yon take captive making a smooth mrrhce,
= leaving nothing, or taking wbatew
you find.
NCWALA8I or Ncwalazi, adv. (Ori-
ffinalUf a noon, having thrown off iU
nom. form. Fn>m noola, radioaUjf &ne
with the same, and isi, denotiiw degree.
Compare cwalisa, under cwala li.)
Making or becoming nearly dark. Used
with nkati, of : ka ti ncwalasi kaloko,
L e. : now it is getting twilight or dosky.
nkn— NCWASA, v. t. (From cwalisa. Same
oi Qalaxa, which see,)
To look after one to aee whither he ia
goinff^^
akn— NCWINA, v. I. (From new!, ohommi-
topoetic, ezprestivc of pain, and ina, to
Join, to be eqnaL)
To sigh; to ntter an eiclamatSoii of
pain.
NDULA. £^Andnla.
nkn— NDULUKA, v. L (fVom andoh,
throwing off the prefix a, and aka» to go
off, away.)
Togoinflront, first, before others go;
to go away,
a— NDUNCE, n. (From ado, extended,
and nee, even point. See am-DldL)
Rectum,
oka— NDWEBA, v. t. (From ndwe, spread,
and iba, to separate. ^iMRweba, (}wd)a,
fteO
To act as a savage; to he torboleot,
irregnlar, licentious^ disorderly, fickle.
NGAKO, coij. (From prep, nga, and
oko, this.)
Therefore; on that aoooant; fbr that
reason.
NQAKUIfBI, adv. (From the pcqi.
nga, and kombl, which Mt.)
Another time ; once more; the mors^ &e.
Digitized by
Google
NOXBKA*
[40$]
Ni^U^QA,
NOAHANA^f
ubn^KGAWU, o. (See In-Gawo, ift tJUs
f<»n) LewdDMfi oncbaftf,
nkn-NGCAKACA, t. I (Prom o^c^ eren
littlt point, ika, to pat up^ and in, on the
top. AUUd to qakaqa, lohick ne, and
To be with tpota here and there ; applied
to the appearance of things in the vegeta-
ble kingdoiD, a« a field of com which here
and there doee not grow at all, or grows
only very slightly, having very thin straw
or hahns ; or whidi has been choked or
obetracted 1^ other caoses, Ac '
Oku— NGCUMBEKA, v. L (iVom ngcn, even,
soft point, mba, to become a siae^ and ika,
to pat np.)
To loee flesh | to become thin j meagre.
(See Saca.)
i— NQCWANGU, n. (Prom ngcwa, Kttle
at the top, andngn, bent, lU,t nnbent.).
An obstinate person | a self-willed per-
son,
nbtt— NGCWAKGU, n. (See i-Ngcwangn.)
Obstinagr; resistance,
i— NGIKINGINI, n. pi. ama. (Prom in-
gini-ingini, bent^ with foroe even.)
A person bent on misehiefi a wicked
person.
ttbu-NGlNIKGINI, n. (See i-Nglnin^ni.)
A state or nature of being bent on mis-
chief; applied to the faculties of the mind.
KGQOKONGQOKO, eee gocogooo.
nku— NGQUNGA, v. t. (Prom ngqu, at one
heap, and nga, to bend. Campore qnngtu)
1. To bend together on one iMap
to cringe from pain;— 2. To wring; to
wrestle, aei u ngqunga naye* i.e«: he
is wrestling with bun;— 3. To com-
plain.
— - NoQUKOELA, qulf. fr. To com^bin at,
with, as : nkungqungela eukosini, i, e. : to
oompkin, to utter us grievances to the
chief.
^— NoQUKaisi, and NoQUKOMAifA,
NGQWILA, eee qwiU.
NGUNGA, V. t. (See Gqonffa, •» tkie,
and Kunga, in the former part^
To form a circle ; to come together ; to
hold a meeting.
u-NGWILI, n. (See GiligiM.) A crowd
of common people ; noisy people,
nku— NGXATA. v. t. (Prom ngxa» to be in
a position as a fork, to fork, and ita« to
throw. AiUed to xatiaa.)
To sit with straddled legs; to sit
astride.
uku^NGXEKA, v. t. (Frcmi Pg»i, and ika.
to put up. Sadiealfy coinciding with
gxeka» which eee,)
To out in a striding position; used
figuratively for : to trouble one with many
questions.
e«w— NHLAHBS, n. pL The people or tribe
of Unhlambcb fiither of Umhala.
1— NJENGELE, n. (From x\]e^ shoot
even, and ingele, which eee,)
A flooding (of blood),
i— NJOLOy n. (from i^o^lo^ onomtftopo^
etie, expressive oi a hollow noise^)
A ndse of dandng and musics heard
aome distance oS,
l-KJOVANA. iS^Govane.
nba— NKUNGU, n. (Prominkungu.) State
of dimness, blindness.
u^NOMADUBWAKE, n. (pi o.) (Prom
noma* stock, class, and dudwane, drawing
out into many small ones.)
A scorpion; so called after the shape of
its body.
u— NOMANYAHA, n. (pL o.) (Prom no.
ma, and nyama, to be dose, dark, bUick.)
A hobgoblin ; a person who has a peeu*
liarly dark or frowning look,
n— NOMtAYI, n. (pi. o.) (Prcmi noma,
and yayi, going about. Allied to noma-
nyama.)
A raven.
i^NQA, n. (Prom Qa, which #m,) Sur-
prise; wonder.
i— KQA, n. pi. ama. (From Qa.) A kind
of antelope, known under the name of
BUi'buck.
i— NQALUEA, n. pL izi. (Prom nqa, to
set on, and aluka, to go out, off. Most
probably taken from the Hottentot.)
A saddle tvroper^jf c a paok-saddle.
i— NQANAWX n. pL ama. (This is the
same word as oanoe. Port. canoa« See
Qalabo.)
JProperl0 1 a kind of boat, made of the
trunk of a tree, and excavated bf cutting,
burning, &&, jnst as the rude natiou
manage it.
NQANQATEKA. ^seGangata.
um— NOAKTSI, n. (See If an^nxi.) JKo-
dieaUjf one with nqintsL)
The firsts chief, principal otjeot; (of a
general appUcation.)
i— NQATA. n. pi. ama. (Prom nqa, $md
ita, to touch, throw. CompnreltiatU,)
Fat of fiesh; fatness; richness, aei
ubusi btt namanqata, L e. t the honey la
very rich.
i— NQAWA, n. pi. in. (See Nqanawa»
and Nqala, tn the former pitrt,)
A wooden pipe for smoking tnbartoi
excavated by cutting or bnming^ Ae,
ama^NQIEA, n. pi. The people or tribe
belonging to Unqika, father of ffnndilli.
NQINA. SatneaeQ^
i— NQINISHA, n. pL isi. A Hard. (lids
is probably also a foreign word.)
uku— KQINQA, V. t. (Prom inqa-inqa. The
eame ae qengqa, which eee,)
Togravei to carver as In eenlptwe.
SDa
Digitized by
Google
KXAEAMA*
[406]
KXWEME.
i— NQINTSI, n. (Prom nqi, point, tnd
ntsi, standing, shooting forth. MadicalUf
ime loith nqantsi.)
Oocipnt.
1— NQITI, n. pi. ama. (Prohably from
qita. Others inzitL) A short finger, cot
short on purpose, in most cases done with
youuft children when they were inattentiye
and oroke a pot, &c It is practised for
the purpose of making them more careibl.
Others cut a finger short in honour of
their fanollj connexion,
i— NQO, n. pi. izL {See Nqt.) A falcon,
i— NQOLOWA, n. Com cultivated by
civilized nations. It is either Kafirized
from the Dutch koren, or derived from
some other quarter like nqanawa, with
which it radioUly coincides.
NQONGA, iee gqonga.
nm— NQUBA, n. pi. imi. {See Quba.) Some
place like a camp, where people stay for a
short time.
. CNQUKUMBELO, *> n. (Prom quku-
UnQUKUNJELO, jmbehi, to seam.)
Seaming; a collar.
i— NQULO, n. pi. ama. {See Nqula, and
qnla.) A tortoise.
•nm^NQUMA, n. pi. imi. (See Nquma, and
quma.) A kind of wood,
i— NQUNIBA, n. pi. ama. (From nqu,
point, ini, between, in, and iba, to separate.)
Elbow,
nku— NQUNQA, r. t. {See Nquma, qunqa.)
To chop, as wood.
Ilka— NQUSH A, t. t. (From nqu, point, and
sha, to make, to cause. Probably con-
tracted from qubusha.)
To stamp, ae: nqosha nmbila, i.e. :
stamp the maize, in order to get the husks
ofi".
NQUTULA. i&eQotula.
i— NQWABEBA, n. pi. ama. A bulbous
plant bearing a flower like a tulip,
i— NQENERA, n, pi. izi. (From nqwena.
andra. OMer« ^^nzwenera.) A stub-
born, envious, lazy feUow.
liku-NTLITEKA, v. t. (From ntla, which
see, and iteka, to throw up.)
To beat— ngefisa, i. e. : with the fist.
i— NTOKAZI, n. (Prom into, a thmg,
and kazi, distinguished.)
1. A pretty thing j— 2. A irice pretty
gprl.
nktt— NTSHULA, v. t. (From ntsha, shoot,
and ula, to rise.)
To shoot forth; to spring up; to ger-
minate.
NTYWILA. See Cwila.
imi-NWEBA, n. pi. imi. (i«ptfNwebft.) A
kaross of different skins having various
colours,
nku— -NXAEAMA, v. i. (Prom nta, to fix
even» ika, to get up, and ima, to move.
See Nxama, which is a contraction of this
word.)
To make haste; to move on In front;
applied to cattle.
— <- NxAEAKBLA, qulf. fr. To haste ibr,
4Ui inkomo i ya nxakamela inkonyana
yayo, i. e. : the cow hastened to her calf,
to give it suck ; (this is usually the caae
with cows which having just calved, run
away firom the flock lowing after thdr
calves which are at home);— inkabi i
nxakamela 'ntoniua ? i. e. : what is th«
matter with the ox that it lows so ?
NXANWA. iS^Nxana.
I— NXARUNE. A name ofa river, between
the Gqunube and the BufEido, falling into
theses,
nkn— NXASHA, v. t. (From nxa, to ^ even,
and sha, to make.)
To charge a gun, as : umpu n nxashiwe,
1. e. : the gun is charged,
in— NXATU, n. (Prom nxa, at one side^
and itu, thrown.)
Ugliness; distraction, as: umntnoozi*
tu, i. e. : an ugly-looking person.
i—NXAXA. A name of a river on the
right side of the Pish Biver.
nku— NXENGBLA, v. t. (Prom nxa, with
one part, and ngela, to bend fbr. See
Vanga.)
1. To adulterate, as: ukugaleU amami
elubisini, 1. e. : to pour water to the sweet
milk;— 2. To adulterate, to mar the
truth, &c.
NXENXEZELA. iS^ Nxasesela.
NXIBA. See'Nidho,
ukn— NXILA, v. L ^From nxa, to one nde,
and ila, to strain, nse.)
To be tipsyi intoxicated.
— NxiLiSA, caus. fr. To make tipsy ; to
intoxicate.
i— NXILA, n. pi. ama. (Prom the verii.)
A tipsy person ; a drunkard.
NXINA. See Xinga.
i-'-NXOWA, n. pi. ama. (Prom nxa, and
uwa; but contracted fh)m nxnlwa, the
passive of nxubi.)
A pocket, or a sack, originally a sack
whidi is hung at one side, under one arm.
i— KXUBA. A name of the Fish River.
. ('NXITBUWA,')n. pi. ama. {Compare
^ I NXULUWA, ) nculuba, buUiwa, Sbn.)
Decomposed wood, used for tinder,
nkn — NXUIIa, v. t. (From nxa, and nla, to
strain.)
To carry something under one arm, or
at one side, to lead at one nde as a rider
who leads another horse next to tiiat he it
riding on.
nm — NXUMA, n. pi. imi. See Huma.
n— NXWEME, n. (From nxa, and ime,
standing.)
Strand; sea-shore.
Digitized by
Google
jnroBB.
[W]
PASALALA.
I— NXWENXA. TheKatBirer.
okn— NYABA, v. i. (From nya II., and'olu-
nytt, and iba, to separate.)
To be doll, narrow-ininded, 8kiipid« inat-
tentiTe, thooghtlesB.
ako— NYAKATA, ▼. t. (From nya II., ika,
to pot ap^ and ita, to thioir. See Nja-
kato.)
To u^ upon; to speak to one who is
rather slow or imwilHng to hear; to
persoade ; to reason with one.
•i*- Nyaxatisa, cans. fr. To nrge earnest-
\jl to persoade very mnoh; to reason
properly,
nkn— KYALAMBISA,T.t. This is the same
word as nyalasa {whieh eee) with the addi-
tional root mba, to walk; ^^1100, to show
disrespect hy going on while another is
speaking, — to be dSrespectfhL
i— NYAMAKAZL Same ae Nyamazana.
uka— NYAMEKA, ▼. t. (See Nameka, with
which it is rtidieaUy one,)
1. To gi?e dose attention; to attend
ckwely ; to be very attentive ; — 2. To take
an interest in; to take to heart; to bear
or carry on the heart.
— NYAHSKSLA,qnlflfr. 1. To attend close
to; to take to heart for;— 2. To shew
pity, mercy ; to have mercy npon.
nkn— NYAMEZELA, v. t. (From nyama, to
put dose together, and izela, to make fre-
quently. MadicalUf one with nameke-
zela.)
1. LUertUfyi to press two or more
things dosdy together; to press the body
together, as if it were, to fold the body ; —
2. Applied to the etrenffth of mind : to
persevere ; to forbear ; to endure (=
qinisa.)
NYANISA. See under If ytilL
nm— NYANYA, n. (See Nyenya.) An evil
spirit. <
nkn— NYANZELA, v. t. (A contraction from
nyameiela.)
1. To press together; to fold by press-
ing;— 2. To press; to nrge with force,
nkn— NYEBELELA, and Nywbbbula, v. t.
(From nyaba, and ilela, to strain tar,
moch. AlUed to nyd)e]eza.)
Figwratieelff I to corse; to wish that
evil may come opon (■= qalekisa) ; to wish
that something may have a narrow escape,
mn— NYI, n. (From nya II.) A tanner,
i— KYIBA,n. (RadicaUn one wUh nytSbiu
iSM Nyebelela, both in this part.)
A narrow way or pass.
i— NYIBIBA, n. pL izi. Compare nqwa-
beba.) Another kind, or only another
name of the intebe, i.e. : lily.
n— NYIWA, n. (pi. o.) (From nya II.)
Small red beads. See um-Nyn hereafter.)
tun— NYOBE, n. A dress of old times ; or
the ancient word for ingubo.
nm— NYU, n. (Kafirixed either from the
Dotch xdeow, or the EngHsh new.)
A modem artide ; a new article ; new
goods,
nko— NYUMNYEEA, ▼. L (From nynma,
and nyeka. See Nya IL)
To be filled with joy ; to be overjoyed,
i— NYWEBA, or Ntxba, n. (iS^ Nwaba,
tyeboy &c) Bliss ; fortune ; happiness.
0.
nko— OMBELA. See Ombnlola.
nkn— OMELEZA, r. t. (From omdela by
dumg^ng the last root with iza.)
To imike firm; to make strong, as:
okwomeleza nmtwana, L e. : to make a
child strong by exercinng its strength, ex-
posing it to> &B* ; — okwomdeza umsebenxi,
i. e. : to work with zeal, to work hard,
nkn— OYIKA, t. i. (From o, denoting lo-
cality, and ika, which see, y b^ng occa-
sioned by hiatus. The Kavnha has ikea.
Compare oyisa.)
To fear; to be afraid of, aex ndi ya
moyika, i. e. : I am afraid of him.
— OnuiLi, qolt.fr. To be in a state of
fear, dread, &c. '
— ^ Otdciba, cans. fr. To make afraid ; to
cause fear.
. um*-OFU, n. (iS^ Opa, to shed.) aoseair.
isi— PA, n. pi. izi. (From pa.) A sheave,
um— PA, n. pi. imL (From pa.) A cob of
maize,
im— PABANGA, n. pL izim. (This is a
dialectic form from panga, or from which
the latter has been contracted.)
A person who is bereft or destitute of
property, home, friends, &c
nbu— PAKATI, n. (See nm-Pakati.) The
state or office of an ompakati.
i— PALO, n. pL ama. (See pala.) A worm
from the intestines of man.
i— PAMBILI, n. pLama. (SeeVtmWL)
A lip of a woman's privy parts.
nkn— PANYAZA, v. t. (See Panyeka and
Panyeso.)
To opoi and dose the eyes quickly,
nkn— PAPA, v. i. {^Same ae Pftpa.) To give
heed; be attentive,
im— PASALALA, n. (From pass, vihieh eee,
and lala, rather la-la, onomatopoetic,, point-
ing into directicms s= here and there.)
Something which has two points stand*
ing out in opposite ways, = into enembaxa.
Of general application, as : inkabi e'mpa*
sdala, Le.t an ox whose boms are bent
in an opposite direction.
SD4
Digitized by
Google
FUTUMISA.
[«81
QnnuL
in— PELB8I, B. pU iiisn. {Sams mi urn-
PelekU which «m.) A comptnion of a
fooialei namely : when a yoong woman is
married away to another pkM9e,iome girl
of her fluuily goea with her to keep iier
company an£u the if accnstomed to lier
new ritnation*
i— PEMPS, n. pi ama. (See Ftanba.) A
email or tea|porary hot in the gardens for
keeping fire m.
nkn— PENHLULTJLA, ▼. t. (See Pengnlda.)
To make open ; to open, ae : yi penhlolnle
inxowa yamazimba, i.e.: open the sack
with com.
PETULA. See Pendola.
i— PIKEk n. pL anuu (From pika, which
JM.) A point of strife or contention.
im— POLOTSHANE, n. pL iiim. See i-Po-
iik«--roNGOI£A« T* i. (From po» on, nga,
to bend» and nma, to stand, move.)
1. To have an awkward position i to sit
in a squatting postnre and lean against
something, to sit nnoomfortably ; — 2. To
have no comfortable stay ; to remain for
an nnoertain time at a pboe*
im— PONQOMA, n. (From the verb.) A
person who sits or dwells not comfortable;
who does not keep long that position.
PONOSHONO, adv. (From pono^ see
pa, prefix under nkupa; and from sha,
both roots having a redproc. or dimiaative
form. The word coincides radically with
pesheya, and has been derived from tshona,
unto which pono has been conformed.)
IMerdUy : opposito to the going down
or setting i on the other side or bank of a
river, wludi is oppqsito to the bank on
this side, as if both banks were fadng each
other.
ttkn— PULAPULA, v. i. (From puk-pnla,
pa, to pass, upon, and ok, to strain, lU. :
to fix npon, or be fixed upon. See Qapela.)
1. To listen; to hearken ; to hear with
attention ;— 2. To obey.
im— PUKDU, n. {See um-Qondo.) The
bottom part; privy parts of man.
nm— PUKQA, n. plimi. (From panga.) A tax.
ska— PUKGEZELA, v. t. (From pnnga,
and izeU, to repeat.)
To drink in small drangfats; to give to
drink by little.
itt— PUNGUPUNGU, n. (Prom pnngu.) A
larva of a beetle,
nktt— PUTUMA, v. t (From po, npon, and
tnma, to send, or from puti, quickly, and
nma, to move.)
To go directly or quickly after one; to
go in search of something, ««: ngi ya
putnma umiazi u balekikt, i. e. : I go after
mj nvife, she having run away.
— • PvTUiaBi, caus. fr. To send after ; to
send in search after.
Q.
i-QACU. A left tributary of tiieitokmoe.
i--aAMPU, n. pL ama. (From qa-mpo,
rather O9K>fiiatopo«<»0^ ex pr essi ng a break*
ing or cracking nmae when a o methin g ia
stitched through.)
An awl.
uko— QAPULA, ▼. i^ (From qa, on the nr*
fsoe, or to crack, and opa» to bleeds opufau
iSfftf Qalgola.)
To bleed ; to take blood.
uki»-QAQADfiKA» v. L (AiUed <ai
teka, eee under gongata. Cowtpan i
qakaia,&o.)
I. To be herd, as a road whidi baa been
trodden down; and as a road spears
whit^ kenee-^i. To be while,
i— QAQAQA, eee Qaqant
i— QEGU, n.pLama. (Sffemn-QBgn.) A
pack-ox
urn— QEQU, n. pi iml (From qa» and igo,
bent, bending.)
A number of yooag cattle, whidi are to
be trained,
uku— QELA, V. t. (From qa, to act en* fix
on, and ila, to strain, raise.)
To accustom, at s ndi m qeUle, i. e. : I
an accustomed to him.
i---QEKQA, n. (SMQengqa.) A aniti-
fication of any limb of the IramaB body;
cancer, &c.
uku— QEQESHA, v. t (From qe-qe, spring-
spring, and isha, tomake, caoaa. Ompan
qeqets.)
To break in, or tame young eattk^ whidi
among the Kafirs is done by auddnf them
run or jump,
nku— QESHA, v. t. (Same ae QmIml) To
employ, to hire a person.
QETULA, eee Petuhu
i— QIBIKA. A left tributary of thaKds-
kamma.
i— QINDIVA, n. pi ama. {Sm Kqindi,
and iva, to coma forth. 8m i-^Qanda, an
egg.)
An oval shape» like am egfr ;^a paMMi
who has rather an oval flMa, both cheeks
standing forth |— isi^ d llqindlfia» L e. :
the vessd is of an oval afaapn.
um— QINGI, n. pi. aba. (From qinga,
which eee.) One who caa giva aMoe in
diflioalt cases.
uku-QlQAQIKEKA, v« I (Fkom qiqa-qi-
keka, rather ono mai opoeiic, erpi%sdve of
a crackling nolae.)
To roll over and over en fhrn growil.
ukU'-^lTA, V. t. (From ^ poin^ aad ita,
to throw. See £qa.)
To Jump over a point; to IrefpasB.
««— QirniA, cans. fr. 1. To make ta Jump
over; to lead or bring U tmpasa)— £ tQ
surpass.
Digitized by
Google
QXTLIjODSHA.
[*»]
QWITBLA.
i— QITA. n. (From tbe Tttb.) Anabioen
(mora of iairtrd diasAsei.)
iil--Qrri» n. pi. SsL (from qita») An
iiland.
QITIQITI, adT. (Fromqlta.)
Fallm^ off; felling eiiUy« as t anuudmlMi
a qitiqiti, L e. : the com fidls out of the
ear )— ^inhlangu li qitiqiti, i. e. : the shoe
iklls eanly off.
um-^-QCX D. (Set Qil) Stiff porridge,
oka— QOBOSHA* ▼. t. See Qohaaha.
iikii-4)0KANISA» ▼. i. (From qeka, from
qo^ a top^ oka, to get np^ ana, rope form,
and iaa, to caoM. See Oqokongq<^o, tit
1. To make the rtiggedneae eren, as by
harrowing; to hanoiri to even;— 2. To
beat dods of earth into small pleoes.
i.--QOLONCfi. A left tribntary of the
Kabose.
i— QOLOBA. The mountain range from
which the Cumakak oomes.
m— QOLOMBA, n. pL imi. (From qob,
which eee, and mba, to separate from, a
siae, Ao.) A oaTe in a rook.
>mi--QOMBOTI, n. (From arnqo^ and mbp,
to more from, and iti, thrown.)
A pap not yet boiled; a eomposition
' beaten iip»
vktt—QOKA, V. i (i^Oona.) To press, as
in partwHkm, or when dispoaed to have
a passage*
i— QONO& The Bttffldo Biver.
nkii«-Q0PI8A, v. t (From qopa» to cat
out, and isa, to make. Oihere nqopita.)
1. To direet (= komUsa) {—8. To order;
to point oat*
>-QOBA. A Biver beyond the Kai.
lUB^QOSHA, n. pL ama. {See Qotja.) A
broad button.
nkn— QOTSHAQOTSHAtT.t. (Fromqotahn-
qotsha. See Qoba, to break ; and Qobo-
qobo.)
To be in a broken state; to lie as in a
broken postnre. as to lie on the badt and
knees and arms drawn up; to be brittle,
as stoPsi, &C.
QUBUDA. AeOobata.
QUBULA. See Qabok and the con-
tracted Quia.
nkn^QUKULA and QuQUti^ t. t These
words are sy n on y mous with bakah, and
kukula, when used.
ikQ--QUKUMBBLA, T. t (From qnkn. put
up, and mbela, to go forth.)
To seam, Ut.: to put up (stitches) in
one row or line.
i— QULA, n. pi. ama. (See Quia.) 1., A
dstem;^2. A-Tovndbirttoo.
nm— QULAQOSHA, n. pt ama. (Froniqu-
la, and WMiosha.)
A button^ of a hrif-rannd^ or ooiiraTe
shape.
lai— QULUBA, n. pL ud. (See in^Qok,
and nba, to separate.)
The calf of the leg.
QULUSA, T. Sameae Gblaaa, which
eee*
n— QUMBU, see i-Tambn.
i— QUMRA. A right tribntary to the
Kai near the sea.
nm — QUNGU, eee isi-Qanga.
i— QUNUBE, n. pL ama. (From qn,
point, ini, between, inside, ube^ separated.
MadicaUy one toUh nqnniba, elbow.)
The bramble. (The word is descripkbe
^ of its hollow part inside^ because the pith
dries away. See i-Xiniba, which is radi^
eaUy the same word.)
ama— QUNUKWBBE, n. pL The peoiOe or
tribe of tbe chiefs Pato, Kama, and Kobe,
n— QUQUM£,n. The middle finger.
QUSHA. See Qusha.
uka*-QUTA, t. t. (From qu, point, and
uta, to throw.)
1. To strike bard; to blow hard;—
2. To make a hole^ as in the ear.
— -— QuTSLA, qnlf. fr. To bk>w forth with
power. Of: umoyauya qutela, Le.: the
wind is blowing hard,
ukn— QtJVA, T. L (From qt^ point, and iva,
to come to.)
1. To bod;— 2. To curl,
i— QUVC, n. pi. ama. (From quia.) A
curl.
i-^WABA, n. pi. ama. A Quagga.
urn— QWASHU, n. pi imi. A kind of milk«
wood tree.
ifi^QWATI, n. pL (See Qwata, and Quta,
above.)
Any substance decomposed, mouldy, or
rotten (= uzwati); rust in com, Ae»
nm^^WBMESHA, n. pL ImL (From qwe,
fixed, ime, standing, set» and asha, to
make.)
A girdle made of a set of very small
rings, one next to the other, and put or
strung on a strap of leather.
nktt^QWBSHA, v. t. (From qwe^ set on,
and isha, to make.)
JjUeretlljfi toniakeaset on or out; to
make an escape ; to escape ; to run away.
QWILA. Seme ae Cwik.
QWIQWL See Ququ.
i— QWIRA, n. pi. ama. A nwcaL This
is the same word as tbe Zulu qila,-*-«0ff
i-Qqira and i-QilL
ubu— QWIRA, n. See ubo^QILL Rascality,
ukn— QWITA, v. t. (See Qnta.) To strike,
as fire.
— — QwxTBLA, qnlf. fr. To strike up, for,
&c, ae I qwitela umlilo. L e. : strike fire ;
-*umoya u ya qwitda, i e. : tin wind is
whirling round.
Q— QWITBLA, n. (From qwitela.) Whirl-
¥rind.
Digitized by
Google
BUNEKA.
C4U)]
8ANDL
in^QWtTI, $aiM as o-Qwiteb.
QWIZI, adr. (From qwi, fixed« and
m, making.)
XlBed with nknti, at : yi ti qwizi, i. e. :
gire a proper ezplfmation^ make the p(»nt
dear.
E.
RABALAZA, te^kabalala.
!— Ra:bULA. a left tribatary to the
Keiricamma.
tdra— RALARUMA. ▼. I (Prom rala, and
rama.) To be very ieroe. .
i-^RAMBA, n. See Ramnca.
RAMCELA. See Ramola.
nm— RAXA, n. pL imi. (From ra, and iza,
to fix on.)
A cover, or piece of ornamental dress
for the privy parts of a woman.
nbn— RELETYA, n. (From rele and tya.)
Shameful conduct ; a breach of all decomm.
nkn— RENOA, v. t. (From re, eee nlore, and
nga, to bend, to nrge.)
To make public that which is to be kept
secret,
nku— REQA, v. t. (From re, and iqa, to set
on. See RenqezL)
To saw.
i— RIWA, n.pl.ama. (Dialeeiie = hiiwa,
M0 hla L)
Psstorage.
um— RO, n. pL iml. (From ra.) A wood*
packer,
nkn— RORONYA» v. t. (From rora, which
9ee, and nnya, to meet, join, unite. See
Roroda.)
1. To enter between, or upon; to
speak upon, about; to spetk out
a meaning ;^2. To take or bring out
fh)m between, as to cut out the meat which
is between the ribs, to sweep out from
between two things, or out of a comer, &c»
ROTA* Same as Rora.
i— ROTI, n. pi ama. (See RoU.) A
hero; a strong man. (I doubt whether
this is an original word, because its signifi-
cation cannot be supported by etymology.
Perhaps it has been Kaftrized from the
Dutch sfTOot, i. e. : great, a great man, =
a hero.)
nbu— ROTI, n. (See i-Roti.) Bravery.
i—RULUWA, n. sing. (^S^tf Nquluwa, de-
composed, rotten, and nculuba, willow.)
Powder.
Tiku^RUMA, V. t. (DialeoUo and one with
hluma. See Romela.)
To give; to aid; to contribute.
Ti— RUMO, n. (From the verb.) A con-
tribution; a tribute,
nku— RUNEKA, v. i. (Prom ra, onomato-
poetic, ^s= re, see nxn, wad tneloi, see exMkM,
to spread.)
I4i0iraUjfi to spread with a iieite, signi-
fying, to get 'Out of joinfti to dislnwitsb
Of: umlenae a -rauddle^ Le.: Um kg is
dislocated,
nku— RURA, v. t. (Prom ura-Qra» amomaUh
poetic, signifying a scraping or ahating
noise.)
To scrape the flesh oif booes,—iikoriia
amatambo.
i— RURU, n. pL ama. (Fnmi rora.) 1.
A doctor who works with snakes^ tcn^iBg
off and preparing the bones of snakei.
n-^RUXESHB, n. (From ni, za, to fix
on, and ishe, made.)
The word signifies a drawing in and cot,
contracting and extracting, and denotss:
reptile; caterpillar,
nkm— RWADA, v. L (From rwa, amomatC'
poetic, signifying rough, and ida, to dmr
out.)
To be^ raw, €ui inyama i rwada, L e.:
the meat is raw, underdone.
1— RWANTSA, n. (Prom rwa, longfa,
sharp, and ntsa, see nsa.)
1. Something which has sharp oornen,
which is cutting scraping; applied to the
comers of the assagai-shiUt;— 2. A spesr,
which is worked in that way.
RWATSHAZA. iSM Ratjaau
nku— RWECA. V. t. (From rwa, and iea, on
the top. Diverged from rwenu Stmem
Rwexa.)
To rah on the top ; to tickle.
i8i-.BW£CE, n. pL izi. (Promrwvea.) A
bundle of assagais,
nkn— RWERWA, v. t (See the nreeodiBg
word rweca. SadicaUy one triOk rura.)
To rah; scrape, asz rwerwa isikambs.
i.e.: to scrape a skin, to produce a wool^
side on it.
nku— RWEXA, j. t See the preeediBg
rwerwa, rweca, and rura.)
To rab the point; to mb soft, as : iogobo
i ya rwexwa, L e.: the dress is mbbM to
become soft.
nku— R WICA, v. t. (Compare the preoedhtf
word.) To sew ; to dam. (Zmlm kwios.)
nku— RWILA, v. t. (Prom rwi, rough, and
ik, to strain, stretch.) To tack,
nku— RWITSHA, V. t. (From rwi, o«oskil9-
poetic, and tsha. Same as Rinya.)
To strangle; to suflfocate.
isi— RWITSHO. n. (Prom rwitsha.) 1.
Strangling ;— 2. Fi^^urativeljfi hard kknr.
8.
i— SAKDAKELA, n. iL ama. (From 'mt
and dakehi» see dakwal)
A careless, a dishonest peraoo.
i— 8ANDI, n. (Prom isi, aikfi, to «xUDd«
reach.)
Digitized by
Google
A report; a Toice that reiohed one
from ft difltanoe.
i— SANQA, n. pi ama. Bee i-Sango^ 8.
nku— 8ANSULISA, v. t. {^8ee Sanaa, and
from uliaa, to canae itraining, atretching.)
To canse to apring or jump awaj;*-to
abifty = ankela.
iara--SATANISA,T.t. (Kafirized from Satan,
and iaa, to caoae, make.)
To imitate the deril; to penrert the
troth, or any word, aaying, meaaage.
nkn— SEBEZELA, v. t. (l^om aehe, ono*
maiopoetie, aigniQ^ing a whiapering noiae,
and izela, to make often, to repeat.)
To whiaper.
vka — SESA, ▼. t. (From iaa-iaa, canae-cana*
ing.) To canae to execute, or to do aome-
thing which another ia afraid to do ; to
aend another to do what the one doea not
like to do himaelf. {See Saaaaek, in ike
former part,)
mn — SESANE, n. pL imL (From aeaa, and
ine, dim, form; Ut,i anoall atripea, aee
nm-Sebe.)
A finger ring,
uka-^SHENXA, v. L (Contracted from
aihija, andnza, atone aide. Othere ahi-
yenxa.)
IdteraUjf : to leave the one dde ; hence,
to go aaide, ont of the way.
— — SBsmasA, caoa. fr. 1. To canae to
leave one aide; to let go a^de;— 2. To
pot ont of a place, office, Ac, ae : wa
ahenxiawa kn lendan e be knyo, i. e. : he
waa pnt ont of the place which he ooen-
|rfed.
n-^SHICA, n. (From ahi, made, and ica,
at the extreme, doae.) A making doae,
AtfiiM, tonghneaa ; tongh, a«: intoelnahi-
ca, i.e.: aomething very tongh.
SfllCI.MeShinyi.
nka— SHICILELA* v. t. (From ahica, and
nela, to atnun forth.)
1. To break, cnt^ or preaa over a point;
to cmah, aa a worm in the dnat ;— 2. To
print.
nkn— SHINTELA. v. t ^m ah!, break,
ent, ni, aomething, and teb, qnlf. frrm
ta, to ponr.)
To give one a amall portion of milk
befbre it ia ponred out into the milk*aack,
or calahaah ; to give one a amall portion of
milk when it jnat baa been nulked.
SHINTI, adv. (From aha, make, and
nyi, united, joints together. Othere u$e
ahiei.)
Cloae ; ahnt np, as : amabde a ti ahinyi,
i. e. : the com ia quite cloaed up, = atanda
very thick, luxuriantly,
i— 8H0L0GU, n. pi ama. (From aho,
cauaed, uU>, atrained, and gu, with power.)
1. Literally: a canae working injuri-
oualy; an evil canae; an evil apirit, to
whom all evil aoeidenta are aacribed ; — 2.
A ghoat of a deceaaed peraon.
nbn— SHOLOGU, n. (/See i-Shologu.) The
atate or condition of evil cauaea, evil
apirita.
nm— SHOLOGU, n. pL imu (See i-Sho-
logo.)
An accident, hurt, &c., auppoaed to be
done by the iahologo.
i— SHOXA. Same ae i-Roxa.
SHU, inteij. (From ^ to bum.)
Hot, very warm, ae : abu ! (elliptic) how
hotitia! — It ia often repeated, aei ama-
nzi a ahuahu, 1. e. : the water ia hot (from
boiling).
SHWABULA. jS^m^ofKyebelela. See
Jwabula.
nkn— SHWENYA, v. i. (From ahwa, wMcA
see, and nya II., to join together.)
To ahrink together; to dry together;
to frde ; to die.
nkn— SHWESHWA, v. t. (From iahwe-
ahwe.)
To take a ooncnUne.
i— SHWESHWE. n. pi. ama. (See ike
preoedMQ Shwediwa, and Sweawe in the
former part,)
A concubine.
iai — SIHLA, n. (From ai, cauaed, and Ida
1., to eat.)
1. Dirt of suckling children cleaving
around their aurath;— 2. A mole,
nm— SIHLANE, n. pJ. imi. (From aibla,
and ane, dim. form.)
Aocada. (See um-Sitjane.)
um— 8IHL0, n. (See the preceding word,
and Eumhlwa tn the former part,)
Darkneaa.
mn— SILAMDE, n. pi imu (From umaila,
tail, and umde, bug.)
Along tail; a name uaually given to
the African ^eep, which have long taila.
nm-^SIMELELO, n. pi iml (From aime*
lela.) A long atick for widking.
imi— SrrO, XL pi imi. (From aita.) A
dancing; a dance, ae: ku yiwa emutwe*
ni, i. e. : people go to the dance,
nm— SOJOLO, n. pi ama. (From ao, cauaed,
and tiolob eee tjo, to aay.)
A betnyer.
i— SOLOTTA, n. pi. ama. (^S^ Taolo in
tkiepart, and iai-Fatye in the former.)
Any ornament whidi hanga down like a
curl or fringe. The word refera to dreaa*
eaonly.
nkn— SUliUNQA, t» (See Sulu, and nga, to
bend, incline.)
To be rather dlentwhen othera apeak;
to bear aoorn*
n— SWELO, n. (See Swele.) Want,
urn— SWI» n. (See Swi and lau.) Bluebeada.
Digitized by
Google
TENDBLEKO.
[iW]
TSB.
T.
TALAZA. £(i;«Qalan.
i— TAMSANQA, n. pL anuu (See the
next word.)
I. An ezpositioQ or denontiration of a
peculiar boiefit ; a peculiar benefit or
advantage ; a privilege i— 2. An act of
kindness ; a favour ; a blesnng.
nkn— TAMSANQELA» V. t. (From tama, to
ezpoie to the son, aad uia, to cause, and
n^ to sit on, ila, to strain, for. The
passive is tanyusanqelwa.)
To bestow a peculiar benefit upon ; to
privilege ; to show i^n act of kindness or
fkvour upon ; to bless.
«— * Tamsavqxleea, quit. ft*. To be in the
emoyment or state of a peculiar benefit, Stc,
•— « Tambakqslua, cans. fr. To cause to
bestow a peculiar benefit, &ci to bless
particularly.
TANCI. See Qand.
i— TANQA. a left tributary to the Gqu-
nube.
«kn— TAPUKA.v.L (From tapa, kOM Me,
and uka, to go oat.)
To come out from a passage, ae : umusi
u ya tapuka, i. e. : the smoke comes out of
the chimney ; Aenee, to smoke,
i— TARU, n. (From ta, pour, bestow,
and ru, feeling of sympathy, tee Ran.)
A kind sympathy ; mercv t tender feel-
ing. It is fireqnently nsed in a vocative
way, as: tarn inkosi, Le. : be merdfiil
Lord, lii. : mercy Lord;— and if addressed
to a plurality of individuals the pron. ni is
suffixed, a$ : taruni ! i. e. : mercy ye^ =
have mercy, show mercy,
oka— TARUZISA, v. t. (From tarn, and
ilsa, causative firom la, to come.)
I. To bring mercy upon; to bestow
mercy ;— 2. To ask for mercy, ae i liamba
a ye u tamzise knye, I e. : go and ask
mercy fh)m him, pray for mercy to him ; —
8. To congratulate, to wish Jov upon an
event which was connected with death or
serious evils; to wish Joy after sickness,
oka— TATAMBA, v. t. (From ta, to throw,
and tamba, w]Uch eee. Allied to tyatyam-
ha.)
1. Literally : to throw the body in
some state ; Mnce, to spring, ae i wa ta-
tamba engaelweni wa wa, i. e. : he sprung
(threw his hoAj) firom the wagon and feU
down, == hurt himself ;— 2. To spring, as
insects.
CTELEZI, \u, (Prom teleza, and
^ i TYIBILIZI, } tyibihau) A kme bdng.
am— TEKDELEKO, n. pi imL (From ten-
da, to lay open, and Qeka, for picking
up.}
A feast where victuals or refireshmenta
are spread for every one.
TSNQA. A oontraeted Ibna ftoB t».
Unqa, eee TeUi, mnder Tt
isi--T£TlTBTI, n. (A repeUtioo of Uti,
Metata.)
A babbler,
in— TILI, n. pL mxu (From ti, thrown, aai
ill, stretched.)
A peninsik.
isi— TILI, n. pL iai. (See the precediag
word.) A seat fiw a dwdling boose or
I^ce.
ama— TIKDA, b. pL The people or tribe of
the chief Tshatshn.
i— TITA, n. (Vfom tiya, $Dkick eee.) Main
(a woman word.)
isi— TITA, n. pi isL (From Uya.) Annas
garden. It has its name from entrapping
Ac, which is particularly done is Una
place to save the food fVom destroctioo.
i— TOBO. n. (From toba, 2, 3.) A flow-
ing ; applied to female diseases,
a— TOLO, n. pi in. (From tola.) An
arrow.
. (TOMAKALALA,')v.t (From teas,
^^ i TOMALALA, ) to throw im a state,
=3 toma, and kahi, whu^ eee, with the
additional ila, to strain. The aecoad is a
contraction of the first.)
L To make one willing by promising
him a reward, but disappoint him by not
giving it; to give one hope bat not to
mean it;— 2. To disappoint = wa ti wo
ngi pa uto a ka ndi pa, I e. t he said be
would give me something, bat did not give
it me.
— - ToMALALiSA, caus. fr. 1. To disappoint
thoroughly, aei wa tiwondi pantoaka
ngi pa wa ngi tomalalisa, I e. : be said be
would give me something bat he did not
give it, and disappointed *me very nraeh;
— 2. To hush by vain promises,
am— TONYAMA, n. pi. imL /From to^
something thrown, and nyama, blade.)
A black point in a target ; kenee tugct.
isi-TSABA, n. pi izi. (From saba.) A
garniture of beads neatly made, andchisl^
worn on the head. The word eaib tbtfe-
fore, be applied to a crown,
nkn— TSALA, v. t. See NsaUu
aku— TSAHA. t. I (From tja» to diy ap,
and uma, to move, stand. Jliied ie
damba.)
To fall off*; to lose fiesh; appM to
cattle and other living beings which wets
in a fiit condition,
urn- TSANTSA, n. pi imL (From m-ntM,
c=a nsa, burst (^>en ; broken open.)
A deep ravine; kloof.
In— TSASELA, eame ae amtala* Comfme
Sasale, &c.
i— TSE, n. pi ama. (From tsa = sk, to
borst, spring^
Marten (olW to the weasel)
Digitized by
Google
T8HI7LA.
[418]
TUBU.
nlra— T8HADT7KA, ▼, i. (From sha, Sda,
dniw, and aka, fca come ont.)
To come oat on the tkin as an eruption.
TSHANQAXiA, same as tjanga.
i— TSHAWE, n. pL ama. (From sha, =
fjk, and ewe.)
An appellation = king, bero. {See
i-Qawe.)
nku— TSHECA, or Tshsqa, or TsHSirQi, r. t.
(From sha, to caose, make, and ica, at a
top, ko,)
To make off a point, either by biting off,
enttimr, tearing off, &c.
In— T8HBPE, n. pL isin. (A dialectie form
ibr blope.)
Whiteheads,
vkn— TSHIBILA, same as tjibilika.
nku—- TSHICA, ▼. t. (From sfai, rather ono*
matopoeiie, signifying a sound or noise
made bj blowing spittle through the teeth,
and ica, at the top.) To spit.
TSHIKILELA, same as yiktleU, Mndtr
jika.
TSHILA, same as jila. More ezdu-
flirely applied to the moTements of tlie
abakwet^ during the time of their con-
finement.
QkQ— TSHITSHA, t. t (From itsha-iUha,
= ^etja, to hasten. See tjitjiliza.)
To be very changeable; to change as a
weathercock; not to be relied upon,
uku— TSHIXIZA, V. t (From tshixi, ono-
matopoetic, signifying amoise made by the
teetlC and iza, to make.)
To gnash the teeth ; to make a gnashing
nobe with the teeth,
ukn— TSHIZA, t. t. (From tshi, « fji, and
isa, to make.)
To strew, as seeds ; to sprinkle, as water,
nkv— TSHOBALAZA, ▼. t. (From tjoba,
and ilaa, to make repeatedly.)
To beat about wiUi the tail in a lying
portion ; applied t> cattle when sidk.
TSHOTSHO, hitefj. (From tja, to
bom, Ac)
Literally : burnt severely ! The word
expresses rather a wish that one may bum
himself sererely; or if one has met with
an acddent it expresses a pleasure another
takes in It = now you hare burnt yourself
oku^TSHOZA, T. t. (From tjo, to utter,
and ixa, to make.)
To make sure; to assure,
in— TSHUNTSHE, n. pi. izin. (From tshu-
intshe, = tshetshe^ set tjetje.)
Along spear.
ukn—TSHULA, v. t. (From tsha, s sba,
and ub, to strain, stretch.)
To tNit a stick into the insele sombona,
i. e. X hole of the maiae, to see whether all
Is right, whether the ants are In it or
water,^
uku— T8HUT8HISA, t. t. (From Ija, to
burn, and isa, to cause, or denoting degree.)
To be in hot anger ; to persecute.
TSHUTU, adv. (From tsha = tja, to
born, and utu, something thrown.)
Burnt out. Used with the verb ukuti,
as : ya tiwa tshutu inqawe, 1. e. : a hole
was burned in the wooden pipe.
uku-TSH WEBELBZA. v. t. (From tsweba,
dialectic, others shweba, kweba, or rweba,
to scratch, &c., and ilesa, to make often ;
to make little.)
To move in a creeping manner, as when
numerous little things are together at
one place ; to make a scratching noise ; to
rustle.
uku— T8HWILA, v. t. (Radioally the smne
as tshula.)
To scrape at a stick ; to make a pc^t at
a stick by scraping,
urn— T8I, n. (From tsa, = sa, burst, spring.
AUied to i-Tse.) A leap, skip, bound,
ipring.
uku— TSITSA, v. t. (From itsa-itsa, shoot-
shooting.)
To leak ; to spout.
— T8ITBI8A, cans. fr. To shed, as : uku-
tsltnsa izinyembezi, L e. : to shed tear,
in— TSOLO, n. (From tsa, shoot, and nk).
strained, stretched. Others nsolo. Com*
pare nsala.)
Something standing fbrth; something
springing or growing up on the surfkoe c?
a body. {Compare Selo.)
In— TSOMI, D. (From soma.) A fiiUe^ a
story about a girl,
in— TSONKOTA, n. pL irin. (From tso,
shout, spring, and inkota, see kota and
konkota.)
Allegorical expression; ilowery lan-
guage, as : ukuteta ngentsonkota, I. e. :
to speak In a language which not every
one understands,
in— TSUBA, n. pi. Idn. (Tnm m}», ^hieh
see.^ A leather sack in which milk is
made sour,
in— TSUNT8U, n. (From intsu-intsu, «=
tundu.) A blunt stone, become so by
grin^ng.
In— T8UNT8WANA. n. pL lain. (From
tsuntsu, and ana, dim. form.)
A little boy, or also, a little girl,
in— TSUNTSWANYANA. n. (Dim. ftom
intsuntswana.)
A very small boy or girL
oku- TUBELA, v. t. (¥Vom tuba, and ila*
to strain. JRadictUly one wUh tubuk.)
To make one's way through a dense plaee;
to come out on the other side of a dense
bush; to creep through; to find an open*
ing through.
In— TUBU, B. pi. iiin. (IVom tombu.)
Bed ant.
Digitized by
Google
TYAFA.
n^*]
TTOLA.
nkn— TUBULA, t. t. (From to, thrown,
oba, separated, and nia, to ftrain.)
To make through; to aeparate a snb*
stance, tu : tnbnla isiknmba, te. : to make
a wooUy Bur&ce on the skin; to prepare
it for A carosa.
oku— TUKUMA, T. i. (&« Tqkn, throw np,
and mna, to more.)
To beat or throb, ai a poise or a swell*
ing ; to have spasmodiQk
nkn— TUKUTEZA, ▼. t. ^^^Tokatukn.
nbu— TULU.n. (From tola.) Deaebess.
in— TUNGELE, n. plizin. (From tnnga,
to sow, and ile, stretched.)
A mat of rash whioh is sewn together
with long stitches,
ukn— TUNGULULA, ▼. t. (Baiioally on€
with tnkolola. ^, tntnbuku)
To open the ejes; applied to new-born
creatores.
ukn— TUNUSA, ▼. t. (^Sto Tonnka, to which
it forms a caasati?e by osa. Compare
nannsa.) To hurt an old wonnd.
om— TUNYWASHE, n. pL imi. (From
tonywa, passive oi tnma, and ishe^ made.)
A person or thing fit to be nsed for any
purpose; a tool; aninstmment.
i— TUNZI, n. pL ama. (See Tnnzi.) A
tree, called by some milk-tree. It bears
an edib le irait.
in— TUTUNJELO, n. {See Tntnmbeku)
Sorrow, griefl
om— TWAKU. A right tribntaiy of the
Keiskamma.
nka— TWAKULA, V. t. (From twa, thrown,
uku, up, and nla, to strain. See the next
word. Compaire hlafhna.)
1. To chew;— 2. Figuratively i to be-
come angry, blown up by anger i— 8. To
forget, s= libala.
nkn— TWAKUSA^ ▼. t. (See the preceding
word, to whichit forms a cansative by nsa.)
To chew fine ; to imitate chewing,
i— TWECU. AlefttribntaryoftheEds*
kamma.
TWENTANA, eame ae nm-Ewenyana.
nkn— TYABAy v. t. (From tya. and iba. to
separate.)
1. Literally : to mb off ;— 2. To throw
a spear = binsa. (This seems to be a
Tagne term.)
nk«i— TYABEKA,T.t (From tya, and beka.)
To plaster, as a honse.
nkn— TYABUEA, ▼. i. (From l^aba, and
nka, to go off.)
To shave; to become sore on the back.
See Pncoka.
TFAFA, adv. (This word is a com-
pound firom nknti, to say, and nyafa, he is
sick; contracted tyafiu)
To be weak in the legt Used with
nknti, a* : n ti tyafa, L e. : he cannot ran
ftst, he is sick.
nktt— TTAEATYA, v. i. (From tja, to rq^
ika, to go off, and tya.)
To b«it very mudi, = nknbeta fhti.
nkn— TYATYA. v. t. (From tya-tya, rather
anomaiopoetic, and like qaqa, which eee,)
To cot open, as the isiso, i. e. : belly of
animals when they are killed,
in— TYATYAMBO, n. pi isin. (Fh»
tyatyamba.)
A flower; abloseom.
i— TYATYATYA, n. (Compare tje^
Ac) Haste,
uko— TYATYUSHA, T. t. (Ckmtiacted firom
tyakatya, and usha, to caose, orge.)
To be at severely, regolarly.
i— TYE. A left tributary of the Keii-
kamma.
i— TYEBA, n. pi. ama. (See nnh-Tji.
and firom iba, to separate.)
A thong; ariem.
i— TYELEBA, n. pL ama. (From tya, io
mb, ik^ strained, and iba, to separate.)
A species of mentba.
in— TYELEIiO, n. (Fromtyelda.) Avuit
okn— TYESHA, v. t. (A dialeOieal fcm of
ratsha, to be prood.)
1. JAteralfy: to do as if one woaM
eat (another or himself), ss^okozibla; to
have pride; to be haoghty; — 2. To be
angry, = okuba nomnn£> ;— 3. To try to
bite, = i^ja i ya konkota, L e. : the dog ii
barking as if he would bite,
i— TYEYA, n. pL ama. (From tya, to
eat^ and iya, to retire.)
Properly: a place to put food away,
which was, among savage^ some huge
basket^ or a box made fh)m a stnoip of a
tree, &c.; hence, commonly: a box; a
cliest; a coffin,- any utensils for puttiag
away things,
uku— TYIKITYA, v. t. (From tyi. eaten,
ika, up, and itya, to rub.)
1. To pull about, op and down, with tiie
mouth, or with the teeth, <u : ko ya ^
kitywa yinja, i.e.: there is something
pulled about by the dog, he has got hold
of it with his teeth ;— 2. To treat as a do^
treats its prey,
uku— TYILA. See i-Tyiliba.
uku— TYISA, v. t. (The causative from tp^
which eee,)
To chew; to ruminate,
nkn— TYOBOKA, v. i. (From tya, nha, to
separate, and oka, to come oC SeeBo*
boka.)
Toerosh.
oku— TYOBOZA, v. t. (See the prece£ng
word to which it forms a causative by na,
to make.)
&Mi« at Coboza.
uko— TYOLA, V. t. (C^ontracted from nknti,
and Q ya ola» to be still, or heoome
still)
Digitized by
Google
VAKAVAKA.
11416]
VUYO,
1. To ipeak to people tbst they may be
■till; to speak in a soft, gentle way; to
make tbem qaiet; — 2. Ta accuse one
party. {8m uk, in the former part,)
i— TYORA. A left tribntary of the Kds-
kamma, below the i-Tye.
TYU, adv. (Prom tya.)
Thrusting. Used with uknti, yi tl tyu
ingubo yako, i. e.: throw your blanket
orer; throw it loosely over your shoulder.
Bku— TYUMKA, ▼. i. (Prom tya, to rub,
and wnka, to go away from.)
To go through; used of an instrument
whidi is forora to a piece of wood, &c.,
iu I pehla kunene inqawa i de i tynmke in-
blabo, i.e.: bore firmly until the bore
comes through the (wooden) pipe.
nku— TTUMS./C ▼• t. (See the preceding
word, to which it forms a causative by
uaa, to make.)
To cause to go through ; to bring
through ; to bore through,
i— TYUSr " ■
i— TYUSHA. A left tributary of the
Bnflaloy near the mountaiiv
i-— TYUWA, and TnwA, u. sing. (A pas-
sive ibrm from tya, to eat.)
JAterallyi akind which is eaten ; henee,
salt
. TYWABA, adv. (Contracted from uku-
^ and waba, which see, and n-TwaL)
Knocking against. Used with ukuti.
Oil wati tywaba, L e. : he knocked him-
self against something.
nkn^TT WAKAZA, or Twakaza, v. t. (From
tywa or twa, to be thrown, ika, to get up,
tatd iza, to make.)
To push or beat one softly, in order to
make him awake,
nkn— TYWATYWA, v. u (From twa, to be
thrown.)
To be afiraid. A modification only of
kwantya. See i-Twetwe.
nkn— TYWINA, v. t. (From twa, to be
thrown, and ina, to jdn, together.)
To be put together with glue,
i— TrWINA,n. (From the verb.) CHue.
U.
I— .UWA, n. pL ama. (Contracted Ax>m
the passive of buluba, which see. Cam'
jpoiv oi^fo bukda.)
A beroH^phrodite.
V.
VAKALA. Same oi Zwakala.
VAKAVAKA, v. i. (From va, and ika,
to aome up. llie compound sense is as
that of a quit. Ibrm finom va,— feeling per-
ceptible.)
To be tender, soft, good ; applied to the
quality of ground, &c, as : omhlaba u
vakavaka, or vekeveke^ Le.: the earth,
soil is good, soft, mealy,
uku— VAMBA, V. t. (From va, and mba, to
dig.) To tattoo.
uku— VAVANYA. v, t. (From va-va, and
nya II., to unk ; to entor between. Allied
to roronya.)
To go dfiep ; to come deep into ; appUed
to ukubuza, Le.: to ask, inquire,— vavanya
nkubuza.
_^ > VELO. Same as im-Velo, which see,
uuk y
im— VIMVITSHANE, n, (From imvi-imvi.
3= to heave, heaving, and tshane, dim.
ibrm from tsho, to say.)
One who tells all manner of stories, or
lies,
tdoi— VINGCA, V. t. (From vi, which see,
ini* all, and gca, at a top; See Vimba.)
1. To stop, to prop; to put a stopper
on; — 2. To cover; to shut, asi vingca
ingubo yako, Le.: dose your dress (lest
your ndcedness be seen.)
igl— VINGCWA or Vikgco, n. pL iiL
(From the passive of vingca.)
A stopper ; a prop,
im — VUKAZANA, n. pi. izin. (From imvu,
sheep, and kazana, little female.
A young ewe; a small ewe.
im— VUKAZANA, n. (From vuka, to rise
up, and izana, a coming after eadi -other
successively.)
A bewailing, (w: ba lila imvukazana,
i. e. : they made a great himentation, Ut^ :
wept a bewailing.
Sm--VUM£. n. (From vnma.) Willing,
ness * will.
„ C VUMELO, ^ n. (From vumek, the
''(.VUNYELO, i first from the active, th«j
second from the passive.)
That which is permitted, admitted; a
liberty ; fiivoar ; right, &c
in— VUSUKUFA, n. (From vusa, to raise,
waken, and nkufii, death.)
A cause wakening death ; a cause bring-
ing death.
aku— VUYA, V. L (From va, and uys, to
move.)
ZateraUy: to feel a movement; heitee,
to joy ; to feel joy ; to have joy.
— — ViTYBLA, quit. tr. To feel joy for, as:
ndi vuyeU wens, i. e. : I feel joy on your
account.
— — VuTiLELA, trqi, tr. To r^ce.
— VuTiSA, caus. fr. To cause joy; to
give joy ; to give reason for joy, £o,
tt— VUYO, n, (From vuya.) Joy ; being
joyful,
nn— VUYO, n. pi imL (From vuya.) Joy;
joyfiilnesi.
Digitized by
Google
XAMA.
C4ie]
XTTA.
WA, tn exelammtion, oontrteted from
wenft, thoo, and med in ooonaxion with t
vocatiTe» a# : wa 'mfondini, i. e. : tlnm
man, = oh thoa man. It is appHed both
in a friendly and unfriendly manner.
WACA« inteij. (From wa, and ca, a
point)
Lying a time at one place. Uied with
nkuti, ofs ya ti waoa impl, i. e. i the
enemy bionvacked.
WATSHA* inteij. (From wa» imperft
form 2d pen. ting., and tiba, to bum.)
JStUpUoaUjf t take eare lest yon bnm.
Uied when one is abont to take an aod-
dent, and another wama him from il.
I-'WATSHA, n. pL aauu (From wa, and
ttba.) An arm ring.
I— WATSHO, XL pi ama. (From wa, and
tiho.) A madman ; a itnpld felkiw, (See
Watiha.)
liA— WOCOLO, 9ame «f is-Aook>.
i^WONOA, n. (From iwo, flilUng,and
nga, bending, inclination.)
A graoefnl holding or wearing of the
body; a beantifbl flgnre, a#t u newonga
lomntn, i.e.: thia penon baa a gracefal
d^portoient,
X.
i— XA, n. pi. ama. 8m i-Xeiha.
i^XABISO, n. (From the canntiTe of
xaba.) Yalne; price.
dm— XAKATA* t. t. (From xa, lohich see,
ika, to pot np, and ita, to throw.)
1. To hang aronndor abont, at a blanket
(ingnbo) ; — 2. To bear, or wear, oa: imiti
i ya xakata idzakato, i. e. : the treea bear
fruit,
i^— XAEATO, n. pi. Isi. (From xakata.)
Any thing that hanga abont, at an orna-
ment, fruit of treea, &c.
oka— XAMA, ▼. t (From xa, on the top,
and ima, to more, rite np. RadiealUf one
wUh xoma and xnma. Compare kama,
cokama, nxama, &c.)
1. LUerdUjft to raise upon; to put a
high price upon ; applied generally when
engaging a girl, and explained by "nku-
galeU bucomo," i. e. t to pour fbrth cattle,
to pay np cattle, to make inclined for
cattie, to strike one, surprise one for
cattle. It has a spedal application to a
gM whom two or more parties try to
engage for a wife, and of whom one ofKnt
always a higher price than the other,
according to the expression :—>ba ya
ahiyisdana ngenkomo, i.e.: lU,x they
compel one another to i^tc np by cattle,
wt, t that the one party shall giro ^p his
intentioQ lib have the girl; = the one
btatlng the other hj dfering a greater
price ;— a. To pay too much, too deu, at :
Bgi li .xamile ebliasbe, i. e. t I haTe psid
too much for this horse.
i—XAMA, n. pL ama. {See the verb.)
A hart.
i— XAMBA, n. pi. ama. (filM xa, tod
bamba, to contain.)
* A kind of sack made of mth.
nkn-^ANTSA, ▼. t (Prom xa, npen the
point, and ntsa, to spring.)
To dance; applied ^dnrirdy to the
dance of an igqin, doctor.
nkn^-XASA. Samem: Ftm^whieieet,
1lkn^XATIS^ T. U (From xa, and tiiB, to
cause to take.)
To take at the tip or top; appaedtot
phiy like the cat's cradle; to the way of
mmting a game^ Sbo,
in— XAWA, n. pi. izin. (From xa, and wt;
inoperly a contracted form from the pre-
ceding word. (Hkere me gqawa.)
A hunter, who pnta anarea and tnq^ for
catching wild animals,
nkn— XAXAMISA, ▼. t. (From xa-is, om-
maiopoetie, signifying a wagging-wtving*
and misa, to nuke a motion.)
To make a wagging motion in walking;
to give the bo^ a certain shock at eich
ttap, as hizy peo^ sometiBies do.
nktt--XAXAZA, ▼. t. (See the fnotd^
word, and in, to make.)
To purge ; to haTe loose boweli.
mn— XAXAZELA. A right tributaiy tt the
Qolonce.
XATA. iSMXwaya.
i— XAZr, n. pi. ama. (See i-CSuti, and
isi-Qaqa:)
i^XKBBKA, n. pi. ama. (From na, in-
ed, and beka, to put.)
1. A kind of wooden spoon;— 8. Anj
smaller spoon.
XEKAXBKA. (fl'ee Xeka.)
XELA. A dialeeUc differsnee from
tyela, to tell, say, Ac
om— XBLO. See Xek.
isi— XENXE, n. pi. i«. (Xdialeetie dito-
ence, eee ia-Yince.)
An axe.
i— XESHA, n. pL ama. (From ixa, flxed,
and iAa, make.)
Ailxedtime; time,
i— XESI. The Keiakmmna.
nm— Xf , n. sing. (A dMectie diffsrenoe ==
hie, beauty.)
Kindness ; affiibility, &e.
nkn— XIBA, ▼. t. ^ um-NxibQ.
i— XINIBA, n. pi. ama. (Cbiap*^ ?""*
be.) The point of a tobacco pipe.
XINGA, eee Gnau .
. . fXINGO, ^ n. ]^ ill. (F^om ^if^)
**IXINGWA,5A I
XITA, eee Quta.
Digitized by
Google
XWESA.
[417]
zwmiYA.
Qiii— XO, n. {Dialsetie = hlo.) ICarrow ;
fat ; the best of food,
i— XOBA» n. pi. ama. (See Xol».) Some-
thin|p old.
i— XOBAKAZI or XoBOXAZi» n. pL ama.
(From izoba.)
An old woman,
nm— XOKELELWANA, n. pi. im'h (From
xokelela, which $ee.)
A chain,
nm — ^XOLI, n. pi. aba. (From xola.) A
peace-maker; nmzoli welizwe, i.e.t a
jostioe of peace.
u—XOLO, n. (From xola.) Peace,
nkn— XOLOXA, ▼. i. (From xola, and ixa,
the top.)
To eat otr the grass, or rather to nip,
bite off the grass, ae : inkomo* n ya xolo-
xa ekaja, i. e. : the cattle eat off the grass
near the houses, at home,
nka— XOMA, v. t. (From xa, to set on, on
a top, point, and nma, to move, fix. JBa-
dieally one with xama and xnma.)
To hang at, m : y\ xome ingnbo emtini,
i. a. ! hang the bUuJiet at the tree,
nm — ^XOSA, n. pL ama. (From xo, and nsa,
to canse, break, burst. Compare xoka,
xola, xota, xoza, casa, and basa.)
LiteraUff : one who breaks a connexion ;
henee, one who sets np for a king or a
mler (= nmbnsi). This is the national
name for the Kafir tribe called after an
ancestor n-Xosa, which name he receiTed
most probably fW>m the fact of throwing
off the dominion of another, and setting
np a kingdom for himself.
i--XOSHA, n. pL ama. (From ixa, and
nsha, to make, canse, &c.)
A certain covering worn over the breast
of females,
nm— XUME, n. pi. imi. (From xmna.
Compare nqnma.)
A head of cattle which has only one
bom, the other having been broken off.
nkn— XUXA, v. i. (From nxa-nxa, to set on,
to point. See Xnxnzela.)
To rise. Of: nboyabn xnxile, Le.: the
hair is risen np, stands np; rough.
XUZULA. See Qnzula.
i— XWADEKA. A -left tributary of the
Kat River, near to the main road which
leads to Block Drift
urn— XWANQU. The right source of the
Gqunube.
urn— XWEBA. See Ct^imikie part.
XWILA. iS^Tiwik.
XWESA. See OmeoL, in the former,
and XasB, in this part.
T.
uku— TASHA* V. t. (From ya, to go, eee
nyau, foot, and isha, to cause, maker)
To work with the foot or feet, ae: uku-
yasha isikumba sengubo, i. e. : to work the
skin for a dress by the application of the
feet, in order to tread the skin so long
until it Is soft. (This is the way of fhlling
or milling among barbarians.)
um— Y£ZO,n.pl.imi. (&ffYeza.) A garden,
i— YIKA, n. (pi. ama. seldom.) (From
ika, imperative of ka ;— y is occaaoned by
hiatus.)
A kind plucked off ; applied exdurively
to maizes and used only by women.
uku— YILA, V. t. (From ihr, see la, with
the profix y.)
To direct ; to give a form ; to form.
as : irikali zi ya kandwa zi yilwe, i.e. : the
weapons are wrought and (then) given
their proper form ; — a ndi ku yilanga ema-
toleni, i. e. : I did not give you any direc-
tion about going to the calves.
uku— YOBA, V. i. (From oba, tohich see,
with the prefix y.) To become intoxicated.
z.
um— ZALISIEAZI, n. pi. aba. (From zalisa,
see zala, and kazi, denoting female.)
A midwife,
isi— ZATCJ, n. pl. izi. (From za, to come,
and tu, thrown, proposed.)
An argument, proof, as : isizatu sokn-
teta, i.e. : an argument of speech,
um— ZEKELISO, n. pL imi. (From zeke-
lisa, see under zeka.) A parable,
uku— ZIMELA, V. t. (See zimula.) To
conceal one's self,
uku— ZIMEZA, V. t. (From umehi, by
changing the last root for iza.)
To conceal ; to make obscure,
in— ZWANA, n. (From zwa, which see.)
Something of a fine feeling ; fine to the
feeling, as fine cloth ; something beautifVil.
in*ZWANAKAZI, n. (From zwana, and
ka^, denoting female.)
A fine-looking, a beautiful female.
in— ZWAZWA, n. (From zwa.) The art
of makiiu; baskets,
um— ZWAZWA, n. pl. imi. (From zwa.) A
large basket made of little sticks,
i— ZWILI. iSffc i-'Qwili.
i— ZWIKIY^ n. (From izwi, sound, ini,
even, and ya, going.)
A whip, called after making a sound
when struck.
Printed tt G. J. Pixb'0 Macbhie Printing Office^ St. Qeorge's-atreet.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by VjOOQIC
Digitized by
Google
\ ^
Digitized by VjOOQIC
Digitized by VjOOQIC
' 1. Digitized by VjOOQIC
I
Digitized by VjOOQIC
r
1235.72.3
V Zulu-Kafir dictionary
¥id«n«r Library
002918042
3 2044 086 557 345
rw4
> *
^-^^J
^^•vr*
* ^' Jl
'*^"
•1^
er
fj6
x.^
<.
-<''<?fcr
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11